295systems PDF

THE 12/6 ROULETTE SYSTEM
12/6 ROULETTE SYSTEM
The numbers around a roulette wheel are arranged so that high and low, red and
black, and odd and even numbers appear alternately. If you look at the wheel
closely, you’ll see that 0 and 00 are opposite each other. The first five numbers to
the right of 0 are 2, 14, 35, 23 and 4. Diagonally across and to the left of 00 are the
numbers 1, 13, 36, 24 and 3. This 12/6 System involves betting on those 12
numbers.
In numerical order, the numbers we use are 0, 00, 1, 2, 3, 4, 13, 14, 23, 24, 35 and
36. Those specific numbers form two six-number sections on opposite sides of the
wheel and all 12 numbers can be covered with six split bets. Hence the 12’6
System.
Split bets are made by placing one or more chips on the line between two
numbers. You can cover the above twelve numbers by simply placing your chip(s)
on the line between each of these adjacent pairs on the table layout: 0-00, 1-4, 2-3,
13-14, 23-24, and 35-36.
You are betting on two separate slices of the wheel, hoping the ball will come to
rest in one of those two sections. Also, by betting a total of 12 numbers you cover
almost one-third of the entire wheel. You have nearly a one-in-three chance of
winning on every spin.
To make money with the 12/6 System the same number does not have to hit more
than once. As long as, in three consecutive spins, any one of the 12 numbers
comes up you’ll pocket a nice profit.
Unless you can afford to splurge, I suggest you find a table with $1 chips and a $5
minimum on inside bets. Buy no more than 60 $1 chips. Start by placing one chip
between each of these six pairs of numbers: 0-00, 1-4, 2-3, 13-14, 23-24. and 35-36.
Repeat this same wager until you win.
When one of your numbers comes up you will be paid 17 to 1 for a total of 18
chips. Now you bet back your win by placing three chips between each of your six
sets of numbers. If you win again, the payoff will be 3 x 17 = 51 chips, plus you get
back your 3-chip wager for a total of 54 chips.
This is where it gets exciting! You re-bet those 54 chips by placing nine chips on
each of the same six pairs of numbers. Win once more and you’ll collect 162 chips!
file:///C|/Systems/12%206%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEM.htm (1 of 2) [6/29/2002 12:46:49 AM]

THE 12/6 ROULETTE SYSTEM
(9 x 17= 153 chips plus the 9 you wagered). At this point you will have a net win of
better than $100. If the dealer hasn’t already done so, I suggest you ask him or her
to exchange 100 of your chips for one black ($100) casino chip. Then put it in your
pocket or purse. Whatever happens from here on, you’ve ensured you won’t leave
the table a loser.
You will find it helps if you choose a busy table, where the dealer takes longer
between spins to sort and stack chips, this gives you more time to place your bets
accurately. Also try to position yourself at the center of the table. From here you
can easily reach all the number fields, since you will be placing chips from top to
bottom of the layout.
file:///C|/Systems/12%206%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEM.htm (2 of 2) [6/29/2002 12:46:49 AM]

file:///C|/Systems/17%20SPLIT%20METHOD%20[roulette}.htm
17 SPLIT METHOD
17 chip split (the method casinos hate a lot!)
Bankroll: 17 chips
target: 1-2 chips
method: hit and run (casinos hate this method very much)
this system is very simple...
rules for selection:
1) go to a table and watch for a little while and see what numbers are hitting and
which numbers are “sleeping” (not hitting)...
2) once you establish which numbers are and which numbers are not hitting, you
will start playing... (I recommend about 20-30 spins...)
how you place your bets...
1) you will find which 2 numbers are not hitting the most (not including the zero)
2) once you find out what 2 numbers you are not going to play, you cover the
board with 17 chips on the splits and then you play for 2 spins, after you are done,
you leave the casino or go to another table and start all over...
why the casino hates this method...
first of all it is a very quick HIT AND RUN TATIC that can take A LOT OF MONEY
FROM THE CASINO VERY QUICKLY.... Secondly, you cover just about the whole
board, so by doing this, you have a very good chance of winning very big very
quickly...
file:///C|/Systems/17%20SPLIT%20METHOD%20[roulette}.htm [6/29/2002 12:48:07 AM]

file:///D|/Systems/18-10%20SYSTEM..htm
file:///D|/Systems/18-10%20SYSTEM..htm (1 of 3) [7/9/2002 12:35:53 PM]



Supposing you were playing roulette and made even
Supposing you were playing roulette and made even-money bets on Red.
Your starting bankroll is 40 dollars. You can't hope to get ahead if you wager $1
each time and collect after every win.
As a smart gambler you bet bigger using your winnings, not the money you
brought to the table.
This is what would happen if you were on a winning streak and you bet-back your
winnings plus one dollar from your original stake in each consecutive round:
1. Round: Bet $1, win $1, and collect $2
2. Round: Bet $2 plus $1, win $3, and collect $6
Five- or six-round streaks are not uncommon, As long as you bet only one unit of
your own money each round, you won't get into much trouble.
file:///C|/New%20Systems/$1and$2Bets.htm [6/28/2002 10:44:18 PM]

1 in 40 ROULETTE SYSTEM
Basically I bet 5 numbers straight up that are located next door to each other on
the wheel. Usually 7, 11, 17, 20 & 32.
I then use a progressive betting scheme starting with $1 per number on a $5

minimum table & $2 per number on a $10 minimum table.
I even implement $2.50 chips on approx. the 8th spin. I had to get the pit bosses
approval.
I figured out the entire math so that when one of my 5 numbers hit
I make a modest gain. Average gain on a hit being around $15.
After a hit, I start the system from the beginning.
I have 40 spins for 1 of my 5 numbers to come out.
This turns the odds almost 5x in my favor since I have 13% of the wheel & I need
only 1 of my 5 numbers to hit in 40 spins.
file:///C|/Systems/1%20in%2040%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEM.htm [6/28/2002 11:03:36 PM]

THE 2--CLICKER 17 SPLIT SYSTEM IS JUST TAKING A REALLY ... AMERICAN WHEEL AND LOOKING FOR THE BEST NUMBERS TO LEA
2--Clicker 17 split systems is just taking a really good look at the American
wheel and looking for the best numbers to leave open.
I have used this system time in and time out for some really fast hits at
Caesars in Atlantic City.....the split pays 17-1 and all you are doing is
covering the board with a large amount of “chips “
But look at a picture of the American wheel
I always cover the “0 - 00” at all times by splitting them with a chip.
I know for a fact that the “dealers”—“coups” that spin that little ball for
roulette are taught in “coup” school how to release the ball so it will land in
or on those “0 - 00” .... “How do I know that?”
I went as far as to enroll myself into “coup school”—best $2600.00 I ever
spent!!!... So when you hear some “expert” says that it can’t be done!!!-- I’ll
take that bet for sure.
When you play the 2 clicker 17-split system you are going to make a (1) chip
“profit” chip that’s it!!!....but you will get your 17-chips (recycled) back to
you....look at these numbers that I recommend... There in groups of 2 and
they are...( 5-6 & 17-18 )***( 11-12 & 29-30 )***( 19-20 & 31-32 )**......make
sure that those numbers are together when you make your splits that you
leave (open).....now look at the “ wheel” 0-00 are at 12-o’clock and the 5-6-17-
18 are at 3-o’clock & 9-o’clock--(“ 2-clicks”) together—“get-it?”....leave these
numbers open and not covered by a chip......you lay your chips down and the
wheel spins and you win. the coup will put his “marker” on the split that
wins and remove “16”-(losing-chips”...pay you 17-chips and your profit chip
is on the table...when he removes his marker you pick up you winning
chip....now allot of people say “big-deal” it’s only one chip...I play with
$100.00- chips. so i risk $1700.00 to pick up $100.00-in profit but i go to 9 of
file:///C|/Systems/2--CLICKER%2017%20SPLIT%20SYSTEM.htm (1 of 2) [6/28/2002 11:04:21 PM]
THE 2--CLICKER 17 SPLIT SYSTEM IS JUST TAKING A REALLY ... AMERICAN WHEEL AND LOOKING FOR THE BEST NUMBERS TO LEA
those tables and with one spin i pick up $900.00 in profit ( 3 )--times a week
and i paid off my mortgage years ago on this little system known as the 2--
clicker-17-split system..
file:///C|/Systems/2--CLICKER%2017%20SPLIT%20SYSTEM.htm (2 of 2) [6/28/2002 11:04:21 PM]

2 Columns Positive Progression
I have had a great deal of long term success using the following progression with various
selection methods for double columns:
2:2:1:2:2:3:4:5...
I have used this "dip" progression mostly applied to either 2 columns or 4 x 6-line (for some
reason I have always preferred these to the dozens?)
With any sensible selection + wait for right opportunity you should get the first two wins regularly.
The third "dip" bet locks in a profit for the series.
Increase the bet?
Normally I have operated on the basis of stopping at 10 unit’s profit for the first 3 attempts (even if
the progression is continuing to win I stop and take the profit)
After this I will follow the progression until it breaks -capped at 5 units. And if very successful I will
extend it through to 10 units.
As with any positive progression you are fighting against repetitive small losses waiting for a win
when the progression bites.
To overcome this I have used combined strategies - recording each of them and moving between
them if one repeatedly breaks down - and occasionally using increased bets to recover initial
losses.
One of the mildest of these is to change to 3:2:1:2:2:3:4:5

Hope this is of use to you to work on. It can be made to consistently win.
file:///C|/Systems/2%20COLUMNS%20POSITIVE%20PROGRESSION.htm [6/28/2002 11:03:58 PM]

2 Or More
2 Or More
This roulette system is very simple and only requires patience and some
nerves but never fails.
I would not recommend trying on a computer simulation, however as
simulations are a lot different from the real thing in results. If you want to
test it without betting money first then record the numbers from a real
casino. Ok so here it is:
1. Record 38 spins on a double zero wheel (37 on

a single zero wheel).
2. Mark all numbers from the 38 that have come
up 2 or more times in those 38 spins.
3. Bet all of these numbers with flat bets only for
the next 38 spins.
Even if one or two of the numbers hit early keep the original bets on them
because usually they will come up more than once.
4. record 38 more numbers starting from the

number right after the last set of 38 that you just
bet on.
5. Repeat step 3.
You will find with this system on average you are betting
file:///C|/Systems/2%20OR%20MORE%20SYSTEM.htm (1 of 2) [6/29/2002 12:16:48 AM]

2 Or More
about 6 to 11
Numbers on average and winning 9 to 13 times per 38 numbers. Although
you don’t need this many wins to produce a good profit at 35-1 this is why
the system pays so well. Remember to tip the dealers well after winning.
They don’t get paid that much and they will tend to look the other way if
tipped well. Good luck. If you have any questions email me!
file:///C|/Systems/2%20OR%20MORE%20SYSTEM.htm (2 of 2) [6/29/2002 12:16:48 AM]

2 UP 2 DOWN SYSTEM
2 UP 2 DOWN SYSTEM
(a simple progression for small to medium bankrolls)
This is suitable for the Even Money bets in Roulette

and could also be used for Mini-Bac.
You commence with a 1 unit bet and you continue betting 1 unit until you
lose 2 consecutive bets.
When this happens you increase your bet to 2 units

and continue to bet 2 units until you
a) win 2 consecutive bets at which point you reduce your next bet to 1 unit
b) lose 2 consecutive bets which means you increase your next bet to 3 units.
The progression is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 - if you reach 5 you

should restart at 1 or you can continue
6, 8, 10. Just remember you go up to the next number after 2 consecutive
losses and you go down one step to the next lowest number after 2
consecutive wins. For example: if you win 2 consecutive bets of 4 units each
your next bet would be 3 units.
file:///C|/Systems/2%20UP%202%20DOWN%20SYSTEM.htm [6/29/2002 12:18:14 AM]

The "3/2" roulette system won't make you rich, but it'll let you enjoy many hours at the roulette table without doing any damage to your bankroll
The "3/2" roulette system won't make you rich, but it'll let you enjoy many
hours at the roulette table without doing any damage to your bankroll.
Want to have a better than 2 to 1 chance of winning on every roulette spin?

Take a close look at the three 12-number columns on the table layout. You'll
discover that the first column has 6 red and 6 black fields, the second has 4
red and 8 black, and the third column has 8 red and 4 black numbers.
Winning bets on red or black pay even money. Column bets pay 2 to 1.
Betting on red covers 18 numbers. If at the same time you bet the middle
column you also cover 8 black numbers. Only the remaining 10 black
numbers plus 0 and 00 will be losers.
You have 26 ways to win against 12 ways to lose. Find a low-minimum table
(they're plentiful in the smaller casinos in Vegas) and wager three chips
(units) on red and two on the middle column. No matter which of your 26
numbers comes up, you'll show a profit.
If one of the red numbers in the first or third columns shows, you'll win
three for betting red and lose two on the column bet. If one of the 8 black
numbers in the middle column hits, you'll collect four for the column wager
and lose the three placed on red. Either way you'll have a one-unit profit.
And if the ball lands on a red number in that center column you'll collect on
both bets for a total profit of seven units. If you enjoy playing roulette, this
system will let you stay at the table for extended periods without doing
damage to your gambling budget.
Be sure to ask to be rated when you sit down to play and rake in those comp
points. Even if you only just break even at the table, but casino treats you to
file:///C|/Systems/3%20%20%20%202%20%20%20%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEM.htm (1 of 2) [6/28/2002 11:05:06 PM]

The "3/2" roulette system won't make you rich, but it'll let you enjoy many hours at the roulette table without doing any damage to your bankroll
dinner or gives you a complimentary room, you're a winner!
++++++++++++++++
file:///C|/Systems/3%20%20%20%202%20%20%20%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEM.htm (2 of 2) [6/28/2002 11:05:06 PM]

file:///C|/Systems/35%20TO%201%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEM.htm
35 TO 1 ROULETTE SYSTEM
Many casual roulette players bet on certain favorite numbers, because they are
entranced by the 35 to 1 odds. The American 0 and 00 roulette wheel gives the casino
a 5.27% advantage, and that
poses a considerable challenge to serious players who want to be among the very
small minority of overall net winners. You are about to become familiar with a straight-
up betting strategy specifically designed for the double-zero wheel. The system
should perform even better if applied to the single-zero wheel.
The 35 to 1 System is based on what is known as the “law of uneven distribution”. It
is a fact that numbers on a roulette wheel tend to repeat often. During any 38-spin
cycle, not all numbers will appear, but certainly over trials of millions of spins all
roulette numbers will even out.
On average, the same 24 to 26 numbers will appear in 38 spins of the wheel. Rarely, if
ever, will all 38 numbers hit in 38 spins. On average, in 38 spins, about 1/3 of the
numbers will be repeats,
meaning that while some numbers are hit two, three, four, or more times, others don’t
come up
at all. This phenomenon is not theory, it’s a proven fact derived from tens of
thousands of spins of a roulette wheel. The interesting thing about this occurrence is
that often the numbers that have been coming up most regularly have a tendency to
keep on doing so. By trial and error experimenting, the inventor of this system has
devised a procedure for capitalizing on this law of uneven number distribution. First,
let’s set profit goals and risk limits. Your stake for a single session should be limited
to four times the amount of a win on your smallest bet. For example, if the smallest
bet is $1, the smallest win would be $35. Four times $35 is $140, therefore your
session stake is $140. A $5 minimum bet would require a bankroll of $700. The
minimum profit objective is one-and-a-half times the amount you’re putting at risk. In
other words, if you buy in for $140, your goal is a win of at least $210.You will need a
small notebook, where you have listed
all the numbers, from 1 to 36, plus 0 and 00, in a vertical column on the left side of a
page. Stand back from the table and place a tick mark to the right of each number that
hits. At most casinos roulette layouts include a screen that displays the previous 16
or 20 numbers, making the
task less time-consuming. Simply tick the numbers already on the screen, and you
have a head start. As soon as you have recorded at least two numbers that have hit
two
file:///C|/Systems/35%20TO%201%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEM.htm (1 of 3) [6/29/2002 12:50:57 AM]

times you go into action. Bet on all numbers that have come up at least twice, and
keep adding new numbers as they hit a second time, until you have a total of six
different repeat numbers working for you. Do not bet on more than a maximum of six
numbers in a single game.
Bet the same minimum amount (1 unit) on each of your numbers until one of them
wins. You will be paid 35 to 1 for a total of 36 chips. Now you >bet back your win by
dividing 36 chips over your
working numbers. Depending on how many numbers in your stable at the time, you
would place 18 chips on each of two numbers, 12 chips on each of three numbers, 9
chips on each of four numbers, 7 chips on each of five numbers, or 6 chips on each
of six numbers. If you hit two times in a row the payoff will be between 210 and 630
chips! You have achieved your profit objective! Cash in your chips and look for
another table. You’ll find that, on average, you’ll hit your win goal
when you’re about halfway through your session money. So if you still have $70 of
your original stake when you win a minimum of $210, you have a total of $280,take
away the $140 you started with, and you’re left with a net profit of $140. At a minimum
you will double your money in
every winning session. Overall you should do better than that. If you do not hit two
consecutive times, return to betting only one unit on each of your numbers until
another win materializes, then repeat the >above procedure. The session ends either
when you’ve achieved your profit
objective, or when your chips are all gone, whichever happens first. Try to position
yourself at the center of the table. From there you can easily reach all the number
fields, in case your repeat numbers are scattered from top to bottom of the layout.
You will find it helps if
you choose a busy table, one where bets are spread all over the layout. It will take the
dealer longer to sort and stack chips between spins, giving you more time to make
entries in your notebook and to place your bets, especially after a win, when you’re
trying to spread 36 chips evenly over your working numbers. Be a nice person, make
a one-chip straight-up bet for
the dealer once in a while. Ask what number he or she likes and bet a chip for him or
her
on that number. Place a second chip for yourself on that same number. Some
dealers have the knack to direct the ball to a certain point on the wheel. Why
not take a chance that your dealer has that skill. I was at one table where the dealer
liked the number 19. I bet his number for him and for me five times, it hit twice! Be
aware that playing this system might attract the attention of the pit boss. He may ask
you to leave if he suspects your
system play is not likely to benefit the casino. To avoid running the risk of being
asked to
leave, choose a busy table where you will be less noticed, and move to another table,
or even another casino after a winning session.

No betting system is infallible. That’s why you set a loss limit and a win goal before
you start. This 35 to 1 System has a realistic potential for worthwhile profits, even if
you only win 50 percent of all your sessions. Relative to the amount of risk involved,
the 35 to 1 System may be
your best bet against the double-zero roulette wheel.
Numbers Chips Pay out Lost Bets Profit
2 18 630 -18 612
3 12 420 -24 396
4 9 315 -27 288
5 7 245 -28 217
6 6 210 -30 180
[One chip was not used with the five number bet
because five does not divide evenly into 36.]

file:///D|/Systems/3%20COLUMN%20SYSTEM..htm
file:///D|/Systems/3%20COLUMN%20SYSTEM..htm (1 of 4) [7/9/2002 12:35:16 PM]




3 Sets Of Numbers
1)We will be working with 3 sets of numbers.
2)Those sets are: zero to ten ( 0 to 10 ) eleven to twenty ( 11 to 20 ) and twenty-one

to thirty ( 21 to 30 )
4)Using a simple reduction technique, we are going to reduce those sets until one
set has only six numbers remaining.
5)We will play those six numbers for a maximum of six spins.
6)When one of the six numbers strikes, we discard that set of six, and proceed to
find another six, using the same
tequnique.
7)We use flat bets only.
8)We ignore all the numbers above 30.
9)THE METHOD.
For simplicity sake: ALL the roulette numbers can be represented

as> 1.2.3.4.5.6.7.8.9.0.
(1 is 1.11.21.31.... 2 is 2.12.22.32. ...................0 is 0.10.20.30. etc etc.)
Counting back from ( and including ) the last number spun, we proceed through
the previously spun numbers
in sequence, one at a time.
For every 1 we also reduce a 0 (and vice-versa) for every 0 we also reduce a 1
file:///C|/Systems/3%20SETS%20OF%20NUMBERS.htm (1 of 5) [6/28/2002 11:06:01 PM]

3 Sets Of Numbers
To simplify the above table:

1 2 3 4 5
0 9 8 7 6
Example: You wish to find six numbers to play from spin number 8.
Spin numbers: 5.0.30.23.8.11.35.
First reduce 11 and 20
Next reduce 8 and 3
Next reduce 23 and 28
Next reduce 30 and 21.
You now have your six numbers to play from spin number 8.
22.29.24.27.25.26.
Spin numbers: 12.30.0.5.21.25.35.36.22.28.
21.30.24.27.25.26.
Example: You wish to find six numbers to play from spin number 12:
Spin numbers: 29.4.29.0.6.2.3.28.16.18.22.
You now have your six numbers to play from spin number 12:
11.20.12.19.14.17.
10) Clear Profit per Hit for single unit bets.

Spin number Profit
1 30
2 24
3 18
4 12
5 6
6 break -even
No-hit a loss of 36 units.

3 Sets Of Numbers
11 The one exception to the above figures is.

When playing the first set of numbers and one of the selections is 0 or 10.
You play 7 numbers instead of 6
Example: You wish to play 6 numbers from spin number 5.
Spin numbers: 20.19.8.5.
Next reduce 8 and 3
You now have seven numbers to play 1.0.10.2.9.4.7. for the next five spins.
For a Clear profit per Hit for this situation.
Spin number Profit
1 29
2 22
3 15
4 8
5 1
No-Hit a loss of 35 units
12 As you can see it is a simple task to find the numbers to bet.

Using this simple set of digits:
12345
09876
You count back from the last number spun, or from the last number to hit.
Proceed to reduce using the formula provided.
Practice with a set of spins.
It soon becomes very easy to instantly identify the six numbers to bet.
13 Bank: and notes:

I would recommend a minimum bankroll of $200.
The first target would be to double ones bank.
When that is achieved, pause.
Resume some time after with a similar target,
Again, with a bank of $200, aim to double it.
Set your own limits and stick to them.
I will not attempt to explain for now why I believe it works;
I believe it exploits a mathematical anomaly.
To refresh:
Always count back from the number just spun; or the number that just hit.
Reduce the sets of numbers as described and as soon as one as six remaining

3 Sets Of Numbers
Play those numbers.

Play until one hits.
Play for a maximum of six spins.
As soon as one hits; discard that set and proceed to get another six.
Observe the record of spins following. The ones highlighted are hits.
17.22.10.25.24.21.17.23.22.20.2.1.34.35.0.14.36.5.0.20.30.23.8.11.35.27.
You wish to bet on spin number 5.

Counting back from and including spin 4.
25. reduce 25 and 26
10. reduce 10 and 0 and 5 and 6
22. reduce 22 and 29.
We now have the numbers to bet from spin number 5:
21.30.23.28.24.27.
Spin number 5 24 HIT.

You want 6 numbers to bet from spin 6.
You now have the six numbers to bet spin 6 onwards.
21.30.22.29.23.28.
Spin number 6 21 HIT

You want 6 new numbers to bet from spin 7 on.
21 reduce 21 and 30
24 reduce 24 and 27
We now have six numbers to take from spin 7 on:
22.29.23.28.25.26.

23 reduce 23 and 28
17 reduce 17 and 14
21 reduce 21 and 30
We now have six numbers to bet frome spin 8 on:
21.30.22.29.25.26.

3 Sets Of Numbers

You want 6 new numbers to bet from spin 10 on:
Counting back from and including spin number 9:
22 reduce 22 and 29
23 reduce 23 and 28
21.30.24.27.25.26.
Spin number 15 0 LOSS

Counting back from and including spin number 14.
(ignore all the numbers 31.32.33.34.35.36.)
0 reduce 1 and 10
2 reduce 2 and 9
We now have the six numbers to take from spin 15 on:
3.8.4.7.5.6.

Counting back from and including spin 18:
5 reduce 5 and 6
14 reduce 14 and 17
0 reduce 0 and 1 and 10
We now have the numbers to take from spin 19 on:
2.9.3.8.4.7.

You now want 6 new numbers to bet from spin 25 on:
8 reduce 8 and 3
23 reduce 23 and 28
30 reduce 30 and 21
22.29.24.27.25.26.

3 SYSTEMS BY AN OLD PRO GAMBLER
Seen these before, but there probably isn’t too many new ones out there.
Don’t go thinking my systems are unique or fantastic. Like I said, it’s
not the system, but the money management that is important. Let me explain before
you read the systems. There are just so many ways to bet in roulette.
Single numbers, splits, 3 number lines, 4 number quads, 5 number, 6 number line
bets, 12 number 1/3’s, 12 number columns, 18 number (high/low, red, black, odd, even).
What this means is “How conservative or risky do you want to bet?” “What recovery
rate
Is feasible to you?” among other things. Less risk? Bet 35 numbers, but recovery is to
win
35 times in a row if you lost once. High risk and high return? Bet one number. In reality,
there
Are bets in-between that satisfy most people for the style THEY like to play. That’s why I
Don’t push my style onto others. It may not work for you or you’re not in the right place
at the right
Time can live and survive quite nicely on 80% or 50% return on my money, with low
risk, confidence
Of winning and enjoy myself without getting stressed out. The systems that I use are
not new, nor unique, but what matters are HOW I use them, or any other. I enjoy the
comfort of betting on 63% of the numbers
for a 50% return. Even the banks don’t give me 50% interest on my money. The
recovery rate is acceptable, meaning I have to win twice to make up a losing bet. At the
high rollers table past weekend, I was betting 4 $25 chips on 4 lines (63% of the
numbers). The 4 lines are the ones that make up 13-36 on the board. I know I have
almost 75% chance of winning every spin, it’s easy for me to know what numbers I’m
on (teens, twenties and thirties when the dealer says the winning number), easy for me
to reach on the layout, but more importantly, on a 0/00 wheel in Atlantic City, if 0/00
come out, I only lose ½ of my outside bet. What outside bet do you say? Well, I bet one
chip on the 13-17
and 3 chips on the outside bet of 18-36. This way I don’t have to worry as much about
0/00.
Increase your bets (when you do) of (2 chips and 6 chips), then (3\chips and 9 chips),
etc. By the way, high numbers came out 22 times in a row, (which is not unusual) with
0/00 twice. I go for the streaks. MANY, MANY often every day. Very rarely does it go
high, low, high, low, etc for very long.
file:///C|/Systems/3%20SYSTEMS%20BY%20AN%20OLD%20PRO%20GAMBLER.htm (1 of 2) [6/29/2002 12:20:26 AM]

The second system is to bet the 3 line bets of 0,00,1,2,3 and 7,8,9,10,11,12 and
25,26,27,28,29,30. I’m sure you know this one also as it covers two huge wedges on the
wheel layout - mark the numbers off on the wheel. Again, it’s the money management
that matters. Most people know where to bet, just not HOW to bet. Increasing at the
right time, decreasing at the right time. I think a form of this is the way that $2000
system goes. Add in one more line bet of six numbers (I’d use the six line that contains
the last number won) and you’re covering 23 numbers or 60% of the wheel. If one of the
4 line bet wins (25% of your
bet) you get 300% return {SAMPLE - 4 - $25 bets is $100. After a 1-chip line bet wins,
you have 6 chips
(600% of your bet) but subtracting the other 3 chips lost from the 6 chips would be 3
chip win on the 1 chip line bet or 300%. Figures work with that system clues.
Anyway the last system I use is to bet a $5 chip on the 6 number line bet that the last
winning number came in on. If I win, I have 6 chips. If I lose bet a $5 chip on EACH of
the last two lines that won. If I win, I have 5 chips. If I lose, bet 2 chips ($10) on each of
the last three lines that contain the last 3 winning numbers. If I win, I get double my
money. If I lose I bet $25 on each of the last 4 lines that won. I still get a profit if I win. If I
lose, start over. All easy, known betting systems. Sorry, no rabbit out of a hat trick.
Just basics. I don’t like complex systems that take a long time to figure out where to bet
or progressive systems that lose your money faster.
Have a good day.
file:///C|/Systems/3%20SYSTEMS%20BY%20AN%20OLD%20PRO%20GAMBLER.htm (2 of 2) [6/29/2002 12:20:26 AM]

FOUR SPIN ROULETTE
FOUR SPIN ROULETTE
Very simple... you merely bet one unit on each of the last four numbers that
have come out (including the immediate last one). All 4 spins must be by the
same dealer. Start with the spin after you watch a winner and stop when you
lose two times in a row, or if there is a change of dealer at any time before
that. This (as described above) is substantially modified as of September 29,
2000. The key to this is dealer bias, therefore you must be sure to qualify
the dealer and not the table. I will clarify this in the details below. The major
problem with this strategy is being able to jump into the game and out of it
at the time that the dealer qualifies. You may want to consider playing at two
different levels. You may wish to bet something like the black or red before
last for the table minimum as a bet to only remain at your place at the table,
and then this method for $5 or more on each number when the dealer
qualifies. It could sometimes take an hour or more to qualify and then you
may only make two bets if they both lose. Then you would go back to your
waiting for a new qualification. You should be able to
do this with a $100 bankroll (using $5 units for this method of play). That
would allow $80 for this method, plus $20 to keep your place at the roulette
table. If you lose, then you have lost the $100, or most of it. If you win, then
you will win 32 units on that bet (35 minus the 3 which you lose, and the one
unit on the winning number will remain there for the next bet).
If these are $5 units, then you will pick up $145 (which is your $100 bankroll
plus an additional $45) and still have $20 on the table for your next bet. If
that also wins, then the same thing will happen again.
Details: You are at the table and one number spins... say it is 15. No bet is
made. Then let’s say that the second spin that you observe is 17. No bet is
made. The third spin is 31. No bet is made. The fourth spin is 2, so after you
file:///C|/Systems/4%20SPIN%20ROULETTE.htm (1 of 2) [6/29/2002 12:23:47 AM]

FOUR SPIN ROULETTE
observe the fourth spin, you would still not bet. The next spin is 31 (again)...
you now have qualified this dealer. It is important that if
they have changed dealers, you must start over from the beginning!!! One of
the last 4 numbers has come out while s/he was spinning the wheel. So, for
the next ONE spin you would bet one unit each on 15,17,2,31 (drop the first
31 and keep the rest of the numbers, adding 31 to the end). The next spin is
5. You lose. So your next bet would be 17,2,31,5 (one unit each). The next
spin is 2. You win and win 32 chips plus the one that remains on number 2.
The next bet is on 17,31,5,2. The next spin is 8. You lose. The next bet is on
31,5,2,8. The next spin is 12. You lose this second bet after the win. Leave the
table (or go back to playing your method for holding your place at the table)
and wait until either this dealer or another one qualifies again. If there is a
change of dealers while you are betting on this strategy, you are to
immediately stop betting (or re-start your count) and qualify the new dealer
(even if you won with him in a prior session). If there is a board that tells you
the past numbers, then you can start by watching the numbers on that
board. I call this board a “Marquis.” Follow the same rules as above. It is
important that you qualify the dealer and not the wheel. Start over every
time that there is a change of dealer or two consecutive losses. This is
essential when you are using this strategy.
file:///C|/Systems/4%20SPIN%20ROULETTE.htm (2 of 2) [6/29/2002 12:23:47 AM]

4 STEPS TO MY SUCCESS
I implemented the following 4 steps as a formula to

my success.
1) You need to know what your total bank figure is.
2) You need to know what your session bank figure is.
3) You need to know some good playing strategies.
4) You need to know when to leave and quit playing.
1) My total bank figure was $2000. Your total bank figure is the total amount of
money you are prepared to lose gambling. If you lose this amount you quit
gambling until you can afford to lose another total bank.
2) My session bank figure was $200. Your session bank figure is your total bank
divided by 10. This then gives you a safety net of 10 session banks. You have to
lose all 10 session banks to lose everything.
3) My playing strategies were, always start each session by playing blackjack to

enable me to build up some profit to play at the roulette table. Black jack makes
the playing profit for roulette. I would buy in for $200 and would always be
prepared to lose all of my daily session bank on blackjack. This very rarely
happened when playing blackjack outlined by the blackjack table below. The
table shows you exactly what hands to hit on or stand or split or double down on
etc depending on the cards you have and the up card which the dealer has. Your
goal is to make enough profit from blackjack to enable you to go to the roulette
table and bet the roulette strategy outlined below with the casinos money.
file:///C|/Systems/4%20STEPS%20TO%20MY%20SUCCESS.htm (1 of 13) [6/29/2002 12:25:57 AM]

In a nutshell, when I first started I would buy in for $200 and play
blackjack until I either lost all of the $200 on blackjack or won at least
$95 on blackjack. I would then switch to roulette and play the roulette
strategy below which is a 19 chip bet which for me was $95. If the bet
won I would win $80 and would then repeat the bet netting me $255 for
the winnng session if my second roulette spin won. If you lose on
roulette, then back to blackjack you go once you are back down to your
$200 or daily session bank figure. This should be if you lose your first
spin on roulette. You then just start over on black jack. Keep this
strategy going until step 4 is acheived. There are no hard and fast
written in stone rules to either the blackjack or roulette methods of
play. There are absolutley no systems to beat the odds of these games so
play your best and pay more attention to the money management
strategy. Before you know it your total bank will increase and your
daily session bank will increase which means that your minimum bets
will increase resulting in your profits increasing. Just build up at a pace
that you are comfortable with.
4) I would leave once I had won or lost one entire session bank. So once I had
lost or won $200 I would quit playing for the day. Double your money for the day
and get the hell out of there or restrict your losses to just one session bank.
Black Jack
There are many ways to bet playing black jack. I would buy in for $200, bet
$5 on my first hand, if it won at any point I would play the $5 bet again until
I lost a hand. I would then double my bet so lets say that hand 1 lost, I would
then play $10 for the next hand, if that lost I would double again so hand 3
would be $20, then $40, then $80 etc. At any stage when you win your hand,
you go back to betting $5 again. This strategy proved extremely successful
when using the black jack table below. I was playing this with $25 chip

minumum bets. Of course you can run out of money etc etc but you only
want to make half of a daily session bank to earn your play money for
roulette.
KEY TO THE TABLE: H = HIT / S = STAND / D = DOUBLE DOWN / P =

SPLIT
Dealers up Card
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
A
Your Hand
8
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
9
H
D
D
D
D
H
H
H

H
H
10
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
H
H
11
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
H
12
H
H
S
S
S
H
H
H
H
H
13

S
S
S
S
S
H
H
H
H
H
14
S
S
S
S
S
H
H
H
H
H
15
S
S
S
S
S
H
H
H
H
H
16
S
S
S
S

S
H
H
H
H
H
17
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
A,2
H
H
H
D
D
H
H
H
H
H
A,3
H
H
H
D
D
H
H
H
H
H

A,4
H
H
D
D
D
H
H
H
H
H
A,5
H
H
D
D
D
H
H
H
H
H
A,6
H
D
D
D
D
H
H
H
H
H
A,7
S
D

D
D
D
S
S
H
H
H
A,8
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
A,9
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S

A,A
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
2,2
H
H
P
P
P
P
H
H
H
H
3,3
H
H
P
P
P
P
H
H
H
H

4,4
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
6,6
H
P
P
P
P
H
H
H
H
H
7,7
P
P
P
P
P
P
H
H
H
H
8,8
P
P

P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
9,9
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
S
S
10,10
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
European Roulette or Single Zero Roulette
First of all, single zero roulette is the only game of roulette
you should ever play for the obvious reason that there is one
less number on the wheel so the odds are more in your favour. You
already know that so enough said. There is absolutely no system
or method for roulette that can beat the odds so give it up and
accept it. So how do you win then? To become a successful
roulette player you first of all need to know all the numbers

around the wheel in order and to know which blocks each number
belongs too. So going from 0, the 37 numbers around the wheel in
a clockwise fashion are:
BLOCKS: RED = THE ZERO BLOCK / BLUE = THE ORPHAN BLOCKS / GREEN
= THE TIER
0, 32, 15, 19, 4, 21, 2, 25, 17, 34, 6, 27, 13, 36, 11, 30, 8,
23, 10, 5, 24, 16, 33, 1, 20, 14, 31, 9, 22, 18, 29, 7, 28, 12,
35, 3, 26 then back to 0.
1) Bet 1 chip straight up on all of the following numbers:
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 12, 13, 17, 23, 25, 26, 29, 32, 34, 35,
and 36.
This means that you are covering 19 numbers out of the 37 numbers
on the wheel.
When you look at the numbers below on the wheel which you will
have placed bets on, you can see that you are covering numbers in
every block and also some numbers all in a row to increase your
chances of being hit. Betting 19 numbers is exactly the same as
betting red or black or any of the even chances bets, however,
you are not being dictated to what those set bets are and you
have covered 0 as well. You will get hit far more often with this
our own even money bet. Just try it and see.
0, 32, 15, 19, 4, 21, 2, 25, 17, 34, 6, 27, 13, 36, 11, 30, 8,
23, 10, 5, 24, 16, 33, 1, 20, 14, 31, 9, 22, 18, 29, 7, 28, 12,
35, 3, 26
So to summarise, play blackjack until you have made half a daily

session bank in profit, take this profit to the roulette table
and play the 19 chip bet above until you have either increased
your profit to one full daily session bank thus doubling your
money or have lost your roulette profit and need to go back to
blackjack until you have your roulette profit again. Black jack
is your foundation and roulette is your luxury.
Well, you can take a camel to water but you can't make it drink.
The above is what I did to win $10,000 in 2 months. It won't cost

you anything to try it for free so hit the button below and see
what I am saying is true. As your total profit increases you just
increase your total bank and daily session bank and up your
minimum chip bets. You'll end up playing $25 minimum bets like I
did Enjoy.

file:///D|/Systems/FIVE%20SIMPLE%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEMS.htm
Roulette is the oldest of all the casino games. A roulette wheel

is round and has 38 separately numbered pockets in which the
rotating ball may land. The numbers change back and forth between
red and black; the first red number is number one. 0 and 00 are
both greens. If a player bets on a single number, he is paid 35 to
1. This means that the casino has the advantage of 2 out of every
38 spins. So, roulette, like any other gaming event must rely on
both luck and strategy.
BETS:
You may bet on two numbers by placing your chip (or chips) on the
line between two numbers such as 2 and 3. Payment is 17 to 1.
You may bet on four numbers by placing your bet between 4 numbers
such as 2, 3, 5, 6 and upon winning be paid 8 to 1.
You may bet on three numbers by placing a chip on the transversal
such as 1, 2, 3 by placing the chip on the outer line of 1.
Payment is 11 to 1.
You may bet on five numbers only in one set; they are 0, 00, 1, 2,
3. Since 31 is not divisible by 5 it pays only 6 to 1.
You may bet on six numbers by placing your chip on two
transversals, such as the outer edge of numbers 7 and 10 to cover
numbers 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12. This bet pays 5 to 1.
You may bet on 12 numbers by placing your bet on the 2to1 space at
the end of the table and play 1, 4, 7, 10,13, 16, 19, 22, 25, 28,
31, 34 or either of the other two rows of numbers; or by placing
your chip in 1st 12, 2nd 12, or 3rd 12. Each bet pays 2 to 1.
You may bet on 18 numbers by placing your bet on either a color
spot - red or black, on an even or odd spot, or on 1 to 18, or 19
to 36. Pays 1 to 1.
Seem simple enough? Well it is quite easy. Just wait till a spin
has been completed and all bettors have been paid and then place
your bet.
The following section shows you five simple systems you may want
to use to win at roulette.
Never bet more than you can afford to lose, and always quit when
you have won as much as you set out to win - such as double your
file:///D|/Systems/FIVE%20SIMPLE%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEMS.htm (1 of 5) [7/21/2002 11:18:26 AM]

stake.
There are table minimums and maximums at all casinos and most
casinos have different tables with different amounts. *Each posted
on the table.
A typical minimum is 25 cents per bet with a 75 cents minimum per
spin of the wheel. This covers bets on numbers only *-* other bets
such as 1st 12 etc. will have a $1 minimum.
Now, read and learn each system detailed below before you try any
of them at a casino - pick one or two you want to try.
SYSTEM ONE:
This is a simple game of colors. Black and Red. This has also been
called a suckers bet and an absolutely terrible system because it
does not go with the odds. However, it has consistently won for
both myself and a large number of others. Because 1/2 of the
numbers are red, and 1/2 black (minus of course the casino
advantage of 0 of 00) a bet on a red or black number coming up has
a 50-50 chance of winning. If you were able to accurately pick the
correct color every-other spin, you would break even, minus 2 in
every 38 spins (for 0, 00). With this in mind, try the following:
Bet on a color. If you win, take your winning and leave your
original bet for the next spin. (A good idea is to start at $1 if
you are interested in playing for a long period of time and maybe
winning some money. You can bet more such as $3 to $5 if you can
afford it and are hoping to win some big money). If you lose,
double your bet. If you continue to lose you may wish to continue
doubling your bet, or quit and take the lose. Then start over
again, as long as you win, take your winnings and leave your
original bet.
Remember, you ALWAYS have the same odds of your bet winning even
if the other color has come up 100 times in a row. I have had
nights when I never lost more than 3 straight times, but I have
also seen the same color come up 12 straight times.
SYSTEM TWO:
Odd or Even bets. This is basically the same as the above system,
but with one very different factor - you watch the game until a
number of even or odd numbers have come up consecutively- such as

three straight, before making a bet. With this in mind you may
want to raise your starting bet to $3 to $5 since you get fewer
chances to bet - also, you do not leave your original bet when you
win. You take it and wait for another streak of even or odd
numbers.
SYSTEM THREE:
Betting 1-to-18 or 19-to-36. These bets pay 1 to 1 just like bets

on color and odd and even. However, this is a one time, win or
lose system. It has a total of either one or two bets, per time.
Again it is best to watch the game until the ball has not landed
on either half of the numbers. Then, after say 5 straight spins
like this, place a larger bet on the 1/2 of the numbers that has
not come up for the last 6 spins. (As much as you wish to bet - I
usually go from $10 to $25.) If you win, you have won a good sum
of money; if you lose, you can do one of two things: Quit and wait
for another chance to come up, or place the same bet again plus
$1. If you lose again, take the loss and wait to try it again. If
you win this time, you have gotten back your original bet plus $1.
On good nights I have won four or five straight and four out of
five or better. At this point I always quit . . . if I am betting
$25, I may even quit after winning only two or three straight.
SYSTEM FOUR:
Betting the rows. This bet is shown on the layout as 2-to-1 and
pays just that. This is just like playing colors. You place a bet
on one of the three rows of numbers and if you win you leave your
original bet and take the winnings. If you lose, place a bet of
the same amount. If you win, you will do the same thing, and will
have made up for the previous loss plus some extra. If you lose a
third time, double your bet. You may do this as many times as you
like, but remember, your bets can grow very high if you are
doubling your bets each time!
SYSTEM FIVE:
This is my favorite system. It does not make a lot of money unless

you have a lot of money as a stake, but it offers one of the best

ways of playing and being able to get your original bets back
without a great sum of money. This system is like the last and
also bets on the rows, but you wait until a row has not come up
for a number or spins (I use 7). Then you place a bet on the row
that has not come up. If you wish to win just a small amount of
money, or stay even, start with $1. If you wish to win more money,
start with $1 but make your bets like those shown below. When you
win, you stop and wait for another chance to start over. If you
lose, follow the next bet on the chart:
A B A B A B
A B
Bet Win Total Won If you

lose Total lost
$1 $1 $2 $2 $2 $2
$1 $1
$2 $2 $4 $4 $3 $3
$3 $3
$3 $4 $6 $8 $3 $5
$6 $7
$4 $5 $8 $10 $2 $3
$10 $12
$6 $8 $12 $16 $2 $6
$16 $20
$9 $12 $18 $24 $2 $4
$25 $32
$14 $18 $28 $36 $3 $4
$39 $50
$21 $28 $42 $56 $3 $6
$60 $78
$32 $42 $64 $84 $4 $6
$92 $120
$47 $65 $94 $130 $2 $10
$139 $250
$71 $130 $142 $260 $3 $10 $210
$380
$106 $212 $2 $316

$159 $318 $2 $475
You of course can quit and take the loss at any time. This system
does not make a lot of money unless you are lucky and your row
continually comes up after just a few spins - which is quite
possible. The chance of your row not coming up 20 straight times
is the same as it is after just once - 2 to 1. However, I have
never seen a row go more than 17 straight spins without winning.
This short look at five simple roulette systems is only a guide
and cannot guarantee a person will win if he follows one or more
of the systems. It is however, an account of my own personal way
of betting at the roulette table and these systems have won
consistently for myself.
Best wishes and good luck to you!

file:///D|/Systems/SYSTEM%2063.htm
This roulette system is called “System 63” because

we have a 63% chance
of winning each spin on a double-zero wheel. The system works even better
on a single-zero wheel. Total units required will be 80 units for our session
bankroll. Lifetime bankroll we be 5 sessions, or 400 units. We will betting on
a two-dozen section or a two-column section on the layout. Our odds of
winning each spin are 24/38 = 63%, hence the name System 63. We will use a
progressive betting scheme as follows: 1-1, 3-3, 9-9, 27-27. What we do is bet
1 unit on one dozen (or column) & 1 unit on another dozen (or column). If a
number hits on one of our chosen dozens or columns we win 1 unit profit.
Example, Let’s say we bet on the first two dozens & number 12 comes up.
We win 2 units for the first dozen, but lose 1 unit on the second dozen. Our
profit is 2-1 = 1 unit. If we lose that spin, then on the next spin we bet 3 units
on one dozen (column) & 3 units on another dozen (column). If that spin
loses we progress to 9 units & 9 units. If we lose again we progress to 27 & 27
units. The only way we lose our session bankroll of 80 units is if we lose four
spins in a row.
This is rare. The odds of this occurring are (14/38)^4=1.84%. We also have
five session bankrolls.
Therefore the odds of us losing our lifetime bankroll will be very small
indeed while we are winning 63% of the spins. This method can be used in
terrestial as well as on-line casinos. My advice would be to play to win $50-
$100 each day then quit. If you lose a session bankroll, quit for the day &
play again another time. Another word of advice as to a good on-line casino
is oasiscasino.com.
They allow betting units as small as 5 cents. You can start small & build
your way up. Good luck!
file:///D|/Systems/SYSTEM%2063.htm (1 of 2) [7/9/2002 9:59:00 AM]
file:///D|/Systems/SYSTEM%2063.htm
file:///D|/Systems/SYSTEM%2063.htm (2 of 2) [7/9/2002 9:59:00 AM]

$100 profit – Dozen system
9 Chances - $50 profit
With this system, one has 9 chances to profit $50.

Keep track of the dozens and columns. If either a Dozen or a Column did
not come up for 18 spins, bet on that dozen with the progression shown in
the table below.
Sequence Bet Net Loss Gain Net Profit
1 $50 $50 $150 $100
2 $50 $100 $150 $50
3 $75 $175 $225 $50
4 $125 $300 $375 $75
5 $175 $475 $525 $50
6 $275 $750 $825 $75
7 $400 $1,150 $1,200 $50
8 $600 $1,750 $1,800 $50
9 $900 $2,650 $2,700 $50
Anytime you hit, you get $50 profit. After you do, you wait for another
Dozen or Column not to come up for 20 spins. Note that because you will hit
on the first bet most of the time, you will get $100 profit.
Bankroll required $2650. But you can play it 10 times less strong. With
$260 bankroll, you profit $5. Just divide each number by 10 in the table.
file:///C|/Systems/9%20CHANCES%20TO%20PROFIT.htm [6/29/2002 12:39:24 AM]

9 SPIN SYSTEM FOR INSIDE NUMBERS
When a number hits lay bets on it for the next 9 spins. You must
bet only one unit on the
Number meaning that if it does not show within 9 spins then you will have lost -9
units. Do not bet any other numbers until after 9 spins, then bet the number that
last hit on the 9th spin. If you win any of your bets decrease your count back to
zero and start betting for 9 spins on the same number again. You are only ever flat
betting a single straight-up number, on every spin making it very profitable!
Example Roulette Spins from the Real Gulf Casino:
35 17 29 10 30 35 26 16 16 0 33 29 11 2 3 8 31 19 1 22 23 17 18 3 30 25 28 24 19 21
0 26 36 14 13 33 29 8 4 14 29 28 31 24 17 35 34 18 1 11 18 2 2 29 6 20 18 28 25
If we follow the new rules then we must bet on the first number that shows for the
next nine spins. If we take a look at the spins then we must bet on number 35 for
the next 9 spins. After 5 spins 35 shows up again giving us a profit of +30 units.
Following the rules we must now bet on number 35 for 9 more spins because we
won on it. The number 35 does not show up so we lose the nine spins giving us a
loss of -9 units.
Following the rules we must then bet the number that last hit on the 9th spin which
in this example is 3 Number 3 showed up on the 9th giving us a profit of +26 units.
Following the rules we must now bet on number 3 for 9 more spins because we
won on it.
The number 3 does not show up so we lose the nine spins giving us a loss of -9
units.
in this example is 36. Following the rules we must bet on number 36 for the next 9
spins.
file:///C|/Systems/9%20SPIN%20SYSTEM%20FOR%20INSIDE%20NUMBERS.htm (1 of 2) [6/29/2002 12:41:00 AM]

The number 36 does not show up so we lose the nine spins giving us a loss of -9
units.
in this example Is 28. Number 28 did not show up giving us a loss of -9 units.
Following the rules we must now bet number 18 for the next 9 spins. Number 18
showed up after 6 spins giving us a total profit of +29 units.
Following the rules we should now bet number 18 for nine more spins but because
there are no more spins we stop here.
Let’s see how the System worked out and if it gave a profit or loss!
Total Loss/Win
Won +85 Units Loss -36 Units = Total + 49 Units
file:///C|/Systems/9%20SPIN%20SYSTEM%20FOR%20INSIDE%20NUMBERS.htm (2 of 2) [6/29/2002 12:41:00 AM]

9 to 5 System
9 to 5 System
I did a lot of computer testing using a casino program called Casino Deluxe. I tested
many different “systems” of my own design and this one was a great surprise to me
because it won more than it lost. While all others (that seemed more fool proof) lost
more times than they won! Then, after the computer testing I finally got to try it in
the casinos of Laughlin, NV and it won on the four different occasions that I went to
Laughlin! Now, I know that four times is a terribly short test. But, given the results
I had on the computer plus the fact that I usually have terrible luck on the tables, I
feel I’ve hit on something worthwhile here!
Anyway here is a summary of the details. All I ask in return is that if you or some of
your acquaintances try this out in a real casino that you let me know how it did for
you.
1. Pick one number to bet on and bet it until it hits. Even though testing
shows you can close your eyes and pick any one, the success rate increases
greatly when you record the last 15 or so hits and pick a number that has
repeated in that time. When your number hits and you are well into the
progression (55 spins or more) I recommend that you select a new repeating
number from the last 15 spins. Anytime a number hits and you have decided
to change numbers, stay on the number that just hit for 5 more spins! Many
times that number will repeat in that time! (I’m a FIRM believer in the biased
wheel theory. That’s why I recommend the recording of the numbers that
have hit in the past 15 spins.)
2. Bet the number of units as shown in the following progression table.

I use $1 units because many of the tables have a $2 inside bet minimum limit.
So my table was set up for this minimum limit requirement.
file:///C|/Systems/9%20to%205%20SYSTEM.htm (1 of 2) [6/29/2002 12:42:33 AM]

9 to 5 System
Bet 2 units for 27 spins Bet 10 units for 3 spins

Bet 9 units for 4 spins TOTAL of 88 spins; 505 units bet
This progression table does two things. They are: 1) It limits your losses to 505
units. However, my tests have shown that it is very rare that a number needs
more than 200 units to hit. So I would recommend setting your loss limit at 200
units. 2) It allows you to win a minimum of 35 units per hour by recovering all
past losses plus enough to meet the 35 unit per hour goal. (My actual results
have been in the $123 per hour area!) This table was based on the assumption
of one spin per minute.
3. When your number hits decide if you want to change numbers and
start the progression all over again. As you can see, it is a pretty simple
system that combines the biased wheel theory and a progression betting
system. The only difference is that I’ve developed a progression that will
result in winnings of at least 35 units per hour and allows a person to pick
their own loss limit!
I hope you or your friends enjoy this system. I named it the “9 to 5 System” because
I worked on it to provide me with a supplemental income like a “real job” would
do!!
Please let me know how people do with it.

Regards, AZD
file:///C|/Systems/9%20to%205%20SYSTEM.htm (2 of 2) [6/29/2002 12:42:33 AM]

Action Numbers Roulette System
This system bets on 10 numbers spread evenly through out the Roulette wheel
using just 5 chips. Their idea behind the system is that all parts of the wheel are
covered. It doesn’t matter what part of the wheel the dealer hits. We have 10
chances in 37 (or 38 in
the case of an American wheel) of getting a hit make your bets in the following
way: - 1 chip on the six line 31 - 36 (which covers all of the numbers 31 to 36
inclusive)
1 chip straight up on each of numbers 5,8,21,29 (European Single Zero wheel) OR
1 chip straight up on each of numbers 11,12,27,28 (American 00 wheel) The
maximum number of spaces between the numbers covered = 3 and the minimum
number of spaces between
the numbers covered = 2 for both the single zero wheel and the double zero wheel.
To confirm the above you can look at a roulette wheel and mark off the number
covered (5,8,21,29,31,32,33,34,35,36 for a European single zero wheel OR
11,12,27,28,31,32,33,34,35,36 for an American double zero wheel).
If one of the straight up numbers wins you get a profit of 31 units (35 - 4) and if one
of the numbers in the six line wins you will get a profit of 1 unit (5 - 4). If none of
your numbers win you will lose 5 units. The size of your units could be whatever
you are comfortable with. Start small and work up to higher value units from your
winnings.
If a six line number wins, add the unit won to the next bet on the six line making a
two unit bet on the six line in the next spin and one unit on each of the 4 straight
up numbers. After a win on one of the four straight up bets add an extra unit to
each of the bets
in the next spin making a total bet of 10 units after the first straight up win. Keep
adding one unit to all of the bets after a straight up win and only add one unit to
the six line after a win on the six line bet. Drop back to a single unit bet on each of
the 5 bets
after any loss. Betting this way you take advantage of winning streaks and you
drop back to a minimum bet on losing streaks. If you get a good winning streak
you will make a
killing. Keep betting at the same table while you are on a winning streak. Change
tables when you start losing or quit for the day. You should have a stop loss point.
That is, you should stop betting on a table (or even quit for the day) and cash in
your chips once your losses get passed a predetermined stop loss point. Decide
file:///C|/Systems/ACTION%20NUMBERS%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEM.htm (1 of 2) [6/29/2002 9:01:45 AM]

on your stop loss point before you start playing.
file:///C|/Systems/ACTION%20NUMBERS%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEM.htm (2 of 2) [6/29/2002 9:01:45 AM]

ADVANTAGE ROULETTE SYSTEM
Thank you for ordering the top professional roulette system Advantage Roulette.
Advantage Roulette involves exploiting knowledge of averages And standard
deviations. This method is a simple and easy strategy that Will achieve steady
wins. It’s a method that is strictly an outside bet on The even money bets of Back /
Red, Even / Odd, 1-18 / 19-36. Though One could bet all three of these at once, I
think it would be rather Confusing. I recommend therefore selecting just one.
Personally I prefer The Odd / Even.
You will also like the Advantage Roulette strategy because it is Statistically sound
and It does not expect some how to escape the law of Averages—it relies on it.
The even-money betting strategy of Advantage Roulette is also About winning one
unit at a time, this way, losses don’t mount up quickly, Should we encounter an
exceptionally long losing streak. The procedure Is simple. We win one unit at a
time and we consider the winning of one Unit as one completed round. A round
ends a session as we’ve won a unit, Then we start over to win another. If the first
bet wins, the round Ends after only one spin of the wheel. It may take four to six
spins, as An average, to win a unit. When you have 4 units won, that ends this
Session.
Take a break or change tables or call it a day at the wheel. Its Important not to
continue after a 4 units win and allow the casino to Grind your winning back.
One can expect to get in at least 30 spins per hour. If our

System play produces only a conservative average of 4 wins in a hour, and Using
$25 units as recommended, a one unit net win for every 6 spins, you Can hope to
win a minimum of 4 units or $100 per hour. A unit value of $50 Would easily
average $200 per hour. As soon as you see you have a Winning system, the fear of
losing will leave, and you will not have any Fear in betting $25 and higher units.
file:///C|/Systems/ADVANTAGE%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEM.htm (1 of 3) [6/29/2002 9:07:48 AM]

Since patterns can’t be predicted, make a choice and then bet the Same way for
the duration of the session. Don’t change your Decision because of a temporary
run of bad luck. Once you’ve Decided on Red / Black, Odd / Even, High or Low,
stick to it. Odd / Even Seems to be the favorite choices with most players.
Now lets get down to earning our money from the casino. Remember just 1
winning session a day is $100 a day or $500 a week for a five day week. Not a bad
way to supplement your present income. $50 units and you have a nice full time
income of $1000 a week by playing very conservative and Settling for a 1-session
win per day. I would always prefer the 1 session A day because the longer you
play, the greater the chance the pendulum of Favor will swing back to the casinos
turn to win. Then you’ll have to Spend another hour or so winning back your 4-unit
target goal. It has Been conclusively proven to stop at a 4 unit win if best using
the Professional Advantage Roulette System.
If you are seeking more money.... Just increase your bet.... Let’s get Started!
Methodology---
You record results of odd / even for 13 spins in a row ... after this you Bet 1 unit on
the one, which came out the most - i.e.. 7 times as opposed To 6 times.
You only bet 1 unit each time, and that unit can be any value - however, It is safest
to have 100 times the unit bet for your Bankroll-obviously A $25 or higher unit
value would make you a faster profit and I strongly Recommend it.
Win or lose, you continue to wager as above, each time betting on the 14th Spin.
I.e.. You need to cross off the first result, and replace that One with the new result
each and every spin...i.e.... record the result For the 14th spin, and cross off the
result for the first spin.
Treat the zero or zero’s as a no spin.

Your Target is 4 units - and you will achieve this in about 1 hour...
Much faster on a Internet Casino of course.
“It is Mathematically impossible to go broke”, (but it will require
Patience and discipline)...there is a 8% advantage. There is a strong
Temptation to keep on playing Advantage Roulette after you reach your
Target goal of 4 units. Advantage Roulette is not about a day of
Recreation at the casino, it is a professional system to earn a good
Living or subsidizing your income. I can’t strongly enough encourage you
Enough to STOP after reaching your target goal of 4 units. Want more
Money? You can safely play with $100 units (first check table limits) Win
And then go to a show or play the slots. Then go have fun...you’ll have
The extra money from your winnings with ADVANTAGE Roulette
Good Luck...but if you play by the rules...you won’t really

need it!

file:///C|/Systems/AFRICAN%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEM.htm
AFRICAN ROULETTE SYSTEM
1. Pick one number to bet on and bet it until it hits Even though
testing show you can close your eyes and pick one - the success rate increases greatly when you record
the last 15 or so hits and pick a number that has repeated in that time. When your number hits, if
it is well into the progression, (55 spins or more); I recommend that you select a new repeating number
from the last 15 spins. Anytime a number hits and you have decided to change numbers; stay on the
number that just hit for 5 more spins! Many times that number will repeat in that time! (I’m a FIRM
believer in the biased wheel theory. That’s why I recommend the recording of the numbers that have
hit in the past 15
spins.)
2. Bet the number of units as shown in the following
progression table. (I use $1 units because many of the
tables have a $2 inside bet min. limit.) So my table was set up for this min. limit requirement.
bet .........2 ....units....for.....27 spins
bet.. 10 .....units for 3 spins
bet 3 units for 10 spins bet 11 .......units
....for 3 spins
bet 4 units for 8 spins bet 12 units ....for 3
spins
spins
spins
spins
bet 8 units for 4 spins bet 16
.......units.....for 2 spins
bet 9 units for 4 spins
file:///C|/Systems/AFRICAN%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEM.htm (1 of 2) [6/29/2002 9:08:46 AM]

file:///C|/Systems/AFRICAN%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEM.htm
This progression table does two things: 1) limits your losses to 505 units, (however, my tests have shown
that it is very rare that a number needs more than 200 units to hit. So, I would recommend setting your
loss limit at 200 units.). 2) allows you to win a minimum
of 35 units per hour by recovering all past losses plus enough to meet the 35 unit per hour goal. (My
actual results have been in the $123 per hour area!) This table was based on the assumption of one spin
per
minute.
3. When your number hits; a) decide if you want to change numbers & b) start the progression all over
again.
As you can see, it is a pretty simple system that combines the biased wheel theory and a
progression betting system. The only difference is that I’ve developed a progression
that will result in winnings of at least 35 units per hour and allows a person to pick
their own loss limit!
file:///C|/Systems/AFRICAN%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEM.htm (2 of 2) [6/29/2002 9:08:46 AM]

All BUTT THREE SYSTEM
The strategy for this week is one that is conservative

(to a point). The minimum bankroll for this strategy should be $100.
In this strategy, we will cover and win on all the numbers on the
table except three (assuming you are playing on a single zero
roulette table). Since there is so much symmetry on a roulette table,
there are many different ways we can make this same bet. Some of
the methods are either than others. Which method you use depends
on the rules of the casino your gambling in.
System 1:
Step 1: Place a $9 bet on 1-18.
Step 3: Place a $2 bet on the 4 number bet of 19,20,22,23.
Evaluation: As you can see, with this system, you will make $1 on
ever number but 21,24,and zero! On those three numbers you will
lose $17. Playing this strategy as outlined above is not a good
money making strategy as you only win $1 per session. To improve
this strategy, increase all the bets by a scalar multiplier! For
example, if you wanted to win $2 on all the numbers (instead of $1),
you need to multiply all the above bets by two. (I play to win $2 a pop
and have had pretty good success!).
The problem with the above system, is that some casinos will only
allow you to make a $5 minimum inside bet, and with the above
strategy, even when you are betting to win $2, you only have a $4
inside bet. To fix this problem you can use one of the next two
strategies which do the same identical thing as the above strategy
file:///C|/Systems/All%20BUTT%20THREE%20SYSTEM.htm (1 of 2) [6/29/2002 2:29:02 PM]

by making different bets.
Strategy 2:
Step 3: Place a $6 bet on the 6 number bet of
13,14,15,16,17,18.
Step 4: Place $1 bets on 19,20,22,23.
Analysis: Again with this system, you will win $2 on every number.
Strategy 3:
Step 1: Place $2 on every number but 21,24, and zero. Analysis: This
is a silly way to play roulette as it would take you a large amount of
time just to place one bet! I just put it here to show that there are
many ways of making the same bet. The advantage to this strategy is
that it is easier to change the three numbers that are not covered (it
doesn’t have to be21,24 and zero!).
file:///C|/Systems/All%20BUTT%20THREE%20SYSTEM.htm (2 of 2) [6/29/2002 2:29:02 PM]

ALTERNATIVE WAY ROULETTE
Introduction
I believe that this is one of the off the best systems on the market today,
playable on both European and American roulette wheels.
The details in this document may seem complicated at first, so I suggest that
you read the document several times to get familiar with the system, then
practice using the examples given. Only when you are thoroughly familiar
with the method should you risk any money at the casino. There are many
distractions you can get in the casino and with this system you need to know
exactly what bets to place and your current profit or loss.
There are three important watchwords that you need to be aware of because
they are key to you becoming a professional roulette player. They are
Patience, Concentration and above all Discipline.
You need the patience to wait for the right opportunities to bet, particularly
if you’re not getting any wins at the beginning of a session.
This method requires concentration because there are always potential
betting opportunities to be found and then followed according to the rules.
You need to know the rules by heart and be ready to follow the numbers
indicated. There’s nothing worse than seeing a number come up that you
should have been betting on.
You must have or acquire discipline to walk away when you have reached
your win target and walk if you reach a loss target.
To help achieve these goals, never bet when you are tired or drunk or
file:///C|/Systems/ALTERNATIVE%20WAY%20ROULETTE.htm (1 of 11) [6/29/2002 2:33:59 PM]

stressed out. Your patience, concentration and discipline will go out the
door.
I realise that you may want to bet on other opportunities that may seem like
a good bet at the time. I know I’ve been there. If you want a fun gamble then
by all means do so, but with a completely separate bankroll and with money
you can afford to lose. However, all the results from this system are gained
by strictly following the rules and the bankroll requirements. If you use part
of the system bankroll for other bets, then you may not have enough
bankroll left to turn a losing session into a winning one.
Follow the rules of the system and you will become a professional player.
I am assuming that you already know how to play roulette and what the
various bets are. I have provided a copy of a table layout showing the bets
and the odds (appendix 4). This is a European wheel layout, but in most
cases the bets apply the same for the American wheel. There are slight
differences on the American wheel with the split bets around the zero and
the double zero.
The System
Time and time again you will see sequences like this on a roulette table:
33 16 2 7 12 11 13 11 11 6 14 27 29 7 0 36 22 21
33
This is an extract from an actual session played by me. You will notice that
number 11 appeared three times in quick succession. In addition, the
10/11/12 line or street appeared four times and the 11/12 split appeared three
times. I refer to these numbers, splits or lines as becoming hot.
These hot numbers, splits and lines are the basis of the system.
SYSTEM RULES
The rules have each been given an id code so that we

can refer to them in the later examples
Single number rules in order of priority or how hot the number is:
NR1 If a single number repeats three times within 16 spins follow it for the
next 10 spins with a stake of 2 units.
NR2 If a single number repeats twice within 5 spins follow it for the next 5
spins with a stake of 2 units.
NR3 If a single number repeats twice within 11 spins follow it for the next 2
A number win will give you a return of 72 units (including stake).
Split Number Rules (in order of priority):
SN1 If a Split repeats three times within 10 spins, follow it for the next 5
SN2 If a Split repeats twice within 6 spins follow it for the next 2 spins with a
stake of 2 units.
A split win will give you a return of 36 units (including stake).
Line or Street Rules (in order of priority):
LN1 If a Line repeats three times within 7 spins, follow it for the next 5 spins
with a stake of 3 units.
LN2 If a Line repeats twice within 4 spins, follow it for the next 2 spins with
a stake of 3 units.
A line win will give you a return of 36 units (including stake).
Each time you have a win, re-check what rule the number split or line now
falls into and then follow the new rule for bets. For example, a number that

wins when following it after 2 hits in 5, now falls into the rule for 3 hits in 16.
If we take the sequence previously shown:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
33 16 2 7 12 11 13 11 11 6 14 27 29 7 0 36 22
21 33
The betting would proceed as follows:

At spin number 6 - Total
11/12 split (twice in 6, 2 units for 2 spins)
10/11/12 line (twice in 4, 3 units for 2 spins)
Spin 7 - lost 5 units -5
13/16 split(twice in 6, 2 units for two spins)
Spin 8 - win on Line and Split = +72, lost on 13/16
split. +65
Number 11 (twice within 5 spins, 2 units for 5 spins)

11/12 split (three times in 10, 2 units for 5 spins)
10/11/12 line (three times in 7, 2 units for 5 spins)
Spin 9 - Win on Number, Split and Line = +144, lost

on
13/16 +207
Number 11 (now three times within 16, 2 units for 10

spins)
11/12 spilt (still three times within 10, 2 units for 5 spins)
10/11/12 line (still three within 6, 2 units for 5 spins)
Spin 10 - lost 7 units (number, split and line)

+200
Spin 11 - lost 7 units +193
11/14 Split (3 within 10, 2 units for 5 spins)
13/14 Split (2 within 6, 2 units for spins)
Spin 12 - lost 11 units (number, 3 splits and line)
+182
Number 7 (2 in 11, 2 units for 2 spins)

11/12 spilt (end of sequence)
10/11/12 line (end of sequence)
Spin 15 - lost 6 (nos. 7 & 11 and 11/14 split) +156

Spin 16 - lost 6 +150
Number 7 (end of sequence)
11/14 split (end of sequence)
Spin 17 - lost 2 (no. 11) +148

Spin 18 - lost 2 +146
The total profit taken on this sequence is 146 units, including stakes returned
and by taking all bets to their conclusion. Under ‘when to quit’ I’ll explain
why we should quit at spin 14 and not spin 18.
Don’t worry if this is a bit confusing now, I have a worked example in
appendix 1 and more sequences in appendix 2 that will help. As you practice
the method, you will get familiar with the process and easily identify the
betting opportunities.
When to bet
Most of the results and sequences shown in this document are taken from
sessions where I had no knowledge of previous numbers spun. Most of the
tables did not have automatic scoreboards. Where there are scoreboards, I
have had some success by joining a table when the scoreboard is showing a
repeating number. This may not always be reliable because the number may
be just going cold at that point, but it may be an indication that the dealer or
croupier will continue to spin repeats. I would say that it gives you a better
chance than if a totally random set of numbers were showing.
You need to be careful with scoreboards because they don’t always give
accurate results. They sometimes show the wrong number, or stop showing
the numbers and then suddenly start working again. Of course, the casino is
never in great hurry to fix them.
I’m usually not too happy about joining a table where nobody is betting or a
‘cold table’. However, recently I did have a good session where the dealer
was waiting to play, and she hit four 7s within 16 spins.
In England if you are the only person at the table, the dealer will spin the
wheel for you with no bets placed. On my visits to America, I found that they
will not spin until there’s money on the table. So in the US you need to join a
table where other people are playing and wait for the numbers to start
hitting.
Where there’s a table minimum stake (e.g. in Las Vegas, it is $4 or $5), you
will have a problem as you may only want to place a single bet of 2 units. If
you can afford to, increase your unit bet (and the table bankroll) to cover the
table minimum, otherwise you will need to adjust your bets in some way to
put down the minimum. In a lot of cases when a number is repeating, the
split or line is repeating, which gets round the problem. This does not always
happen, so I am currently compiling results based on extra bets to get round
the table minimum problem. Registered purchasers will receive a copy of

these results. The solution is likely to be based on neighbouring numbers or

streets.
Bankroll
I use a table or session bankroll of 120 units with a minimum target profit of
40 or more units per session. The loss target is reached when the next bet
would take the loss beyond 120 units. In these situations, you will usually
have some chips left over. Over the course of the 100 sequences shown in
appendix 3, the extra chips added up to one table bankroll, so it’s a good idea
to keep them.
I have an average daily profit target of 20 units using £5 or $5 units which
gives me 35,000 per year (350 days). Your choice of unit must be according
to your own resources - never bet more than you can afford to lose.
I work with a total bankroll of 10 times the 120 unit session bankroll (1200
units) and a reserve of the same amount (1200). I doubt if you will ever
exhaust your first bankroll (see results sequence in appendix 3) but the
security of the reserve gives you the confidence when playing. Scared betting
is to be avoided.
Having said this, it is possible to start with a smaller bankroll and build from
there. When you look at the results, you can see that it is possible to have
session profits of several hundred units.
When to quit
Your table bankroll is 120 units and you of course quit when this is gone. If
you have enough from your overall bankroll, then you can play another
session on the same day. I wouldn’t play more than three losing sessions, it
will hit your confidence - you can always come back another day.
The win target for a session is 40 or more units. You can quit at this point in
each session, which will give you a nice overall profit - see results in

Appendix 3.
I find that when numbers are hot you can get some really good wins by
betting after the 40 or more target is reached. These big wins more than
make up for the losses.
The rules for betting after target reached:
After the 40 target is reached, keep betting in groups of five spins until your
total profit is lower than at the start of each five spins.
If during the extra bets you are about to make a bet that takes the overall
profit below 20 units, then quit at that point.
If the total profit is greater than 300 units, quit

only after two losing sets of five spins.
In the example sequence shown before, the target was reached at +60 after a
further 5 spins, the total profit was 159 units. After 5 more spins, this
dropped to +134 units - time to quit.
Sequence 10 in the examples given (appendix 2) shows the quit point before
the profit drops below 20 units.
Sequence 13 shows the increase in profits by allowing for two losing sets of
five extra spins when you are well in profit (300+).
Conclusion
I hope you have been able to follow the rules of this system and seen the
potential for regular tax-free income. To help there’s a worked example in
appendix 1 and more sequences to look at in appendix 2.
This is not a very easy system to work - making money on the roulette wheel

has never been easy. By working at it, you can take advantage of the trends
that always occur during a roulette session and then enjoy the rewards. If
you find that following the splits lines and numbers is too much at first,
follow the repeat numbers only. This is still profitable and you can start with
a smaller bankroll.
You must approach this in a professional manner. Always record the
numbers on a casino card or in your own notebook. After each spin count
back on your card to see if any of the system rules are met or if a higher
priority rule is now is use. After each wager record the profit or loss and the
running total. If you keep your chips in neat stacks of 20, it is also easy to see
how much you are ahead.
Keep a record of each winning and losing session and the running total profit
or loss for all sessions to date. When you first start to use the system, revue
the sessions that you have played to check that they have been played
correctly and to learn from mistakes made.
Keep your overall bankroll (2,400 units) in a separate bank account from
your other money and withdraw only what you need for a visit to the casino (
I suggest no more than 3 table bankrolls of 120). keep the winnings separate
from other cash you have for day to day expenses, or pay it straight back
into the roulette bank account.
In this way you keep everything on a professional level and will be soon
making a regular income.
This system continues to make money on a daily basis and we are confident
that it will continue to do so. If after giving the system a fair trial you are
not happy that the system can make money for you, let us know and we will
refund the purchase price.
I wish you the very best of success!

All But Three

The minimum bankroll for this strategy should be $100.
In this strategy, we will cover and win on all the numbers on the table except
three (assuming you are playing on a single zero roulette table). Since there
is so much symmetry on a roulette table, there are many different ways we
can make this same bet. Some of the methods are either than others. Which
method you use depends on the rules of the casino your gambling in.
System 1:
Step 2: Place a $6 bet on 25-36. Step 3: Place a $2 bet on the 4 number bet of
19,20,22,23.
Evaluation: As you can see, with this system, you will make $1 on ever
number but 21,24,and zero! On those three numbers you will lose $17.
Playing this strategy as outlined above is not a good money making strategy
as you only win $1 per session. To improve this strategy, increase all the bets
by a scaler multiplier! For example, if you wanted to win $2 on all the
numbers (instead of $1), you need to multiply all the above bets by two. (I
play to win $2 a pop and have had pretty good success!).
The problem with the above system, is that some casinos will only
allow you to make a $5 minimum inside bet, and with the above
strategy, even when you are betting to win $2, you only have a $4
inside bet. To fix this problem you can use one of the next two
strategies which do the same identical thing as the
above strategy by making different bets.
Strategy 2:
Step 3: Place a $6 bet on the 6 number bet of
13,14,15,16,17,18.
Step 4: Place $1 bets on 19,20,22,23.

Analysis: Again with this system, you will win $2 on

every number.
Strategy 3:
Step 1: Place $2 on every number but 21,24, and zero.
Analysis: This is a silly way to play roulette as it

would take you a large amount of time just to place
one bet! I just put it here to show that there are
many ways of making the same bet. The advantage to
this strategy is that it is easier to change the three
numbers that are not covered (it doesn't have to be
21,24 and zero!).

AMBUSH ROULETTE SYSTEM
Anyway I played a flat stake on columns, waiting for a repeat in a given column,
and then backing the other two. I would stake myself with ten units a day (much
larger than the minimums for numbers) and attempt to win 5. If I lost on a spin, I
naturally would have had a run of 3 on that column, and would bet against it again.
If it won, I would wait for another repeat of two and then play again. These were the
days when I believed that dammed little white ball had some kind of intelligence
and a memory. (alas it is not so)
Obviously I was trying to turn the immediate odds in my favour, snatch the quick
win and then bail as it were. I found that I won more than I lost. If I had a bad day
and lost all ten units, I would just have to accept it and go home. Most days
however, sometimes quickly, and on some occasions after hours of waiting and
playing, I would get my five units profit and go home. I kept my family alive for
about three months this way.
What happened in the end is that, I hadn’t had much to start with in the first place,
and as I was constantly coming home and passing the money over to the wife to
pay rent and so on, not much was going back to build a decent stake. Bottom line
is that after three months, I lost a couple of days in a row, and that was me. I had
to go find a job again.
Recently I have hauled all this stuff back out, and dusted it off. I now have a look at
a situation where if you go after the “sixains”, one chip on each using 5 chips,
obviously you cover 30 out of 37 or 81% of the wheel (This percentage take zero
into account). Initial experiments led me to attempt to go in with 5 chips or units,
attempt to double them, and bail. If at any time along the way I hit a loss, I would
pocket those units I had won and still stop playing. I figured the advantage was
that there were only a very few occasions when the Casino would nail my whole
stake, (loss on first spin) but mostly even if I lost after say 3 or 4 spins, I still had a
part left. On the days that I won, I would take the full 5 units from them. Kind of
seemed that these orphan chips which were collected on the way, may just work
out to be the long term profit, all other things being equal.
Over a period of time the idea was to divide the cumulative winnings by the
number of days played, to come up with a percentage win / loss ratio of unit per
outing. So long as this was a positive percentage, we were doing OK. Over a
period of 2 months, playing 4 or 5 times per week I found that the percentage
file:///C|/Systems/AMBUSH%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEM.htm (1 of 6) [6/29/2002 2:35:17 PM]

fluctuated a bit, but was never negative.

It wasn’t much, only about .69% of a unit, but it was positive. This would mean that
if you had to play with big daily stake, say $5,000 or in our country R5,000 betting
R1,000 per six numbers, whether you walked out a winner or loser on the day, you
had made .69% of a unit or R/$690. In theory, playing say 5 times per week this
works out to $3450 per week and or + $180,000 per year.
Just to digress slightly, I did bet in this fashion using 3 units on the 1-18 / 19-36
slot and the other 2 on either the dozen or directly on the sixains. This to offset the
zero effect as much as possible, as when it comes up, you only lose half of the
even chance bet, whereas if you bet straight on all the sixains, obviously you’d
lose the lot.
So this doesn’t seem too bad, but I was unhappy as one single loss would knock
me out. Harking back to when I was playing columns, I used to start with 10 units,
which in effect gave me 5 positive bets. If I applied the same theory to sixains, I felt
that to sit down with 15 units(three positive bets), and go after a win of 10 units
should work.
The idea being to play as I did with the columns (i.e. when a loss occurs play
again, if you get another loss after (rare, but does happen), you’re wiped and have
to go home.
The idea is to play until you have either made 10, or lost sufficient that you can’t
cover the next bet, (i.e., you’ve lost 12 units, and need 5 to cover the next bet). Pick
up the remaining 3 and walk.
Now I’m not going to lie to you and say that this works like a bomb in a real
Casino, as I haven’t got that far yet, but I tried it in simulation over 400 simulated
days play, which is a good many thousand spins. The rules were, either walk with
10 units or accept the loss.
I have a book with some 600 or so spins recorded from an actual Casino, and I
used these. The rest of the numbers were generated from a Roulette Wheel site I
found on the net. (Incidentally this was a double zero wheel, and I did count the
double zero every time it came up, so the odds were slightly worse for me than
they should have been)
The results over these 400 games were encouraging, yielding a profit ratio of 3.1
units per playing session, this obviously taking all losses into account. The ratio
fluctuated up and down a bit, but mostly hovered around the 3 mark. If this can be
achieved, and you use a big unit bet, you could make some serious money.
Which numbers do you bet. I think it doesn’t matter. This little ball has no memory.

For the purpose of the simulation I bet against the sixain that had come up last (i.e.
if 1 - 6 came up, I’d leave it out for the next spin, and back all the others).
Apologies that this e-mail is so long, but I hope it provokes some thought
concerning flat staking. I have tried all manner of progression staking plans, and
find that they work pretty well for most of the time, but sooner or later, mostly
when you are into the big numbers they tend to bite you badly.
My thought is that if the ball has no memory (excluding dealer biases and so
on), then each spin is fresh. If you treat each spin in isolation, you have
an 81% chance of winning each time. True, when you win, you only win one but
when you lose, you lose 5. None-the-less I feel the approach should be that it is a
numbers game, and you are after a positive percentage of all the money you put
on the table, regardless of whether you win or lose on an individual spin.
After all, that is how the Casino operates. If they see you put $100 down on a table,
they immediately say “There’s $15 or $20 for us, regardless of whether you go on
to win or lose, because guaranteed, just across the room there is some other
person who’s losing while you’re winning, or winning while you’re losing.
Regards
Steve
-----Original Message-----
From: localaus@telstra.easymail.com.au
[mailto:localaus@telstra.easymail.com.au]
Sent: 14 May 2000 16:10
To: General Roulette Gambling & Topic Discussion List
Subject: Re: “Ambush” - progressive stop start betting

General Roulette Gambling & Topic Discussion List

-
http://www.rouletteclub.net/publicforum/index.html Sponsored By The
TRIOPLAY
Roulette Club (www.trioplay.com )
Bob observed:
“You can do some quick simulations of this idea by playing just numbers 1, 2, 3, 4,
5 and you will find that they will only come out just under 1 in 7 spins.
So now you have to look at the staking plan as this is the main part of the strategy.
If you only win on the 3rd, 4th or 5th spins then your profits will not be too great,
should a number of blank plays occur.”
Bob, I agree with you 100% as far as you went:
• yes, any five numbers work (I adopt the opening spin numbers)
• five numbers = 5 / 37 chance (single zero wheel) = just under 1 in 7 chance
• but the house pays the equivalent of only 5 / 36 for a win
• so, under The Law Of Great Numbers we must lose two and one half percent
each time the wheel spins = no profit
• and, I believe it’s impossible to design a flat betting system to both overcome
the house odds and turn a profit.
But, this system (which I’ve renamed “Ambush”)

relies on these critical

elements
1. Stop betting after 5 spin losses. Restart after any one of the five Trigger
numbers comes up (as you observed)
2. Bet / Bank ratio of 250 to one (two games by five numbers = 10 chips = 2,500
bank)
3. Increase the stake by 1 chip after the financial equivalent of each 15 spin
losses
4. Play two of these games separately but simultaneously
5. End the session immediately upon winning no less than 100 chips
As to those elements, in above order:

1. We know in roulette that any given group of numbers will run “hot” or “cold”
and we know too well that most money is lost in “cold “ runs.
So, “stop-start’ betting avoids cold runs while waiting in

“Ambush”
for the hot run which will definitely come up sooner or later.
2. And we all know that the hot run will occasionally come up much-much later.
So, one obvious purpose of the Bank is to ensure we are

still at the
table when the hot run does come along.
3. And we know that the above will result in the usual two and one half percent
loss on turnover to the house if we flat bet.

So, a further purpose of the Bank is sufficient chips to

gradually
increase the size of our bet while waiting in Ambush for the hot run. By
this means we hope to defeat that bloody Law Of Great Numbers on the
basis that we need fewer win spins than prior loss spins in order to
recoup cumulative losses and walk away with profit.
4. Playing two games simultaneously merely results in flushing out a hot run in
less spins than in playing one game (but also increases required Bank
size).
5. Reason for quitting at 100 chip win is obvious to a seasoned player.
But in logic, no method should defeat that bloody Great Law Of Numbers. So, how
come I have never failed to get my 100 chip target win without busting my 2,500
chip bank, at least so far in some 40,000 actual table bets?

The American Martingale is a linear progression where the stake is raised only by one unit (chip) after a lost bet
The American
Martingale is a linear progression where the stake is raised only
by one unit (chip) after a lost bet. That makes it impossible to
compensate fully for your losses after having raised your stake
twice. You can only expect a profit if the game series is shorter
than a 1000 games and if there is no series of losses over more
than 10 bets.
Table for the American Martingale

Bets are on Black
Black Red Stake Balance
x 10 20
x 10 10
x 20 -10
x 30 -40
x 40 0
x 10 10
x 10 20
x 10 10
x 20 30
The American Martingale should be seen as a variant of the

Martingale which is less useful, but which can be used in
combination with other game systems.
file:///C|/Systems/AMERICAN%20MARTINGAL.htm [6/29/2002 2:36:20 PM]

A NEW SYSTEM FOR ROULETTE
I have devised a system for playing roulette which

gives a pretty
chance of leaving from the table richer than you arrived. No doubt it has
already been thought of and some fatal flaw discovered which my poor
brain could not detect. If so, please accept my apologies for wasting your
time. If not, please read through what follows and give it a try. If it
works, please post here and let everyone know - that will be payment
enough. If it fails, , please post here and let everyone know !
Background
The game of roulette relies on the spin of a wheel bearing 37 numbers (in
the French version) or 38 (American). My system does not care which
version you play, so please substitute the correct details for your location.
I am in France, so I use the French notation.
When the wheel is spun, a ball is introduced and eventually comes to rest
on one of the numbers. In this way can the winners be determined. There
are many ways to bet on the result, but my systems assumes you will bet
on a single number unswervingly until you win. After winning, the system
is reset and you may choose another number.
Mathematical basis
In this scenario, you have a 1/37 chance of matching the winning number.
If you do so, your stake is returned to you, along with winnings of 35 times
file:///C|/Systems/A%20NEW%20SYSTEM%20FOR%20ROULETTE.htm (1 of 6) [6/29/2002 12:55:56 AM]

your stake. Thus in total you receive back 36 times your stake. Over time,
you have a return of 36/37, that is YOU LOSE ! The trick is to win in the
meantime...
The approach I have taken is to calculate at each spin of the wheel the sum
of cash flows in the 2 cases - case 1, you fail to match the winning number
and your money is taken; case 2, you win. In this way can we see the
necessary level of stake for the next bet to ensure that when your number
is eventually correct so you have made a profit during your stay at the
table. If these calculations are correctly performed, you will be certain
that once you have eventually won on a certain spin, then the total you
have lost will at worst be equivalent in value to the pile of chips the
croupier pushes towards you.
Limitations
Of course, the chances of winning on average are 1/37 - that is, if you stay
at the table for more than 37 spins, you should see your number come up.
However, that’s life: sometimes your number won’t come up for a very
long time.
I have assumed that you are able to play in chips of 1 currency unit and
that you have a stack of 1000 currency units in front of you. With this
method, you can survive at the table 139 unsuccesful spins in succession
and still make an overall profit of 19 units on the 140th play. A return on
capital of <2%, but tax-free and you had a very good time.
If you only have 100 currency units, you can survive 62 unsuccesful spins
in succession and still make an overall profit of 9 units on the 63rd play.
If your number doesn’t come up by the 140th spin, the gods hate you and
you should go home !
How it works
Let us work through the example of the first 10 spins:
A--- B---- C----- | D------ E--------- F------------

Spin Stake Spent | Paid Stake back Profit if won

so far | on win on win (= D + E - C)
---- ----- ------ | ------- ---------- -------------
1 1 1 | 35 1 35
2 1 2 | 35 1 34
3 1 3 | 35 1 33
4 1 4 | 35 1 32
5 1 5 | 35 1 31
6 1 6 | 35 1 30
7 1 7 | 35 1 29
8 1 8 | 35 1 28
9 1 9 | 35 1 27
10 1 10 | 35 1 26 It
can be seen
that the profit diminishes by 1 each spin
and then let us move ahead to the 36th spin:
A--- B---- C----- | D------ E--------- F------------

---- ----- ------ | ------- ---------- -------------
36 1 36 | 35 1 0 This is break
even - the stake must be increased
37 2 38 | 70 2 34
38 2 40 | 70 2 32
and then move ahead again to the 54th spin:
A--- B---- C----- | D------ E--------- F------------

---- ----- ------ | ------- ---------- -------------
54 2 72 | 70 2 0 This is break
55 3 75 | 105 3 33

56 3 78 | 105 3 30
...and so on.
Clearly, the effect of increasing the stake at periodic intervals allows the
player to always have a profitable result when his number eventually
comes up. The frequency table is as follows:
A-------- B------ C--------- D------

From spin To spin Spin count Stake
--------- ------- ---------- -------
1 36 36 1
37 54 18 2
55 66 12 3
67 75 9 4
76 82 7 5
83 88 6 6
89 93 5 7
94 97 4 8
98 101 4 9
102 105 4 10
106 108 3 11
109 111 3 12
112 114 3 13
115 116 2 14
117 119 3 15
120 121 2 16
122 123 2 17
124 125 2 18
126 127 2 19
128 130 3 21
131 132 2 22
133 133 1 23

134 135 2 24
136 136 1 25
137 138 2 26
139 139 1 27
140 140 1 28
141 141 1 29
142 143 2 30
144 144 1 31
145 145 1 32
146 146 1 33
147 147 1 34
148 148 1 35
149 149 1 36
150 150 1 37
151 151 1 38
152 152 1 39
153 153 1 40
154 154 1 41
155 155 1 43
156 156 1 44
157 157 1 45
158 158 1 46
159 159 1 48
160 160 1 49
161 161 1 50
162 162 1 52
163 163 1 53
164 164 1 55
165 165 1 56
166 166 1 58
167 167 1 60
168 168 1 61
169 169 1 63
170 170 1 65
171 171 1 67
172 172 1 69
173 173 1 71
174 174 1 73
175 175 1 75
176 176 1 77

177 177 1 79
178 178 1 81
179 179 1 84
180 180 1 86
181 181 1 89
182 182 1 91
183 183 1 94
184 184 1 96
185 185 1 99
186 186 1 102
187 187 1 105
188 188 1 108
189 189 1 111
190 190 1 114
191 191 1 117
192 192 1 121
193 193 1 124
194 194 1 128
195 195 1 131
196 196 1 135
197 197 1 139
198 198 1 143
199 199 1 147
200 200 1 151
That’s all there is to it - play well and have fun !

ANTI MARTINGALE SYSTEM
Before reading this you should look at the Martingale system. This system is designed
for use on the even chance bets on a roulette table but can be used on any even chance
bets Concept Playing the Anti-Martingale is precisely what the name suggests, it's the
Martingale
in reverse. Instead of doubling your bets after a losing spin you double your bet after a
winning spin. Basically you place a bet on an even chance and 'let it ride' for a set
number of spins. Before starting the system you must decide how many spins you are
going to play for, alternatively you may decide to remove your winnings when your
nerve breaks or even remove part of the winnings after a number of spins and let the
remaining bet continue for a little bit longer. The Catch you will go through long periods
of time losing 1 unit per session, but when you win you will win big. The main catch
behind this system is the hidden fact that the house edge affects every spin
and not just your original 1 unit bet. Let us assume you are going to place $1 on 'red'
and 'let it ride' for 10 spins before removing your winnings. If the session ends with a
win you will have placed $1023 in bets (1+2+4+8+16+32+64+128+256+512=1023) and you
will pick up $1024, unfortunately the house edge works on every single spin whether
you win or lose and will
eventually catch up with you in the long run. The house edge on a single zero wheel for
$1023 of bets works out at about $28, if you continue to play for long enough this win
will actually end up costing you $28. With level bets of $1 over the same 10 spins the
house edge would take only $0.0973, of course your short term win would only be $10 -
systems are all about altering short term risk and reward, the house edge always
remains the same. Conclusion The Anti-Martingale offers you the chance to win a lot of
money from a small stake, but the price for these big
payoffs are that you don't get any small payoffs to keep your bankroll intact. If your
prepared to lose your bankroll slowly but steadily with the possibility that you will hit a
big win occasionally then the Anti-Martingale may be worth a try. Always remember that
when you have built up a large stake and it's still sitting on the 'red' bet that you are
NEVER playing with the casinos money - if you can cash in and walk out the door then
the money is YOURS.
file:///C|/Systems/ANTI%20MARTINGALE%20SYSTEM.htm [6/29/2002 2:39:32 PM]

THE ASTOUNDING ROULETTE ANGLE
..
I will skip all the introduction and analyse part as it builds on principles very close to my first
roulette system. The only difference is that this one uses progression! Let me learn you the system
by example as this might be easier. First number that shows is a four We bet one unit (Can be 1$
or 25 cents? Or more but I normally use one of these) on the four. The next outcome is number 2.
We lost. We bet two units each on numbers 4 and 2, 18 comes up. We have lost. Now we bet 3 units
each on 4, 2,18. Number 13 is the decision and we have lost again.Now bet 4 units each on squares
4, 2,18,13, The number 1 showed up we lost again. We now bet 5 units each on 4, 2,18,13,1, No win
because 36 showed up. Now we bet 6 units each on 4,2,18,13,1,36 No win as 31 shows up. So far we
have wagered 91 and lost 91 units. Now we bet 7 units each on 4,2,18,13,1,36,31 Number 2 shows
up and we win! We get paid 252 Units - 245 plus our seven units bet on number 2. Of course all the
other stakes on 4,18,13,1,36,31 are lost, Units 42 in all. Our net profit is 112 units. Using our
profits we play on. After each win we repeat with the same amount of stakes (Since one number
already has repeated itself) We bet 7 units each on 4,2,18,13,1,36,31 No win 27 came up. Next we
bet 8 units each on 4,2,18,13,1,36,31,27 No win number 24 came rolling in. We now bet 9 units each
on 4,2,18,13,1,36,31,27,24. And our number 13 wins. So far we have lost 82 units of our own chips
(ofcourse counting our 112 units previous win, that is also lost now) We get paid paid Units 324 on
number 13 and our net win stands now at 242 units. Again using our profits we play on. Same
stakes because of win. 9 units each on 4,2,18,13,1,36,31,27,24. We lose number 8 appeared. Now we
bet 10 units each on 4,2,18,13,1,36,31,27,24,8. Number 13 roars in again and we won. 360 Units is
our pay-off. Our net win stands at 421 Units for 20 minutes play!! So far the ball have spun 13
times and we have won about 400 units when tipping dealer etc.. Should we play or should we start
a new progression all over again? This decision is up the the individual player. I PERSONALLY
PREFER TO PLAY A MINIMUM OF 12 SPINS AND A MAXIMUM OF 20 SPINS. I can tell if
we had kept on playing my example we would end on a profit of 1100 units after 20 spins which is
about 38 minutes.NOT BAD. Beginners should start at the 25 cent minimum table! My comment:
The progression makes this system very risky. It can make you alot of money but also have you
lose all your bankroll!!!! 5 out of 10 people like it(50%).
file:///C|/Systems/ASTOUNDING%20ROULETTE%20ANGLE...htm [6/29/2002 2:47:34 PM]

file:///D|/Systems/BARBI%20%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEM.htm
Pigs Get Fat BUT Hogs Go

To Slaughter
3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 33 36 2 5 8 11 14 17 20 23 26 29 32 35
1 4 7 10 13 16 19 22 25 28 31 34
1ST 12 2ND 12 3RD 12
1 TO 18 EVEN RED BLACK ODD 19 TO 36
YOU WILL START OUT USING ONLY 10 OF THE 14 LOCATIONS SHOWN --- 1, 4, 7, 10, 13, 16, 19, 22, 25,
28, 31, 34 STREETS, BASKET 0,00,2 OR SPLIT THE 0,00... THE CIRCLES ARE EXACTLY WHERE YOU PLACE
THE CHIPS YOU USE AT EACH LOCATION. YOU MUST BET ALL STREETS EVENLY WITH CHIPS. YOU DETERMINE
THE VALUE OF THOSE CHIPS. NEVER BET MORE THAN 10 OF THESE LOCATIONS OR LESS THAN 8 LOCATIONS.
TABLE COVERAGE 0 0/ 00 % COVER CHIPS

BET $1 N.P BET $5 N.P BET $25 N.P BET $50
N.P BET 100 N.P BET % RET.
10 STREETS (30 #'S) $ BET 81 79
1 10 2 10
10 50 50 250 100 500 > 200 1000 20
9 STREETS (27 #'S) $ BET 73 71
1 9 3 9
15 45 75 225 150 450
300 900 33
8 STREETS (24 #'S) $ BET 65 63
1 8 4 8
20 40 100 200 200 400
400 800 50
file:///D|/Systems/BARBI%20%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEM.htm (1 of 10) [7/9/2002 12:44:39 PM]

The Barbi System requires your starting bet is a Double Bet per Street for the 10 street bet and
Double again if betting on the 9 Street Bet and a Single multiple bet if betting on the 8 Street
bet. Another words we cut our bets in half when betting on 8 Streets. Let's assume you are
playing with $25 chips and start your betting at 2 chips / Street. No matter what chip value
you use the loss/return ratio (% RET.) is the same as shown in the last column above. Assume we
are using $25 chips and our first bet is 2 chips per 10 streets;
If on 10 Streets your bet is $500 (at risk) your net profit is $ 100 = 20% return.
If on 9 Streets your bet is $450 (at risk) your net profit is $ 150 = 331/3% return.
If on 8 Streets your bet is $200 (at risk) your net profit is $100 = 50% return
As you can also see the more Streets you are off the less you bet and therefore the more you
win.
The smart thing to do when you walk into the casino is to play with a low chip value to see how
your luck is running for the day. If you start winning you can graduate to more chips per
street or a higher chip value. For example start with 2 nickels / street and if you are doing
well you can increase for example anywhere from 2 nickels per street all the way to 4, 8 or even
10 nickels per street.
WE START BY LOOKING FOR A SINGLE ZERO TABLE, IF ANY. THEN WE LOOK AT THE CHARTING BOARDS, TO TRY
TO FIND A NON-REPEAT TABLE OR AT WORST A 1 OR 2 STREET REPEAT TABLE (REPEAT TABLES EXPLAINED
LATER). ONCE WE FIND THE RIGHT TABLE WE THEN SKIP THE ZERO / ZEROS AND WE ALSO SKIP ANY 2 OF
THE STREETS THAT HAVEN'T APPEARED YET IN THE LAST 16 TO 20 SPINS. WE CHECK THE CHARTING BOARD
FOR THE STREETS THAT HAVEN'T COME OUT YET. WE START BETTING WITH A 2X MULTIPLE IN THIS CASE 2
CHIPS
BET ON EACH OF THE 10 STREETS WE ARE TO BET. MAYBE IT'S BEST TO START BY EXPLAINING WHAT A
MULTIPLE BET IS. A 1X BET IS 1 CHIP PER STREET ALSO CALLED A 1X MULTIPLE. A 2X BET IS 2 CHIPS
BET PER STREET ALSO KNOWN AS A 2X MULTIPLE OR DOUBLE BET. ON OCCASION WE BET A 4X BET WHICH IS
4 CHIPS BET PER STREET ALSO KNOWN AS A 4X MULTIPLE OR QUADRUPLE BET.
WE START OFF BY COVERING (BETTING) 10 STREETS. THE 10 REMAINING STREETS THAT HAVEN'T COME OUT
IN THE LAST 16 TO 20 SPINS. WE START OFF AT A 2X MULTIPLE, 2 CHIPS PER STREET. IF WE WIN ON
THE FIRST SPIN (NET PROFIT 4 CHIPS) THEN WE SKIP THAT STREET THAT HIT AND BET THE REMAINING 9
STREETS AT THE SAME 2X MULTIPLE. IF WE HIT ONE OF THE 9 STREETS, (NET PROFIT 6 CHIPS,
ACCUMULATED PROFIT 10 CHIPS) WE SKIP THAT STREET ALSO AND PLAY THE REMAINING 8 STREETS. BUT WE
REGRESS OUR
BETS WHENEVER WE ARE PLAYING 8 STREETS TO A 1X MULTIPLE AND PLAY 1 CHIP ON EACH OF THE REMAINING
8 STREETS. THE REASON WE REGRESS IS THAT PLAYING 8 STREETS, WHILE COVERING 63% OF THE TABLE, IS
MORE RISKY THEN THE 9 OR 10 STREET BETS. IF WE HIT ON THE 8TH STREET, (NET PROFIT 4 CHIPS,
ACCUMULATED PROFIT 14 CHIPS) WE NOW RESET OUR BETS BACK ONTO THE ORIGINAL 10 STREETS WE STARTED
PLAYING AND PLAY AT A 2X MULTIPLE AGAIN.THE THEORY HERE IS THAT STICKING WITH SKIPPING THE SAME
2 STREETS PREVENTS YOU FROM RUNNINGINTO REPEATERS AS YOU CHANGE BETTING LOCATIONS. IF
YOU THINK ABOUT IT, IT ALSO FOLLOWS THE TABLES' TREND.IF STREETS AREN'T HITTING THEN THERE IS A
CHANCE IT MAY STAY THAT WAY. IN FACT IF THIS WAS THAT RARE BIAS WHEEL TABLE THIS WOULD BE THE
PERFECT SYSTEM TO TAKE ADVANTAGE OF IT AUTOMATICALLY. WE ARE BACK AGAIN COVERING 10 STREETS, 79%
/ 81% OF THE TABLE (DEPENDING ON A SINGLE OR DOUBLE ZERO TABLE) AND HAVE AN EXCELLENT CHANCE OF
HITTING AGAIN. 30 OUTOF 37 OR 38 #'S. IF WE NOW WIN ON THE FIRST SPIN (NET PROFIT 4 CHIPS,
ACCUMULATED PROFIT OF 18 CHIPS) THEN WE SKIP THAT STREET AND PLAY THE REMAINING 9 STREETS. IF
WE HIT ON THE 9TH STREET (71% OF THE CHIPS), WE NOW HAVE REACHED OUR WIN WALK GOAL OF 40% OF OUR
BUY IN.HITTING ON THIS 9TH STREET COMPLETES YOUR SERIES WITH A NET PROFIT 6 CHIPS AND AN
ACCUMULATED PROFIT 24 CHIPS OR 40% OF YOUR BUY IN OF 3 PILES OF CHIPS. WE NEVER PLAYED ON LESS
THEN 63% OF THE TABLE. THAT IN AND OF ITSELF GIVES US A BIG EDGE. THINK ABOUT IT.THEY SAY THE
CASINO HAS A 5.26% EDGE. IF THAT IS SO, THEN THE CASINO HAS 52.63% OUT OF 100% LEAVING US WITH
47.37%. YET WITH THE BARBI SYSTEM WE NEVER BET ON LESS THEN 63% AND ACTUALLY AVERAGE OF
APPROXIMATELY 72% OF THE TABLE, GIVING US A 19.37% EDGE OVER THE CASINO AND ACTUALLY 24.63%
OVER
OUR USUAL ODDS OF 47.37%. NICE TURN AROUND.IF AT THIS POINT YOU HAVE WON AT A FEW TABLES, AND
ARE USING ALL CASINO MONEY FOR YOUR BUY IN, YOU MAY WANT TO PUSH YOUR LUCK A LITTLE, RESET AND
STAY. HOWEVER, DON'T ATTEMPT THIS UNTIL YOU HAVE AMASSED ALL CASINO MONEY AND THEN SOME. TOO
OFTEN WHEN WE STAY WE GIVE ALL OUR WINNINGS BACK. EVERY SYSTEM HAS IT'S POINT WHERE LUCK OR
IT'S POTENTIAL TO WIN IS LIKELY TO RUN OUT, SO DON'T PUSH IT. JUST REMEMBER THERE WILL BE TIMES
THAT YOU WILL LOSE, SO EXPECT IT. LET'S BE HONEST ALL SYSTEMS LOSE SO DO NOT PUSH BAD TABLES OR
BAD DAYS. THEY DO OCCUR ALL TOO OFTEN. IF LUCK IS NOT THERE, IT'S NOT THERE. SAVE YOUR MONEY
SO YOU HAVE SUFFICIENT BANKROLL TO RECOVER FROM THESE INEVITABLE LOSSES. NOT ONLY IS MONEY
MANAGEMENT IMPORTANT BUT SO IS YOUR TOTAL BANKROLL MANAGEMENTIMPORTANT.REMEMBER PIGS GET FAT
BUT. HOGS GO TO SLAUGHTER. HOWEVER, IF YOU ARE USING ALL CASINO MONEY THEN YOU CAN RESET AND
PLAY AT A 2X MULTIPLE ONTO THE SAME 10 STREETS YOU STARTED WITH AND START ALL OVER AGAIN WITH
A NEW SERIES OF STREETS, (10/9/8/10/9 & WALK) AGAIN SKIPPING THE ZEROS AND THE 2 OF THE STREETS
THAT HAVEN'T COME OUT YET. HOWEVER, REMEMBER WE REALLY DON'T RECOMMEND THIS RESETTING AGAIN
UNLESS YOU ARE PLAYING WITH ALL CASINO MONEY. YOU DID VERY WELL WITH A 40% WIN, AND RESETTING
HERE IS PUSHING YOUR LUCK. THE OTHER CAUTION IS THAT AT SOME POINT THE STREETS OR THE ZEROS
THAT YOU HAVE BEEN SKIPPING MAY BE DUE TO HIT SOON. WITH EXPERIENCE YOU WILL GET BETTER AT
DETERMINING WHEN BET THOSE SKIPPED STREETS OR ZEROS THAT MAY BE DUE BY NOW. THEREFORE, GOING ON
THOSE ORIGINAL 2 SKIPPED STREETS. IF THEY, EITHER 1 OR BOTH, HAPPEN TO HAVE COME OUT YOU MAY
NOT HAVE TO LOOK FOR 2 NEW STREETS. HOWEVER, IF THEY START COMING OUT OFTEN THEN FOR SURE YOU
SHOULD FIND 2 NEW STREETS THAT HAVEN'T COME OUT IN THE LAST 20 SPINS AND START BETTING THOSE.
NOW LET'S DISCUSS WHAT YOU DO IF YOU MISS ON A 10 STREET BET AND LOSE 20 CHIPS. YOU ONLY REMOVE
A BET
OFF A STREET IF YOU WIN ON THAT STREET.WHEN A LOSS OCCURS YOU CAN CONTINUE TO PLAY NORMALLY OR
YOU CAN,ON OCCASION, DOUBLE YOUR NEXT BET. WHICH IS ACTUALLY A QUADRUPLE BET. ONLY QUADRUPLE
AFTER A LOSS ON A 10 STREET BET OR A 9 STREET BET AND ONLY IF YOU ARE SUREYOU ARE ON AN
EXTREMELY GOOD TABLE. THIS QUADRUPLE BET ON THE SAME 10 STREETS HAS A VERY HIGH PROBABILITY
OF HITTING SINCE YOU JUST LOST ONCE ALREADY AND ARE COVERING 79%/ 81% (30 OUT OF 37/38 #'S) OF
THE TABLE DEPENDING IF YOU ARE ON A SINGLE OR DOUBLE ZERO TABLE.IF YOU HIT, AT QUADRUPLE YOU
PICK UP 8 CHIPS, 40% OF YOUR PREVIOUS LOSS. ON YOUR NEXT BET, YOU SKIP THE STREET THAT JUST HIT
AND YOU MAY CHOSE TO QUADRUPLE BET THE REMAINING 9 STREETS. PLAYING 9 STREETS COVERS 27 #'S OUT
38/37 AND COVERS OR 71% / 73% OF THE TABLE. (AGAIN A PRETTY SAFE BET). A QUADRUPLE HIT ON THIS
9 STREET SAFE BET RETURNS A NET PROFIT OF 12 CHIPS. THEREFORE, IN THE LAST 2 HIGHLY PROBABLE
SPINS WE ACCUMULATED 20 CHIPS MAKING ALL OUR LOSS BACK IN 2 SPINS. IF WE MADE OUR LOSS BACK
THEN AT THIS POINT WE REGRESS OUR BETS TO A 1X MULTIPLE (1 CHIP / STREET) AND BET THE REMAINING
8
STREETS. NEVER BET AT A DOUBLE OR QUADRUPLE BETTING MULTIPLE ON AN 8 STREET BET. MOREOVER,
REMEMBER DON'T BET AT QUADRUPLE EXCEPT ON RARE OCCASIONS AND ONLYWHEN YOU ARE SURE YOU WILL WIN.
THAT TRANSLATES TO A VERY GOOD TABLE. MOST OF THE TIME IT'S MUCH SAFER PLAYING AT A DOUBLE
MULTIPLE RATHER THEN A QUADRUPLE. IT MAY TAKE LONGER TO RECOVER YOUR LOSSES BUT IT'S SAFER.
REMEMBER ONLY PLAY QUADRUPLE IF YOU ARE ON AN EXCELLENT TABLE AND FEEL YOU ARE IN A RUN AND / OR
FEEL YOU ARE DEFINITELY DUE. HOWEVER, IF WE CONTINUED TO PLAY AT DOUBLE AND WERE TO LOSE ON A 10
OR 9 STREET BET WE REMAIN DOUBLED AND STAY DOUBLED FOR AS LONG AS IT TAKES TO MAKE BACK YOUR
LOSS. THIS IS WHY IT'S IMPORTANT TO KEEP YOUR PILESNEATLY IN FRONT OF YOU. HOWEVER, WE NEVER
DOUBLE WHEN BETTING 8 STREETS SINCE IT'S MUCH MORE RISKY, AND WE NEVER BET 8 STREETS WHILE
DOUBLED OR QUADRUPLED.WE ONLY DOUBLE BET ON THE 10 AND 9 STREETS UNTIL WE MAKE UP OUR LOSSES.
AS SOON AS WE MAKE UP OUR LOSSES WE SHOULD GO BACK THE NORMAL BETTING OF 2X ON THE 10 & 9
STREETS AND 1X ON THE 8 STREET UNTIL WE LOSE. IF WE LOSE, WE SHOULD IMMEDIATELY RESET AND
REVERT TO DOUBLE BETS ON THE 10TH AND 9TH STREETS AGAIN UNTIL WE MADE UP THE LOSS. IF YOU WIN
ON THE 10 YOU REGRESS TO A 9 STREET BET. IF YOU WIN ON 9 BUT STILL HAVEN'T MADE UP YOUR LOSSES
THEN YOU RESET BACK ONTO 10 STREETS AGAIN SKIPPING THE 2 STREETS YOU ORIGINALLY SKIPPED. YOU
STAY AT YOUR DOUBLE OR QUADRUPLE BETTING MODE UNTIL YOU MAKE UP THAT LOSS.IF YOU WERE TO LOSE ON
AN SINGLE 8 STREET BET THEN WE IMMEDIATELY RESET START AT A 2X BET AND SKIP THE 2 STREETS THAT
HAVEN'T COME OUT YET AND BET THE 10 REMAINING STREETS AT A DOUBLE MULTIPLE.IF YOU LOSE ON AN 8
STREET BET THERE IS NO NEED TO EVER QUADRUPLE YOU BET TO CATCH UP. IN THE NEXT 2 SPINS,
ASSUMING YOU WIN ON THE 10 STREET BET AND 9 STREET BET AT A DOUBLE MULTIPLE, YOU WILL MAKE BACK
YOU 8 CHIP LOSS
AND NET 2 CHIPS PROFIT. WE ALWAYS BET THE 10 & 9 STREETS AT DOUBLE AFTER A LOSS AND WE DON'T GO
BACK TO SINGLE BETS ON THE 8 STREETS UNTIL WE MAKE UP THE FULL LOSS WE JUST SUSTAINED. YOU'LL
NOTICE THE CASINO NEVER, EVER HAD THE ADVANTAGE. IN FACT WE HAD A SOLID ADVANTAGE / EDGE AT ALL
TIMES. THIS DOESN'T MEAN WE WIN ALL THE TIME IT JUST MEANS THIS IT IS THE FIRST SYSTEM THAT
PLAYS AT A SUPERIOR ADVANTAGE TO THE CASINO.THE NEXT THING WE MUST DISCUSS IS WHAT TO DO IF WE
LOST AND THEN DOUBLED AND LOST AGAIN. THIS ALSO HAPPENS ALL TOO OFTEN. AT THIS POINT I WOULD
SERIOUSLY QUESTION THE TABLE WE ARE ON. IS IT COLD OR HAS IT TURNED COLD? IF YOU THINK IT HAS
THEN CUT YOUR LOSSES AND WALK. IF YOU ARE NOT SURE THEN CUT YOUR LOSSES AND WALK. HOWEVER, IF
YOU STILL HAVE FAITH IN THE TABLE THEN YOU CAN CONTINUE PLAYING. OR IF YOU STILL FEEL YOU ARE
ON A VERY GOOD TABLE YOU COULD EVEN QUADRUPLE BET ON THE SAME 10 STREETS WHICH HAS A VERY HIGH
PROBABILITY OF HITTING SINCE YOU JUST LOST ONCE OR TWICE ALREADY AND ARE COVERING 79%/ 81% (30
OUT OF 37/38 #'S) OF THE TABLE DEPENDING IF YOU ARE ON A SINGLE OR DOUBLE ZERO TABLE. IF YOU
HIT, YOU PICK UP 8 CHIPS, ALMOST HALF OF YOUR PREVIOUS LOSS OF 20 CHIPS. HOWEVER, AFTER 2
LOSSES I WOULD SERIOUSLY QUESTION THE TABLE AND PLAY CONSERVATIVELY AND STAY AT DOUBLE. SLOW
AND STEADY WINS THE RACE. WE KNOW THAT TIME IS USUALLY NOT ON OUR SIDE ON A ROULETTE TABLE
HOWEVER WITH THIS SYSTEMS STRONG ADVANTAGE A LONGER STAY ISN'T AS RISKY.ONCE YOU MAKE BACK YOUR
LOSSES REGRESS BACK TO THE ORIGINAL BUY IN BET. IF YOU HAPPEN TO LOSE WHILE QUADRUPLED WE DON'T
RECOMMEND DOUBLING AGAIN. WE RECOMMEND YOU LEAVE THIS TABLE AND CUT YOUR LOSSES. THERE ARE
GOOD TABLES AND GOOD DAYS JUST WAIT FOR THEM AND THEN TAKE ADVANTAGE OF THEM.SOME TABLES
TURNCOLD WHEN YOU LEAST EXPECT THEM TO. WHEN WE FIRST GO ON A TABLE WE USUALLY SKIP THE 2
STREETS THAT HAVN'T SHOWN, AND PLAY THE REMAINING 10 ETC., ETC. SINCE THEY HAVEN'T SHOWN IN A
WHILE WE USUALLY FOLLOW THE TREND AND STAY OFF THEM FOR A WHILE. HOWEVER, HOW LONG IS AWHILE?
WE HAVEN'T BEEN
ABLE TO PIN DOWN AN EXACT TIME TO SUGGEST YOU SHOULDBE SKIPPING THOSE 2 NEW STREETS BECAUSE THEY
ARE NOT ON THE BOARD AND WE DON'T KNOW WHEN THEY WERE LAST OUT. OBVIOUSLY NOTHING COMES OUT IN
PERFECT SEQUENCE ANYWAY. THEREFORE, WE ARE LEFT WITH A KIND OF GUESS. NOT VERY SCIENTIFIC, BUT
SWITCH TO THEM, HOPEFULLY IT'S REALLY AN EDUCATED GUESS. HOWEVER IT IS ALSO BASED ON THE LAWS
OF AVERAGES. WE HAVE SEEN SOME SORT OF HISTORY IN THAT SOMEWHERE AROUND 7 TO 12 SPINS AFTER WE
STARTED BETTING 1 OF THEM POSSIBLY 2 OF THEM WILL COME OUT.THIS SEEMS TO BE AN AVERAGE TIME FOR
AT LEAST ONE OF THEM TO SHOW UP. HERE IS WHERE THE DIFFICULTY COMES IN. WHEN TO SWITCH AND
WHICH STREETS DO WE SWITCH TO. WE TRY A FEW THINGS WITH VARYINGSUCCESS. WE SOMETIMES JUST
STICK TO THE SAME 2 STREETS AND HOPE THE TREND HOLDS AND THEY COME OUT WITH LESS FREQUENCY THEN
THE OTHER STREETS. THIS OFTEN WORKS WELL. ON MANY OCCASIONS AFTER 7 TO 10 SPINS WE TRY TO
LOCATE 2 NEW STREETS THAT AREN'T ON THE BOARD AND, JUST BEFORE OUR 2 SKIPPED #'S COME OUT, OR AT
WORST RIGHT AFTER 1 OF THEM CAME OUT, ASSUMING THE OTHER MAY SOON BE DUE. AS A THIRD
ALTERNATIVE, WE
MAY EVEN SWITCH TO SKIPPING THE LAST 2 STREETS THAT JUST CAME OUT ASSUMING THEY MAY NOT SHOW UP
FOR A WHILE AGAIN.
OBVIOUSLY YOUR NEXT QUESTION IS, WELL WHICH IS IT?
GUESS! NO, THIS IS WHERE EXPERIENCE REALLY PAYS OFF.
1. YOU GET A FEEL FOR WHEN THE SHIPPED STREETS MAY BE DUE.
2. YOU NOTICE 2 DIFFERENT STREETS ARE NOTSHOWING OR SHOWING WITH LESS FREQUENCY.
3. OR YOU DETERMINE ON THIS TABLE IT MAY BE BEST TO SKIP THE LAST 2 STREETS THAT JUST CAME OUT
BECAUSE THAT IS THE TREND AND THIS TABLE HAS VERY FEW REPEATERS. YOU WILL HAVE TO READ AND RE-
READ THE LAST 3 PARAGRAPHS OVER AND OVER AGAIN UNTIL YOU UNDERSTAND THEM THOROUGHLY.
HOWEVER UNDERSTANDING THEM ISN'T THE FULL ANSWER. FIRST YOU MUST PRACTICE AND GAIN EXPERIENCE,
EXPERIENCE, EXPERIENCE. THEN YOU MUST LEARN TO READ YOUR OWN INSTINCTS SINCE AFTER GAINING
EXPERIENCE YOURINSTINCTS ARE USUALLY RIGHT. HOPEFULLY MOST OF YOU EXPERIENCE IS AT HOME WITHOUT
THE LOSSES WHILE YOU LEARN. LAST NIGHT WE WERE BETTING $50 PER STREET. THERE WERE NO ZEROS ON
THE 20 # CHARTING BOARD WHEN WE GOT ON THE TABLE. WE HAD AN UP AND DOWN RUN BUT WERE AHEAD
ABOUT
$450, ALMOST READY TO WALK A COUPLE OF TIMES BUT FELLBACK A COUPLE OF TIMES. WHEN ALL OF A
SUDDEN THE GUY DOWN AT THE END OF THE TABLE PILES A COUPLE A HUNDRED DOLLARS ON THE SPILT ZEROS.
I HAD BEEN WATCHING AND FEELING THE URGE TO PLAY THEM FOR THE LAST SPIN OR TWO.HOWEVER, AS VERY
OFTEN HAPPENS TO ME, I DON'T KNOW ABOUT YOU, WHEN SOMEONE COMES OUT OF THE BLUE AND PUTS A LARGE
BET ON SOMETHING OVER DUE IT OFTEN COMES IN AND I'M NOT ALWAYS ON IT. NOT THIS TIME HOWEVER, I
PULLED A $50 BET OFF THE 4 STREET WHICH HAD JUST COME OUT RECENTLY AN PLACED $50 ON THE COURTESY
SPLIT ZEROS AS THE WHEEL WAS SPINNING. YOU KNOW WHAT IS COMING NEXT; THE 00 HIT FOR $850 NET
$400. TIMING WAS PERFECT AND MY WIFE GAVE OUT A SHORT YELL BEHIND ME,WHICH ALWAYS EMBARRASSES
ME.SHE'S A PLAYER AND A $850 WIN DOESN'T GET HER EXCITED.SHE PLAYS OFTEN BETTER THEN ME. WHAT
CAUGHT HER OFF GUARD WAS THAT THIS WAS THE FIRST TIME I SWITCHED OFF THE STREETS TO PLAY THE
ZEROS AND THAT IS JUST THE SPIN IT HITS ON. IT'S A BEAUTIFUL THING. WE REACHED AND SURPASSED
OUR
WIN WALK GOAL OF $600 WITH $950 LEFT A $25 TIP, COLORED IN, AND WISHED EVERYONE GOOD LUCK.
AFTER ONLY 2 TABLES WE WON $1,550 AND DECIDED TO GO UP TO OUR SUITE TO GET AN EARLY NIGHTS
REST. AHEM, AHEM!! 
ALL OF THIS WINNING MAY SOUND TOO GOOD TO BE TRUE.WELL IT'S NOT PERFECT.ON MANY OCCASIONS YOU'LL
LOSE,EVEN THOUGH YOU ARE COVERING ANYWHERE'S FROM 81% TO 63% OF THE TABLE. WHAT REALLY HURTS IS
WHEN YOU LOSE WHILE AT DOUBLE OR EVEN WORSE AT QUADRUPLED. THIS DOES HAPPEN, SO EXPECT IT.
ANYTHING CAN HAPPEN.THAT'S WHY IT'S CALLED GAMBLING. AT LEAST THIS SYSTEM LEVELS THE PLAYING
FIELD BETWEEN US AND THE CASINO. A KEY TO SURVIVING IS TO WALK IF YOU LOSE 83% OR MORE OF
YOUR BUY IN.IF YOU BUY IN FOR 3 STACKS OF CHIPS (60 CHIPS), THEN WALK IF YOU HAVE LOST 50 CHIPS
OR 83% OFYOUR BUY IN. NEVER GO BACK INTO YOUR POCKET.DID YOU HEAR WHAT WE SAID? NEVER GO BACK
INTO YOU POCKET.IN ADDITION, ANOTHER PIECE OF IMPORTANT ADVICE IS SLOW AND EASY.DON'T TRY TO
CATCH UP TOO FAST. IF YOU LOSE ON A QUADRUPLE BET, DON'T DOUBLE AGAIN. LOOSING ON A QUADRUPLE
BET IS EXTREMELY HARD TO CATCH UP ON AND YOU ARE FORCED TO STAY QUADRUPLED, AND THIS CHASING OF
LOSSES RARELY, RARELY, RARELY, RARELY WINS.GET THE POINT. NICE AND EASY WINS THIS RACE. OR AS
WE TITLED OUR BOOK - " PIGS GET FAT but.HOGS GO TOSLAUGHTER."
THERE IS ANOTHER SCHOOL OF THOUGHT HERE ALSO. SOME PEOPLE LIKE TO PLAY MAYBE MORE THEN ACTUALLY
WINNING. THIS IS AN EXCELLENT SYSTEM FOR THAT BUT YOU SHOULD CONSIDER MODIFYING YOUR PLAY BY NOT
QUADRUPLING AT ALL, OR AT LEAST DON'T BE TOO FAST TO QUADRUPLE.SOMETIMES SLOW AND EASY IS THE
BEST APPROACH. IT CERTAINLY IS BETTER FOR YOUR COMP.BESIDES LOSSES ON A QUADRUPLE BET IS
DIFFICULT TO MAKE UP AN WE OFTENLOSE ON ANOTHER QUADRUPLE BET BEFORE WE MAKE UP THE
SINGLE AND DOUBLE LOSSES. SOMETIMES IT'S BETTER IF YOU TRY TO CATCH UP FIRST BY CONTINUING TO
PLAY DOUBLE UNTIL YOU ARE SURE YOU ARE IN THE WINNING PART OF YOUR LUCK CYCLE. KEEP THIS
ALTERNATIVE METHOD IN MIND WHILE READING. I WON'T REPEAT IT TOO OFTEN, AS IT WILL ONLY LEND TO
CONFUSING THE SYSTEM. HERE ARE SOME BUY IN ALTERNATIVES.
THIS IS PROBABLY THE LEAST SCIENTIFIC PART OF OUR BOOK.WE APOLOGIZE FOR NOT BEING DEFINITIVE
HOWEVER NOT EVERYTHING IN NATURE CAN FIT NEATLY INTO A BOX.THE REALITY IS, ROULETTE IS RANDOM
AND AS SUCH IT SOMETIMES GOES THROUGH DIFFERENT TYPES OF TRENDS IN IT'S ATTEMPT TO EVEN THINGS
OUT ACCORDING TO THE "LAW OF AVERAGES." I THINK THE HARDEST THING TO DO BESIDES WIN IS TO
DECIDE WHEN TO SWITCH OFF OF THE 2 STREETS WE ARE NOW SKIPPING AND ONTO SKIPPING 2 NEW STREETS.
I GUESS THE BEST WAY TO DESCRIBE IT IS TO SAY; YOU HAVE TO DEVELOP A FEEL FOR IT. IT'S SORT OF
LIKE WHEN IS IT TIME TO GO BACK ON AND BET THE ZEROS.AT LEAST WITH THE ZEROS WE WERE ABLE TO
DETERMINE AND SUGGEST THE BEST TIME TO GO BACK IN AND PLAY THE ZEROS (7MISSED SPINS ON THE
DOUBLE ZERO TABLE AND 12 MISSED>SPINS ON THE SINGLE ZERO TABLE BUT HERE WE WITH THE SKIPPED
STREETS WE CAN'T JUST SAY FOR EXAMPLE SWITCHON OR OFF THEM ON THE X# SPIN, LIKE WE DO WITH THE
ZEROS.
WE USUALLY PLAY WITH $25 CHIPS, HOWEVER, BUT SINCE ON ONE OF OUR TRIPS WE WERE GOING TO BE AT
THE ATLANTIS CASINO FOR 2 WEEKS, WE FIGURED WE'D START OFF EASY.THEREFORE, WE STARTED PLAYING
$20 PER STREET AND $10 PER 8 STREET BET, AFTER PLAYING 2 NIGHTS AND UP $2800 WE INCREASED OUR
PLAY TO $50 AND $25 PER STREET. THAT'S $500 TO $200 PER SPIN. WE HIT A BAD NIGHT AND LOST ALL
OUR PROFIT THEN HAD A BREAKEVEN NIGHT AND THEN WE STARTED WINNING AGAIN. AFTER A WEEK AND A
HALF WE MAINTAINED OUR $50 PER STREET BET, WHICH IS NOW $500 TO $200 PER, SPIN. ANOTHER GOOD
PIECE OF ADVICE IS TO PUSH A LITTLE WHEN YOU ARE ON A VERY, VERY GOOD TABLE. THAT'S WHEN WE
INCREASED TO $1000 PER SPIN.IT WILL HELP YOU KEEP AHEAD OF THE LOSSES.FORTUNATELY WE COULD DO
LITTLE WRONG THIS EVENING.
I DON'T KNOW WHO GOT MORE ATTENTION THIS NIGHT, WE WERE WINNING ON 1 TABLE AND MICHAEL JORDAN
(A BASKETBALL STAR) WAS AT THE NEXT TABLE. WE HAD A CROWD AROUND US AND HE HAD 2 BODY GUARDS
AND ROPES KEEPING EVERYONE AWAY FROM HIM. I REMEMBER WHEN WE "WALKED" AND MY WIFE WENT TO THE
BATHROOM NEAR THE HIGH ROLLERS PIT, I STOOD WATCHING HIM FROM A FEW FEET AWAY ANDNOTICED HE KEPT
LOOKING AROUND EITHER TO SEE WHO WAS WATCHING HIM OR I ACTUALLY GOT THE FEELING THAT HE WAS
LONELY. I KINDA FELT BAD FOR HIM AND HAD AN URGE TO SAY SOMETHING, BUT I DIDN'T.WE JUST WENT TO
OUR ROOM AND COUNTED OUR CHIPS. IT'S STILL A GREAT FEELING GOING TO OUR ROOM AHEAD.WE REMEMBER
ALL TOO WELL ALL THOSE LOOSING NIGHTS.THIS NIGHT WE PICKED UP $2400. BY MANY PEOPLES STANDARDS
WE ARE NOT BIG PLAYERS. THAT'S BECAUSE WE RECOGNIZE YOU DO LOSE EVEN WITH THE BARBI SYSTEM.
SINCE WE HATE TO LOSE, WE THEN CONTROL OUR BETTING. WE USUALLY PLAY ALONG SIDE BIG PLAYERS WHO
THINK NOTHING OF BETTING $3000 TO $5000 PER SPIN. THEY ALWAYS LOSE AND SEE US USUALLY WIN. THIS
NIGHT
IF WE WOULD HAVE USED $100 CHIPS WE WOULD HAVE BEEN UP$9600. HOWEVER, WE NEVER GO CRAZY. IN
FACT WE WOULD REGRESS TO NICKELS IF WE WERE HAVING A BAD NIGHT OR JUST QUIT PLAYING. IN FACT WE
DID JUST THAT 2 NIGHTS OUT OF THOSE 2 WEEKS WE WERE AT THE ATLANTIS.WE ACTUALLY BELIEVE IN THE
TITLE OF OUR BOOK, PIGS GET FAT BUT.HOGS GO TO SLAUGHTER. PLAY / WIN / WALK. THERE ARE MANY
WAYS TO BUY IN. IT ALL DEPENDS ON YOUR POCKET BOOK. REMEMBER YOUR BUY IN IS FOR 3 PILES OF
CHIPS FOR EACH 2 CHIPS BET PER 10 STREET BET. ALSO TAKE INTO CONSIDERATION THE FACT THAT IT IS
POSSIBLE THAT YOU MAY EVEN QUADRUPLE ALL YOUR BETS.IN OUR PREVIOUS REPORTS WE FROWNED ON
DOUBLING OR QUADRUPLING.THAT WAS BECAUSE WE HAD INSUFFICIENTTEST DATA. WE NOW FIRMLY BELIEVE
THAT QUADRUPLING IS IMPORTANT AND HELPFUL, IF ON A VERY, VERY GOOD TABLE AND YOU HAVE LOST 2
TIMES IN A ROW. WHILE IT SOMETIMES PROVES DISASTROUS IN MANY CASES IT IS EXTREMELY VALUABLE.
SO USE IT WHEN YOU FIND YOU ARE ON A GOOD TABLE. IF NOT REMAIN AT DOUBLE AND TAKE IT NICE AND
EASY. BEING THE CASE THAT YOU MAY HAVE TO QUADRUPLE (4X) YOU MUST BE ABLE TO AFFORD AND BE
COMFORTABLE WITH A QUADRUPLE (4X) BET. THIS QUADRUPLE (4X) BET IS THE BET YOU SHOULD CONSIDER
FIRST.THE WORD MULTIPLE MEANS HOW MANY TIMES YOU INCREASE YOUR ORIGINAL BET PER STREET. BUY IN
AND BETTING CHART BETS BUY IN 1 x MULTIPLE 2X MULTIPLE 4X MULTIPLE 2CHIPS PER 10 & 9 STREETS 3
PILES / 60 CHIPS
$1/60-$5/$300$25/$1500 $50/6000 10 CHIPS $1/$10--$5/$50
$25/$250 20 CHIPS
$1/$20-$5/$100
$25/ $500 40 CHIPS
$1/$40-$5/$200
$25/$1000* $50/ $2000
4 CHIPS PER 10 & 9 STREETS 6 PILES /120 CHIPS
$1/$120-$5/$600
$25/$3000 20 CHIPS
$1/$20-$5/$100
$25/$500 40 CHIPS
$1/$40-$5/$200
$25/$1000 80 CHIPS
$1/$80- $5/$400
$25/$2000
$1/$180-$5/$900
30 CHIPS
$1/$30-$5/$150 60 CHIPS
$1/$60-$5/$300 120 CHIPS
$1/$120-$5/$600
8 CHIPS PER 10 & 9 STREETS 12 PILES/240 CHIPS
$1/$240 -$5/$1200 40 CHIPS
$1/$40 80 CHIPS
$1/$80 160 CHIPS
$1/$160-$5/$800
So if for example you are uncomfortable betting $1000 per spin, then don't use the $50 per
Street bet as your opening bet because at QUADRUPLE it's at a risk value of $1000* PER SPIN.
The bottom line is, which dollar amount per spin are you most comfortable betting at? The chart
below
shows the cost (bet) you will have to make if your starting 10 street bet is:
STARTING QUAD.
BET COST
$1@1x = $40
$1@2x= $80
$1@3X= $120
$1@4x= $160
$5@1x= $200
$5@2z= $400
$5@3x= $600
$5@4X = $800
$25@1x= $1000
$25@2x= $2000
So if, for example, you were comfortable going as high as $400 per spin on occasion then you
should use $5@2x to start with, which is 2 - $5 chips bet per Street.This when quadrupled can go
as high as $400** per spin. (See below**)
The Win Walk (profit) at each of these betting levels is BUY IN QUADRUPLE BET AMOUNT CHIP VALUE
MULTIPLE WIN WALK
(PROFIT)
$60 $40 $1 @1x $14
$120 $80 $1 @2x $28
$180 $120 $1 @3X $42
$240 $160 $1 @4X $56
$300 $200 $5 @1X $70
$600 $400** $5 @2X $140
$900 $600 $5 @3X $210
$1200 $800 $5 @4X $280
$1500 $1000 $25 @1X $350
$3000 $2000 $25 @2X $700
We often start our betting with a 2 chips per Street bet (2x). Our BUY IN when betting 2 chips
per Street is to BUY IN for 3 piles per each 2 chips bet per Street.Therefore our BUY IN is for
3 piles of chips (60 chips). Since we are using Nickels we paid $300. If we were using Dollars
we would be paying $60 and at Quarters our BUY IN would be $1500.We found,especially in the
beginning, that using Nickels instead of Quarters gave us the best flexibility and a comfortable
return (for us). The charts below show what your win or lose (in chips) at each of these betting
multiples. Before starting,determine your betting limits.In other words how much is a total bet
at an 4x or 8x in dollars, can you afford it and will you feel totally comfortable betting at
those limits? For example a loss on 10 Streets at 8x is an 80-chip loss. If you are not
comfortable reduce your chip value or reduce your betting multiples to 2x, 4x or 6X and use the
chart. Whichever you decide on make sure you are very, very comfortable at that betting level.
If so, now forget you are using money, think of it as just chips, andplay strictly by the rules.
If you think of your chips as money, it may negatively influence your play. The reason for the
light gray # 's at the bottom of the 4x and 8x below is that you are not supposed to bet at
these betting multiples. After a loss you never bet the 8 Street bet until you fully recover
your loss. Then and only then you can start re-betting the 8 Street bets again. When you start
you can make a copy of these charts to help you with your charting math.

New Barbi System
This system takes courage because it is a progressive betting system and at times you have a lot in play. We
are not fans of progression systems but this one works. UNFORTUNATELY WE CANNOT RECOMMEND IT FOR
MOST ONLINE CASINOS AS MANY ONLINE CASINOS REACT DEFENSIVELY TO THE DOUBLING OF BETS.
However, we know it is a big winner if you wish to try it. We believe this is probably the first and only system
that you can sit and play continuously and keep winning at it AS LONG AS YOU PLAY BY THE RULES and play
conservatively. We still recommend you set a win walk and walk when you hit it but this system can be played
for a long time as long as you don’t mind the quadrupling of bets from time to time to recover losses.
We buy in with 5 stacks / piles of chips. You might have to buy in for another 2 piles if things go bad in order to
maintain the proper progression. Start out slow and build up chip values as you build confidence. We start the
same as all our systems and chart for 16 spins and then skip the 2 streets that were trending NOT to come out.
Then bet 1 chip per remaining 10 streets. If you win on 1 of the 10 Streets you net 2 chips profit. Skip the street
that just hit street and bet the remaining 9 streets. If you win again on 1 of the 9 Streets you net 3 chips. The
accumulated net profit for 2 winning spins at a 1x multiple is 5 chips. You are covering 10 streets (81% of the
table) or 9 streets (73% of the table). After winning on the 9th Street reset back to your original 10 streets and
start over continually betting 10/9/10/9/10/9 etc. If you lose on either a 10 street bet or a 9 street bet then
immediately re-set to your original 10 streets and after a loss double all your bets and bet at a 2x multiple. (2
chips per street). If you win on the 10 street (net 4 chips) then remove your bet off that Street that just won and
stay at a 2x and bet the remaining 9 streets. If you are fortunate enough to win on this 9 street bet (net 6 chips),
reset onto the original 10 streets. However, now you regress your bets to a 1x multiple (1chip per street), if you
won all your losses back in the last two 2x bets (4+6=10). If you were unfortunate enough to lose while at 2x
(Double) then you should immediately re set your bets onto the original 10 streets. However, now you must bet
at 4x multiple (4 chips per street {quadruple}) until you win all your losses back. As soon as you win back your
losses you should immediately regress all bets back to the 1x multiple. Think of it this way. Who has the
advantage when you are covering 10 streets (81% of the table) or 9 streets (73% of the table)? We do….. at
either a 31% advantage or a 23% advantage. We are not fans of progressive betting and certainly not a fan of
the martingale however this system has some similarities with one exception it wins. With the even red / black
Martingale system you have a 48.64% chance of winning and a 51.36% chance of loosing. (Not very good odds)
However, with this doubling system we never have less then a 73% chance of winning, often an 81% chance of
winning and we never have more then a 27% chance of loosing. A far cry better then 51.36% chance of loosing
on even betting systems.
Getting back to our 10 / 9 Barbi System;
We are usually betting 81% of the table or 30 #’s for us and 7 #’s for the house. Obviously we can lose. You can
always lose. If we lose we double our bets and re-bet 81% of the table again. What are the odds of loosing 2
times in a row while betting 81% of the table each time? Can it happen? Absolutely and often does. So now we
double again and bet 81% of the table again. Very often after the second bet and certainly usually after the 3rd
bet we would almost always win back our losses. If you had to bet 3 times and lose the 3rd time you would have
bet 90 #’s to the casinos 21 #’s. You can see that by the 3rd bet you are very likely to win. Since you are
doubling after each loss, losses are easy to make up. Besides skipping the last hit street another key to
keeping ahead of the casino is a high return on investment. In this case it is 40% and 60% return on the
previous loss.
CHIP FIRST LOSS (1X) SECOND LOSS (2X) THIRD LOSS (4X) FOURTH LOSS (8X)
VALUE Bet / Accumulated Bet / Accumulated Bet / Accumulated Bet / Accumulated
$1 $10 / $10 $20 / $30 $40 / $70 $80 / $150
$5 $50 / $50 $100 / $150 $200/ $350 $400/ $750
$10 $100/ $100 $200/ $300 $400/ $700 $800/ $1500
$25 $250/ $250 $500/ $750 $1000/ $1750 $2000/ $4750
$100 $1000/ $1000 $2000/ $3000 $4000/ $7000 $8000/ $15000
IF THE UN-PLAYED SINGLE STREETS HAVEN’T COME UP IN 15 TO 20 SPINS AND YOU GET A GUT FEELING.
THEN IT MAY BE GOOD TO PLAY THEM. SORRY NOT TO SCIENTIFIC. THIS COMES AND IMPROVES WITH
EXPERIENCE.
The “Bottom Line” with this system is that you win much more than you lose. Does it lose? Yes, sometimes.
As strong as it seems to you, always play conservatively because it can lose. The smart thing is to play with a
low chip value and limit your losses on a bad luck day. Recognize it early and leave the casino.
Ok, I know it sounds too good to be true. Well it is true. While the downside risk of loosing 3 times in a row
while betting 30 out of 37 #’s is small, it is possible so you must be prepared for those days when nothing goes
right. The key to this system is not to play with a very large chip value because a quadruple bet is very
expensive even using $1 chips. A quadruple bet using $1 chips = $40, using $5 chips = $200, using $25 chips =
$1000, using $100 chips = $4,000. Some people might even push 3 losses and double again, which is an 8x bet.
You can always consider really pushing your luck and bet at an 8 x multiple however this is a killer if it looses.
And if you lose I wouldn’t take the elevator to your room. So far we have rarely ever lost after a third loss so we
rarely ever had to bet at an 8x multiple. If you ever have to, you can see from the chart below the amount of
damage you can do to your bankroll. It’s not too hard to come back with this system because you are always
betting 30 #’s (81%) to the casinos 7 #’s (19%). However, if you lost again at an 8 x bet it takes a long time to
recover.
This system does so good it draws attention rather quickly so we recommend hitting and running and / or
camouflaging your bets / system.
You should set your win walk between 10 chips net profit to 20 chips net profit or you can actually keep playing
until you sense you are drawing attention. As soon as you suspect you are being watched walk off the table.
You can prolong this moment a little by using the following suggestions.
I don’t know about you but I also get little embarrassed placing chips on 10 streets. It’s almost like covering the
whole table. We shouldn’t be embarrassed because we will be winning more then anyone else and we will be on
the table longer without going back into our pockets then anyone else. However, if you are like me there is a
way to place your bets so it doesn’t look like you are covering the whole board and you can easily confuse those
who are trying to figure out if you have a system. The table diagram below shows you some different variations
of placing your bets. For example if you were going to cover all 4 streets within any of the 1st ,2nd, or 3rd Dozen
then you could place all your chips in that dozen as is shown on the 1st Dozen. Even if you were playing 2 chips
or more per street as long as you would be covering all 4 streets than the net payout is exactly the same weather
you placed on each individual street or all on the dozen. If you were going to play any 2 streets side by side
then whatever # of chips you would place on one street then you can just double it and place them all on the line
bet as exampled by the 16/19 line bet below. The net payout is exactly the same here also. The only time you
have to bet a street all alone is when you are not betting a street on either of it sides. This also makes it a lot
faster and easier to place your bets. However you must remember to remove the last winning bet and then
would have to revert to a different betting setup. The only time this may be a problem it if you have betting
minimums or betting maximums. So we advise you to know the various tables you will be going on so you
won’t be caught by surprise by being told you can’t bet that way.
3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 33 36
2 5 8 11 14 17 20 23 26 29 32 35
1 4 7 10 13 16 19 22 25 28 31 34
1ST 12 2ND 12 3RD 12

PLACE ALL CHIPS HERE IF PLACE 2 CHIPS PLACE INDIVIDUAL YOU ARE
BETTING ALL HERE IF BETTING CHIPS IF BETTING
4 STREETS 1 CHIP ON 2 STREETS 3 STREETS
2
Systems that win will attract attention. To further confuse them I sometimes I ask the pit boss for the time and
then bet the #’s they just told me instead of the system for a spin or 2. The best was when I won once. I must
have really confused and pissed them off. The Pit Bosses, the sky eye cameras and many other players will be
standing around watching you. Casinos can ask you to leave for no reason, especially if you are a high roller
and beating them consistently. I’ve never seen it happen and I haven’t been lucky enough for it to happen to me
(came close) but if you think there is a danger of this then we recommend the following advice: play low key,
look surprised while you are winning, dress like the other players, change tables, play on table with big betters
usually found near the High Rollers pit or the Baccarat tables, so your bets and big winnings may be overlooked.
Play on crowded tables; change casinos as much as possible and as much as I hate to say this, play stupid and
lose sometimes. If you are drawing too much attention, act drunk, ask people for their lucky #s, and add them
in, bet odd or even, or red or black or both just to confuse the casino. If you are using $1 chips you wouldn’t
have to go through all this but if you were using $25 chips or $100 chips you better remember this advice.
You could also play with value chips so you can just pick your value chips and walk to another table.
This makes it more difficult for them to calculate what you’ve won or lost but they still could COMP you and
figure time played and average bet. Therefore, if you were doing well it would be wise to walk with VALUE
CHIPS in hand rather than cashing in. What you could do as you are winning and getting ready to leave is to ask
the dealer to pay you off with higher value chips so you can manage all the chips when you walk. Don’t play
with your casino card so the pit boss doesn’t have to watch you as close as the other players who he has to
continually rate their play.
As we have said before. The longer you play a system the more it opens up to you. This system has
opened enough to show us why it can win consistently. First and the foremost reason is that you are betting
81% of the table most of the time. But it is the regressed bet after a win that keeps us ahead of the house. You
would eventually lose if you were to stick on 10 streets and win on them, lose on them, win on them, lose on
them ect. You’d be playing the way the casino expects you to play. However, if you win on 10 streets and lose
on 9 streets you stay ahead of the casino. This is an oversimplification but this and the covering of 81% of the
table is key. If you If you know what you are doing you’ll help make your own luck. If you don’t know what you
are doing you will be unlucky “makes sense”.
3
file:///D|/Systems/BARBI%20SYSTEM%20REVISED.htm
The following
is a reprint of the revised Barbi System which was sent out a month or so
ago. We had numerous questions and we also found a few typos. This should
clear up the questions. However feel free to ask if any still come up. We
just came back from a weekend in Atlantic City and we did quite well.
However you must stick to the rules, if not
Pigs Get Fat BUT ...
Hogs Go To Slaughter
3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 33
36
2 5 8 11 14 17 20 23 26 29 32
35
1 4 7 10 13 16 19 22 25 28 31
34
1ST 12 2ND 12 3RD 12
YOU WILL START OUT USING ONLY 10 OF THE 14 LOCATIONS SHOWN --- 1, 4, 7,
10, 13, 16, 19, 22, 25, 28, 31, 34 STREETS, BASKET 0,00,2 OR SPLIT THE 0, 00….. THE
CIRCLES ARE EXACTLY WHERE YOU PLACE THE CHIPS YOU USE AT EACH
LOCATION. YOU MUST BET ALL STREETS EVENLY WITH CHIPS. YOU
DETERMINE THE VALUE OF THOSE CHIPS. NEVER BET MORE THAN 10 OF THESE
LOCATIONS OR LESS THAN 8 LOCATIONS.
TABLE COVERAGE 0 0/ 00 % COVER CHIPS
BET $1 N.P BET $5 N.P BET $25 N.P BET $50 N.P
BET 100 N.P BET % RET.
10 STREETS (30 #’S) $ BET 81 79
1 10 2 10 10 50 50 250 100 500
file:///D|/Systems/BARBI%20SYSTEM%20REVISED.htm (1 of 13) [7/9/2002 8:30:32 AM]

200 1000 20
9 STREETS (27 #’S) $ BET 73 71
1 9 3 9 15 45 75 225 150 450

300 900 33
8 STREETS (24 #’S) $ BET 65 63
1 8 4 8 20 40 100 200 200 400

400 800 50
The Barbi System requires your starting bet is a Double Bet per Street for the 10 street bet and
Double again if betting on the 9 Street Bet and a Single multiple bet if betting on the 8 Street
bet. Another words we cut our bets in half when betting on 8 Streets. Let’s assume you are
playing with $25 chips and start your betting at 2 chips / Street. No matter what chip value you
use the loss/return ratio (% RET.) is the same as shown in the last column above. Assume we
are using $25 chips and our first bet is 2 chips per 10 streets;
If on 10 Streets your bet is $500 (at risk) your net profit is $ 100 =
20% return.
If on 9 Streets your bet is $450 (at risk) your net profit is $
150 = 331/3% return.
If on 8 Streets your bet is $200 (at risk) your net profit is
$100 = 50% return
As you can also see the more Streets you are off the less you bet and therefore the more you
win.
The smart thing to do when you walk into the casino is to play with a low chip value to see
how your luck is running for the day. If you start winning you can graduate to more chips per
street or a higher chip value. For example start with 2 nickels / street and if you are doing well
you can increase for example anywhere from 2 nickels per street all the way to 4, 8 or even 10
nickels per street.
WE START BY LOOKING FOR A SINGLE ZERO TABLE, IF ANY. THEN WE LOOK

AT THE CHARTING BOARDS, TO TRY TO FIND A NON-REPEAT TABLE OR AT
WORST A 1 OR 2 STREET REPEAT TABLE (REPEAT TABLES EXPLAINED LATER).

ONCE WE FIND THE RIGHT TABLE WE THEN SKIP THE ZERO / ZEROS AND WE
ALSO SKIP ANY 2 OF THE STREETS THAT HAVEN’T APPEARED YET IN THE LAST
16 TO 20 SPINS. WE CHECK THE CHARTING BOARD FOR THE STREETS THAT
HAVEN’T COME OUT YET. WE START BETTING WITH A 2X MULTIPLE IN THIS
CASE 2 CHIPS BET ON EACH OF THE 10 STREETS WE ARE TO BET. MAYBE IT’S
BEST TO START BY EXPLAINING WHAT A MULTIPLE BET IS. A 1X BET IS 1 CHIP
PER STREET ALSO CALLED A 1X MULTIPLE. A 2X BET IS 2 CHIPS BET PER
STREET ALSO KNOWN AS A 2X MULTIPLE OR DOUBLE BET. ON OCCASION WE
BET A 4X BET WHICH IS 4 CHIPS BET PER STREET ALSO KNOWN AS A 4X
MULTIPLE OR QUADRUPLE BET.
WE START OFF BY COVERING (BETTING) 10 STREETS. THE 10 REMAINING
STREETS THAT HAVEN’T COME OUT IN THE LAST 16 TO 20 SPINS. WE START
OFF AT A 2X MULTIPLE, 2 CHIPS PER STREET. IF WE WIN ON THE FIRST SPIN
(NET PROFIT 4 CHIPS) THEN WE SKIP THAT STREET THAT HIT AND BET THE
REMAINING 9 STREETS AT THE SAME 2X MULTIPLE. IF WE HIT ONE OF THE 9
STREETS, (NET PROFIT 6 CHIPS, ACCUMULATED PROFIT 10 CHIPS) WE SKIP THAT
STREET ALSO AND PLAY THE REMAINING 8 STREETS. BUT WE REGRESS OUR
BETS WHENEVER WE ARE PLAYING 8 STREETS TO A 1X MULTIPLE AND PLAY 1
CHIP ON EACH OF THE REMAINING 8 STREETS. THE REASON WE REGRESS IS
THAT PLAYING 8 STREETS, WHILE COVERING 63% OF THE TABLE, IS MORE
RISKY THEN THE 9 OR 10 STREET BETS. IF WE HIT ON THE 8TH STREET, (NET
PROFIT 4 CHIPS, ACCUMULATED PROFIT 14 CHIPS)
WE NOW RESET OUR BETS BACK ONTO THE ORIGINAL 10 STREETS WE
STARTED PLAYING AND PLAY AT A 2X MULTIPLE AGAIN. THE THEORY HERE
IS THAT STICKING WITH SKIPPING THE SAME 2 STREETS PREVENTS YOU FROM
RUNNING INTO REPEATERS AS YOU CHANGE BETTING LOCATIONS. IF YOU
THINK ABOUT IT, IT ALSO FOLLOWS THE TABLES’ TREND. IF STREETS AREN’T
HITTING THEN THERE IS A CHANCE IT MAY STAY THAT WAY. IN FACT IF THIS
WAS THAT RARE BIAS WHEEL TABLE THIS WOULD BE THE PERFECT SYSTEM
TO TAKE ADVANTAGE OF IT AUTOMATICALLY.
WE ARE BACK AGAIN COVERING 10 STREETS, 79% / 81% OF THE TABLE
(DEPENDING ON A SINGLE OR DOUBLE ZERO TABLE) AND HAVE AN
EXCELLENT CHANCE OF HITTING AGAIN. 30 OUT OF 37 OR 38 #’S. IF WE NOW
WIN ON THE FIRST SPIN (NET PROFIT 4 CHIPS, ACCUMULATED PROFIT OF 18
CHIPS) THEN WE SKIP THAT STREET AND PLAY THE REMAINING 9 STREETS. IF
WE HIT ON THE 9TH STREET (71% OF THE TABLE) (NET PROFIT 6 CHIPS,
ACCUMULATED PROFIT 24 CHIPS), WE NOW HAVE REACHED OUR WIN WALK

GOAL OF 40% OF OUR BUY IN. HITTING ON THIS 9TH STREET COMPLETES YOUR
SERIES WITH A NET PROFIT 6 CHIPS AND AN ACCUMULATED PROFIT 24 CHIPS
OR 40% OF YOUR BUY IN OF 3 PILES OF CHIPS. WE NEVER PLAYED ON LESS
THEN 63% OF THE TABLE. THAT IN AND OF ITSELF GIVES US A BIG EDGE.
THINK ABOUT IT. THEY SAY THE CASINO HAS A 5.26% EDGE. IF THAT IS SO,
THEN THE CASINO HAS 52.63% OUT OF 100% LEAVING US WITH 47.37%. YET
WITH THE BARBI SYSTEM WE NEVER BET ON LESS THEN 63% AND ACTUALLY
AVERAGE OF APPROXIMATELY 72% OF THE TABLE, GIVING US A 19.37% EDGE
OVER THE CASINO AND ACTUALLY 24.63% OVER OUR USUAL ODDS OF 47.37%.
NICE TURN AROUND.
IF AT THIS POINT YOU HAVE WON AT A FEW TABLES, AND ARE USING ALL
CASINO MONEY FOR YOUR BUY IN, YOU MAY WANT TO PUSH YOUR LUCK A
LITTLE, RESET AND STAY. HOWEVER, DON’T ATTEMPT THIS UNTIL YOU HAVE
AMASSED ALL CASINO MONEY AND THEN SOME. TOO OFTEN WHEN WE STAY
WE GIVE ALL OUR WINNINGS BACK. EVERY SYSTEM HAS IT’S POINT WHERE
LUCK OR IT’S POTENTIAL TO WIN IS LIKELY TO RUN OUT, SO DON’T PUSH IT.
JUST REMEMBER THERE WILL BE TIMES THAT YOU WILL LOSE, SO EXPECT IT.
LET’S BE HONEST ALL SYSTEMS LOSE SO DO NOT PUSH BAD TABLES OR BAD
DAYS. THEY DO OCCUR ALL TOO OFTEN. IF LUCK IS NOT THERE, IT’S NOT
THERE. SAVE YOUR MONEY SO YOU HAVE SUFFICIENT BANKROLL TO
RECOVER FROM THESE INEVITABLE LOSSES. NOT ONLY IS MONEY
MANAGEMENT IMPORTANT BUT SO IS YOUR TOTAL BANKROLL MANAGEMENT
IMPORTANT. REMEMBER PIGS GET FAT BUT… HOGS GO TO SLAUGHTER.
HOWEVER, IF YOU ARE USING ALL CASINO MONEY THEN YOU CAN RESET AND
PLAY AT A 2X MULTIPLE ONTO THE SAME 10 STREETS YOU STARTED WITH AND
START ALL OVER AGAIN WITH A NEW SERIES OF STREETS, (10/9/8/10/9 & WALK)
AGAIN SKIPPING THE ZEROS AND THE 2 OF THE STREETS THAT HAVEN’T COME
OUT YET. HOWEVER, REMEMBER WE REALLY DON’T RECOMMEND THIS
RESETTING AGAIN UNLESS YOU ARE PLAYING WITH ALL CASINO MONEY. YOU
DID VERY WELL WITH A 40% WIN, AND RESETTING HERE IS PUSHING YOUR
LUCK. THE OTHER CAUTION IS THAT AT SOME POINT THE STREETS OR THE
ZEROS THAT YOU HAVE BEEN SKIPPING MAY BE DUE TO HIT SOON. WITH
EXPERIENCE YOU WILL GET BETTER AT DETERMINING WHEN BET THOSE
SKIPPED STREETS OR ZEROS THAT MAY BE DUE BY NOW. THEREFORE, GOING
ON THOSE ORIGINAL 2 SKIPPED STREETS. IF THEY, EITHER 1 OR BOTH, HAPPEN
TO HAVE COME OUT YOU MAY NOT HAVE TO LOOK FOR 2 NEW STREETS.
HOWEVER, IF THEY START COMING OUT OFTEN THEN FOR SURE YOU SHOULD
FIND 2 NEW STREETS THAT HAVEN’T COME OUT IN THE LAST 20 SPINS AND

START BETTING THOSE.

NOW LET’S DISCUSS WHAT YOU DO IF YOU MISS ON A 10 STREET BET AND
LOSE 20 CHIPS. YOU ONLY REMOVE A BET OFF A STREET IF YOU WIN ON THAT
STREET. WHEN A LOSS OCCURS YOU CAN CONTINUE TO PLAY NORMALLY OR
YOU CAN, ON OCCASION, DOUBLE YOUR NEXT BET. WHICH IS ACTUALLY A
QUADRUPLE BET. ONLY QUADRUPLE AFTER A LOSS ON A 10 STREET BET OR A
9 STREET BET AND ONLY IF YOU ARE SURE YOU ARE ON AN EXTREMELY GOOD
TABLE. THIS QUADRUPLE BET ON THE SAME 10 STREETS HAS A VERY HIGH
PROBABILITY OF HITTING SINCE YOU JUST LOST ONCE ALREADY AND ARE
COVERING 79%/ 81% (30 OUT OF 37/38 #’S) OF THE TABLE DEPENDING IF YOU
ARE ON A SINGLE OR DOUBLE ZERO TABLE. IF YOU HIT, AT QUADRUPLE YOU
PICK UP 8 CHIPS, 40% OF YOUR PREVIOUS LOSS.
ON YOUR NEXT BET, YOU SKIP THE STREET THAT JUST HIT AND YOU MAY
CHOSE TO QUADRUPLE BET THE REMAINING 9 STREETS. PLAYING 9 STREETS
COVERS 27 #’S OUT 38/37 AND COVERS OR 71% / 73% OF THE TABLE. (AGAIN A
PRETTY SAFE BET). A QUADRUPLE HIT ON THIS 9 STREET SAFE BET RETURNS A
NET PROFIT OF 12 CHIPS. THEREFORE, IN THE LAST 2 HIGHLY PROBABLE SPINS
WE ACCUMULATED 20 CHIPS MAKING ALL OUR LOSS BACK IN 2 SPINS. IF WE
MADE OUR LOSS BACK THEN AT THIS POINT WE REGRESS OUR BETS TO A 1X
MULTIPLE (1 CHIP / STREET) AND BET THE REMAINING 8 STREETS. NEVER BET
AT A DOUBLE OR QUADRUPLE BETTING MULTIPLE ON AN 8 STREET BET.
MOREOVER, REMEMBER DON’T BET AT QUADRUPLE EXCEPT ON RARE
OCCASIONS AND ONLY WHEN YOU ARE SURE YOU WILL WIN. THAT
TRANSLATES TO A VERY GOOD TABLE. MOST OF THE TIME IT’S MUCH SAFER
PLAYING AT A DOUBLE MULTIPLE RATHER THEN A QUADRUPLE. IT MAY TAKE
LONGER TO RECOVER YOUR LOSSES BUT IT’S SAFER. REMEMBER ONLY PLAY
QUADRUPLE IF YOU ARE ON AN EXCELLENT TABLE AND FEEL YOU ARE IN A
RUN AND / OR FEEL YOU ARE DEFINITELY DUE.
HOWEVER, IF WE CONTINUED TO PLAY AT DOUBLE AND WERE TO LOSE ON A
10 OR 9 STREET BET WE REMAIN DOUBLED AND STAY DOUBLED FOR AS LONG
AS IT TAKES TO MAKE BACK YOUR LOSS. THIS IS WHY IT’S IMPORTANT TO
KEEP YOUR PILES NEATLY IN FRONT OF YOU. HOWEVER, WE NEVER DOUBLE
WHEN BETTING 8 STREETS SINCE IT’S MUCH MORE RISKY, AND WE NEVER BET
8 STREETS WHILE DOUBLED OR QUADRUPLED. WE ONLY DOUBLE BET ON THE
10 AND 9 STREETS UNTIL WE MAKE UP OUR LOSSES. AS SOON AS WE MAKE UP
OUR LOSSES WE SHOULD GO BACK THE NORMAL BETTING OF 2X ON THE 10 & 9
STREETS AND 1X ON THE 8 STREET UNTIL WE LOSE. IF WE LOSE, WE SHOULD
IMMEDIATELY RESET AND REVERT TO DOUBLE BETS ON THE 10TH AND 9TH

STREETS AGAIN UNTIL WE MADE UP THE LOSS. IF YOU WIN ON THE 10 YOU
REGRESS TO A 9 STREET BET. IF YOU WIN ON 9 BUT STILL HAVEN’T MADE UP
YOUR LOSSES THEN YOU RESET BACK ONTO 10 STREETS AGAIN SKIPPING THE
2 STREETS YOU ORIGINALLY SKIPPED. YOU STAY AT YOUR DOUBLE OR
QUADRUPLE BETTING MODE UNTIL YOU MAKE UP THAT LOSS.
IF YOU WERE TO LOSE ON AN SINGLE 8 STREET BET THEN WE IMMEDIATELY
RESET START AT A 2X BET AND SKIP THE 2 STREETS THAT HAVEN’T COME OUT
YET AND BET THE 10 REMAINING STREETS AT A DOUBLE MULTIPLE. IF YOU
LOSE ON AN 8 STREET BET THERE IS NO NEED TO EVER QUADRUPLE YOU BET
TO CATCH UP. IN THE NEXT 2 SPINS, ASSUMING YOU WIN ON THE 10 STREET
BET AND 9 STREET BET AT A DOUBLE MULTIPLE, YOU WILL MAKE BACK YOU 8
CHIP LOSS AND NET 2 CHIPS PROFIT. WE ALWAYS BET THE 10 & 9 STREETS AT
DOUBLE AFTER A LOSS AND WE DON’T GO BACK TO SINGLE BETS ON THE 8
STREETS UNTIL WE MAKE UP THE FULL LOSS WE JUST SUSTAINED. YOU’LL
NOTICE THE CASINO NEVER, EVER HAD THE ADVANTAGE. IN FACT WE HAD A
SOLID ADVANTAGE / EDGE AT ALL TIMES. THIS DOESN’T MEAN WE WIN ALL
THE TIME IT JUST MEANS THIS IT IS THE FIRST SYSTEM THAT PLAYS AT A
SUPERIOR ADVANTAGE TO THE CASINO.
THE NEXT THING WE MUST DISCUSS IS WHAT TO DO IF WE LOST AND THEN
DOUBLED AND LOST AGAIN. THIS ALSO HAPPENS ALL TOO OFTEN. AT THIS
POINT I WOULD SERIOUSLY QUESTION THE TABLE WE ARE ON. IS IT COLD OR
HAS IT TURNED COLD? IF YOU THINK IT HAS THEN CUT YOUR LOSSES AND
WALK. IF YOU ARE NOT SURE THEN CUT YOUR LOSSES AND WALK. HOWEVER,
IF YOU STILL HAVE FAITH IN THE TABLE THEN YOU CAN CONTINUE PLAYING.
OR IF YOU STILL FEEL YOU ARE ON A VERY GOOD TABLE YOU COULD EVEN
QUADRUPLE BET ON THE SAME 10 STREETS WHICH HAS A VERY HIGH
PROBABILITY OF HITTING SINCE YOU JUST LOST ONCE OR TWICE ALREADY
AND ARE COVERING 79%/ 81% (30 OUT OF 37/38 #’S) OF THE TABLE DEPENDING
IF YOU ARE ON A SINGLE OR DOUBLE ZERO TABLE. IF YOU HIT, YOU PICK UP 8
CHIPS, ALMOST HALF OF YOUR PREVIOUS LOSS OF 20 CHIPS. HOWEVER, AFTER
2 LOSSES I WOULD SERIOUSLY QUESTION THE TABLE AND PLAY
CONSERVATIVELY AND STAY AT DOUBLE. SLOW AND STEADY WINS THE
RACE. WE KNOW THAT TIME IS USUALLY NOT ON OUR SIDE ON A ROULETTE
TABLE HOWEVER WITH THIS SYSTEMS STRONG ADVANTAGE A LONGER STAY
ISN’T AS RISKY.
ONCE YOU MAKE BACK YOUR LOSSES REGRESS BACK TO THE ORIGINAL BUY
IN BET. IF YOU HAPPEN TO LOSE WHILE QUADRUPLED WE DON’T RECOMMEND
DOUBLING AGAIN. WE RECOMMEND YOU LEAVE THIS TABLE AND CUT YOUR

LOSSES. THERE ARE GOOD TABLES AND GOOD DAYS JUST WAIT FOR THEM
AND THEN TAKE ADVANTAGE OF THEM. SOME TABLES TURN COLD WHEN
YOU LEAST EXPECT THEM TO.
WHEN WE FIRST GO ON A TABLE WE USUALLY SKIP THE 2 STREETS THAT

HAVN’T SHOWN, AND PLAY THE REMAINING 10 ETC., ETC. SINCE THEY
HAVEN’T SHOWN IN AWHILE WE USUALLY FOLLOW THE TREND AND STAY OFF
THEM FOR A WHILE. HOWEVER, HOW LONG IS AWHILE? WE HAVEN’T BEEN
ABLE TO PIN DOWN AN EXACT TIME TO SUGGEST YOU SHOULD BE SKIPPING
THOSE 2 NEW STREETS BECAUSE THEY ARE NOT ON THE BOARD AND WE
DON’T KNOW WHEN THEY WERE LAST OUT. OBVIOUSLY NOTHING COMES OUT
IN PERFECT SEQUENCE ANYWAY. THEREFORE, WE ARE LEFT WITH A KIND OF
GUESS. NOT VERY SCIENTIFIC, BUT SWITCH TO THEM, HOPEFULLY IT’S
REALLY AN EDUCATED GUESS. HOWEVER IT IS ALSO BASED ON THE LAWS OF
AVERAGES. WE HAVE SEEN SOME SORT OF HISTORY IN THAT SOMEWHERE
AROUND 7 TO 12 SPINS AFTER WE STARTED BETTING 1 OF THEM POSSIBLY 2 OF
THEM WILL COME OUT. THIS SEEMS TO BE AN AVERAGE TIME FOR AT LEAST
ONE OF THEM TO SHOW UP. HERE IS WHERE THE DIFFICULTY COMES IN.
WHEN TO SWITCH AND WHICH STREETS DO WE SWITCH TO. WE TRY A FEW
THINGS WITH VARYING SUCCESS. WE SOMETIMES JUST STICK TO THE SAME 2
STREETS AND HOPE THE TREND HOLDS AND THEY COME OUT WITH LESS
FREQUENCY THEN THE OTHER STREETS. THIS OFTEN WORKS WELL. ON MANY
OCCASIONS AFTER 7 TO 10 SPINS WE TRY TO LOCATE 2 NEW STREETS THAT
AREN’T ON THE BOARD AND, JUST BEFORE OUR 2 SKIPPED #’S COME OUT, OR
AT WORST RIGHT AFTER 1 OF THEM CAME OUT, ASSUMING THE OTHER MAY
SOON BE DUE. AS A THIRD ALTERNATIVE, WE MAY EVEN SWITCH TO SKIPPING
THE LAST 2 STREETS THAT JUST CAME OUT ASSUMING THEY MAY NOT SHOW
UP FOR A WHILE AGAIN.
OBVIOUSLY YOUR NEXT QUESTION IS, WELL WHICH IS IT? GUESS! NO, THIS IS
WHERE EXPERIENCE REALLY PAYS OFF. 1. YOU GET A FEEL FOR WHEN THE
SHIPPED STREETS MAY BE DUE. 2. YOU NOTICE 2 DIFFERENT STREETS ARE
NOT SHOWING OR SHOWING WITH LESS FREQUENCY. 3. OR YOU DETERMINE
ON THIS TABLE IT MAY BE BEST TO SKIP THE LAST 2 STREETS THAT JUST CAME
OUT BECAUSE THAT IS THE TREND AND THIS TABLE HAS VERY FEW
REPEATERS. YOU WILL HAVE TO READ AND RE-READ THE LAST 3
PARAGRAPHS OVER AND OVER AGAIN UNTIL YOU UNDERSTAND THEM
THOROUGHLY. HOWEVER UNDERSTANDING THEM ISN’T THE FULL ANSWER.
FIRST YOU MUST PRACTICE AND GAIN EXPERIENCE, EXPERIENCE,

EXPERIENCE. THEN YOU MUST LEARN TO READ YOUR OWN INSTINCTS SINCE
AFTER GAINING EXPERIENCE YOUR INSTINCTS ARE USUALLY RIGHT.
HOPEFULLY MOST OF YOU EXPERIENCE IS AT HOME WITHOUT THE LOSSES
WHILE YOU LEARN.
LAST NIGHT WE WERE BETTING $50 PER STREET. THERE WERE NO ZEROS ON
THE 20 # CHARTING BOARD WHEN WE GOT ON THE TABLE. WE HAD AN UP AND
DOWN RUN BUT WERE AHEAD ABOUT $450, ALMOST READY TO WALK A
COUPLE OF TIMES BUT FELL BACK A COUPLE OF TIMES. WHEN ALL OF A
SUDDEN THE GUY DOWN AT THE END OF THE TABLE PILES A COUPLE A
HUNDRED DOLLARS ON THE SPILT ZEROS. I HAD BEEN WATCHING AND
FEELING THE URGE TO PLAY THEM FOR THE LAST SPIN OR TWO. HOWEVER, AS
VERY OFTEN HAPPENS TO ME, I DON’T KNOW ABOUT YOU, WHEN SOMEONE
COMES OUT OF THE BLUE AND PUTS A LARGE BET ON SOMETHING OVER DUE
IT OFTEN COMES IN AND I’M NOT ALWAYS ON IT. NOT THIS TIME HOWEVER, I
PULLED A $50 BET OFF THE 4 STREET WHICH HAD JUST COME OUT RECENTLY
AN PLACED $50 ON THE COURTESY SPLIT ZEROS AS THE WHEEL WAS SPINNING.
YOU KNOW WHAT IS COMING NEXT; THE 00 HIT FOR $850 NET $400. TIMING
WAS PERFECT AND MY WIFE GAVE OUT A SHORT YELL BEHIND ME, WHICH
ALWAYS EMBARRASSES ME. SHE’S A PLAYER AND A $850 WIN DOESN’T GET
HER EXCITED. SHE PLAYS OFTEN BETTER THEN ME. WHAT CAUGHT HER OFF
GUARD WAS THAT THIS WAS THE FIRST TIME I SWITCHED OFF THE STREETS TO
PLAY THE ZEROS AND THAT IS JUST THE SPIN IT HITS ON. IT’S A BEAUTIFUL
THING. WE REACHED AND SURPASSED OUR WIN WALK GOAL OF $600 WITH
$950 LEFT A $25 TIP, COLORED IN, AND WISHED EVERYONE GOOD LUCK. AFTER
ONLY 2 TABLES WE WON $1,550 AND DECIDED TO GO UP TO OUR SUITE TO GET
AN EARLY NIGHTS REST. AHEM, AHEM!! J
ALL OF THIS WINNING MAY SOUND TOO GOOD TO BE TRUE. WELL IT’S NOT
PERFECT. ON MANY OCCASIONS YOU’LL LOSE, EVEN THOUGH YOU ARE
COVERING ANYWHERE’S FROM 81% TO 63% OF THE TABLE. WHAT REALLY
HURTS IS WHEN YOU LOSE WHILE AT DOUBLE OR EVEN WORSE AT
QUADRUPLED. THIS DOES HAPPEN, SO EXPECT IT. ANYTHING CAN HAPPEN.
THAT’S WHY IT’S CALLED GAMBLING. AT LEAST THIS SYSTEM LEVELS THE
PLAYING FIELD BETWEEN US AND THE CASINO. A KEY TO SURVIVING IS TO
WALK IF YOU LOSE 83% OR MORE OF YOUR BUY IN. IF YOU BUY IN FOR 3
STACKS OF CHIPS (60 CHIPS), THEN WALK IF YOU HAVE LOST 50 CHIPS OR 83%
OF YOUR BUY IN. NEVER GO BACK INTO YOUR POCKET. DID YOU HEAR WHAT
WE SAID? NEVER GO BACK INTO YOU POCKET. IN ADDITION, ANOTHER PIECE
OF IMPORTANT ADVICE IS SLOW AND EASY. DON’T TRY TO CATCH UP TOO

FAST. IF YOU LOSE ON A QUADRUPLE BET, DON’T DOUBLE AGAIN. LOOSING

ON A QUADRUPLE BET IS EXTREMELY HARD TO CATCH UP ON AND YOU ARE
FORCED TO STAY QUADRUPLED, AND THIS CHASING OF LOSSES RARELY,
RARELY, RARELY, RARELY WINS. GET THE POINT. NICE AND EASY WINS THIS
RACE. OR AS WE TITLED OUR BOOK - “ PIGS GET FAT but… HOGS GO TO
SLAUGHTER.”
THERE IS ANOTHER SCHOOL OF THOUGHT HERE ALSO. SOME PEOPLE LIKE TO
PLAY MAYBE MORE THEN ACTUALLY WINNING. THIS IS AN EXCELLENT
SYSTEM FOR THAT BUT YOU SHOULD CONSIDER MODIFYING YOUR PLAY BY
NOT QUADRUPLING AT ALL, OR AT LEAST DON’T BE TOO FAST TO
QUADRUPLE. SOMETIMES SLOW AND EASY IS THE BEST APPROACH. IT
CERTAINLY IS BETTER FOR YOUR COMP. BESIDES LOSSES ON A QUADRUPLE
BET IS DIFFICULT TO MAKE UP AN WE OFTEN LOSE ON ANOTHER QUADRUPLE
BET BEFORE WE MAKE UP THE SINGLE AND DOUBLE LOSSES. SOMETIMES IT’S
BETTER IF YOU TRY TO CATCH UP FIRST BY CONTINUING TO PLAY DOUBLE
UNTIL YOU ARE SURE YOU ARE IN THE WINNING PART OF YOUR LUCK CYCLE.
KEEP THIS ALTERNATIVE METHOD IN MIND WHILE READING. I WON’T REPEAT
IT TOO OFTEN, AS IT WILL ONLY LEND TO CONFUSING THE SYSTEM. HERE ARE
SOME BUY IN ALTERNATIVES.
THIS IS PROBABLY THE LEAST SCIENTIFIC PART OF OUR BOOK. WE APOLOGIZE
FOR NOT BEING DEFINITIVE HOWEVER NOT EVERYTHING IN NATURE CAN FIT
NEATLY INTO A BOX. THE REALITY IS, ROULETTE IS RANDOM AND AS SUCH IT
SOMETIMES GOES THROUGH DIFFERENT TYPES OF TRENDS IN IT’S ATTEMPT TO
EVEN THINGS OUT ACCORDING TO THE “LAW OF AVERAGES.” I THINK THE
HARDEST THING TO DO BESIDES WIN IS TO DECIDE WHEN TO SWITCH OFF OF
THE 2 STREETS WE ARE NOW SKIPPING AND ONTO SKIPPING 2 NEW STREETS. I
GUESS THE BEST WAY TO DESCRIBE IT IS TO SAY; YOU HAVE TO DEVELOP A
FEEL FOR IT. IT’S SORT OF LIKE WHEN IS IT TIME TO GO BACK ON AND BET THE
ZEROS. AT LEAST WITH THE ZEROS WE WERE ABLE TO DETERMINE AND
SUGGEST THE BEST TIME TO GO BACK IN AND PLAY THE ZEROS (7 MISSED
SPINS ON THE DOUBLE ZERO TABLE AND 12 MISSED SPINS ON THE SINGLE
ZERO TABLE) BUT HERE WE WITH THE SKIPPED STREETS WE CAN’T JUST SAY
FOR EXAMPLE SWITCH ON OR OFF THEM ON THE X# SPIN, LIKE WE DO WITH
THE ZEROS.
WE USUALLY PLAY WITH $25 CHIPS, HOWEVER, BUT SINCE ON ONE OF OUR
TRIPS WE WERE GOING TO BE AT THE ATLANTIS CASINO FOR 2 WEEKS, WE
FIGURED WE’D START OFF EASY. THEREFORE, WE STARTED PLAYING $20 PER
STREET AND $10 PER 8 STREET BET, AFTER PLAYING 2 NIGHTS AND UP $2800 WE

INCREASED OUR PLAY TO $50 AND $25 PER STREET. THAT’S $500 TO $200 PER
SPIN. WE HIT A BAD NIGHT AND LOST ALL OUR PROFIT THEN HAD A
BREAKEVEN NIGHT AND THEN WE STARTED WINNING AGAIN. AFTER A WEEK
AND A HALF WE MAINTAINED OUR $50 PER STREET BET, WHICH IS NOW $500 TO
$200 PER, SPIN. ANOTHER GOOD PIECE OF ADVICE IS TO PUSH A LITTLE WHEN
YOU ARE ON A VERY, VERY GOOD TABLE. THAT’S WHEN WE INCREASED TO
$1000 PER SPIN. IT WILL HELP YOU KEEP AHEAD OF THE LOSSES.
FORTUNATELY WE COULD DO LITTLE WRONG THIS EVENING.
I DON’T KNOW WHO GOT MORE ATTENTION THIS NIGHT, WE WERE WINNING
ON 1 TABLE AND MICHAEL JORDAN (A BASKET BALL STAR) WAS AT THE NEXT
TABLE. WE HAD A CROWD AROUND US AND HE HAD 2 BODY GUARDS AND
ROPES KEEPING EVERYONE AWAY FROM HIM. I REMEMBER WHEN WE
“WALKED” AND MY WIFE WENT TO THE BATHROOM NEAR THE HIGH ROLLERS
PIT, I STOOD WATCHING HIM FROM A FEW FEET AWAY AND NOTICED HE KEPT
LOOKING AROUND EITHER TO SEE WHO WAS WATCHING HIM OR I ACTUALLY
GOT THE FEELING THAT HE WAS LONELY. I KINDA FELT BAD FOR HIM AND
HAD AN URGE TO SAY SOMETHING, BUT I DIDN’T. WE JUST WENT TO OUR
ROOM AND COUNTED OUR CHIPS. IT’S STILL A GREAT FEELING GOING TO OUR
ROOM AHEAD. WE REMEMBER ALL TOO WELL ALL THOSE LOOSING NIGHTS.
THIS NIGHT WE PICKED UP $2400. BY MANY PEOPLES STANDARDS WE ARE NOT
BIG PLAYERS. THAT’S BECAUSE WE RECOGNIZE YOU DO LOSE EVEN WITH THE
BARBI SYSTEM. SINCE WE HATE TO LOSE, WE THEN CONTROL OUR BETTING.
WE USUALLY PLAY ALONG SIDE BIG PLAYERS WHO THINK NOTHING OF
BETTING $3000 TO $5000 PER SPIN. THEY ALWAYS LOSE AND SEE US USUALLY
WIN. THIS NIGHT IF WE WOULD HAVE USED $100 CHIPS WE WOULD HAVE BEEN
UP $9600. HOWEVER, WE NEVER GO CRAZY. IN FACT WE WOULD REGRESS TO
NICKELS IF WE WERE HAVING A BAD NIGHT OR JUST QUIT PLAYING. IN FACT
WE DID JUST THAT 2 NIGHTS OUT OF THOSE 2 WEEKS WE WERE AT THE
ATLANTIS. WE ACTUALLY BELIEVE IN THE TITLE OF OUR BOOK, PIGS GET FAT
BUT…HOGS GO TO SLAUGHTER. PLAY / WIN / WALK.
THERE ARE MANY WAYS TO BUY IN. IT ALL DEPENDS ON YOUR POCKET
BOOK. REMEMBER YOUR BUY IN IS FOR 3 PILES OF CHIPS FOR EACH 2 CHIPS
BET PER 10 STREET BET. ALSO TAKE INTO CONSIDERATION THE FACT THAT IT
IS POSSIBLE THAT YOU MAY EVEN QUADRUPLE ALL YOUR BETS. IN OUR
PREVIOUS REPORTS WE FROWNED ON DOUBLING OR QUADRUPLING. THAT
WAS BECAUSE WE HAD INSUFFICIENT TEST DATA. WE NOW FIRMLY BELIEVE
THAT QUADRUPLING IS IMPORTANT AND HELPFUL, IF ON A VERY, VERY GOOD
TABLE AND YOU HAVE LOST 2 TIMES IN A ROW. WHILE IT SOMETIMES PROVES

DISASTROUS IN MANY CASES IT IS EXTREMELY VALUABLE. SO USE IT WHEN

YOU FIND YOU ARE ON A GOOD TABLE. IF NOT REMAIN AT DOUBLE AND TAKE
IT NICE AND EASY. BEING THE CASE THAT YOU MAY HAVE TO QUADRUPLE
(4X) YOU MUST BE ABLE TO AFFORD AND BE COMFORTABLE WITH A
QUADRUPLE (4X) BET. THIS QUADRUPLE (4X) BET IS THE BET YOU SHOULD
CONSIDER FIRST. THE WORD MULTIPLE MEANS HOW MANY TIMES YOU
INCREASE YOUR ORIGINAL BET PER STREET.
BUY IN AND BETTING CHART

BETS BUY IN 1 x MULTIPLE 2X MULTIPLE 4X MULTIPLE
2CHIPS PER 10 & 9 STREETS 3 PILES / 60 CHIPS
$1/60-$5/$300
$25/$1500 $50/6000 10 CHIPS
$1/$10--$5/$50
$25/$250 20 CHIPS
$1/$20-$5/$100
$25/ $500 40 CHIPS
$1/$40-$5/$200
$25/$1000* $50/ $2000
$1/$120-$5/$600
$25/$3000 20 CHIPS
$1/$20-$5/$100
$25/$500 40 CHIPS
$1/$40-$5/$200
$25/$1000 80 CHIPS

$1/$80- $5/$400
$25/$2000
$1/$180-$5/$900
30 CHIPS
$1/$30-$5/$150 60 CHIPS
$1/$60-$5/$300 120 CHIPS
$1/$120-$5/$600
8 CHIPS PER 10 & 9 STREETS 12 PILES/240 CHIPS
$1/$240 -$5/$1200 40 CHIPS
$1/$40 80 CHIPS
$1/$80 160 CHIPS
$1/$160-$5/$800
So if for example you are uncomfortable betting $1000 per spin, then don’t use the $50 per
Street bet as your opening bet because at QUADRUPLE it’s at a risk value of $1000* PER
SPIN.
The bottom line is, which dollar amount per spin are you most comfortable betting at? The
chart below shows the cost (bet) you will have to make if your stsrting 10 street bet is:
STARTING QUAD.
BET COST
$1@1x = $40
$1@2x= $80
$1@3X= $120
$1@4x= $160
$5@1x= $200
$5@2z= $400
$5@3x= $600
$5@4X = $800
$25@1x= $1000
$25@2x= $2000
So if, for example, you were comfortable going as high as $400 per spin on occasion then you
should use $5@2x to start with, which is 2 - $5 chips bet per Street. This when quadrupled can

go as high as $400** per spin. (See below**)
The Win Walk (profit) at each of these betting levels is
BUY
IN QUADRUPLE
BET AMOUNT CHIP VALUE MULTIPLE WIN WALK
(PROFIT)
$60 $40 $1 @1x $14
$120 $80 $1 @2x $28
$180 $120 $1 @3X $42
$240 $160 $1 @4X $56
$300 $200 $5 @1X $70
$600 $400** $5 @2X $140
$900 $600 $5 @3X $210
$1200 $800 $5 @4X $280
$1500 $1000 $25 @1X $350
$3000 $2000 $25 @2X $700
We often start our betting with a 2 chips per Street bet (2x). Our BUY IN when betting 2 chips
per Street is to BUY IN for 3 piles per each 2 chips bet per Street. Therefore our BUY IN is
for 3 piles of chips (60 chips). Since we are using Nickels we paid $300. If we were using
Dollars we would be paying $60 and at Quarters our BUY IN would be $1500. We found,
especially in the beginning, that using Nickels instead of Quarters gave us the best flexibility
and a comfortable return (for us).
The charts below show what your win or lose (in chips) at each of these
betting multiples. Before starting, determine your betting limits. In
other words how much is a total bet at an 4x or 8x in dollars, can you
afford it and will you feel totally comfortable betting at those limits?
For example a loss on 10 Streets at 8x is an 80-chip loss. If you are not
comfortable reduce your chip value or reduce your betting multiples to 2x,
4x or 6X and use the chart. Whichever you decide on make sure you are very,
very comfortable at that betting level. If so, now forget you are using
money, think of it as just chips, and play strictly by the rules. If you
think of your chips as money, it may negatively influence your play. The
reason for the light gray # ‘s at the bottom of the 4x and 8x below is that
you are not supposed to bet at these betting multiples. After a loss you
never bet the 8 Street bet until you fully recover your loss. Then and only
then you can start re-betting the 8 Street bets again. When you start you
can make a copy of these charts to help you with your charting math.

file:///D|/Systems/BEAT%20THE%20CASINO%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEM.htm
Golden Rules
for the Roulette System 'Beat the Casino'.
$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$
As mentioned on my website, playing the roulette is a four part

job, all four parts are necessary for a successful outcome of
your efforts at the roulettetable. The four parts are:
You personal behaviour

The rules govering the roulettegame
Where to place your bets
How much to bet
Your personal behaviour:

1. Never play when you are tired. Better stay on your sofa and go
to casino tomorrow.
2. Never play when you are in a negative mood, only positive
people win.
3. Don't take friends with you to boast how clever you are
4) Take enough money with you and set a limit for your loosing.
Before going to the casino you must test your system and
calculate how big a bankroll it claims for a succesful game. And
then multiply this figure by four.
5) Don't forget that playing roulette is like doing business:
calculation and budget is a must.
6) Don't drink alcohol, wine and beer. Just coffee, tea or water
to keep your head clear and cool.
7) Stay calm.
8) Enjoy the atmosphere.
9) Don't get arrogant
10) Now and then take a walk in the fresh air (You don't loose a
dime when you don't play)
11) Belive only in yourself
12) Belive in yourself and your system. Be confident. However,
don't forget that any system has it's good runs and it's bad
runs. One day it works marvelous, next day it's a misery. If it
file:///D|/Systems/BEAT%20THE%20CASINO%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEM.htm (1 of 12) [7/19/2002 1:19:57 PM]

works bad at Table One, then try Table Two.

13) Don't listen to boasting people - 99 % are liars.
14) Don't discuss the game with other gamblers - concentrate on
your own business.
15) Let your intuitution stay at home. It rarely works at
roulette or other games.
16) Play carefully - very carefully.
17) Never utilize cheating or illegal devices.
18) The electronic scoreboard displaying the outcome of the
spins is not 100 % reliable.
19) If you are not ready to bet, just wait for next spin
20) Keep an eye on your bankroll. Have you lost 50 % then admit
it's not your day, stop the game, go to the bar and buy you a cup
of coffee - if you don't get it free - and then go home. You
can't win at each visit in the casino.
21) Never sit down at the playing tables - only keep standing.
22) Never play too long. 30 minutes is a long period in a gaming
atmosphere. The longer you play, the higher are the odds for a
loosing streak.
23) Have you problems earning money at the table where you play,
then find another table.
24) Also in your casino people philfer chips. Keep an eye on the
chips you have on the table. If you are missing one, then at once
tell it the croupier. There is a video controlling the table.
25) Have you earned 50 % of your bankroll, then consider to stop
the game
26) Have you earned 100 % of your bankroll, then STOP and go home
at once. Leave the casino not being tempted playing again - and
loosing your money. You also may put the money in a safe, that
only can be opened next day.
27) Stick to your system, never never never jump from one system
to another. If you don't have a system then buy one. A bad system
is better than no system, as it takes you longer to loose your
money - you have more fun of the game. Only in movies being an
famous actor you can take a high pile of chips, place them on a
random number and win - or you have a damned good luck.
28) Discipline - discipline - discipline and again discipline -
the 'A to Z' for beating the casino.
Never play with money you need for your family, household or

business.
You NEVER NEVER can solve your economical problems playing in a
casino. When you play under pressure you are not in the right
mood
to earn money in a casinogame.
As Mr. Winston Churchill once said: ' You may be up or you may be
down, the whole question is to be back in the game.'
Or
Mr Oscar Wilde: 'People burned their fingers, because they never

learned to play with the fire.'
Follow these rules, they are very important -

the basis for a successful game.
This was Part One - the most important part of the system. Read,
study and memorize the rules once more. And once again.
* * * * * * * *
And now to Part Two, I will tell you a little about the theory
behind roulette.
The layout of the roulette machine as we use it today was

invented by a wellknown frenchmen Blaise Pascal, he was a famous
mathematican and philosopher living in the years 1623 - 1662. It
is said that he in 1655 constructed the layout of the machine to
a friend, who he owed some money. Mr. Pascal was a clever man,
he really was a genius as he constructed the roulette.
The first roulette had no '0' or '00', which was added when the
casinos found out that they could not earn money with only 36

numbers from 1 to 36. Then they added two zeroes. A casinoowner

in Baden-Baden in Germany took one away, played only with one
'0', which was a big advantage to the players.
Today you in Europe find '0', and in USA mostly '0' and '00'. The
way the numbers are placed on the wheel is different for the two
types. The layout of the tables are also a bit different.
On both types you have numbers from 1 to 36, half black and half
red:
Black are: 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 11, 13, 15, 17, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28,
29, 31, 33, 35
Red are: 1, 3, 5, 7, 9, 12, 14, 16, 18, 19, 21, 23, 25, 27, 30,
32, 34, 36
Green are the '0'
You may place your bets on full numbers (Plein) or on

combinations of numbers,
1st, 2nd. or 3rd dozen or
1st, 2nd or 3rd coloumn ( the 36 numbers are placed in 3 coloums:
1, 4, 7, 10, 13, 16, 19, 22, 25, 28, 31 and 34 in the 1st
coloumn,
2, 5, 8, 11, 14, 17, 20, 23, 26, 29, 32 and 35 in the 2nd
coloumn,
3,6, 9, 12, 15, 18, 21, 24, 27, 30, 33 and 36 in the 3rd
coloumn.. Please note in 2nd coloumn you have 8 black and 4 red,
in 3rd you have 4 black and 8 red.)
The 'even money bets' are : Black / Red , Even / Uneven and
Low(1 - 18) / High (19 - 36).
In my systems we only will concentrate on the 'even money bets',

as they are the combinations where you have the best chances for
earning money.
It is often discussed, whether it is possible to earn money

playing the roulette. Mathematicans say, it is impossible due to
the following:
1) The layout and mathematic behind roulette.

2) The ivory ball has no will and memory. It has no will to say:
"This spin I will hit 36 red/even/ high, and in the next 20 spins
I will only hit red.". The ball has no will, no memory, no brain.
3) Each spin is a whole new game independent from all previous
spins.
4) Take a look on the wheel, when the ball is running in one
direction and the wheel in the other. Note how it's running on
the sides of the wheel and how it's direction is interrupted.
Note also that sometimes it runs down in one cage and then jump
over the wall to the neighbour!! Where it stops is only a
matter of chance.
What these clever people say ought to be right, but it is not 100
% right. There are some laws governing the game. I will tell you:
The wheel has 37 (38) numbers. If you make 37 (38)spins you don't
get 37 (38) different numbers. Normally 12 of the numbers don't
occur (The 1/3rd rule). It may vary from 9 to 17, but never 37
different. Make a try, it's easy to control.
In roulette history you never have seen more than 27 reds in a

row. However in roulette anything is possible, but 50 blacks or
reds after each other is very very unbelieveable.
The blacks and reds (and the other even-money-bets) are coming in
series. Not that they come systematical: 1 black, 1 red, 2
blacks, 2 reds, 3 blacks, 3 reds, 4 blacks, 4 reds and so on. No,
they come in a real mix-up. It's impossible in advance to say
whether the next serie will have 4 reds, 2 blacks or 14 reds or
will be a '0'. A single black or a single red is called an
'intermittens'.
On a seperate sheet I will show you how many series and spins are
needed to make a 12'er serie and a 20'er serie.
You see, half of the spins are used to make small series: one's
or two's.
The ones's also are making series. Very often the spins come so:
red, black, red, black, red (Zig-zag'ing up to 10 - 12 times),
and you also often have up to four or more two's after each other
(red, red, black, black, red, red, black, black).

I have counted the numbers, that came out March 1993 at Table 1
in Casino Bad Bentheim in Germany. See the seperate sheet.
You see how random the numbers came out. For the whole month
Number 33 came 52 times more than average, Number 10 came 40
times less than average. The difference 92 is only 1 % of all
spins, not very much. If you take day 1 - 5, add them together
you will find a bigger percent-difference. That means that the
more spins you have the smaller is the difference in percent. If
you have enough spins, maybe 10.000.000 spins, you hardly see any
difference. We gamblers just have to cope with maybe 150 spins a
day.
On March 27 the '8' didn't show up.
You will also note the difference in black and red, in even and
uneven and in high and low
The roulette-game is based on the theory of probability, it's a

game of chance.
To be succesful you must work with the chances given by the
casino and your own strategy.
And never forget:
It's impossible to say in advance, how the next spin will come
out.
* * * * * * *
The third part of my lesson I have named :
Where to place your bets !
I just have written, that it is impossible to say, how the next

spin will come out, and now I will give you a good advice about
where to place your bets. Am I crazy - NO.
Stay at Black/Red, at Even/Uneven or at High/Low. Your chances

are much better.
Set on Number 7, and if Number 7 comes out is it wonderful, you

earn 35 chips, but it comes out only once out of 37 (38) spins,
if you don't have a special agreement with Lady Luck. The '0'
costs your whole bet.
Place your bet on Red, it comes out every second spin, pays
however only one piece. Of 37 spins the 18 spins bring you a
chip,it is much nicer with many wins and not so difficult to hit
the right one. The '0' costs only half your bet.
Due to the '0' here in Europe, we loose 2.7 % of our capital when
playing on numbers, dozens and coloumns. If you play Black/Red,
Even/Uneven and High/Low you only loose 1,35 % because the
casinos at these bettings only take away the half of your bet.
Most of the serious people studying roulette play these chances.
What I now write about Black/Red has the same validity for
Even/Uneven and High/Low.
Only is it easier to play Black/Red due to the electronic
scoreboard at the roulette.
How to place your bets:

There are more rules, I have listed them here by importance:
1. There is an old fine rule: 'Follow the bank' or 'Follow the
colour' or 'Follow the trend' or
'Stay
with the winners'. That means that if last spin came out black,
you again bet black.
2. However you often see 'Black, Red and Black', it zig-zags,
then you follow the zig-zagging and bet Red. I have seen 12 zig-
zags, it's luck to get on that wagon.
3) Have you had f.ex. 4 or more 'blacks' followed by one 'red',
you very often will see some blacks following the red. The red
made a 'nose'. You don't follow the red but the black.
4) Have you had 'Black Black Red' then bet Red and if that bet
was right bet Black and if right again Black, and if that also
was right then Red and Red. You make 2'er-series.
5) Often the ball makes patterns f.ex ' Black Red Red Black',
then try to follow with 'Red Red Black Red Red'. Keep an eye on
these possibilities. You will learn there are many patterns to
follow, but most pattern don't repeat themselves more than three

times.
6) Don't forget there is only around 48 % chance for Black and
the same for Red.
* * * * * * * *
Part 4 of my lesson:
How much to bet ?
Forget to bet the Martingale-system or the d'Alambert-system,

they just ruin you.
You know the Martingale betting: after loss just double up.
Sooner or later you loose your money due to the maximum of the
table. I have tried it for you. Forget Martingale.
The d'Alambert is a bit better but no good. After loss add one
chip and when you win deduct one chip. You also here loose your
money, special due to the '0'.
You bet in this way:

Bettting System # 1:
Rule: At winning you add one chip to the bet just won, at loosing
you deduct two from the previous bet.
Bet # 1:Start with one chip. Do you win let both stand as new
bet.(Next bet is two chips).
If you loose, only bet one chip.
Bet # 2: Do you win again there are four chips on the table for
you, but you take only one and bet three next time. And put the
one in your pocket. Always put your winnings in a special pocket,
that you can see how much you have earned.
If you loose, your next bet is one chip.
Bet # 3: Do you win again after betting three, there are six
chips on the table fore you. Your new bet is four ( 3 + 1) and
you have two for your pocket.

Just go on in that way until you loose. Remember you started with
one chip and have three in your pocket.
If you loose, next bet is one chip (3 - 2).
Bet # 4:You win again, your bet was four, there are eight chips
on the table for you. Your next bet is five, and you can pocket
three.
If you loose, your next bet is two ( 4 - 2)
Bet # 5: If you win, there are ten chips on the table for you.
Next bet is six and you pocket four.
If you loose, you have to say bye-bye to five, and your new bet
is two chips lower, you bet three chips.
Bet # 6: If you win again after betting six you have 12 chips on
the table: Next bet is seven and you may pocket five.
Above at Bet # 5 I wrote, that if you lost, you bet three. If you
also loose these three, your next bet is one.
However stop adding to your bet before you loose ! When has the
time come ? It's impossible to give an exact answer to that
question, but take a look on the list of series and you will see,
that after a serie with six there is only around 9 % chance of
getting a serie of 7 or more. If you bet 7, you have the chance
for winning seven or the risk for loosing seven. The chance is
48.7 % for winning, 48.7 % for loosing and 2.6 % for '0' that
takes 3½ away. It's your money, it's up to you to decide.
Have you won 20 chips, you stop and take a break for fresh air
and coffee. Or go home. Or put your earnings in a safe.
Have you worked hard to earn 10 chips, you stop.
Have you lost 10 chips, just stop and take a break or go home.
The casiono opens tomorrow again and gives you a new chance.
Never forget: Let the winnings run and stop the loosing. After
betting 10 chips I however recommend to go back to one or two
chips and start over again.
Let us play some spins: (My old spins from Germany September 28,

1995)
Betting System One:
Bet chips: on Number came = Colour
Earning/loss Total
1 B 11 B +1 +1
2 B 16 R - 2 -1
1 R 18 R +1 0
2 R 14 R + 2 +2
3 R 31 B - 3 -1
1 B 6 B +1 0
2 B 23 R - 2 -2
1 R 7 R +1 -1
2 R 25 R +2 +1
3 R 26 B -3 -2
1 B 11 B +1 -1
2 B 22 B +2 +1
3 R 1) 23 R +3 +4
4 R 16 R +4 +8
5 R 30 R +5 +13, we ought to take a break
here as we have worked hard to earn 13 chips.
Above at 1) we bet on red due to the pattern came: R R R B B
B, and we saw R R R.
This was followed by one Black, six Read, one Black (made a nose)
and seven Red. Try to figure out how many chips we could have
earned that afternoon..
Another betting-system.
Betting System # 2:
This is another way of betting to recommend. It's an old betting-
system, that also today is sold in USA. (New good betting systems
are scarce.)
You write a small row of numbers in this way: 1 2

3 4. Add these figures and you get 10, the game is to earn
ten chips and then that game has finished.
For your first bet: you add 1 and 4 is 5, you bet 5 chips.
Next bet is 2 + 3 = 5.
Let us go back to your first bet: 1 + 4 = 5. You didn't win the

5, and to your row of figures you add 5, so your figure-row is

now: 1 2 3 4 5. Add the figures and you get 15 = the 5

you lost and the 10 you want to earn.
Your next bet is 1 + 5 = 6, which you win. Next bet is 2 + 4 = 6,
which you also win, and you now bet 3, winning again, all in all
you won 15 chips minus the 5 chips, you lost. It makes 10 chips,
as you wanted to win.
We make a new round and write 1 2 3 4.

In first spin we loose 5 and our figure-row is now 1 2 3
4 5, and we bet 1 + 5 = 6
In second spin we loose again and our figure-row is now 1 2
3 4 5 6. New bet is 1 + 6 = 7.
In third spin we win and our figure-row is now 2 3 4 5
and we bet 2 + 5 = 7
In fourth spin we win and our figure-row is now 3 + 4 and we
bet 3 + 4 = 7
In fifth spin we loose and our figure row is now 3 4
7 and our new bet is 3 + 7 = 10
In sixth spin we loose and our figure row is now 3 4 7
10, our new bet is 3 + 10 = 13
In seventh spin we win 13 and our new figure-row is 4 + 7 and we
bet 11 chips
We win again and the round is finished. We have won 10 chips.
If you mean that the 13 chips you have to bet after the sixth
spin are too many, you can split them up in two games and make
two new figure-rows: 3 4 7 10 to two games: 2 2
3 5 and 1 2 4 5 and play them after eachother.
Take the spins I used above (Bettting System # 1) and use this
betting system. The chipvalue is 1/5th of above, i.e. 10 chips
have the value of two chips from system above. You will come out
with a winning on 40 chips = 8 chips above.
With the first system, you won 13 chips, your betting was higher,
up to 5 chips equal with 25 of the chips used in Betting System #
2.
My impression is, that System # 2 doesn't involve as high risk as
System # 1.
You can within the rules of the casino decide the value of the
chips. You should not make it higher than 2% of the betting

maximum

file:///D|/Systems/Best%20Roulette%20Strategy.htm
I have not played a great deal of roulette in my many years of

casino gambling. My favorite game is craps. However, in my attempts
at playing roulette, I have developed a strategy that appears to
work well for me during the times that I have tried it. The theory
behind it was developed from email conversations that I have had
with people who work in casinos. I was told that the croupiers
(dealers) at a roulette wheel sometimes practice trying to control
where they land. Also, it seems that if you do the exact same
thing, then it will land in the same area of the wheel. You must
understand that the numbers on the wheel are not in numerical
order, as they are on the table where you place your bets. This
made sense to me, when I heard it. My mind went back a number of
years to when I was doing volunteer work at a carnival booth at my
church. It was a tic-tac-toe booth... the nine-space layout (three
in each direction) was there and people threw three
baseballs underhand to land there. If they made tic-tac-toe either
across or diagonally they won a
prize. Well, I was there all day. Sometimes we were not busy, so I
was practicing and trying to get
people to come and play the game. By the end of the day, I got to
where I could make it almost every time. When I got off "duty" and
came back to the carnival with my wife, I played this tic-tac-toe.
I won almost every time!! So, it makes sense that a croupier at a
roulette wheel could do the same thing. But, that is too easy. If
they can make me win, then they can also make me lose. So, we must
watch for the right situation and the right croupier. After a long
day, they get tired, or lazy. They will spin the wheel the same way
all of the time and it will land in the same area. Have you ever
watched "Wheel of Fortune" on television? At about 12 minutes
before the program ends, Alex spins the wheel himself. Have you
even noticed how often he lands either on
$5,000 or within one space of it on either side? Watch for that
and you will see that it happens very often. Also, have you ever
noticed that when the contestants spin the wheel, it frequently
lands very close to where it landed before? Three or four people in
a row will land on the bankrupt spot... or close to it... did you
file:///D|/Systems/Best%20Roulette%20Strategy.htm (1 of 4) [7/19/2002 1:21:52 PM]

ever notice that? I have devised a method for taking advantage of

this phenomenon. You don't have to spend any money to test it. Just
make up a card, like the one here. You can type it yourself or use
cut and paste on your computer. I have mine laminated in plastic
and reduced to business card size. People rarely even notice that I
am using it. Then, go to a casino where they have what I call a
"marquis," which is a large board that displays about the last 20
or so numbers that came out on the wheel in front of you. Look at
those numbers and write them down on a piece of paper (starting
with the oldest one, and ending with the newest one). Then, go over
them using the card that I have provided. See if it works for you.
If you are not satisfied that it works, then don't play it. If you
try it for a while and feel confident, then try
it with real money and see what happens. If you lose... don't play
it any more.
IMPORTANT NOTE: The numbers are entirely different on a "European
Wheel" which has only the one zero (and no double zero) than they
are on an "American Wheel."
There are not very many of these wheels with only one zero
available in the United States. I know of one in Binions' in Las
Vegas that is a "European Wheel." Now, let's get down to the method
itself. I am betting on the two numbers on each side of the last
number (total of four numbers). This means on the WHEEL and not on
the table where you place your bets. I could also have bet on the
number itself, but the way that I am doing it here is less
complicated. Also, it seems that if the croupier is just lazy, it
appears to land "around" the last number but rarely on it. If s/he
is doing it intentionally, then that is a different matter. I also
find that it is advisable to only play if the
croupier is looking at the wheel, even if just for a glance, when
s/he lets go of the ball. It may still
work if they do not look at the wheel, but I like it better this
way. Because of this phenomenon that I am describing, some casinos
instruct the croupiers not to look at the wheel when they let go of
the ball. A further strong suggestion is that you only bet it 2
times. If you don't win after two spins, then stop. Either go to
another table, or wait for a different croupier, or another win. Or
all of the above. It is more than a suggestion. Think of it as a
rule. If you just sit there and keep playing, you will probably
lose. I was lucky during the development of this method and won
when I played by just keeping on betting. I now believe that it is

much better to do it by only making two bets that lose. I made

charts for this. See below. The two charts are entirely different.
Remember that the number on the left is the last number that came
out on the wheel. The four numbers to the right of it (in the same
box) are the 4 single numbers that you will bet. When you win, you
will get paid 35 to 1 plus your bet back. Remember to remove the
one unit that is your original bet. You then make the next bet by
looking up that number. As long as you do not lose two in a row,
you keep on betting. When you lose two in a row, then stop and re-
qualify the wheel... or go to another one.
Roulette
0-00
0 2 9 14 28 12 8 19 25 29 25 10 12 27 29
00 1 10 13 27 13 1 00 24 36 26 9 11 28 30
1 00 13 27 36 14 0 2 23 35 27 00 1 10 25
2 0 14 28 35 15 3 22 24 34 28 0 2 9
26
3 15 24 34 36 16 4 21 23 33 29 8 10 12 25
4 16 23 33 35 17 5 20 22 32 30 7 9 11 26
5 17 22 32 34 18 6 19 21 31 31 6 8 18
19
6 18 21 31 33 19 8 12 18 31 32 5 7 17
20
7 11 20 30 32 20 7 11 17 32 33 4 6 16
21
8 12 19 29 31 21 6 16 18 33 34 3 5 15 22
9 0 26 28 30 22 5 15 17 34 35 2 4 14
23
10 00 25 27 29 23 4 14 16 35 36 1 3 13 24
11 7 20 26 30 24 3 13 15 36
Roulette single zero
0 3 15 26 32 13 6 11 27 36 26 0 3 32
35
1 14 16 20 33 14 1 9 20 31 27 6 13 34
36
2 4 17 21 25 15 0 4 19 32 28 7 12 29
35
3 0 12 26 35 16 1 5 24 33 29 7 18 22
28
4 2 15 19 21 17 2 6 25 34 30 8 11 23
36

5 10 16 23 24 18 7 9 22 29 31 9 14 20
22
6 13 17 27 34 19 4 15 21 32 32 0 15 19
26
7 12 18 28 29 20 1 14 31 33 33 1 16 20
24
8 10 11 23 30 21 2 4 19 25 34 6 17
25 27
9 14 18 22 31 22 9 18 29 31 35 3 12
26 28
10 5 8 23 24 23 5 8 10 30 36 11 13 27
30
11 8 13 30 36 24 5 10 16 33
12 3 7 28 35 25 2 17 21 34

file:///D|/Systems/BET%20BEFORE%20REPEAT.htm
LOTS OF SYSTEMS BET ON THE NUMBERS AFTER THEY REPEAT A FEW TIMES.
WHAT IF
THE NUMBERS DON'T REPEAT ANY MORE. SOMETIMES THEY REPEAT ONCE,
TWICE AND
THAT'S IT, THEY FALL BACK TO SLEEP.
ONE MUST KNOW HOW TO DIFFERENTIATE BETWEEN THE SLEEPERS AND THE
REPEATERS.
SINCE WE DON'T KNOW WHICH NUMBERS WILL REPEAT AND WHICH ONES WILL
SLEEP, WE
WILL BET ON THE NUMBERS THAT SLEPT FOR 20 SPINS.
THEN THEY WILL REPEAT.
THIS IS WHAT HAPPENS ON THE ROULETTE TABLE ALL THE TIME. NUMBERS
SLEEP,
SLEEP AND THEN WHEN THEY WAKE UP, THEY BECOME ACTIVE, THEN THEY
REPEAT ONCE,
TWICE, THREE TIMES, THEN THEY FALL ASLEEP AGAIN.
SO WRITE DOWN ALL NUMBERS. BET ON THE ONE THAT DIDN'T COME UP FOR
20 SPINS.
BET ONE CHIP FIRST. WHEN YOU WIN, BET ON IT AGAIN. IF IT DIDN'T
COME UP
FOR ANOTHER 10 SPINS, THEN FORGET ABOUT IT. IT'S FALLING BACK TO
SLEEP. BUT
YOU STILL COME UP AHEAD AFTER FIRST HIT.
file:///D|/Systems/BET%20BEFORE%20REPEAT.htm [7/19/2002 1:22:15 PM]

file:///D|/Systems/BOBBY%20WAVES%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEM.htm
Basically I bet 5 numbers straight up that are located next door to

each
other on the wheel. Usually 7,11,17,20 &32. I then use a progressive
betting
scheme starting with $1 per number on a $5 minimum table & $2 per
number on a
$10 minimum table. I even implement $2.50 chips on approx the 8th spin.
I had
to get the pit bosses approval. I figured out all the math so that when
one
of my 5 numbers hit, I make a modest gain. Average gain on a hit being
around
$15. After a hit, I start the system from the beginning. I have 40
spins for
1 of my 5 numbers to come out. This turns the odds almost 5x in my
favor
since I have 13% of the wheel & I need only 1 of my 5 numbers to hit in
40
spins. I play the Trump Taj & the Trump Marina since they are the only
2
casinos that offer a $200 maximum straight up number bet. All other
casinos
offer $100 max. The xtra $100 max gets me 5 xtra spins. This system is
not
for the weak hearted. It takes money management, discipline & bankroll
($7,200). You need money to make money. Having the backup of a big
bankroll
allows you to turn the odds in your favor. This is all I have time for
now.
If you have any questions e-mail me & I will get back to you when I
can. I'm
not looking to charge & rip people off like that other Bozo Bob who got
booted off. If anyone is appreciative of the info I give them & it wins
them
money, they can compensate me as they see fit. I will try & post a more
detailed description as soon as possible. I go to AC just about every
weekend. If anyone lives in Jersey & wants to see the system in action,
file:///D|/Systems/BOBBY%20WAVES%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEM.htm (1 of 2) [7/21/2002 9:51:22 AM]

file:///D|/Systems/BOBBY%20WAVES%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEM.htm
e-mail me.
file:///D|/Systems/BOBBY%20WAVES%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEM.htm (2 of 2) [7/21/2002 9:51:22 AM]

file:///D|/Systems/BUSTED%20JOE%20SYSTEM.htm
You play 18 numbers straight up, 6 per dozen. It doesn't really

matter what numbers...but I've got an idea that *might* bring the
slightest edge to it. I'll explain later.
Then you treat each dozen as its own "system", and follow a
losing progression of 1-1-1-1-1-1-2-2-2-3-3-4-5-6-7-8-9-10,
meaning every time that dozen loses you go up one step in the
progression. If you win in that dozen, go back to the beginning.
I start with a $300 bankroll, and shoot to win $200. The notion
is the progression makes it where you eventually get your money
back on that dozen, and in the meantime the other dozens are
probably hitting and making some cash for you. It's really
bizarre how it works.
Well, the good news and the bad news....I've played it 3 times
and won twice. The first time I hit $246 profit VERY quickly. The
second time I hit $204 but it took a while. The third time I
really hit some bad streaks and lost my entire $300.
Why did I lose that third one? Well, the 2nd dozen REFUSED to
hit, and I finished the entire progression (got up to 10). After
I hit 10 I was like "what's the use" and dropped back to the
beginning of the progression. THEN the same thing happened on the
first dozen, and I went up to 6 in the progression before I went
broke.
The progression is pretty conservative...I think it was designed

just to win back your money (with maybe a little profit, havent
done the math), but I'm thinking maybe I should stop if I lose on
5 or so.
Oh for the numbers to pick...I'm thinking of incorporating my

infamous "Half the Pie" system, which ensures that physically
file:///D|/Systems/BUSTED%20JOE%20SYSTEM.htm (1 of 2) [7/21/2002 9:52:27 AM]

file:///D|/Systems/BUSTED%20JOE%20SYSTEM.htm
half of the wheel is covered by chips. so the numbers I play are

1,4,6,8,10,12 13,16,18,19,21,24 25,27,29,31,33,36 This is on a
double zero table by the way. These number may not make a
difference...but hell it doesn't hurt right?
file:///D|/Systems/BUSTED%20JOE%20SYSTEM.htm (2 of 2) [7/21/2002 9:52:27 AM]

This is the system for even money bets and you can play roulette, craps or baccarat with it
This is the system for even money bets and you can play roulette, craps or baccarat with it. It is
played in 14 different casinos in Europe. It also was tested through an year permanences of 4
casinos (50 spins or less per day) and results were:
Casino Year Net profit in units

Casino-Bad Homburg/Germany 1998 2518
Casino-Baden/Austria 1997 2401
Casino-Bad Wiessee 1998 2607
Casino-Campione/Switzerland 1998 2478
1. Basics of the system:
The system is based on 2 kind of decisions and they are :
1….opposite
2….same
as previous number.
Example:
B R Dec.
31
33 2
14 1
7 2
35 1
16 1
20 1
20 2
13 2
21 1
file:///D|/Systems/B-V%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEM..htm (1 of 10) [7/21/2002 9:52:03 AM]

Score card:
Nr B R 1 M 2 M 3 M Dec Dec W/L Net

1 2
1
2
3
Write decisions into columns 1M, 2M, 3M.

• In 1M column you write every decision
• In 2M column you write 1,3,5,7,..-th decision and
• In 3M you write 2,4,6,8,…-th decision
As soon as you have 3 decisions in one of 1M, 2M or 3M columns, then you see which bet to
play.
You always look at last 3 decisions in 2 columns (1&2 M or 1&3 M columns (zig-zag) and
then you
see, which decision dominates in those 2 columns. You can see:
2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1
2 2 1 1 2 2 1 1
2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1
2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 these decisions
dominate
2. Step by step instructions through example
1. Number 25 came out:


1 2
1 25
- you write number 25 into R (red) column (You can make a circle into R column, if you
wish)

1 2
1 25
2 14 2 2
- you write 14 into R column and

- number 2 ( means same ) into 1M and 2M (1&2)

1 2
1 25
2 14 2 2
3 17 1 1
- you write 17 into B (black) column and

- number 1 (means opposite) into 1M and into 3M (1&3) columns

1 2
1 25
2 14 2 2
3 17 1 1
4 31 2 2
5 B

- number 2 (means same) into 1M and into 2M (1&2)

- Now you look at last 3 decisions in column 1M. 2 dominate in last 3 decisions, so you
write B into »dec1« column into next line (line 5). (2 means the same as was last number (31
is black) so you make now a first wager on black on the roulette table.)
5. Number 17 came out

1 2
1 25
2 14 2 2
3 17 1 1
4 31 2 2
5 17 2 + 2 B +1 +1
6 B

- number 2 (means same) into 1M and also »+« (which means that you won your
wager),and write 2 into 3M (1&3).
- You write +1 into W/L column and also +1 into Net column.
is black) so you make now a second wager on black on the roulette table)

1 2
1 25
2 14 2 2
3 17 1 1
4 31 2 2
5 17 2 + 2 B +1 +1
6 25 1 - 1 B -1 0
7 R
- you write 25 into R (red) column and

- number 1 (opposite) into 1M and also '' - '' (which means that you lost your wager), and
write 1 into 2M (1&2).
- You write -1 into W/L column and also 0 into Net column.
write R into »dec1« column into next line (line 7). (2 means the same as was last number (25
is red) so you make now a wager on red on the roulette table)

1 2
1 25
2 14 2 2
3 17 1 1
4 31 2 2
5 17 2 + 2 B +1 +1
6 25 1 - 1 B -1 0
7 12 2 + 2 R +1 +1
8 R R

- number 2 (same) into 1M and also »+« (which means that you won your wager), and
write 2 into 3M (1&3).
is red) so you make wager on red on the roulette table)
- Now you look at last 3 decisions in column 2M, 2 dominate in last 3 decisions, so you
write R into
Column »dec2« into next line (line 8), (2 means the same as was last number (12 is red), so
you make a
wager on red on the roulette table)
• Now you have 2 the same decisions ''R, R'' in columns (dec1 , dec2), which means that
you put 2 chips on the roulette table on red.


1 2
1 25
2 14 2 2
3 17 1 1
4 31 2 2
5 17 2 + 2 B +1 +1
6 25 1 - 1 B -1 0
7 12 2 + 2 R +1 +1
8 9 2 + 2 + R R +2 +3
R R

- number 2 (same) into 1M and also »+« (which means that you won your last wager), and
write 2 into 2M column and also »+« because you won your last wager , (1&2).
write R into »dec1« column into next line (line 9). (2 means the same as was last number (9 is
red) so you make wager on red on the roulette table)
write R into
column »dec2« into next line (line 9), (2 means the same as was last number (9 is red), so you
make a

1 2
1 25
2 14 2 2
3 17 1 1
4 31 2 2
5 17 2 + 2 B +1 +1
6 25 1 - 1 B -1 0
7 12 2 + 2 R +1 +1

8 9 2 + 2 + R R +2 +3
9 1 2 + 2 + R R +2 +5
10 R R

is red) so you make wager on red on the roulette table)
write R into
column »dec2« into next line (line 10), (2 means the same as was last number (1 is red), so you
make a

1 2
1 25
2 14 2 2
3 17 1 1
4 31 2 2
5 17 2 + 2 B +1 +1
6 25 1 - 1 B -1 0
7 12 2 + 2 R +1 +1
8 9 2 + 2 + R R +2 +3
9 1 2 + 2 + R R +2 +5
10 6 1 - 1 - R R -2 +3
11 B B

- number 1 (opposite) into 1M and also »-« (which means that you lost your last wager),
and write 1 into 2M column and also »-« because you lost your last wager , (1&2).

- You write -2 into W/L column and also +3 into Net column.
is black) so you make wager on
- black on the roulette table)
write B into
column »dec2« into next line (line 11), (2 means the same as was last number (6 is black), so
you make a
wager on black on the roulette table)
• Now you have 2 the same decisions ''B, B'' in columns (dec1 , dec2), which means that
you put 2 chips on the roulette table on black.

1 2
1 25
2 14 2 2
3 17 1 1
4 31 2 2
5 17 2 + 2 B +1 +1
6 25 1 - 1 B -1 0
7 12 2 + 2 R +1 +1
8 9 2 + 2 + R R +2 +3
9 1 2 + 2 + R R +2 +5
10 6 1 - 1 - R R -2 +3
11 2 2 + 2 + B B +2 +5
12 B R

is black) so you ''make'' wager on

black on the roulette table)

write R into
column »dec2« into next line (line 12), (1 means the opposite as was last number (2 is black),
so you ''make''
a wager on red on the roulette table)
• Now you have 2 different decisions ''B, R'' in columns (dec1 , dec2), which means that
you DO NOT make
any wager on the roulette table!!!

1 2
1 25
2 14 2 2
3 17 1 1
4 31 2 2
5 17 2 + B 2 +1 +1
6 25 1 - 1 B -1 0
7 12 2 + 2 R +1 +1
8 9 2 + 2 + R R +2 +3
9 1 2 + 2 + R R +2 +5
10 6 1 - 1 - R R -2 +3
11 2 2 + 2 + B B +2 +5
12 28 2 + 2 - B R
13 B B

- number 2 (same) into 1M and also »+« (which means that you would won your last
wager), and write 2 into 2M column and »-« because you would lost your last wager ,
(1&2).
is black) so you make wager on
black on the roulette table)

write B into
column »dec2« into next line (line 13), (2 means the same as was last number (28 is black), so
you make a
wager on black on the roulette table)
• Now you have 2 the same decisions ''B, B'' in columns (dec1 , dec2), which means that
you put 2 chips on the roulette table on black.
13. You can now continue the same process as you learnd above (if you win +20 units ore
lose –12 units then you stop to play (author also says that it is good to play only 50 spins), but
all this is up to you.
BANKROLL: 12 units.

CANNON SYSTEM
This roulette system is totally mechanical.

You follow the rules exactly and never stray.
When you hit your win target you stop play.
When you hit your loss limit you stop play.
Read that again.
Your win target is 70 units plus.
As soon as you have won 70 units or more you stop that sessions
play.
Your loss limit is 100 units plus.
As soon as you have lost 100 units or more you stop that sessions
play.
Your bank level during play will obviously be varying depending on if you are
winning or losing.
If you find that you are 63 units up in profit you continue to play.
You must pass the 70 unit target.
If you find that you are running at a loss of 99 units you continue to play.
You must pass the 100 unit loss limit.
These 2 rules are the major factors in the Cannon System.
You will be playing 9 straight up numbers every spin of the wheel.
One chip on each number.
You will play a certain 9 numbers until you get a win and then you
move onto another group of 9 numbers.
If you don’t get a win, you will play until you have 5 straight losses
and then you will move onto another group of 9 numbers.
When you move on to the next group of 9 numbers you will play
file:///D|/Systems/CANNON%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEM.htm (1 of 5) [7/21/2002 9:58:00 AM]

CANNON SYSTEM
them in exactly the same way.

Get a win – Move on.
Don’t get a win in 5 spins - Move on.
If you are playing a single zero roulette wheel you will play the 9
numbers in the following sequence.
1 2 3 20 21 25 26 33 35
4 5 6 10 19 21 24 27 34
7 8 9 22 23 28 29 30 31
5 10 11 12 23 28 30 35 36
13 14 15 19 20 27 31 32 36
16 17 18 22 24 25 29 33 34
0 1 2 4 14 15 19 20 21
5 8 9 10 16 18 22 23 24
0 2 3 6 13 17 25 26 27
0 7 8 11 12 18 28 29 30
0 1 9 14 16 26 31 32 33
3 6 11 12 13 17 34 35 36
If you are playing a double zero roulette wheel you will play the ninenumbers in
the following sequence.
0 00 1 2 3 13 14 15 24
4 5 6 16 17 18 21 22 23
7 8 9 11 12 19 20 26 28
7 8 10 11 12 25 27 29 30
1 2 3 13 14 15 34 35 36
4 5 6 16 17 18 31 32 33
6 7 8 19 20 21 31 32 33
3 4 5 22 23 24 34 35 36
0 00 9 10 25 26 27 29 30
0 9 11 12 25 26 28 29 30
16 17 18 19 20 21 31 32 33
13 14 15 22 23 24 34 35 36

CANNON SYSTEM
As you can see, you have 12 groups of 9 numbers.

You will play the groups of 9 numbers in 12 stages.
As an example, on a double zero wheel, your first play will be 9
straight up bets on the numbers 0, 00, 1, 2, 3, 13, 14, 15 & 24.
When you have a win you then move to the level below and play the numbers 4,
5, 6, 16,17, 18, 21, 22 & 23.
If you lost the first 5 spins, then you also move down a level and playthe next 9
numbers.
Quite simple
12 levels.
9 numbers in each level.
Win a spin, move down to the next level.
Lose 5 spins, move down to the next level.
When you have finished playing level 12, start back at the beginning again.
When your profit reaches 70 units or more, stop play.
If you lose 100 units or more, stop play.
Read through everything again if things are not clear.
To keep track of your running balance write down you profit or loss
level for every spin.
When you have a win, add 27.
When you have a loss, take away 9.
For example
L -9
L -18
W9
L0
W 27
W 54
L 45
W 72
CANNON SYSTEM
In this example, play would have finished because we past the 70 unittarget.
So you are going to win 70 plus units or you are going to lose 100
plus units.
The casino cannot make you stay when you are winning and they cannot make
you stay when you are losing, so this is your control of
play.
On each trip to the casino, you play 3 sessions.
After playing 3 sessions you now take note of your result.
You must win at least 2 of the 3 plays.
If you win 2 or 3 of the plays you continue in the same manner.
If not your next 3 sessions will be played with 2 chips on each
number.
After playing the next 3 sessions, if you win at least 2 of the 3
plays, you then drop back down to 1 chip per number for the next 3sessions.
You must always win at least 2 of the 3 sessions.
If not the next 3 plays are played at 1 extra chip per number.
When you eventually win at least 2 out of 3, you reduce your next
play by 1 chip per number.
As an example, you have had a poor run and you are now playing 3 chips per
number.
You play 3 sessions at this level, and you win 2 of them.
You now play your next 3 plays at 2 chips per number.
If you win 2 out of the 3 plays, then your next sessions are played
back at 1 chip per
number.
If you just keep winning 2 out of 3 plays you will always remain on 1chip per
number.

CANNON SYSTEM
It is only when you don’t win at least 2 out of 3 plays that you move up 1 extra
chip for the next 3 sessions.
When playing more than 1 chip per number you still class your actual bet on each
number as 1 unit.
You may have 3 chips on a number, but when marking down the
profit or loss you only class them as 1 unit.
If playing 3 chips on each number and you cash in at 75 units profit, your actual
profit will be 3 times that, 225 units.
The bank required to play the Cannon System will vary depending onwhat level
that you are playing.
I am a strong believer of thinking of what could be the worst senario,so in this
case you could say that you will need a 350 chip bank to
start with.
I am also a strong believer of keeping your gambling money seperatefrom your
housekeeping money.
If you win a couple of grand, don’t go out and spend it!
Keep it until a more substantial amount is won.
You don’t want future plays limited because the required bank isn’t
available even though you have won plenty in the meantime.
Always sit yourself at a good position on the table so that you are
able to place all your bets.
Only play when you can get a good position.
Start play from the very first spin, and don't miss out any spins.
That is the basics to the Cannon System, I hope it is clear enough for you, so that
you can go out and play it.

file:///D|/Systems/CARO%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEM.htm
cuts house edge to literally nothing

Startling disclosure by respected gambling authority has casino
execs scratching heads.
Caro, who has for years maintained that you cannot overcome the
odds against you at craps are roulette, steadfastly believes in
this system. He calls it Caro's Roulette System #1. Surprisingly,
some of the top mathematicians in the world have endorsed it.
Technical explanations can be quite boring. Sometimes it's better
just to trust an expert. It is aimed at a standard American
roulette wheel, which has both zero and double zero. Similar
theory could be applied to European roulette wheels with only a
single zero, though.
I'm going give you a secret roulette system that really works. It
will cut the house advantage to literally nothing, if you believe
in it enough to never get frustrated and switch tactics. What I'm
going to say may seem strange, but here goes.
First, never bet simply red or black. Also don't bet odd or even.
These are equally poor, consistently losing wagers.
Second, don't be suckered into betting zero or double zero,
despite what some experts may suggest. This may seem like you're
betting with the house, but for technical reasons you are
actually betting against the house -- and you are taking the
worst of it.
So, in order to negate the house advantage, you MUST stick to
straight non-green number bets. All odd red numbers turn out to
be bad choices, based on over two trillion computer trials. Don't
bet them.
All even black numbers fair poorly, and cannot be bet, for much
the same reason, which I won't explain here.
Let's get straight to the money-saving advice. Any bet you decide
to make MUST cover only even-red or odd-black numbers. There are
no exceptions.
Finally, you need to be very disciplined in excluding the number
30 and the group of consecutive numbers that begins with 11 and
continues clockwise through and including 14.
This system may seem mystical, but I take gambling quite
file:///D|/Systems/CARO%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEM.htm (1 of 2) [7/21/2002 9:58:12 AM]

file:///D|/Systems/CARO%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEM.htm
seriously, and this works for me.
file:///D|/Systems/CARO%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEM.htm (2 of 2) [7/21/2002 9:58:12 AM]

- Casino Buster -
Roulette System
By
Dr. Phillip Neubauer
Copyright © by Dr. Phillip Neubauer. All rights reserved.

No portion of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in whole or in
part by any means without the express written consent of the author. Violators
will be prosecuted. Please be advised that this copy contains unique secret code
sings that could tell us who made copies of it.
Preface
Lots of books were written about Roulette. All serious books come to the conclusion
that Roulette cannot be beaten.
Many clever people tried to exploit the game of Roulette to the advantage of the
player. They had good ideas which worked quite well - but in long term they run you
out of money.
No system known today can make you a consistent winner.
Until now!
You are holding the discovery of the 21 st century in your hands! Now you can be a
consistent winner on Roulette. You win every time you play!
Why is this Roulette system different? This System has a completely different attitude
concerning Roulette then the other systems on the market. It is a different way of
looking at the numbers. This system can never fail.
It even masters the hardest task - it wins every time it is played in Online Casinos! No
system could do this before.
Congratulations again for buying this bullet-proof Roulette System - the last one you'll
ever need!
I won't wish you good luck - as luck is nothing that you'll need!
Description of the game
There are 9 different types of bets possible on Roulette. You can bet on red/black on
odd/even or the numbers from 1 - 1 8 and the numbers from 19-36. Those kinds of bets
have a serious problem - the Roulette wheel has a 0 - American wheels also a 00 - these
Zeros bring you a loss in long term if you bet on those chances. Only the Zero(s) bring
the casino the house advantage of 5.26%
The most rewarding bets are the ones on straight numbers. You get paid 35 to 1 (there
is also the hose advantage calculated).
Just think about it 35 to 1 is a lot more rewarding than 2 to 1. You place e.g. 5$ on the
number 13 and if it comes up you win 175$ plus your invested 5$
Good news: you can also bet on the 0 and the 00! Bad
news: it is hard to guess the right number.
And this is where this fabulous system jumps in!
This system will show you in a crystal clear way on which number to place your next
bet!
Get yourself something to drink - get comfortable in your chair and begin to
discover the secret!
Figures and Tendencies
Ok, the Roulette numbers are random numbers - totally random -especially in online
casinos. I developed a way of bringing order in this random - chaos alike game. It is not
any longer chaos. And believe me you can always see patterns and clear tendencies -
even in a bunch of random numbers. This is what the system is all about:
1. You always bet on 6 consecutive numbers - one unit on each (exception when
you also bet on 0 and 00)
2. Every spin is written down in the system sheet and they form a graph -you bet
on the completing figures of the graph
3. You write down the first 8 spins without betting a single unit
4. You analyse the first 8 spins and make a forecast (by the rules given)
5. If you can't make a sincere forecast you take down more test spins until you can
make a sure forecast
6. If you should loose 6 times in a column - quit the game for this day - and for at
least 24 hours - it is for your protection - in fact you didn't loose much if this
occurs but you will get too nervous and all your following forecasts tend to be
wrong decisions and you would loose more
7. You never increase your bet - absolutely NO progression
8. You bet on the figures, tendencies and distances that occurred in the first 8 (or
more) spins
In the system sheet you make your guess (first guess after 8 t h spin) by making a circle
in the column you think that comes up next. Then you bet one unit on each of the
numbers in that row. After the spin you make a cross in the column that came up.
Patterns - your best friends
Which patterns do exist? Good news: all sequences of numbers can be divided into 5
major patterns!
Neighbours (N)
Neighbours are hits that go to the same column or to the neighbouring column. This is
one of the most common patters and it is the most constant one. It is important that
you know that the table doesn't end on the right side - so the column (00- 31 32 33
34 35 36) is also a neighbour of the first column ( 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 )
Return (R)
As you can see a Return is a pattern that consists of 2 hits in the same column and
one hit outside that column. Many books have been written about this kind of pattern.
Most books are about patterns in red/black sequences. The Return is a very
important pattern!
Neighbourhood Return (NR)
A neighbourhood Return is almost the same like a return but it goes back to a
neighbouring column instead of the same column.
Bow (B)
The bow is an uncommon pattern - but sometimes it comes up.

Line (L)
This is a very common and consistent pattern - it always consists of hits within the
same distance. You need to know that the table end on the right or left side -you must
see the table as a circle. The first column is also a neighbour of the last column. Some
people need some time to recognize this - but after some practise you'll know this
automatically.
You have to know that some patterns morph into other patters or they stop some
time. It is also important to see the patterns together with the distances.
On the next pages you'll see some example games taken from real online casinos!
Intercasino 08/05/01
This example is taken from the real multiplayer mode of

Intercasino on August 5th 2001.
We first write down the first 8 spins without placing a

single b e t . The last 4 no-bet spins showed us 2
neighbourhood returns with the distances 2 and 3. As we
follow the tendency we place one unit on each of the
numbers in column #5 because we expect a distance of 2.
Number 2 comes up with a distance of 1 - so we lost 6
units. As this confuses us we just watch the next spin
without placing a b e t . We got a distance of 2. Still very
confusing - so no bet on the next spin. (Why should we
risk money if we are not sure?) Column #5 comes up - a
distance of 1. The last 3 distances were 1-2-1 - so the
next one should be a distance of 2. As all the hits seem
to move to the right side we place our bets on each of
the numbers in column #1 -including the zero - so we place
7 units on the table. Number 4 comes up so we win 29
units as the sequence of distances seems to be stable ( 1 -
2 - 1 - 2 ) there should be another distance 1.
So we place our bet on each of the numbers in column #2 -
Number 8 comes up and we win 30 units (this time we placed
6 bets so there is the win of 3 0 ) As we see, we have a
very stable sequence of distances between the hits.
Corresponding to the tendency there should be another
distance of 2 - we place the bet on the numbers in column
# 4 - 2 1 comes up and we win 30 units. Next should be a
distance of 1 - so we place our bet on the numbers of
column #5 - 32 comes up and we lose 6 units. The sequence
of constant distances seems to have ended. As this makes
us unsure what to do next we don't place a bet and just
watch the game. 11 comes up - which is the third distance
of 2 in a sequence -so we decide that there will be
another distance of 2 and we place our bets on the
numbers in column #4 - 17 comes up (column #3) - we lost
6 units. This confuses us again so we decide to watch the
game not placing a bet. 22 comes up. As we had a sequence
of distances of 2 before - there could be a sequence of
distances of 1 now. So we place our bet on column #5 - 27
comes up we won 30 units. At this time we decide to end
the game. Overall we won 101 units! Even though we played
with 5$ units we won 505$ in total!
William Hill Casino 10/12/01
This example is taken from the William Hill Online

Casino on October 12th 2001.
The first 8 spins show us a couple of returns with the

distance of 2 - so we can expect that to happen later. The
last 4 test spins also show us a bow - so we can expect
bows in the game too. With the 9th spin we expect the bow
to complete with the distance of 1 - 13 comes up and we
lose 7 units. As we had many returns in the past we expect
a return to column #5 - we don't get a return but a NR
(neighbourhood return) which makes us lose 6 units. As
this didn't work well and we are confused what to do next
we don't bet and wait the next spin. Again column # 6 .
Well, this could probably lead to a next column #6 hit -
and we are right so we win 29 units. (Note: If you are an
inexperienced player - stop now -you have won 16 units at
this point which is already a great result)
Now we expect a hit to column #6 again - but this time we
are wrong and lose 7 units. As we had many returns in the
past we expect a return to column #6 again - again we are
wrong and lose 7 units again. Well, we still believe that
the hits must come back to column #6 as this could be a
bow (we had one before) - 00 comes up and we are right this
time and win 29 units. This time we expect to get a new
bow (or at least a return). We bet on column #4 as this
was the column the last bow started with. We are right and
win 30 units. As we were right we expect the bow to go on
and bet on column #1 -this time we are wrong and lose 7
units. So it was no bow but a return -so we bet on
another return to column #4 - we are right and win 30
units. All in all we won 84 units - not a bad result.
Prestigecasino 08/06/01
This example is taken from the real multiplayer mode of

Prestigecasino on August 6th 2001.
After the first 8 spins we got 4 neighbourhoods and 2

returns, the returns are exceptional patterns. All the
returns were between column #2 and column #4. After the
test spins we expect a return to column #2 -9 comes up and
we win 30 units. Now we expect a return back to column #4
- column #2 comes up we lose 6 u n i t s . As we still believe
in the return to column #4 we bet on column #4 (there were
no more than 2 hits in the same column in a sequence so
far in this game so there must be the return) 20 comes up
and we win 30 u n i t s ! As the previous patterns show us
before there were 2 hits in one column then 2 hits in the
other column - so we expect that column #4 comes up again
- column #1 comes up and we lose 6 units. As there must
come up a return (corresponding to the previous sequence)
we bet again on column #4 - 20 comes up and we win 30
u n i t s ! Now the pattern becomes confusing and we c a n ' t say
for sure what column comes up next so we d o n ' t bet and
just watch the s p i n . 32 comes up and still d o e s n ' t lead
us to a solution - we watch the next s p i n . 17 comes up -
still no idea what would happen next - we also watch the
next spin without placing a b e t . 13 comes up - 2 hits in
the same column - this brings us back to a previous
pattern so we can expect a return with the distance 2 to
the left s i d e . So we place our bet on column #1 - number 4
makes us a winner of 29 u n i t s . Now we expect that the
return completes back to column #3 -we place our bet there
and win again. At this point we end the game - a total win
of 137 units! With 5$ units this would be 6 8 5 $ ! ! !
Vegas USA Casino 10/05/01
This example is taken from the real singleplayer mode of

Vegas USA Online Casino on October 5th 2001. Find details
about Vegas USA in your free Bonus eBook. Note: in order
to get the test spins you just place random bets with
'zero-chips'
In the first 8 spins we had nice returns and a couple of

neighbours, as the neighbours are the most recent
patterns - in spin 5 - 8 we had 2 pairs of neighbours
with the distance of 2. As wehave a tendency to returns
we can expect a new pair of neighbours with the distance
of 2. So we bet on column #3 and win 30 units. As we had
neighbours before we can expect a new hit to that column
#3 - we are right and win 30 units. Now we expect a
return back to column #5 - but this time we are wrong and
lose 6 units. As we expect such a neighbourhood pair we
had before we bet on column #6 -wrong angain and we lose 7
units.
As we had a bow before it is very likely that the whole
pattern returns to column #3 - so we bet on it and we are
right which brings us a 30 units profit. As we had those
pairs of neighbours we expect that column #3 hits again -
this time we are wrong and lose 6 units. At this point we
see clearly that a new pattern developed - a Line going
from right to left with an offset distance of 2. So we
bet on column #5 and win 30 units. With the 16th spin we
bet on column #3 because it has a distace of 2 to the
left direction which would perfectly fit into the
previous line - this time we are wrong and lose 6 units.
After all we have a 95 units winning - with 5$ units

this would have been 475$ in just 20 minutes!
Spielbank Hamburg 01/01/01
This example is taken from a real 'offline' casino in

Hamburg, Germany. They publish their spins in realtime
online. Just go to http://www.spielbank-hamburg.de and
click on vPermanenzen'.
In the first 8 spins we see 2 returns one Neigbourhood

return and one Line.
On the 9th spin we bet on column #4 as we expect to get a
new line to the opposite direction. But instead we get a
Neighbour and lose 6 units. As the line before was very
constant we expect the new line to go on and think that
the previous spin was just a fuzzy one. So we bet on
column #3 and win 30 units.
As we expect the line to go on we bet on column #2 and
lose 6 units. The line seems to have stopped as it was
interrupted 2 times. At this point we are confused as a
pattern just stopped. So, on the next spin we don't bet
anything and wait.
As this spin came to column #6 we can expect another Line
so we bet on coulmn #1 (#1 is the neighbouring column of
# 6 ) - we are wrong and lost 7 units. This is the second
set of 2 neighbours - so maybe we should watch out for
such a combination. As we can't say for sure what happens
next we don't bet anything. Column #4 came up so we place
our bet again on column #4 as we expect to get such a
neighbour again - and we are right so we win 30 units. At
this point we end our game with a +42 units winning.
Althought this is just a below average result it is still

a lot of money if you just played with 5$ units. It shows
you that even if you are wrong from time to time you can
still gain a lot with this system!
Kiwi Casino 11/12/01
This example is taken from the Kiwi Casino single-zero

single player table on November 12th 2001.
In the first 8 spins we see a very consistent Line ( L )

and a neigbourhood pair. So we can expect further lines
in the future.
Spin 6 , 7 and 8 confuse us as the line stopped and we
can't determine what pattern should appear next - a line
would make sense but we don't know with which distance
right now. So we wait one more spin to see what happens -
0 comes up - cloumn #1. This leads us to a new line,
this time with a distance of 2. As we see this we expect
the next hit to be in column # 5 - 2 6 comes up and we are
right - winning of 30 units. We expect a new hit with a
distace of 2 to the left side so we bet on column # 3 -
2 6 comes up again which is a hit to column #5 - we lose 6
units.
Last time we had such a pair of neigbours we had a hit to
one column left thereafter (last time 36-34-30) so we
expect the same pattern to appear again and bet column #4
- we win 30 units.
As we see this pattern to come up again we expect it to
gop on like in the previous pattern as we had this
combination - so we bet on column #2 and win 30 units
again! So in this case we had a pattern that can't be put
into a category but the same pattern appeared twice even
though it is a complex one. We still think that this
pattern goes on and bet on column #6 - this time we are
wrong and lose 7 units. The complex pattern must have
been stopped so we are not sure what could happen next
and don't bet. We get a Return to column #2 - the 2nd
Return in a row - so there could ba a return to column #4
- we are right and win 30 units. We close this session
with a plus of 107 units!
The Secret to succeed with this system:
Practise. Practise. Practise
At first the System might sound confusing to you - but it isn't. Read this manual from
cover to cover until you have completely understood it. This system is not about
guessing or voodoo or something - no, every decision is rational here. You need to get
an eye for it. It is like the stock market, with my system you have an insider-tip what is
most likely to happen next. At the beginning you may win less - maybe you don't play
the optimum. After every game look at the sheet - ask yourself "What could I have
done better?". By criticizing yourself you get better and better. In order to win
consistently at roulette you need to practise!
Just download an online casino mentioned in our free bonus eBook located at:
http://www.winning-at-roulette.com/bonusebook.exe
Every one of those casinos mentioned there offers a free mode, so you don't need to
risk any money at all to practise the system. Once you are absolutely familiar with the
patterns and you know when and how they occur you'll be amazed how much money
you win in every game.
It just needs some time and work - but it will reward you thousands of times! My best
wishes for you!
Dr. Neubauers guarantee :
My personal guarantee:
If you don't win at least 200 units in 30 days by using my system exactly as stated in
this^booklet. Return the booklet within 30 days for a full refund of your money!
Dr. Phillip Neubauer

INTRODUCTION
This book was written for the average "gambler" that plays
intelligently but usually still walks away from the table a loser. Well,
you won't have to walk away loser anymore. The information contained
herein is worth a "goldmine".
I am an everyday working stiff selling insurance to make a decent
living. But... I like, to play, wager, bet, etc. Because it's
exciting,... right? However, I hate losing, I play to win. Casino's
though, are not in business for people to win. What do you do? I
bought every gambling book and system that I could get my hands on.
Then I played, I even spent two months in Las Vegas in 1984. I
practiced this one and that one, betting 25¢ craps, and blackjack in a
little off the strip casino. Somehow, they always managed to beat me.
After that I decided it just couldn't be done, so I stayed home but
I didn't quit trying to figure it out. Then this spring, it came to me
what was missing. I got out the dice and started rolling on the living
room floor. "That's i t ! " I won so much it was unbelievable. Okay,
okay, but it doesn't work when you actually get to the casino. By gosh,
it did work, just like a machine.
I called my sister, Wanda, because she likes to play, too. Bless
her losin' little heart, she'd like to make love to a blackjack table,
b u t . . . she always gets jilted. When we went to Atlantic City and hit
the first casino, she headed straight for the blackjack tables. I just
walked around to get my bearings. Wanda is
ii
a heck of a blackjack player, knows all the plays by heart
and uses a money system to go with it. I wandered over
towards her table. She was sitting there serious as all get
out, gritting her teeth, playing hard. I was afraid to ask,
but did anyway. "How are you doing?" She snapped back that
she was down $250, but the cards were going to change
anytime. I suggested she take a break and play the new
system on the crap table. "No w a y " , she said. After
another $150 in losses, she finally got up.
When we reached the crap table, she balked and said she
:
didn't know how to play craps. "Just do what I tell y o u " , I
said. An hour later, Wanda was amazed that she had doubled
her bankroll. "How did I do that?" she asked.
W o m e n . . . what would we ever do without ' e m ?
Folks, that little "goldmine" she used at the crap
table is in your hands right now.
It's not " I F " it's "HOW MUCH"!
THE METHOD
You must follow these directions... EXACTLY! Some people

actually gamble so they can l o s e . . . believe it or not! If you
are one of these, you probably won't be able to use the
information that follows. If you are a high roller... forget
it! If you get d r u n k . . . forget it! If you chase women...
forget it! If you are impatient... change!
It is impossible to give you a specific percentage that
you will win because of the variables involved. Sometimes,
you will double your stake in an hour, other times you may be
only even after an hour. So be patient, you will win! On the
average, you can expect to win about 25% to 30% of your total
bet on every point or spin.
The method works best with the even money bets on craps,
roulette, or baccarat. I think craps is best, so for the most
part we will use craps in the context. For you diehard
blackjack players, there is a special section later.
The reason craps is the best game to play is because pass
or don't pass wins on every point. Craps also is not prone to
streaks on either s i d e . . . and that's what we want. ELIMINATED
As much as possible, I have eliminated certain
factors that cause you to lose. When you toss out losing
factors, that means more winning.
LARGE BETS - Most progressive betting systems
require increasing your bet to the point that you
are betting a lot to win a little... that's out!
TABLE LIMIT - Double up systems are a lock to win if you
have enough money and no table limit. Well, there is a
table limit but we won't even begin to approach it until
you are playing on a lot of the casino's m o n e y . . . table
limit is out! HOT OR COLD TABLES - How many times does it
happen, you bet one way and the table is c o l d . . . you bet
the other way and the table is hot. We don't care
anymore... hot or cold is out! RULE CHANGES - You will
be playing very simple pass - don't pass, red - black,
bank - player, e t c . . . So rule change is out! STREAKS -
Ah, there's the rub! This is the only thing that can
hurt and streaks have been minimized to where it's ap-
proximately 3 3 - 1 odds against it happening. However,
you will win enough to handle the occasional streak...
on either side.
HOW TO PLAY
Now, let's get to the core of winning lots of money.

Now don't panic, but it's necessary that you have a partner. This
can be a friend, your wife, husband, girlfriend, or anyone you trust
with your money. If you are sharp enough, you can play without a
partner, but it's difficult to keep up with two players at once.
That's right, you look puzzled, we are going to place a bet on
the pass line and also a bet on the don't pass line. So now we don't
care which one wins, we have a winner every play. In effect, one side
protects the other. The only thing that we don't want is for one side
to win as many as 5 in a row. The odds are 3 3 - 1 against that. As
long as the wins go back and forth from pass to don't pass, we rake in
a bundle.
You must decide with your partner as to how the chips are to be
split up when you finally quit playing. If you put up all the money,
then all winnings are yours when you stop. If both partners go 50 -
50, then all chips are split 50 - 50 when play ceases, etc.
I recommend that each partner start with $200 in $5 chips. Play $5
units only, until you are ready to increase bets. (How to increase
comes later).
For example - if partners are 50 - 5 0 . . . and after 30 minutes of
play, partner #1 has $170 left and partner #2 has $320, the total
amount of money is $490. This belongs $245 to each partner. In this
example both partners are $45 winners even though one side has won more
than the other. When you are playing 50 - 50, all chips are pooled
together and split in half to each partner. If you put
up all the money to begin with, then of course all chips belong to
you.
Now remember, whether we play craps, roulette, or baccarat, we
are betting on "nearly" even money bets, so what we want is for
winners and losers to alternate as much as possible. An occasional
streak will hurt, but not much because one side is winning on that
streak anyway. As long as one side doesn't lose 5 in a row, we are in
tall cotton. The odds are 3 3 - 1 against 5 wins in a row for one
side.
Now, here's what we do. . . . . . . . .
CRAPS
If you have a mental block against playing don't pass, just

get that out of your 'head! Right now, we are playing to win
money!
Player #1 will play the pass line. Player #2 will play the
don't pass line. We will also use a 1-2-3-5-8 negative
progression money management system. It is playing both sides of
the line along with the progressive money system that makes this
method work to perfection.
To begin - Player #1 places a $5 chip on the pass line.
Player #2 places a $5 chip on the don't pass line. Now what's
going to happen, either pass or don't pass is going to win,
right? So on the first roll you are going to come out even, big
deal. The first roll is the only time that this will ever
happen, so don't worry about it, you didn't lose.
Let's say that the pass player won the point and $ 5 , don't
pass lost $5. We are going to increase the bet according to the
1-2-3-5-8 progression for the losing player. The winner always
goes back to one unit after a win. EXAMPLE;
Player # l ' s Bet Player #2's Bet
____(Pass) (Don't Pass) Results
Roll one $5 (1 unit) $5 (1 unit) Pass Won
Roll two $5 (1 unit) $10 (2 units) Don't Pass Won
Roll three $10 (2 units) $5 (1 unit) Don't Pass Won
Roll four $15 (3 units) $5 (1 unit) Pass Won
Roll five $5 (1- unit) $10 (2 units)
Every time you win, you go back to one unit bet. When you
lose, that player increases according to the 1-2-3-5-8 system.
In the
previous example we are ahead 2 units or $10 through the first four rolls.
The 1-2-3-5-8 progression gives you five point rolls of the dice to get
a winner on your side whether you are pass or don't pass. The odds are about
3 3 - 1 against either player winning or losing 5 in a row. It will happen
occasionally though, believe me. Should you have a streak on one side of 5
losses in a row, stop there, take your loss and start over at 1 unit. You
will win enough on alternative wins that the rare streak won't make any
difference.
Playing $5 units with the 1-2-3-5-8 progression, the largest bet for
either player will be $40 (8 units). Stop your progression at 8 and return
to 1 unit. This ends the streak and minimizes your short term loss.
When you begin to increase your basic betting unit, the maximum initial
bet will be $50 because $50 times 8 units =$400. Most table limits are $500
so to go any farther would go over the limit. If you bet more than this, you
don't need this system anyway.
Every time the line point winner changes you are ahead at least 1 unit.
Let's say we are already into play and player #1 (pass) just won
and the next ten points alternate. Here's what happens:
Roll # Player #1 Bet Player #2 Bet Won or Lost Total
1. DP(won) $5 (1 unit) $10(2 units) +$5(1 unit) +$5(1 unit)
2. P $10 $5 +$5 +$10
3. DP $5 $10 +$5 +$15
4. P $10 $5 +$5 +$20
5. DP $5 $10 +$5 +$25
6. P $10 $5 +$5 +$30
7. DP $5 $10 +$5 +$35
8. P $10 $5 +$5 +$40
9. DP $5 $10 +$5 +$45
10. P $10 $5 +$5 +$50
In this example, out of 10 point rolls each player won

half. Each player won $25 a piece and the most bet by either
player was $10. Of course, the wins won't alternate every
time, but every time the line winner changes, you come out 1
unit ahead. Summary;
1. Decide how the winnings are to be split.
2. One partner plays the pass line, the other the don't
pass line.
3. The winner on the point roll always goes back to one
unit, the loser increases the bet per the 1-2-3-5-8
progression.
4. Never play beyond 8 units.
8
14
Note: Always stop play on a line change.

In the preceding 201 actual rolls of the dice, you would be
ahead 54 units even though 3 streaks went against you.
You are ahead by:
54 units times $5 = $270
54 units times $25 = $1350
Patience is the key. You will win if you follow the instructions. Do
not get greedy until you are ahead of the house.
If you play exactly as described, the odds are incredible that
you would ever have a losing session.
15
WHILE YOU ARE WAITING
Sometimes a table will get hot. That means a shooter rolls the
dice many times before he sevens out or makes his point. If you
"need" more action, you can make a place bet on the 6 & 8 while you
wait for the point to be made or missed.
You should make only a one unit place bet, and you are the only
one who can judge whether the table is hot or not. You should only make
this bet after you are comfortable that you already have enough of the
casino's money.
Do not play the "Big 6" and "Big 8". The place bets are on the
back line of the table. If you have been playing $5 units on the
pass and don't pass, then place a $6 bet on each of the 6 and 8 on
the back line. This play pays 7 - 6 odds in your favor. When you
hit the 6 or 8 two times, then tell the dealer to take your bets
down and wait for the next point.
If the "shooter's" point is either 6 or 8, then just place bet the
one other number. For example, the shooter's point is 6, you place bet
the 8 only because your pass line partner is going to win anyway if the
6 comes up.
16
ROULETTE
Play the even money bets on roulette just as we discussed with the
crap system. The even money bets are red and black, odd and even, and
1-18 and 19 - 36. However, in roulette you only have a 94.7%
chance on winning every spin because of the 0 and 00. When one of
these two come up both partners lose at the same time. Still, your
objective is to avoid losing 5 in a row on either red or black, etc.
BACCARAT
I confess, I haven't played baccarat, but if you know the game,

the same money management and partner play used in craps should be
effective. In baccarat, either bank or player wins on every deal, so
you win every deal. There is a 5% commission charged on bank wins.
This should not affect our system very much at all, but if you find
baccarat streaking a lot one way or the other, don't play. Otherwise,
you should do as well as on craps or roulette.
KENO, SLOTS, WHEEL OF FORTUNE, ETC...DON'T PLAY !!!

17
INCREASING BETS
Let's go back to the crap table... you've been winning with our
system for quite some time now and the green monster of greed is
attacking you. YOU WANT TO WIN MORE!
You have been playing $5 units up to now, if you started with a
bank of $400 ($200 per partner), when you have doubled the bank (now
you have $800 total), then you can consider increasing your unit to
$10. Here's what you d o . . . .
The don't pass player very simply increases to $10
units and continues with the 1-2-3-5-8 progression.
The pass player should still make his original $5 bet and
once the shooter has established a point, take the odds
behind the pass line. Now the pass line player has the same
unit bet as the don't pass partner. But the odds bet behind
the line now pays 2 to 1 on 4 ' s a n d 10' s ; 3 to 2 on 5's and
9 ' s ; and 6 to 5 on 6 ' s and 8 ' s .
Now the don't pass player has simply doubled his bet,
and the pass player has doubled his too, but pass has odds
in his favor on half his bet. The pass line player still
uses the 1-2-3-5-8 progression but at half the don't pass
player's unit and takes the free odds behind the line. '
I do not recommend laying the odds for the don't pass.
With this system, the only flaw to pass line taking odds
is the come-out roll when the bet is half what don't pass is
making. However, I have had success with it because the odds
bet overcomes the 7 or 11 come out when pass has just half a
bet up.
18
VARIATION
Your odds against a streak on either side increase from 33 -1 to

70 - 1 if you carry your progression for one more roll. In other
words, instead of stopping at 8 units, go one step further to 13
units. You are doubling your odds against the streak but you also
double your loss if you lose on the 6th roll, too. Unless you have a
large bankroll, this variation is not recommended until you are
comfortably ahead of the game.
19
BLACKJACK
If you can count cards or you are an above average player who frequently
produces win streaks, then this blackjack method may not be for you. However,
for the average player like myself, it has been proven very effective.
First, you must know the basic strategy. It tells you when to stand, hit,
double down, or split pairs. In case you haven't seen it before, please learn
it by heart and play exactly as instructed. Never take hits on whims or hunches.
BASIC BLACKJACK STRAGETY
A " s o f t " hand is an ace plus any other card. A
"hard" hand is with no ace. Always Hit:
Hard 11 or less (Exception: Doubling down)
Soft 13 thru 17 (Exception: Doubling down)
Never Hit:
Hard 17 or more
Soft 20
Quick Decisions;
You have
Hard 13 thru 16 - stand on dealer's 2 thru 6, otherwise hit.
Hard 12 - stand on dealer's 4 thru 6, otherwise hit.
Soft 18 - hit on dealer's 9 or 10, otherwise stand.
(Except on doubling)
Always take advantage of every double-down or split pair situation.
These rules vary far from casino to casino, so check house rules.
20
Splitting Pairs:
You have
2 ' s . . . Split when dealer's upcard is 2 thru 7.
4 ' s . . . Split when dealer's upcard is 5.
5 ' s . . . Never split (possible double-down).
8 ' s . . . Always split.
9 ' s . . . Split when dealer's upcard is 2 thru 6 or 8-9,
1 0 ' s.. Never split.
A ' s . . . Always split.
Doubling Down:
You have
A 2 . . . Double when dealer's upcard is 5 or 6.
A 6 . . . Double when dealer's upcard is 4 thru 6.
A 7 . . . Double when dealer's upcard is 3 thru 6.
A 8 . . . Double when dealer's upcard is 6.
8 . . . Double when dealer's upcard is 6.
9 . . . Double when dealer's upcard is 2 thru 6.
1 0 . . . Double except on dealer's 10 or Ace.
1 1 . . . Always double.
Insurance;
Never take it unless you are "counting".
21
Now that you know what plays to make, as with any casino game, you
must have a money management system to have any chance of winning
consistently. The best way I've found for those of us who "win a few"
and "lose a few" is as follows:
Start with one unit. Each time you lose, increase your bet by 1
unit. Each time you win, decrease your bet by 1 unit. " When you have 2
winners in a row, go back to 1 unit and start over again.
Each time you have 2 winners in a row, you are ahead. Now, we all
know that blackjack is streaky for both player and dealer. To stop the
dealer's win streak, when you win on 6, 7, or 8 units, go back to 1 unit
on any single win. You won't be ahead but you minimize your losses.
If you go all the way to 8 units without a win, go back to one unit
anyway. Take a break and go to the crap table. I have won several
hundred dollars at a single sitting with this method on blackjack.
Important Note: This money management system is also very effective
with partner play on craps. Try it, you may like it
better. It seems to handle streaks better.
22
FINAL THOUGHTS
When you gamble;
1. Never play when you are tired.
2. Keep your head clear. Don't overindulge in alcohol.
3. Never risk more than you can afford.
4. Keep a low profile! Don't try to draw your attention to
yourself because you are winning. Play with a businesslike
attitude.
5. Don't try to break the casino all at one time. Somehow
they seem to thrive on your greed.
6. Play with a dependable, trustworthy partner.
7. Use the primary method described in this booklet. You
will have fun and you'll be:
A WINNER EVERYTIME!
file:///D|/Systems/CATFISH%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEM.htm
This is
just one system I play most of the time. I simply divide the
Wheel into quads 27-18, 6-2, 28-17, 5-1 for the double zero
wheel. Personally I’m looking for that short term trend, so I
wait 9 spins and whichever quad has the most numbers called I
start with that quad and bet 5 times and then move directly
across (not adjacent to) the next quad and bet five times, then I
move to the adjacent quad from the one I started with and after
five spins I move directly across. Before I go to the table I
determine whether I’m going to hit and move are stay for all five
spins regardless if I win. Personal Preference. Example if quad
27-18 is first target quad I bet for five spins, after I hit I
move to quad 28-17 and bet five spins after I hit I move to quad
6-2 and then of course to 5-1.
Then I repeat the process. Very Simple.
For the 0 single wheel it’s a little different. I divide into

quads 32-34 , 6-10, 5-9, 22-26 and I go through the same routine
of the initial 9 spins looking for the short term trend. Once I
begin to attack a quad after five spins I move directly next to
(adjacent to) the neighboring quad. For example if quad 32-34 is
the target quad after five spins or hit I move to 6-10 quad then
to 5-9 quad then to 22-26 quad.
Note: If after 9 spins there are three quads with three numbers
called I wait more spins until one more number is called in a
quad. Then I start. If I’m ahead 50 units or more on the first
round, sometimes I progress to 2 units for the next round.
Personal Preference. I never progress if I’m losing.
Here’s why I use two different methods of play for both wheels. I
compensate for the larger wheel circumference on the 00 Wheel. If
both wheels were spinning at the same speed and the ball was
rolling at the same speed (what are the chances huh?) the ball
would fall in a different part of one wheel than it would on the
file:///D|/Systems/CATFISH%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEM.htm (1 of 2) [7/21/2002 9:58:57 AM]

file:///D|/Systems/CATFISH%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEM.htm
other. Picture the Moon and the Earth rotating at the same speed.
The moon being smaller will rotate more revolutions than the
earth. Same as the 00 and 0 wheel. Understand that both Wheels in
their entity might be the same size but we only need to be
concerned with the number section of the wheel. It’s a Physics
thing. Friends of mine from college did some testing and I
incorporated the results into this type of play.
As for win/loss its 100/75. At one time early in my stages of

playing this system I was down close to 200 units and came back
to win 140 units and walked away a happy camper……..minus a few
pounds.
This is the way (I) play. I do not go home broke, nor do I break
the bank, I have fun and do manage to win most of the time. I’ve
tested this system for performance. If someone does a test on
this system it means nothing to me unless someone can guarantee
me the same numbers you test with will come up on my next visit
to the casino. Testing is good only if you test for the
performance of your system and not to determine if the system is
successful against a group of numbers. If it performs well, it
will be successful.
file:///D|/Systems/CATFISH%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEM.htm (2 of 2) [7/21/2002 9:58:57 AM]

Cautious Martingale
We all know by now that Martingale is a risky method, that you invest a
large amount in order to gain only 1 unit profit, as you keep doubling your
bet if you haven't hit. However, if we use Martingale cautiously and if we
know that our even money area will hit within 3 or 4 spins, we could use a 4
or 5 step Martingale to achieve our goal. Most people bet on only one area
of their preference, say on either Red or Black. By using Martingale, they
hope to hit a Red or a Black within 5-6 spins. Or some individuals wait for
a streak of Red or Black before they apply Martingale on the opposite
colour, assuming that it is "due". We should all know by now, that this the
gambler's fallacy and in Roulette nothing is due. The result of the next
spin does not depend on the previous one. I have seen many times, 9-10 Reds
or Blacks lining up in a row with no guarantee that the next spin will be
the opposite colour. That's where Martingale fails the most. As you keep
betting by doubling up your betting amount, you either exceed the table's
limit or you run out of money before you get your unit profit.
If we observe patterns of Blacks and Reds on the scoreboard, we will see

that they either show up in a choppy way, that is they alternate frequently,
either like a zig zag or every other spin, or they show up in a streaky
manner, that is with long sequences of Reds or Blacks. Observing those
results a bit further, we can also see, that a table switches from being
choppy to streaky and vice versa every now and then. Taking all that into
account, I came to the conclusion that it may be worth using a 5 step
Martingale not on a specific colour but on a specific pattern of behaviour.
And this pattern happens to be a repeating colour. In other words, you would
be betting on the colour that just came up.
Now, what are the advantages of following a specific colour? Well, first of
all, if the table behaves with a streaky fashion, you win every single bet,
regardless of if the streak is on Black or Red, since you are betting on the
same colour that just came up. So a sequence of 10 successive Blacks or Reds
file:///D|/Systems/Izak's%20Cautious%20Martingale.htm (1 of 4) [7/21/2002 11:54:41 AM]

Cautious Martingale
will result in 9 wins. If the table is slightly choppy, that is not exactly
a zig zag, then you will win either every other spin, or once every third
spin, or once every fourth spin. This way a 5 step Martingale of a sequence
1, 2, 4, 8, 16 will yield excellent results.
I was using a $50 unit value. Therefore my 5 step Martigale became: $50,
$100, $200, $400, $800. This required a bankroll of $1550. Every win
resulted in a $50 profit. To play it safe, I observed scoreboards of the
tables where Red and Black were coming up in a choppy manner, with an exact
zig zag, that is one Red, one Black, one Red, and one Black. Once either Red
or Black repeated, that was the mark of the end of the choppiness and I
attacked with my repeat colour strategy. You could win 10 to 20 sessions
until Red and Black starts zig zagging again. Once you have won your say 10
sessions, you don't wait until the table becomes choppy again. You look for
a new opportunity at a different table. It's good to sit at a place where
you can view multiple scoreboards and go for the one that just has ended the
Red and Black zig zag.
We will count the number of non-repeating colours. When the colour finally
repeats and if this number is less or equal than 5 then we win the session
and we profit $50:
24 B
23 R (bet on Black, we lose, count 1)
1 R (bet on Red, we win, count = 2, we cash $50)
13 B (bet on Black, we lose, count = 1)
35 B (bet on Black, we win, count = 2, we cash another $50)
0 G (bet on Black, we lose, count = 1)
13 B (bet on Black ,we win, count = 2, we cash another $50)
12 R loss count 1
29 B loss count 2
33 B win count 3 (cash $50)
14 R loss count 1

Cautious Martingale
2 B loss count 2
33 B win count 3 (cash $50) (not bad, $250 in 12 spins.)
15 B win again $50
30 R lose count 1
31 B lose count 2
5 R lose count 3
23 R win count 4 (cash $50, count is still less than 5)
31 B lose count 1
21 R lose count 2
12 R win count 3 (cash $50, so far profit $350)
12 R win again count 1 cash $50
8B
29 B cash $50
36 R
18 R cash $50
0
12 R cash $50
5 R cash $50
9 R cash $50
go home, enough cashing for today, have a dinner on me.
Go to the web site and see for yourselves. At one stage, there are 8
repeating Reds, you make a profit of $350 right there.
At another stage, there is a zig zag of 6 spins, where you lose your 5 step
Martingale session. This will reduce your profits by $1550. But this happens
only when we get too greedy and we don't stop after cashing 10 times the $50
unit profit and we don't wait for this zig zag to occur without getting
caught. I think catching a streak of 10 units at $50 profiting $500 is quite
sufficient for 1 hour's play. I caught 4 opportunities today in Casino de
Montreal, cashed $2000 and left happily. If I would catch a 6 spin zig zag
on my way, I would still be ahead by $450, where I would have also left
happily. As long as you quit when you are ahead, that's what counts.

Cautious Martingale
Now, this stategy works pretty well, but it is not fail proof. If Dale's
fifth step of Martingale $800 bet was a loss, then he would have been down
by $1,550. And this is bound to happen sooner or later, if you play this
strategy on the long run, unless you are there for a hit and run, bet 5
times, cash $250 and go home happily.

The Rules:
The Rules:
1) You need to create a chart first off. You should have a

row for each spin, and a column for each 6 number street (for the
first and last street you will have seven numbers as each of
those will contain either the 0 or the 00). I have included an
excel file with a sample chart. After the six columns you just
created, also create a column to mark down the spacing between
the columns. So if the first spin was in the first column and
the second spin was in the third column then you would mark the
spacing down as 2.
2) Clock the first 8 spins, marking an X in the box of the
column that contains the number that just came up.
3) You are looking for a pattern to come up. After you clock
the 8 spins, take a look at the pattern that is created by the Xs
you marked in the boxes. You will now make a bet that follows
the pattern that is being created.
4) There are 5 different types of patterns that you can look
for - Next street, Returning Street, Close Returns, Arc, Straight
Lines.
a.) Next street would be a pattern where the numbers that are
coming up are in the street that is on either side of the street
that just came up.
b.) Returning Street would be a pattern where the numbers may
jump from one street to another and then come back to the
original street.
c.) Close Returns are similar to Returning Street except that
when it jumps back it does not come back to the original street,
but instead to one of the streets on either side.
d.) Arc, forms a curve shape, where the numbers start in one
streets, and move away from it but the return a few spins later.
e.) Straight Line would be a pattern where the numbers keep
moving in one direction, moving a specific distance each spin.
5.) Keep in mind when watching for patterns that street 1 and
street 6 are considered to be right next to each other. So that
means that 1 and 2 are only 2 spaces away from each other, not 4.
file:///D|/Systems/CB%20STEET%20SYSTEM.htm (1 of 3) [7/21/2002 9:59:36 AM]

The Rules:
That is essentially the basics of the system. You clock the

numbers on a chart, watching for patterns in the way the streets
come up, and then you make your bet according to the pattern that
comes up.
Problems with the System:
The main, and most prominent problem that I see with the system
is that it is a very subjective system. You are interpreting
patterns, which to me is like guessing. When you think about it,
the same pattern could be interpreted by 2 different people in
different ways, thus ending up with two different bets. If you
ask me you are just as well off if you were to just pick your
streets randomly.
I have problems with anybody saying that they have a way of

predicting which numbers will come up next. Anyone who says this
is lying, and in most cases is trying to SELL you the system that
they have.
Now, don't get me wrong, I have tested this system out on a few
days of numbers from my Hamburg files and it actually did quite
well. Though I am really not sure if this is just how I
interpreted the numbers (which like I said earlier may be
interpreted differently by someone else), or maybe due to the
fact that I actually had the next result in front of me at the
time which may have skewed my judgement. It is easy to predict
the next street (and to justify your interpretation of the
patterns you are looking at) if you already have the results in
front of you.
If you are looking for a way to pick numbers, other than totally
randomly, then this is not a bad system. I would not expect it
to win more often that picking randomly though, if you do you
will be disappointed. Also, I found that at times I got
frustrated when looking at the patterns and could not really
decipher what the pattern was or what my bet should be.
SUMMARY:

The Rules:
To summarize this system. You clock at least 8 spins, looking

for a pattern or trend in the 6 number streets. You make your
bet to follow one of the 5 different patterns noted above. You
are betting 6 units per bet (7 on the first and last street as
each of these contains either the 0 or 00).
Best of Luck
Jeff D.

INTRODUCTION
INTRODUCTION
Congratulations
The roulette-system Challenge 2.1
puts You way ahead of the average roulette Player
Beside even money bets, twelve number bets have always been
system players favorites.
The roulette strategy Challenge 2.1 fulfills the gain expectations of

real players, which are searching for a practicable
and at the same time gain active system.
The handling of the system is absolutely problem tree?

Conventional calculations of probability can t deal with twelve
number bets. A relevant cause for this is, that the distribution of
dozens and columns is very divergent on the roulette wheel,
the numbers are scattered, without a usable regulative factor In addition
a full bet is lost, when Zero or Double zero comes cut-
Therefore, with CHALLENGE 2 1 Cosmo-Research has developed an innovative
approach to attack dozens and / or columns,
Two strong components build this roulette strategy:
1. The basic betting pattern ensures an optimal hit rate.

2. The progression ensures that stagnation phases can lie overcome.
By integration of these two components. Challenge 21 achieves

net gain percentages, which seemed to be impossible so far.
This Explanation will familiarize you step by step with Challenge 2.1.
A)
In section SYSTEM DESCRIPTION we describe in great detail
how to handle the record sheet,
the basic pattern of dozens or columns,
the progression,
win and toss limits and the stop / loss procedure.
There is also a blank form to copy your own record sheets {both
file:///C|/challenge2.1/Challenge21.htm (1 of 28) [12/3/2002 9:59:21 AM]

INTRODUCTION
for dozens and columns).
B)
In section DEMONSTRATION you will find 2 complete sessions with spin by spin
explanation of the system.
0
The section BANKROLL covers money related advice and also the Zero-rule.
IMPORTANT:
We recommend, that you practice the system before you start with actual
sessions in a casino (the record sheet is designed to fit on paper half the
size of a letter, so if folded in two it forms a small strip easy to use}-
Challenge
2.1
Record
Sheet
Description
The record sheet for the Challenge 2.1 roulette

strategy is designed to fit on paper the size of a letter.
If you prefer you can print it on paper of legal size.
The sheet contains a header line with a box for the session
date, 64 spin lines
and 13 columns to enter all necessary numbers.
In the record sheet below we have omitted the header and the box for the
session date,
Instead in the header tine the columns are numbered for a better
understanding.
1 2 3 4 5 « 7 • 9 10 11 12 13 column 1 : spin number

column 2:ZZ., enter Zero or
Double Zero here
spin ZZ no. 1.0 2.d 3.d dz. c1 c2 units gbal tbal column 3 : no., enter the come out
number here

INTRODUCTION
1 column 4: l.d , mark a first dozen

number here with an X
column 5 : 2.d , mark a second dozen
2 number here with an X
column 6 : 3.d , mark a third dozen
3 number here with an X
column 7: dz., enter her the dozen
you want to bet on this
4 spin
column 8: cl, progression Code 1
is entered here
5
column 9: c2, progression Code 2
is entered here
6 column 10: units, the number or
units you want to bet
on this spin
7 column 11: g , the result of that bet
is entered here
8 column 12 : bal, the game balance
is entered here
column 13 : teal, here the session
9 balance is entered after
completion of a game
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19

INTRODUCTION
62
63
64
Challenge 2.1
Record Sheet
Description of a manual filled record sheet.
To highlight all demonstrations in the system description, we have color coded
the dozen were we have placed a bet:
Green cells stand for won bets.

Red cells stand for lost bets.
To color the spaces is not feasible in a manual sheet when betting at a roulette
table
in the form below, you can see that we simply circle the dozen of our next bet.
r Challenge 2.1
spin zz no. 1.d 2.d 3.d dz. C1 C2 units g bal tbal
1 34 x

INTRODUCTION
2 25 x
3 11. x
4 18 x
5 30 - 3 20 18 1 +2 +2 +2
6 2 - 1 20 18 1 +2 +2 +4
7 29 O x 2 20 18 1 -1 -1
8 15 - 2 21 18 1 +2 +1 +5
9 26 x
10 4 x
11 24 - 2 20 18 1 +2 +2 +7
3
12 36 - 3 20 18 1 +2 +2 +9
fl(/
13 14 O X 1 20 18 1 -1 -1
14 31 O 1 20 18 1 -1 -2 + 7
15
Challenge 2.1
Basic Betting
Pattern

INTRODUCTION
Challenge 2.1 adapts to the spin run and designates a bet on a dozen or a column
whenever a hit for this chance is most probable.
Following all demonstrations are executed on dozens, they apply equally also to
columns. The attack signal for Challenge 2.1 Is the appearance of all three dozens in
three consecutive spins'
This is our basic pattern to determine where to place our bets.
There are six possible appearances of this pattern;
1.
spin ZZ no. l.d 2.6 3.d
1 10 X
2 17 X
3 26 X
2.
spin ZZ no. l.d 2.d 3.d
1 12 X
2 25 X
3 14 X
3.

INTRODUCTION
1 16 X
2 11 X
3 32 X
4.
spin ZZ no. l.d 2.d 3.4
1 15 X
2 27 X
3 9 X
5.
1 33 X
2 13 X
3 8 X
6.
1 36 X

INTRODUCTION
2 7 X
3 18 X
We bet always on the dozen that did appear first in this sequence
To highlight all following demonstrations, we have color coded the

chances were we have placed a bet:
Green cells stand for won bets*
Red cells stand for lost bets.
Example No. 1 : 1999-08-01
spin ZZ no. l.d 2.d 3.d dz. Cl C2 unit gbal tbal

s
1 17 X
2 10 X
3 2 X
4 20 X
5 6 X
6 29 • Y •
7 22 2 20 IS 1 +2 ^
With spins 4 (20, second dozen), 5 ( 6, first dozen) and 6 (29, third dozen)
We see all three dozens in three consecutive spins.
For the next sp(n we place our bet on the second dozen.
Spin 7 : No. 20 comes out, we win our bet.

INTRODUCTION
Example No. 2 ; 1999-08-03
„„„ . .„„„„,„ ,,„„„.„„ „„„„„„,,„„„„.
spin Z2 no. l.d 2-d 3.d dz. cl c2 units gbal tbal
1 16 X
2 34 X
3 16 X
4 16 X
S 36 X
6 36 X
7 17 X
8 21 X
9 35 X
10 4 X
11 16 2 20 18 1 +2
+2
Spins 8 (21, second dozen), 9 ( 35, third dozen) and 10 (4, first dozen);
again we nave all three dozens in three consecutive spins.
For spin 11 we place our bet on the second dozen.
Spin 11: No. 16 comes out,we win our bet.
Example No. 3 : 1999-08-07

INTRODUCTION
Spins 2,3 and 4 bring up our basic pattern so for the next spin
we place our bet on the third dozen.
Spin 5 : No. 30 comes out.we win our bet.
Example No. 4 : 1999-08-10
spin 22 no. 141 2.d 3.d dz. cl c2 units Sbrt Tbal
1 34 X
2 36 X
3 7 X
4 6 X
5 8 X
6 33 X
7 22 X
X +2
8 4 1 20 18 1 +2 ,,
+-'

INTRODUCTION
The spirs 5, 6 and 7 produce again our basic pattern (No's 8» 33 and
22, all three dozens in three consecutive spins).
We bet the first dozen on the next spin.
No. 4 comes out: we win our bet.
In the examples above we have always had a hit on our first bet.
That. naturally will not happen evervtime.
if our first bet fails to hit. we bet again the same dozen
on the next spin:
Example No. 5 : 1999-08-12
spin Z2 no. 1.0 2.d 3.d dz. d c2 units 9 bal tbal
I 14 X
2 10 X
3 10 X
4 14 X
5 00 20 X
6 34 X
7 20 X
8 16 X
9 4 X
10 13 X

INTRODUCTION
11 30 X
12 22 Y 1 20 18 1 -1
13 3 1 21 18 1 +2 + +1
With spins 9, 10 and 11( No's 4,13 and 30) we find our pattern.
We have now to place a bet on the first dozen.Spin 12 comes up
with No. 22. We lose our bet. On the next spin we bet again on the first dozen
Spin 13 comes up with No. 3. We win our bet.
Example No. 6 : 1999-08-20
Again with No's 31, 11 and 20 (spins 2, 3 and 4) we see our basic
pattern. We place our bet for spin five on the third dozen.No. 2 comes
out on spin 5. We lose our bet. On spin 6 we bet again the third
dozen. No. 6 comes out. We lose this bet also. We place a bet
on the third dozen the third time. On spin 7 No. 32 comes out,
We win this bet.
If a third bet In the betting sequence is lost we stop the game.
Now we have to waft for our basic pattern downstream of the
Example No. 7 : 1999-08-23

INTRODUCTION
In spins 5, 6 and 7 we see our basic pattern.

Now we have to bet the third dozen.On spin 8 No. 24 comes out
We lose this bet Again we bet on the third dozen.Spin 9 is lost
also because No. 6 comes out.
We bet a third time on the third dozen and lose again due to
No. 20 on spin 10. We stop and continue to record the spins.
Spins 17,18 and 19 produce our basic pattern (No's 1,16

and 30).
For spin 20 we have to place a bet on the first dozen.
Spin 20 : No. 10, we win this bet.
We use this new pattern in spins 18, 19 and 20 (No's 16, 30 and 10)
to determine a new bet: we have to bet on the second dozen on spin 21.
Spin 21: No. 13, we win this bet too.

INTRODUCTION
Now we use the pattern of spins 19, 20 and 21 (No's 30,10 and 13)
to determine a new bet on the third dozen on spin 22-
Spin 22 : No. 35, we win this bet
Spin 20, 21 and 22 form again our

basic pattern.
We have to bet on the first dozen on
spin 23.
Spin 23 : No. 4, we win this bet.
After the appearance of our basic pattern, we begin betting'
Whenever a first bet hits. a new basic pattern with the two previous spins.
is produced. We will use this pattern to determine a new bet and place that
bet on the very next spin !
Important: If a second or a third bet in a betting sequence hits. we have to
wait for a new basic pattern downstream of the hit-The spin of the last won bet
may be part of this new pattern
Example 09-29-1999: spins 21. 22 and 23 form the new pattern 'They are
downstream
from the last lost bet. We cannot use spins 19. 20 and 21 or Spins -20. 2l and 22!
Example 10-04-1999: spins 11. 12 and 13 form the new pattern They are
downstream from the last lost bet. We cannot use spins 9.10 and 11!
3. After three lost bets, we stop betting and wait for a new basic pattern downstream of

INTRODUCTION
the last lost bet, before we continue with our game!

Example 1999-08-10 : obviously spins 37.38 and 39 form our basic pattern.
however we can not use these spins because, only spins 39 is downstream from
the last lost bet!
It s as simple as that'.
In the next section we will introduce you to our progression,

Challenge 2.1
The Progression
Systems which use equal size bets generally contain long lasting stagnation
phases, which make a strategic play uneconomic. expenditure of time and
yield are in no profitable relation to each other.
As alternative many systems offer a variety of progressions.
However, all progressions nave the disadvantage that with increasing bet sizes
the Zero-tax gradually grows also, until it is impossible for the progression
to regain the amount lost to Zero or Doublezero 1
Based on this realization Cosmo-Research has constructed a progression.

from now on called ..DIVISION", which goes a new, intelligent way.
The starting point of DIVISION is. that with a large probability within
a limited spin sequence there will be a certain number of hits.

INTRODUCTION
When these hits will come is unpredictable, but that the hits will come
is probabilistically provable,
DIVISION uses 2 Code numbers, put into relation to each other.

From their variable relation the bet size is determined.
This type of bet size determination can be used profitably

on even money and on twelve number bets.
Now we are going to demonstrate how DIVISION works on

even money bets.assuming that the system ,X" will hit five times within
a specific sequence of consecutive roulette spins.
Gain target is 5 units:
win/loss Codel Code 2 division result bet balance
betl loss 5 5 5/5 1 -1 -1
bet 2 loss 6 5 6/5 1 -1 -2
bet 3 loss 7 5 7/5 1 -1 -3
bet 4 win 8 5 8/5 2 +2 -1
bet 5 win 6 4 6/4 2 +2 +1
bet 6 loss 4 3 4/3 1 -1 0
bet 7 win 5 3 5/3 2 +2 +2
bet 8 loss 3 2 2/3 2 -2 0
bet 9 win 5 2 612 3 +3 +3
bet 10 win 2 1 2/1 2 +2 +5
Although plus and minus are even, we have 5 hits and 5 failed hits.

INTRODUCTION
DIVISION results with a 5 unit gain
How is this gain achieved?
The Code numbers of 5 were set against each other. Code 1 can be set
variable, it orients itself at the increase of bet sizes, up to which
you are willing to go The higher the Code 1, the more steeply the bet size
is increasing.
Code 2 corresponds to the number of hits. which you expect.
The two Code numbers are divided by each other. Results smaller man i
are rounded up to 1 unit. Results of the division greater than 1 -4 are
rounded up to 2 units, results between 2 and 2 4 are rounded down to 2,
from 2-5 rounded up to 3 and so forth.
Code 1 is increased after a loss by the number of the lost units. It is

reduced after a hit bv deduction of the amount of won units.
Code 2 remains unchanged after a loss and is reduced after a
hit by 1 pay out ratio of even money bets).
A further demonstration of DIVISION with the expectation of

a 10 unit gain after 10 hits follows:
win/toss Code l Code 2 division result bet balance
betl loss 10 10 10/10 1 -1 -1
bet 2 loss 11 10 11/10 1 -1 -2
bet 3 loss 12 10 12/10 1 -1 -3
bet4 win 13 10 13/10 1 +1 -2
bet5 win 12 9 12/9 1 +1 -1
bet6 loss 11 8 11/8 1 -1 -2
bet 7 loss 12 8 12/8 2 -2 -4

INTRODUCTION
bet8 win 14 8 14/8 2 +2 -2
bet9 win 12 7 12/7 2 +2 0
bet 10 win 10 6 10/6 2 +2 +2
bet 11 loss 8 5 8/5 2 -2 0
bet 12 win 10 5 10/5 2 +2 +2
bet 13 loss 8 4 8/4 2 -2 0
bet 14 win 10 4 10/4 3 +3 +3
bet 15 loss 7 3 7/3 2 -2 +1
bet 16 loss 9 3 9/3 3 -3 -2
bet 17 win 12 3 12/3 4 •»-4 +2
bet 18 loss 8 2 8/2 4 -4 -2
bet 19 win 12 2 12/2 6 +6 +4
bet 20 win 6 1 6/1 6 +6 +10
This demonstration too proves the basic operability of DIVISION:

with 10 hits and 10 lost bets after 20 placed bets we see again a 10 unit gain
In order to keep bet sizes within a defensive limit we recommend two reductions
1. An attack should be aborted if a positive balance is achieved. During

the 2. demonstration that would be after the 10. placed bet. In Chat
case, the attack ends with a 2 unit gain. A new attack can be started
immediately, which begins again with Code 1 as 10 and Code 2 as 10.
2. An attack should be aborted likewise, when Code 2 falls below 3.

INTRODUCTION
even when the total balance is stilt negative.
Both measures will keep the table bankroll in a reasonable limit and will
reduce the imponderability of the Zero-tax substantially.
In order to fully use the elasticity of a specific roulette strategy Code 2 should
not amount to under 10. A higher base value is quite possible,
however not over 20, since then an attack can drag on for a long time.
Code 1 can be defined variable, it should for the start amount to half
the value of Code 2. Thus with Code 2 beeng 20, Code 1 would be at least 10
That would be a very restrictive play with low starting bet sizes,
particularlv important if the probability of hits is rather small,
Offensive betting is possible, if the probability of a future hit accumulation
exists, for example after a lost session. In this case the Code 1 can be fixed on 28,Code
2 on 20.
An ideal relation for the beginning are identical Code numbers, for
example 20 / 20.
With each starting relation of Code numbers an extremely variable play with
outstanding gain perspectives is possible!
After introducing you with (.division" for even money bets,
we will now demonstrate the use of DIVISION with twelve number bets
Due to the pay out ratio of 2:1 on twelve number bets, DIVISION is
ideally suited for this kind of systems!
We start with Code 1 as 20 and Code 2 as 18, 18 corresponds to an
adequate score you can expect 9 hits with a 2 unit gain = total gain 18 units!
Once again we demonstrate the determination of bet sizes:
The two Code numbers are divided against each other ( 20 :18).
Results less 1 will be rounded up to 1. Results of the division starting from 1.5
are rounded up to 2 units, results between 2 and 2.4 are rounded down to 2,
from 2.5
rounded up to 3 and so forth-
Code 1 is increased after a loss bv the number of the lost units, it is
reduced after a hit by deduction of the amount of won units.
Code 2 remains unchanged after a toss and Is reduced after*
hit by 2 (pav out ratio of twelve number bets).

INTRODUCTION
win/loss code 1 code 2 division result bet balance
Bet 1 loss 20 18 20/18 1 .1 -1
bet 2 loss 21 18 21/18 1 -1 -2
bet 3 loss 22 18 22/18 1 -1 ,3
bet4 win 23 18 23/18 1 +2 -1
bet 5 loss 21 16 21/16 1 -1 -2
bet 6 loss 22 16 22/16 1 -1 -3
bet 7 loss 23 16 23/16 1 -1 -4
bet8 win 24 16 24/16 2 +4 0
bet 9 loss 20 14 20/14 1 -1 -1
bet 10 loss 21 14 21/14 2 -2 -3
bet 11 loss 23 14 23/14 2 -2 -5
bet 12 win 25 14 25/14 2 +4 -1
bet 13 win 21 12 21/12 2 +4 +3
After 13 placed bets (with 18 units wagered ) and only 4 hits, DIVISION
achieves a 3 unit gain! The attack is terminated.
New attack with Codes 20 : 18.
In the next section we will demonstrate the integration of the
basic betting pattern with ,,DIVISION".

INTRODUCTION
Challenge 2.1
Inteqration
In the example below we show, how the basic pattern is combined with the progression "
division ".
After three lost bets in sequence we stop the attack, until the basic pattern appears
again. An attad1
is terminated whenever an effective positive result Is achieved (this is marked with the
letter S).
Immediately we start a new attack with the code numbers 20 against 18.
1999-OB-01
In section DEMONSTRATION you will find two sessions with spin by spin
explanations.
Challenge
2.1
Win / Loss
Limits

INTRODUCTION
For succesful systematical betting with the roulette strategy

Challenge 2.1 it is essential that you keep strictly to all listed limits!
The 31 sessions played in August 1999 cover all limits. Every record
sheet
of these sessions contains an explanation of the limits used.
1. Game attack gain target :

minimum 1 unit, IF the first bet of a game is a hit you win 2
units (see session 1999-08-01) Sometimes when a game
begins with a couple of losses and the progression gets active
a game may even end with a 3 or 4 unit gain (see session
1999-08-06 and 1999-08-08)
2. Game length time
45 Ideal spins. (Ideal spins do not count the spins for Zero or
Double Zero)
3. Game Loss Limit
Minus 13 Units (see Session 1999-10-21)
4. Session Gain Target
5 Units in 45 ideal spins recommended 3 games/attacks
5. Session Stop Limits

if after 45 Ideal spins a session and a previous positive session
balance your last game is still negative, this last game and the
session as well are terminated.
(A) once the balance of you last game reaches a positive value
( see session 1999-08-02)
(B) The game limit of 45 Spins is reached (see Session 1999-
08-05)
maximum session length 64 spins

Challenge 2.1
Stop-Loss
Procedure
Approximately 50 % of the time you will reach the session goal of a 5 unit

INTRODUCTION
gain in less
than 45 spins.
To maximize the profit, we recommend the following procedure:
Of your 5 unit gain you can use 2 units for further attacks. If the 2
units are lost,
you stop this new attack and keep the 3 units.
After a gain of 6,7, 8 or 9 units you do exactly the same: after the loss of 2
units you terminate the
attack.
After a gain of 10 units you terminate the attack after a loss of 3 units with plus 7.
After a gain of 11,12,13 Other 14 units you lose max. 4 units-Then the attack is
terminated.
If your total gain is more than 14 units, your maximum loss is restricted to 5 units.
y
With this Stop-Loss Procedure you can ride winning streaks
and avoid
losing streaks,
The table below shows the limits again:
Gain Stop
+5 +3
+6 +4
-7 +5
+8 +6
+9 +7

INTRODUCTION
+10 +7
+11 +7
+12 +8
+13 +9
+14 +10
+15 +10
This Stop / Loss Procedure was used during the 31 sessions

played
in August 1999. Every record sheet contains an explanation
of the used stop limit.
Date:
ss. 22 no. l.d 2.d 3.d dz. cl c2 units g bal thai

INTRODUCTION
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22

INTRODUCTION
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38

INTRODUCTION
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54

INTRODUCTION
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64

CIRCUMSTANCE SYSTEM
This system is for betting on RED/BLACK only, the theory behind this is that red and
black are the only constant pattern on the roulette wheel. The pattern is only
interrupted by the “0” and “00.
The “circumstance” part of the system is you need to wait of a particular

“circumstance” to occur. All this is you need to wait for a color, any color, to hit three
times in a row and then change. You then start betting on the color that hit three times
in a row. For added “safety” you can wait for a color to hit five times and then change.
NEVER change the color you are betting on once you start
The basis of the system is actually the betting method, which is similar
to a number of other betting methods but does allow for different levels
of starting bank.
The first level requires a starting bank of $225.00, buy 5 x $25.00 chips
and 20 x $5.00 chips. The target level is around $75.00 for the session.
The first bet is $25.00 on the selected color. If you win the next bet is
$20.00, if you lose the next bet is $30.00. When you win a bet REDUCE
your next bet by $5.00, if you lose INCREASE you’re bet by $5.00. The
idea being is that the value of you winning bet will always be more than
the value of your losing bet. If you have an equal number of winning and
losing bets you will be ahead.
The second level requires a starting bank of $450.00, buy 10 x $25.00

chips (5 x $50.00) and 40 x $5.00 chips (20 x $10.00). The first bet being
$50.00 on the selected color. If you win decrease your bet to $40.00, if
you lose increase your bet to $60.00. When you win a bet REDUCE your
next bet by $10.00, if you lose INCREASE you’re bet by $10.00. The target
for this level is around $150.00 for the session.
The third level requires a starting bank of $900.00, buy 5 x $100.00 and
40 x $10.00. The first bet is $100.00. If you win the next bet is $80.00, if
file:///D|/Systems/CIRCUMSTANCE%20SYSTEM.htm (1 of 2) [7/9/2002 8:16:22 AM]

CIRCUMSTANCE SYSTEM
you lose the next bet is $120.00. When you win a bet REDUCE your next
bet by $20.00, if you lose INCREASE you’re bet by $20.00. The target is
around $300.00 for the session.
The claim is that you should win 6 out of seven times and if you don’t
spend more than the starting bank you will make a profit over the seven
games equal to the bank you started with.
file:///D|/Systems/CIRCUMSTANCE%20SYSTEM.htm (2 of 2) [7/9/2002 8:16:22 AM]

file:///D|/Systems/CONDOR%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEM.htm
Before entering the Casino you will already have decided what level of income you
desire for the week, divide this amount by the number of nights you wish to visit
the Casino. This will then be your daily Target. Be reasonable with the amount you
want to earn, after all the system may sound very simple but it is a whole new
business that takes time to learn.
take it easy, Condor recommended only 4-7 wins per evening and then you stop,
or if you lose your bankroll you stop. Remember that you will lose 1 bank out of
every 5-6 visits to the casino. We play the odd or even boxes. For example if you
are going to
bet even and 2 odds have just spun, then start betting now on EVEN. If the bet
wins continue with the same stake again until bet looses. When the bet looses
double your bet on the next spin of the wheel, if that bet looses double the stake
again on the next spin. Having this table before starting over again with the
original stake amount. IF NOT DO NOT CONTINUE AT THAT TABLE have a break
and re-evaluate before starting
again. So simple so effective.
Condor recommends you stop doubling your stake after three losses. If you go to
three losses STOP, walk away from the table, get yourself a cup of coffee and
evaluate all tables again, before starting again.
file:///D|/Systems/CONDOR%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEM.htm [7/21/2002 9:59:55 AM]

THE CONSISTENT PROFIT
ROULETTE© SYSTEM©
A.K.A.
THE CPR SYSTEM©

SINGLE AND MULTIPLE PLAYER
METHODS
DEVELOPED AND COPYRIGHTED© 1997 BY
Chuck Sutton
All rights reserved. No part of this manual or associated
material may be used, copied, or stored, electronically
or otherwise, or reproduced in any manner
whatsoever without the express written
permission of the author.
Published by The Leonard Benson Company
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED EXCLUSIVELY BY AUTHOR

FOREWORD BY LEONARD BENSON
WHY ROULETTE?? Because you can learn this spectacular method in one
hour . . . you can win 95 to 98 percent of your games . . . and you can make a lot
of money. So, why not roulette??
How much money can you make?? 100 to 150 units per hour if playing alone, or
200 + units each if playing with a partner. In fact, on page 9 of this book, you learn how
to make over $22,000 in less than six weeks starting with just 25¢ units in Nevada or $1.
units elsewhere.
You have to get used to playing with lots of units in this powerful CPR©
System©, and winning lots of units. Minimum units at the roulette table are the
lowest of any casino table games. You actually tell the dealer the unit size you want and
he then designates the special roulette chips he gives you to be that size. As an
example, let's say you want to buy in for $200. Here in Nevada, that could be 800 25¢
units.
The posted table minimum may be $3., as an example, but that refers to the total
dollar-value of the units you have in action on the numbers during any one spin of the
wheel, not the actual unit size. If playing alone, you'll have nine units in action on any
one spin, so units as low as 50¢ would easily cover the $3. table minimum. The unit size
minimums outside of Nevada are usually $1. with table minimums of $5. This book, of
course, provides your unit breakdown for whatever buy-in you want to use.
Don't be alarmed when you see a buy-in for 800 units. That can be as low as
$
200 if playing 25¢ units, or as low as $80 if playing 10¢ units (as allowed in some
Nevada casinos, including several in Las Vegas). Remember, you are going to win 100
to 150 units per hour if playing alone, or 200 + units each with a partner.
And it's easy. In feet, I had a tough time believing something so simple could
make so much money. In the video accompanying this book, Chuck Sutton, the author
of this system, taught it to me in a little over an hour. It's that simple.
There really is nothing to memorize. For your convenience, we have
miniaturized and laminated the only two charts you need to bring to the table. We
have also provided you with extra score sheets. Make photocopies of these before you
run out of them.
What you will need to do is practice recording the required information on your
score sheets and placing your bets on the called-for numbers between successive spins of
the wheel. This is why your course includes a roulette wheel, layout and chips.
This manual is about 110 pages, including the Appendix, because Chuck wants
you to be sure you know everything he knows about this powerful system, including
how and why it was developed. The system itself, however, is really contained on
three pages. If you want to get right to the heart of the system and learn it as quickly as
possible, you can do so by reading pages 6 through 8. Then look at the chart on page 8
to see how much money you can make very quickly. I suggest you watch the video first,
then really study those pages. Once you've satisfied your curiosity about how easy it is,
then, if you like, go back and read the whole book. The majority of the manual includes
background information, charts and examples.
You can also get your roulette questions answered by calling the regular
hotline number for the Leonard Benson Company. That number is (702) 733-6133 and
is answered every Monday through Friday from Noon to 6:00 p.m. Las Vegas time.
I have known Chuck since 1992, when he became one of our craps students. He
had wanted another game to add to his repertoire. He presented his CPR System to me
for marketing in early 1996. It has taken me over a year to be sure it was every bit as
good as represented. It is!!
Approaching roulette as a science instead of superstition has been Chuck's

lifelong passion. He has done well at craps, and then later at blackjack, but he really
prefers roulette. You'll find him an easy and enjoyable person to talk with. He will do
everything he can to help you become as successful as he has been while playing CPR,
his Consistent Profit Roulette System.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
FOREWORD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . a
CONSISTENT WINNING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
HOW TO PLAY ROULETTE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
©
HOW TO PLAY CPR ROULETTE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
©
SUMMARY OF THE CPR METHOD OF PLAY . . . . . . . . . . . 6
©
CPR INANUTSHELL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
$
GOFROM 25¢ TO 22,000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
A GOOD PARTNER?? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
THE NINE COMMANDMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
THE TABLE LAYOUT VS. THE WHEEL LAYOUT. . . . . . . . . . . 13
©
PARTNER-PLAY CPR ROULETTE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
©
THE POWER OF CPR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
THE SINGLE ZERO WHEEL (FRENCH ROULETTE) ….. . Appendix i & 20
HOW TO PLAY SINGLE PLAYER CPR© ROULETTE . . . . . . . . 22
THREE MODES OF PLAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
EXAMPLES OF PARTNER PLAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
TO PARTNER OR NOT?? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
SINGLE PLAYER VERSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
MONEY MANAGEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
A BANK ACCOUNT? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
A NOTE ON SECURITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
THE LAW OF DISPROPORTIONATE OCCURRENCES . . . . . . . 68
RECORDKEEPING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
PRACTICE, PRACTICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
TABLE MINIMUMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
LEAVING THE TABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
QUITTING FOR THE DAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
©
HISTORY OF CPR ROULETTE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
TO SUM IT ALL UP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
INDEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
APPENDIX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i
SINGLE ZERO OR FRENCH ROULETTE . . . . . . . . . . . . i
OTHER OPTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii
PRACTICE AND RECORD CHARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vi
ANOTHER VARIATION (CONSERVATIVE) . . . . . . … … … . xi
CHIP CHARTS FOR $1. TABLEMINIMUMS . . . . . . . . . … . . xvi
"THE MOST
CONSISTENTLY WINNING
GAMBLING SYSTEM EVER"!!!
We do not know whether we can honestly claim THAT title or not, since we
cannot know about all the different gambling systems in use around the world. What we
CAN say is that the system you will learn from this manual IS THE MOST
consistently profitable approach to casino gambling that we have ever seen! That is
why we call it THE CONSISTENT PROFIT ROULETTE SYSTEM©.
As you will soon understand, we were fortunate enough to learn

the basics of this system from a delightful old gentleman from New Jersey.
He had been playing it for eight years before teaching it to us. Just looking
and speaking with him would spark anyone’s interest. He had a sharp
appearance and spoke very well. It was obvious he was very successful at
whatever he did for a living.
Since learning his original system, we have made some alterations

that have improved its win-rate consistency and also the profit per session.
We have noticed no apparent loss in the system's defense. We call our
system "CONSISTENT PROFIT ROULETTE"©, or CPR© ROULETTE©
because of the unusually high win-rate percentage . Indeed, several
students have mentioned that our CPR© could almost be equated to reviving
or "pumping new life" into their gaming results just like the other well-
known medical term "C. P. R." does for the almost terminal.
We have also developed a simplified version that can be played

easily by one person playing alone. We gratefully acknowledge the help of
several of our CPR© students and test players who faithfully gave us their
time to actually play the newer "Single Player" System. Their live casino
experience resulted in more than several good suggestions. This variation
will come in handy whenever a partner is not available, or when you want
to play alone. Both systems are included in this manual.
Prior to learning this system we would like to share just one thought
with you. A wise old man once said to us: "... One, two or three games
does not a career
make." In fact, neither do 20 or 30 games !! The system you are about to learn is not based
on a few "short-term tests." This system has been field-tested thousands of times. We
wish you every success with your play. Follow the rules carefully and you should do every
bit as well as we are doing!
HIS ADVERTISEMENT READ SOMETHING LIKE THIS - - -
"Proven Roulette System .. Partner Needed!

. . . . . Call Art"
In October 19901 had the extreme good fortune of responding to an unusual ad in one
of the little "throw away" papers you find in the all-night convenience stores. As I recall, the
ad simply said: "Proven Roulette System... Partner Needed!. . . . Call Art."
HOLD ON HERE . . . .
We are not going to tell the grueling, year-long story right now about how the author
discovered the basics of this new system. We are going to include it toward the end of the book,
©
in the section called "THE HISTORY OF CPR ROULETTE" starting on page 83.
Instead, let's cut immediately to the chase and get you into the game and
winning serious money as fast as humanly possible. We'll save the human interest story for
when you're rich enough to properly and fully appreciate it.
HOW TO PLAY ROULETTE
Roulette is a very simple game to play. The roulette table is usually located
near the front of the casino, before the other table games. In fact, roulette is found in
casinos that do not even have craps or some of the other table games. This is
probably because most casual tourists do not know how to play the more sophisticated
games like craps, baccarat, pai gow, Caribbean stud, Let it Ride, Run-in, Hold-'em,
poker or even blackjack ("21".)
The roulette table makes it easy for the tourist to plunk down money without
having to know any rules, or even how to play. Roulette is probably used as an "ice-
breaker" for the entire gaming area. Just watching other players, or a quick question to
the dealer, is usually enough to get the novice started. It is so easy to play that it helps
the novice open up their wallets and purses and place a couple quick bets. Win or lose,
they are now of a mind-set that helps them get started on the rest of the table games.
The table layout is orderly and easy to understand. The numbers

from one to 36 are all in sequence. "OUTSIDE BOXES", such as "Red"
and "Black", "1 to 18", "Odd" and "Even", etc. are always located on the
"traffic" side of the table in order to make it simple for the casual passerby
to drop off a few bucks. This apparent "order" is very intentional -- and
also misleading.
The average tourist thinks if he places his token on the line between two
sequential numbers, say 1 and 2, he will be playing on a bigger part of the wheel. This is
never the way it really is, because all sequential numbers are intentionally located
almost opposite each other on the wheel. More about this "Intentional Chaos" later.
Is it mere coincidence that the odds are more in favor of the house on roulette
than any other game?? We don't think so !! Most players, including the pit-bosses, don't
take roulette seriously and that is to our advantage. Pit bosses don't even watch the
roulette area very carefully. People usually just drop off some money then wander on to
the other table games.
The "OUTSIDE BOXES" each pay one-to-one on a "WIN." There
are other boxes near the outside as well. These pay two-to-one - "1 st 12",
2nd 12, 3rd 12", and the three Column-bet-boxes that are located at the end
of the three rows of numbers. The player simply places a bet in one or more
boxes. The only requirement is that each of these bets must be equal to, or
higher than, the "Table Minimum" bet. The table minimum of $.25, $.50,
$
1., $3. etc. will be posted on a placard sitting on the table next to the
wheel.
If the players want to get a little bolder, they spread their colored tokens around on
the "INSIDE NUMBERS." The total of all bets placed on the inside numbers must
be equal to or greater than the "table minimum." The tokens may be placed either
directly on a number or on the line between two or more boxes. The dealer will spin the
wheel and rotate the ball in the opposite direction inside the upper rail of the wheel.
Players may continue to place bets while the ball and wheel are rotating. When
the ball slows down and is about to fall toward the counter-rotating wheel the dealer
waves to signal "no new bets." The ball will stop someplace on the wheel, selecting
one of the numbers as the "winner." The dealer places a marker on the winning
number, on the table layout, to indicate where the ball stopped.
All the rest of the chips, not on the number — or touching that winning
number's box, are removed by the dealer. The dealer then pays the rest of the bets still
on the table. The amount paid on the individual bets varies from 5-to-l up to 35-to-1.
The payoffs are determined by how the winning tokens were placed on or around
the winning number. Should there also be bets in the outside boxes, the dealer will pay
these winning bets either 1-to-l or 2-to-l, as appropriate, without removing the chips or
tokens. Payoff rate-charts are usually available at the roulette table.
All Single Number bets - when "Selected" by the ball - pay 35-to-l, and the
player also keeps the original bet. (Contrary to common belief, this payoff rate also
includes the green "0" and "00" positions.) These two extra green numbers give the
casino an extra edge on the odds over the players. There are now 38 positions on the
wheel and the table but they will only pay 35 to 1 on a "WIN."
HOW TO PLAY CPR© ROULETTE©
CPR© Roulette© follows all of the basic rules that apply to regular roulette. The
main differences are how the CPR© strategy takes advantage of the table and wheel
layouts.
HOW IS THIS SYSTEM PLAYED, ANYWAY ???

Before we get into the actual method of play for the CPR System, we need to
make a few points about what we DO NOT DO in this system. We play roulette
quite differently than the other players at our table. This is probably what Art meant
about "...not having any bad habits to break." If you have played roulette previously
then you will be especially interested in the following differences about the CPR
method of play.
1. We never "split" our bets between two or more numbers. We play all numbers
"on the nose", or "straight up", never on the line between numbers.
When we WIN we want to be paid the full odds of 35-to-one, not 17-
to-l . . or worse yet . . only 11, 8, 6, or 5-to-l.
2. We play more number spots per wheel-spin than most other players.
3. We do not play "in the center" on the numbers on every spin.
4. We don't begin to play on the center numbers until we get a "POSITIVE
INDICATION" to begin. In other words, NOT when we first sit down at
the table.
5. We play on the exact same numbers repeatedly.
More on these strategies later . . .
DO NOT BE CONFUSED BY THE WAY OTHERS
MAY PLAY AT YOUR TABLE !!

SUMMARY OF THE CPR@ METHOD.
"WAIT MODE"
1. EACH PARTNER BETS ONE UNIT, OR A "TABLE MINIMUM"
BET, WHICHEVER IS GREATER. ONE BETS ON "RED",
AND THE OTHER ON "BLACK", WHILE WAITING FOR
THE "COAST MODE" TO DEVELOP. YOUR BETS WILL
CANCEL EACH OTHER OUT, MINUS THE OCCASIONAL
BET LOST TO A "GREEN" HIT ("0" OR "00").
[SUGGESTIONS FOR THE "SINGLE PLAYER WAIT MODE" INCLUDE
POSSIBLE 2-TO-l BETS AND ARE COVERED IN THE
SINGLE PLAYER VERSION (STARTS ON PAGE 47)].
1. RECORD ALL "DECISIONS" ON THE SCORE SHEET IN THE

CORRECT COLUMN FOR THE WINNING NUMBER.
BE SURE THEY ARE IN THE CORRECT SECTION!!

• WATCH THE SCORE SHEET.
• LOOK FOR A DEVELOPING "STARVING" SECTION, i. e.,
THE REQUISITE NUMBER OF MISSES,
IN A ROW, IN A SINGLE COLUMN.
WHEN A COLUMN HAS ENOUGH MISSES TO BEGIN PLAY,

SHIFT IMMEDIATELY INTO THE “COAST MODE.”
"COAST MODE"
IMMEDIATELY, ON THE VERY NEXT SPIN, PLACE

ONE UNIT BETS ON ALL THE NUMBERS IN THE "QUALIFIED"
SECTION (9 NUMBERS FOR SINGLE PLAYER OR 12
NUMBERS FOR PARTNER PLAY).
ALWAYS ASSUME YOU WILL LOSE THE CURRENT

SPIN. THEREFORE PREPARE BET-STACKS IN THE AMOUNT
SHOWN FOR THE NEXT LEVEL ON YOUR "B. P." CHART -
FOR ALL NUMBERS IN THE "ACTIVE" SECTION.
IF YOU LOSE, CONTINUE TO PLACE YOUR BETS
ACCORDING TO THE "B. P." CHART UNTIL YOU GET THE FIRST
"HIT" IN YOUR SECTION.
WHEN THE BALL MAKES ITS FIRST "DECISION" IN YOUR

SECTION, SHIFT IMMEDIATELY INTO THE "ATTACK MODE."
"ATTACK MODE"
PLACE ONE UNIT BETS ON ALL THE NUMBERS IN

THE SAME SECTION YOU WERE PLAYING IN THE "COAST
MODE."
FOLLOW THE CONSERVATIVE OR AGGRESSIVE "ATTACK

MODE" B. P. CHART (YOUR CHOICE) UNTIL A "MISS" OCCURS.
WHEN A MISS COMES, LOOK FOR ANOTHER QUALIFIED
SECTION. IF THERE IS NO QUALIFIED SECTION THEN SWITCH
BACK TO THE "WAIT MODE," RED AND BLACK BETS.
CPR© IN A N U T S H E L L
1. DIVIDE THE WHEEL INTO 3 OR 4 PIE-SHAPED SECTIONS,
DEPENDING ON PARTNER OR SINGLE PLAY.
2. WAIT FOR 7 OR 9 CONSECUTIVE MISSES IN ONE SECTION,

DEPENDING ON PARTNER OR SINGLE PLAY.
3. THEN SHIFT TO THE "COAST MODE" AND BET THAT

SECTION UNTIL IT HITS.
4. SHIFT TO THE "ATTACK MODE" AND KEEP ON BETTING

THE SAME SECTION UNTIL IT MISSES.
5. SHIFT BACK TO THE "WAIT MODE" UNTIL YOU FIND

ANOTHER SECTION THAT HAS MISSED THE
REQUISITE NUMBER (7 OR 9) TIMES IN A ROW
THEN REPEAT THE PROCESS.
THIS IS ALL THERE IS TO CPR!!
WE ARE GOING TO TEACH YOU HOW TO

IMPLEMENT THE ABOVE FIVE RULES.
ALL YOU HAVE TO DO IS
FOLLOW THE INSTRUCTIONS.

HOW TO GO FROM 25¢ UNITS
TO OVER $ 22,000. IN SIX
WEEKS USING THE
SINGLE PLAYER SYSTEM
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
HERE IS THE CHART ADJUSTED

FOR ACTUAL CASINO PLAY.
Average WIN: 100 Units Per Hour Playing Time: 20 Hours Per Week
WIN-
UNIT BUY- RATE TOTAL ADD TO TOTAL
SIZE IN PER PROFIT BUY-IN RESERVE
HOUR
$ $ $ $ $
25¢ 200. 25. 500. 200. 300.
$ $ $ $ $
50¢ 400. 50. 1,000. 400. 900.
$ $ $ $ $ $
1. 800. 100. 2,000. 2,400. 500.
$ $ $ $ $ $
4. 3,200. 400. 8,000. 4,800. 3,700.
$ $ $ $ $ $
10. 8,000. 800. 16,000. 12,000. 7,700.
$ $ $ $ SEE BELOW SEE BELOW
25. 20,000. 2,500. 50,000.
THIS CHART SHOWS HOW YOU CAN START WITH A BUY-IN OF

$
200, PLAYING 25¢ UNITS FOR 20 HOURS PER WEEK, AVERAGING 100
UNITS PER HOUR. YOU END UP PLAYING $ 25. UNITS AFTER ONLY
SIX WEEKS WITH AN AVAILABLE BUY-IN OF OVER 0 $ 50,000. AT
THAT POINT DROP BACK TO A $ 20,000. BUY-IN FOR YOUR $ 25. UNIT.
YOU NOW HAVE OVER $ 35,000. IN RESERVE.
WHAT MAKES A GOOD PARTNER??
Do I really need a playing partner? That is a question asked several times a

day... if not directly to me, then by players asking themselves whether they can,
or should, play by themselves. Many of our students had been finding that playing
Art's original system without a partner was a little difficult, if not awkward.
Therefore we set out to create a version of the system that would be more
comfortable to play alone.
After reviewing over 500 actual partner-playing sessions, a Single Player

version was developed. My personal results using the Single Player version are
consistently winning from 95 to 180 units PER HOUR. This equates to about a
24% average unit WIN per playing day. This result is in agreement with field
reports from other players using the Single Player version.
Reports from players using the Partner System tell me they are winning at a
rate of approximately 190 to 500 units per hour, depending on which betting
approach they use. My own experience again supports that data. This win-rate
equates to a 32% average unit WIN per playing day. The reason for the
difference in win-rates between the two versions will soon become apparent.
All test players agreed that the safety, or "defense," of both versions was
virtually equal. Most players chose to play the CPR System with a partner.
Only 20% of the players are playing by themselves.
IT HAS TO BE YOUR DECISION:
"TO PARTNER OR NOT TO PARTNER?"
10
THE NINE COMMANDMENTS —-
To Become a Winner!
Pay close attention to this list.
It will help ensure your success
with any type of gaming you choose.
1. NEVER BECOME GREEDY. Set an amount you wish to WIN at

each playing session. When you reach your goal - QUIT. Remember there
is always tomorrow and another roulette wheel for you to play. Most
players do not put a limit on winnings. [We notice, however, that most
tourists do have a limit on losing: "all the money they have with them and
all the money they can borrow".] You won't be able to "break the bank,"
or win the deed to the Resort/Casino... so don't even try! When you reach
your pre-set goal, quit for that session or for the day.
2. NEVER LOSE YOUR DISCIPLINE OR CONTROL under any

circumstances. Mistakes will cost you plenty. Lack of discipline, more than any other
cause, is the reason most players lose money.
3. NEVER DEVIATE from the rules of the system. It has proven a winner in 95%
to 98% of the sessions we have played. Your results may vary but should be very
similar. The more you play the system, the better your results will get.
4. NEVER play when you are tired, distracted, upset or drinking. If you get tired while
playing then take a break before beginning a new table. If you get confused, or make a
mistake that costs you money, quit for the day as soon as you get your next WIN.
5. NEVER START PLAYING a table unless you are ready to go through the game
in its entirety. In other words, begin with the whole buy-in for the unit level you are
playing. Do not start a game sequence with just part of the buy-in. You can get
11
trapped if you try to get by with part of the buy-in and won't have time to purchase
more chips between spins. (We learned this one the "hard way.") The details will soon
follow.
6 NEVER PLAY WITH MONEY YOU CAN'T AFFORD TO LOSE

Your bankroll is probably the most important tool you have for winning this game.
You must have mental ease, sometimes called "level of comfort," with the bet-level
you are playing. Do not play with money that is needed to pay the rent. The amount of
your next bet should be looked upon as having no monetary value. Start out playing
the system with small chip denominations and WIN your way to the larger bet sizes, or
units. Let the casinos finance your playing.
7. PRACTICE, PRACTICE, PRACTICE before going into live play. It will take
a little time to learn how to use the system. In case you didn't notice the previous
statement, there is no substitute for practice!! Be perfect. This system is not hard, in
fact it is almost too easy. All it takes to excel is practice! Mistakes can be very costly.
When you walk up to the table, know you will be a winner. You will WIN not only
because you have conditioned yourself to WIN, but because you finally have a
consistently winning system!!
8. NO GUARANTEES: There are never any guarantees when it comes to

gambling. Remember there is no absolutely sure thing as long as there is a way to
lose. You will lose (on rare occasions), but don't let a loss or two discourage you.
That is just the nature of gaming. Using this system will give you the best possible
chance of winning consistently. Remember?? ...
CONSISTENT Profit Roulette!!!
9. LAST but not least, NEVER DRINK ALCOHOL while playing. This
Rule/Commandment could, or probably should, also be listed under "discipline."
There will be plenty of time to celebrate AFTER YOU WIN!!
12
TABLE AND WHEEL LAYOUTS
There IS a Certain Perfection to All of this
Apparent Chaos!!
To the uneducated (that is, the rest of the world) the organized table layout for
roulette makes the game "look" like it is extremely easy to play. All the numbers are
laid out so neatly — in columns, in color, by the dozens, in groups, etc. However, the
table is laid out this way intentionally. They want customers to feel comfortable
about playing roulette without having to know any of the "rules".
That is also the fallacy of the game! Most people play according to
the table layout. However, this approach results in bets being placed
randomly — all over the wheel. Those tiny little spokes of the wheel are
very hard to predict. That is exactly why our game is so strong. We are
aiming to hit big pieces of the wheel that have 12 numbers grouped together
into a "pie shape." We are shooting (with their ball) at a BIG TARGET. We
are aiming for a BIG SECTION of the wheel, NOT just one or two tiny little
number-slots on the wheel. Best of all we don't care which number in our
target-group "HITS" . . . as long as one of the numbers in our target-range
does get the HIT. The BIG PIE-SHAPED SECTIONS on the wheel are
our "BIG TARGETS."
We have copied the table layout on page 14 for your reference. On page 15, we
have enclosed a photocopy of the wheel layout. (The SINGLE PLAYER wheel-layout
on page 45 is divided up in a different way.) The one on page 14 illustrates the wheel-
sections that we use for PARTNER PLAY CPR. The wheel on page 49 illustrates the
sections we would use for SINGLE PLAYER CPR sessions. Now let's look at how we
can bring some semblance of order into this game. We will put organization into the
intentionally designed "chaos" so that we can WIN consistently.
13
DARK COLOR = BLACK, WHITE = RED
As you can see from the photocopy of the wheel on page 15, the
numbers appear to be laid out in a very random pattern. Notice that the
numbers "1", "2" and "3" are not located next to each other on the wheel
like they are on the table. In fact, they appear to be scattered out around
the wheel. Just about as "chaotic" as it could possibly be!!
Yet there IS a perfection in the layout of the wheel, the casinos just
don't want us to know about it. This "perfection" is what makes it possible
for us to divide the wheel into equal sections and -WIN "Divide and
Conquer!!" Casual players will think if they play on successive numbers
on the table they will have a larger spot on the wheel for the ball to select.
NOT SO!! Successive numbers on the table are actually opposite each
other on the wheel. The CPR system allows us to attack this "intentionally
designed chaos" on their own field!! We will cover gigantic portions of the
wheel with individual bets on all the numbers that are grouped together in
the pie-shaped "large section" that will soon become "hot."
This, combined with a simple and effective betting progression,

allows us to take advantage of the "chaotic disparity" between the layout
of the wheel and the layout on the table. And, as you will soon come to
agree, this advantage can be exploited to earn some very handsome
winnings.
14
We must eliminate two numbers in order to divide the wheel into three equal sections of
sequential numbers. We arbitrarily chose the numbers "3" and "28." Any other two
numbers could be eliminated as long as doing so would leave three pie-shaped sections of
contiguous numbers.
15
PARTNER PLAY CPR©
We have drawn lines to show how we divide the wheel for our Partner-Play
purposes. You will notice there are 12 numbers in each of the pie-shaped "big target
areas." There was no special reason dictating that we cut the wheel into these three
pie-shaped sections other than the fact that neither my partner nor I liked the number
"3." We also agreed that it would be better if our two "non-numbers" did not touch
each other. If the sections were adjacent to each other on the wheel it would result in
too large an opening between the "pie-shapes." Complying with that criteria
automatically dictates that number "28" would be our other non-number. This is
because the distribution of the rest of the numbers on the wheel puts number "28" in the
middle between the remaining 37 numbers.
For Partner Play CPR© we want three pie-shaped sections ("Large Targets") of 12
adjacent numbers. You and your partner could divide the wheel to your own liking.
Since there are 38 numbers on roulette wheels, you must eliminate two numbers
that will not be bet at any time, i.e., the "non-numbers". If you choose to eliminate
numbers other than the ones we selected ("3" and "28"), be sure to pick numbers at
one edge or the other of your twelve-number groups. The only rule is make sure you
have three sections of 12 adjacent numbers on which to bet.
Pick any two numbers you don't want to play. It doesn't matter which ones you
choose, so long as none of the sections are broken up by "non-numbers. " In other
words, make certain your three pie-shaped sections of 12 contiguous numbers have no
"holes" in them.
16
THE POWER OF THE CPR
"BIG TARGET "
METHOD FOR
WINNING ROULETTE . . .
Questions: When does 3 x 12 = 94.7%?
And when does 94.7% = 400 Units per Session?
The Answer IS THE SAME to BOTH of these
QUESTIONS...
"CPR ROULETTE©"!!
At the risk of being repetitive, let's again point out the key reason CPR works:
The CPR system takes advantage of the intentionally designed "chaos" and
mystique that the casinos have attempted to create around the game of roulette. We are
sure you have noticed how orderly everything on the roulette table SEEMS to be. All
the numbers are neatly arranged in sequential order. The Dozens, the Columns, and
the Groups are all so perfectly presented for your betting convenience and
pleasure. At the same time everything appears to be disorganized on the roulette
wheel.
Remember, the numbers"1," "2" and "3" are not located next to each other
on the wheel like they are on the table? They appear to be randomly scattered out
around the wheel!
We will take advantage of this apparent disorganization. We combine our

knowledge with a simple and effective betting progression and now we WIN
consistently!!
17
Almost all the wheels we play in Las Vegas have 38 positions (numbers) on
them. If you look at the sample wheel shown on page 15 you will find the numbers
"1" through "36," along with "0" and "00." We will eliminate two numbers and
"cut," or divide, the remaining numbers into three "pieces of pie." Which two
numbers, of the 38 numbers, that you select not to play will create no difference in
your results. Just be sure that you have three sections on the wheel each having 12
contiguous or adjacent numbers. This means that we are taking advantage of a
minimum of 94.7% of the numbers on the wheel. Every time we have bets placed on
the numbers, we will be betting on 32% of the wheel.
Once we begin playing the numbers, we will always be betting 12 numbers at the
same time. These are the 12 numbers that are all grouped together in one of the "pie-
shaped" sections — one-third of the wheel. We are expecting the ball will "select,"
or to make a "decision" to land in, that one-third part of the wheel ("The Big Target.")
[This will help explain why the books about gambling use the word "Decisions"
when referring to past record-keeping of the various games.]
"LARGE SECTIONS" MAKE "BIG TARGETS"
IF IT WAS YOUR TURN AT BAT, WOULD YOU RATHER SWING AT

A BEACH BALL OR AT A GOLF BALL??
We are also going to wait until there is a positive indication before we even
begin our betting in any of the sections. All other table games develop something
called a "trend" or "expectation." Roulette is no different. These trends are short-
term and are constantly being set up by something we will call "The Law of
Disproportionate Occurrences."
The Law of Disproportionate Occurrences (LODO*), probably comes into play on

all table games in the casino. As a matter of fact the "effect of the 'LODO'" could
probably explain why one very experienced and successful Gaming Consultant
18
Company* is now having so much success with some of their newly published table-
game "strategies." LODO can probably be used to explain why these strategies are so
successful. An entire book could — and probably should — be written to fully
explore and explain this theory. We have enclosed a brief treatise on LODO
beginning on page 68.
As will be explained below, once we begin betting on the table, we will use a
carefully conceived betting progression. After we have made our first bet, we will then
bet on every successive spin of the wheel while we are waiting for certain events to
occur. We call this first part "COASTING." The betting progression we will use in this
Mode will ensure that when we HIT one of the numbers in our "big target" we will net-
out an amount of money to keep us even or slightly ahead of when we started the session.
Why is this system so strong? Because we have not only one, but two
successful parts that work together. Part One is taking advantage of the
"disorganized" wheel and the "organized" table layouts. You will become a more
consistent winner simply because you know exactly where you and your partner are
going to place your bets. You will have that vital information for each and every spin of
the wheel.
Part Two uses the specially designed betting progressions. These allow you to
make maximum gains per session. The session gain is also dependent on whether
you're playing the basic (conservative) approach, the more aggressive system or one of
the options found in the Appendix. As they say on TV: "Stay tuned - details at
11:00."
* See page 95 - "The Leonard Benson Company."
** See page 68 for a brief explanation of the theory --

"The Law of Disproportionate Occurrences."
19
THE SINGLE-ZERO WHEEL, DOES IT
MAKE ANY DIFFERENCE??
Using our "big target" system, playing on a single-zero table or one with two
zero positions doesn't really make a whole lot of difference. We are covering almost the
entire table regardless of which type we encounter.
However, the odds do increase for the player when he plays on single-zero
wheels because there are only 37 number-positions. The main problem is that these
tables are not very common in United States casinos. They are found mostly in the rest
of the world, and also known as "European" or "French Roulette." The single-zero
subject is addressed in the Appendix. BE SURE TO NOTE THAT
DIFFERENT NUMBER-CHARTS ARE USED FOR SINGLE-ZERO
TABLES. The French Roulette number-charts are found in the Appendix on page i
and ii.
The sequence of numbers is very different on "single-zero" wheels. They

occur in the following clockwise order:
0, 32,15,19, 4,21,2, 25,17, 34, 6,27,13, 36,11,

30, 8,23,10, 5, 24,16, 33,1, 20, 14, 31, 9, 22,18,
29, 7,28,12, 35, 3, 26
They "appear" to be just as randomly scattered as the double-zero wheel, don't

they?? Actually they are placed in a carefully designed pattern. Once again we have a
wheel layout that offers "chaos" when compared to the layout on the table. If we
eliminate the single "0" the remaining numbers shown above are the numbers to use for
partner play.
Arranged in numerical order, for easier use, they would look like this:.
2,4, 6,13,15,17,19, 21,25, 27, 32, 34,

1, 5, 8, 10,11,16, 20, 23, 24, 30, 33, 36,
3, 7, 9,12,14,18, 22,26,28,29, 31, 35
20
For the single player version we can also eliminate the single "0" and divide the
wheel into four pie-shaped sections. Again, arrange the numbers from each section in
numerical order. This will make it easier to find the correct section for a number when
that number is "selected" by the ball. Here are the "randomly scattered" numbers
for the four pie-shaped sections, from the single-zero type of wheel, placed in
numerical order by section.
A. 2, 4, 15, 17, 19, 21, 25, 32, 34

B. 6, 8, 10, 11, 13, 23, 27, 30, 36
C. 1, 5, 9, 14, 16, 20, 24, 31, 33
D. 3, 7, 12, 18, 22, 26, 28, 29, 35
Look carefully at the section-number chart for the single player single-zero we
have included for your use in practice and actual casino play. You will be able to
detect the pattern because the numbers on our charts are in numerical order. The chart
and more information on single-zero playing will be found in the Appendix, page i.
21
NOW LET'S SHOW YOU HOW TO
ACTUALLY PLAY THE CPR SYSTEM!!
Figure out which three or four sections of the wheel you are going to be playing. We
have charted our sections below. If you are going to use the same numbers we use,
then photocopy this table for yourself.
Again, if you are going to use different numbers in your sections, be sure to use
groups of 12 or 9 contiguous (adjacent) numbers for each of your three or four
sections. Some players type up their numbers on a small card that they take with them to
the casino. Others write their numbers on top of their score cards. [NOTE: For your
convenience, as a purchaser of this course, you are authorized to copy only the
number-charts, the betting progression charts and the record-keeping charts.]
You will notice on our tables that each partner's numbers are grouped in
ascending order. One partner has the higher-value numbers and the other has the
lower numerical values. This allows one partner to sit near the foot of the table where it is
easier to reach the higher numbers. The other sits nearer the wheel where the lower
numbers are within reach. Sitting close to the assigned numbers allows each partner to
rapidly place the bets between spins. This can become important when there are other
players who are also attempting to place bets at the same time.
OUR TWO-PLAYER (PARTNER) NUMBER ASSIGNMENTS

Sect. Partner #1 Sect. Partner #2
A 5, 7, 9, 11, 15, 17 A 20, 22, 26, 30, 32, 34
B 0, 2 4, 6, 14, 16 B 18, 21, 23, 31, 33, 35
C 00, 1, 8, 10, 12, 13 C 19, 24, 25, 27, 29, 36
One partner must be responsible for tracking the results of every spin of the
wheel. (Both may record, if desired, which might be a good idea, as a double-check.)
Note every decision — each number the ball selects. Check to see which of the three
sections the number belongs to, and mark that section on the scorecard. We use a
circle to denote the ball falling in a particular section.
22
THERE ARE THREE
"MODES" OF PLAY IN CPR:
"WAIT," "COAST," AND "ATTACK."
NOTE 1:
When it is time to make our first bet on the numbers, we will be just
leaving the "WAIT MODE" and beginning the "COAST MODE." In this
COAST MODE we will use a carefully conceived betting progression.
This betting progression will ensure that when we get a HIT on one of the
numbers in our target zone we will net-out an amount of money that will
not only pay back whatever losses we have taken, just previous to our
WIN, but also pay us a nice profit! The word "COAST" means just that —
coast. In other words, we want to conserve our resources until a positive
indication tells us that it is time to "ATTACK."
NOTE 2 :
Once we have made our first bet in the "COAST MODE":
1. We will then bet on every successive spin of the wheel,

2. and on all of the numbers in the same section.
3. until we get our first WIN.
23
THE WAIT MODE
When we first arrive at the table we are automatically in WAIT MODE. The purpose of
this mode is to wait until a certain predetermined number of misses in a row, in any section,
has occurred. This will be our positive indication that it is time to "move in." In other words,
you must wait until any one of the sections has had 7 or 9 CONSECUTIVE misses, depending
on whether you are using Partner or Single Player methods. This is our positive indication to
begin betting in the newly qualified section. When this occurs we then bet on all the numbers in
that section beginning WITH THE NEXT SPIN.
NOTE: While we are in the WAIT MODE, waiting for one of the sections to
experience 7 or 9 successive misses, we can play in the "OUTSIDE" boxes. One
partner plays the "Black" position while the other plays the "Red." These two
positions will only pay one-to-one. Since we are WAITING, we will only play one
unit, or a table minimum bet whichever is larger, in each outside box. Obviously one
of you will lose, and one will WIN on these bets.
The purpose of playing the Red and Black while WAITING is sort of like
"paying the rent." It allows us to stay at the table so that we can track each number,
on every roll, as the ball makes its decision. While in the WAIT MODE, we must
mark the proper section in our records that each number belongs to, as each
number is called. This is the only way to accurately determine when one of the
sections has experienced the necessary number of consecutive misses. This is
precisely how we determine when it is time to leave the WAIT MODE and begin
the COAST MODE.
Most casinos do not require you to bet on every spin of the wheel. Many will
allow you to play every other spin. It's crucial not to get anxious and start betting in
any section until it has had the proper number of misses IN A ROW.
When enough consecutive misses occur while we are WAITING, we will

then shift to COAST MODE and begin — on the very next spin — to bet all twelve
or nine numbers in the section that has just "qualified." Any one of these inside
numbers will pay us 35-to-l when they are HIT.
By following the COAST MODE BPC on page 26, the BIG TARGET
(one-third of the wheel) will have to be missed a total of 19 times in a row to cause
you to lose your buy-in money. You can see that it is a very rare occasion for that to
happen.
24
THE COAST MODE
As soon as any one of the sections has consecutively missed the
requisite number of times while in the WAIT MODE, we immediately
move into the COAST MODE. "Immediately" means just that - on the
very next spin of the wheel!! This is why we must keep accurate and
timely records ~ so that we will be able to take advantage of the
opportunity as soon as it appears.
For example, if section "B" is missed seven consecutive times, then

we will immediately, on the next spin, start betting on all the numbers in
column "B." The first bets we place, on all the numbers mat comprise the
active section ('B' in this case) will always be the "FIRST LEVEL" unit-
bets as shown in the COAST MODE Betting Progression Chart (BPC) on
page 26.
Once we start in the COAST MODE we will be betting on every

spin of the wheel for a while. We will also bet on all the same numbers in
the Active Section. This is the section that has just qualified by having at
least 7 or 9 consecutive misses while we were in the WAIT MODE.
For as long as we are betting in this section and not getting a "HIT"
on one of our numbers, we will continue to follow the COAST MODE
BPC. Note that this progression ALWAYS increases after the second level
spin. This betting progression is designed to ensure that when we get a HIT
on one of the numbers in our target zone we will net-out an amount of
money that will pay back our losses, and also pay us a nice profit!! If you
lose on a spin then use the Bet-units amount shown on the COAST BPC
for the next spin-level. Be sure to bet on the very next spin — don't miss
out and skip a spin during this mode. You could miss a crucial WIN if you
don't get onto all 12 of your numbers before the next spin. We are now
COASTING while we wait for our FIRST HIT on one of the numbers we
are playing in this active section. (See NOTE 2 on page 23.)
In any event, you will continue placing bets on each spin, following the
COAST MODE Betting Progression Chart, until you get a WIN in that
column. Be sure to bet on all of the numbers in the active section
25
COAST MODE
TWO PLAYER BETTING PROGRESSION CHART ("BPC")
Spin Bet Betting Total Grand WIN NET GAIN

Number Level Units Bet Total Pays
8 1 1 12 12 35 24
9 2 1 12 24 35 12
10 3 2 24 48 70 24
11 4 5 60 108 175 72
12 5 10 120 228 350 132
13 6 15 180 408 525 132
14 7 25 300 708 875 192
15 8 35 420 1128 1225 132
16 9 50 600 1728 1750 72
Note: Each Partner Will Need at Least 864 Units to
Complete this Betting Progression
OUR PARTNER PLAY NUMBER ASSIGNMENTS

A 5, 7, 9, 11, 15, 17 A 20, 22, 26, 30, 32, 34
B 0, 2 , 4, 6, 14, 16 B 18, 21, 23, 31, 33, 35
C 00, 1, 8, 10, 12, 13 C 19, 24, 25, 27, 29, 36
26
COAST MODE
TWO-PLAYER CHIP CHART
USE THIS CHART TO HELP PREPARE YOUR BETS FOR THE NEXT SPIN OF THE
WHEEL IN CASE YOU DON'T GET A "HTT" ON THE CURRENT SPIN.
Number of units to Number of 25¢ Number of $ 1. Number of $ 5.

BETTING PLAY ON ALL 12 Tokens to PLAY ON Chips (WHITE) to Chips (RED) to
LEVEL NUMBERS ALL 12 NUMBERS PLAY ON ALL 12 PLAY ON ALL 12
NUMBERS NUMBERS
1 1 1
2 1 1
3 2 2
4 5 1 1
5 10 1 1
6 15 3 3
7 25 1 1 1
8 35 3 3 1
9 50 2 2 2
TO PLAY 25¢ UNITS: EACH PARTNER BUYS-IN WITH

S
220. EACH BUYS S25. IN COLORED TABLE TOKENS = (100
Ea.),
$
70. IN $1. CASINO CHIPS = (70 ea. WHITE),
AND $125. IN $5. CASINO CHIPS = (25 ea. RED),
TOTAL PARTNERSHIP BUY-IN IS: $440.
NOTE: The above mix of chips for buy-ins is not an absolute

requirement. Some casinos may not sell one dollar and/or five dollar
chips at their roulette tables. If this is the case, buy 100 colored table-
tokens (25¢). Also buy enough $25. chips (green) to cover the balance of
your buy-in for the chips they don't sell at their table. Just be prepared to
ask the dealer to change some of your $25. chips when necessary. You
certainly don't want to run out of the smaller denominations and miss
placing all of your bets.
27
IMMEDIATELY after your first WIN in a column, move into
the "ATTACK MODE." You will also DROP BACK from
whatever bet-level you had just used when you got your first WIN in
the COAST MODE. Immediately - on the very next spin - place
FIRST LEVEL bets on all the same numbers you were just
playing!!
Your betting progression will now "shift gears." This first

WIN signals that you are to move from the COAST MODE to the
ATTACK MODE." You will now change to the more aggressive
"ATTACK MODE Betting Progression Chart" shown on page
31. Also continue to play all the same numbers, in the same section.
as long as you have repeat WINS.
Two ATTACK MODE B.P. Charts are shown for Partner Play
- (pages 31 and 34). The second BPC is for an even more aggressive
ATTACK MODE II. We suggest you use the more conservative BPC
(the first one) until you become proficient in keeping up with the pace
of the fast-moving tables.
We have also included "Chip Charts" immediately following

the BPC's to help you prepare your bets for the next spin while the
ball is still rolling.
Single Player Charts will be covered in the Single Player

section.
28
THE ATTACK MODE
Our first WIN, while we were in the COAST MODE, has just turned our
active column into a HOT "WIN COLUMN." We had been in the COAST
MODE waiting for a WIN that could signal that this section is now "HOT."
This is the positive expectation we were looking for. Therefore, we can
reasonably expect to receive repeat HITS in this same section. While this does
not happen every time, the expectation of repeat HITS makes it now
worthwhile to go for additional WINS. That is why we now ATTACK.
Place your next bets (your one-unit, FIRST-LEVEL bets) before the next
spin AND IN THE SAME COLUMN. You stay in the same column and try
to get as many repeats as possible in the column where you just had a WIN.
After all, this column has already shown that it is hit starved and now ready
for some hits. Repeat hits happen quite often. We have seen the same column
repeat as many as eight times, and have been told of up to eleven repeats by
some of our players! Three or four repeat hits are more common.
Repeat hits are common enough that you can often make a quick profit
while the phenomenon is taking place. That is why you now go ON THE
ATTACK. Your ATTACK MODE BPC now tells you to increase your bets
on successive spins in order to maximize the situation. There are two
"ATTACK" BPC's, pages 33 & 34, the second one is the more aggressive.
This is the one to use when you are noticing a lot of repeats after a WIN. You
still continue to bet all the same numbers in the same section. You will also
follow the BPC unit-level bets as shown on the ATTACK MODE BPC (of
your choice) for each successive spin for as long as you have WINS.
We also suggest, instead of using circles to denote the section where the
ball landed, that you write the actual number called in the appropriate column
on your record sheet. This way you can go over the chart at another time to be
sure you were recording the correct column for each "decision." You can
reserve your circle to circle the unit-level amount shown for the last bet when
you got your HIT.
When you get your HIT -- DROP BACK DOWN TO THE FIRST-
LEVEL BET as shown on your betting progression charts. (That will always be one
unit.)
29
REMEMBER:
After you have your FIRST WIN in a column during COAST

MODE, DROP back from whatever bet-level you had just used when
you won, down to the FIRST LEVEL of one unit and begin the
ATTACK MODE.
For example, assume that on the fifth level of your COAST betting progression
you finally WIN. Collect your money and record the amount won on your score card in
the "$" column. IMMEDIATELY place one-unit bets on all the same numbers. You
have now shifted into the ATTACK MODE.
It is CRUCIAL that you keep track of both the amount and the column, or
section, where you have just made your last bets. Your partner needs to know where
your bets are to be placed so that both of you are betting in the same section. One of
my most painful losses was due to carelessness on my part. I really "goofed." If I had
correctly informed my partner where to bet we would have won instead of lost.
**** REMEMBER * * * *
USE THE "ATTACK" BETTING SEQUENCE ONLY AS LONG
AS YOU CONTINUE TO EXPERIENCE SUCCESSIVE WINS IN
THE SAME COLUMN AS THE PREVIOUS WIN.
30
ATTACK MODE - PARTNER PLAY
UTILIZE THIS POSITIVE INCREASE (1-2-3) AFTER A WIN IN ANY

SECTION. THEN FOLLOW THE PROGRESSION
AS LONG AS YOU HAVE SUCCESSIVE WINS.
SPIN NUMBER TOTAL GRAND A A "WIN" TOTAL NET TOTAL
NUMBER OF UNITS BET ON TOTAL OF 35-to-l GIVES THIS GAIN TO NET UNITS
AFTER TO BET ON ALL 12 UNITS 'WIN' NUMBER OF YOU SINCE AHEAD IE
THE FIRST ALL SECTION PLAYED WILL UNITS START OF YOU LOSE
WIN IN TWELVE NUMBERS SINCE THE PAY AHEAD ON THIS AT THIS
ANY SECTION ON THIS START OF OUT TO THIS WIN WINNING LEVEL
SECTION NUMBERS SPIN WINNING YOU ALONE SEQUENCE
ALONE SEQUENCE
1 1 12 12 35 24 24 (-12)
2 2 24 24 70 48 72 -0-
3 3 36 36 105 72 144 36
4 1 12 12 35 24 168 132
5 2 24 24 70 48 216 144
6 3 36 36 105 72 288 180
7 1 12 12 35 24 312 276
8 2 24 24 70 48 360 288
9 3 36 36 105 72 432 324
10 1 12 12 35 24 456 420
11 2 24 24 70 48 504 432
12 3 36 36 105 72 576 468
13 1 12 12 35 24 600 564
14 2 24 24 70 48 648 576
(* SEE TABLE NOTES NEXT PAGE)
31
* TABLE NOTES
COLUMN A:
Spin Number - After THE FIRST WIN IN ANY SECTION. After a WIN in
ANY of the sections start counting the successive spins that continue to WIN in the same
section.
COLUMN B:
Number of units to bet on ALL SECTION NUMBERS. When a WIN occurs in any
section, then the next bets will be placed before the next spin, and on every number in that
same section. Bet the Unit Amount(s) shown in this column. Increase to the next levelshown IF,
and ONLY IF, one of the current bets WINS in this same column. REMEMBER: USE THIS
BETTING SEQUENCE ONLY AS LONG AS SUCCESSIVE WINS CONTINUE IN
THE SAME COLUMN. The first time a loss occurs in this column then immediately stop
betting in the column. Look for another column with 7 or 9 (or more) misses and start
betting in that column, using the COAST MODE BPC. If none, then return to WAIT
MODE.
COLUMN C:
Total AMOUNT OF UNITS bet on the twelve section numbers, THIS SPIN ONLY.
COLUMN D:
The Cumulative Total Of All Units Played Since the Start of THIS Winning
Sequence.
COLUMN E:
A 35-to-l WIN WILL PAY OUT THE AMOUNT SHOWN. THE PLAYER ALSO
KEEPS THE ORIGINAL BET THAT WAS PLACED ON THE WINNING NUMBER.
COLUMN F:
NET NUMBER OF UNITS AHEAD ON THIS WINNING SPIN ALONE.
COLUMN G:
TOTAL NET GAIN SINCE THE START Of THIS WINNING SEQUENCE.
COLUMN H:
The TOTAL NET UNITS AHEAD If Player Should LOSE at THIS Spin Level.
32
ATTACK MODE - PARTNER PLAY
CHIP CHART FOR 25¢ UNITS

{ For 12-Number Sections }
USE THIS TABLE (COLUMN #3) TO MAKE UP YOUR 12 STACKS FOR THE
NEXT SPIN IN CASE YOU GET A "HIT" ON ONE OF THE CURRENT BETS.
SPIN NUMBER OF NUMBER OF NUMBER OF TOTAL TOTAL NET

NUMBER - UNITS TO 25¢ TOKENS 25¢ UNITS NET GAIN UNITS
AFTER THE BET ON TO BET ON AHEAD, ON SINCE THE
FIRST THIS WIN START OF AHEAD IF
ALL ALL TWELVE
"WIN" IN ANY TWELVE SECTION ALONE THIS YOU LOSE
SECTION SECTION NUMBERS WINNING AT THIS
NUMBERS SEQUENCE LEVEL
1 1 1 24 24 (-12)
2 2 2 48 72 0
3 3 3 72 144 36
4 1 1 24 168 132
5 2 2 48 216 144
6 3 3 72 288 180
7 1 1 24 312 276
8 2 2 48 360 288
9 3 3 72 432 324
10 1 1 24 456 420
11 2 2 48 504 432
12 3 3 72 576 468
33
ATTACK MODE II - PARTNER PLAY
A MORE AGGRESSIVE, POSITIVE INCREASE (1-2-3-5).
THIS ONLY STARTS AFTER A WIN IN ANY SECTION.
USE THIS BETTING SEQUENCE ONLY AS LONG AS YOU CONTINUE
TO EXPERIENCE SUCCESSIVE WINS IN THE SAME WIN COLUMN.
UNITS TOTAL NET TOTAL NET

Spin Number Number of Total Bet Cumulative A 35-to-l AHEAD, GAIN Since
— After Units to Bet on the 12 Total Units UNITS
WIN THIS
FIRST WIN in on ALL Section Played Since START Of AHEAD If
WILL WIN
ANY SECTION Numbers, Start of WINNING LOSE at This
PAYOUT ALONE
SECTION NUMBERS This Spin WINNING SEQUENCE Level
1 1 12 12 35 24 24 (-12)
2 2 24 24 70 48 72 0
3 3 36 36 105 72 144 36
4 5 60 60 175 120 264 84
5 1 12 12 35 24 288 252
6 2 24 24 70 48 336 264
7 3 36 36 105 72 408 300

8 5 60 60 175 120 528 348
9 1 12 12 35 24 552 516
10 2 24 24 70 48 600 528
11 3 36 36 105 72 672 564
12 5 60 60 175 120 792 612
13 1 12 12 35 24 816 780
14 2 24 24 70 48 864 792
34
ATTACK MODE II
{ CHIP CHART FOR 25¢ UNITS }
(UTILIZE THIS PROGRESSION AFTER A WIN IN ANY SECTION, AND FOR

ONLY AS LONG AS YOU CONTINUE TO EXPERIENCE SUCCESSIVE WINS
IN THE SAME COLUMN AS THE WIN.)
USE THIS TABLE TO MAKE UP YOUR 12 STACKS FOR THE NEXT SPIN,
JUST IN CASE YOU DO GET A "HIT" ON ONE OF THE CURRENT BETS.
SPIN NUMBER OF NUMBER OF NUMBER OF NUMBER TOTAL UNITS TOTAL NET

NUMBER - UNITS TO
25¢ UNITS TO $1. CHIPS TO OF UNITS GAIN SINCE UNITS
AFTER BET ON ALL
BET ON ALL BET ON ALL AHEAD ON THE START AHEAD IF
FIRST TWELVE TWELVE YOU LOSE
WIN IN 12 SECTION THIS WIN OF THIS
SECTION SECTION AT THIS
ANY NUMBERS ALONE SEQUENCE
NUMBERS NUMBERS LEVEL
SECTION
1 1 1 24 24 (-12)
2 2 2 48 72 0
3 3 3 72 144 36
4 5 1 1 120 264 84
5 1 1 24 288 252
6 2 2 48 336 264
7 3 3 72 408 300
8 5 1 1 120 528 348
9 1 1 24 552 516
10 2 2 48 600 528
11 3 3 72 672 564
12 5 1 1 120 792 612
13 1 1 24 816 780
14 2 2 48 864 792
15 3 3 72 936 828
16 5 1 1 120 1056 876
35
In case we are in a casino without our regular score sheets we have found that it
works quite well to put our section numbers at the top of a baccarat card. We then use
this card to keep track of the game. The casinos do not care if you track the game results.
In fact, some casinos will even supply you roulette tracking cards for that very purpose.
Once in awhile you will run into a dealer who wants you to keep your records off the
table, so just get used to keeping your number and record-keeping charts in your lap.
You will also notice that many casinos now use a lighted score board that
supposedly shows the HITS, or decisions of the previous 16 spins. Experience has
shown us that these wheels are notoriously inaccurate.
Even if the electronic score board displayed accurate results for the preceding
spins, it is too time-consuming to attempt to transfer that previous spin-history onto your
records. That is because their numbers have a different grouping than ours. The score
board groups them by "dozens," not by our pie-shaped sections. That information is
useless to us and is probably just another attempt to confuse the casual player. The
casinos with the electronic scoreboards are also the ones who will not have the paper
scorecards to give to you. (They're trying to help with "The Paper-less Society"??) Be
sure to only record a number you have seen hit. Do not rely on the scoreboard to tell
you.
We have included some sample record-keeping sheets in the back of this manual.
You can copy them and take some to the casinos mat don't provide baccarat or roulette
tracking-cards.
Our Score Sheets, or baccarat cards, come in very handy for

tracking the play at the table, and best of all...
NOBODY CARES IF YOU DO !!
Before changing anything about this system, please test and re-test your new
ideas to be sure that you've come up with something better. You certainly don't want to
find out during live casino play, with real money bet on the table, that your changes were
flawed!!.
36
The only differences between Single Player and Partner Play charts are 4
columns instead of 3, and 9 numbers per section instead of 12. We will also explain
other multiple-player versions that are fun to play when you are out "casino-hopping"
with friends. See the Appendix for the multiple-player "Party" versions.
EXAMPLES OF PARTNER PLAY

CHART NOTES:
Every box with an "O" in it denotes that the

ball landed on a number belonging to that
section of the wheel.
An "R" in the "$" column says that we are

playing in the Red and/or Black boxes.
An "L" denotes the "BET LEVEL", found

on our "COAST MODE" Betting
Progression Charts ( BPC ) for that spin-
number.
After 7 successive non-hits in any one column

begin "COAST MODE."
On the example here, assume we did not get a
"HIT" on any of our 12 numbers. We then
place the SECOND LEVEL bets as found on
our BPC... in the SAME COLUMN and on
all of the SAME NUMBERS.
37
After the FIRST WIN in "COAST MODE"
drop back to FIRST LEVEL bets and switch
immediately to the "ATTACK MODE, A-l."
An "A" denotes the "BET LEVEL", found

on our "ATTACK MODE" (BPC) for that
spin-number.
In order to kill time, while we "WAIT" for a

section to miss the proper number of times,
one partner can play "Black" and the other
"Red." Each bets only the minimum bet -
whatever the casino minimum will allow — so
our risk is very low.
Although one player may lose money, the

partnership has not lost any money, you are
still "dead even" unless the ball selects the
Green ("0" or "00") in which case both Red
and Black lose. However, playing the Red
and Black is still the most conservative
method of play for "Partner Play," and it has
little effect on the bottom line of our win rate.
We tried to cover that "Green-hit" possibility

by splitting a minimum bet across "0 and 00"
but soon discovered that we were losing
money on this longshot. You might like to try
it. However, we don't recommend it because
you must invest a "Table Minimum" bet, that
could be several units, on a longshot.
38
The " $ " column is normally used to record
the amount of the "Net Gain" when we hit on
one of the numbers in our column or
section. The "Net Gain" amount will be
found on the BP Charts on the same line as
the bet-level being played when a number
"Hits."
Recording our net gains in the "$" column

allows us to keep track of our winnings as the
session progresses.
RULE: Always assume you are going to

lose the current spin. Prepare stacks of chips
and tokens in the value of the next bet-level
from the BPC. Be sure you have one stack
for each number you are covering. That way, if
you lose on this spin, you are instantly
prepared to again place your bets on all of
the same numbers. The number of units in
each stack will be determined by the next bet-
level as shown on your BPC.
RULE: We must “WAIT” SEVEN
SEQUENTIAL misses in any one of
the sections before we place our FIRST
LEVEL bets. When this happens, we
move into "COAST MODE." We place
a one-unit bet on ALL twelve numbers
that belong to that section - - "The Large
Target."
Both partners place these bets. One

places the six bets nearest to one end of
the layout, and the other places the
remaining six.
40
NOTE: Some other suggestions
for Single Players in the "WAIT
MODE" will be found in the
section: "Tips For Single
Players" on page 60.
OPTION: If you choose to play

the optional two-to-one boxes,
instead of Red/Black during
"Wait Mode," you sometimes
might come out ahead!
A " W " denotes a "Win" in our

column.
41
Results for this short session:
Net 528 units ahead.
Remember, when you get your FIRST WIN in COAST MODE, you
then make your next 12 bets (back at one unit each) on the NEXT SPIN
and in the SAME COLUMN. Also remember to "Switch Gears"
and use one of the "ATTACK MODE" BP charts.
Now INCREASE your bets to the next bet-level after each WIN, as long as that
section keeps winning. The first time you miss in a column — after winning one or
more times — you leave that column. Now, either go to another column (section) that has
had enough consecutive misses, or play Red and Black until a column develops the
required number.
In other words, when in the ATTACK MODE and your column finally misses,
look for another column that has had 7 (or 9) or more misses in a row. If you just had
several consecutive WINS in the same column, then one - or perhaps both - of the other
42
two columns have had 7 (or 9) or more misses. If two sections qualify place your first
level bets on all twelve numbers in the column (section) that has had the most
consecutive misses. You must see by now why accurate record-keeping is so critical to
consistent winning.
REMEMBER — After losing on a repeat, look for an "open" column, one that
has missed the requisite times, OR MORE, in a row. If there is a column that has
enough misses then IMMEDIATELY start betting IN THAT NEW SECTION. Get
your twelve first-level bets on the table in the new section BEFORE the next spin.
Incidentally, your First Level Bets on the center numbers are ALWAYS
ONE UNIT PER NUMBER.
All your BPC's start at one-unit bets and they are to be placed on every number in the
"active" section.
If no section has missed enough times, one of you bets Red while the other bets
Black. Wait for your opportunity, it will come. While betting the Red and Black your bets
will cancel each other out. Most casinos do not require you to bet on every spin of the
wheel. Many will allow you to play every other spin. However, there are advantages
if you play every spin. It keeps you busy and involved, holds your place at the table and
allows you time to record the section for each number on every spin, as the ball
"decides" on them. It is crucial not to get anxious and start betting in any section until
it has had the proper number of misses IN A ROW.
43
TO PARTNER OR NOT TO PARTNER??
YOU CAN PLAY ANY OF THESE SYSTEMS

WITH OR WITHOUT A PARTNER
There are a great number of variations available if you follow

the basics of CPR play:
> You can play either the Partner or the Single-Player Systems.
> You can play the Conservative or Aggressive BPC's on any version.
> You can even play the Multiple-Partner versions.
We have heard many different reasons for playing one way or the other.
We figure that for as many players as there are out there, there will be at least
that many reasons to go one way or the other.
When Friends or Family Come to Town, You Can

Actually Have Them Play with You If You Want.
* * Just Make up a List of Numbers for Them to Play * *

then Give Them Instructions at the Table.
There are several "Party Plan" number-tables in the Appendix.
44
SOME NOTES ON PARTNER PLAY
~ One partner should be designated as the scorekeeper. That person will be
responsible for tracking each spin of the wheel and advising the other partner on
which sections to bet. Say "A, B, or C" for the Three-Section ("Partner") system, or "
A, B, C or D" if two people are playing the Four-Section version.
~ When the proper time comes to start placing bets on numbers, the scorekeeper
simply turns to his or her partner and says something like "A" or "Section A." At this
point the partner will start to bet in section A and covers the six assigned numbers with
Level One bets. The other six numbers will be covered by the scorekeeper.
~ While playing with a partner it is a frequent event for one of you to get "wiped
out" of your colored chips and the additional money you've brought with you. (The
other partner has been winning on most of the numbers he has been playing.) Should this
happen to you, simply turn to the winning partner and ask to borrow some money. The
partner who is ahead will be able to "loan" the other some of their regular casino chips
(not the roulette chips). Now the "losing partner" buys back into the game.
~ Don't think you must always play as 50/50 partners! Sometimes there are
partners who have different size Bankrolls available. If that is your situation then you
might want to play at a $1. table and play with a 75% to 25% split on both the
bankroll and winnings. It is very easy to do.
~ The casino personnel might occasionally notice the similarity of your playing
methods. They might even notice that you are friends. We have been amused when they
are baffled by the fact that one of you leaves "broke" while the other has won a lot of
money. Many times the dealers say things like: "Well at least your friend won whatever
you lost." Yes, he sure did, and a whole lot more, too!! And not only that, but we're
still friends!!
~ If you would like to play with multiple partners, simply divide your sections of
numbers into even amounts. Assign a part of the number charts to each of the
multiple partners. Each partner must always be responsible for the same group of
numbers. All partners must also know which section is being played at all times.
45
~ Two players -- six numbers each. Three players -- four numbers each. Four
players -- three numbers each. Six players -- two numbers each. The bet amounts on the
inside numbers don't change. It's simple, it's fun and everybody can win a little money
with you!!
~ Follow the same BPC's as with the regular versions. When it is time to bet "on
the outside" (WAIT MODE,) one player must be designated to bet Red for every one
who is betting Black. If there are several of you, one of the partners places a
minimum bet on Black. Another of the group places an equal amount on Red. That way
you will only lose should a green "0" or "00" come up, and then it will only be a
minimum loss.
~ Remember -- you do not need to bet every spin. Every other, or every third
spin will do in most casinos. You will definitely want to pay as little rent for your seat
as possible.
Most of the players -we have spoken with are playing the aggressive
approach in the Partner System. There are probably a couple of good
reasons for the "Partner System" popularity.
(1) The average winnings per player are higher than in

the Single Player version,
and . . .
(2) It is nice to have a friend at the table to talk to

while the winnings come pouring in.
46
SINGLE PLAYER VERSION
IT IS EASIER TO PLAY,
AND IS STILL QUITE PROFITABLE!
AND YOU GET TO KEEP ALL YOUR WINNINGS --
NO SPLITTING IT UP HERE!!
In response to requests by a number of players, we reviewed almost 500 games

and have come up with an abbreviated version, "Single Player CPR." The sectional
play is changed a little to make it easier for one person to play alone. The level of
safety (the defense) is still virtually the same as the larger system.
All of Our Testing on this Variation Has Shown it to Perform

Quite Well, at Approximately 100 to 150 Units per Hour.
The Defense Is Still Very Good.
The Partner System uses one third of me wheel per section. Remember that we
divided the wheel into three equal BIG TARGET betting sections. The Single Player
CPR System breaks the wheel into FOUR equal BIG TARGET sections. It is still
important, however, to use adjacent number-groups on the wheel. We will identify the
four sections used for the Single Player System as "A, B, C and D."
For simplicity's sake, we are not going to repeat everything that has already
been covered in the Partner System.
The Single Player changes are these:
* Divide the wheel into any four pie-shaped sections of nine adjacent
numbers. We found that it was easiest to simply not bet the "0" or "00."
We then divided the remaining numbers into four sections (see the
"Single Player Numbers" chart on page 51).
* Contrary to popular belief, the "0" and "00" do not come up more
often than any of the other numbers. They also pay the same 3 5-to-l
47
when they HIT. The fact that they are colored green is another
diversion to confuse players.
* The betting progression is different because our target area is not as

large as in Partner Play. Now, instead of trying to hit a large beach
ball, consider this style of play like swinging at a basketball. Instead
of waiting for a section to miss seven times, we are now going to
wait for one of the four sections to miss NINE TIMES IN A
ROW before placing our First Level bets.
* There are more steps in me betting progression to allow for more

"misses" in our section after we do start betting.
* After HITTING a section for a WIN, move into the ATTACK

MODE in that section.
* If one of the other sections has missed at least nine times in a row,
consider also placing first level bets on the numbers in that section.
When you lose in the current section of play, move

immediately to the section with nine or more misses.
* If two sections have each missed nine times or more, THEN BET
IN THE SECTION THAT HAS HAD THE MOST
CONSECUTIVE MISSES. That section will most likely HIT
sooner.
* If no other section has missed at least nine times, then go for

repeats. Continue to play that section as long as you are winning.
If another section develops nine misses while you are still winning,
immediately switch to that section.
* On the first loss quit betting on the numbers and go instead to the outside bets
(Red/Black) and wait for nine misses in any one section.
In many cases it is possible to bet on every other spin and still remain at the
table. We highly recommend this approach to minimize bankroll draw down.
48
* As in the Partner System, you are free to pick any numbers that
you would like to exclude from betting (the "non-numbers"). We have
listed our numbers for Single Play on page 51. We decided to divide the
wheel up and leave the greens out of it. (The "0" and "00" are colored
green on the tables.)
As you have seen from the photocopy of the wheel, it appears to be very
randomly laid out. We have drawn different lines on the wheel below to illustrate how
we divide it up for Single Player CPR purposes.
49
When playing the Single Player CPR version, the wheel is divided into four
adjacent pieces of pie instead of only three. Again, we eliminate two numbers that we
never play — the non-numbers. Any two can be picked but be sure that you have four
sections of contiguous numbers without the two non-numbers being adjacent to each
other. We arbitrarily chose the "0" and "00," because they are positioned directly
opposite each other on the wheel. That makes the wheel easy to divide into "quarter-
pie" sections.
There are now four LARGE TARGETS instead of only three. This gives us
nine numbers in each pie section. The reason for the smaller sections is so that when
one person is playing alone there are fewer numbers that must be covered between
each successive spin of the wheel. Remember there is only one person. He or she
must also keep a record of the "Last Number" as it is called, identify that number's
correct section, mark that section on the score-card, and count and prepare the nine
stacks of chips - ALL BEFORE THE NEXT SPIN of the wheel!
The main reason we developed the Single Player version was to reduce the work
load between spins. Some dealers don't like to wait on one person when the table is
busy and all the other players are finished placing their bets.
Unless you are very fast, you would probably find it difficult (at least initially) to place
ALL TWELVE numbers of the Partner Version with the correct bets, then prepare
your next bets, and keep the score-card records all by yourself between successive
spins of the wheel. Remember, you cannot risk missing even one spin in the
progression. To be sure, that one missed bet would be the spin when your winning
number came up. (We also learned that one the "hard way!")
Playing the Single Player version, we felt it would be easier to not bet the "0"
and "00." It really doesn't matter which two numbers you don't bet, just make sure
each section has nine adjacent numbers. Each of these four sections must have all
nine numbers grouped together on the wheel. This gives four solid pieces of pie, our
LARGE TARGETS, with no breaks inside the pieces.
Here is a suggestion, if you always play alone now, or if you should decide that
you want to play alone sometime in the future. After you learn either system well and
have some experience, you may want to train yourself to use the three-section 12-
number approach, the Partner Version. As you have already learned, the Partner
50
CPR has a higher expected rate-of-return. In other words, you can expect to WIN
more money per session when playing 12-number targets. Besides, if you are playing by
yourself, you won't have to split the winnings with anybody!
Based on My 330 Single Player Games, and the First 415 Games
Reported to Me by Other Players, We're Holding at a 95%+
Win-Rate on the Single Player Version.
SINGLE PLAYER NUMBERS

This table is used by the Author for Individual Play.
SECTION PLAY THESE NUMBERS

A 1, 3, 5, 13, 15, 22, 24, 34, 36
B 7, 9, 11, 17, 20, 26, 28, 30, 32
C 2, 4, 6, 14, 16, 21, 23 , 33, 35
D 8, 10, 12, 18, 19, 25, 27, 29, 31
PRACTICE AT HOME before going into the casinos to face live play. We
suggest when you start playing in the casinos that you start on the 25¢ tables. They
even have 104 tables in some of the smaller casinos like the El Cortez and others
usually found in the downtown Las Vegas or neighborhood areas.
Be cautious when you first start out in the casinos with live play and real money.
You may want to begin playing this system during the busy hours at the casino. This is
when the dealers will be working slower because they have more players who need
change and more people they have to pay. This extra work load for the dealer will
give you more time to get your record-keeping done, and all nine of your bets placed
between spins without too much pressure.
51
WHILE NOT AS LABOR INTENSIVE AS THE PARTNER SYSTEM,
IT STILL HELPS A LOT IF YOU ARE PREPARED TO PLACE
YOUR BETS QUICKLY AND ACCURATELY!!
Always assume you are going to lose on each spin of the wheel. Once the nine bets
are on the table, begin immediately to prepare your next nine stacks of chips. Check
your BPC for the units to bet at the next level down from your present level's bets.
Make nine stacks equal to the units amount shown for that next level. Now you are
prepared to place the next bets if you should lose.
If you WIN — GREAT — collect your chips and mark your WIN on the score
sheet. Drop your bets back down to one unit. Place nine Level-One bets on the exact
same numbers you were just playing when you got your WIN.
NOTE: It is certainly possible for two people to play the Single Player
version. Simply divide the nine numbers in each of the four sections between
both players. Only make one buy-in and each player places bets on the
numbers nearest to the end of the table where they are sitting. If two players
want to play with their own token-color, then each would buy in with $100.
(400 25¢ units each). Their chip-mix would each be half that shown below the
Single Player Chip Chart on page # 55.
52
BASIC BETTING PROGRESSION FOR
THE SINGLE PLAYER VERSION
The goal of COAST MODE Betting Progression in the CPR system is to
strategically invest your buy-in while waiting for the first HIT in any hit-starved
section. It is carefully designed to win a nice surplus in addition to replacing the
lost units. This betting progression is judiciously designed to stretch out your
buy-in while you wait for that first HIT.
Hitting a section of nine grouped numbers is a little harder than hitting a slightly
larger section of 12 - a basketball versus a beach ball. Therefore we need to wait until
the smaller section has been missed more times in a row. Now we will wait for nine
CONSECUTIVE misses in any one column before we start in the COAST MODE.
This patience greatly increases the odds of hitting our section soon after we begin
covering the nine numbers.
The advantages to single play are different, but no less important:
* As a single player, you can play anytime you want.
* You play at any casino you enjoy, without asking anyone else's opinion.
* If you want to play 25¢, 50¢, dollars or higher, it's up to you.
* Mistakes might be reduced and, if one is made, you won't lose a friendship
because of it!
* It's also more exciting. You will have a lot more to do between each spin. You will
be keeping score, placing all the bets yourself and stacking the next level
of bets preparatory to the next spin. NO REST!!
* Playing by yourself, you'll never have to split your winnings.
* Or, you and a friend can share one buy-in. Also share in the work and profits.
The Single Player COAST MODE BP Chart is shown on the next page.
53
COAST MODE B. P. C.
SINGLE PLAYER VERSION { FOR 9-NUMBER SECTIONS }
PLAY THIS CHART WHILE WAITING FOR A WIN IN ANY SECTION.
SPIN NUMBER, SPIN NUMBER TOTAL CUMULA- A NET UNITS

FROM START NUMBER, OF UNITS TIVE 35-to-l AHEAD.
OF THE "WAIT IN "COAST UNITS TO BET ON TOTAL WIN IF PLAYER
MODE," MODE," BET ALL NINE UNITS WILL WINS ON
(WHILE WAITING ON SECTION PLAYED, PAY- THIS SPIN.
WAITING FORA ALL NUMBERS SINCE OUT NOW
FOR NINE WIN IN NINE ON IHIS BEGINNING TO GO TO
CONSECUTIVE ANY SECTION SPIN COAST YOU "ATTACK
MISSES) COLUMN NUMBERS ALONE MODE MODE"
10 1 1 9 9 35 27
11 2 1 9 18 35 18
12 3 2 18 36 70 36
13 4 2 18 54 70 18
14 5 3 27 81 105 27
15 6 4 36 117 140 27
16 7 6 54 171 210 45
17 8 8 72 243 280 45
18 9 12 108 351 420 81
19 10 16 144 495 560 81
20 11 22 198 693 770 99
Every time you WIN in any section, in addition to dropping back to level one, look to see
if one of the other sections has missed at least nine times in a row.
If two other sections have each missed nine times or more, THEN BET IN THE
SECTION THAT HAS HAD THE MOST CONSECUTIVE MISSES. That section is the
one most likely to HIT sooner.
OPTIONS: If another section is qualified then you might consider: Begin betting
immediately in the new section with nine or more misses, OR Continue to bet in the
same section where you just had a WIN, OR Play First Level Bets on all numbers in
BOTH sections just in case the new section might be getting hot. (Try this approach
for only one to three spins. Don't go above First Level unless one of them HITS.)
54
Continue to play in the winning section as long as you are winning. If another section
develops nine misses while you are still winning, then consider the "Options"
immediately above concerning switching or "doubling up" in the new section.
On the first loss quit betting on that section. Begin betting on the numbers in the most
qualified section. If no section has enough misses then go to the outside bets
(Red/Black) and wait for nine misses in any one section.
COAST MODE
SINGLE PLAYER CHIP CHART FOR 9-NUMBER SECTIONS
BET UNITS 25¢ Tokens $1. Chips
LEVEL To Bet (on 9 Numbers) (on 9 Numbers)
1 1 1
2 1 1
3 2 2
4 2 2
5 3 3
6 4 1
7 6 2 1
8 8 2
9 12 3
10 16 4
11 22 2 5
TO PLAY 25¢ UNITS: BUY $ 30. IN COLORED TABLE TOKENS = (120 ea.),
AND $ 145. IN $1. CASINO CHIPS = (145 ea. WHITE). TOTAL BUY-IN IS: $175.
IMMEDIATELY after our first WIN in any column, we will

move into the ATTACK MODE. We will also drop back from whatever
bet-level we had just used when we got our first WIN in COAST MODE.
Immediately, on the very next spin, we place First Level bets on all the
same numbers we were just playing.
55
ATTACK MODE B. P. C.
FOR THE SINGLE PLAYER VERSION
(FOR 9-NUMBER SECTIONS}
SPIN NUMBER NUMBER A NUMBER TOTAL TOTAL

NUMBER, OF UNITS OF 25¢ 35-to-l OF UNITS NET GAIN NET
AFTER TO BET UNITS TO WIN AHEAD SINCE THE UNITS
FIRST ON ALL BET ON PAYS ON START OF AHEAD IF
WIN IN NINE ALL NINE YOU THIS THIS YOU LOSE
ANY SECTION SECTION THIS WIN WINNING AT THIS
SECTION NUMBERS NUMBERS AMOUNT ALONE SEQUENCE LEVEL
1 1 1 35 27 27 (-9)
2 2 2 70 54 81 11
3 3 3 105 81 162 54
4 1 1 35 27 189 153
5 2 2 70 54 243 171
6 3 3 105 81 324 216
7 1 1 35 27 351 315
8 2 2 70 54 405 333
9 3 3 105 81 486 378
10 1 1 35 27 513 477
11 2 2 70 54 567 495
12 3 3 105 81 648 540
13 1 1 35 27 675 639
14 2 2 70 54 729 657
NOTE: We have found, in the 9-number-section version of play, that even if we

lose on the first spin in the ATTACK MODE it usually pays to bet the Second-
Level on the next spin ANYWAY!! After all, we have been waiting for the
column we are now playing to miss for at least nine consecutive times. It is
reasonable to expect that the column will start to receive HITS. We want to be
there when it does!! We only risk 18 units on this second try. If we do get a HIT,
we will be ahead a net 45 units!
56
ATTACK MODE
SINGLE PLAYER CHIP CHART
{FOR 9-NUMBER SECTIONS}
USE THIS TABLE TO MAKE UP YOUR STACKS FOR THE NEXT ROLL
IN CASE YOU GET A HIT ON ONE OF THE CURRENT BETS.
BETTING LEVEL NUMBER OF UNITS TO NUMBER OF 25¢

WHILE STILL PLAY ON ALL NINE TOKENS TO PLAY
WINNING IN NUMBERS IN THE ON ALL NINE
"ATTACK MODE" ACTIVE SECTION ACTIVE NUMBERS
1 1 1
2 2 2
3 3 3
4 1 1
5 2 2
6 3 3
7 1 1
8 2 2
9 3 3
10 1 1
11 2 2
12 3 3
13 1 1
14 2 2
57
ATTACK MODE II B. P. C.
A MORE AGGRESSIVE SINGLE PLAYER VERSION
SPIN NUMBER NUMBER A TOTAL TOTAL

NUMBER
NUMBER OF UNITS OF 25¢ 35-to-l NET GAIN NET
AFTER TO BET OF UNITS SINCE THE UNITS
UNITS TO WIN
AHEAD
FIRST ON ALL BET ON PAYS START OF AHEAD IF
ON THIS
WIN IN NINE ALL NINE YOU THIS YOU LOSE
SECTION SECTION THIS WIN WINNING AT THIS
ANY
ALONE
SECTION NUMBERS NUMBERS AMOUNT SEQUENCE LEVEL
1 1 1 35 27 27 (-9)
2 2 2 70 54 81 11
3 3 3 105 81 162 57
4 5 5 175 135 297 122
5 1 1 35 27 324 289
6 2 2 70 54 378 308
7 3 3 105 81 459 354
8 5 5 175 135 594 419
9 1 1 35 27 621 586
10 2 2 70 54 765 605
11 3 3 105 81 756 741
12 5 5 175 135 891 716
13 1 1 35 27 918 883
14 2 2 70 54 972 902
58
ATTACK MODE II
USE THIS TABLE TO MAKE UP YOUR STACKS FOR THE NEXT SPIN
IN CASE YOU GET A HIT ON ONE OF THE CURRENT BETS.
BETTING LEVEL NUMBER OF UNITS NUMBER OF $1.

NUMBER OF 25¢
WHILE STILL TO PLAY ON ALL CHIPS (WHITE)
COLORED TOKENS
WINNING IN NINE NUMBERS IN TO PLAY ON
TO PLAY ON ALL
"ATTACK THE ACTIVE ALL NINE
MODE" NINE NUMBERS
SECTION NUMBERS
1 1 1
2 2 2
3 3 3
4 5 . 1 1
5 1 1
6 2 2
7 3 3
8 5 1 1
9 1 1
10 2 2
11 3 3
12 5 1 1
13 1 1
14 2 2
59
TIPS FOR SINGLE PLAYERS
Since I've heard from several players who have found out the hard way, I'd
like to share these tips with you if you're going to play the Single Player system by
yourself.
* Play the tables when they are the busiest. This way the dealers will be
slowed down, which allows you to get all your bets placed in time. Remember, you
still have to do all your record-keeping BETWEEN EVERY SPIN.
* Try to find a cordial dealer. This will help in case the other players all leave
in a mass exodus, right when you're in the middle of trying to place your Seventh
Level bet!!
* Be sure to tip the dealer occasionally when you WIN. They're going to see
you rake in hundreds of chips at a time, so it never hurts to get them on your side.
Remember, you may get the same dealer in the future, and you definitely will want
him or her to have fond memories of you.
* Park in Valet Parking. Don't make the same mistake I made. You will be
cashing in a lot of chips. You don't want to get mugged on the way to your car.
And besides, you'll be able to give a good "toke" to the Valet!!
* Ignore what all the other players are telling you, or any comments on
how stupid you are playing. When there are two of you doing the same basic
thing the comments don't come as often as when I have played by myself. Many
think they've got the answer, but few will leave the table with as many chips.
NOTE:
It Is Also Possible for Two People to Play this Version. Simply Divide
the Nine Numbers Between Both of You. Each Is Responsible to Play His
or Her Assigned Numbers Just Like in the Partner-Play version. This Allows
Two People to Buy in with a Smaller Bankroll.
60
MONEY MANAGEMENT
BANKROLL
The size of your unit will, more than likely, be determined by the size of your
Bankroll. The Bankroll should be the amount of money you can set aside to play
roulette. It should not be money mat you can't afford to lose. Not the rent money, not the
car payment, etc., etc.
When first sitting down at a table to begin playing, buy-in for the recommended
"Chip Mix" for the size of the base unit you will be playing. Your BANKROLL
should be approximately FOUR TIMES your table buy-in amount. Four buy-ins are not
a requirement but it gives a nice level-of-comfort while you are playing.
For example, if you are going to buy-in for $200. or S220. worth of chips for your up-
coming table session, you should have a Bankroll of around $800. You don't want to be
worried about losing all your roulette money if you should lose this single session. If you
do lose, you can move on to another table, if you are not too tired to do so, or simply
quit for the day. We have not heard of anyone yet, while following the CPR system
carefully, who ever came close to losing their whole Bankroll. You will probably
never come close either, providing you follow the system faithfully.
The best idea is to start at the smaller table minimums, perhaps the 25¢ tables.
This will make it easier to concentrate without concerns about losing while you are first
learning the system. Get familiar with what you want to do, men let the casinos
finance your larger bets as you build your Bankroll with your winnings.
One recommendation we suggest you follow carefully:
DO NOT CARRY ALL YOUR BANKROLL WITH YOU

WHEN OUT PLAYING YOUR DAILY SESSIONS.
Carry Only Enough to Cover One or Two Sessions.
61
SUGGESTED CHIP BUY-INS FOR PARTNER AND
SINGLE-PLAY ARE SHOWN BELOW THE
CHIP-CHARTS ON PAGES 27 AND 55 ABOVE.
Although it is not necessary, if you are playing with a partner, each of you should
usually try to buy into the game for the same amount of money. Also buy your chip-mix
in roughly the same amounts of chips and/or token denominations.
You Will Be Winning and Losing Lots of Chips

During the Course of the Game.
Keep Everything Neat and in Order.
How Much Money Should I Bring?

For as many players as there are, there will be a different answer for each one. I
personally never take more money than I need for my half of the buy-in.
I have heard too many horror stories of people getting caught up in the action and
playing with more than they could really afford to lose that day.
Remember, you will quite likely lose a buy-in from time to time. It could happen the
first twenty minutes that you are at the table. It could even happen (Heaven forbid) during
consecutive sessions.
Also remember that this is gambling. We are winning an incredible number of

units per game and winning most games. A "wipe-out" can still happen at any time, so
stay in control. Most important of all - PAY ATTENTION!!
The casinos will not sell you your enough colored roulette table-tokens to cover
your entire buy-in. You would wipe out their table stock. Ask for just enough colored
chips to cover the small beginning bets that start your Betting Progression. Also buy
62
some of their regular white or "silver-dollar" ($l.), red ($5.), and/or green ($25.) chips,
depending on your Bankroll. Pretty soon you will be buying the black chips too ~ (at
$
100. each) !!
The actual amount of your buy-in will vary depending on which game you are
playing. Partner Play and Single Play, in both the basic and the aggressive versions, will
each require different buy-ins. We have shown some typical buy-ins for 25¢ tables
below the Betting Progression Charts earlier in this manual and in the Appendix. One-
dollar chip charts will also be found in the Appendix. In any event, the total amount
of your buy-in will be at least equal to the amount shown on the final level of the
COAST MODE Betting Progression Chart under the column "Grand Total."
NEVER attempt to start a game with a lower buy-in!!
Many casinos establish their table minimum at either 25¢, 50¢, $l., $3., $5. or more
per play. Buy in at the level that is comfortable for you and your partner. Be sure to
look at the "table-plaque" that denotes the table minimum so there are no surprises.
The casinos will often change their minimum chip value and their table minimum
values throughout the day depending on what the [tourist] traffic will bear!! Once you are
in the game, however, the original table minimum remains the same for you as long as
you continue to play.
Speaking of the table plaques, the minimum chip value is not the only statement
that some plaques might have on them. Don't be confused by the statement "Table
Minimum" or "Minimum Bet 50¢, $1, $2, etc..." That statement often appears in
addition to the "Minimum Chip Value." It means you must place enough chips on the
numbers on each spin to TOTAL the "Minimum Bet" amount. It DOES NOT mean
that you must bet that amount on each number. The CPR system always plays more on
the numbers than the minimum bet requirement anyway. However, when you are
playing the 1-to-l or the 2-to-l boxes on the outside of the table while you WAIT,
each of those bets must be the table minimum or higher.
If followed CAREFULLY, this system should allow you to parlay your profits up to
higher and higher levels. You can soon WIN S400. per session, or more, starting with
only 25¢ units!!
63
Many people start at the 25¢ tables and get comfortable with the quarter-play before
they move up to the higher amounts. One of the more active players we have spoken with
started at the quarter tables for his first four sessions. He then went to half-dollar units and
ended up at dollar units within his first month of play. By the time he had played six weeks,
he was ahead over $22,000 !! There is definitely time to build your bankroll SAFELY.
LET THE CASINO FINANCE

YOUR INCREASES!!
Don't forget, you should be winning from 25% to 35% of your buy-in per session.
That figure should be fairly consistent regardless of your starting unit size.
During actual play there will be times when one of you is winning much more
frequently than the other. That's OK, because you are partners. When this happens the one
with the most colored table-tokens can cash some in with the dealer for casino chips. He can
then loan some "True Value" chips to his partner. Now the "losing partner" can buy-in again
and continue to play without leaving the table or the progression. The "rich partner" should be
asked for this loan one or two spins before totally running out to prevent missing a spin for
the lack of chips or tokens.
In order to keep everything as simple as possible your buy-in should be as follows:
Each partner will be playing with a different colored table-token (blue, green,
yellow, pink, etc.). As each partner asks the dealer for his buy-in, the dealer will inquire
about any color preference.
You might want to copy the "Typical Buy-ins" from this manual. Otherwise
you can use a "Rule of Thumb" that each partner should ask for approximately 25% of
his or her buy-in amount to be in colored table-tokens. These colored tokens will be valued at
the required minimum or whatever the
64
player specifies above that value. The minimum can be 25¢, 50¢, $l., $2. or
higher depending on the casino and what "the traffic will bear." The balance of
your session buy-in should be taken in the casino's regular $1., $5., $25., and
$
100. chips. This will, of course, depend on your Total Bankroll, your buy-in
amounts and your betting levels!! You can use the recommended buy-in chip-
mixes on the chip-charts to adjust for higher bankrolls.
Assume you are playing on a 25¢ table, using the Single Player Version
and buying in for $200. You must be prepared to play a little under 800 units for the
complete 13 step progression.
Some casinos will differ from others in the way they want to issue your
buy-in tokens and chips. One example would be to ask for $40. worth of the
colored table-tokens (that would be 160 tokens or 8 stacks), $100. in $25. (green)
chips, $50. in $5. (red) chips, and 10 of the $1. (white or silver-dollar) chips.
(Also see page 55). Be flexible and work with the dealer. You can always take
most of your buy-in in large denomination casino chips and change them for
smaller value chips or tokens as needed. Just be sure to have enough unit-value
tokens to cover the numbers for the first few spins.
When your session is over, give your colored table-tokens back to the
roulette dealer. The dealer will give you the casino's "True Value" chips in
return. Cash in the whole she-bang at the casino's "Cage," the Main Cashier.
65
A BANK ACCOUNT?
Some players are so organized they have even set up “bank
accounts” at various casinos to handle their money.
It works like this:
* Arrive at the casino and immediately go to the Cashier's "Cage."
* Cash a check at the Cage from your own bank account. Use the check guarantee
card you received from your bank. (Since you are keeping such an incredible balance with
them and also making daily deposits, the guarantee card should not be a problem.)
* If you are playing with a partner then split the money into two equal portions, your
halves of two buy-ins. Meet with your partner and proceed to the table. If you don't have
a partner then take your buy-in to the table.
* Go to the tables. Play and WIN your sessions (hopefully).
* Partners will take their own winnings back to the Cage. Exchange all of the chips in
for cash. One of you takes most of the cash winnings and makes a deposit back into a
partnership Cage Account. Now you will have money to play with tomorrow without
needing to cash a personal check. Split the balance of the winnings between partners. No
partner?? Keep it all!!
* Once you have money in a casino's cage account you don't have to write any
more checks at that casino. You now go directly to the table and request a "marker" for
your buy-in amount. This approach will identify you to the pit boss as a customer who
deserves to receive "Comps," an additional form of free income!!
* IMPORTANT: Don't keep more than about $7,500 to $8,500 in any one
Casino's Cage Account. You don't want to get too close to the mandatory reporting
levels that all casinos must observe.
66
A PERSONAL NOTE ON SECURITY
FOR HEAVEN'S SAKE, PLEASE BE CAREFUL WHEN
YOU'RE OUT THERE PLAYING!!
You never know who you're sitting next to or what their situation is. You will
read later about how I met my Mentor, the originator of the basic system. I trusted him
and went with a "stranger" to his motor home. Admittedly, it may have been stupid of
me to have gone with him. However, our first meeting had been at a very public
restaurant. Also, I made sure he knew I was not bringing a bankroll with me.
Furthermore, until I really knew him well, I always parked in Valet and made sure I had my
money safely in my grasp before we parted for the day.
When we first moved to Las Vegas I carried a very large amount of cash in order to
be ready to play craps. I wore one of those fanny packs that are so popular. I
wanted to look like a tourist and it seemed safe. Was I ever wrong!! After cashing in
several thousand dollars in chips at the "Cage" and taking the elevator up to my car, I was
shoved against the wall and as quick as a blink, my belt was snatched from me. Almost
$10,000 in cash . . . gone within seconds!!
We learned it the hard way. Please do yourself a favor, be careful of Where,

When, How, and With Whom you are traveling when going to the casinos. Especially be
careful of who is walking nearby, or behind you, on your way to your car. It's hard
enough to WIN. Remember you won because you were "alert." Don't relax too soon.
Most of all, don't be foolish and lose it without a prayer of getting it back. NEVER
count your "Bankroll" in public. If you need to count your money, go near the "Cage" or
at least near where a Casino Guard is stationed.
I now make several reverse turns when I exit the casino. If I have too much
cash, I deposit it with the casino cage, or cashier. I will now be able to use markers in
this casino, or I can pick the money up several days later. Whether or not I am
carrying cash I always have a small hand-held Mace or pepper-spray dispenser in my
hand, with my thumb on the "trigger," as I leave the casino area en route to my car. In
addition, I always keep the dispenser m my hand until we are all inside the car with the
doors locked!!
67
THE LAW OF
DISPROPORTIONATE OCCURRENCES
We can all agree, in our rational moments, that the dice, the roulette wheel,
and the cards "have neither brains nor a memory."" We can also probably agree
that sometimes it appears that they do have, at least, a "conscience" This so-
called 'conscience' is really known as the "PROBABILITY MODEL." As
most may already know, a different probability model (p. m.) exists for all
casino games. The p. m. is what is used to determine the "odds" on the
various bets that make up the games.
The various probability models are generally concerned with "INFINITY" or

the "LONG-RUN." These models provide that there will be, in general, 50
"heads" for every 50 "tails" and 50 "Pass-Line" winners for every 50 "Pass-
Line" losers in craps. Also in roulette there will be 50 "red" numbers for every 50
"black" numbers, etc., etc. Each game has its own individual probability model.
Few people will contest the mathematicians' and statisticians' reliance on

infinity, "the long-run." Casinos are getting wealthy because of infinity. After all,
they have it on their side!! Few of us have the resources to out-wait, or out-
gamble, the casino's bankroll.
People have been trying to beat the casinos for years. Most authors have
designed their so-called "winning gambling systems" by using the various
probability models. Unfortunately most of the "beat-the-casino" type books and
literature presently on the market are based on misconceptions. The
misconceptions come from equating short-term results with long-term results.
WHAT ABOUT COMPUTER SIMULATION??
Recent advances in the computer industry have been remarkable. The

developments in this industry have led many authors into the trap of "computer
simulation." Students of gaming and many authors have eagerly taken
68
advantage of the computer's speed in the handling of numbers. The computer can
run vast amounts of data in a very short time. The idea was to simulate a large
number of "decisions" in a short time-span. "Decision" is the term used to
signify the outcome on a roll of the dice, a card hand, or the number on the
wheel that the roulette ball finally "decides" to select.
Prior to the availability of high speed computers, gaming students and

authors relied heavily on various books of "decisions" when evaluating their
newly designed "winning systems." These books of decisions have been
laboriously compiled by someone carefully observing and documenting long
periods of consecutive rolls of the dice, many-many card hands or 300 hours of
roulette spins, etc., etc. In retrospect that was probably a much better way to
evaluate new systems instead of trying to emulate real-life results with computer
decisions.
The computer provides "random decisions." Computer simulation has

now been used for 20 years or more in an attempt to gather, or simulate, a large
number of so-called "gaming decisions" in an unrealistically short period of
time. Unfortunately, many people who had used the computer to simulate
"games of chance" have now discovered that the results are not reliable.
Because the computer makes decisions on a purely random basis, its decisions do
not duplicate "real life."
We have all seen "runs" of numbers on the craps table and even the
roulette wheel. We have also remarked when repetitive card values appear in the
card table-games. This repetitive-number phenomenon is seldom, if ever,
emulated by any computer simulation. WHAT'S HAPPENING HERE??
Enter the world of:
"THE LAW OF DISPROPORTIONATE OCCURRENCES."

Reality unquestionably tells us that there must be a SECOND MODEL in
addition to the infinity model that is governing the short-run. We have all witnessed this
"Second Model" phenomenon when we say:
69
"THINGS DON'T HAPPEN LIKE THEY ARE SUPPOSED TO!!"
If the model governing the long-run ("INFINITY") was truly duplicated in the
short-run, then the casino table games would have been extinct a long time ago. There
would be "no challenge" because we would already know, for example, that for every
100 spins of the roulette wheel there would be exactly 50 "red" numbers for every 50
"black" numbers occurring within those specific 100 spins.
WELL, IT DOESN'T WORK QUITE THAT WAY, DOES IT?
We can all state from our own experiences that real life "DOESN'T WORK
THAT WAY." We can also accurately state that the LAW OF THE LONG-RUN
does not work in the short-run. Through actual observation of the short-run, we can
observe that the long-run IS NOT duplicated in the short-run. This also describes the
"challenge of the games." We now recognize this unique paradox: "The short-run is
always inequitable to the long-run." The whole is still equal to the sum of its parts.
However, the parts themselves are simply not abbreviated versions of the whole.
This now brings us to the explanation for previously "inexplicable" results. This
new explanation is the "missing link" that has apparently eluded us for a long time.
This "missing link" is known as the "Law of Disproportionate Occurrences." We
now have an explanation for the occasional "clumps" of high or low cards and for the so-
called "unusual runs" of repetitive numbers in craps, etc.
We instinctively want to rely on our existing knowledge and understanding to

explain reality. Our former confusion has been created by the existence of the Law of
Disproportionate Occurrences ~ "LODO." Now that we recognize its
contribution to real-life results, we can finally understand why events don't happen in
their presumed and preconceived manner.
"REAL LIFE DOESN'T WORK THAT WAY."
70
If we had to come up with a very short definition for the "Law of
Disproportionate Occurrences," it would be something like:
"The Law that governs the results of a random series of short-run consecutive
events as compared to the results of the same, or similar, series of consecutive events
over infinity."
OR:
"When the results of any defined relationship are viewed over a short-to-
moderate number of occurrences, those results will not conform truly and exactly to
the results found in the infinite probability model."
The LODO doesn't need to be academically justified or philosophically

rationalized. We have simply made our best attempt to put its abstract identity into
words and illustrations and into our GAME of roulette. Just like the law of gravity, the
LODO simply commands acknowledgment. Also, just like the law of gravity, there's
nothing we can do to fight or eliminate it. Why should we try anyway?? As you will
discover here, we should learn to exploit it instead of challenge it. The results will
be greatly to our advantage!
Furthermore, this is the same exact law that the casinos now worship!! The
casino actually operates on an 11% commission on our wagers. This is most apparent in
the sports book, the poker rooms and in baccarat. However, because of the "short-run"
phenomenon, they actually enjoy a "net profit" of 15 to 20 percent! If the "normal
11% commission" was the only way for casinos to make money from our wagers,
they would only net, approximately, a minuscule plus-minus 2 percent.
We must recognize that the casino is really nothing more than the Host for "The
Games." We can now also accept that the "Law of Disproportionate Occurrences" is
absolutely "THE PHENOMENON" that will allow us to take the casino's money
home with us. And they are left void of a defense.
71
TURNING THE TABLES
- OR -
- HOW TO USE THE LAW OF
DISPROPORTIONATE OCCURRENCES.
We have previously acknowledged that "the whole is still the sum of its parts."
HOWEVER ... "The parts themselves are not simply abbreviated versions of that
whole."
This can be explained like this:
(1) The probability model remains static and inflexible. However, the
flow of the game does not.
(2) Infinity will give us 50 heads for every 50 tails per 100 tosses —
in the long run. (The whole is still equal to the sum of its parts.)
(3) The short run, however, will give us streaks. "The parts themselves are
not abbreviated versions of the whole."
We will utilize and exploit the Law of Disproportionate Occurrences BY NOT

PARTICIPATING IN ALL the decisions. What we are saying is that we plan to
"carve the probability model up," or "dissect it." Then we will use the "pieces" that we
are interested in when they become available. Yes, we said "when they become
available."
It is still the "LAW OF THE UNIVERSE" that no one can govern, control, or
force [the p. m.] to produce any given event on their command. But since we are in
control of ourselves (hopefully) we can "harvest our desired crop" WHEN the p. m.
yields it.
72
FINAL COMMENTS
We will undertake the position of "not participating in all the decisions." This
will permit us to take advantage of the Disproportionate Occurrences as they pass by
our small window in time. Look at it this way: By employing these tools, you will be
far better equipped to WIN more bets "than you are supposed to" -- overall. And, even
if these tools don't give us the outright ability to predict, they definitely arm us with an
acute sense of anticipation!!
To sum it all up, the CPR System© has given us an entire arsenal to attack
the "intentional chaos" designed into casino roulette. Now let's activate our arsenal by
using all the CPR tactics including:
The Large Targets,
The Betting Progressions,
the Money Management,
AND THE
Law of Disproportionate Occurrences."

AND ALSO
DON'T FORGET THOSE ULTIMATE TACTICS
"CONTROL AND PATIENCE."
[End]
73
RECORD KEEPING
IS IT REALLY IMPORTANT??
We certainly think so. How will you know whether you're winning or losing on a
regular basis unless you keep records? We don't like doing anything on a "gut-feel."
After all, that is the most basic definition of gambling. We don't enjoy
"gambling"... but we do enjoy taking their money!
Records also come in handy if you want to make sure you don't repeat your
visits to any one casino too frequently.
A SAMPLE RECORD SHEET

Gain or
Date Casino Partner Start Time Playing Time
(Loss)
2/4 Sahara Jack 10:30 1:25 245
2/5 Sam's Town Jack 10:30 :55 332
2/7 Binion's Jack 11:30 1:20 456
2/9 Rio Jack 10:30 1:55 378
2/11 Showboat Jack 11:00 :45 322
2/15 Boulder Station Jack 10:30 1:12 389
2/16 Imperial Palace Jack 12:30 1:25 -(1088)
2/18 Palace Station Jack 10:30 1:10 377
2/23 Excalibur Jack 11:30 1:20 489
2/24 Stardust Jack 10:00 :50 267
2/25 Vegas Club Jack 10:30 1:30 443
Keep Records So You Honestly Know Where You Stand! This Is the Best
Way to Know When You Will Be Ready to Increase Your Playing Level!!
74
PRACTICE, PRACTICE, PRACTICE!!
BUT HOW CAN I PRACTICE
WITHOUT A ROULETTE WHEEL??
Most Experienced Players Do Not Practice Very Often.
However New Players Have Wanted an Effective Way
to Simulate the Actual Game. THIS IS IT!!
A lot of people have wondered, how in the world
can they practice this system
without a Roulette wheel?
We developed a way that will allow you to practice without a wheel. Sometimes you
might find yourself away from home or in a hotel room with nothing to do. You can practice
roulette by using two different colored or different sized dice. (You craps players will like this.)
Both dice are rolled at the same time.
Here is how it works: Select one of the dice to represent your roulette wheel. When
this die is rolled it represents which of the three sections of the wheel the ball selected. If that
die comes up with a 1 or a 2, that represents "Section A" of the wheel. If it comes up with a
3 or a 4, that stands for "Section B," and a 5 or 6 will be "Section C."
Remember that we are not able to play all 38 of the wheel's numbers (those two "non-
numbers" that we don't bet on)? Therefore we need to use the second dissimilar die to
compensate for that situation.
The two dice will occasionally come up with a total of either two ("Snake Eyes")
or twelve ("Box Cars") -- (two ones or two sixes at the same time). This will signify that the
roulette ball has selected one of those two "non-numbers." These are the two numbers that do
not fit into any section. Either of these two dice combinations would signify a losing bet for all
three sections.
Now you can simply roll the dice for hours on end and use a score sheet to keep track of
your progress. We've rolled thousands of times and find that this simulates the wheel quite
effectively.
75
As you are rolling the dice you simply track the sections "selected by the ball" on
your score card. We have included sample record cards in the Appendix for each of the
two systems. These can be photocopied and taken to the casinos or on your trips. If you
prefer, you can use a casino baccarat card to keep score. It is probably a good idea to
practice with the same score-card system you plan to use in actual live play. Do this
just to make certain you are doing everything consistently.
There are two main components to playing the CPR System.
1. Tracking the sections as they either "hit" or "miss."
Correct Record Keeping is Crucial. Should you make a mistake

in marking the correct section, it will cause you to place bets
in the wrong sections. We know all about that,
we have "goofed up" ourselves
2. Stacking your chips in the proper bet sizes for the next spin.
This is important in order to assure the proper bet sizes are on your numbers
when one of them HITS. Few things are worse than finding out that when your number
HITS it is short a couple chips, or worse yet, that you didn't get it covered at all! Just
one chip short would mean you have lost the Net Gain you were patiently "stalking."
IF YOU PLAY WITH A PARTNER, YOU SHOULD

ALSO PRACTICE WITH THE SAME PARTNER.
NOTHING IS MORE UPSETTING
THAN LOSING A SESSION BECAUSE
ONE OF YOU MADE A SIMPLE MISTAKE!
76
LAS VEGAS TABLE MINIMUMS
WHERE TO PLAY??
There Are Over Eighty Places to Play Roulette Located Within 30
Minutes of Our Home in Las Vegas. There Are Many More
Now under Construction. About Two Dozen More Will
Open Up Within the Coming Few Years.
We have found that it is better to move around from one casino to another.
Don't develop a favoritism to any dealer in particular. If you were to play there every day,
you might be inviting a problem with the Floor Supervisors. Most of the dealers don't
care how badly you beat the table. Sometimes the Floor Supervisors, however, seem to
grow weary of explaining to their bosses how they continue to get taken to the cleaners by
us. Therefore we try not to be too conspicuous.
We normally rotate between 20 to 28 casinos. This means that we don't get
seen by anybody more often than once every couple weeks, if that. As soon as more
casinos open we will expand our horizons and it spreads out our time between visits.
We normally find that mid-morning throughout the week is the best time to play.
We do not usually play when they get too busy. Most casinos will raise their table
minimums and chip-values during busy periods when they have a lot of floor traffic.
("Whatever the traffic will bear.") The following page lists the casinos we played
within the past six months. The table minimums listed are typical of these casinos' slow
periods.
77
CASINO TABLE MINIMUMS
Lady Luck, Downtown $.25 California Club, Downtown $.25
Plaza, Downtown .25 Las Vegas Club, Downtown .25
El Cortez, Downtown .10 Primadonna, 1-15, South .25
Binion's, Downtown .25 Fitzgeralds, Downtown .50
Fremont, Downtown .25 Boomtown, 1-15, South .25
Sam's Town, Boulder Hwy. .25 Circus / Circus, Strip .50
Silver City, Strip .25 Vacation Village, 1-15 .25
Frontier, Strip .50 Venetian, Strip opens '98
Four Queens, Downtown .50 Golden Gate, Downtown .50
Harrah's, Strip .50 Excalibur, Strip .50
Holiday Inn Boardwalk, Strip .50 Boulder Station, Bldr. Hwy. .50
Stardust, Strip .50 Showboat, Boulder Hwy. .50
Imperial Palace, Strip $1. Riviera, Strip $1.
Luxor, Strip $1. Golden Nugget, Downtown $1.
Sahara, Strip $1. MGM Grand, Strip $1.
Treasure Island, Strip $l.to 5. Mirage, Strip $l.to 5.
Aladdin, Strip .50 Bally 's, Strip .50
Fiesta, No. Rancho Dr. .25 Gold Coast, W. Flamingo .50
Gold Strike, 1-15 South .25 New York - New York, Strip $1.
Stratosphere,* Main St. .25 Monte Carlo,** Strip $1.
Nevada Palace, Bldr. Hwy. .25 Orleans, W. Tropicana .50
Belaggio, Strip opens '97 Santa Fe, No. Rancho Dr. .25
Railroad Pass, Henderson .25 Alystra, Henderson .25
* The STRATOSPHERE Has Now Installed a "Single-zero" Wheel. Apparently They Are Attempting t o
Inflate Sagging Business by Offering "Better Odds."
** The MONTE CARLO Is Trying to Emulate the Famous European Casino in Monte Carlo. Therefore, They
Also Have Single-zero Wheels. (The Single-zero Wheel Is Mostly Found Outside of the U. S. And Often Called
French Roulette.)
78
LEAVING THE TABLE
Yes, You Do Need to Know When to Stop!!
It is very important for you and your partner to establish a stop-win goal for both
your session play and your daily quitting point.
Your session-win goals can be set wherever you are comfortable. My partner
and I chose a minimum win of "300 units or one hour," whichever comes first. We
frequently find ourselves up over 300 units within the first half hour. If this occurs then we
often continue to play and sometimes reach over 500 units the first hour.
There are other times that, when the hour rolls around, we may continue to play if
we still haven't reached our 300-unit net gain. BE FLEXIBLE BUT DON'T BE
TIRED!
The strongest warning we can give you is, don't play beyond the point where you
lose your concentration. We have found it very easy to become bored while playing a
session. In fact, one of our session losses was because I made a mistake due to being
bored with the slow progress we were making. I lost track of which section to bet and at
what bet-level. Sure enough, it cost us a lot of money. So be fore-warned.
ONE CAUTION HERE:
When you are PLAYING ON THE NUMBERS and

want to leave a table because you are tired,
or for any other reason, LEAVE ONLY
AFTER YOU HAVE HAD A HIT.
If you don't wait until you get a HIT in your section,

before leaving the table, you will LOSE money.
Don't "force" yourself into a losing session!!
79
QUITTING FOR THE DAY
Yes, You Do Need to Know When to Quit!!
Our daily goals have now settled in at one "winning session" per day. Of course,
we live in Las Vegas and can play almost every day of the week. Let's face it-we
usually do!!
You can set your daily goals wherever you want. Check out page 9 and you will
see how much money some people are making in a very short time. If you don't increase
your unit size as you WIN, you are only playing a "maintenance" type of game. We
recommend you do increase as you WIN, and do it with the casino's money.
However, remember this:
PLAY TOO LONG AND YOU CAN GET

TOO TIRED TO CONCENTRATE!!
You can always take a break. Grab a cup of coffee or a soft drink. Get a bite of
lunch. Go for a walk. Whatever you like to do that refreshes you. The casino is
going to be open around the clock. The tables aren't going anywhere, so don't feel like
you have to sit and play continuously.
REMEMBER ... play for too long at a time and you

will make mistakes!!
80
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS
Q. How much money do I need to play the system ?
A. The amount of money is determined both by your unit size and by which
version you are playing. Refer to the Betting Progression Charts. The number in the
bottom box under the column "Grand Total" will be the maximum number amount of
"UNITS" you will pay-out on any one table (if you don't have at least one WIN). For
example, in Partner Play COAST MODE the amount needed to go straight through the 12
bet-levels on the BPC without any wins would be 1,788 units.
When playing 25¢ tables that would be 1,788 25¢ colored tokens. For ease in
handling the buy-in let's round that number off to 1,800 units. Each partner will be
responsible for 900 units. Therefore both partners will buy 900 units x 25¢, for a total of
$225. each, for one 25¢ table. The suggested Buy-in chip-mix is found on page 27
above. The chip-mix is set up the way it is to prevent the need to ask for change
between wheel spins. You actually may have to buy more large denominations and ask for
change as the bet progression proceeds.
Q. Can I play with more than one partner?
A. Yes. Just divide your numbers into however many groups you need. We know of one
team that plays with three players. Each partner is responsible for one-third of the
numbers in each section. That means each of them is playing four numbers in
whichever section is "active." You could have four players with three numbers each per
section, or six players with two numbers each. The Appendix has suggested number-
charts for this type of "Party Play."
Q. What numbers do I use for my sections?
A. Remember, you can use any three sections of 12, or any four sections of nine
adjacent numbers. This will be determined by which version you choose to play. Just
make certain all the numbers that make up each section are adjacent to each other. If
your "non-numbers" fall inside the "pie-shapes" then you will be disrupting one of the
basic advantages of the system.
The "0 and 00" cannot be chosen as the numbers to skip if you are playing the 12
number system. There are not enough 12-number groups between these two wheel
positions.
81
For the same reason you cannot avoid playing the numbers "one" and "three"
when playing the nine number system. You do not have to use the same numbers we
normally play; just be careful if you select different number groups.
Q. Do the casinos hassle you very much when you are playing the System ?
A. No, they haven't yet! We try to play when there are a few other players at the table.
That way we are not all that noticeable. We also scatter our playing around several
casinos so we seldom see the same dealers or pit bosses.
Q. Can we play at the "nicer" casinos?
A. Yes. However the$ fancier$
and newer casinos will all tend to have higher table
minimums, anywhere from 3. To 25. Sure, you can play at these casinos. Just be aware
that it will require a much larger bankroll than required to play the 25¢, 50¢, $1 .or $5.
minimums. We suggest starting at the lowest minimum tables you can find and let the
casinos finance your larger Bankroll. If you don't want to put your money at risk, use
theirs!!
82
THE HISTORY OF CPR© ROULETTE
"HIS ADVERTISEMENT READ SOMETHING LIKE THIS" . . .
"Proven Roulette System... Partner Needed!

. . . . . Call Art"
In October, 1990 I had the extreme good fortune of responding to an unusual ad
in one of the little "throw away" papers you find in the all-night convenience stores. As I
recall, the ad simply said: "Proven Roulette System... Partner Needed!.. .. Call
Art." BUT. . .
I had responded to all kinds of ads over the years, and they all ended
up being the same old thing, somebody wanted to sell me something, or
wanted to use my money to play some "New" — "Can't Lose" system. But I
was tempted by this ad because I had never seen anything that was related
to roulette!
After talking with Art on the phone, we agreed to meet at the coffee
shop in Binion's Horseshoe where we would talk further. At the appointed
time I finally met the man who was going to change my gambling life
forever. Art was in his middle to late 70's. He was nicely dressed and spoke
very well. Obviously this man was well educated and, from his appearance,
had led a very successful life.
He grilled me thoroughly about my life and about the type of player I

was before he would give me any details about his system. He was relieved
to find out I had never played much roulette. "At least you won't have any
losing habits to break." That was a favorite theme of his: "Play the system
as you have been taught and — all that you will lose — is your losing ways."
Art didn't even care if I was good at playing any of the casino games.
He was much more concerned about my playing characteristics. Did I have
patience? Did I play in a set way all the time? Could I follow instructions
and not lose my train of thought?
83
Over the following several hours I learned about his life. He had been playing this
type of roulette for the previous eight years. He learned the original system from an old
friend of his in Atlantic City. His friend had already been supporting himself solely on
this system for several years.
Not being a fool, Art realized that any time the casinos make a game easy to
play, they will quickly figure out a way to make a large profit off most of the public.
The easier a game is to play, the more the average person will play that game. Just look
at the ratio of electronic slot machines (Reel Slots, Video Poker, Keno, Blackjack or "21,"
etc.) versus the number of the "table games" in any casino. They have so many slots
because they are really easy, absolute "no-brainers"!! They also give you "free drinks" to
make it even easier! You just sit there and empty out your pockets or purse — right??
You don't think for a moment that they have been able to build all those multi-million-
dollar monuments — oops! — "Resort/Hotels" — by losing more money than they win,
do you??
Most of Art's life had been spent on Wall Street. His profession had been as
some kind of analyst for one of the big insurance conglomerates. Considering his
whole life had been based on analyzing data and drawing conclusions, it was only
natural that he would have to study his new-found system before trying it out. After
researching it, he realized that there really was something to this approach. He also
figured that there must be a reason for the layout on the roulette wheel to be so different
from the layout on the table. Why were all casino roulette systems the same? Was
there some real purpose behind the apparent "random layout" of the numbers on the
wheel? My background was also in engineering data collection and statistical analysis, so
the "fit" between our backgrounds seemed a natural.
Art then spent considerable time studying the table and wheel layouts trying to
analyze their logic. He figured (rightly) that there must be a reason that dictated the
differences!! Then he made a couple minor changes to his "new system." He also
analyzed hundreds of hours of live play. After being fully convinced of his systems' s
safety (defense) and its profitability, he then started playing his new system on a
regular basis.
"If it Was Too Easy to WIN, They Would

Have Already Changed the Rules!"
84
Having played craps for years, he knew that the above "axiom" was true from his
own actual experience. So did I!! For example: Which are the smallest areas on a craps
table to place your bets? What part of the craps game is the least understood by
the casual player or the average tourist? The Don't Pass and the Don't Come! Which
result do you positively, absolutely, "for-sure" know, that the shooter is going to
eventually attain?? The Answer is: the "7-Out."
That is when the house, the Don't Pass and the Don't Come all WIN ~ and on
ONE ROLL of the DICE!!
The "7-Out" is when the Don't Bets (behind the numbers) pay off! It is widely
known that the most consistent money won at a craps table comes from the "Don't"
side. After all, that is the side "The House" is always playing!!
Yes, occasionally there is big money won on the "Do" side, but the most
consistent WINS come from the "Don't" side of the table. Let's face facts. If there was
an easy way of winning big and consistently the casinos would have already
changed the rules - much like they did with blackjack. How many casinos can you find
that will deal a single-deck game down to the final few cards? None, I'll bet! That
would give the "card counters" an incredible edge! Many casinos have now switched
from single deck tables to the six. or eight deck shoes to confound and confuse the card
counters in order to keep them from winning.
Art quickly learned, however, that though his newly found system worked like
magic, it was hard to use in actual live play. It was very hard for him to do everything he
needed in the short period of time available between consecutive spins of the wheel. He
also had problems because the casino dealers often "pressured" him to play on every
spin of the wheel whether he wanted to or not. These issues brought about the
development of his "Partner Play" version. He figured that two people playing as
partners could handle the necessary level of activity better than only one player. In
other words: "split up the work load."
Due to the "pressure" conditions of fast, pushy, and even obnoxious casino
personnel, Art decided it would be easier and safer to play with a partner. After
teaching his friend how to play, he returned to a regular playing schedule, but they used
Art's new Partner System to their advantage.
85
Art told me he and his partner averaged winning between 230 and 415
units per session. Each session lasted between 45 minutes and an hour and a
half. (A "session" can consist of one or more tables.) He told me they had
regularly played Atlantic City, Canada, Connecticut and the Bahamas. To
see what Nevada was all about, Art bought a new motor home and they
headed west to play in the "Heartland of Gambling."
After several months of playing Las Vegas, Laughlin, Mesquite,

Reno, Elko, Wendover and Lake Tahoe, Art's partner decided to leave the
bright lights of Las Vegas and head back to the East Coast. They agreed to
meet again in the spring on the Mississippi River, then head for New Jersey
after playing on the river boats and in Canada.
Not having been without a partner for quite some time, Art found himself
in a bit of a bind. How could he find — and train — a new playing partner?
Since he didn't know anybody in Las Vegas, the classified ads were the
obvious answer! So he did some advertising. After talking with several ad-
respondents, he decided to meet with a few of us, face-to-face, in order to see
if there was any kind of "connection."
Art and I hit it off very quickly. My background was in Engineering

Consulting and Statistical Research. His background was in "Wall Street."
The combination of backgrounds gave him a satisfying "Level of Comfort."
He knew we had some common ground — and that both of us had an
appreciation for a well disciplined manner of doing things... "Dot all the Fs
and cross all the TV!!
Art's offer perplexed me at first. However, it was simple to understand

at the same time. Here was a man who was obviously well off. He had no
apparent need for money. Yet his basic offer had me taking all the risk and
him taking none. Here is a short version of his offer:
* I would put up the entire bankroll for our first three weeks of training sessions.
* We would play at least 2 hours per day.
* We would not leave a casino until we were at least $200. AHEAD!
* Art would keep all the profits from the first three weeks of training.
86
* He would tell me exactly what to do — and when to do it.
* There would be no discussion about our "tactics" at the table. He would answer all
my questions later - after we were away from the casino.
* If we lost a session, which he assured me was rare, then I would be the one who
suffered the monetary loss.
I can assure you ... I was as skeptical as you are while you're reading this. I
was thinking all the time: "Did he bring me here just because he needs my money to
play roulette??"
Since I had spent so much of my day with him already, I decided to follow him to
his motor home in order to continue our discussion. He didn't even offer me a drink,
let alone dinner! He was parked downtown in "The California Hotel RV Park." Well, if I
had ever been skeptical, my fears were wiped out when I saw what he was traveling
around in! This was one of those gigantic bus-type motor homes with a slide-out room,
king size bed, full sofas, THE WORKS! I have since learned that they sold for over
$75,000. back in those days! Definitely the "Top of the Line."
No, he didn't need my money. What he needed was a partner who had every bit
as much interest in winning as he did. What better way to insure someone's interest
and undivided attention than to have that someone initially take all the monetary
risk? We shook hands later that day, and I'll tell you... that was one of the most
profitable meetings of my life.
Art preferred to play in mid-morning or early afternoon. He always wanted to start

before the casinos got too crowded. He would not play at a table where we were the
only players. He said that even though they couldn't stop us from playing, he didn't
want us to stand out like a sore thumb just because we were winning!!
We made plans to meet at the Golden Nugget the following morning. I asked
him if there was anything for me to study. His surprising answer was "No, everything
would be explained the next morning." He assured me it would be very easy to pick up
what I needed to know after we arrived at the table.
That night I went to the bookstore and bought every book I could find on
roulette. Remember, I had never played the game before because I really prefer to
shoot craps. I spent well over $50. on books and pamphlets. Even that didn't give me
87
very much assurance that I was doing the right thing. None of the "experts" seemed to
agree on the correct way to WIN. For the most part I was constantly reminded of the
5.26% advantage the casino holds over the players when they are using the "0/00
American wheel." (I found out later this is the largest "edge" of any of the casino
games. That is why we feel so good about beating them on a regular basis.)
After a restless night, I met Art the following morning near the door on the Valet
side of the Casino. I was afraid to ask ~ but I had to! "Art, last night I read several
books on the game and I've got to tell you I'm a little concerned."
"I don't mean to imply that you might have misled me, but these authors all
claim that roulette cannot be beaten on a regular basis. When they do win it appears to
be just by good luck or good timing. How is your system different?"
He frowned and I could tell he wasn't happy. In fact I was even a little
concerned he might cancel out on me. His reply was simple: "First off, I'm
disappointed you went out and bought those books. It was a waste of your time and
money." "I can understand that you might be skeptical. I only hope and pray that what
you think you learned about the game did not get committed to your memory." Then he
said: "I told you last night that one of the things I liked about you as a possible partner ~
was your lack of bad habits regarding roulette."
He continued: "The best way I can illustrate the difference between normal
roulette and what we do is to compare the difference between swinging a baseball bat
at a Golf Ball or at a Beach Ball!! Let's say a pretty good baseball player stepped up
to the plate and tried to hit a golf ball that was pitched to him by a "fast ball" thrower.
Think he'd do very good with it? Maybe, or maybe not."
"Now you put that same player up and have somebody pitch a beach ball to him.
Think he'd be able to hit it? You'd almost think it was impossible for him to miss,
wouldn't you? Well, that's the basics of what we're going to be doing. We're gonna
quit swinging at golf balls (on the roulette table) and start swinging at beach balls."
I still didn't really have a clue as to what he was talking about. However, he said
it in such a convincing manner, it gave me the feeling he knew what he was talking about. I
gave him half of my Bankroll to "buy-in."
88
I followed him to the roulette table area and we sat down at the first table that
had a couple of open seats. He immediately used my money to buy chips of various
denominations. I bought the identical mixture of chips with the other half of the money I
had kept for myself.
He gave me a little card with numbers on it and told me to follow his instructions to the
“T”. After a couple hours, we were "up" 512 units. Since we had passed the "normal
playing time" he had specified the day before, we quit for the day. He returned the
money I had given him. He kept all the winnings for himself. That was OK by me
because I had just been exposed to something that would revolutionize my future gaming
experiences. Besides, I still had my original Bankroll!!
Art told me he had been playing the system for five years and had slowly made
changes to it, adjusting it to his own style of play. He also made it somewhat safer,
more 'defensive,' than the original version. During the next three months we played a
total of 61 sessions. We lost our buy-in three times, and one of those losses was
clearly all my fault. I marked the wrong section on the score sheet he had given me. My
mind wandered and I wasn't paying close attention.
We ended up winning in the other 58 sessions. That is a win-rate of slightly

over 95%, which would have been almost 97% if I hadn't fouled up. We played all
over town, Boulder Highway, the Strip and Downtown. During those three months, we
never went back to the same casino more than twice.
MY TEACHER HAD BEEN A DATA ANALYST

FOR A MAJOR INSURANCE FIRM!!
With so many casinos to choose from here in Las Vegas, there was never any
need to frequent any one of them too often. However, all resort areas will have
multiple casinos and they will always have roulette because it is such a high-profit
game for them. You will often find roulette in casinos where they don't have either
craps or blackjack. The casinos know that people will play roulette before the other
table games, because it is so easy to play. Also it is not "intimidating" to the first-time
tourists or the casual player.
89
The end of January came. It was time for Art to leave town in order to meet up
with his regular partner and try the river boats.
SO NOW I NEED TO FIND A NEW PARTNER!
Since my partner was now gone, it put me in the position of finding a new
partner myself. (NOTE: The Single Player System didn't exist yet.) So I ran a small ad
the following week: "Proven Roulette System, Partner Needed." I received over one
hundred phone calls! Many were as skeptical as I had been. They all seemed to agree.
They were eager and really wanted to learn how to win consistently.
Several said they had seldom even seen a roulette system advertised. But when
they had, it made no sense. There was no logical reason that could explain why those
systems could, or would, win on a regular basis. All the other systems seemed to be
mostly based on superstition or some other form of hocus-pocus.
Only you are going to know what you need in a playing partner. The things I
looked for were very simple:
* I had to enjoy the person's company, as we would be spending a

lot of time together.
* You should share the same amount of risk tolerance. The relation
ship might not last long if one of you wants to play with $1,000. and the
other is uncomfortable with anything over $100. Mr. Large Bankroll
might get bored with the smaller player. However, since you are sharing
the workload and splitting the winnings in proportion to your investment,
it is possible for compatible personalities to work well together.
* One of you MUST be able to accurately track the play on the

scorecards, although you both can do it if you want.
90
I sorted through the ad respondents and then met with several of them
(in very public places) who had appeared to show some promise. I needed to
meet the finalists in person because, after all, I would be seen with my
newly-selected partner in public on a daily basis. After my evaluation of
them, I made the same offer to one man that Art had made to me. I selected
a fellow Colorado transplant who had moved to Las Vegas about the same
time we had. We really hit it off, and have since become very good friends.
Jack was a retired Insurance Broker. He had sold his business and
been here in town for about five years. Though he preferred playing craps
(like I used to), he was definitely interested in playing anything that could win
units as quickly and consistently as this system does. At the time of this
writing, we have played just over 450 games together. We've lost our buy-
in only 15 times, which gives us a cumulative total of over 96% winning
sessions!!
At this point we are still playing 4 to 6 sessions per week. While my

partner is totally retired, I still do my engineering consulting work. My wife
and I also buy and fix up homes to re-sell. I don't choose to play any more
than this.
Even though playing this system is very profitable, I find it to be

more like "going to work" than gambling. We track everything, and since
there is NO GUESSWORK involved, it can get pretty boring. In fact, out
of our few losses, one of them was due to "pilot error" — mine! I did it
again, just like with Art. My mind wandered and I messed up and charted
the wrong column. Then I told Jack to bet on the wrong column! We
promptly "wiped out." Boy did I feel stupid. Jack was furious!!
Anyway, it's always nice to know we can go into any casino in the
world planning to WIN a fairly good amount of money, within a short
period of time, and have a very high expectation of doing so. As a matter of
fact, way back when we first met, Art had shared a quotation that seems to
fit this game very well. As I have already said, "This game doesn't feel like
gambling to me," and obviously it didn't to Art either...
91
Here is Jack's Quotation:
"WORK AND ACQUIRE KNOWLEDGE AND

“THOU HATH CHAINED THE
WHEEL OF CHANCE”
-- Ralph Waldo Emerson
92
TO SUM IT ALL UP
This System Can Be Great!!

But, Please Use
Your Head!!!
Be Sure To Balance the Rewards With the Risk. It Would Be

Ridiculous to Immediately Jump into a $5. or $10. Game
Unless You Can Afford to Lose at That Level
Start "Conservative" and Let the Casinos
Finance Your Bankroll and Your Play
in the Higher Level Games.
These rules and guidelines have been written to illustrate what has been a very
successful system for us. We are sure that many of you have heard of the book "The
Casino Gambler's Guide" written by Dr. Allan Wilson (1965). This book suggests
something called the "Acid Test." These wins that we have experienced ARE the
Acid Test!!
He also says that ". . . if you think you have a system that is unbeatable, don't
just play it once or twice, but play it repeatedly." . . . "Try to double your money two
or three times. Give the system a long enough test to be sure."
Our actual playing results show a win-rate of over 93% of our total sessions
played. Considering the amount of units we are generating with each WIN, this system has
certainly passed any kind of a test anyone would want.
This System does not rely on luck. It is based on the "Law of Disproportionate
Occurrences", mathematical probability and countless thousands of hours of research.
93
With GOOD DISCIPLINE on your part, you should definitely be a
frequent winner. Probably the biggest obstacle you will have to overcome
is your own impatience while waiting for your opportunity to place your
first level bets. [Perhaps we should re-name the "WAIT MODE" the
"PATIENCE MODE"?]
Look at playing this system as somewhat of a "job." That approach

will make it easier for you to stay completely focused. Complete attention
to all the system's details is vital to consistent winning. Enjoy your
winnings and maybe use them to finance your "gambling" on those "other
games." My partner and I do that!!
Best of luck to you. And when you're cashing in your chips, which
should be often, say a silent "Thank You" to Art from New Jersey for
sharing this system with us.
We suggest that before you start to play this system, perform at least
a minimal amount of research. It is also important to PRACTICE,
PRACTICE, PRACTICE before putting your own real money at risk.
Your research should include charting the numbers that the ball
"selects" for several hours. Prove to yourself, as the author and countless
others have, that the system does WIN an extraordinarily high percentage
of the time.
REMEMBER
AND THAT MEANS - DO NOT FORGET -
No Matter How Good this System I s . . . . It Is Still "Gambling." If
There Is a Way to Lose, You Eventually Will.
ALSO REMEMBER HOW THEY FINANCED THE

CONSTRUCTION OF THOSE
"MONUMENTS" THAT NOW LINE BOTH SIDES

OF THE STRIP??
94
We are currently active players, and have provided accurate and
complete information as to our personal experiences. The quoted results are
from our own playing sessions. Your results may differ somewhat. Obviously
these records are only representative and we can not guarantee results for others.
This information is provided for entertainment purposes only.

Nothing in this publication should be construed as an inducement or
incentive to gamble. Recognize that all games of chance still contain certain
risks.
We have no way to ensure that the players of this system

actually do follow the guidelines correctly. This disclaimer is written specifically
to hold harmless the Publisher and the Author from any action that might result
from the application or implementation of the information contained herein.
Further, it is the understanding of both the Author and the Publisher

that nothing contained in this report is illegal or prohibited in the State of Nevada.
** The Leonard Benson Company Publishes and Distributes the

following Instructional Manuals:
PLAYING CRAPS AS A PROFESSION™

by Leonard Benson
POWER NUMBERS BLACKJACK™

by Dr. Morton Jacobs
TREND PLUS BACCARAT SYSTEM™

by Ronald Brunelle
The Company may be contacted at:
The Leonard Benson Company

3540 West Sahara Ave., Suite # 441
Las Vegas, NV 89102
(702) 798-8936 or
(800) 327-9773
95
INDEX
Attack Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Attack Mode II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Bank Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Bankroll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Betting Progression Charts
Attack Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Coast Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Conservative Coast Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix xi
Single Player, Attack Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Single Player, Coast Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Single Player, Conservative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix xiii
"Big Target" Approach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Buy-ins, Some Suggestions
Partner Play . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Single Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Single Zero, Partner Play . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix ii
Coast Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Chip Charts
Attack Mode, Partner Play . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Attack Mode II, Partner Play . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Attack Mode, Single Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Attack Mode II, Single Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Coast Mode, Partner Play . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Coast Mode, Single Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
$
Coast Mode, Partner Play ( 1. Units) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xiv
$
Coast Mode, Single Player ( l. Units) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xv
Conservative Coast Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xi
Consistent Profit Roulette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Do Not Do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
French Roulette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 & Appendix i
How to Play CPR° . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 & 22
How to Play Roulette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
History of CPR° . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Law of Disproportionate Occurrences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Leaving the Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
96
Number Assignments
Multiple Players . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix iv
Partners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 & 26
Single Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Single Zero Number Chart, Partner Play . . . . . . . . . . Appendix ii
Single Zero Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Single Zero Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix i
Partner or Not?? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 & 45
Partner Play . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 & 16
Power of CPR® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Practice, Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Questions and Answers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Quitting for the Day . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Record Keeping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Record Keeping Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vi
Sample of Play . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Single Player Version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Single Player Wheel Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Single Player (Sample Numbers) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Single Zero Difference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 & Appendix i
Single Zero Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Single Zero Play . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix i
Single Zero Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Sum it All Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Summary of "Method of Play" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Table Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Table Minimums . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Three Modes of CPR® Play . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Tips For Single Players . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Wait Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Wheel Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
97
APPENDIX
"FRENCH ROULETTE" or SINGLE ZERO TABLE
SINGLE PLAYER VERSION

For Use When You Want To Play Alone
If we choose to eliminate the "zero" we have 36 remaining positions on the

wheel. We can now divide the remaining adjacent numbers into four pie-shaped
sections. The chart is easier to follow if the numbers are listed by section, in their true
numerical order. A Single Player number-assignment chart for the SINGLE-ZERO
Table would look like this:
SINGLE PLAYER on a SINGLE-ZERO TABLE

A 2, 4, 15, 17, 19, 21, 25, 32, 34
B 6, 8, 10, 11, 13, 23, 27, 30, 36
C 1, 5, 9, 14, 16, 20, 24, 31, 33
D 3, 7, 12, 18, 22, 26, 28, 29, 35
TWO PLAYERS - SINGLE ZERO TABLE
If we again choose to eliminate the "zero," we can assign the remaining adjacent
numbers into three pie-shaped sections for partners. The chart is easier to follow if the
numbers are listed for each partner, by section, in their true numerical order. A
Partner-Play number-assignment chart for the Single-Zero Table would look like this:
TWO-PLAYER NUMBER ASSIGNMENTS - SINGLE-ZERO TABLE

A 2, 4, 6, 13, 15, 17 A 19, 21, 25, 27, 32, 34
B 1, 5, 8, 10, 11, 16 B 20, 23, 24, 30, 33, 36
C 3, 7, 9, 12, 14, 18 C 22, 26, 28, 29, 31, 35
TO PLAY 25¢ "UNITS": EACH PARTNER BUYS-IN WITH $ 200.
EACH PARTNER BUYS $ 25. IN COLORED TOKENS (100 ea.),

$
75. IN $1. CASINO CHIPS (75 ea. White), AND
$
100. IN $ 5. CASINO CHIPS (20 ea. Red).
[END OF SINGLE ZERO INFORMATION]
See Appendix Pages viii and ix for Single Zero Record-keeping Charts.
* * * * * *
VARIOUS OTHER PLAYER OPTIONS
PLAYING THE RED and BLACK vs. ????

(WHILE IN THE "WAIT MODE.")
Some of the "Outside Boxes" are even-money bets and some pay
two-to-one on a win. The "1 to 18," "19 to 36," "Red and Black," "Even
and Odd" boxes all pay one unit for each unit bet when that box wins.
Notice that these boxes are located closest to most of the players' seats - is
this just a coincidence? Probably not. These boxes can be played with little
money and are easy for a novice to make a bet in order to get him or her
painlessly into the game. They are designed to look like "easy wins," kind
of like the "FIELD" bet on the craps table, which, incidentally, is known by
the casino personnel as a "sucker bet."
Instead of playing "Red and Black," as described earlier, while

waiting to play on the "Inside Numbers," some players would rather try to
win some money while in the "Wait Mode."
The most frequently mentioned method is to "BET ON THE

DOZENS":
• Put one minimum bet on one of the "Dozens" and have your
partner put the same amount on another one of the Dozens. ("1 st 12,"
"2nd 12," or the "3 rd 12" boxes.) These sections pay two-to-one when
one of the numbers in that dozen wins.
• Another two-to-one optional bet is betting on one or more of the

Table columns. These bets are placed at the bottom of the column(s)
you want to bet. One bet could be on the column and the other on one of
the dozens. This combination could result in a double win!!
• On both these bets, if one partner wins, the other's loss is covered,
and the partnership has a net profit of one minimum bet!! However, if
you both lose, obviously the partnership would be down two minimums.
It might be worth a try??
* * * * * * * * * * * * *
ii
COLUMN NUMBERS FOR
THE SINGLE PLAYER
DOUBLE-ZERO TABLES
A 1, 3, 5, 13, 15, 22, 24, 34, 36
B 7, 9, 11 17, 20, 26, 28, 30, 32
C 2, 4, 6, 14, 16, 21, 23, 33, 35
D 8, 10, 12, 18, 19, 25, 27, 29, 31
THREE PLAYER NUMBER ASSIGNMENTS

DOUBLE-ZERO TABLES
Sect. Partner #1 Sect. Partner #2 Sect. Partner #3

A 5, 7, 9, 11 A 15, 17, 20, 22 A 26, 30, 32, 34
B 0, 2, 4, 6 B 14, 16, 18, 21 B 23, 31, 33, 35
C 00, 1, 8, 10 C 12, 13, 19, 24 C 25, 27, 29, 36
TO PLAY 25¢ UNITS: EACH PARTNER BUYS-IN WITH S150.
EACH BUYS $ 30. IN COLORED TABLE-TOKENS,

$
90. IN $1. CASINO CHIPS AND $ 30.
IN $ 5. CASINO CHIPS.
* * * * * * * * * * * * *
IV
FOUR-PLAYER NUMBER ASSIGNMENTS
DOUBLE-ZERO TABLES
i3CCt*
Sect. Partner #1 Partner #2 Sect. Partner #3 Sect. Partner #4
A 5, 7, 9 A 11, 15, 17 A 20, 22, 26 A 30, 32, 34
B 0, 2, 4 B 6, 14, 16 B 18, 21, 23 B 31, 33, 35
C 00, 1, 8 C 10, 12, 13 C 19, 24, 25 C 27, 29, 36
TO PLAY 25¢ UNITS: EACH PARTNER BUYS-IN WITH $110. EACH
BUYS $30. IN COLORED TABLE TOKENS,

$
50. IN $1. CASINO CHIPS
AND $30. IN $5. CASINO CHIPS.
TOTAL BUY-IN IS: $440.
* * * * * * * * * * * * *
SECTION NUMBERS and RECORD KEEPING CHART
PARTNER PLAY - TWELVE NUMBER SECTIONS
Numbers by Section Record EVERY "HIT" in its Correct Section
A B C $ or R/B A B C $ or R/B A B C $ or R/B
O-B 12-C 24-C

00-C 13-C 25-C
1-C 14-B 26-A
2-B 15-A 27-C
4-B 16-B 29-C
5-A 17-A 30-A
6-B 18-B 31-B
7-A 19-C 32-A
8-C 20-A 33-B
9-A 21-B 34-A
10-C 22-A 35-B
11-A 23-B 36-C
O-B 12-C 24-C

00-C 13-C 25-C
1-C 14-B 26-A
2-B 15-A 27-C
4-B 16-B 29-C
5-A 17-A 30-A
6-B 18-B 31-B
7-A 19-C 32-A
8-C 20-A 33-B
9-A 21-B 34-A
10-C 22-A 35-B
11-A 23-B 36-C
IT IS PERMISSIBLE TO MAKE COPIES OF THESE RECORD SHEETS FOR YOUR OWN USE.
VI
SINGLE PLAYER - NINE NUMBER SECTIONS
Numbers by Section Record EVERY "HIT" in its Correct Section
A B C D $ or R/B A B C D $ or R/B
l-A 13-A 25-D

2-C 14-C 26-B
3-A 15-A 27-D
4-C 16-C 28-B
5-A 17-B 29-D
6-C 18-D 30-B
7-B 19-D 31-D
8-D 20-B 32-B
9-B 21-C 33-C
10-D 22-A 34-A
11-B 23-C 35-C
12-D 24-A 36-A
l-A 13-A 25-D

2-C 14-C 26-B
3-A 15-A 27-D
4-C 16-C 28-B
5-A 17-B 29-D
6-C 18-D 30-B
7-B 19-D 31-D
8-D 20-B 32-B
9-B 21-C 33-C
10-D 22-A 34-A
11-B 23-C 35-C
12-D 24-A 36-A
Vll
SECTION NUMBERS and RECORD KEEPING CHART SINGLE
ZERO TABLE - SINGLE PLAYER -- 9-NUMBER SECTIONS
Numbers by Section. Record EVERY "HIT" in its Correct Section.
A B C D $ or R/B A B C D $ or R/B
l-C 13-B 25-A

2-A 14-C 26-D
3-D 15- A 27-B
4-A 16-C 28-D
5-C 17-A 29-D
6-B 18-D 30-B
7-D 19-A 31-C
8-B 20-C 32-A
9-C 21-A 33-C
10-B 22-D 34-A
11-B 23-B 35-D
12-D 24-A 36-B
l-C 13-B 25-A

2-A 14-C 26-D
3-D 15-A 27-B
4-A 16-C 28-D
5-C 17-A 29-D
6-B 18-D 30-B
7-D 19-A 31-C
8-B 20-C 32-A
9-C 21-A 33-C
10-B 22-D 34-A
11-B 23-B 35-D
12-D 24-A 36-B
Vlll
SINGLE ZERO TABLE - PARTNERS - 12-NUMBER SECTIONS
Numbers by Section. Record EVERY "HIT" in its Correct Section.
A B C $ or R/B A B C $ or R/B A B C $ or R/B
l-B 13-A 25-A

2-A 14-C 26-C
3-C 15-A 27-A
4-A 16-B 28-C
5-B 17-A 29-C
6-A 18-C 30-B
7-C 19-A 31-C
8-B 20-B 32-A
9-C 21-A 33-B
10-B 22-C 34-A
11-B 23-B 35-C
12-D 24-B 36-B
l-B 13-A 25-A

2-A 14-C 26-C
3-C 15-A 27-A
4-A 16-B 28-C
5-B 17-A 29-C
6-A 18-C 30-B
7-C 19-A 31-C
8-B 20-B 32-A
9-C 21-A 33-B
10-B 22-C 34-A
11-B 23-B 35-C
12-D 24-B 36-B
IX
ANOTHER VARIATION TO CONSIDER
Some players like to go to a more conservative "COAST MODE" immediately
after the "WAIT" has qualified one of the sections. In other words, they substitute the
usual "COAST MODE" B. P. C.'s with the Conservative Progressions shown here. BE
CAREFUL NOT to confuse the charts on the next several pages with the charts used for the
REGULAR CPR° system, THEY ARE VERY DIFFERENT!! The Conservative B.P.
Charts will allow for more spins before "busting" because the buy-in is bet in smaller
increments. This approach is designed to conserve the buy-in while waiting for the first hit
in the "hot section."
CONSERVATIVE BETTING PROGRESSION, "B.

P. C." FOR PARTNERS
Spin Bet Level Units Bet Total Bet GRAND Win Pays NET GAIN
Number Total
8 1 1 12 12 35 24
9 2 1 12 24 35 12
10 3 1 12 36 35 0
11 4 2 24 60 70 12
12 5 3 36 96 105 12
13 6 4 48 144 140 0
14 7 6 72 216 210 0
15 8 9 108 324 315 0
16 9 14 168 492 490 12
17 10 21 252 744 735 12
18 11 35 420 1164 1225 96
19 12 52 624 1788 1820 84
Note: Each partner will need at least 894 units to

complete this betting progression.
TWO PLAYER NUMBER ASSIGNMENTS

A 5, 7, 9, 11, 15, 17 A 20, 22, 26, 30, 32, 34
B 0, 2 4, 6, 14, 16 B 18, 21, 23, 31, 33, 35
C 00, 1, 8, 10, 12, 13 C 19, 24, 25, 27, 29, 36
TO PLAY 25¢ UNITS: EACH PARTNER BUYS-IN WITH $220. EACH

BUYS $25. IN COLORED TOKENS,
$
70. IN »1. CASINO CHIPS, AND
$
125. IN $5. CASINO CHIPS.
After HITTING a number in any section for a WIN, DROP BACK TO

LEVEL ONE AND GO FOR REPEATS. Use your regular "ATTACK MODE"
B. P. Chart (1,2,3,1, 01 1,2,3,5,1) and increase your bets accordingly for as long
as you continue to win in that section.
On the first loss quit betting in that section. Look for another column with at
least seven misses in a row and bet the numbers in that section. If no section has
enough misses, go instead to the outside bets (Red/Black, etc.) and wait for seven
misses in any one of the sections.
XI
COAST MODE B. P. C.
TWO PLAYER CHIP CHART
CONSERVATIVE BETTING PROGRESSION
YOU CAN USE THIS TABLE TO ASSEMBLE YOUR STACKS OF CHIPS
FOR THE NEXT BET-PROGRESSION WHILE WATTING
FOR THE NEXT SPIN OF THE WHEEL
$
BET LEVEL UNITS TO 25¢ units Tokens $1. (WHITE) 5. (RED) PER
PLAY ON ALL to Play PER PER NUMBER NUMBER
12 NUMBERS NUMBER
1 1 1
2 1 1
3 1 1
4 2 2
5 3 3
6 4 0 1
7 6 2 1
8 9 1 2
9 14 2 3
10 21 1 0 1
11 35 3 3 1
12 52 0 3 2
EACH PARTNER BUYS: 4- $25. CHIPS (GREEN) AND = $100.

12 - $5. Chips (RED) = 60.
AND 40 - $l. Chips (WHITE or "SILVER DOLLAR") = 40.
AND 100 – 25¢ TABLE TOKENS ( COLORED ) = 25.
TOTAL: $225. EACH FOR A 25¢ MINIMUM GAME. $450.
TOTAL PARTNERSHIP BUY-IN.
Xll
CONSERVATIVE PROGRESSION
SINGLE PLAYER
Spin Betting GRAND
Units Bet Total Bet WIN PAYS NET GAIN
Number Level Total
10 1 1 9 9 35 27
11 2 1 9 18 35 18
12 3 1 9 27 35 9
13 4 2 18 45 70 27
14 5 2 18 63 70 9
15 6 3 27 90 105 18
16 7 4 36 126 140 18
17 8 5 45 171 175 9
18 9 6 54 225 210 (-9)
19 10 8 72 297 280 (-9)
20 11 11 99 396 385 0
21 12 16 144 540 560 36
22 13 (or) 22 198 738 770 54
Or.-22 (13 -A) (25) (225) (765) (875) (+135)
Optional
After HITTING any section for a WIN, DROP BACK TO LEVEL ONE AND
GO FOR REPEATS IN THAT SECTION. Use your regular "ATTACK MODE"
B.P.C. and increase as long as you continue to WIN in the same section.
Every time you WIN in any section, in addition to dropping back to level
one, look to see if one of the other sections has missed at least nine times in
a row.
If two other sections have each missed nine times or more, THEN
BET LN THE SECTION THAT HAS HAD THE MOST CONSECUTIVE
MISSES. That section is the one most likely to HIT sooner.
Xlll
** OPTIONS **
If another section is qualified then you may consider:
• Move immediately to the section with nine or more misses,
- - or
• Stay in the same section where you just had a WIN,
- - or
• Play First Level Bets on all numbers in BOTH sections just in case the
new section might be getting hot.
Continue to play in the winning section as long as you are winning. If

another section develops nine misses while you are still winning, then consider the
"Options" immediately above concerning switching or "doubling up" in the new
section.
On the first loss quit betting on that section. Begin betting on the numbers in
the most qualified section. If no section has enough misses then go to the outside
bets (Red/Black) and wait for nine misses in any one section.
XIV
CONSERVATIVE PROGRESSION
YOU CAN USE THIS TABLE TO ASSEMBLE YOUR

STACKS OF CHIPS FOR THE NEXT BET-PROGRESSION
WHILE WAITING FOR THE NEXT SPIN OF THE WHEEL.
BET UNITS To 25¢ Tokens $1. Chip
LEVEL Bet (on 9 Numbers) (on 9 Numbers)
1 1 1
2 1 1
3 1 1
4 2 2
5 2 2
6 3 3
7 4 0 1
8 5 1 1
9 6 2 1
10 8 0 2
11 11 3 2
12 16 0 4
13 22 2 5
Or -(13) (25) (1) (5)
Optional
TO PLAY 25¢ UNITS: BUY-IN WITH $200. -
BUY $50. IN COLORED TABLE TOKENS = (200 ea.),
AND $150. IN $1. CASINO CHIPS = (150 ea. WHITE).
xv
COAST MODE
TWO PLAYER CHIP CHART FOR 12-NUMBER
SECTIONS
$
1. UNITS
USE THIS CHART TO HELP PREPARE YOUR BETS FOR THE NEXT SPIN OF
THE WHEEL IN CASE YOU DON’T GET A "HIT" ON THE CURRENT SPIN.
BETTING NUMBER OF NUMBER OF $1. NUMBER OF $5. NUMBER OF

LEVEL UNITS TO (WHITE) CHIPS CHIPS (RED) TO $25. CHIPS
PLAY ON ALL TO PLAY ON ALL PLAY ON ALL (GREEN) to
12 NUMBERS 12 NUMBERS 12 NUMBERS PLAY ON ALL
12 NUMBERS
1 1 1
2 1 1
3 1 1
4 2 2
5 3 3
6 4 4
7 6 1 1
8 9 4 1
9 14 4 2
10 21 1 4 1
11 35 0 2 1
12 52 2 0 2
APPROXIMATE BUY-IN FOR EACH PARTNER ON A $1. TABLE:

150 -COLORED TOKENS, EACH WORTH $1, = $
150.
60-RED CASINO CHIPS ($5.), = $
300.
and 18 GREEN CASINO CHIPS ($25.) = $450.
$
TOTAL BUY-IN FOR EACH PARTNER = 900.
NOTE: When you locate 10¢ tables use the above chart for 10¢ units.
The total buy-in for each partner would then be $90.
XVI
COAST MODE
SINGLE PLAYER CHIP CHART FOR 9-NUMBER SECTIONS
$1. UNITS
USE THIS CHART TO HELP PREPARE YOUR BETS FOR THE NEXT SPIN OF THE
WHEEL IN CASE YOU DON’T GET A "HIT" ON THE CURRENT SPIN.
BETTING NUMBER OF NUMBER OF $1. NUMBER OF $5. NUMBER OF $25.

LEVEL UNITS TO PLAY (WHITE) CHIPS CHIPS (RED) to CHIPS (GREEN) to
ON TO PLAY ON PLAY ON ALL PLAY ON ALL
ALL NINE ALL NINE NINE NUMBERS NINE NUMBERS
NUMBERS NUMBERS
1 1 1
2 1 1
3 1 1
4 2 2
5 2 2
6 3 3
7 4 4
8 5 1
9 6 1 1
10 8 3 1
11 11 1 2
12 16 1 3
13 22 2 4 1
(13-Opt.) (25) (0) (0) 0)
APPROXIMATE BUY-IN FOR A $1. TABLE:

200-COLORED TOKENS, EACH WORTH $1 = $ 200
20-RED $5. CASINO CHIPS, = $ 100
and 20 - $25. GREEN CASINO CHIPS = $ 500
TOTAL BUY-IN FOR SINGLE PLAYER = $ 800
NOTE: When you locate 10¢ tables use the above chart for 10¢ units.
The total buy-in for each partner would then be $80.
XVll
Controlled Progressive Roulette System
I have devised a system for playing roulette, which gives a pretty good chance of
leaving from the table richer than you arrived. No doubt it has already been thought of
and some fatal flaw discovered which my poor brain could not detect. If so, please
accept my apologies for wasting
your time. If not, please read through what follows and give it a try. If it works, please
post here and let everyone know - that will be payment enough. If it fails, please post
here and let everyone know!
Background
The game of roulette relies on the spin of a wheel bearing 37 numbers (in the French
version) or 38 (American). My system does not care which version you play, so please
substitute the correct details for Your location. I am in France, so I use the French
notation. When the wheel is spun, a ball is introduced and eventually comes to rest on
one of the numbers. In this way can the winners be determined. There are many ways to
bet on the result, but my system assumes
you will bet on a single number unswervingly until you win. After winning, the system is
reset and you may choose another number.
Mathematical basis
In this scenario, you have a 1/37 chance of matching the winning number. If you do so,
your stake is returned to you, along with winnings of 35 times your stake. Thus in total
you receive back 36 times your stake. Over time, you have a return of 36/37 that is YOU
LOSE! The trick is to win in the meantime...
The approach I have taken is to calculate at each spin of the wheel the sum of cash
flows in the 2 cases - case 1, you fail to match the winning number and your money is
taken; case 2, you win. In this way can we see the necessary level of stake for the next
bet to ensure that when your number is eventually correct so you have made a profit
during your stay at the table.
If these calculations are correctly performed, you will be certain that once you have
eventually won on a certain spin, then the total you have lost will at worst be equivalent
in value to the pile of chips the croupier pushes towards you.
Limitations Of course, the chances of winning on average are 1/37 that is, if you stay
at the table for more than 37 spins, you _should_ see your number come up. However,
that's life: sometimes your number won't come up for a very long time. I have assumed
that you are able to play in chips of 1 currency unit and that you have a stack of 1000
currency units in front
of you. With this method, you can survive at the table 139 unsuccessful spins in
succession and
file:///D|/Systems/CONTROLLED%20PROGRESSIVE%20ROULETTE.htm (1 of 5) [7/21/2002 10:00:02 AM]

still make an overall profit of 19 units on the 140th play. A return on capital of 2%, but tax-
free and you had a very good time.
If you only have 100 currency units, you can survive 62 unsuccessful spins in
succession and still make an overall profit of 9 units on the 63rd play. If your number
doesn't come up by the 140th spin, the gods hate you and you should go home !
How it works
A--- B---- C----- | D------ E--------- F------------
---- ----- ------ | ------- ---------- -------------
1 1 1 | 35 1 35
2 1 2 | 35 1 34
3 1 3 | 35 1 33
4 1 4 | 35 1 32
5 1 5 | 35 1 31
6 1 6 | 35 1 30
7 1 7 | 35 1 29
8 1 8 | 35 1 28
9 1 9 | 35 1 27
10 1 10 | 35 1 26 It can be seen that
the profit diminishes by 1 each spin
A--- B---- C----- | D------ E--------- F------------

---- ----- ------ | ------- ---------- -------------
36 1 36 | 35 1 0 This is break even -
the stake must be increased
37 2 38 | 70 2 34
A--- B---- C----- | D------ E--------- F------------

--- ----- ------ | ------- ---------- -------------
54 2 72 | 70 2 0 This is break even -
the stake must be increased
55 3 75 | 105 3 33
56 3 78 | 105 3 30 ...and so on.

Clearly, the effect of increasing the stake at

periodic intervals allows the
player to always have a profitable result when his
number eventually comes
up. The frequency table is as follows:
>A-------- B------ C--------- D------
--------- ------- ---------- -------
1 36 36 1
37 54 18 2
55 66 12 3
67 75 9 4
76 82 7 5
83 88 6 6
89 93 5 7
94 97 4 8
98 101 4 9
102 105 4 10
106 108 3 11
109 111 3 12
112 114 3 13
115 116 2 14
117 119 3 15
120 121 2 16
122 123 2 17
124 125 2 18
126 127 2 19
128 130 3 21
131 132 2 22
133 133 1 23
134 135 2 24
136 136 1 25
137 138 2 26
139 139 1 27
140 140 1 28
141 141 1 29
142 143 2 30
144 144 1 31
145 145 1 32
146 146 1 33
147 147 1 34
148 148 1 35

149 149 1 36
150 150 1 37
151 151 1 38
152 152 1 39
153 153 1 40
154 154 1 41
155 155 1 43
156 156 1 44
157 157 1 45
158 158 1 46
159 159 1 48
160 160 1 49
161 161 1 50
162 162 1 52
163 163 1 53
164 164 1 55
165 165 1 56
166 166 1 58
167 167 1 60
168 168 1 61
169 169 1 63
170 170 1 65
171 171 1 67
172 172 1 69
173 173 1 71
174 174 1 73
175 175 1 75
176 176 1 77
177 177 1 79
178 178 1 81
179 179 1 84
180 180 1 86
181 181 1 89
182 182 1 91
183 183 1 94
184 184 1 96
185 185 1 99
186 186 1 102
187 187 1 105
188 188 1 108
189 189 1 111
190 190 1 114
191 191 1 117

192 192 1 121

193 193 1 124
194 194 1 128
195 195 1 131
196 196 1 135
197 197 1 139
198 198 1 143
199 199 1 147
200 200 1 151

COVER NINE – AND WIN ON ROULETTE
Anyone who is just remotely familiar with the layout and the rules of Roulette knows all the
traditional wagers: Low, even, red, black, odd and high bets all try to win on eighteen numbers.
The outside dozen and column bets cover 12 numbers to win, simple transversale bets cover 6
numbers, corner bets control 4 numbers, streets 3 numbers and splits 2 numbers.
There is simply no betting field or space provided on the layout to play nine numbers. Even it
would be logical to cover nine numbers with the appropriate pay-off, since there are 36 numbers
that can be divided by four. I have never really understood why the casinos do not allow you to
play nine numbers with one bet, unless they know something about the unpredictable behaviour of
the wheels and their relationship to the circumference that they don’t want the public to know.
This lack of an opportunity to make a simple bet and cover nine numbers has bothered me for
quite some time. Because I have found out that there is a definite trend of patterns, and quite
frequently winning numbers bunch up within nine numbers.
So I divided the layout in my playing method hypothetically into four fields, each field consisting
of nine numbers:
Field #1: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9
Field #2: 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18
Field #3: 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27
Field #4: 28 29 30 31 32 33 34
35 36
On the Roulette layout the division now looks like this:
3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 33 36
2 5 8 11 14 17 20 23 26 29 32 35
1 4 7 10 13 16 19 22 25 28 31 34
I can play now nine numbers with three bets, when they are called for in a progression, as it is
prescribed. The pay-off is always 11:1 this way, plus your original bet beck to you, for a total of
12 units to the good.
file:///D|/Systems/COVER%20NINE%20NUMBERS%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEM.htm (1 of 6) [7/21/2002 10:00:37 AM]

You place your bets on three adjacent streets so that any consecutive nine numbers are covered.
Wait for a few rolls, and start playing only when the numbers have fallen into three of the four
fields, so that for all intents and purposes the fourth field had no win yet on any of its nine
numbers. See below:
Winning Belongs to Field #1 Field #2 Field #3 Field #4

Numbers field #
8 1 X No bet
34 4 X No bet
28 4 X No bet
2 1 X No bet
33 4 X No bet
00 - No bet
5 1 X No bet
18 2 X Bets on field 3
21 3 X Win in field 3
As you can see, I am just ignoring the single zero and double zero, but there is no rule against it
and they can be played with smaller chips consistently as a side bet.
My betting pattern has very simplistic rules. 1 unit (3 chips), 2 units (6 chips), 3 units (9 chips), 4
units (12 chips), 5 units (15 chips) and then stop. If you have not won by now we start again. But
now with double units: 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, but if you win don’t stop here.
In order to show a profit we have to play on for a second win in the series, now with triple units 3,
6, 9, 12 and 15 units. But remember each unit consists of three smaller chips in order to cover the
nine numbers of the field.
From now on there is no more waiting for a good betting opportunity, because they present
themselves with almost every spin of the wheel from now on.
Look back to the previous diagram: each time your chosen field shows a win, there will be a new
favourable chance to play. Naturally so, since your wins in one field necessarily represent “no
win” situations in three other fields, consequently making one of the three losing fields the logical
choice for continued betting.

And so you start over with one unit. To show this situation more clearly, draw yourself a small
pattern, so you can mark the fields where the numbers hit.
1st 2nd 3rd 4th

X
X
X
X Bet 3rd field.
X
X
X Win. Now bet 1st field.
X
X
X
X Win. Now bet 3rd field.
X
X
X
X
X Win. Now bet 4th field.
X
X
X
X Win. Now bet 1st field.
The basic requirement to make the system work and to come out a winner is to follow the
graduated progression rigidly.
1-2-3-4-5- unit bets (3 chips to each unit) will show a win when you hit a number within these
three bets of the first progression.
Then you would start with 1-2-3-4-5- again.
Let’s assume you have not had a hit within the first five bets and you are forced to take the next
step.
Once you start into the second and third progression (2-4-6-8-10) and (3-6-9-12-15) you have to

play for two wins within these series to show a net profit.
If it does not materialize as soon as you have hoped for, don’t worry. Finish both the second and
the third progression even if you had only one win and you show a slight loss. Start over again
with your first part (1-2-3-4-5) and build up some fresh wins to neutralize the temporary previous
loss.
You should be able to achieve a profit of about 120 units in one hour’s play.
Item: It is up to the player to make a decision as to which field to pursue for a win in the second
and third phase of the progression.
The first progression will naturally be played on the field that is trailing the others.
If you go into the second and third progression, playing for two wins, you have a choice. Either
play on with the trailing field for the first win and stay with it for the second win, or you can
switch your bets for the second win onto the field that has NOW manifested itself to be the new
trailer. Your chances are equal to make the needed second win to show a net profit on one of both
fields. I have watched the wheel for a long time and came to the conclusion that it really does not
matter which field you prefer at that stage of the game. The chance for the second win is evenly
distributed.
Item: Units can have any value the player desires as long as the required progressions do not
exceed the allowable betting maximum on the respective tables. These roulette rules differ so
much from one casino to the next, that it is impossible to make valid recommendations in this area
across the board. An important thing to look for is that the value of the unit that you choose to
play with is always divisible by three, since you have to place your unit bets on three different
places.
My method of playing assumes a value of three dollars per unit. This way I can use dollar chips to
split my unit bets into three sub-bets.
Example: First progression on field 2.
(1-2-3-4-5)
12 15 18
11 14 17
10 13 16

$1 $1 $1
$3 = 1 unit
1 Unit = $3
2 Units = $6
3 Units = $9
4 Units = $12
5 Units = $15
If you play with quarters, you basic unit value is 75 cents.
1 Unit = $0.75
2 Units = $1.50
3 Units = $2.25
4 Units = $3.00
5 Units = $3.75
It depends on the conditions of the casino and your bankroll: It is possible to also play with $5
chips, so the basic unit value becomes $15. In some ritzy casinos they allow $25 chips, so the unit
value becomes automatically $75.
On the other end of the scale it is still possible during the week to find casinos in Las Vegas and
Reno where you can play with 10 cent chips, so the appropriate unit value is 30 cents.
But whatever unit value you prefer and your pocketbook allows, the same unit value you start out
with has to be maintained during the second and third part of the progression.
Prepare yourself for the fact that there will be a lot of chips in circulation once you get going with
your system and the game becomes serious. This can easily be brought to an acceptable level by
bringing $5 chips into play when you are betting with $1 chips.
When you are working with quarter chips (no denomination) buy marked casino chips and put
them into action also. This way it is much easier to determine how much you have won, and it
also cuts down on the excessive handling of piles of chips.
Try to get a middle seat in front of the layout, that you can easily reach all four field. Sitting on
the sidelines is a serious drawback when playing this system. I personally would rather pass up an
opportunity to play if I can not get the center seat. The conditions of the game change constantly,
therefore it is so important to be able to reach to all four fields to place the bets in the right spot.

Item: When you play with dollars, you should be able to capitalize your game with about $450. I
have found over many playing sessions that $300 are adequate, but I like the extra $150 as a
security blanket. I have lost my bank a few times under extremely adverse conditions, and once it
took three evening sessions to bounce back and finish as a winner despite my bad luck. But on
balance you will make the nut every time. Just stick to the rules and watch the table carefully, and
be very observant.
Keep a sharp lookout how the winning numbers are bunching up, and how they sometimes jump
from one field to the next. And if you are willing to do a little paperwork keep notes on these
often surprising wild swings.
I urge you to practice this system for a while, play it with friends to get comfortable with the
system before you start playing for real. Try to condition yourself to memorize at least the 10
recent decisions of the wheel, which fields have won , and which field are still trailing. If this
requirement proves to be too much for your memory, draw a little diagram and check off the
winning fields each time the ball rolls into the numbered compartment of the wheel.
Soon a clear pattern will emerge as to which field is ready to be played.
Remember: The zeros can be added to you play with small bets as a safety net.
Basic rules to watch for: Three progressions to follow, first progression wins, return to start over.
In the second and third progression you need two wins to come out ahead. If you lose start over
and try to make it up by playing for a longer period. You will always be able to compensate for
adverse runs.
Never increase any of your progressions. Always utilize the stop. Following these rules you will
successfully have tilted the casino odds in your favor.

CYBERHIGHROLLER
Its called the "Cyber high roller system" Its a repeating # system. It isn't the best system I've ever
seen but if the #'s are repeating, you can win a lot. The system: 1st spin - watch, no bets 2nd spin -
bet on number that came up on spin #1 3rd spin - bet on the 2 numbers that came up last 2 spins.
4th spin - bet on the 3 numbers that came up last 3 spins. 5th spin - bet on 4 numbers that came up
last 4 spins. Spins 6 through 13 - continue as above. If a number repeats you have won that series
and start over at spin #1. If you reach spin # 13 without a repeat you will be betting on 12
different numbers. Use the following progression. 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 2, 2, 3, 4, 6 Bets 1 through 7-
1unit Bets 8 & 9- 2 units Bet 10- 3 units Bet 11- 4 units Bet 12- 6 units Total 208 units Second
part of this system is called common sense. 1. You do not have to bet entire series, you can stop
after bet #9 with a loss of 62 units. 2. If you are ahead then go for entire 12 bets 3. Set a
maximum, say 500. The author claims he plays it as follows: Using on-line casinos with a $1
minimum. His unit is $1 1.Deposit $62 with casino. 2.Play the system to 9th bet. If he loses loss is
$62 3. If winning, when total bank reaches $162 he withdraws $62. 4. Continues to play on
winnings until he has $200. At that point he withdraws another $100. 5. Continue as above until
goal is reached. ($500)
file:///D|/Systems/CYBERHIGHROLLER%20SYSTEM.htm [7/21/2002 10:10:20 AM]

Free Dazzling System
Dozens tend to repeat themselves, because of Roulette's streaky nature.

It is not unlikely to get a Dozen sequence such as:
3-1-2-3-3-2-1-1-1-2-1-3-2-2. As you can see (and you go ahead and observe other sequences),
Dozen 3 repeated the 5th run, after that Dozen 1 repeated twice after the third run and Dozen 2
repeated after the 4th run.
If you bet on repeating Dozens (that is if Dozen 2 just comes up, bet on Dozen 2, and so on),
increase your bet in such a way to end up in a profit up to 6 times. The betting sequence will be
5,7,10,14,21,31 units. If you win on the first bet, you make 10 units, if on the second you make 9
units, on the third, 8, on the 4th 6, on the 5th 6, and on the 6th 6 units. If the Dozen does not
repeat for 6 times, you stop after 6 bets and you don't bet again until the Dozen repeats again.
Your total loss will be 88 units for that run. When you are on a good winning wave, you will win
more than you will lose. If your winnigs exceed 88 units, keep on playing the same betting
sequence until you lose once. Then quit positively. If you lose more than twice in a row (you will
be at -176 units) this is not your day.
Make sure you leave when you are ahead, even if you haven't played more than half an hour. Do
not stay at the table too long, because no matter what system you use, the house advantage will
eventually take over. That is why on the long run, every system is apt to lose. That is why all
computer simulators of thousands of spins come to the result of this %5.26 house edge. Roulette
is a short term profit game. So far, there hasn't been any system invented, which can make
consistent profits. Even if some systems show that you will make profits over hundreds of spins,
one of the losing runs will exceed your winnings. That is why it is extremely important to quit
when you are ahead, and you also quit when you have reached the limit you have set to your
losses.
The way I would play the strategy above is to play a few runs. If you are winning over 4-5 runs,
take the leave with 30 units ahead. If you lose on the first run, try again to recover the 88 units
lost, with 10-12 runs.
If you recover and win a bit, take the leave. If you lose again, leave.
This way you will leave more when you are positive than negative. If your
winnings exceed 88 units on a daily basis, it won't hurt you if you lose two runs
on one day.
file:///D|/Systems/Izak's%20Dazzling%20Dozens%20System.htm [7/21/2002 11:54:48 AM]

file:///D|/Systems/DECRYPTOR%20SYSTEM.htm
To everyone else: Due to further testing of version 3.x, although we were still
receiving positive results, we have determined that the money management
scheme was not as profitable as we thought it would be compared to version 2.x.
It apparently cut out a lot of our winning spins which in turn did not allow us to
win as much as we use to. We are now reverted back to the last promising version
and made a slight modification to the limits (-5 and +15 instead of -5 and +13). I
announce version 4.x! =)
I will make a new map that complies with the set of clauses found below. Please
make sure to discard any maps that you have saved or printed out previously to
version 4.x.
Introduction
OK, I rewrote my introduction because I have received a lot of curiosity emails
about how I came up with my system.Well, I came up with the idea for this
system with one thing in mind: I wanted my bet selection to be as random as the
wheel itself.
I tried the 6 sided dice approach but that wasn’t very desirable due to the
speculation that the casinos would not allow me to toss a dice every time I was
going to make a bet (not to mention that it would distract other players). Even if I
sat down and tossed a dice 100 times and recorded its sequence prior to playing, it
would take too much effort. There was definitely a better and simpler way!
At one point in time, I thought about just randomly choosing bets right off the top
file:///D|/Systems/DECRYPTOR%20SYSTEM.htm (1 of 9) [7/15/2002 12:24:19 PM]

of my head, but then found out that over several spins, my bet selection became
very biased as that’s how our brains tend to work. That is, I was always thinking
“well, last 3 spins I already went red, so this time I’ll try black, and so on... “ Not
only that but I really hated the little voices in my head!! I’m sure we all have been
there and done that before! So you know what I mean.
Then one night, I was in my Windows 2000 Server training class when it dawned
upon me. I was reading my text book and noticed that there were generally no two
sentences that were exactly the same anywhere else in the book. Thus, the
sequence of words and letters were totally random and always in motion!! And
that’s what triggered my creation of the decryptor chart. But there was another
essential part: the money management scheme.
Without the proper money management scheme, I was sure to lose more than I
won. So I thought to myself, “How could I ever possibly create a scheme that’ll
allow me to always take two steps forward (as I won) but only one step back (if I
lost)?” Well, as it turned out, I was stumped and couldn’t come up with anything
so I decided to use the 1,3,7,15,31,63,127,255 etc.. progression. Based on my
computer generated numbers in Excel, the results were impressive. These two
parts combined worked very well together as “Front End and Back End”
processes (sort to speak).
Many hours were spent testing the system. Then I finally went to test the system
in VEGAS! At first, I was up by $2,000 pretty quickly; but unfortunately, the
longer I played, the system failed and set me back by $2,700!!! I stopped, went
back to my hotel room, took a look at my system and tried to figure out why it
had failed. It was frustrating!! I remember calling Mike Perkel, a guy who was
selling a roulette system, and spoke to him about buying his system. Somehow,
after hanging up with him, a light bulb glowed brightly!! No, it wasn’t the light
bulb in my hotel room silly!! I soon realized that the money management scheme
I was playing before was very risky because I would lose so much more than I
won per spin if a losing streak were to hit!! After some intensive thinking and re-
thinking, I finally came up with a totally new money management scheme. I then
tested the system for about 5 hours straight using my miniature roulette wheel and
the results were amazingly positive! I went back out to try my revised system with

my last $300 bankroll at the $5 tables. It was time for a revenge!!

About an hour later, I had doubled my bankroll. Another hour passed by and I
was holding nearly $1,000 in chips (including my $300 bankroll). As I continued
playing, I recovered all the money I had lost and doubled it and then some! No, I
wasn’t playing $5 units the whole night. =P As I got up to the $1,500 mark, I
started playing $25 units. Anyways, I decided to quit while I was ahead and went
home with the winnings. =)
Previously, before I headed out to Vegas, I had promised everyone at the
LetsTalkWinning.com forum that I would reveal my system FREE of charge if I
was successful in Vegas. So here it is: “The Decryptor Roulette System!”
Disclaimer
This system is a FREE system and should only be used for educational purposes.
In consideration of this system, you agree that you are solely responsible for your
own use or mis-use of this system and that I can not be held liable or accountable
for any losses that may arise should you decide to put this system into practice. If
you do not like taking risks or fear losing money, please do not continue pass this
point.
The Decryptor Chart

Red Black Odd Even Low High
ABCDEF
GHIJKL
MNOPQR
STUVWX
YZ0123
456789
Using the Decryptor Chart

First of all, you need to grab some 3rd party reading material. I suggest getting a
hold of something that you don’t mind writing all over it.
Now examine the chart above. There are 26 letters and 10 numbers (A through Z
and 0 through 9). There are 6 columns labeled RED, BLACK, ODD, EVEN,
LOW, and HIGH. Beneath each column are 6 different letters/numbers. For
example, A G M S Y 4 all fall under RED and D J P V 1 7 all fall under EVEN.
See that?
Practical Usage
Let’s take my favorite quote for example: “I think, therefore I am.”
This is what I would bet on from order of left to right: O BBOBL BBLHLHOHL
O RR
I = Odd, t = Black, h = Black, i = Odd, etc., etc...
To make things easy, I would cross out each letter as I place a bet. With my quote
example above, I would cross out the letter “I” and place my bet on ODD. Next
spin, I would cross out the letter “t” and place my bet on BLACK. Next spin, I
would cross out the letter “h” and place my bet on BLACK. Etc., etc... Pretty easy
huh? No more having to rely on historical data and be lured into betting RED
after seeing a long string of 20 BLACKS. hehe. Better yet, no more headaches
trying to guess where the ball will land! I call it “future data.” ;-)
Go ahead and practice “decrypting” your reading material now. Here’s a couple
of blank lines for you to write on if you want:
Write down your sentence:
__________________________________________________________________

Decrypt your sentence:
Here’s something that I do. I usually go to the brochure section of the casino and
grab a pamphlet with a good amount of reading material. Using my trusty pen, I
would make my mark-outs and place my bets. Nothing to it! =) OK, let’s get to
the good part: handling the money!
The Money Management Scheme

A long time ago when I was just a kid, I enjoyed watching cartoons. I remember
watching a cartoon series that had a scene where the two characters found a pot of
gold. One of them began dividing it up while saying, “One for me and one for
you.” The funny thing was that every time he counted “one for me,” he actually
grabbed two and every time he counted “one for you,” he handed the other
character only one. hahaha. Well, this is sorta similar to what you will be doing
when using the money management scheme that I built into my system. The idea
is to increase my winnings and decrease my losses.
You will need a bankroll of 50 units (just to be safe). You may never need to use
all of it but be aware that if, out of 24 consecutive spins, the ball doesn’t land on
any of your 1:1 bets, you risk losing almost all of your 50 units bankroll (48 to be
exact). Don’t worry though. I have never lost more than 7 consecutive spins, but
if you do, please let me know about it. I designed this system to win over the long
run. =)
Below is a chart split into two sections. The grey section is the betting guide and
the colored sections are examples.
Spin
# Units
to Bet Example1

Win/Loss Example2
Win/Loss Example3
Win/Loss Example4
Win/Loss Example5
Win/Loss Example6
Win/Loss
1st 1 -1 +1 -1 +1 +1 +1
2nd 2 -2 (total = -3) -2 (total = -1) +2 (total = +1) -2 (total = -1) -2 (total = -1) +2
(total = +3)
3rd 3 -3 (total = -6) +3 (total = +2) -3 (total = -2) +3 (total = 2) -3 (total = -4) +3
(total = +6)
4th 4 END Session -4 (total = -2) +4 (total = +2) +4 (total = +6) +4 (total = 0) +4
(total = +10)
5th 5 +5 (total = +3) -5 (total = -3) -5 (total = +1) +5 (total = +5) +5 (total = +15)
6th 6 -6 (total = -3) +6 (total = +3) +6 (total = +7) +6 (total = +11) END Session
7th 7 END Session +7 (total = +10) +7 (total = +14) END Session
8th 8 END Session -8 (total = +6)
END END END Session
The general rule in this money management system is to limit your losses and
winnings. That is, when I reach -5 units or +15 units starting from the 1st spin and
ending on the 8th spin, it’s considered END of Session. There is never a 9th spin
in any session! Therefore, you will never place more than 8 units on the table
layout at any time using this system.

Looking Closer
The Spin# is simply to identify which spin I’m on. The Units to Bet is the amount
of units I must bet when I’m at the corresponding Spin#. For example, when I
step up to the table and begin playing, my very first bet would be 1 unit on the
first spin. On the second spin, my bet will be 2 units. Three units on 3rd spin, four
units on 4th spin, etc. Nothing complex here. Just remember that the amount to bet
is based on which Spin# you’re at.
As I’ve mentioned before, always keep in mind that the limits are -5 and +15. It’s
important to know that these limits are guidelines only. This means sometimes
you will go outside of their range (or stay inside their range) when certain
conditions are met. Have you ever been on a highway and seen those speed limit
signs that say, “40 Min and 65 Max?” Well, what if rush hour hits and all the cars
are going 10mph? Obviously, it would be impossible to go the minimum speed
limit—unless you intend to risk driving on the shoulder and getting caught!! hehe.
Sometimes, when the highway has very little traffic, I find myself driving 75mph
which is over the maximum speed limit—OK, so I have a radar detector!! hehe.
But from this, we must understand that the -5 and +15 limits are just guidelines.
Now then, let’s look at the examples. In example #1, right off the bat, if I lose on
the first three spins, it puts me at -6 which ends the session because it’s outside
the range of -5 and +15.
OK, remember when I said sometimes you will go outside or stay inside the -5 to
+15 limits? (Of course you do unless you weren’t paying attention). =P Anyway, I
call each of these conditions a “clause” as outlined below. It’s listed in order of
priority (that is, Clause 5 having the most priority and Clause 1 having the least).
Clause 1) If I end up with exactly 0 units after the 3rd spin, I would END the
Session and start over at spin #1. Otherwise, I’d continue with the next spin.
Clause 2) If I have 0 or less after the 6th spin, it’s considered the End of Session. I
would rather start over than risk losing 7 more units. It’s better to be safe than
sorry. (refer to example #2)
Clause 3) If I reach +10 units after the 7th spin, I would also End the Session. It’s

better to keep the +10 units gain and start over with spin #1. (refer to example #3)
Clause 4) The only time I would go into the 8th spin is if I’ve gained +12 units or
more within the past 7 spins. So at this point, even if I lose 8 units, I would still be
ahead by at least +4 units, OR if I win 8 units, it would set me ahead by at least
+20 units. In either of these cases, it’s the End of Session because there is never a
9th spin. (refer to example #4)
Clause 5) If I win 3 times in a row starting at any spin after the 2nd spin, I always
END the Session and keep the winnings. (refer to example #5)
These are the 5 clauses. They’re not too difficult to remember once you get use to
them.
OK, now here’s something interesting. Look at example #6. Sometimes you’ll get
lucky and win 5 times in a row starting at spin 1. This obviously results in +15
units which Ends the Session. This rarely ever happens but if it ever does, then
it’s considered a “5 hit Combo” with a Fatality move! hehe. (ever played Mortal
Kombat?)
Keeping Track
Here’s a little tip on keeping track of how many units were gained or lost for the
session without writing it down on paper. During a session, I would place chips
on the left side (of my main stack of chips) to indicate how many units I’ve lost
and place chips to the right side to indicate how many units I’ve gained. For
example, let’s suppose that I lost on the first spin, I would place 1 chip on the left
side. On the second spin, if I lose again, I would stack 2 more chips on the left
side; otherwise, if I win, I would take away the one chip on the left side and put
one chip on the right side. On the third spin, if I lose, I would take away the one
chip on the right side and place two chips on the left side; otherwise if I win, I
would stack 3 more chips on the right. Get it? Basically, we’re just creating a
sliding scale using chips.
Here is a zipped archive containing files that were contributed by Pascal De
Gaillande to aid you in playing this system. If you have questions about it, please
contact him. Thanks Pascal!

Conclusion
Keep playing until you’ve finally reached about +50 units (or -50 units—which is
very unlikely) and then take a break or call it a day! On average, you should be
able to reach your goal in about 30 spins. It may take a little longer if you’re
running into a bunch of losing streaks. Personally, if I’ve lost half of my bankroll
(-25 units), then I would either skip the next 3 words or change tables altogether.
Here are some simple figures: 50x$5/unit = $250 or 50x$100/unit = $5,000!
Might as well keep the money and enjoy it. Don’t give it back to the casino. =)
--

DETECTOR SYSTEM
DETECTOR SYSTEM
The purpose and aim of this method was to detect as early as possible any sort of
bias in the wheel, and get on the good numbers before they came out. Going
through 100's of old scorecards, there were certain trends that I noticed, prior
to certain numbers coming out on good runs.
What I finally did was to draw up certain rules, so that a definitive plan could
be followed.
RULES
1. Record the results of 60 spins off 4 different tables.
2. When you have recorded approximately 50, start to mark a score card with
the results.
3. Do your final update after 60 spins, then quickly select the wheel which you
will be playing.
4. Select one of the wheels where at least 4 numbers, together on the wheel,
have come out at least twice.
They must be bordered, both sides by numbers that have only been out a
maximum of once.
5. You may have only 4 numbers in a group like this or even 7 or 8 numbers
together.
You may also have 2 groups like this, on the same wheel.
What you do is bet on all the numbers in the group, or groups, straight up for
the next 30 spins.
6. Do not select a table where there are more than 2 groups.
7. Each group must include at least 1 number that has been out at least 3 times.
If you have a group of 4 numbers and they all have been out just twice, avoid
this one.
Top of Page
8. A group that has 6 or 7 numbers must have at least 3 numbers that have
been out at least 3 times.
file:///D|/Systems/DETECTOR%20%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEM.htm (1 of 3) [7/9/2002 8:18:39 AM]

DETECTOR SYSTEM
A group with 8 or 9 numbers must have at least 4 numbers that have been out
at least 3 times.
9. Do not go past 30 spins, because this has been calculated so that if you are
playing 4 numbers, as an example, and they each come out just once, you will
still be up in profit. And should there be a possibility of a bad run developing
then this will prevent too much damage to your bank.
10. Put all your winnings back into your bank.
11. Start with a $500 bank, with a backup of $500 if you are starting off playing
with $5 chips
If you are starting off playing with $2 chips then you would need a bank of
$200, with a backup of $200.
This backup is just in case you hit a poor run during your initial start up. Later
on, your ever increasing bank, should cover any slip ups.
12. Every time you double your bank double your bet.
When your bank has reached $3,000, play every game thereafter with $25
chips, unless the bank drops below $2,500 after the 30 spins have been
played, in which case go back to $20 chips.
RESULTS OF 15 GENUINE CASINO GAMES.

Game | Numbers | Chosen | Result | Units | Profit | Bank
| | | Units +/- | value ($) | Loss ($) | $500
-------------------------------------------------------------------
1 4 5 + 55 5 + 275 775
2 5 5 + 30 5 + 150 925
3 7 10 + 150 5 + 750 1675
4 5 7 + 102 10 + 1020 2695
5 6 5 0 20 0 2695
6 5 4 - 6 20 - 120 2475
7 5 8 + 138 20 + 2760 5230
8 4 4 + 24 25 + 600 5830
9 9 7 - 18 25 - 450 5380
10 4 6 + 96 25 + 2400 7780
11 4 4 + 24 25 + 600 8380
12 5 5 + 30 25 + 750 9130
13 6 5 0 25 0 9130
14 4 6 + 96 25 + 2400 11530

DETECTOR SYSTEM
15 4 4 + 24 25 + 600 12130
Top of Page
RESULTS OF 24 GENUINE CASINO GAMES.

Game | Numbers | Chosen | Result | Units | Profit | Bank
| | | Units +/- | value ($) | Loss ($) | $500
-------------------------------------------------------------------
1 7 9 + 114 5 + 570 1070
2 8 14 + 264 10 + 2640 3710
3 4 7 + 132 25 + 3300 7010
4 4 3 - 12 25 - 300 6710
5 6 8 + 108 25 + 2700 9410
6 9 6 - 54 25 - 1350 8060
7 4 6 + 96 25 + 2400 10460
8 10 9 + 24 25 + 600 11060
9 4 0 - 120 25 - 3000 8060
10 9 7 - 18 25 - 450 7610
11 6 4 - 36 25 - 900 6710
12 9 8 + 18 25 + 450 7160
13 4 3 - 12 25 - 300 6860
14 5 4 - 6 25 - 150 6710
15 4 4 + 24 25 + 600 7310
16 4 2 - 48 25 - 1200 6110
17 5 4 - 6 25 - 150 5960
18 4 2 - 48 25 - 1200 4760
19 5 5 + 30 25 + 750 5510
20 4 4 + 24 25 + 600 6110
21 4 2 - 48 25 - 1200 4910
22 4 5 + 60 25 + 1500 6410
23 7 6 + 6 25 + 150 6560
24 5 5 + 30 25 + 750 7310

Dominance 01
DIFFERENT DOMINANCE
This differs from the original Dominance in a couple of different ways - for instance you
don’t need to ‘chart the table ‘ before beginning and also the money management side
is based on the cancellation system.
The bets are made on Double Streets which means that you can expect to hit on average
slightly less than once every six spins but you have an effective advantage of 42
numbers over 37/38 as far as money management is concerned.
Profits occur as you go up and down the betting table.
As everyone knows not all the double Streets will come out in just 6 spins - one of them
always comes out before all six hit.
Begin by recording the Double Streets as they come - what you are looking for is a
repeat:
Numbers 1 - 6 = Double Street #1, 7 - 12 = #2 and so on.
3, 5, 2, 1
then #5 hits again so this is the Double Street you will bet on.
Cross out the original 5 so that the list now looks like: 3, x, 2, 1, 5
You bet on #5 until you win or until four other Double Streets have repeated at which
time you can change you bet to whichever of the four is hitting the most.
Note: Whilst the ‘math mavens’ like to tell you how long Double Streets can go to sleep
you will find that anything over 18 spins is pretty rare - so don’t panic, just stay with the
system and you will win.
Alternatively you can pick whichever Double Street you wish - just don’t ‘chop and
change’ from spin to spin.
The betting table covers a 2,000 units bankroll.
1 1 1 1 1 2 2
2 2 3 3 3 4 4
4 5 5 6 6 7 7
8 8 9 10 10 11 12
13 14`5 16 17 18 19
20 22 23 24 26 27 29
31 33 35 37 39 41 44
46 49 52 55 58 61 65
69 73 77 81 86 91 96
101 107113
file:///D|/Systems/DIFFERENT%20DOMINANCE.htm (1 of 2) [7/21/2002 10:21:49 AM]

Dominance 01
Each bet will produce a profit to cover your last 6 losses plus a little more. This gives a
stepladder effect insofar as it gives the effect of playing 42 numbers (7 x 6) When you
win you cross out the previous 6 bets plus the one you just made (because you get your
bet back on a win).
Start betting with the 1 unit and each time you lose you move to the right along the
lines.
When you hit you cross out the last 6 bets plus the one you just won. Suppose you had
just won a bet of 23 units your next bet would be 16 and you then continue the series
from there and your bets will gradually work back towards the starting bet of 1 unit with
you taking your profits and recovering your losses as you work back to the beginning.
file:///D|/Systems/DIFFERENT%20DOMINANCE.htm (2 of 2) [7/21/2002 10:21:49 AM]

DOMINANCE… PT 2
Dominance -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- This System based

on a commercial system called Dominance. I have tinkered with it so that it would suit my playing
style. First of all...Chart a MAXIMUM of 15 spins at a table. We are betting a six number
STREET, which pays 5-1. As soon as you get a minimum of three checks on a three number
sector in addition to AT LEAST one check on an ADJACENT 3 number sector, you will bet that
6 number street. For example, here are a few spins..... 4 19 31 15 11 14 13 As we see, the street
13, 14, a 15 has three checks.... while the ADJACENT street of 10, 11, 12 has one check. So we
will be betting the SIX number Street of 10 11 12 13 14 15. This street is called a dominant street.
Remember this must happen within 15 spins. If it doesn't happen we must rechart.... If it happens
earlier then stop and place your bet! We bet this 6 number street 14 times with a strong and safe
progression.. 1-1-1-1-1-2-2-2-3-3-4-5-6-7 This progression will risk 39 units. After you get a
hit...Rechart 15 spins again and start over. If you take a system tester, or actual roulette spins from
a casino (no computer generated spins), you will find that it is very hard to lose this progression.
You will lose this progression about 1 time every 18 sessions. This is excellent. But your wins
will more than make up for the occasional progression loss. When properly tested.... And with
occasional progression losses accounted for, you can expect to win 4 units per hour very
consistently with this method. Of course winnings will double when progressions losses don't
occur during an outing...
file:///D|/Systems/DOMINANCE%20%20%20PT%201.htm [7/21/2002 10:21:56 AM]

Dominant Dozen Play for Roulette
Look at the Board to check which two of the Dozens has come up most in the last 10
spins
Start with 1 unit on each of the Dozens selected.

When one of them wins raise your bet on the winning Dozen by 20% (if you are
betting $5 units then raise your bet to $6) but keep the bet on the other Dozen at 1
unit ($5 in this example).
As each of the chosen Dozens win you raise your bet on the winning Dozen for the
next spin only. If the next spin produces a loss then reduce your bet on it.
A Dozen that is running Hot may well have gone up several “steps of 20%” before it
loses and you have to reduce it by 1 step. When this happens you need to also
increase the bet on the Secondary dozen so that the bet will cover a loss on the
Dominant Dozen. (The idea is that you use part of your winnings from the Dominant
Dozen to act as “insurance” on the Secondary Dozen.
Example:
Dominate Dozen steps: $5, 6, 7, 10, 12, 15, 20

Secondary Dozen steps $5, 5, 5, 5, 6, 8, 10
file:///D|/Systems/DOMINANT%20DOZEN%20PLAY%20FOR%20ROULETTE.htm [7/21/2002 10:22:04 AM]

Dominants
When I say dominants I mean LOW NUMBERS and BLACK so scout the tables
till you find one showing a dominants of these features. When you have found
this table we wil begin. What the bet means is:LOW NUMBERS doing this you
have 1 to 18, 50% of table, now by betting BLACK as well this means that:you
have doubled your odds of winning because you have already placed a bet on
LOW NUMBERS which contain half black numbers,as well as this you have also
got 9 numbers in the bottom half of the table. The only numbers that get you are
high red numbers:19,21,23,25,27,30,32,34 and 36. If none of these numbers come
in you will either come off even or double your money. If you want to go further
you can add a third dominant bet EVEN NUMBERS. This means you also cover
30,32,34 and 36, leaving you with 5 bogey numbers. Again as before if you get 3
losing bets in a row, quit and find another table.
file:///D|/Systems/DOMINANTS.htm [7/21/2002 10:22:32 AM]

Original Price $10,000
Original
Price $10,000
In essence, you will be playing numbers straight up that located loosely together on the
wheel and have shown recently. The following steps guide you on the path to finding
numbers, patterns , and sections of the wheel are running. The system is mechanical.Do not
deviate from the steps.
In order to successfully target plays for wagering,you will have to get through four “Gates”.
Only when you have passed through all gates, in order,do you make a wager.
When you have passed through the fourth Gate, you will place straight up bets on three
different numbers. You will play those three numbers for seven spins, or until one of the
numbers hits,
whichever comes first. If one of your numbers hits, you will play the samenumbers for one
more
spin, or until they stop hitting.
Keep in mind that getting through all four Gates takes patience. You will place wagers
more rarely than with the Preliminary system. The good news is that these plays are
extremely profitable.
Here is a explanation of the four gates and how to get

through them:
Gate #1
While observing the marquees that display spins at a roulette table,you must find four out
of five numbers that have just shown and that are within nine places of each other on the
wheel.
European Single Zero Wheel Layout:
0-32-15-19-4-21-2-25-17-34-6-27-13-36-11-30-8-23-10-5-24-16-33-
1-20-14-31-9-22-18-29-7-28-12-35-3-26
American Double Zero Wheel Layout:
0-2-14-35-23-4-16-33-21-6-18-31-19-8-12-29-25-10-27-00-1-13-36-24-3-15-34-2
2-5-17-32-20-7-11-30-26-9-28
We will call these numbers “Neighbors”. For Example (American Layout), if the numbers
file:///C|/Systems/DON%20YOUNG%20MASTERSTEP%20$10,000%20SYSTEM.htm (1 of 3) [6/29/2002 12:07:11 AM]

3, 5, 14, 15 and 32 showed, you would have passed

“Gate #1 “ because four out of the five numbers are close enough together on thewheel,
within nine spaces. The 14 is not close enough, but we only need four out of five to pass
“Gate #1
Gate #2
Go two left and two right of the last number that showed from Gate #1 sequence. In this
example it was 32. On the left numbers 17 and 5 and on the right numbers 20 and 7. Of
these 4 numbers,
find one that has not been up for 10 spins but have been up from twelve to twenty
seven spins back. Such a number we call “Original Number’. This is one of the numbers
you
will play if you get through Gate #4.
Gate #3
If you successfully find an “Original Number”, all four of your ‘neighbours”(From Gate # 1
l) must be within four left or four right of that “Origi—‘,Number’. If they all are, then you
have passed through Gate #3.
Gate #4
Coming forward or backward eight spins from the “Original Number’, locate two different
numbers that:
A) Have shown in the last eight spins.
B) Are within Eight Spins of each other.
C) Are within Eight Spins from the “Original Number’ and,
D) Are within four left and four right of the “Original Number’on the wheel.
We call these “Runners”. After skipping one spin, you place wagers on the “Original
Number’, and on the two “Runners”, three numbers total, for seven spins bet these three
numbers.
Gate 5:
This Gate tells you how to spread your chips on the three numbers of the previous gates.

You recall that this is a flat bets system, but you will not bet a single unit on each of your
three
selected numbers. After you have qualified a play and skipped one spin, youwill place one
unit on
each of the two runners and TWO units on the Original number. A review of over 500,000
real casino spins that I have studied shows that this adjustment adds tremendously to the
profit of the system. You can also verify this from your Tester Book and your own recorded
spins.
If you win, you must not initiate another play until 11 spins have gone by after the hit. If
you lose, you must consider Gate 6.
Gate 6:
After a loss, wait forty spins before playing on the same wheel. The exception to this would
be if, while recording spins during your 40 spin “time out”, you see a play and it would have
won
had you played it, then you may re enter on the next qualified play, whether or not it has
been forty spins since your last “real” loss.But you still will not enter a play after a win for
11 spins after the winning number hit
Gate 7:
After the next loss. wait only 20 spins before playing on the same wheel. This time you will
not enter a play until aftera win of 7 spins after the winning number hit. Then proceed as
above.

file:///D|/Systems/DOOZY%20DOZEN%20SYSTEM.htm
THIS IS A HIT-AND-RUN SYSTEM for quick win or lose. The goal, if you win the
first bet, is to win the starting bet six times over in a maximum of five spins - or at
least lose nothing. Supposing you win the first 5 unit bet; if you then have two
straight losses, you get even with the bank. In all other cases your net win will be 3
or 30 units (still supposing you won the first bet). This is achieved by a delicately
calculated series of bets where the first
winning is your "entrance" to the system. The net win is now 10 units and this is
going to last for two bets; the first one being 4 units and the next 6 units -no
matter if you win or lose. If both bets are lost you gained nothing but your bankroll
is as before. If
the first bet is won and the second lost, you won 8 units so you have 12. Bet 9 of
those 12; if win you get 30 if lost you keep the 3 leftovers. If the first bet is lost and
the second won, you have 18 units. Bet 6 and if you win, you have a net win of 30,
if lost you still have 12 units and is able to bet 9 (keeping 3 if lost, getting a total
net of 30 if you win). And last, if you win both bets, you have made a net of 30 units
in three spins...Of course you have to provide a way to "predict" the outcomes, to
decide where to bet, as your success is depending on that but the system itself
can take some losses, as we will see. Now, here
is the complete description and an example of the system in action: STEP 1: Bet 5
units If you LOSE, well... two out of three you will...If you WIN, you go to Step 2
Step 2: Bet 4 units If you LOSE, you go to
Step 3: If you WIN, you go to Step 4
STEP 3: Bet 6 units If you LOSE, you broke even. Take a break and try again
later...If you WIN, you go to Step 4
STEP 4: Bet 6 units If you LOSE, you go to Step 5.If you WIN, you have a 30 units
profit - that's 600% interest! Walk.
STEP 5: Bet 9 units If you LOSE, you have a 3 units profit - that's 60% interest!
Take a walk, relax and then - you decide! If you WIN, you have a 30 unit’s
profit - that's 600% interest! Walk. Let's try it...
(Casino Baden, Austria, June 26th 1996, 2:57pm
Betting 1 Dozen + 1 Column Betting The one BEFORE LAST outcome Need to wait
two spins, in start and after zero (also between sessions if not 1 spin only) Playing
a few sessions only to show how it works Columns: Rec. Spin: Recorded spin
number Bet Dz.: Bet Dozen Bet Cl: Bet Column Bet Us: Bet Units on Dozen/column
Win:
file:///D|/Systems/DOOZY%20DOZEN%20SYSTEM.htm (1 of 2) [7/21/2002 10:43:53 AM]

file:///D|/Systems/DOOZY%20DOZEN%20SYSTEM.htm
Winning number DR St: Positive or negative result of Dozen bet DS Tot: Running
total for the Dozen session DGTot : Grand total after each Dozen session CR st:
Positive or negative result of Column bet CS Tot: Running total for the Column
session CGTot: Grand total after each Column session Rec Bet Bet Spin Dz Us Cl
Us Win D/C DR st
DSTot DGTot CRst CSTot CGTot------------------------------------------------------------
1 26 3/2 2 30 3/3 3 3
5 2 5 4 1/1 -5 -5 -5 -5 -5 -5
4 3 5 3 5 4 1/1 -5 -5 -10 -5 -5
-10 5 1 5 1 5 16 2/1 -5 -5 -15 +10
+10 6 1 5 1 4 8 1/2 +10 +10 -4
+6 7 2 4 1 6 19 2/1 +8 +18 +12
+18 8 1 6 2 6 18 2/3 -6 +12 -6
+12 9 2 9 1 9 10 1/1 -9 +3 -12 +18
+30 +20 10 26 3/2 11 0
12 32 3/2 13 23 2/2 14 3
5 2 5 9 1/3 -5 -5 -17 -5 -5 +15
15 2 5 2 5 14 2/2 +10 +10 +10 +10
16 1 4 3 4 12 1/3 +8 +18 +8 +18
17 2 6 2 6 20 2/2 +12 +30 +13 +12 +30
+45 18 26 3/2 19 7 1/1
20 3 5 2 5 23 2/2 -5 -5 +8 +10 +10
21 1 5 1 4 35 3/2 -5 -5 +3 -4 +6
22 2 5 2 6 35 3/2 -5 -5 -2 +12 +18
23 3 5 2 6 31 3/1 +10 +10 -6 +12
24 3 4 2 9 23 2/2 -4 +6 +12 +30 +75
...and the next bet for the Dozens would be 6 units on dozen #3 etc.
This was a nice result but of course it will not always be this good. The result will
depend on the hit-rate of your betting decisions, of course, but I suggest you try
this one out - on paper - using your own spins.
file:///D|/Systems/DOOZY%20DOZEN%20SYSTEM.htm (2 of 2) [7/21/2002 10:43:53 AM]

Double-Edged Roulette System
Here’s
a little roulette system I have had a lot of fun with over recent months and that does
actually seem to make money when used for short periods. The idea is to stake two
chips on each spin of the wheel as follows:
Place one chip on the same color as the previous winning number.
Place one chip on the opposite to the last winning number in terms of odd or even
For example, if the last winning number was BLACK 17 you would place one chip on
BLACK and one chip on EVEN. This system does particularly well when a long streak
of consecutive colors appears, and if the ODDS/EVENS is choppy at the same time,
profits can be considerable.
file:///D|/Systems/DOUBLE%20EDGED%20ROULETTE.htm [7/21/2002 10:44:05 AM]

file:///D|/Systems/DOUBLE%20IT.htm
1. Sit at a table and look and the last 15 spins... I compare the numbers that hit to
where they are on the wheel. You will find a set of 2 to 4 numbers adjacent to
each other. You can pick any one of these numbers as the chance of their coming
up again will be good. You can also see a few of these numbers hit 2 to 3 times in
the 15 spins. These are also good numbers to pick.
Pick just ONE number... and begin to bet...

2. You must have a bank of 600 times your first bet.
(eg $1 table = $600 bank; $2 table = $1200 bank)
3. Once you have your number place the lowest bet allowed for the table on that
number (eg $1 table = $1 bet).
4. Double your units every 10 spins until you win...

$1 Table.... First 10 spins @ $1 = $10 Cumulative
= $10
Next 10 spins @ $2 = $20 Cumulative = $30
5. Then start over again...
6. I walk away after 2-3 wins. It’s just what I do.

file:///D|/Systems/DOUBLE%20IT.htm (1 of 3) [7/9/2002 8:21:11 AM]
I have only lost once and that was because I had to

leave early on in the game.
Here’s actual game play and the results...
9/14/98 ... $1 Table
1 spin: Bet $1 and won $35
Giving me a net win of $34
Same day different $1 table

19 spins: Bet $28 and won $70
Giving me a net win of $42 TOTAL OF $76
2/18/99 ... $1 Table
50 spins exactly: Spent $310 and won $560
Same day ... $2 Table

Giving me a net win of $66 TOTAL OF $316
3/19/99 ... $1 Table
3/19/99 ... $1 Table


3/19/99 ... $1 Table
Giving me a net win of $40 TOTAL
OF $128

file:///D|/Systems/DOUBLE%20STREET%20PLAY.htm
If you are satisfied with a prize of 10 -15 units, you will find here
exactly what you want. Your Bankroll is 100 units to start the game.
The disposition is triple the scheme being 5 - 10 - 20 units; we're
talking about a progressive game.
The betting is as follows:

The last coming 6-line is the only free square (except zero). Let's
assume that number 30 has dropped out. The game begins with the first
bet in 5 units, which place in following order: 3 units on small, 1
unit on 6-line 19-24 and 1 unit on 6-line 31-36. Let's assume the next
dropped out number is 13, we have won 6 units, thus, the condition of
our game: + 1. Further we put 5 units again: 3 - large, 2 - first
dozen. Following number - 15. Out. A condition of game: -4. Then we put
the second bet of 10 units: 6 - large, 4 - first dozen. Number - 24. We
have got 12 units. The game condition is -2 (-4-10 + 12). We use the
double bet game until the previous maximum plus of the game (in our
case + 1) will be reached, after that we immediately return to the
first bet of our progression. If we have lost the double bet before
this moment, the last bet in 20 units comes in our game with
distribution 12 to 8 (12 units on a simple chance and 4+4 units on 6-
lines). If this bet is also lost, there are two ways: either to play
with the rest of your capital making bets in double size (10 - 20 - 40)
or to keep playing with the bet of 20 units. Again, the game goes on
until reaching maximum plus of the game. It is necessary to remember
that the expected profit was supposed to be from 10 up to 15 units.
For particularly cautious players there is a variant of this method. A

necessary condition is time for waiting. If it suits you, play in the
following way: put the bet only when the same 6-line has appeared
twice. If you have won, you have to wait until 6-line appears twice
again to put the next bet. If you have lost, we act the same way with
the next bet. Using this method you can't expect the profit more than
10 units. The main enemy of this method is zero. If a zero falls out
too frequently, it is better to stop the game at once behind this
table.
file:///D|/Systems/DOUBLE%20STREET%20PLAY.htm [7/21/2002 10:44:25 AM]

DOZENS AND COLUMNS REPEATING
Rather than applying a system right away, I try first to identify if there are any special
opportunities around. I observe the scoreboard of multiple Roulette tables and go for
the one that
is most likely to hit a winning bet having a few systems in mind. One opportunity that I
particularly look for is the number of times a specific Dozen or Column has repeated.
When a Dozen repeats 4 or 5 times, I bet on the other two Dozens. It is pretty rare that a
Dozen repeats more than 6 or 7 times. At least this is what I have personally seen and
this is what the results of thousands of
simulated spins show. In any event, I place 1 unit each on the two different Dozens that
haven't come up for 4 or 5 times. In most cases, this wins the first time. If it doesn't win,
I triple the amount of my bets and place them on the same two Dozens. The reason for
the tripling is to get the same amount of profit, whether I hit the first time or the second
time. So, I'm really risking 8 units to get 1 unit profit, but since I have won more than 8
sessions using this method, losing 8 units on one session would still keep me ahead.
My unit value is $100. Applying this technique 5 times will profit you $500, should you
grab the right opportunity.
file:///D|/Systems/DOZENS%20AND%20COLUMNS%20REPEATING.htm [7/21/2002 10:23:07 AM]

The minimum bankroll for this strategy should be $80
The minimum bankroll for this strategy should be $80 (on $1 tables). In this strategy, we
will cover and win on all the about 65% of the numbers on the table except three
(assuming you are playing on a single zero roulette table). This is a very easy strategy to
use but is also an extremely effective one as well (I have won over $300 using this
strategy on a couple of occasions!)
The game plan for this strategy is easy, we will bet a given unit amount on two of the
three dozens bets. For example: we may want to bet $5 on the first dozen numbers (1-
12) and $5 on the second dozen numbers (13-24). Because these bets pay off 2 to 1,that
means if we hit a number in one of these two dozens we will win $10 and lose $5, netting
us a $5 profit. If a number comes up in the third dozen (or the zero), we will lose $10.
On the surface, this may seem like a bad bet, but in actuality, it can be a very effective
bet if played properly. With this system, we also use what is called the classic Martingale
system. What this system entails is that with each loss, our next bet is the sum of all the
money we have lost, plus one extra unit. So for the above example, if we were betting $5
on the two dozens, and a number hit in the third dozen, we would have lost $10 total.
That means that if we wanted to make up the money we lost, and win $5, we would bet
$15 in both the first and second dozens
this time. If we won this time, we would regress our bet back down to $5 in both dozens.
Since we have a 65% chance of winning on every spin of the wheel, we can see that it
would be very difficult to hit the losing %35 more than 4 or 5 times in a row (It does
happen every once in a while though!) I would recommend playing this strategy starting
at $1 bets, because that way you can cover 4-5 loses easily. I have personally NEVER
lost playing this method on a $1 table even though you’re not going to make a whole
bunch of money playing this way either. It's just a
very safe and efficient way to enjoy playing at the casino's without having to worry too
much about losing your shirt! Below is the progression that you would
follow on a loss. Remember, whenever you win, you start your next bet back at $1.
Original Bet: $1 on two of the three dozens.
On a loss bet $3 on two of the three dozens.
THIS IS WHERE I USUALLY QUIT. IF I LOSE AFTER THIS BET, I USUALLY ACCEPT
THE LOSS AND START OVER, BUT IF YOU ARE BOLD AND HAVE THE CASH,
HERE IS THE NEXT COUPLE PROGRESSIONS.
file:///D|/Systems/DOZENS%20BETTING.htm (1 of 2) [7/21/2002 10:44:32 AM]

The minimum bankroll for this strategy should be $80
file:///D|/Systems/DOZENS%20BETTING.htm (2 of 2) [7/21/2002 10:44:32 AM]

DREAM SYSTEM
I was again trying to dream up short-term hit-and-run roulette strategies last night,
that would work online.
I thought of this:
You play Red-Black-Black - Red-Black-Black all the time, increasing one chip if
you lose and decreasing one (or even 2) if you win. You go back to one chip when
you're even, or winning.
This system hits quite often, but I reckon it should be used just to make say 5-10
units profit then get out in case Black-Red-Red hits twice, which it does
sometimes but this is quite rare.
file:///D|/Systems/DREAM%20SYSTEM.htm [7/21/2002 10:44:45 AM]

file:///D|/Systems/ECARTS%20%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEM.htm
(French for “deviation”)

Theoretically, the odds for Red and Black are even. In 1000 games, you should
expect that Red and Black appear with the same frequency, that is 500 times each.
This goes also for other even money bets like Even / Odd and so on. However,
things are a little different in real life. In fact, it is rather improbable that Red
appears exactly 500 times in 1000 games. It will appear more or less often than 500
times, and this deviation is called Ecart. This Ecart can amount to more than 10 %
(563 times Red/ 437 times Black). This deviation from the ideal odds is called
tension. Several game systems take these deviations into
account. Example: If Black has appeared less frequently than Red in previous
games, it is all the more likely that Black will appear more often than Red in the
following games. The betting system will focus on Black according to a certain
deviation from the ideal odds of the two colors. The following table is intended for
better illustration of this game system. It is recommended to bet on Red after
Black has appeared for the fifth time. Additionally, a progression is used.
Red Black Stake Balance
x
xx
x
x
x
x
x signal for bet on Red +10
x 20 -30
x 40 -70
x 80 +10
x 10 0
x 20 +10
x 10 +20
x 10 +30
x 10 +40
x 10 +50
x 10 +60
file:///D|/Systems/ECARTS%20%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEM.htm (1 of 2) [7/9/2002 8:22:23 AM]

file:///D|/Systems/ECARTS%20%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEM.htm
Experiments have shown that the number of games played has a distinctive
influence on the odds. The higher the number of games played, the more even the
odds become. The effect of Zero has not been taken into account in this table. The
shorter the game series you observe, the higher becomes the deviation and
therefore the odds for the color, which appeared less often, become more
favorable. If Red is played 15 times in 20 games, the
odds for Black will get better and better in the Following games.
file:///D|/Systems/ECARTS%20%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEM.htm (2 of 2) [7/9/2002 8:22:23 AM]

The System
3 Rules For Roulette for use with The Edge
Rule 1: We only bet on the 1 to 1 payoff bets (There is one

exception explained later)
Rule 2: If you lose 2 times in a row, stop betting and begin

again when your betting “area” hits again.
Rule 3: When first going to a table wait one spin and choose
from the 3 possible 1 to 1 payoff winners (even or odd, red or
black, and 1 - 18 or 19 - 36. Sometimes called high/low)
Now YOU are ready for the nuts and bolts of The Edge
System
Lets start by explaining the chart to the right.
You will see the yellow line on the center and the word W/
Start to the far left. This is where you will begin your P1 LOSE WIN
sessions. Always begin here.
L
The gray column on the left, you will notice numbers

on the topside are positive and the bottom side is
negative, all you do is multiply the number by bet 16 $80 S.E S.E. n/a
minimum increment. This will show you what you are
up or down.
15 $75 $5 14 n/a
The W/L Column (The Aqua column) is based on $5 .
This is the amount you have won or lost. This is for
reference only
14 $70 $5 13 S.E.
Press Column (P1) - You will notice a dollar amount,
all winning bet are pressed* once, the dollar amount is
the initial starting money for that row. Example row 3
13 $65 $5 12 16
says in the press column (P1) $10. Begin that series
file:///D|/Systems/EDGE%20SYSTEM%20{Roulette}.htm (1 of 4) [7/21/2002 10:45:09 AM]

The System
with a $10 bet.

12 $60 $10 10 S.E.
The LOSE and WIN column shows you where what
row you begin your next series of bets if you lose at
anytime in the series.
11 $55 $10 8 S.E.
S.E. = Session End
10 $50 $5 9 13
9 $45 $5 8 12
Should End
8 $40 n/a
Session
* Always Begin on Start.
* After a winning bet on start move to row 1. If

you lose on start move to row –1. 7 $35 $5 6 10
* Anytime after start, a losing bet refers to the lose

column. The numberr located in that box will
direct you to the next row to begin your next 6 $30 $10 4 13
series.
* Anytime after start, a winning series of bets, you 5 $25 $5 4 8

move to the row in the Win
column.
4 $20 $10 2 10
3 $15 $10 1 9
2 $10 $5 1 5

The System
* There are 3 ways to end session.

1 $5 $5 Start 4
1. The First way is if the chart moves you to 8.
(You would win 100% of your bankroll for that
session. Which means starting at an $40
bankroll for the session you would make $40.) Start No Press 1
2. The second way to end a session is to reach

row 16 or win any Press 1, on 13 through 16. -1 -$5 $5 -2 2
You will know when to go for row 16. If above
row 8 and you slide down the chart back to row
8 you end your session.
-2 -$10 $5 -3 1
3. The Last way is if you lose on -8.
* Only increase your bet after a winning bet, when -3 -$15 $5 -4 Start
pressing your bet you will be insuring your use
of the casino’s money.
-4 -$20 $5 -5 -1
* A series is when you begin betting on a row.
(Example: After winning one press on row -1
you will move to row 2. Then this series begin
on 2. -5 -$25 $5 -6 -2
* Always bet on 1 to 1 payoffs also known as

even money bets. With only one exception to -6 -$30 $5 -7 -3
this rule. (one bet at a time) Note: If you have the
bankroll and full understanding of The Edge system You
can play 2 or all 3 of the even money bets. Our more
agressive players do very well playnig this way. -7 -$35 $5 -8 -4
* When a 0 or 00 is spun, drop down 1 row. On

the next bet make a split bet on the 0 and 00 (At
-8 -$40 $5 S.E. -5
your current row’s minimum). If you win this
bet you begin at start again, put profits in your
pocket ;-)

The System
* If you get back on start, begin session over. You

will be at even money.
Note: If you deviate from the above System YOU ARE NOT
PLAYING THE SYSTEM Disclaimer:We are not responsible
for any loses that may inccur. We believe you will have an
extremely high advantage to win. We hope you have fun
ALWAYS when you play any games at the casino.
* “Press a Bet” To increase the size of a bet, after a win

by the amount of that win
Example: You win $5 bet (One to one pay off) You
receive $5 plus the win of $5. Now to “press the bet”
You would bet $10 on your next bet.
Example of play. Click Here if you have

questions about the systems. Please read it
carefully.

file:///D|/Systems/EINSTEIN%20SYSTEM.htm
The Einstein system is developed to play the even chances,

primarily Red/Black, but to achieve win optimization you can play
(secondary) Hi/Lo or (in third place) Odd/Even as well. The
chances Red/Black are primary, because of the balanced appearance
on the (single zero) wheel (R-B-R-B etc).
The system has 3 components:

1. The betting mode
2. The progression
3. The net-bet
Per game a maximum of 30 spins is played (plus spins to complement

a zero-spin). Per chance a session bankroll of 20 chips is
recommended, with a total bankroll of 60 chips for psychological
reasons. Maximum bet is limited to 8 chips per bet.
See excel sheet "Einstein Form" as an example of the form to be

used to chart the game.
Columns used are:

A: No = spin number;
B: Bk = Black number that comes up;
C: Rd = Red number that comes up;
D: S/I = Same or Intermittent Mode column (see betting mode);
E: +/- = Outcome evaluation of S/I column + for win, - for loss;
F: Bet = Which colour to bet next;
G: Rslt = Result (this is a 2-in-1 column). First you fill in the
bet qty (number of chips to bet) and after the next number comes
up you add either a + for win or - for loss to this figure;
H - O: BetCalc = calculation of the bet quantity (G) (See
progression);
P: Net1: The net result for the betting progression used. This is
NOT the nett outcome of actual betting because of the net bet
component.
file:///D|/Systems/EINSTEIN%20SYSTEM.htm (1 of 10) [7/21/2002 10:45:27 AM]

Columns D till P are used to calculate the "PLUS- change" section

of the game, columns R till AD are used to calculate the "MINUS-
change" section of the game.
For the meaning of the column headings R till AD, see above.
Other columns:
AE: Net bet = the net bet to be placed, calculated from columns
F&G and T&U
AF: Saldo = Net results of actual betting activities.
1: The Betting Mode
The betting mode consists of 2 sections: the PLUS-change and the

MINUS-change.
PLUS-Change section: after the first spin has been charted, you
will bet for S = same or series, which is written down in column D
(S/I) for the second spin. So if the first spin produced a black,
you will now bet for black for the second spin. If the second spin
produced a black, S has occurred and a PLUS (+) is written in the
E column. If red came up, a MINUS (-) is written.
eg:
No Bk Rd S/I +/- Notes
1 4 In PLUS-change section spin 2 is
ALWAYS "S"
2 28 S +
In the PLUS-change section, you CHANGE mode from S = series to I =

intermittent or from I to S after a PLUS in the evaluation, and
you stay in the same mode after a MINUS.
So: after S + you play for I;

after I + you play for S;
after S - you play for S;
after I - you play for I
MINUS-Change section: after the first spin has been charted, you
will bet for I = Intermittent, which is written down in column D
(S/I) for the second spin. So if the first spin produced a black,

you will now bet for red for the second spin. If the second spin
produced a red, I has occurred and a PLUS (+) is written in the E
column. If black came up, a MINUS (-) is written.
eg:
No Bk Rd S/I +/- Notes
1 4 In MINUS-change section spin 2 is
ALWAYS "I"
2 25 I +
In the MINUS-change section, you CHANGE mode from S = series to I

= intermittent or from I to S after a MINUS in the evaluation, and
you stay in the same mode after a PLUS.
So: after S + you play for S;

after I + you play for I;
after S - you play for I;
after I - you play for S.
After filling in the D column (S/I) you fill straight away the F
column in (for Bet) in the Plus- change section; same for columns
R and T in the minus change section. So if you have an "S" in
column D, and the last number spun was Red, you now write Red in
column F for the next bet.
eg:
No Bk Rd S/I +/- Bet
1 14
2 18 S + R
On the form it is pretty easy filling out these two sections. Once
you have filled in the Plus-change section, the Minus-change
section is always OPPOSITE the Plus-change section. If for example
the result is S+ on 1 side, the other side always has I-. IF you
bet Black on 1 side, you always bet Red on the other side.
Rules:
If you lost the bet on either side (Plus- or Minus-change side) 4
times in a row, betting on that loosing side is suspended till 2
plusses in a row have occurred. You still calculate what would
have happened, to write down the plusses and minuses in column E,
but no results are filled in (G).

2. The Progression
The progression level of this system is recalculated after sub

games of maximum 3 "played" spins. "Played" in this sense means
every spin except for suspended bets. (see rules under 1. the
betting mode). After a net result of zero or 1 chip or higher
(depending on the betting level), the progression is re-
initialized at 1 chip.
Let's clarify this with a couple of examples:
S/I Bet Rslt Bet Calc Net1

S 1 1
All games start with a bet of 1 unit. In the example above we are
in the PLUS-change section of the form. All examples are valid for
the MINUS-change section as well, but let's concentrate on one
side first.
Say you start betting.
Write a 1 in the Bet Calc column as above. Because it's your first
bet, on your first betting level, you write 1 in the Rslt column
as well.
Say the bet won.
You now write a plus (+) in the Rslt column and a +1 in the Net1
column. You also strike through the bet in the betting Calculation
column. Reason why is explained further below.
You finished your first sub game, because you won with +1 units.
Draw a line on your form from the Rslt to the Net1 columns.
Let's continue. The next sub game you start of with 1 chip again.
Write a 1 in the Bet Calc column. Because it's your first bet, on
(again) the first betting level, you write 1 in the Rslt column as
well.
Your form should look like this by now:

S +1 1 +1
1 1

Say this bet lost.

You now write the lost amount next in the column of the Bet Calc.
You write -1 in the Rslt column. Write -1 in the Net1 column. You
lost this bet, so you don't strike anything through (this only
happens when you win a bet). Your form now looks like this:

S +1 1 +1
-1 1 1 -1
Your next bet is 1 chip again on this level. Say you lost the
following 2 bets. The form now looks like this:

S +1 1 +1
-1 1 1 -1
-1 1 1 -2
-1 1 1 -3
This finishes this particular sub game and recalculation takes

place because you finished 3 spins. Betting is now NOT re-
initialized to 1 chip because your Net1 didn't finish positive for
this sub game.
What happens next is you calculate all numbers written in the

BetCalc columns since the last drawn line (in this sub game). You
write the total in the next column and divide it by three (to be
used for your calculation of the next 3 betting amounts). Of
course the betting amounts have to be whole numbers, so the first
number after recalculation is always higher or equal than the
second number, which is higher or equal than the third number. In
other words, 6 is divided to 2-2-2,
7 to 3-2-2, 8 to 3-3-2, 9 to 3-3-3 etc.
Let's go back to our example. The form now looks like:

S +1 1 +1
-1 1 1 -1

-1 1 1 -2
-1 1 1 6 2 2 2 -3
To calculate the next bet, you take the first number after the
division (a) and write it in the BetCalc column on the next line.
The actual betting amount then is calculated by adding 1 chip to
this number. You do this in ALL cases except for when the betting
was just re-initialised to 1 chip, or at the start of each game.
Say this next bet lost.

You write the lost amount 2 + 1 = 3 next to the amount written in
the BetCalc column, and add a - to the Rslt column. You calculate
your new Net1 and fill it in.
Your next bet is calculated by taking the second number (b) after
the division column, and write it again in the BetCalc column as
before.
Say this bet lost again. Write in the appropriate columns, and
transfer the third number (c) to the next line.
Say this bet won. You now strike through the number in the BetCalc
column.
Please note:
1. that you strike through the number 2, while you actually bet 3
units in the Rslt column!!
2. in real play you would suspend betting after loosing the first
3 chips because you lost 4 times in a row. However, let's continue
for the purpose of this exercise.
Your form should now look like:

S +1 1 +1
-1 1 1 -1
-1 1 1 -2
-1 1 1 6 2a 2b 2c -3
-3 2a 3 -6
-3 2b 3 -9
3 2c -6
You again have finished a betting level, without getting to a

positive Net1. Recalculation takes

place. The new number to be divided by 3 is 2 + 3 + 2 + 3 = 10
Next bet is 4 + 1 = 5.
You lost.
Say next two bets are won.
You now recalculate again.
The new number to be divided is 4 + 5 = 9.
First bet to be placed is 3 + 1 = 4 chips.
You won.
Your form should now look like:

S +1 1 +1
-1 1 1 -1
-1 1 1 -2
-1 1 1 6 2a 2b 2c -3
-3 2a 3 -6
-3 2b 3 -9
3 2c 10 4 3 3 -6
-5 4 5 -11
4 3 -7
4 3 9 3 3 3 -3
4 3 +1
This last win contributed to the Net1 going positive for the first
time. This sub game is finished now, even though you didn't bet
the last 2 numbers after the division. (3 + 3).
Draw a line under this sequence and start betting again after re-
initialization to 1 chip.
Rule:
If the dividing number is equal to 3 (which in fact happens at the
start of every game AND after re-initialization, the betting-level
(and sub game) stops if the Net1 column is equal to 1.
If the dividing number is greater than 3, the sub game stops if
the Net1 column is greater or equal than Zero.
2 examples of how games could evolve in the beginning or after re-

initialization:


S -1 1 1 -1
+1 1 0
-1 1 1 4 2 1 1 -1
3 2 +2
or
S -1 1 1 -1
-1 1 1 -2
-1 1 1 6 2 2 2 -3
+3 2 0
More Rules:
1. When a betting level in a sub game starts with 18 or more as
the dividing number, this sub game will be finished when at least
2 out of the next 3 bets are won (on this side of the change
section.). This happens EVEN IF this sub game has a negative Net1
column!!! The next bet will have 3 as the dividing number (re-
initialization), so you bet 1 chip next. If only 1 bet wins,
recalculation will start as normal (see rule 2).
2. The highest bet to be written in the Rslt column is capped at 9
units, meaning an 8 in the BetCalc columns. If the figure in the
BetCalc columns is higher than 8, still use 8 (+1) as the betting
size. Because of the netbet rule (see next section) the highest
bet on the table is this way capped at 8 units.
3. If the Saldo column (last column on the form) reaches -14
units, you place 1 more bet. If the Saldo reaches -15 or lower,
the game is ended with a loss.
4. The win limit per chance (Red/Black) is capped at +10 units or
at 30 spins (+zero games). If this limit of +10 is reached for 1
chance pair, betting is stopped for that pair (eg Red/Black) and
only the other pair (eg Hi/Lo) is played till 30 spins have
finished.
Bringing It All Together

Here is how the game is played:
1. Record the number that has just come up in the Red or Black
column.
2. Fill in the S/I columns of both the PLUS- and MINUS-change
sections.
3. Fill in the colours to be bet next in the "Bet" columns in the
two sections.
4. Calculate the next bet in the BetCalc columns of both sections.
5. Fill in these numbers in the Rslt columns of both sections.
6. Because the two sections will produce 2 bets on 2 different
colours, it makes no sense to bet both bets. Calculate the
difference between the two bets and write the result in the NetBet
column. eg:
1b vs 2r = 1r
4r vs 7b = 3b
1b vs 1r = no bet. etc.
7. Place the bet
8. Watch the outcome, collect your winnings;
9. Record the number that has just come up in the Red or Black
column;
update the +/- columns of both sections;
update the Rslt columns of both sections;
update the BetCalc columns of both sections;
update the Net1 and Net2 columns;
update the Netbet columns and the Saldo column.
10. Start at 2.
Zero game
When the null comes up, the number is not written in any columns,
but rather as a circle in between the black/red columns. The loss
is written separately from the form presented and will have to be
consolidated with the Saldo at the end of a game. This is to
prevent breaking the sequence of calculations of the Calcbet and
any other columns. Please note that the game is played over 30
spins exclusive the zero-game, so if 2 zero's come up, you'd play
a total of 32 spins.

Full game examples are included in the Excel file.
========END=======

file:///D|/Systems/EN%20PLEIN%20SYSTEM.htm
INSTRUCTIONS:
For this application we use the whole theoretical cycle of the law of the third - not 37 spins but
40spins. We need to note a total of 60 spins, divided in two parts of 40 spins and 20 spins.
Note the first 40 spins. We will find that in the majority of times we see 4 or 5 numbers spun 3 times,
1 or 2 numbers spun 4 times, and never (practically) any numbers spun 5 times (in case you see a number
drawn 5 times, it is not playable). Then during the following 20 spins play immediately the first number
spun 5 times!
Play it for a maximum of 36 spins - or until it hits!
0 40 60
number of spins
Example:
Theoretical first 40 spins: (note: not real casino results) :
5,10,19,2,27,30,31,12,7,36,21,31,19,32,36,31,23,5,13,17,31,8,5,8,2,31,19,6,2,19,35,13,18,5,3,21,1,25,9,9
Now you can see the number 19 and the number 5 spun 4 times. The number 31, spun 5 times is eliminated
and not playable. Continue noting the spins: 9,24,32,33,24,35,5 ATTENTION! Now the number 5 is PLAYABLE
IMMEDIATELY! Play it for a whole numeric cycle ( 36 spins) and WIN!
The En Plein
Table
>00 10 20 30
01 11 21 31
02 12 22 32
03 13 23 33
04 14 24 34
05 15 25 35
06 16 26 36
07 17 27
08 18 28
09 19 29
First part, 40 spins - The collecting zone 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
file:///D|/Systems/EN%20PLEIN%20SYSTEM.htm (1 of 2) [7/21/2002 10:45:35 AM]

file:///D|/Systems/EN%20PLEIN%20SYSTEM.htm
Second part, further 20 spins - The attack zone!
41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58
59 60
Evolution
Using this method the final expectation of the profit is not determined by the player but by the
previous maximum losses. The player puts fictitious expectation of the profit, for example 100 units,
and if there was a minus of 40 units during the game, the expectationof the profit lies in limits of +
60. The expected profit is reduced around this sum. If there is a further minus in 30 units, as a whole -
70, the expectation of the profit is + 30 units. The ideal course of the game implies there will be no
minus at all. Getting the aim of + 100 units you should have 400 units. The game consists of three
stages.
1.bet on dozen
2. Double bet on even chance
3. Double
ET-bet (bet on 24 numbers from 1 to 24 or from 13 to 36) The scheme of dozen bet:Bet # Units
1234567891011121314151617 11111222233344555 The full disposition includes 45 units. You should
play the most frequently appeared dozen (the 1st or the 3rd). During this game the dozen is played
motionlessly. After one winning from the dozen bet, the sum of a prize and bet are put on the last
coming "small" or "large" chances. If this spin wins too, the prize is distributed on the appropriate ET-
bet. During the first five dozen bets instead of the ET-bet the bet on two dozens should be made,
because the rest 6 units can not be divided in 4. Only from the 6-th bet
this complexity is eliminated. If all the 17 bets of disposition lost, we begin from the first bet
again. If the dozen for a game is selected correctly, this system has got a smooth course of game.
file:///D|/Systems/EN%20PLEIN%20SYSTEM.htm (2 of 2) [7/21/2002 10:45:35 AM]

The Epocal 5-8
The Epocal 5-8
System for 5-8 numbers
Introduction:
As most professional gamblers know, the probability that any one of the 37
numbers will be drawn in a single spin is 2.7, or 1/37. The "law of the third" tells
us that in a complete cycle of 37 spins, there will be only 24 numbers drawn one
or more times, while the other 13 will not appear.
Negative probability is (36/37)37=0.3628 = 36.28%, and 37*0.3628=13.42.
13.42, as you can see, is more likely 14 than 13 numbers.
To obtain more precision, years ago, we found a cycle of 39 spins instead of a
cycle of 37. Negative probability is (36/37)39=0.3435 or 34.35%, and
37*0.3435=12.7.
This "long cycle" gives us 13 numbers that will not come out. The following
system is based on the "cycle 39" (the Cycle 39 is applicable also for the OO
wheel).
It uses only numbers in frequency (normal or super), and excludes the
absent ones (joined probability distribution).
INSTRUCTIONS:
Every Game is a complete game - do not use the same Table for different games.
For every Game you need a total of 30 spins before to bet and others 5-9 spins
(in the worst cases) before winning.
Before using the table below for the first time it is important to make further copies of it,
since one Table is used and discarded for each game (this advice will avoid you to make
errors while recording spins).
The collecting zone:
We need to note a total of 30 spins.

At the end of the collect zone we will find that in the major times we see on
file:///D|/Systems/EPOCAL%205-8.htm (1 of 7) [7/21/2002 10:45:49 AM]

The Epocal 5-8
average:
16 or 17 numbers never drawn
13 or 14 numbers drawn only one time
5-6 numers drawn 2 (and only 2) times
2 or 3 numbers drawn more than 2 times
We need only the numbers drawn 2 (and only 2) times.

In fact we will bet them immediately according on these rules:
The attack zone:
The number of spins to bet is calculated as follows:

36 /n, where n is number of targets obtained.
For example, if there are 4 targets then play should stop if no win occurs by the
9th spin, if there are 5 targets play for 8 spins (36/5=7,2 that means 8, if there
are 6 targets play for 6 spins, and so on.
Number of targets: Spins to bet/

action
Less than 4 Do not bet
4 9
5 7
6 6
7 6
8 5
More than 8 Do not bet
Usually you will bet 5 or 6 number (the 80% of the times) but sometimes you
can also obtain 7-8 or 4 numbers to bet. Remember that you must never bet less
than 4 number or more than 8 numbers if they happen. In this (very rare) case
start a new game.
Scheme of playing:

The Epocal 5-8
0 30 n
number of spins
Examples:
For the example below we are using a single 0 wheel, remember that in case of
the 00 wheel the game is the same, you don’t need too apply for any correction.
(note that the following spins are not real casino permanencies)
Example I:
Theoretical first 30 spins:
3,6,14,2,27,20,4,2,17,26,11,31,20,34,1,31,13,25,3,17,31,5,5,7,2,34,0,6,2,19
Now you can see 18 numbers never drawn, 11 numbers drawn 1 time, 6 numbers
drawn 2 times, 1 number drawn 3 times and 1 number drawn more than 3 times.
In this case this is good numeric distribution and you have to bet the numbers drawn 2
times (3,5,6,17,20,24) for a maximum of 6 spins.
Example II:
Theoretical first 30 spins: (note: not real casino permanencies) :
5,10,19,2,27,30,31,12,7,36,21,31,19,32,36,31,23,5,13,17,31,8,5,8,2,31,19,6,2,19
Now you can see 20 numbers never drawn, 11 numbers drawn 1 time, only 2
numbers drawn 2 times, 2 numbers drawn 3 times and 2 numbers drawn more
than 3 times.
In this case this is an irregolar distribution, you don’t have to play.
Start with a new game.
The second attack chance:
In the most numbers of games you will win before the end of the attack zone. In this case
is possible to continue betting on the remaining numbers.
You must only remember that you don’t have to continue betting after the end of the attack
zone.

The Epocal 5-8
You don’t have to continue to play if the numbers to bet are less than 4, in fact if you are
playing a game and after 30 spins (collecting zone) you obtain 4 numbers to bet for 9
successive spins (attack zone), if you win after 3 spins you remain with only 3 numbers bet,
in this case you can’t use the second chance.
Instead, if you are playing another game and after the collecting zone you obtain 6 numbers
to bet and you win for the first time at the second spin (spin number 32 from the beginning
of the game), you can use the second chance for: 7-2=5 successive spins.
Number of targets: Spins to bet/ action Second chance

Less than 4 Do not bet -
4 9 Not allowed
5 7 9-X
6 6 7-X
7 6 6-X
8 5 6-X
More than 8 Do not bet -
Where X is the spins of the attack zone when you won the first time
Resuming attack zone table for the second chance:
Number Spins to 1st win 1st win 1st win 1st win 1st win 1st win 1st win 1st win 1st win
of bet/ at 1st at 2nd at 3rd at 4th at 5th at 6th at 7th at 8th at 9th
targets: action spin spin spin spin Spin spin spin spin spin
<4 - - - - - - - - - -
4 9 - - - - - - - - -
5 7 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
6 6 6 5 4 3 2 1 -
7 6 5 5 4 3 2 1 -
8 5 5 4 3 2 1 - -
>8 - - - - - - - - - -
Example III:
Theoretical 35 spins:
3,6,14,2,27,20,4,2,17,26,11,31,20,34,1,31,13,25,3,17,31,5,5,7,2,34,0,6,2,19
(end of first 30 spins) 15,3,18,15,17 (theoretical attack zone spins)
In this case after the first 30 spins we have 6 numers to bet (3,5,6,17,20,24) for a
maximum of 6 spins. At the second spin, we win with the number 3!, We want to continue
with the second chance, we bet only 5 number (5,6,17,20,24) for 7-2=5 successive spins
and we will win again after 3 spins! (at the 35th spins from the beginning of the game).

The Epocal 5-8
Last advice:
The most difficult thing while playing a system, is to follow it correctly.

In a real casino, the environment, the noise, the adrenalin, all make it very hard
to avoid errors while recording the spins.
Do not bet following your instinct; use the system you have!
Always use the same system in a day; do not change or switch it with other
systems.
Also if you lose 2 or 3 games consecutively do not change the method, it is only a
statistical negative event and you will win more in the following games.
Never use progression while betting. ALWAYS use the same bet from the
beginning of the day until the end.
Remember that roulette is easy to beat, but it is very hard to beat your
impatience!
If you follow this advice, winning will be only a formality!
The Epocal 5.8
Table
0 10 20 30
1 11 21 31
2 12 22 32
3 13 23 33
4 14 24 34
5 15 25 35
6 16 26 36
7 17 27
8 18 28
9 19 29

The Epocal 5-8
First part: 30 spins - The collecting zone
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Second part: further N spins – The attack zone and the second chance attack zone:
Number Spins to 1st win 1st win 1st win 1st win 1st win 1st win 1st win 1st win 1st win
of bet/ at 1st at 2nd at 3rd at 4th at 5th at 6th at 7th at 8th at 9th
targets: action spin spin spin spin Spin spin spin spin spin
<4 - - - - - - - - - -
4 9 - - - - - - - - -
5 7 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
6 6 6 5 4 3 2 1 -
7 6 5 5 4 3 2 1 -
8 5 5 4 3 2 1 - -
>8 - - - - - - - - - -
Numbers of time that a number is drawn after n spins:

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1 36 1 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
2 35.027031.94595 0.02703-- -- -- -- -- -- --
3 34.080352.84003 0.078890.00073-- -- -- -- -- --
4 33.159263.68436 0.153520.002840.00002-- -- -- -- --
5 32.263064.48098 0.248940.006920.0001 0 -- -- -- --
6 31.391095.23185 0.363320.013460.000280 0 -- -- --
7 30.542685.93885 0.4949 0.022910.000640.000010 0 -- --
8 29.7172 6.60382 0.642040.035670.001240.000030 0 0 --
9 28.914047.22851 0.803170.052060.002170.000060 0 0 0
10 28.132587.8146 0.976830.072360.003520.000120 0 0 0
11 27.372248.36374 1.161630.0968 0.005380.000210.000010 0 0
12 26.632458.87748 1.356280.125580.007850.000350.000010 0 0
13 25.912659.35735 1.559560.158840.011030.000550.000020 0 0
14 25.212319.80479 1.770310.1967 0.015030.000830.000030 0 0
15 24.5308910.221211.987460.239230.019940.001220.000060 0 0

The Epocal 5-8
16 23.8679 10.607952.209990.286480.025860.001720.000090 0 0
17 23.2228210.966332.436960.338470.032910.002380.000130.000010 0
18 22.5951711.297592.667490.395180.041160.0032 0.000190.000010 0
19 21.9844911.602932.900730.4566 0.050730.004230.000270.000010 0
20 21.3903211.883513.135930.522650.0617 0.005480.000380.000020 0
21 20.8122 12.140453.372350.593280.074160.007 0.000520.000030 0
22 20.2497112.374823.609320.668390.088190.008820.000690.000040 0
23 19.7024212.587663.846230.747880.103870.010960.000910.000060 0
24 19.1699212.779954.082480.831620.121280.013480.001190.000080 0
25 18.6518212.952654.317550.919480.140480.016390.001520.000110.000010
26 18.1477113.106684.550931.011320.161530.019740.001920.000150.000010
27 17.6572313.242934.782171.106980.1845 0.023570.0024 0.0002 0.000010
28 17.1800113.362235.010841.206310.209430.027920.002970.000260.000020
29 16.7156913.465425.236551.309140.236370.032830.003650.000330.000030
30 16.2639113.553265.458951.415280.265370.038330.004440.000420.000030
Appendix A:
The numbers distribution for 30 spins (theoretical).

file:///D|/Systems/ERUPTION%20ROULETTE.htm
file:///D|/Systems/ERUPTION%20ROULETTE.htm (1 of 15) [7/9/2002 8:23:56 AM]















EUROWINNER V 1.01 issued 2002 January 22
I apologize to the English natives speakers for my no native one (I try my best !)
I prefer this document and all the following related ones to be keep confidential until I, with your help, can
decide that Eurowinner is a fully working system.
At this moment, the current release will be free for each of you .
I’m not against a larger diffusion but I think that we have, all of us, no interest that it become a plenty
public system.
I need your help to be able, with many tested sessions, to end the building stage and to enter the plenty
using one.
In case of success, I’ll come and visit you wherever you live, for the just payback of my headaches (that
means at least a good meal !)
Introduction
This system is a direct application of the Law of the third which set that on a 36 spins session, only an
average of 24 different numbers will appear.
The purpose is to bet on an even chance like Red/Black or High/Low (50/50) increasing the odds in favor
of the players. (some calculations let me think that it could be raised from 48.64% for the 1st played spin
to a large 75 % near the 36th counted spin) .
Guidelines
The rules of this system respects a certain « way of gambling » which could be define by :
- choose the time to start (following the rule )
- let’s the game to decide it’s time to stop
- don’t risk more than you can recover within 2 or 3 winning sessions. ☺
- Take the profit an run (to another table ?) without spending hours for a few chips or a big hole.
The matter with the running tests is mainly ( if it works !) to precise the limits, the bankroll, and the
money management.
The betting system
Definition : Koin (for K coin :-)) ) = 18 chips = the whole bet = the whole win ( 35 –17)
First, you collect the numbers during the 18 first spins, and count the different ones.
If at least 14 different numbers, your play on the 19th spin.
If only 10 11 12 or 13 different numbers (never seen less than 12) stop and wait for a new session.
You bet from the 19th to at least the 36th spin, with a control on the 26th spin
You bet for each spin 18 chips : one for each of the different recorded numbers + one chip on the
required numbers to reach 18. These + numbers are chosen by luck, that’s not the main point.
For example : 15 different numbers recorded between 1st and 18th spin. On the 19th spin, I flat bet theses
15 n° + 3 others in order to cover 18 n° or half the board (like Red/black)
The 0 or 00 if existing (single 0 is a must for the tests) is a valid number to be recorded or played, in fact
that leads to have a « moving 0 »
If your win reach 4 Koins (72 chips) before the 27th spin (26th include) stops the session
If your win is less than 1 Koin after the 26th spin (no cumulated win at this point) stops the session
If you cumulate 7 Koins before the 36th spin stops the session
If you reach the 36th spin (last one) stop the session.
Selecting the numbers to be played
After the 18th you have at least 14 (14 to 18) “hard” numbers to play and have to choose by your own 0
to 4 more ones (“soft” numbers) in order to complete your betting board.
You can useful use the playing grid, or another of your choice, to get the right numbers to play.
After the 18 th spin, you bet the 19th
If you win, you add 19 (in case 3 to 8) in front of the winner ! and bet on the same numbers
If you loose, you add 19 (in case 3 to 8) in front of the winner, put an X in case (1) and remove the X in
front of one of your “soft” numbers (if exists)
Ready for betting the 20th spin.
When you don’t have a “soft” number to remove, you add the new number and remove the oldest with
the lowest level (the first rank and the less shown)
You cant remove a twice shown number when you have one with a single apparition.
The money management
In a first time, we only consider flat bet on 18 different numbers for each played spin.
Remember the previous definition : 1 Koin = 18 chips = the whole bet = the whole win ( 35 –17)
You enter a session with 7 Koins
You leave (according to the above rules) with a –7 to a +7 Koins (that’s the surprise!)
The tests (124 sessions on real tables spins) shown an average of 1,8 Koin /session which means
Nearby 2 chips / played spin or 1 chip by spin (from the 1st to be collected to the last to be played)
which seems good enough to require your efforts !
Further, we could probably try different ways :

Playing flat bets with general progression like +1 or –1 chip when win or loss
Playing additional chips on the “favorites numbers” +1 everytime it’s shown
Nothing to do with that at the present stage.
Leading the tests
My and your interest is to play and collect a lot of sessions.

The Test material has to be real table (single 0) recorded spins, by series of 36 strictly random spins.
It could be interesting to cope with double 0 wheel , and with online table or RNG, but it’s not the main
purpose. In other words it’s not forbidden, but not recommended, the results of such sessions would be
considered separately.
Data used for the test have to be (for real table and online casino) series of 36 consecutives spins, with
Break if changing table , session or day. For online casino, the previous numbers shown when entering
a session are bad material
Test can be lead against Hamburg table or Zumma Book , to avoid double tests, and innacurates results,
the tester who want to use a public data collection like theses is required to define with me the limits of
his work ( dates, pages….)
For the test, you have to follows the rules ☺ BUT , I ask you in any case to go further the 26th spin and to
stop either on the 36th either when you reach –7 or +7 Koins.
I need you to report your results as follows
1 Date the date of your test
2 Tester ID the ID I gave you for my tables
3 Data origin the type of data (real table, online table, RNG, Zumma(page) Hamburg (date)…)
4 18th spin the number of different numbers collected after the 18th spin
5 Winning 4 the number of the spin (between 22 to 26) on which you cumulate 4 Koins
(ONLY IF YOU WIN 4 )
6 last the last played spin (winning or loosing)
7 result the result in Koins
8 type 0 for a single 0 wheel and 00 for a 0 00 wheel -
Beware : as you’d normally have to stop after winning 4 Koins within 26th spin, you may first win theses
4 Koins then win or loss several Koins in that case
You put the number of the winning spin in case (5) TO DECLARE THIS SESSION AS A WINNING ONE
then the final result in case (7) –7 ,-3 , 0 , + 2, + 5 , +7 and the number of the last played spin ( between
27 to 36) in case (6).
Date Tester ID Data 18th Winning 4 Last Result Type

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
Resume
spin action result

Prepare 7 Koins with 126 chips Ready to start
1 to 18 Collect the shown numbers Ready to decide
19 If >13 different numbers begin to bet on 18 numbers Start of session
19 If < 14 different numbers End of session
19 to 26 If cumulated wins are 4 Koins End of session with +4 K
19 to 26 If cumulated loss are –7 Koins End of session with -7 K
26 If cumulated wins/loss are < 1 ( neg or 0) End of session with - X
26 to 36 If cumulated wins are +7 Koins End of session with +7 K
26 to 36 If cumulated loss are –7 Koins End of session with -7 K
36 Stop betting End of session with +/- X
Feel free to e-mail Results, questions or suggestions

All ‘ll be welcome
Dominique
Riennevaplus@free.fr
PLAYING GRID
You can useful use the following grid, which is good enough for real play on real tables.
It’s main advantage is to present the numbers to be played in the right order according to the board.
A lead pencil and its rubber is a must.
col. (10) rank of spin (1 to 74) col. (11) Number show on the spin
col. (2) Numbers on the wheel ordered as the board
col. (3 to 8) case to note the rank of the shown number (ex : 1 7 8 for the number 18)
col. (1) put an X in front of each number to be played.
Col. (9) cumulate the result in Koins after the 18th spins (more easy than counting the chips!)
(1) (2) (3 to 8) (9) (10)(11)

Play N° 1 2 3 4 5 6 R spins
X 0 5 1 12 38
1 2 24 39
2 3 33 40
3 4 26 41
4 5 0 42
X 5 10 6 32 43
6 7 12 44
7 8 11 45
8 9 27 46
9 10 5 47
X 10 12 11 24 48
X 11 8 12 10 49
X 12 1 7 13 18 50
13 14 15 51
14 15 52
X 15 14 16 53
16 17 54
17 18 55
X 18 13 +1 19 56
19 +2 20 57
20 +1 21 58
21 0 22 59
22 +1 23 60
23 +2 24 61
X 24 2 11 +3 25 62
25 +4 26 63
X 26 4 27 64
X 27 9 28 65
28 29 66
29 30 67
30 31 68
31 32 69
X 32 6 33 70
X 33 3 34 71
34 35 72
35 36 73
36 37 74
EVEN CHANCE BETTING SYSTEM
For even-chance betting only, Say we bet on RED and BLACK. When you bet, look
at the last 2 or 3 game results. It is easy to remember. For example, the last 4 game
results were: Black,
Zero, Red, Black My suggestion is to bet:
ALWAYS BETTING ON THE GAME RESULT BEFORE THE LAST.
That is to say, you should bet the Red in the next game. No headache to think.
If Zero came the result before the last, then bet the one before the Zero. If Zero
was the last game result, then bet the one before the 2nd last.
And so on...
Why I use the "Game Result Before the Last" strategy because I believe, from the
years of my big losing experience, there is always a streak of winning or losing
runs. Don't go for finding it by yourself. Sit there calmly. Have a cigarette. And let
them come to your doorsteps. Face it.
My strategy could catch:
A long string of Red runs,
A long string of Black runs,
A long string of Alternate Red/Black runs.
But of course, nothing is perfect, when you meet really, really bad luck:
A long string of Alternate Double Red/Double Black runs will kill you.
file:///D|/Systems/EVEN%20CHANCE%20BETTING%20SYSTEM.htm [7/21/2002 10:45:57 AM]

EVEN CHANCE BETS
HIGH & LOW In this case the bet consists of placing your wager on the first 18 numbers
or on the last 18.
When you have a win you receive as much as you wagered plus the amount of your bet.
ODD & EVEN The even numbers are 2, 4, 6, 8 etc. and the odd are 1, 3, 5, 7 etc. Play
one or the other, your chances are exactly the same as in "High & Low" RED & BLACK
The same as "Odd & Even".
The following technique for playing to win has two major advantages (1) It is easy to
understand (2) It
is capable of generating worthwhile profits. The basis of this technique is as follows:
whatever
color played, you increase 20% after each loss and decrease 10% after each win. The
following example will illustrate this formula using an initial stake of 10 units. You will
notice that this example shows that we have made a profit even with 5 losses against 4
wins.
LOSS -10 (we lost so increase 20% for next bet)
-12
-14
-17
-20
WIN +24 (we won so decrease 10% for next bet)
+22
+20
+18
In the above example we had 84 wins less 73 losses, that gives us a profit of 11 units. Of
course in practice it is very exceptional to have a series of losses. Taking into account
the zero, a given color has:
48.65% chance to come up once, just about. One in two 23.67% chance to come up
twice in a row, about one in 4 11.51% chance to come up three times in a row, about one
in 9 5.6% chance to come up four times in a row, about one in 18 2.72% chance to come
up five times in a row, about one in 37
Before going to a Casino we strongly advise you to practice at home until you feel that
you
thoroughly understand the system. This way you will not be risking your money while
perfecting your
technique. You can purchase a toy roulette wheel from larger toyshops or Department
Stores. It will
file:///D|/Systems/EVEN%20CHANCE%20BETS.htm (1 of 2) [7/21/2002 10:56:43 AM]

EVEN CHANCE BETS
reproduce exactly a real roulette wheel and you can practice with it, without risking any of
your hard
earned money. Good luck - Just follow the above instructions and you can't fail to make
good profits from roulette.
file:///D|/Systems/EVEN%20CHANCE%20BETS.htm (2 of 2) [7/21/2002 10:56:43 AM]

file:///D|/Systems/EVEN%20ODDS%20MAGIC%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEM%20$1300.htm
Here
is the Professional Even/Odds Magic Roulette.It's simple and extremely
effective. The basis of the system is this. You simply wait until Red (or
Black,High or Low, Even or Odd. Choose only 1!) appears and then back it on
the next spin with the total of the next three numbers in a given sequence.
The sequencewe prefer to use is 2-1-1-1 for a total of 5 units.Once this
sequence is attained you will have won your target but it can be any
sequence you like. The only difference will be the amount of bets you have.
In the
following example from 18 spins, we had to win only 3 to make the target.
Please follow through the example and I'm sure you will be able to
understand it. If not, we're only an email or phone call away. Opening
Sequence is 2-1-1-1 for a total of 5 units. Your bets are always the total
of the first three numbers remaining in any sequence. Therefore your
opening bet
here is 2-1-1 for a total of 4 units. We are going to Bet Red. (NB = No bet
; R= Red ; B = Black) Spin Outcome Bet Win/ Cum New # R or B (Units) Loss
Sequence 1 B NB 2-1-1-1 2 R NB 3 B 4 -4 -4 2-1-1-1-4 4 B NB 5 B NB 6 B NB 7
B NB 8 B NB 9 R NB 10 B 4 -4 -8 2-1-1-1-4-4 11 R NB 12 R 4 -4 1-4-4 13 B 9
-9 -13 1-4-4-9 14 R NB 15 B 9 -9 -22 1-4-4-9-9 16 R NB 17 R 9
-13 9-9 18 R 18 All numbers in sequence deleted We have now won the
sequence of 5 units. As you can see there were only 18 spins and we won
only 3
bets and lost 3. This will work with any sequence you wish. The secret here
is to get one run of three of your even/odd bets in a row and the sequence
is
completely eliminated. WORDS OF ADVICE Be aware of the total trials in play
while you are in a session. On a recent session we started the session
backing red and we weren't really taking any notice of the overall pattern
of play. Red was very choppy but Black was dynamite. So much so that over
82 spins, Black came out 52 times, Red 28 Times and zero twice. You need to
develop a system to be able to keep track of this type of occurrence. Use a
separate card and the gate post method to keep track of the hits of both
even chances
you are betting. As soon as we noticed what was happening, we immediately
changed to Black and of course cleaned up on Black. This run was way out of
kilter with the normal law of averages but in a short sample like this it
can happen. Be aware of runs like this and then swap to the even chance
that is hitting more frequently. In that session Black had 11 runs of two
or more hits including one run of NINE while Red had only 5 runs of
consecutive hits and only 2 of 3 consecutive hits. This made it extremely
hard to win on Red without a lot of time and effort. Be aware of the hits
for both sides and change if necessary to the one that is hitting more
file:///D|/Systems/EVEN%20ODDS%20MAGIC%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEM%20$1300.htm (1 of 3) [7/21/2002 11:07:50 AM]

prolifically. MONEY AND YOUR PSYCHOLOGY. The other thing you will need to
become absolutely comfortable with is the size of your betting activity. If
you're only a $1 or $2 bettor, then you are going to need to do some work
on your
psychology. Unfortunately here in Australia the even chance bets carry a
minimum of $10 and on this size table a house limit of $500. You will need
to become comfortable with being in the hole sometimes for 4 or 5 hundred
dollars or more and betting in $100 to $500 dollar bets. But this will only
concern you at the start. Once you have made one or two thousand dollars
and you are now playing with your winnings, it won'tbother you as much.
It's just the initial activities that seem to stress the inexperienced
player. Of
course you can use this mathematical formula on the horses and can then
determine your own level of betting. If the bets in any one sequence get
too big, then halve the total and get it back in two halves oreven four if
you have to. We've never had to do that but everyone's stress level is
different. If this happens and you are in a long run, then look at the
total pattern ie the Odd Bet you are following and it's opposite. If they
are way out of kilter like the example above, then swap to the other side.
The fact that they are way out of kilter is probably the reason why you are
in a long run. After all is said and done, it's only money. Count the chips
and not the dollars.
THE ONLY TWO REASONS WHY YOU WILL LOSE. The only two reasons you will lose
are: 1. If you are under capitalised and run out of working capital like
any
normal business. You must have enough to sustain you through a long run. As
a general rule the danger of this happening is only in the initial stages.
Once
you've won double your bank twice or more and unless you jump up the stakes
too quickly, this should not be a problem for you. We suggest a starting
bank of $1,000 with a reserve bank of $1,000 based on minimum $10 bets. If
you run out of money while at the table in that session then stop and take
a break. Obtain more capital and start exactly where you left off. It
doesn't matter if it's the same day, a week later or a month later. There
is always another time to play and these events are always continuous. In
fact if you are unfortunate enough for this to happen it's probably a
blessing in disguise because the last thing you want is to be recognised by
the casino as a consistent
winner as you will be. Especially if you move into the higher stake tables.
If they do identify you as a consistent winner, then they can stop you from
playing with no excuses needed. You will then need to travel to play which
is something most people do not want to do. 2. If you lose your nerve. The
only way to overcome this is to TEST, TEST, TEST and then make the bets
called for. There is no other way. It may be uncomfortable for you to start
with but once you get used to making larger and larger bets, it becomes
less stressful if you lose a few bets in a row. If you have confidence,

this system will always win for you in the long run. TEST, TEST, TEST. But
the key is TEST, TEST,
TEST. Get a computer roulette program and run through it until you are
absolutely convinced that it works every time and that you can handle the
calculations comfortably. Get a set of chips and physically place
all the bets at home BEFORE you go to the casino. Experience the highs and
lows. Know what you will experience when you get to the Casino. Develop
your
own tracking system and know it backwards. Note the size of the holes you
may have to go into and the size of the bets. Make sure you are absolutely
comfortable with it BEFORE you go to play for real and make sure that any
money you play with is money you can afford to lose if you panic and can't
put that next bet on. It happens time and time again. Your psychology beats
you and of course the next bet that you can't put on is the one that always
pulls you out and makes you a winner. But you weren't on it. Have
confidence. The system will always win. Make sure you are in control. Make
sure your psychology is right and you are adequately capitalised to cover
any long runs. You must have 100% confidence. Good luck. Regards

file:///D|/Systems/EVOLUTION%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEM.htm
Using this method the final expectation of the profit is not determined by the
player but by the previous maximum losses. The player puts fictitious expectation
of the profit, for example 100 units, and if there was a minus of 40 units during the
game, the expectation of the profit lies in limits of + 60. The expected profit is
reduced around this sum. If there is a further minus in 30 units, as a whole -70, the
expectation of the profit is + 30 units. The ideal course of the game implies there
will be no minus at all. Getting the aim of + 100 units you should have 400 units.
The game consists of three stages.
1.bet on dozen
2. Double bet on even chance
3. Double ET-bet (bet on 24 numbers from 1 to 24 or from 13 to
36) The scheme of dozen bet: Bet # Units 1234567891011121314151617
11111222233344555
The full disposition includes 45 units. You should play the most frequently
appeared dozen (the 1st or the 3rd). During this game the dozen is played
motionlessly. After one winning from the dozen bet, the sum of a prize and bet are
put on the last coming "small" or "large" chances. If this spin wins too, the prize is
distributed on the appropriate ET-bet. During the first five dozen bets instead of
the ET-bet the bet on two dozens should be made, because the rest 6 units can not
be divided in 4. Only from the 6-th bet this complexity is eliminated. If all the 17
bets of Disposition lost, we begin from the first bet again. If the dozen for a game
is selected correctly, this system has got a smooth course of game.
file:///D|/Systems/EVOLUTION%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEM.htm [7/21/2002 11:08:15 AM]

file:///D|/Systems/EXPERT%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEM.htm
The game consists of 4 parts:
A. First you chart 12 spins on paper.

B. Then you look for a sector of 6-7 numbers that have been hit at least 4 times.
Play this sector a maximum of 6 times. Keep charting these 6 numbers when
they come up.C. Then you look for a sector of 6-7 numbers that are playable (see
beneath). Play this sector a maximum of 6 times. Keep charting these 6 numbers
when they come up. D. For the last time, look for a playable sector and play for
maximum of 6 times. So maximum game time is 12 + 6*3 = 30 spins. Notes with the
above: ad B: Rules: 1. A sector must at least have 4 hits on a minimum of 3
numbers. So 4 hits on 1-22-1-22 is NOT a playable sector.
2. If there are 2 sectors of the wheel, one with 4 hits, and the other with 5 hits, you
choose the sector with the most hits. 3. If there are 2 sectors with the same
number of hits, choose the sector with a double or triple hit on a number. 4. If
there are 2 sectors with the same number of hits, and both have none or 1 double
hits, choose the sector that has been hit last. (Recency) .5. If there are 4 hits in a
sector of 4 numbers next to each other, "stretch" the sector on both ends with 1
number to a sector of 6 numbers. 6. If there are 2 sectors of the wheel, one with 4
hits, and the other with 5 hits, but the one with 5 hits has bigger gaps, than choose
the sector with the least gaps between numbers. 7. If there are no sectors playable
after 12 spins, keep charting until there is a playable sector. ad C: Rules:
1. First mark the 6 numbers that you are charting under B, different than the 12
numbers under A and the 6 numbers under C. Play the sector with the MOST hits
(counting the charted hits under A and B). 2. If there are 2 sectors with the same
total of hits,
play the sector with the most hits under the second charting period (B). So look for
recency. 3. Always look for the sector with the TOTAL most hits, even if they are
hits from the charting period A. 4. If there are 2 sectors with the same total of hits,
take the sector with the least amount of gaps. Ad D: Rules: 5. Play the sector with
the MOST hits (counting the charted hits under A and B and C). 6. If there are 2
sectors with the same total of hits, play the sector with the most hits under the
second charting period (C). So look for recency. 7. If there are 2 sectors with the
same total of hits, take the sector with the least amount of gaps.Page 8 has the
chart that is being used for charting.
I do it myself on a round roulette wheel, using open circles for A, closed circles for
file:///D|/Systems/EXPERT%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEM.htm (1 of 2) [7/21/2002 11:08:21 AM]

file:///D|/Systems/EXPERT%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEM.htm
B and a cross for hits under C. Perhaps play a few games on page 9 and further,
he gives you the 12 initial spins at the bottom of the page. "Satz" means the
numbers in the sector that he is playing, under "Perm" are the real numbers that
have been spun. Personally I'll quit after I have more than 40 chips in 2 rounds,
because if you lose the third round, you
only go home with 4 chips. If you win during B, C or D, STOP playing for that
round. You never bet a second time after a win, just let the winning chip ride for 1
round, you are aiming for a double hit here. Just keep charting until the round of 6
is up and start playing your next playable sector (which can be the same one as
before!) until
you win, or lose 6 rounds. There is a second system explained on page 41, but the
author himself says it's not as good. Page 56 tells you how to become a millionaire
within
8-12 months, depending if you want to bet 200 or 500 dollar chips per number!!
Bankroll is 50 chips per game and 3*50 reserve capital. So if you loose 8 times in a
row in a game, you'll be at -48, stop playing and go to another table!
file:///D|/Systems/EXPERT%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEM.htm (2 of 2) [7/21/2002 11:08:21 AM]

file:///D|/Systems/FAST%20DOUBLE%20BET%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEM.htm
This method is a classical type of a double bet. Besides two

required double bets, it also requires addition to the winnings.
Because of this, the effect from the double bet is noticeably
increased. The feature of this method is that it, as none the rest, gives
a lot of possibilities for the individual development. You can make it
the base of a big game, its structure allows to use it for a modest
game with the profit expectations of 15-20 units too. The technology
of the bet is following: three chosen chances play with bank
simultaneously. Every time put one unit to the won one. This goes
the following way:
• 1st spin - place one unit, one unit is gained;
• 2nd spin - place 2 plus 1 units, total three, 6 units are gained;
• 3rd spin - place 6 plus 1, total 7, 14 units are gained.
After this we start with the first bet again. Also after any
intermediate loss place one unit on a respective chance again. Using
this scheme play all three chosen chances simultaneously. If the loss
of 20 or more units happens as a result of the game, all the bets
should be doubled. If deterioration approaches again, the bets should
be double again. Now, instead of one unit on each chance place four.
After achievement of the above-zero condition we return to initial
bets.
file:///D|/Systems/FAST%20DOUBLE%20BET%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEM.htm [7/21/2002 11:08:30 AM]

file:///D|/Systems/FAVORITES%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEM.htm
All roulette players want to get in their hands numbers or chances which are hitting more
often than others. This system is a method of detection and further playing these numbers.
Usually it's necessary to watch about 30 - 300 spins to find biased numbers. All know, that
"dead" chances, which remain far behind, during more continuous game come to covering
of the previous lack. Who plays the first and second" favorites", in the most unfavorable
case will come to a draw. The given system is based on searching "favorites" of even
chances and further game on these
chances. For the purpose of revealing favorite chances, each hit number is wrote down in
the
following table three times: red - black, even - odd, small - large.
Red black even odd Small big
After 30 - 40 spins we select the chance from each group that was hit more than another.
There can be eight possible combinations: red/odd/small, rd/even/small, red/odd/big,
red/even/big, black/odd/small, black/even/small, black/odd/big, and black/even/big. Each
group can be corresponded with street and 6-line. Red/odd/small - 1-6, 7-9;
red/even/small - 10-15, 16-18;
red/odd/big - 19-24, 25-27;
red/even/big - 28-33, 34-36;
black/odd/small - 10-15, 16-18;
black/even/small - 4-9, 10-12;
black/odd/big - 28-33, 34-36;
black/even/big - 19-24, 25-27.
Then, after definition the most favorable group of the numbers, we use two interconnected
systems. The first consists of a short progression on even chances, the second one begins
a direct attack on nine numbers inside street and 6-line. The first progression is:
Red or black Even or odd Small or big
1248 1248 1248
Each loss, even partial calls to use the next bet. This game proceeds until the purpose + 70
units is reached, or the fourth bet has lost. In the latter case, the second progression
comes in. It is necessary to remind that the monitoring of the favorites is conducted during
all game. The second progression is played under the following scheme:6-line Street
224612 11236
After each winning we come back to the beginning. If all five bets lose, the 5-th bet is put
until the
previous minus will be covered. The game capital approximately in 300 units is necessary.
file:///D|/Systems/FAVORITES%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEM.htm (1 of 2) [7/21/2002 11:08:36 AM]

file:///D|/Systems/FAVORITES%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEM.htm
file:///D|/Systems/FAVORITES%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEM.htm (2 of 2) [7/21/2002 11:08:36 AM]

Filter roulette system
Introduction
This system was created when I first started to learn “law of the third” also
called “law of uneven distribution”.
This law is based on the fact that during any 37-spin cycle, not all
numbers will appear, but certainly over trials of millions of spins all roulette
numbers will even out. Some numbers will appear one time, some will
appear two times, and some will appear more that two times. Also some
numbers will not appear at all.
On average, 26% of the numbers will appear (two or more times) in 37
spins of the wheel. Rarely (if ever) will all 37 numbers hit in 37 spins.
This law is a proven fact derived from millons of spins of a roulette wheel.
• In a 37 spin cycle 26.7% of the numbers will appear (two or more

times).
• In the next 37 spins 16.8% of the numbers will appear (one or
more times) and also they appeared in the last 37 spins.
• In the next 37 spins 10.5% of the numbers will appear (one or
more times) and also they appeared in the last 37 spins.
• In the next 37 spins 6.2% of the numbers will appear (one or more
times) and also they appeared in the last 37 spins.
• In the next 37 spins 4.3% of the numbers will appear (one or more
times) and also they appeared in the last 37 spins.
file:///D|/Systems/FILTER%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEM.htm (1 of 6) [7/21/2002 11:09:44 AM]

Bet selection
You have to note 37 spins. Then you have to select those numbers that
have appeared 2 or more times. We call these group of numbers “FILTER
1”.
Next, you have to note the following 37 spins. You have to select those
numbers that have appeared 1 or more times and also appeared in the
last 37 spins. We call these group of numbers “FILTER 2”.
On double zero wheel you will note 38 spins instead of 37.
Attacking
You will bet on FILTER 2, FILTER 3 and FILTER 4, but not in FILTER 1.
You will bet only if the total number selected is between 1 to 12 numbers.
There are two ways of betting:
Conservative way
You will bet the numbers selected (FILTER 2, 3 or 4) for (36 / total of
numbers selected) spins.
Total numbers selected Number of spins to bet

1 36
2 18
3 12
4 9
5 7
6 6
7 5
8 4
9 4
10 3
11 3
12 3
If one of the numbers hit, stop betting.

This way you will win 62% of sessions approximately.
Aggresive way
You will bet the numbers selected (FILTER 2, 3 or 4) for 37 spins (38
spins in double zero wheel).
If one of the numbers hit and you make a profit, stop betting.
If one of the numbers hit and you don’t have a profit, go on betting (all the
numbers selected).
This way you will win more than 82% of sessions approximately.
Money management
This system is designed for using flat bets. But you could use progression
between sessions for faster recovery and take advantage of winning
sessions. You can use the progression you are comfortable with. Example
of progression you could use:

Fibonacci: 1-1-2-3-5-8-13-21-34
Martingale: 1-2-4-8-16-32-64
D’Alembert: 1-2-3-4-5-6-7-8-9-10-11-12-13...
You will have two options when using progression:
Winning progression
The progression is increased when you had a winning session and is

decreased when you had a losing session. It could be decreased one step
in the progression or it could start all over again.
Losing progression
The progression is increased when you had a losing session and is

decreased when you had a winning session. It could be decreased one
step in the progression or it could start all over again.
Bankroll
The bankroll need for flat bet is 150 units. For progression the bankroll
depends on the progression.
Examples
First 37 spins
15-32-18-24-8-33-32-29-33-10-11-18-22-7-24-24-14-20-9-19-36-6-16-7-
27-14-36-8-12-12-2-7-23-6-15-15-20
FILTER 1 = 15-32-18-24-8-33-7-14-20-36-6-12

Next 37 spins
17-21-32-2-11-16-33-33-15-33-3-13-28-13-7-34-27-14-26-32-19-2-29-36-
25-5-5-27-23-15-15-31-19-30-23-12-20
FILTER 2 = 15-32-33-7-14-20-36-12
Next 37 spins
21-26-15-32-32-20-31-34-16-19-35-32-3-4-2-19-15-28-33-35-0-14-21-33-
11-10-34-4-25-18-30-36-17-19-10-35-21
FILTER 3 = 15-32-33-14-20-36
Next 37 spins
0-32-13-7-2-27-29-6-17-3-25-36-27-2-5-14-5-26-28-22-35-27-27-0-15-1-9-
11-36-12-22-17-4-15-3-33-0
FILTER 4 = 15-32-33-14-36
Next 37 spins
11-2-30-1-11-25-36-6-21-32-31-13-34-28-8-11-11-13-23-6-31-22-9-35-8-
13-15-7-13-30-26-26-26-14-18-0-14
You first start betting when you have FILTER 2, you win at spin 3 when 15
hit.
Then you continue betting when you have FILTER 3, you win at spin 2
when 32 hit.
Then you continue betting when you have FILTER 4, you win at spin 7
when 36 hit.


The Finals
The finals in Roulette are comprised of 4 numbers.
There are 7 finals:
Final “0”: 0. 10. 20. 30

Final “1”: 1. 11. 21. 31
Final “2”: 2. 12. 22.32
Final “3”: 3. 13. 23. 32
Final “4”: 4. 14. 24. 34
Final “5”: 5. 15. 25. 35
Final “6”: 6. 16. 26. 36
How it works:
The system for finals uses a whole cycle of 39 spins.
In the enclosed table, the player must record 39 spins.

At the end of the cycle, we are looking for ONE FINAL drawn only one time!
All the other groups will most likely have been drawn 2 or more times.
We will bet immediately on the final drawn only once for 9 spins (or until a win
occurs).
NOTE:
If you find a final not drawn at all, it is not playable.
If a final is drawn 2 or more times, but is the same number (ex. Final 1, the number 11
is drawn 3 times and the number 1, 21 and 31 zero times), it should be considered
drawn only one time and is therefore playable.
If you find two finals drawn one time, play both (extremely rare case).
file:///D|/Systems/FINALS.htm (1 of 4) [7/21/2002 11:09:52 AM]

The Finals
0
39 48
Example:
Spins: 28 33 15 9 1 35 36 8 22 30 22 0 25 25 21 2 8 33 21 8
18 21 4 30 7 13 31 30 29 19 18 25 1 13 10 17 18 34 35
At the end the we have:

Final 0 = 5 times
Final 1 = 16 times
Final 2 = 3 times
Final 3 = 4 times
Final 4 = 2 times
Final 5 = 6 times
Final 6 = 1 time ... this is the playable final!
Play it for the following 9 spins or until a win occurs.
The most difficult thing while playing a system is to follow it correctly.

In a real casino, the environment, the noise, the adrenalin, all make it
very hard to avoid errors while recording the spins.
Always use the same system in a day; do not change or switch it with

The Finals
other systems.
Also if you lose 2 or 3 games consecutively do not change the method, it
is only a statistical negative event and you will win more in the following
games.
impatience!
The Finals
Table
0 10 20 30
1 11 21 31
2 12 22 32
3 13 23 33
4 14 24 34
5 15 25 35
6 16 26 36
Spins to record:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39

The Finals

file:///D|/Systems/FIRST%2016%20SYSTEM.htm
1. Start a session by
recording the nos of the 1st 16 spins on a card pre-written with
nos from 0-36
2. You will probably find that there are then just 2 or 3 lines
which have not come up - or maybe a street
3. If this is not the case then track 1 or 2 more spins and then
see what lines or streets are left
4. When you consider it appropriate, select a line or street as

the case may be to commence betting. Past experience with real
spins (not using casino software) is that a win is very likely to
be recorded within 5 more spins.Thus a progression method up to 5
is needed and this has to be within the player's bankroll
capacity if all is lost, tailored to be within the casino limits,
produce a return which suits the player and be commensurate with
the progressive outlay.
file:///D|/Systems/FIRST%2016%20SYSTEM.htm [7/21/2002 11:09:59 AM]

Five Dazzling Dozens Roulette Systems
Thank you for your order and congratulations on having acquired some of
the most sophisticated systems ever developed for Dozens play.
This document offers you multiple systems and strategies from which you
can chose in order to suit your betting style, your bankroll, the level of
aggressiveness with which you would like to play, the goal you set yourself
to win, and the limit you set on your losses. We shall also identify money
management strategies which will ensure that you quit the game with your
winnings in your pocket.
Terminology
Before we go into the detailed description of any system, let us define

some terminology. I'll be referring to the 1st Dozen, consisting of the set of
numbers 1-12, as Dozen 1; to the 2nd Dozen, consisting of the set of
numbers 13-24 as Dozen 2; to the 3rd Dozen, consisting of the set of
numbers 25-36 as Dozen 3. Similarly, I'll be referring to the left column
consisting of numbers 1, 4, 7, 10, 13, 16, 19, 22, 25, 28, 31, 34, as Column L,
to the middle column consisting of numbers 2, 5, 8, 11, 14, 17, 20, 23, 26,
29, 32, 35, as Column M, and to the right column consisting of numbers 3,
6, 9, 12, 15, 18, 21, 24, 27, 30, 33, 36, as Column R. As you know, those
betting zones have all the same probability rate of occurrence (12/37 in
European Roulette with a single zero, and 12/38 in American Roulette with
a double zero) and the same rate of pay: 2 for 1.
Supposing we have the following numbers coming at a Roulette table

consecutively: 34, 2, 23, 18, 1, 5, 7, 31, 27, 12. We identify these numbers
as belonging to Dozens 3, 1, 2, 2, 1, 1, 1, 3, 3, 1 and to columns L, M, M, R,
L, M, L, L, R, R respectively. We'll refer to zeros (either to single or double
zero) as, simply, Dozen 0, or Column 0, if they show up (and they will).
The next thing we shall do is to write down at what stage each Dozen or
Column shows up from their last appearance and we shall identify this with
an appearance number. For instance, looking at the above sequence
file:///D|/Systems/FIVE%20DAZZLING%20DOZENS%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEM%20{Izak}.htm (1 of 23) [7/21/2002 11:10:12 AM]

example, Dozen 1 shows up the 2nd, 3rd, 1st, 1st, and 3rd times from its
last appearance, assuming 34 was the very first number when we started to
observe the scoreboard. Dozen 2 shows up the 3rd, and 1st times from its
last appearance. Dozen 3 shows up the 1st, 7th, and 1st times from its last
appearance.
Analysis
For the sake of simplicity, I shall talk for now about Dozens only rather
than Dozens and Columns as they have the same probability. In order to
understand the above better, let us register those numbers in the following
table (Table 1):
Table 1
Number Dozen Dozen 1 Dozen 2 Dozen 3

appearance appearance appearance
34 3 1
2 1 2
23 2 3
18 2 1
1 1 3
5 1 1
7 1 1
31 3 7
27 3 1
12 1 3
34 is our first number. It's in Dozen 3 and it shows up at first appearance

(we register "1" under Dozen 3 appearance column, the column being the
table column and not the Column bet). Then we look for the next
appearance of Dozen 3. It shows up again 7 rows below, with the number
31. So we register 7 under column Dozen 3 appearance. And then, Dozen

3 (with number 27) shows up immediately the first time after the previous
appearance (we mark 1 right below 7).
Similarly, we mark the rest of the table for Dozens 1 and 2, identifying first
all Dozens and marking them under the Dozen column and then their
appearances under the Dozen appearance columns. Once we have written
down the Dozen numbers we no longer need to look at numbers, instead
noting the distance between same Dozen numbers under column Dozen
and registering their appearance number.
Analysing Dozen 1, we see that it appears on the second line, so we mark 2

under Dozen 1 appearance.
Then 3 rows below, Dozen 1 comes up again with number 1 (we mark 3).
Then it appears right away with number 5 (we mark 1).
Then it comes up again one row below with number 7 (we mark 1 again).
After that we count on 3 rows until its next appearance with number 12 (so
we register 3).
Dozen 2 shows up the 3rd time at the 3rd row with number 23 (we mark 3
under column Dozen 2)
Then Dozen 2 appears immediately after with number 18 (we mark 1).
After that we don't know when it will show up again since we haven't
played any more. Will it show up after 8 times, 11 times, 23 times? What
do you think? Can we determine any kind of pattern from those 10
numbers? Maybe not a full pattern yet, but definitely we can start making
some observations.
Appearances 1, 2, and 3 seem to hit very often. This is no coincidence.

According to the millions of computer simulated sequences that I have run,
they will show up 65% of the time. Don't misunderstand me. I don't expect
you to go to the casino and play millions of spins. Usually people go and
play a couple of hundred spins. There is, nevertheless, a trend that
appearances 1, 2 and 3 will come very frequently. And sometimes a Dozen
will not appear for a long time. The longest non-appearance of a Dozen
that I have recorded was 23 times. That means, Dozen 2 may not show up
again for up to 23 times and, maybe, even longer, who knows? You will
see soon, when we begin to explain the first system, that we don't need to

worry about when Dozen 2 will show up again. We shall even capitalize at
times on this feature. Remember that if Dozen 2 doesn't show up, that
means that either Dozen 1 or Dozen 3 will show up at a more frequent rate
(with a few zeros in between, of course). This brings us to the principle of
our first system.
Betting Scheme
Let's say we bet $50 on any Dozen. If it comes up, you win $150 with a net
profit of $100. If it doesn't come up, you lose $50. Say it doesn't come up
and you increase your bet to $75. If it comes up, you win $225, and since
you already bet previously $50, your total bet so far is $125, and your total
profit is again $100. Say it doesn't come up this time either, and now you
increase your bet to $125. Your total bet so far is $250. If you score a hit
now, you get $375 with a profit of $125. If it doesn't come up for the third
time, your loss is $250.
Table 2 below illustrates the above betting scheme:
Table 2
Bet Amount Net Loss Cash if Win Net Profit

$50 $50 $150 $100
$75 $125 $225 $100
$125 $250 $375 $125
You will have seen that what I was trying to do was to get about the same
amount of profit ($100) for the three betting amounts ($50, $75, $125) at any
bet. At the end of the 3 sequences, if none of them won, you have a loss of
$250. If we refer to the $100 as one unit, we can say, that during those 3
sequences if we win, we get 1 unit, and if we lose all those 3 sequences we
lose 2.5 units.
Your betting unit doesn't have to be $100, if you find this too high. It can
be as low as $4. Most on-line (internet) casinos allow you to place a

minimum of $1 bet on the outside betting zones. Then your betting

sequence will be $2, $3 and $5, consecutively, as opposed to $50, $75,
$125, as shown in Table 3 below. Note that the amounts of the sequence
are proportional and 25 times lower.
Table 3

$2 $2 $6 $4
$3 $5 $9 $4
$5 $10 $15 $5
At some casinos $50 is the minimum bet for external betting, including the
Dozens. There are, however, other casinos where you can place a bet of
$25 and lower. If $50 is the minimum for external bets, then for internal
bets, such as those on the numbers, the minimum may be as low as $5.
Whatever the minimum, it is usually the case in the casinos that the
internal bets on numbers are lower than the outside bets.
There is a tactic that I have developed to simulate an outside bet on a

Dozen using inside bets. This is by placing 2 line (or double street) bets.
Line bets are the ones covering 2 rows of 3 numbers or 2 street bets with
one chip between the two streets and such bets pay 5 to 1. Thus, if you
want to bet on Dozen 3, for example, you would bet one chip on a line bet
covering the 6 numbers 31 to 36 and one chip on a line bet covering the 6
numbers 25 to 30. If Dozen 3 were to win you would pick up 5 chips on one
of your line bets. In this way you have bet 2 chips and gained 4 (since you
lost on the other line bet), which is the equivalent of a Dozen play. By
doing this, your Dozen bet is as low as $10, instead of $50, and you benefit
from the same strategy. Your betting sequence becomes $10, $15 and $25
(2 X $5, 2 X $7.5, if you can have $2.5 chips, and 2 X $12.5), or $20, $30, $50
as multiples of $10 chips on each line bet. Note that we always keep the
same proportion, that is multiples of 2, 3 and 5 units for betting schemes,
in order to have a constant unit gain of twice your first bet (if $50 then
$100, if $2 then $4, and so on).

System 1
Now we are ready to put into action our first system. As you may have
already guessed, we bet three times on the Dozen, using Table 2's betting
scheme, or any multiple of the units in Table 3. In order to explain this
system, we shall use Table 2, with $50 on the first bet. If you lose the first
time, then bet $75. If you lose the second time, then bet $125. If you lose a
third time, do not bet until that Dozen shows up again. When it does
eventually show up, repeat the same betting scheme on the same Dozen. If
you win on any of the three bets you will have a net profit of $100 on the
first two and $125 on the third bet. When you win any one of the three
bets, start over with $50 using the same 3 bet scheme of $50, $75 and $125.
Now, the question is on which Dozen do we decide to bet? The answer is

on the one which gives the best results. This you can determine by
observing about 20 spins and seeing which is the Dozen that has the most
1st, 2nd and 3rd appearances (or appearance numbers 1, 2 and 3). This
will qualify as the best Dozen to bet on, the one which will show the best
results. Statistics performed on several hundred spins show that one of
the Dozens will qualify very well (that is, will have lots of 1s, 2s and 3s),
another's performance will be mediocre (that is, will have a variety of 1's,
2's, 3's, and above), while the third one will perform very poorly (that is,
have lots of appearance numbers 4 and above and noticeably fewer 1's, 2's
and 3's).
In this system we may consider any appearance number of 1, 2, or 3 as a

winning sequence that will give us 1 unit profit, and any appearance
number of 4 and above as a loss that will reduce our net by 2.5 units. This
is the one great advantage of this system. Any appearance number above
3 is considered as 1 loss only; thus, even if it's the 4th, 10th, 23rd or 45th
time of appearance there is only one loss and not 4, 10, 23, or 45 losses.
For this reason it doesn't matter too much if Dozen 2 doesn't show up for
23 times or 255 times: according to our system, we record only 1 loss at a
price no greater than 2.5 units.

To help you understand this system better, look at Table 4 below which
records the results of a real game sequence. Let's write down the Roulette
numbers, identify to which Dozen they belong and the frequency of the
Dozens' appearances. We'll also put a sequence number in front, to refer
to it when we talk about how the Dozens perform.
Table 4
Sequence Number on Dozen Dozen 1 Dozen 2 Dozen 3

Number Roulette appearance appearance appearance
Spin
1 33 3 1
2 9 1 2
3 21 2 3
4 10 1 2
5 30 3 4
6 14 2 3
7 15 2 1
8 28 3 3
9 11 1 5
10 24 2 3
11 23 2 1
12 8 1 3
13 4 1 1
14 3 1 1
15 8 1 1
16 0 0
17 13 2 6
18 30 3 10
19 28 3 1
20 24 2 3
21 18 2 1
22 27 3 3
23 27 3 1

24 20 2 3
25 5 1 10
26 21 2 2
27 26 3 4
Looking at each Dozen's appearance numbers, if we count the total number

of 1s, 2s, and 3s as one group and we count the appearance numbers
greater than 3 in another group, we'll get the following results:
Under column Dozen 1 appearance, we get a total of 6 for the group of 1s,
2s and 3s (there are 3 X 1s and 2 X 2s and 1 X 3), while we get a total of 2
(the 5 and the 10) for the group of numbers greater than 3. This means
that, if we were betting on Dozen 1 only, we would win 6 units and lose 2 X
2.5, or 5 units, giving us overall +1 unit. Remember that every appearance
of a 1, 2 or 3 gives us 1 unit and that any appearance number greater than 3
causes us to lose 2.5 units.
Under column Dozen 2 appearance, we get a total of 9 positive units (3

times 1 + 1 time 2 + 5 times 3) and 1 negative unit (the 6), giving us overall
9 - (2.5 X 1) = +6.5 units, if we were to bet on Dozen 2.
Under column Dozen 3 appearance, we get 5 positive units (counting the 1s

and 2s and 3s together) and 3 negative units (counting any appearance
number above 3), giving us overall +5 - (2.5 X 3) = 5 - 7.5 or -2.5 units. Here
we would have lost 2.5 units, if we had bet on Dozen 3 only.
Remember what we said about the different performances of the Dozens.

Usually one Dozen performs well, giving us lots of 1s, 2s and 3s
(appearance numbers). Here, this matches the case of Dozen 2. A second
Dozen gives a mediocre performance with a few appearances greater than
3 in addition to the 1's, 2's and 3's. Here this is the case of Dozen 1. A
third Dozen performs poorly, as in the case of Dozen 3.
The first 9 sequences of the game gives us a good indication of how the
Dozens might perform and so we chose to bet on Dozen 2, starting at
sequence 10. Look back at Table 4 and you will see that there are 6

positive appearances (the total of 1s, 2s and 3s after sequence 10), and 1
negative appearance (the 6 which shows up at sequence 17). This gives us
+6 - 2.5 = +3.5 units.
If we were to bet at $100 a unit as per the betting sequence in Table 4, we

would earn a profit of $350 in 17 spins (from sequence 10 to 26).
We never bet more than 3 times in a row. The first bet is $50, the second
$75 and the third $125. If we lose after the third bet, we don't bet until the
Dozen of our choice shows up again.
Let's take a closer look at the betting details of the sequence in Table 4.
We observe the first 9 sequences without betting and we decide to go for
Dozen 2.
- At sequence 10 we bet $50 (on Dozen 2). Number 24 comes up. We

win. Our net profit is $100. Since we won first time, we start the betting
sequence over again from $50.
- At sequence 11 we bet $50 (always on Dozen 2) and number 23
comes up. We win again. Our net profit for this sequence is $100, overall
net +$200.
- At sequence 12 we start betting $50 again. Number 8 comes up. We
lose $50. Our overall net is +$150.
- At sequence 13 we increase our bet to $75. Number 4 comes up. We
lose $75. Overall net is +$75.
- At sequence 14, we increase our bet to $125. Number 3 comes up.
We lose another $125. Our overall net is -$50.
- Since we have now bet 3 times and lost, we don't bet until Dozen 2
comes up again at sequence 17 with number 13. Now we restart betting
on Dozen 2 with $50 at sequence 18. Number 30 comes up. We lose.
Our overall net is -$100.
- We increase our bet to $75 at sequence 19. Number 28 comes up. We
lose again. Our overall net is -$175.
- We increase our bet to $125 at sequence 20. Number 24 comes up.
We win and cash $250. Our overall net jumps to +$75.
- Since we won we start betting with $50 again at sequence 21.

Number 18 comes up. We win, cashing $100 more. Our overall net goes
up to $175.
- Since we won we start betting with $50 again at sequence 22.
Number 27 comes up. We lose $50. Our overall net comes down to
$125.
- We increase our bet to $75 at sequence 23. Number 27 comes up
again. We lose another $75. Our overall net is now $50.
We win and cash $250, increasing our overall net to +$300.
- Since we won we start betting again with $50 at sequence 25.
Number 5 comes up. We lose $50. Our overall net falls to +$250.
We win, cashing $150. Our overall net now stands at $400. This is a
good time to quit! Note that the overall net is $400 instead of the
predicted $350. This is due to two $125 profit sequences we had, instead
of two $100 ones. An extra cash bonus!
I recommend strongly, and I cannot emphasize this enough, that you

should leave the Dozen when you have made a decent profit, such as 3-5
units, since these winning streaks behave like a wave. And that wave goes
up and down. That is, the performance of each zone will change from time
to time. You may find a Dozen with a winning wave for 20-30 spins, then
the Dozen will have multiple appearance numbers greater than 3. At this
stage, you must observe the performance of each Dozen. A winning wave
will go from one Dozen to another. You may identify a new opportunity
with a new Dozen or, if you are able to register previous spins on other
tables, you may want to navigate to a Dozen on another table once you
identify a winning wave, or multiple sequential appearances of 1s, 2s and
3s. Then you catch a new wave, get on to it, win 3-5 units, quit that Dozen
and then look for further opportunities.
Money Management Strategies
Now, what happens if you think one Dozen is going to belong to a winning
wave according to your trend analysis and you get on and suddenly the
wind changes and you encounter a loss, then another loss. Two losses

would mean -5 units (2.5 each). At this time it is best to abandon the Dozen
and look at the performance of other Dozens at the same table or at other
tables altogether. This way you limit your losses to not more than 5 units
that you may either recover with other winning waves, or you may quit for
the day and try the system some other time. In order for this system to
work you need to catch a winning wave with a rate of at least three times
the 1st, 2nd, and 3rd appearances of a Dozen more than the appearance
numbers greater than 3. If you are on a good flowing wave, and there are
many of them, you can stay on it for as long as you wish until you
encounter your first loss. This way the possibility of winning is open-
ended and you will accumulate 1 profit unit at a time, until 1 loss of 2.5
units occurs, at which time you should quit with your winnings in your
pocket.
System 2
Having observed 20-30 spins, if you see that you are encountering too
many losing appearances (appearance numbers greater than 3) between
winning ones (1's, 2's and 3's) in all three Dozens, it may be necessary to
resort to a different system strategy. This leads us to our next system, to
which I shall refer as "buy back 1 loss" whereby a second set is added to
the betting scheme. You start by betting 3 times again with the $2, $3, $5
betting scheme (or any multiple thereof). If you lose that sequence, you
wait until the Dozen shows up again. This time you bet three times again
but you increase the betting units by 4 times, that is to $8, $12, and $20. If
this second sequence wins, then you have gained back the loss you had
on the previous scheme ($2, $3, and $5). This feature is illustrated in Table
5 below:
Table 5
First set of 3 bets:

$2 $2 $6 $4

$3 $5 $9 $4
$5 $10 $15 $5
Second set of 3 bets:

$8 $18 $24 $6
$12 $30 $36 $6
$20 $50 $60 $10
If you win at the second stage of this betting scheme, using the second set
of the 3 bets, note that your overall profit also increases by a factor of 2.5.
After all, if you take a higher risk, you might as well increase the profit
level.
To demonstrate this, let us look at Table 4 and say we are betting on Dozen
3 this time.
- At sequence 1 we bet $2, number 33 comes up, we win and record
+$4.
- At sequence 2 we bet $2, number 9 comes up, we lose and record
+$2.
- At sequence 3 we bet $3, number 21 comes up, we lose and record -
$1.
$6.
- At sequence 5 we don't bet. We wait until Dozen 3 shows up again,
which happens at this sequence 5 (with number 30).
- At sequence 6 we apply the second set of the betting scheme in the
attempt to buy back the loss we had at sequences 2, 3 and 4. We bet $8,
number 14 comes up, we lose and record -$14.
$26.
+$14 (we have bought back the previous loss).

- At sequence 9 we go back to the first set of the betting scheme. We

bet $2, number 11 comes up, we lose and record +$12.
+$9.
+$4. We lost on the first set.
- At sequence 12 we don't bet until Dozen 3 shows up again, until
sequence 18, at its 10th appearance with number 30.
- At sequence 19 we start the second set again. We bet $8, number 28
comes up, we win and record +$20 (we have bought back again the
previous loss we had at sequences 9, 10 and 11).
+$18.
+$15.
+$25.

+$29.
+$27.
+$24.
+$19.
- At sequence 27 we don't bet until Dozen 3 shows up again, which it
does at this very sequence (27).
- At sequence 28 we bet $8, attempting again to buy back the previous
sequence's loss, and so on.
With this "buy back 1 loss" strategy we were able to increase our profit
without being affected by a -2.5 unit loss. This strategy is good until you

encounter two consecutive loss sequences. Using the "buy back 1 loss"
strategy, you would then limit your losses to -10 units, should you
encounter a double loss right up front. Otherwise, with a good trend
analysis, you will be buying back multiple single losses and your profit
units will far exceed 10. In this way you can go on playing with confidence,
winning sequence after sequence until you encounter a double loss when
you should leave with a plus balance.
System 3
If the registering of spins from multiple tables and the ensuing
performance analysis do not appeal to you, you may want to apply this
system by "buying back 2 losses" with 3 sets of betting schemes: $2, $3,
$5, then $8, $12, $20, and then $32, $48, $80. This system increases greatly
your chances of winning, but also it increases both your investment and
risk level. For this reason I would recommend you to use this system with
lower amounts, starting with the smallest possible unit value, as the
betting amounts will escalate from one set to another. The profits are also
adjusted to show an increase from one set to another in order to
compensate the loss of the previous sets. Table 7 illustrates the three
consecutive betting sets.
Table 7
First Set:

$2 $2 $6 $4
$3 $5 $9 $4
$5 $10 $15 $5
Second Set:

$8 $18 $24 $6
$12 $30 $36 $6
$20 $50 $60 $10
Third Set:

$32 $82 $96 $14
$48 $130 $144 $14
$80 $210 $240 $30
With this system, you will be able to buy back two consecutive losses (and
a loss here still means an appearance number greater than 3), with a higher
profit margin.
You must decide if you are comfortable with this increased risk ($210) to
make a profit of $30 by buying back 2 loss sequences. In the event that
you encounter a triple loss sequence, then you would be losing 52.5 units
($210/4, as $4 is one unit), which would be hard to recover. Triple losses
are rare, but the possibility always exists, for example, you may have
strayed into a Dozen with a mediocre performance, perhaps the
performance of a particular Dozen suddenly changes negatively, or again
you may simply have stayed too long on that Dozen. By a triple loss we
mean 3 consecutive occurrences of appearance numbers greater than 3.
For example, Dozen 2 shows up the 8th time, then the 5th time, then the
14th time. That means within 8 + 5 + 14 = 27 spins, Dozen 2 shows up only
3 times. Very unlikely, but possible. If you are playing with very small
units, it might be fun to try this system and you will see that most of the
time you will win, if you have made the right choice on a Dozen after
observing its performance over multiple spins. The likelihood of losses is
not so great. However, the risk factor is higher. Chose the system which

best suits your betting style.
System 4
If you conclude by your observations that appearance numbers fall more
between the range of 4-10 rather than 1-3, which could happen at some
tables (this is referred to as "variable Dozen behavior"), then this system
comes in handy. Here you employ a strategy of betting multiple times, that
is more than 3 times in a row, until the Dozen you are betting on finally
shows up. This may look a little like the classic Martingale system.
However, the profit we aim to make is not 1 unit only but a steadily
increasing one. Those who are not familiar with the Martingale
progression should consult Table 8.
Table 8
Sequence Bet Amount Net Loss Cash if Win Net Profit

number
1 $1 $1 $3 $2
2 $1 $2 $3 $1
3 $2 $4 $6 $2
4 $3 $7 $9 $2
5 $4 $11 $12 $1
6 $6 $17 $18 $1
7 $9 $26 $27 $1
8 $14 $40 $42 $2
9 $21 $61 $63 $2
10 $31 $92 $93 $1
11 $47 $139 $141 $2
12 $70 $209 $210 $1
13 $105 $314 $315 $1
14 $158 $472 $474 $2
15 $237 $709 $711 $2

As you can see, the losses may escalate to huge amounts, only to make a
$1 or $2 profit, if you win within the first 15 bets. Furthermore, if you lose
all 15 sequences you will end up with a loss of $709 (or multiple of this
figure depending on your unit value).
Table 9 illustrates the betting scheme of my system. You start with low
betting amounts and increase these so as to increase your profit and win.
Table 9
Sequence Bet Amount Net Loss Cash if Win Net Profit

1 $1 $1 $3 $2
2 $2 $3 $6 $3
3 $4 $7 $12 $5
4 $8 $15 $24 $9
5 $15 $30 $45 $15
6 $26 $56 $78 $22
7 $43 $99 $129 $30
8 $69 $168 $207 $39
9 $108 $276 $324 $48
10 $164 $440 $492 $52
11 $250 $690 $750 $60
As you can see, this system gives you 11 betting chances to end up with a
profit. The later you win during the 11 sequences, the higher profit you
make, unlike the Martingale progression which leaves you with only 1 unit
profit despite the huge investment. This is good as long as you don't lose
11 times in a row. One classic way to relieve this is not to bet for a few
spins, a practice referred to as "null bets". You wait until one Dozen
doesn't show up for at least 10 times, then you bet on it using the Table 9
sequence above. If that Dozen finally shows up, at say the 18th time, you
will then be making a profit of $39.
In real casinos, it is possible not to bet for a few spins, observe and only
join the table when you are ready to do so. Some casinos will expect you

to place bets every time you sit at a table. As far as internet casinos are
concerned, some systems will wait until you place your bets and click on
the spin button. Some other systems will allow you to play with 0 chips,
which may be considered as null bets, until you decide to play with real
money.
The table's minimum and maximum betting limits must also be taken into
account. Usually, in real casinos, the betting maximum on the outside bets
is 10-20 times the allowed minimum, i.e. minimum $50, maximum $1000; or
minimum $25, maximum $250. However, I've seen on-line casinos that
allow a minimum bet of $1 and a maximum of $250. In this case, the
figures in Table 9 apply. If this is not so, you should use some
multiple of the figures in Table 9. You may also want to use my
aforementioned tactic to simulate Dozen play with line bets to reduce the
amount of the minimum outside bet by a factor of 3.
If you wish to play with this system at higher unit values, the following
table illustrates a very aggressive betting scheme:
Table 10

$50 $50 $150 $100
$100 $150 $300 $150
$200 $350 $600 $250
$350 $700 $1050 $350
$600 $1300 $1800 $500
$1000 $2300 $3000 $700
The betting scheme in Table 10 also risks a big amount; however, the
payoff is also big and not limited to 1 unit only, as in the case of the
Martingale progression. You risk $2300 to make a net profit of almost one
third of the amount ($700) and you have 6 chances to do so. If the longest
non-appearance of a Dozen were to take some 20 or more spins, you would
have to wait for at least 18 times before you attempt to use this betting

scheme on a Dozen. If you have the patience to do this, be my guest. But

remember it may take a long time to wait for this to happen. It may happen
2-3 times during the day on a specific table, but if it's going to give you at
least $1000 profit, it may be worth it to take the time to wait for this
opportunity. It may even be fun watching other people using their
strategies!
This is the system with which you may end up with the greatest profit, but
also with the greatest loss if not managed properly. With reference to
Table 9, let's say you play the system for about 20 times and your winnings
occur at sequences between the 5th and the 9th times (Dozen's appearance
numbers), averaging a profit of $30 per betting sequence. This will give
you an overall profit of about $600. Depending on your overall net profit,
you might dare to bet more, i.e. up to the 11th time. If you have
accumulated a profit that will exceed your maximum loss amount ($690 on
the 11th bet in Table 9), then you can try this system again until a loss
occurs once and you will still end up with a profit. Even better, you decide
to quit and pocket your winnings without risking the maximum loss.
The same principle applies to the aggressive betting scheme. If you have
accumulated a profit of $3500 over 10 winnings averaging a profit of $350
each, you may dare to play on, risking a loss of $2300. You will still end up
in a profit of $1200, but why not leave with your $3500 winnings intact? I
recommend that you use this system when winning a few sequences and
that you quit while you are still ahead.
System 5
The last system I shall cover is one of the safest ones if you are satisfied
by making one unit profit at a time. It's a slower pace but much easier on
your blood pressure!
If you observe various scoreboards and register the outcomes at different

tables, you will find that the Dozens alternate. But because of the
unpredictable nature of Roulette, you will also see that the same Dozen
repeats itself quite frequently. We shall capitalize upon this fact in this
system and bet on repeating Dozens with the understanding that they will
repeat themselves sooner or later. The sooner they repeat themselves, the
sooner you will win but even if such repetition takes time you will still end
up with a profit of one or two units at the end of the betting sequence.
The way it works is quite simple. You bet one unit on a Dozen that just
came up. For example, if number 21 comes up, you bet on Dozen 2. If your
bet is successful you win that sequence with a 2-unit profit and start over
again betting one unit. If you lose you increase your bet by one unit.
When you win after a sequence of a few losses, your betting unit becomes
the amount that is sufficient to make an overall net profit of 1 or 2 units
when you win the next bet.
The best way to understand this is again by means of an example. Please

refer to Table 4 on page 5 and note the sequence of events:
- At sequence 1 we observe number 33, which belongs to Dozen 3,

coming up.
- At sequence 2 we bet $1 on Dozen 3 (the same Dozen that appeared
previously) but number 9 comes up and we lose, recording a net of -$1.
- At sequence 3 we bet $1 on Dozen 1 (since the 9 came up at
sequence 2) but number 21 comes up and we lose, recording a net of -
$2. We have bet $1 in sequence 3, because had we won we would have
recorded a net of +$1 at the closing of that sequence.
- At sequence 4 we bet $2 on Dozen 2 (if we win, we record a net of
+$2); number 10 comes up, we lose, recording a net of -$4.
- At sequence 5 we bet $3 on Dozen 1 (we have increased our bet by 1
unit only); number 30 comes up and we lose, recording a net of -$7.
- At sequence 6 we bet $4 on Dozen 3, number 14 comes up and we
lose, recording a net of -$11.
win; we cash $10 with a net of -$1.
- At sequence 8 we bet $1 on Dozen 2 ($1 is all we need to close this

sequence at +1 unit, as opposed to the $6 required by the numerical

progression), number 28 comes, we lose, our net is -$2.
lose, recording a net of -$4.
win, recording a net of +$2, closing this sequence.
- At sequence 11 we start over by betting $1 on Dozen 2, number 23
comes up and we win, recording a net of +$2.
- At sequence 12 we start over again by betting $1 on Dozen 2,
number 8 comes up and we lose, recording a net of -$1.
win, recording a net of +$1, terminating this sequence, and so on.
Our overall profit so far is the sum of all closed sequences at $1 or $2

profit, that is +1, +2, +2, +1 = $6 or units within the first 13 spins.
If you look further down in Table 4, you will see that the Dozens repeat at
sequences 14, 15, 19, 21 and 23. If you put this strategy into practice, you
will see that such repetitions make it possible for you to accrue more profit
units. By observing Roulette tables in casinos you will see certain Dozens
and Columns (L, M, R) repeat themselves many times. Before you play, just
stand near a table with pen and note pad and record a series of
consecutive spins, and then see how well you would have done had you
been applying this system. Once you have gained enough confidence in
your win potential, go for it. You will see that you will get positive results.
But remember not to stay at that table for too long. You never know when
that table will turn against you and the Dozens or Columns will not repeat
that often. Make sure that you set yourself a limit on the amount of units
you can afford to lose and be sure to quit if this happens. Once you have
made the profit you set for yourself, go home with your winnings and
rejoice in your good decision.
Summary and Conclusion

Now you are acquainted with multiple Dozen betting systems and
strategies. You will make the right decision on which system to employ by
analysing the performance of the Dozens or Columns as set out above. If
you observe sustained patterns of appearance numbers 1, 2 and 3 you can
use System 1, gathering multiple one unit profits at a time with some
losses in between (on the appearance of numbers greater than 3) which
will reduce your net profit by 2.5 units from time to time. If you observe
single appearance numbers greater than 3 followed by 1 or 2 or 3, you can
use System 2, with the "buy back 1 loss" strategy. This will give you more
profit units. You would lose 10 units if you encounter two consecutive
losses, that is appearance numbers greater than 3. If you observe too
many combinations of appearance numbers 1, 2, 3 and greater, you might
use System 3, with the "buy back 2 losses" strategy, but with lower unit
values as losses can escalate if you encounter a triple loss. System 4 can
be used if you observe multiple appearance numbers between 10 and 20.
Then you use the 10 "null bets" strategy, that is, wait until a Dozen doesn't
show up for 10 times before you use System 4. This system must be used
cautiously as the losses can escalate to high amounts. System 5, which is
a lower risk one, will give you one to two profit units at a time, although by
increasing your bet by only 1 unit may also cause considerable losses if
Dozens don't repeat for a long time. If this happens you should set a limit
on the loss you can afford to accept and either try the system at another
time or try another system that might suit better.
You may want to combine strategies from one system with those of
another. For instance, if you observe that Dozens repeat very often, which
will occur at some tables partly because of the very nature of the game, or
even because of the croupier's signature, you may want to combine the
betting scheme of System 5 with that of System 4. This will mean that you
will bet on repeating Dozens, using the betting scheme in Table 8, instead
of increasing by one unit at a time. In so doing, you may make your profits
faster but you would certainly be taking a greater risk. There will be times
a Dozen won't repeat for a while. The longest streak that I have recorded is
19. If you are going to use this strategy you may wish to make at least 5
null bets, i.e. wait until 5 different Dozens show up, before you start betting
on the same Dozen that just came up. If you do this you will lose the
advantage of Dozens repeating themselves consecutively. If you don't

want to lose this advantage you must bet on every spin for a repeating
Dozen. The choice is always yours and depends on how you analyse the
performance at a particular table.
When you use the system 5 as is, you have a chance to recover a long
losing streak of 11-14 sequences. Every time you win you close the gap on
your overall net and reduce the bet amount, until you finally close the
sequence with your unit profit. You may recover from a very long losing
streak of 19 sequences, but you do risk losing all your bankroll along the
way. You should quit as soon as you have reached the limit you have set
for your losses. Similarly, once you have accumulated the profit amount
that you have set for yourself, leave with your winnings in your pocket.
I wish you lots of winnings by using the Dazzling Dozens Roulette Systems
and hope you enjoy the game to the utmost.
Izak M.
___________

Roulette is the oldest of all the casino games. A roulette wheel

is round and has 38 separately numbered pockets in which the
rotating ball may land. The numbers change back and forth between
red and black; the first red number is number one. 0 and 00 are
both greens. If a player bets on a single number, he is paid 35 to
1. This means that the casino has the advantage of 2 out of every
38 spins. So, roulette, like any other gaming event must rely on
both luck and strategy.
BETS:
You may bet on two numbers by placing your chip (or chips) on the
line between two numbers such as 2 and 3. Payment is 17 to 1.
You may bet on four numbers by placing your bet between 4 numbers
such as 2, 3, 5, 6 and upon winning be paid 8 to 1.
You may bet on three numbers by placing a chip on the transversal
such as 1, 2, 3 by placing the chip on the outer line of 1.
Payment is 11 to 1.
You may bet on five numbers only in one set; they are 0, 00, 1, 2,
3. Since 31 is not divisible by 5 it pays only 6 to 1.
You may bet on six numbers by placing your chip on two
transversals, such as the outer edge of numbers 7 and 10 to cover
numbers 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12. This bet pays 5 to 1.
You may bet on 12 numbers by placing your bet on the 2to1 space at
the end of the table and play 1, 4, 7, 10,13, 16, 19, 22, 25, 28,
31, 34 or either of the other two rows of numbers; or by placing
your chip in 1st 12, 2nd 12, or 3rd 12. Each bet pays 2 to 1.
You may bet on 18 numbers by placing your bet on either a color
spot - red or black, on an even or odd spot, or on 1 to 18, or 19
to 36. Pays 1 to 1.
Seem simple enough? Well it is quite easy. Just wait till a spin
has been completed and all bettors have been paid and then place
your bet.
The following section shows you five simple systems you may want
to use to win at roulette.
Never bet more than you can afford to lose, and always quit when
you have won as much as you set out to win - such as double your

stake.
There are table minimums and maximums at all casinos and most
casinos have different tables with different amounts. *Each posted
on the table.
A typical minimum is 25 cents per bet with a 75 cents minimum per
spin of the wheel. This covers bets on numbers only *-* other bets
such as 1st 12 etc. will have a $1 minimum.
Now, read and learn each system detailed below before you try any
of them at a casino - pick one or two you want to try.
SYSTEM ONE:
This is a simple game of colors. Black and Red. This has also been
called a suckers bet and an absolutely terrible system because it
does not go with the odds. However, it has consistently won for
both myself and a large number of others. Because 1/2 of the
numbers are red, and 1/2 black (minus of course the casino
advantage of 0 of 00) a bet on a red or black number coming up has
a 50-50 chance of winning. If you were able to accurately pick the
correct color every-other spin, you would break even, minus 2 in
every 38 spins (for 0, 00). With this in mind, try the following:
Bet on a color. If you win, take your winning and leave your
original bet for the next spin. (A good idea is to start at $1 if
you are interested in playing for a long period of time and maybe
winning some money. You can bet more such as $3 to $5 if you can
afford it and are hoping to win some big money). If you lose,
double your bet. If you continue to lose you may wish to continue
doubling your bet, or quit and take the lose. Then start over
again, as long as you win, take your winnings and leave your
original bet.
Remember, you ALWAYS have the same odds of your bet winning even
if the other color has come up 100 times in a row. I have had
nights when I never lost more than 3 straight times, but I have
also seen the same color come up 12 straight times.
SYSTEM TWO:
Odd or Even bets. This is basically the same as the above system,
but with one very different factor - you watch the game until a
number of even or odd numbers have come up consecutively- such as

three straight, before making a bet. With this in mind you may
want to raise your starting bet to $3 to $5 since you get fewer
chances to bet - also, you do not leave your original bet when you
win. You take it and wait for another streak of even or odd
numbers.
SYSTEM THREE:
Betting 1-to-18 or 19-to-36. These bets pay 1 to 1 just like bets

on color and odd and even. However, this is a one time, win or
lose system. It has a total of either one or two bets, per time.
Again it is best to watch the game until the ball has not landed
on either half of the numbers. Then, after say 5 straight spins
like this, place a larger bet on the 1/2 of the numbers that has
not come up for the last 6 spins. (As much as you wish to bet - I
usually go from $10 to $25.) If you win, you have won a good sum
of money; if you lose, you can do one of two things: Quit and wait
for another chance to come up, or place the same bet again plus
$1. If you lose again, take the loss and wait to try it again. If
you win this time, you have gotten back your original bet plus $1.
On good nights I have won four or five straight and four out of
five or better. At this point I always quit . . . if I am betting
$25, I may even quit after winning only two or three straight.
SYSTEM FOUR:
Betting the rows. This bet is shown on the layout as 2-to-1 and
pays just that. This is just like playing colors. You place a bet
on one of the three rows of numbers and if you win you leave your
original bet and take the winnings. If you lose, place a bet of
the same amount. If you win, you will do the same thing, and will
have made up for the previous loss plus some extra. If you lose a
third time, double your bet. You may do this as many times as you
like, but remember, your bets can grow very high if you are
doubling your bets each time!
SYSTEM FIVE:
This is my favorite system. It does not make a lot of money unless

you have a lot of money as a stake, but it offers one of the best

ways of playing and being able to get your original bets back
without a great sum of money. This system is like the last and
also bets on the rows, but you wait until a row has not come up
for a number or spins (I use 7). Then you place a bet on the row
that has not come up. If you wish to win just a small amount of
money, or stay even, start with $1. If you wish to win more money,
start with $1 but make your bets like those shown below. When you
win, you stop and wait for another chance to start over. If you
lose, follow the next bet on the chart:
A B A B A B
A B
Bet Win Total Won If you

lose Total lost
$1 $1 $2 $2 $2 $2
$1 $1
$2 $2 $4 $4 $3 $3
$3 $3
$3 $4 $6 $8 $3 $5
$6 $7
$4 $5 $8 $10 $2 $3
$10 $12
$6 $8 $12 $16 $2 $6
$16 $20
$9 $12 $18 $24 $2 $4
$25 $32
$14 $18 $28 $36 $3 $4
$39 $50
$21 $28 $42 $56 $3 $6
$60 $78
$32 $42 $64 $84 $4 $6
$92 $120
$47 $65 $94 $130 $2 $10
$139 $250
$71 $130 $142 $260 $3 $10 $210
$380
$106 $212 $2 $316

$159 $318 $2 $475
You of course can quit and take the loss at any time. This system
does not make a lot of money unless you are lucky and your row
continually comes up after just a few spins - which is quite
possible. The chance of your row not coming up 20 straight times
is the same as it is after just once - 2 to 1. However, I have
never seen a row go more than 17 straight spins without winning.
This short look at five simple roulette systems is only a guide
and cannot guarantee a person will win if he follows one or more
of the systems. It is however, an account of my own personal way
of betting at the roulette table and these systems have won
consistently for myself.
Best wishes and good luck to you!

file:///C|/Systems/FLAT%20BET%20LOSS%20RECOVERY%20SYSTEM.htm
Decide how long you want to play e.g. 2 hours then divide your play by 3 which in
this
example would be 40 minutes. This means each game lasts a maximum of 40
minutes.
Alternatively you can decide how many spins you want to play in each game e.g. 30.
You also need to decide on a Stop Loss unit amount

e.g. 50% of bankroll
Game 1
You then start playing the first 40 minute segment (or 30 spins) using 1 unit per bet
and you continue until you have either won 10% of your bankroll or you have lost
50%.
If this Game resulted in you reaching your profit target then ok you start a new 3
game series
but this method is for those of you who lost out on the first game - Recovery is the
name of
the game here.
Game 2
You start again (preferably at another table after taking a coffee break) and your
betting unit
is now 2. Continue until you hopefully reach your profit target but if your stop loss
occurs
first then you must go on to Game 3.
Game 3
You ramp up your betting units to 4 and again the aim is to reduce your previous
losses/make a
file:///C|/Systems/FLAT%20BET%20LOSS%20RECOVERY%20SYSTEM.htm (1 of 2) [6/29/2002 3:42:01 PM]

file:///C|/Systems/FLAT%20BET%20LOSS%20RECOVERY%20SYSTEM.htm
small profit.
Note: if you get as far as Game 3 then Recovery means you aim to clear your losses
and the amount of profit is anything you can squeeze out.
Summary
The second game aims to reduce 2 losses for each win then the third game reduces
previous game
losses 4 at a time, therefore, you can win a lot less spins than you lose and still
come out ahead.
file:///C|/Systems/FLAT%20BET%20LOSS%20RECOVERY%20SYSTEM.htm (2 of 2) [6/29/2002 3:42:01 PM]

FLAT BET COUNT
This system plays flat bets on the Pass Line and Don't Pass.
A running count is kept as follows:
A pass counts as +1.
A miss counts as -1 (unless it was due to bar 12 - then it counts as (0).
When the count reaches +3 or -3 betting begins on the side that is behind.
In other words, if +3 then Don't Pass is bet, if -3 then Pass Line is bet.
Betting then continues until the count returns to zero.
This system can also be used in roulette or baccarat also.
A variation of the above is to use a 4 step Martingdale instead of flat betting - the
choice is yours.
file:///D|/Systems/FLAT%20BET%20COUNT.htm [7/21/2002 11:18:31 AM]

file:///D|/Systems/FLEX%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEM.htm
FLEX is a very promising betting strategy on even money chances. In

this explanation, we refer to the double chance BLACK / RED. FLEX
follows the actual trend of the spin run. For this purpose we look at
the black - and the red side separately. On each side, we register,
whether a single or a series of any length has come up. The few and
simple rules result from this basis-investigation:
The game begins always after the first appearance - a single or a

series - on the black - or red side has formed. Our bet follows always
the first appearance on the respective side, after a single we bet on
the appearance of a new single, after a series on the appearance of a
new series. If for example the last appearance was a single on the
black-side, we have to bet on red after the next appearance of a black
spin. If the last appearance on the black side was a series, we bet on
black after the next black spin. We do just the same on the red side
We use flat betting in this demo session. After the appearance of Zero
or Double zero we place the same bet again.
The following session August 1. 2000 of Table No. 1 Spielbank

Hamburg (see SPINS) should make the strategy clear. In columns
B/A (black appearance) and column R/A (red appearance) we mark a
single with an "I" (isolated) and a series with an "S" (series). In
column Bet we mark a bet on Black with a B, a bet on Red with an R.
file:///D|/Systems/FLEX%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEM.htm (1 of 7) [7/9/2002 8:29:14 AM]


This session was successful. FLEX net profit: 7 units after 64 spins!!
The following description of this short session should cover any

questions. We will only discuss the first 17 spins because FLEX is
really easy to understand:
spin 1:
24, black, mark x in Black column
spin 2:
34, red, mark x in Red column

spin 3:
28, black, mark x in Black column, spin 2 is a single, therefore mark
an I in column R/A. After the next appearance of a red spin we have
to bet on black.
spin 4:
15, black, mark x in Black column
spin 5:
14, red, mark x in RED column, spins 3 and 4 form a series of 2, mark
an S in column B/A. After the next black spin we have to bet on black.
The last red appearance was a single (spin 2), so now we have to bet
1 unit on black. Enter B in column BET for the next spin.
spin 6:
8, black, mark x in Black column. Enter an I in column R/A for spin 5.
The bet is won. Add a + to B in column Bet. Note + 1 in column
Balance. The last appearance of black was a series of 2 ( 28 and 15).
Now we have to bet on black. Enter B in column Bet for the next spin.
spin 7:
34 red, mark x in RED column. Enter I in column B/A for spin 6. The
bet is lost. Add a - to B in column Bet. Note 0 in column Balance. The
last appearance of Red was a single (spin 5). Now we have to bet on
Black again. Enter B in column Bet.
spin 8:
32, red, mark x in Red column. The bet is lost. Add a - to B in column
bet. Note -1 in column Balance. There is no bet for the next spin.
spin 9:
3, red, mark x in Red column. Again no bet for the next spin.
spin 10:
13, black, mark x in Black column. Mark S in column R/A for spin 9,
because a series of 3 has formed on the red side. The last black
appearance was a single ( spin 6 ).Now we have to bet on red. Enter
R in column Bet.
spin 11:
26, black, mark x in Black column. The bet is lost. Add - to R in
column Bet. Note -2 in column Balance. There is no bet possible for
the next spin.
spin 12:
17, black, mark x in Black column. Again no bet for the next spin.
spin 13:
36, red, mark x in Red column. Enter S in column B/A for spin 12. A
black series of 3 has formed. The last appearance on the Red side

was a series. Now we have to bet on Red. Note a R in column Bet for
the next spin.
spin 14:
20, black, mark x in Black column. Enter I in column R/A for spin 13,
red is a single. The bet is lost. Add - to the R in column Bet. Note - 3
in column Balance. The last appearance on the Black side was a
series. Now we have to bet on black. Enter B in column Bet for the
next spin.
spin 15:
25, red, mark x in Red column. Enter I in column B/A for spin 14. The
bet is lost. Add - to B in column Bet. Note -4 in column Balance. The
last appearance on the red side was a single (spin 13). Now we have
to bet on black. Enter B in column Bet for the next spin.
spin 16:
28, black, mark x in Black column. Enter I in column R/A for spin 15.
The bet is won. Add + to B in column Bet. Note - 3 in column Balance.
The last appearance on the black side was a single ( spin 14 ). Now
we have to bet on red. Enter R in column Bet for the next spin.
spin 17:
3, red, mark x in Red column. Enter I in column B/A for spin 16. The
bet is won. Add + to R in column Bet. Note -2 in column Balance.
Continue for yourself.
In a normal session FLEX quickly will reach some units of profit. If

singles and series of two alternate on the black - or red side over a
longer period of time it might become difficult. In this case, you
should stop precautionary after three consecutive losses and
continue betting only after the next fictitious plus. Betting against all
three double even money chances would therefore be commendable,
because profits of the one chance can compensate for possible losses
of another bad-running chance. So, if you are not afraid of two or
triple bets, test the strategy on all three double even money chances
simultaneously.
Try for yourself!
Following is the above shown session in combination with the Contre

dÀlembert progression. With the Contre dÀlembert the bet size is
raised one unit after a win, and lowered one unit after a loss. The
first bet is always 1 unit.


With the Contre dÀlembert this session terminates after 64 spins

with a net gain of 38 units!

Floating 12 Roulette Method
I have played this method successfully for over 2 years. I have had very few
losing days. Sure I have had losing sessions, but very few losing days. The
reason is simple. Setting realistic achievable goals as far as how many units I am
trying to win, and also not “chasing” losing propositions.
In the game of Roulette there is a lot of YING and YANG. Ying being of course
good, and Yang being bad. The key is to take advantage of the Ying while
avoiding the Yang. So how do we do this?
Time… time is our biggest enemy when it comes to playing in the casino. If we
can focus on playing a varied “hit and run” method, then we have the opportunity
to catch the Ying Wave and get our before the Yang wave hits.
We are going to focus on the DOZENS only for a number of reasons. Firstly,
while the dozens don’t obviously hit as often as the even money bets, they do
pay you twice as much as you lose. This is a very big advantage when using a
very controlled progression on losses. The reason is that on this progression it
only takes a small amount of wins to overcome a lot of losses.
The next reason for playing the dozens is it is a relatively easy bet to make.
There are only 3 places on the table that you have to make a bet, so it is easy to
make your bet and then get out of everyone’s way, and you stand zero chance of
getting shut out.
The reason this system is called the Floating 12 is that we are looking for “hot
dozens”. Each dozen does not hit every three spins, so when is dozen is NOT
hitting, chances are that the other 2 are streaking. The key is to be on the
streaking 12.
This changes throughout the course of many spins, but the key is that when as
12 is RUNNING we are on it – and WINNING.
Once we hit a predetermined spin count, or running total, we are off the table,
taking a break, and then going back for another attack.
We will only be playing a maximum of 3 attacks per day and that’s it. No variance
from this please.
What I am going to do now is give you a step by step rules and samples to help
you understand the process.
You will be betting on whatever dozen that just hit to repeat. If it does not repeat
you will bet next on the dozen where the ball actually landed, so again you are
looking for that “new” dozen to repeat.
When it does repeat you will STAY on that section until it does not repeat any
more.
Once it no longer repeats, you go to the dozen that the ball landed in, and bet it
to repeat. If a zero comes up you bet on the dozen that preceded the zero or
zeros.
Those are the basics of what the play is. You are in essence following the ball.
Whatever dozen it lands in you will play it to land there again.
If it doesn’t, you follow it… that simple.
The reasons this works is really quite simple. The dozens run a lot, and rarely go
1,2,3,1,2,3,1,2,3 or truly alternate.
So now that you know where you are going to place your bet, you will now learn
how much you are going to wager.
We will be using a progression I like to call “the box”. It is named that because it
truly is a box you are in most of the time because the 3rds you will be losing
more spins than you win, but the clever progression is going to get you out and
keep you out of trouble as much as possible.
Here’s how the box works:
Firstly the box only applies primarily when you have a minus running total.
Whenever you get back to positive you are either out of the box, or close to out of
the box.
1 2 3
2 4 6
3 6 9
4 8 12
The total of the box numbers is 60 units. This is your buy in. It is not possible for
you to lose this amount of units as you will only be playing to a minus 30 running
total (-30) which is equal to 50% of your buy in. If you have lost two of these
sessions, and if you have not won a session yet, then you are done for the day.
You will start with a 1 unit bet. In order to move up to the next betting level you
must LOSE three bets in a row.
Once you have lost three bets then you will move up to the next betting level.
You must stay at this betting level or higher if you are at a “-“ running total, until
you clear the “-“ before starting back at the first betting level.
The first level is 1,2,3. Your first bet is 1 unit. If it wins you are +2 and if it loses
you are –2. Your next bet after a loss is 2 units, then 3 units.
After three successive losses, you move up to 2,4,6. You must stay at this level if
you are at a “-“ running total until you CLEAR the “-“ or if you are “+” and you win
at this level, then you move DOWN to the next level down, until you win a bet
there, and then DOWN again until your base unit is 1 unit.
At that point you are at the beginning.
So for example if you were -22 and you were in the 4,8,12 box you must stay
until you have cleared the “-“ to a “+”. Then you would progress down the box
level by 1 level until you either lose 3 in a row or win at least one bet.
After that you either go back up to the next betting level or come back down to
the next betting level until you are back to “0”.
Amount Running
Spin # Dozen W/L
Bet/ Level Total
1 1
2 3 L 1,1 -1
3 2 L 2,1 -3
4 2 W 3,1 +3
5 3 L 1,1 +2
6 1 L 2,1 0
7 1 W 3,1 +6
8 1 W 1,1 +8
9 2 L 1,1 +7
10 3 L 2.1 +5
11 1 L 3.1 +2
12 2 L 2,2 +0
13 3 L 4,2 -4
14 2 L 6,2 -10
15 1 L 3,3 -13
16 1 W 6,3 -1
17 1 W 3,3 +5
18 2 L 2,2 +3
19 2 W 4,2 +11
20 1 L 1,1 +10
21 3 L 2,1 +8
22 3 W 3,1 +14
In the above example you can see that you are moving up to the next bet level as
you lose 3 in a row. When you clear the “-“ you come down by one bet level
providing you win at least 1 best before losing 3 in a row at that level.
If you have not cleared the “-“, YOU DO NOT COME DOWN. You stay at that
betting level until you clear the “-“ or you lose 3 in a row, and then you go up to
the next betting level.
Detailed explanation of the above 22 spins:
Spin 1 dozen 1 comes up. You follow dozen 1 and bet on dozen 1 in spin 2. You
bet 1 unit on dozen 1 based on the first level.
In spin 2, dozen 3 comes up, so you lose the bet. You are down by 1 unit.
Your next bet is 2 units based on the first level’s second bet. Since dozen 3 came
up in spin 2, you bet on dozen 3 in spin 3.
Dozen 2 comes up in spin 3, so you lose the bet, you are down by 3 units.
In spin 4 you bet 3 units on dozen 2. You win the bet. You’re up by 3 units (6-3).
Since you won the bet in that level, you’re back to the first bet in that level. You
bet 1 unit on dozen 2 in spin 5. Dozen 3 comes up. You lose the bet. You are up
by 2 units.
You keep betting this way until spin 11, where you lose 3 bets of that level in
spins 9, 10 and 11. The you bet 2 units in spin 12, which is the first bet of the
second level.
You also lose 3 consecutive bets (2, 4 and 6 units) in the second level in spins
12, 13, 14. Then you move up to the third level in spin 15, where you bet 3 units.
You lose that bet as well and you are down by 13 units. You bet 6 units in spin
16. You win that bet. Your net become –13 +12 = -1 unit. You are still in a “-“.
Therefore, you don’t come down by 1 level. You continue to bet in that third level
with the first bet (3 units) of that leve l.
In spin 17, you bet 3 units and you win that bet. Your net running total is now +5
units. Since this is +, you come down one level to the second level and bet 2
spins in 18. You lose that bet. So your next bet is 4 units in spin 19. You win that
bet and your net running total becomes +11. Since this is + and you won one bet
in that level, you come down one level to the first level and bet 1 unit again in
spin 20. You continue betting this way and accumulate units.
You will play a maximum of 60 consecutive spins, or to +20 or +30 – whichever

comes first. Once you hit +20 whatever bet you made to get to +20, you make
again until you finally lose a bet, then you are done with that session.
If you hit a +30, STOP and take a break and wait for the next session to begin
and start at one unit again.
If you want to be aggressive you can come back from the last losing session with
double the unit value until you get to +20 with the double size units, which is
really +40. Then take another break.
With this method you will have 4 winning sessions of +20 or greater as opposed
to 1 losing session of –30.
So 4 x (+20) = +80, less –30 = +50 (divided by 4 sessions = 12.5 units /60 spins.
60 spins = 2 hours maximum.
12.5 units per 60 spins x $5.00 unit = $62.50 every two hours (or $31.25 per
hour).
You lifetime bankroll should be 300 units and buy in should be 60 units. Every
time your bankroll TRIPLES, take out 1/3 profit and then double the size of your
bet.
600 units/12.5 = 48 hours.
On average every 48 hours you should be able to move up. Throw in a couple of
losing days and you might take 60 hours of play to move up.
So 60 hours at $5.00
120 hours at $10.00
180 hours at $20.00
240 hours at $50.00 units.
At this point you are playing 2 sessions a day x 12.5 units = +25 units x $50 =
$1,250.00 per day.
240 hours x 4 hours a day = 60 days.
So if you play 2 days a week, in 30 weeks you are basically set.
This is a very relaxed way to play roulette and have fun and make money.
Good luck.
FLUKE ROULETTE SYSTEM
I cannot remember how I created it, I think it was something to do with

having a couple of groups of 4 numbers, 2 numbers and some scatter of single
numbers.
On a single zero wheel.
You play 5 chips per spin.
1 chip on street 1 2 3.
1 chip on six line 28 29 30 31 32 33.
1 chip on six line 31 32 33 34 35 36.
Win or lose you increase all 5 bets by 1 chip every spin until the tenth
spin when you drop down to 1 chip again and then repeat the 10 spin cycle.
Eg. on spin number 10 you would have 10 chips on each of the 3 streets and
10 chips on each of the 2 six lines.
On the 11th spin it would be back down to 1 chip again.
The results across ten 20 spin samples playing an initial 1
chip on the streets and six lines would have the following results:
Units +31 +212 +98 -101 +90 +164 +56 +284 +158 -16
Quite a significant success rate.
I was looking at this at the last minute before the last tournament, and ran
it against another sample where it didn't do as well as the first sample,
but still showed a profit,
and again there was some very significant victories.
It could have been a fluke, but I have just passed it on, just incase you
enjoy researching ideas.
One final note, the 10 lots of 20 spins were done by 10 individual
croupiers, spinning each spin opposite to the previous spin.
file:///D|/Systems/FLUKE%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEM.htm (1 of 2) [7/21/2002 11:18:36 AM]

FLUKE ROULETTE SYSTEM
file:///D|/Systems/FLUKE%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEM.htm (2 of 2) [7/21/2002 11:18:36 AM]

Hi everyone, over the Thanksgiving weekend I came up with a method that I would like suggestions on
Hi everyone, over the Thanksgiving weekend I came up with a method that I

would like suggestions on. Its very simple: "Follow the leader" ie bet on whichever one the last
game ie Banker or Player. Never bet on Tie. Its an up-as-you-win progression, betting 1, 1.5, 2
Step 1: Bet 1 unit on whoever won the last hand. If you win, go to step 2. If you lost, you are
down 1 unit. Start over at Step 1. Step 2: Bet 1.5 units on whoever won the last hand. If you win,
go to Step 3. If you lost, you are down only a half unit. Start over at Step 1. Step 3: Bet 2 units
on whoever won the last hand. If you win, you are up 4.5 units, go home or start over at Step 1. If
you lose, you are still up by half a unit, either start over or go home. Set a Stop Win/Stop Loss
goal and adhere to it, I recomend leving when you are up by $100 or when you are down by
$50...or, if you are playing in $30 units, leave after winning the above 3 steps 1 time ($135) or
leave when you are down by 3 units ($90) that way you always have less of a loss on a day as
opposed to winning days, (minus 5% banker commission and tokes to the dealer).
file:///D|/Systems/FOLLOW%20THE%20LEADER..htm [7/21/2002 11:18:42 AM]

file:///D|/Systems/FRENCH%20ROULETTE%20QUADS%20BETTING.htm
-
What I like to do with the single zero “french” roulette is to place a chip on the “ basket “-
bet 0123 then on 5 different “ quads “ under the basket bet.
A chip on 4,5,7,8 –
A chip on 11,12,14,15-
A chip on 16,17,19,20-
A chip on 23,24,26,27-
A chip on 28,29,31,32-
A chip on 32,33,35,36
There I have 7- chips out on the field and their all “ quads “ that pay ( 8 to 1 ) I most of
the time hit the number and I get my chips recycled back to me and pick up 2 - “profit”
chips.....
file:///D|/Systems/FRENCH%20ROULETTE%20QUADS%20BETTING.htm [7/9/2002 8:32:40 AM]

Frugal" Roulette System-
RED FOR FUN
Want to have a better than 2 to 1 chance of winning on every roulette no? Take
a close look at the three 12-number columns on the table layout. You 'll
discover that the first column has 6 red and 6 black fields, the second has 4
red and 8 black, and the third column has 8 red and 4 black numbers. Winning
bets on red or black pay even money. Column bets pay 2 to 1. Betting on red
covers 18 numbers. If at the same time you bet the middle column you also cover
8 black numbers. Only the remaining 10 black numbers plus 0 and 00 will be
losers. You have 26 ways to win against 12 ways to lose. Find a low-minimum
table(they're plentiful in the smaller casinos in Vegas) and wager three chips
(units) on red and two on the middle column. No matter which of your 26 numbers
comes up, you'll show a profit. If one of the red numbers in the first or third
columns shows, you'll win three for betting red and lose two on the column bet.
If one of the 8 black numbers in the middle column hits, you'll collect four for
the column wager and lose the three placed on red. Either way you'll have a one-
unit profit. And if the ball lands on a red number in that center column you'll
collect on both bets for a total profit of seven units. If you enjoy playing
roulette, this system will let you stay at the table for extended periods
without doing damage to your gambling budget
Full Time Roulette:
This system have actually been

created with the help of my past clients and people who play roulette full-time as
their main source of income, It has bothered me for years, that despite the overall
success of my roulette strategies, there were the odd and often totally
unsuspected adverse sequences that represent sometimes serious setbacks for
the player.
Not serious enough to endanger the players bankroll, but very annoying because
these adverse runs can make deep inroads into already previously won capital. It
does not happen often, but if you do encounter a bad run with a mathematically
sound system in the full swing, it is devastating for your morale doubts about the
validity of your methods, your play becomes distracted and you feel your
concentration slipping. Mistakes are being made in your betting sequence and
pretty soon the ardent roulette player is “knock out”
All this can happen, as I said before, even with a proven, logically and
mathematically sound roulette
System, a method that has never failed you in the past and has allowed you to win
steadily for months and years at the time…. that’s why we call it gambling! With
this “Full Time Roulette Strategy” you have acquired a perfect remedy for adverse
for adverse runs on the roulette table. Finally it is possible to play without
tabulating and observation for previous results to base your next bet on. No more
lengthy waiting and no more bookkeeping, and still having the assurance of
winning all the time, with or without favourable runs for the player; moreover the
wild swings of results and the dry spells (the laws of average completely) are
successfully held in check
One dollar on number one. Number 22 comes up. A Loss.
One dollar each on number 1 and 2, or two dollars on the split line between
numbers 1 and 2. Number 15 comes up. A Loss.
One dollar each on number 1, 2, and 3, or three dollars stacked on the bottom of
number 1 to 3. Number 34 comes up. A Loss.
One dollar each on number 1, 2, 3, and 4, or three dollars stacked on the bottom of
number 1 to 3, plus one dollar straight up on number 4. Number 9 comes up. A
Loss.
One dollar each on number 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or three dollars stacked on the bottom of
file:///D|/Systems/FULL%20TIME%20ROULETTE.htm (1 of 4) [7/21/2002 11:19:00 AM]

Full Time Roulette:
number 1, 2, 3, and two dollars on the split of numbers 4 and 5. plus one dollar
straight up on number 4. Zero comes up. A Loss.
One dollar each on number 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or six dollars stacked on the bottom of
number 1 to 6, covering all six numbers on the street position. 22 comes up. A
Loss. So far we have risked and lost 21 dollars.
Twelve dollars stacked on the bottom of the first six numbers 1 to 6 and two
dollars on number 7 straight up. 4 comes up. A WIN.
Twelve dollars in a stack to cover 1 to 6, four dollars on the split between 7 and 8 (
or two dollars each on the 7 and 8 straight up). Number 34 comes up. A Loss.
Twelve dollars in a stack to cover 1 to 6, two dollars each on 7, 8, and 9, (or six
dollars in a stack to cover number 7, 8, and 9). Number 5 comes up. A WIN.
Twelve dollars stacked covering 1 to 6, six dollars covering 7-9, two dollars each
on the 10 and the 11 straight up. (or four dollars on the split between 10 and 11).
Number 17 comes up. A Loss.
Twelve dollars stacked covering 1 to 6, plus twelve dollars stacked to cover
numbers 7-12 (or twenty-four dollars on the first dozen on the outside). Number 5
comes up again. A WIN.
Thirty-six dollars on the first dozen on the outside, covering the first twelve
numbers and three dollars straight up on the number 13. Number 33 comes up. A
Loss.
Thirty-six dollars on the first dozen on the outside, six dollars on the split between
13 and 14 (or three dollars each straight up on the number 13, 14, and 15). Number
23 comes up. A Loss.
Thirty-six dollars on the first dozen on the outside, nine dollars stacked to cover
13, 14, 15, three dollars straight up on number 16. Number 3 comes up. A WIN.
Thirty-six dollars on the first dozen on the outside, nine dollars stacked for 13, 14,
15, three dollars each straight up on number 16 and 17 (or six dollars on the split
between 16 and 17). Number 19 comes up. A Loss.
Thirty-six dollars on the first dozen on the outside, nine dollars stacked for 13, 14,
15, and nine dollars stacked for 16, 17, 18 (or much simpler 54 dollars on the
outside betting space for number 1 to 18). Number 11 comes up. A WIN.
Total profit stands at 126 dollars.

Full Time Roulette:
Here is a quick graphic illustration of the whole system. We do nothing else but
always cover one more number with each successive bet, up to, if necessary
number 18. one dollar for the first six bets, two dollars for the next six bets, and
three dollars for the last six bets.
We start with one dollar betting number 1. Then we bet one dollar each on number
1 and 2. Then one dollar each on 1, 2, and 3. then we cover numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, with
one dollar each. Then we add number 5, next we add number 6. In diagram from
our betting scheme looks like this:
Cover the #'s
1st bet 1 with one dollar each= $1
2nd bet 1 2 with one dollar each= $2
3rd bet 1 2 3 with one dollar each= $3
4th bet 1 2 3 4 with one dollar each= $4
5th bet 1 2 3 4 5 with one dollar each= $5
6th bet 1 2 3 4 5 6 with one dollar each= $6
Cover the #'s
7th bet 1 to 7 with two dollar each= $14
Cover the #'s
13th bet 1 to 13 with three dollar each= $39
Bankroll needed to go all the way is $414 in you play with one dollar chips. If you
are playing at a $5 minimum table, cover the first five numbers on your first bet,
then six numbers, seven numbers, etc.If you show a profit you don’t have to bet all

Full Time Roulette:
18 numbers. Break off the sequence and start over and play until you show a
acceptable profit again. You can always start from scratch again with the small
bets and repeat the profitable performance. You can also use the strategy on the
high numbers 19 to 36.

CONTENTS: FULL TRIO PLAY
CONTENTS
INTRODUCTION 1
THE TRIOPLAY ROULETTE SYSTEM 1
BASICPLAY PLAYPLAN 2
ADVANCE PLAY ONE AND TWO: 5
THE RULES OF THE COMPLETE TRIOPLAY SYSTEM. 5
EXPLANATION OF TERMS AND INDICATORS FOR TRIOPLAY 6
PRACTICE PAGES: TRIOPLAY PLAY PLAN 8
OBSERVATIONS: 12
UPDATES AND PROPRIATEARY REASEARCH 12
CONCLUSION 13
INTRODUCTION
“ Winning doesn’t depend on what system you play but on the amount you bet on each bet and
how you decrease or increase this amount according to your win/lose relation.”
“When I first started to play the system, mathematics was the last thing on my mind, but when I
started to win consistently (7 out of 10 sessions on average) I felt the need to explain to myself
why my system was working. My luck couldn’t be this good. After a considerable time of
deliberation it dawned on me that the reason was so simple that if I had thought of it before
playing my system I would have never created it in the first place.” - Eric Yung Lee
When you have studied all the relevant practice pages you will also be amazed by its simplicity.
Every experienced roulette player or mathematician will tell you that you can’t beat roulette
because you can’t beat the ODDS.
AND THEY ARE ALL ABSOLUTELY RIGHT!
TRIOPLAY has incorporated this fact into its calculations. TRIOPLAY is not intended to be
some infallible miracle roulette system that can “Break the Bank” and make you a millionaire
overnight. It is going to take long hours and hard work.
The creator of the TRIOPLAY system had a healthy respect for the ODDS and he was under no
illusion that he could BEAT the Odds.
BUT, he discovered that by working/playing with the odds you can actually CHEAT the odds
with some simple but ingenious calculations in the long run.
This manual assumes that the reader is already familiar with BasicPlay.
THE TRIOPLAY ROULETTE SYSTEM
BasicPlay + AdvPlay1 + AdvPlay2 = TRIO-PLAY.
“One has Confidence, Two has strength but Three has Victory!”
All three systems combined will form the complete TRIO-PLAY system. The first system/part of
TRIO-PLAY will serve as the basis while the other two systems will serve as your safety-net to
file:///D|/Systems/FULL%20TRIO%20PLAY.htm (1 of 15) [7/21/2002 11:19:13 AM]

give you confidence to ride through all the low-runs. As you will shortly see. AdvPlay 1 & 2 are
two easy, yet effective changes to your RESET INDICATOR and RUNNING Count.
It is thus essential that you master the BasicPlay rules and calculations.
A BasicPlay Plan is included in this manual for you to study and to ensure that you understand the
BasicPlay system. (Please refer to the demo pages, which you have already received, for all the
rules on BasicPlay)
REMEMBER, THE ONLY WAY TO EVER WIN THE WHEEL IS TO KEEP TO EVEN
MONEY BETS. DO NOT TRY TO CONVERT THE TRIOPLAY RULES TO ANY OTHER
SYSTEM!
All Even-money bets balance out closely after +/- 100 spins. ( The Law of averages)
The average is 55/45. Nine out of ten times the discrepancy between two even-money bets will be
less the 20 i.e. 60/40. YOU WOULD WIN NINE OUT OF TEN TIMES WITH BASICPLAY IF
THERE WERE NO TABLE LIMITS. BUT, the Casinos also need to be profitable. This is why
we developed AdvPlay1 and 2. These two systems combined with BasicPlay will keep your
stakes low ( under the table limit) and bring your count back to one as quick as possible .
BasicPlay PLAYPLAN
Study this PlayPlan for an overview on BasicPlay:
For this illustration we play (1-18) on the outside with one chip(i.e.$10) to start. If the outside bet
is too expensive for your decided bankroll, you can play the first three double streets with one
chip on 1-6, one chip on 7-12 and one chip on 13-18. REMEMBER that with TRIOPLAY you
only change your calculations and Never your Bet. e.g. if you decided to play Black and the count
shows that there are more Red numbers coming up, then YOU STICK WITH BLACK, YOU
NEVER CHANGE YOUR BET TO RED.
Casino Spin Win/Lose Count
PC & RC Number of units played Result Running Total (Profit) Number of spin
34 x 1,2 1 -1 -1 1
1 w 2 1 PC=2 +1 0 2
8 w 1 2 +2 +2 3
16 w 1 1 +1 +3 4
17 w 1 1 +1 +4 5
31 x 1,2 1 -1 +3 6
35 x 1,2,3 1 -1 +2 7
11 w 2,3 1 PC=2 +1 +3 8
17 w 3 2 PC=3 +2 +5 9
30 x 3,4 3 -3 +2 10
28 x 3,4,5 3 -3 -1 11
21 x 3,4,5,6 3 -3 -4 12
6 w 4,5,6 3 PC=4 +3 -1 13
22 x 4,5,6,7 4 -4 -5 14
36 x 4,5,6,7,8 4 -4 -9 15

18 w 5,6,7,8 4 PC=5 +4 -5 16
29 x 5,6,7,8,9 5 -5 -10 17
1 w 6,7,8,9 5 PC=6 +5 -5 18
2 w 7,8,9 6 +6 +1 19
14 w 8,9 7 +7 +8 20
1 w 9 8 +8 +16 21
32 x 9,10 9 -9 +7 22
31 x 9,10,11 9 -9 -2 23
30 x 9,10,11,12 9 -9 -11 24
25 x 9,10,11,12,13 9 -9 -20 25
18 w 10,11,12,13 9 PC=10 +9 -11 26
32 x 10,11,12,13,14 10 -10 -21 27
31 x 10,11,12,13,14,15 10
STOP RI=5 (15-10=5) -10
reset to one -31
reset to one 28
reset to one
32 x 1,2 1 -1 -1 (-31) 1
20 x 1,2,3 1 -1 -2 2
32 x 1,2,3,4 1 -1 -3 3
17 w 2,3,4 1 +1 -2 4
0 x 2,3,4,5 2 -2 -4 5
27 x 2,3,4,5,6 2 -2 -6 6
19 x 2,3,4,5,6,7 2
STOP RI=5
(7-2=5) -2
reset to one -8
reset to one 7
reset to one
36 x 1,2 1 -1 -1 (-39) 1
15 w 2 1 PC=2 +1 0 2
3 w 1 2 +2 +2 3
7 w 1 1 +1 +3 4
25 x 1,2 1 -1 +2 5
12 w 2 1 +1 +3 6
32 x 2,3 2 -2 +1 7
23 x 2,3,4 2 -2 -1 8
5 w 3,4 2 +2 +1 9
19 x 3,4,5 3 -3 -2 10
26 x 3,4,5,6 3 -3 -5 11

36 x 3,4,5,6,7 3 -3 -8 12
24 x 3,4,5,6,7,8 3
STOP RI=5 -3
RESET -11 (-50)
RESET 13
RESET
6 w 1 1 +1 +1 1
18 w 1 1 +1 +2 2
2 w 1 1 +1 +3 3
22 x 1,2 1 -1 +2 4
21 x 1,2,3 1 -1 +1 5
27 x 1,2,3,4 1 -1 0 6
6 w 2,3,4 1 +1 +1 7
13 w 3,4 2 +2 +3 8
28 x 3,4,5 3 -3 0 9
26 x 3,4,5,6 3 -3 -3 10
33 x 3,4,5,6,7 3 -3 -6 11
29 x 3,4,5,6,7,8 3 stop
RC=5 -3
reset -9
reset 12
reset
18 w 1 1 +1 +1 (-59) 1
23 x 1,2 1 -1 0 2
10 w 2 1 +1 +1 3
12 w 1 2 +2 +3 4
12 w 1 1 +1 +4 5
14 w 1 1 +1 +5 6
28 x 1,2 1 -1 +4 7
35 x 1,2,3 1 -1 +3 8
2 w 2,3 1 +1 +4 9
11 w 3 2 +2 +6 10
9 w 1 3 +3 +9 11
13 w 1 1 +1 +10 12
11 w 1 1 +1 +11 13
34 x 1,2 1 -1 +10 14
15 w 2 1 +1 +11 15
3 w 1 2 +2 +13 16
22 x 1,2 1 -1 +12 17
2 w 2 1 +1 +13 18

7 w 1 2 +2 +15 19
21 x 1,2 1 -1 +14 20
7 w 2 1 +1 +15 21
33 x 2,3 2 -2 +13 22
25 x 2,3,4 2 -2 +14 23
33 x 2,3,4,5 2 -2 +12 24
19 x 2,3,4,5,6 2 -2 +10 25
2 w 3,4,5,6 2 +2 +12 26
28 x 3,4,5,6,7 3 -3 +9 27
17 w 4,5,6,7 3 +3 +12 28
15 w 5,6,7 4 +4 +16 29
14 w 6,7 5 +5 +21 30
4 w 7, 6 +6 +27 31
17 w 1 7 +7 +34 32
19 x 1,2 1 -1 +33 33
9 w 2 1 +1 +34 34
20 x 1,2 1 -1 +33 35
10 w 2 1 +1 +34 36
13 w 1 2 +2 +36 37
20 x 1,2 1 -1 +35 38
26 x 1,2,3 1 -1 +34 39
27 x 1,2,3,4 1 -1 +33 40
5 w 2,3,4 1 +1 +34 41
32 x 2,3,4,5 2 -2 +32 42
13 w 3,4,5 2 +2 +34 43
2 w 4,5 3 +3 +37 44
24 x 4,5,6 4 -4 +33 45
1 w 5,6 4 +4 +37 46
8 w 6 5 +5 +42 47
35 x 6,7 6 -6 +36 48
21 x 6,7,8 6 -6 +30 49
36 x 6,7,8,9 6 -6 +24 50
14 w 7,8,9 6 +6 +30 51
10 w 8,9 7 +7 +37 52
9 w 9 8 +8 +45 53
30 x 9,10 9 -9 +36 54
15 w 10 9 +9 +45 55
20 x 10,11 10 -10 +35 56
22 x 10,11,12 10 -10 +25 57
31 x 10,11,12,13 10 -10 +15 58

16 w 11,12,13 10 +10 +25 59

6 w 12,13 11 +11 +36 60
18 w 13 12 +12 +48 61
5 w 1 13 +13 +61 62
24 x 1,2 1 -1 +60 63
3 w 2 1 +1 +61 64
19 x 2,3 2 -2 +59 65
29 x 2,3,4 2 -2 +57 66
24 x 2,3,4,5 2 -2 +55 67
27 x 2,3,4,5,6 2 -2 +53 68
11 w 3,4,5,6 2 +2 +55 69
30 x 3,4,5,6,7 3 -3 +52 70
12 w 4,5,6,7 3 +3 +55 71
3 w 5,6,7 4 +4 +59 72
35 x 5,6,7,8 5 -5 +54 73
17 w 6,7,8 5 +5 +59 74
9 w 7,8 6 +6 +65 75
14 w 8 7 +7 +72 76
31 x 8,9 8 -8 +64 77
27 x 8,9,10 8 -8 +56 78
18 w 9,10 8 +8 +64 79
8 w 10 9 +9 +73 80
20 x 10,11 10 -10 +63 81
25 x 10,11,12 10 -10 +53 82
36 x 10,11,12,13 10 -10 +43 83
23 x 10,11,12,1314, 10 -10 +33 84
4 w 11,12,13,14 10 +10 +43 85
32 x 11,12,13,14,15 11 -11 +32 86
13 w 12,13,14,15 11 +11 +43 87
1 w 13,14,15 12 +12 +55 88
17 w 14,15 13 +13 +68 89
6 w 15 14 +14 +82 90
33 x 15,16 15 -15 +67 91
10 w 16 15 +15 +82 92
2 w 1 16 +16 +98 93 STOP
TARGET PLAY
TP =5 (98-93=5)
Total winnings/profit for this session is 39units (98-59=39)
ADVANCE PLAY ONE AND TWO:

Advance Play One =(AP1)

Advance Play Two =(AP2)
THE RULES OF THE COMPLETE TRIOPLAY SYSTEM.

The rules below may seem a bit confusing at first , but will become clearer once you study the
Practise pages.
1. Whenever you reach a positive result/profit you must send that specific units of profit to the
bank and reset the Count (PC and RC) to one, you must reset the profit units to zero and you must
reset the number of spins to one. You will thus begin a new RUN. A single session may consist of
more than one run.
2. All units that you send to the bank must be kept separate from your bankroll. These units are
not to be touched again!!!. If you have a losing session this will ensure that you will never lose all
your starting capitol. You only keep on playing with the units you have in your bankroll and not
the units you have sent to your “bank stack”. You will thus have two stacks in front of you. A
“bankroll stack” , the one you will use to play a single session with, and a “bank stack”, the one
you will use to determine your running profit. Once a unit is placed on your bank stack you may
not remove it again until the sessions has ended.
3. Always keep to the same Even-Money bet (High/Low, Odds/Evens , or Red/Black) that you
started with from spin One. (The system only works on even money bets)
4. For each Win cancel only ONE(1) count. DO NOT be tempted to cancel two or three if the win
is a Two or a Three. Even if the win is a Five you still only cancel One count. ( This rule only
changes when AP1 and AP2 is activated)
5. For each loss add only the next number count. i.e. if the count is at three then the next count
will be four (3+1) and so on.
6. If the Reset Indicator (RI) reaches 5 then play AP1 until the count goes down to one.
7. If the Running Count (RC) reaches 12 then play AP2 until you reach one. DO NOT go back to
AP1 when the count goes below 12, keep on playing AP2 until you reach a count of one.
8. A “0” or “00” will qualify as a loss, i.e. add one count. (Even though you get 50% of your bet
back at some casinos)
9. If you have to stop play for a while ,then only stop when you on a count of one.
10. A No-Spin or a Miss-Spin will have no effect , so just keep on playing.
11. When your total running profit equals 50 % of your starting bankroll then STOP. This will
indicate the END of a Winning SESSION.
EXPLANATION of TERMS and INDICATORS for TRIOPLAY

COUNT: Consists of a PLAY-COUNT and a RUNNING-COUNT. Sometimes the PC and RC
can have the same value.
PLAY-COUNT (PC)
Indicates the number of units/chips to be wagered/played on the next spin. It is the smallest value
of the Count.

e.g. If the Count is “1,2,3,4” then the PC value is “1” and the RC is “4”.
RUNNING-COUNT (RC)
Shows your winning deficit and is used to indicate when certain calculations have to be activated
to reduce this deficit. (AdvPlay 2 ).
It is used to show you the value of the RESET-INDICATOR (RI).
e.g. If the Count is “1,2,3,4” then the PC value is “1” and the RC is “4”.
The RC is also used to indicate when to activate AP2
TARGET-PLAY (TP)[Profit Indicator]
With BasicPlay it was closely related to the number of spins.
With TRIOPLAY your TARGET PLAY IS 50% of your starting bankroll. If your bankroll is 100
units then you will end your session when you have 50 units profit. DO NOT ATTEMPT TO
CONTINIUE PLAYING AFTER YOU REACHED YOUR TARGET. This is the most important
money management rule. If you neglect to abide by it you will never become a successful roulette
player.
With the Complete TRIOPLAY system the difference between the number of spins and the
number of profit units is not used to indicate a TARGET PLAY.(as with BasicPlay)
With TRIOPLAY it is related to your bankroll. i.e. if you reach 50% of your bankroll you must
STOP. This is the TRIOPLAY TARGETPLAY.
RESET-INDICATOR (RI) for TRIOPLAY.
The reset indicator will indicate when to play AP1 and it is different from the indicator used in the
demo with BasicPlay. Please ensure that you have clarity on this difference when playing the full
TRIOPLAY version.
The RESET-INDICATOR is the difference/value between your PC and RC.
e.g. If the Count is “1,2,3,4,5,” your PC is “1” and your RC is “5” and the difference between
them is 4 (5-1=4). Thus your RI will be “4”
RESET PLAYS.
A “reset play” happens every-time you reach a positive result. When you study the practice pages
this play will become apparent.
A reset play is when you reset the Count, PC and RC, win/lose, number of spins to one and you
send the profit units to your “Bank Stack” .
A normal session of 100 spins has on average 25 reset plays.
Thus when implementing a reset play, it doesn’t mean the end of a session. Unless, your bankroll
is so depleted that you cannot continue with a decent session. (REMEMBER not to use the
money/chips in your “Bank Stack”)
STOP-PLAY (SP) [Loss Indicator].
Whenever the SUM of the Count is more than your Current BankRoll, then you
MUST STOP.e.g. If your beginning bankroll is 50 units and the count is for example
"9,10,11,12,13", then your SP Indicator is 55 (9+10+11+12+13=55), then you
must stop whether or not you are showing a loss or a profit. Do not attempt
to see if you can recover any losses.

EVEN if you show a profit you must also stop. Do not go for TARGETPLAY. The
odds are against you, 9 out of 10 times you will lose your total bankroll
if you continue to play when you reach this situation.
You are learning to become a Professional gambler, so don't "push the
envelope" at this stage.
ADVANCE PLAY ONE (AP1)
Whenever the RESET-INDICATOR(RI) reaches a value of “5” you play AP1 until the count
reaches one again. Then you continue with normal BasicPlay.
When AP1 is activated, the following rule applies:
For every win you cancel TWO counts instead of One. For every loss you keep on adding only
one count. You will follow this procedure until you reach a count of one OR until AP2 is
activated.
i.e. if the count is “2,3,4,5,6,7” the RI = 5 and you activate AP1. Thus if the next spin is a win you
will cancel two counts and the resulting count will be “4,5,6,7” (2 and 3 is cancelled).
If the spin was a loss the count will be “2,3,4,5,6,7,8” (See practice pages)
ADVANCE PLAY TWO (AP2)
Whenever the RUNNING-COUNT reaches 12 then play AP2 until the count reaches one again.
Then you continue with normal BasicPlay. DO NOT activate AP1 again, you must keep on
following the AP2 procedure until the count reaches one.
When AP2 is activated, the following rule applies:
For every win you cancel THREE counts instead of One. For every loss you keep on adding only
one count. You will follow this procedure until you reach a count of one.
i.e. if the count is “8,9,10,11,12” the RC =12 and you activate AP2. Thus if the next spin is a win
you will cancel three counts and the resulting count will be “11,12” (8,9 and 10 is cancelled).
If the spin was a loss the count will be “8,9,10,11,12,13” (See practice pages)
Please Note the difference between AP1 and AP2.
AP1 is activated in accordance with the RESET-INDICATOR (RI).
AP2 is activated in accordance with the RUNNING-COUNT (RC).
END OF SESSION.
When does a session end?
A session ends when you reach one of the following:
-When you reach TargetPlay.(50% of bankroll)
-When your bankroll is so depleted that you cannot continue i.e. losing session.
-Whenever you feel that the stakes are getting to high and you would rather bank your profit and
leave.( I know this is common-sense but sometimes GAMBLERS need to HEAR it) Remember
you are ultimately in control.
A WORD OF CAUTION: This TRIOPLAY system may seem very complicated at first but once
you’ve grasped the principle behind it you will be amazed about how simple it is, You can really
play it with ease once you’ve learned the modus operandi. There is no guess work in this system,
you strictly do what your calculations tell you to do, AND DON”T EVER DEVIATE FROM IT!

PRACTICE PAGES: TRIOPLAY PLAY PLAN

For this illustration we play (1-18) on the outside with one chip(i.e.$10) to start. If the outside bet
is too expensive for your decided bankroll, you can play the first three double streets with one
chip on 1-6, one chip on 7-12 and one chip on 13-18. REMEMBER that with TRIOPLAY you
only change your calculations and Never your Bet. e.g. if you decided to play (1-18) and the count
shows that there are more (19-36) numbers coming up, then YOU STICK WITH (1-18), YOU
NEVER CHANGE YOUR BET TO (19-36).
Take note that the following session (numbers) is the same as the BacicPlay session above. I used
the same series of casino spins to illustrate the effectiveness of TRIOPLAY in comparison to just
playing a BasicPlay session.
You will note that the Complete TRIOPLAY system offers you much more control in keeping the
stakes low. From now on you will beam with confidence when you sit down next to a roulette
table
Casino Spin Win/ Lose Count

PC and PC Number of units played /wagered Result of spin Profit of RUN
(Running Profit for bank stack) Number of spin.
(this column is optional with TRIOPLAY)
34 x 1,2 1 -1 -1 1
1 w 2 1 PC=2 +1 0 2
8 w 1 2 +2 +2 (+2)
RESET PLAY
Bank Profit and reset 3
16 w 1 1 +1 +1 (+3)
RESET PLAY
Send to bank and reset 1
17 w 1 1 +1 +1 (+4)
RESET PLAY
Send to bank and reset 1
31 x 1,2 1 -1 -1 1
35 x 1,2,3 1 -1 -2 2
11 w 2,3 1 +1 -1 3
17 w 3 2 +2 +1 Send to bank and reset. (+5) 4
30 x 1,2 1 -1 -1 1
28 x 1,2,3 1 -1 -2 2
21 x 1,2,3,4 1 -1 -3 3
6 w 2,3,4 1 +1 -2 4
22 x 2,3,4,5 2 -2 -4 5
36 x 2,3,4,5,6 2 -2 -6 6
18 w 3,4,5,6 2 +2 -4 7

29 x 3,4,5,6,7 3 -3 -7 8
1 w 4,5,6,7 3 +3 -4 9
2 w 5,6,7 4 +4 0 10
14 w 6,7 5 +5 +5
RESET PLAY send to bank and reset (+10) 11
1 w one 1 +1 +1 send to bank and reset (+11) 1
32 x 1,2 1 -1 -1 1
31 x 1,2,3 1 -1 -2 2
30 x 1,2,3,4 1 -1 -3 3
25 x 1,2,3,4,5 1 -1 -4 4
18 w 2,3,4,5 1 +1 -3 5
32 x 2,3,4,5,6 2 -2 -5 6
31 x 2,3,4,5,6,7 2 -2 -7 Activate AP1 because RI = 5
(7-2=5) 7
32 x 2,3,4,5,6,7,8 2 -2 -9 8
20 x 2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9 2 -2 -11 9
32 x 2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10 2 -2 -13 10
17 w 4,5,6,7,8,9,10, 2 +2 -11 11
0 x 4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11 4 -4 -15 12
27 x 4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12 4 -4 -19 Activate AP2 because RC=12
Play it through until count reaches “one” 13
19 x 4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13 4 -4 -23 14
36 x 4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14 4 -4 -27 15
15 w 7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14 4 +4 -24 16
3 w 10,11,12,13, 14 7 +7 -17 17
7 w 13,14 10 +10 -7 18
25 x 13,14,15 13 -13 -20 19
12 w one 13 +13 -7 20
32 x 1,2 1 -1 -8 21
23 x 1,2,3 1 -1 -9 22
5 w 2,3 1 +1 -8 23
19 x 2,3,4 2 -2 -10 24
26 x 2,3,4,5 2 -2 -12 25
36 x 2,3,4,5,6 2 -2 -14 26
24 x 2,3,4,5,6,7 2 -2 -16 AP1 because RI =5 27
6 w 4,5,6,7 2 +2 -14 28
18 w 6,7 4 +4 -10 29
2 w one 6 +6 -4 30
22 x 1,2 1 -1 -5 31
21 x 1,2,3 1 -1 -6 32

27 x 1,2,3,4 1 -1 -7 33
6 w 2,3,4 1 +1 -6 34
13 w 3,4 2 +2 -4 35
28 x 3,4,5 3 -3 -7 36
26 x 3,4,5,6 3 -3 -10 37
33 x 3,4,5,6,7 3 -3 -13 38
29 x 3,4,5,6,7,8 3 -3 -16 AP1 RI=5 39
18 w 5,6,7,8 3 +3 -13 40
23 x 5,6,7,8,9 5 -5 -17 41
10 w 7,8,9 5 +5 -12 42
12 w 9 7 +7 -5 43
28 x 1,2 1 -1 -1 2
35 x 1,2,3 1 -1 -2 3
2 w 2,3 1 +1 -1 4
11 w 3 2 +2 +1bank (17) 5
9 w one 1 +1 +1 bank (18) 1
13 w one 1 +1 +1 bank (19) 1
11 w one 1 +1 +1 bank (20) 1
34 x 1,2 1 -1 -1 1
15 w 2 1 +1 0 2
3 w one 2 +2 +2 bank (22) 3
22 x 1,2 1 -1 -1 1
2 w 2 1 +1 0 2
7 w one 2 +2 +2 bank (24) 3
21 x 1,2 1 -1 -1 1
7 w 2 +1 +1 0 2
33 x 2,3 2 -2 -2 3
25 x 2,3,4 2 -2 -4 4
33 x 2,3,4,5 2 -2 -6 5
19 x 2,3,4,5,6 2 -2 -8 6
2 w 3,4,5,6 2 +2 -6 7
28 x 3,4,5,6,7 3 -3 -9 8
17 w 4,5,6,7 3 +3 -6 9
15 w 5,6,7 4 +4 -2 10
14 w 6,7 5 +5 +3 send to bank and reset (27) 11
4 w one 1 +1 +1 bank (+28) 1
17 w one 1 +1 +1 bank (+29) 1
19 x 1,2 1 -1 -1 1

9 w 2 1 +1 0 2
20 x 2,3 2 -2 -2 3
10 w 3 2 +2 0 4
20 x 1,2 1 -1 -1 1
26 x 1,2,3 1 -1 -2 2
27 x 1,2,3,4 1 -1 -3 3
5 w 2,3,4 1 +1 -2 4
32 x 2,3,4,5 2 -2 -4 5
13 w 3,4,5 2 +2 -2 6
2 w 4,5 3 +3 +1 send to bank and reset (+33) 7
24 x 1,2 1 -1 -1 1
1 w 2 1 +1 0 2
35 x 1,2 1 -1 -1 1
21 x 1,2,3 1 -1 -2 2
36 x 1,2,3,4 1 -1 -3 3
14 w 2,3,4 1 +1 -2 4
10 w 3,4 2 +2 0 5
9 w 4 3 +3 +3 send to bank and reset (+38) 6
30 x 1,2 1 -1 -1 1
15 w 2 1 +1 0 2
20 x 2,3 2 -2 -2 3
22 x 2,3,4 2 -2 -4 4
31 x 2,3,4,5 2 -2 -6 5
16 w 3,4,5 2 +2 -4 6
6 w 4,5 3 +3 -1 7
24 x 1,2 1 -1 -1 1
3 w 2 1 +1 0 2
19 x 2,3 2 -2 -2 3
29 x 2,3,4 2 -2 -4 4
24 x 2,3,4,5 2 -2 -6 5
27 x 2,3,4,5,6 2 -2 -8 6
11 w 3,4,5,6 2 +2 -6 7
30 x 3,4,5,6,7 3 -3 -9 8
12 w 4,5,6,7 3 +3 -6 9
3 w 5,6,7 4 +4 -2 10
35 x 5,6,7,8 5 -5 -7 11

17 w 6,7,8 5 +5 -2 12
9 w 7,8 6 +6 +4 send to bank and reset (+46) 13
31 x 1,2 1 -1 -1 1
27 x 1,2,3 1 -1 -2 2
18 w 2,3 1 +1 -1 3
8 w 3 2 +2 +1 send to bank
and reset (+48) 4
20 x 1,2 1 -1 -1 1
25 x 1,2,3 1 -1 -2 2
36 x 1,2,3,4 1 -1 -3 3
23 x 1,2,3,4,5 1 -1 -4 4
4 w 2,3,4,5 1 +1 -3 5
32 x 2,3,4,5,6 2 -2 -5 6
13 w 3,4,5,6 2 +2 -3 7
1 w 4,5,6 3 +3 0 8
17 w 5,6 4 +4 +4 send to bank and stop play (+52) STOP PLAY , TRIOPLAY TARGET
REACHED
You have reached a profit of more than 50% of your bankroll.
This is a typical winning session of more than 5 hours of play, with a profit of 52 units. ($520). Its
hard work, but its VERY PROFITABLE.
Observations:
Before you read my observations. Look at the above playplan carefully again, compare it with the
BasicPlay playplan and try and conclude some observations of your own
• I can honestly say that after 12 years of playing roulette that this system offers me more control
over roulette than any other. Notice that it doesn’t matter how long a losing run is, your stakes are
kept to a minimum and with AP2 you can survive anything. You will never ever get a panic attack
playing roulette again.
• The TRIOPLAY system plays it safe. Some TRIOPLAY Club members have given the system
the nickname of “The Ultimate Cheating System”. When you activate AP2 your are actually
cheating like crazy, by cancelling 3 counts for every win you are “cheating” the ODDS. THERES
NO WAY THAT THE ODDS ARE GOING TO RUN OUT OF CONTROLL IF YOU STICK
TO THE SYSTEM.
• The System is SO SIMPLE. Yes, like I said in the demo, if I had to think about it before I
created the system I would have said to myself that something so simple can never work.
• You will deduce from the above playplan that you will need patience. If you’re not a patient
person you will need to acquire some patience very rapidly other wise TRIOPLAY is going to kill
you, haha.
If you want to increase your risk and therefore increase your profit, you are welcome to activate
AP1 when the Reset Indicator reaches a value of “6”,”7”,”8” or “9”. But “9” is the maximum.

You will recall that the current Reset value in the manual was “5”. (Reset RI=5)
Conclusion
In Conclusion The TRIOPLAY Roulette system is a LONG-TERM wager/betting system only. Its
simplicity, once all three systems are combined, will have you jumping through the roof with
confidence. I don’t want to make you a winner at roulette, I WANT YOU TO BECOME A
SUCCESSFUL, PROFESSIONAL ROULETTE PLAYER FOR LIFE.
To play a successful TRIOPLAY session you will need a minimum of 100 times the amount of a
single even-money "outside" bet. Thus if the minimum for the even money bets are $10 you will
need 100 units i.e. $1,000.
BUT BEFORE YOU EVEN CONSIDER PLAYING WITH A $1000 BANKROLL I WILL
ADVISE YOU TO FIRST DO A COUPLE OF PRACTICE RUNS AT YOUR LOCAL CASINO
UNTIL YOU CAN DO ALL THE CALCULATIONS SMOOTHLY AND AUTOMATICALLY.
The only drawback of this system is that when you mess-up the calculations during the middle of
your session, you are in for a long fight to show a decent profit.
(Go to a casino, sit next to a table and just record the spins on paper or a casino card, you can then
go home and study the system(Play Plan) according to the spins to see what your profit would
have been. Remember to choose a specific even money bet before you do the play-plan.
If I have a losing session my average loss is never more than 75% of my starting
bankroll if I stick closely to the money management rules. (i.e. if you
play a losing session with $1,000 then you should not lose more then $750.)
On average you should win 7 out of 10 sessions. If we analyse this statement we can deduce the
following;
1) Each session could be 3 to 6 long hours of continuos play.
2) If we use the above suggested bankroll and suggested beginning target. Then we will have a
gross profit of 350 units (7x50). Our losses will be 225 units (100x75%x3). This will give you, on
average, a minimum net profit of 125 units after +/- 50 hours(10 sessions).
Yes, that’s 50 hours for 125 units profit. THIS is why I stated in the beginning that TRIOPLAY is
not going to make you a millionaire overnight, its hard work and it may take a few thousand
sessions or so. If your up to it, then TRIOPLAY is for you. You can make a very decent living
using TRIOPLAY.
If you need something to make you a millionaire overnight then TRIOPLAY is definitely not for
you and I suggest you try some of the other so-called “guaranteed- unbeatable- infallible” roulette
systems that are available on the Internet.

Gambler's Luck
CONTENTS:
Introduction
Bankroll and bets
How to choose a number
Value of a unit
When to quit
The arithmetic
Risk capital
Golden rules
Advanced play
Conclusion
Appendix
Introduction:
Roulette systems reliant on probability seem convincing of yielding
positive results. They are often simple to play and sometimes
successful, but in the long run they usually fail, mainly because they
aim to force a winning outcome and thus have a high risk/win ratio -
meaning risking a lot to win a little. One bad run and all the
accumulated winnings, and more, are lost. Gambler's Luck does not aim
to force a winning outcome and has a very low risk/win ratio. It
utilizes the player's turn of luck to generate a controlled rising
advantage.
The general strategy of the system is as follows:
1. The rate of your losses in each playing session is low and the
total loss is
adequately limited
2. There is no limit to winnings as long as profit is progressing
3. When lucky and winning, the betting is intensified so that winnings
multiply when there are successive wins, giving a considerable
boost to the
running overall average net profit.
I have tried many systems in my long gambling experience. Gambler's

Luck is the only system that works to keep me ahead at all times. If
your priority is to play to win, this system will give you an
excellent opportunity to triumph at roulette and stay ahead at all
times. If your priority is to play for pleasure, then you may find it
difficult to implement and benefit from a system. Gambler's Luck has a
realistic approach to gambling in that it does not aim to win every
playing session nor at every visit to the casino. In my experience
file:///D|/Systems/GAMBLERS%20LUCK.htm (1 of 12) [7/21/2002 11:38:48 AM]

Gambler's Luck
this approach is an effective way, and possibly the best way, to be a

successful gambler.
Gambler's Luck is geared to exploit the occasional as well as

successive turns of luck, effectively. It is comprehensive and it even
takes into account the 'feel good' factor because feeling good and
luck go hand in hand. It has ideally set limits and you will know
exactly when it is time to quit and with just a single hit at any
stage of a playing session quitting a winner is a certainty.
Gambler's Luck applies to the roulette game with one or two zeros
where the house pays 35 to 1 for a number straight up bet. It applies
to all Roulette tables and wheels.
*The primary objective of the system is to get ahead and stay ahead at
all times*. *The second objective is to progressively extend your
gains with time*. The system takes into account that in any one cycle
of the roulette wheel, 38 spins, some numbers tend to come up more
times at the expense of others that consequently do not come up at
all, and is played on the inside bets, numbers.
Gambler's Luck is described below in detail for clarity and it may

seem complex at first. As you put it into practice - familiarize
yourself with it at home first - you will see that it is very simple
to play, easy to follow and covers all aspects of the game. What you
need is some money (see below, under "Risk capital"), some luck and
some patience. There are over 30 years of roulette experience in this
system that understandably you will not be able to see straight away.
For optimum performance it is essential that you read what follows
thoroughly and apply it precisely.
Bankroll and bets:
The bankroll per playing session is 20 units (chips). You can play one
or more session at each visit to the casino. It does not matter if you
gamble daily, weekly, monthly or irregularly. It should all add up to
give you an average net profit. If you play more than one session at
each visit to the casino, you close each session as set out below in
"When to quit", and move to a different roulette table to start a new
playing session, or just stop playing for a while and play again on
the same table (wait a few spins if you are winning, more if you are
losing).
After you have mastered the system, you can then move up to advanced
play as described below under "Advanced play". You play for the
highest pay out, that is, a single number straight up bet. This is the
most effective bet placing at roulette and is the least affected by

Gambler's Luck
the casino advantage (see the Appendix at the end for a theoretical
analysis of bet placing). You must play only one number, and this
remains the same number throughout any one session. You will probably
be the only player at the table betting on a single number, and you
may feel uncomfortable at first. Try not to and with time you should
become used to it. You will notice that the other players at your
table who cover many numbers will not usually last as long as you do.
You must play every spin, betting one unit at a time on one number
only, except for the very first bet of the playing session, see below,
under "First bet". If you win you double the bet on your winning
number. Every time you win, and ONLY immediately following a win, you
also place a double bet on the two numbers on each side of your main
number on the roulette wheel itself, its neighbours, as if to widen
the slot (cavity) of your main number on the wheel threefold. For
example, if you are playing number 29, after a win you double the bet
on 29 and also bet the same amount, two units, on numbers 7 and 18,
the neighbours of number 29 on the European roulette wheel - on other
wheels the sequence of the numbers can be different. Look at the wheel
where the ball has landed and read the numbers from there. If this is
difficult for you to do, ask any of the casino personnel to give you a
scorecard with an illustration of the wheel showing the sequence of
the numbers on it. Most casinos do have them; however, if they do not
they should be able to advise you where to get one. If you win again
for the second time in succession you double again, four units, on the
same three numbers, but this time you add two more neighbours and from
the roulette TABLE - not the wheel; one on each side of your main
number; in this case numbers 28 and 30 (if your main number happens to
be an 'end' table number such as 36 or 0, then assume the numbers go
in circle, that is; the two table neighbours of 36 would be 35 and 0).
You place five bets of four units each on the five numbers being
played, which are 7, 29, 18, 28 and 30.
For example, you have three successive wins, say 29, repeat 29 and
then 7; your bets will be one unit on 29 to start with, then two units
on each of the three numbers (7, 29, 18), and then four units on each
of the five numbers (7, 29, 18, 28, 30), followed by eight units on
each of the same five numbers (maximum five numbers played) going for
your fourth successive win. If you keep winning in succession (it
doesn't matter which of the five numbers wins), you carry on doubling
the bets on the same five numbers all the way up to the house limit
and continue with maximum bets. As you reach sixteen unit bets all
eyes will be on you, but do not let anyone or anything discourage you.
Be prepared and go for it. Keep doubling all the way (you will need to

Gambler's Luck
use higher value cash chips, so work out your bets in advance). This
will be a rare opportunity and you do not know when the next one might
arise. After a loss, go back to a single number, in this case 29,
single unit bet, but on your next win you repeat the procedure as
above. If you are up more than 20 units and your 'loose chips' (see
below, under "When to quit") are more than 11, then your starter
single number/single unit bet becomes a single number/double unit bet
(that is, you bet two chips on your main number so that a win will
take you straight to four unit bets) until your loose chips are down
to either 10 or 11, then you go back to a single unit bet again.
If you play at on-line Internet casinos, select all the neighbours of
your main number from the roulette TABLE. If say number 29 wins, the
first two neighbours to add and bet on would be 28 and 30. If you win
again in succession, the second two neighbours to add and bet on are
numbers 27 and 31, thus you bet on 27, 28, 29, 30 and 31.
First bet:
Solely on the first bet of the playing session, you place three single
unit bets, on your chosen number and its two neighbours. That is, if
your chosen number is 29 you place a single bet on number 29, one on 7
and one on 18 (28 and 30 if playing on-line). If you win on your first
spin, you double the bets on the same three numbers plus two double
bets on the two TABLE neighbours. That is, you bet two units on five
numbers and carry on as above. Notice that betting on five numbers
after just one win applies only to the first bet (ordinarily, you
would bet on five numbers after two successive wins). If you lose you
play only your main number from then on, and bet on the neighbours
only after a win.
How to choose a number:
Choose a table with a house minimum suitable to you and play on that
table for the whole session. Take your time and, if you can, give
preference to a busy table. Because you will be betting on one number
only most of the time, you will not need much room to play but you
should be able to feel comfortable and relaxed. If you cannot reach to
place your bet ask the dealer to do it for you. You can choose any
number including the zero(s) as long as they are appearing numbers,
that is, they have won while you are at the table. Before deciding
which number will be your main number for the session, change your
money into chips (20 units) and wait for at least one spin, played
while you are at the table. You can opt for the first number spun, or
one of the following winning numbers. You must select your number
immediately it comes up and you place your first bet on the very same
number, and, for the first bet of the playing session only, its two

Gambler's Luck
neighbours. You are going for a repeat outcome, and will make it your
main number for the whole session. If you do not wish to decide on a
number yourself, simply choose the first winning number played while
you are at the table and bet on it, even if it is already a repeat
outcome.
If you play at on-line Internet casinos, pick any one number and make
it your main number every time you play at on-line casinos. Keep using
the same number for as long as possible. If you prefer to change
number regularly, do it at long intervals; say, every 30 or 50
sessions.
Value of a unit:
The value of each unit is entirely up to the individual player. It can
be the house minimum or a higher value. It is essential to feel
comfortable with the amount you are wagering and that you gamble money
that you can afford to lose. If you initially decide on a certain
value of a unit, but after successfully trying out the system you want
to move up to a higher value, then ensure you have made enough profit
to serve as a back up for at least ten playing sessions with the new
intended higher value unit. Beware of being overconfident if you get
well ahead in the early sessions. You are bound to have bad runs which
can sometimes be persistent.
To make the most of the system play at a table where you can double
your bets at least three times before reaching the table maximum. Say
the table maximum on a number straight up bet is £200, the value of
your single Unit bet should not exceed £25.
When to quit:
If you are winning - if you made one hit at any stage of a playing
session, you must be - you will have regained your bankroll plus the
winnings. If you can, request that your winnings be paid in single
unit colour chips as much as possible before accepting higher value
cash chips. Arrange all your chips in 20 chip stacks alongside your
regained bankroll, and do not break them. Play with the loose chips,
the leftovers that cannot make up a 20 chip stack. *Immediately you
finish your loose chips it is time to quit*.
The only occasion where you can break a stack of 20 is if you need to
place double bets on the three numbers after a win, or five numbers,
if you are winning in succession, and there are not enough loose chips
available. Once the stack is broken, you carry on playing regarding
the remainder as loose chips.
If you achieve only one hit during the whole session, but it occurs
early in the session, on your first 10 chips, 20 chips' profit is
certain. If you make only one hit, but late in the session, on your

Gambler's Luck
last 10 chips, after doubling your bets you will have your 20 chip
bankroll back, but you will not have enough chips to make up one 20
chip stack profit. In this case you make one 10 chip stack as your
profit, and any leftovers will be the loose chips with which to play.
Say your first win of a playing session happens on your last bet with
your last chip. You receive 35 chips plus your winning bet (36 chips).
You double the bet on your main number and place double bets on the
two neighbours, 6 chips in total. You will be left with 30 chips, that
is; one 20 chip stack, being your regained bankroll, one 10 chip stack
profit, and no loose chips. If you lose that spin, you quit with 10
chips profit, but if you win again, you stack everything in twenties
and carry on playing as explained in "Bankroll and bets" above.
If you do not win at all, your total loss per playing session must be
20 units.
If you play more than one session per visit to the casino your total
Net loss must not exceed 60 units. As a general rule, at any one visit
if you lose three sessions in a row or if you feel your confidence is
sinking, whichever comes first, then quit playing for the day. The
exception is if you are well ahead on the day and your confidence
stays high, then you can carry on playing for as long as you want. In
any case, it is best not to play more than one session if you had a
net loss on your last two visits to the casino.
The arithmetic:
Because on the first spin of your playing session you will place three
single bets (3 chips), you will have 17 chips left for 17 more spins,
total 18 spins. In one playing session, with a double zero roulette
wheel, 18 spins out of 38 and taking into account that on the first
spin you play 3 numbers, gives you a slightly over 50% chance of
winning. That is 20 in 38 (20 in 37 with a single zero roulette
wheel).
Say you have 50:50 chance of winning or losing, then in theory you
should
win every other session, but in practice this is not so. You should
expect
to win in succession, lose in succession and even out in the long run,
but
with a difference . . .
In an unlucky session you lose 20 units.
In a fairly unlucky session you lose 20 units.
In a very unlucky session you lose 20 units.
In an exceptionally unlucky session you lose 20 units.
In a lucky session you win 10-20 units.
In a fairly lucky session you win 40-80 units.

Gambler's Luck
In a very lucky session you win 100-200 units.

In an exceptionally lucky session, who knows? 500 units? Or maybe
1,000
units? Let me know!
In a winning session 50% (10 units) profit is minimum. 100% to 400%
(20 to 80 units) profit is common (two successive hits will secure at
least 60 units profit). 500% to 1000% (100 to 200 units) profit is
less common (three successive hits will secure at least 160 units
profit). Getting four or more successive hits is rare but always
possible. Four successive hits will secure at least 360 units profit,
and five successive hits at least 780 units. Each additional
successive hit will more than double the preceding winning total.
In the short run, the running expected average profit will fluctuate
depending on the pattern of your lucky and unlucky sessions and will
vary with each individual player's luck. Because of the nature of the
strategy of the Gambler's Luck system, there is no targeted amount of
profit. In the long run an average of up to ten units net profit per
session can be expected, varying from player to player.
If after several playing sessions, or perhaps even after the first
session if you are very lucky, you are up 200 units overall, then it
will take 10 successive unlucky playing sessions to wipe out your
profit. This is possible but highly unlikely. If you are up 200 units,
chances are you will stay ahead for good.
Risk capital:
In a game of chance the improbable can happen. Records are always
being broken and no matter how promising a system looks on paper there
has to be a risk limit to test its worth. You could win right from the
start and get well ahead to withstand subsequent losses without being
down, and never look back. In this case your overall risk capital
would be your first 20 units. On the other hand, you could lose from
the start and will need to lay out more money to play more sessions
before you start winning. To allow for that possibility be prepared to
play several playing sessions before you can win and be in a
comfortable winning margin.
Undoubtedly, some players will be lucky and others unlucky in the
early sessions, but as a general average 10 playing sessions as back
up (200 units) should be sufficient risk capital to get you over any
possible initial bad luck.
For Gambler's Luck to work you should take off to a comfortable
winning margin within the limit of your risk capital and no matter how
many more sessions you play, win AND lose, you should always be in
credit, your total winnings exceeding your total losses. In the long

Gambler's Luck
run your gains should increase making it more difficult and eventually
impossible for the casino to catch up with you.
Golden rules:
Refrain from any tempting deviations.
Do not play beyond the limits set out in "When to quit".
Always play full numbers straight up bets (no splits).
Once you choose a number, stick with it for the whole playing session.
Play every spin, from start to finish.
Place your single number bet after the start of the spin (except at On-
line casinos where this is not allowed).
Place your double bets before the start of the spin.
Always double your bets after a win.
Never quit after a win.
Advanced play:
After you have mastered Gambler's Luck, you can then begin to play two
or three sessions simultaneously. This will make things a bit
difficult to follow at first and you should start with two sessions
only, until you are comfortable enough to play three sessions. Again,
you treat each session independently. You buy in for two Bankrolls of
20 units each. You keep them apart as if there are two players. The
two sessions are played stepped by at least one spin apart.
Commence your initial session, choosing your first main number and
playing your first spin. You then choose your second main number from
any of the subsequently appearing numbers - obviously not the same one
as your first number - and begin to play your second session. It does
not matter if any neighbours of your two main numbers overlap, that
is, they are common to both main numbers, or if a neighbour of one
main number is the other main number itself. However, if you feel that
this can be confusing, then skip the numbers whose neighbours will
interfere with your first main number and wait until another number
comes up and make that your second main number.
You proceed with your play as if there are two players playing the
same system; keep each account separate and follow the system in every
way as explained above. If you like to play continuously at the same
table and you are not losing, you can 'chain' your playing sessions,
that is; start a new session
with a new number any time before your current session ends, playing a
maximum
of three simultaneous sessions (three main numbers) at any given time.
If you are winning, you can carry on playing 'chained' sessions at the
same table for as long as you want. When playing simultaneous
sessions, you place all bets, singles and doubles, before the start of

Gambler's Luck
the spin.
If you play at on-line casinos, you pick your main numbers as you wish
and play the same numbers every time. Play multiple sessions stepped
by at least one spin and select all neighbours from the TABLE.
However, because of the VIRTUAL chips given to you as CREDITS in
digits, you will not be able to split your bankrolls and you will find
it difficult to keep separate accounts for each individual session
without the use of pen and paper. Therefore the advanced play is not
practical for on-line casinos and unless you are prepared to use pen
and paper it is best to play one session at a time.
Conclusion:
Of course this system is linked to luck. If you believe that roulette
is a game to play by probability, then it is unlikely that you can
accept the principles of Gambler's Luck and therefore you will not
feel comfortable and may give up sooner than later. If you agree that
roulette is a game of luck and that you cannot force a winning
outcome, then you will probably persevere and have a very good chance
to benefit from this system. As it stands, Gambler's Luck turns the
long-term likely outcome in favour of the player:
*In the long run the winning and losing sessions should even out in
number,
but your winning sessions should make up for the losing ones and yield
a
net profit. Additionally, you never suffer a substantial loss in any
losing
session. Instead, you can expect occasional substantial wins in your
winning sessions*.
Of all the player's weaknesses probably the hardest one to overcome is
to quit in defeat. Twenty units of loss has made this less hard to
accept and proved to be the ideal all-round bankroll in a playing
session:
1. It is easily recoverable
2. It gives you a reasonable amount of playing time (When you are
lucky it will
show up within 18 spins, believe me)
3. It gives you 50:50 chance of winning or losing
4. With just one hit and you have secured the bankroll and a minimum
50% profit
5. It leaves an open door to more winnings after first securing itself
-
after just one hit you will be gambling with only your profit
6. For each 20 units won, one playing session is gained.

Gambler's Luck
Quitting with an acceptable loss means that on your next visit your
confidence will still be high and that, I am sure you will agree, is
an important factor in gambling. If you plan to play more than one
session at one visit or if you decide to step up your stakes and play
with units of value higher than your usual, take this into account and
do it progressively.
Good luck!
Jacob Kanzen
APPENDIX.
You will have a better opportunity to be a winner in the long run if
you always bet on a few numbers straight up. The fewer the better. The
casino advantage at roulette is in the reduced pay out taken only when
you win. When you win the casino wins. The casino takes 5.26% (or 2.7%
for a single zero Roulette wheel) of your win EACH time you win and
ONLY when you win - WHEREVER you place your
bet.
Consider the following 3 theoretical instances. You play at a double
zero roulette table. You play one complete cycle of the roulette
wheel, 38 spins in each of the three instances. You have 38 chips to
play with plus an unspecified number of chips, say X, for paying your
losses (the casino advantage).
1. If you were to play 38 spins and each time covered half the numbers
(19
numbers) as straight up bets, you would have a hit half of the
time, say,
every other spin. Each time you lose you lose 19 chips. Each time
you win you
are paid 35 chips plus your winning bet, total 36, less the 19
placed bets,
you win 17 chips. After each loss and a win (2 spins), you would be
down by 2
chips. Thus, after 19 losing spins and 19 winning spins, you would
be down by
38 chips.
2. If you were to play 38 spins and each time covered all the 38
numbers as
straight up bets, you would have a hit every spin. Each time you
win you are
paid 35 chips plus the winning bet, total 36, less the 38 placed
bets, you

Gambler's Luck
lose 2 chips. Thus, after 38 'winning' spins, you would be down by

76 chips.
3. If you were to play 38 spins and each time placed one single bet
on one
number straight up, you would have a win on one spin only and lose
37 spins.
Say you lose 37 spins and have a win with your last chip on the
last spin,
you are paid 35 chips plus your winning bet, total 36, out of your
initial 38
chips, you would be down by only 2 chips.
Therefore, with the same amount of playing money and for the same
number of spins you lose the least by betting on a single number
straight up. The casino advantage is in the reduced pay out and is
therefore a form of tax that you pay and only when you win. The more
numbers you cover the more spins you win the better for the casino. In
real terms, based on a bankroll of 38 chips and one cycle of the
roulette wheel, 38 spins, the casino advantage is as follows:
100% if you bet on half the numbers
200% if you bet on all the numbers
5.26% if you bet on one number
(For a single zero wheel, the casino advantages are about half the
above.)
As you can see, the fewer numbers you cover the better. The same
applies to the outside bets. The 'outside' bets are just shortcuts to
betting on the 'inside' bets, numbers, and the zeros are not the
casino advantage. They are two playable numbers. The zeros have been
added to the wheel to create a pay-out advantage without changing it
at 35 to 1, total 36, because 36 is divisible by 2, 3, 4, 6, 12 and 18
(which are the possible betting combinations on the roulette table
*) and therefore best suited to simplify the pay out of all the
winning bets. The casino could still gain an advantage by paying, say,
33 to 1 and use a wheel with no zeros, but they will need to use
fractions of units when paying out. This would be confusing and time
consuming. For example: if you bet 18 units on Black or 1 unit
straight up on each of the 18 Black numbers and a Black number wins,
you would collect, including your winning bet, 36 units in both cases.
That is, in both cases the casino gains 2 units. With no casino
advantage, the casino should pay you, including your winning bet, 38
units. When the casino pays a 1 to 1 EVEN bet, 5.26% of your win has
been deducted. With no casino advantage, it should pay you 1 + 2/18 of
your bet and you get to keep your bet.
In the long run, the more SPINS you win the more erosive the casino

Gambler's Luck
advantage. That is, the higher the win/lose ratio the better for the
casino. This can be significant when planning a roulette gambling
strategy.
Some casinos offer a 'bonus' payment on bets that produce a high

win/lose ratio. The EVEN bet is the single-bet placing that produces
the highest win/lose ratio (18:20 - you win 18 spins and lose 20) per
cycle, 38 spins, and is the highest advantage earner for the casino in
terms of frequency, followed by the DOZEN or COLUMN bet (12:26). Where
a casino gives a 'bonus' payment on the EVEN bet by returning half
your bet when the outcome is zero (or allows the 'en prison' option),
then the DOZEN or COLUMN single-bet placing becomes the most frequent
advantage earner for the casino. * Except for the five-number bet: 1,
2, 3 and the two zeros.

file:///D|/Systems/GARCIA%20SYSTEM.htm
Long runs of any of the ‘Even Chances’ have caused problems with
gamblers ever since Roulette was invented in the 19th century. Many systems
have been designed to try and cope with the problem. Some have been
relatively successful; others, of course, have been disastrous.
The Garcia System is designed to be able to cope with the occasional losses
and also takes advantage of the inevitable long runs of the same ‘Even
Chance’ that occur from time to time.
Method of Play
The basic staking plan is very simple - £1, £3 & £7. Any or all of the ‘Even
Chances’ may be used. Bets are made on every spin of the wheel except the
first spin. This System is therefore very suitable for the gambler who likes to
be active rather than sit for long periods of time awaiting suitable
opportunities to bet.
Using Red & Black as an example, if the first spin turns out to be Red, the
first bet in the betting sequence (£1) is placed immediately on the opposite
color - Black. If this bet wins, a new betting sequence starts, but betting on
the opposite color - in this case, Red. If, however, the first bet of £I had lost,
the next bet in the sequence (£3) is placed, still on Black. Again, if this £3
bet wins, we start a new betting sequence, but on the opposite color. If the
£3 bet loses, though, the final bet in our betting sequence (£7) is placed on
Black.
So, to clarify the position after four spins of the wheel, and if we had reached
our bet of £7, the sequence of colors has been RRRR. After the first Red all
the bets have been on Black. A total of £11 has now been lost and if our
progression was designed to be longer and the run of Reds from the wheel
were to continue it would turn out to be quite disastrous. The £11 loss is
now put to one side and our play modified, not only to try and recoup this
file:///D|/Systems/GARCIA%20SYSTEM.htm (1 of 12) [7/9/2002 8:34:38 AM]

loss, but also to move us into profit.

If the run of Reds were to continue, it would seem to be a good idea to try
and capitalise on this; if the Reds did not continue, however, surely this
would be a good point in play to accept a loss and effectively start again.
The betting strategy, therefore, is changed to accommodate this.
The £11 loss is now raised to a number divisible by three - in this case £12,
and then divided by three, equalling £4. This £4 is now placed as a bet, not
on Black as before, but on Red, betting that the run of Reds is going to
continue. If it does, then it only has to continue for another three spins for
all the previous loss (£11) to be completely eradicated! If it only continues
for another two spins, one bet will have been won and one lost - i.e the total
loss to date will remain the same at £11. However, if the run of Reds does
not continue after the fourth spin (i.e if a Black appears) the further loss is
only another £4. If this does happen the total loss to date will be £15 - this,
then, is put to one side and will be dealt with later on in play. So, you see,
we are very effectively limiting our losses to realistic levels yet giving
ourselves the opportunity to capitalise on potential winning spins, at very
little risk,rather than sit there and do nothing at all about it!
At this stage, a completely new betting sequence is started with the £1 as
before, but betting on the opposite colour to that which appeared last -in this
case the bet will be on Red (it was the Black on the fifth spin that caused the
£4 loss, don’t forget).
Play continues, as described in the earlier paragraphs, always reverting

to a new betting sequece after a win, until the next (inevitable) time
when all three bets in the sequence have been lost again. This time,
though, all of the profits made in the time between the two losses of £11 are
added up and divided by two. If it is assumed that a total profit of £18 was
made since the first loss of £11, then half of that figure (£9) is deducted from
the earlier £11 (or £15, as the case may be) and the resultant amount added
to the current loss of £11. In other words, if the earlier loss was, in fact,
£15, then the £9 would be deducted from this, leaving a resultant loss of

£6. This £6 is then added to the current £11 loss, making £17. Now, as
before, this £17 figure is raised to a number divisible by three - £18 - and a
third (£6) is placed as the next bet, betting that the series that has caused the
current £11 loss will continue. As before, if it does, the £17 loss will be
wiped out within three spins - if not, any further loss will be kept to a
minimum. This cycle of play is continued until the profits reach the target
figure nominated by the player.
Obviously, if there are a large number of runs of four of the Even Chance
being used, with their consequent losses of £11 upwards, and relatively small
profits in between these losses, then the player must consider bringing into
play a realistic financial cut-off point.
Before this cut-off point is reached though, there will be many opportunities
to retire with a slighty lesser profit than that possible with continued play.
For example, if, after a particularly bad run of play, the first bet after an £11
loss has reached, say, £20 (i.e a third of the total loss of £60), then the player
should consider whether it would be worth continuing to bet on if this first
bet won. After all, he would have recouped £20 back, leaving a resultant
loss for the period of £40. Against this must be set all the other profitable
periods of play during a session - surely far better to go home with a possible
small profit rather than a much larger loss caused by trying to chase the loss
with bigger and bigger bets.
Don’t forget that it only takes one run of six to completely eradicate all
previous losses - if the run continues, of course, the profits will rise rapidly.
Extensive testing of this System using a computer has shown it to produce
far higher than average profits and this, together with the ability of the
System to deal with the problematic long runs, would seem to make this a
very good playable System.
The following pages show a typical bad sequence of play and demonstrates
that it only wants the one good run to appear to eradicate all previous
losses. As with most other Systems, though, the ‘human choice’ factor can

come into play. On page (v) it can be seen that, when placing the £12 bets,
one could have stopped play after the second win; this would have resulted
in £24 being knocked off the £34 deficit effectively enabling play to continue
with the much lower outstanding loss of £10. At the end of play the overall
profit would still have been a reasonable £16. Study the method of play
carefully before committing money to the tables; on a quiet table it is
essential that the calculation and placement of bets is rapid and completely
automatic. The croupier will know that you are operating a System of
some kind and will usually try to speed up the spin rate in order to break
the rhythm and, hence, tip the balance of play in favour of the casino.
Bet
1B
3B
1R
1B
IR
1B
3B
1R
1B
1R
3R
7R
4B
1B
1R
3R
7R
1B
3B
1R

IB
3B
1R
1B
3B
7B
7R
7R
7R
1R
Spin W/L Net Loss Running

R Profit Set aside Total
RL
B W +2 +2
R W +1 +3
B W +1 +4
R W +1 +5
RL
B W +2 +7
R W +1 +8
B W +1 +9
BL

BL
B L -11
R L -4 -15


+1
+3
+2
+1
+2
+1
• 11 +7 +7
• 7 +1 10/2=5
• 14
+1
+4
+6
+7
+9
+I0
+14
15 -5=10+11=

21/3=7
+1
Commentary
Play starts with the Red spin. Betting therefore commences with £1 on Black.
This loses and the
next bet of £3 on Black wins giving a net profit of £2. A new betting sequence
is started with £1 on Red. Play continues in this manner until a loss of the
‘Bank’ of £11 occurs. All three bets in the betting sequence have now been
lost. Ignoring the £9 profit made to date, the £11 is now raised to a number
divisible by three ie £12, divided by three (£4) and this figure bet as the
next bet on Black. Unfortunately this loses and the total loss to date becomes
£15. Play continues until another ‘Bank’ loss occurs. As can be seen, another
loss of £11 occurs when
the accumulated profits for the session reach just £10. This profit is now
halved (£5), deducted from the set-aside loss of £15, leaving £10 outstanding.
This £10 is now added to the current loss of £11, making £21 and divided by
three (£7). The plan is now to place three £7 bets betting that the run of Reds
is going to continue. They do, but only for a further two spins. The third £7
bet loses, leaving a net profit of just £7. This is deducted from the
total loss figure of £21, leaving £14 outstanding.
Bet Spin W/L

1B R L
3B B W
1R R W
1B R L
3B R L

7B B W
1R R W
IB R L
3B B W
IR B L
3R B L
7R B L
7B B W
7B R L
Net
Profit
+2
+1
+3
+1
+2
+7
• 7
IB R L
3B R L
7B B W +3
IR R W +1
IB R L
3B R L

7B R L
12R R W +12
12R R W +12
12R R W +12
12R R W +12
12R B L -12
Loss Running
Set Aside Total
+3
+4
+7
+8
+I0
+19
• 25
+3
+4
+21
+23
1R B L

3R R W +2
IB B W +1
IR B L
3R R W +2
+2
+3
+5
Commentary Play continues as before until another loss occurs. Once again,
another £11 ‘Bank’ is lost. The profit made since the last ‘Bank’ was lost is
£10. This is halved and the resultant £5 is deducted from the outstanding loss
to date of £14 equalling £9. This £9 is added to the current loss of £11
equalling £20. This £20 is raised to a number divisible by three ie
21 and £7 used as the next series of bets. The first of these wins and the
second loses leaving play in a state of equilibrium at-£11. This £11 loss is
added to the outstanding loss of £14 to give a new outstanding loss to date of
£25. When the next £11 ‘Bank’ is lost the same procedure
is followed. The profit of £4 is halved, the £2 deducted from the £25, giving
£23 plus the £11
equalling £34. Raising the £34 to a number divisible by three equals £36
which means that the
next series of bets will have to be £12 each. Four out of the five bets win
giving a net profit of £36. This effectively wipes out all of the deficit and also
gives a small profit of £2. When this is added to all the previous accumulated
profits of £21 plus the profits made after this last loss, we have a resultant
overall profit of £28. Not bad for I hours play!

Garden System
THESE ARE THE BASICS OF "THE GARDEN", WITHOUT ANY

MONEY MANAGEMENT PLAN, WITHOUT ANY PROGRESSION OR
REGRESSION.
FOLLOWING RULES ARE VERY IMPORTANT:
TO TEST THE SYSTEM YOU MUST USE ONLY REAL OUTCOMES
FROM EUROPEAN ROULETTE (Single 0), DO NOT USE AMERICAN
ROULETTE (Double 0) OUTCOMES. DO NOT USE A RNG (Random
Number Generator).OPTIONALLY, YOU CAN TEST THE SYSTEM
BY PLAYING IT "FOR FUN" AT ANY REPUTABLE ONLINE
CASINO. YOU WILL NEED SERIES OF 90 OUTCOMES EACH (Very
rarely you will need 90 outcomes to finish a session,
if ever). A SESSION COULD BE FROM 34 TO 90 SPINS LONG.
95% OF THEM ARE ABOUT 55
SPINS LONG. IT DOESN'T MEAN THAT YOU WILL BE BETTING
ALL SPINS. MOST OF TIMES YOU WILL BET BETWEEN 1 AND 15
SPINS. EVERY SESSION CONSISTS IN TWO PARTS THAT WILL
BE EXPLAINED LATER IN THIS DOCUMENT. OUTCOMES MUST BE
SUCCESSIVE AND FROM THE SAME TABLE.
DO NOT COMBINE DIFFERENT STRINGS OF OUTCOMES. EXAMPLE:
YOU HAVE A STRING OF 54 OUTCOMES, BUT YOU NEED 36 MORE
TO COMPLETE THE REQUIRED 90; YOU CAN NOT TAKE THOSE 36
OUTCOMES FROM ANOTHER STRING. STRICTLY STICK TO THE
SYSTEM, IT IS MECHANICAL AND THERE ARE NOT DECISIONS
TO BE MADE.
PLAYING THE SYSTEM:
One of the facts I have had into account to design
this system, is the fact that every serious roulette
player must know:
THE LONGER TIME YOU STAY AT THE TABLE, THE HIGHER THE
CHANCES THE CASINO TAKES ITS MATHEMATICAL ADVANTAGE.
Therefore the system aims to quickly win every
session, or quickly finish a losing session; and it
has set winning and losing limits. Don't play beyond
these limits.
You will play 24 numbers flat bet; the odds are that
you will win 64.8% of the spins. It means that out of
100 spins you would win 64.8 of them and the casino
would win the others 35.2.
The results would be:
You: 12 x 64.8 = 777.6 Units
Casino: 24 x 35.2 = 844.8 Units
You lost = 67.2 Units
Some people could think: “Ok, if there is a 64.8% of
chances to win every spin, I will try to win 3 or 4
spins in a row and then quit” Or even a worst thought:
“Ok, if there is a 64.8% of chances to win every spin,
I will keep betting until I think I have enough
profit”
That is exactly what the casino wants you to do. Why??
Simple, they know that: THE LONGER TIME YOU STAY AT
THE TABLE, THE HIGHER THE CHANCES THE CASINO TAKES ITS
MATHEMATICAL ADVANTAGE.
I'm a believer that to win at roulette you must play a
system that overcomes the casino advantage at least in
the short or medium run; and every time you visit the
casino you try to hit and run.
What you deduce from the above calculation is that you
need to win at least 67% (66.7% to be exact) of the
spins to overcome the casino.
Ok, but how to win more than what the odds are
(64.8%)?? That is the question every roulette player,
who plays 24 numbers flat bet every spin, would like
to have the answer for. And I think I have found
something. I have deviced my system to try to
overcome the casino mathematical advantage, at least
in the medium run. And I’m trying to find out if it
works in the long run.
Well, “The Garden” system is based on a "selection
process" (to select the 24 numbers you will play) that
has provide me with a 69.6% of winning spins. Exactly
2.9% over the necessary percentage to overcome the
casino, and exactly 5.1% over what the odds are. It
could seem just a bit, but it is actually a lot. It
took me 7 years of research and investigation to
develop this system.
I'm not going to explain now what my "selection
process" is based on. You don't need to know its
basics to test the system. I will explain you how to
do it, and that's it for now. Later on, after you have
tested the system, and decide if it is good or not; I
will probably teach you the basics of the "selection
process", if you so wish.
LET'S START:
EVERY SESSION CONSISTS OF TWO PARTS:
1) The Selection Process.
2) The Playing Period.
1) The Selection Process:
This is the first thing you do to start a session.
If there are scoreboards in the tables where you play,
it will save you about 40 to 60 minutes of the
selection process. Use the table's scoreboard and
copy the numbers on paper, or write them down as they
hit if there is not scoreboard. You must write the
numbers in the same order they hit. When a number
repeats, circle it. What you need is a group of 24
different numbers, with at least 10 * repeaters.( see
UPDATE ) It could take from 34 to 56 outcomes to find
a group like this. Most times it takes about 50
outcomes
Example:
19, 1, 31, 21, 34, 8, 22, 25, 33, 16, 26, 28, 12, 9,
35, 13, 2, 7, 24, 29, 20, 18, 0, 11
* x x x x *
* x x *
* x *
In this example we have finished a selection process
successfully.
There are 10 repeaters, numbers 31, 34, 25, 16, 26,
12, 9, 2, 7, and 29.
Now you are wondering what are those "x". Every "x"
means a hit of that number. So now you think: "Ok, so
number 31 has hit 3 times". That is wrong, number 31
has hit 5 times.
Pay attention:
First time number 31 hits, you write it down. Second
time it hits, you circled it. And every next time the
number hits, you add it a "x".
Therefore: in the above example we have that, 31 has
hit 5 times, 34 has hit 2 times, 25 has hit 2 times,
16 has hit 2 times, 26 has hit 3 times, 12 has hit 2
times, 9 has hit 4 times, 2 has hit 3 times, 7 has hit
2 times, 29 has hit 2 times, and all the others
numbers have hit only 1 time. Later, you will learn
why you need to know how many times a number has hit.
What if you come across with a non playable selection
(less than 10 repeaters)? If you come across with a
group of 24 numbers with less than 10 repeaters, that
is a non playable selection. But don't worry, because
it doesn’t happen too often. Also you can track 2
tables at the same time, if you have the chance. If
you find a non playable selection, forget it and start
a new one. DO NOT PLAY IT. I know it could be
disappointing to track about 34 to 56 outcomes and
then leave it, but I think Safety First.
IMPROVEMENTS APPLIED TO "THE GARDEN" SYSTEM.
To avoid so many unqualified sessions (the ones with
less than 10 repeaters) I have tested and implemented
a new rule. Originally, when you come across with a
session with less than 10 repeaters, you should forget
it and not play it. Well, I have changed that, and it
has proved better results. Firstly, now the necessary
amount of repeaters is not 10 anymore, but 9. Now with
the new rule, when you come across with a session with
less than 9 repeaters, DO NOT FORGET IT. What you
should do is the following:
KEEP TRACKING UNTIL YOU GET 9 REPEATERS.
While tracking add new numbers at the end of the
string and cross out the oldest number with only 1 hit
(the closest one to the beginning of the string). Do
this until you have 9 repeaters. Remember that you
should ALWAYS HAVE ONLY 24 NUMBERS IN YOUR SELECTION.
Do not forget to cross out the oldest number with only
one hit every time you add a new number to the string.
Do not forget to circle repeaters numbers as they hit.
Once you have your 9 repeaters, stop tracking and
start the playing period.
2) The Playing Period:

After you have a selection of 24 numbers, you start
playing.
You place flat bets in all 24 numbers.
When you are ready to start and you have your chips,
DO NOT BET THE FIRST SPIN. To start playing you have
to wait until what would have been a winning happens,
or until what would have been 3 loses in a row
happens, whatever comes first. Keep tracking these
"would be" numbers, as instructed below.
Lets continues with the above outcomes example:
19, 1, 31, 21, 34, 8, 22, 25, 33, 16, 26, 28, 12, 9,
35, 13, 2, 7, 24, 29, 20, 18, 0, 11
* x x x x *
* x x *
* x *
Lets start with the most common and easy of the
sessions. Lets say the first spin (the one you do not
bet), number 20 hits; that would have been a winning,
so next spin you start betting. Do not forget to track
number 20 (circle it, as this is the second time it
hits). Now your selection should look like this:
19, 1, 31, 21, 34, 8, 22, 25, 33, 16, 26, 28, 12, 9,
35, 13, 2, 7, 24, 29, 20, 18, 0, 11
* x x x x *
* x x *
* x *
So, now you have placed flat bet in all the above
numbers. Now lets say number 25 hits. That is a
winning, and you are 12 units up.
NOW YOU FINISH THAT SESSION.
There are 3 circumstances under which you MUST FINISH
a session :
a) When you are 12 units up, between 10 spins from the
spin you started to place bets.
b) If you are not 12 units up between 10 spins, you
keep playing until you are -12 units down. As soon as
you are -12 units down you finish that session. You
can do this until spin number 90 (counting from the
first spin you have tracked, NOT from the first spin
you have placed bets). Don't worry too much about
this, as this very rarely happens, if ever. Usually
you finish a session before play spin number 20. The
longest session I have recorded is 31 spins to finish
-12 units; and that have happened once in 750
sessions.
When I talk about 90 spins, I'm talking about the
worst possible scenario. I think it is almost
impossible to happen, since either you surely will
finish the session under circumstance "a" or you will
finish when you are -12 units before 90 spins
(circumstance "b"), or you will finish the session
under circumstance "c".
c) As soon as you are -84 or -96 units down, you
finish that session. Of course it is the less common
circumstance.
ALWAYS REMEMBER: There is a maximum of 10 spins to be
12 units up. NEVER FORGET THAT.
After spin number 10, from the time you started to
place bets, your objective is to be -12 units down. Do
not try to profit after 10th spin. If you do that, you
are not playing "The Garden" system properly. Lets
continue with more examples:
These are our numbers from the original example:

19, 1, 31, 21, 34, 8, 22, 25, 33, 16, 26, 28, 12, 9,
35, 13, 2, 7, 24, 29, 20, 18, 0, 11
* x x x x *
* x x *
* x *
Lets say first spin number 23 hits, that would have
been a lost, but you are not betting first spin,
remember? What you do now is to add number 23 at the
end of the string; but now you have 25 numbers; so you
cross out the first number of the string, ignore
numbers with more than one hit, this is easy to do
because numbers with more than one hit are circled.
So, you cross out number 19. Now your selection should
look like this:
19, 1, 31, 21, 34, 8, 22, 25, 33, 16, 26, 28, 12, 9,
35, 13, 2, 7, 24, 29, 20, 18, 0, 11,
* x x x x *
* x x *
* x *
* 23 *
Lets say next spin number 27 hits, that would have
been a lost, but you are not placing bets yet,
remember? So, you add number 27 at the end of the
string and cross out number 1. Now your selection
should look like this:
19, 1, 31, 21, 34, 8, 22, 25, 33, 16, 26, 28, 12, 9,
35, 13, 2, 7, 24, 29, 20, 18, 0, 11,
* x x x x *
* x x *
* x *
* 23, 27 *
been a winning, so you can start placing bets next
spin. So, you circle number 11. Never forget to circle
repeaters numbers, or if they are already circled,
don’t forget to add them a "x". Now your selection
19, 1, 31, 21, 34, 8, 22, 25, 33, 16, 26, 28, 12, 9,
35, 13, 2, 7, 24, 29, 20, 18, 0, 11,
* x x x x *
* x x *
* x *
* 23, 27 *
Now lets say next spin number 36 hits, that is a
losing. Now you are -24 units down.
So, you add number 36 at the end of the string and
cross out number 21. Remember not to cross out numbers
with more than one hit; that is the reason why you
don’t cross out number 31 in this example. Now your
selection should look like this:
19, 1, 31, 21, 34, 8, 22, 25, 33, 16, 26, 28, 12, 9,
35, 13, 2, 7, 24, 29, 20, 18, 0, 11,
* x x x x *
* x x *
* x *
* 23, 27, 36 *
Now lets say next spin, number 7 hits, that is a
winning. Now you are -12 units down. So, you add a "x"
under number 7. Do not cross out any numbers, since
there are not new numbers added to the string. Now
your selection should look like this:
19, 1, 31, 21, 34, 8, 22, 25, 33, 16, 26, 28, 12, 9,
35, 13, 2, 7, 24, 29, 20, 18, 0, 11,
* x x x x x *
* x x *
* x *
* 23, 27, 36 *
winning. Now you are even. So, you circle number 18.
Do not cross out any numbers, since there are not new
numbers added to the string. Now your selection should
look like this:
19, 1, 31, 21, 34, 8, 22, 25, 33, 16, 26, 28, 12, 9,
35, 13, 2, 7, 24, 29, 20, 18, 0, 11,
* x x x x x *
* x x *
* x *
* 23, 27, 36 *
winning. Now you are 12 units up. Therefore you FINISH
THIS SESSION. So in this example you finished the
session under circumstance "a", and your
winnings-losing balance should look like this:
* -24, -12, 0, +12 *
Lets see an example of a session finished under
circumstance "b":
-24, -12, 0, -24, -48, -36, -60, -48, -36, -24, (from
now on your objective is -12) -48, -36, -24, -12
circumstance "c":
* -24, -48, -36, -60, -84 *
Lets see another example of a session finished under
circumstance "c":
* -24, -12, 0, -24, -48, -72, -96 *
What if you have not more numbers with only one hit to
cross out? This question is the reason why you need
to know how many times every number have hit. If you
come across with this situation, you start crossing
out numbers with two hits. Always remember to cross
out the oldest number (the closest one to the
beginning of the string). If you ever come across with
the situation in which you have not more numbers with
two hits, cross out numbers with three hits (this
circumstance is very rare).
What if a crossed out number hits again? When a
crossed out number came back, you ADD IT at the end of
the string and CIRCLE IT since it has hit twice. And
you CROSS OUT the oldest number with only 1 hit. You
should always have only 24 numbers in your selection.
If you come across with a situation in wich a "circled
and crossed out number" came back, you add it at the
end of the string and add a "x" under it, since it has
hit three times. Example, lets say that in any given
moment your selection look like this:
19, 1, 31, 21, 34, 8, 22, 25, 33, 16, 26, 28, 12, 9,
35, 13, 2, 7, 24, 29, 20, 18, 0, 11,
* x x x x x x *
* x x *
* x *
* x *
* 23, 27, 36, 5, 32 *
Next spin, number 21 hits. As it is crossed out, you
add it at the end of the string and CIRCLE IT since it
has hit twice. And you CROSS OUT the oldest number
with only 1 hit (in this example would be number 33).
Now your selection should look like this:
19, 1, 31, 21, 34, 8, 22, 25, 33, 16, 26, 28, 12, 9,
35, 13, 2, 7, 24, 29, 20, 18, 0, 11,
* x x x x x *
* x x *
* x *
* 23, 27, 36, 5, 32, 21 *
VERY IMPORTANT GUIDELINES:
Always remember you do not bet in the first spin, you
must wait until what would have been a winning
happens, or until what would have been 3 loses in a
row happens, whatever comes first. Always remember:
There is a maximum of 10 spins to be 12 units up.
NEVER FORGET THIS RULE. Always remember that ONLY
after a losing you add a new number, and cross out a
number. Always remember that ONLY after a winning you
circle a repeater number, or add a "x" to a repeater
number. How many sessions should you play and what
value of chips? Well, I think the best is to play two
sessions a day, 3 or 4 days a week, with € 2 chips.
At least that is what I do. But it’s up to you. I
suggest you to play as a professional player. What it
means? Well, have discipline, stick to the system
instructions and don’t be greedy.
What I need from you is: Number of winning sessions.
Number of losing sessions. As you know, there are
three kinds of losing sessions (-12, -84, and -96). I
need the number of losing sessions of all three types.
Your total winnings-losing balance. Also if it is
possible, number of winning spins and number of losing
spins. Your opinion. Of course feel free to e-mail me
if you have any questions. Any ideas about any
progression or regression to improve results, will be
welcome.
THESE ARE THE BASICS OF "THE GARDEN", WITHOUT ANY

MONEY MANAGEMENT PLAN, WITHOUT ANY PROGRESSION OR
REGRESSION.
FOLLOWING RULES ARE VERY IMPORTANT:
TO TEST THE SYSTEM YOU MUST USE ONLY REAL OUTCOMES
FROM EUROPEAN ROULETTE (Single 0), DO NOT USE AMERICAN
ROULETTE (Double 0) OUTCOMES. DO NOT USE A RNG (Random
Number Generator).OPTIONALLY, YOU CAN TEST THE SYSTEM
BY PLAYING IT "FOR FUN" AT ANY REPUTABLE ONLINE
CASINO. YOU WILL NEED SERIES OF 90 OUTCOMES EACH (Very
rarely you will need 90 outcomes to finish a session,
if ever). A SESSION COULD BE FROM 34 TO 90 SPINS LONG.
95% OF THEM ARE ABOUT 55 SPINS LONG. IT DOESN'T MEAN
THAT YOU WILL BE BETTING ALL SPINS. MOST OF TIMES YOU
WILL BET BETWEEN 1 AND 15 SPINS. EVERY SESSION
CONSISTS IN TWO PARTS THAT WILL BE EXPLAINED LATER IN
THIS DOCUMENT. OUTCOMES MUST BE SUCCESSIVE AND FROM
THE SAME TABLE.
DO NOT COMBINE DIFFERENT STRINGS OF OUTCOMES. EXAMPLE:
YOU HAVE A STRING OF 54 OUTCOMES, BUT YOU NEED 36 MORE
TO COMPLETE THE REQUIRED 90; YOU CAN NOT TAKE THOSE 36
OUTCOMES FROM ANOTHER STRING.
STRICTLY STICK TO THE SYSTEM, IT IS MECHANICAL AND
THERE ARE NOT DECISIONS TO BE MADE.
PLAYING THE SYSTEM:
One of the facts I have had into account to design
this system, is the fact that every serious roulette
player must know:
THE LONGER TIME YOU STAY AT THE TABLE, THE HIGHER THE
CHANCES THE CASINO TAKES ITS MATHEMATICAL ADVANTAGE.
Therefore the system aims to quickly win every
session, or quickly finish a losing session; and it
has set winning and losing limits. Don't play beyond
these limits.
You will play 24 numbers flat bet; the odds are that
you will win 64.8% of the spins. It means that out of
100 spins you would win 64.8 of them and the casino
would win the others 35.2.
The results would be:
You: 12 x 64.8 = 777.6 Units
Casino: 24 x 35.2 = 844.8 Units
You lost = 67.2 Units
Some people could think: “Ok, if there is a 64.8% of
chances to win every spin, I will try to win 3 or 4
spins in a row and then quit”
Or even a worst thought: “Ok, if there is a 64.8% of
chances to win every spin, I will keep betting until I
think I have enough profit” That is exactly what the
casino wants you to do. Why??
Simple, they know that: THE LONGER TIME YOU STAY AT
THE TABLE, THE HIGHER THE CHANCES THE CASINO TAKES ITS
MATHEMATICAL ADVANTAGE.
I'm a believer that to win at roulette you must play a
system that overcomes the casino advantage at least in
the short or medium run; and every time you visit the
casino you try to hit and run. What you deduce from
the above calculation is that you need to win at least
67% (66.7% to be exact) of the spins to overcome the
casino.
Ok, but how to win more than what the odds are
(64.8%)? That is the question every roulette player,
who plays 24 numbers flat bet every spin, would like
to have the answer for. And I think I have found
something. I have deviced my system to try to overcome
the casino mathematical advantage, at least in the
medium run. And I’m trying to find out if it works in
the long run.
Well, “The Garden” system is based on a "selection
process" (to select the 24 numbers you will play) that
has provide me with a 69.6% of winning spins. Exactly
2.9% over the necessary percentage to overcome the
casino, and exactly 5.1% over what the odds are. It
could seem just a bit, but it is actually a lot. It
took me 7 years of research and investigation to
develop this system.
I'm not going to explain now what my "selection
process" is based on. You don't need to know its
basics to test the system. I will explain you how to
do it, and that's it for now. Later on, after you have
tested the system, and decide if it is good or not; I
will probably teach you the basics of the "selection
process", if you so wish.
EVERY SESSION CONSISTS OF TWO PARTS:
1) The Selection Process.
2) The Playing Period.
1) The Selection Process:
This is the first thing you do to start a session. If
there are scoreboards in the tables where you play, it
will save you about 40 to 60 minutes of the selection
process. Use the table's scoreboard and copy the
numbers on paper, or write them down as they hit if
there is not scoreboard. You must write the numbers in
the same order they hit. When a number repeats, circle
it. What you need is a group of 24 different numbers,
with at least 10 * repeaters.( see UPDATE ) It could
take from 34 to 56 outcomes to find a group like this.
Most times it takes about 50 outcomes
Example:
19, 1, 31, 21, 34, 8, 22, 25, 33, 16, 26, 28, 12, 9,
35, 13, 2, 7, 24, 29, 20, 18, 0, 11
x x x x
x x
x
In this example we have finished a selection process
successfully.
There are 10 repeaters, numbers 31, 34, 25, 16, 26,
12, 9, 2, 7, and 29.
Now you are wondering what are those "x". Every "x"
means a hit of that number. So now you think: "Ok, so
number 31 has hit 3 times". That is wrong, number 31
has hit 5 times.
Pay attention:
First time number 31 hits, you write it down. Second
time it hits, you circled it. And every next time the
number hits, you add it a "x". Therefore: in the above
example we have that, 31 has hit 5 times, 34 has hit 2
times, 25 has hit 2 times, 16 has hit 2 times, 26 has
hit 3 times, 12 has hit 2 times, 9 has hit 4 times, 2
has hit 3 times, 7 has hit 2 times, 29 has hit 2
times, and all the others numbers have hit only 1
time. Later, you will learn why you need to know how
many times a number has hit. What if you come across
with a non playable selection (less than 10
repeaters)? If you come across with a group of 24
numbers with less than 10 repeaters, that is a non
playable selection. But don't worry, because it
doesn’t happen too often. Also you can track 2 tables
at the same time, if you have the chance. If you find
a non playable selection, forget it and start a new
one. DO NOT PLAY IT. I know it could be disappointing
to track about 34 to 56 outcomes and then leave it,
but I think Safety First.
IMPROVEMENTS APPLIED TO "THE GARDEN" SYSTEM.

To avoid so many unqualified sessions (the ones with
less than 10 repeaters) I have tested and implemented
a new rule. Originally, when you come across with a
session with less than 10 repeaters, you should forget
it and not play it. Well, I have changed that, and it
has proved better results. Firstly, now the necessary
amount of repeaters is not 10 anymore, but 9. Now with
the new rule, when you come across with a session with
less than 9 repeaters, DO NOT FORGET IT. What you
should do is the following:
KEEP TRACKING UNTIL YOU GET 9 REPEATERS.
While tracking add new numbers at the end of the
string and cross out the oldest number with only 1 hit
(the closest one to the beginning of the string). Do
this until you have 9 repeaters. Remember that you
should ALWAYS HAVE ONLY 24 NUMBERS IN YOUR SELECTION.
Do not forget to cross out the oldest number with only
one hit every time you add a new number to the string.
Do not forget to circle repeaters numbers as they hit.
Once you have your 9 repeaters, stop tracking and
start the playing period.
2) The Playing Period:

After you have a selection of 24 numbers, you start
playing. You place flat bets in all 24 numbers. When
you are ready to start and you have your chips, DO NOT
BET THE FIRST SPIN. To start playing you have to wait
until what would have been a winning happens, or until
what would have been 3 loses in a row happens,
whatever comes first. Keep tracking these "would be"
numbers, as instructed below. Lets continues with the
above outcomes example:
19, 1, 31, 21, 34, 8, 22, 25, 33, 16, 26, 28, 12, 9,
35, 13, 2, 7, 24, 29, 20, 18, 0, 11
x x x x
x x
x
Lets start with the most common and easy of the
sessions. Lets say the first spin (the one you do not
bet), number 20 hits; that would have been a winning,
so next spin you start betting. Do not forget to track
number 20 (circle it, as this is the second time it
hits). Now your selection should look like this:
19, 1, 31, 21, 34, 8, 22, 25, 33, 16, 26, 28, 12, 9,
35, 13, 2, 7, 24, 29, 20, 18, 0, 11
x x x x
x x
x
So, now you have placed flat bet in all the above
numbers. Now lets say number 25 hits. That is a
winning, and you are 12 units up.NOW YOU FINISH THAT
SESSION.
There are 3 circumstances under which you MUST FINISH
a session :
a) When you are 12 units up, between 10 spins from the
spin you started to place bets.
b) If you are not 12 units up between 10 spins, you
keep playing until you are -12 units down. As soon as
you are -12 units down you finish that session. You
can do this until spin number 90 (counting from the
first spin you have tracked, NOT from the first spin
you have placed bets). Don't worry too much about
this, as this very rarely happens, if ever. Usually
you finish a session before play spin number 20. The
longest session I have recorded is 31 spins to finish
-12 units; and that have happened once in 750
sessions.
When I talk about 90 spins, I'm talking about the
worst possible scenario. I think it is almost
impossible to happen, since either you surely will
finish the session under circumstance "a" or you will
finish when you are -12 units before 90 spins
(circumstance "b"), or you will finish the session
under circumstance "c".
c) As soon as you are -84 or -96 units down, you
finish that session. Of course it is the less common
circumstance.
ALWAYS REMEMBER: There is a maximum of 10 spins to be
12 units up. NEVER FORGET THAT. After spin number 10,
from the time you started to place bets, your
objective is to be -12 units down. Do not try to
profit after 10th spin. If you do that, you are not
playing "The Garden" system properly. Lets continue
with more examples: These are our numbers from the
original example:
19, 1, 31, 21, 34, 8, 22, 25, 33, 16, 26, 28, 12, 9,
35, 13, 2, 7, 24, 29, 20, 18, 0, 11
x x x x
x x
x
Lets say first spin number 23 hits, that would have
been a lost, but you are not betting first spin,
remember? What you do now is to add number 23 at the
end of the string; but now you have 25 numbers; so you
cross out the first number of the string, ignore
numbers with more than one hit, this is easy to do
because numbers with more than one hit are circled.
So, you cross out number 19. Now your selection should
look like this:
19, 1, 31, 21, 34, 8, 22, 25, 33, 16, 26, 28, 12, 9,
35, 13, 2, 7, 24, 29, 20, 18, 0, 11,
x x x x
x x
x
23
been a lost, but you are not placing bets yet,
remember? So, you add number 27 at the end of the
string and cross out number 1. Now your selection
19, 1, 31, 21, 34, 8, 22, 25, 33, 16, 26, 28, 12, 9,
35, 13, 2, 7, 24, 29, 20, 18, 0, 11,
x x x x
x x
x
23, 27
been a winning, so you can start placing bets next
spin. So, you circle number 11. Never forget to circle
repeaters numbers, or if they are already circled,
don’t forget to add them a "x". Now your selection
19, 1, 31, 21, 34, 8, 22, 25, 33, 16, 26, 28, 12, 9,
35, 13, 2, 7, 24, 29, 20, 18, 0, 11,
x x x x
x x
x
23, 27
losing. Now you are -24 units down. So, you add number
36 at the end of the string and cross out number 21.
Remember not to cross out numbers with more than one
hit; that is the reason why you don’t cross out number
31 in this example. Now your selection should look
like this:
19, 1, 31, 21, 34, 8, 22, 25, 33, 16, 26, 28, 12, 9,
35, 13, 2, 7, 24, 29, 20, 18, 0, 11,
x x x x
x x
x
23, 27, 36
winning. Now you are -12 units down. So, you add a "x"
under number 7. Do not cross out any numbers, since
there are not new numbers added to the string. Now
your selection should look like this:
19, 1, 31, 21, 34, 8, 22, 25, 33, 16, 26, 28, 12, 9,
35, 13, 2, 7, 24, 29, 20, 18, 0, 11,
x x x x x
x x
x
23, 27, 36
winning. Now you are even. So, you circle number 18.
Do not cross out any numbers, since there are not new
numbers added to the string. Now your selection should
look like this:
19, 1, 31, 21, 34, 8, 22, 25, 33, 16, 26, 28, 12, 9,
35, 13, 2, 7, 24, 29, 20, 18, 0, 11,
x x x x x
x x
x
23, 27, 36
winning. Now you are 12 units up. Therefore you FINISH
THIS SESSION. So in this example you finished the
session under circumstance "a", and your
winnings-losing balance should look like this:
-24, -12, 0, +12
circumstance "b":
-24, -12, 0, -24, -48, -36, -60, -48, -36, -24, (from
now on your objective is -12) -48, -36, -24, -12
circumstance "c":
-24, -48, -36, -60, -84
Lets see another example of a session finished under
circumstance "c":
-24, -12, 0, -24, -48, -72, -96
What if you have not more numbers with only one hit to
cross out? This question is the reason why you need to
know how many times every number have hit. If you come
across with this situation, you start crossing out
numbers with two hits. Always remember to cross out
the oldest number (the closest one to the beginning of
the string). If you ever come across with the
situation in which you have not more numbers with two
hits, cross out numbers with three hits (this
circumstance is very rare). What if a crossed out
number hits again? When a crossed out number came
back, you ADD IT at the end of the string and CIRCLE
IT since it has hit twice. And you CROSS OUT the
oldest number with only 1 hit. You should always have
only 24 numbers in your selection. If you come across
with a situation in wich a "circled and crossed out
number" came back, you add it at the end of the string
and add a "x" under it, since it has hit three times.
Example, lets say that in any given moment your
selection look like this:
19, 1, 31, 21, 34, 8, 22, 25, 33, 16, 26, 28, 12, 9,
35, 13, 2, 7, 24, 29, 20, 18, 0, 11,
x x x x x x
x x
x
x
23, 27, 36, 5, 32
Next spin, number 21 hits. As it is crossed out, you
add it at the end of the string and CIRCLE IT since it
has hit twice. And you CROSS OUT the oldest number
with only 1 hit (in this example would be number 33).
Now your selection should look like this:
19, 1, 31, 21, 34, 8, 22, 25, 33, 16, 26, 28, 12, 9,
35, 13, 2, 7, 24, 29, 20, 18, 0, 11,
x x x x x
x x
x
23, 27, 36, 5, 32, 21
VERY IMPORTANT GUIDELINES:
Always remember you do not bet in the first spin, you
must wait until what would have been a winning
happens, or until what would have been 3 loses in a
row happens, whatever comes first. Always remember:
There is a maximum of 10 spins to be 12 units up.
NEVER FORGET THIS RULE. Always remember that ONLY
after a losing you add a new number, and cross out a
number. Always remember that ONLY after a winning you
circle a repeater number, or add a "x" to a repeater
number. How many sessions should you play and what
value of chips? Well, I think the best is to play two
sessions a day, 3 or 4 days a week, with $2 chips. At
least that is what I do. But it’s up to you. I suggest
you to play as a professional player. What it means?
Well, have discipline, stick to the system
instructions and don’t be greedy. What I need from you
is:
Number of winning sessions. Number of losing sessions.
As you know, there are three kinds of losing sessions
(-12, -84, and -96). I need the number of losing
sessions of all three types.
Your total winnings-losing balance. Also if it is
possible, number of winning spins and number of losing
spins. Your opinion.
GARDEN SYSTEM TEST RESULTS REPORT: HAND TEST RESULTS
SPINS: 54,008
TOTAL SESSIONS: 1,256
WON SESSIONS: 991 (Every won session is +12)
LOST SESSIONS (-12): 181
TOTAL BALANCE: +2,472
LONG TERM COMPUTER TEST RESULTS

TEST 1:
SPINS: 115,000
WON SESSIONS (+12): 2,211
TEST 2:
SPINS: 80,000
WON SESSIONS (+12): 1,771
TEST 3:
SPINS: 223,000
SESSIONS WON (+12): 4,804
SESSIONS LOST (-12): 804
TOTAL BALANCE: + 12,108
TEST 4:
SPINS: 325,148
SESSIONS WON (+12): 6,967
SESSIONS LOST (-12): 1,459
TOTAL BALANCE: + 17,628
WHAT IT MEANS?
It means that there are a total of 21,216 sessions.
Lets say you play 4 sessions a day, 5 days a week;
that would be 80 sessions a month, or else 960
sessions a year. 21,216 / 960 = 22.1 years
GENESIS SYSTEM ROULETTE
GENESIS System for the Roulette Wheel has been tried and tested over many, many
hours of play. It is very easy to implement but for it to work effectively,
first and foremost, you MUST BE DISCIPLINED.Casino Games are cleverly designed
to give the house a small edge over the customer - as low as 2% - but with their
massive turnover, a small percentage in their favour will produce huge profits
for the Casino. DISCIPLINE is required to operate the GENESIS system because we
do not bet on every spin of the wheel. There are two aspects to the GENESIS
system, which when combined make this method extremely powerful - one is the
period of "hesitation" used - the other is the staking.
Before you commence play, you must ensure that you have a suitable Betting Bank
which for Peace Of Mind is recommended to be 40 times whatever the minimum stake
is that you are going to use.
The system is designed for backing the EVEN MONEY shots on the outside of the
table, ie. RED + BLACK, ODD + EVEN or HIGH + LOW (1-18 or 19-36).
For the purpose of introducing you to the GENESIS SYSTEM, all play referred to
here is on RED + BLACK.
In most Casinos worldwide, the minimum stake on the EVEN MONEY chances is £5 or
$5 or the equivalent. Until you are confident with this system you should play
minimum stakes, so for you to be able to play in the "comfort zone", ideally you
should sit at the table with a Bank of £200. There will be periods when you may
find that up to half of your Betting Bank is in use but you will also have
sessions when you will be playing with the Casinos' money after the very first
bet and won't need to dip into your Bank for the entire session. Choose a table
where there are very few other players because the more players, the slower the
play. On a very busy table it can sometimes take 5 minutes or more for a single
spin of the wheel because of the time taken up by customers buying chips and for
the payouts after each spin. On a very quiet table you can get 30 or 40 spins in
an hour. The best time to play is in the afternoon if your chosen casino is open
then. There is no defined period of play but for the purposes of explaining the
system to you, the results shown are for 100 spin sessions which took around 2
to 3 hours, but of course you can stop play at any time. Most Casinos have
indicator boards that display the previous 16 spins, with BLACK to one side and
RED on the other. Be extremely wary of these electronic boards - they often go
wrong and may indicate that a number has come up 3 or 4 times in succession when
in fact it only occurred once. Sometimes the boards will stop displaying one
colour or the other - so be warned. Ideally, check with another player at the
table that the previous numbers are correct or sit down and record numbers for a
while without playing. To commence play, we first wait for either 3 repeating
colours or 3 alternating colours - so we wait for RED/RED/RED or
BLACK/BLACK/BLACK or RED/BLACK/RED/BLACK or BLACK/RED/BLACK/RED. As soon as one
of these sequences occurs which could happen as soon as you sit down or could
mean a 20 minute wait, our first betting series commences on the next spin. We
bet on whatever the sequence is doing, so if 3 REDS have come up, we bet on RED
- if a sequence of BLACK/RED/BLACK/RED has happened, then our first bet is on
BLACK because the colours are alternating. The aim is win 1 chip (or if we don't
win 1 chip, then to break-even) on each betting series. So our first bet is 1
chip. If this bet wins, we have made our target of 1 chip profit and that
betting series is complete. A new series of betting starts on the very next
spin, 1 chip again and following whatever the current results are doing - so if
the colours are alternating and our last win came on BLACK, then the first bet
of this new series is a 1 chip bet on RED. Should this bet lose, the betting
series is not yet over because we haven't made at least 1 chip profit or broken-
even, but we do stop betting and wait until the next run of either 3 repeats or
3 alternates occurs. When this happens, we commence betting again on the next
spin following whatever the colours are doing and we increase our bet to 2
chips. If this bet wins we make a 2 chip profit less the 1 chip loss from the
previous bet to give an overall 1 chip profit, thereby completing another
betting series. Had this 2 chip bet lost, the current betting series running
total goes to -3 chips. Because we have just had a losing bet due to the colour
sequence changing, again we stop betting and wait for another 3 repeats or
alternates before placing a 3 chip bet on the next spin. Should this bet win we
have recovered the running total of -3 and broken-even on the series, so the
betting series stops. We accept that we haven't made a profit on that particular
series and start a new one on the very next spin starting again with a 1 chip
bet. Should the 3 chip bet lose taking the running total to -6, again stop
betting, wait for another 3 repeats or alternates and place a 4 chip bet on the
next spin (keep in mind that we NEVER increase the bet by more than 1 chip at a
time - don't be tempted to Double-Up and try to recover losses and make a profit
in one spin. Yes, many times it will come off, but it only takes one time for it
not to and you will be in deep trouble). Once we have gone past the 3 chip bet
without making a profit, we accept that we are not going to make a profit on
this series and the aim becomes just to get the series to break-even and then to
start a new one. If the 4 chip bet wins, the running total for the current
betting series goes to -2. After a win, if the bet was 2 chips or more, then
usually we reduce the bet by 1 chip for the next spin. However, as the 4 chip
bet has won and the current deficit is -2, because we looking to break-even now,
the bet for the next spin is 2 chips which provided it wins gives a break-even
sequence. If this 2 chip bet had lost, going to -4, a waiting period would occur
until 3 repeats or alternates again and then the next bet would be 3 chips
(remember we always increase the bet by 1 chip after a loser - NEVER MORE). A 3
chip win would take the series back to -1 so a 1 chip winning bet on the next
spin would give the break-even target we are looking for. This explanation of
how to work the system may look complicated but it is very simple in practice
and by looking at the workings of the 100 spin sessions and the explanations
that follow you will soon master it. When you are playing for real, you will
need to keep a record of your bets as you go along - the Casinos provide pens
and cards for you to do so. Summary of the important points of the GENESIS
SYSTEM:-If you are going to play with £5 chips, sit at the table with a minimum
betting bank of £200 - 40 times whatever your 1 chip bet is going to be. Wait
until a run of 3 repeating colours or 3 alternating colours before betting.Aim
to make a 1 chip profit on each betting series or to break-even if the series
goes beyond the 3 chip bet without making a profit. First bet is 1 chip,
increasing by 1 after each loss, decreasing by 1 or more after each winning bet.
Don't move from one table to another whilst in the middle of a betting series -
only move once a series has been completed - if you move half way through a
series because it is starting to go wrong - Murphys' Law will ensure that a
winning run will start the moment you leave the table! HOW TO HANDLE THE "0" or
"00" ====================American Roulette wheels have a 0 and a 00. European
wheels have just a single 0. When a 0 or 00 is spun, obviously it is a losing
bet for us if we have been betting on that spin. Also, if we are in a waiting
period, it is also a loser and breaks whatever the sequence of colours is doing.
A 0 or 00 stops everything and from the following spin onwards we again wait for
3 repeats or alternates before betting again. So say the sequence goes
RED/RED/RED/0/RED, the 0 is a losing bet and we stop betting until 3 repeats or
alternates occur again. A sequence of BLACK/RED/BLACK/RED/0/BLACK/RED /BLACK
would mean we were betting on BLACK when the 0 came up as the three previous
spins had alternated. The next 3 spins after the 0 alternated BLACK/RED/BLACK.
This is just two alternates - BLACK to RED then RED to BLACK. If the next spin
was a RED, then this would give the required 3 alternates and we would resume
betting on the next spin. In the USA the 0 and the 00 and in most European
countries, the single 0 clears the whole table, apart from any bets on 0 or 00
themselves. On British tables we have a slight advantage in that as well as
there being only a single 0, whenever it comes up, any bet on the Even Money
Chances is halved - ie. you get back half of your bet. So, if you are playing on
a British table and you have had a bet when a 0 comes up, record as a complete
losing bet but treat the returned half stake as a bonus. Play can be extremely
slow if the table is busy, but in many cases, once you have the experience of
working the GENESIS system you may find you can sit between two tables that are
close together and work 2 tables at once bearing in mind that much of the time
you will only be betting on one table while a waiting period is happening on the
other. If you do run two tables at once, use a separate betting bank for each
and obviously keep a separate set of records for each one. Although the
instructions for working the system are to use RED + BLACK, it will work just as
effectively using either ODD + EVEN or (1 - 18) + (19 - 36). You could work the
system using 3 separate banks at the same table, but to do it you will need
plenty of room to get your bets on easily and to be quick and accurate in
keeping your records after each spin. Don't attempt this until you have plenty
of experience working just one Bank at a time! Don't be disheartened when you
have a losing session - IT WILL HAPPEN. You cannot expect to win every time but
if you stick to the system rules, over several sessions you will come out on
top. If you have been playing with £5 chips successfully and you are thinking of
increasing your minimum stake, it is best to do so only after you have had
several winning sessions and you are playing with the Casinos' money . Ideally
finish each session with a completed betting series. The results for the 100
spin sessions following stop at the 100th spin even if a betting series is still
running. BE DISCIPLINED, FOLLOW THE RULES AND YOU WILL BE A WINNER. LAS VEGAS
CASINO - BUDAPEST, March 1998 P/L = Profit or Loss R/T = Running TotalSPIN
RED/BLACK STAKE P/L R/T1 24 2 15 3 154 33 1 + 1 + 1 (+1)5 0 1 - 1 - 16 267 108
329 3610 2011 812 713 2414 015 2616 2217 918 1219 420 221 2522 3223 024 1425
3226 727 29 2 - 2 - 328 1029 030 3131 232 3033 1534 1035 2636 26 3 + 3 0 (0)37
10 1 + 1 + 1 (+1)38 18 1 - 1 - 139 7 40 2141 2 2 - 2 - 342 2143 2644 29 3 - 3 -
645 046 1547 2348 1649 1650 25 4 + 4 - 251 28 2 - 2 - 452 1253 1254 1455 20 3 -
3 - 756 2757 3258 2059 3260 2361 1662 29 4 - 4 -1163 25 64 2565 966 31 5 - 5 -
1667 468 2469 28 6 + 6 - 1070 0 5 - 5 - 1571 072 773 1674 2175 27 6 + 6 - 976 34
5 + 5 - 477 30 4 + 4 0 (0)78 6 1 - 1 - 179 1280 32 81 982 21 2 + 2 + 1 (+1)83 22
1 - 1 - 184 34 85 986 787 8 2 - 2 - 388 3189 1090 24 3 + 3 0 (0)91 1 1 - 1 - 192
2893 1594 2195 1196 797 15 2 + 2 + 1 (+1)98 22 1 - 1 - 199 17100 7 2 - 2 - 3 (-
3) PROFIT +1 chip = £25 This session in Budapest took about 2 1/4 hours - the
table was fairly quiet - and it was a fairly difficult session with only a 1
chip profit to show at the end of it. It got off to a perfect start because the
first 3 spins were repeats on BLACK so play started very early with the first
bet on spin no.4 - a 1 chip bet on BLACK. 1st bet wins - 1 chip profit already -
betting sequence stops and new sequence commences. Spin no.5 is 1 chip on BLACK
- 0 comes up, so sequence is broken and I now had to wait until the next set of
either 3 repeats or 3 alternates. It was a long wait of 21 spins before the next
bet was placed - about 40 minutes without having a bet! Spins 24,25,26 were 3
REDS so a 2 chip bet was made on RED for spin no.27. This lost - running total
for current sequence now -3. The next run of 3 were BLACKS - spins 33 to 35 so
the stake was upped to 3 chips on spin no.36 on BLACK. This was a winner giving
a return of +3 and making the current betting running total 0 - so this sequence
stops having broken even. The staking reverts back to 1 chip for the next spin
on BLACK starting a new betting sequence - it was a loser. It wasn't long to
wait before the next 3 in a row happened - spins 38 to 40 were all REDS so a 2
chip bet went on RED for spin no.41 - this lost too, running total now -3. Again
not long too wait before the next bet - spins 40 to 42 were alternating
RED/BLACK/RED so the stake was upped another 1 and a 3 chip bet went on BLACK -
this also lost so running total now -6. Six spins later, time to bet again after
3 successive REDS - the bet was upped to 4 chips and went on RED which won
taking the running total to -2. As I had gone past the 3 chip bet it was time to
just get the current betting sequence to break even without trying to make a
profit. So the bet on spin no.51 was a 2 chip as bet on RED - not 3 chip -
hoping for a win to complete the current series. Unfortunately, it lost (BLACK
came up) so a further deficit of 2 chips deducted from the running total takes
it to -4. We never up the bet by more than 1 chip so the next bet was 3 chips on
spin no.55 after 3 REDS had appeared. This lost as well - now on -11. Again not
long to wait, 3 more REDS followed so a 5 chip bet on RED for spin no.66 -
another loss, running total now -16! Still more than half of the starting bank
of 40 chips intact so nerves holding together! Spins 66 to 68 were all BLACK so
time to bet again on spin no.69, a 6 chip bet on BLACK which won reducing the
running total to -10. The stake is reduced by 1 to 5 chips for the next spin,
again on BLACK - this lost, so back to -15. A losing bet means time to wait
again - not long before a run of 3 REDS and 6 chip bet made on RED on spin no.27
winning 6 chips reducing the running total to -9. Stake 1 chip less on the next
bet, so 5 chips on RED which also won and then a 4 chip bet on spin no.77
produced another RED and got the running total down to 0. Betting sequence stops
having broken even. Spins 38 to 77 was a very difficult period but once the run
of 6 consecutive REDS occurred starting on spin no.72, losses were quickly
recovered. Over an hour of play, only to break even! A new betting sequence
starts with a losing 1 chip bet followed by a 2 chip loss on spin 87 and a 3
chip recovery on no. 90 - another break even sequence. Next bet lost but the 2
chip win on spin 97 gave a 1 chip profit after an alternating run of
RED/BLACK/RED (spins 94 to 96). The new sequence started with a loss as spin 98
did not alternate and 3 successive REDS meant a 2 chip bet on spin 100 which
also lost to end the session with a sequence on -3. Not a great way to inish!
SHERATON HOTEL CASINO, SOFIA, Bulgaria April 1998SPIN RED/BLACK STAKE P/L R/T1
182 73 44 325 86 177 48 29 1 + 1 + 1 (+1)9 19 1 - 1 - 110 2111 1512 1213 014
2915 1216 2517 418 019 520 3121 3322 1623 2624 2425 526 127 2328 36 2 + 2 + 1
(+1)29 26 1 - 1 - 130 1031 2032 15 2 + 2 + 1 (+1)33 7 1 - 1 - 134 935 2636 037
2738 3239 1740 3141 242 28 2 + 2 + 1 (+1)43 8 1 + 1 + 1 (+1)44 31 1 + 1 + 1
(+1)45 25 1 - 1 - 146 1747 148 0 2 - 2 - 349 1050 1051 1152 26 3 + 3 0 (0)53 26
1 + 1 + 1 (+1)54 7 1 - 1 - 155 956 2457 858 10 59 36 2 - 2 - 360 1561 2462 3063
3564 1065 2666 22 3 + 3 0 (0)67 28 1 + 1 + 1 (+1)68 28 1 + 1 + 1 (+1)69 6 1 + 1
+ 1 (+1)70 10 1 + 1 + 1 (+1)71 2 1 + 1 + 1 (+1)72 16 1 - 1 - 1 73 3674 3375 176
377 078 3479 880 2581 2382 983 18 2 + 2 + 1 (+1)84 16 1 + 1 + 1 (+1)85 12 1 + 1
+ 1 (+1)86 7 1 + 1 + 1 (+1)87 21 1 + 1 + 1 (+1)88 20 1 - 1 - 189 1490 691 12 2 +
2 + 1 (+1)92 17 1 + 1 + 1 (+1)93 36 1 + 1 + 1 (+1)94 20 1 + 1 + 1 (+1)95 30 1 +
1 + 1 (+1)96 3 1 - 1 - 197 3698 7 2 + 2 + 1 (+1)99 20 1 - 1 - 1 100 2 (-1)
PROFIT +22 chips = £450This session in Bulgaria was a far more pleasant and
profitable one than the one in Budapest. The croupiers were mainly stunning
Russian girls (which added to the enjoyment) and they were extremely fast at
paying out and keeping the wheel going - the session only took about 1 3/4
hours! The croupiers in Bournemouth could learn from these girls.Didn't have to
wait very long before the first bet of the session because 3 BLACKS came up in
succession from spin no.5 so a 1 chip bet went on BLACK on spin no.8 which won
giving a 1 chip profit. Betting continued on the next spin as the previous bet
was a winner, but it is a new series so the stake is 1 chip - this lost, so a
waiting period happened which went on to the 28th spin calling for a 2 chip bet
after 3 repeating REDS - the 2 chip bet on RED won to give a running total on
this new series of +1 - a profit, so the series stops with a 1 chip profit.
Another new series starts on the next spin, this lost but was recovered and a
profit made on a winning BLACK on spin no.32 - another 1 chip profit. Again, the
new series started with a loss and again it was recovered on the next bet on
spin no.42 giving another 1 chip profit. Two more repeating BLACKS on spins 43
and 44 donated a further 2 chips to the pile. Lost on spin 45 and the colours
began alternating with a BLACK/RED/BLACK/RED, so a 2 chip play went on BLACK for
spin no.48 - it lost because a 0 came up to move the running total for the
series to -3. A run of 3 BLACKS followed immediately so the next bet was 3 chips
on BLACK, spin no.52, this won recovering the deficit of 3 and giving a break-
even series. A 1 chip profit was made on the very next spin and a loss on the
following one. Spin no.59 lost another 2, but all 3 were recovered on no.66.A
very welcome run of another 5 BLACKS donated 5 more chips (9 BLACKS in a row).
The bet on spin no.72 lost but was turned in to a 1 chip profit on the next bet
11 spins later and a useful run of REDS donated 4 more chips. The bet on spin
no.88 lost, but again after 3 alternating colours the alternating sequence
continued and the recovery and profit came on spin no.91 with 4 more wins
immediately after, before the colours went back to repeats. Spin no.98 produced
another 1 chip profit but the following bet and last bet of the session was a
loser. But what a session! A 22 chip profit = £450 using £25 chips.I never once
had to go above a 3 chip bet and the last 1/3rd of the session produced 15 chips
profit! A total of 36 bets were made so there wasn't a great deal of waiting and
of the 36 bets, 25 were winners. STAKIS CASINO - BOURNEMOUTH, UK, September
1998SPIN RED/BLACK STAKE P/L R/T 1 162 23 224 15 166 317 268 359 10 1 + 1 +1
(+1)10 18 1 - 1 - 111 412 2513 22 2 + 2 +1 (+1)14 6 1 - 1 - 115 716 1417 2318 4
2 - 2 - 319 0 20 1821 1322 1023 2824 29 3 + 3 0 (0)25 26 1 + 1 + 1 (+1)26 19 1 -
1 - 127 2628 2429 730 1131 2132 28 2 + 2 + 1 (+1)33 35 1 - 1 - 134 1535 33 2 + 2
+ 1 (+1)36 13 1 + 1 + 1 (+1)37 13 1 + 1 + 1 (+1)38 12 1 - 1 - 139 440 2241 2442
0 2 - 2 - 3 (+1) Half stake returned43 744 3045 2046 1447 2148 749 12 3 + 3 0
(0)50 27 1 + 1 + 1 (+1)51 3 1 + 1 + 1 (+1)52 31 1 - 1 - 153 9 54 055 1956 357
1058 1659 1660 2061 1262 2863 30 2 + 2 + 1 (+1)64 0 1 - 1 - 1 (+0.5) Half stake
returned65 3466 1767 468 3369 1 2 - 2 - 370 2371 1672 18 3 + 3 0 (0)73 19 1 + 1
+ 1 (+1)74 18 1 + 1 + 1 (+1)75 21 1 + 1 + 1 (+1)76 23 1 + 1 + 1 (+1)77 15 1 - 1
- 178 1079 3080 981 782 36 2 + 2 + 1 (+1)83 31 1 - 1 - 184 22 85 26 86 6 2 + 2 +
1 (+1)87 4 1 + 1 + 1 (+1)88 12 1 - 1 - 189 3490 1991 32 2 + 2 + 1 (+1)92 6 1 - 1
- 193 35 94 2995 24 2 + 2 + 1 (+1)96 25 1 - 1 - 197 2098 3199 1100 35 (-1) +
19.5 chips profit = £487.50A very satisfactory session with a nice profit though
the casino was very busy and play was slow - took over 3 hours for 100 spins.
Still I only had to place a 3 chip bet 3 times throughout the whole session, and
they all won.
GO FOR 3 SYSTEM
You will be tracking a 37 spin session. Every time a number repeats, you will
bet that number through the end of the 37 spins. You will usually end up
betting around 7-8 numbers by the end of the session.
This is based loosely on the law of the third. Basically, it states that within
a 37 spin session you will only see, on average, 24 different numbers. This
means that on average there will be 13 repeat numbers, and there is a good
chance that those 13 repeat numbers will not all be different (thus some numbers
will hit 3, 4, 5 and even 6 times) and you are trying to cash in on this.
THE GOLDEN RULE ROULETTE SYSTEM
The table is divided into three different dozen sections: 1-12; 13-24 and 25-36.
From now on I will refer to them as doz1 (1-12), doz2 (13-24), doz3 (25-36). The
system ignores the zero. The system can be played on the single or double zero
wheel.
The amount that you begin with depends on your minimum bet, but your bankroll
must be 10 times your minimum bet. So if your minimum was R50 you would
need a bankroll of R500.
The chance of any dozen hitting is theoretically 33%, but if you watch for a while
you will begin to notice that it hits within the first section much less than it
theoretically should.
Once doz2 or doz3 spins, be prepared to place your first bet.
Place two bets down, place one on doz2 and one on doz3, by doing this we are
covering 66% of the numbers (excluding zero). The odds paid are 2 to1 so if it
hits anywhere between 13 and 36, you win and collect one extra unit to what you
put down.
Following you first win, repeat the same bet only once more. After the third hit
within doz2 and doz3 the likelihood of a doz1 hit is much greater.
Now all you do is sit back and wait for doz1 to show and thereafter as soon as
doz2 or doz3 hits you simply repeat the process again.
An alternative to waiting is to move to another table and watch the above

sequence and play this powerful system again. Always make sure you are using
casino cash chips and not the table coloured chips when moving from table
to table.
file:///D|/Systems/Golden%20Rule%20Roulette%20System.htm (1 of 2) [7/21/2002 11:39:29 AM]

THE GOLDEN RULE ROULETTE SYSTEM
If you are unfortunate along the way and lose a spin, don’t worry. It is very easy
to catch up. At this point play place the same bet again. If you lose again, stop
and wait for doz1 to wear its streak out before continuing play.
Once doz2 or doz3 shows again, start play as you did in the first place.
I suggest you stop and take a break once you have doubled your bankroll or on a
more conservative level, once you have reached 50% of your bankroll
I guarantee that you will double the amount of money that you have spent on
purchasing this system. If you follow the rules exactly, there is no reason why
you should make money.
Good Luck!
file:///D|/Systems/Golden%20Rule%20Roulette%20System.htm (2 of 2) [7/21/2002 11:39:29 AM]

Roulette System "Goldfinger" Line Bet ( Transversale simple)
Roulette System "Goldfinger" Line Bet ( Transversale simple).
The desk capital (play capital) if you start playing with 1$ chip is
780 $ and a reserve of 780 $. If you start playing with 5$ then it
is 1000 $ and reserve of 1000 $ The average gain in 30
minutes play time, is 20$, If one starts with 1$ chip.
The average annual profit with 1$ chip is 10`500$ at a daily
play time of only 30 minutes.
The strategy: playing starts if one line has ben thrown 2 times
in 2 to 6 forward-moving wheel spins. You set to bet "15 times",
up to a profit balance of at least 20$
Abort and beginning of a new session:

The current session balance has a winning of at least
20$.
The current session has a small minus balance and the
next bet would be to high, (the gold fingers rule).
The Goldfingers system play rules:

The rule 1: comes into strength after 25 wheel spins.
Example: you have a hit and the new session balance is -
1$ to -15$ and the next bet is 9$ or higher, begin a new
session with 1$.
file:///D|/Systems/GOLDFINGER%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEM.htm (1 of 30) [7/21/2002 11:40:32 AM]
Example: you have a hit and the new ession balance is -

1$ to - 20$ and the next bet is 9$ or higher, begin a new
session with 1$.

1$ to - 60$ and the next bet is 9$ or higher, begin a new
session with 1$.
50$ to -120$ and the next bet is 19$ or higher, begin a
new session with 1$.
The Betting Steps:

Increase your bet after one minus as follows: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7,
8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16.. etc.. After a hit decreases the
next bet by 5 units.
Example: the last wheel spin your bet was 23$ and you landed
a hit, now decreases your next bet to 18$.
However always consider the Goldfingers rule.
You can begin with 5$ bet and increase to 6$ after a loss etc..
Now the entrance needs no special knowledge, simply follow
the original casino monthly wheel spins and you learn the rules
of this system fast.
01.01.1998 Wheel spins no: application record on

01.01.1998
wheel spins /application on gain/loss session balance balance after a

hit
30
28
21 1 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -1 $ -1 $
18 2 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -2 $ -3 $
6 3 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -3 $ -6 $
15 4 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -4 $ -10 $
18 5 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -5 $ -15 $
18 6 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -6 $ -21 $
34 7 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -7 $ -28 $
27 8 $ chip bet on line 25-30 40 $ 12 $
11 3 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -3 $ 9$
17 4 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -4 $ 5$
31 5 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -5 $ 0$
28 6 $ chip bet on line 25-30 30 $ 30 $
This session is over your balance is +30 $
02.01.1998
13
28
35
26
11 1 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -1 $ -1 $
26 2 $ chip bet on line 25-30 10 $ 9$

36 1 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -1 $ 8$
31 2 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -2 $ 6$
22 3 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -3 $ 3$
12 4 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -4 $ -1 $
27 5 $ chip bet on line 25-30 25 $ 24 $
This session is over your balance is+24 $
03.01.1998
6
20

25
5
4 1 $ chip bet on line 1-6 5$ 5$
3 1 $ chip bet on line 1-6 5$ 10 $
5 1 $ chip bet on line 1-6 5$ 15 $
16 1 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -1 $ 14 $
11 2 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -2 $ 12 $
4 3 $ chip bet on line 1-6 15 $ 27 $
04.01.1998
20
17
24
21 1 $ chip bet on line 19-24 5$ 5$
19 1 $ chip bet on line 19-24 5 $ 10 $
27 1 $ chip bet on line 19-24 -1 $ 9$
27 2 $ chip bet on line 19-24 -2 $ 7$
26 3 $ chip bet on line 19-24 -3 $ 4 $
25 4 $ chip bet on line 19-24 -4 $ 0 $
3 5 $ chip bet on line 19-24 - 5 $ -5 $
17 6 $ chip bet on line 19-24 - 6 $ -11 $
29 7 $ chip bet on line 19-24 - 7 $ -18 $
7 8 $ chip bet on line 19-24 - 8 $ -26 $
26 9 $ chip bet on line 19-24 - 9 $ -35 $
14 10 $ chip bet on line 19-24 -10 $ -45 $
32 11 $ chip bet on line 19-24 -11 $ -56 $
36 12 $ chip bet on line 19-24 -12 $ -68 $
4 13 $ chip bet on line 19-24 -13 $ -81 $ After you have bet on a line "15
times" and the session balance has not done well stop here and find a new line
bet.
18
11
33
11
2 14 $ chip bet on line 7-12 -14 $ -95 $
11 15 $ chip bet on line 7-12 75 $ -20 $
14 10 $ chip bet on line 7-12 -10 $ -30 $
27 11 $ chip bet on line 7-12 -11 $ -41 $

7 12 $ chip bet on line 7-12 60 $ 19 $

6 8 $ chip bet on line 7-12 - 8 $ 11 $
23 9 $ chip bet on line 7-12 -9$ 2$
32 10 $ chip bet on line 7-12 -10 $ -8 $
28 11 $ chip bet on line 7-12 -11 $ -19 $
31 12 $ chip bet on line 7-12 -12 $ -31 $ wheel spins no: 25 Goldfinger
Rule 1
5 13 $ chip bet on line 7-12 -13 $ -44 $
8 14 $ chip bet on line 7-12 70 $ 26 $
05.01.1998
3
36
31
19 1 $ chip bet on line 31-36 -1 $ -1 $
18 2 $ chip bet on line 31-36 -2 $ -3 $
15 3 $ chip bet on line 31-36 -3 $ -6 $
18 4 $ chip bet on line 31-36 -4 $ -10 $
00 5 $ chip bet on line 31-36 -5 $ -15 $
8 6 $ chip bet on line 31-36 -6 $ -21 $
9 7 $ chip bet on line 31-36 -7 $ -28 $
10 8 $ chip bet on line 31-36 -8 $ -36 $
5 9 $ chip bet on line 31-36 -9 $ -45 $
9 10 $ chip bet on line 31-36 -10 $ -55 $
17 11 $ chip bet on line 31-36 -11 $ -66 $
6 12 $ chip bet on line 31-36 -12 $ -78 $
23 13 $ chip bet on line 31-36 -13 $ -91 $
34 14 $ chip bet on line 31-36 70 $ -21 $
33 9 $ chip bet on line 31-36 45 $ 24 $
06.01.1998
8
28
1
19

9
27 1 $ chip bet on line 7-12 -1 $ -1 $
21 2 $ chip bet on line 7-12 -2 $ -3 $
29 3 $ chip bet on line 7-12 -3 $ -6 $
35 4 $ chip bet on line 7-12 -4 $ -10 $
35 5 $ chip bet on line 7-12 -5 $ -15 $
26 6 $ chip bet on line 7-12 -6 $ -21 $
8 7 $ chip bet on line 7-12 35 $ 14 $
10 2 $ chip bet on line 7-12 10 $ 24 $
07.01.1998
35
13
31
32 1 $ chip bet on line 31-36 5$ 5$
34 1 $ chip bet on line 31-36 5$ 10 $
25 1 $ chip bet on line 31-36 -1 $ 9$
30 2 $ chip bet on line 31-36 -2 $ 7$
32 3 $ chip bet on line 31-36 15 $ 22 $
08.01.1998
2
28
17
12
26
28 1 $ chip bet on line 25-30 5$ 5$
14 1 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -1 $ 4$
4 2 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -2 $ 2$
2 3 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -3 $ -1 $
5 4 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -4 $ -5 $
3 5 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -5 $ -10 $
18 6 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -6 $ -16 $
14 7 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -7 $ -23 $

29 8 $ chip bet on line 25-30 40 $ 17 $

5 3 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -3 $ 14 $
6 4 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -4 $ 10 $
18 5 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -5 $ 5$
7 6 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -6 $ -1 $
28 7 $ chip bet on line 25-30 35 $ 34 $
09.01.1998
10
31
6
2
16 1 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -1 $ -1 $
15 2 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -2 $ -3 $
30 3 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -3 $ -6 $
16 4 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -4 $ -10 $
4 5 $ chip bet on line 1-6 25 $ 15 $
8 1 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -1 $ 14 $
23 2 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -2 $ 12 $
10 3 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -3 $ 9$
36 4 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -4 $ 5$
20 5 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -5 $ 0$
27 6 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -6 $ -6 $
12 7 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -7 $ -13 $
8 8 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -8 $ -21 $
10 9 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -9 $ -30 $
23 10 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -10 $ -40 $After you have bet on a line "15
bet.
7
10
36 11 $ chip bet on line 7-12 -11 $ -51 $
32 12 $ chip bet on line 7-12 -12 $ -63 $
4 13 $ chip bet on line 7-12 -13 $ -76 $
14 14 $ chip bet on line 7-12 -14 $ -90 $
27 15 $ chip bet on line 7-12 -15 $ -105 $
32 16 $ chip bet on line 7-12 -16 $ -121 $
5 17 $ chip bet on line 7-12 -17 $ -138 $

4 18 $ chip bet on line 7-12 -18 $ -156 $

24 19 $ chip bet on line 7-12 -19 $ -175 $
27 20 $ chip bet on line 7-12 -20 $ -195 $ wheel spins no: 25
Goldfinger Rule 1
23 21 $ chip bet on line 7-12 -21 $ -216 $
25 22 $ chip bet on line 7-12 -22 $ -238 $
31 23 $ chip bet on line 7-12 -23 $ -261 $
9 24 $ chip bet on line 7-12 120 $ -141 $
24 19 $ chip bet on line 7-12 -19 $ -160 $
11
13
13
13 20 $ chip bet on line 13-18 100 $ -60 $
34 15 $ chip bet on line 13-18 -15 $ -75 $
7 16 $ chip bet on line 13-18 -16 $ -91 $
25 17 $ chip bet on line 13-18 -17 $ -108 $
3 18 $ chip bet on line 13-18 -18 $ -126 $
20 19 $ chip bet on line 13-18 -19 $ -145 $
29 20 $ chip bet on line 13-18 -20 $ -165 $
16 21 $ chip bet on line 13-18 105 $ -60 $
35 16 $ chip bet on line 13-18 -16 $ -76 $
Goldfinger rule 2:
17 18 $ chip bet on line 13-18 90 $ -3 $
This session is over your balance is -3 $
Goldfinger rule 2:
10.01.1998
28
34
36
34 1 $ chip bet on line 31-36 5$ 5$
13 1 $ chip bet on line 31-36 -1 $ 4$
32 2 $ chip bet on line 31-36 10 $ 14 $
25 1 $ chip bet on line 31-36 -1 $ 13 $
7 2 $ chip bet on line 31-36 -2 $ 11 $
24 3 $ chip bet on line 31-36 -3 $ 8$
8 4 $ chip bet on line 31-36 -4 $ 4$

32 5 $ chip bet on line 31-36 25 $ 29 $

11.01.1998
20
24
20 1 $ chip bet on line 19-24 5$ 5$
2 1 $ chip bet on line 19-24 -1 $ 4$
15 2 $ chip bet on line 19-24 -2 $ 2$
30 3 $ chip bet on line 19-24 -3 $ -1 $
13 4 $ chip bet on line 19-24 -4 $ -5 $
34 5 $ chip bet on line 19-24 -5 $ -10 $
1 6 $ chip bet on line 19-24 -6 $ -16 $
31 7 $ chip bet on line 19-24 -7 $ -23 $
34 8 $ chip bet on line 19-24 -8 $ -31 $
00 9 $ chip bet on line 19-24 -9 $ -40 $
8 10 $ chip bet on line 19-24 -10 $ -50 $
23 11 $ chip bet on line 19-24 55 $ 5 $
14 6 $ chip bet on line 19-24 -6 $ -1 $
5 7 $ chip bet on line 19-24 -7 $ -8 $
bet.
10
36
23
32
31 9 $ chip bet on line 31-36 45 $ 29 $
12.01.1998
25
29
6 1 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -1 $ -1 $
30 2 $ chip bet on line 25-30 10 $ 9 $
23 1 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -1 $ 8$

8 2 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -2 $ 6$

23 3 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -3 $ 3$
18 4 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -4 $ -1 $
1 5 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -5 $ -6 $
35 6 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -6 $ -12 $
34 7 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -7 $ -19 $
2 8 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -8 $ -27 $
24 9 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -9 $ -36 $
16 10 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -10 $ -46 $
13 11 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -11 $ -57 $
16 12 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -12 $ -69 $
34 13 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -13 $ -82 $After you have bet on a line "15
bet.
27
6
27
17 14 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -14 $ -96 $
4 15 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -15 $ -111 $
11 16 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -16 $ -127 $
16 17 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -17 $ -144 $
21 18 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -18 $ -162 $
16 19 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -19 $ -181 $
9 20 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -20 $ -201 $
24 21 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -21 $ -222 $
20 22 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -22 $ -244 $
13 23 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -23 $ -267 $ wheel spins no: 25 Regel 1
6 24 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -24 $ -291 $
16 25 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -25 $ -316 $
18 26 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -26 $ -342 $
18 27 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -27 $ -369 $
15 28 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -28 $ -397 $
28
17
25
7 29 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -29 $ -426 $
00 30 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -30 $ -456 $
11 31 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -31 $ -487 $
12 32 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -32 $ -519 $
10 33 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -33 $ -552 $

19 34 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -34 $ -586 $

12 35 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -35 $ -621 $
33 36 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -36 $ -657 $
18 37 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -37 $ -694 $
rule 2
24 39 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -39 $ -771 $
26 40 $ chip bet on line 25-30 200 $ -571 $
27 35 $ chip bet on line 25-30 175 $ -396 $
16 30 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -30 $ -426 $
25 31 $ chip bet on line 25-30 155 $ -271 $
13
17
14 26 $ chip bet on line 13-18 130 $ -141 $
22 21 $ chip bet on line 13-18 -21 $ -162 $
19 22 $ chip bet on line 13-18 -22 $ -184 $
15 23 $ chip bet on line 13-18 115 $ -69 $
11 19 $ chip bet on line 13-18 -19 $ -106 $
15 20 $ chip bet on line 13-18 100 $ -6 $
This session is over your balance is - 6 $
Goldfinger rule 3:
13.01.1998
33
2
10
21
3
26 1 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -1 $
28 2 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -2 $ -3 $
9 3 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -3 $ -6 $
5 4 $ chip bet on line 1-6 20 $ 14 $
13 1 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -1 $ 13 $
36 2 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -2 $ 11 $
28 3 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -3 $ 8$
5 4 $ chip bet on line 1-6 20 $ 28 $

14.01.1998
19
8
3
2
33 1 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -1 $ -1 $
24 2 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -2 $ -3 $
6 3 $ chip bet on line 1-6 15 $ 12 $
29 1 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -1 $ 11 $
28 2 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -2 $ 9$
29 3 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -3 $ 6$
24 4 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -4 $ 2$
7 5 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -5 $ -3 $
24 6 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -6 $ -9 $
12 7 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -7 $ -16 $
27 8 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -8 $ -24 $
29 9 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -9 $ -33 $
22 10 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -10 $ -43 $
23 11 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -11 $ -54 $
20 12 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -12 $ -66 $
29
2
32
5
14 13 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -13 $ -79 $
00 14 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -14 $ -93 $
10 15 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -15 $ -108 $
32 16 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -16 $ -124 $
22 17 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -17 $ -141 $
11 18 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -18 $ -159 $
8 19 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -19 $ -178 $
30 20 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -20 $ -198 $
24 21 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -21 $ -219 $
14 23 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -23 $ -264 $
28 24 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -24 $ -288 $
30 25 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -25 $ -313 $

20 26 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -26 $ -339 $

32 27 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -27 $ -366 $
17
22
34
35
3 28 $ chip bet on line 31-36 -28 $ -394 $
12 29 $ chip bet on line 31-36 -29 $ -423 $
6 30 $ chip bet on line 31-36 -30 $ -453 $
32 31 $ chip bet on line 31-36 155 $ -298 $
00 26 $ chip bet on line 31-36 -26 $ -324 $
27 27 $ chip bet on line 31-36 -27 $ -351 $
19 28 $ chip bet on line 31-36 -28 $ -379 $
19 29 $ chip bet on line 31-36 -29 $ -408 $
5 30 $ chip bet on line 31-36 -30 $ -438 $
rule 2
18 32 $ chip bet on line 31-36 -32 $ -501 $
2 33 $ chip bet on line 31-36 -33 $ -534 $
26 34 $ chip bet on line 31-36 -34 $ -568 $
35 35 $ chip bet on line 31-36 175 $ -393 $
2 30 $ chip bet on line 31-36 -30 $ -423 $
6
16
8
34
19
36
24 31 $ chip bet on line 31-36 -31 $ -454 $
4 32 $ chip bet on line 31-36 -32 $ -486 $
10 33 $ chip bet on line 31-36 -33 $ -519 $
32 34 $ chip bet on line 31-36 170 $ -253 $
7 30 $ chip bet on line 31-36 -30 $ -312 $
36 31 $ chip bet on line 31-36 155 $ -157 $
26 26 $ chip bet on line 31-36 -26 $ -183 $
34 27 $ chip bet on line 31-36 135 $ -48 $
This session is over your balance is - 48 $
Goldfinger rule 3:
15.01.1998
3
9
27
00
1
35 1 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -1 $ -1 $
19 2 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -2 $ -3 $
26 3 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -3 $ -6 $
2 4 $ chip bet on line 1-6 20 $ 14 $
29 1 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -1 $ 13 $
27 2 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -2 $ 11 $
36 3 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -3 $ 8$
3 4 $ chip bet on line 1-6 20 $ 28 $
16.01.1998
1
11
28
4
20 1 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -1 $ -1 $
26 2 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -2 $ -3 $
9 3 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -3 $ -6 $
29 4 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -4 $ -10 $
18 5 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -5 $ -15 $
24 6 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -6 $ -21 $
12 7 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -7 $ -28 $
20 8 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -8 $ -36 $
28 9 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -9 $ -45 $
20 10 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -10 $ -55 $
00 11 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -11 $ -66 $
33 12 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -12 $ -78 $
8 13 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -13 $ -91 $
4 14 $ chip bet on line 1-6 70 $ -21 $
7 9 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -9 $ -12 $

10
10
11 10 $ chip bet on line 7-12 50 $ 38 $
17.01.1998
12
4
4
3 1 $ chip bet on line 1-6 5$ 5$
19 1 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -1 $ 4$
11 2 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -2 $ 2$
26 3 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -3 $ -1 $
00 4 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -4 $ -5 $
31 5 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -5 $ -10 $
28 6 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -6 $ -16 $
27 7 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -7 $ -23 $
20 8 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -8 $ -31 $
34 9 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -9 $ -40 $
13 10 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -10 $ -50 $
3 11 $ chip bet on line 1-6 55 $ 5$
8 6 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -6 $ -1 $
18 7 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -7 $ -8 $
bet.
10
28
30
26 9 $ chip bet on line 25-30 45 $ 29 $
18.01.1998
25
31
14

35
19 1 $ chip bet on line 31-36 -1 $ -1 $
6 2 $ chip bet on line 31-36 -2 $ -3 $
7 3 $ chip bet on line 31-36 -3 $ -6 $
24 4 $ chip bet on line 31-36 -4 $ -10 $
8 5 $ chip bet on line 31-36 -5 $ -15 $
34 6 $ chip bet on line 31-36 30 $ 15 $
30 1 $ chip bet on line 31-36 -1 $ 14 $

00 2 $ chip bet on line 31-36 -2 $ 12 $
29 3 $ chip bet on line 31-36 -3 $ 9 $
27 4 $ chip bet on line 31-36 -4 $ 5 $
32 5 $ chip bet on line 31-36 25 $ 30 $
19.01.1998
35
22
20
34 1 $ chip bet on line 19-24 -1 $ -1 $
9 2 $ chip bet on line 19-24 -2 $ -3 $
28 3 $ chip bet on line 19-24 -3 $ -6 $
34 4 $ chip bet on line 19-24 -4 $ -10 $
33 5 $ chip bet on line 19-24 -5 $ -15 $
29 6 $ chip bet on line 19-24 -6 $ -21 $
15 7 $ chip bet on line 19-24 -7 $ -28 $
16 8 $ chip bet on line 19-24 -8 $ -36 $
20 9 $ chip bet on line 19-24 45 $ 9$
6 4 $ chip bet on line 19-24 -4 $ 5$
25 5 $ chip bet on line 19-24 -5 $ 0$
9 6 $ chip bet on line 19-24 -6 $ -6 $
4 7 $ chip bet on line 19-24 -7 $ -13 $
14 8 $ chip bet on line 19-24 -8 $ -21 $
18 9 $ chip bet on line 19-24 -9 $ -30 $ After you have bet on a line
"15 times" and the session balance has not done well stop here and find a new
line bet.
25
25

4 10 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -10 $ -40 $

2 11 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -11 $ -51 $
4 12 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -12 $ -63 $
21 13 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -13 $ -76 $
21 14 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -14 $ -90 $
7 15 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -15 $ -105 $
33 16 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -16 $ -121 $
25 17 $ chip bet on line 25-30 85 $ -36 $
32 12 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -12 $ -48 $
30 13 $ chip bet on line 25-30 65 $ 17 $
11 8 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -1 $ 9 $ wheel spins no: 25

22 9 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -2 $ +-0 $
2 10 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -3 $ -10 $
13 11 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -4 $ -21 $
2 12 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -5 $ -33 $ After you have bet on a line
line bet.
4
10
10
3 13 $ chip bet on line 7-12 -6 $ -46 $
8 14 $ chip bet on line 7-12 70 $ 24 $
20.01.1998
00
29
20
32
17
31
4 1 $ chip bet on line 31-36 -1 $ -1 $
33 2 $ chip bet on line 31-36 10 $ 9$
34 1 $ chip bet on line 31-36 5$ 14 $
10 1 $ chip bet on line 31-36 -1 $ 13 $
14 2 $ chip bet on line 31-36 -2 $ 11 $

23 3 $ chip bet on line 31-36 -3 $ 8$

18 4 $ chip bet on line 31-36 -4 $ 4$
32 5 $ chip bet on line 31-36 25 $ 29 $
21.01.1998
35
25
30
00 1 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -1 $ -1 $
2 2 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -2 $ -3 $
5 3 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -3 $ -6 $
31 4 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -4 $ -10 $
4 5 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -5 $ -15 $
36 6 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -6 $ -21 $
14 7 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -7 $ -28 $
31 8 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -8 $ -36 $
23 9 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -9 $ -45 $
4 10 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -10 $ -55 $
29 11 $ chip bet on line 25-30 55 $ 0$
11 6 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -6 $ -6 $
13 7 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -7 $ -13 $
14 8 $ chip bet on line 25-30 -8 $ -21 $
29 9 $ chip bet on line 25-30 45 $ 24 $
22.01.1998
14
27
36
19
35
24 1 $ chip bet on line 31-36 -1 $ -1 $
17 2 $ chip bet on line 31-36 -2 $ -3 $

15 3 $ chip bet on line 31-36 -3 $ -6 $

11 4 $ chip bet on line 31-36 -4 $ -10 $
15 5 $ chip bet on line 31-36 -5 $ -15 $
29 6 $ chip bet on line 31-36 -6 $ -21 $
30 7 $ chip bet on line 31-36 -7 $ -28 $
29 8 $ chip bet on line 31-36 -8 $ -36 $
29 9 $ chip bet on line 31-36 -9 $ -45 $
6 10 $ chip bet on line 31-36 -10 $ -55 $
33 11 $ chip bet on line 31-36 55 $ 0$
27 6 $ chip bet on line 31-36 -6 $ -6 $
12 7 $ chip bet on line 31-36 -7 $ -13 $
12 8 $ chip bet on line 31-36 -8 $ -21 $
21 9 $ chip bet on line 31-36 -9 $ -30 $After you have bet on a line
line bet.
6
5
31 10 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -10 $ -40 $
18 11 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -11 $ -51 $
8 12 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -12 $ -63 $
17 13 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -13 $ -76 $
28 14 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -14 $ -90 $
24 15 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -15 $ -105 $
5 16 $ chip bet on line 1-6 80 $ -25 $
7 11 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -11 $ -36 $
35 12 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -12 $ -48 $
6 13 $ chip bet on line 1-6 65 $ 17 $ wheel spins no:
25
31 8 $ chip bet on line 1-6 -8 $ 9$
6 9 $ chip bet on line 1-6 45 $ 54 $
23.01.1998
15
36
8
14
20 1 $ chip bet on line 13-18 -1 $ -1 $

22 2 $ chip bet on line 13-18 -2 $ -3 $

29 3 $ chip bet on line 13-18 -3 $ -6 $
23 4 $ chip bet on line 13-18 -4 $ -10 $
2 5 $ chip bet on line 13-18 -5 $ -15 $
15 6 $ chip bet on line 13-18 30 $ 15 $
4 1 $ chip bet on line 13-18 -1 $ 14 $
6 2 $ chip bet on line 13-18 -2 $ 12 $
16 3 $ chip bet on line 13-18 15 $ 27 $
24.01.1998
12
4
31
9
17 1 $ chip bet on line 7-12 -1 $ -1 $
11 2 $ chip bet on line 7-12 10 $ 9$
13 1 $ chip bet on line 7-12 -1 $ 8$
24 2 $ chip bet on line 7-12 -2 $ 6$
28 3 $ chip bet on line 7-12 -3 $ 3$
29 4 $ chip bet on line 7-12 -4 $ -1 $
34 5 $ chip bet on line 7-12 -5 $ -6 $
13 6 $ chip bet on line 7-12 -6 $ -12 $
5 7 $ chip bet on line 7-12 -7 $ -19 $
4 8 $ chip bet on line 7-12 -8 $ -27 $
29 9 $ chip bet on line 7-12 -9 $ -36 $
29 10 $ chip bet on line 7-12 -10 $ -46 $
26 11 $ chip bet on line 7-12 -11 $ -57 $
32 12 $ chip bet on line 7-12 -12 $ -69 $
7 13 $ chip bet on line 7-12 65 $ -4 $After you have
bet on a line "15 times" and the session balance has not done well stop here
and find a new line bet.
21
4
29
29
26 8 $ chip bet on line 25-30 40 $ 36 $

25.01.1998
4
24
10
27
10
9 1 $ chip bet on line 7-12 5$ 5$
4 1 $ chip bet on line 7-12 -1 $ 4$
6 2 $ chip bet on line 7-12 -2 $ 2 $
5 3 $ chip bet on line 7-12 -3 $ -1 $
34 4 $ chip bet on line 7-12 -4 $ -5 $
10 5 $ chip bet on line 7-12 25 $ 20 $
25.01.1998
4
24
10
27
10
9 1 $ chip bet on line 7-12 5$ 5$
4 1 $ chip bet on line 7-12 -1 $ 4$
6 2 $ chip bet on line 7-12 -2 $ 2$
5 3 $ chip bet on line 7-12 -3 $ -1 $
34 4 $ chip bet on line 7-12 -4 $ -5 $
10 5 $ chip bet on line 7-12 25 $ 20 $
27.01.1998

33
10
35
12 1 $ chip bet on line 31-36 -1 $ -1 $
3 2 $ chip bet on line 31-36 -2 $ -3 $
2 3 $ chip bet on line 31-36 -3 $ -6 $
2 4 $ chip bet on line 31-36 -4 $ -10 $
26 5 $ chip bet on line 31-36 -5 $ -15 $
16 6 $ chip bet on line 31-36 -6 $ -21 $
26 7 $ chip bet on line 31-36 -7 $ -28 $
19 8 $ chip bet on line 31-36 -8 $ -36 $
14 9 $ chip bet on line 31-36 -9 $ -45 $
15 10 $ chip bet on line 31-36 -10 $ -55 $
11 11 $ chip bet on line 31-36 -11 $ -66 $
22 12 $ chip bet on line 31-36 -12 $ -78 $
7 13 $ chip bet on line 31-36 -13 $ -91 $
2 14 $ chip bet on line 31-36 -14 $ -105 $
bet.
15
9
32
33
27 16 $ chip bet on line 31-36 -16 $ -136 $
34 17 $ chip bet on line 31-36 85 $ -51 $
7 12 $ chip bet on line 31-36 -12 $ -63 $
23 13 $ chip bet on line 31-36 -13 $ -76 $
34 14 $ chip bet on line 31-36 70 $ -6 $
4 9 $ chip bet on line 31-36 -9 $ -15 $
13 10 $ chip bet on line 31-36 -10 $ -25 $
26 11 $ chip bet on line 31-36 -11 $ -36 $
25 12 $ chip bet on line 31-36 -12 $ -48 $
36 13 $ chip bet on line 31-36 65 $ 17 $ wheel spins
no: 25 Regel 1
32 8 $ chip bet on line 31-36 40 $ 57 $
This session is over your balance is+ 57 $
28.01.1998

22
2
24
14 1 $ chip bet on line 19-24 -1 $ -1 $
00 2 $ chip bet on line 19-24 -2 $ -3 $
18 3 $ chip bet on line 19-24 -3 $ -6 $
24 4 $ chip bet on line 19-24 20 $ 14 $
20 1 $ chip bet on line 19-24 5$ 19 $
31 1 $ chip bet on line 19-24 -1 $ 18 $
29 2 $ chip bet on line 19-24 -2 $ 16 $
19 3 $ chip bet on line 19-24 15 $ 31 $
29 .01.1998
27
20
13
12
16
24 1 $ chip bet on line 13-18 -1 $ -1 $
8 2 $ chip bet on line 13-18 -2 $ -3 $
17 3 $ chip bet on line 13-18 15 $ 12 $
16 1 $ chip bet on line 13-18 5 $ 17 $
26 1 $ chip bet on line 13-18 -1 $ 16 $
25 2 $ chip bet on line 13-18 -2 $ 14 $
12 3 $ chip bet on line 13-18 -3 $ 11 $
7 4 $ chip bet on line 13-18 -4 $ 7$
8 5 $ chip bet on line 13-18 -5 $ 2$
27 6 $ chip bet on line 13-18 -6 $ -4 $
34 7 $ chip bet on line 13-18 -7 $ -11 $
10 8 $ chip bet on line 13-18 -8 $ -19 $
4 9 $ chip bet on line 13-18 -9 $ -28 $
32 10 $ chip bet on line 13-18 -10 $ -38 $
bet.

15
18
32 12 $ chip bet on line 13-18 -12 $ -61 $
20 13 $ chip bet on line 13-18 -13 $ -74 $
11 14 $ chip bet on line 13-18 -14 $ -88 $
10 15 $ chip bet on line 13-18 -15 $ -103 $
14 10 $ chip bet on line 13-18 50 $ -53 $
6 11 $ chip bet on line 13-18 -11 $ -64 $
6 12 $ chip bet on line 13-18 -12 $ -76 $
8 13 $ chip bet on line 13-18 -13 $ -89 $
7 14 $ chip bet on line 13-18 -14 $ - 103 $
34 15 $ chip bet on line 13-18 -15 $ -118 $ wheel spins no: 25 Regel
1
33 16 $ chip bet on line 13-18 -16 $ -134 $
26 17 $ chip bet on line 13-18 -17 $ -151 $
2 18 $ chip bet on line 13-18 -18 $ -169 $
18 19 $ chip bet on line 13-18 95 $ -74 $
17 14 $ chip bet on line 13-18 70 $ -4 $
This session is over your balance is- 4 $
Goldfinger Rule 1
30.01.1998
25
33
11
24
10
16 1 $ chip bet on line 7-12 -1 $ -1 $
15 2 $ chip bet on line 7-12 -2 $ -3 $
35 3 $ chip bet on line 7-12 -3 $ -6 $
15 4 $ chip bet on line 7-12 -4 $ -10 $
6 5 $ chip bet on line 7-12 -5 $ -15 $
28 6 $ chip bet on line 7-12 -6 $ -21 $
21 7 $ chip bet on line 7-12 -7 $ -28 $
24 8 $ chip bet on line 7-12 -8 $ -36 $
9 9 $ chip bet on line 7-12 45 $ 9$
12 4 $ chip bet on line 7-12 20 $ 29 $

This session is over you balance is+ 29 $
31.01.1998
22
32
19
23 1 $ chip bet on line 19-24 5$ 5$
26 1 $ chip bet on line 19-24 -1 $ 4$
29 2 $ chip bet on line 19-24 -2 $ 2 $
1 3 $ chip bet on line 19-24 -3 $ -1 $
1 4 $ chip bet on line 19-24 -4 $ -5 $
13 5 $ chip bet on line 19-24 -5 $ -10 $
23 6 $ chip bet on line 19-24 30 $ 20 $
Sample of the last session 31.01.1998 to Track the wheel spins

and your bets in the Casino
3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 33 36
2 5 8 11 14 17 20 23 26 29 32 35
1 4 7 10 13 16 19 22 25 28 31 34
xx x
Session starts Betting units Balance spins Wheel spins
on line Total
19-24 1 + +5 23 1
1 +4 26 2
2 +2 29 3
3 -1 1 4
4 -5 1 5

5 -10 13 6
6 + +20 PE 23 7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
© 2001 Copyright Web Design Astrologie Numerologie & Kunst Eva Zimmermann
Copie this sheet for your casino visit
3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 33 36
2 5 8 11 14 17 20 23 26 29 32 35
1 4 7 10 13 16 19 22 25 28 31 34

on line Total
1
2
3
4

5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 33 36
2 5 8 11 14 17 20 23 26 29 32 35
1 4 7 10 13 16 19 22 25 28 31 34

on line Total
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
Rule 1 25
26
27
28
29
30
3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 33 36
2 5 8 11 14 17 20 23 26 29 32 35

1 4 7 10 13 16 19 22 25 28 31 34

on line Total
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
rule 2 40
41
42
43
44
45
3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 33 36
2 5 8 11 14 17 20 23 26 29 32 35
1 4 7 10 13 16 19 22 25 28 31 34

on line Total
46
47
48
49
rule 3 50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57

58
59
60
3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 33 36
2 5 8 11 14 17 20 23 26 29 32 35
1 4 7 10 13 16 19 22 25 28 31 34

on line Total
61
62
63
64
Rule 4 65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 33 36
2 5 8 11 14 17 20 23 26 29 32 35
1 4 7 10 13 16 19 22 25 28 31 34

on line Total
76
77

78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90

GOLDMINE ROULETTE SYSTEM
This system works on the dozens(pays 2/1).
The previous spin always determines which of the two dozens you'll bet next.Bet
the two that DIDNOT hit on the previous spin.
So if the ball lands on the 1st dozen,you'll then bet the 2nd and 3rd dozens
together.lf the ball lands on the 2nd dozen,you'll then bet the 1st and 3rd
dozens together.And if the ball lands on the 3rd dozen you will bet on the 1st
and 2nd dozens.When a 0 or 00 come up,continue to bet the same 2 dozen on the
next spin.
As you can see we're betting for a change.We're betting that the ball will not
hit the same dozen twice in a row.And we win 71.92% of the spins,less the zero's
(5.26%of the time)=66.7%.
You will be playing a bunch of mini games.each game will last about 2 to 12
spins.You will need a note pad,this way you'll know when to end a game and start
a new one.
Start each game with only 1 chiop on each dozen(2 chips total.lf the first spin
is a win,continue to bet this way until there's a loss.When the first loss
occurs increase your bet by one chip on each dozen and every spin thereafter.
Your bets will continue ti increase whether or not you are winning or
losing.Each mini game will have it's own running total(amount of chips won or
lost).After each spin,write down on your notepad win/loss,bet size,and figure
the running total.lf the running total is +12or more,or if it is -6 or
less,start a new mini game.Remember,when starting a new mini game,the running
total starts at zero and the first bet is just 1 chip on each dozen.When you're
done playing for the day,you can add up all the running totals and see exactly
how much you've won.
To further illustrate how to use the method see the chart below
amount bet outcome dozen W/L running total chips
1 1 2 w-1 +1
2 1 3 w-1 +2
3 1 3 L-2 0
4 2 00 L-4 -4
5 3 1 W-3 -1
6 4 3 W-4 +3
7 5 1 W-5 +8
8 6 2 W-6 +14 +14
Remember only increase your bets after your first loss and keep increasing your
bet by one unit regardless of if your winning or losing.
ALL THE BEST.
The Greatest System in the World for beating the Roulette Wheel
This system is very easy to employ and it works!
There are a great variety of bets that can be made on a roulette wheel. We are
concerned with what is called a street (“trio”) bet and a split bet. You can make a
trio bet by placing a chip on the line separating the dozens betting area from the
columns of numbers. So a chip on the number 7 line on the layout will cover the
numbers 7, 8 and 9. Some casinos will also allow you to put the chip on the line
on the opposite side of the column of numbers, which in this case would be
number 9. A trio bet pays 11:1 and a split pays 17:1.
There are two things that make this system work and both MUST be employed in
order for my system to work. ANY deviation from these two things and you are
not using MY system. Please keep in mind that it’s very simple.
The first thing is we are looking for trends. The second thing is we immediately
act on them when we see them. Here’s how we beat the Roulette wheel by
shifting the odds in our favor.
We start by looking for the last two numbers the ball has fallen on. Then find out
which two streets, as in a trio-bet, the numbers correspond to. If the last two
numbers the ball has fallen on are in the same street then go back as many spins
as you have to until you have the last two streets the ball has fallen on. For
instance, if the last two numbers the ball has fallen on are 12 and 32, then you
would be concerned with the two streets covering the numbers 10,11,12 and
31,32,33. Say the last two numbers the ball has fallen on are 4 and 6 then look at
the last three numbers the ball has fallen on. If the last three numbers were 4,6
and 26 then you would be concerned with the 4,5,6 and 25,26,27 streets. Just go
back as far as you have to go. We are only interested in the last two streets hit.
Make a trio bet on the last two streets using an equal amount of money on each of
file:///D|/Systems/GreatestSystemintheWorldforbeatingtheRouletteWheel.htm (1 of 3) [7/9/2002 8:41:05 AM]

the trio bets. Never deviate from you wager on each of the trio bets. If you bet a
total of $6 ($3 + $3) do not deviate from that amount. You must decide
beforehand how much you are going to bet when you are betting low. Keep doing
this. We are following trends now.
Keep this up until one of the trio bets wins. Now, since you are making two trio
bets at a time, you are playing at 5:1 odds. If, for instance, you bet $6 and one of
your trio bets wins, you make a profit of $30 since on the winning trio bet you
don’t lose your wager and you also get $33 on the winning trio bet. That is a win
of $33. However, you lose on the other $3 bet. So, since you are betting a total of
$6 in this example and you win $30 your real odds are 5:1.
Now here comes the really exciting part. When you win, bet all of the money you
won, again, on the last two streets the ball has fallen into. You are playing with
the casino’s money now. The ball has become really hot now and has a very
good chance of falling into one of numbers in the last two streets hit! Keep
betting the amount of the money won (if you bet $6 that would be $30), no
more or no less until you lose. If, for instance, you had a low bet of $6 and you
won, you would win $30. Then you would take the $30 and bet it on the last two
streets the ball fell on again. If you lose you would go back to your of $6 but if
you win again you would win $150.Then you would bet $30 again on the last two
streets. Keep betting at the $30 level until you lose.
If the ball falls on 0 or 00 just treat the 0 and 00 as another street. In that case you
should make a split bet on the 0 and 00 by placing a bet on the line between the 0
and 00. Be very careful not to make a five number bet accidentally by placing the
chips at the convergence of the line separating 0 and 00 from 1,2,3. We don’t
want to do that. That is the worst bet on the entire Roulette layout since it gives
the house a 7.89% advantage.
As I said a split bet pays 17:1. So if you win with a combination split (0, 00) bet
and a street bet and the split bet wins you will win at 8:1 odds. A high bet of $30
for instance would net you $240. Keep in mind though that you should not

change your betting strategy. Keep doing this until you lose – then revert back to
your low bets and start the system all over again.
This system is very easy as you can see but don’t be fooled. It is a very hot
system. I win consistently with this system in no small way.

THE GREAT PONCE´S ROULETTE SYSTEM
This is one of the greatest roulette system created and it is very simple to
follow. Of you get the practice and follow the instructions you will beat the evil
wheel 9 out of ten times every time you play this system.
The system goes as follow:
If you are familiar with the roulette game you will see that 36 spins you will see
that the 37 numbers of the will never ever appear. However you have got in your
hands a good idea to start getting some hits after you look at the game for a while.
The idea is:
Sit at a table (if possible, sit right in the middle so you can reach all the numbers
easily).
Get yourself a pad and start crossings out all that come out until you get to the
point that there are 20 numbers left that have not appeared yet.
Now you start playing one unit to each of these numbers. You have a lot of
possibilities to get a hit because you will be covering 20 out of 37 numbers.
Now, the condition to start the game is the following:
If the number that started the session was high, you have to wait for a high
number to come out to start the bet. If the number that came out last was not high
the amount of spins must be less than 21.
If the number that started the session was low, you have to wait for a low number
to come out before you start betting. If it was not low the amount of spins must
file:///D|/Systems/GREAT%20PONCE.htm (1 of 2) [7/7/2002 10:56:08 PM]

THE GREAT PONCE´S ROULETTE SYSTEM
be less than 21.
The final theory is that at some point and you will get hits even with no
progression used. You have to do flat bets because the studies I have tested show
that you will hit the numbers more often than you think because according to the
law of the third an average of 24 numbers will appear so you will be betting to the
20 numbers that did not came out so that you will get more hits than losses.
Try this system out following the conditions and you will be surprise of the
benefits you will get.
With this system there is no need to wish anyone good luck because luck is on
the one’s who knows side. Now you know this method so you will have luck on
your side.
file:///D|/Systems/GREAT%20PONCE.htm (2 of 2) [7/7/2002 10:56:08 PM]

file:///D|/Systems/GREAT%20SIX-TEN.htm
(System for 6 to 10 numbers $800)
· System for six to ten numbers.

· Excellent game!
· It is a "must" to play as a Pro.
· No progression , only flat bets.
· Bankroll : 160 chips
· Wins average 18 chips per game.
· Few tracking needed.
· No risk at all.
· This is Our traditional System. (for the best one see Roulette
Warfare)
INTRODUCTION
Using this distribution we applied the statistics "law of the

third" and found a winning system for 6-10 numbers. We tested
this system on thousands of spins, and we won ALL the games
within the 11th spins (also if the mathematics delay of the
system is calculated to be of 12th spins).
THE RULES
Line A Line B
01 03
02 06
04 07
05 08
09 10
14 11
15 12
16 13
17 18
file:///D|/Systems/GREAT%20SIX-TEN.htm (1 of 6) [7/9/2002 8:36:55 AM]

19 22
20 23
21 26
24 27
25 28
31 29
32 30
33 35
34 36
First you have to note on a roulette wheel 24 spins.Then you have

to cancel, all the numbers that will be drawn. Well, for effect
of the Law of the Third, in the "Diagram of the Medium Refuse",
after 24 spins, on average, only 17.83 numbers will be drawn.
Well of these 18 numbers theoretically 9 would have to be present
in the first line and the remaining 9 in the other one.
But, for the effect of the so-called the Gaussian deviation, this
fair distribution very rarely will happen and therefore one of
the two lines will nearly mark more and more sorties of the other
one.
1) You have to identify the line where you have cancelled more
numbers.
2) You have to bet on the numbers not cancelled in this line.
At this time you can follow 3 different way of betting.
I) Aggressive way
II) Classic way
III) Protective way
It depends from your character.
Aggressive Way:
No conditions for betting the system:
This it the way that I usually use.All the combinations are good
ones.
I play in all the cases, also if both the lines have the some
number of numbers cancelled (ex. 9-9, 8-8, etc…), making two
different bet for the 2 lines, you can win two times in this
case.

II) Classic Way:
These are the 3 conditions for betting the system:
1) Identify a line with more numbers cancelled than the other one
2) This line must to have from 8 up to 12 numbers cancelled.
3) We also need a difference of at least 2 numbers between the
two lines.
For example:
Line A 9 numbers cancelled Line B 11 numbers: the good line is
the B
the B
Line A 6 numbers cancelled Line B 8 numbers: the good line is the
B
Line A 9 numbers cancelled Line B 10 numbers: no good lines (low
difference)
Line A 9 numbers cancelled Line B 13 numbers: no good lines (to
many numbers cancelled in the good lines)
few numbers cancelled in the good lines)
On average you can play more than the 85% of the times.
III) Protective Way:
two lines.
For example:
Line A 9 numbers cancelled Line B 11 numbers: : no good lines
(low difference)
the B

difference)
difference)
You will play less times than in the other ways, but this way is
the more protective way (for your bankroll) to attack the
roulette.
Kind of attack (good for all the 3 ways of playing):With this

system I use a little progression, the progression depends from
the number of the numbers that I will bet.
This is the theory table for the progression:In all my tests

during the last years I never arrived at 12th spins, just one
time I arrived at the 11th spins (betting 6 numbers).
If you like to a flat bet you can use a flat bet for 4 spins.
On average the system win at the 2,6 spins, so you can win and
beat the roulette without using a progression bet. The choice is
up to you, depends from your character.
The bank roll would be of 80 units for a flat bet, and 1000 or
more units for a progression bet.
Numbers to bet
spins 6 7 8 9
10
1 1 30 1 29 1 28 1 27
1 26
2 1 24 1 22 1 20 1 18
1 16
3 1 18 1 15 1 12 1 9
1 6
4 1 12 1 8 1 4 2 27

2 22
5 1 6 2 30 2 24 3 27
3 28
6 2 30 2 16 2 8 3 9
4 24
7 2 18 3 31 3 20 5 36
6 36
8 3 36 3 10 5 52 6 18
8 28
9 3 18 4 18 5 12 8 18
11 26 10 4 30 5 26 7 28 11
27 15 20
11 5 36 6 13 9 28 15 36
21 26
12 6 36 8 29 12 40 20 36
30 50
In the first column we can read the numbers of units to bet

(1,1,1,1,2,2,3…) and in the second column the relative numbers of
units won (30,24,18,12 …)
EXAMPLES
I used the aggressive way and a little progressive bet as in the

previous table.
18, 9, 21, 35, 00, 2, 20, 16, 33, 11, 10, 35, 28, 33, 10, 32, 29,
33, 31, 2, 30, 24, 20, 7,
Line A Line B
01 03
02 06
04 07
05 08
09 10
14 11
15 12
16 13

17 18
19 22
20 23
21 26
24 27
25 28
31 29
32 30
33 35
34 36
The Line A has 9 numbers cancelled, the line B 8 numbers.
You Must bet on the remaining 9 numbers in the Line A
(1,4,5,14,15,17,19,25,34)

GREAT SQUARE SYSTEM (System for 3 up to 7 numbers $1200)
· System : for 3 up to 7 numbers.

· No progression needed. Only flat bets.
· Very great revenue.
· Very few tracking time , about 10-15 minutes.
· No way to lose.
· Suggested bankroll : 152 chips , you can also use less. Like 50 chips.
· Price $1200.
INTRODUCTION
As most professional gamblers know, the probability that any one of the 37
numbers will be drawn in a single spin is 2.7, or 1/37. The "law of the third"
tells us that in a complete cycle of 37 spins, there will be only 24 numbers
drawn one or more times, while the other 13 will not appear.
Negative probability is (36/37)37=0.3628 = 36.28%, and 37*0.3628=13.42. 13.42,
as you can see, is more likely 14 than 13 numbers.
To obtain more precision, years ago, we found a cycle of 39 spins instead of a
cycle of 37. Negative probability is (36/37)39=0.3435 or 34.35%, and
37*0.3435=12.7.
This "long cycle" gives us 13 numbers that will not come out. The following
system is based on the "cycle 39" (the Cycle 39 is applicable also for the OO
wheel).
It uses only numbers in frequency (normal or super), and excludes the absent
ones (joined probability distribution).
THE RULES
For every Game you need a total of 24 spins before to bet and others 5-12 spins
(in the worst cases) before winning. Before using the table below for the first
time it is important to make further copies of it, since one Table is used and
discarded for each game (this advice will avoid you to make errors while
recording spins).
The collecting zone:
We need to note a total of 24 spins.

We need only the numbers drawn 2 (and only 2) times.
In fact we will bet them immediately according on these rules:
The attack zone:
The number of spins to bet is calculated as follows: 36 /n, where n is number of

targets obtained. For example, if there are 4 targets then play should stop if
no win occurs by the 9th spin, if there are 5 targets play for 8 spins (36/5=7,2
that means 7, if there are 6 targets play for 6 spins, and so on.
Number of targets: Spins to bet/ action

Less than 3 Do not bet
3 12
4 9
5 7
6 6
7 5
More than 7 Do not bet
Usually you will bet 4 or 5 number (the 80% of the times) but sometimes you can
also obtain 6-7 or 3 numbers to bet. Remember that you must never bet less than
3 number or more than 7 numbers if they happen. In this (very rare) case start a
new game.
The second attack chance:
In the most numbers of games you will win before the end of the attack zone. In
this case is possible to continue betting on the remaining numbers.
You must only remember that you don't have to continue betting after the end of
the attack zone.
You don't have to continue to play if the numbers to bet are less than 3, in
fact if you are playing a game and after 24 spins (collecting zone) you obtain 3
numbers to bet for 12 successive spins (attack zone), if you win after 3 spins
you remain with only 2 numbers bet, in this case you can't use the second
chance.
Instead, if you are playing another game and after the collecting zone you
obtain 6 numbers to bet and you win for the first time at the second spin (spin
number 26 from the beginning of the game), you can use the second chance for: 7-
2=5 successive spins (7 because we are only play the remaining 5 numbers).
Number of targets: Spins to bet/ action Second chance

Less than 3 Do not bet -
3 12 Not allowed
4 9 12-X
5 7 9-X
6 6 7-X
7 5 6-X
More than 7 Do not bet -
Where X is the spins of the attack zone when you won the first time
EXAMPLES
3,6,14,2,27,20,4,2,17,6,11,31,20,34,1,31,13,25,3,17,31,5,5,7 (end of first 24

spins) 15,20,18,15,17 (theoretical attack zone spins)
In this case after the first 24 spins we have 6 numers to bet (2,3,5,6,17,20)
for a maximum of 6 spins. At the second spin, we win with the number 20!, We
want to continue with the second chance, we bet only 5 number (2,3,5,6,17) for
7-2=5 successive spins and we will win again after 3 spins! (at the 29 spin from
the beginning of the game).
THE GUETTING PROGRESSION
As you very well know, a progression in itself never can produce an

advantage in general over the wheel, even if it is finely constructed. It can
never change a negative expectancy game into a profitable one in the long
term. There may be some exceptions necessitating a very high bankroll, but
therefore these are not useable for the majority of players.
The Guetting Progression is most effective in connection with a good

tendency march. This progression was developed by the French system
player Charles Guetting, who achieved a remarkable fortune during his
many years in Monte Carlo.
Charles Guetting played exclusively Trente-et-Quarante, however his

progression might as well be applied on even money bets on the roulette.
The Guetting Progression is a four stage gain progression:
Stage #1 Stage #2 Stage #3 Stage #4

Units Units Units Units
1 1.5 4 10
2 6 15
3 8 20
After two consecutive won bets in one stage the progression moves on to the
next higher unit bet in that stage:
WinningBet Amount Cumulative Stage

Bet
1st 1 1 #1
2nd 1 2 #1
3rd 1.5 3.5 #2
4th 1.5 5 #2
file:///D|/Systems/GUETTING%20PROGRESSION%20SYSTEM..htm (1 of 5) [7/21/2002 11:40:10 AM]

5th 2 7 #2
6th 2 9 #2
7th 3 12 #2
8th 3 15 #2
9th 4 19 #3
10th 4 23 #3
11th 6 29 #3
12th 6 35 #3
13th 8 43 #3
14th 8 51 #3
15th 10 61 #4
16th 10 71 #4
17th 15 86 #4
18th 15 101 #4
19th 20 121 #4
20th 20 141 #4
After the loss of a bet, the Guetting Progrssion steps down to the first unit
size in the next lower stage, therefore down to 4, 1.5 or 1, depending, in
which stage the bet was lost.
This loss can occur:

1.) if immediately after two consecutive won bets the next higher bet is lost
2.) if 2 consecutive losses appear.
EXAMPLE
1
Bet Outcome Stage

6 Win 3
6 Win 3
-8 Loss 3
1.5 Win 2
1.5 Win 2
2 Win 2
2 Win 2
-3 Loss 2
-1 Loss 1
-1 Loss 1
-1 Loss 1
-1 Loss 1
-1 Loss 1
1 Win 1
1 Win 1
1.5 Win 2
1.5 Win 2
-2 Loss 2
EXAMPLE
2
Bet Cum. Comments

6 6 Stage #3
6 12 Stage #3
8 20 Cancel each other
-8 12 Cancel each other


-8 4 Two losses - step down to Stage
#2
1.5 5.5 Stage #2
1.5 7 Stage #2
2 9 Stage #2
2 11 Stage #2
3 14 Stage #2
3 17 Stage #2
-4 13 Two losses - step down to Stage
#2
1.5 14.5 Cancel each other
-1.5 13 Cancel each other
-1.5 11.5 Two losses - step down to Stage
#1
1 12.5 Stage #1
In the next table we will compare flat betting and three well-known

progressions (the Martingale, the dÁlembert and the Reverse dÁlembert)

with the Guetting Progression:
+/- Flat Rev.

betting Martingale d'Alembert d'Alem. Guetting
Win 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Win 1 2 1 2 1 2 2 3 1 2
Win 1 3 1 3 1 3 3 6 1.5 3.5
Win 1 4 1 4 1 4 4 10 1.5 5
Win 1 5 1 5 1 5 5 15 2 7
Win 1 6 1 6 1 6 6 21 2 9
Win 1 7 1 7 1 7 7 28 3 12
Win 1 8 1 8 1 8 8 36 3 15
Loss -1 7 -1 7 -1 7 -9 27 -4 11
Loss -1 6 -2 5 -2 5 -8 19 -1.5 9.5
Loss -1 5 -4 1 -3 2 -7 12 -1 8.5
Loss -1 4 -8 -7 -4 -2 -6 6 -1 7.5
Loss -1 3 -16 -23 -5 -7 -5 1 -1 6.5
Loss -1 2 -32 -55 -6 -13 -4 -3 -1 5.5
Loss -1 1 -64 -119 -7 -20 -3 -6 -1 4.5
Loss -1 0 -128 -247 -8 -28 -2 -8 -1 3.5
The above information was obtained from http://www.win-

maxx.com/, which is the URL of the Cosmo Research Group,
Hamburg, Germany.

file:///D|/Systems/HALF%20PEAK%20ROULETTE%20AND%20CRAPS%20SYSTEM..htm
file:///D|/Systems/HALF%20PEAK%20ROULETTE%20AND%20CRAPS%20SYSTEM..htm (1 of 7) [7/21/2002 11:40:34 AM]







HANDY BRANDY ROULETTE SYSTEM
You got to have guts, patience and a good bankroll. Brandy is needed because of
the three conditions. Handy Brandy makes a weekly profit by COVERING ALLTHE
NUMBERS BUT FOUR PLAYING NO MORE THAN 10 SPINS ADAY.
The four numbers discarded of are the last four spins. Handy Brandy patiently
waits,
Not playing, until he would lose if would have applied the system. When one
of the last four numbers hits again, he would have lost! Handy Brandy gets ready
to play.
He covers all the numbers (0 and 00 including) but the numbers in the last FIVE
spins
(Four numbers to play, because one is a repeat). He makes 34 2-unit straight-up
bets.
Chances are he wins most of the time. Next spin, he makes the same bet, using
Now three units per number Handy Brandy uses some casino money). The first
time he won 38-36=2 units; 2 units times 2 = 4 units profit. The second time: he
won
2 units x 3 = 6 units.
Total profit per two plays: 10 units.
Things are not always like this. Handy Brandy could lose sometimes the first
bet.
It happens very rarely, but one of the last four numbers will hit again. That's
why
Handy Brandy has his brandy on hand. After that type of loss he bets 3 units
covering
All the numbers but four. Can you believe it could happen one more time? Let's
say
so. Handy Brandy will bet 5 units on all numbers but the last unique four. In
most cases, Handy Brandy wins two times in a row without any of the last four
numbers repeating.
He goes immediately to another table. He knows that the "long run" kills the
casino
player more than anything else. After winning at the second table too, Handy
Brandy
Usually cashes out.
He runs out of the casino. Sometimes he might try doing the same thing at the
third table,
But never more than winning at three roulette tables. He'll do the same
thing the next day at a different casino and again at another casino...
All right. Do not use the computer to test this system.
As you saw, Handy Brandy plays no more than 10 spins day. Testing on millions
Of simulation spins makes no sense. You got to test the system in a real casino,
without money. Do it a few days in a row and see the real results. You check it
at
Three roulette tables, but no more than three tables a day. If you want to reply
To this post, don't do it here (keep the voting count accurate). Start a new
thread
if you want to reply to this system. Use "Handy Brandy" in the title.
If you feel like cursing me, I don't care. But do that first in your wife's
presence.
file:///D|/Systems/HARVESTING%20THE%20ZEROS..htm
file:///D|/Systems/HARVESTING%20THE%20ZEROS..htm (1 of 5) [7/21/2002 11:40:51 AM]





HI-LOW, NO ZERO
This system is based on some thoughts I was having after reading the Trio-Play system
that I had received from a system swap site.
Basically my idea, and I realize I am not the first to think of this, was to play a progressive
system on an even money bet, but to also play the other side. So I play High and Low,
both using the same progression system. My idea was that if one of the sides was having
a bad streak, then the other side would be having a good streak and I could win off that.
I have not tested all progressions, but seemed to have a modicum of luck using the
following: increase your bet by one unit on a win, regress back to 1 unit on a loss.
The spreadsheet on the site tests this progression. Also note however, that at the time I
created this spreadsheet I had just found an online casino that had a NO ZERO table,
and this spreadsheet is testing the system on that table, therefore there is no zero taken
into consideration in my calculation.
file:///D|/Systems/HI-LOW%20SYSTEM.htm [7/21/2002 11:41:15 AM]

file:///D|/Systems/HITMAN%20ROULETTE%20%20SYSTEM.htm
The backbone of the HITMAN is to take advantage of the repeatability of the

croupier playing a single zero wheel. It is a known fact that because the croupiers
are doing the same thing, (that is spinning the wheel and ball), over and over
again, that the distance the ball travels from start to finish starts to become very
similar for each spin, as their working shift progresses.
You will see this if you check on the last few results, that a croupier has just spun.
If the ball was spun from the top of the wheel, (around zero), and lands 180
degrees from where it started from, you will class this as having traveled half the
wheel. If the next time the ball is spun in the same
direction it travels half the wheel, and for the next game it travels half the wheel
again, then we would make a bet on the next game, (in that direction), that it will
travel half the wheel again.
How you are going to bet is very simple. A tot of roulette methods can be very
complicated and because most winners ultimately need luck on their side as well
as skill, all we need to to is bet on just 2 dozens. If you examine where all the
numbers are placed on the roulette wheel you will find that you think the ball will
land in the bottom left of the wheel, then you should bet on the first 2 dozens. If
you think it won't be landing in this area, then bet on dozen 1 and 3.
As an example. The ball is travelling clockwise, a quarter of the wheel further from
where it is spun from, and the next spin of the ball it is going to be spun from
number 30.Bet on dozens 1 and 2. If the ball had been travelling three quarters
clockwise, then you would bet on dozens 1 and 3.If you are betting with low value
chips, it ispossible to increase your bet should a loss occur, to
recover the loss.
As an example. You have at the bottom of the wheel between numbers 29 and 30,
12 of the 14 numbers fall in dozens 1 and 2. At the top, between numbers 18 and 8,
17 of the 23 are found in dozens 1 and 3. Basically, If bet 2 $5 chips and lost. Your
next bet should be 2 $15 bets. If you lose that one, then you should increase the
bet again to 2 $45 bets. If you lose that one and can afford a bigger amount, then
your next bet should increase to 2 $135 bets. To lose 4 times on the trot would be
rare, but be careful to make sure the croupier is repeatable before playing.
Two thirds of croupiers probably are not very repeatable, that is why you should
only choose to play at a table where there is a good croupier. I normally play 2
$100 bets when playing the HITMAN, but 1 do not increase it if 1 have a loss. When
file:///D|/Systems/HITMAN%20ROULETTE%20%20SYSTEM.htm (1 of 2) [7/21/2002 11:41:50 AM]

file:///D|/Systems/HITMAN%20ROULETTE%20%20SYSTEM.htm
you play with bigger value chips you appreciate your wins more, so if you win your
first 4 games you
have got $400 profit. Not bad for a few minutes work.
file:///D|/Systems/HITMAN%20ROULETTE%20%20SYSTEM.htm (2 of 2) [7/21/2002 11:41:50 AM]

Hollandish System
You begin the game with a stake of one unit (given number of chips) until you
win for the first time. Then you try to compensate for your previous losses
with a progression of 3 units. If three bets were lost, you will have to win
three times before the progression is finished. If further losses occur
during the 3 unit progression, you have to wait until this progression is
finished (after three successful bets). Then you raise to 5 units until the
losses of the 3 unit progression are covered. Having achieved full
compensation for your losses, you continue to play with one unit. If losses
occured during the 5 unit progression, you raise to 7 units and follow the
same betting pattern as before.
The progression pattern is as follows: 1 - 3 - 5 - 7 - 9........
hg
V.C.M. HOLY GRAIL SYSTEM

What you are holding in you little hands is the greatest betting roulette system known
to man. Myself, and fellow players from all over the world have tested it. All you
have to do is follow it, stay disciplined, and get used to the dealer saying, “ Black
cashing out.” Lets get straight to it.
Take a look at the above picture. It shows the spin results of a sample of 65 roulette
spins. So let’s see what we have here. Well first off, not all the numbers hit did they?
In this example there are 7 numbers that did not hit at all. Just think if 7-19, and 32
were your favorite numbers; well you would be at the ATM machine right about now.
So this brings us to rule #1. NEVER BET ON A NUMBER THAT HAS NOT HIT.
Now go back to the table. You will see that there are 12 other numbers that only hit 1
time. So we have 19 numbers that hit only once or not at all. That is 1/. 2 of the
board. I call this half the have-nots. What is 65 minus 12? It is 53. So if you divide
the board in half, and take the 19 numbers that hit the least on 1 side, and the
remaining 19 numbers on the other side, what do you have?
HAVE NOT SIDE = 19 HITS

HAVE SIDE= 53 HITS.
Now what side do you think is going to make the money? I know, I can hear you
now, “ Well that’s true, but how would you know what side will hit the most until
file:///D|/Systems/HOLLY%20GRAIL%20SYSTEM/HollyGrail%20System.htm (1 of 6) [7/9/2002 8:43:24 AM]

hg
after it happens?” And the answer is “ we don’t.” But we do know the answer while
it is in progress.
Step 1. Use the scoreboard, and mark the numbers that have hit so far as in the
example above. A scoreboard holds 17-22 numbers depending on its size. Now copy
the numbers in the order that they hit. 16-25-9-12-20, and so on. Any number that has
hit 2 or more times circle it on your board. These numbers will be bet each time. Now
count how many different numbers have hit total. Do this until 18 different numbers
have hit at least once.
Now you are ready to start. BUY IN AT THE TABLE. If it is full, then just wait. Try
to get a seat in the middle area so you can reach all or most of the board. If you have
to wait, keep tracking the numbers as they hit. WE will be betting the LAST 18
numbers that have hit the most. “ what?” Well each number that has hit 2 or more
times we do not need to worry about right now as we will bet them each time. So here
is a sample of what your chart will look like before making your first bet.
0-13-22-34-20-1-3-35-27-27-3-22-20-26-0-16-8-9-33-29-15-29-13-20-21-23.
--------------------------------X-X-X-X------X----------------------X-----X---------.
OK. Of the 18 different numbers, the X shows the 6 numbers that hit more than once.
They get bet always for now. So now you have your chart set, chips, and are ready to
go. DO NOT BET ON THE FIRST SPIN. Wait, and record the number, do this until
what would have been a win occurs. Why? This is a defensive posture, so you do not

hg
start out losing the first few bets right off the bat. After the first win, we bet. Lets say
the 22 hit first. That was a win, and now we start. Next 1 hits. That is a win. Now the
1 has hit 2 times, and we mark it as such. Next the 4 hits. A loss. So now we mark the
4, but now we have 19 numbers, 1 to many. So we look at our list of numbers, and
ignore the ones with 2 hits or more, this is easy to see because we marked or circled
them, and we drop the first number, “ i.e. The oldest number “, that has only 1 hit.
Using the sample above, what number would that be? That’s right the 13. So we
cross it out, and add the 4 to the end of the list. .
Note, after each win the list stays the same, it only changes after a loss, and only 1
number will change. Easy. Now 29 hits, a win. Now the 7 hits. Now what? Well it’s
a loss, and we add the 7 to the end of the list, but do not circle or mark it, as it has
only 1 hit. But we now have one to many numbers again, so we drop the oldest
number with only 1 hit. Do you know which one that is now? That’s right the 34.
We always have 18 numbers, and no less. If for some reason you get a little confused,
it is better to bet on two many numbers, than two few. OK. Now lets say the 13 hits.
Well it is a loss as we had crossed it off the list, but now it has hit twice. So it comes
back on the list, at the end, with a X or circle around it, and we drop the next oldest 1
hit number witch is now the #35/
At the beginning some numbers that were dropped off will come back on.
Now
your list will look like this. Make a table and chart, and use the above sample until
you have it down pat. You will not have time in a real casino to be fumbling around.
Hey, but even if you did, so what? If you miss a bet, so what? Just mark, find the
oldest 1 hit number, cross it off, make sure you have at least 18 to bet on, and now bet
again.
If you do not have a copy of a roulette table layout, make one, or copy one. Then
bring it into paint, and change the black numbers to light grey. This way it is easy to
see the marks in them as they hit. As you can tell, a scoreboard helps out a lot, and
will save you about 30 minutes of time in spotting. If there is none where you play,
then you just have to wait longer before you can start. What if in the middle of
spotting everyone leaves the table? Then you have a choice. I always chose a table
with a low min. bet just for this reason. If I have lets say only 15 different numbers,

hg
and the table clears. Then I will buy in, and make the Min. outside bet somewhere
until I get to my 18 numbers, bet outside until I would have won inside, then start the
betting.
What about on the Internet? Well l you have to play on the outside, or anyway you
want until you get 18 different numbers. A good way to do this is since you should
have at least 3 numbers repeat in the first 20 spins, is every 10 spins bet those last 10
numbers. Or just bet the $1 min somewhere until you have 18 different numbers to
start.
Betting methods vary depending on your bankroll, and the next session goes over
your options.
HOLY GRAIL (Part II)

First off it is very important that you practice part one until you have it down pat
before even reading this part. It could become confusing if you do not fully
understand part one.
So, practice, practice, and practice…
The following should be when a session ends.
1. After 65 spins have been completed. This includes the ones you did not play, or
any that you skipped.
2. When you lose 7 bets in a row, as that is your buy in bankroll.
3. When you have won 7 more bets than you have lost.
This is not set in stone but a guide. The bankroll you need to bring to the table is
determined with the following. 18 x $ x 7 = bankroll. 18 numbers is what you will
bet on. $ Is how many $ do you want to bet on each number. And 7 are how many
losses in a row it takes to lose your bankroll.
18#s x $1 ea x 7 =$126 bankroll. 18#s x $2 ea x 7 = $252 bankroll.

hg
18#s x $5 ea x 7 =$630 bankroll. 18#s x $25 ea x 7 = $3150 bankroll
BETTING METHODS
Flat betting. Since you win more bets than you lose in the long run, this type of bet
works just fine. Its strength is you never have to change your bet, and it requires the
smallest bankroll to play. Its weakness is that if you get off to a bad start, lets say win
3 and lose 8, there is no guarantee that you can make up that difference in this
session. Sometimes you will, and once in a while you will not.
Regression. This is the art of starting off by betting 1 unit more on each number to
start off with, and removing that unit after a win. Example. $2 on each number =$36
bet, and a win gives you + $36. Now you would make the next bet by regressing
down to $1 on each number. If you lost then you would lose $18. So you have played
the house even, won 1, lost 1, and still have an $18 profit to show for it. Its strong
point is if you get a first bet win, and a lot of single loses w-l-w-l-w-l, that after
playing even you are still making a profit…. Its weakness is that it requires a larger
bankroll, and if you start off with a loss or 2, or if your wins and losses are in pairs, w-
w-l-l-w-w-w-l-l-l, it does not help you at all.
Mini martingale. THE KEY WORD HERE IS “ MINI “, if you have the bankroll, and
want to change single or double losses in a row into a win, do this.
$1 on 18 numbers, lose = $18

$2 on 18 numbers, win = +$18 net, a loss =-$36, and -$54 net
$4 on 18 numbers, win =+$18 net, or a loss = -$72, and -$126 net.
This type of betting strong point is it covers short 1 or 2 losses in a row into a profit
on the win. And most of your losses will be this type. However it requires a larger
bankroll. Its weakness is that several losses in a row, followed by only 1 or 2 wins,
followed by several more losses in a row, means more lost money, faster, and forces
you to start your next session at a higher dollar amount.
BETTING VARIATIONS
After looking at lost sessions, and how many times numbers hit in 65 spins I

hg
developed a betting variation you may want to try. In most sessions you will have 1
number that will hit 5 times, and around 2 or 3 numbers that will hit 4 times. But for
any number to get to that point, it has to pass thru 2. 2 hits that is. So in the
beginning you may want to place 2 chips on the numbers that have hit 2 times or
more on your list, and 3 chips on the numbers that have hit only once on your list.
What this does is takes numbers that are going to hit for the second time and pays you
more money for them. Once you get to where you have all 2 hit numbers, you can
still do the same thing by betting fewer chip on any old number on the list.
If you want to be more careful than this, then later on when you are crossing off
numbers that have also hit recently, to keep your list at 18, then don’t. It is better
sometime to have 19 or 20 good numbers on the list, than 18, and lose on the 19th or
20th number.
Also, you should wait for a win before you start betting at all. Or if you want to be
more cautious you can wait for back-to-back losses, then start betting. Also, some
people stop after losing 3 in a row, and wait for a win to happen, then start back up
again.
Also, since you know that in a session you will only have usually 1 number that hits 5
times, if this happens, it is pretty safe to drop that number from your list as it is only 1
in a 100 that it would hit for a 6th time.
This is not always the case but as a good rule of thumb, “ The more open numbers,
“those numbers that have never hit”, the better. Most of the losing sessions only had 3
to 5 numbers that did not hit at all. Normally it will be 7 to 10. So if you have only a
few open numbers, it is a good idea to end that session, and start a new on.
BACK TO BACK
Yes you can end a session, and after only a few spins start a new on at the same table.
You simply put the old paper away, and use the scoreboard and record on a new on,
as though you just got there. So the ending numbers of the last session, become the
beginning numbers of the new one. If you ever have any? S about the system, just e-
mail me. Thanks, and be sure to post your test or playing results on the board where
you found the system. GOOD OR BAD.

The Hot List Roulette System
Hot List Roulette System

Introduction
The vast majority of roulette systems available through any currently
available method are based on outside bets (red/black, even/odd, 1-18/19-
36 and the dozens bets), and are paired with some sort of progression. The
Hot List Roulette System is based on betting flat bets on inside numbers
only. There is no progression involved with this system, thus minimizing
the losses taken during any losing streak.
The problem with any roulette system, regardless of its nature, is
overcoming the irrefutable, mathematical casino advantage. This system
has been developed and tested against only a single-zero wheel. Whenever
you bet on an inside number and win, you are paid 35 to 1 odds, despite the
true odds, which are 37 to 1.
The Hot List Roulette System is designed, as all good systems should be, to
maximize profits in the short run and minimize losses in the long run.
Through extensive testing, it has proven to do this quite effectively. This
system is intended to be used against real, brick and mortar casinos. It has
done quite well against the spins posted at the Hamburg-Spielbank. In fact,
against the entire month of February 2002, a total of 217 sessions were
tested. 177 of these sessions won anywhere from one unit to 35 units.
Against these 4,725 spins, the total profit for the system was 910 units.
This means that with a minimum of a $5 unit, in approximately 160 hours
worth of testing against real spins, this system profits nearly $29 an hour.
Double this amount for a $10 unit, triple it for a $15 unit, etc. Safe bankroll
limits will be discussed later in this document.
Philosophy
Everybody is probably asking why this system works by this point.
As mentioned earlier, this system is based on flat betting against inside
file:///D|/Systems/Hot%20List%20Roulette%20System.htm (1 of 13) [7/21/2002 11:42:17 AM]

numbers only. The philosophy behind this system revolves around

something called the law of the third. This is a mathematical law in roulette
that says that in any 36 spin cycle, on average, you will see only 24
different numbers, meaning that 12 of those spins will be repeats. Within
those 12 repeats, in nearly every single session of 36 spins, there will be
numbers that appear for a third time. That is where the Hot List Roulette
System goes to work.
Mechanics
This system is based on sessions that will last a maximum of 36
spins and a minimum of 3 spins. You will track the wheel while not betting
at all for a minimum of two spins, and in some sessions, you will track the
wheel for as many as 15-20 spins, though these instances are few and far
between. Keep track of what numbers have come up. List them in order. As
soon as a number repeats, bet one unit on it. This number has been added to
the “hot list.” As subsequent numbers repeat, begin to bet on them also,
adding them to the “hot list.”
Take this sequence of 36 numbers from the Hamburg-Spielbank as
an example:
32
24
23
30
13
28
20
28 **
35 (bet 28) -1 unit
23 (bet 28) ** -2 units
13 (bet 28, 23)** -4
18 (bet 28, 23, 13) -7

34 (bet 28, 23, 13) -10
2 (bet 28, 23, 13) -13
29 (bet 28, 23, 13) -16
27 (bet 28, 23, 13) -19
13 (bet 28, 23, 13) WIN! +14 units
------------session ends-------------
33
18
32
22
16
12
1
26
17
34
15
12
32
6
17
00
25
23
27
Notice that this particular session for this system ends as soon as a profit is
made. This will be the same for any given session with this system. As
soon as a profit is made, the session ends. However, do not hesitate to
begin another session with a fresh sequence of spins. Track the wheel in the
same manner. This system never changes.

This isn’t to say that there won’t be losing sessions – there just won’t
be very many of them. The typical losing session will be larger than the
typical winning session. However, the larger losing sessions do not make
up for the winning sessions. This system wins more than it loses – it’s just
that simple.
Any given session within this system ends in three different ways.
The first way is that the system produces a profit, and in this case the
session ends immediately and another begins. The second way is that the
36 spin cycle is completed – in this case, the session ends as soon as the 36
spins are over and another session begins. The third way that a session can
be ended is if at any time the session loses 90 units or more. If at any time a
session breaks the 90 unit barrier, the session ends, and immediately
another begins.
A 90-unit setback with a $5 unit might seem quite sizable to some, as
it is a loss of $450. This is where the required bankroll for this system
comes in. This system protects against total defeat, while maximizing your
victories, and it is with a sizable bankroll in combination with this system
that this happens.
Bankroll
Assuming that you’re using the minimum unit of $5 at any given
land-based, brick and mortar casino, the required bankroll will be $5,000.
Don’t let this scare you. At no time during the testing of this system was
anywhere near a $5,000 loss run encountered. This sizable, 1,000-unit
bankroll is merely a precaution against total defeat should an extremely
unlikely, negative run be encountered at any time you play this system.
In testing against the Hamburg-Spielbank, the largest losing run at
any time was 223 units or $1,115 with a $5 unit. The system quickly came
back with consecutive winning sessions totaling 233 units ($1,165),
producing a $50 profit even after this bout with misfortune.
If you are better endowed financially and can afford a $10 unit or
more, then by all means, use it. Just be aware that this sizable unit requires
a bankroll of $10,000 for the $10 unit, $15,000 for the $15 unit, etc.
Progression
It was stated earlier that there is no progression involved with this
system. There is no short term progression involved with this system,
because it puts your bankroll at risk too quickly. However, I’m quite
certain that you will want to maximize the long-term profits that can be
made with this system. Therefore, a long-term progression is offered for
this system.
We will assume that your starting unit is $5 and your starting
bankroll is $5,000. If at any time your long term profits reach $5,000,
bringing your total bankroll to $10,000, raise your unit to $10. Keep the
gain and loss limits in place as described earlier. Now, you quit
immediately after you get ahead and you quit immediately after losing 90
units or $900.
You must be sure that you raise and lower your unit according to
your wins and losses. Raise your unit if you get above $10,000, but lower it
if you get significantly below $10,000 (i.e. $9,000 or lower). Continue to
raise your unit accordingly with your bankroll.
Money-Back Guarantee
This system is guaranteed to work as promised: maximizing wins
while minimizing losses. If you can find a sequence of consecutive spins
and sessions that defeat the starting bankroll of 1,000 units IN A ROW,
then you will receive your money back. In other words, if this system
would completely deplete your bankroll against any given set of
CONSECUTIVE sessions from the Hamburg-Spielbank, you will receive
your money back. This money-back guarantee will only be honored if
proof is presented from the spins posted at the Hamburg-Spielbank.
Sample Runs
In the following few pages a few sample runs are illustrated, where
you can observe both methods. In the first one, the session ends as soon as
you are ahead shown under column Net When Ahead. In the second
method, you go through the entire cycle of 36 spins shown under column
Net.
The Repeat column indicates when the numbers repeat. The Win/Lose
column indicates when the number repeated for the second time, thus
winning your bet. As you encounter more repeating numbers, the number
of chips you bet on the table grows accordingly.
Number
Count Track of Net
Spin Different Repeat Count chips When
no. Number Numbers Repeat Number Repeats Win/Lose bet Cash Net Ahead
1 28 1 0
2 11 2 0 0 0 0 0
3 1 3 0 0 0 0 0
4 11 3 Repeat 11 1 0 0 0 0
5 35 4 1 1 -1 -1 -1
6 17 5 1 1 -1 -2 -2
7 28 5 Repeat 28 2 1 -1 -3 -3
8 0 6 2 2 -2 -5 -5
9 29 7 2 2 -2 -7 -7
10 10 8 2 2 -2 -9 -9
11 16 9 2 2 -2 -11 -11
12 17 9 Repeat 17 3 2 -2 -13 -13
13 9 10 3 3 -3 -16 -16
14 28 10 Repeat 28 3 W 3 33 17 17
15 15 11 3 3 -3 14 17
16 7 12 3 3 -3 11 17
17 14 13 3 3 -3 8 17
18 7 13 Repeat 7 4 3 -3 5 17
19 22 14 4 4 -4 1 17

20 29 14 Repeat 29 5 4 -4 -3 17
21 1 14 Repeat 1 6 5 -5 -8 17
22 36 15 6 6 -6 -14 17
23 17 15 Repeat 17 6 W 6 30 16 17
24 11 15 Repeat 11 6 W 6 30 46 17
25 2 16 6 6 -6 40 17
26 17 16 Repeat 17 6 W 6 30 70 17
27 30 17 6 6 -6 64 17
28 8 18 6 6 -6 58 17
29 35 18 Repeat 35 7 6 -6 52 17
30 8 18 Repeat 8 8 7 -7 45 17
31 24 19 8 8 -8 37 17
32 0 19 Repeat 0 9 8 -8 29 17
33 0 19 Repeat 0 9 W 9 27 56 17
34 7 19 Repeat 7 9 W 9 27 83 17
35 21 20 9 9 -9 74 17
36 11 20 Repeat 11 9 W 9 27 101 17
The above was a very good run. Had you stopped the moment you were
ahead, you would have been at +17 units. Going through the entire cycle
wins you 101 units.
In the above sample, you start betting on number 11 right after number 11
repeats. In spin no. 7, number 28 repeats, and you start betting on 11 and
28.
In spin no. 12, number 17 repeats, so you bet on 11, 17 and 28.
In spin no. 14, number 28 repeats for the second time, where you win your
bet. At that point you are 17 units ahead. You can either stop for the
session, or go through the remaining of the 36 spins. Both methods are
profitable.
Here is another sample:

Number
Count Track of Net
1 10 1 0
2 20 2 0 0 0 0 0
3 28 3 0 0 0 0 0
4 15 4 0 0 0 0 0
5 21 5 0 0 0 0 0
6 8 6 0 0 0 0 0
7 1 7 0 0 0 0 0
8 25 8 0 0 0 0 0
9 35 9 0 0 0 0 0
10 34 10 0 0 0 0 0
11 8 10 Repeat 8 1 0 0 0 0
12 22 11 1 1 -1 -1 -1
13 29 12 1 1 -1 -2 -2
14 17 13 1 1 -1 -3 -3
15 28 13 Repeat 28 2 1 -1 -4 -4
16 15 13 Repeat 15 3 2 -2 -6 -6
17 31 14 3 3 -3 -9 -9
18 18 15 3 3 -3 -12 -12
19 8 15 Repeat 8 3 W 3 33 21 21
20 6 16 3 3 -3 18 21
21 27 17 3 3 -3 15 21
22 29 17 Repeat 29 4 3 -3 12 21
23 31 17 Repeat 31 5 4 -4 8 21
24 13 18 5 5 -5 3 21
25 29 18 Repeat 29 5 W 5 31 34 21
26 12 19 5 5 -5 29 21
27 15 19 Repeat 15 5 W 5 31 60 21
28 30 20 5 5 -5 55 21
29 33 21 5 5 -5 50 21
30 21 21 Repeat 21 6 5 -5 45 21
31 31 21 Repeat 31 6 W 6 30 75 21
32 32 22 6 6 -6 69 21
33 17 22 Repeat 17 7 6 -6 63 21
34 9 23 7 7 -7 56 21
35 35 23 Repeat 35 8 7 -7 49 21
36 13 23 Repeat 13 9 8 -8 41 21

Here, too, continuing with the entire 36 spins wins you 41 units versus 21
had you stopped at the first time you were ahead.
Here is another example:
Number
Count Track of Net
1 35 1 0
2 2 2 0 0 0 0 0
3 26 3 0 0 0 0 0
4 19 4 0 0 0 0 0
5 14 5 0 0 0 0 0
6 10 6 0 0 0 0 0
7 23 7 0 0 0 0 0
8 1 8 0 0 0 0 0
9 17 9 0 0 0 0 0
10 36 10 0 0 0 0 0
11 14 10 Repeat 14 1 0 0 0 0
12 18 11 1 1 -1 -1 -1
13 23 11 Repeat 23 2 1 -1 -2 -2
14 32 12 2 2 -2 -4 -4
15 22 13 2 2 -2 -6 -6
16 4 14 2 2 -2 -8 -8
17 15 15 2 2 -2 -10 -10
18 28 16 2 2 -2 -12 -12
19 32 16 Repeat 32 3 2 -2 -14 -14
20 14 16 Repeat 14 3 W 3 33 19 19
21 6 17 3 3 -3 16 19
22 35 17 Repeat 35 4 3 -3 13 19
23 9 18 4 4 -4 9 19
24 30 19 4 4 -4 5 19
25 20 20 4 4 -4 1 19
26 13 21 4 4 -4 -3 19
27 25 22 4 4 -4 -7 19
28 8 23 4 4 -4 -11 19

29 10 23 Repeat 10 5 4 -4 -15 19
30 14 23 Repeat 14 5 W 5 31 16 19
31 30 23 Repeat 30 6 5 -5 11 19
32 17 23 Repeat 17 7 6 -6 5 19
33 3 24 7 7 -7 -2 19
34 24 25 7 7 -7 -9 19
35 28 25 Repeat 28 8 7 -7 -16 19
36 27 26 8 8 -8 -24 19
The above is an example where quitting the moment you’re ahead at +19
units is worthwhile, as continuing through the whole cycle may end up
with some lost units (-24).
There will be times where you will encounter some losing runs such as the
following:
Number
Count Track of Net
1 8 1 0
2 4 2 0 0 0 0 0
3 8 2 Repeat 8 1 0 0 0 0
4 4 2 Repeat 4 2 1 -1 -1 -1
5 19 3 2 2 -2 -3 -3
6 28 4 2 2 -2 -5 -5
7 11 5 2 2 -2 -7 -7
8 14 6 2 2 -2 -9 -9
9 32 7 2 2 -2 -11 -11
10 31 8 2 2 -2 -13 -13
11 16 9 2 2 -2 -15 -15
12 29 10 2 2 -2 -17 -17
13 3 11 2 2 -2 -19 -19
14 31 11 Repeat 31 3 2 -2 -21 -21
15 9 12 3 3 -3 -24 -24
16 18 13 3 3 -3 -27 -27
17 5 14 3 3 -3 -30 -30
18 27 15 3 3 -3 -33 -33

19 1 16 3 3 -3 -36 -36
20 0 17 3 3 -3 -39 -39
21 3 17 Repeat 3 4 3 -3 -42 -42
22 34 18 4 4 -4 -46 -46
23 16 18 Repeat 16 5 4 -4 -50 -50
24 35 19 5 5 -5 -55 -55
25 26 20 5 5 -5 -60 -60
26 13 21 5 5 -5 -65 -65
27 23 22 5 5 -5 -70 -70
28 35 22 Repeat 35 6 5 -5 -75 -75
29 26 22 Repeat 26 7 6 -6 -81 -81
30 17 23 7 7 -7 -88 -88
31 25 24 7 7 -7 -95 -95
32 31 24 Repeat 31 7 W 7 29 -66 -66
33 4 24 Repeat 4 7 W 7 29 -37 -37
34 28 24 Repeat 28 8 7 -7 -44 -44
35 6 25 8 8 -8 -52 -52
36 9 25 Repeat 9 9 8 -8 -60 -60
In the example above, after the second win, you are at –37 units. Going
through the whole cycle, you end up with –60. Those runs will happen.
But the winning runs will outnumber the losing ones, such as in the
following sample:
Number
Count Track of Net
1 27 1 0
2 8 2 0 0 0 0 0
3 8 2 Repeat 8 1 0 0 0 0
4 14 3 1 1 -1 -1 -1
5 33 4 1 1 -1 -2 -2
6 36 5 1 1 -1 -3 -3
7 26 6 1 1 -1 -4 -4
8 3 7 1 1 -1 -5 -5
9 23 8 1 1 -1 -6 -6
10 33 8 Repeat 33 2 1 -1 -7 -7

11 7 9 2 2 -2 -9 -9
12 32 10 2 2 -2 -11 -11
13 11 11 2 2 -2 -13 -13
14 17 12 2 2 -2 -15 -15
15 21 13 2 2 -2 -17 -17
16 4 14 2 2 -2 -19 -19
17 17 14 Repeat 17 3 2 -2 -21 -21
18 22 15 3 3 -3 -24 -24
19 24 16 3 3 -3 -27 -27
20 24 16 Repeat 24 4 3 -3 -30 -30
21 7 16 Repeat 7 5 4 -4 -34 -34
22 3 16 Repeat 3 6 5 -5 -39 -39
23 7 16 Repeat 7 6 W 6 30 -9 -9
24 17 16 Repeat 17 6 W 6 30 21 21
25 33 16 Repeat 33 6 W 6 30 51 21
26 6 17 6 6 -6 45 21
27 18 18 6 6 -6 39 21
28 5 19 6 6 -6 33 21
29 24 19 Repeat 24 6 W 6 30 63 21
30 14 19 Repeat 14 7 6 -6 57 21
31 24 19 Repeat 24 7 W 7 29 86 21
32 33 19 Repeat 33 7 W 7 29 115 21
33 12 20 7 7 -7 108 21
34 8 20 Repeat 8 7 W 7 29 137 21
35 13 21 7 7 -7 130 21
36 32 21 Repeat 32 8 7 -7 123 21
One thing you may have observed is that if you quit the moment you are
ahead, your winning units cannot exceed 35 units. If you go on with the 36
spins, your winnings can escalate to more than 100 units.
Select the method that best suits your style.
Wishing you lots of success using the Hot List Roulette System.
Aaron Baker,
Izak Matatya
===========================================================
P.S.: Be sure to visit Let’s Talk Winning’s

SYSTEMS GALLERY at http://www.letstalkwinning.com/gallery.htm
For a small selection of highly recommended online casinos,

please visit http://www.letstalkwinning.com/bestonline.htm.
.
Hot List Roulette System by Aaron Baker is distributed by
Let’s Talk Winning™

C.P. 9, Station Cote St. Luc,
Cote St. Luc, Quebec, H4V 1H8, Canada
www.letstalkwinning.com / e-mail: webmaster@letstalkwinning.com

HOT NUMBERS ROULETTE SYSTEM
INTRODUCTION
In this system you will have the chance to play on 'hot numbers' and more likely
biased numbers.
As part of our data analysis, one method we devised was to break the results
down into groups of 30 spins at a time.
We then analysed the patterns that were developing across these 30 spin groups,
especially with numbers which eventually appeared the most times over prolonged
play.
A certain pattern was identified and this is what we targeted in the development
of Hot Numbers system.
THE RULES
Start to collect numbers from a wheel, preferably one that you have established
to show some bias.
You keep a track of the last 30 spins and take note of the frequency of the
numbers that have been 'hitting'.
When a number appears 3 times within 30 spins, you then play that number
straight up, until it loses 60 continuous spins.
While playing this number, others may also qualify, and you then play them at
the same time in the same manner.
Top numbers of a wheel have a tendency to appear in cycles.
They may suddenly hit a number of times and then drift away for a while and then
return more frequently.
Because we will be starting play sooner rather than later, we are hoping that
the number that has appeared 3 times in 30 spins, is one of the top numbers.
Allowing play on this number to last for a minimum of 60 spins, we are giving
that number a chance to drift slightly, yet we will be on it should it not drift
but reappears as frequently as possible.
During the vast amount of research that we have done, we found that not many
poor numbers hit 3 times within 30 spins, so it is unlikely that we will be
playing poor numbers too often.
Below, you will find a scorecard showing the results of 120 spins.
10 Numbers qualified during play, and the moment that they qualified I have
shaded them.
28 5 23 28
7 24 26 24
6 12 25 16
26 30 23 2
8 29 16 36
31 9 12 33
9 21 8 23
19 11 32 0
18 23 13 30
11 5 29 24
16 15 14 35
12 36 17 20
12 34 31 20
31 21 20 13
12 16 26 12
27 13 28 1
1 13 1 10
2 25 26 2
23 33 31 16
35 6 0 5
18 7 27 8
9 32 23 12
31 20 4 22
12 34 15 16
0 22 8 5
13 2 36 17
1 31 8 21
33 16 30 9
2 8 3 5
29 6 25 13
As you can see play started after spin number 15, when a straight up bet
would be placed on number 12.
At spin number 23, number 31 then qualified.
This would also then be played at the same time as number 12.
The results from when play started at spin number 15 to when it finished
at spin number 120 are shown below.
Number 12 won 75 units.

Number 9 lost 60 units.
Number 23 lost 20 spins.
The total result for this play would have produced a 47 unit profit.
The scorecard and wheel used were nothing special, and were only used as an
example of what can happen.
You will have wins much larger than this along the way.
Play stopped at spin number 120 for no reason and it could have continued.
SUMMARY
When you play the system, you should always play it exactly as rules state, and
never let anything sway you to place other bets.
Do not let other players change your style of play for any reason and do not let
the eye of the casino bosses put you off from placing your bets.
The casino management deep down believe that Roulette cannot be beaten, yet they
will pay attention to you when you are winning consistently.
Stick with your plans and do not be intimidated!
If you are winning large amounts, keep a close look on any possible chance they
may have of changing the ball. This is all they can do during play to stop your
top numbers from winning.
Never bring attention to yourself especially when you are winning.

Hide some of your chips in your pockets so that you don't catch the croupiers
eye, or the eyes of other players.
Should anyone start to copy your bets, see how long it lasts, and if they are
going with you all the way, cash in and return later.
file:///D|/Systems/HOT%20NUMBERS%20SPLITS%20AND%20LINES%20SYSTEM.htm
System
Time and time again you will see sequences like this
on a roulette table:
33 16 2 7 12 11 13 11 11 6 14 27 29 7 0 36 22 21
33
This is an extract from an actual session played by me. You will notice that number
11 appeared three times in quick succession. In addition, the 10/11/12 line or street
appeared four times and the 11/12 split appeared three times. I refer to these
numbers, splits or lines as becoming hot.
These hot numbers, splits and lines are the basis of the system.
SYSTEM RULES
The rules have each been given an id code so that we can refer to them in the later
examples
Single number rules in order of priority or how hot the number is:
NR1 If a single number repeats three times within 16 spins follow it for the next 10
spins with a stake of 2 units. NR2 If a single number repeats twice within 5 spins
follow it for the next 5 spins with a stake of 2 units. NR3 If a single number repeats
twice within 11 spins follow it for the next 2 spins with a stake of 2 units. A number
win will give you a return of 72 units (including stake).
Split Number Rules (in order of priority): SN1 If a Split repeats three times within 10
spins, follow it for the next 5 spins with a stake of 2 units. SN2 If a Split repeats
twice within 6 spins follow it for the next 2 spins with a stake of 2 units. A split win
will give you a return of 36 units (including stake).
Line or Street Rules (in order of priority):

LN1 If a Line repeats three times within 7 spins, follow it for the next 5 spins with a
stake of 3 units. LN2 If a Line repeats twice within 4 spins, follow it for the next 2
spins with a stake of 3 units. A line win will give you a return of 36 units (including
stake). Each time you have a win, re-check what rule the number split or line now
falls into and then follow the new rule for bets. For
example, a number that wins when following it after 2 hits in 5, now falls into the
rule for 3 hits in 16.if we take the sequence previously shown:
123456789
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
33 16 2 7 12 11 13 11 11 6 14 27 29 7 0 36 22
21 33
file:///D|/Systems/HOT%20NUMBERS%20SPLITS%20AND%20LINES%20SYSTEM.htm (1 of 5) [7/21/2002 11:42:28 AM]

The betting would proceed as follows:
At spin number 6 – Total 11/12 split (twice in 6, 2 units for 2 spins) 10/11/12 line
(twice in 4, 3 units for 2 spins) Spin 7 - lost 5 units –5 13/16 split (twice in 6, 2 units
for two spins) Spin 8 - win on Line and Split = +72, lost on 13/16 split. +65 Number
11 (twice within 5 spins, 2 units for 5 spins) 11/12 split (three times in 10, 2 units for
5 spins) 10/11/12 line (three times in 7, 2 units for 5 spins)
Spin 9 - Win on Number, Split and Line = +144, lost on 13/16 +207 Number 11 (now
three times within 16, 2 units for 10 spins) 11/12 spilt (still three times within 10, 2
units for 5 spins)
10/11/12 line (still three within 6, 2 units for 5 spins) Spin 10 - lost 7 units (number,
split and line)
+200 Spin 11 - lost 7 units +193 11/14 Split (3 within 10, 2 units for 5 spins) 13/14
Split (2 within 6, 2 units for spins) Spin 12 - lost 11 units (number, 3 splits and line)
+182 Spin 13 - lost 11 units +171 Spin 14 - lost 9 units +162 Number 7 (2 in 11, 2
units for 2 spins)
11/12 spilt (end of sequence)10/11/12 line (end of sequence) Spin 15 - lost 6 (nos. 7
& 11 and 11/14 split) +156 Spin 16 - lost 6 +150 Number 7 (end of sequence) 11/14
split (end of sequence)
Spin 17 - lost 2 (no. 11) +148 Spin 18 - lost 2 +146The total profit taken on this
sequence is 146 units ,including stakes returned and by taking all bets to their
conclusion. Under 'when to quit' I'll explain why we should quit at spin 14 and not
spin 18.Don't worry if this is a bit confusing now, I have a worked example in
appendix 1 and more sequences in appendix 2 that will help. As you practice the
method, you will get familiar with the process and easily identify the betting
opportunities.
When to bet
Most of the results and sequences shown in this document are taken from
sessions where I had no knowledge of previous numbers spun. Most of the tables
did not have automatic scoreboards. Where there are scoreboards, I have had
some success by joining a table when the scoreboard is showing a repeating
number. This may not always be reliable because the number may be just going
cold at that point, but it may be an indication that the dealer or croupier will
continue to spin repeats. I would say that it gives you a better chance than if a
totally random set of numbers were showing.
You need to be careful with scoreboards because they don't always give accurate
results. They sometimes show the wrong number, or stop showing the numbers
and then suddenly start working again. Of course, the casino is never in great

hurry to fix them. I'm usually not too happy about joining a table where nobody is
betting or a 'cold table'. However, recently I did have a good session where the
dealer was waiting to play, and she hit four 7s within 16 spins.
In England if you are the only person at the table, the dealer will spin the wheel for
you with no bets placed. On my visits to America, I found that they will not spin
until there's money on the table. So in the US you need to join a table where other
people are playing and wait for the numbers to start hitting. Where there's a table
minimum stake (e.g. in Las Vegas, it is $4 or $5), you will have a problem as you
may only want to place a single bet of 2 units. If you can afford to, increase your
unit bet (and the table bankroll) to cover the table minimum, otherwise you
will need to adjust your bets in some way to put down the minimum. In a lot of
cases when a number is repeating, the split or line is repeating, which gets round
the problem. This does not always happen, so I am currently compiling results
based on extra bets to get round the table minimum problem. Registered
purchasers will receive a copy of these results. The
solution is likely to be based on neighboring numbers or streets.
Bankroll
I use a table or session bankroll of 120 units with a minimum target profit of 40 or
more units per session. The loss target is reached when the next bet would take
the loss beyond 120 units. In these situations, you will usually have some chips left
over. Over the course of the 100 sequences shown in appendix 3, the extra chips
added up to one table bankroll, so it's a good idea to keep them. I have an average
daily profit target of 20 units using £5 or $5 units, which gives me 35,000 per year
(350 days). Your choice of unit must be according to your own resources - never
bet more than you can afford to lose. I work with a total bankroll of 10 times the 120-
unit
session bankroll (1200 units) and a reserve of the same amount (1200). I doubt if
you will ever exhaust your first bankroll (see results sequence in appendix 3) but
the security of the reserve gives you the confidence when playing. Scared betting
is to be avoided.
Having said this, it is possible to start with a smaller bankroll and build from there.
When you look
at the results, you can see that it is possible to have session profits of several
hundred units.
When to quit

Your table bankroll is 120 units and you of course quit when this is gone. If you
have enough from your overall bankroll, then you can play another session on the
same day. I wouldn't play more than three losing sessions, it will hit your
confidence - you can always come back another day.
The win target for a session is 40 or more units. You can quit at this point in each
session, which will give you a nice overall profit - see results in
Appendix 3.
I find that when numbers are hot you can get some really good wins by betting
after the 40 or more target is reached. These big wins more than make up for the
losses.
The rules for betting after target reached:
After the 40 target is reached, keep betting in groups of five spins until your total
profit is lower than at the start of each five spins. If during the extra bets you are
about to make a bet
that takes the overall profit below 20 units, then quit at that point. If the total profit
is greater than 300 units quit only after two losing sets of five spins. In the example
sequence shown before, the target was reached at +60 after a further 5 spins, the
total profit was 159 units. After 5 more spins, this dropped to +134 units - time to
quit. Sequence 10 in the examples given (appendix 2) shows
the quit point before the profit drops below 20 units. Sequence 13 shows the
increase in profits by allowing for two losing sets of five extra spins when you are
well in profit (300+).
Conclusion
I hope you have been able to follow the rules of this system and seen the potential
for regular tax-free income. To help there's a worked example in appendix 1 and
more sequences to look at in appendix 2.
This is not a very easy system to work - making money on the roulette wheel has
never been easy. By working at it, you can take advantage of the trends that always
occur during a roulette session and then enjoy the rewards. If you find that
following the splits lines and numbers is too much at first, follow the repeat
numbers only. This is still profitable and you can start with a smaller bankroll. You
must approach this in a professional manner. Always record the numbers on a

casino card or in your own notebook. After each spin count back on your card to
see if any of the system rules are met or if a higher priority rule is now is use. After
each wager record the profit or loss and the running total. If you keep your chips in
neat stacks of 20, it is also easy to see how much you are ahead.
Keep a record of each winning and losing session and the running total profit or
loss for all sessions to date. When you first start to use the system, revue the
sessions that you have played to check that they have been played correctly and to
learn from mistakes made.
Keep your overall bankroll (2,400 units) in a separate bank account from your other
money and withdraw only what you need for a visit to the casino (I suggest no
more than 3 table bankrolls of 120). Keep the winnings separate from other cash
you have for day to day expenses, or pay it straight back into the roulette bank
account. In this way you keep everything on a professional level and will be soon
making a regular income.
This system continues to make money on a daily basis and we are confident that it
will continue to do so. If after giving the system a fair trial you are not happy that
the system can make money for you, let us know and we will refund the purchase
price.
I wish you the very best of success!

HOW TO PLAY AND
WIN
AT ROULETTE
VERY NEAR THE INFALLIBLE METHOD
GEORGE RAYMON
NOTE: I want to thank to the authors of "THE COMPLETE BOOK OF THE CASINO GAMES" the
great help that have meant for me the explanations found in their book and those which I make reference
in these pages.
INDEX:
INTRODUCTION.
THE FIGURES.
VERY NEAR THE INFALLIBLE METHOD.
INTRODUCTION.
This book is directed to the player of roulette. To the player that knows already
basically the operation of the game. To the player that has proven other methods
without success. And lack to him two very important things, a book that explain to him
that what happens really in the roulette, and a method that to give him some high
guarantees of success in the game.
All we have read some book that fills pages and more pages on the theories of the
random and the probabilities calculation without a subsequent practical application, and
also we have proven methods "miraculous" that though make to win money when the
situation is favorable do not notify of the dangers of an unfavorable situation, neither
explain how surpassing it. These situations are presented more often than what we
think and we wish.
Precisely by these reasons I will not extend in theoretical explanations. I will limit me
to explain some indispensable basic notions to understand on that base has been built
the method and below we will put in practice its game mechanism on real game
sequences.
THE FIGURES.
(developed according to explanation from the book "THE COMPLETE BOOK
OF THE CASINO GAMES").
What are the figures?. For the purpose of the simple combinations of the roulette, a
number anyone can be PAR or ODD, LACK or PASSES, RED or BLACK. We will
center in this last combination.
We have two columns to note the combination of each play. If the number is red we
make an annotation in the cabin of the left and if it is black in the right cabin. Each
play can have an alone annotation, or to the right or to the left, and it is one of the two
possible alternatives: RED or BLACK. It is said that the possible figures of 1 (of one
play) are 2. In the second consecutive play the possibilities are: RED - RED, RED -
BLACK, BLACK - RED, BLACK - BLACK, and is said that the figures of 2 are 4. In
3 consecutive plays the possibilities are 8 (fig. 1).
GRAPHIC 1
R B R B R B R B R B R B R B R B
The possibility of the fact that is formed a figure of 3 (1 between 8) is the half of be
formed a figure of 2 (1 between 4) and the fourth part that a figure of 1 (1 between 2).
Is the same as to say:
So that could be formed one figure of 2 those of 1 will have been able to form 2 times
each one, and so that could be formed one figure of 3 those of 2 will have been able to
form also 2 times, and thus successive. For so much, we can say that the figures of 1
are the double that those of 2, the figures of 2 are the double that those of 3, the figures
of 3 are the double that those of 4, the figures of 4 are the double that those of 5, etc.
This reasoning can be applied to the series saying that the series of 1 are the double that
those of 2, the series of 2 are the double that those of 3, the series of 3 are the double
that those of 4, etc.
Evidently this ideal distribution is not fulfilled, and we can only assert is that while goes
increasing the number of plays, the distribution will be gone approximating every time
more to this ideal distribution. It can be that never it is fulfilled exactly, but the
difference between the percentage that would correspond to every series taking into
account the number of plays and the real will be every time smaller.
The ideal distribution of the series in 247 plays would be this:

SERIES PLAY %
1 series of 7 = 7 plays 0.78

4 series of 5. = 20 “ 3.15
8 series of 4. = 32 “ 6.30
16 series of 3. = 48 “ 12.59
32 series of 2. = 64 “ 25.19
64 series of 1. = 64 “ 50.39
TOTAL 127 series. 247 plays. 100.00
If we go increasing the number of plays the corresponding percentage to the series of 1

goes approximating to 50%, that of the series of 2 to 25%, that of the series of 3 to
12,5%, etc.

In the book "THE COMPLETE BOOK OF CASINO GAMES" the authors explain a
method used by a Spanish systemist called García. Taking this method, that we will
explain below, as a starting point, the authors elaborate their own system. We will not
go into to analyse the efficiency or mathematical base of this last, but we consider its
practical application excessively
complex. We also take it as a starting point, but to arrive, as we will see later, at quite
different results. GARCIA’s system consisted of the following:
If the first play is BLACK, in the following one you bet 1 chip on the break of the
series, that is to say, on RED. If the second play is RED you win 1 chip and you restart
betting 1 chip on BLACK.
GRAPHIC 2
PLAY R B BET RESULT TOTAL
1 0
2 1 1 1
If the second play has not been RED but BLACK, you bet 3 chips on RED. If the third
play is RED you get 2 chips (3 won minus 1 lost in the first play) and you restart betting
1 chip on BLACK.
GRAPHIC 3
1 0
2 1 -1 -1
3 3 3 2
If the third play has been BLACK you bet 7 chips on RED. If the fourth play is RED
you get 3 chips (7 won minus 4 lost) and you restart betting 1 chip on BLACK.
GRAPHIC 4
1 0
2 1 -1 -1
3 3 -3 -4
4 7 7 3
If the fourth play is BLACK, you don’t bet more on the break of the series. We’ve had a
series of 4. The system expects a series of 7, that is to say, 3 more BLACK. So far the
losses amount to 11 units, divided into 3 bets (4, 4 and 3).
GRAPHIC 5
1 0
2 1 -1 -1
3 3 -3 -4
4 7 -7 -11
Fifth play: you bet the first 4 units on BLACK. If the fifth play is in fact a BLACK,
you bet the following 4 units on BLACK in the sixth play. If you also win then you bet
the last 3 units on BLACK in the seventh play. If the game has gone by in this manner
you have obtained as net profits all the ones originated by the series of 1, of 2 and of 3
that have appeared until then.
GRAPHIC 6
1 0
2 1 -1 -1
3 3 -3 -4
4 7 -7 -11
5 4 4 -7
6 4 4 -3
7 3 3 0
However, when one of the recovery bets of the plays 5, 6 or 7 fails, this loss is added to
the one which still has to be recovered and we restart the cycle betting a unit on the
intermittence, 3 units on the break of the series of 2 and 7 on the break of the series of 3,
until a series of 4 appears again.
GRAPHIC 7
BANK OF LOSSES
PLAY R B BET RESULT PROFITS T. LOSSES BET 1 BET 2 BET 3
1
2 1 -1 -1
3 3 -3 -4
4 7 -7 -11 11 4 4 3
5 4 -4 -15 15
GRAPHIC 8
BANK OF LOSSES
1
2 1 -1 -1
3 3 -3 -4
4 7 -7 -11 11 4 4 3
5 4 4 -7 7 4 3 0
6 4 -4 -11 11
GRAPHIC 9
BANK OF LOSSES
1
2 1 -1 -1
3 3 -3 -4
4 7 -7 -11 11 4 4 3
5 4 4 -7 7 4 3 0
6 4 4 -3 3 3 0 0
7 3 -3 -6 6
An example, the game goes by with the profits obtained with the series from 1, 2 and 3
until a series of 4 appears. The loss amounts to 11 units. In the following play you bet
4 chips on the formation of a series of 5 and you lost. These 4 chips are added to the
previous 11 that amount to a total of 15. The cycle restarts, until a series of 4 appears
that will entail another loss of 11 units. This loss will have to be added to the already
existing of 15, amounting a total of 26, that will be divided in 3 (9, 9 and 8). In the
fifth play we would bet 9 chips on the continuation of the series.
GRAPHIC 10
BANK OF LOSSES
1
2 1 1 1
3 1 -1 0
4 3 3 3
5 1 1 4
6 1 1 5
7 1 1 6
8 1 -1 5
9 3 -3 2
10 7 7 9
11 1 1 10
12 1 -1 9
13 3 3 12
14 1 -1 11
15 3 3 14
16 1 1 15
17 1 -1 14
18 3 -3 11
19 7 -7 4 -11 4 4 3
20 4 -4 0 -15
21 1 1 1
22 1 1 2
23 1 -1 1
24 3 -3 -2
25 7 -7 -9 -26 9 9 8
26 9 9 0 17 9 8 0
27 9 9 9 8 8 0 0
28 8 8 17 0 0 0 0
29
As we can see, all the system is based on the appearance of a series of 7 or higher. We
know that a series of 7 has a possibility of being formed every 247 plays and we have
seen that in a sufficiently large number of plays this prediction is true. But, obviously,
this fact does not occur regularly and in the same way that we can have 3 series of more
than 6 in a sequence of 30 plays, we can also find ourselves having to wait 300 plays
until one appears. What are the average losses that you may have to assume waiting for
the series of 7?
Working always on the ideal distribution that we know and taking into account that a
series of 4 causes that the deficit increases in 11 units more the third part of the already
existing one, that a series of 5 does not alter the deficit and that a series of 6 reduces it
2/3 parts, we have to assume losses of around 330 chips with recovery bets of 110. The
deficit is not really real since we would have been collecting the profits obtained with
the appearance of the series from 1, 2 and 3, and they would be exactly 176 units.
Summarising, we would have an effective deficit of 154 chips and to recover we would
have to make bets of 110.
All this supposing that every two series of 4 it appears one of 5, and for every two series
of 5, one of 6. What does this system require to put it into practice? Two principal
requirements, first to have a great capital and second to have nerves of steel to apply it
in the game table with real money. But neither of these two requirements would be
enough to guarantee the usefulness of the system. The time could arrive, and in fact we
have seen it ourselves several times during the tests we made, where the recovery bets
surpassed the maximum bet allowed by the table (540 times the minimal bet). And we
have also to take into account the appearance of the zero. This factor is the more
important the higher the quantities which we can be forced to bet following the system.
2 OBSERVATIONS:
1) It is a very risky system one that bases all the recovery on a fact that occurs once
every 247 plays.
2) Setting aside its mathematical possibilities, the system was not making the most of
the appearance of the series of 1, 2 and 3. García obtained 1 chip of profit with the
series of 1, 2 chips with the series of 2 and 3 chips with the series of 3. But if we apply
the progression 3 - 5 - 9, the series of one would produce 3 chips of profit, the series of
2 two, and the series of three 1 chip. The loss caused by a series of 4 would be of 17
units instead of 11. Obviously, the deficit would increase more quickly, but the system
is based on recovering all the losses with the first series of 7 or higher. When the series
appears, after the usual 247 plays, the profits obtained with Garcia’s system with the
series of 1, 2 and 3 are of 176 units and with our progression they would amount to 272.
GRAPHIC 11
1
2 1 1 1
3 1 -1 0
4 3 3 3
5 1 1 4
6 1 1 5
7 1 1 6
8 1 -1 5
9 3 3 8
10 1 -1 7
11 3 3 10
12 1 1 11
13 1 -1 10
14 3 -3 7
15 7 7 14
16 1 1 15
17 1 -1 14
18 3 3 17
19 1 -1 16
20 3 -3 13
21 7 7 20
22 1 1 21
23 1 1 22
24 1 1 23
25 1 -1 22
26 3 3 25
27 1 -1 24
28 3 3 27
29 1 1 28
30 1 1 29
GRAPHIC 12
1
2 3 3 3
3 3 -3 0
4 5 5 5
5 3 3 8
6 3 3 11
7 3 3 14
8 3 -3 11
9 5 5 16
10 3 -3 13
11 5 5 18
12 3 3 21
13 3 -3 18
14 5 -5 13
15 9 9 22
16 3 3 25
17 3 -3 22
18 5 5 27
19 3 -3 24
20 5 -5 19
21 9 9 28
22 3 3 31
23 3 3 34
24 3 3 37
25 3 -3 40
26 5 5 45
27 3 -3 42
28 5 5 47
29 3 3 50
30 3 3 53
This is GARCIA’s method. It was necessary to explain it to understand from which

starting point we have departed to arrive at the results that, as we will see, do guarantee
the success in a percentage near to 100% of the cases and do give us security during the
game in comparison to the other class of violent game that guarantees only occasionally
this recovery.
To begin with, we will say that if we have to apply a system that bases the recovery of
all the losses on a specific fact, we prefer that this fact has more possibilities of
appearing than those which had the previous one and that were between 1 and 247.
We pay attention again to the ideal distribution of the series in 247 plays, but now
especially in the series of 1. There are 64, but which is their distribution throughout 247
plays? A series does not appear once every 4 plays, neither do appear the 64 together.
Applying the theory of the figures we can begin to know which would be the ideal
distribution of these 64 series.
When a series of 1 appears, there is a 50% possibilities that another series of one
follows and a 50% possibilities that any other series follows (2 , 3, 4, 5, etc.).
When two consecutive series of 1 appear, there is a 50% possibilities that another series
of 1 follows and a 50% possibilities that any other series follows.
When three consecutive series of 1 appear, there is a 50% of possibilities that another
series of 1 appears and a 50% possibilities that any other series follows
And so on....
If we apply this on 64 series we obtain an ideal distribution in approximate groups that

would remain like this:
16 groups of 1 = 16 series.
1 group of 5 = 5 series.
TOTAL: 57 series.
We still have 7 series of 1 left to arrive at the total of 64. If we distributed them
following the calculation of probabilities, we could have the following distribution:
1 group of 5 = 5 series.
TOTAL: 64 series.
We have added two to the groups of 1, one to the groups of 2, and another to the groups
of 3. What we want to know now is what right of appearance has every one of these
groups in the course of 247 plays. This point is easy to verify dividing the total number
of plays by the quantities of appearance of every type of group. These are the results:
1 isolated series of 1 can appear every 14 plays.

1 group of 2 consecutive series of 1 can appear every 27 plays.
García’s system tried to recover the losses with 3 consecutive bets in the 5th, 6th and
7th plays of a series of 7. The number of series of a given length is equal to the sum of
all those of a higher length. This is the same as saying that the series of 1 are in
opposition to all the series of 2, 3, 4, 5, etc. together. We will take advantage of this
information that the calculation of probabilities gives us to put it into practice in the
following way:
We will not attempt to obtain direct profits with the series of 1.

We will bet 1 unit on the break of the series of 2, 3 and 4. Each of these series will
report us 1 chip of profit.
We will not bet to obtain profits on the series of 4 or higher.
We use the series of 1 to recover the losses produced by the appearance of the series
of 3, 4 and 5.
We will attempt to recover the deficit in 2 bets on a group of 2 consecutive series of
1.
But if a group of 2 is valid, it is also valid one higher than 2. If we add all the groups of
2 and higher there is a total of 17 groups that should be used throughout the game to
cancel the deficit and leave as net profits the ones produced by all the series of 2, 3 and
4.
A group of 2 consecutive series of 1 or higher can appear every 15 plays. We have

already obtained a great advantage, as we do not have to wait for one chance every 247
plays to cancel the deficit; in fact, during the game we will be able to cancel it on
average 17 times. This fact, as we will see in the practical demonstration, makes both
the losses and the recovery bets more reasonable in comparison to García’s system and
give us more security during the game.
THE MECHANICS OF THE GAME.
1) At the beginning of the game and as long as the deficit to recover is 0, we will
pass 2 plays of indication.
2) We will bet in the 3rd, 4th and 5th plays on the intermittence.
3) Every time a play is won we restart the cycle.
4) The lost chips go to a bank of losses and the total figure is divided into 2.
If a series of 2 appears, we will win a chip in the 3rd play.
GRAPHIC 13
1
2
3 1 1 1
If a series of 3 appears, we will win a chip in the 4th play, but we will have lost one
in the 3rd play.
GRAPHIC 14
1
2
3 1 -1 -1
4 1 1 0
If a series of 4 appears, we will win a chip in the 5th play, and we will have losses of
2 units in the 3rd and 4th plays.
GRAPHIC 15
1
2
3 1 -1 -1
4 1 -1 -2
5 1 1 -1
And if a series of 5 or higher appears, we will have losses of 3 units caused by the
3rd, 4th and 5th plays..
GRAPHIC 16
1
2
3 1 -1 -1
4 1 -1 -2
5 1 -1 -3
6 0
5) This deficit is divided into 2. When the break of a series occurs, we expect then
the appearance of two consecutive series of 1. We have to bet half the deficit on
the intermittence. Two things may happen:
A) The first bet is won. We discount the bet made from the deficit, and we still
have to recover the other half of the deficit. In the following play we bet the
remaining half. If we won, the cycle is completed and we wait again for a series
of 2 and bet on the break. We will have won as many units as series of 2, 3 and 4
have appeared up to now.
B) The recovery bet is lost (first or second). There has been a series of 2. The
loss is added to the deficit and we continue to bet a chip on the break of the
series of 2, 3 and 4, keeping the chips won and adding to the bank of losses the
ones caused by the series of 3, 4 and 5. When the first intermittence occurs, it
will be the time to try again the recovery of the deficit in 2 consecutive bets.
GRAPHIC 17
BANK OF LOSSES
PLAY R B BET RESULT PROFITS T. LOSSES BET 1 BET 2
1
2 0
3 0
4 1 -1 -1 1 1 0
5 1 1 0 1 1 0
6 1 1 1 0 0 0
7 0 0 1
8 1 -1 0 1 1 0
9 1 -1 -1 2 1 1
10 1 1 0 2 1 1
11 1 -1 -1 3 2 1
12 1 1 0 3 2 1
13 2 2 2 1 1 0
14 1 -1 1 2 1 1
15 1 -1 0 3 2 1
16 1 1 1 3 2 1
17 2 -2 -1 5 3 2
18 1 1 0 5 3 2
19 3 3 3 2 2 0
20 2 2 5 0 0 0
21 0
22
The mechanics of the game may seem complicated. But it will not seem so, once you
see them in practice, in a real sequence. At the same time we will see how the game
control sheets have to be.
When the zero appears. we can mark the box in which it has appeared, if this interests
us for statistical effects; the play will be considered void to the purposes of the game,
but we can not assume the loss and put it in the bank of deficit to recover, since this
would alter enormously our predictions. The loss caused by zero will be half the bet
made, and in the following play the same bet will be made. Since we can not include
this loss with the general ones caused by the series of 3, 4 and 5, we will have to count it
subtracting it from the total profits.
GRAPHIC
18
PLAY BALL R B BET RESULT DEFICIT BET 1 BET 2 ZERO PROFITS
1 19 0 0
2 12 0 0 0 0 0 0
3 24 1 1 0 0 0 1
4 27 0 0 0 0 0 1
5 7 0 0 0 0 0 1
6 16 1 -1 -1 1 0 0
7 26 1 2 -1 1 0 1
8 8 1 -1 -2 1 1 0
9 36 1 1 -2 1 1 1
10 6 1 1 -1 1 0 2
11 6 1 -1 -2 1 1 1
12 29 1 -1 -3 2 1 0
13 17 1 -1 -4 2 2 -1
14 13 1 -1 -5 3 2 -2
15 22 0 0 -5 3 2 -2
16 14 0 0 -5 3 2 -2
17 31 3 3 -2 2 0 1
18 17 2 2 0 0 0 3
19 25 0 0 0 0 0 3
20 8 1 1 0 0 0 0 3.5
21 16 0 0 0 0 0 3.5
22 36 0 0 0 0 0 3.5
23 15 1 1 0 0 0 4.5
24 6 0 0 0 0 0 4.5
25 22 1 -1 -1 1 0 3.5
26 12 1 1 -1 1 0 4.5
27 30 1 -1 -2 1 1 3.5
28 32 1 -1 -3 2 1 2.5
29 12 1 -1 -4 2 2 1.5
30 15 1 1 -4 2 2 2.5
31 19 2 2 -2 2 0 4.5
32 21 2 -2 -4 2 2 2.5
33 28 1 1 -4 2 2 3.5
34 24 2 -2 -6 3 3 1.5
35 31 1 -1 -7 4 3 0.5
36 27 1 -1 -8 4 4 -0.5
37 11 1 -1 -9 5 4 -1.5
38 25 0 0 -9 5 4 -1.5
39 8 5 5 -4 4 0 3.5
40 12 4 4 0 0 0 7.5
Play number 1: RED.

Play number 2: RED.
Play number 3: 1 chip bet on BLACK. The chip won passes directly to the PROFITS
box (produced by a series of 2).
Play number 4: No bet as there is no deficit to recover.
Play number 5: No bet. We wait for a series of 2.
Play number 6: There has been a series of 2. We bet 1 chip on BLACK. It appears
RED. We write the loss in the DEFICIT box, and as it is not possible to divide it into 2,
we write a 1 in the box BETS 1 and a 0 in the box BETS 2.
Play number 7: There has been a series of 3. We bet a chip on BLACK. The chip won
goes directly to PROFITS. The deficit continues the same.
Play number 8: In the previous play there has been an intermittence. We bet the first
recovery bet (BET 1) on the intermittence and we lose. The lost chip is added to the
previous deficit and is split into 2 recovery bets (1 and 1).
Play number 9: Series of 2. 1 chip is bet on the intermittence and is won. It goes to
PROFITS directly.
Play number 10: In the previous play there has been. We make the first recovery bet
(1) on the intermittence and we win. We subtract it from the deficit and there is still a
second recovery of 1 left.
Play number 11: The second recovery bet fails. We add it to the existing deficit, that
becomes again of 2.
Plays 12, 13 and 14: The lost chips are added to the deficit, that every time it is
increased, it is divided into 2.
Play 15: In the play 14 there has been a series of 5. It does not interest us for the game.
We have to wait again until the first intermittence occurs; that will be the sign to
reactivate the bets.
Play number 16: No bet, but it is the sign so that, inn the following play we make the
first recovery bet of the deficit.
Play number 17: Fist recovery bet made and. Still the second recovery left.
Play number 18: The second the second series of 1 that allows us to cancel the deficit.
In the PROFITS column there are reflected the chips won that are equal to the total of
series of 2, 3 and 4 appeared in the sequence.
Play number 19: A new cycle starts with the same mechanics of game.
Play number 20: Zero. The bet at this time was of 1 unit. We write in the
corresponding column and we update PROFITS. In the following play (it would have
been 21, but for us it is 20 again) we make again the bets that the system tells, making
the relevant operations.
Plays 21 to 40: Same mechanics of the game. In the play 40 we win the second
recovery bet and the deficit is cancelled. As net PROFITS we obtain 7.5 units, 8 for
the total from the series of 2, 3 and 4 appeared, minus the loss produced by the
appearance of the zero in the play 20.
COMMENTARIES:
1) We can see in the play 37 that the recovery deficit indicates - 9 and in reality it is of -
1.5 units.
2) The isolated series of 1 do not alter the deficit and in some phases of the game they
allow us to cancel it (when we have only pending recovery bet).
3) The bets are relatively lower in comparison with the GARCIA’s system.
4) The yield of the system, as long as you closed all the recoveries, it is the sum of all
the series of 2, 3 and 4 minus the losses produced by the zeroes (approximately of one
chip every 5 plays).
So far the theory has been explained. What the reader, and potential player is interested
in knowing is which practical possibilities has the system.
Now we will present a very critical situation (extracted from a real game) so that the
reader can be conscious of what, apart from the yield and advantages of the system, he
should be prepared to face if he wants to apply the system without limiting at no time
the recovery progression.
GRAPHIC 19
1 33 0 0 0 0 0 0
2 11 0 0 0 0 0 0
3 8 1 -1 -1 1 0 -1
4 20 1 -1 -2 1 1 -2
5 31 1 -1 -3 2 1 -3
6 28 0 0 -3 2 1 -3
7 11 0 0 -3 2 1 -3
8 9 0 0 -3 2 1 -3
9 18 2 -2 -5 3 2 0 -6
10 10 1 1 -5 3 2 -5
11 21 3 3 -2 2 0 -2
12 14 2 -2 -4 2 2 -4
13 25 1 -1 -5 3 2 -5
14 4 1 1 -5 3 2 -4
15 13 3 -3 -8 4 4 -7
16 24 1 -1 -9 5 4 -8
17 8 1 -1 -10 5 5 -9
18 32 1 1 -10 5 5 -8
19 33 5 5 -5 5 0 -3
20 35 5 -5 -10 5 5 -8
21 8 1 -1 -11 6 5 -9
22 15 1 -1 -12 6 6 -10
23 31 1 -1 -13 7 6 -11
24 23 0 0 -13 7 6 -11
25 22 7 7 -6 6 0 -4
26 14 6 -6 -12 6 6 -10
27 11 1 -1 -13 7 6 -11
28 30 1 1 -13 7 6 -10
29 25 7 -7 -20 10 10 -17
30 2 1 1 -20 10 10 -16
31 5 10 10 -10 10 0 -6
32 16 10 -10 -20 10 10 -16
33 27 1 -1 -21 11 10 -17
34 21 1 -1 -22 11 11 0 -18.5
35 33 1 1 -22 11 11 -17.5
36 36 11 11 -11 11 0 -6.5
37 23 11 -11 -22 11 11 -17.5
38 7 1 -1 -23 12 11 -18.5
39 11 1 1 -23 12 11 -17.5
40 1 12 12 -11 11 0 -5.5
GRAPHIC 20
41 30 11 -11 -22 11 11 -16.5
42 13 1 1 -22 11 11 -15.5
43 6 11 -11 -33 17 16 -26.5
44 31 1 -1 -34 17 17 -27.5
45 9 1 1 -34 17 17 -26.5
46 13 17 17 -17 17 0 -9.5
47 29 17 -17 -34 17 17 -26.5
48 27 1 1 -34 17 17 -25.5
49 32 17 -17 -51 26 25 -42.5
50 15 1 1 -51 26 25 -41.5
51 14 26 26 -25 25 0 -15.5
52 18 25 -25 -50 25 25 -40.5
53 23 1 -1 -51 26 25 -41.5
54 14 1 -1 -52 26 26 -42.5
55 36 1 -1 -53 27 26 -43.5
56 1 0 0 -53 27 26 -43.5
57 17 0 0 -53 27 26 -43.5
58 29 27 -27 -80 40 40 -70.5
59 29 1 -1 -81 41 40 -71.5
60 13 1 -1 -82 41 41 -72.5
61 33 1 -1 -83 42 41 -73.5
62 11 0 0 -83 42 41 -73.5
63 4 42 42 -41 41 0 -31.5
64 28 41 -41 -82 41 41 -72.5
65 21 1 1 -82 41 41 -71.5
66 3 41 -41 -123 62 61 -112.5
67 24 1 1 1 62 61 -111.5
68 7 62 62 -61 61 0 -49.5
69 16 61 -61 -122 61 61 -110.5
70 8 1 1 -122 61 61 -109.5
71 20 61 -61 -183 92 91 -170.5
72 4 1 -1 -184 92 92 -171.5
73 30 1 1 -184 92 92 -170.5
74 17 92 92 -92 92 0 -78.5
75 32 92 92 0 0 0 13.5
76 3
77
78
79
80
COMMENTARY OF THE SEQUENCE:
In the play number 1 we had closed the previous recovery.

Long series have prevailed. They have the advantage that they make the deficit
increase more slowly, but the yield, when the recovery is achieved, is inferior.
When short series appear the theoretical deficit is doubled more quickly, but you get
direct profits and there also more possibilities of appearance of individual groups and
of closing of the recoveries.
We have nearly reached the limit. We still could have found 2 failed bets in the first
recovery without surpassing the limit.
It is actually an extraordinary situation, as the interval of 15 plays has been multiplied

by 5 in plays in which, theoretically, 2 consecutive series of 1 should appear. Can there
be a greater interval? Yes, of course, there is no mathematical rule that prevents it,
though one must admit that the possibilities of appearance are actually minimal.
The possibilities of success increase as the initial capital increases. On the other hand,
the yield of the system has some clear limitations and depends on 2 factors:
Number of series of 2, 3 and 4 appeared during the game. We have already seen that
when prevailing the long series, the deficit increases more slowly and the yield is
smaller, and vice versa, when short series appear the recovery interval will be
shorter, but the yield higher.
Losses caused by the zero.
The average yield of the system oscillates between 0.20 and 0.25 chips by play.
If we make a revision of all the methods and bet systems knows, none can guarantee
with such a low risk such a high percentage of success. The reader who is interested in
the topic can compare, in the book mentioned at the beginning of the chapter, the results
to which the authors arrive starting from the same method (García), with those which
obtains our system. It is extremely complex to put it into practice, the authors speak
of a necessary capital of hundreds of chips and the yield that their system obtains
is of a chip every 20 plays (0.05 chips by play).
The sequence presented in these pages is clearly prejudicial for our system. Nobody
should make the easy mistake of applying any other system and seeing that it is
successful, think that it has found the definitive solution to the problem. We have to
remember that every system has a favourable situation and an unfavourable one and that
we simply have to try and face the bad one enduring without arriving to the limit, to
take advantage and recover when the situation is good.
VARIATIONS OF THIS SYSTEM.
There can be many variations and as always the possible profits are in direct
relationship to the risk that one wants to take.
With the same risk, same yield and the same percentages of success there are the
following options:
1) Attempt the recovery in three bets on the groups of 3 consecutive series of 1 and
higher. Every group should appear every 30 plays. The deficit rises more slowly as we
are dividing it into 3 and the groups of 2 allow us to reduce it in a third part.
2) In a group of 4 consecutive series of 1. There are three groups in total and the
appearance interval is of one every 82 plays. The groups of 2 reduce a fourth part the
deficit to recover, and those of 3 reduce it to the half.
3) In those of 5 we would be waiting for a phenomenon that has a possibility of

occurring every 247 plays, and though the deficit rises very slowly and the inferior
groups (2, 3 and 4) produce a certain relief, we consider that we would be playing too
much time under the pressure of recovery. And we have seen in the case of the group of
2 that the appearance of the phenomenon (though it is a totally extraordinary situation),
can multiply by five the average interval of appearance.
With a greater risk of capital there can be many options:

1) Bet on the break of the series of 1. When attempting the recoveries we have to add a
unit every time, and the yield increases in a way proportional to the risk of not being
able to assume the recovery deficit. In this case the yield can oscillate between 0.30
and 0.40 chips per play.
2) Lengthen the bet on the series higher than 4.
3) Intensify the bets in the first series (e.g.: 3 units in the series of 1, 2 units in the series
of 2 and 1 unit in the remaining series).
The reader will probably need the graphic representation of the possibilities of the
system, but we will not make it, and we will now explain the cause:
We are very satisfied with the results, obtained from a method which is of difficult
practical application, but yet, these results can be improved.
Can we play in a way yet more intelligent? Of course we can do it and we can manage
to minimise the scarce possibilities that chance has of leaving victorious, but,
furthermore we will have an almost total tranquillity during the game. Our method will
come closest to what it could be called the "infallible" method, and the possibilities of
success will be of 98%. We will now explain this:
The previous method puts all the losses produced by the series of 2, 3 and 4 in a same
bank and attempts to recover them in 2 bets on 2 consecutive series of 1. We have a
total of 17 groups of series of 1 that have to recover the deficit caused by the sum of all
the series of 2 or higher, what makes in total 31. If we add to this figure all the series
of 2 and higher that prevent us from recovering (63), this means that we are fighting in
clear disadvantage against the BANK. In short sequences with only the appearance of
series higher than 1, we can find that the deficit increases very quickly and exceeds our
initial limit. And just after exceeding ourselves, groups of series of 1 appear that are no
longer use to us. We have to establish a more egalitarian relationship with the BANK.
We achieve this by dividing this deficit in three independent banks (every one will
make his own recovery). We explain the procedure below:
We will bet a unit on the break of the series of 2, 3 and 4. The obtained units are direct
profits.
1??The units lost when appearing a series of 3 will be put inn a bank of losses number
1, and they will be divided into 3. The chips of the columns 1 and 2 we will attempt
to recover them in 2 consecutive bets with the appearance of a group of 2
consecutive series of 1 or higher.
GRAPHIC 21
BANCK NUMBER 1
PLAY R B BET RESULT PROFITS TOTAL L. BET 1 BET 2 BET 3
13 5 4 4
5 5 5 8 4 0 4
4 4 4 4 0 0 4
When they appear 2 series of 1 consecutive, in the following play is not bet the figure of
the column number 3. The figure of the column number 3 will be bet only in third play
to the break of the series of 2 (32 series).
When it is lost one of the recovery bets (1, 2 or 3) is added to the deficit and this is
returned to divide between 3.
GRAPHIC 22
BANCK NUMBER 1
13 5 4 4
5 5 5 8 4 0 4
4 -4 1 12 4 4 4
4 4 5 8 4 4 0
Possible cases:
GRAPHIC 23
BANCK NUMBER 1
7 3 2 2
3 3 3 4 2 0 2
2 -2 1 6 2 2 2
GRAPHIC 24
BANCK NUMBER 1
7 3 2 2
3 3 3 4 2 0 2
2 2 5 2 0 0 2
STOP
GRAPHIC 25
BANCK NUMBER 1
7 3 2 2
3 -3 -3 10 4 3 3
3 -3 -6 13 5 4 4
GRAPHIC 26
BANCK NUMBER 1
7 3 2 2
3 -3 -3 10 4 3 3
3 3 0 7 4 3 0
4 -4 -4 11 4 4 3
3 -3 -7 14 5 5 4
GRAPHIC 27
BANCK NUMBER 1
7 3 2 2
3 3 3 4 2 0 2
2 2 5 2 0 0 2
STOP 2 0 0 2
2 2 7 0 0 0 0
GRAPHIC 28
BANCK NUMBER 1
7 3 2 2
3 3 3 4 2 0 2
2 2 5 2 0 0 2
STOP 2 0 0 2
2 -2 3 4 2 1 1
2??The units lost when appearing a series of 4 will be put in a bank of losses number 2,
they will be divided into 2, and we will attempt to recover them in 2 consecutive bets
with the appearance of a series of 3: when a series of 2 appears, we will play on the
appearance of a series of 3 and we will make the first bet on the continuation of the
series and the following on the break.
GRAPHIC 29
BANK OF LOSSES
9 5 4
5 5 5 4 4 0
4 4 4 0 0 0
they will be divided into 2, and we will attempt to recover them in 2 consecutive
bets with the appearance of a series of 4: when a series of 3 appears, we will play on
the appearance of a series of 4 and we will make the first bet on the continuation of
the series and the following on the break.
GRAPHIC 30
BANK OF LOSSES
14 7 7
14 7 7
7 7 7 7 7 0
7 7 7 0 0 0
Every bank of losses is totally independent of the other and has as objective to close its
own recovery. We recover the losses produced by a series with the appearance of an
immediately inferior one in the cases of the series of 4 and 5, and in the case of those of
3 we continue to make it with the groups of 2 consecutive series of 1 and 32 series of 2
1) RECOVERY WITH THE GROUPS OF SERIES OF 1 AND SERIES OF 2

(BANK OF LOSSES NUMBER 1).
With 49 valid groups we attempt to recover the losses produced by sixteen series of 3,
two of 6 , one of 7 and the ones produced by the 31 series higher to 2 when failing the
first recovery bet (increases in 1/2 the deficit).
2) RECOVERY WITH THE SERIES OF 3 (BANK NUMBER 2).
With 16 groups we attempt to recover the losses produced by eight series of 4, two of 6,
one of 7 and the ones produced by the thirty-two series of 2 when failing the first
recovery bet (increases in 1/2 the deficit).
With 8 valid groups we attempt to recover the losses produced by four series of 5, two
of 6, one of 7 and the ones produced by the sixteen series of 3 when failing the first
We have improved a lot but as it is not still enough, since we have a recovery bank
(number 1) which gives too many facilities to the BANK and in an really critical
situation it would take us beyond our initial limit. We know also, thanks to the
analysis of thousands of plays that, when a given phenomenon does not want to appear,
little can traditional methods do. We will put an example: we can have 0 in the banks
number 1 and 3 and an average deficit in the number 2. So we would only need a series
of 3 to cancel it (a series of 3 should appear regularly once every 15 plays, but we have
already seen that this theoretical interval can be multiplied by 5 in practice). In these
moments, during 50 plays, we see the appearance of a sequence (that it may be only
once in 1000 plays, but when it happens makes our method useless), with many series
of 1 and 2 chained with series of 4 and higher that make the deficit of bank number 2
quickly exceed our limit. Our predictions based on the calculation of probabilities will
be of no use.
How to solve the problem? The solution is given to us by chance itself: when a given
phenomenon does not appear, it means that others are appearing. When a series of 3
does not appear, others must appear (1, 2, 4, 5, etc.). This is the key to the problem, to
avoid that the absence of a given phenomenon should be solved with this same
phenomenon. If we can make the absence of a given phenomenon be solved, at least in
part, by 2 different ones, we will avoid in a 98% of occasions the collapse of the system.
We do not like using the term 100%, since we know that a situation which has not
appeared in 10000 plays can present itself in the least unexpected moment, but, when
we finish to explain the system, all the readers will have to agree with us that this is the
method that comes closer to the term "infallible", if it can not, in fact, be called this
way.
What it is certain is that you will be prepared to endure really critical situations that no
other method could resist, finally recovering all the losses and obtaining a yield more
than acceptable. To all this we have to add the fact that the investment of capital that
we need to put it into practice is really low.
How can we make the the absence of a phenomenon be solved by the appearance of
others opposed? When a recovery bet fails and it is equal or higher than 3 units, instead
of adding it completely to our own bank, it will be distributed into 3 banks.
Ex: We have in bank number 2 a deficit of 9 units ( there appear series of 2, of 4 and
higher and none of 3). The first recovery of 5 fails. Instead of adding it totally to bank
number 2 which would make a total of - 14, we divide it into 3 (2, 2 and 1). We add the
first 2 units to the previous 9 getting a total of 11, the 2 following units are added to
bank number 1 and the remaining unit in bank number 3. We are avoiding that the
absence of series of 3 increases the deficit in bank number 2 and at the same time we
may obtain a series of 4 or 2 series of 1 consecutive that make us reduce the deficit in
one or two thirds .
IMPORTANT: The division between the 3 banks only will be effected when it will be
the first recovery bet (column 1 of the banks 1, 2 i 3) and when we effect the only one
recovery of the column 3 of the bank number 1. Motive: When it is tried to the second
recovery, it will not alter the original deficit of this bank and there has not of altering the
deficit of the others banks.
GRAPHIC 31
PLAY R B BET RESULT PROFITS BANK 1 1 2 3 BANK 2 1 2 BANK 3 1 2
4 2 1 1 9 5 4 3 2 1
5 -5 6 2 2 2 11 6 5 4 2 2
GRAPHIC 32
4 2 1 1 9 5 4 3 2 1
5 5 4 2 1 1 4 4 0 3 2 1
4 -4 4 2 1 1 8 4 4 3 2 1
A very important detail, when the failed recovery bet is divided into 3, the first part is
added to corresponding bank, and the following two are added to the remaining banks
from left to right. This rule has an only exception when the deficit surpasses 15 units.
As a precaution against the persistence of the situation, we will add to this bank the
smaller part and the remaining two will be put in the same way from left to right in the
remaining banks.
GRAPHIC 33
19 7 6 6 6 3 3 3 2 1
7 -7 21 7 7 7 9 5 4 5 3 2
In the case of 2 banks exceeding 15 units, we will follow the priority from left to right
and the remaining quantity will be put in the last. And in the totally unlikely fact that 3
banks exceeded 15 units we will follow the initial procedure.
GRAPHIC 34
16 6 5 5 20 10 10 7 4 3
10 -10 19 7 6 6 23 12 11 11 6 5
We have of taking advantage also the greater appearance of the one phenomena and the
closes to zero or important decrease of the deficit of the corresponding bank, to get
lighter the deficit of the others 2 banks. We establish a maximum deficit and closing
figure for every one of the banks:
DEFICIT CLOSING
BANK NUMBER 1: 15 5
BANK NUMBER 2: 10 4
BANK NUMBER 3: 6 0
When one of the banks closes, if the others banks even or surpass the indicated figure,
their deficit will be divided with the bank that there has closed. We will put 3
examples:
BANK NUMBER 1 remain with an inferior deficit to 5 units. The bank number 2 super
10 units. The bank number 2 divides its deficit with the bank number 1.
DÉFICITS BEFORE DEFICITS AFTER
BANK NUMBER 1: 3 8
BANK NUMBER 2: 13 8
BANK NUMBER 3: 4 4
BANK NUMBER 2 remain with an inferior deficit to 4 units. The banks numbers 1 and
3 divide their deficit with the bank number 2.
DEFICITS BEFORE DEFICITS AFTER
BANK NUMBER 1: 17 11
BANK NUMBER 2: 3 10
BANK NUMBER 3 closes to 0. The bank number 2 divides his déficit with the bank
number 3
BANK NUMBER 1: 6 6
BANK NUMBER 2: 17 9
BANK NUMBER 3: 0 8
GRAPHIC 35
15 5 5 5 9 5 4 2 1 1
1 1 1 18 6 6 6 6 3 3 3 2 1
1 1 1 11 4 4 3 10 5 5 5 3 2
The balance between the different deficits is important so that the bets are not increased
quickly when one of the phenomena delays his appearance. For so much, always exist
the conditions of the values of LIMIT and CLOSE we can to do the operations
explained previously.
We will play as there were 3 different players, but mutually helping them in critical
situations. The first player attempts to obtain as net profits the chips produced by the
series of 2, the second player makes the same with the series of three and the third
player with the series of 4.
After an intermittence, in second. play we will play a first recovery bet of bank
number 1.
GRAPHIC 36
PLAY R B
BREAK
FIRST RECOVERY BET BANK NUMBER 1 ON THE BREAK OF THE SERIES (BLACK)
GRAPHIC 37
PLAY R B
SECOND RECOVERY BET OF BANK NUMBER 1 ON THE BREAK OF THE SERIES (RED)
GRAPHIC 38
PLAY R B
STOP. WE MUST WAIT A SERIES OF 2 (GRAPHIC 39)
When we have a series of 2, in the third play we will make 2 bets, 1 chip on the
break of the series, an only recovery bet of the column number 3 of the bank 1, and
at the same time a first recovery bet of bank number 2.
GRAPHIC 39
PLAY R B
1 CHIP ON THE BREAK (BLACK) AN ONLY RECOVERY BET OF THE COLUMN 3 OF

THE BANK 1 (BLACK) AND A FIRST RECOVERY BET OF BANK NUMBER 2 ON
THE CONTINUATION OF THE SERIES (RED)
When a series of 3 appears, in the fourth play we will make 3 different bets, 1 chip
on the intermittence, a second recovery bet of bank number 2 and the first recovery
bet of bank number 3.
GRAPHIC 40
PLAY R B
1 CHIP ON THE BREAK (BLACK), A SECOND RECOVERY BET OF BANK NUMBER 2

ON THE BREAK OF THE SERIES (BLACK), AND A FIRST RECOVERY BET OF BANK
CONTINUATION OF THE SERIES (RED)
When a series of 4 appears, in the fifth play we will make 2 bets, 1 chip on the
intermittence and the second recovery bet of bank number 3.
GRAPHIC 41
PLAY R B
1 CHIP ON THE BREAK (BLACK), AND A SECOND RECOVERY BET OF BANK

NUMBER 3
ON THE BREAK OF THE SERIES (BLACK)
As we can see, in 3 plays we will make opposed bets but we have to see the procedure
followed by each bank as a totally independent process that has an only purpose: to
obtain, on the one hand, a greater resistance against adverse situations and besides net
profits consisting in the sum of all the units bet on the break of the series of 2, of 3 and
of 4.
GRAPHIC 42
PLAY R B
STOP. WE MUST WAIT AN INTERMITTENCE (BREAK OF THE SERIES)
The real bet will be the result of adding or subtracting the different bets. It is easy to
understand that, unlike the previous method, in this we will normally have some
recoveries still to be closed, but it is also possible to close them all with a given
sequence (series in diminishing order: 4 - 3- 1 - 1 or other sequences that would leave
us a minimal deficit in some of the banks). The most remarkable fact is the calmness
that it gives us during the game and the great resistance that is obtained by having the
deficit divided into 3 and being able to ease the bank that causes us more problems.
The only defect of the system is its relative complexity as we have to make so many
operations in the same play, but this complexity reduces with practice. For all systems it
is advisable to make many tests before playing with real money, in this we emphasise
the importance of assimilating well the mechanism so that you make all the operations
in an automatic way and you can perfectly control the game
A last point: Appearance of the zero. Until the moment we thought unnecessary risking
to recover the losses produced by its appearance, but after all the tests made and relying
on the greater resistance that has the method, we will let it to the election of the player.
The procedure to follow when it appeared would be to divide the losses into 3 and add it
to the banks, but from right to left, because of the reason previously explained (ex:
BET: 8. LOSS: 4. ORDER: 1, 1, 2).
We will work on the sequence of the graphics 19 and 20, a very critical sequence, so
that the results can be compared and to demonstrate the theory explained so far.
GRAPHIC 43
BANK NUMBER 1 BANK NUMBER 2 BANK NUMBER 3 INTERMIT. REAL BET
PLAY BALL R B BET RS T B1 B2 B3 BET RS T B1 B2 BET RS T B1 B2 BET RS BET RS ZERO PROFITS
1 33
2 11
3 8 -1 1 1 0 0 1 -1 1 -1 -1
4 20 1 1 0 0 -1 1 1 0 1 -1 1 -1 -2
5 31 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 -1 1 1 0 1 -1 1 -1 -3
6 28 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 -3
7 11 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 -3
8 9 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 -3
9 18 1 -2 3 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 -2 -1 -5
10 10 1 1 2 1 1 0 1 -1 2 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 -4
11 21 1 1 1 1 0 0 2 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 -3
12 14 1 -1 2 1 1 0 2 1 1 1 1 0 1 -1 -4
13 25 -1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 -1 0 -4
14 4 3 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 -1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 -3
15 13 1 -1 4 2 1 1 0 0 0 2 1 1 1 -1 -4
16 24 1 -2 6 2 2 2 0 0 0 2 1 1 1 -1 2 -2 -6
17 8 6 2 2 2 -1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 -1 0 -6
18 32 6 2 2 2 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 2 2 -4
19 33 2 2 4 2 0 2 1 1 0 0 0 0 2 2 -2
20 35 2 -2 6 2 2 2 1 1 0 0 0 0 2 -2 -4
21 8 2 -3 9 3 3 3 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 -1 2 -2 -6
22 15 9 3 3 3 -1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 -1 1 -1 -7
23 31 9 3 3 3 1 1 0 -1 1 1 0 1 -1 1 -1 -8
24 23 9 3 3 3 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 -8
25 22 3 3 6 3 0 3 1 1 0 1 1 0 3 3 -5
26 14 3 -3 9 3 3 3 1 1 0 1 1 0 3 -3 -8
27 11 3 -2 11 4 4 3 1 0 1 1 0 -1 2 1 1 1 -1 3 -3 -11
28 30 11 4 4 3 1 1 0 0 0 1 -1 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 -10
29 25 4 -2 13 5 4 4 -1 1 1 0 -1 4 2 2 -4 -4 -14
30 2 4 4 9 5 4 0 1 -1 2 1 1 4 2 2 1 1 4 4 -10
31 5 5 5 4 4 0 0 2 1 1 4 2 2 5 5 -5
32 16 4 -4 8 3 3 2 2 1 1 4 2 2 4 -4 -9
33 27 2 -3 11 4 4 3 1 1 1 1 0 4 2 2 1 -1 2 -2 -11
34 21 11 4 4 3 1 -2 3 2 1 2 2 2 2 0 1 -1 0 0 -11
35 33 11 4 4 3 3 2 1 2 2 0 0 0 1 1 3 3 -8
36 36 4 4 7 4 0 3 3 2 1 0 0 0 4 4 -4
37 23 4 4 11 4 4 3 3 2 1 0 0 0 4 -4 -8
38 7 3 -4 13 5 4 4 2 1 2 1 1 -1 1 1 0 1 -1 2 -2 -10
39 11 13 5 4 4 1 1 1 1 0 1 -1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 -9
40 1 5 5 8 4 0 4 1 1 0 2 1 1 5 5 -4
GRAPHIC 44
41 30 4 -4 12 4 4 4 1 1 0 2 1 1 4 -4 -8
42 13 4 4 8 4 4 0 1 -1 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 4 4 -4
43 6 4 -2 10 4 3 3 -1 3 2 1 -1 3 2 1 4 -4 -8
44 31 3 -2 12 4 4 4 2 1 2 1 1 -1 4 2 2 1 -1 2 -2 -10
45 9 12 4 4 4 1 -1 3 2 1 2 -2 4 2 2 1 1 0 -10
46 13 4 4 8 4 0 4 3 2 1 4 2 2 4 4 -6
47 29 4 -4 12 4 4 4 3 2 1 4 2 2 4 -4 -10
48 27 4 4 8 4 4 0 2 -2 5 3 2 4 2 2 1 1 3 3 -7
49 32 4 -4 10 4 3 3 -1 6 3 3 -1 5 3 2 4 -4 -11
50 15 3 2 8 3 3 2 3 -2 7 4 3 -1 6 3 3 1 1 1 1 -10
51 14 3 3 5 2 2 1 7 4 3 6 3 3 3 3 -7
52 18 2 -2 7 3 2 2 7 4 3 6 3 3 2 -2 -9
53 23 2 -3 10 4 3 3 4 4 4 2 2 5 3 2 1 -1 1 1 -8
54 14 10 4 3 3 2 -3 7 4 3 3 3 2 2 0 1 -1 0 -8
55 36 10 4 3 3 7 4 3 2 -3 5 3 2 1 -1 3 -3 -11
56 1 10 4 3 3 7 4 3 5 3 2 0 -11
57 17 10 4 3 3 7 4 3 5 3 2 0 -11
58 29 4 -2 12 4 4 4 -1 8 4 4 -1 6 3 3 4 -4 -15
59 29 4 -3 15 5 5 5 4 3 5 3 2 -1 7 4 3 1 -1 1 -1 -16
60 13 15 5 5 5 3 -4 9 5 4 4 4 3 3 0 1 -1 0 -16
61 33 15 5 5 5 9 5 4 3 -4 7 4 3 1 -1 4 -4 -20
62 11 15 5 5 5 9 5 4 7 4 3 0 -20
63 4 5 5 10 5 0 5 9 5 4 7 4 3 5 5 -15
64 28 5 -5 15 5 5 5 9 5 4 7 4 3 5 -5 -20
65 21 5 2 12 4 4 4 5 -2 11 6 5 -1 8 4 4 1 1 1 1 -19
66 3 4 -2 14 5 5 4 -1 12 6 6 -1 9 5 4 4 -4 -23
67 24 4 2 12 4 4 4 6 -2 14 7 7 -2 11 6 5 1 1 1 -1 -24
68 7 4 4 8 4 0 4 14 7 7 11 6 5 4 4 -20
69 16 4 -4 12 4 4 4 14 7 7 11 6 5 4 -4 -24
70 8 4 2 10 4 3 3 7 -3 17 9 8 -2 13 7 6 1 1 2 -2 -26
71 20 4 -2 12 4 4 4 -1 18 9 9 -1 14 7 7 4 -4 -30
72 4 4 -3 15 5 5 5 9 8 10 5 5 -1 15 8 7 1 -1 4 4 -26
73 30 -3 18 6 6 6 5 3 7 4 3 8 -3 18 9 9 1 1 2 -2 -28
74 17 6 6 12 6 0 6 7 4 3 18 9 9 6 6 -22
75 32 6 6 6 0 0 6 7 4 3 18 9 9 6 6 -16
76 3 6 0 0 6 7 4 3 18 9 9 0 -16
77 5 6 -3 9 3 3 3 4 2 5 3 2 -2 20 10 10 1 -1 3 -3 -19
78 23 9 3 3 3 3 -4 9 5 4 10 10 10 10 0 1 -1 6 6 -13
79 24 9 3 3 3 9 5 4 10 10 0 0 0 1 1 11 11 -2
80
COMMENTARY ON THE SEQUENCE:
PLAYS 3, 4 and 5: We bet a chip on the intermittence and the losses go to the
respective banks. As there is no previous deficit, we make only one bet.
PLAYS 6, 7 and 8: No bet. We wait for the first intermittence, that happens in the
play number 8.
PLAY 9: We make the first recovery bet of bank number 1. It has previously
appeared a zero. We repeat the bet, we added a unit to the bank number 1, and we
reflect the loss in the PROFITS column.
PLAY 10: We have a series of 2. First recovery of the column 3 of the bank number
1. We also make the first recovery bet of bank number 2 on a series of 3 and we bet a
unit on the intermittence. In this case the real bet is 1.
PLAYS 11 and 12: Recovery in bank number 1
PLAY 13: Pay attention that the chip lost when playing on the intermittence is
added to the bank number 1.
PLAY 14: We have a series of 3. We make a second recovery of bank number 2,
the first recovery of bank number 3 and we bet a chip on the intermittence. The real bet
is the result of adding the chips bet on the intermittence and on the break of the series of
3 (bank number 2) minus the bet made on the continuation of the series (bank number
3).
PLAY 16: We effect the recovery bet of the column 3 of the bank number 1.
PLAY 17: We make the first recovery bet of bank number 3 and we bet a chip on
the intermittence. This lost chip goes to bank number 2.
PLAY 18: We make the second recovery bet of bank number 3 and we bet a chip on
the intermittence. The real bet is the sum of these two bets.
PLAY 20: We lose the second recovery bet of bank number 1.
PLAY 26: It has been lost the second recovery bet of the bank number 1 and it is equal
to 3 units. It is not distributed between 3 banks.
PLAY 29: It has been lost the first recovery bet of the bank number 1 and it is equal to
4 units. It is distributed between 3 banks.
PLAY 45: The bank 3 super the limit, bank 2 is under of the value of close. The
deficits are added and distributed. The same fact occurs in the plays 51 and 53.
PLAY 55: We have made a second recovery bet and it has failed. But we have also
lost the chip bet on the intermittence. Observe that the result is -3 and the deficit in this
bank goes from 2 to 5 units.
PLAY 73: We have closed the recovery in bank number 2 and we have a deficit
higher on 10 units (- 20) in bank number 3. We divide it with bank number 2, so that the
two banks have a deficit of 10 units. Bank number 1 continues unalterable.
PLAY 78: We effect a first recovery in the bank number. 3 and is winned At the
same time the chip bet to the intermittence and lost is added to the bank number 2.
PLAY 79: We effect the second recovery in the bank number 3 and is winned. None
of the banks 1 and 2 super theirs limits and continue inalterable.
We end the sequence with a deficit of - 2 chips. We still have to recover 9 units of the
bank number 1 and 9 of the bank number 2.. It would make a total of 16 chips that are
the 16 series of 2, 3 and 4 appeared.
This is a very unfavorable sequence for the system (with clear dominance of the large
series on the shorts) and no matter what it end with losses. What imports actually it is
to know how resisting it when is presented, for to can win after with the "normal"
sequences. Everybody knows to win in the favorable situations, but well few know to
make it in the unfavorable. At any rate we will present a short sequence of 40 spins
more current in the game table and we will see clearly which is the yield that can obtain
the system with alternated gambling (graphic 45).
COMPARISON WITH GRAPHICS 19 And 20:
GRAPHICS 19 And 20 GRAPHICS 43 And 44
MAXIMUM DEFICIT: - 172 - 30

MAXIMUM BET: 93 11
MAX. QUANTITY RISKED: 265 units 34 units.
GRAPHIC 45
1
2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1
4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
5 -1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 -1 1 -1 0
6 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1
7 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 2
8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2
9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 3
10 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3
11 -1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 -1 1 -1 2
12 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 3
13 1 -1 2 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 -1 2
14 -1 3 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 -1 1 -1 1
15 3 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 2
16 1 1 2 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 3
17 1 -1 3 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 -1 2
18 1 -2 5 2 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 -1 2 -2 0
19 5 2 1 1 -1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 -1 1 -1 -1
20 5 2 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0
21 2 -2 7 3 2 2 1 1 0 0 0 0 2 -2 -2
22 2 2 5 3 0 2 1 -1 2 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 2 2 0
23 3 -3 6 2 2 2 -1 3 2 1 -1 1 1 0 3 -3 -3
24 2 2 4 2 0 2 2 -2 5 3 2 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 -2
25 2 -2 6 2 2 2 5 3 2 1 1 0 2 -2 -4
26 2 1 5 3 2 0 3 -3 6 3 3 -1 2 1 1 1 1 0 -4
27 3 3 2 2 0 0 6 3 3 2 1 1 3 3 -1
28 2 -2 4 2 1 1 6 3 3 2 1 1 2 -2 -3
29 1 -2 6 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 0 2 1 1 1 -1 1 1 -2
30 6 2 2 2 3 3 0 0 0 1 -1 3 2 1 1 1 3 3 1
31 2 2 4 2 0 2 0 0 0 3 2 1 2 2 3
32 2 -2 6 2 2 2 0 0 0 3 2 1 2 -2 1
33 2 -3 9 3 3 3 0 0 0 3 2 1 1 -1 3 -3 -2
34 9 3 3 3 -1 1 1 0 2 2 1 1 0 1 -1 1 1 -1
35 9 3 3 3 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 2 2 1
36 3 3 6 3 0 3 1 1 0 0 0 0 3 3 4
37 3 3 3 0 0 3 1 1 0 0 0 0 3 3 7
38 3 0 0 3 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 7
39 3 3 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 4 4 11
40
GENERAL COMMENTS ON THE METHOD:
1) In alternation situations of all the series it will go on closing the different recoveries
and obtaining profits.
2) In critical situations it avoids the collapse by preventing the rapid increase of
problematic deficits by dividing the highest bets into the three banks and making that
always one of them closes the recovery.
3) The maximum risked quantity has been of 34 units. Normally we would begin the
game with 50 units, therefore, we would be yet far from the limit.
4) This sequence can appear but rarely. Normally, the game is very changing (with
alternation of all kinds of series) what has always made very difficult to apply an
effective method for all kinds of situations. And one must recall that at the end of 250
plays, the distribution of the series will have come closer to the one which we know as
ideal. Logically, after this sequence there will come another totally different that will
take us back to void deficits or totally non-existent and the profits will be put on the
same level with the total of similar series of 2, 3 and 4.
5) We achieve a great resistance to overcome the most adverse situations.
6) The necessary initial capital is low. With 50 chips we cover sufficiently any critical
situation.
7) The method gives a great confidence because we know that sooner or later we will
close some of the banks and if there is some indeed problematic one, we will be able to
ease it.
8) Our position is much more comfortable. Unlike before we do not have to rely on the
appearance of an only phenomenon to close the recovery. When this did not happen or
took much time it appear, we could ourselves compelled to abandon the game having
lost all the initial capital. Now we have 3 different options and each one collaborates
with the others.
9) The losses caused by the zero can be recovered. A possible option is to wait until
they add up to 3 units and to distribute them into 3 banks. There are other options, but
we leave them to the player’s imagination. The only thing will be to add a column next
to zero, in which we control the total of these losses.
PLAYS IN THOSE WHICH THE REAL BET IS ZERO:
ONLINE CASINO: We must of betting. We will play always a unit to the break of
the series. The chips wined go directly to profits. The lost chips will be put on the
bank 1 or 2 (the one which has a smaller deficit), never in bank 3.
Depending on the class of game, at the end of the session of 250 spins it can suppose
some profits of 40 chips more, but the risk is greater.
REAL ACTION: I advise not to bet, since the possibilities of success of the system
will be greater.
In any case the player can choose between not to bet (and take advantage to be relaxed)
or to follow the previous procedure.
THE THREE KEY FACTORS OF THE SUCCESS OF THE METHOD:
1) RECOVERY OF LOSSES BETWEEN 3 INDEPENDENT BANKS

2) DIVISION OF THE LOSSES SUPERIOR TO 3 UNITS BETWEEN 3 BANKS.
3) DECREASE OF THE DEFICITS MORE PROBLEMATIC WHEN A BANK
CLOSES TO ZERO OR REMAIN WITH A DEFICIT VERY LOW.
YIELD OF THE SYSTEM IN 250 PLAYS.
1) Not recovering the losses caused by the zero: 50 - 60 chips.

2) Recovering the losses caused by the zero: 55 - 65 chips.
AVERAGE YIELD OF THE SYSTEM: Between 0.20 and 0.30 chips per play.
In this method we can speak of team game but with only one player. The only defect it
has (the advantages we have already seen) is the great concentration that demands on
the player at all times, and the fact of having to make until four different operations.
Is there any form of simplifying the system? Yes, and we present it below:
The situation is complicated much when the deficits of the banks are very high.
Then it is very difficult to control the nerves (we are losing) and to accomplish all
the necessary operations in each spin. There is a way yet simpler and intelligent of
play, to divide the session in games shorter using the following parameters:
PROFITS TO OBTAIN: +5 +10

INITIAL CAPITAL: 5 +10
We will stop the game and we will return to begin it with the banks to ZERO
when:
Profits + following bet >= PROFITS TO OBTAIN (The profits obtained until
the moment, plus the bet that we would have of effecting to the following play
surpass 5 or 10 units).
Risky capital + following bet >= INITIAL CAPITAL (The losses plus the bet
that we would effect in the following play surpass 5 or 10 units).
These conditions will be performed every 20 - 60 spins. In a session of 250 we will

play an average of 4 - 8 games. The final balance will be favourable, at all times
we will control the possible losses and we will be able to stop the game when we
want.
TOTAL CAPITAL: 25 - 50 chips (necessary to confront the total of 250 spins).
Playing in this way we obtained:
1) To avoid totally the nerves since NEVER we will have of confront large
recoveries.
2) The operations between banks will be minimal and will be able to do them with
much easiness.
3) The bets will be ALWAYS small.
4) When we added the loss produced by the zero to the deficits it will not alter
them too.
5) We will can to abandon the game if the total Profits arrive to a given figure
(example: +20 - +40).
Test the program (two options) with these parameters and you will see how always
at the end of 250 spins the balance is favourable.
Playing in this way the game is simplified much. In any case we believe that is worth
the trouble to make many tests until perfectly assimilating the mechanism, obtaining the
necessary agility. Roulette players know that a method that guarantees such a high
percentage of success in ALL the situations could not have a relatively easy application.
If someone believes that its application is too complex, he always has simpler options
previously explained in these pages, but they will not guarantee the same results. We
limit ourselves to explain how to play in the most intelligent possible way and we
wanted to demonstrate than the set phrase heard so many times since this game was
invented - THE BANK ALWAYS WINS - is not true.
How TO PICK ROULETTE NUMBERS
First of all I have my own Casino wheel and I test plays on it everyday for
hours. Doc, there is no system. Roulette is beat by playing a good betting
pattern. You know that number will hit, you just have to play in a way that you
will get a hit and profit from that hit without going over the limits of the
house.They say wait for this and that then play Red Even and after 2 times play
Black Odd. Then the last line will be if you hit all that you will be EVEN!!!
Forget the Even bets. The only way to play is 35:1. That is the downfall of
Roulette. If you place just 1 chip on a number, you have 35 times to hit it or
break even. Now if you do not hit it you can raise the bet and subtract 35 from
70 and that leaves 35 so divide that by 2 and you get 17 more chances to hit and
still have your money back. You are now at 47 rolls. You can take it on and on
until it has to hit and still not be out a fortune.
If you want to make up a "system" or "smart play" Just use that theory. Now,
you don't want to break even so you do your raise a little earlier in the game.
How much would you make if you did 15 rolls with one chip and then raised to 2
chips and did 10 more. if you hit in 25 rolls you would make 35 chips profit.
Think of this. If I take my wheel, or play in a casino it always and I mean

always gets a repeat. Sometimes it is on the first roll and sometimes it is on
the 30, 40, 70, 80, but it always hits. If you believe in a system that you
place one chip on and somehow magically get hits wothout ever raising because it
is a system that someone discovered that a wheel can be outsmarted, then you
need to give up Roulette because I can tell you now it ain't gonna happen!
So, lets don't outsmart the wheel let's do something like this... Let's gamble!
Let's gamble that it is going to hit because it always does. Let's be prepared
to go that 100 rounds if we have to.
If you take your chip and place it on the number that the dealer just hit, and
follow him over and over until he has a "come back" you will bank if you bet
right. Work out your own play for as big of money as you can afford. If you play
1 chip for about 20 times, then raise to 2 for 10 times and 3 for 10 times and 4
for 10 times and 5 for 10 times that's 60 rolls!!!! If you hit you get a profit.
if you are playing for $5 and advance to $25 you kill. Everytime I give someone
a system to play they get scared to death when they miss for 30 or 40 times.
They quit the play and write me back and tell me about the hits they got in 15-
25 rolls and then say lost $125 on roll 45. I play these games at the Casino and
at home and I never loose. I stack it until it hits!! Try this play following
the dealer and see how long it takes for a comeback. Setup your betting plan as
needed.
Here's the other way to play. Pick a number, or as many as 4 numbers at once.
Play these numbers exactly like you play the dealer number. When you get a hit
drop off one of the 4 numbers. You will see that you will hit and you will make
at least 125---175 chips everytime you play. Take a calulator and write down at
what point you got your hit on one of the 4 numers. You can then check your play
and see how much you won by hitting at that certain time.
file:///D|/Systems/HOW%20TO%20WIN%20AT%20ROULETTE%20ON%20THE%20INTERNET.htm
Before actually attempting this method, I suggest you practice with the gaming software
available on the web. Look here for links to online gaming companies each has free
software). And remember, it's called GAMBLING for a reason. There is no foolproof
system for winning at any form of gambling. I take no responsibility for any losses you
encounter. This method is incredibly simple and can be used in many different ways. I
will give you the basics. You need to have at least 128 times the amount you wish to
bet. You must bet on a 1:1 odds section (red or black,
even or odd, 1-18 or 19-36). You bet the same amount each time, unless you lose. You
alternate your bet (red one time, black the next, then red again, then black, and etc.)
The best way to understand is by example: Let’s say you have $128. You bet $1 on
black, and win.
Great! Now, bet another dollar on red. You lose. So, bet $1 on black. You lose. Bet $2 on
red. You lose. Bet $4 on black. You lose. Bet $8 on red. You lose. Bet $16 on black. You
lose. Bet $32 on black. You lose. Bet $64 on red. You lose. Only then will you lose your
money. Look at these
figures: AMT bet What you still have Odds of this happening
$1 127 1 IN 2
$1 126 1 IN 4
$2 124 1 IN 8
$4 120 1 IN 16
$8 112 1 IN 32
$16 96 1 IN 64
$32 64 1 IN 128
$64 0 1 IN 256
After you win your money back or win a dollar, start over at betting a dollar. Rarely see
this system lose more than 5 times in a row. The chances of you losing all of your
money are 1 in
256. Those odds improve for you if you have even more than 128 times the amount you
want to bet. The key to this system is caution. It might take you awhile to make money,
but since this is intended for internet gaming, you've got all the time in the world! In the
worst case scenario you might make $1 every few minutes (in my experiences). If you
think you might lose all your money, just quit. I wouldn't follow the system to my last
dollar. You will quickly regain what you lose.
This system is more of a job than a pastime. Set a goal for yourself. Would you like to
make an extra $10a day? Then do it. Don't sit down thinking you're going to make a
thousand dollars a session (Yes, it could happen). That's how you lose money.
file:///D|/Systems/HOW%20TO%20WIN%20AT%20ROULETTE%20ON%20THE%20INTERNET.htm (1 of 2) [7/9/2002 8:47:23 AM]

file:///D|/Systems/HOW%20TO%20WIN%20AT%20ROULETTE%20ON%20THE%20INTERNET.htm
However, the more money you have to back up your bet, the more you can bet. If you
have $640, you can bet $5 a time. Two winning bets would give you $10. In an hour, I
could easily clear $300 profit using this system. But, why am I trying to make money on
the Internet? It's just a great backup plan!
Another thing: Whenever you double the money you start your account with, withdraw
half that amount. If you do lose money, it will make you feel better knowing you did not
actually lose any of your own!
file:///D|/Systems/HOW%20TO%20WIN%20AT%20ROULETTE%20ON%20THE%20INTERNET.htm (2 of 2) [7/9/2002 8:47:23 AM]

Hunter roulette system

Introduction
The main idea in this system is to arrive in the casino, win big amounts of money in a
short time and leave the casino fast. It is a known fact that when a player wins a lot in a
roulette wheel and stays long time in that wheel, he will be a center of attention to the
casino personnel and that is no good for the player. Never is recomended to stay a long
time winning in a roulette wheel, it’s much better to have lots of short wins that one big
and long win.
Bet selection
It is a fact that in a cycle of 37 spins, some numbers will not appear at all (13,43 on
average), some numbers will appear one time (13,8 on average), and the rest of the
numbers will appear more than one time.
You will be betting on those numbers that hit two times in a period (historical) of the last
30 spins. Also you can use a historical of 15 spins if you want.
Personally I prefer a historical of 30 spins.
You will need to take note of the last 30/15 numbers in order to be able to make the bet
selection.
Attacking
When you find the first repetition within the historical, you start betting with one unit that
number that has repeated two times.
You go on betting that number until it hits or you have a new repetition in the historical. In
this case you bet the first and the new number, each of them with 2 units. If you have
file:///D|/Systems/HUNTER%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEM.htm (1 of 4) [7/21/2002 11:52:24 AM]

another new number, you bet the first, second and the last new number, each of them
with 3 units.
Every time you have a new repetition, you increase the bet by one unit.
Total numbers to bet Bet per number

1 1
2 2
3 3
4 4
5 5
6 6
.... ....
You go on betting until you have the first hit. Never stop betting before you have the first
hit. Each time when you start the session, it has to be finished with a hit, always!
When you have the first hit, if you have profits or not, stop betting and start a new
session. If you don’t have profits you can move to another wheel.
On average you will have profits in 82% of the session. The rest of the sessions you will
suffer small loses.
Money management
• Never bet the money you won in the casino, this way you don’t lose all your initial
bankroll if you had at least one session won.
• You will use two bankrolls:

a) The initial bankroll: the money you bring to the casino. With this bankroll you will
play all the sessions.
b) The bankstack: the money you won in the casino. Don’t use this money to play.
• REMEMBER: Never stop a session without a hit. Each time when you start the
session, it has to be finished with a hit, always!
This is the main mistake you can do when playing this system.
Bankroll

The initial bankroll you need is between 300 to 800 units.

For more safety I recomend 800 units.
Examples
Spin Number Numbers to bet Bet per number Result
1 15
2 32
3 18
4 24
5 8
6 33
7 32
8 29 32 1 -
1
9 33 32 1 -
2
10 10 32,33 2 -
6
11 11 32,33 2 -
10
12 18 32,33 2 -
14
13 22 32,33,18 3 -
23
14 7 32,33,18 3 -
32
15 24 32,33,18 3 -
41
16 24 32,33,18,24 4
+87


file:///D|/Systems/INCREASE%20YOUR%20WINNINGS%20AT%20ROULETTE.htm
With a fair and balanced roulette wheel, it is safe to assume that at any given time,
all numbers will come up in equal proportion. Let's see whether we can use this
fact to our advantage with the 12 number combination bets. While you are playing,
try to make note of any combinations that do not come up for at least five spins.
Then try wagering on them using the following sequence: 1 chip, 2, 3, then 5. If the
combination doesn't hit in that time, just forget it, but most of the time, it will come
up. A win at any level insures a profit with odds of 2 to 1.
file:///D|/Systems/INCREASE%20YOUR%20WINNINGS%20AT%20ROULETTE.htm [7/21/2002 11:52:56 AM]

Infernals Finals
INFERNALS FINALS
By Caloutez
I) INTRODUCTION
The Main reason I have created this system, is to enter JeffD’s contest.
Since I was the one who kind of criticized is deadline for the contest, I felt I
should enter it.
This system has been designed for EUROPEAN ROULETTE or SINGLE ZERO
ROULETTE, and before you read it any further, let me give you a few warnings.
First of all, this system has not been tested thoroughly, I had good sessions with
it, but also bad sessions, so I guess it is neither the Holy grail nor a 100 %
winning system, it is just another way of playing, of course do not blame me if
you lose…because you will eventually…My second warning, there is no such
thing as safe gambling, once your money is on the table and wagered, you might
never see the color of it again.
One of the other reason I am submitting this system, is because I believe there is
much more to it, and who knows, someone might come up with an excellent
modification.
And the last reason I can think of for now, is I would really like to know how
many spins it can last before JeffD classifies it as a losing system, I am sort of
taking advantage of his testing abilities, because I believe he can test the system
faster than I ever could using is excel knowledge.
file:///D|/Systems/infernals_finals.htm (1 of 10) [7/21/2002 11:53:07 AM]

Infernals Finals
II) BASICS
The system is very simple in essence, but it can get tricky. What we are betting on
are repeats, but not outside repeats, but inside repeats, but not straight up numbers
repeats but “Finals” repeats.
III) FINALS
What the heck is that you may ask yourself?

Well it is quite simple, a final in this case is the last digit of a two digits number,
or the digit itself of a single digit number.
Example:
The final of 23 is 3.
And so on.
Quite simple isn’t it?

If we categorize the finals according to the 37 numbers of the wheel, we would
get this.
FINALS ARE

Infernals Finals
0 10 20 30 0
1 11 21 31 1
2 12 22 32 2
3 13 23 33 3
4 14 24 34 4
5 15 25 35 5
6 16 26 36 6
7 17 27 7
8 18 28 8
9 19 29 9
At first view, we conclude that there are a total of 10 different finals, or unique
finals.
At second view, we notice that the last three finals (7-8-9) are only made up of
groups of three numbers unlike the rest of the finals (0-1-2-3-4-5-6) whom are
made of groups of four numbers. And it is important to REMEMBER that we
have two distinctive groups of finals:
Four numbers group: (0-1-2-3-4-5-6)
Three numbers group: (7-8-9)
IV) THE SYSTEM
You are looking to bet on the last 4 different finals that came up, obviously you
need to chart a table (Or alternatively, if your casino has electronic scoreboards,
then it is much quicker, just look for the last 4 different finals), as soon as you
have identified 4 different finals you bet on them, if one repeats, it’s a win. If
none repeat it is a lost, and again you would look for the last 4 different finals
including the last one that came up.
I think an example will explain it well, but lets forget about electronic
scoreboards, and assume you have to collect the spins yourself:
Example:

Infernals Finals
You seat at a table and you chart.

SPIN 1 2 3 4
12 29 28 26
At this stage you notice 4 different finals: 2-9-8-6
You bet on them.
SPIN 5
34
You lose on this spin, which is 34 or final 4.
Now you have

SPIN 1 2 3 4 5
12 29 28 26 34
Again you look for the last 4 different finals.
In this case we have 9-8-6-4
You bet on them
SPIN 6
35
Again you lose on this spin, which is 35 or final 5.
Now you have

SPIN 1 2 3 4 5 6
12 29 28 26 34 35
You bet on them
SPIN 7
26
You win on this spin, which is 26 or final 6.

Infernals Finals
Now you have

SPIN 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
12 29 28 26 34 35 26
You bet on them
SPIN 8
34
You win on this spin, which is 34 or final 4.
And so it goes
You always look for the last 4 different finals; sometimes you have to look way
behind for the 4th one.
Example:
SPIN 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
17 3 1 22 32 21 23 31 12
Here the number 17 or final 7 is way behind, but it is part of the last 4 different
finals.
Now the tricky part, sometimes you would have 4 different finals made up of
group of four numbers, sometimes you may have only 1 group of four numbers
and 3 groups of three numbers.
So obviously sometimes you will bet on more numbers, and sometimes on less
numbers, which will affect your wins and loses.
Here is a table so you can track easily you loses and wins depending on how
many numbers you are betting:
BET WIN BET LOSE BET COMPOSITION

13 3334
NUMBERS 23 13

Infernals Finals
14 3344
NUMBERS 22 14
15 3444
NUMBERS 21 15
16 4444
NUMBERS 20 16
“Composition” in the table, means the composition of the 4 different finals.
Example:
If you play on these 4 different finals:

7-8-9-1 you are playing 13 numbers:
7-17-27-8-18-28-9-19-29-1-11-21-31
So it is a 3-3-3-4 composition.
If you play on these 4 different finals:

2-4-6-3 you are playing 16 numbers:
2-12-22-32-4-14-24-34-6-16-26-36-3-13-23-33
So it is a 4-4-4-4 composition.
V) THE BANKROLL
As stated per JeffD’s rules of the contest, Bankroll for each system will be set at
200 units.
We need 192 units which is 12 times the maximum lost per spin (16 units)
A session will be of 37 spins, starting from the first number you collect.
You play until you reach 37 spins, if you lose your entire bankroll (192 units)
before, or have not got enough to bet on the last 4 different finals obviously you

Infernals Finals
would stop. It is a losing session.
VI) THE GOAL
The goal is to make a profit, unfortunately it will depend of the numbers of

repeating finals, the more the last 4 finals repeat, the better your chance of doing
a profit, but I have to admit I had some bad sessions, but overall I was ahead, but
not by much. But it was not tested enough as I said before, so I am not doing any
claim about it, and I think it is not the one yet.
VI) MODIFICATION
I think they would be many variations to try, but one I would like to consider, is
reducing the session from 37 spins to perhaps 10 spins more or less, I think it
could considerably change the outcome, unfortunately there are so many
variations possible, it is not feasible for me to test and try them all.
VII) DONATION
If it works out well for you, any donation will be appreciated, please send me an
email for my mailing address, roulette@lasvegascenter
Somehow I have the feeling this will not happen.

Infernals Finals
VIII) REAL EXAMPLE
CASINO: Spielbank Hamburg

DATE: 8/1/2002 SESSION: 1
SPIN NUMBERS WIN/LOSE TOTAL
1 31
2 0
3 1
4 12
5 0
6 27
7 27 +21 +21
8 35 -15 +6
9 17 +21 +27
10 24 -15 +12
11 35 +21 +33
12 36 -15 +18
13 25 +21 +39
14 12 -15 +24
15 29 -16 +8
16 4 -15 -7
17 32 +21 +14
18 18 -15 -1

Infernals Finals
19 30 -14 -15
20 14 +21 +6
21 21 -15 -9
22 21 +21 +12
23 19 -15 -3
24 13 -15 -18
25 8 -15 -33
26 1 +22 -11
27 33 +22 +11
28 2 -14 -3
29 22 +21 +18
30 26 -15 +3
31 19 -16 -13
32 28 -15 -28
33 3 +22 -6
34 10 -14 -20
35 25 -14 -34
36 8 +21 -13
37 33 +21 +8
RESULT FOR THIS SESSION +8
IX) RUN SHEET
CASINO:
DATE: SESSION:
SPIN NUMBERS WIN/LOSE TOTAL
1
2
3
4
5
6

Infernals Finals
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
RESULT FOR THIS SESSION

INSIDE BETTING PLAY
START THE DAY OF with this play...first bet is always last color spun
bet $25 win
bet $25 win. $50 win START AGAIN
Now same bet $25 win

next bet $25 lose STOP: EQUAL start again
Next bet $25 lose

Next bet $30 win: STOP. WON $5 START OVER.
next bet $25 lose

next bet $30 lose
Now we hit the inside numbers, $5 PER NUMBER,
0,1,2,6,9,12 13,14,15,16,17,23 26,29,31,32,33,34 WITH ONE SPIN.
WIN RESULT $180= YOUR LOSS $55 PLUS $35 PROFIT IN ONE SPIN.
Now start over again.
For double zero wheels use these numbers,
0,5,7,8,9,10,13,14,16,17,19,21,25,28,29,31,32,34
file:///D|/Systems/INSIDE%20BETTING%20PLAY.htm [7/21/2002 11:53:23 AM]

file:///D|/Systems/Inside%20Numbers.htm
INTRODUCTION
First of all let me thank you for purchasing what I hope will be a very fun and profitable roulette
system. My name is J.L. , and I have spent many years working in the financial industry. There is
nothing I enjoy more than helping people make profitable financial decisions. I believe that one
must take calculated risks to get the kind of returns that we all strive for. So I guess it should
come as no surprise when I tell you that I also love the excitement of the Casino. There is no
better feeling than hitting that jackpot or making that winning wager.
Being an analytical person, the thing that always frustrated me about going to the Casino was that
I could never find a "winning" strategy. You know, a system that you know when you go into a
casino you can use the system and not just hand over your money to the casino. Oh, I have tried
most of the so called "guaranteed' systems. I have gone from slots to black jack to craps, but I
could never find that system that I could really put my faith, and my money in. That is until I
became a regular at the roulette table. Here is where I found a system that I felt so confident about
, I decided to offer it to others who were just like me. Regular people who were looking for that
edge to make their trips to the casino something to remember.
I have never been employed by a casino, nor do I have any "inside" information. Everything that I
present here to you is the result of hours research and practical experience. I, along with two of
my associates have made countless trips to different casinos to try and perfect this system. This
system is very elementary. That is what makes it so effective. There are no elaborate schemes to
remember, and you don't have to be a genius or have a steel trap memory to put this system to
work for you. Good luck and have fun.
THE SYSTEM
The system is titled the "The Inside Way" because it focuses solely on playing the inside
numbers. I believe that is where the greatest success and the greatest payoff is. If you are like me
you have read about all the "winning" roulette systems that are out there. Everything from biased
wheels, to probability statistics, to random number selection has been promoted as the key to
unlock the roulette wheel. Let me first say that there is no system that will ever be the perfect
match for the roulette wheel. They all have flaws. Some more so than others. What I have done is
take a few principles from some of the theories that I feel to be valid and integrated those with
what I have learned from my own personal experiences at the wheel.
The first thing that you must understand is where the numbers are on the wheel. This is the
foundation to be able to successfully use this system. You may want to take a look at a wheel just
to get a mental picture of how the numbers are displayed on the wheel. One of the biggest
mistakes I see people making when playing roulette is randomly throwing countless numbers of
chips across the board with no apparent reasoning as to why they are putting them where they do.
Because roulette wheels in the U.S. have 38 possibilities, (36 numbers with 0 and 00) the
probability of picking the one number that will come up is not very good. This is where my first
principle comes into play. By splitting the wheel up into sections, you can substantially improve
your chances of winning by reducing the odds.
For this system I have divided the board into six adjoining sections. The first section starts with
file:///D|/Systems/Inside%20Numbers.htm (1 of 5) [7/21/2002 11:53:45 AM]

the number 2 and ends with the number 16. (2,14,35,23,4,16) The second section starts with the
number 33 and ends with the number 19. (33,21,6,18,31,19) The third section starts with the
number 8 and ends with the number 27. (8,12,29,25,10,27) The fourth section starts with the
number 1 and ends with the number 15. (1,13,36,24,3,15) The fifth sections begins with the
number 34 and ends with the number 20. (34,22,5,17,32,20) The sixth and final section begins
with the number 7 and ends with the number 28. (7,11,30,26,9,28) I have intentionally left out the
0 and 00. This is more of a personal preference than anything, but it allows me to operate with six
even sections. To make the sections easier to visualize I have provided a matrix (Appendix 1- see
below) that I use when I visit the casino. I suggest you copy this matrix onto a small card ( I use a
business card) to take with you when you go to the casino. So if you start at the number 2 on the
wheel and go clockwise your matrix should coincide (from left to right) with the wheel. By using
the matrix you don't have to memorize the exact wheel layout, you just have to be able to use the
matrix.
Now that you have the tools you will need I will now begin to explain the system. As I state
above, it is very hard to predict with any accuracy exactly what number will come up next on the
wheel. By dividing the wheel into six parts we can play number combinations in such a way to
allow us to win every time a number in our zone comes up. We don't therefore have to be exact,
we just have to try to isolate zones on the wheel. Going back to our matrix you can begin to see
how our system will work. The matrix is dividing into six sections with six numbers in each
section. After testing the system for some time, I realized that it was much easier and more
profitable to play five numbers at a time. Five is also the maximum number of spins we will play
any "zone" without having a winner. Now on to the system.
I have already mentioned that I have taken certain parts of theories that I believe to have some
validity. On the theory of biased wheels, I do believe that certain wheels have a tendency to
produce more numbers from certain "zones." Before beginning play on any wheel, we will always
look at past performance of that wheel to determine what zone we will begin in. If this is the first
time you have seen the particular wheel, you will have to review 10 or 15 prior spins to try and get
some sort of feel for the wheel. This is in no way perfect, but it beats starting with no frame of
reference. Assuming we have never played this wheel before, we will be looking for a pattern in
those 10 to 15 prior spins that we review before we start play. For instance, lets assume that the 10
prior spins have come up as follows : 26,2,5,17,25,17,20,18,22,9. The most obvious pattern is two
17's. However, if we look at our matrix we will also notice that 5,20, and 22 are also on the same
line of our matrix as 17. In other words this "zone" on the wheel seems to come up more than any
others. We have now identified our first "zone." Remember that I said I used five numbers and not
six so you will need to use five adjoining numbers in the "zone" to begin play. I purposely used
these numbers because my most effective zone has been 22,5,17,32,20. This is just a coincidence
for me, so don't think you need to play this zone. Also note that you need not stay within the six
sections as long as you are playing adjoining numbers. For instance, in the previous example if
you felt you wanted the number 7 in your zone and not 22, just because 7 falls in the sixth section
on the matrix doesn't preclude it from being in your zone. In the beginning it just reduces your

thinking time to pick five consecutive numbers from one of the six sections you have in front of
you. Anyway, with the 7 added and the 22 dropped your zone would now be 5,17,32,20,7.
By now you will begin to see the pattern you we will be using to produce more consistent
winners. Now to begin play. After you have identified your "zone" place equal bets on all five
numbers in your zone. You will repeat this bet for five spins until you have a winner. If after five
spins you have not won, take a look at the last five spins and reevaluate your zone. Never play the
same zone more than five losing spins. If I have a winner on any of the first five spins, I
double(increase) my bet and continue to play the same zone. So if I win on the second spin, I
double(increase) my bet and play at least the next five spins, assuming I lose the next five spins. If
I have a winner in the next five spins I double(increase) my bet again and play at least the next
five spins. After this third round win or lose I normally reevaluate my zone and begin again with
my initial bet. The only time I don't do this is if my zone is extremely hot and I feel the best move
for me is to stay where I am and continue to press my bets.
Now let's take a minute and recap what we have so far. After identifying our zone, we place our
bets on at least five consecutive spins. If we have no winners, we chose another zone and begin
betting again. If we have a winner on any of the first five spins, we increase our bet in the same
zone and start the five spin count again. We do the same thing until we have a third winner in the
same zone or lose after five spins. Either way after the third round win or lose we will reevaluate
our zone. It may be that we have had three winners on say five spins and see no reason to change
zones until we have had five losers in a row. Again, the two things we are trying to accomplish is
finding "hot zones" on the wheel and using adjoining numbers to create an advantage by
increasing the odds at least one of our numbers will come up.
Now let's look at an hypothetical trip to the roulette wheel. Let's assume as in the example above I
have never played this wheel and look at the prior ten spins before I begin play. Let's assume the
same ten numbers as above: 26,2,5,17,25,17,20,18,22,9. Let's also assume that we have decided to
use the same zone: 22,5,17,32,20. Because I am not sure about the wheel I start on a .50 cent table
and place my chips on the five numbers in my zone. The first spin is 15, no winner, The second
spin is 24, no winner, The third spin is 20, our first winner. At this point I start my five spin count
again and increase my bets to $1. The first, second and third spins are 11,2, and 00, all losers. The
fourth spin is 17, my second winner. At this point I would again begin my five spin count and
press my bets to say $2. In this example I would probably adjust my zone and go back to my
initial .50 bet after this round regardless of whether I won or lost because I probably wouldn't feel
that confident about continuing to press in this zone. After the third round you will probably be
able to see certain patterns develop and be able to adjust your zone accordingly.
I think it is important to make a couple of points here. As I stated earlier, the system is designed to
be simple and user friendly. It doesn't matter if you are just looking for a little fun or are looking
to make some serious money, the system can be adapted to fit your betting habits. If you just want
to play the zones and never increase your bets , that is fine. If , however , you get on a hot streak
and think you can make a bundle by continuing to press your bets , then you can still use the
system to produce more winners. The important thing to remember about the system is the theory

behind it. Always look for zones on certain wheels that you think will consistently produce more
winners, and play these zones to increase the probability that one of your numbers will come up.
Remember, you are creating a block of numbers on the wheel so that you only have to be close
not exact.
This system is designed to provide a foundation that roulette players can build on. The system is
not meant to be absolute. I have taken the system and played many different variations on
different days at different casinos. For example, assume you are at a wheel that is consistently
producing three numbers in your zone but for some reason does not produce the two remaining
numbers in zone. Although I don't suggest creating "gaps" in your zones, if you feel confident and
want to increase your bets on just those three numbers in your zone than by all means do so. Just
realize that if those three numbers are not side by side your are leaving holes in your zone. There
are many other variations that can be played using my system and I am currently working on more
publications that extend this system even further. For now I suggest you begin to use the
principles on a limited basis until you feel comfortable with the system and confident you can
win.
BONUS SECTION : "SUICIDE ROULETTE"
This "Bonus Section" is intended for the gambler looking to make a few large hits in a very short
period of time. This system is based on the original "Inside Way" but is recommended for the
more serious player as it involves more risk and therefore the potential for more reward. This
system is called "Suicide Roulette" because it involves increasing bets after every losing hand.
We will always start with one hundred chips, whether they be $1, $5, or $25 chips. We will
increase our bets after every losing spin so that if we did not win any spins our chip outlay would
look like this.
# of chips per selection # of selections chips used
1 5 5
1 5 5
2 5 10
2 5 10
3 5 15
3 5 15
4 5 20
4 5 20
We will again be using the five number adjoining zone just as we used in the "Inside Way." Only
this time we WILL NOT change our zone . We will quit after we have gone through an entire
round of 100 chips with no winners . Let's assume the same zone as above : 22,5,17,32,20. We
would start with one chip on all five numbers. If we don't have a winner we would again bet one
chip on all five numbers. If we have no winner on the second spin , the third spin we will increase
our bet to two chips on all five numbers for a total of ten chips. The table above will show how
the remainder of the bets are to be made. When we do have a winner we start back at the top of

the table with one chip on the same five numbers in the zone. the object is to hit as many spins
with 3 or 4 chips as possible. The game ends when you are satisfied with your winners or you
have gone through an entire one hundred chip cycle with no winners. again this system is
designed for the more serious player as you must be willing to lose one hundred chips if you have
no winners. I have found the payout using this system on a hot table can be great.
I hope that by now you are beginning to see how this system can produce consistent winners.
Remember the two things you are trying to accomplish. First of all you are trying to locate those
"hot zones" that you believe will produce the most winners. Secondly you are trying to bet these
zones in the most effective manner by choosing adjoining numbers in our zones. We are not just
picking winning numbers, but winning sections of the wheel. By doing this we are increasing the
odds in our favor. Also remember that it is not necessary to increase your bets with winning spins,
only do this if you can afford to do so, and you feel confident about the wheel you are playing. I
have won big very quickly with this system, but I have also lost. If you ever get on a wheel that
doesn't produce winners or have any type of pattern, get up and go somewhere else. Never stay on
a wheel with the thought that your luck might soon turn. Also, it is sometimes a good idea if you
go up big very fast, to take your profits and take a break. Sometimes winning can cause us to
become overconfident. I know this is the case with me.
The object of going to the casino should first and foremost be to have a good time. Of course, we
all want to win a lot of money, but that doesn't always happen. I sincerely believe that if you use
this system wisely you can greatly improve your chances of being one of those who takes the
casino's money home instead of vice versa. Always use common sense, and never bet more than
you can afford to lose. I hope "The Inside Way" becomes your way to winning roulette.
Thanks Again and Good Luck.
DISCLAIMER
Just as I can't share in your winnings when you hit that hot streak, likewise I can't be held
responsible for your loses. Every person is responsible for his or her own decisions. I have
provided a system that I believe will help you win more consistently at the roulette wheel.
However, I can not and do not guarantee that you will win anything with this system. Gambling
involves inherent risks. If the casinos didn't make money they would all shut down. The odds are
in their favor, I am just trying to help you level the playing field a little. Again, always use your
own best judgment and don't let anyone tell you what is best for you.
Appendix 1
2 14 35 23 4 16
33 21 6 18 31 19
8 12 29 25 10 27
1 13 36 24 3 15
34 22 5 17 32 20
7 11 30 26 9 28

file:///D|/Systems/JIM%20FOX%20Roullete%20Strategy.htm
#1 Roulette strategies were devised by studying several “expert” strategies

and modifying them just a little to get the best possible odds for success.
By success, I mean WIN - and WIN BIG! After practicing and applying my
strategy on my home computer roulette gam (and winning every single time) I
put it to the real test - a casino. Using Strategy #1, I started with $100,
bet $1 chips, and after 2 ½ hours, had doubled my money. Then I tried it
with $500 and used $5 chips. I again doubled my money in 2 ½ hours. That’s
$600 profit in 5 hours! I wish now, I had done it with $500 the first time
too. I’ve been using these strategies since the summer
of ‘96 and my results have been great. My win ratio on strategy #1 is almost
95% and on strategy # 2 it is about 90%. Just remember my guidelines on
”greediness” and you’ll do great!
So, you may be wondering why I would tell you my secret. Well, hey; it’s not
going to stop me from winning! It will probably only keep the casinos from
making so much - so why not spread it around? Good luck.
STRATEGY #1
Follow these steps exactly and you WILL win money.
Examples will follow the
instructions.
1. Only bet on RED or BLACK and ODD and EVEN. That

means pick a color and
only bet that color THE ENTIRE TIME; NO MATTER WHAT
HAPPENS. Betting on odd
or even will change depending on what happens (more
details later). Forget
betting on numbers and everything else.
2. On your first bet, put 1 chip on your color and 1

chip on even or odd-
your choice.
3. Always bet on the opposite of what came up last

time on odd or even.
file:///D|/Systems/JIM%20FOX%20Roullete%20Strategy.htm (1 of 5) [7/8/2002 8:46:02 PM]

4. If you win the whole be (color right and odd or

even right) take your
winnings and start over with your original bet of 1
chip each.
5. If you win half the bet (color right, odd or even

wrong - or vice versa)
play with the winnings the dealer gives you and what’s
left on the table
(your still even). Put half on your color and half on
the opposite of what
just came up on odd or even.
6. If you lose the whole bet (lost all your chips) bet
double on the next
spin (remember to do the opposite on odd or even, so
you would be betting the
same thing you did before).
That’s all there is to it! Now, here are a few

examples.
BET SPIN
WINNINGS
_______________________________________________________
$1 Red $1 Even Red 27

$1 on red
($2 left on table)

$1 Red $1 Even Black 14
$1 on even
($2 on the table)

$1 Red $1 Odd 0 (hate that)
Nothing
$2 Red $2 Odd Red 21
$4
($8 on the table)


Nothing
Nothing
$4 Red $4 Even Red 36
$8
($16 on the table)

$1 Red $1 Odd Red 19
$2
($4 on the table)
You get the idea. If you had started this with $100
and played $1 chips like
I do, in just these 8 spins, you would have won $16. If
you started with $5
chips, you would have won $80. It may be slow sometime
s, but it works to
your favor (as long as you stick to the system).
_______________________________________________________
__
_______________________________________________________
__
STRATEGY #2
This second system is VERY simple. The way it works;

you win one chip for
every spin of the wheel (whether it be $1, $5, $25 or
$100- doesn’t matter)
you just have to have enough money to have enough chips
to double up plus one
when you lose. All you do is pick a color, red or
black to start on. Place
on chip on that color. Alternate back and forth
between red and black on
each spin. When you win, take your winnings and start
over with 1 chip.
When you lose, double up plus one on your next bet.

That means if you lose

on 1 chip, your next bet is 3 chips. All you have to
do is remember these
numbers: 1, 3, 7, 15, 31. I rarely go 31 unless I am
way ahead (and never
with $100 chips - I’m too chicken). This means you
will need $57 to play
with $1 chips, $285 to play with $5 chips, $1425 to
play with $25 chips and
$5700 to play with $100 chips. You will rarely get to
15 (hopefully) before
you win. If I am just getting started and I get to 15,
I figure I started on
the wrong color and I will start over with 1 chip and
work my way back up.
The good thing about this system is that it is easy and
it works - and you
make 1 chip for every spin of the wheel. When a 0 or
00 is hit, it is up to
you what to do. Sometimes I stick with the alternating
just like any other
loss and sometimes I stay on what I was on. Just
remember to bet red, black,
red, black whether you win or lose. And remember your
# of chips to bet.
This system has been my favorite since I started
using it because you
make money faster by doubling up plus one. The last
time I went to the
casino, I used $100 chips and never went past 7. The
most important part of
this system is to only stay for 20 spins (or less if
you get nervous) or
until you win after 20 spins (depending on where you
are when you win).
Just make one stack of 20 chips and take a break. DO NOT GET GREEDY! You
can always come back later and do it again. DO NOT
TEMPT THE ODDS! Sooner
or later weird stuff will happen. So get in, make your
20 chips and get out.

Go play some slots or blackjack and then come back and

do it again.
GOOD LUCK & WIN BIG!

JOES SYSTEM
I should post how I am playing, totally slipped my mind...
What I do is I flat bet until a win... once I achieve a win, then I bet the
amount I have lost up to that point, if I lose that, then I add it to the line
and then start to progress again.
EXAMPLE
L-L-L-L-W-L-L-L-W-W-W
-1-2-3-4-3 (play 3) lose -3 -3 now the first minus 3 is still goign up and down
with flat bets... -4-5-6-5 bet -5 win, -3 is left in the line and is cancelled
out in the next win.
It is totally based on winning streaks. You could hit a long losing streak and
make it all back in just a 2-win run. The problem is when a person hits W-L-W-L-
W-L, this just drives the bets up and up. But, combined with a good bet
selection, I believe a player could do very well.
A good way to choose bets is to list out all 3 even money bets and chart what is
happening with them. Keep track by numbers of how many times each has come up,
and you can also see the trends. Also keep track of ZZ and LL (switches and
streaks)
EXAMPLE CHART
Red/black ZZ/LL
1
1 1
2 2
3 1
4 2
2 3
As you can see, the numbers keep track of what is going on with the bets and
tell you info about the table. Bet when you see a trend going among the even
money bets such as lots of streaks or zig zags, that is a time to play them
until you hit 2-3 losses that are in W-L-W-L form, then you wait for another
opportunity.
I hope that in the month I test that I can stay under 400 units down draw and
make bets no bigger than 40 units, then I might have something to modify with.
Also, for the most part, 2 things almost always happen within the three even
money bets. One or two of them will continue to streak while also one or two of
them will continue to switch each spin, you can also keep track of this easily
through the ZZ and LL.
ALE-K presents:
(version 1.0)
Introduction
The K roulette system is the ONLY roulette system that can win in on-line casinos in the long run.
This system can win in real casinos in the long run too.
But first of all you have to learn the following very important concept: it is not easy to get an edge
and win in the long run, it’s a very difficult task and it will require a lot of patience and hard work.
Lets see some basic concepts:
The 95% of gamblers don’t lose because the zero or the double zero factor, they lose because the
asymmetrical runs of winning and loses.
The other 5% of gamblers lose in the long run because the influence of the zero and double zero.
Then there are two causes of loses:
- Primary cause: in the short run, the asymmetrical runs of winning and loses.
- Secondary cause: in the long run, the effect of zero and double zero.
In the random numbers created by a computer program, in the numbers of on-line casinos (100%
fair), and in the numbers of a 100% random wheel, there are always two laws:
- The law of the big numbers: all the numbers will hit equal times in the long run.
- The law of the uneven distribution (also called law of the third): this law is based on the fact that
during any 37-spin cycle, not all numbers will appear, but certainly over trials of millions of spins
all roulette numbers will even out. Some numbers will appear one time, some will appear two
times, and some will appear more that two times. Also some numbers will not appear at all.
On average, 1/3 of the numbers will not appear (13.43 numbers). Rarely (if ever) will all 37 numbers hit in
37 spins.
This law is a proven fact derived from millons of spins of a roulette wheel.
How we can beat on-line casinos?
The key to beat on-line casinos is to win the wagers with more units and to lose wagers with less
units.
The K roulette system not only will neutralize the house edge, it will gain an astounding advantage
over the house. No system can alter the simple fact that
over time, the player will lose relatively more bets than he wins. However,
if the average value of all the winning bets exceeds the average value
of the losing bets by a percentage greater than the house advantage, the
player will make money in spite of the fact that relatively the house won more bets
file:///D|/Systems/K-ROULETTE%20SYSTEM.htm (1 of 7) [7/9/2002 8:56:14 AM]

ALE-K presents:
than he did.
Bet selection
Although theoretically in the long run, in on-line casinos all bet selections should show the same
results, we can can take the following bet selections, leaving the choice for the player:
- Always bet the same: The advantage of this bet is that we will know easily if the casino is cheating,
applying the law of the big numbers.
- Follow the bet that hit more times: You will be betting the hottest wagers, the wager that hit more
times, leaving the ones that hit few times.
- Bet the wagers that hit less times: Hoping that all the wagers will follow the law of the big numbers,
you will be betting the sleppers, the wagers that didn’t hit for a while.
Don’t make other bet selection, it’s the best for us to make the selection simple and clear. In on-line
casinos with random numbers you can’t make an advantage over the house with bet selection, our edge
will be the money managemet combined with the attacking strategy.
Attacking
The following table shows the percentage of hits of a number in a number of spins. Example: if
you play 1 number for 5 spins, there is a probability of 12.82% that the number will hit at least one
time in 5 spins.
Number Spin 1 Spin 2 Spin 3 Spin 4 Spin 5

1 2.71% 5.35% 7.88% 10.38% 12.82%
2 5.39% 10.54% 15.39% 19.98% 24.28%
3 8.14% 15.59% 22.32% 28.76% 34.46%
4 10.79% 20.49% 29.00% 36.80% 43.53%
5 13.46% 25.29% 35.31% 44.06% 51.60%
Now, ask yoursef the following question:

In a random roulette wheel, what do you prefer to bet on, 1 number for 5 spins or 5 numbers for 1
spin ?
The answer is predictable (5 numbers for 1 spin):
If we bet 1 number for 5 spins, we have a chance of 12.82% of hitting between 5 spins at least one
time. But if you bet 5 numbers for 1 spins, we have a chance of 13.46% of hitting.
The same logic if we want to bet 3 numbers for 5 spins or 5 numbers for 3 spins.
Now, you see that for a bankroll of 15 units it’s always better if you bet 5 numbers for 3 spins,
rather than 3 numbers for 5 spins.
The same logic for a bankroll of 30 units, it’s always better to bet 30 different numbers for 1 spins
(81.14% chances of hitting), rather than 1 number for 30 spins (56.04% chances of hitting).
The K roulette system is designed for betting 18 numbers or more. It’s always better to bet more

ALE-K presents:
than 18 numbers. I prefer betting on 30 numbers.

We will be betting on lines or streets, depending on the total of numbers we decide to bet. If you
chose for example 30 numbers, always bet 5 lines rather than 10 streets.
Also, it is better to bet more numbers because the losing streaks are fewer and shorter.
If we bet few numbers we are too exposed to the first cause of losing: the asymmetrical runs of
winning and loses.
There are some advantages of betting 1-18 or 19-36 or betting 2 dozens using lines. The advantage
is that if you are betting with lines instead of an outside bet, the minimal bet is reduced and the
maximal bet is increased, because you can bet an outside bet combined with the lines bet.
Total numbers Bets Unit return % Return

*18 3 lines 3 100%
21 7 streets 5 71.42%
*24 4 lines 2 50%
27 9 streets 3 33.33%
*30 5 lines 1 20%
33 11 streets 1 9.09%
The best bets are the ones with the * sign (18, 24 and 30).
The K roulette system is very flexible, you can combine different kind of bets during the session.
For example, you can start with 3 lines, then change for 4 lines, and finally change for 5 lines. Or
you can start with 3 lines and in some point of the session change for 5 lines. You have to
remember that each kind of bet has different unit return.
There are some ways to detect if the on-line casino is cheating. In the long run you have to win at
least the following percentages of bets, depending on the total of numbers you are betting.
Total numbers Number of bets to win (on single zero wheel)

18 48.64%
21 56.75%
24 64.86%
27 72.97%
30 81.08%
33 89.18%
Total numbers Number of bets to win (on double zero wheel)

18 47.36%
21 55.26%
24 63.15%
27 71.05%
30 78.94%
33 86.84%
The good news is that the K roulette system will win if the percentage of numbers of bets to win is
slightly smaller than the theoretical percentage.

ALE-K presents:
Money management
We recall from the introduction that the key to beat on-line casinos is to win the wagers with more
units and to lose wagers with less units. To achieve this objetive we must hold the bet and stay in
the same value in response to a loss and increase the bet in response to a win.
To start playing the K roulette system you have to write down in a notepad a list of numbers
(example. 1,1,1,1,2,2 or 1,2,3,4 or 1,1,1,1,1 ; .....). This list of numbers will be your target per
session. There is a technique to increase the target during the session as you’ll later see.
Is a choice for the player to decide which list he will use.
The numbers in the list and the length of the list is not important to the successful of the system.
You have to know that the longest the list is, the more time you will need to end the session.
You will bet the sum of the first two numbers in the list. You will bet this amount per line or per
street.
Also, during the session, you can bet the sum of the first three numbers, or even the first four
numbers.
If you win the bet, you will cancel that first two numbers in the list. The same if you are betting the
sum of the first three numbers, and you win the bet, you’ll cancel the first three numbers in the list.
Example: if you are betting 4 lines and the list is 1,2,3,4 and you win the first bet (1+2=3), then the
list will be 3,4
If you lose the bet, you will write down to the end of the list, the sum you lost, but you write down
the sum as many times as the number of lines or streets you are betting. Example: if you are
betting 4 lines and the list is 1,2,3,4 and you lost the first bet (1+2=3), then the list will be
1,2,3,4,3,3,3,3
Always, each session will end when all the numbers in the list are canceled.
One of the advantage of the K roulette system is that you can continue the session at any time you
want, also you can continue the session in different tables and in different casinos. Also you don’t
have to bet on every spin if you want.
But remember: always you have to end the session. Mathematically you will win and
mathematically you will cancel all the numbers and end each session.
Also remember that each kind of bet has different unit return (see attacking). For example: for each
unit number you cancel in the list, playing 18 numbers (3 lines) you will be winning 3 units, instead
of one. This makes the K roulette system very powerful and aggressive, multiplying the winning. I
like to start playing using 18 numbers (3 lines), then continue with 24 numbers (4 lines), and last I
continue with 30 numbers (5 lines).
Since we are betting between 18 and 30 numbers, the winning streaks are a lots and very larges.
Because of this fact you will end each session very fast and easily most of the time.
Fusion
The fusion technique is used to add the losing bet to some or all the numbers in the list, with the
objetive of reducing the numbers in the list, but with the risk of increasing the bet. Try to apply this

ALE-K presents:
technique frequently, because it’s always better to have a short list instead of a very long list.
Example: if you are betting 4 lines and the list is 1,2,3,4 and you lost the first bet (1+2=3), then
applying the fusion technique with 1 numbers, the list will be 1,2,3,7,3,3,3
applying the fusion technique with 2 numbers, the list will be 1,2,6,7,3,3
applying the fusion technique with 3 numbers, the list will be 1,5,6,7,3
applying the fusion technique with 4 numbers, the list will be 4,5,6,7
Fission.
The fission technique is used when some numbers in the list have high value and we want to
reduce the size of the bet.
Example: if the list is 12,12,14,15 we could use the fission technique and the list will be
3,3,3,3,6,6,7,7,7,8
Don’t apply this technique frequently, because it’s always better to have a short list instead of a
very long list.
Partition
The partition technique is used when the list is too long and we want to reduce it, because we want
to end the session faster. We can split the list in two or more parts, playing each one separately.
Example: if the list is 10,11,11,11,12,12,12,14,15 applying the partition technique the list will be
10,11,11,11,12 and 12,12,14,15 playing the first one first, and when it’s ended we play the second one.
You can split the list in more than 2 parts if you want.
Inflation.
In any time during the session you can apply the inflation technique, used to increase the winning
target. It works by adding 1 or more units to any one or more numbers in the list. So, when the
session is ended, your wins will be the initial target plus the units added with the inflation
technique.
Try to apply this technique frequently.
Examples
We will be betting on 5 lines (from number 1 to number 30). Our initial target will be:
1,1,1,2,2,2,2,3,3,3 (total = 20 units)
S# => spin number

N# => number
Bpl => bet per line
Rps => result per spin
Nr => net result
S# N# Bpl Rps Nr List

ALE-K presents:
0 - - - - 1,1,1,2,2,2,2,3,3,3
1 18 2 +2 +2 1,2,2,2,2,3,3,3
2 31 3 -15 -13 1,2,2,2,5,6,6,6,3 (fusion 4)
3 31 3 -15 -28 1,2,2,2,5,6,9,9,6,3,3 (fusion 3)
4 12 3 +3 -25 2,2,5,6,9,9,6,3,3
5 8 4 +4 -21 5,6,9,9,6,3,3
6 20 11 +11 -10 9,9,6,3,3
7 30 18 +18 +8 6,3,3
8 36 9 -45 -37 6,3,12,9,9,9,9 (fusion 1)
9 3 9 +9 -28 12,9,9,9,9 (fission 6,6,4,4,4,4,5,5,5,5)
10 22 12 +12 -16 4,4,4,4,5,5,5,5
11 17 8 +8 -8 4,4,5,5,5,5
12 6 8 +8 0 5,5,5,5
13 19 10 +10 +10 5,5
14 2 10 +10 +20 end of session
15 31 2 -10 -10 1,1,1,2,2,4,4,5,5,5 (fusion 5)

16 0 2 -10 -20 1,1,1,2,2,4,4,7,7,7,2,2 (fusion 3)
17 0 2 -10 -30 1,1,1,2,2,4,4,7,7,7,2,4,2,2,2,2 (fusion 1)
18 4 2 +2 -28 1,2,2,4,4,7,7,7,2,4,2,2,2,2
19 18 3 +3 -25 2,4,4,7,7,7,2,4,2,2,2,2
20 34 6 -30 -55 2,4,4,7,7,7,2,4,8,8,8,8,6 (fusion 4)
21 10 6 +6 -49 4,7,7,7,2,4,8,8,8,8,6
22 3 11 +11 -38 7,7,2,4,8,8,8,8,6
23 6 14 +14 -24 2,4,8,8,8,8,6 (inflation +8 = 10,4,8,8,8,8,6)
24 1 14 +14 -10 8,8,8,8,6
25 23 16 +16 +6 8,8,6 (inflation +10 = 8,8,16)
26 13 16 +16 +22 16 (fission 4,4,4,4)
27 35 8 -40 -18 4,4,4,12,8,8,8,8 (fusion 1)
28 12 8 +8 -10 4,12,8,8,8,8 (fission 8,8,8,8,8,8)
29 4 24 +24 +14 8,8,8 (here I bet the first 3 numbers)
30 11 24 +24 +38 end of session
31 12 2 +6 +6 1,2,2,2,2,3,3,3 (here I bet 1-18 with 3 lines)

32 19 3 -9 -3 1,2,2,2,2,6,6,6 (fusion 3)
33 0 3 -9 -12 1,2,2,2,2,6,6,9,3,3 (fusion 1)
34 8 3 +9 -3 2,2,2,6,6,9,3,3
35 8 4 +12 +9 2,6,6,9,3,3
36 21 8 -24 -15 2,6,6,9,3,11,8,8 (fusion 1)
37 36 8 -24 -39 2,6,6,9,3,11,8,8,8,8,8
38 24 8 +16 -23 6,9,3,11,8,8,8,8,8 (here I bet 1-24 with 4 lines)
39 20 15 +30 +7 3,11,8,8,8,8,8
40 4 14 +28 +35 8,8,8,8,8
41 11 16 +16 +51 8,8,8 (here I bet 1-30 with 5 lines)
42 29 24 +24 +75 end of session (here I bet the first 3 numbers)
43 18 2 +6 +6 1,2,2,2,2,3,3,3 (here I bet 1-18 with 3 lines)

44 0 3 -9 -3 1,2,2,2,2,6,6,6 (fusion 3)

ALE-K presents:
45 2 3 +9 +6 2,2,2,6,6,6
46 12 6 +18 +24 6,6,6 (here I bet the first 3 numbers)
47 1 12 +36 +60 6
48 16 6 +18 +78 end of session

Kenny Rogers System
Play 6 numbers on each dozen and cover the zeros. That is 20

numbers. 35:1 payoff.
After the 5th spin, raise to 2 on each number total 12
The numbers he played to start 1 through 6 13-18 25-30. And 0-00.

These were changed to the next set of numbers after 10 spins.
Take a calculator but only uses it for the numbers to keep up

with.
Here's what you keep up with. You start with 111, then if you do
not get a hit, you put 222 on the calculator. If you get a hit on
the 1st dozen, you put 133.
Keep up with the plays, because you start over when you hit, and
you win when you hit.
Next, let's say you hit 2nd dozen. Display is now set at 214,
when you reach 5 on the calculator at any dozen.
You raise to 2. Do your math on how long to play until you raise
to 3. You will be surprised at how fast you hit.
I figured it like this.
If you play the numbers by streets to start with, then split them
and then put on straight up, your progression will slow down
quite a bit. Like pivot roulette but with more numbers.
You could play 6 with one chip, 2 streets, or 4 number splits and
then 2 number splits and finally all six. This may not be a good
system, it might just be because you have unlimited money, and
extremely high limits you will win eventually.
file:///D|/Systems/KENNY%20ROGERS%20ROULETTE.htm (1 of 2) [7/21/2002 12:05:26 PM]

Kenny Rogers System
I hope you understand it, now just work on it a little. You could
also save a few progression dollars by doing a split, instead of
putting 2 on when a raise is needed. You have 1 on 6 numbers and
it's time to raise.
Split each number with 1 more and if you hit the center numbers,
you will get double anyway for a total of just 4 chips. For
instance, You have one on 13, 14, and 15 Put a split on 13, 14
and 14,15.
If you hit 14 you collect from both sides.
file:///D|/Systems/KENNY%20ROGERS%20ROULETTE.htm (2 of 2) [7/21/2002 12:05:26 PM]

KRUEGUEL SYSTEM
The system
It is based on a card , this will show you the numbers to played, it is based on
sectors , repetitions and if the dealer repeats sectors, neighbours or numbers ,
you will win inmediatly.
1. record the 1rst spin , now look at the card

2. ex : it has won number 20
3. card says : to play 1-2-14-20-21-25
4. you have to play this number with those ones below of them
5. i.e. 1-4 , 2-5 , 14-17, 20-23, 21-24, 25-28
6. they are twelve numbers , place one chip in the middle of 1 and 4 , 2 and 5 ect
the card
winning number plays on
1-21 1 2 19 20 21 33
2-20 1 2 14 20 21 25
3-23 3 7 8 20 26 32
4-33 1 15 19 20 21 33
5-0-32 0 5 7 21 26 32
6-22 3 9 15 19 27 31
7-36 7 8 13 25 26 33
8-35 3 8 9 20 27 31
9-34 3 9 14 19 27 31
10-26 0 3 5 7 20 26
11-28 7 8 9 25 27 33
12-30 8 9 20 25 27 32
13-29 7 13 15 26 27 33
14-25 2 14 20 21 25 31
15-24 2 13 15 19 21 32
16-19 1 13 15 19 21 33
17-31 9 14 15 19 25 33
18-27 3 13 15 19 26 27
Ex : number 31 wins, play 9/12 14/17 15/18 19/22 25/28 33/36
One chip in the middle you win 18 net win +12
Basic system : as we bought it in germany

Uses the next progression
1. 1 chip * 6 = 6 +12
file:///D|/Systems/KRUEGUEL%20SYSTEM.htm (1 of 2) [7/21/2002 12:06:09 PM]

KRUEGUEL SYSTEM
2. 1 chips *6 =6 +6
3. 2 chips *6=12 +12
4. 4 chips*6 =24 +24
5. 6 chips*6 =36 +24
6. 8 chips *6 =48 +12
7. 12 chips *6 =72 +12
8. the progression goes on, we think if you lose at this point is better to go home
(bankrool 204 chips) maybe you lose when you have already won 100,150 or 200
chips , it is rarely to lose the hole 204 chips , but we think it is better to stop for a
while .
how we play it:
Krueguel is our style of life in casinos , we win more there than in our jobs.
1rst way is the basic one ,
2nd is to play with 3 bankroll of 84 chips , so we play the game up to 5th step
of the progression
if you choose this way you may consider :
to win 200 chips with the first bankrool
if you lose the first one , to win 100 chips after winning the 84 lost before
if you need to use the 3erd bankroll only win 170 chips and go away (you break
even)
3rd
wait for the system to fail 5 times , use a stronger progression for 4 or 5 spins,
then change to another table
4th without progression : wait till the system fails 3 times then bet untill winning or
up to 3 times , if lose wait again 3 times , if win the same
we usually play the 3rd way , and sometimes the 1st one , we go to casino in group
of 4 , 5 ,6 persons , each one is in a different table ,
waiting the 5 fails , when this occurs, the one who is in that table starts betting , if
he lose 5 times , he continues playing
with a stronger progression
and another one comes and bet the same numbers with the maximum bet for 5
times
we win on the 99% of the cases that way
we do this at least ten times in a casino day , we win more than 1000 chips each
night.
file:///D|/Systems/KRUEGUEL%20SYSTEM.htm (2 of 2) [7/21/2002 12:06:09 PM]

Licensed Roulette Systems.txt
Licensed Roulette Systems
• The super roulette strategy is not for sale at this
time. IF some system becomes available, you'll find
the news here, or on the “What's New” page, or on the
"Message Board".
• There is no such thing as "roulette bias". It is
mathematics! It is amazing how lopsided the skips are.
A skip represents the number of spins between hits.
You will see in the following report a skip such as
"48" for the roulette number "1". It means that the
roulette number "1" waited 48 spins between two hits.
The skips vary between 0 (zero) and over 200. It
happens that a roulette number wins in consecutive
spins (skip = 0); then hits again after 7 spins. Many
players will jump to the conclusion that the roulette
wheel is biased towards that number! Or that the
dealer is biased towards that number! The truth is a
far cry from that. All the skips simply follow the
rules of theory of probability. If, absurdly, a wheel
is strikingly biased towards certain numbers, the
casino would replace it immediately! The computer
program does not use a mechanical wheel. Yet, there is
a strong discrepancy among skips. Again, it is pure mathematics... Beginning with
version 3.0, the program also analyzes data files with real-life spins. A results
file from the Hamburg, Germany casino accompanies the package. The period covered
is February 1 – 6, 2000 (1968 spins). There is no mathematical difference between
computer-generated spins and real-life casino results. My systems work the same
under both circumstances. By the way, the German casinos represent a model to
follow. Their rules are clearly favorable to the player. The casinos do not ban
the use of pencil and paper on the premises. A player is allowed even to use
small pocket computers, as long as you do not disturb other players. By contrast,
if a player is “caught” with a computer in a Las Vegas casino, he will spend long
years in a Nevada state prison!
• The Fundamental Formula of Gambling determines

certain compositions of the losing/winning streaks and
their repeat cycles. The betting starts at the most
favorable points in the streaks. Keeping record of the
roulette spins is of the essence.
• Another group of strategies takes James Bond's
famous "roulette betting system" and converts it into
a playing formula based on mathematics. In its
original form, Bond's system was really bad. If you
play it "as is" you will certainly lose serious money.
The new betting system is based on the Fundamental
Formula of Gambling.
• I read some newsgroups postings and Web pages. A
response is in order. I am the mastermind of this
roulette system and the Fundamental Formula of
Gambling (FFG). Up until recently, nobody has ever
heard of these concepts, let alone “using” them! There
are some suckers (indeed, suckers) who just started to
imitate me. Some are imitating the filtering concepts
I use in my lottery software, while others are trying
to imitate my gambling formula. One site has even
adopted the name “gamblingformula.com"). Another site
is using the same background image as “Return to
Socrates”! (By the way, the image is the creation of
Microsoft, thanks MS!). I don't worry, though. The
imitation is so far away from the original that it is laughable, at bets (oops,
at best!) First of all, my creation has gone a long way towards foolproof
copyright protection. Also, there will be no problem for me to patent and
trademark my work: It is so forcefully original that only a bunch of idiots would
dare to contest it, or, worse, to steal it!
This roulette system is absolutely unique. Nobody has
ever come up with a similar idea. It is founded on FFG
and the WL streaks (winning/losing). Nobody, other
Page 1
than myself has ever put together a mathematical
relation between the probability and the WL streaks. I
am the first one to state that theory of probability
is the science of the winning/losing streaks. I know
first hand how casinos have reacted to my strategies.
They are highly anxious because they can't figure out
my systems. They realize it is not cuckoo strategies
such as “card counting”, or “wheel bias”, or
“progressive betting”. Some figured out that I might
count losing streaks, or winning streaks, or dealer
bust streaks, etc. Of course, I do my best not to let
the casinos gain knowledge of my strategies. That's
the reason why I do not sell the roulette system
unless the customer signs that he/she is not
affiliated with a casino whatsoever. It would be
illegal for a casino to get their hands on my systems.
• Then, I am posed, mockingly, this puzzling fact:
Roulette is unbeatable. Great thinkers, such as
D'Alembert and Einstein, designed roulette systems
that actually fail. I believe Einstein was joking when
he presented his infamous system: Always double-up
after a loss! What a huge mistake! Can you say the
number “Two to the power of 200”? That would be the
case with “straight-up” bets (en plein). Even in an
even-money bet, the losing streak can reach sometimes
15 spins. You can say the number “Two to the power of
15”, but you'll never have enough money to back it!
Like any scientist, Einstein was fascinated with
numbers and the unknown, as the roulette game
provides. He was, however, very busy with his theory
of relativity. He just did not allocate more time to
the roulette phenomenon. Otherwise, Einstein's mental
programs would have come up with a winning system
based, indeed, on the winning/losing streaks.
• A few important issues since the introduction of my

roulette system.
This is a message (very positive, of course) that
explains the second issue:
“This re-iterates the first thanks and adds a question
at the end. I have played about 300 spins with your
various systems and am very impressed... I am not
proficient in math and am pleased with your generous
decision to share your expertise. Also, I am going to
play this very seriously and would appreciate
suggestions for professional use.”
The second issue concerns the reaction of casinos to
this roulette system. You may be asked not to use
pencil and paper at the roulette table. I stress here
that the casinos have NO right to prohibit the use of
pencil and paper on the premises. Such an act would
represent a form of discrimination. Don't let yourself
be intimidated. We all have rights under the law. The
courts of law are wide open, including to class action
suits.
Finally, I advise against the use of this system in a
cyber casino (online). Internet gambling is prone to
very serious fraud. Read the More Gambling page for
details based on observation and logic. Among other
types of fraud: The higher your bet, the higher the
probability you will lose it!
• Following is a fragment of the report generated by

the program. It does not show all data, obviously. The
program simulates a roulette game with "0" and "00".
Number 37 represents double-zero (00).
Page 2
Roulette Frequency and Skip

Chart
Number of Spins Simulated: 1000
---------------------------------
Roulette Number: 0
• Hits -> 29 times
• Skips -> 48 64 48 19 8 22 49 67 63 14 11
11 37 158 17 44
3 11 6 98 0 4 20 19 2 19 75 0 27
* Median Skip: 19
Roulette Number: 1
• Skips -> 51 18 0 18 29 36 10 39 91 19 21
83 85 14 48 15
59 57 93 1 45 36 26 2 10 15 33
* Median Skip: 29
Roulette Number: 2
• Skips -> 86 1 33 0 34 30 35 24 16 76 32
13 1 25 36 1 73
7 12 17 32 36 79 114 35 32 33 56
* Median Skip: 32
Roulette Number: 3
• Skips -> 5 16 53 30 18 53 17 66 36 9 22
7 97 7 24 32 12
5 54 37 45 6 6 33 33 25 25 11 28 27 32
58 18 15
* Median Skip: 25
Roulette Number: 4
• Skips -> 6 12 65 123 19 10 13 68 7 22 45
39 76 27 52 22
33 19 13 8 44 104 45 98 3
* Median Skip: 27
.... etc.
....
....
Roulette Number: 36
• Skips -> 2 6 22 3 10 111 10 7 22 33 15
43 22 2 80 34 73
1 1 18 42 21 18 39 5 3 17 82 25 9 3 36
39 5 49
* Median Skip: 18
Roulette Number: 37
• Skips -> 59 9 17 23 3 13 26 75 10 85 65
14 3 42 14 37 33
6 12 5 31 5 14 11 15 56 22 35 21 43 1
Page 3
15 8 59 19 3 0 35
* Median Skip: 15
*********************************
* Average Median: 23
* Median of All Skips: 23
*********************************
* Roulette Numbers Hitting in Consecutive

Spins (Play-Last-Number) *
--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Consecutive Hits -> 27 times in 1000 spins
* Skips -> 1 31 38 4 35 4 68 8 38 72 55 8
10 7 94 123 36
35 80 1 54 34 29 23 21 6
* Sorted Skips: 1 1 4 4 6 7 8 8 10 21 23
29 31 34 35 35 36
38 38 54 55 68 72 80 94 123
* Median Consecutive Skip: 31
* Frequency of Skips 0-to-4

(Play-Last-5-Numbers) *
----------------------------------------------------
* Hits -> 125 times in 1000 spins
* Median Skip 0-to-4: 5
* Frequency of Skips 0-to-9

(Play-Last-10-Numbers) *
----------------------------------------------------
* Hits -> 240 times in 1000 spins
* Median Skip 0-to-9: 3
* Roulette Winning Pattern *

W+ = Win; L- = Loss
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Spin Number Hit Last Red/ Odd/ Low/ Last
A B C
# Drawn After xx Black Even High yy
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 26 x sp. W+ B E H W+
L- W+ W+
2 0 x sp. W+ x x x W+
L- L- L-
etc.
Free Winning Roulette System #1

Did you jump directly here from the top? I recommend
you go back and start with the beginning. You need
some information that I do not repeat here. The free
system I will present now is not included in the
licensed strategy package. As I explained many times,
I give away freebies when I am certain I have far
better systems, strategies, or software. On the other
hand, I received several requests to give more details
on how my systems work and what makes them tick. The predominant opinion is that
Page 4
nobody can play roulette for a profit consistently. Here is just one proof to the
contrary. This is a real thing: a winning roulette system. There is also real
life data to back it up. The skips presented here are collected from the Hamburg,
Germany casino (first week of February, 2000). A diligent, disciplined player can
make a weekly profit by COVERING ALL THE NUMBERS BUT FOUR PLAYING NO MORE THAN 10
SPINS A DAY. The four numbers discarded of are the last four spins. You wait
patiently, not playing, until the following event occurs. When one of the last
four numbers hits again, you get ready to play. You cover all the numbers (0 and
00 including) but the numbers in the last FIVE spins (four numbers to play,
because one is a repeat). You place 34 2-unit straight-up bets. Chances are you
will win most of the time. Next spin, you make the same bet, using now three
units per number (you are using some casino money). The first time you won
38-36=2 units; 2 units times 2 = 4 units profit. The second time: you won 2 units
x 3 = 6 units. Total profit per two plays: 10 units. Things are not always like
this. Handy Brandy could lose sometimes the first bet. It happens very rarely,
but one of the last four numbers will hit again in consecutive sequence. In most
cases, Handy Brandy wins two times in a row without any of the last four numbers
repeating. He goes immediately to another table. He knows that the "long run"
kills the casino player more than anything else. After winning at the second
table too, Handy Brandy usually cashes out. He runs out of the casino. Sometimes
he might try doing the same things at the third table, but never more than
winning at three roulette tables. The player will do the same thing the next day
at a different casino and again at another casino... Here is illustrative data
from the Hamburg kasino.
9 5 57 17 30 18 0 3 13 25 6 0 4 17 2 24 0 4 3 15 13 8
21 2 23 2 6 7 7 10 3 3 17 10 15 11 1 15 3 1 24 11 10 2
3 13 6 12 3 3 24 6 10 21 4 8 9 8 10 5 3 11 3 9 9 3 1 0
20 7 21 7 18 6 0 17 4 13 5 2 6 16 0 2 4 0 7 0 7 1 8 1
8 7 1 5 4 12 3 0 10 1 29 28
You only play at the points marked 0 (zero). That's

when one of the last four numbers repeated. You will
play as above the next 3 points where the skip is
zero. In many cases, it's after the third win in a row
when you can encounter a string like 0 0. When that
happens, you will lose 34x2=68 units. (It did not
happen in the real case illustrated above). You
improve your chances further when you leave after you
won at three tables. You should expect to lose once a
week.
You can check this free system generating some random
spins. The random generator on my "Winning Strategy"
page simulates now roulette spins as well.
The licensed strategy makes a detailed presentation of
the probability involved in the game of roulette. The
licensed systems work with lower bankrolls, some with
as few as two units.
• Version 2.1 of SPINS.EXE analyzes real casino spins,
in addition to analyzing randomly generated spins.
Most importantly, the program reports on the free
system presented above. The strategy is improved a
little bit. The system excludes now the numbers from
the last 5 spins (instead of 4)! According to the
strategy, it is recommended to play after 2
consecutive '-' in the 'Result +/-' column.
There are several reasons why I receive questions

regarding my free roulette system. It is not fully
clear to but a few how to use it. My intention was not
to present a step-by-step casino strategy. My primary
intention was to show, to prove that roulette can be
beaten mathematically. Most people, including many
gamblers, have a hard time understanding mathematics.
This simple system, as all my gambling/lottery
strategies are based on math.
Page 5
•• Free Winning Roulette System #2
An alleged kasino executive made me kick him out and
also “fix” the ill-fated James Bond roulette system.
He posted on my message board with the intent to
intimidate my guests.
The Bondish system is based on the first two
“douzaines”: play together 1-12&13-24. The scheme can
be extended to any “2-1” bets. I offer the power of
the standard deviation to improve James bond
fictitious system. The free system #2 is presented on
the message board, the post:
• The James Bond roulette system in the Taliban Desert
By the way, if your bankroll is smaller, you can apply
this system in 50-spin sessions.
One more tip. It is possible for a two-dozen
(two-column) group to hit more than seven times in a
row; or, more than seven out of 10 times. If that
happens, you rode a very favorable standard deviation
tide. Cash out immediately and move to another table!
My message and the system were provoked by an alleged

casino top executive.
“I am currently the Chairman of the MGM Grand, and I
was advised of this site by way of a memo sent to me.”
In a way, the alleged executive's message is an

endorsement of my systems. If the systems were not
valid, why bother to risk being rear-end kicked by an understandably angered
author? I want to stress again that the casinos have no legal grounds for banning
record keeping by the players. Record keeping is also a requirement of tax laws.
The rules of private entities do not take precedence over the laws. First, I
could not believe that a real casino executive would commit what I consider a
serious mistake. I thought the message was from one of the frequent visitors to
my web site. Some of them believe they know my psychology well enough to get free
systems from me. Indeed, there were moments when I debated with valuable ideas,
even systems, IF I was provoked. That's how the free system #1 came to life as
well. I am aware of such tendency now and I believe I have it under control.
In any event, the damage was done. The free system #2
is absolutely founded. It will give the player and
edge, without a doubt. I have checked for thousands of
spins, broken down in 100-spin sessions. There are
clearly two situations.
One, the player wins 65 or FEWER spins; it is a losing
session. The player counts 100 spins. The player
started with 100 chip-units. At the end of the
session, the player counts 61 units. The result was
under the standard deviation. Remember to increase the
bet the next session.
Two, the player wins 66 or MORE spins; it is a winning
session. The player counts 100 spins. The player
started with 100 chip-units. At the end of the
session, the player counts 69 units. The result was
above the standard deviation. Remember to decrease the
bet the next session.
The fluctuations are mathematical, considering the
game is totally fair. In a cyber-casino, for instance,
the fluctuations go mostly in the favor of the house.
The house has to win above the standard deviation,
always! Or especially when player's bet is high!
That's anything but fairness!
This system does not even require strict record
keeping. The player can just put aside a chip for each
session played, and for each 10-spin groups.
• Generate random spins, 100 at a time •• Here is a

very useful device for you: the best lottery and lotto combination generator you
can find online! This powerful online application handles any type of lotto and
lottery games: pick-3, pick-4, lotto-5, lotto-6, lotto-7, PowerBall (both 5+1
Page 6
power ball and 6+1 power ball), horseracing (both trifecta and superfecta), keno;
plus, the queen of casino games: roulette; plus, sports betting, the American
way. The ActiveX control also calculates the odds in lotto games, including
PowerBall and Keno, following the official method used by the lottery
commissions.
The "Roulette" option applies now my "Free Winning

Roulette System #2",
"D1&2" means the 1st dozen (1 to 12) in combination
with the 2nd dozen (13 to 24). "D1&3" means the 1st
dozen (1 to 12) in combination with the 3rd dozen (25
to 36). "D2&3" means the 2nd dozen (13 to 24) in
combination with the 3rd dozen (25 to 36). A + (plus)
sign indicates a hit, a – (minus) sign indicates a
loss. You can count how many + a specific 2-dozen
group encountered in 100 spins. Is it above or below
the standard deviation? Follow the ideas in the free
system #2… You can also see how the + and – move
within 100 spins.
There are important statistical reports at the end of
the roulette file. The file shows also the "seed" used
for the random generation. It is far more ranging than
the "timer" seed used previously. Therefore the
randomization follows more closely the "natural"
randomization. This feature is of use to computer
programmers. Read more on my approach to
randomization: "Randomizing: An Art of Scientific
Philosophy, Science of Philosophical Art, Philosophy
of Artistic Science, Art of Philosophical Science,
Science of Artistic Philosophy, Philosophy of
Scientific Art ©". It has the source code of a Visual
Basic function: TheSeeder ().
Page 7
file:///D|/Systems/LIGHTNING%20STRIKE%20ROULETTE.htm
"Roulette is the oldest of casino games, and yet most players are losers."
The laws of probability state that over a large number of spins, all 37 or 38
numbers on the wheel will appear approximately the same number of times;
however, in the short term, or to be more exact, within a Roulette cycle 37/38
spins, an average of 12 to 14 numbers will not appear at all.
What this suggests is that certain numbers will have repeated. "If a number occurs
more than twice within 37/38 spins, it will usually continue to do so."
TRACKING
the first thing you need to do when you approach a roulette table is record every
spin for about 20 spins before your game begins. Record every number on your
casino scorecard. Never rely on the marquee to record your numbers with. They
are not reliable.
As soon as any given number repeats a minimum of three times, we will then
commence our very first bet on that number. You can easily determine when this
has occurred by continuously looking upwards on your scorecard under the color
that has just and most recently appeared -
you must do this after each and every roulette spin you record. We will only select
and bet on a minimum of one number and no more than five numbers. There will
be times when you will only be betting on one or two or even three numbers at first
- this is perfectly normal, keep in mind though that you must be constantly
tracking for fresh numbers that have had a minimum of 3 hits, but never more than
5 numbers.
BANKROLL REQUIREMENTS
once you have decided which table you will be playing at, you will purchase 65
units in the denomination you wish to use. Keep in mind though that your overall
required bankroll is 300, allowing for losing sessions.
WHEN TO STOP
You must STOP play as soon as you have had your very FIRST hit, or as soon as
you have used up all of you 65 units, meaning you would have lost that particular
file:///D|/Systems/LIGHTNING%20STRIKE%20ROULETTE.htm (1 of 2) [7/17/2002 7:49:39 AM]

file:///D|/Systems/LIGHTNING%20STRIKE%20ROULETTE.htm
session. I suggest you start off with $5 units and build your playing capital up
slowly. That way you will be using the casino's money, and if you lose, you will
only have lost a small amount of your own money.
MONEY MANAGER
As soon as you have achieved your very first +300 units profit, you must add that
to your starting
bankroll of +300, allowing for a total of +600 LIFE bankroll.
"Always play it safe."
EXTENDED PLAY
Should you wish to play consecutive sessions, please follow these guidelines:
Take a rest at least 15 minutes in between sessions Change table and re-track
Never consume alcohol whilst playing
Get a good night's sleep the night before Have a decent breakfast Avoid player
conversation - you need to concentrate There is no room for human error when
tracking Treat your gaming as a real business - keep records of profit/loss Never
play a number on a hunch. Be disciplined and follow the rules Initially, I would
recommend you play and practice at home with a roulette simulator or 'paper bets'
using actual casino numbers. Always try to play at a busier table day or night,
that way you won't stress whilst tracking.
file:///D|/Systems/LIGHTNING%20STRIKE%20ROULETTE.htm (2 of 2) [7/17/2002 7:49:39 AM]

Ion Saliu Roulette System
Although you do not need to memorize it, FFG can help you
a great
deal in understanding better these systems. The Formula,
if
understood well, can make clearer that probability events
(or
random events, or gambling) actually follow precise rules.
A) The probability p for a "single zero" roulette game is:

p = 1/37 = 0.027.
We apply the Fundamental Formula of Gambling to one value
of DC
(degree of certainty): 66.6% (or 2/3, "2 out of 3 cases").
For DC = 66.6% => 40.4 (rounded up to 41 spins). There is
a 66.6%
(2 in 3) chance that each roulette number will repeat
after
41 spins. Equivalently, there is a 66.6% chance that the
next
spin will be a number that also appeared within the last
41 spins.
B) The probability p for a "double zero" roulette game is:

p = 1/38 = 0.026.
We apply the Fundamental Formula of Gambling to one value
of DC
(degree of certainty): 66.6% (or 2/3).
For DC = 66.6% => 41.5 (rounded up to 42 spins). There is
a 66.6%
after 42 spins.
Equivalently, there is a 66.6% chance that the next spin
will
be a number that also appeared within the last 42 spins.
The program ROULETTE.EXE simulates spins for the "double

zero"
roulette game in order to cover the worst-case scenario.
We'll use now only the final part of the report. After a
very large
file:///D|/Systems/Ion+Saliu+Roulette+System.htm (1 of 24) [7/21/2002 11:54:26 AM]

number of spin simulations, the 42-spin value confirmed

FFG.
Also importantly, even smaller number of spins confirm FFG
for a
DC = 66.6%. Let's use FFG with confidence. That's what
formulas
are for.
We'll use this number (42) in correlation with limited-
steps
Martingales. Basically, Martingale represents a betting
method.
It doubles up the previous bet until the last step of the
betting.
For example, a 4-step Martingale using a one-unit bet
follows this
path: 1 unit; 2 units; 4 units; 8 units (step 4, end of
betting). Don't worry about using a Martingale: the
Formula
makes Martingale a closed betting system (a system with a
limited number of steps).
What you need is a piece of paper and a pencil. Write down
the last
spins, from the oldest one available to the most recent
spin.
Do not start playing until you have at least 42 spins on
your
piece of paper (a small notebook will do).
* Roulette Winning Pattern *

W+ = Win; L- = Loss
The column "Last 26" reflects a DC (degree of certainty)

of
50%. In half the situations, the next roulette number
would have
also appeared in the previous 26 spins. I decided not to
use a
betting system based on a DC = 50%. The losing streak can
reach
sometimes 10-13 spins in a row. Also, the losing/winning

streaks
are far more irregular.
Instead, I chose to base my betting systems on DC = 66%
since
the winning/losing streaks are a whole lot more
manageable.
-------------------------------------------------------------------
---------
Spin Number Hit Last Red/ Odd/ Low/ Last 1-12& 1-
12& 13-24&
# Drawn After 26 Black Even High 42 13-24 25-
36& 25-36&
-------------------------------------------------------------------
---------
1 17 8 sp. W+ B o l W+ W+ L-
W+
2 21 27 sp. L- r o H W+ W+ L-
W+
3 13 93 sp. L- B o l L- W+ L-
W+
4 25 14 sp. W+ r o H W+ L-
W+ W+
5 30 36 sp. L- r E H W+ L-
W+ W+
6 33 42 sp. L- B o H W+ L-
W+ W+
7 8 7 sp. W+ B E l W+ W+
W+ L-
8 10 0 sp. W+ B E l W+ W+
W+ L-
9 10 7 sp. W+ B E l W+ W+
W+ L-
10 17 43 sp. L- B o l L- W+ L-
W+
11 24 46 sp. L- B E H L- W+ L-
W+
12 2 119 sp. L- B E l L- W+
W+ L-

13 26 12 sp. W+ B E H W+ L-
W+ W+
14 37 20 sp. W+ x x x W+ L- L-
L-
15 8 34 sp. L- B E l W+ W+
W+ L-
16 36 22 sp. W+ r E H W+ L-
W+ W+
17 10 10 sp. W+ B E l W+ W+
W+ L-
18 29 10 sp. W+ B o H W+ L-
W+ W+
19 25 42 sp. L- r o H W+ L-
W+ W+
20 16 11 sp. W+ r E l W+ W+ L-
W+
21 1 30 sp. L- r o l W+ W+
W+ L-
22 22 14 sp. W+ B E H W+ W+ L-
W+
23 4 3 sp. W+ B E l W+ W+
W+ L-
24 7 43 sp. L- r o l L- W+
W+ L-
25 23 69 sp. L- r o H L- W+ L-
W+
26 26 32 sp. L- B E H W+ L-
W+ W+
27 4 90 sp. L- B E l L- W+
W+ L-
28 10 16 sp. W+ B E l W+ W+
W+ L-
29 29 8 sp. W+ B o H W+ L-
W+ W+
30 21 63 sp. L- r o H L- W+ L-
W+
31 27 39 sp. L- r o H W+ L-
W+ W+
32 16 8 sp. W+ r E l W+ W+ L-
W+

33 15 13 sp. W+ B o l W+ W+ L-
W+
34 6 50 sp. L- B E l L- W+
W+ L-
35 37 7 sp. W+ x x x W+ L- L-
L-
36 19 51 sp. L- r o H L- W+ L-
W+
37 22 79 sp. L- B E H L- W+ L-
W+
38 29 34 sp. L- B o H W+ L-
W+ W+
39 36 110 sp. L- r E H L- L-
W+ W+
40 18 33 sp. L- r E l W+ W+ L-
W+
41 16 6 sp. W+ r E l W+ W+ L-
W+
42 30 8 sp. W+ r E H W+ L-
W+ W+
43 37 2 sp. W+ x x x W+ L- L-
L-
44 35 92 sp. L- B o H L- L-
W+ W+
45 10 11 sp. W+ B E l W+ W+
W+ L-
46 37 45 sp. L- x x x L- L- L-
L-
47 15 50 sp. L- B o l L- W+ L-
W+
48 16 21 sp. W+ r E l W+ W+ L-
W+
49 33 16 sp. W+ B o H W+ L-
W+ W+
50 8 141 sp. L- B E l L- W+
W+ L-
SYSTEM 1: Applies to Report Column "Last 42 Spins"

The degree of certainty is 66.6% that the next spin will

be a
number that also appeared within the last 42 spins. In
most cases,
there are 25-26 numbers to play, since some numbers are
repeats.
The advantage of this system: the losing streaks (L or -)
are far
shorter, more regular, and less frequent.
From the opposite viewpoint, the winning streaks (W or +)
are
far longer, more regular, and more frequent.
We can play a more efficient and safer Martingale.
First, we need to keep a good record of the spins. We
(you, if
you will) need to make the record accurate and easy to
read.
AFTER the spin # 42, write down + or W if the number was a
repeat
from the last 42 spins; or - or L if the number was not a
repeat
from the last 42 spins. Also, keep writing the numbers
drawn.
You'll write two rows such as:
16,11,16,15,20,36,28,32,19,28,13,24,2,16,23,31,10,19,27,8,26,27,
00,19,16,12,36,18,9,8,30,6,14,17,25,12,8,3,17,18,10,13,|
7,14,2,19,7,24,32,2,25,11,13,29,17,25,25,14,26.........
(1st
row!) -- keep a few empty lines for more spins ---
-++++++++-+-+++++ (2nd row)
The bar | after #13 marks the start of the betting for
System 2.
The first number drawn after you marked the start of the
betting
is 7. It does not appear among the previous 42 spins, so
you
write a - in the streak column. I prefer +/- rather than

W/L
because I can visualize easier the winning/losing streaks.
The next operation is to write another bar after 16. It
will
make it easier to figure out the current 42-number block.
In this
example, it will be between 11 (the number following 16)
and 7.
The next number drawn was 14, which appeared also in the
previous 42 spins. Write a + in the streak column.
Write another bar after 11. The new 42-number block will
span
between 11 and the 14 just drawn.
So, you always write down the very last number drawn and
move
the marking bar one number to the right. This way, you
don't
have to count the previous 42 spins. Place your chips on
the
numbers between the two bars marking the latest 42-number
block.
Of course, some numbers are repeats, so you only need to
play
each number once. In most cases, you'll only play 26
unique
numbers (sometimes 24, sometimes 27).
1) Systems Based on p=2/3 (66.6%)

---------------------------------
S1.1) Applies to Report Column: Last 42

It is very rare that there are more than two consecutive
groups of LL or longer than 2L. Therefore, at the end of
the 2nd LL
or longer streak we'll bet 1 unit on all the numbers drawn
in the
last 42 spins (24-27 numbers to cover).
In most cases, we'll win right away. If not, we wait for
the next

LL or longer streak. We'll use a power-3 Martingale: 1-3-9-

27
etc. When the LL streak ends, we'll bet 3 units on all the
numbers
drawn in the last 42 spins. It may be even less frequent
to
encounter another LL or longer streak. If it occurs, we
may regret
if we didn't continue the Martingale with a 9-unit bet!
S1.2) Applies to Report Column: Last 42

In reverse, we can bet on W groups longer or equal to two
(WW, WWW, WWWW, etc.)
Now, we wait for two consecutive groups of single W.
At the next W (after an L) we bet that it'll be another W.
In most cases, we'll win right away. If not, we'll bet 3
units at
another W after an L.
** The safer variations on the last two betting methods.

We can wait for three single W groups and bet directly $10
or $20
at the very next W after an L. There is no such an
occurrence
in the report above. It might occur, albeit rarely.
We can wait for three LL groups (2L or longer) and bet
directly
$10 or $20 at the very next L after a W. There is no such
an
occurrence in the report above.
Variations
----------
* You can also bet directly $10 (or 2 units) after the
second L
in an LL sequence.
* Or, we can bet directly $20 (or 4 units) after the third
L
in an LLL sequence.

What would the cost amount to? $10 x 26 numbers = $260.

The winning: $36 x 10 = $360.
Profit: $100.
Based on the Fundamental Formula of Gambling, these are

the
streaks for a probability p=0.666. The degree of certainty
DC is
95% that the losing streaks will be no longer than 3
(LLL). The
degree of certainty DC is 99% that the losing streak will
not be
longer than 4 (LLLL).
The chance of coming across 3 consecutive LLL groups is :
5% (0.05) to the power of 3 = 0.000125 (1.25 in
1000)
The chance of coming across 3 consecutive LLLL groups is :
1% (0.01) to the power of 3 = 0.000001 (0.001 in
1000)
The 66.6% probability offers a tremendous advantage over

probabilities around 50%. First and foremost, the losing
streaks
are definitely shorter. There is a 99.9% degree of
certainty
that the losing streak will be no longer than 6 when
p=66.6%.
That can make possible to use an intelligent Martingale
after a
second or (more safely) third loss in a row (LL or LLL).
In 999
out of 1000 spins, the L streak will go no longer than 6.
Therefore, a Martingale will go no longer than 4 or 5
steps. That
is perfectly manageable within the minimum/maximum ratios
at the
roulette tables.
Secondly, the winning (W) streaks are definitely longer
than the
losing (L) streaks. It is very rare that two groups of

single W
will not be followed by W streaks longer than two (WW, WWW
etc.). We can reverse the Martingale technique presented
above.
After the second single W (such as LWLLWL) we'll start
another 4
or 5-step Martingale.
We should also expect (high expectation, indeed) that W
streaks
of 4 or longer are common. Therefore, if we do not see
such W
streaks in the last 3-4 W streaks, we should bet they will
occur
soon. If there is a W/L string such as WWLWLLWLWWLLW I
can bet
there will be another W, and another one.
* The disadvantage of the systems based on p=2/3: the use

of a
power-3 Martingale: 1-3-9-27-81.
The systems based on p=1/2 use a power-2 Martingale:
1-2-4-8-16...
SYSTEMS 2, 3, 4: Apply to Report Columns:

1-12&13-24 1-12&25-36 13-24&25-36
A B C
These systems are a variation of SYSTEM 1, based on the

66.6%
degree of certainty. At the same time, they are a reply to
the
fictitious roulette "system" presented in the James Bond
novels
and films. No doubt, the author of the James Bond novels,
Ian
Fleming is a person with a strong interest in roulette. He
noticed what I presented above: the winning streaks tend
to be longer than one (WW or longer) for degrees of
certainty
above 50%.

Fleming, however, has no clue on the mathematical

foundations
of such occurrences. James Bond plays 1-12 AND 13-24,
betting
large amounts of money. Since it is fiction, James Bond
always
wins! Now, if any person in this world will walk to a
roulette
table and place bets on 1-12 AND 13-24, he/she will win a
2-to-1 payoff 65% of the time at French roulette (64%
playing American roulette). In other words, if you would
play
this way at any roulette table three times in a row, you
will
win a 2-to-1 payoff two times (not necessarily twice in a
row).
You will also lose once, roughly. That's a far cry from
the
100% insinuated by Fleming in his book "Casino Royale".
You should never, ever play in that manner at the roulette

table!
You should enter the game at favorable moments, as
presented in
SYSTEM 1. When such favorable moments occur, get ready to
use a
limited-step Martingale (no longer than 4 or 5 steps).
The betting sequences are 1-3-9-27 etc. This is determined
by the 2-to-1 payoff when playing 12-number groups
("douzaine").
When using this betting plan, you are only allowed to
place bets on
numbers 1 to 36. You are not allowed to include 0 (or 0
and 00)
in the groups of numbers you bet on. The 36 numbers can be
divided into three groups: A (1-12 and 13-24); B (1-12 and
25-36); C (13-24 and 25-36). Each of the three groups (A,
B, or
C) have an equal probability: p = 64% (in the American
roulette) or p = 65% (in the French roulette). The two

probabilities are very close to the degrees of certainty

we
used as the foundation of SYSTEM 1 (66.6%). Consequently,
we will
encounter virtually the same composition of the W and L
streaks.
SYSTEMS 1.3, 1.4, 1.5 do not require a long tracking

session at the
roulette table. The table will show the last 20 spins, so
you
can start betting immediately. You can choose to play only
one
of the three "double-douzaine" groups: A, B, or C. Or, you
can
play two of the groups, or all three groups. It is best,
however, to keep track of all three groups. Only one of
the
three "double-douzaine" groups will have a stronger
advantage over
shorter tracking sessions.
It is easy to memorize what the groups represent:
A = 1st douzaine + 2nd douzaine (1-12 & 13-24);
B = 1st douzaine + 3rd douzaine (1-12 & 25-36);
C = 2nd douzaine + 3rd douzaine (13-24 & 25-36).
You will write the numbers drawn in the first row and the
W+/L-
streaks in the next 3 rows:
11 21 7 32 25 2 2 29 23 7 29 28 7 34 27
A: + + + - - + + - + + - - + - -
B: + - + + + + + + - + + + + + +
C: - + - + + - - + + - + + - + +
We apply the same betting principles presented in SYSTEM

1. The
structures of the W+/L- streaks are very close to the W+/L-
strings encountered in SYSTEM 1.
Keep in mind this mathematical rule. When the probability
p is

significantly above 50% (10%+ above 1/2), most of the

winning
streaks (W+) are two in length or longer (WW, WWW, WWWW,
etc).
On the other hand, most of the losing streaks (L-) are
singles
(LWWLWLWWWLLWLW...). When betting, we know that only
rarely will
we encounter:
more than three consecutive groups of LL or longer
(LLL, LLLL ...). Using the +/- notation and a real
report generated by ROULETTE.EXE, a W/L streak
looks
like this: ++-+++--+--+++--++-+
You can see three consecutive groups of LL (--).
The
very next L group was single (-), ending the L
streak
longer than or equal to 2.
more than three consecutive groups of single W+.

Using the +/- notation and a real report generated
by
ROULETTE.EXE, a W/L streak looks like this:
--+++++----+-+---+++
You can see two consecutive groups of single W+.
The
very next W group was longer than 2, ending the
single
W+ streak.
Based on the two probability facts, we can devise two

betting
methods. They are similar to the methods described in
SYSTEM 1.
S234.1) We check to see which of the groups A, B,
C has
two or more consecutive groups of LL or longer.
At the end of two consecutive groups of LLW or
longer

(LLLW, LLLLW, etc.) we place one unit bet on a

douzaine
and another unit bet on the other douzaine of the
A, or
B, or C group. Let's look at a practical example.
Group
A has had the following streak:
++-+++--+--+++--++-+ or using the W/L notation:
WWLWWWLLWLLWWWLLWWLW
You can notice three consecutive LLW groups. The
second
group is LLWWW. Then an L (or -) follows. You
start
betting right there, after the first L. You know
that
there is a high probability to get a single L. In
this
example (a real case, though), you lost your bet.
The
first L was followed by another one. The L streak
ended
with WW. Another L follows. You start betting
again
after that first L. The probability is even higher
now
for L to be single (that is, it will be followed
by W). Bet now 3 units on the first douzaine of
the
group and 3 units on the other douzaine of the
group. In
this case, you won a 2-to-1 bet. You won 3 x 3
units = 9
units. Your cost was 3 units + 3 units = 6 units.
The net gain is 3 units. But you lost the previous
bet:
1 unit + 1 unit = 2 units. Deducting 2 units from
the
gain above, your final gain is 1 unit.
S234.2) We check to see which of the groups A, B,

C has
two or more consecutive streaks of single W.
At the end of two consecutive groups of WL we
place one unit
bet on a douzaine and another unit bet on the
other douzaine
of the A, or B, or C group.
Let's look at a practical example. Group A has had
the
following streak:
--+++++----+-+---+++ or using the W/L notation:
LLWWWWWLLLLWLWLLLWWW
You can notice two consecutive LWL groups
(isolated W or
+). The second group is LWLLL. Then a W (or +)
follows.
You start betting right there, after the first W.
You know that there is a high probability to get a
W longer
than one (WW, WWW, etc.). In this example, you bet
$10 +
$10 (after that 1st W) that another W will follow.
It
actually did happen, so your payoff was $30 ($10
profit). If it did not happen (as in case S234.1
above),
you would continue with a double-up base-3 bet:
$30 + $30 = $60. In by-far-most cases, you will
win a $90
payoff. The profit would be:
$90 - $60 - $20 = $10.
Do not fear reality. If you lost again, you would
continue
with a double-up base-3 bet:
$90 + $90 = $180. In the most cases, you will win
a $270
payoff. The profit would be:
$270 - $180 - $60 - $20 = $10.
You can still lose another step and double-up
within the

table maximum bet.

Losing that many steps in this manner is so
extremely
rare, that it may take to play the roulette for
many,
many thousands of spins in a row.

We can wait for three single W groups and bet directly $10
or $20
at the very next W after an L.
We can wait for three LL groups (2L or longer) and bet
directly
$10 or $20 at the very next L after a W.
Variations
----------
* You can also bet directly $10 after the third L in an
LLL sequence.
* Or, we can bet directly $20 after the fourth L in an
LLLL sequence.
2) Systems Based on p=1/2 (50%)

---------------------------------
We apply the Fundamental Formula of Gambling to a value of

DC
(degree of certainty): 50% (or 1/2).
For DC = 50% => 25 (rounded up to 26 spins). There is a
50%
after 26 spins.
Equivalently, there is a 50% chance that the next spin
will
be a number that also appeared within the last 26 spins.
I was reluctant to recommend systems based on p=1/2>
People may
be tempted to use Martingales that a losing streak will

end
within 4 or 5 steps. Please do not do that: A losing
streak can
easily reach 13-15 spins! Instead, I will show you a more
intelligent type of betting. They are similar to the
systems in
category 1. They also use a power-2 Martingale: 1-2-4-8
since
the payoff is 1-to-1.
The report columns for this betting category are:

Last Red/ Odd/ Low/
26 Black Even High
S2.1) It is very rare that there are more than three

consecutive
groups of LL or longer than 2L. Therefore, at the end of
the 3rd LL
or longer streak we'll bet 1 unit on all the numbers drawn
in the
last 26 spins (17-20 numbers to cover, 18 in most cases).
In most cases, we'll win right away. If not, we wait for
the next
LL or longer streak. We'll use a power-2 Martingale: 1-2-4-
8
etc. When the LL streak ends, we'll bet 2 units on all the
numbers
drawn in the last 26 spins. It may be even less frequent
to
encounter another LL or longer streak. If it occurs, we
may regret
if we didn't continue the Martingale with a 4-unit bet!
S2.2) In reverse, we can bet on W groups longer or equal

to two
(WW, WWW, WWWW, etc.)
Now, we wait for three consecutive groups of single W.
At the next W (after an L) we bet 2 that it'll be another
W.
In most cases, we'll win right away. If not, we'll bet 4

units at
another W after an L.

We can wait for four single W groups and bet directly 4
units
at the very next W after an L.
We can wait for four LL groups (2L or longer) and bet
directly
4 units at the very next L after a W.
SYSTEMS 2.3, 2.4, 2.5 cover the even-money bets:

Red/Black,
Odd/Even, High/Low. They follow the same rules as S2.1 and
S2.2.
In this case, however, we do not track W/L, but B/r, o/E,
H/l.
Let's take the Black/Red bet. Write first the numbers

drawn:
36 10 29 25 16 1 22 4 7 23 26 4 10 29 21 27 16 15 6 37 19
22
29 36 18 16 30 37 35 10 37 15 16
Next, write down what the number represents: B for black,

r for
red and x for 0/00:
rBBrrrBBrrBBBBrrrBBxrBBrrrrxBBxBr
Bet 2 units after the 1st B in the 3rd B group 2 or longer

(it
is BBBB after the 2nd r in the row above). We lost,
because the
B streak did not end there. The next B group of 2 Bs or
longer
meant we lost again; this time we lost 4 units. We bet 8
units
in the next BB group and lost again. Another BB group

follows
and we bet 16 after the 1st B in the group; we encounter
another
loss. There is an x, then another B. We bet 32 after this
B and
we win this time.
A safer variation is to wait for four consecutive BB or
longer
groups. They occur far more rarely, however.
We can do the same thing betting on r. You can notice

there are
3 rr or longer groups (rrr, rr, rrr). They are followed by
a
single r (...BxrB...)
As in System S1.2, we bet on the continuation of singles

(single B, single r, etc.). Let's look at this Odd/Even
streak:
oooEoExoEoEEEExoExoEoEEoEooE
We bet 2 units after the 3rd single o. We lose. More

single o
groups followed and we used the following Martingale:
4 (loss) - 16 (loss) - 32 (loss) - 64 (WIN).
64 times $5 = $320, an acceptable maximum limit at most
roulette
tables. The roulette game in Garmisch-Partenkirchen,
Germany has
a maximum limit of DM 6000 for even-money bets (for a DM 5
minimum limit).
*** Can you keep track of all the systems presented here?
It is
difficult, but not impossible to write down the following
rows;
Perhaps a well designed word processor table can help a
great deal.

11 21 7 32 25 2 2 29 23 7 29 28 7 34 27
.......
L42: --+++++----+-+---+++
A: + + + - - + + - + + - - + - -
B: + - + + + + + + - + + + + + +
C: - + - + + - - + + - + + - + +
L26: --+++++----+-+---+++
R/B: rBBrrrBBrrBBBBrrrBBxrBBrrrrxBBxBr
O/E: oooEoExoEoEEEExoExoEoEEoEooE
H/l: lllHlHxlHlHHHHxlHxlHlHHlHllH
Practice can help a great deal. The advantage of keeping

track
of all betting systems: CHOICES. You have plenty of
options to
choose from in a short time. You don't need to track a
long
number of spins until one of the favorable situations will
come
up. It is very likely that you will find yourself in a
betting
situation right after writing down the first 20 numbers
displayed at the table.
*** SYSTEMS TO AVOID ***

SA1) Straight-Up Bet on One Favorite Number
Only the payoff is enticing in this case (35-to-1),
but you are assured of losing at a rate of 5.26% of your
total bets.
The program you get with this system (ROULETTE.EXE) shows
lengthy reports on each roulette number. The roulette
wheel does
not favor any number whatsoever. There is a discrepancy
among
numbers, but there is no strong bias towards a particular
number
or a particular group of numbers. If you run ROULETTE.EXE

many
times in a row you will definitely notice that no number
is
clearly favored. Some numbers hit more frequently than
others
within certain ranges of spins. Percentage-wise, the
frequency
differences are not mathematically significant.
And nobody can accurately predict which number will be
more frequent
within the next range. The operative word here is SKIP.
The SKIP
represents the number of spins a number waits between
hits. The
skip varies between 0 (zero, i.e. consecutive hits) to
over 200.
These skip values are absolutely in accordance with the
Fundamental Formula of Gambling. It will be common
occurrence
that your favorite number will skip over 100 spins at any
given
time (during your playing session). So, what's the big
deal of
winning $36 after you lost $100? How about waiting 200
spins for
your number to hit? It really happens!...
Also, it is very unwise to track 100, or 200 spins, given
the $35 potential win!
Conclusion: I do not recommend you play a favorite
roulette
number.
SA2) Bet That the Next Number Will Be a Consecutive Hit

It certainly happens around 26 times in 1000 spins.
Playing this
way, we still lose 5.26% of our total bets. As you can
notice in
the ROULETTE.EXE reports, sometimes it happens 35 times
(or more!)
to encounter consecutive hits in 1000 roulette spins!

Indeed,
there are these situations: You play on consecutive hits
and win
30 times (or more) within 1000 spins. You are a winner!
But that
doesn't happen all the time, first of all. Secondly, the
profit
is not that big. Keep in mind also that you can wait for a
consecutive hit over 150 spins sometimes...
Conclusion: It's not worth the risk, it's not worth the
time!
You should use it only when you must play in order to keep
your
seat at the table!
SA3) Instead of betting on consecutive hits, you bet that

the
next number would have also hit in the last 0 to 9 spins.
It is a combination of the two NON-betting methods
presented
above. In this case, the situation is more manageable,
because
the probability p is higher: p = 1/4 (approximately). You
remember the rules above. If the probability p is
significantly
above 50%, there are more frequent winning streaks and
shorter
losing streaks. Conversely, if the probability p is
significantly below 50%, the losing streaks are longer.
In the case of p = 1/4, the losing streaks can reach over
30
spins! It's dangerous to bet with the expectation that the
next roulette number would have also hit in the last 0 to
9
spins.
Tracking is easier than in the case above, but still
difficult.
There is a new element we can use in these situations,
however:
the MEDIAN. Look at the ROULETTE.EXE reports (the

ROULETTE.FRQ
file). The MEDIAN for "0 to 9 Hits" is 3. In half or a
little
more than half the cases, the median will be 3. In other
words,
the next roulette number will be a repeat from the
previous 0 to
9 spins in a little more than half the cases WHEN THIS
BETTING
HITS. More explicitly: This type of betting hits around
250 in
1000 spins (1 in 4). In a little more than 125 spins, the
betting will hit within 3 spins FROM ONE ANOTHER! If you
think
it is complicated, it probably is. Don't continue to read
it, IF
you don't understand it! Keeping track of this type of
betting
is complicated, too.
So complicated, that I DO NOT RECOMMEND YOU USE THIS TYPE
OF BETTING!
If your friends are using it, I can bet they are losing!
Nobody knows better than me how the Fundamental Formula of
Gambling
works (the configuration of W/L streaks).
You should use it only when you must play in order to keep
your
seat at the table! Especially use it when it hit within
the last
3 spins. The median for this situation is 3. Thus, in a
little
more than half the cases, the hits will occur within 3 (0,
or 1,
or 2, or 3) spins from each other.


file:///D|/Systems/LITTLE%20EDGE%20SYSTEM..htm
Hi, here Is a system that I have used at the casino a few times and it never
failed, you will have to keep good track of every spin, and play every spin,
here is how it works, its a bit like rule before the last, but you will be playing
like this, first you will need seven columns this will be your tracking score
card, this is what each columns will be: 1st, 1-18 2nd, odd 3rd, red, 4th, black
5th, even 6th, 19-36 these can be in any order 7th your total profit This is
just for tracking purposes, you only need to track one spin before you play,
and every spin after for eg you track the first spin and it was, red, high, even
36, you mark down on your score card one hit on each column which was
associated with that number, look at the diagram below to get a better
understanding, now we will be placing flat bets on the even money bets
which have had the most hits, in our eg it is red, even and 19-36, we place the
same unit on each of these even money bets,
1st, 1-18 2nd, odd 3rd, red, l 4th, black 5th, even 1 6th, 19-36 1 these can be
in any order 7th your total profit second spin, is 20, black, even and 19-36,
we win on two of the bets and lose on one, profit one unit (put down 3 units
and now have 4units) put in profit column +1, then mark one hit on each
column which is associated with the number that came up, our scorecard
should now look like this:
1st, 1-18 2nd, odd 3rd, red, l 4th, black l 5th, even 1l 6th, 19-36 1l these can
be in any order 7th running total profit +1, looking at our scorecard you
should now know what even money bets to place your money on, you will be
placing one unit on even and 19-36, as they have more hits than the others,
next spin is 12, even, 1-18, red, so you break even, you lost one unit and lost
the other, you wont have to mark down anything on your running profit as
you are still up one unit, but remember you always have to mark down on
the other column which were associated with the number that come up, you
score card should now look like this:
1st, 1-18 l 2nd, odd 3rd, red, ll 4th, black l 5th, even 1ll 6th, 19-36 1l these can
be in any order 7th running total profit +1, next spin we will placing one unit
file:///D|/Systems/LITTLE%20EDGE%20SYSTEM..htm (1 of 2) [7/21/2002 12:06:26 PM]

file:///D|/Systems/LITTLE%20EDGE%20SYSTEM..htm
on even, as it has had the more hits than the other even money bets, by now
you should understand how to play my system.
file:///D|/Systems/LITTLE%20EDGE%20SYSTEM..htm (2 of 2) [7/21/2002 12:06:26 PM]

LONDON MANS STAKING PLAN
Like most puntersI've lost money on roulette - but I soon discovered that
although there just
aint no way to actually be 100% certain of winning, you can make a reasonable
return using my simple staking method.It works best with a single zero wheel.
THE PLAN
(1) You begin by placing 1 unit (chip) on each of the columns & 1 unit (chip)
on each dozen.
(forget zero for the moment) - so obviously one of the columns AND one of the
dozens has to win. So, the amount you lose on the losing columns and losing
dozens is added to the winning column AND the winning dozen. You will then
replace the losing column stake 1 chip AND the losing dozen stake 1 chip and
allow the winning column And winning dozen to
repeat for 4 (or 5 or 6 times -it's up to you) then remove the 81 chips from
the 3-timer column or dozen. As zero is no different to any other number you
will only cover it with 1 chip (insurance) when you have 27 chips riding on a
column or dozen for its 3rd time. Best of LUCK chaps!
The minimum bankroll for this roulette strategy should be at least $120 (on $5 tables).
This is an aggressive roulette system, but is still very practical for players with small bankrolls. In
this roulette strategy, you can easily make hundreds of dollars by risking only at most $5 of your
own capital. This is how this simple yet effective roulette strategy works:
You bet $5 on any even money bet on the table. An even money bet could be a bet on red, black,
1-18, or 19-36. On a win, you bet your current bet + half of your current bet. If the bet is not
evenly divisible by 2, then you round the number to the next whole number. For example, if you
won a $5 bet, your next bet would be $5 + half of $5 = $8. On a loss, you start all over again at
$5. The object of this strategy is to win 7 bets in a row. If and when this happens, you will win
$165.
What is the advantage of betting this way? Well, the advantage is that you never bet more than
$5 of your own money, and after 2 wins in a row, you are guaranteed to at least end the streak
with some of the casino's money. The following chart gives you the progression you should follow
when playing this strategy.
Wins Bet Total money won Money won on a loss

1 $5 $0 -5
2 $8 $5 -3
3 $12 $13 +1
4 $18 $25 +7
5 $27 $43 +16
6 $38 $70 +32
7 $57 $108 +51
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Final: $165
Of course, you could stop before the 7th win, or continue this system for as long as you feel
lucky. It is just my preference to stop after 7 wins and then start again at a $5 bet and repeat the
strategy. As you can see, if you continue, the progression will continue into multiple hundreds
very quickly.
There is a second method of playing in which you don't necessarily start over on a loss.
Rather than starting back at the beginning of the progression table, you could go back two steps
(if possible). For example, if you won 4 in a row, your next bet would be $27 using the above
table. If you lost that $27, your next bet could be $12 (back two steps). Even if you lost the twelve
dollars, you still would still win $4 on that sequence, but if you win on th $12 bet, you continue up
the progression chart by making an $18 bet. This method of playing is by far more aggressive,
but gives you more room for error.
This is a very exciting method of play, and can be a very profitable method as well.
file:///D|/Systems/LUCKY%20STRAIGHT%20UP%20NUMBERS.htm
Roulette is a game of chance and it can be quite a challenge to beat it. I have found this system works
the best out of all the systems I have tried. When you start playing, you will play approximately 37 spins
per session. I have found a player has more than a 50% chance of winning if they select one number
because out of 37 numbers, on average 24 show up, that is almost 68 percent!!! So, since I became
fascinated with the idea of having a 68% chance of getting a hit, I developed a progression that would
take care of 37 spins and show a very good profit if you got a hit within those spins.
The bankroll required for this game is 703 units. Now I know you must be going he is crazy, but the truth
is it really isn't. I will first explain the game then I will even show you why it isn't crazy.
You start by picking a number, any number will do. Now, you start by placing 1 unit on that number, if
you lose, then you place 2 units on that number, then 3 etc up to 37. Seems simple doesn't it? Well the
truth is it is really a simple system. Now, when you get a hit, the profits are extremely generous. If you
get a hit on the first bet, you gain 35 units! That is a lot for one chip! Now, if you lose, you bet 2 chips
and your profit would be 35X2 = 70 - 1 chip (from previous bet) = 69 units profits! Now you still may be
thinking hey, this is still crazy, 703 chips. Well even if you get a hit at the end, you still get a huge profit,
watch the calculations. 37th bet is = to a gain of 37X35 units = 1295 units made!! But wait, lets deduct
our losses, it would be 703 chips - 37 = 666 chips lost. So what is our gain? 1295 chips -666 = 629
chips! That is almost a 1:1 ratio of win to losses!
I have been playing this system for about 3 years now and it has been doing wonders for my life. I walk
into a casino knowing that I will get that hit and when I do, I take a break, then go and play one more
time then leave. I play 5-dollar chips and that is huge profits for me. The other day I won on the 20th bet
and made 700 units - 190 units (lost to get to the 20th bet) = 510 unit gain! Now that is playing 5 dollar
chips, that is a lot of money! To be exact, that is 2550 dollars!
Well I have shared my most valuable secret with you, and remember you have a 68% chance of winning
on one straight up number for 37 spins! Those odds are just about as good as betting on 2 dozens!
Well, enjoy this valuable idea because it can make you rich!
Just to give you a feel for how this system works, below I have 37 numbers written out, before you take
a look at them, pick a number and then try the system out:
24,32,27,11,31,10,27,3,11,25,10,30,25,27,9,8,7,36,31,25,3,3,16,34,1,32,28,6,27,10,31,7,13,34,31,19,12
A couple numbers I always like to keep in mind when choosing are 7, 36, 34, and 11 (but that is just
me).
EXPLODE YOUR POTENTIAL FOR PROFITS!
To make even more profits in just one session, you can play multiple numbers (the most I have ever
played is 4 at a time, when I did this, I had 3 numbers that hit, but one didn't which drove my profits
down a little, but I still ended up). I was betting on numbers 14, 7, 35, and 0. The 14 hit on the 6th spin,
file:///D|/Systems/LUCKY%20STRAIGHT%20UP%20NUMBERS.htm (1 of 2) [7/21/2002 12:06:45 PM]

file:///D|/Systems/LUCKY%20STRAIGHT%20UP%20NUMBERS.htm
the 7 hit on the 26th spin, and the zero hit on the 19th spin, the 35 had a loss of 703 units. So let me
total this out for you quickly (when I play this way, I only play one session, then quit for the day). The 14
made a profit of 210 units - 15 = 195 units. The 7 made a profit of 910 - 325 = 585 units. The 0 made a
profit of 665 - 171 units = 494. TOTAL PROFIT = 195 + 585 + 494 = 1274 units - 703 = 571 units profit!
It wasn't a great day because I didn't get all 4 numbers to hit, but I still made out like a bandit with 2855
dollars (not bad). I was hoping that it would be a great day (i felt really lucky) and was hoping for 6 grand
or more. O well, everything can't be perfect.
Today I am still playing this system for my personal income, I gamble 3 times a week and make an
average of about 5,000 dollars a week playing. I am experimenting now with some other games and
when I make a breakthrough, I will inform you of it. I have had losing sessions but the winning ones
always outweighs them.
file:///D|/Systems/LUCKY%20STRAIGHT%20UP%20NUMBERS.htm (2 of 2) [7/21/2002 12:06:45 PM]

MATHEMATICAL AMERICAN ROULETTE
Masòra: from the Hebrew word Massõrãh. It's the name with which is designated
the whole jobs of philology character that several schools of rabbis did from
5th to 10th Century D.C. on the text the "Hebrew Old Testament", for fixing and
assuring the exact pronounce in the synagogues reading
The name of masòreti defines the scholars who took care to "clean up" the
Biblical text from every error previously did by the copiers.
Obviously the masòreti were immune from whichever errors of transcription,
because they wrote only after reading seven times every single word, counting
all the letters, the accents and even the punctuation (this only beyond the 10th
Century...)
In the first paragraph, you can observe the bold word "fixing": It's evidence
it's the explanation of the name MASORA that I did to all my extreme research on
the ontology of the Roulette. Yes, "ontology" because my opera, the Masòra is
the Roulette!
Last thing, don't be deceived from the disposition of the 12 triads (that remain
the disposition one of the French Roulette), compared to the disposition one of
the American Roulette: It's a syncretism that permit to the distribution on the
numbers for the effect of the double 00, to be perfectly tuned with the basis of
the French matrix.
In this document I will try to explain to you, all these concepts in a

synthetic way.
MASÒRA
Ars
1.2.20/ 3.10.26/ 4.21.33/ 5.15.32/ 6.22.27/ 7.11.36/ 8.23.35/ 9.31.34/ 12.28.30/
13.18.29/ 14.17.25/ 16.19.24
1) Note 30 spins in the 12 triads above, drawing a point (.) every number
called in any triad. Example triad 12.28.30 the only point under the number 28
mean that the 28 was called.
2) After the 30th spins, we have to check how many triads are signed only
with one point under just one number out of three (so, for counting a triad,
must to be clean the others 2 number of it).
3) Only if the triads with only one point are just 4, we can immediately bet
on the remaining 8 numbers of the 4 chosen triads that are not called. This
happen from the 33% up to the 34% of the cases.
4) In the other cases, when the triads with only one point on only one number
are more than 4, we must to call other spins until we obtain only 4 triads with
only one number called (and so 8 numbers to be bet). Usually we will meet the
right condition after 6-12 other spins, but we do not have a fixed number of
spins also if usually we will never need more than 15other spins.
THE ATTACH: It's a very fantastic thing because it's predetermined for only 6
spins using a flat bet! And it's done for multiple win also for 4 or even 6 wins
in the same attack) but I recommend stopping after any wins obtained within 4th
spins.
The maximum bankroll needed for one game is only 48 units but we will add other
48 units in the very rare case of one loss in the first game.
Note: In same cases, after the first 30 spins, we can have only 3 good triads
with only one point and in the same time the other triads with more than one
point, we can bet only on the remaining 6 numbers.
Anyway we have necessary to avoid every betting if the triads are 2 or less.
Example:
I'm going to show you some examples using the numbers that you sent me on
august 26th 2000.
1.2.20/ 3.10.26/ 4.21.33/ 5.15.32/ 6.22.27/ 7.11.36/ 8.23.35/ 9.31.34/

12.28.30/ 13.18.29/ 14.17.25/ 16.19.24
. . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . .
____________________________________________________________________________
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . .
___________________________________________________________________________
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . .
____________________________________________________________________________
. . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . .
____________________________________________________________________________
. . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . .
____________________________________________________________________________
. . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . .
____________________________________________________________________________
. . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . .
____________________________________________________________________________
. . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . .
These are 8 games, 2 of them are not playable because we have one triad (and so
2 numbers to bet).
Excluding the first game that is for betting 6 numbers (playable but not
perfect), the other one are all done of 8 numbers to bet.
All these games win within the 6th spins as told (and we could have obtained
further wins at the 6th spins in other 3 cases where we won at the 5th spins).
Score:
Game 1 +18 units
Game 2 +24 units
Game 3 +28 units
Game 4 +12 units
Game 5 +28 units
Game 6 -12 units
Total units won: +98
Maximum exposition 48 units in the game number 8
Maximum bankroll needed for all the games: only 22 units.
Here the details of the games:
1st n 6 - after 30 spins - (5.32.9.31.14.17); win n. 9 at 3° spins (+18)

2nd NO! (2 only numbers!)
3rd n 8 - after 32 spins - (4.33.7.36.9.34.13.18); win n. 34 at 5° and 18 at 6°
spins (+24)
4th n 8 - after 30 spins - (7.36.8.23.12.28.13.29); win n. 36 at 1° spins (+28)
5th NO! (2 only numbers!)
8th n 8 - after 31 spins - (3.26.6.22.11.36.13.18); win n. 36 at 6° spins (-12)
French Roulette:
Regarding the application of the Masòra to the French Roulette, it's un useful
that I turn you crazy for ordering in the primitive order the 12 triads telling
you which are the points to use in this kind of game. Actually for the French
Roulette we don't need the 12 triads because when ordered, we obtain the famous
lines of the Epocal (that you well know….)
So The Application will be this:
After 30 spins we only need to bet the 5-9 numbers called in the lower line.
We have only to play if we have minimum 5 or maximum 9 numbers to bet and we

will always win (always using a flat bet).
The attack are slightly different: we attack until the 9th spins when we bet on
5, 6 or 7 numbers or until the 7th spins if we bet on 8 or 8 numbers.
The bankroll needed is 63 units more other 63 units for a total bankroll of only
126 units.
The table of the triads for American Roulette:
1 2 20 3 10 26 4 21 33 5 15 32 6 22
27 7 11 36
8 23 35 9 31 34 12 28 30 13 18 29 14 17
25 16 19 24
The table of the 2 lines for the French Roulette:
Line A Line B
1 3
2 6
4 7
5 8
9 10
14 11
15 12
16 13
17 18
19 22
20 23
21 26
24 27
25 28
31 29
32 30
33 35
34 36
The Magic Five System

for Even Money Bets
Using Flat Bets Only
By Izak Matatya
Congratulations! You have acquired by far the best system ever designed for even
money betting using flat bets only.
This system can be applied to all even money bets in Roulette for Red/Black, High/Low,
Even/Odd, in Baccarat, for Player/Banker or in Craps, for Pass Line and Don’t Pass Line.
Many systems have been written to increase your winning chances, using some kind of a
progression, such as up as you lose or up as you win, or regression such as down as
you lose, or down as you win. Some progressions can be steep, requiring the pressing
or the escalation of your bets with the idea of recovering your previous losses, when the
winning bet occurs. This has an increased level of risk for, if the winning bet never
occurs, you may end up losing a big chunk of your bankroll.
Flat betting has therefore its advantages. You do not increase the size of your bet,
whether you lose or win. This way, if you lose your bet, you are down only by 1 unit.
Also, you are not required to bet hundreds of units in order to have a final gain of one or
a few units only. As a matter of fact, in this system, 1 unit per bet is all you need to bet.
It is at the same time, the minimum and the maximum amount required.
This one unit betting has also tremendous advantages. Your unit value can be anything
from the table’s minimum limit, such as 25cts or $1, to the table’s maximum limit, such as
$1000 or $10000 depending where you play. You can set your unit value to be $1,
experiment with the system as long as you wish and gradually increase your unit value,
once you gain confidence in the system.
This system has a unique approach to flat betting. You will not bet on every spin, but
only in favorable conditions. If you bet 1 unit on every spin, you will yield to the house
edge on the long run, to 5.26% loss of all your wagers for a double zero in Roulette, to
2.7% for a single zero in Roulette. In Baccarat, the Player-hand is worth 1.24% to the
house, the Banker-hand is 1.06%. In Craps, you would yield to 1.4% casino advantage,
unless you use the odds-bet along with the pass-line wager, that reduces this edge to
about .85%. Double-odds reduces the house edge even to .63%. Nevertheless, the
house will always have an advantage on you if you bet the same amount spin after spin
or bet after bet, because of the way the games are designed and because of the payout
value of each bet.
file:///D|/Systems/MAGIC%20FIVE%20SYSTEM%20%20%20{Izak}.htm (1 of 36) [7/21/2002 12:07:53 PM]

Therefore, we need to define what those favorable conditions are. If, let’s say, for the last
20 decisions we get 15 Blacks and 5 Reds, would that be a favorable condition to bet on
Red, because of the law of averages? Maybe, but nothing stops for the next 20 decisions
to be again 15 Blacks and 5 Reds. The law of averages is valid for numerous decisions.
Within say 10,000 decisions, you would get close to a half amount of Reds and Blacks,
excluding a small percentage of zeros. But a fluctuation of 2-3% already makes a
difference of 200-300 more or less Reds or Blacks.
Our system is not as trivial as counting the number of Reds and Blacks. It is based on a
very special discovery of the nature of fluctuations between alternating and repeating
colors. If we were to chart this behavior, we would get very similar patterns of wavy
structures. The graph would go up and down in curves. We need to find the peeks of
those waves, either the upper peek or the lower peek and catch a winning bet following
the curve. This surely sounds very ambiguous at this stage, but I will make myself clear
during the explanation of the system.
I will first explain how and why the system works, then we will go into how to make use
of it, in order to make profits playing even money bets in either Roulette, Craps or
Baccarat. For the sake of the explanation, I will stick to Roulette and to color bets, such
as Reds and Blacks. You can apply the same concept to Even/Odd, High/Low bets in
Roulette and to Player/Banker in Baccarat and to Pass-Line and Don’t Pass Line bets in
Craps.
First, let’s have some definitions. With a repeating color, I mean the occurrence of a
same decision of either Red of Black. For instance, if the previous decision was a Red, so
was the one following that. Alternating color is when the previous decision of a Red or
Black turns into a Black or Red respectively. If a zero shows up, it’s a losing bet.
However, we will look at the bet following the zero: if it’s the same as the one prior to the
zero, we will call it a repeating color, if it’s not, then it will be an alternating color. The
same applies to two or more successive zeros.
Going for a repeat decision would mean placing your bet on the same color that just
came up. If the last decision was a Red, you place your bet on Red. If the last decision
was a Black, you place your bet on Black. If the last decision was a zero, you place your
bet on the same color that showed up right before the zero or zeroes.
Going for an alternate or change decision would mean placing your bet on the opposite
color that just came up. If the last decision was a Black, you place your bet on Red and
vice versa. If the last decision was a zero, you place your bet on the opposite of the
decision prior to the zero or zeroes.
I have been tracking a tremendous amount of decisions and writing down from bet to bet
if the color was repeating or alternating. Take a look at the following table, showing 19
decisions:

Table 1
Seq. # Number Red/Black

1 25 R
2 9 R
3 11 B
4 1 R
5 30 R
6 32 R
7 21 R
8 28 B
9 27 R
10 8 B
11 26 B
12 27 R
13 30 R
14 7 R
15 00 G
16 17 B
17 7 R
18 25 R
19 8 B
The first decision in sequence 1 is Red. The second decision in sequence 2 is also Red.
Therefore, it’s a repeating color.
Decision 3 is a Black. Therefore it’s an alternating color from decision 2.
Decision 4 is a Red, also an alternating color.
Decision 5 is a Red, a repeating color.
Decision 14 is a Red, a repeating color from decision 13.
Decision 15 is a double zero, neutral.
Decision 16 is a Black, an alternating color from decision 14 prior to the zero, etc.
Then I have tracked down, the variations of the repeating and alternating colors,
illustrated in Table 2 below:
Table 2:

Difference Difference
Favoring Favoring
Seq. # Number Red/Black Repeats Changes
1 25 R 0 0
2 9 R 1 -1
3 11 B 0 0
4 1 R -1 1
5 30 R 0 0
6 32 R 1 -1
7 21 R 2 -2
8 28 B 1 -1
9 27 R 0 0
10 8 B -1 1
11 26 B 0 0
12 27 R -1 1
13 30 R 0 0
14 7 R 1 -1
15 00 G 1 -1
16 17 B 0 0
17 7 R -1 1
18 25 R 0 0
19 8 B -1 1
As you can see, decision 2 was a repeating color. Therefore, the difference favoring the
repeats is increased by one, giving 1. Likewise, the difference favoring the alternating or
changing colors is decreased by 1, giving –1.
In decision 3, we have an alternating color. So we decrement 1 from the repeating colors,

giving us 0 and we increment the alternating color, giving us 0.
Decision 4 alternates. We add 1 to the difference favoring changes, which becomes 1

and we subtract 1 from the difference favoring repeats, which becomes –1.
Decision 5 repeats. The difference for repeating colors becomes even or 0. The
alternating or changing colors is decremented by 1 unit to 0.
All we are doing is tracking the variation of repeats and changes from the previous
decision and writing down the relative value to the previous one, which differs only by 1
unit.
Decision 6 repeats, the difference favoring repeats becomes 1. Decision 7 repeats, the
difference becomes 2. Decision 8 alternates, the difference favoring repeats is now

decremented and becomes 1.
Similarly, when decision 6 repeats, the difference favoring changes becomes –1.
Decision 7 repeats, this difference is decremented and becomes –2, and so on.
It’s very important to understand how to track this. Here are more decisions and the way
relative repetitions and changes are being registered:
Table 3:
Favoring Favoring
20 28 B 0 0
21 11 B 1 -1
22 13 B 2 -2
23 31 B 3 -3
24 10 B 4 -4
25 28 B 5 -5
26 10 B 6 -6
27 28 B 7 -7
28 21 R 6 -6
29 6 B 5 -5
30 19 R 4 -4
31 7 R 5 -5
32 18 R 6 -6
33 6 B 5 -5
34 19 R 4 -4
35 4 B 3 -3
36 32 R 2 -2
37 28 B 1 -1
38 20 B 2 -2
39 26 B 3 -3
40 8 B 4 -4
41 23 R 3 -3
42 24 B 2 -2
43 2 B 3 -3
44 31 B 4 -4
45 8 B 5 -5
46 32 R 4 -4
47 12 R 5 -5

48 31 B 4 -4
49 9 R 3 -3
50 9 R 4 -4
51 3 R 5 -5
52 19 R 6 -6
53 00 G 6 -6
54 2 B 5 -5
55 21 R 4 -4
56 30 R 5 -5
57 0 G 5 -5
58 6 B 4 -4
59 1 R 3 -3
60 33 B 2 -2
61 27 R 1 -1
62 12 R 2 -2
63 21 R 3 -3
64 19 R 4 -4
65 13 B 3 -3
66 0 G 3 -3
67 8 B 4 -4
68 2 B 5 -5
69 29 B 6 -6
70 34 R 5 -5
71 33 B 4 -4
72 0 G 4 -4
73 0 G 4 -4
74 1 R 3 -3
75 12 R 4 -4
76 15 B 3 -3
77 35 B 4 -4
78 29 B 5 -5
79 17 B 6 -6
80 3 R 5 -5
81 9 R 6 -6
82 9 R 7 -7
83 15 B 6 -6
84 21 R 5 -5
85 10 B 4 -4
86 28 B 5 -5
87 3 R 4 -4

88 32 R 5 -5
89 36 R 6 -6
90 1 R 7 -7
91 32 R 8 -8
92 35 B 7 -7
93 8 B 8 -8
94 25 R 7 -7
95 31 B 6 -6
96 15 B 7 -7
Please note that the difference favoring repeats or changes is not incremented nor
decremented when a zero or a double zero shows up.
It’s very important to observe the fluctuations within the above 96 decisions. The
difference of the numbers of repetitions and changes fluctuate around a low figure. That
means that repetitions and changes fluctuate quite frequently around some pivot points
and ranges in a quasi harmonic manner.
If we were to graph the above fluctuations, we would get the aforementioned wavy
structure. The following chart shows the difference favoring repetitions for the decisions
in Table 3.
Chart 1:

Like in nature, everything that goes up must eventually come down. In chart 1 above, we
can see that the graph goes upwards in a curvy shape, when more repetitions occur. The
graph goes downwards also as a curvy shape, when more changes or alternating colors
occur. If we could identify the peeks of those waves and detect when the graph goes
downwards, we can deduce that the repetitions turn into alternating colors, or more
precisely: there are more alternating colors than repeating ones, during the time the
waves goes downwards.
This is one of the main concepts of this system. Because the repetitions and changes
occur in this kind of wavy format, rather than straight lines or steep up and down going
pulses, we can identify favorable conditions for betting either for a repeating color or an
alternating color. And since there will be more repeating or alternating colors when we
start betting, it’s sufficient to bet 1 unit at a time until we are ahead by 1 unit.
Take sequences 61 to 76 for example. Number of repetitions difference goes from 1 to 6,

then back to 3. Obviously the 6 is the peek of this wave. We detect the wave going
down, by observing this difference becoming 5 then 4 in sequences 70 and 71
respectively. If we were to bet on a changing color in sequence 70, we would catch a

winning bet in sequence 71. The reason the system works is due to this wavy nature of
the graph when we plot difference of repetitions and changes.
Now, let’s talk about how the system works. This is determined by identifying when the
peeks of the graph occur and when the wave goes to the opposite direction.
When we see a steep rise of the graph, such as 5-8 consecutive repeats or changes, and
then we see a step to the other direction, we can conclude that the peek has occurred
and that the graph is going the other way. Then we start betting one unit on the opposite
trend until we are one unit ahead.
To illustrate this, let us observe the following simulation:
Table 4:
Favoring Favoring
1 27 R 0 0
2 31 B -1 1
3 18 R -2 2
4 4 B -3 3
5 1 R -4 4
6 15 B -5 5
7 35 B -4 4
8 30 R -5 5
9 5 R -4 4
10 34 R -3 3
11 18 R -2 2
12 29 B -3 3
13 31 B -2 2
14 27 R -3 3
15 27 R -2 2
16 13 B -3 3
17 26 B -2 2
18 1 R -3 3
19 21 R -2 2
20 32 R -1 1
21 11 B -2 2
22 8 B -1 1
23 33 B 0 0

24 4 B 1 -1
25 26 B 2 -2
26 28 B 3 -3
27 4 B 4 -4
28 35 B 5 -5
29 25 R 4 -4
30 26 B 3 -3
31 31 B 4 -4
32 26 B 5 -5
33 36 R 4 -4
34 5 R 5 -5
35 00 G 5 -5
36 32 R 6 -6
37 00 G 6 -6
38 14 R 7 -7
39 6 B 6 -6
40 13 B 7 -7
41 00 G 7 -7
42 1 R 6 -6
43 16 R 7 -7
44 26 B 6 -6
45 24 B 7 -7
46 25 R 6 -6
47 19 R 7 -7
48 15 B 6 -6
49 26 B 7 -7
50 15 B 8 -8
51 25 R 7 -7
52 17 B 6 -6
53 14 R 5 -5
54 25 R 6 -6
55 5 R 7 -7
56 15 B 6 -6
57 10 B 7 -7
58 9 R 6 -6
59 32 R 7 -7
60 23 R 8 -8
61 14 R 9 -9
62 19 R 10 -10
63 19 R 11 -11

64 5 R 12 -12
65 7 R 13 -13
66 0 G 13 -13
67 9 R 14 -14
68 7 R 15 -15
69 31 B 14 -14
70 32 R 13 -13
71 20 B 12 -12
72 4 B 13 -13
73 24 B 14 -14
74 11 B 15 -15
75 8 B 16 -16
76 9 R 15 -15
77 10 B 14 -14
78 9 R 13 -13
79 13 B 12 -12
80 5 R 11 -11
81 2 B 10 -10
82 26 B 11 -11
83 32 R 10 -10
84 24 B 9 -9
85 14 R 8 -8
86 19 R 9 -9
87 8 B 8 -8
88 28 B 9 -9
89 3 R 8 -8
90 16 R 9 -9
91 6 B 8 -8
92 6 B 9 -9
93 34 R 8 -8
94 5 R 9 -9
95 21 R 10 -10
96 6 B 9 -9
97 17 B 10 -10
98 33 B 11 -11
99 24 B 12 -12
100 4 B 13 -13
In sequences 2 to 6, we see that the number of changes goes from 1 to 5 consecutively

(by looking under the column Difference Favoring changes in Table 4). Then in sequence

7, the change difference becomes a 4, because of a repeat decision. This indicates that
the peek has occurred in sequence 6, when the alternating colors difference reached 5.
So, in sequence 8, we would start betting for a repeating color until the change difference
becomes a 3. As the change difference goes from 4 to 3 by betting on repeat colors, we
will be 1 unit ahead. And this can happen either within 1 bet or a few bets, if some
fluctuations occur on the way.
So we bet 1 unit on Black in sequence 8, since we are going for a repeat bet from
decision 7, that was a Black. Red comes up. We lose that bet. The difference of
alternating colors becomes 5 again, since Red was an alternating decision.
We bet 1 unit on a repeating color again in sequence 9. The color repeats. We win. The
difference of alternating colors is now decremented to 4. We are aiming for this
difference to become a 3 (the wave going the other direction). Then we will be 1 unit
ahead. And this is our goal for the run: to be 1 unit ahead. After that, we will search for
other favorable conditions.
The decision in sequence 9 was red. So we bet 1 unit again on a repeating color, that is,
on Red, in sequence 10. Red comes up. We win the bet. The difference of alternating
colors becomes 3. This was 4 when we started to bet. We reach 3 and we are 1 unit
ahead. This ends the run.
Now, why do we stop when we are only 1 unit ahead? You may say if the wave is going
the opposite way, why not bet a few more bets until we win more units? Well, this is
because there is no absolute guarantee, that the wave will be a perfect sinusoidal, that it
will go down exactly the same way it went up. But mostly it will come down by at least 2
units from its peek, before it goes up again. This is a conclusion of hundreds of
thousands of observations. One of the 2 units is used to detect when the peek occurs
and the wave goes to the opposite direction and the other unit is used to give us a 1unit
profit.
As previously mentioned, your unit value can be a black chip of $100. Playing 5 runs will
profit you $500. That’s what I recommend you to set your profit goal. Once you win 5
runs, you are up by 5 units, whether your units are $100 or $1000. That is why this
system is called the Magic 5.
You may wonder when to stop if the wave does not go to the opposite direction. Well,
there will be times when the peek that we detected is not a peek, but just a glitch in the
wave going upwards. Then again, I would recommend to stop wagering if you are down
by 5 units and look for other favorable situations.
This is the beauty of this system. You risk not more than 5 units. Your bankroll can be a
total of 10 units altogether, to give the system a second chance, should you lose your

run.
As statistically determined, you will see, that you will have many more winning sessions
of 5 winning runs, than losing runs of 5 units, making the system a winning one on the
long run.
Let us take a look at Table 4 again, to see when we apply the system.
In sequences 21 to 28, we see that the difference of repetitions goes from –2 to +5

consecutively, due to 8 repeating Blacks. Then in sequence 29, the color alternates to
Red, marking sequence 28 to be the peek of the wave. The difference of the repetitions
goes now to +4. Now we want to aim this figure to go to 3, as the wave should go down.
We bet for an alternating color, the opposite trend of the repeating color. Therefore we
bet 1 unit on Black in sequence 30, since sequence 29 was a Red. We win the bet. The
difference of the repetitions goes to +3. We are ahead by 1 unit at the first bet. Mission
accomplished. Patience paid off.
In sequence 37 to 56, we see that the difference of repetitions fluctuate between 6 and 7.
No wave peeks are encountered. We don’t place any bets during this time.
But in sequences 58 to 68, we see a very steep rise of the number of repetitions going
from 6 to 15 consecutively. And, in sequence 69, it goes down to 14, as a result of an
alternating color. We detect sequence 68 to be the peek. We start betting 1 unit at a time
on alternating color, starting from sequence 70, with the aim of the repeat difference to
go to 13. We bet on Red in sequence 70, as an alternating color to the decision of Black
in sequence 69 and we win the bet. This brings the repetition difference to 13. We are
again 1 unit ahead. We complete another winning run.
Then in sequences 71 to 75, we detect another 5 consecutive repetitions, the difference

going up from 12 to 16 without fluctuations. When this difference goes down to 15 in
sequence 76, as a result of an alternating color, we aim for a 14 by betting on an
alternating color in sequence 77. We bet on Black, and we win. We are ahead by another
unit, the end of another run.
Following is another simulation for further examples:
Table 5:
Favoring Favoring
1 16 R 0 0
2 00 G 0 0

3 21 R 1 -1
4 8 B 0 0
5 30 R -1 1
6 15 B -2 2
7 8 B -1 1
8 16 R -2 2
9 5 R -1 1
10 12 R 0 0
11 12 R 1 -1
12 21 R 2 -2
13 13 B 1 -1
14 16 R 0 0
15 17 B -1 1
16 17 B 0 0
17 3 R -1 1
18 00 G -1 1
19 22 B -2 2
20 32 R -3 3
21 5 R -2 2
22 36 R -1 1
23 17 B -2 2
24 13 B -1 1
25 00 G -1 1
26 0 G -1 1
27 34 R -2 2
28 7 R -1 1
29 10 B -2 2
30 25 R -3 3
31 25 R -2 2
32 2 B -3 3
33 33 B -2 2
34 00 G -2 2
35 30 R -3 3
36 28 B -4 4
37 19 R -5 5
38 15 B -6 6
39 24 B -5 5
40 22 B -4 4
41 9 R -5 5
42 17 B -6 6

43 23 R -7 7
44 24 B -8 8
45 00 G -8 8
46 6 B -7 7
47 14 R -8 8
48 1 R -7 7
49 15 B -8 8
50 20 B -7 7
51 13 B -6 6
52 22 B -5 5
53 00 G -5 5
54 16 R -6 6
55 26 B -7 7
56 4 B -6 6
57 2 B -5 5
58 1 R -6 6
59 15 B -7 7
60 36 R -8 8
61 6 B -9 9
62 0 G -9 9
63 34 R -10 10
64 16 R -9 9
65 14 R -8 8
66 2 B -9 9
67 15 B -8 8
68 1 R -9 9
69 10 B -10 10
70 2 B -9 9
71 18 R -10 10
72 10 B -11 11
73 22 B -10 10
74 14 R -11 11
75 20 B -12 12
76 32 R -13 13
77 6 B -14 14
78 23 R -15 15
79 36 R -14 14
80 32 R -13 13
81 13 B -14 14
82 22 B -13 13

83 3 R -14 14
84 30 R -13 13
85 32 R -12 12
86 33 B -13 13
87 24 B -12 12
88 33 B -11 11
89 7 R -12 12
90 6 B -13 13
91 22 B -12 12
92 28 B -11 11
93 4 B -10 10
94 27 R -11 11
95 36 R -10 10
96 26 B -11 11
97 31 B -10 10
98 18 R -11 11
99 21 R -10 10
100 6 B -11 11
In the simulation of Table 5, we observe in sequences 33 to 38 that the difference of

changes (or alternating colors) goes consecutively from 2 to 6, then to 5 in sequence 39.
We determine sequence 38 to be the peek. We aim for this difference to reach +4 by
betting on the opposite trend: repeating color.
Since the decision in sequence 39 was a Black, we go for a Black in sequence 40. We
win the bet. The difference of alternating colors becomes indeed 4. We are 1 unit ahead.
This terminates the winning run.
Does that mean that we don’t place a single bet until sequence 40? Yes. But, we don’t
have to stay in one table and watch the wheel spin after spin. Most roulette tables have
scoreboards that display the last 12-16 numbers, where the colors are seen very clearly.
We can observe different scoreboards of different tables and watch for 5 or more
consecutive repeat or alternating decisions until the decision is reversed. Then we
attack with this reverse decision, betting 1 unit at a time until the difference of the
opposite trend is higher by 1 unit.
This may not be immediate. Let’s take an example in Table 5, when this occurs.
In sequences 40 to 45, the difference of alternating colors goes up from 4 to 8. As you

noticed, the zero in sequence 45 does not change the difference number 8 from
sequence 44, as it is not a change nor a repeat. The difference number of alternating
colors goes down to 7 in sequence 46. Since 4 to 8 was a consecutive rise in sequences

40 to 45, the fact that it goes down to 7 in sequence 46, marks the peek of the wave in
sequence 45. Now, we want to aim for this difference to become a 6 and we start betting
for the opposite trend, that is, for a repeat color.
As you notice, this is not accomplished until sequence 51. We bet 1 unit on
Black in sequence 47 as a repeat decision, but Red comes up, bringing the difference
back to 8. We now bet 1 unit on Red, as a repeat decision, in sequence 48 and we win.
The difference on alternating colors is now 7, so we are even. Remember this needs to
go down to 6 in order to complete our run.
Next, we bet 1 unit on Red, as a repeat decision in sequence 49. Black comes up. We
lose. The difference goes back to 8. Our net for the run is –1 unit.
We bet 1 unit on Black in sequence 50, on a repeat decision. We will bet on a repeat
decision only, until we are 1 unit ahead. Black comes up. The difference of alternating
colors becomes 7. We are even again.
We bet 1 unit on Black in sequence 51 as a repeat decision. Black comes up. The
difference is finally 6. We are 1 unit ahead. This ends this winning run, which took a bit
longer to complete.
Sequences 57 to 65 is another example of a short winning run. The difference of

alternating colors rise from 5 to 10 consecutively from sequences 57 to 63, despite the
zero in sequence 62, then falls back to 9 in sequence 64. We attack by applying our
system with a repeating color in sequence 65. We bet 1 unit on Red, as a repeating
decision and we win right away, bringing us 1 unit ahead for this winning run.
A similar short winning run is observed in sequences 73 to 80. The difference of the
alternating colors rise from 10 to 15 consecutively in sequences 73 to 78. The fact that
this difference falls by one unit to 14 in sequence 79 marks sequence 78 as the peek of
the wave. Betting a repeat decision in sequence 80 gives us another quick win of 1 unit.
Do we ever have losing runs? It’s rare, but they may happen. Let’s see if we can find
one in the next illustration in Table 6.
Table 6:
Favoring Favoring
1 3 R 0 0
2 22 B -1 1
3 2 B 0 0

4 14 R -1 1
5 31 B -2 2
6 23 R -3 3
7 30 R -2 2
8 00 G -2 2
9 6 B -3 3
10 11 B -2 2
11 12 R -3 3
12 34 R -2 2
13 31 B -3 3
14 5 R -4 4
15 12 R -3 3
16 21 R -2 2
17 19 R -1 1
18 26 B -2 2
19 5 R -3 3
20 29 B -4 4
21 20 B -3 3
22 23 R -4 4
23 35 B -5 5
24 27 R -6 6
25 9 R -5 5
26 2 B -6 6
27 33 B -5 5
28 14 R -6 6
29 4 B -7 7
30 17 B -6 6
31 20 B -5 5
32 00 G -5 5
33 35 B -4 4
34 13 B -3 3
35 11 B -2 2
36 16 R -3 3
37 22 B -4 4
38 2 B -3 3
39 18 R -4 4
40 9 R -3 3
41 1 R -2 2
42 20 B -3 3
43 28 B -2 2

44 23 R -3 3
45 10 B -4 4
46 34 R -5 5
47 3 R -4 4
48 9 R -3 3
49 30 R -2 2
50 5 R -1 1
51 34 R 0 0
52 13 B -1 1
53 23 R -2 2
54 17 B -3 3
55 21 R -4 4
56 29 B -5 5
57 23 R -6 6
58 36 R -5 5
59 31 B -6 6
60 18 R -7 7
61 11 B -8 8
62 35 B -7 7
63 13 B -6 6
64 00 G -6 6
65 13 B -5 5
66 35 B -4 4
67 32 R -5 5
68 29 B -6 6
69 1 R -7 7
70 10 B -8 8
71 28 B -7 7
72 33 B -6 6
73 29 B -5 5
74 1 R -6 6
75 15 B -7 7
76 1 R -8 8
77 28 B -9 9
78 3 R -10 10
79 26 B -11 11
80 34 R -12 12
81 24 B -13 13
82 26 B -12 12
83 27 R -13 13

84 2 B -14 14
85 22 B -13 13
86 10 B -12 12
87 36 R -13 13
88 4 B -14 14
89 20 B -13 13
90 3 R -14 14
91 3 R -13 13
92 16 R -12 12
93 28 B -13 13
94 9 R -14 14
95 26 B -15 15
96 26 B -14 14
97 24 B -13 13
98 8 B -12 12
99 19 R -13 13
100 11 B -14 14
101 22 B -13 13
102 36 R -14 14
103 2 B -15 15
104 30 R -16 16
105 0 G -16 16
106 12 R -15 15
107 10 B -16 16
108 23 R -17 17
109 13 B -18 18
110 26 B -17 17
111 21 R -18 18
112 19 R -17 17
113 7 R -16 16
114 4 B -17 17
115 29 B -16 16
116 30 R -17 17
117 10 B -18 18
118 15 B -17 17
119 25 R -18 18
120 19 R -17 17
121 3 R -16 16
122 20 B -17 17
123 30 R -18 18

124 25 R -17 17
125 34 R -16 16
126 6 B -17 17
127 16 R -18 18
128 33 B -19 19
129 32 R -20 20
130 22 B -21 21
131 27 R -22 22
132 4 B -23 23
133 9 R -24 24
134 1 R -23 23
135 34 R -22 22
136 2 B -23 23
137 12 R -24 24
138 26 B -25 25
139 18 R -26 26
140 20 B -27 27
In sequences 73 to 81, the difference of alternating colors rise consecutively from 5 to

13. Then it falls to 12 in sequence 82. We would expect normally that the difference
would fall another unit to 11, but instead, it continues to rise all the way to 27 in
sequence 140 without ever becoming 11. Now, this is a losing run. We will limit our
losses to only 5 units by stopping in sequence 108, when the difference of alternating
colors reaches 17, as we started off when this difference was 12.
As an exercise, find in Table 6 all the winning runs and compare your answers to the
ones given in the next paragraph:
Winning runs of Table 6:
- Sequences 30-37. The difference of the repeating colors rises from –6 to –2 in

sequences 30 to 35, then falls by 1 to –3 in sequence 36. Betting on alternating
color in sequence 37 and winning the bet completes this run.
- Sequences 46-53. The difference of the repeating colors rises from –5 to 0 in
sequences 46 to 51, then falls by 1 to –1 in sequence 52. Betting on alternating
color in sequence 53 and winning the bet completes this run.
- Sequences 51-66. The difference of alternating colors rises from 0 to 6
consecutively in sequences 51 to 57. Then this difference falls by one unit to 5 in
sequence 58. We start betting on a repeat color one unit at a time to aim for this
difference to fall by another unit to 4. This doesn’t happen until sequence 66, where
only then, we are ahead by 1 unit. During this run, we were down by 3 units at one

point in sequence 61, until we recover to plus 1 unit in sequence 66. Please note
that this run overlaps with the previous winning run over a few sequences, but is
totally valid and detectable.
- If one would come to the table at sequence 61, one would detect another
overlapping winning run between sequences 61 to 68, as the difference favoring
repeats rises consecutively from –8 to –4 and goes back to –6.
- Similarly another overlapping winning run is detected in sequences 66 to 72, as
the difference favoring changes rises from 4 to 8 in sequences 66 to 70 and then
falls back to 6 in sequence 72.
- Sequences 125-135. The difference of alternating colors rises from 16 to 24
consecutively in sequences 125 to 133, falling by 1 unit to 23 in sequence 134. We
start betting on a repeat color then aiming for this difference to become 22 and we
win our bet in one shot in sequence 125. Please note that the fact that we dropped
our losing run in sequence 108, doesn’t mean we shouldn’t look for further winning
runs. And we do find them, such as the one in sequences 125-135.
We start observing the beginning of another run that we should consider in sequences
136 to 140, where the difference of alternating colors rise consecutively for 5 sequences
from 22 to 27 and we are curious how this is going to end. Here is the continuation of
that simulation starting from sequence 141 in Table 7 below:
Table 7:
Favoring Favoring
141 33 B -26 26
142 23 R -27 27
143 31 B -28 28
144 26 B -27 27
145 9 R -28 28
146 16 R -27 27
147 0 G -27 27
148 36 R -26 26
149 33 B -27 27
150 31 B -26 26
151 6 B -25 25
152 10 B -24 24
In sequence 141, this difference falls by one unit to 26. We aim for this to become 25 and
bet on repeating decisions. We accomplish our goal in sequence 152, when this
difference becomes 24. Please note that because of the zero in sequence 147, we needed

to aim for the difference to become 24 instead of 25, as the zero brought us one
additional unit down. On our way from sequence 142 to 152, we lose and we win on
repeating bets, every time betting only 1 unit on a repeat decision. We are down not
more than 3 units in sequences 143 and 145 when the difference favoring changes
becomes 28 and we recover all the way to +1 unit in sequence 152, where the run ends.
Now that we understand thoroughly how the system works, let’s talk about what you
need to do in order to apply the system.
If you want to apply the system to Roulette, you won’t need a template to keep track of 5
or more consecutive repeats or alternating colors. You can see them clearly on a
scoreboard.
If you would like to use the system for Craps or Baccarat, I would recommend to keep
your tracking on a template, that looks like the following for Baccarat for instance, when
it’s filled out.
When you place your bet, write down where you have placed it and keep account of your
net, as shown below:
Baccarat Template Sample:
Favoring Favoring Bet Placed on
Seq. # Player/Banker Repeats Changes P/B Net
1 P 0 0
2 P 1 -1
3 B 0 0
4 B 1 -1
5 B 2 -2
6 B 3 -3
7 B 4 -4
8 B 5 -5
9 P 4 -4
10 B 3 -3 B +1
11 P 4 -4
12 P 5 -5
A blank template is provided on the next page.
If you will apply it to Craps, just change the column title from Banker/Player to Pass-

Line/Don’t Pass Line.
Template:
Favoring Favoring Bet Placed
Seq. # Player/Banker Repeats Changes on P/B Net
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32

33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
As Player or Banker decisions come up, mark down the variations of repetitions and
changes. For instance if Player or Banker repeats, then increment the number under
column Difference Favoring Repeats and decrement the number under Difference
Favoring Changes. If Player or Banker decision alternates, then increment the number
under column Difference Favoring Changes and decrement the number under column
Difference Favoring Repeats. In any event you will notice that the numbers under the two
columns Difference Favoring Repeats and Difference Favoring Changes are the
negatives of one another.
With some experience, you can keep track of only 1 column, either repeats or changes.
But then you will have to detect 5 or more consecutive repeats or changes going
backwards. The difference of repeats going down 5 or more numbers consecutively
means that the difference of changes are going up by 5 or more consecutive decisions
and vice versa.
Once you detect 5 or more consecutive changes or repeats ending with an opposite
decision, it’s time to bet on the opposite trend, for an alternating decision or for a repeat.
You bet only 1 unit at a time from bet to bet, no matter what decision comes up.
Keep track of your net amount. Once you are ahead by 1 unit, that run is over. You also
stop wagering if your net is lower than 5 units. Once you are ahead by 5 units after 5
winning runs, you should end your session and leave. Since you are wagering with
relatively high unit values, 5 units should accomplish your winning goal.
******************************************
There are a few variations of this system, that you may find interesting. My tests show
that when the graph cuts the 0 point, or when the difference favoring changes or repeats
become 0 at any point of your tracking, it will fluctuate to 1 and back to 0 a few times.
You can take advantage of this situation. Every time a 0 difference is reached, either at
the beginning of your tracking or at any point in the middle of advanced sequences, you
can go for 1 unit bets until that difference becomes 1 unit to your advantage. You can

repeat this until you reach +5 units.
The following simulation of 130 spins in Table 8 below will illustrate this variation:
Table 8:
Favoring Favoring
1 26 B 0 0
2 36 R -1 1
3 23 R 0 0
4 36 R 1 -1
5 30 R 2 -2
6 2 B 1 -1
7 14 R 0 0
8 0 G 0 0
9 12 R 1 -1
10 24 B 0 0
11 24 B 1 -1
12 3 R 0 0
13 28 B -1 1
14 34 R -2 2
15 4 B -3 3
16 24 B -2 2
17 35 B -1 1
18 16 R -2 2
19 16 R -1 1
20 5 R 0 0
21 32 R 1 -1
22 9 R 2 -2
23 10 B 1 -1
24 23 R 0 0
25 14 R 1 -1
26 31 B 0 0
27 24 B 1 -1
28 12 R 0 0
29 0 G 0 0
30 8 B -1 1

31 22 B 0 0
32 13 B 1 -1
33 19 R 0 0
34 21 R 1 -1
35 00 G 1 -1
36 22 B 0 0
37 30 R -1 1
38 16 R 0 0
39 6 B -1 1
40 0 G -1 1
41 11 B 0 0
42 17 B 1 -1
43 33 B 2 -2
44 30 R 1 -1
45 16 R 2 -2
46 32 R 3 -3
47 27 R 4 -4
48 13 B 3 -3
49 4 B 4 -4
50 27 R 3 -3
51 32 R 4 -4
52 15 B 3 -3
53 35 B 4 -4
54 14 R 3 -3
55 15 B 2 -2
56 30 R 1 -1
57 11 B 0 0
58 13 B 1 -1
59 33 B 2 -2
60 16 R 1 -1
61 25 R 2 -2
62 25 R 3 -3
63 23 R 4 -4
64 21 R 5 -5
65 3 R 6 -6
66 15 B 5 -5
67 2 B 6 -6
68 21 R 5 -5
69 29 B 4 -4
70 8 B 5 -5

71 14 R 4 -4
72 30 R 5 -5
73 4 B 4 -4
74 00 G 4 -4
75 4 B 5 -5
76 22 B 6 -6
77 7 R 5 -5
78 8 B 4 -4
79 5 R 3 -3
80 4 B 2 -2
81 18 R 1 -1
82 24 B 0 0
83 9 R -1 1
84 11 B -2 2
85 16 R -3 3
86 36 R -2 2
87 9 R -1 1
88 13 B -2 2
89 6 B -1 1
90 4 B 0 0
91 1 R -1 1
92 12 R 0 0
93 17 B -1 1
94 23 R -2 2
95 16 R -1 1
96 17 B -2 2
97 2 B -1 1
98 19 R -2 2
99 25 R -1 1
100 26 B -2 2
101 6 B -1 1
102 35 B 0 0
103 3 R -1 1
104 14 R 0 0
105 17 B -1 1
106 28 B 0 0
107 22 B 1 -1
108 26 B 2 -2
109 26 B 3 -3
110 33 B 4 -4

111 21 R 3 -3
112 0 G 3 -3
113 4 B 2 -2
114 3 R 1 -1
115 1 R 2 -2
116 16 R 3 -3
117 0 G 3 -3
118 3 R 4 -4
119 1 R 5 -5
120 21 R 6 -6
121 8 B 5 -5
122 13 B 6 -6
123 33 B 7 -7
124 10 B 8 -8
125 6 B 9 -9
126 24 B 10 -10
127 12 R 9 -9
128 5 R 10 -10
129 27 R 11 -11
130 21 R 12 -12
Let’s take a look at the column Difference Favoring Repeats.
Run 1. In sequence 1, we are obviously at 0. So let’s say, we go for a repeat.

We reach +1 in sequence 4. That means, Black and Red colors repeated 1 more time than
they alternated, making us one unit ahead.
Run 2. The next 0 difference is reached in sequence 7. We would like to aim for a
difference of 1 again. It is reached in sequence 9, but this doesn’t count because of the
zero in sequence 8. So we need to reach difference 2, in order to come out 1 unit ahead.
And that is reached in sequence 22.
If we had started to observe the scoreboard at sequence 10, then we would reach
difference 1 in sequence 11. And the run starting at 0 difference of sequence 12 would
be won at sequence 21, reaching difference 1.
Run 3. At sequence 24 we encounter another 0 difference terminated in sequence 25.
Run 4. The 0 difference in sequence 26 is terminated in sequence 27, giving us one more
unit profit.
Run 5. The 0 difference in sequence 28 is terminated in sequence 47. This time, we

needed to be in difference 4, in order to be 1 unit ahead, because of the 3 appearances of

green zeroes in sequences 29, 35 and 40.
Remember, every appearance of the green 0 postpones our goal of being 1 unit ahead by
an extra difference number. Therefore, the appearances of 3 zeroes changed our
difference goal to be at 1+3=4, reached at sequence 47.
All the above means that you start betting when the number you register under column
Difference Favoring Repeats becomes a 0, which starts a run terminated when we get
difference 1. Then you don’t bet until you get another 0 in your difference column. You
repeat the process until you accumulate your +5 units.
Now that we have reached 5 units in total during the 5 runs above, we stop wagering and
can start over again at another table or another day or another casino.
******************************************
Another variation of this system, is to look for a pivot point around which, repeats and
changes fluctuate very frequently.
If the difference favoring repeats for instance rises quickly to around 10, we can take this
difference as a pivot point and go for an alternating decision, with the aim of reaching a
difference of 8 for repeats.
You can apply this variation also when a difference of either repeats or changes rises
quickly and not necessarily consecutively by 10 points from any value, say from 7 to 17
or from 15 to 25, etc. within about 15-20 spins.
Table 9 below illustrates this.

Table 9 is a continuation of Table 8, with overlapping sequences 106-110.
Table 9:
Favoring Favoring
106 28 B 0 0
107 22 B 1 -1
108 26 B 2 -2
109 26 B 3 -3
110 33 B 4 -4
111 21 R 3 -3

112 0 G 3 -3
113 4 B 2 -2
114 3 R 1 -1
115 1 R 2 -2
116 16 R 3 -3
117 0 G 3 -3
118 3 R 4 -4
119 1 R 5 -5
120 21 R 6 -6
121 8 B 5 -5
122 13 B 6 -6
123 33 B 7 -7
124 10 B 8 -8
125 6 B 9 -9
126 24 B 10 -10
127 12 R 9 -9
128 5 R 10 -10
129 27 R 11 -11
130 21 R 12 -12
131 30 R 13 -13
132 24 B 12 -12
133 16 R 11 -11
134 35 B 10 -10
135 36 R 9 -9
136 11 B 8 -8
137 33 B 9 -9
138 11 B 10 -10
139 10 B 11 -11
140 16 R 10 -10
141 26 B 9 -9
142 31 B 10 -10
143 15 B 11 -11
144 17 B 12 -12
145 14 R 11 -11
146 32 R 12 -12
147 9 R 13 -13
148 26 B 12 -12
149 36 R 11 -11
150 3 R 12 -12
151 23 R 13 -13

152 23 R 14 -14
153 31 B 13 -13
154 00 G 13 -13
155 32 R 12 -12
156 35 B 11 -11
157 27 R 10 -10
158 4 B 9 -9
159 34 R 8 -8
160 00 G 8 -8
161 22 B 7 -7
162 0 G 7 -7
163 5 R 6 -6
164 23 R 7 -7
165 29 B 6 -6
166 24 B 7 -7
167 23 R 6 -6
168 3 R 7 -7
169 30 R 8 -8
170 27 R 9 -9
171 0 G 9 -9
172 15 B 8 -8
173 23 R 7 -7
174 30 R 8 -8
175 25 R 9 -9
176 5 R 10 -10
177 26 B 9 -9
178 35 B 10 -10
179 22 B 11 -11
180 19 R 10 -10
181 30 R 11 -11
182 32 R 12 -12
183 26 B 11 -11
184 31 B 12 -12
185 24 B 13 -13
186 26 B 14 -14
187 19 R 13 -13
188 21 R 14 -14
189 4 B 13 -13
190 33 B 14 -14
191 23 R 13 -13

192 17 B 12 -12
193 14 R 11 -11
194 6 B 10 -10
195 28 B 11 -11
196 32 R 10 -10
197 20 B 9 -9
198 26 B 10 -10
199 12 R 9 -9
200 15 B 8 -8
201 30 R 7 -7
202 22 B 6 -6
203 15 B 7 -7
204 25 R 6 -6
205 27 R 7 -7
206 14 R 8 -8
207 00 G 8 -8
208 8 B 7 -7
209 24 B 8 -8
210 22 B 9 -9
211 1 R 8 -8
212 36 R 9 -9
213 2 B 8 -8
214 8 B 9 -9
215 00 G 9 -9
216 18 R 8 -8
217 33 B 7 -7
218 24 B 8 -8
219 33 B 9 -9
220 16 R 8 -8
221 3 R 9 -9
222 23 R 10 -10
223 20 B 9 -9
224 00 G 9 -9
225 33 B 10 -10
226 10 B 11 -11
227 35 B 12 -12
228 26 B 13 -13
229 00 G 13 -13
230 30 R 12 -12
231 34 R 13 -13

232 4 B 12 -12
233 19 R 11 -11
234 33 B 10 -10
235 24 B 11 -11
236 4 B 12 -12
237 35 B 13 -13
238 21 R 12 -12
239 30 R 13 -13
240 18 R 14 -14
241 26 B 13 -13
242 30 R 12 -12
243 30 R 13 -13
244 32 R 14 -14
245 2 B 13 -13
246 20 B 14 -14
247 14 R 13 -13
248 11 B 12 -12
249 31 B 13 -13
250 6 B 14 -14
251 19 R 13 -13
252 0 G 13 -13
253 34 R 14 -14
254 28 B 13 -13
255 7 R 12 -12
256 24 B 11 -11
257 26 B 12 -12
258 29 B 13 -13
259 29 B 14 -14
260 14 R 13 -13
261 26 B 12 -12
262 28 B 13 -13
263 17 B 14 -14
264 14 R 13 -13
265 25 R 14 -14
266 00 G 14 -14
267 4 B 13 -13
268 19 R 12 -12
269 5 R 13 -13
270 30 R 14 -14
271 25 R 15 -15

272 28 B 14 -14
273 8 B 15 -15
274 23 R 14 -14
275 12 R 15 -15
276 3 R 16 -16
277 34 R 17 -17
278 22 B 16 -16
279 32 R 15 -15
280 5 R 16 -16
281 22 B 15 -15
282 17 B 16 -16
283 20 B 17 -17
284 33 B 18 -18
285 27 R 17 -17
286 5 R 18 -18
287 33 B 17 -17
288 11 B 18 -18
289 29 B 19 -19
290 36 R 18 -18
291 11 B 17 -17
292 4 B 18 -18
293 27 R 17 -17
294 17 B 16 -16
295 14 R 15 -15
296 28 B 14 -14
297 34 R 13 -13
298 22 B 12 -12
299 16 R 11 -11
300 0 G 11 -11
301 10 B 10 -10
302 32 R 9 -9
303 14 R 10 -10
304 21 R 11 -11
305 10 B 10 -10
306 23 R 9 -9
307 19 R 10 -10
308 28 B 9 -9
The difference favoring repeats rises to 10 within 20 spins, from sequences

106 to 126. At sequence 126, we decide to go for an alternating decision, with the goal of
reaching difference 9 for the repeat bets, giving us 1 unit profit, as we go from difference
10 to 9.
Observe how many times this is achieved:

- from sequences 126 to 127
- from sequences 142 to 159 (there was a green 0 in sequence 154, so we needed
to reach difference 8 instead of 9 to be 1 unit ahead
and some other sequences, but we have reached our magic 5 units ahead, where we
leave with our winnings.
Wishing you lots of success using the Magic Five system.
Izak Matatya

file:///D|/Systems/MAGIC%20WHEEL%20SYSTEM.htm
the Magic Wheel is very simple. In essence, you are trying to cover the roulette wheel by
spreading your bets so that there is on the average only three spaces between your
numbers.
At the same time, you've only used FIVE chips to cover these TEN Numbers.
It is done by placing ONE Chip on the 6-Number Combination 31-36 and ONE
Chip on the numbers 11, 12, 27 and 28. You will either lose five chips at a time or win 1
to
31 chips. If you hit the 6-NUmber Combination, you win 5, lose 4, and net 1. If you hit
one of the single numbers, you win 35, lose 4 net 31.
Just remember to replace your bets after each spin also you don't have to use this
particular Magic Wheel, you can make your own. Any 6-Number Combination you
choose add the four
individual numbers spread between them. You may also try any 6-Number Combination
of a PIVOT Number and any other 4 Numbers that have also repeated and qualified to
be PIVOT Number.
file:///D|/Systems/MAGIC%20WHEEL%20SYSTEM.htm [7/21/2002 12:08:15 PM]

MAGNET SYSTEM
This method automatically covers all forming series on the even chances with
high bets,
while a break of these chances basically rebuts by low bets. You certainly say
that
nobody can guess the beginning of formation of the series. This is true, but it
is not important
when you use this method. The only important thing is that the series form
anyway.
Since this system simultaneously covers all three chosen chances,
complete absence of series is practically impossible.
For the best, start with a motionless game.
Play three chosen chances simultaneously.
These chances should be chosen from the beginning of the game,
change the march of the game only then, when the course of the game turns out to
be unchancy.
Let's assume you chose black, even, big.
The first bet: 8-8-8 will be made on these three chances.
If one of these bets win we save its height for the next spin.
The lost bets lose a half of their size and get shorter,
if it is required, to one unit. A shortened bet that wins doubles for the next
spin,
but maximum to 8 units. Thereby, it lasts until the expected profit will be
received
or decision to change the course of the game will be made. Changing the game
course
you do not just pass to counter-chances, but also change the motionless game to
a mobile one.
Only a practical game can give you the final opinion about toughness of this
system.
,
,
PLAY AND WIN!
Congratulations!
You have taken the first step to a more fun an profitable world.
My name is Martin and I've come up with an easy and fun way for
you to win at Roulette, Craps and Black Jack. My personal
favourite is Craps but I first developed this system for
Roulette. Once you learn my system you will also be able to apply
it to your own betting strategies. I'm sure that you will be very
surprised about how easy it really is.
Let's get started.
Betting
This is the most important point of the whole system. It's not
what game you play but how you bet on the game you choose. No
matter what game you play you need to be able to DOUBLE YOUR BET
when you lose. We are going to talk first about the "Outside
Bets" or 50/50 bets. Most people don't play these as they think
it takes too long to win. That's true in most cases but for what
we are about to do, you will win consistently. Making as little
as $60 per hour and working your way up to $6,000 per hour in a
manner of 3 days playing time. 1 day playing time equals 6 to 8
hours.
CRAPS
Let's start with my favourite game, CRAPS. Craps is easy and fun.
I like it because it is one of the faster games. As I said above
we will be doing the outside bets. We will bet on PASS, COME, DO
NOT PASS, DONT. Pass means that the roller will win (pass, come
etc.) and Do Not Pass means the roller will lose. On the come out
roll or first roll if the roller rolls a 7 or 11 he/she will win.
If the roller rolls a 2, 3 or 12 the roller loses. Let's say that
you bet $5 on Dont (Do Not Pass) and the rollers rolls a 7 on the
first roll. Then you lose because the roller made his/her Pass.
Here is an interesting note. There are more combinations of 7
than any other number.
There are 6 combinations of 7. There are 5 combinations of 6 and
8. 4
file:///D|/Systems/MARTIN%20MORS%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEM..htm (1 of 8) [7/21/2002 12:11:14 PM]

,
combinations of 9 and 5. 3 combinations of 4 and 10. 2

combinations of 11
and 3 and only one combination of 2 and 12. This means that on
the come out roll the roller has 9 chances of winning on the come
out roll and only 4 chances of losing. If the roller rolls
anything other than a 2, 3, 7, 11, or 12 then that number becomes
the Point. Let's say you bet Do Not Pass and the roller throws a
4 on the come out roll. This is his/her Point number. The roller
now has to roll another 4 to win or a 7 to lose. Let's say he
rolled 3 more times and then rolled a 7. Well the roller lost but
since you bet Do Not Pass, you win. All of what I just said was
just in case you have never played craps. It's good to know but
not necessary. I will show you how to just walk up to the table
and win.
CRAPS BETTING
Since we will be betting Pass, Do Not Pass it makes it much
easier. The
roller is either going to win or lose. He/she may win several
times in a
roll or lose several times in a roll. Usually the roller wins or
loses
around 3 times at the most in a roll. This is what I do and it
works. I
start by betting Pass. If I win I stay on Pass until the roller
doesn't
pass. I then switch to Dont Pass. If the roller passes then I
switch to
Pass. By going back and forth I will eventually win. This is were
doubling your bet comes in when you lose, watch.
$5 bet on Pass. The roller doesn't pass. I lose.
$10 bet on Dont Pass. The roller Passes. I lose.
$20 bet on Pass. The roller Passes. I win.
What did I just win? I take off my $20 bet and the house pays me
$20. I won back my $5 bet + my $10 bet. $5+$10=$15. But wait, I
won $20 so I went up $5. Not only did I win all my money back but
I won my original bet of $5.
Let's say I started with $155 as my stake. Now I have $160. Since
I won on Pass I'll stay with pass. I now go back to the $5 dollar

,
bet.
$5 bet on Pass. The roller rolls a 7 on the come out roll. The
roller passes and I win. I now have $165
$5 bet on Pass. The roller rolls another 7. I win again. I now
have $170
$5 bet on Pass. The roller doesn't pass. I lose. I now have $165
$10 bet on Dont Pass. The roller passes. I lose. I now have $155
$20 bet on Pass. The roller doesn't pass. I lose. I now have
$135$50 bet on Don't Pass. The roller doesn't pass. I win. I now
have $185.
I just won all my money back Plus an extra $15. That is because
instead of going to $40 dollars after losing on the $20 bet I
went to $50. It is easier to double your bet this way. I always
go to a $50 bet after losing a $20 bet. But you see, you have to
win sooner or later. It's Pass or Dont Pass 50/50 bets. When you
win, you always win your money back plus your stake goes up. Just
doing what I showed you above, you should make $100 or more in 15
minutes. If you live close to a casino. You could go there 5 days
a week, spend 15 minutes and be making $2,000 per month! If you
spent 30 minutes you would be making $4,000 per month. It's fast
and easy. You would have to lose 5 times in a roll to wipe out.
If you brought $355 dollars to the table you would have to lose 6
times in a roll to wipe out. Practice this system before you go.
If you want to keep playing for the Big Buck this is what you do.
Once you have a little more than doubled your stake (You started
with $155 and now you have $355) you now start with $10 dollar
bets instead of $5 bets. You will now be making around $200 every
15 minutes or $800 per hour. Once your stake gets up to $955 you
start out with $20 bets instead of $10 bet. You should now be
making around $1,600 per hour. Once your stake reaches $3,150
start out with $50 bets. You should be making around $4,000 per
hour. If you want to start out safer you can start out with $1
bets. You should be making around $80 per hour but you would have
to lose 7 times in a roll to wipe out. The choice is yours. This
is still gambling and you can still lose but now the odds are
much more in your favour. Practice before you go. You will be
more comfortable with the system and have more fun when you get
to the casino. In Vegas and Reno you can place bets to over

,
$30,000. These are the best places to go but if your casino will
only let you go up to $100 bets you can still make big money.
ROULETTE
Roulette is much the same as Craps. It has outside bets like
this. Red,
Black. Odd or Even. High or Low. They are considered 50/50 bets.
The betting strategy is the same though.
Let's say you start with $185.
$5 Bet on Red. The wheel stops on Black. You lose. You now have
$180.
$10 Bet on Black. The wheel stops on Red. You lose. You now have
$170
$20 Bet on Red. The wheel stops on Red. You win. You now have
$190.
$5 on Red. The wheel stops on Red. You win. You now have $195.
$5 on Red. The wheel stops on Black. You lose. You now have $190.
$10 on Black. The wheel stops on 0 Green. You lose. You now have
$180. When the green numbers 0 or 00 come up. You lose unless you
were betting on these numbers.
$20 Bet on Red. The wheel stops on Black. You lose. You now have
$160.
$50 Bet on Black. The wheel stops on Red. You lose. You now have
$110.
$100 Bet on Red. The wheel stops on Red. You win. You now have
$210.
Roulette is slower than Craps. You can also take a bet off the
table until the ball starts to chop and the dealer says "No more
bets". Since it is slower you should only be winning around 60
times per hour. Still have $5 bets that's $300 per hour or $60
per hour at $1 bets. If you start with $1 bets then bet the
following.
$1, $2, $5, $10, $20, $50, $100 etc. Again you will have to lose
7 times in a roll to wipe out. These are 50/50 bets so you have
to win sooner or later.
When you win, you win all your money back plus your stake goes
up.

,
Here are some interesting notes about Roulette. There are more
Red Odd
numbers than Black Odd. There are more Black Even numbers than
Red Even. So if you want to make a double bet. If it looks like a
red is going to come up next then place the other bet on odd. If
red does come up you have more chances that a odd will as well.
Remember to stay on what won. If you won on red then stay on red.
If you won on odd then stay on odd. This way if there is a run
then you will be on the run. If you win on red and it stays red
for 10 more times then you will win 10 times in a roll. If you
lose then go back and forth until you win or you can try 2 reds
then do 2 blacks then back to red again. You don't want to keep
betting the same thing over and over again because the wheel will
sooner or later hit a bad streak. You want to bet with the streak
when it does happen not betting against it.
Here is another good way. Let's say you lose on Red. Next bet
Black, Red,
Black, Black, Red, Red, Back, Red etc. When you win just remember
where you left off on the sequence. It makes it a lot harder to
hit against the
streak. Play around with this and see what you like best.
Black Jack
Most of us are familiar with this game. The object of the game is
to get
Closer to 21 than the dealer. If you go over 21, you lose. Ace's
count as 1 or 11. The betting sequence works here as well. If you
are a good Black Jack player then this is the best game for you.
There are different ways to play Black Jack so you need to know
how your casino does it. Some casinos give 2 cards to every
player (including the dealer) and then starts with the player to
the dealers' left, going around until the dealer plays. Some
casinos give one card to every player (including the dealer) and
starts with the player on the dealers left. Playing each hand
until the dealer plays. If you're lucky then the later game is
how your casino plays. If you can, try to be the last player or
the player to the dealers right. Your main object is not to bust.
Don't take a hit if you can help it. If you can take a hit
without busting then go ahead and do it. If the dealers one card

,
shows an 8 and you can only bust with a 9 or 10 then go ahead and
take a hit. The reason for this is if the dealer gets a 9 or 10
you will lose anyway.
If the game is where the dealer starts with 2 cards you will only
see one
card and the other card will be faced down. If you have over 13
then don't take a hit. If you have 11 or 12 you may want to take
a hit if the dealer is showing 7 or higher. If you have over 11
and the dealer is showing 6 or lower then don't take a hit. You
can't bust if you don't take a card. The dealer may have 16 and
you a 12. You decide to take a hit and receive a 10.
You busted with 22 so you lose. The dealer has to take a hit on
16 and stand on 17 or higher. If you hadn't taken the card then
the dealer would have busted and you would have won with a 12.
The betting is the same though. Start with $5. If you lose, bet
$10, if you lose bet $20, if you lose bet $50. If you win you
will have won all your money back plus you have gone up $15. This
is a fairly fast game so you should be winning around $300 an
hour with $5 bets. Play around with this system as well. NOTE:
The chances of losing more than 5 times in a roll are higher than
with craps or roulette. You may want to start with enough money
where you can lose 7 times in a roll and win on the 8th. Casinos
in Vegas and Reno have 25cent tables and up.
What I would like to do now is show you some charts showing when
you should increase your First bet so you can work your way up.
Also a few betting charts showing different ways of placing bets.
You can take these into the casino with you. That is allowed.
What casinos do not allow are electronic devices. Pen, Paper etc.
are O.K..
Chart for Craps

$200 Start Out Stake Day 1 $23,000 Start Out Stake Day 2
When your stake => $600 then start betting $10 This can only work
on
When your stake =>$1,400 then start betting $20 table that allow
big bets.
When your stake =>$3,000 then start betting $50 If you are

,
betting $100
When your stake=> $7,000 then start betting $100 To start you
will need to be able to bet up to $1,600.
If you can't bet up to at least $1,600 then you can't do $100.

You must be able to double at least 5 times for the system to
work. The chart above shows approximate what you should make each
hour. If you should lose 5 times in a roll then take your losses
and start over unless you have money to double again.
Chart for Roulette

$200 Start Out Stake Day 1 $23,000 Start Out Stake Day 2
When your stake => $500 then start betting $10 This can only work
on tables
When your stake =>$1,300 then start betting $20 that allow big
bets.
When your stake =>$2,500 then start betting $50 betting $100,
When your stake=> $5,500 then start betting $100 To start you
will need to be able to bet up to $1,600.
If you can't bet up to at least $1,600 then you can't do $100.

You must be able to double at least 5 times for the system to
work. The chart above shows approximate what you should make each
hour. If you should lose 5 times in a roll then take your losses
and start over unless you have money to double again.
Betting Sequences.....
Roulette: Black, Red, Black, Black, Red, Red. Then start over.
Odd, Even, Odd, Odd, Even, Even. Then start over.
High, Low, High High, Low, Low. Then start over.
Remember that when you win, stay on what you won with. If you are
on a
streak you can pile up the money. Once you lose a spin then go to
the
opposite and start the betting sequences as listed above. Use one
of the 3listed not all 3 together. Don't forget to double your
bet when you lose a spin.
Craps: Pass, Dont Pass, Pass, Pass, Dont Pass, Dont Pass. Start

,
over.
Remember that when you win stay on what you won with. If you are
on a streak you can pile up the money. Once you lose a roll then
go to the opposite and start the betting sequences as listed
above. Don't forget to double your bet when you lose a roll.
Black Jack: All you can do is double your bet when you lose.
That's it. Play around with it as you can modify this with your
own betting techniques. The main point is doubling your bets when
you lose. To play the safest way just start with $1 bets. You
won't win big at first but I think winning around $60 an hour is
pretty good money. Do you make $60 an hour at your job? That's
$480 a day if you play for 8 hours. That's $2,400 a week if you
play 5 times a week and $9,600 a month for $115,200 a year. Not
bad for just making $1 bets. Remember that this is a betting
method and will help you win but it is still Gambling. You can
still lose so pay attention to what you are doing. I can't
guarantee that you will win but I think that by now you can see
you will do much better than you ever have before.

MASER EVOLUTION (System for Dozens $125)
· System for Dozzens

· Quick game
· Few numbers to track before playing
· Only winning progression
· Bankroll : 20 chips
· Winning target : 10 chips
· Accuracy : 97,34%
· Recomended for the casual player or those who want to play without risk and
get a good profit.
THE RULES
The object of the system is to win a net profit of 10 units by betting on the
dozens and columns. When you have won your target profit of 10 units you should
find another table to play on or quit for the day. The best way to play is to
bet on both columns and dozens at the same time according to the rules shown
below.
The quit loss amount is 20 units. That is, you should quit playing at a table or
even quit the casino if your losses total 20 units. The system is designed to
take advantage of repeating dozens/columns. The first bet is a bet of 1 unit on
the same dozen that appeared in the last spin. If the first bet wins (giving
you a profit of 2 units) bet 1 unit again on the same dozen. If the second bet
also wins bet 1 unit again on the same dozen. If the third bet wins bet 2 units
on the same dozen. If this fourth bet wins you will have won your target profit
of 10 units (2 + 2 + 2 + 4) and you should therefore bet at another table or
quit for the day. Four consecutive winning bets also means that the same dozen
has appeared five times in a row (or more if you started to bet after one or
more repeating dozens) If any of the four bets mentioned above loses, your next
bet should be 1 unit on each of the dozens that appeared in the last two spins.
Keep betting 1 unit on each of the previous two dozens until a dozen repeats.
When you are betting on the last two dozens and one of them repeats, bet 2 units
on that repeating dozen in the next spin. If that 2-unit bet wins, bet 3 units
on the repeating dozen. If the 3-unit bet wins, bet 4 units on the repeating
dozen. If the 4-unit bet wins you should have reached your target profit of 10
units. If your 10 unit target is reached earlier in the progression you should
have stopped then. If you win your 4-unit bet and you still have not reached
your target profit of 10 units start the progression again at 1 unit. If either
the 2, 3 or 4-unit bet loses go back to betting 1 unit on each of the dozens
that appeared in the last two spins.
Stop betting whenever one of the dozens does not appear twice in the last three
spins and resume betting when one of the dozens does appear twice. Always quit
when your target profit of 10 units has been achieved, even if you are in the
middle of the 1-2-3-4 progression mentioned above.
EXAMPLES
SPINS DOZENS BET ON NET WIN

1 Just record
2 1 -1
1 1 and 2 0
2 1 and 2 1
2 1 and 2 2
2 2 (2chips) 6
3 2 (3chips) 3
2 2 and 3 4
3 2 and 3 5
1 2 and 3 3
1 no bet 3
1 1 (2chips) 7
2 1 (3chips) 4
1 1 and 2 5
1 1 and 2 6
1 1 (2chips) 10 (end of session - target reached)
Martin J. Silverthorne
Maximum
Advantage
Roulette
Plus!
Powerful New Strategies That Take the
Maximum Advantage Roulette Strategy
To a New, So-Far Unbeatable Level!
SILVERTHORNE
PuBLICATIONS
Maximum Advantage Roulette Plus! © 2004 Silverthorne Publications, Inc.
1
Maximum Advantage Roulette Plus
COPYRIGHT © 2004 by Silverthorne Publications Inc.
All rights reserved. Except for brief passages used in legitimate

reviews, no parts of this book may be reproduced or utilized in any form
or by any means, electronic or mechanical, without the written
permission of the publisher.
Address all inquiries to the publisher:

Silverthorne Publications, Inc.
7200 Montgomery Blvd. NE, Suite 172
Albuquerque, New Mexico 87109
United States of America
www.silverthornepublications.com
The material contained in this book is intended to inform and educate

the reader and in no way represents an inducement to gamble legally or
illegally.
2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Introduction 4
The Controlled Risk Betting Strategy 11
Increasing the Performance of the CRB Strategy 19
Adding Betting Level "C" to the CRB Strategy 28
How Risky Is It to Add Another Betting Level to the 31

CRB Strategy?
How Does Using a Third Betting Series Affect Our 36

Bankroll Requirements?
What About Adding a Fourth Betting Level? 40
Summary of New Risk Adjustment Strategy 45
3
Introduction
This special book modifies and adds to the roulette gambling
strategy described in the manual and toolkit Maximum
Advantage Roulette.
The complete manual reveals the dynamic new Maximum

Advantage Roulette Strategy that is a time-tested strategy that
has been tested and proven to-
• Win $147 an hour making minimum bets in land-based

casinos, hour after hour, day after day, week after profitable
week.
• Pull in profits as high as $735 an hour in unsuspecting

Internet casinos that are just waiting to be soundly beaten by
this strategy.
• Win quickly time after time using a copyright protected "hit

and run" strategy so effective that most online casinos can be
beaten in 16 minutes or less.
4
• Create powerful, predictable sources of income that are so
reliable that one associate, John D., called this method the
"ATM method - just punch in the right numbers and wait for
the cash to appear."
The Maximum Advantage Roulette Strategy has been

exhaustively tested and 100% proven to work. Almost
unbelievably, it is documented to win a record breaking 97.75%
of the time..
It is so reliable that when you use it, you will make an average
return of 30% per hour on the money you risk in any real casino.
What's more, if you play in the faster and even more profitable
online casinos, you will more than double your hourly win rate.
In fact, after you work your way up to making $25 wagers, you
will make predictable profits of $735 an hour!
Maximum Advantage Roulette is a unique strategy that was

developed exclusively for winning at roulette. Instead of
"borrowing" one of the old off-the-shelf systems, the Maximum
Advantage Roulette Strategy uses a system custom tailored to
win consistently playing roulette.
It is not complicated. It only requires you to make only one bet

at a time.
It is not simplistic like the systems that require you to double up

after losses or raise your wager by a fixed amount after winning.
5
It is a scientifically based system that incorporates a perfected
"ratchet principle" to adjust the size of your wagers by just the
right amount.
Maybe the best way to describe it is to call it a betting strategy

based on the "Goldilocks principle." It is not too hot and not too
cold, but just right.
Let me give you an example of how the Maximum Advantage

Roulette System protects your bankroll. The Martingale System
is one of the oldest around. It calls for doubling your wager after
a loss and continuing to double your bet until you eventually win.
If you are wagering $5 and lose, your next bet will be doubled,
for $10. If you lose this bet also, you will lay out $20. If you are
unfortunate enough to lose this wager too, you will plop down
$40 for your next wager. The theory behind this system is that
when you eventually win, you will recoup all of your losses plus
win the amount of your original bet, for $5. Neat huh?
The problem is that if you have a string of losses, your wagers

will get larger and larger. You will be required to risk more
and more money on each bet until you reach the house limit
and can no longer double your wager.
Here’s an example of a Martingale series - 5 10 20 40 80 160 320

640 . If we assume that the house betting limits are $5 to $1,000,
then this is as far as we can go. If we lose the $640 bet, we would
be required to wager $1,280 next. If we start to make this bet, the
dealer will admonish us, "No more than $1,000, please. "We are
defeated. Even with a $2,000 house limit, we can only raise our
6
wager one more time. If we bet $1,280 and lose, our next wager
would be for $2,560. Once again the dealer will refuse our wager
as it exceeds the house limit.
Besides not being allowed to wager $2,560, we must also stop at

this point and question the logic of a system that requires us to
risk $2,560 to win the grand sum of $5. Put this way, the
Martingale System doesn't seem very smart, does it?
With Martingale, you assume too much risk relative to the final
payoff. What if I told you that there is a way to bet that wins at a
very high rate, yet has very low risk.
The Controlled Risk Betting Strategy or CRB Strategy is the

betting method used in the Maximum Advantage Roulette
Strategy. It is like no other strategy ever created.
When you use it, you will win a very high percentage of the time.
In fact, when you couple it with the rest of the principles used in
this system, you will win 97.75% of the time. This is a very high
win rate, yet, amazingly, it is done with low risk.
Yet, as high as this win rate is, you can do even better. That's
where this supplemental manual comes in. We have discovered
ways to increase the win rate even higher. In fact, the
methods I am going to show you in this book can be used to
lift the Maximum Advantage Roulette Strategy as close as is
possible to becoming a "perfect playing strategy."
Before I show you how to do this, we need to talk a little more

about betting strategies.
7
Let's take a look at two $5 betters. Mr. A. uses the Martingale
"double-up" strategy. Mr. B. chooses the CRB Strategy which is
a major component of Maximum Advantage Roulette.
Unfortunately, neither player is very lucky today and they each

lose eight consecutive bets. Mr. A. has now lost $1,275 and will
be called on to wager $1,280 next.
Mr. B. also has a loss, but it is only for $120. His next bet will be
for $15.
First, I want you to notice that while losing eight consecutive

bets is close to a disaster for Mr. A., it is only a minor setback for
Mr. B. While Mr. B. is also in the hole, his loss of $120 is less
than 1/10th the size of Mr. A.'s. Furthermore, Mr. A. has just hit
the wall with his betting and cannot increase the size of his
wagers any more because of house limits. He is stuck with a
$1,275 loss with no way to recoup it.
Mr. B.'s next wager of $15 is well under the maximum bet and
the odds are very great that Mr. B. will not only recoup his $120
loss with a few more bets, but win the contest by making a few
more astutely timed wagers.
The CRB Strategy gives the player the power to win large
amounts at an amazingly high rate.
Using the CRB Betting Strategy, a typical $5 bettor will win

$147 an hour in a land-based casino and more than double that in
an online casino. I don't know about you, but I am absolutely
thrilled to be able to risk a very small amount of money and be
8
able to win $300 an hour playing online with $5-based wagers.
If you decide you want to win more, you can start with $10
wagers or even work your way up, using casino winnings, to $25
wagers.
The documented win rate for Maximum Advantage Roulette,

using $25 wagers, is $735 an hour. As an old blonde dealer
working in a decrepit sawdust joint casino once told me,
"Honey, you're talking my language."
While these are extraordinary results, this strategy has been

pushed even further. While a win rate of 97.75% is really
extraordinary, you can actually do much, much better than this.
How would you like to reduce the possibility of the loss of your
bankroll down as low .338%? Just so we understand this
number, I am talking about a system that would entail a major
loss once in every 296 games. Another way of saying this is that
you could expect to lose a series of games about 3.38 times out
of every 1,000 games played.
That is where we are going in this special supplemental manual.

In fact, we will even show you what may be called the "ultimate
betting strategy" where a series loss would occur on the average
just once every 1,976 games! Here we are talking about
modifying the original strategy to the point that the risk of loss is
very, very tiny.
I want to be up front with you. I have never had a loss in real

play at the "once in every 1,976 games level." However, it is still
possible that you could experience a loss. Possible, but not
likely.
9
In the next chapter I am going to review the Controlled Risk
Betting Strategy which is the strategy used to determine the size
of each bet you make at roulette when you use this system.
If you haven't yet learned the CRB strategy, you are referred to
pages 132 to 147 of the Maximum Advantage Roulette Course &
Toolkit.
10
The Controlled Risk Betting Strategy
There are two critical components of the Maximum Advantage
Roulette Strategy. The first component is the Betting Method
used, which is called the "Controlled Risk Betting Strategy."
This betting system is used to determine the size of each wager.
The second component of the strategy is "Adaptive Pattern

Betting Method," which used to determine where to place your
next wager. This is the Bet Selection part of the strategy.
These methods are described in complete detail in the original

manual Maximum Advantage Roulette Course & Toolkit.
When you are using the Maximum Advantage Roulette Strategy,

you will combine both of these components. For example, the
CRB Strategy may tell you that your next wager will be for $8.
The APB Method will determine where you place the next wager.
It is through the interaction of both components that the overall
strategy gains its power.
In this book, we are only going to talk about the component of the
overall strategy that determines the size of each wager of the CRB
Strategy.
11
In order to use the complete Maximum Advantage Roulette
Strategy, you will need to add the APB Method, which
determines where you place each bet.
Thus, the discussions that follow only cover part of the complete
strategy. Before you decide to test these modifications by playing
roulette, you will want to make sure that you are using the
complete strategy which is described in the book - Maximum
Advantage Roulette Course and Toolkit. To obtain more
information about acquiring the "whole system" please check our
web site at http://www.silverthornepublications.com/MaxAdvantRoulPlus/
The CRB Strategy is a method for determining the size of every

wager you will make before you make the wager. It is not a
predefined betting series like a Martingale. You will recall that if
you use a Martingale progression, you will double each wager
following a loss until you have a winning wager. A Martingale
betting series for a table with $5 minimum wagers would be: 5
10 20 40 80 160 320 640 and so on.
There are several problems with using a Martingale type of

progression.
1. A larger bankroll is required. In order to use a Martingale

progression, you have to use a bankroll for each game equal in
size to the sum of all of the wagers. The above series would
require a bankroll of $1,275.
12
2. A Martingale progression risks too much in order to win a
small amount. If you lost the first seven wagers in the above
Martingale series, you would have lost $635 and would be
called on to wager $640 in order to recoup your loss and
capture a $5 gain. Here the risk is all out of proportion to the
potential gain.
3. While Martingale progressions win frequently, the size of their

losses are too large. One loss will wipe out hours of profits.
And, as we have seen earlier, the improbable (like losing seven
decisions in a row) occurs often enough in gambling that you
can be sure that you will have large losses if you use a
Martingale progression.
The CRB Strategy is a flexible strategy where bets can move

up and down within a range. By taking this approach, the size
of our wagers stays small.
Below is a comparison of seven losing wagers for a Martingale

Betting Series and the CRB Strategy using $5 bets as the base bet.
Comparison of Losing Betting Series

Martingale vs. CRB Strategy
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Total
Martingale 5 10 20 40 80 160 320 640 $1,275
CRB 5 8 11 14 17 20 23 26 $124
Strategy
13
As shown in the table above, if we lose seven consecutive wagers,
our loss will equal $1,275 if we use a Martingale Betting System.
Unless we have nerves of steel, this loss will end our game and we
will walk away with a wallet that is considerably lighter.
If we used the CRB Strategy instead, we would have had a loss of

$124. This is much better than losing $1,275, don't you think?
What's more, we can continue to play after losing seven bets in a
row with the Maximum Advantage Roulette strategy, while a loss
using Martingale, will wipe us out.
Let's take a look at how the CRB Strategy is formulated.
How the CRB Strategy Works
The basic betting system for playing at a $5 minimum wager

roulette table has the following rules:
A. The base bet is $5. This is the minimum wager made.
B. The maximum bet in a game is $27. If this amount is wagered

and lost, the following wager will be for $15.
14
C. The amount of the wager is increased by $3 following a loss.
If we had a series of five straight losses, our wagers would be:
Bet Number 1 2 3 4 5
Amount $5 $8 $11 $14 $17
D. The amount of a wager is reduced by $2 following any win. If

we have a series of two straight wins, and our first wager was
in the amount of $15, our wagers would be: $15 and then $13.
E. After any two consecutive wins, the amount of the wager is

reduced by $5. If we have two consecutive wins, starting with
a $15 bet, our bets would be:
Bet 1 Wins Bet 2 Wins Bet 3 Placed

$15 $13 $8
The next table shows a series of 15 wagers made using the base
betting series. To keep matters simple, we won't worry about
where the wagers were placed.
15
A Series of Bets Made With $5 Minimum Wagers
# Rule $ Bet Outcome W = Amount won Running

win, L = Loss or lost Total
1 A 5 L -5 -5
2 C 8 L -8 -13
3 C 11 W +11 -2
4 D 9 W +9 +7
5 E 5 L -5 +2
6 C 8 W +8 +10
7 D 6 L -6 +4
8 C 9 L -9 -5
9 C 12 L -12 -17
10 C 15 W +15 -2
11 D 13 L -13 -15
12 D 16 W +16 +1
13 D 14 W +14 +15
14 E 9 W +9 +24
15 C 5 W +5 +29
It is very important that you understand how to determine the size

of your wagers. Let's go through this example decision by
decision and see how each bet was determined.
Each decision below corresponds to the decision number (#) in

Table 2.
1. This was our first wager. We always start a game with our
basic bet in accordance with Rule A.
2. We lost our first wager. Following a loss, we use Rule C to

determine the next wager. Our next wager is the amount of the
previous lost wager plus $3, or 5 + 3 = 8. We wager $8.
16
3. We lost again. Once again we follow Rule C and add $3 to the
amount of our losing wager. We calculate: 8 + 3 = $11. Our
next wager is $11.
4. We won our third wager. Following a single win we use Rule

D and reduce our next wager by $2. Our calculation is: 11 - 2
= 9. We wager $9 for decision #4.
5. We won wager #4. We have now won two bets in a row (#3
and #4). With two consecutive wins, Rule E kicks in and we
reduce the size of our next wager by $5. We calculate: 9 - 5 =
4. However, our minimum wager is always at least $5, so our
wager size is 5 instead of 4. We wager $5 for decision #5.
6. We lost Decision #5. Now Rule C determines the size of our

wager. We add $3 to our last bet, for: 5 + 3 = 8. We wager
$8.
7. We won wager #6. Following Rule D, our next wager is

reduced by $2. We have: 8 - 2 = 6. We wager $6.
8. We lost #7. Time for Rule C again. We increase our next

wager by $3, as 6 + 3 = 9. We wager $9 for decision #8.
9. Another loss. Rule C still governs. We add $3 to our last

wager, for 9 + 3 = 12. Our wager for #9 is $12.
10. We lost decision #9. We follow Rule C and add another $3 to

our previous wager, for 12 + 3 = 15. Our wager for #10 is for
$15.
17
11. Hurray, we finally won. With a win on #10, we follow Rule D
and drop our next bet by $2. The next bet is determined as 15 -
2 = 13. We bet $13 for decision #11.
12. Back to the losing column as wager #11 loses. Rule C governs
and we add $3 to our previous wager for, 13 + 3 = 16. We
wager $16 on decision #12.
13. We win #12. Back to Rule D. We cut the size of this bet by
$2, as 16 - 2 = 14. Our wager is for $14.
14. Another win. We have won two bets in a row. This brings
Rule E into play. We reduce the size of our next bet by $5.
We calculate: 14 - 5 = 9. We bet $9.
15. Decision $14 wins. Since we have won two in a row, we

knock down the size of the next bet by $5. We calculate: 9 - 5
= 4. Since our minimum bet is still $5, we wager $5.
16. We win Decision #15. If we were to continue our next bet

would be for $5 again and we can't reduce the size or our
wager below our minimum wager of $5.
We have now covered how you determine the size of each wager.
Please remember that this is only part of the complete Maximum
Advantage Roulette System. The other major component of the
strategy deals exclusively with where you place your bets. The
Adaptive Pattern Betting Strategy is described on pages 142 to
147 of the complete manual and toolkit.
18
Increasing the Performance
of the CRB Strategy
The following table shows some statistics developed from this
series of games. This is the same table presented as Table 9 on
page 164 in the complete manual. These statistics are fairly
representative of any games you decide to play using the CRB
Strategy in its original form.
Because they give us an idea of how well the system performs as

originally developed, they are worth taking a look at again so that
we completely understand how the original system performs.
After reviewing the original strategy, we will be better prepared
to take a look at advanced strategies that increase the win rate
even higher.
19
Results of 20 Typical Games Using
the Original CRB Strategy
Number of Games Played 20

Games Won 17
Games Lost 3
Games Won Percentage 85%
Games Lost Percentage 15%
Amount Won $816
Total Number of Bets (Spins) 555
Average Win per Bet Made ($816/555) $1.4703
Average Bets (Spins) per Game (555/20) 27.75
Average Spins per Winning Game 23.76
Average Amount Won per Winning Game $57.05
Average Amount Won per Winning Game Using $50.93
Betting Series A
Betting Series B
Looking at this table we can see that we won 17 out of 20 games

for a win rate of 85%. This is about what we can expect using
the original CRB Strategy.
We won a total of $816 for this series of games. This required

making 555 bets. Since we bet on every spin of the roulette
wheel, the number of bets is the same as the number of spins of
the wheel.
Even including our losing games, we won an average of $1.47

per spin. This is important because we can use this "win rate" to
forecast our hourly winnings at different rates of play. We made
20
an average of 27.75 bets per game. At a spin rate of 50 spins per
hour, our average game lasted about 33 minutes. At the faster
rate of 100 spins per hour (think Internet casinos), it would have
taken us just over 16 minutes to wrap up each game.
The average amount we won per winning game was $57.05. The
games played using Betting Series A had average wins of $50.95
and the games playing with Betting Series B averaged wins of
$103. These amounts are close to our target win amounts of $50
for Series A and $100 for Series B.
The next table presents another way of looking at these statistics.

This table shows what our win rates per hour would be at
different bankroll levels and at different rates of play. This
illustration will give you a clearer insight into the power of using
the original betting strategy
Win Rates per Hour Comparing Spin Rates and the

Size of Betting Series
Size of Betting Series A and B

Hourly $150 to $300 to $450 to $600 to
Spin Rate $300 $600 $900 $1,200
30 $44.10 $88.20 $132.30 $176.40
50 $73.50 $147.00 $220.50 $294.00
100 $147.00 $294.00 $441.00 $588.00
21
Different Betting Series
The original CRB Strategy uses only two betting series, which I
call Series A and Series B. For tables with $5 minimum bets, the
base bets for these series are $5 and $10, respectively.
These are the only two of many levels of play possible using the
Maximum Advantage Roulette Strategy. You can gear the level
of your play to the size of your bankroll. In fact, one method of
play that you may consider is to gradually increase the size of
your buy-ins as your bankroll grows.
Increasing the size of your bankroll using casino winnings is an

excellent way to leverage your winnings. As shown in the table
above, you can increase your hourly win rate to over $500 an
hour if you are willing to invest more in a game of roulette.
The next table shows four different levels of play for the CRB
Strategy using two betting levels.
22
Comparative Betting Series Used
for Different Levels of Play
Level Series Base + After - After - After 2 Game Total
Bet Loss Win Consecutive Buy-in Needed
Wins Per
Game
1 A $5 +3 -2 -5 $150
B $10 +6 -4 -10 $300 $500
2 A $10 +6 -4 -10 $300

B $20 +12 -8 -20 $600 $1,000
3 A $15 +9 -6 -15 $450

B $30 +18 -12 -30 $900 $1,500
4 A $20 +12 -8 -20 $600

B $40 +24 -16 -40 $1,200 $2,000
Here's what the columns mean in the table above.
Level - This refers to the level of play. Throughout the examples

in the original manual, we have assumed play at Level 1, using
Series A and B for this level.
Series - Each level of play has two Betting Series, A and B used
for that level.
Base Bet - The minimum wager for each betting series.
+ After Loss - The amount added to a losing wager following a

losing bet.
- After Win - The amount deducted from a losing wager

following a winning bet.
23
- After 2 Consecutive Wins - The amount used to compute the
size of the next wager following two consecutive winning bets.
Game Buy-in - The amount of cash needed to play a game at

each level.
Total Needed Per Game - The recommended amount of cash

needed to play a game at each level. For example, to play a
game at Level 1, you will need $500 for a game bankroll. This is
higher than the total buy-ins for Series A plus Series B to provide
an extra cushion.
Rules for the Controlled Risk Betting Strategy

Before I present some modifications to the original betting rules,
let's review them once again just to make sure that you
understand the original concepts before I suggest some
modifications.
The Controlled Risk Betting Strategy is used to determine the

size of each bet you will make. A different Betting Series is
associated with each bankroll level.
The amount of money used for a game determines the size of

your betting series. The CRB Strategy will work for many
different levels of betting, from $1 wagers to $40 bets. The
principles remain the same, regardless of the size of the wagers.
24
Here are the rules governing wagering using $5 minimum bets:
1. Your base bet is $5. You will never wager an amount smaller
than the amount of your base bet in any game.
2. The maximum bet for using the $5 minimum bet series is

$27. If this amount is lost, your next wager will drop to $15.
This rule is designed to limit the size of losses.
3. Following any loss, the next wager is increased by $3.
4. Following any win, the next wager is reduced by $2.
5. Following two consecutive wins, the next wager is reduced

by $5, subject to making a minimum wager of $5.
In the original approach we added one additional betting series to

our first one which used $5 as its base bet.
I called the first betting series, using a $5 base bet, "Series A"
and the following betting series, which uses a Base Bet of $10,
"Series B."
The rules for betting Series B are as follows:
1. Your base bet is $10. You will never wager an amount

smaller than the amount of your base bet in any game.
25
3. Following any loss, the next wager is increased by $6

by $5 subject to making a minimum wager of $10.
For any session of roulette, you will need to be prepared to wager

either Betting Series A, with a $5 Base Bet, or Betting Series B,
using a $10 Base Bet.
Whenever you start a roulette session, you will use the Series A
Bet Selection Method. Following the loss of a game, you will
use Series B for one game only.
Thus, we now have two levels of bets. We will use the betting
series using $5 Base Bets as our normal method of play.
We will keep Betting Series B available to use only following

the loss of a game. Series B is designed to help us recoup a
loss more quickly by increasing the size of our base bets after
a loss.
The loss rate for losing a Series A level of bets is 15%, with an
85% win rate.
26
As you shall see, winning at the Series B level mostly recovers
the amount of any Series A losses.
The risk of losing two consecutive games, consisting of a Series

A and a Series B level game, is very small, calculated as the
overall loss rate squared or (0.15 x 015 = 2.25%). Thus, the risk
of a large loss, consisting of two back-to-back series losses, is
very small and only occurs about once every 44 or 45 games.
The other side to a 2.25% loss rate is a "Series Win Rate" of

97.75%. This is very powerful and a major component of the
power of this strategy.
At this point, I want to introduce the concept of reducing the loss

rate even further. We can do this by adding a third level to the
CRB Strategy.
With a game loss rate of 0.15 per level, the risk of losing three
games in a row is calculated as 0.15 x 0.15 x 0.15 or 0.0034.
This is a loss rate of 3.4 games per thousand games played or a
loss of one game for every 296 games.
In the next chapter we will take a look at the power of adding this
third betting level to the CRB Strategy.
27
Adding Betting Level "C"
to the CRB Strategy
An integral part of the CRB Strategy is that it only loses about
one out of every 6.67 games and that the losses are small.
Thus, in the original strategy, we adopted the concept of using a

higher level of wagers following a losing game. For example, if
we are a $5 better and we lose the "A" betting series, based on $5
bets, we can jump to a "B" level of wagers for one game
following the loss of a game played at the A level.
Using this concept reduced our risk of two back-to-back losses to

once every 44 or 45 games. This is calculated by multiplying the
expected loss rate for an individual game by itself to calculate the
risk of losing two consecutive games.
Thus, the risk of losing a Series A Level game and a Series B

Level game consecutively, or back-to-back is:
0.15 x 0.15 = 0.0225 or 22.5 games per thousand games played.
28
This is a very low loss rate and any back-to-back losses can be
readily absorbed by the player, because the sizes of the losses are
never devastating.
Another way of saying this, is that unlike using a Martingale

betting series which, when it loses, has very large losses in
relation to the size of its wins, the CRB Strategy keeps the size of
any losses comparatively low.
Now, lets take a look at expanding the CRB Strategy by adding

one more Betting Level
Let's see what can be gained by adding another betting level to

the overall strategy.
By adding a new "C" Series to the original A and B series, we

can reduce the risk of losses even further.
With the addition of a Series C level of wagers, the risk of the

loss of all betting series in back-to-back losses is calculated as:
0.15 x 0.15 x 0.15 = 0.003375 or 3.4 games per 1,000 games

played.
The following table shows three levels of betting series with a

Series C level of wagers added and the betting rules used for
each level of wagers.
29
CRB Betting Levels with a
"C" Betting Series Added
Total
- After 2 Bank-
Base + After - After Consecutive Game roll
Level Series Bet Loss Win Wins Buy-in Needed
1 A $5 +3 -2 -5 $150
B $10 +6 -4 -10 $300
C $20 +12 -8 -20 $600 $1,050
2 A $10 +6 -4 -10 $300

B $20 +12 -8 -20 $600
C $40 +24 -16 -40 $1,200 $$2,100
3 A $15 +9 -6 -15 $450

B $30 +18 -12 -30 $900
C $60 +36 -24 -60 $1,800 $3,150
4 A $20 +12 -8 -20 $600

B $40 +24 -16 -40 $1,200
C $80 +48 -32 -80 $2,400 $4,200
30
How Risky Is It to Add Another
Betting Level to the CRB Strategy?
If you will refer to the last table in the previous chapter, you can
get a good idea of how much using a third betting level will cost
you.
Let me rephrase that. As we shall so see, adding this

additional betting series to an already potent strategy will
actually make money for you.
However, it will "cost you" in the sense that you will need to
have enough money to use the strategy.
Looking at the previous table again, you will notice that the last
column "Total Bankroll Needed" show the amount of money you
need to have to play at each level.
Let's look at the bankroll needs for a $5 better.
To play at the "A" level, the $5 player needs to buy in, that is,
exchange his cash for playing chips, $150.
31
To play at the "B" level, which requires making the $10 bet the
minimum wager, he will need to buy in for $300.
And, to add a new Level C to his arsenal, he will need $600 for
the buy in.
Before I would start betting at the Series A level, I would

want to be prepared to handle the worst possible situation -
the loss of my first three games, back-to-back without a single
win.
By the way, this has never happened to me, but since it is

possible and will eventually happen to someone, somewhere, I
can't ignore being prepared.
So, if we walk into a casino, buy in for a Series A game and lose,
and then come back at the Series B level and again lose and
finally try at the Series C level and lose yet another game, we
will risk about $1,050 at the $5 betting level.
If you will recall that a $5 Martingale series would be:

5 10 20 40 80 160 320 640 and risk a total of $1,275, then the
risk of $1,050, with a much lower prospect of losing doesn't look
too bad.
Please remember that your risk of a catastrophic loss of all three

betting series in a row will occur on the average about once every
296 games.
Aha, you are thinking, that's the hidden danger in this

strategy. Even though the risk of losing three consecutive
32
betting series is low, the loss will wipe out all of the profits
and prove, once again, that the skeptics are right when they
say that the roulette game can't be beaten!
I am a greater believer in actual results, achieved in real casino

games, than I am in theory. Using results obtained from actual
play, I know that the average net win per game, playing with a $5
Series A and a $10 Series B is $40.30 per game. Rounding this
number down to $40, for simplicity, we can compute what our
profits would be if we added a Series C betting level and suffered
the loss of three consecutive betting series once every 296 games
Here's what the loss of all three series once every 296 games will
do to our profits:
Winnings Accumulated
Before Loss of All Betting Series
296 games x average win of $40 = $12,077
Losses: Series A loss (150)
Series B loss (300)
Series C loss (600)
Adjusted Winnings After Series Losses $11,027
The CRB Strategy holds up very well using these assumptions.

But let's push the strategy a little harder.
What if we only won an average of $30 per game at this level.

This could happen because we decide to shorten our games, or
run into a string of greater than average losing games.
33
For whatever reason, we will assume that we have only averaged
clearing $30 per game.
Here's what our adjusted winnings, after suffering three

consecutive series losses, would be:
296 games x average win of $30 = $ 8,880
Series B loss (300)
Series C loss (600)
Adjusted Winnings After Series Losses $ 7,830
Even with a lower average profit of only $30 per game, our
winnings still look pretty good under this assumption.
But what if we lose our three betting series at double the

expected rate and we only average $30 profits per game?
Here's our Adjusted Winnings after series losses under this set of
assumptions"
148 games x average win of $30 = $ 5,920
Series B loss (300)
Series C loss (600)
Adjusted Winnings After Series Losses $ $4,870
The amounts above show our adjusted profits if we have a loss of

three consecutive betting series once every 148 games, which is
double the expected rate of once every 296 games.
34
Under these assumptions, we still come out with a profit. Our
hourly pay rate will not be as good under these assumptions, but
we have to consider that:
a. These are extreme assumptions of having both a lower than

average profit per game and a complete series loss rate at
double the expected rate.
b. We can counter this by gradually increasing the size of our

buy-ins and the size of the betting series used as our winnings
accumulate. This approach has been proven to increase the
average hourly win rate enough to more than offset the risk
of the loss of all three betting series.
35
How Does Using a Third Betting
Series Affect Our Bankroll
Requirements?
I normally recommend using a gambling bankroll at least five
times larger than the amount risked per individual game.
Using this formula at the $5 betting level only, using betting

Series A and B, I recommended a total bankroll of $2,500 in the
original manual on Maximum Advantage Roulette. You can read
more about the bankroll requirements for each level of play on
pages 263 to 265 of Maximum Advantage Roulette Course and
Toolkit.
For your reference, Table 16 from page 264, showing the original
manual's recommended bankroll requirements has been
reproduced below:
36
Maximum Advantage Roulette Base Bets, Session
Size and Original Recommended Bankroll
Requirements
Base Bet Session Bankroll Total Bankroll

$1 $200 $1,000
$3 $300 $1,500
$5 $500 $2,500
$10 $1,000 $5,000
$20 $2,000 $10,000
$25 $2,500 $12,500
It's pretty easy to see how I came up with these numbers. For $5
play, we know that it takes $150 to play at the Series A level and
$300 for Series B. Combining these amounts gives us a total of
$450. For this table, I rounded this amount up to $500 and
computed a total bankroll requirement of $2,500.
If we decide to add Series C to our betting scheme, we know that

we need $600 for our buy-in for Series C.
Using our old formula for computing our bankroll needs, we can
first add up the playing amounts needed for each betting level for
$5 bettors as :
Amount needed for Series A $ 150

Amount Needed for Series B 300
Amount Needed for Series C 600
Total Bankroll Needed for Series $1,050
Total Bankroll Needed (multiply Total Bankroll $5,250
Needed for Series x 5 (1,050 x 5 = )
37
I don’t know about you, but this seems like a pretty heavy
requirement for making $5 bets. In fact, it is high enough that
most gamblers will dismiss this system because the bankroll
requirements are too high.
After I added the third "C" level of bets and calculated the
expected loss rate of a "Series Loss" once every 296 games, I
decided to take another look at the bankroll requirements.
What my research showed is really good news if you either don't

have much money to risk gambling or just don't want to bother
assembling such a large bankroll.
I found that you don't have to increase the size of your

bankroll in order to add the Series C level of bets. In fact,
instead of recommending that you use a larger bankroll to
accommodate the additional bets, I recommend that you
reduce your bankroll.
I have found that to be successful using the third betting level,

you only need to have a bankroll equal to the total buy-in
requirements of the three betting series.
Following this assumption, our bankroll requirements for the

different betting levels become:
38
Recommended Bankroll Requirements
When The Third Betting Level is Added
Base Bet Session Total

Bankrolls For Recommended
Series A, B and Bankroll
C Levels
$1 $300 $300
$3 $600 $600
$5 $1,050 $1,050
$10 $2,100 $2,100
$20 $4,200 $4,200
$25 $5,250 $5,250
39
What About Adding a Fourth
Betting Level?
I hope you are as intrigued as I am with results obtained by

adding a third betting level "C" to the CRB Strategy.
Has it occurred to you that adding a fourth betting level might

also make sense?
I am certainly impressed with the idea. At this stage in the

development of the system, I will have to give you my best
thoughts on the theory of the idea.
This is not because I haven't used the Maximum Advantage

Roulette Strategy enough to test these concepts. I have, and
adding the third level of bets definitely works.
So far, I have only experienced two Series C losses out of 738

casino games. This is slightly lower than the expected Series C
loss rate of once every 296 games, but it is well within the
expectations of normal fluctuations in results.
40
However, I have never tried using a fourth or Series D level of
play. In each of the cases when I suffered three consecutive
losses of betting Series A, B and C, I stopped play and when I
resumed, I started over at the Series A level. This is the
conservative approach called for in the strategy. Whenever you
are unfortunate enough to lose all of your betting series in back-
to-back losses, you simply start over.
So, the concept of adding a fourth "Series D" level is

untested. However, I can approximate the results of adding
one more betting level to the betting schematic.
I should first tell you that in the two cases where I lost all three
betting series in consecutive games and started over, I won the
first games when I resumed play. If I had played at the Series D
Level at these two times, I would have been successful with
winning games.
The theory of adding a fourth betting level looks good.
If we take another look at the risk of a loss of all three betting

series with just Series C added, we have:

played.
Now we will calculate the risk of a loss of four consecutive

betting series with a Series D added.
41
Our calculation with Series D added is:
0.15 x 0.15 x 0.15 x 0.15 = 0.003375 or .51 games per 1,000

games played.
I think I can live with the possibility of losing about one-half

of a Series loss per 1,000 games played. This works out to
one expected loss for every 1,975.7 games, or roughly once in
every 2,000 games.
The following table shows the CRB Betting Levels with a "D"
series of bets added
42
"D" Betting Series Added
Total
- After 2 Bank-
Base + After - After Consecutive Game roll
Level Series Bet Loss Win Wins Buy-in Needed
1 A $5 +3 -2 -5 $150
B $10 +6 -4 -10 $300
C $20 +12 -8 -20 $600
D $40 +24 -16 -40 $1,200 $2,250
2 A $10 +6 -4 -10 $300

B $20 +12 -8 -20 $600
C $40 +24 -16 -40 $1,200
D $80 +48 -32 -80 $2,400 $4,500
3 A $15 +9 -6 -15 $450

B $30 +18 -12 -30 $900
C $60 +36 -24 -60 $1,800
D $120 +72 -48 -120 $3,600 $6,750
4 A $20 +12 -8 -20 $600

B $40 +24 -16 -40 $1,200
C $80 +48 -32 -80 $2,400
D $160 +96 -64 -160 $4,800 $9,000
With the addition of Series D, the Total Bankroll requirements

for a $5 bettor jumps from $1,050 to $2,250.
Before you blanche at this increase in required bankroll and

decide to forego using Series D, let me point out that you
might not have to increase your bankroll at all to become a
Series D convert.
43
What if you took the position that you will only resort to ever
using Series D if your winnings are already in excess of some
predetermined amount?
For example, as a $5 bettor, you might decide that you will only
use Series D if your winnings are already in excess of $5,000.
This would be a fairly realistic assumption. Let's consider again

what the loss of the A, B and C Series consecutively will do to
our profits when we have a loss at the predicted rate of once
every 296 games:
Series B loss (300)
Series C loss (600)
With Adjusted Winnings after losing a Betting Level C series, we

should, on the average, be in good position to jump to the Series
D level one game, with its requirement of a $1,200 buy-in.
If we approach using Series D this way, then we don't have to

increase our bankroll at all in order to profit by using this series.
44
Summary of New Risk
Adjustment Strategies
There is no question that adding the "C" Betting Level and even
a "D" Betting Level increases the potency of the Maximum
Advantage Roulette Strategy.
With just the addition of the C Betting Series, we reduce our risk
of losing all of our betting series from once every 44 to 45
games, using just the A and B Betting Series, down to the remote
possibility of a loss once every 296 games, after adding the C
Betting Series.
If we add a "D" Level Betting Series, we reduce our risk of

losing all betting series down to the very rare case of once in
every 1,976 games! I have frankly shared with you that I have
never tried the D level Betting Series in actual play, but our
analysis indicates that using this Betting Series should increase
our win rate even more!
45
To get you up and running as quickly as possible with these new
"Risk Adjustment" Strategies, I will review both the logic behind
these adjustments and give you some sound advice on exactly
how you can integrate them into your play and become an even
more effective player!
1. Learn the Original System
Before you can add the new strategies to your play, you need to be
competent using the original Maximum Advantage Roulette Strategy.
Please remember that CRB Strategy is only part of the Maximum
Advantage Roulette Strategy. You must use the whole strategy to
achieve satisfactory results.
Thus, the discussions that follow only cover the "bet size" part of
the complete strategy. Before you decide to test these
modifications by playing roulette, you will want to make sure that
you are using the complete strategy as it is described in the book -
Maximum Advantage Roulette Course and Toolkit.
The other major component of the strategy deals exclusively

with where you place your bets. You need to use both the CRB
Strategy and the Adaptive Pattern Betting Strategy in order to
be successful with this method of play.
All of the examples of hourly win rates, projections, bankroll

requirements and the measurement of results of using the
Maximum Advantage Roulette Strategy were developed using the
complete system.
46
The Adaptive Pattern Betting Strategy is described on pages 142
to 147 of the complete manual and toolkit. To obtain more
information about acquiring the "whole system" please check our
web site at http://www.silverthornepublications.com/MaxAdvantRoulPlus/
2. The Original system wins a very high

percentage of the time.
Even though our overall win rate is improved by incorporating

the strategic changes discussed in this book, it is important to
remember that the Maximum Advantage Roulette Strategy is a
potent method of play in its own right.
In fact, when you couple the original betting strategy with the
rest of the principles used in the complete system, you will win
97.75% of the time. This is a very high win rate, yet, amazingly,
it is done with low risk.
3. The CRB Strategy Rules
The Betting Strategy employed by the Maximum Advantage

Roulette Strategy is a powerful method of play. It has the double
virtue of producing respectable wins, while keeping the size of
the bets required to small levels.
It is a system based on raising the size of your wagers after wins

and lowering them after losses.
47
The principles used in this strategy apply to all levels of play.
While the dollar amounts involved will change by playing level,
or because of different Betting Levels used at any single level of
play, the principles remain exactly the same, regardless of the
level of play. A $5 better will use exactly the same rules as a
$100 better. The only difference is the size of their bets.
Before you can effectively use the new Risk Strategies

introduced in this book, you must have the basic playing rules for
the CRB Strategy down cold.
Here are the CRB Strategy rules governing wagering using $5

minimum bets:
a. Your base bet is $5. Your will never wager an amount

b. The maximum bet for using the $5 minimum bet series is

c. Following any loss, the next wager is increased by $3.
d. Following any win, the next wager is reduced by $2.
d. Following two consecutive wins, the next wager is reduced

48
Improving Your Overall Win Rate
How would you like to reduce the possibility of the loss of your
bankroll down as low .338%? Just so we understand this
number, I am talking about a system that would entail a major
loss once in every 296 games. Another way of saying this is that
you could expect to lose a complete series of games about 3.38
times per 1,000 games played.
That is exactly what the modifications in playing strategy

suggested in this manual accomplish. In fact, we even
ventured so far as to introduce what may be called the
"ultimate betting strategy" where a series loss would occur
on the average just once every 1,976 games!
We have covered a lot of ground in this supplemental manual.

We have modified the original strategy to the point that the risk
of loss is very, very tiny.
What About the Risk of Loss?
As developed in the original strategy, the risk of losing two

consecutive games, consisting of a Series A and a Series B level
game, is very small, calculated as the overall loss rate squared or
(0.15 x 015 = 2.25%). Thus, the risk of a large loss, consisting of
two back-to-back series losses, is very small and only occurs
about once every 44 or 45 games.
49
However, we have learned how to reduce the risk of a loss of

all betting series even further. We can do this by adding a
third Betting Series to the already potent CRB Strategy.
With a game loss rate of 0.15 per game lost, the risk of losing
three games in a row is calculated as 0.15 x 0.15 x 0.15 or
0.0034. This is a loss rate of 3.4 games per thousand games
played or a loss of one game for every 296 games played.
Adding the "C" Betting Series
By adding a new "C" Series to the original A and B series, we

can reduce the risk of losses even further.
With the addition of a Series C level of wagers, the risk of the

loss of all betting series in back-to-back losses is calculated as:

played.
But How Much More Risk is There When You Add

the C Betting Level?
Any time you raise the size of your buy-in in a casino game, you
are placing more of your money at risk. This is exactly what you
50
are required to do when you implement the C Series. Just how
much more risk do you face when you do this? Let's take a look.
The worst thing that can happen to you when you are playing is
to lose all of your Betting Series one right after the other. This is
equivalent to a system meltdown. This is the issue that
ultimately sinks most systems (such as most Martingale-based
betting schemes).
Will the loss of three back-to-back betting series destroy the

efficiency of the Maximum Advantage Roulette Strategy?
Here's what the a loss of all three series once every 296 games
will do to our profits:
Series B loss (300)
Series C loss (600)
The CRB Strategy holds up very well using these assumptions. I

gave you even more examples in the manual. You can average
winning a lot less per hour than this example and even lose
all three series more frequently than once every 296 games,
and the system is still very profitable!
51
The Original System's Bankroll Requirements
The original Maximum Advantage Roulette Strategy using just

two levels of betting series (levels A and B), has predefined
bankroll requirements as shown in the following table.
For your reference, Table 16 from page 264, showing the original
manual's recommended bankroll requirements has been
reproduced below:
Maximum Advantage Roulette Base Bets, Session

Size and Original Recommended Bankroll
Requirements
Session
Base Bet Bankroll Total Bankroll
$1 $200 $1,000
$3 $300 $1,500
$5 $500 $2,500
$10 $1,000 $5,000
$20 $2,000 $10,000
$25 $2,500 $12,500
How Much More Bankroll Do We Need to Add

Betting Series C?
Using the same formula that was used to compute the bankroll
needed to use Series A and B Betting levels we can compute the
52
amounts of bankroll we need for different levels of play with a
Series C Betting Level added.
In computing our bankroll needs, we can first add up the playing

amounts needed for each betting level for $5 bettors as :
Amount needed for Series A $ 150

Amount Needed for Series B 300
Amount Needed for Series C 600
Total Bankroll Needed for Series $1,050
Total Bankroll Needed (multiply Total Bankroll $5,250
Needed for Series x 5 (1,050 x 5 = )
I don’t know about you, but this seems like a pretty heavy
requirement for making $5 bets. In fact, it is high enough that
most gamblers will dismiss this system because the bankroll
requirements are too high.
Good News For Your Bankroll Needs
You don't have to increase the size of your bankroll in order to

add the Series C level of bets.
In fact, instead of recommending that you use a larger

bankroll to accommodate the additional bets, I recommend
that you reduce your bankroll. Let me explain how we
reached this conclusion.
53
Losses requiring that you move up to the C level betting series
occur very infrequently (on the average you will play at the C
level once every 44 or 45 games). In general by the time the
conditions exist for you to play at the C level, you will have
earned enough to have more than enough bankroll.
Because of the extraordinary "earning power" of this system, I

have found that you can add the Series C Betting level and
simultaneously reduce the size of the bankroll needed to play at
each level.
The next table shows the revised bankroll requirements for each
level of play, recognizing the "earning capacity" of the overall
strategy.
Recommended Bankroll Requirements

When C Betting Level is Added
Session
Bankrolls For Total
Series A, B Recommended
Base Bet and C Levels Bankroll
$1 $300 $300
$3 $600 $600
$5 $1,050 $1,050
$10 $2,100 $2,100
$20 $4,200 $4,200
$25 $5,250 $5,250
54
Adding a "D" Level Betting Series
On the average, about once every 296 games we will lose A, B

and C betting levels in back-to-back losses.
There are two options when this occurs. You can consider the
betting progressions to be finished and resume betting the "A"
level the next time you play.
Or, you can decide to add yet one more betting level to your
arsenal.
Let's first take a look at how much more risk we will have with
the addition of a D level betting series.
Our greatest risk is the loss of all four betting series in four
consecutive games. Now we will calculate the risk of a loss of
four consecutive betting series with a Series D added.
Our calculation with Series D added is:
0.15 x 0.15 x 0.15 x 0.15 = 0.003375 or .51 games per 1,000

games played.
Another way to looking at this loss rate. On the average, you

will lose a series of games once every 1,975.7 games.
55
Revised CRB Betting Levels
The following table shows the Betting Series when using A, B, C

and D Betting Levels.

"D" Betting Series Added
Total
- After 2 Bank-roll
Base + After - After Consecutive Game Needed
Level Series Bet Loss Win Wins Buy-in
1 A $5 +3 -2 -5 $150
B $10 +6 -4 -10 $300
C $20 +12 -8 -20 $600
D $40 +24 -16 -40 $1,200 $2,250
2 A $10 +6 -4 -10 $300

B $20 +12 -8 -20 $600
C $40 +24 -16 -40 $1,200
D $80 +48 -32 -80 $2,400 $4,500
3 A $15 +9 -6 -15 $450

B $30 +18 -12 -30 $900
C $60 +36 -24 -60 $1,800
D $120 +72 -48 -120 $3,600 $6,750
4 A $20 +12 -8 -20 $600

B $40 +24 -16 -40 $1,200
C $80 +48 -32 -80 $2,400
D $160 +96 -64 -160 $4,800 $9,000
56
How Much Bankroll Do We Need If We Add a Series
D Betting Level?
Before we answer the question about how much, if any, we need

to adjust our bankroll in order to add Series D to our arsenal of
betting tools, let's take a look at what our average profit position
should look like after losing Series A, B and C in back-to-back
losses.
A $5 bettor using the Maximum Advantage Roulette Strategy

with Betting Levels A, B and C will win about $40 per average
game (including expected losses).
On the average, he will need to use Series D once every 296

games on the average as this is the expected frequency of having
the requisite consecutive losses of Betting Levels A, B and C.
The calculations below show what our average position would be

after playing 296 games with average profits of $40 each and
then losing all three betting series.
Series B loss (300)
Series C loss (600)
57
With Adjusted Winnings of $11,027 after losing a Betting Level
C series, we should, on the average, be in good position to jump
to the Series D level one game, with its requirement of a $1,200
buy-in.
If we approach using Series D in this way, then we don't have to

increase our bankroll at all in order to profit by using this series.
We will earn enough between the situations requiring the use of
Series D, that is, we can add the use of this Series to our strategy
without having to carry a higher bankroll.
In effect, we can add both Series C and D levels of play, without

adding more bankroll. In reality, we do even better than this as
our analysis shows that we can actually reduce the amount of
Total Bankroll we need, because of the added efficiencies gained
using Series C and D.
Using the New Risk Adjustment Strategies
You want to keep four major principles in mind in modifying the

original Maximum Advantage Roulette Strategy to include using
Betting Series C and D.
1. You will need to completely follow the rules for the complete
Maximum Advantage Roulette Strategy with the only
exceptions being the new special rules for the new Betting
Series. As stated earlier, you will need to use both of the
major components of the overall strategy, the CRB Strategy
and The Adaptive Pattern Betting Strategy.
58
2. Do not engage in prolonged games in order to prevent or try to
defer recognizing a loss. The correct average number of spins
per game is between 25 and 30. If your games are consistently
longer, then you are playing too long. Recognize the loss and
move on.
3. Don't shorten your games because of fear of losses. If your

games are significantly shorter than 25 to 30 spins, they are
probably too short. However, if you have to err, it is better to
"hit and run" even a little faster than to overstay your welcome.
4. Use the changed bankroll requirements and strictly follow

rules. If you do, you will reduce your risk of loss and
simultaneously increase your hourly win rate
Adjustments After Losing a Betting Series
If you have just lost a Betting Series, this is your trigger to adjust
the size of your Betting Level. Normally, you will move up to the
next betting level after a loss and then move back to the original
betting level after a win.
Below are the rules you should follow after losing a series under
different sets of assumptions.
1. If you use just the original A and B Betting Levels, then

following a loss you will move up one Series after any loss of
A series. After completing one game at B level, resume
playing at A level until another loss occurs.
59
2. If you use A, B and C Betting Series, then you have two
options following a series Loss.
a. Preferred: Move up one Series after any series loss.

Revert to using Series A after any win at any other level.
Example. Lose Series A and Series B, play Series C and
win. Next game revert back to Series A
b. Aggressive Play with A, B and C Series. Move up one

series after a loss and down one series after a win. At the A
and B Series levels this is no different than the original
strategy. However, if you lose two back-to-back games at
A and then B levels, play at C level and win, the preferred
strategy is to move back down to Series A after winning at
level C. This is the strategy I have used and is the one that
the win/loss statistics I have given you are based on. If you
play aggressively, instead of going all the way back to
Series A, you will move back to Series B following a win
at Series Level C. By making this move, you will win
about 6.67 winning games for every losing one. However,
you will lose 1 game in 6.67 games on the average and be
called upon to increase your wagers to Series C. For this
reason you should plan on having a greater bankroll if you
decide to use the aggressive approach.
60
3. If you decide to use A, B, C and D Series you have two
options. You can either use Preferred or Aggressive Styles of
play with Series A, B and C. However, I would never play
very aggressively at the D level because of the amount of
money risked.
a. Preferred play after a win at D level is to drop all the way

back to Series A for the next game.
b. Aggressive play would consist of dropping back to Series B

after a win at Series D level. However, I would never drop
back to Series C after winning at Series D. The risk of a
loss forcing me right back up to the Series D level is just
too great.
Conclusion:
If you are already using the Maximum Advantage Roulette

Strategy you will see the immediate benefits of modifying the
original strategy and adding Betting Series C and D to your
betting levels.
This is truly a low cost move, since it will increase your win rate
and actually lower your bankroll requirements. If you are very
conservative, you don't have to reduce your bankroll
requirements. Just incorporate the new betting series in your
play and enjoy the benefits.
61
If you have not yet acquired the original manual and are not sure
that this money-making approach is right for you, please consider
this.
The Maximum Advantage Roulette Strategy really does give

you a "maximum advantage" over the roulette game.
Thousands of hours of play have confirmed that our players
really do consistently win in both real and virtual casinos.
I recently conducted an interesting experiment. I decided to see

just how well I could do if I started with a minimum bankroll and
reinvested all of my profits in my gambling bankroll.
Do you want to know what I found? Starting with only $300, in
36 hours, I increased my bankroll to a little over $12,000.
There is no doubt that you can do as well. I invite you to order

your copy of the Maximum Advantage Roulette Course and
Toolkit now at
http://www.silverthornepublications.com/MaxAdvantRoulPlus//o
rder.htm
62
Martin J. Silverthorne
Maximum
Advantage
Roulette
Course & Toolkit
SILVERTHORNE
PuBLICATIONS
Maximum Advantage Roulette © 2004 Silverthorne Publications

1
Maximum Advantage Roulette Course and Toolkit
COPYRIGHT © 2004 by Silverthorne Publications Inc.
All rights reserved. Except for brief passages used in legitimate

reviews, no parts of this book may be reproduced or utilized in any form
or by any means, electronic or mechanical, without the written
permission of the publisher.
Address all inquiries to the publisher:

Silverthorne Publications, Inc.
7200 Montgomery Blvd. NE, Suite 172
Albuquerque, New Mexico 87109
United States of America
www.gamblersbookcase.com
Manufactured in the United States of America
The material contained in this book is intended to inform and educate

the reader and in no way represents an inducement to gamble legally or
illegally.

2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. Introduction 4
2. Why Play Roulette? 12
3. Present Day Gambling 21
4. Odds and Probabilities 30
5. Money Management 37
6. Trying to Beat the Wheel 46
7. Systems and Strategies 50
8. Wheel Tracking Systems 68
9. Procedures and Bets in Roulette 78
10.The Player's Edge 89
11. How the Casino Sees Players 95
12. Betting Progressions 108
13. Pattern Betting 121
14 The Maximum Advantage Roulette Strategy 132
15. Using the Maximum Advantage Roulette Strategy 148
16. Playing on the Internet 169
17. How to Find an Internet Casino 179
18. Your Bankroll 184
19. Skilful Play 195
20. Discipline and Control 207
21. Casino Comps 226
22. Casino Etiquette 242
23. Winning With the Maximum Advantage Strategy 247
Appendix A. Locations of Legal Roulette Wheels 268
Appendix B. Locations of Single Zero Wheels in Land-Based 270
Casinos
References 274

3
1. Introduction
Roulette is a straightforward game that can be learned without
too much difficulty. Playing it in its basic form is quite simple -
you are betting that a number(s) or a combination of numbers
will come up on the next spin of the wheel. Because some
wagers are more difficult to win than others, the various wagers
have different payoffs.
One of roulette's biggest attractions is its high payoff for winning

a bet on a single number - 35 to 1. If you wager 17 and it shows
on the next spin, your wager will be paid off at 35 to 1 odds.
With a dollar bet, you win $35, and with $100 wagered, you win
$3,500.
Although these high odds are attractive, we will find that there
are even more attractive wagers to be made at roulette. Rather
than trying for a single win on a long-shot wager, I have found
that there are some "bread and butter" types of wagers at roulette
that will pay you time after time, session after session.
Roulette is played at a much more leisurely pace than other

casino games, especially craps. I enjoy playing craps and

4
blackjack as well as roulette, but when it comes time to relax, as
well as build up steady winnings, roulette is my game.
Often roulette players make wagers based on their favorite

numbers, such as anniversaries and birth dates. You'll soon see
why these kinds of bets are not advisable.
My approach to roulette entails using a "hit and run" strategy that

piles up consistent wins. I am convinced that my "Maximum
Advantage Roulette" strategy can overcome the house odds of
either American (double-zero) roulette wheels or European
wheels (single-zero) which offer better odds.
And, I have lots of data to back up my statement that roulette can

be beaten.
If you are looking for a way to beat the game, there are many
books written about roulette. These books generally fall into two
broad categories. Most of the books you will find in bookstores
are in category one in which the mechanics of the game are
described with a simplistic betting strategy or two and many
stories about the author's adventures playing the game are
recounted. These books are very useful if you want to learn how
to play the game, learn about roulette etiquette or just be
entertained.
However, you are not likely to learn how to beat the game from
these books. The systems used by the authors tend to be very
similar and are typically the same old shopworn systems used by
roulette players for decades.

5
The second category of books is usually offered at higher prices
on a limited basis, as through direct mail. These books or
pamphlets usually offer one system that is guaranteed to beat the
game. If you ever try to return one of these "sure-fire" winners
you will usually find that the system seller can't be found.
Because roulette is a game of chance, where all wagers offer some

mathematical advantage to the house, mathematicians say the
game can't be beaten.
Yet, I know the game can be beaten. This book will offer you a
new, exciting and proven approach to beating the roulette game,
that has been proven time after time in real casino sessions.
The paucity of reliable published information on effective betting

strategies for roulette probably is the result of the blind acceptance
of most gambling experts that in the long run no system can ever
overcome a game where the casino has an advantage. The crux of
this issue is how we define "long term." Any system will fail at
some point if it is followed blindly to the bitter end regardless of
the cost. However, if we break the "long run" into a series of many
short runs, over which we have substantial control, then I believe
the premise is false.
In a contest between the casino and a player using a really good

system, I am convinced that the player can gain a definite edge,
especially if the house edge is less than 5 percent.

6
Characteristic of all would be reputable books on casino gambling
are discussions of the so-called gambler's ruin. These discussions
are used as a basis for the assertion that in the long run it is
impossible to overcome a negative expectancy, meaning a game
where the odds favor the house.
A puzzling aspect of all of the analyses I have seen is that any

system player is assumed to continue to blindly pursue his system
until he loses all of his bankroll. It is on this premise that most
systems are generally dismissed as being useless.
However, the proof that any system is bound to fail is usually

based on a computerized betting simulation of possible outcomes.
These simulations are unrealistic in that they can't test what
skillful handing of a gaming contest will entail
Individuals have a number of options that simulations do not

consider. A player may quit at the "right time." He may adjust or
change his bet selection methods to respond to changing
conditions in the game he is playing. He may raise or lower his
bets as circumstances indicate. He has the option of pulling off
losing tables, with only modest losses. Conversely, he may go for
blood during winning sessions. He may lock up profits and limit
losses.
The Maximum Advantage Roulette Strategy combines many of

these "player strengths" to reduce the house edge to close to zero.
Then, using specific betting strategies, the player can actually gain
an advantage over the house. The result is that the player can win
far higher amounts much more consistently than conventional
analysis of roulette would predict.

7
After you learn how to use correct strategy to play the game, you
will learn to apply a set of betting rules. These rules may seem a
little complicated when you first read them, but they are easy to
use and highly effective.
Once you have absorbed how to play and what to do under

different circumstances, and practiced your skills to make sure that
you can play under casino conditions, you will be ready to take on
the casinos.
Once you learn how to play and beat the game, there will be no
holding you back. You will know how to make wagers that offer
a minimum edge or "vig" to the casinos and how to set specific
win targets, prevent losses and walk away from nearly all roulette
sessions a net winner.
You can literally use the Maximum Advantage Roulette Strategy

to get rich playing roulette. If you want to make $1,000 a day
gambling, this is the strategy for you.
Once you start winning at roulette, it is like coining your own

money. The casino chips will pile up in front of you, and you will
find that the casino personnel will even offer many comps to you.
"Comps" are casino jargon for complmentaries, and if you follow
my advice and use the Maximum Advantage Roulette Strategy
correctly, you will not only beat the casinos, but you will have the
casino bosses fawning on you offering you free meals, free rooms,
show tickets and even offering to pay your airfare.

8
If you want to learn to play roulette professionally, you have come
to the right place. Once you learn to apply this powerful strategy,
you will have a way to consistently beat the casinos. Best of all,
there is nothing they can do to stop you!
Skillful blackjack players always run the risk of being barred from
playing. In Nevada, card counters have been treated like card
cheats or criminals in the past simply because they were applying
their skill to beat a casino game.
With roulette play, you will never have to worry about being
barred because of your skillful play. When you start to pull down
huge wins, all the bosses can do is sweat and pay you off. If you
are a high roller, you can take the casino for thousands of dollars
in just a few minutes using the Maximum Advantage Roulette
Strategy and there's nothing the house can do about it. If you are a
low roller, I will show you how you can use your casino winnings
to vault into the high roller category in a short time period.

9
This book will show you exactly how to become and stay a
consistent winner at roulette. The process of becoming a winning
roulette player was aptly described in a jewel of a book I
discovered on one of my trips to Las Vegas. The Sealed Book of
Roulette was published by "Billiken" in London in 1924. While
some of his systems are too cumbersome to use at roulette as it is
played now, his approach to beating the game has merit -
There is a popular saying that figures can be made to

'"prove anything." Critics usually say that mathematicians
have proved over and over again that it is impossible to win
at Roulette. This sweeping assertion is incorrect. The
skilled mathematician invariably deals with theory, not
practice, but when he develops the -nth sense, and
differentiates between probability and possibility, he will
discover that the player can defeat the operation of zero
[the house edge] and secure a small but safe percentage of
profit. . . .
The steady player, like a good Bridge hand, controls

himself and invariably wins.
In writing this book, I realize that the readers will be a diverse

group. Some of you will never have played the game. Others will
have played the game but may not understand all of the wagers
and payoffs. Regardless of your level of play, this book will teach
you how to win.

10
By the time you finish reading, you are going to know more about
roulette than most persons involved in the game, including casino
managers, pit bosses and dealers. I know that you will put this
knowledge to good use.

11
2. Why Play Roulette?
Roulette — the name means "little wheel" -– became the gambling

game of choice in nineteenth century France. Although originally
associated with Monte Carlo, it is now played in casinos all
around the world.
Roulette is the queen of all gambling games. We thrill to the spin

and a chance of winning a small fortune with each turn of the
wheel. With a practiced flick of the wrist, the skilled croupier sets
in motion the spinning wheel and clicking ivory ball. In a swirl of
red and black our bet's fate is decided – sometimes we win and
sometimes we lose – yet we still continue to bet on the alluring
spinning wheel.
The great nineteenth century Russian novelist, Fyodor Dostoevski

was an inveterate gambler. He begged and borrowed rubles from
his acquaintances to gamble on roulette always hoping that the
next spin would be his big win. It was almost as if this bearded
genius were hypnotized by roulette and its accouterments – the
colorful spinning wheel, the eccentric crowd of gamblers, and the
celebrated directions of the croupier – Faites vos jeux, messieurs!
and as the wheel begins to slow down, Rien ne va plus! Roulette
has an attraction that can be most addictive!

12
Spinning games show up in many early civilizations. Ancient
Greeks and Romans played gambling games by spinning shields
and chariot wheels. Picture a group of burly, battle hardened
gladiators, in an area especially cordoned off for these heroes of
the arena, spinning a chariot wheel to determine who would be the
next challenger in the ring.
These games of chance were not limited to the Mediterranean

either. Early Eskimos enjoyed a primitive version of roulette. The
direction of a hunting trip was sometimes determined by the
direction of a spun arrow.
In these days, Eskimo customs permitted an exchange of wives,

and more than once the fate of the little woman was determined by
a spin of the wheel. One story which has become a part of
gambling lore is that of a young Eskimo gambler who had such a
hot hand that he won seventeen wives in one game. It is not
reported whether he considered this extraordinarily good luck or
bad.
The origins of the modern version of the game are somewhat

obscure. One story has the seventeenth century French
mathematician Blaise Pascal devising the game while he was in
retreat in a monastery, working on numbers theory.
Others believe that an old Chinese game whose object was to

arrange 37 statuettes of animals into a symbolic square of "666"
was the forerunner of roulette.
Hoca was an early version of roulette played in the seventeenth

and eighteenth centuries in Germany, Austria, Hungary and

13
France. The French statesman Cardinal Mazarin proposed that
hoca be used to replenish the depleted coffers of Louis XIV and
envisioned hundreds of gaming tables spread about the kingdom.
However, this scheme met with considerable government
resistance, and after Mazarin's demise the game was prohibited
with death as the penalty for any practitioners!
With almost magnetic appeal, different forms of roulette would

spring forth to enchant and mesmerize European royalty. The
Turkish ruler, Selim III, introduced the game to his realm after
learning of it from captured French soldiers.
In the imperial Russian court of Catherine II, roulette tables were

set up in luxurious rooms especially appointed for such diversions.
Russian nobility was entertained and seduced by the elegance, and
of course by the chance to win or lose fortunes, which they
proceeded to do.

14
By the time of Waterloo in 1815, legal casinos had spread to
several German towns as well.
One of the favorite German gambling resorts was found in the

town of Bad Homburg near Frankfurt. The casino was founded by
a Frenchman, François Blanc, who also opened the Monte Carlo
Casino in the principality of Monaco, a few miles from Nice.
An English journalist of the period, George Augustus Sala,

reported on his experience in the Bad Homburg casino in 1866:
The gaming salons, if not conveniently crowded, had their

full compliment of players. There were the same
calculating old fogies, the same supercilious-looking young
men, the same young girls and full-blown women, with a
nervous quivering about the lips, and the same old sinners
of both sexes whom one has known at these places the last
ten or fifteen years, busily engaged at trente-et-quarante.
At the roulette table, too, one had no difficulty in

recognizing the old familiar set. The handsome-looking
young Russian noble who ‘spots the board’ with gold coins
– the fat bejeweled-fingered Jew who seeks to emulate the
Muscovite lord with silver florins – the Englishman and his
wife, evidently residents, who play against each other, quite
unconsciously, at opposite ends of the table – the youthful,
yet ‘used up’ little French marquis, who dresses in the
English fashion, and brings with him his own private
pocket rake, that he may hook in his golden winnings the
more readily – the elegantly dressed, shriveled, hag-faced
woman who plays for the run on colors – the nervous, care-

15
worn young Englishman, who plays heavily against the
see-saw, with other nervous fellow-countrymen staking
their gold on the first, second, or last dozen numbers –
professional gamblers, well and ill-dressed, with sharply
defined Mephistophelean features, quick restless eyes, and
villainously compressed lips, who, after trying all systems,
generally get landed croupiers or swindlers in the end –
seedy-looking Poles of the last emigration, who prudently
place their florins on two, three or four numbers alone, and
deep-calculating Germans, who make ventures with painful
hesitation, and after long intervals of abstention, and, as a
matter of course, almost invariably lose; prostitutes –
French, German, English, Polish, Italian, and Jewish – of
every nationality – most of them young – so young in fact
that the world well may be called their mother, robed like
princesses, and becoiffured, bejeweled, and begloved as
only prostitutes ever seem to be, and who lay down their
gold with charming indifference, though with a decided
partiality for zero and the first four numbers.
These, with watchful old women and Germans of hang-dog

look that beset every public gaming table, waiting for a
chance to pounce upon the stakes of the more unsuspecting
players, are some of the characters whom we recognized
around the roulette table that night, when the play ran high
and the players were more than usually eager." (George A.
Sala, "Gambling Sketches," London Society, vol. 9 [1866]
pp. 491-500).

16
An interesting sketch of the worldly gamblers found in Germany
in the 1860s. I think many of them, or rather their progeny, still
find their ways into casinos today. I am sure that you recognize
one or two of them.
One reason to play roulette is that the game has a history that is
known and respected by many of its devoted players. There's a bit
of that Monte Carlo magic in every roulette wheel - even in the
crudest sawdust joints. Dice players have no idea that they are
playing a game with a history and most could care less it they
knew the history of dice games. Often roulette aficionados
ensconce themselves in the past. They can even tell you the
names of the greatest roulette players in history and can describe
the stories of their greatest scores and often, even bigger falls.
Here's a description of Monte Carlo about the year 1900 as taken

from The Sealed Book of Roulette.
Monte Carlo may be described as the "multum in parvo" of

the Riviera, since every amusement, entertainment and
pleasure can be tasted and enjoyed until the appetite is
satiated. There is nothing wanting.
The Casino proper is a cosmopolitan rendezvous for toute

le monde, where from ten o'clock in the morning till
midnight you will find, seated or standing, the groups of all
nationalities playing seriously all manner of systems, and
many armed with books and ledgers to check and counter-
check their calculations with mathematical precision. Here
gambling is carried on as a business, and the social side of
life is a secondary consideration.

17
According to the author, the real world of Monte Carlo is found in
the luxurious Sporting Club. He describes his experience here -
The gambling that takes place here, whether at Roulette or

Baccarat, is noticeably in the real sporting spirit. There is
joyousness in the air compared with the atmosphere of
ordinary casinos, mainly because the club members can
mostly afford to play and lose cheerfully. Coolness and
courage may be seen exemplified among the players for
high stakes, in contrast to the hectic flush caused by
desperate anxiety which changes the countenance of the
spasmodic gamblers in the public rooms across the way.
From midnight to dawn, all through the season, the

Sporting Club of Monte Carlo becomes the ballroom of
Europe. One can sit about in easy chairs and smoke and
gossip with friends or stroll through the heterogeneous
throng, listening to wit and admiring beauty, till one
realises "the inspiration and mental tonic of gaiety." Truly
here will be found gaiety in excelsis.
Today, roulette has spread to all parts of the globe. It can be found
in locations from Castle Harbour in St. John, Antigua, to the
Fairmont Hotel in Livingstone, Zambia.
Roulette is the third most popular casino table game in the United
States, and worldwide it is by far the most popular casino table
game. The latest information I have available shows that there are

18
170 roulette wheels in Las Vegas, 155 in Atlantic City, 300 in the
United Kingdom, and over 1,500 in Europe.
In the United States, roulette has not enjoyed the popularity of

craps and blackjack. The usual explanation is that the average
house take of 5.26% in the American version of roulette compares
too unfavorably with the line bet odds of 1.4% in craps, and the
chance of even gaining an advantage over the casino offered by
blackjack.
I think the explanation for roulette lagging behind the other casino
table games is a bit more subtle. Craps gained in popularity in
World War II, when many GIs were exposed to the game. If you
have been in U.S. casinos over the past ten years, you will have
noticed that the interest in craps is waning as the World War II
generation ages.
Blackjack has received tremendous publicity because of card

counting escapades, starting with Edward O. Thorp's revelations in
the 1960s that blackjack could be beaten by card counting.
In other words, the greater popularity of craps and blackjack in

this country has been more a matter of exposure and publicity than
the rational thought processes of gamblers seeking
to avoid a casino table game with slightly higher odds than its
competitors.
The average craps and blackjack players, with their poor playing,
give the house a much greater advantage than the average roulette
player, to say nothing of the legions of slots players.

19
The question to be addressed in this book is whether roulette can
be beaten by any means other than by pure luck. If it can, then
there is no reason to avoid the game, as playing it is one of the
more pleasant diversions I can conceive, and if it is possible to win
as well, then the experience will not only be pleasant, but at times
exhilarating.
There are three basic approaches to playing the game. The first
and most common way of playing is to use no system at all. This
is the way the typical person plays, scattering chips all over the
layout, playing favorite numbers based on his birth date, lucky
numbers or just plain randomly. While it is possible to win
playing this way, any winnings would have to be attributed to
luck.
A second approach to is to apply a mechanical system to the game.

There have been more systems devised for roulette than for any
other casino table game as the roulette layout lends itself to almost
endless combinations of wagering. Some of the roulette systems
have exotic sounding names such as Martingale, Labouchere,
d'Alembert and Ascot. Sizable winnings have been attributed to
some of these mechanical approaches.
A third approach is to look for biased wheels. Since it is

impossible to make a physically perfect roulette wheel, the biased-
wheel player will seek to detect mechanical defects in the wheel
by "clocking the wheel." To clock the wheel entails recording
large numbers of roulette decisions, statistically analyzing the
results, and then determining whether an advantage can be gained
over the casino because of the defective wheel.

20
We will explore both the mechanical systems and the wheel
clocking approaches in this book. Both approaches contain gems
of wisdom which can be used to our advantage.
The objective of this book, however, is not to just present an

overview of roulette but rather to demonstrate a powerful and
effective way of playing and beating the game on a consistent
basis. The background information is presented so that you, the
reader, will gain better insight and understanding of the game so
that you may apply what you have learned to become a consistent
winner in roulette.
Maximum Advantage Roulette is a system developed using the

best aspects of the mechanical approaches and wheel clocking.
With it, you will be able to win a high percentage of your roulette
games in any casino in the world.
Casinos don't give money away. To beat them we must target a

specific set of objectives and using the right tools, with the right
game, beat the casinos at their own game. To this end, you will
find Maximum Advantage Roulette most admirable.

21
3. Present Day Gambling
Gambling is a great equalizer. While there may be a class system

in different casinos around the world, everyone is effected by
winning or losing. Winning may bring excitement or even
exhilaration, while losing leads to extreme disappointment and
even depression.
Casinos are like temples for gamblers. Casinos today are a far
cry from the dumpy backrooms and sawdust joints of casinos in
the past. Today's casinos are literally glittering entertainment
palaces, carefully crafted to draw gamblers and even non-
gamblers into their web.
In the 1990s Las Vegas casinos started moving towards family

entertainment with themed castles, pirate shows and even roller
coasters supposedly geared to mom and dad and the kiddies. I
never believed that this was the right direction to go. I cut my
teeth in Las Vegas casinos in the 1980s. Many of these casinos
were still "mobbed up" with craps dealers with names like Lefty,
Mac and Aldo, who hailed from Chicago, Kansas City or
Philadelphia.

22
I am happy to note that the major casinos are focusing back on
what they do best: offering a very attractive and compelling way
to gamble.
Given human nature, the house edge, casino psychology, and a

host of other factors that we will discuss in this book, most
gamblers are losers and the casinos can count on winning over
the long-term.
However, most gamblers are short-term players and the

Maximum Advantage Roulette Strategy is geared for short-term
play. Since the average game lasts less than thirty minutes, it can
be considered a form of "hit and run" gambling.
Casinos in the past were modest affairs with just a few table
games that were often rigged against the players. For example,
gaffed roulette wheels were often used with the ball controlled by
electromagnetic devices.

23
Today casinos are large palatial establishments. Their legal
status has varied widely over the years, but today, some form of
casino gambling is offered in 28 of the 50 states in the U.S.
Whether the casino is operated by Indians or by corporations,

both public and private, is located on land, on a river or on a
barge, there is a legal casino within a three-hour drive of three-
quarters of the American population.
If we consider online gambling, Internet casinos are available to

anyone with a computer with a modem and access to the Internet.
Many of these computers offer better odds than their land-based
cousins and have other advantages over brick and mortar casinos
such as offering large cash bonuses and the chance to play their
games for free.
The major casino hubs in the U.S. are located in Nevada, Atlantic
City and Mississippi. Spectacular hotel casinos are the resort
choices of millions of Americans every year. Besides gambling,
these resorts feature theme parks, spas, luxurious suites, world
class entertainment, championship sporting events and shopping.
European resorts like Monaco, Spain's Gold Coast and

Germany's Baden-Baden offer varied casino experiences but they
all rely on one underlying principle - the ability to take money
from gamblers!
All gambling resorts make most of their money from gaming

activities. Casino executives know that on the average, the
longer people play, the more they will lose.

24
The general focus of all casinos is to get you into the
establishment and then offer compelling reasons for you to stay
as long as possible.
In Nevada, you can't walk anywhere in a hotel without walking

through the casino. Slot machines are everywhere - outside of
coffee shops, to adjacent to elevators, and bordering on show
lines.
Guests' rooms are not as comfortable as rooms in say a Resident's

Inn. The televisions may offer a limited number of channels and
there usually is not a "mini-bar." The casino bosses don't want
their guests to spend too much time in their rooms. The action is
in the casino and that's where they want you.
Even while sitting in a casino restaurant you will be exposed to

the gaming focus of the casino. Keno runners will move from
table to table accepting bets for the next Keno game. Many
casinos are designed so that you can hear slot machines making
their distinct types of noises in the background; therefore you
won't tarry in the restaurant longer than the time it takes to wolf
down your food and rush back to the casino.
Alcohol has a big role in keeping you in the casino. Except for
Indian casinos, most casinos dispense alcoholic beverages to all
casino patrons as a standard comp for players.
Many casinos pump extra oxygen into the casinos, which gives
the players a feeling of well being and may encourage them to
stay longer at a game. Casino executives defend themselves by
stating that they are just increasing the fresh airflow.

25
You won't see any clocks in a casino. You are encouraged to
lose track of time. Many casinos come without windows, so that
the passage of time and the change from day to night or vice
versa goes undetected by its players.
One way to play without the distractions of smoke, noisy players,

constantly ringing bells and other assorted casino noises is to
play on the Internet. When you play online, you can play at your
own pace, dress (or not dress) as you like and play with as few or
as many distractions as you like.
You can control the speed of the game online and easily take a
break whenever you want. Unfortunately, even though many
online casinos offer better odds than their land-based brethren,
many players manage to defeat themselves by exercising little
control over their wagering. The net effect is that the average
Internet player consistently loses. While the atmosphere in any

26
ordinary casino may seem unreal enough that losing money
becomes a casual experience, the tendency to lose is even more
pronounced playing online.
Playing in a casino on a computer does not seem very real, even

though it is very real if you are wagering real money. The
average Internet casino expects to win about $200 per week per
player, even though many of their games are very beatable.
Casino bosses consider themselves successful when they can

convince players to leave their inhibitions at the door. Using
chips instead of money and creating an atmosphere that seems
almost "other-worldish" are part of the plot to loosen up the
players' attitudes and wallets.
I am not going to deny that gambling in either a garish modern

day casino or even in a "simulated" artificial casino on your
computer screen can be an engulfing and even a satisfying affair.
For some people it borders on "spiritual."
If you are one of these people, then I hope you continue to enjoy
playing. However, let me help you add an ingredient you
probably haven't experienced before. Let me show you how to
win consistently.
If you haven't experienced casino gambling, then perhaps you

will be willing to try a little roulette play after you read the pages
that follow.
In either case, I am going to give you some tools that will help
you approach gambling in a way that most people only dream of.

27
I am going to show you how to turn both land-based and Internet
casinos into personal sources of money that you can tap almost at
will.
However, in order to do this you are going to have to learn a

strategy with several different procedures. Fortunately, it is
fairly easy to learn. In addition, you will learn a set of rules that
is designed to protect you not only from the maws of the casino,
but from yourself.

28
Finally, you will have to learn to exercise a degree of self-control
that will enable you to focus on the game of roulette and see it as
a powerful source of income and then calmly and methodically
go about making withdrawals from the casino.

29
4. Odds and Probabilities
Throughout this book, I am going to use terms like "odds" and

"probabilities." These terms can be expressed as ratios,
percentages or fractions and each has a slightly different
meaning. Just in case you slept though your course Statistics
101, or even managed to escape the experience altogether, I am
going to attempt to clear things up.
Probability
A general definition of probability is the likelihood that a given

event will occur. When we apply this concept to gambling, we
usually end up with a specific expression like 1 out of 2 or 1:2.
When probability is expressed as two numbers, the first number

represents the expected frequency of a specific event occurring.
The second number is the total number of possible events or
outcomes, including the specific event and all other events that
can occur.
Let's take a look at the concept of probability applied to coin

flips. Consider this question - "What is the probability of a head
showing on the next coin flip?

30
Since there are two possible outcomes (heads or tails) and we are
looking for only one event (heads), this probability can be
expressed as 1 out of 2, 1 to 2 or 1:2 or even 1/2.
This two number expression can also be converted to a

percentage by dividing the first number by the second number,
which, in this case, will give us: 1 divided by 2 equals 0.50,
which can also be expressed as 50%.
Therefore, the probability of getting heads on the next coin flip is

1 to 2 or 50%.
Let's apply this concept to the game of roulette. The American

version of the game has the numbers 1 to 36, plus a zero and a
double-zero, for a total of 38 numbers. This gives us 38 possible
outcomes on any spin of the wheel. If your favorite number is
17, and you wanted to know how likely this was to show on the
next spin of the wheel, you could express this as 1 out of 38, 1 to
38, 1:38 or 1/38.
To determine this probability as a percentage meanss - 1 divided

by 38 equals 0.026 which is 2.6% as a percentage.
Interpretation? There is a 2.6% probability or chance of your

wager on the number 17 winning on the next spin of the roulette
wheel.

31
Odds
The definition of odds is the likelihood (or probability) of a given

event occurring, compared to the likelihood of that same event
not occurring.
Odds, like probabilities, can be expressed as two numbers in the

form of a ratio. The first number represents the expected
frequency of a specific outcome occurring, which is the same as
with probabilities. However, unlike probabilities, the second
number states only the number of all the other possible outcomes.
This figure excludes the specific event - that is, the first amount.
Going back to our coin toss, we can ask "What are the odds of a
head showing on the next coin flip?"
If we decide to pick "heads" as our bet selection, we know that

on a two-sided coin heads can only show one way. The only
other option is a tails. We can show the odds of a heads showing
on the next coin flip as 1 to 1, 1:1 or 1/1.
Unlike probabilities, which can also be expressed as percentages,

odds are always shown as ratios.
Now, let's calculate the odds of number 17 showing up on an

American roulette wheel, with 38 numbers. Our number, 17,
represents just one number. The remaining numbers, excluding
the number we chose, are 37, making the second figure in the
ratio thirty-seven. The odds of a 17 showing on the next spin, or
any other single number showing on the next spin of the wheel, is
expressed as 1 to 37, 1:37 or 1/37.

32
If we reverse this ratio, we will show odds against a 17 showing.
The odds against a 17 showing on the next spin of the roulette
wheel are 37 to 1 or 37:1.
The House Edge in Roulette
The house gains its edge over the player because of the
appearance of a zero and a double-zero on American roulette
wheels. European wheels have only one zero, giving the player
a better chance of winning.
Let's calculate how the casino's edge affects the payoff of a

wager on our favorite number, seventeen.
We have already calculated the probability of the number

showing, which is 1 out of 38 or 1 to 38.
If the house did not have an edge over the player, the correct
payout for winning the wager would be the real odds against
winning the bet, which is 37 to 1. However, the house gains an
edge by shortchanging the player on the payoff of a winning bet
and only pays the wager at 35 to 1. The house keeps 2 out of the
38 numbers for itself. These numbers are the zero and double-
zero.
The house edge over our bet on the number 17 can be calculated
as follows:
Wheel with zero and double-zero - 2/38 = 0.0526 or 5.26%

33
Wheel with one-zero - 1/37 = 0.027 or 2.70%
As we shall see later, some casinos use a special rule for

roulette's outside bets which allows the wager to stay up for an
additional spin after a zero appears. In this case the bet is said to
be imprisoned. This rule lowers the house edge even more.
The Gambler's Fallacy
Many gamblers place wagers based on a poor grasp of the law of

averages. They believe that because an event has not occurred
for a while that it is due.
In one incident, when I first started playing roulette, I came up to

a table and starting watching before I began wagering. One man
was wagering on red, which showed three times in a row while I
was watching. I exchanged my cash for chips and starting
betting black since I knew that long streaks of a single repeating
number are fairly rare. I wagered $5 on black, feeling somewhat
superior to the man who keep wagering on red. Red showed
again. Next spin I wagered $10 on black, feeling more confident
that black was "due" to show. The ball landed on red again.
I continued to double my wagers until I had lost six bets in a row.

At this point I backed off and watched as red showed on eleven
consecutive spins.
If I had not backed off wagering I would have run into the house
betting limit before I eventually won a bet.

34
There are a couple of lessons to be learned here. First, no
number or event is ever due in a game of chance. This includes
all wagers in the games of roulette, craps and baccarat. We will
talk about bet selection a lot in this book, as it will become an
integral part of the Maximum Advantage Roulette Strategy.
However, in general, bucking the trend is not a good idea. The
trend is your friend in roulette just like it is when playing the
stock market.
The second lesson is that it often pays to be flexible in selecting

your wagers in roulette. Gambling probability is defined as the
"likelihood" of an event occurring. It does not mean "definite"
and it certainly doesn't mean that the event will happen on the
next spin or even the next two or three spins.
Approach Gambling with a Winning Attitude
People have different reasons for gambling. For most people it is

the excitement of the game, the escape from the humdrum of
day-to-day existence, and the possibility of a potential cash
windfall.
The price of this "casino entertainment" is the almost certainty of

losing money. Surveys of visitors to Las Vegas show that most
persons believe they are going to win. The reality is that most of
them lose.
Approaching gambling with a positive attitude is important. You

need to believe that you are going to win. However, in order to

35
win consistently and not just once in a while, subject to the
whims of blind luck, you have to have a total plan for winning.
This book will give you a complete plan for winning. However,
even with a "blueprint" for success, you can still influence the
outcome with your attitude. It pays to have a positive attitude as
well as a proven way of winning.
With this combination, you will be able to consistently gamble

and win. As you read this, there are players using the Maximum
Advantage Roulette Strategy to amass small fortunes. If you
want to skip ahead to the chapters describing the system itself, go
ahead. However, don't forget that winning consistently requires
not only the "mechanical means" that the system provides, but
the attitude, skill and discipline to follow the system. That's why
if you do skip ahead, you should still come back and read all of
the material you skipped. It will pay you in spades, trust me.

36
5. Money Management
One of the most talked about and least understood concepts in

gambling is money management. Nearly every article, pamphlet
or book written about gambling will attempt to deal with money
management.
However, most experts don't even agree that money management

works. Some express disdain about a concept that can't be
quantified by mathematical expressions. Others believe that
money management is the only way to come out ahead.
I fall into the second camp. I know that if you want to win
consistently then you have to manage your gambling money very
carefully.
The essential goal behind money management is to safeguard

your gambling bankroll. I have expanded this concept to include
setting win goals for each gambling session and using loss limits
to minimize the damage caused by occasional losses. I even
record the results of every gambling game and keep a careful
record of my wins and losses.

37
If this sounds like a lot of trouble to go through, let me assure
you that it isn't. Once you start using my approach to roulette,
every aspect of the system will make sense to you. You will
know exactly when to "lock up" a profit for each game and what
to do when you encounter a losing game.
Once you start thinking along these lines, you will rapidly
develop the habits to perceive your roulette sessions as a new
business venture that you can and will be successful in.
Your Gambling Bankroll
Another area that the experts don't agree on is the amount of

money needed for a comfortable gambling bankroll.
Once you agree to the concept that you need money set aside for
gambling that is separate from the money needed to buy
groceries, make the car payment or pay the rent, then you can
begin to refine just what constitutes an adequate bankroll.
With the Maximum Advantage Roulette Strategy, I let the system

determine the cash needs. By having a reliable system, we can
determine every piece of information needed to precisely define
the amount of bankroll you need for each level of play.
Not surprisingly, if you want to consistently play using green $25

chips, you need a larger bankroll that a player using red $5 chips.
The grain of knowledge you need to gain at this point is that both
your level of betting and the performance of the system will

38
determine your bankroll. Once the system is explained and
numerous examples are offered, this will become crystal clear to
you.
Bankroll Strategies
Like many other situations involving money, money

management often has more to do with how you budget your
bankroll than simply the size of your bets. In our approach to
gambling, we will set both win goals and loss limits. These are
not some arbitrary amounts that are constantly subject to change
dependent on your whims. The size of your bankroll will
determine the amount of money you use for any given game of
roulette. The amount used for a game, or your "buy-in," will
determine the bets you use, the size of your bets, your loss limit
for that game and your win goal as well.
For instance, if you are traveling to a casino destination for a

two-day stay with a $2,000 bankroll, you can divide it into two
$1,000 sessions. You could further divide each session bankroll
into four $250 game bankrolls.
You might go a step further. You might decide to limit your

losses to 50% of your buy-in. If you buy in for $250, then that
game would be over whenever you are down by $125.
Likewise, you might set a win goal of $100 per game. As soon
as you hit this target amount, you could quit playing or at least
become more conservative so that you don't lose your winnings
back to the casino.

39
One way to lock up profits is to physically remove them from
play. Let's say you just won $100 on a $250 buy-in. You can
take this $350 and put it away. The casino's safe deposit box is a
convenient place to keep winnings. Some players even bring
envelopes for this purpose. When they reach their win goal, they
slip the cash into an envelope and mail it home.
If you can't afford a $2,000 bankroll, you can use a similar

formula geared to the size of your gambling bankroll.
Also, please remember that when you win you are not playing
with the "casino's money." It is only the casino's money when it
is sitting in the chip rack on the roulette table. Once the money
reaches your side of the table, it is yours, not the casino's. If you
continue to think of it as the casino's money there is a good
chance it will make a round trip and end up back on the casino's
side of the table.
If you hit your loss limit, you take a walk. There's no point in
setting loss limits unless you have the guts to stick to them.
Walking away from a loss takes a lot of discipline. Most people
won't do it if they still have money on the table. They will wait
until every chip is gone, and even then, many will reach for more
money rather than accepting a loss and walking away.
Whatever you do, leave the table following a loss. You can sit in
the lounge. Or take a walk around the casino. I find that doing
something physical works well for me. A brisk 30-minute walk
is highly recommended.

40
The one thing you don’t want to do after a loss is reach for more
money and continue playing.
Maximize Your Winnings
The most important thing to do when playing roulette is to

remember that your main goal is to win, to come out ahead. One
way to do this is to minimize your losses, by leaving the table
after a loss. When you learn the Maximum Advantage Roulette
Strategy, you will also learn very specific adjustments to make in
your play after any loss
Many gamblers become addicted to an occasional winning

streak. Sometimes the biggest losing gamblers are gamblers who
have sometimes had the largest wins. The reason?
They become addicted to the idea of the winning streak.

Therefore, when they have a little winning streak, they don't want
to quit, because they remember how good they felt when they
won a lot of money. They will stay too long at the table until the
winning streak becomes a losing streak and they end up with a
loss.
One of my former gambling buddies fell into this category. He

would never quit when he was ahead, because he never wanted to
end a winning streak. However, he would never quit when he
was behind either because he didn't like the negative feelings he
had walking away a loser. Consequently, there was only one
thing that would make him stop gambling. He had to lose every

41
bit of his bankroll, plus one or two credit card cash advances.
Only when he was flat broke would he quit gambling.
Safeguarding your winnings should be your primary concern.

There is no such thing as a "small win." Every win is worth
keeping.
I am a great a believer as anyone that you should not quit in the

middle of a hot streak. The Maximum Advantage Roulette
Strategy incorporates this concept into its rules. While setting a
win goal is part of the strategy, you never have to quit
immediately after hitting the target win amount. Instead, what
you can do is modify your behavior. What I like to do is to
continue to play but set myself a limit on play. For example, let's
say your target win is $500. You can continue to play after
hitting this goal, but with another trigger to pull you off with
your winnings intact when the trend ends.
Here's one way to do this. After hitting your win goal, reduce the
size of your wagers and continue to play. However, if you lose
two bets in a row, quit. This is a very simple rule. If you are in a
prolonged winning streak you will seldom lose more than one bet
before resuming the winning streak. Whenever you have two
consecutive losing bets consider this a reliable signal that your
winning streak is over. When it happens, calmly quit betting,
and as soon as the dealer has a moment, ask him to "color you
up," and prepare for departure.
Your behavior following a nice win should be similar to what

you do after a loss. Take a break, go for a walk, have a snack or

42
go to your room and take a nap. The key thing is to remove
yourself from the table at least long enough so that you don't let
any feelings of euphoria overcome your safeguards about losing.
Any winnings should be considered a return on your investment

(ROI). The ROI principle is further explained in the next section.
The Return on Investment (ROI) Concept
I like to think of returns made from roulette in terms of a return

on my investment. The ROI concept is simply a way of relating
the amount of money earned to the amount of money at risk. If
you invest $1,000 in a bank, leave it there for a year and make
$30 in interest, your ROI would be 3 percent. When gambling, it
is useful to think of your ROI as the return you earn on the
money at risk.
At its most basic level, I like to relate the amount of bankroll

used in a game as the amount of my investment. Win goals, loss
limits and ROI are all based on the amount of your buy-in. For
some gamblers, "buy-in" is not equal to their investment in a
game. They may start out giving the dealer $200 to convert to
chips, lose those chips, give the dealer another $200 and after
losing this amount as well disgustingly throw in a final $100 in
currency to convert to chips. Here the original buy-in of $200
does not equal the total amount risked, which is $500.
I don't recommend that you play this way. Generally, your

original buy-in should be the total amount you are willing to put
at risk in this gambling contest.

43
With Maximum Advantage Roulette, many other factors are tied
to the amount used in a game, including the size of your wagers,
the spread between your smallest and largest wagers, your loss
limit, your win goal and your ROI for a game.
In general, any ROI greater than 20% of your game bankroll is an

acceptable win. With our system, your target win will usually
be larger than this, but nonetheless, I want you to consider 20%
of your game bankroll a respectable win. Furthermore, I want
you to be willing to pick up your chips and walk away with a win
as small as 20% of your game bankroll.
If you only buy in for $200, then a 20% game ROI would be
equal to $40. Before you protest that this is too small a win,
please remember that the Maximum Advantage Roulette concept
will let you make this level of winnings in a very short time
period, usually less than half an hour. If you want to win more,
the recommended procedure is to buy in for a larger amount.
Don't worry that I am going to require you to gamble with a

higher amount than you can afford. My preferred tactic is to
always start small and to increase your bankroll through casino
winnings.
Keep the idea of ROI in mind. Not only is the concept a handy
way to compute minimum acceptable winnings, it is also useful
because it will get you in the habit of thinking of gambling as a
form of higher risk investing or speculation, much like "playing
the stock market."

44
However, as we shall see, when you use the Maximum
Advantage Roulette Strategy, your risk may be a lot lower than
investing in stocks.

45
6. Trying to Beat the Wheel
Most strategies for beating roulette cannot overcome the house

edge, which varies from 1.35 percent to as high as 7.89 percent,
dependent on the wheel and the type of bet placed. However,
while I can make a true statement that "most strategies cannot
overcome the house edge," roulette has been beaten using a
number of suprisingly different approaches.
The most common approach is what I call the pure "systems

approach." Here, betting a certain pattern such as "bet red after
black shows for two consecutive wins," and using some kind of
betting progression is the basis of the system.
There are hundreds of these strategies and many of the strategies

used in other casino games, such as craps or baccarat, were
originated for roulette.
These strategies are nearly always condemned by many gambling

experts as worthless in overcoming the house edge. Yet, we will
present evidence that using strict betting rules, combined with a
number of specific money management techniques can overcome

46
the house edge, so long as the games are kept reasonably short
and certain "stop loss" measures are used.
In the next chapter I completely cover these "Systems and

Strategies" so that you will have a fairly complete understanding
of the kind of thinking that has gone into developing these
systems.
A second approach to beating the wheel entails looking for

imperfections in the wheel itself. Because no mechanical device
is ever perfectly constructed, these strategies are based on finding
certain numbers or groups of numbers or even sections of the
wheel where the hits are way out of proportion to what
probability theory would indicate. If the hits are distorted
enough, then making the appropriate wagers can overcome the
house edge. Thus, the game is turned in favor of the player.
The downside to this approach is the amount of time required.

Usually at least several thousand roulette decisions have to be
recorded to ascertain with a high degree of certainty that a wheel
is biased.
Some people enjoy tracking wheels. If you are one of these

people, you will be disappointed in the Maximum Advantage
Roulette Strategy as it has nothing to do with finding biased
roulette wheels.
The concept of finding a biased wheel applies only to physical

roulette wheels. I have never heard of a biased roulette wheel in
a virtual casino.

47
This approach is much too tedious for me. However, the concept
behind wheel tracking can be used for short-term play. Here,
certain numbers or groups of numbers are tracked for a very short
time period. It is well known that over a period of 38 spins of a
wheel not every number will show. In fact, the odds against
every number showing one time in 38 spins of a double-zero
wheel are astronomical. What usually occurs is that about one-
third of the numbers won't show at all, while some numbers will
repeat two, three or even more times.
Our publication, Target Roulette, describes a strategy designed to

profit from short-term imbalances in the distribution of numbers.
Short-term wheel tracking can be quite profitable if it is used as a

short-term playing concept employing hit and run tactics to rack
up wins.
Some players claim that they are able to observe a spinning

wheel and track what section the ball will land in while bets are
still being accepted.
The player who is able to do this observes the ball's speed in

relation to the rotation of the wheel. The way a baseball player
determines where a fly ball will land or a scientist determines
where a falling satellite will reenter the earth's atmosphere are
similar.
Generally there is about a 15 to 20 second window when a player

who is skilled enough to estimate the section where the ball
might land can observe the spinning wheel and ball and then
make his wagers. I have never tried to develop this skill and

48
since much of my play is on the Internet, this skill would be of
limited value to me. It is not a skill that is needed to use the
Maximum Advantage Roulette Strategy.
There is a fourth approach that is quite controversial. Many

experts doubt that this approach is valid. This approach entails
observing and learning a "dealer's signature." The theory here is
that many dealers develop a predictable routine after spinning the
wheel and releasing the ball for thousand upon thousands of
times.
These dealers have developed a mechanical approach to the

process and tend to spin the ball the same way each time. Since a
dealer always picks the ball up from the last number that hit and
then spins it a moment later, some dealers will develop
predictable "spacing" between their hits. Some players believe
that we might be capable of reading these dealers just as we can
determine a biased wheel.

49
7. Systems and Strategies
Betting systems fall into the broad categories of betting the same
after each decision, known as flat betting, raising wagers after
wins, called positive progressions, and raising money after losses,
named negative progressions.
There are also systems which have characteristics of one or more

of these types, such as the Maximum Advantage Roulette Betting
System which we will encounter in a few more chapters. Many of
the classical betting systems were developed for roulette in the
eighteenth and nineteenth centuries, but they can be used for other
games with even-money wagers such as craps, baccarat and
blackjack. Although none of these systems in its pure form is a
winning system, it is worthwhile to study the efforts of our
ancestors as these betting systems are the grandparents of every
modern betting system.
Martingale
Martingale is one of the oldest betting systems using a negative
progression. The origin of the name is in dispute. Many gambling
writers believe it is a bastardization of the name "Martindale" and
that it was named after Henry Martindale, an English casino owner

50
in the 1700s who is reputed to urge losing punters to "double 'em
up" with their wagers.
If you are looking for a system that wins a majority of the time,
you need look no further than Martingale. If you use it, the odds
are in your favor that on a given night you will be a winner.
This system is very simple. You will use a betting series where
each bet in the series is twice as large as the preceding one, as with
1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32. So long as you win a bet, you will continue to bet
at the lowest level, e.g. wager 1. If you lose a bet, you will move
up to the next wager, doubling the amount of the previous wager.
Use of the system ensures that whenever your wager eventually
wins, you will win the amount of the original wager, in this
instance 1.
One of my gambling friends once told me about an amazing

system he had developed for craps. He had gone to Las Vegas on
two consecutive trips and returned a winner. He was wagering
only on don't pass at casino craps using a betting series starting
with a $1 bet and doubling his bet after each loss. He was certain
that his risk of loss was very small and planned to continue to use
the system. He was reluctant to share the system with me but he
finally confessed that he was using the following betting series,
increasing his wager one level following a loss: 1 2 4 8 16 32 64
128 256. He correctly pointed out that he would have to lose nine
times in a row to lose the betting series, and he just didn't think that
this was possible.
I pointed out to him that there was a very real possibility that he
could lose nine decisions in a row; in fact, this would happen once

51
about every 500 pass line - don't pass decisions. With craps
decisions averaging fifty to sixty per hour, a loss of all nine wagers
could happen once every eight to ten hours. I asked him to
consider whether he was winning enough to sustain a loss of
$511.00 (the total amount he was risking) in order to win the sum
of $1. This must have impressed him as I don't think he ever used
this system again (or at least he didn't tell me about losing with it).
Here's a demonstration of how this system would work in a coin

flipping contest. You are betting that the next coin toss will be
heads. You have a 50-50 chance of winning any given bet. Should
you lose a bet, or two bets, or three bets, just keep doubling your
wager until you win one bet. Here's the beauty of this strategy.
You only have to win one bet to be a winner! Here's how you
could use the Martingale System in the coin-tossing contest:
Amount of Bet Decision Win Loss Total

$1 Tails $1 -$1
$2 Tails $2 -$3
$4 Tails $4 -$7
$8 Tails $8 -$15
$16 HEADS $16 +$1
The above sequence of four tails in a row had a one in 16 chance of

occurring. The odds of you winning here are 15:1 in your favor!
This seems like a pretty safe bet, doesn't it? You'd only hit a losing
streak of four straight losses once in every 16 times you played.
That's the best part about using the Martingale System.
A coin toss is a "fair" game where neither the casino nor the house
has an edge. Here are the odds against various runs of a given bet
(heads or tails) coming up in a fair (50-50) game:

52
Consecutive Hits Probability Odds Against (or For)
1 1 in 2 1 to 1
2 1 in 4 3 to 1
3 1 in 8 7 to 1
4 1 in 16 15 to 1
5 1 in 32 31 to 1
6 1 in 64 63 to 1
7 1 in 128 127 to 1
8 1 in 256 255 to 1
9 1 in 512 511 to 1
10 1 in 1,024 1,011 to 1
However, with roulette there are no true "even-money" bets. There

are several bets that pay even-money, but the true odds are not 50-
50 as in the coin toss. Let's take a look at "even-money" bets on
both zero and double zero wheels.
On a double-zero wheel an "even-money" bet wins 18 times but

loses 20 times. On a single-zero wheel this wager wins 18 times
but loses 19 times. Thus your odds of winning on a double-zero
wheel are not 1 to 2 as with a coin toss, but 1 to 2.11. Since the
house pays off a dollar for a win rather than $1.11, it keeps 11
cents for itself as the house edge or casino "vig." This gives the
casino a 5.26% edge over "even-money" bets in the long-run.
On a single-zero wheel, the odds are 2.0556 (rounded up to 2.056)

which works out to be a 2.70 percent house edge for long-term
play.
The table below shows the odds against consecutive hits of even-
money bets on each type of roulette wheel.

53
Consecutive Double Zero Wheel Single Zero Wheel
Hits Probability Odds Probability Odds
1 1 in 2.11 1.11 to 1 1 in 2.06 1.06 to 1
2 1 in 4.45 3.45 to 1 1 in 4.22 3.22 to 1
3 1 in 9.39 8.39 to 1 1 in 8.68 7.68 to 1
4 1 in 19.82 18.82 to 1 1 in 17.83 16.83 to 1
5 1 in 41.82 40.82 to 1 1 in 36.65 35.65 to 1
6 1 in 88.24 87.24 to 1 1 in 75.31 74.31 to 1
7 1 in 186.20 185.20 to 1 1 in 154.77 153.77 to 1
8 1 in 392.88 391.88 to 1 1 in 318.05 317.05 to 1
9 1 in 828.98 827.98 to 1 1 in 653.59 652.59 to 1
10 1 in 1,749.14 1,748.14 to 1 1 in 1,343.13 1,342.13 to 1
The Martingale system would be just about unbeatable if you could

continue to double your wagers until you finally won a bet.
Modern casinos are very aware of Martingale, and they know that
the easiest way to thwart the system is to narrow the spread
between maximum and minimum bets allowed. In other words,
the minimum wager must be high enough and the maximum wager
low enough that no more than eight or nine doublings can occur. If
you find a table with a low minimum, such as $1 and a high
maximum, such as $3,000, you may wish to try using a Martingale
system against the table.
You could use the following series of wagers: 1 2 4 8 16 32 64 128

256 512 1,024 2,048. With 12 bets in the series, you would be an
odds-on favorite to win any weekend gambling contest involving
even-money wagers. However, you might want to consider one
thing. If you try this, sooner or later you will lose bet number 11,
for $1,024. You will now have lost $2,047 and will be called on to
bet $2,048 in order to win the grand sum of $1. Are you willing to
risk it? If you win, you will be up exactly one buck for your

54
efforts. However, if you lose your last wager of $2,048, you will
have lost $4,095 in the gaming contest. While the risk of loss is
low, it will happen at some time if you continue to wager this way,
and there is no guarantee that it won't happen during your first
casino excursion using this system.
A story is told in The Sealed Book of Roulette (remember this was

copyrighted in 1924) that Arnold Rothschild once said to M. Blanc,
manager of the casino in Monte Carlo:
"Take off your maximum and I will play against you as

long as you like."
Rothschild knew that without a maximum bet he could use the

Martingale system and eventually beat the house. Unfortunately,
you are not likely to encounter a casino without a maximum bet.
Mini-Martingale
Martingale in its purest form is too risky for the amount of reward
offered. Nearly every gambling expert likes to cite Martingale as
an example of a losing system and then jump into a gloating mode
and proclaim that all betting systems are losers. However, a
Martingale system can be used with very good results if it is used
on a spot basis. Assume that you are wagering on an even-money
game and that you have lost the last four consecutive wagers.
Usually, a three-stage Martingale against this trend continuing for
three more decisions will be quite profitable and the reward will be
reasonable as compared to the amount risked.

55
A five-stage Martingale progression can be used when it is used
against a betting pattern which is less likely to occur than would
normally be expected.
Grand Martingale
One criticism of Martingale is that too much is risked as compared
to the potential return. For example, in the first Martingale series
shown, you would have had to wager $256 in order to win a net $1.
With Grand Martingale, additional chips are added to each
increased wager, so that when a win finally occurs, the amount
won will be greater than just the amount of the first wager. A
typical Grand Martingale series is: 1 3 7 15 31 63 127 255 511.
Martingale in all forms risks a lot to win a little. When the losses
come, they will wipe out hours of profits. Another twist to using a
Martingale series is to play Martingale in reverse called an "Anti-
Martingale" betting series. With this system, winning wagers will
be pressed (doubled). Whenever you encounter a long winning
streak this system can produce phenomenal profits. Assume we
use the following Anti-Martingale series: 5 10 20 40 80. With five
consecutive wins, we will $155, while our total risk is only the
amount of our first wager, $5. The high-risk reward ratio is a
major reason raising your wagers after wins is recommended by
many gaming experts. However, as we saw two chapters back, this
type of system wins very infrequently, and the many small losses
overwhelm most gains, so that over 90% of all games will end with
a loss.

56
Labouchere
This system was first "discovered" by Henry Labouchere, an

English gambler who traveled the world playing it until he died in
1912. His discovery was actually created in the eighteenth century
by a French mathematician, named the Marquis de Cordorct.
With Labouchere, also known as the Cancellation System, the

player sets up a series of numbers which will add up to the profit
he will make if he wins this betting series. If he picks 1 2 3 as his
series, his expected profit for winning this series is 1 + 2 + 3 = 6.
Like the variations of Martingale, this series is used with even-
money bets.
To start the series, a player will wager the sum of the two outside
numbers, in this case 4 (1 + 3 = 4). If he wins this wager, he will
cancel the two outside numbers by scratching them out, and wager
the sum of the next two outside numbers. In this simple series,
only the single number of 2 is left, so the player would wager 2.
If he also wins this wager, he will have won the series, having won
4 on the first round and 2 for the second wager, for a total of 6, the
total of all bets in the series.
Any time the player loses a wager, he will add the amount lost to
the series and continue to wager the sum of the two outside wagers.
Let's assume the player lost the first bet of 4. He would add this
wager to the series, which would now become: 1 2 3 4. His next
wager would be for 5, the sum of the two outside wagers. We will
assume that this bet wins. Having won the bet, our players cancels
the outside numbers of 1 and 4 leaving the series as: 2 3. He next

57
wagers the sum of these two numbers, betting 5. If this wager wins
the series is completed. If he loses this wager, the losing bet of 5
will be added to the series and he will continue the series.
The principal appeal of this system is that it appears to be a two for

one proposition in that each win cancels two numbers while a loss
only adds one number to the series. However, this isn't the case, as
the player is not paid two to one on winning bets.
In testing this system, I have had bets escalate to wagers of

hundreds of dollars all too frequently. This is probably the most
insidious of the old time roulette systems. It is said to have been
responsible for more suicides on the French Riviera than any other
system. Part of the problem with this system is that the small
stream of steady wins tends to lull the player into believing that the
system can't lose. Unfortunately, a long enough losing streak will
occur that the wagers called for will either be larger than the
player's bankroll or will exceed the house limits and not be
allowed. In either case, the series will be over with the end result
that the player suffers a substantial loss.
This system can also be played in reverse, known as Reverse

Labouchere. With Reverse Labby, as many punters call it, the
amount of each win is added to the series, and the two outside
numbers are canceled whenever a loss occurs. Each wager is still
the sum of the two outside numbers. This system produces many
small losses in exchange for an occasional win over 1,000 times
the amount at risk.

58
Use of this approach is recounted in Norman Leigh's fascinating
account of his successful effort to beat the casino in Monte Carlo
by playing Labouchere in reverse (Thirteen Against the Bank,
William Morrow & Co., 1976). Norman Leigh theorized that the
reason so many players lose with Labouchere is that they run into
the house limits or lose their playing capital and are unable to
recoup losses. Since the bank has almost unlimited capital in
comparison to the players, the bank can out wait most player
assaults, knowing that either the house betting limit or the player's
own limited financial resources will bring about the player's
demise.
In using the reverse betting strategy, Leigh reasoned that this

approach would most closely resemble the bank's approach to most
other players. He would wait out the small losses until a large win
occurred. Leigh spent months recruiting and training a team to
play against the casino. His trials in pulling off this coup make for
fascinating reading. I believe that one of the reasons he was
eventually able to beat the casino in Monte Carlo was that his
starting wagers were fairly low and the house maximums large in
comparison. Consequently, he was able to keep his losses fairly
low while his team played on, waiting for the monster win.
It is doubtful that this system could be used successfully now, as

the spread between minimum and maximum wagers are not large
enough in most casinos. The losses realized while waiting for the
large win would be enormous, with the house limits on maximum
wagers limiting the systems' ability to ultimately recoup the losses.

59
d'Alembert
This system was invented by a French mathematician, based on the
assumption of equilibrium in gaming contests. Jean Le Rond
d'Alembert reasoned that since winning and losing bets must
eventually equal one another, a system of adding one chip after
each losing bet and subtracting a chip after a winning bet would
ultimately result in a win as winning wagers would always be
greater than losing ones.
It is not unusual to win only ten of the first thirty wagers in an

even-money betting contest. With d'Alembert's system, the player
will wager higher and higher amounts until he eventually runs into
our old nemesis, the house limit.
The d'Alembert betting system can be fairly successful if it is

modified to include no more than nine or ten bets in a series of
wagers, so that potential losses are limited. An additional
modification to improve the system is to space the bets so that the
win of two consecutive wagers will offset prior losses. A series
which accomplishes this is 1 2 3 4 7 11 18. With this series, a
player would drop back to the lowest bet after winning two
consecutive wagers, such as 7 and 4. This system can be fairly
successful if used by two partners betting the opposite in roulette,
craps or baccarat.
The betting system incorporated for even-money wagers in the

Maximum Advantage Roulette Strategy uses a highly modified
type of d'Alembert. As you will see, in a modified form, coupled
with a special bet selection strategy, the system can become a very
stable and predictable performer.

60
Contra-d-Alembert
Like Reverse Labouchere, the idea behind Contra-d'Alembert is to
reduce the amount risked while allowing profitable runs to rise to
great heights. With this strategy we will increase our wager one
level after a win and reduce it one level following a loss.
The only positive aspect to the strategy is that when you hit a
prolonged losing streak the size of your wagers is quickly reduced.
In this respect this system can help protect your bankroll.
However, the upside of using any system requiring increasing your

wager following wins is limited. Trends of long, uninterrupted
winning streaks are fairly rare in gaming and a system relying on
piling up win after consecutive win is not going to win very often.
Here's an example. Your first bet is for one unit. You win and
move up to betting two units. With another win, you wager three
units and have a loss. You have won two out of three bets and
have absolutely nothing to show for it. All of your profit
evaporated with that single loss.
If you could always pick your spots, this system would have merit.
Of course, if pigs could fly . . . well, you get the idea. It is just
about impossible to know in advance when a three-wager
consecutive win might occur so that you could jump in with a
Contra-d'Alembert. Like so many systems, this one sounds good
on paper, but is difficult to squeeze profits out of in real world
gaming.

61
Ascot
This is another of the old time roulette systems that can be adapted
to any game offering even-money bets. With Ascot, winning
wagers are increased one unit at a time in a predetermined series of
wagers while losing bets are lowered one step using the same
betting series. An Ascot betting series can be from seven to
eleven numbers. A typical series is: 2 3 5 8 13 20 30. The player's
first wager would be a middle number such as 8. If this wager
wins, the next wager would be 13. If this wager also won, the
succeeding wager would be for 20, and so on, with each win
followed by an increase of one level in the betting series. The
series would end with the win of the last bet in the series. For a
win, that would be a win of 30. A losing series would be
terminated with the loss of the lowest bet of 2.
The greatest problem with Ascot is that alternating wins and losses
at the higher levels of wagers will destroy the profit potential of the
series. This can be a serious flaw in any system calling for a large
reduction in the amount wagered following a loss.
The Fibonacci System

Fibonacci was a mathematician who discovered a series of
numbers where the sum of each two numbers in the series equals
the number which follows. A Fibonacci series with twelve levels
of bets would look like: 1 2 3 5 8 13 21 34 55 89 144 233 for a
total risked of $608.
This is a very low risk system for use with even-money bets at
craps, roulette and baccarat. To use it, you will increase your bet

62
one level following a loss. After any win, you drop your next
wager one level. If you win two bets in a row, or win two out of
three bets, you drop back to the first bet in the series.
This system was sold many years ago for $100 a copy with
instructions to use it betting Don't Pass in craps. This is a good
system for partners to use betting opposites. With roulette, for
instance, one partner could bet red while the other wagered black.
With craps, one would wager on pass line and the other on Don't
Pass. With baccarat, one partner would bet banker and the other on
player hands.
An adaptation of this system has been used to successfully win at

craps (The Silverthorne System, Silverthorne Publications. See
order form in the back of this book).
Incidentally, there are a number of derivations of the Fibonacci

series of numbers, including ratios of the numbers, which are
regularly used in trading stocks and commodity future contracts.
This is indeed a versatile and powerful sequence of numbers.
The Parlay
A parlay or paroli is a positive progression method. In its simplest
form, it consists of leaving a winning bet plus the winnings up for a
second win. If you are betting $10 on an even-money bet and win
$10, you parlay the wager by leaving $20 up for the next decision.
If this bet wins, you will have won $30 while only risking $10.
Probably the most attractive aspect of a successful parlay is that it

wins three times as much as the amount risked. However, the

63
probability of winning two bets in a row on even-money wagers is
less than one in four. For this reason, one of the better ways to use
a parlay is to combine it with a series of bets where the amount
wagered is increased following a loss. For example the following
parlay progression could be used: 2 2 3 4 6 8 12 16. To use this
series, you would normally start with the first wager in the series.
If this bet won, you would parlay it and next wager $4. If either
the original wager or the parlay lost you would move up one level
in the betting series. Any time a parlay bet is won, you will start
the betting series over. If the series is lost, you may either start the
series over or leave the table.
Setting up parlay progressions like the one above can be the basis
for some of the best performing betting progressions in gambling.
To use such a series in blackjack, which requires additional money
in order to handle pair splitting and doublings, requires adjustments
to the series. One way to handle this is to modify basic strategy to
reduce the number of splitting and doubling plays. However, this
is not a wise way to play blackjack as these moves represent one of
the player's strongest winning options. A better way to handle the
program of developing a winning parlay progression for blackjack
is to modify the progression so that it allows for splitting and
doubling opportunities.
Oscar's Grind
If you want to use a system with very little risk of loss, here's the
one you want.
Oscar has a target of winning one unit at the end of any successful
betting series. That's it. One unit. Here are the rules:

64
1. Increase your bet by one unit after every win; provided
that winning the wager won't result in a series gain
larger than one unit.
2. Never change the size of your bet following a loss.
Assume that your betting unit is $5 and you are betting don't pass.
You find yourself fighting a hot streak and you have lost six bets in
a row for a cumulative loss of $30. You continue to bet $5 since
you never change the size of your wager following losses. You bet
$5 again and win. Now, with one win and six losses, you are down
a net $25. Following the win, you raise your bet one unit and
wager $10. This wager also wins. You have reduced your net loss
to $15. You raise your next wager one more unit to $15 and win.
You are now even. Your final wager will revert to $5. Why?
Because of the rule limiting the size of a wager to one which will
not result in a gain larger than one unit.
Your last bet of $5 wins. You now have a net win of $5, having
lost six bets and won four.
Even this system can take you to high levels on occasion. If you
find yourself in a situation where you have occasional wins
followed by multiple losses, the size of your wagers will continue
to grow. If this occurs, you will be forced to stop the series at
some point and accept a loss rather than risking larger and larger
amounts of money.

65
The Red System
This system originated in the 1960s. It is based on the fact that in
the third column of the roulette layout there are eight red
numbers and only four black numbers.
This system requires that you wager one unit on the third column
and two units on the color black. With a $5 table minimum, this
means $5 on the third column and $10 on the color black. If a
red number in the third column hits, you win $10 for the column
bet (it pays 2 to 1) and lose the $10 wager on black, for a break-
even decision. However, if a black number in the third column
hits you will win $10 on the column wager and $10 on the black
color bet, for a total of $20. If a red number hits in the first or
second column, you will lose both bets, for a $15 loss. If a black
number in the first or second column hits, you will lose the $5
column bet and win the $10 wager on black, for a net win of $5.
If a 0 or 00 shows you will lose both bets for a $15 loss.
This system does not gain any real edge over the house and in
using it, the casino will eventually beat the player. This system
could be set up using a negative betting progression, but I would
not recommend it.

66
The Black System
This system is much like the red system and is based on the fact
that in the second column there are eight black numbers and only
four red ones. Instead of betting on the third column and black,
you will wager $5 on the second column and $10 on the color
red. This is just the opposite of the Red System and offers no
real advantage to the player.

67
8. Wheel Tracking Systems
In the winter of 1873 an English engineer and mechanic left the

damp and dreary British Isles for the warmer clime of Monte
Carlo. In his business of manufacturing spindles for cotton mills,
he had become intrigued with roulette wheels, which are
theoretically perfectly balanced and therefore produce purely
random results. He had a theory that the wheels might not be as
perfectly balanced as they were alleged to be and he had a plan to
discover and exploit any imperfections in the wheels.
After viewing the renowned casino, the Englishman, Joseph

Jaggers, hired six clerks to sit all day long at the six tables in the
Beaux-Arts Monte Carlo Casino and record every number shown
on every spin on every roulette wheel.
The next week Jaggers spent holed up in his hotel room, analyzing
the increasing pages of numbers his clerks were providing.
Finally he emerged, satisfied that he was now ready to battle the
casinos.
Jaggers entered the casino and calmly began to play on the sixth
roulette wheel. He started with small wagers and as he won,
he gradually increased his wagers. By the time his winnings

68
exceeded $10,000 he was under the scrutiny of casino personnel,
and when his winnings broke $50,000, fully three casino
inspectors were nervously watching this casino novice. By the
end of the day, Jaggers had won $70,000!
On the following day, Jaggers returned and began wagering on the

same wheel. He continued to win. The inspectors believed that he
must be cheating, but they finally discovered a pattern to his
betting. Even though he disguised his play by wagering other
numbers, he consistently bet 7-8-9-17-18-19-22-28-29. Of these
numbers, all except 8-17-18 are adjacent on the wheel.
By the fourth day, Jaggers had won an incredible $300,000!

Finally, an inspector noticed that Jaggers always played at the
same wheel. After the casino closed for the evening, casino
employees moved all six of the roulette wheels.
When Jaggers sat down to play the next day, he began gambling
heavily at the sixth table – which unknown to him was not his
favorite – and proceeded to lose $200,000. Finally he realized
something was wrong and having an excellent memory, he
recalled a scratch on the side of the original wheel. He found it, in
spot number one.
Playing conservatively, he accumulated $350,000 in the next three

weeks. The casino was in a state of panic. At this point, not only
was Jaggers cleaning up, but a large crowd of other
players had begun making the same wagers, so that the casino was
losing much more than just Jaggers' wins.

69
The casino dispatched a courier to the wheel manufacturer in
Paris. The manufacturer discerned that the problem with the sixth
wheel was due to the frets (the metal walls separating the pockets
on the wheel). The courier returned to Monte Carlo with a whole
new set of frets and the casino changed the frets in all the wheels
in the wee hours of the morning when the casino was closed.
This, of course, was kept secret from Jaggers and the casino
fervently hoped that Jaggers would not notice the change and
would be kind enough to lose all of their money back.
Jaggers resumed playing as usual. Within two days, he had lost

$75,000. Realizing that the casino had finally prevailed against
him, he calmly picked up his sizable winnings, which now totalled
$325,000, bade farewell to Monte Carlo, and returned to England.
He never returned to Monte Carlo.
The size of Jaggers' winnings are simply staggering when we

consider that this sum would be worth over three million dollars
today.
His method is perfectly legal, is still practiced, and by some

estimates has won over $6,000,000 in the well published ventures.
How much has been won in unreported successes, by gamblers
who keep their mouths closed, no one knows. But the amount is
sizable.
What Jaggers and others have done is to clock roulette wheels to

determine if the wheel is biased enough to allow the player to
exploit this bias.

70
As there is no such thing as a physically perfect roulette wheel, the
biased wheel player seeks to detect defects by writing down the
roulette numbers as they occur to determine whether certain
numbers are coming up with greater than expected regularity.
While casinos use and discard cards and dice daily, roulette
wheels cost as much as an automobile and so are used for long
periods of time. Over time, a minority of wheels will exhibit
enough wear and tear such that they no longer produce random
results, but rather become biased in favor of certain numbers or
groups of numbers. By clocking enough numbers this bias can be
detected, and if the bias is strong enough, a player, by wagering
the number or numbers with greater probability of occurring, can
win substantial amounts of money.
How much of an advantage can be gained by finding a biased

wheel? The table below shows the frequency of a given number
and the mathematical advantage possible on a biased wheel.

71
Players Percent Advantage
This table shows the player's percent advantage on a biased wheel,
whether American or French, with a payoff of 35 to 1.
Percent
Frequency Advantage
38 -5.26% (unbiased double- zero
wheel)
37 -2.70% (unbiased single-zero
wheel)
36 0.00%
35 2.86%
34 5.88%
33 9.09%
32 12.50%
31 16.13%
30 20.00%
29 24.14%
28 28.57%
25 44.00%
23 56.52%
20 80.00%
Using the table, we can see that on an ordinary double-zero

American wheel with no bias a number will show on an average
frequency of every 38 spins, and with the payoff of 35 to 1 (which
is the same as 36 for 1), the casino advantage over the player is
5.26%.

72
On the unbiased French wheel with 37 numbers, the house edge is
2.70%. If we could remove the zeros from both wheels, then our
expected frequency of a single number would be 36 and the house
would have no advantage.
Now, the object of finding a biased wheel is to gain an advantage

over the casino. The table shows the percentage advantage
attainable dependent upon the frequency of a number showing. If
a number shows on the average every 34 spins, then we have
gained a 5.88% edge over the casino. If the frequency is once
every 30 spins, our advantage increases to a whooping 20.00%.
And if we are fortunate enough to ever find a situation where a
number shows with a frequency of once every 20 spins, our
advantage in playing this number is 80.00%.
There have been a number of players who have found and

exploited roulette wheels. We recall Joseph Jaggers' success in
1873. In the period from 1969 to 1971 Dr. Richard W. Jarecki
won about $1,280,000 playing at San Remo and Monte Carlo
using biased wheel play.
The Billy Walters syndicate during different periods from 1986 to

1989 won over $4,400,000 in Atlantic City and $400,000 in Las
Vegas!
Obviously, the rewards of finding and exploiting a balanced wheel

can be rather extraordinary. But how difficult is it to find such a
wheel?

73
The only tried and proven legal way of accomplishing this is to
clock, that is, record the numbers of a roulette wheel as they are
spun and analyze them, much as Jaggers did in 1873.
Obviously a hand held computer would be very helpful, but such

devices are banned in most casinos, and use of a computer or
similar device in a casino in Nevada may even earn you jail time.
So the only practical way of identifying a potentially biased wheel

is to record and analyze the results of spins.
A significant amount of mathematical analysis has been done in

determining the minimum number of spins which should be tallied
in order to determine if a wheel is truly biased. To be reasonably
sure that a wheel is biased you should record a minimum of 800
spins. In the United States, with an average number of spins of
100 an hour this would take eight hours. At the slower European
rate of 40 an hour, accumulating a sample of 800 spins would take
twenty hours.
After the sample has been made, you will look for a number with a
statistically significant number of occurrences. Based on sound
theories propagated by the Belgian gambler and mathematician
Pierre Basieux (Roulette, Die Zahmung des Zufalls, Munich,
1992), the expected frequency of a number, if it is truly random, in
800 spins is 33. If the number occurs more than 33 times, the
wheel may be biased. The higher the number of occurrences, the
greater the potential bias.

74
If we clock a sample of 800 spins and find that number 6 shows up
34 times, number 13 occurs 35 times and number 16 shows 38
times, we obviously have a much better case for 16 being a biased
number than for either 6 or 13. In this situation, the best play
would be to start wagering on all three numbers, while continuing
to record the spins as they occur. Since each of these numbers has
exceeded our target of 33 occurrences in 800 sample, each number
should be considered a candidate for occurring more often than
randomly.
How easy is it to apply this wheel clocking approach? We have

noted that there have been some celebrated successes in using
wheel clocking to identify biased wheels.
Allan N. Wilson, in The Casino Gambler's Guide (New York,

1970), recounted his adventure as a young man in trying to beat
the wheel. Wilson and a companion, Robert Bowers, sought to
emulate other well-publicized successes in wheel clocking. In
June, 1948, they descended on Harold's Club in Reno to try this
approach.
After playing a wheel for 80,000 spins (a month of continuous

play) they increased their bankroll from $50 to only $350. At this
point, they decided to switch wheels and after a week's play or
20,000 spins, they had lost back $100 of their $300 profit.

75
The first wheel they picked because they liked its location; the
second wheel they picked because the wheel was severely worn
and seemed to be a likely candidate for producing biased numbers.
On a later trip to Reno in 1951, the two young men found a wheel
which showed considerable promise, and they felt confident that
they could win a substantial amount of money. They were
enjoying a moderate success wagering on number three when the
casino interrupted the game.
Wilson describes what happened in his own words:
"At this point the pit boss unexpectedly sent a mechanic in

to test the wheel. First he laid a carpenter's level across the
rim. The bubble didn't show a true horizontal, so he
cranked up the feet of the table until he was better satisfied.
Actually, we didn't care a hoot about that because we didn't
believe that a slight tilt could affect the success of any
number very much. But then he began feeling the metal
slots between the numbers. When he came to [our hot]
number 3, he got very excited, and went running off to tell
his boss.
"Meanwhile, we commenced playing at $4 per spin instead

of the quarters we had played previously. . . We played for
about an hour with the new stakes, rocking up and down,
when suddenly the owner himself appeared on the scene.
He stopped the action immediately. Then he picked up the
ivory ball and conducted his own little test on the wheel.
He held the ball against the metal slots, spun the wheel very
fast, and listened to the noise that the

76
ball made upon the slots as it went around, ‘Klunk-klunk-
klunk-ping–klunk-klunk-klunk-ping.’ That was enough for
him, and he growled that the mechanic who was
responsible for that wheel should be fired. He ordered a
new wheel!
"Everybody was stunned, for this was the first time in the
history of Harold's Club that the management had ever
changed a wheel on any roulette player. It was supposed to
be the biggest and most generous club in Nevada. . .
Everyone was astonished: the players, the spectators, the
dealers, and even the pit bosses. We were utterly crushed,
of course, for all our data-taking became useless."
Because of the casino's tactics, Wilson and Bowers won only

about $125 on the biased wheel in twenty four hours of straight
play!
These young men spent a considerable amount of time and energy

to come away with very meager winnings. Just how realistic is
wheel clocking for the average player? Is there a way to benefit
from this knowledge without undergoing the ordeal of Wilson and
Bowers? Surprisingly, there is different approach relying on
normally occurring variations in the results of roulette spins which
will give you a greater advantage than wheel tracking and is much
easier to use.

77
9. Procedures and Bets in Roulette
Roulette is easy to play and a wide variety of wagers can be made.

The American version is fairly fast with the dealer spinning the
wheel from 80 to 110 times per hour.
The French version of the game is more leisurely with only 30 or

40 spins per hour.
The bets are basically the same in the French and American
versions of the game, with the principal difference being that the
American wheel has both a zero and a double-zero on it.
The French wheel has numbers 1 to 35 plus a zero. It is the zero

that accounts for the house edge of 2.70%. This percentage is cut
in half on the even-money wagers in European casinos, where
these bets are placed en prison when a zero shows up. They
remain on the table "in prison" until the next spin. For even-money
wagers that win, the bets are returned; for those that lose, the
casino takes the wager. A second option is also offered, that of le
partage (sharing). With this option, when a zero comes up, a

78
player with an even-money bet keeps half his wager and gives up
half. In Britain no choice is allowed, only le partage is allowed.
The American Roulette Wheel
With the en prison and le partage rules in force, the house edge is
reduced to about 1.38% for even-money wagers.

79
The American wheel, with the addition of the double-zero, offers
the same payoffs on wagers, but the extra zero increases the house
edge to 5.26%. When a zero or double-zero occurs, all wagers
lose, including all even-money bets.
The game is played with a wheel containing 37 numbers in the

European version (1-36 plus zero) and 38 numbers in the United
States version (1-36 plus zero and double-zero). The numbers are
printed on spaces marked on a wheel and separated by metal
dividers called frets. The numbers do not run consecutively and
there are different layouts for the French and American wheels.
The European (French) Roulette Wheel

80
An America Double-Zero Wheel
Wagers are made by placing chips in various positions on the

table. The American tables are much smaller than the French
ones, and the players can usually reach the portion of the layout on
which they wish to wager and therefore place their own wagers.
In the French version, the table is much larger, and the croupiers
use a rake to place and pay wagers.
In either game, the croupier or dealer will assist a player wishing

to make a wager.

81
The casino allows you to bet all of the numbers, including the 0
and 00. If you bet any of the numbers "straight up" and your
number comes up on the next spin of the wheel, you will be paid
35 to 1 (you will have your original wager, plus chips equal to 35
times your wager). You can also bet different combinations of
wagers, including two, three, four, five and six number bets, as
well as dozens, columns, red or black, odd or even and high or
low.
The players make their wagers by placing chips on the spaces of

the layout in any manner allowed by the rules. The dealer starts
the wheel spinning, then flips the ball on the bowl's back so that it
travels in the opposite direction of the spinning wheel. Players
may continue to place bets while the ball and wheel are still in
motion until the dealer announces "no more bets." In the French
version, the dealer will state "rien ne va plus", meaning the same
thing. Bets placed on the layout after this announcement are not
valid and will be returned to the player.
When the balls comes to rest, it marks the winning number, the
winning color and any other combination bet made. The dealer
announces the winning number.
On the first spin, the dealer has no fixed point from which to spin
the wheel or ball. Thereafter, he will spin both from the position
of the winning pocket of the preceding spin.

82
The American Roulette Layout

83
Type of Bet
American term Maximum
French term Bet Allowed Payout Reference
Straight or single number
En plein $25 35 to 1 A
Split or two numbers
A cheval 50 17 to 1 B
Street or three numbers
Transversale pleine 75 11 to 1 C
Square or Four numbers
En carre 100 8 to 1 D
Line or Six numbers
Sixaine or tranversale simple 100 5 to 1 E
Dozen (1st, 2nd, 3rd)
Douzaine (premiere, moyenne,
derniere) 250 2 to 1 F
Adjacent dozens (only on
French wheel)
Douzainea cheval 500 1 to 2 G
Column
Colonne 250 2 to 1 H
Adjacent columns (only on
French wheel)
Colonnea cheval 500 1 to 2 I
Red or black
Rouge or noire 500 1 to 1 J
Odd or even
Impair or pair 500 1 to 1 K
High (19-36) or Low (1-18)
Passe or
Manque 500 1 to 1 L

84
A single number bet is made by placing a chip on the number
itself without touching any lines. Bets on two numbers are placed
on the line between numbers. Three number wagers are made on
the outside line of the layout. Four number bets go on the
intersection of four numbers.
A five number wager is made on the American wheel and covers

1, 2, 3, 0 and 00. This wager is placed on the line separating the 1,
2 ,3 from the 0 and 00 spaces at a corner intersection. This
becomes a four number wager on the French wheel. Incidentally,
the five number American wheel wager has the distinction of
giving the house an edge of 7.89% as compared to 5.26% for all
other wagers on the American wheel.
A six number bet is made by placing the chip at the intersection of

the side line and the line between two rows of numbers. Bets on
columns are made by placing chips on one of the three spaces on
the bottom of the layout, under the columns of numbers. Dozens
are wagered by placing the wager in the appropriate box. On the
French table, 12P, 12M and 12D correspond to 1st, 2nd and 3rd 12s.
Bets on adjacent columns or dozens are placed on the line between
the two columns or dozens. Bets on even-money chances are
made by placing the wager inside the box corresponding to the
wager. For instance, a wager on red is made by placing the bet in
the red box on the outside of the layout.
In the American version of the game, each player is issued a

different colored chip, so that no two players play with the same
color chips. Typical colors used are: white, yellow, brown, red,
green and purple. These chips themselves have no value as a

85
player determines the value of the chips when he buys in. For
instance, one player's chips may represent $.25 each, while
another player's chips may be worth $1.00 each. The dealer
"marks" the value of each color chip with a button.
A player using the colored roulette chips should never leave the
table with the colored chips, as they may not be cashed in or used
in any other casino game. When you are ready to leave the table,
ask the dealer for color and he will change the roulette chips for
regular casino chips.
In the French game, chips represent fixed amounts, such as five

francs, twenty five francs and so on. You need to watch your own
wagers like a hawk as there is no difference in color to
differentiate your wager from anyone else's. Consequently, there
are many more disputes in the French game, and more than once
another player has tried to grab my winnings. I have found that it
pays to stand firm in these matters and that if the dispute can be
resolved in no other way, the house will pay both players.
Because of the size of the French table, you will require the
croupier's assistance in playing many of your wagers. An
experienced croupier will remember your wager (especially if you
tip after winning a large payoff) and can be your ally when these
disputes arise.

86
TABLES OF NEIGHBORS
Single Zero Wheel
Single Zero Wheel

12 35 3 26 0 32 15 19 4
5 24 16 33 1 20 14 31 9
15 19 4 21 2 25 17 34 6
7 28 12 35 3 26 0 32 15
0 32 15 19 4 21 2 25 17
30 8 23 10 5 24 16 33 1
2 25 17 34 6 27 13 36 11
9 22 18 29 7 28 12 35 3
13 36 11 30 8 23 10 5 24
1 20 14 31 9 22 18 29 7
11 30 8 23 10 5 24 16 33
6 27 13 36 11 30 8 23 10
18 29 7 28 12 35 3 26 0
17 34 6 27 13 36 11 30 8
16 33 1 29 14 31 9 22 18
3 26 0 32 15 19 4 21 2
23 10 5 24 16 33 1 20 14
4 21 2 25 17 34 6 27 13
14 31 9 22 18 29 7 28 12
26 0 32 15 19 4 21 2 25
24 16 33 1 20 14 31 9 22
32 15 19 4 21 2 25 17 34
20 14 31 9 22 18 29 7 28
36 11 30 8 23 10 5 24 16
8 23 10 5 24 16 33 1 20
19 4 21 2 25 17 34 6 27
28 12 35 3 26 0 32 15 19
25 17 34 6 27 13 36 11 30
22 18 29 7 28 12 35 3 26
31 9 22 18 29 7 28 12 35
27 13 36 11 30 8 23 10 5
33 1 20 14 31 9 22 18 29
35 3 26 0 32 15 19 4 21
10 5 24 16 33 1 20 14 31
21 2 25 17 34 6 27 13 36
29 7 28 12 35 3 26 0 32
34 6 27 13 36 11 30 8 23

87
TABLES OF NEIGHBORS
Double-Zero Wheel
Double-Zero Wheel
30 26 9 28 0 2 14 35 23
29 25 10 27 00 1 13 36 24
25 10 27 00 1 13 36 24 3
26 9 28 0 2 14 35 23 4
1 13 36 24 3 5 34 22 5
2 14 35 23 4 16 33 21 6
3 15 34 22 5 17 32 20 7
4 16 33 21 6 18 31 19 8
5 17 32 20 7 11 30 26 9
6 18 31 19 8 12 29 25 10
7 11 30 26 9 28 0 2 14
8 12 29 25 10 27 00 1 13
17 32 20 7 11 30 26 9 28
18 31 19 8 12 29 25 10 27
10 27 00 1 13 36 24 3 15
9 28 0 2 14 35 23 4 16
13 36 24 3 15 34 22 5 17
14 35 23 4 16 33 21 6 18
15 34 22 5 17 32 10 7 11
16 33 21 6 18 31 19 8 12
21 6 18 31 19 8 12 29 25
22 5 17 32 20 7 11 30 26
23 4 16 33 21 6 18 31 19
24 3 1`5 34 22 5 17 32 20
0 2 14 35 23 4 16 33 21
00 1 13 36 24 3 15 34 22
19 8 12 29 25 10 27 00 1
20 7 11 30 26 9 28 0 2
12 29 25 10 27 00 1 13 36
11 30 26 9 28 0 2 14 35
31 9 8 12 29 25 10 27 00
32 20 7 11 30 26 9 28 0
33 21 6 18 31 19 8 12 29
34 22 5 17 32 20 7 11 30
35 23 4 16 33 21 6 18 31
36 24 3 15 34 22 5 17 32
28 0 2 14 35 23 4 16 33
27 0 1 13 36 24 3 15 34

88
10. The Player's Edge
As powerful as the casinos may seem to be, you can walk into a
casino knowing that you have an edge over the house. As a
successful gambler, you have to be able to win more than you lose.
What are the tricks you will use to gain an edge over this
formidable adversary?
Your edge will consist of the following actions:

1. When you are losing, you can quit.
2. When you are winning, you can walk out with the
casino's money.
3. You can vary the size of your wagers.
4. You can pick where to play.
5. You can modify your strategy based on table results and
conditions.
6. You can use discipline to develop a winning plan and
then stick to it.

89
Most players never realize what an advantage these offer. The
casino cannot be flexible. It must continue to offer the same games,
with the same rules, without the ability to react to changing
conditions. The nimble player can weave and dodge and even
choose not to play a particular game. Let's elaborate on the player's
edge:
1. When you are losing, you can quit. You can always
control your losses while the casino must continue to offer its
games regardless of the outcomes. Most roulette players buy a
fixed amount of chips and then don't quit until all of the chips are
gone. There is no law that says you have to lose your entire buy-in
before you lick your wounds and call it a game. Smart players
learn to read a losing session long before all of their chips are gone
and know how to walk away with at least some of their game
bankroll intact.
2. When you are winning, you can walk out with the
casino's money. As a player you can always control when you
stop playing. While the casino must continue offering its games
twenty-four hours a day, you can jump in, grab a win and pull off.
You have ultimate flexibility while the casino does not.
3. You can vary the size of your wagers. One approach a

player can use is to increase the size of his wagers when he is
winning and reduce them when losing. He may also choose to
raise his wagers after losses so that only a win or two out of many
wagers will put him ahead. A player can set up options where he
doesn't have to win the majority of his bets. Using these
techniques effectively goes a long ways towards minimizing the
house edge and even turning it into a player edge!

90
4. You can pick where to play. You can play at tables
offering the best situations for you. You can choose to play at
tables that are almost empty by playing during slack periods. This
can significantly increase your hourly win rate. You can also make
it your business to know where the best payoffs are.
If you are looking for certain table conditions, you can scout for the
right table before you play. You have numerous options while the
house must offer the game to anyone who is old enough to play,
conforms to fairly lax casinos standards and has some money to
begin play.
5. You can modify your strategy based on table results

and conditions. Every table develops different trends at different
times. Since we are going to concern ourselves only with even-
money bets, we will take a hard look at patterns, streaks and other
occurrences. You can adjust to the changing playing conditions as
they occur. If the table is repeating a particular color, you can
modify your strategy to take advantage of this trend. If the chop
from one color to another, seemingly in an unpredictable manner,
you can make still different moves. In short, you have the ability
to bob and weave, duck and thrust, parry and counter punch. The
table can't react to anything. Every roulette table is like an
inanimate object that must endlessly grind out numbers, while you
circle and pounce.

91
6. You can use discipline to develop a winning plan and
then stick to it. The house has ultimate discipline. The very
structure of the casino games and atmosphere exhibit a carefully
planned approach designed to transfer funds from the players'
pockets into the casino coffers in the shortest time possible. Of
course, to a large extent this relies on most players' lack of
discipline. Once you gain the discipline to set up a winning game
plan and then follow it, you can effectively neutralize much of the
casino's edge over the crowd of players.
A few days ago I played a couple of hours of roulette in a local

casino. I played for low stakes, buying in for $500. I used the
Maximum Advantage Roulette approach. It was a typical roulette
table with the other players scattering their bets all over the
layout. I was the only player who seemed to have a plan for his
play.
I don't believe that anyone else at the table won any money but
me. The difference between the rest of the players and me was
that I had a plan for the evening and I stuck to it. With a $500
buy-in, I set $300 as my profit goal. In a little over an hour, I
checked my chips, found I was up $312 and cashed in. Most
players don't have this kind of discipline, but once you learn it,
you can walk away with win after win!

92
The player's edge comes from all of the points listed above, plus
the ability to hide your wins from the casinos. There is really
no reason that anyone other than you and your significant other
should know about your casino prowess. There are people who
would kill you for fifty bucks. Casinos really don't like winners.
That's why a number of Las Vegas casinos still bar blackjack
card counters. It may not be fair, but even with all of its
advantages, if you somehow manage to win, the casino can deny
you access to their games.
The book How to Survive and Prosper as a Professional

Gambler offers some excellent suggestions on how to
consistently beat the casinos and still stay on the bosses' good
side. I recommend it to you. You can grab a copy free by
visiting the Power Blackjack web site and signing up for the free
newsletter. See - http://www.silverthornepublications.com/PowerBlackjack/

93
The net effect of applying all of the elements of the player's edge
is to neutralize and even overcome the casino's advantage. Your
biggest edge will come from your discipline. Interestingly, this
is the same kind of discipline the casinos expect from their
dealers, floor bosses and staff. If it works for them, you know
that it will work for you too!

94
11. How the Casino Sees Players
The first reason most gamblers would give for why casinos win
more than they lose is the house edge. While most persons have no
idea how a house edge is calculated, they vaguely know that
somehow the casino has an edge over them.
There is no question that the house edge is like an insurance policy

the casinos carry, insuring them that if the mob of players play long
enough the casino will grind out its inevitable win percentages.
However, the casinos rely on a lot more than percentages to beat
most players. Casinos are experts at creating the psychological
triggers than give them a much bigger edge than the house edge.
The Maximum Advantage Roulette Strategy is a winning strategy

which will help you win consistently at roulette. But, using it or
any other winning strategy is still no guarantee that you will win.
The casino's power and charms are formidable, and when you face
the casino in a battle for its money, it will employ every resource at
its disposal to relieve you of your money, hopefully in the most
pleasant manner possible.

95
The House Edge
The house edge is the mathematical edge the casino has over most
bets. This edge is gained by paying players less than the correct
payoff for winning bets. There is a precise probability for each bet
in a casino. If you were paid the mathematically correct payoff, in
theory, the house would have no edge over you.
Let's take a look at

roulette to illustrate how
the house edge works. The
American version of the
game has thirty-eight
numbers on a wheel: 1 to
36, plus 0 and 00. If you
placed a bet on one of these
numbers, you would be
paid 35 to 1 for your
winning bet.
Does this sound right? Your probability or chance of winning is

one in 38, which can also be expressed as 37 to 1. By only offering
you 35 to 1 on a 37 to 1 risk, the casino is gaining an edge by
reducing the amount it pays you for winnings.
On an American wheel, the casino's edge is 5.26%. This means

that on the average, you will lose $5.26 to the casino out of every
$100.00 wagered.

96
The house edge is the casino's ultimate weapon to insure that in the
long run it will have a profit. However, it is just insurance for the
casinos. The majority of most casinos' winnings are created
because the players find ways to beat themselves.
The Casino Environment
Casinos go out of their way to create attractive, appealing and often

unique environments. No expense is spared to create an
environment filled with hospitality and enough other attractions to
rapidly put you in a daze. In addition to the constant racket created
by the slot machines, you will see dazzling lights, custom designed
carpets, and scantily clad cocktail waitresses who will bring you
free drinks just for playing a game. You will see players with piles
of chips in front of them enjoying extraordinary runs of luck. On
top of all this, you are presented the charming prospect of making
huge amounts of money in just a few turns of the card, spins of the
wheel or rolls of the dice.
When you walk through a casino, you will notice that there are
usually no windows to the outside and no clocks visible. This is
part of the illusion created for you. You have entered a land where
time doesn't matter, within its own protected cocoon, well insulated
from the realities of the outside world.
Casinos want you to be undistracted by outside influences when

you are risking your money. Even more, they want you to become
so beguiled by the games offered that you lose your sense of time
and the money you are risking. Casino checks or chips help create
part of this illusion, as they do not seem as real as currency.

97
Casino wins don't seen quite real when they only consist of piles of
chips. Losses can be shrugged off until you run out of chips.
All of this is designed to trigger your compulsive nature. You may

feel that in this timeless wonderland, lady luck is just waiting to
bestow great sums of money on you.
Many persons who travel to casinos find that they have trouble
even sleeping while in a casino. They can't bear to think that they
might miss out on all of the action happening on the casino floor.

98
A few years ago, my aunt, who was nearing ninety at the time,
visited Las Vegas with one of her grown children and his family.
My cousin, Jim, had made sure that his mother was nice and secure
in her room about 10:00 p.m. He went downstairs to play a little
longer. After a very successful blackjack session, he decided to
have a midnight snack in the coffee shop and thought his mother
might like to join him. He debated waking her, but finally decided
to call her anyway - after all this was a vacation and normal rules
did not have to apply.
He got no answer when he called her room. He called his own

room next and spoke to his wife, Ann, asking if she had seen his
mother. But Aunt Angie was no where to be found.
His anxious wife met him in the casino. They checked the coffee
shop, thinking his mother might have decided to eat a snack. She
wasn't there. They walked up and down numerous aisles between
hundreds of slot machines looking for Aunt Angie. She seemed to
have pulled off a very successful disappearing act.
They were getting ready to go back to their room and decide on

their next course of action when Jim heard a familiar voice coming
from the craps pit.
"Gimme a big seven, come on baby. Great, now how about a yo-
leven."
They saw that Aunt Angie was rolling the bones at a crowded craps
table. The players were two deep surrounding the table with bets
stacked on almost every square inch of layout. Angie was on a hot

99
roll and there was no holding her back. She almost seemed to be in
a daze, calling for her favorite numbers. When the dice were
passed back to her, she would swoop them up, shaking them
vigorously in her right hand then releasing them in a graceful arc
usually followed by screams of delight from the crowd as more
bets were won.
When Angie finally sevened-out, there was spontaneous applause

from the entire table, and numerous green and black chips were
tossed to her from the grateful winners.
Jim walked up and asked if she would like to take a little break and
celebrate. She responded with, "I'll take a break, but you're not
getting me back in that room. I want to stay where the action is!"
Unfortunately, not all players are as lucky as Aunt Angie. For

most, the siren call of the games proves to be no more than one of
the many tools the casinos expertly use to relieve the uninitiated of
their money.
Length of Games
While many players can't wait to play against the casino, often
extending their playing sessions way beyond what they might have
intended, casinos have all the time in the world. Casino games
move fast. Decision follows hurried decision. Twenty-four hours a
day, seven days a week, the games continue. This is another tool
in the casino's arsenal of weapons. The casino has all the time in
the world to play, but you don't. If you play long enough, sooner
or later you are likely to engage in one of many player self
destruction acts, like betting too large.

100
A friend of mine is an inveterate craps player. He loves craps,
anywhere, anytime it is played. He is fairly good at beating the
casinos for short stretches, but he nearly always loses and goes
home a loser. How can that be?
What happens to him is what happens to many players. They are

able to get ahead at some point, but they will not stop playing. The
siren call of the game is too strong. The casino bosses can afford
to be patient. If they can just keep the player playing, the
combination of player errors, player fatigue, foolish betting and
other aspects of loss of control will cause the player to lose.
Casinos know a lot about human frailty. Gambling can be a

pressure cooker environment for most players with great highs
followed by even greater lows. Meanwhile, the casino games
continue 24/7, but, of course, they let their dealers take a twenty-
minute break every hour. They know how taxing the game can be.
Do you?

101
Player Compulsion
The casino atmosphere and the adrenaline rush of gambling are

tough opponents for any player to overcome. Players constantly
have to fight the twin compulsions of greed and despair.
If you have ever flown to Las Vegas on a plane loaded with

passengers all heading to the gambling Mecca of the world, you
will notice that the passengers' behavior is much different on the
flight arriving than it is on the one returning home.
On the flight coming into Vegas, passengers are revving up for a

party. Nearly everyone is boisterous, drinking, talking too loudly
or even pulling out cards and playing a few blackjack hands to
warm up. As the plane nears its destination, you can almost feel
the crowd enthusiasm rising until it has almost reached a fever
pitch by the time the plane lands. The would-be players eagerly
depart the plane, almost dashing to be the first to hear the sound of
the slot machines residing in the lobby of McCarran International
Airport.
The return trips are always much different. What talking there is,
is subdued, almost like a whisper. Some passengers just close their
eyes and press their heads back into the seat cushions, while others
quietly pull out the airline magazines and pretend to read. Many of
the passengers are almost in a state of shell shock. They are
recalling events of the past several days in crystal clarity and
wondering how they could have acted the way they did.

102
One man, who was up almost $5,000, is returning home with a loss
of $3,000. He is still not quite sure what happened.
Across the aisle is a lady sitting quietly thinking how she lost her
Christmas money. She didn't mean to. Her original plan was to
take the $800, win at least $500 and then quit. Her second day she
was up almost $400, but decided to keep on playing. After all, she
was on a lucky winning streak. A couple of hours later, she was
down to her last $100 hoping to at least break even.
There may be a winner or two on the plane, but not many more.
Sadly, many of the passengers could have returned home winners
or small losers, even playing against games with ferocious house
edges. But they didn't.
I asked my friend the craps player why he wouldn't quit while he

was ahead. "Hell, I can't quit them, I've got the casinos just where I
want them."

103
I then asked him why he wouldn't pull off and take a break when
he was losing.
"I can't stand to quit when the casino is ahead. If I lose all of my
money I have to quit, but I don't like to give up and I won't."
Compulsion. It may be the casino's greatest weapon against the

players.
Money
Compared to your bankroll, the casino has all of the money in the
world. And you don't. The casino limits the maximum size of
wagers it will accept from players so that it never risks too much of
its bankroll on a single hand or a single roll of the dice.
However, most players don't do this. When you are losing, it is

easy to slip into a state of panic. You can't possibly absorb the
losses you just took. You're hurt and a little bitter over what the
casino has done to you. The main thought racing through your
mind is how you are going to get your money back.
Maybe now is the time to place a

few large bets. After all, since
the casino has beaten you by
winning many smaller wagers, it
makes sense that if you can just
win a few larger bets, you can
win back all of your losses and
maybe even get ahead.

104
You muster your resources and put together another five hundred
dollars. But this time it will be different. Your plan is to wager
$50.00 on a hard 6 or 8 for five consecutive tries. Since the payoff
for a win is 9 to 1, if you can just win a couple of times, you will
recoup most of your losses. You further reason that since a 6 or 8 is
almost as easy to hit as a 7, this bet really isn't that risky, forgetting
that the house edge is over nine percent.
You lay your cash on the table and ask the dealer for chips. You
toss two green $25 chips, saying, "Give me a hard 8." The shooter
rolls a 5, and then an 8, 5-3, the easy way. The stickman removes
your bet and asks you, "Would you like your hard 8 back up?"
The game continues. You may win, which will encourage more of
the same type betting. Or you may lose quickly. But one thing is
for certain. You are now out of control. Your original plan has
been thrown out the window. You are now playing the game the
casino wants you to play. You are over betting on a long-shot
proposition heavily favoring the house and your emotions are shot.
The odds are very great the casino will wear you down in short
order and keep your last heroic buy-in.
Many players come inadequately bankrolled to play against the

casino. If you bring $500 and expect to make $1,000, you have
great odds against you. If you bring $1,000 and will settle for
making $200, then you have a much greater probability of success.
I will have quite a bit more to add on bankroll in a few more
chapters, but just remember that the casino has the bankroll to wait
until you stumble, but you don't have that kind of money on your
side. Generally, instead of trying to grind a win out of a casino,
you will be much better off to use "hit and run" tactics, where you

105
can put a comparatively small bankroll to good use by hitting the
casino over and over for small wins. This is much like the strategy
used by a mongoose fighting a cobra. The cobra will strike again
and again at the mongoose. The mongoose knows that one
successful strike will cause its demise and it jumps and weaves out
of the cobra's strike path until finally the weary cobra leaves an
opening and the mongoose grabs the cobra with lightening speed,
overcoming a lethal adversary by using stealth and speed. The
mongoose's approach is not a bad lesson for casino payers.
_______
Compulsion, the casino environment and the house edge are the
big guns in the casino's arsenal and should be feared in that order.
I believe that most casinos would still be profitable even without
the house edge as player compulsion is the greatest single
contributor to casino profits.
Compulsion entails keeping tabs on yourself at all times. Having a

plan will help you greatly. Most players just grab whatever
amount of money that can find and play games that are most
familiar to them, with no plan other than "winning." When you
use the Maximum Advantage Roulette approach, you will know
exactly how much to risk in each game, how much you expect to
win, your maximum acceptable loss, when to leave a table. The
value of having and following a plan is almost immeasurable. It
will help you more than any other thing you might conceive of to
beat the casinos.

106
Although the house edge is the least harmful of the casino's
weapons, I am assuming that you will have the good sense to avoid
the bets with the highest house edge against you. At roulette if you
consistently wager large amounts on the inside bets using your
favorite numbers, the odds are very good that you will lose much
more often than if you stick to betting on even-money bets and
columns or dozens.

107
12. Betting Progressions
Nearly every gambler uses some kind of system even if his system
merely consists of guessing what to do next. In July 1891, Charles
Wells, an Englishman, arrived at the casino at Monte Carlo with
10,000 francs. Within a few days he had won over a million. He
retired for a few months to relish his accomplishment, then
returned and proceeded to win another million francs. His exploits
inspired the song "The Man Who Broke the Bank at Monte Carlo."
Unfortunately, he would not quit while he was ahead. He returned

the next year and lost it all. Later he resorted to illegal
shenanigans, was imprisoned and eventually died in poverty. But
his play gave Monte Carlo worldwide fame. Many studied his play
and tried to emulate him. He finally confessed before he died that
he had no system. His winnings were attributable to an amazing
run of luck!
Betting systems or betting progressions have been devised for

every gambling game. Many of them had their origins in
eighteenth and nineteenth century roulette played on the French
Riviera. While the particulars of different betting systems vary
greatly, the systems fall into three broad categories:

108
1. Flat: Keep bets constant, waiting for a streak of
successes.
2. Negative progressions: raise bets after losses, trying to

recover an eventual win.
3. Positive progressions: raise bets after wins, hoping to

use the "house money" to create a large win.
Each of these systems has positive and negative characteristics, but

the approach, which catches the most flack from gaming experts, is
the negative progression. The advocates of positive progressions
don't think much of increasing your wager after a loss. By their
thinking, increasing a bet after you have lost amounts to throwing
good money after bad, with the probable outcome being that you
will just lose more money. However, as we shall see, in the short
run just the opposite is likely to be true.
Assume that we are going to bet the color black at roulette for eight
decisions. Three different players will help us in this illustration.
Player A does not believe in ever changing the size of his bet. He
bets flat, that is the same amount on every spin, regardless of the
outcome of his preceding hand. In our example, he will bet $10
per roulette decision.

109
Player B likes to follow the system many experts recommend and
he will press or double his bet after each win, gradually betting
more and more as he uses the house's money. He will start with a
$10 bet, increase it to $20 after a win, then wager $40 if he wins
again. If his bet reaches as high as $160, he will stay at this level
until he loses a wager. After any loss, he will drop back to betting
$10.
Player C has heard that increasing his bets after losses is the "surest
way to win." He will start with a $10 bet. If he loses this bet he
will wager $20. If this bet loses, he will increase his bet to $40,
then $80, followed by $160 if this wager also loses. His maximum
wager is $160. If he reaches this level he will continue to wager
$160 until he has a win. After any win, he will regress to a $10
bet.
The following table compares the results of eight decisions,

consisting of six losses and two wins.

110
Comparison of Bet Selection Methods
Decisions L L W L L L L W
Player A
Bet 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
Win (loss) -10 -10 +10 -10 -10 -10 -10 +10
Net Win -10 -20 -10 -20 -30 -40 -50 -40
Player B
Bet 10 10 10 20 10 10 10 20
Win (loss) -10 -10 +10 -20 -10 -10 -10 -20
Net Win -10 -20 -10 -30 -40 -50 -60 -50
Player C
Bet 10 20 40 10 20 40 80 160
Win (loss) -10 -20 +40 -10 -20 -40 -80 +160
Net Win -10 -30 +10 -0- -20 -60 -140 +20
W= Win, L= Loss of wager

111
In this series of wagers, Player A loses $40, Player B loses $50,
while Player C comes out $20 ahead. I purposely set up this
example to illustrate some of the characteristics of each of the
betting strategies.
For a given session, flat betting leads to sessions with the

narrowest, most balanced range of expected wins and losses. In
this series, we lost 75% of our wagers; therefore, we expect to have
a loss.
Positive progressions, like the progression used by Player B, offer

more likelihood of an adverse than a favorable session, with
intermittent large wins. In this example, increasing wagers after
wins caused this player to lose $50, a greater loss than the one
realized betting flat.
Negative progressions, like the one used by Player C, offer a

greater chance of winning any given session but have the
characteristic of generating many small wins with occasional large
losses.
The exact result of sessions played in casinos depends on the

details of each game and on variations applied to systems by
individual players. However, by ignoring variations, using each
system in its rawest form, we can test how each system performed
against the same set of decisions and comment on general
characteristics of each approach to wagering.

112
A test was created assuming that wagers are made on the color
black only. Each game was 100 decisions long. Limits on the
progressions were imposed which required any progression to end
immediately if the next bet required in the series exceeded 256
units.
The following systems were tested. Please note that these are not
presented as practical systems but are used to emphasize the
differences you can expect in each approach to wagering.
1. Flat Betting: Single units are bet and the amount never varies.
2. Positive Progression: In this parlay type of progression, bets

are doubled after every win and reduced to one unit after every
loss. Assuming a string of nine consecutive wins, this
progression would be: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256.
3. Negative Progression: A Martingale type of progression is

used where bets are doubled after every loss and reduced to a
single unit after any win. Assuming a string of nine consecutive
losses, this series would consist of the following wagers: 1, 2, 4, 8,
16, 32, 64, 128, 256.
The results of a 2,000 session computer run using each technique

are presented in a table on the following page.
This table shows some of the trade offs among the systems. Notice
that while the average size bet for flat betting was 1 unit, it
increased to 3.8 units using a positive progression, and was highest
at 5.2 units for the negative progression. The average size bet was
larger for negative than positive progression because runs of losing

113
bets were longer, and therefore, required higher wagers than runs
of winning bets. In this contest, which is also analogous to
blackjack, the losing streaks tended to be longer than the winning
streaks.
Flat betting won 38.70% of the games and lost 59.85% of them.
The positive progression showed the lowest win percentage of all,
winning only 9.60% of the games while losing over 90% of them.
The negative progression won over 85% of the games and lost only
about 15% of them. This strategy was clearly the winner in terms
of the number of individual games won.
The last column in the table "Equivalent Amount Won or Lost"

shows how much the amounts would have been if the flat and
positive betting strategies' wagers had been raised so that the
averages were the same as with the negative progression.

114
2,000 Session Computer Run Testing
Flat, Positive and Negative Betting Systems
Equivalent
Average Amount
Betting Percent of Amount Won Won or
System Outcomes Sessions or Lost Lost
Flat (1 unit is the average size bet)

Break even 1.45%
Won 38.70% 7 37
Lost 59.85% 9 48
Positive (3.8 units is the average size bet)

Break even 0.05%
Won 9.60% 56 56
Lost 90.35% 412 412
Negative (5.2 units is the average size bet)

Break even 0.00%
Won 85.35% 359 492
Lost 14.65% 43 59

115
There are a number of variables which affect your ability to avoid
losing your bankroll. These variables include the type of betting
system used, the size of your bankroll, the games you play, the
length of time you play, and your luck at winning any given
gaming contest.
Let's compare the effects of using different betting systems on our

ability to play without losing our bankroll. The betting systems we
will use are:
1. Flat betting. We will bet $25 regardless of previous

outcomes.
2. Positive Progression. We will start with a $10 base bet.

After each win we will double our bet with a maximum
wager of $80. If we reach the $80 betting level we will
continue to wager $80 until we lose a wager. After any
losing wager we will drop back to betting $10. The bets we
would make in a winning streak would be: $10, $20, $40,
$80, $80, until we have a loss.
3. Negative Progression. Again we will use a $10 base

bet. After each loss we will double our bet, with our
maximum bet to be $80. If we reach the $80 bet, we will
continue to wager $80 until we have a win. After any win
we will drop back to betting $10. A losing series would
consist of: $10, $20, $40, $80, $80, until we have a win.

116
Here's the game we will face. We will play in a coin tossing
contest and we will always wager heads. Heads wins even money
less a 2 percent house commission. When tails shows we lose the
wager. The chances here are 50-50 and the house edge is 1 percent.
The next table shows how each betting system fares, varying the
size of our bankroll and the number of games played. Each game
consists of 100 bets.
Flat betting offers the least chance of losing your bankroll. If you
are willing to use a bankroll of $2,000 in playing this coin-tossing
game, you will have a 99% chance of not losing your bankroll if
you flat bet.
Using a positive progression gives you almost as good a chance of

keeping your bankroll intact as flat betting. A $500 bankroll offers
a 94% chance of not losing all of your bankroll as compared to
96% for flat betting and only 83% for the negative progression at
this level.

117
Computer Run Testing Different Betting Systems
Comparing the Bankroll Used and the Length of Time
Played.
Chance of Not Losing Bankroll

Number
Bankroll of Games Flat Positive Negative
Size Played Bets Progression Progression
250 100 69% 66% 56%
500 100 96% 94% 83%
750 250 93% 87% 80%
1,000 500 90% 81% 76%
2,000 750 99% 98% 94%
Increasing your bets after losses greatly increases your chance of

losing all of your bankroll. Using the negative betting progression,
the chance of keeping your bankroll is only 56% using a $250
bankroll, playing for 100 games. The pattern of much higher risk
of losing your bankroll with a negative progression continues until
we increase our bankroll to $2,000. With a $2,000 bankroll, we
can play the coin-toss game for 750 rounds with only a 6% chance
of losing our bankroll (94% chance of keeping it as shown in the
table). This compares favorably with the flat bettor's percentage of
99% and the positive progression bettor's percentage of 98% at this
level.

118
The moral of this comparison should be obvious. Using a negative
betting progression greatly increases your likelihood of losing your
bankroll unless you increase your bankroll to an adequate level. In
this example, by increasing our bankroll to $2,000, we only give up
5% of the chance of losing our bankroll using a negative
progression as compared to betting flat (94% as compared to 99%).
All gambling strategies involve compromises. Betting flat offers

the greatest likelihood of keeping your bankroll, but the poorest
chance of winning. You may recall in the earlier table comparing
betting strategies that flat betting only won about 39% of its games.
Using a positive betting progression wins only 9.6% of its games

(shown in earlier table), but you won't risk losing your bankroll
much more using this system than with betting flat.
Referring again to the earlier table, we notice that using a negative

progression gave us a win rate over 85%. At first glance at the
table on the preceding page, it would seem that this high win rate
came only by increasing our risk of losing our bankroll by a large
factor. But please note the following. Once we increase our
bankroll to a larger amount, $2,000 in the example here, our risk of
losing our bankroll using a negative progression is only 6%, not
much greater than the 2% chance of losing with a positive
progression, or the 1% chance of losing our bankroll betting flat.
If we are willing to use a somewhat larger bankroll, using a

negative progression gives us the best of all worlds: A high
probability of winning and a low possibility of losing our bankroll.

119
This is something that almost no gambling experts will ever tell
you. Experts invariably recommend only the first two approaches
to win any gaming contest.
The first approach is to gain a mathematical edge over the game.

At roulette, wheel watchers hope to gain an edge by finding an
unbalanced wheel where the ball lands in one section of the wheel
a higher percentage of the time than chance would explain.
The second approach to gambling, almost universally

recommended by the experts, is to use a positive betting
progression. That this is the best system for capitalizing on
winning streaks is the number one reason cited for using this
system. Almost never mentioned by the experts is that this system
has a dismal winning rate, losing about 9 out of every 10 sessions.
As we have seen, the betting strategy with the greatest chance of
winning is the negative progression. With an adequate bankroll,
the risk of loss can be reduced to a reasonable amount.
The examples and simulations used in this chapter were for games
of chance such as roulette. The examples also assumed games
where the house had an edge over the player. Our examples serve
to illustrate the varying characteristics of betting flat versus using
either a positive or negative betting progression.

120
13. Pattern Betting
While it is true that the roulette wheel has no memory, can't think
or feel, and has no sense of time or space, table results often
produce patterns that appear to be consistent or predictable.
With even-money bets such as red or black or odd for roulette and
the banker and player bets for baccarat, innumerable patterns
routinely appear. Can we make any money trying to use these
patterns for predictive purposes or are we just deluding ourselves?
Patterns and Probabilities

Many gambling systems are based on observing the outcome of
casino wagers and then either betting with the trend or betting for
the trend to end.
Assume that you and I are sitting at a roulette table and we

observe that the wheel has landed on a red number for the last
three spins. If we are of the school of thought that this signals that
another red number is due, we will probably bet for red to repeat.

121
However, we may believe that any event occurring in a casino
game is of limited duration and decide to wager that a black
number shows, ending the streak of red numbers.
Neither of these systems has any statistical validity, as the

occurrences of red or black numbers on a roulette wheel are what
statisticians call independent events.
In general, two or more events are said to be independent of each

other if the occurrence of one in no way affects the probability of
the occurrence of any of the others.
To give another illustration, let's determine the probability of

drawing two kings in succession from a deck of 52 ordinary
playing cards, without the first card being replaced before the
second is drawn. Since there are four kings, the probability of
getting a king on the first draw is 4/52. Given that the first card

122
drawn is a king, the probability of getting a king on the second
draw is 3/51, reflecting that we only have three kings left out of 51
cards. In this case, the probability of drawing the second king is
dependent on the outcome of the first draw. We could calculate
the probability of getting two kings in a row as 4/52 x 3/51 =
1/221.
If we had replaced the first card before the second was drawn, the
probability of getting a king on the second draw would have been
4/52 (the same as getting a king on the first draw). We could then
compute the probability of getting two kings in a row under these
circumstances as 4/52 x 4/52 = 1/169.
Since the probability of getting a king on the second draw is now

4/52 regardless of what happened on the first draw, these draws
are independent. Generally speaking, two or more events are
independent if the occurrence of one in no way affects the
probability of the occurrence of any of the others.
If two events are independent, the probability that they will both
occur is the product of their respective probabilities. With a
balanced coin, the probability of getting heads is 1/2 and the
probability of getting two heads in two flips is 1/2 x 1/2 = 1/4.
The probability of getting four heads in a row is 1/2 x 1/2 x 1/2 x
1/2 = 1/16.
Returning to our example of three red numbers in a row, if we

assume that the probability of spinning a red or black number is
1/2, then the probability of the next spin being another red is 1/2.
Likewise, the probability of the next spin being a black number is

123
also 1/2. Because the result of each spin is independent of each
other spin, we find that the previous spins have no affect on the
outcome of the next spin.
If we examine this problem from a difference angle, and ask what

the probability is of getting four red numbers in a row, we find that
it is 1/16, the same probability of flipping four heads in a row with
a coin. If we ask what the probability is of spinning at least one
black number in four spins, we find that probability is 15/16.
With the casino games of craps, roulette and baccarat, we are

dealing with independent events, where the outcome of a previous
decision does not affect the following decision. With blackjack,
we are dealing with dependent events, for as we saw when
drawing kings out of a deck, if we don't replace the drawn cards
after each draw, the probability of the next draw will change.

124
This is the reason that blackjack is considered a game of skill
while the other casino games are considered games of chance.
With skill, we can alter our strategy as the probabilities change in
a blackjack deal, while with the games of chance, we should
probably keep the same strategy throughout a game. (Technically,
baccarat is also a game of skill as the probabilities change as cards
are dealt, but because of the mechanics used for playing the game,
it can for all practical purposes be treated as a game of chance,
which we have done).
The Hunt for Pattern Recognition
Several years ago I was involved in a project using a computer

program known as a neural network. Studying patterns which
occur with even-money bets in several casino table games, I
became fascinated with patterns occurring in these games and
began to zero in on identifying and betting patterns of decisions.
In examining patterns, the program looked at and tested many
different patterns, but zeroed in on just a few of the most
important types of patterns that can be identified by observing the
outcomes of just a few decisions.
As a result of using the neural net, several very powerful strategies

were developed for winning at roulette, craps and baccarat. These
strategies are just as powerful now as they were then, and if you
would like to learn more about them, The Neural Strategy uses
pattern theory as a means of winning at craps, roulette and
baccarat (see - http://www.silverthornepublications.com/NeuralStrategy/ )

125
Four major attributes of all patterns were examined:
1. The types of patterns.
2. The lengths of patterns
3. The frequency of the patterns.
4. Identifying patterns.
These are examined in greater detail below:
Types of Patterns
We all know that no matter how unlikely an event may be, there
are times when it will occur. The program examined all patterns
of decisions and identified repeating patterns of decisions,
alternating patterns of decisions, and such unusual patterns as
paired doublets as the most common patterns that we humans
would recognize as a pattern. If we were recording decisions in a
roulette game, with a "b" representing a black decision and a "r"
representing a red decision, we could represent these patterns as
follows:
REPEATING PATTERN bbbbbb

ALTERNATING brbrbr
PATTERN
PAIRED DOUBLETS bb rr bb rr

126
Incidentally, these patterns were also identified as the most
common types of patterns occurring which will affect a player's
wagering strategy.
The Lengths of Patterns
Having zeroed in on the patterns that it found significant, the

program next explored the length or duration of each pattern. This
is important, because if each of the identified patterns was of
extremely short duration, then it would be of little use in
attempting to "bet the pattern" and gain an advantage in the game.
Analysis showed that for a significant amount of the time, an
identified pattern would be of five to seven decisions in duration,
with the exception of Paired Doublets. The computer "threw up
its electronic hands" on this pattern and refused to find any
optimal length for this pattern.
The Frequency of the patterns.
If patterns occur very infrequently, then they are of little use in

attempting to overcome the house advantage. On the other hand,
if the identified patterns occur fairly frequently, then gearing our
betting to a recognized pattern can be an enormous benefit. In
checking for pattern frequency, the neural network concluded the
following:
1) A great deal of reliance can be placed on a

Repeating Pattern or an Alternating Pattern in the
games of roulette and baccarat. Only a moderate
level of reliability was found for these patterns with
craps.

127
2) The Paired Doublet Pattern could be treated the
same as a Repeating Pattern for all of the casino
games. In other words, if the Paired Pattern is
recognized, then we may treat it the same way as the
Repeating one.
3) The reliability of betting these patterns is highest

in roulette, followed by baccarat, with craps coming
in last.
Identifying Patterns
It is one thing for a computer program to tell us that it has found

patterns; it is quite another to translate this information into a
practical and useable form. If, for example, the software is
identifying patterns using hindsight, then this information has little
applicability in casinos, as anyone can beat these casinos if
"hindsight betting" was allowing. We asked the system to give us
a reliable way of identifying these patterns so that this information
would be of real use in a casino setting. After much hemming and
hawing (our neural net had a mind of its own and didn't want to be
limited in the number of decisions it was allowed to observe
before pronouncing that a pattern was in progress), our system
decided that only two decisions need be observed for a pattern to
be identified on a slightly higher than random basis.
Using Patterns to Select Bets
The ability to recognize and exploit patterns gives us a powerful

edge in attempting to beat these casino games. Does this mean

128
that the laws of probability have been repealed? Of course not.
What has occurred is that we have identified a situation
wherein certain patterns, once they begin, are slightly more
likely to continue for a limited number of decisions than pure
randomness would indicate.
We will use an extreme example to illustrate this. We know that

by using an unbiased pair of dice the number of pass and don't
pass decisions in a craps game will approach fifty percent each if
we have a large enough number of decisions. By "large", we
mean hundreds of thousands or even millions of decisions. Does
this mean that the pass and don't pass decisions have to be
distributed evenly? It doesn't. It the course of reviewing our
million or so dice decisions, we will find all kinds of unusual
patterns, such as pass line decisions repeating 10, 11 or even 12
times consecutively. This is to be expected. What will surprise
us is that certain patterns of dice decisions will appear at a higher
rate than we would expect to find on a random basis.
Suppose that we have ten dice decisions where the color black
(b) shows 50% of the time, and the color red (r) also occurs
exactly 50% of the time. A purely random pattern might look
like this:
brbbrbrrbr
A less than random pattern would look like this:

bbbbbrrrrr

129
In each of these examples, there are five black and five red
decisions. What our research has shown us is that when a non
random pattern such as the strings of consecutive passes and
don't passes in the second pattern above occurs, there is a slightly
greater chance that the series will continue for up to seven
decisions than pure randomness would indicate.
This does not refute the laws of probability. What it does show
is that certain patterns of casino decisions, such as a repeating
pattern, have slightly greater durability than we would expect if
such a pattern was purely random. Quite frankly, we really don't
have an explanation for this. But we have confirmed that it can
be exploited most profitably in the casino games of roulette,
craps and baccarat.
If this sounds a little strange to you, consider the results of a

seasonality study of the stock market, conducted by The Institute
of Econometric Research. Their study spanned 64 years of
market data and showed that the first trading day of the week
(except for holidays, always a Monday) was the loser of the
week. In contrast, the last trading day of the week produced the
most dramatic profit.
If you had owned stocks only on the first trading day of the week
for a 64-year period, you would have lost more than 99% of your
investment. If you had invested $10,000 in 1927, by 1990 it
would be worth a mere $50.

130
In contrast, if you invested only on the last trading day of the
week, then your $10,000 investment made in 1927 would have
mushroomed to $2.77 million by 1990.
We offer no explanation for this phenomenon either. For our

purposes we really don't care why there are certain aberrations in
patterns of casino decisions, or why this pattern of daily
seasonality occurred in the stock market. This is not a theoretical
exercise. Our purpose is to find and exploit any phenomena
which will give us an additional edge in making more money.
Randomized Pattern Selection
The Neural Strategy, which I mentioned earlier, goes much

beyond the introduction to patterns I presented here. Using
simple ways to identify patterns, a very powerful betting strategy
was developed for the games of craps, roulette and baccarat. I
have not found a more consistent way of selecting "even-
money" bets at roulette until now.

131
14. The Maximum Advantage Roulette Strategy
The Maximum Advantage Roulette Strategy is for even-money

bets in roulette. These bets consist of wagering on colors - Red or
Black, Odd or Even, or high (19-36) or low (1-18) numbers.
When you use the even-money bet strategy you will only make
one wager at a time. I like to wager on either red or black, but if
you prefer, you can use one of the other even-money bets. To
avoid confusion, once you pick a favorite even-money wager, you
should stay with that combination, at least during a single game.
What I mean is that if you decide to bet colors, don't switch to Odd
or Even or High or Low in the middle of the same game. I prefer
wagering on colors because the two betting boxes are together in
the middle of the layout and are easy to reach from different areas
of the table.
When I use this "even-money" wager strategy, I usually use casino

chips rather than the special colored chips usually given to roulette
players in the American version of roulette. It is much more
convenient to place your wagers using casino chips which have
different values than it is to use the special roulette chips of the
same value. For example, if you bought in at a $5 minimum
wager roulette table, you would need to ask for $1 valued chips.

132
To play our basic series requires a $150 buy-in. If you ask for 150
colored chips, the dealer is going to think you are crazy.
However, if you convert $150 currency into casino chips, you can
easily get $100 in $25 chips, $40 in $5 chips and $10 in dollar-
valued chips.
There are two critical parts to the Maximum Advantage Roulette

Even-Money Betting Strategy. The first component is the Betting
System which is called the "Controlled Risk Betting Strategy."
This betting system is used to determine the size of each wager.
The second component of the strategy is "Adaptive Pattern

Betting Method," which used to determine where to place your
next wager. This is the Bet Selection part of the strategy.
When you are using the Maximum Advantage Roulette Strategy,

you will combine both of these components. For example, the
CRB Strategy may tell you that your next wager will be for $8.

133
The APB Method will indicate that your wager will be on red (I
will assume that you decide to bet on the Red-Black color wagers
throughout my examples).
In playing an actual game you might wager as follows:
Size of Wager Wager On:

5 Red
8 Red
11 Black
14 Red
17 Red
15 Black
13 Black
8 Black
11 Black
The Controlled Risk Betting Strategy
Let's learn the Controlled Risk Betting Strategy first. The CRB
Betting Strategy is a method for determining the size of every
wager you will make before you make the wager. It is not a
predefined betting series like a Martingale. You will recall that if
you use a Martingale progression you double each wager
following a loss until you have a winning wager. A Martingale
betting series for a table with $5 minimum wagers would be: 5
10 20 40 80 160 320 640 and so on.

134
There are several problems with using a Martingale type of
progression.
1. A larger bankroll is required. In order to use a Martingale

progression, you have to use a bankroll for each game equal in
size to the sum of all of the wagers. The above series would
require a bankroll of $1,275.
2. A Martingale progression risks too much in order to win a

small amount. If you lost the first seven wagers in the above
Martingale series, you would have lost $635 and would be
called on to wager $640 in order to recoup your loss and
capture a $5 gain. Here the risk is all out of proportion to the
potential gain.
3. While Martingale progressions win frequently, the size of their

losses are too large. One loss will wipe out hours of profits.
And, as we have seen earlier, the improbable (like losing seven
decisions in a row) occurs often enough in gambling that you
can be sure that you will have large losses if you use a
Martingale progression.
The CRB Strategy for Even-Money bets is a flexible strategy

where bets can move up and down within a range. By taking this
approach, the size of our wagers stay small.
Below is a comparison of seven losing wagers for a Martingale

Betting Series and the Maximum Advantage Roulette Betting
System for Even-Money bets:

135
Table 1. Comparison of Losing Betting Series
Martingale vs. CRB Strategy
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Total
Martingale 5 10 20 40 80 160 320 640 $1,275
CRB 5 8 11 14 17 20 23 26 $124
Strategy
As shown in Table 1, if we lose seven consecutive wagers, our

loss will equal $1,275 if we use a Martingale Betting System.
Unless we have nerves of steel, this loss will end our game and we
will walk away with a wallet that is considerably lighter.
If we used the CRB Strategy instead, we would have had a loss of

$124. This is much better than $1,275, don't you think? What's
more, we can continue to play after losing seven bets in a row with
the Maximum Advantage Roulette strategy, while a loss using
Martingale will wipe us out.
Let's take a look at how the CRB Strategy is formulated.
How the CRB Strategy Works
The basic betting system for playing at a $5 minimum wager

roulette table has the following rules:
A. The base bet is $5. This is the minimum wager made.
B. The maximum bet in a game is $27. If this amount is wagered

and lost, the following wager will be for $15.

136
C. The amount of the wager is increased by $3 following a loss.
If we had a series of five straight losses, our wagers would be:
Bet Number 1 2 3 4 5
Amount $5 $8 $11 $14 $17
D. The amount of a wager is reduced by $2 following any win. If

we have a series of two straight wins, and our first wager was
in the amount of $15, our wagers would be: $15 and then $13.
E. After any two consecutive wins, the amount of the wager is

reduced by $5. If we have two consecutive wins, starting with
a $15 bet, our bets would be:
Bet 1 Wins Bet 2 Wins Bet 3 Placed

$15 $13 $8
Table 2 shows a series of 15 wagers made using the base betting

series. To keep matters simple, we won't worry about whether the
wagers were placed on Red or Black at this point. I'll tell you how
to decide where to place your bet in a the next few pages.

137
Table 2. A Series of Bets Made With $5 Minimum Wagers
# Rule $ Bet Outcome W = Amount won Running

win, L = Loss or lost Total
1 A 5 L -5 -5
2 C 8 L -8 -13
3 C 11 W +11 -2
4 D 9 W +9 +7
5 E 5 L -5 +2
6 C 8 W +8 +10
7 D 6 L -6 +4
8 C 9 L -9 -5
9 C 12 L -12 -17
10 C 15 W +15 -2
11 D 13 L -13 -15
12 D 16 W +16 +1
13 D 14 W +14 +15
14 E 9 W +9 +24
15 C 5 W +5 +29
It is very important that you understand how to determine the size

of your wagers. Let's go through this example decision by
decision and see how each bet was determined.
Each decision below corresponds to the decision number (#) in

Table 2.
1. This was our first wager. We always start a game with our
basic bet in accordance with Rule A.
2. We lost our first wager. Following a loss, we use Rule C to

determine the next wager. Our next wager is the amount of the
previous lost wager plus $3, or 5 + 3 = 8. We wager $8.

138
3. We lost again. Once again we follow Rule C and add $3 to the
amount of our losing wager. We calculate: 8 + 3 = $11. Our
next wager is $11.
4. We won our third wager. Following a single win we use Rule

D and reduce our next wager by $2. Our calculation is: 11 - 2
= 9. We wager $9 for decision #4.
5. We won wager #4. We have now won two bets in a row (#3
and #4). With two consecutive wins, Rule E kicks in and we
reduce the size of our next wager by $5. We calculate: 9 - 5 =
4. However, our minimum wager is always at least $5, so our
wager size is 5 instead of 4. We wager $5 for decision #5.
6. We lost Decision #5. Now Rule C determines the size of our

wager. We add $3 to our last bet, for: 5 + 3 = 8. We wager
$8.
7. We won wager #6. Following Rule D, our next wager is

reduced by $2. We have: 8 - 2 = 6. We wager $6.
8. We lost #7. Time for Rule C again. We increase our next

wager by $3, as 6 + 3 = 9. We wager $9 for decision #8.
9. Another loss. Rule C still governs. We add $3 to our last

wager, for 9 + 3 = 12. Our wager for #9 is $12.
10. We lost decision #9. We follow Rule C and add another $3 to

our previous wager, for 12 + 3 = 15. Our wager for #10 is for
$15.

139
11. Hurray, we finally won. With a win on #10, we follow Rule D
and drop our next bet by $2. The next bet is determined as 15 -
2 = 13. We bet $13 for decision #11.
12. Back to the losing column as wager #11 loses. Rule C governs
and we add $3 to our previous wager for, 13 + 3 = 16. We
wager $16 on decision #12.
13. We win #12. Back to Rule D. We cut the size of this bet by
$2, as 16 - 2 = 14. Our wager is for $14.
14. Another win. We have won two bets in a row. This brings
Rule E into play. We reduce the size of our next bet by $5.
We calculate: 14 - 5 = 9. We bet $9.
15. Decision $14 wins. Since we have won two in a row, we

knock down the size of the next bet by $5. We calculate: 9 - 5
= 4. Since our minimum bet is still $5, we wager $5.
16. We win Decision #15. If we were to continue our next bet

would be for $5 again and we can't reduce the size or our
wager below our minimum wager of $5.
We have now covered how you determine the size of each wager.
Now, let's look at where you place your bets.

140
The Adaptive Pattern Betting Strategy
The pattern of roulette decisions determines where you will place

your next wager. There are many ways you can wager on red and
black at roulette.
Some of the most common bet selection methods are:
1. You can wager on one color only, such as red.
2. You can wager the same as the preceding decision.
3. You can wager the same as the second preceding decision.
4. You can wager the opposite of the preceding decision.
5. You can wager the opposite of the second preceding decision.
6. You can alternate wagering the same and the opposite of the
preceding decision.
7. You can alternate wagering the same and the opposite of the
second preceding decision.
8. You wager that a pattern will continue for a limited number of

decisions.
9. You can skip making wagers after certain events occur.
10. You can just wager randomly.

141
I have tested each of these types of betting patterns at roulette to
determine which ones work the best with the CRB Strategy. After
testing different bet selection methods for thousands of roulette
spins, the best bet selection method was chosen.
When you first begin to play a game of roulette you only need to
observe one decision and then bet that that decision will repeat.
You will continue to wager on the same color until you lose two
bets in a row.
Let's assume that you convert your cash to casino chips and note
that the last decision of colors was a red. You will start out betting
that the same color will repeat. You will continue to bet red,
regardless of the outcome unless you lose two consecutive bets.
Once you lose two bets in a row, you will change the bet selection
method.
Table 3 illustrates using the first part of the bet selection method.
Here we observed one spin of red and we began betting only on
the color red.
The first row, "Bet Selected," is where we placed our wager (red
always).
The second row, "Amount Wagered," shows the amount of each

wager using the prescribed Betting System.
The third row, "Outcome (W or L)," shows whether our wager

won or lost.
The next row, "Actual Decision," is the result of each spin.

142
The next to last column, "Amount Won" is the amount we won or
lost on each spin.
And, finally, the last row, "Total Won," is a running total of our
net win or loss.
Table 3. Seven Decisions Betting Red to Repeat

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Bet Selected R R R R R R R
Amount 5 5 8 6 9 7 10
Wagered
Outcome (W W L W L W L W
or L)
Actual R B R B R B R
Decision
Amount +5 -5 +8 -6 +9 -7 +10
Won
Total Won +5 -0- +8 +2 +11 +4 +14
In this example, we continued to wager Red only, while the actual

decisions alternated from R to B. The results of these seven spins
were R B R B R B R.
As we can see, even though we only won four out of seven

decision, we made $14 in this series of wagers. Betting the
"Same" as one color is very effective if we have a series of the
same repeating wagers or alternating colors as in this example.

143
Betting red only, we will win consistently against any of the
following patterns of outcomes:
RRBRRRB
RRBRRBR
RBRBRBR
BRRBRBR
However, a pattern consisting predominantly of black decisions

will defeat this betting scheme. We obviously would not win
against the following pattern:
BBBRBBB
We could adjust to this pattern by modifying our basic bet

selection rule so that we will change our pattern of betting the
Same as an observed decision after suffering two consecutive
losses.
Thus, in this series of outcomes - B B B R B B B, we will switch

from betting R only to betting B after two losses and we end up a
net winner.
Our simple bet selection rule of observing one decision and

wagering on the same color until we have two consecutive losses
will serve us well most of the time. We can handle repeating
decisions or either color, as well as alternating decisions.
However, there is one pattern of decisions that will consistently

defeat wagering the same as one observed decision. That is the
pattern of repeating doublets such as b b r r b b.

144
Table 4 shows what happens to us if we wager the same as one
observed decision and run in the repeating doublets pattern.
Table 4. Five Decisions Betting Black to Repeat
1 2 3 4 5
Bet Selected B B B B B
Amount 5 5 5 5 8
Wagered
Outcome (W W W W L L
or L)
Actual B B B R R
Decision
Amount +5 +5 +5 -5 -8
Won
Total Won +5 +10 +15 +10 +2
Here we selected to bet Black only. This worked well for spins 1
through 3. On spin 4 we had a loss and we again lost decision 5.
With two consecutive losses we will end this betting pattern. We
could switch from betting Black (B) to betting Red (R), but
against a pattern of repeating doublets, we will lose regardless of
whether we bet either color.
The solution is to change our bet selection rule after losing two
bets in a row. Following our second losing bet, we will change the
way we select a bet following a new set of rules as follows:
1. Bet the opposite of the second preceding decision (which is

another way of saying "bet the pattern of repeating doublets).
2. Continue to wager this pattern until losing one bet, then resume
betting a pattern of bets based on one observed decision.

145
Table 5. Switching Betting Patterns
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Bet Selected B B B B B B B R R
Amount 5 5 5 5 8 11 9 5 5
Wagered
Outcome (W W W W L L W W W L
or L)
Actual B B B R R B B R B
Decision
Amount +5 +5 +5 -5 -8 +11 +9 +5 -5
Won
Total Won +5 +10 +1 +10 +2 +13 +22 +27 +22
5
The first five decisions in Table 5 are the same decisions that were
shown in Table 4. Following the loss of decision #5, Table 5 takes
up where Table 4 left off and illustrates switching from betting the
same as one observed decision to beating the opposite of the
second preceding decision.
Following the loss of our second consecutive wager in decision 5,

we change our bet selection method to betting the "opposite of the
second preceding decision until we have a loss."
Following our new bet selection rule for bet #6 we wager on Black
since the outcome of decision #4 was Red and we wager the
opposite.
Since we won bet #6, we continue with our new betting pattern.
Bet #7 is selected as Black, which is the opposite of decision #5.
This wager also wins and we continue to wager in this manner.

146
For Bet #8 we bet on Red and our wager wins again. For Bet #9
we continue the same pattern and lose our bet. The loss of this bet
will terminate the "Switch" betting method and we will resume
betting "Pattern." Since the last observed decision here was Black,
we will start betting that Black will repeat, and continue to bet this
way until we lose two consecutive wagers.
Can you guess what we will do after losing two consecutive bets
again? If you guessed that we change to the Switch pattern, you
got it right.
Using the Maximum Advantage Roulette Strategy consists of

combining the CRB Strategy and the APB Method. This is not as
difficult as it might seem. Using this system is much like playing
a board game, such as Monopoly. When you read the instructions,
the game sounds very complicated. However, the game is best
learned by playing it. The rules that seem complex when reduced
to a set of rules are really easy to follow when playing. Learning
the Maximum Advantage Roulette Strategy is very much the
same. It is much more difficult to read the rules than to apply
them in an actual game.
In the next few pages I will "walk you through" a sample game
and then show you just how powerful this strategy is.

147
15. Using the Maximum Advantage Roulette
Strategy
In this chapter you are going to see how to apply the concepts we
covered in the previous chapter.
After you finish this chapter you will know exactly how to apply
the Maximum Advantage Roulette Strategy to earn a substantial
amount of money.
Let's review the key aspects of this strategy:
1. You will only make one bet on one of the even-money

(Outside) bets in roulette. All of my examples are for the
colors of Red or Black, but you can just as easily use Odd or
Even, or wager on High and Low. The key is to stay with the
same type of Outside bet in a given game (i.e., don't switch
from colors to odd and even)
2. Your wagers will be based on a Betting Strategy where you

will increase the size of your wagers following losses and
reduce the size of your bets after wins.

148
3. You will place your bets using a Bet Selection method that
has a set of rules that will automatically determine whether
you wager on Red or Black.
Rules for the Controlled Risk Betting Strategy
The Controlled Risk Betting Strategy is used to determine the

size of each bet you will make. A different Betting Series is
associated with each bankroll level.
The amount of money used for a game determines the size of

your betting series. At this point, I have assumed that you will
be playing at a table with $5 minimum bets. The CRB Strategy
will work for many different levels of betting, from $1 wagers to
$40 bets. The principles remain the same, regardless of the size
of the wagers.
Here are the rules governing wagering using $5 minimum bets:
1. Your base bet is $5. Your will never wager an amount


3. Following any loss, the next wager is increased by $3.

149
We are going to add an additional betting series to our first one

which used $5 as its base bet.
We will call the first betting series, using a $5 base bet, "Series
A" and the following betting series, which uses a Base Bet of
$10, "Series B."
The rules for betting Series B are as follows:
1. Your base bet is $10. You will never wager an amount

3. Following any loss, the next wager is increased by $6

by $5 subject to making a minimum wager of $10.
For any session of roulette, you will need to be prepared to wager

either Betting Series A, with a $5 Base Bet, or Betting Series B,
using a $10 Base Bet.

150
Whenever you start a roulette session, you will use the Series A
Bet Selection Method. Following the loss of a game, you will
use Series B for one game only.
Thus, we now have two levels of bets. We will use the betting
series using $5 Base Bets as our normal method of play.
We will keep Betting Series B available to use only following the

loss of a game. Series B is designed to help us recoup a loss
more quickly by increasing the size of our base bets after a loss.
The loss rate for losing a Series A level of bets is 15%, with an
85% win rate.
As you shall see, winning at the Series B level mostly recovers

the amount of any Series A losses.
The risk of losing two consecutive games, consisting of a Series

A and a Series B level game, is very small, calculated as the
overall loss rate squared or (0.15 x 015 = 2.25%). Thus, the risk
of a large loss, consisting of two back-to-back series losses, is
very small and only occurs about once every 44 or 45 games.

In the next few pages you will see examples of real games played
using both Series A and B levels of betting.

151
Rules for the Adaptive Pattern Betting Method
Where to place your wagers is determined by the Adaptive

Pattern Betting Method. There are two methods of selecting
where to place your bets.
1. "Pattern." Observe one decision. Bet the same as this

outcome until losing two consecutive bets.
2. "Switch-Opposite." After losing two consecutive wagers

using the Same Pattern, switch to the Opposite Pattern. Here,
you will wager the opposite of the second preceding decision
until losing a wager. After losing a wager, resume betting the
Same Pattern.
3. New Rule: If we lose a Pattern bet immediately after

changing from betting Switch-Opposite ( will call this method
"Switch" for simplicity), you will immediately change back to
betting Switch. This is to prevent you from being whipsawed
in games with erratic patterns.
The Same Pattern method is our workhorse method. It works

well about 75% to 80% of the time. For the times when it isn't
working well, we resort to using the Switch Method
Combining the CRB Strategy with the ADP Method
Table 6 shows how the Betting Strategy was combined with the
Bet Selection Method in an actual game of roulette.

152
Table 6. A Sample Roulette Game Showing the Bets Made
and the Bet Selection Rule Used
# Bet Selection Wager Amount Outcome Outcome

Pattern Made Bet (W or L) of Spin
Observed R
1 Pattern-R R 5 W R
2 Pattern-R R 5 L B
3 Pattern-R R 8 W R
4 Pattern-R R 6 L B
5 Pattern-R R 9 L B
6 Switch-Opposite R 12 W R
7 Switch-Opposite R 10 W R
8 Switch-Opposite B 5 L R
9 Pattern-R R 8 W R
10 Pattern-R R 6 W R
11 Pattern-R R 5 L B
13 Switch-Opposite R 11 L R
15 Switch-Opposite B 17 W B
16 Swtich-Opposite R 15 L B
17 Pattern-B B 18 W B
19 Pattern-B B 11 L R
22 Pattern-B B 7 L R

153
In Table 6, the columns are labeled as follows:
# The number of our wager. This is done for reference

purposes.
Bet Selection Pattern. Here I show the method being used to

determine where to place our bets. "Pattern" indicates placing
the same wager until losing two wagers in a row. "Switch-
Opposite" means we will wager the opposite of the second
preceding bet.
Wager Made. Using the Bet Selection Method we placed our

wager on this spot.
Amount Bet. This shows the amount of our wager, using our
Betting Strategy.
Outcome (W or L). What happened? Did we win or lose the

bet.
Outcome of Spin. Where the ball landed. In our example, we

are only concerned with red, black, zero or double-zero.
Here is a row by row review of the events and our actions as

show in Table 6.
We first observe one decision. Using the Pattern method, our

first series of wagers will be the same as this decision. In this
case the outcome is Red (R).

154
#1. Using the Pattern method, we bet $5 on R and Win.
#2. Pattern method, we bet $5 again on R and lose.
#3 Pattern method continues; however, following a loss, we

raise our bet by $3 and bet $8.
#4. Following a win we continue using the Pattern method. We

reduce our bet by $2 after a win and bet $6.
#5. Wager Pattern method. Following a loss, we raise our bet by

$3 to $9.
#6. We have had two losses in a row. We change our Bet

Selection method to "Switch-Opposite" and wager on the spot
opposite of the second preceding decision. Since Decision #4
was B, we bet on R. Our bet is increased by $3 following a loss
and we bet $12.
#7. Following a win, we use Switch-Opposite again and wager

on R. We reduce the size of our wager by $2 and bet $10.
#8. After a win we continue to use Switch-Opposite and wager

on B. Our Betting Strategy calls for us to reduce the size of our
bet by $5 after two consecutive wins. We reduce the size of our
bet to $5.
#9. We lose #8. After any loss using Switch-Opposite, we revert

back to Pattern. Here decision #8 was R so we bet Pattern-R.
Following a loss we increase our bet size by $3 and we bet $8.

155
#10. We won #9. We bet Pattern-R again and drop our bet size
by $2 to $6.
#11. Another wn. We continue using Pattern-R and drop our bet
back to our minimum of $5.
#12. Lost #11. Use Pattern-R again and raise our wager $3 to
$8.
#13. Lost again. Second consecutive loss triggers change to

Switch-Opposite. We raise our bet by $3 to $11.
#14. Another loss. Following any loss using Switch-Opposite,

revert back to Pattern. We chose Pattern-R and increase the size
of our bet by $3 to $14.
#15. Lost again. We lost the first bet of Pattern following a

change from Switch. We invoke the special "Whip-Saw" rule
and immediately change back to Switch-Opposite. Our bet size
goes up another $3 and we wager $17 on B.
#16. A win at last. We continue with Switch-Opposite and drop

our bet by two bucks down to $15.
#17. A loss. Just when I was getting used to winning. With the
loss of a Switch-Opposite bet, we resume using Pattern. Our bet
size jumps back up by $3 and we bet $18 on B.
#18. We finally got it right. We win. Continue with Pattern-B

and reduce our bet by $2 to $16.

156
#19. Another win. We use Pattern-B again. Now, following
two consecutive wins, we reduce the amount of our wager by $5
and drop down to $11.
#20. We lose #19. We continue with Pattern-B and raise our

wager by $3 to $14.
#21. We win #20. Pattern-B continues and we drop our bet size
by $2 to $12.
#22. Another win. Pattern-B pulls through again. Now we have

had two wins in a row. We reduce our bet by $5 from $12 to $7.
#23. A loser. Continue with Pattern-B and up the bet amount by

$3 to $10.
#24. Decision 22 is a winner. Continue using Pattern-B and

drop the bet size by $2 to $8.
#25. Pattern-B prevails. Following two consecutive wins, we

are called to reduce our bet size by $5. However, since our
previous bet was for $8, we only drop our bet back to $5, our
Base Bet.
We win decision #25. We decide to call this a complete game.
The events shown in Table #6 represent a real game of roulette.

Let's add some meat to these decisions and follow the impact on
our bankroll of winning and losing bets.

157
Table #7 shows the same game as was shown in Table 6. The
difference is that column showing how we selected each bet has
been removed and we have added a column showing the amount
won in each decision and a final column showing our Total Win.
Table 7. A Sample Roulette Game Showing the Bets Made

and the Amounts Won and Lost
# Wager Amt Outcome Outcome Amount Total

Made Bet (W or L) of Spin Won Won
R
1 R 5 W R +5 +5
2 R 5 L B -5 -0-
3 R 8 W R +8 +8
4 R 6 L B -6 +2
5 R 9 L B -9 -7
6 R 12 W R +12 +5
7 R 10 W R +10 +15
8 B 5 L R -5 +10
9 R 8 W R +8 +18
10 R 6 W R +6 +24
11 R 5 L B -5 +19
12 R 8 L B -8 +11
13 R 11 L R -11 -0-
14 R 14 L B -14 -14
15 B 17 W B +17 +3
16 R 15 L B -15 -12
17 B 18 W B +18 +6
18 B 16 W B +16 +22
19 B 11 L R -11 +11
20 B 14 W B +14 +25
21 B 12 W B +12 +37
22 B 7 L R -7 +30
23 B 10 W B +10 +40
24 B 8 W B +8 +48
25 B 5 W B +5 +53

158
Playing Using the Maximum Advantage Roulette
Strategy
The Maximum Advantage Roulette Strategy is a very effective

performer. Table 8 recaps the results of twenty actual roulette
games using this strategy.
Looking at the table, the first thing you should notice is that this
series of games was profitable. We made a total of $816.
Table 8. Twenty Actual Games Using the Maximum

Advantage Roulette Strategy
Game # - Total Total $ Size of Average Amount
Betting No. of Amount Highest Size of Won or Total
Series Bets Wagered Bet Bets Lost Won
1A 28 $286 $18 $10.21 + 60 + 60
2A 29 $325 $22 $11.21 +49 +109
3A 22 $162 $15 $ 7.36 +62 +171
4A 27 $225 $15 $ 8.33 +53 +224
5A 59 $705 $27 $11.95 - 35 +189
6A 24 $248 $17 $10.33 +49 +238
7A 18 $119 $11 $ 6.61 +53 +291
8A 35 $557 $25 $15.91 -115 +176
9B 20 $304 $26 (13) $15.20 +112 +288
10 A 57 1,008 $25 $17.18 -4 +284
11 B 23 $470 $42 (21) $20.61 +94 +378
12 A 14 $82 $ 9 $5.86 +50 +428
13 A 22 $227 $18 $10.32 +49 +477
14 A 29 $339 $21 $11.69 +47 +524
15 A 26 $244 $15 $9.38 +48 +572
16 A 27 $339 $24 $12.56 +47 +619
17 A 29 $290 22 $10.00 +50 +669
18 A 20 $161 $16 $8.05 +47 +716
19 A 24 $211 $15 $8.79 +47 +763
20 A 22 $189 $15 $8.59 +53 +816
Totals 555 $6,495 NA NA NA $816

159
Here's how Table 8's columns are set up:
Game # - Betting Series - The game number has been added for
reference so that we can reference to game #7 if we wish. The
Betting Series designates whether we used Betting Series A or B
for a particular game.
Total No. of Bets - This is the number of bets we made (one bet
per roulette spin).
Total $ Amount Wagered - This is the total dollar amount of all

wagers in a game.
Size of Highest Bet - This is the largest bet we made in a game.

In those games where we switched from using Betting Series A
to employing Betting Series B, two amounts are shown, with the
first amount consisting of the actual wager made using Series B,
and the second number representing the equivalent wager if we
had been using Series A. For example, for Game # 9 we used
Betting Series B. Our highest wager was $26, which is
equivalent to $13 in Series A.
Average Size of Bets - This is the average size of our wagers in

each game.
Amount Won or Lost - This is our net winnings per game.
Total Won - This is a running tabulation of our total winnings.

160
For this series of games I used a $500 game bankroll. For series
A games, I used a $150 buy-in and for Series B games, I bought
in for $300.
Our objective when using Betting Series A was to win about $50
per game. On those games where we used Betting Series B, our
"win target" was $100.
Let's follow a couple of games. Game 1 was an easy win. We

only made 28 wagers before winning $60. Our highest bet was
$18. The average size of all of our wagers was $10.21. We
wagered a total of $286 to win $60. We can compute our average
winnings per wager $60/28 = $2.14. Since we won $60 while
wagering a total of $286, our win rate was $60/$286 = 21%.
These are very good numbers and show that this game was an
easy one. At a spin rate of 50 spins per hour, our hourly win rate
was $107 an hour. At the rate of 100 spins per hour, our hourly
win rate jumps to $214 an hour. This shows how critical the
speed of the game is when computing your hourly win rate.
We won games 1, 2, 3 and 4 and built up winnings of $224.

Game 5 was a tough game. We wagered a total of $705 and hit
our highest wager of $27. After making 59 wagers we ended up
losing $35. While this game did not end up in the winning
column, the amount lost was not large and I decided to violate
one of our rules when starting Game 6. Normally, we will use
the larger "B" Betting Series after a losing game. However,
sometimes human emotions can override the strict application of

161
rules. This was one of those occasions. Following the loss in
Game 5 I felt a little apprehensive and I decided to try another
game using the smaller "A" betting series.
I had another win in Game 6, winning $49 using the "A" Betting
Series. If I had followed my own rules I would have used the B
Betting Series here and have had a larger win.
Game 8 was the kind of game you like to forget about. Lasting
35 bets, I wagered a total of $557 and ended up with a loss of
$115. I could have continued with this game and probably have
reduced the size of the loss, but I was tired and ready to take a
break.
I went to my room and took a short nap after the Game 8 loss. I
always recommend clear your head by getting away from the
casino following any loss.
After a rest, I felt up to the challenge of another game and I

switched to using Betting Series B for Game 9. The game was as
easy as Game 8 was difficult. Unfortunately, you can never tell
in advance whether any game is going to be hard or easy. This
game only lasted for 20 bets. In a fast Internet game, this contest
would have been completed in less than ten minutes!
My highest wager was only $26, which is equivalent to $13 using

Series A. Winning $112, I almost completely covered my
previous loss of $115.
Following the Game 9 win, I reverted to using Betting Series A

for Game 10. Game 10 lasted 57 long wagers and I ended up as

162
essentially a break-even game, losing $4. With such a low loss, I
could have continued to use Betting Series A for the next game,
but I decided to follow the rules in this case and moved up to
Betting Series B for Game 11.
Once again, the larger betting series pulled my chestnuts out of

the fire, so to speak, and I won $94 in a game lasting 23 bets.
Games 12 to 20 were the kinds of games that can tend to make

you overconfident. I won all of these games fairly easily. I
ended this series of games with a total win of $816.
Table 9 shows some statistics developed from this series of

games. Because these statistics are fairly representative of any
games you decide to play using the Maximum Advantage
Roulette Even-Money Betting Strategy, I suggest you take a
close look at them.

163
Table 9. Results of Twenty Games Played
Number of Games Played 20

Games Won 17
Games Lost 3
Games Won Percentage 85%
Games Lost Percentage 15%
Amount Won $816
Total Number of Bets (Spins) 555
Average Win per Bet Made ($816/555) $1.4703
Average Bets (Spins) per Game (555/20) 27.75
Average Spins per Winning Game 23.76
Average Amount Won per Winning Game $57.05
Betting Series A
Betting Series B
Looking at Table 9 we can see that we won 17 out of 20 games

for a win rate of 85%. This is about what we can expect using
this betting strategy.
We won a total of $816 for this series of games. This required

making 555 bets. Since we bet on every spin of the roulette
wheel, the number of bets is the same as the number of spins of
the wheel.
Even including our losing games, we won an average of $1.47

per spin. This is important because we can use this "win rate" to
forecast our hourly winnings at different rates of play.

164
We made an average of 27.75 bets per game. At a spin rate of 50
spins per hour, our average game lasted about 33 minutes. At the
faster rate of 100 spins per hour (think Internet casinos), it would
have taken us just over 16 minutes to wrap up each game.
The average amount we won per winning game was $57.05. The
games played using Betting Series A had average wins of $50.95
and the games playing with Betting Series B averaged wins of
$103. These amounts are close to our target win amounts of $50
for Series A and $100 for Series B.
Table 10 presents another way of looking at these stats. Table 10

shows what our win rates per hour would be at different bankroll
levels and at different rates of play. This table will give you a
clear insight into the power of using this even-money wager
betting strategy.
Table 10. Win Rates per Hour Comparing Spin Rates and
the Size of Betting Series
Size of Betting Series A and B

Hourly $150 to $300 to $450 to $600 to
Spin Rate $300 $600 $900 $1,200
30 $44.10 $88.20 $132.30 $176.40
50 $73.50 $147.00 $220.50 $294.00
100 $147.00 $294.00 $441.00 $588.00

165
Different Betting Series
I have used only two betting series, Series A and Series B in all
of our examples so far. The base bets for these series are $5 and
$10, respectively.
I don't want you to think that these are the only levels of play
possible using the Maximum Advantage Roulette Strategy. You
can gear the level of your play to the size of your bankroll. In
fact, one method of play that you may consider is to gradually
increase the size of your buy-ins as your bankroll grows.
Increasing the size of your bankroll using casino winnings is an

excellent way to leverage your winnings. As shown in Table 10,
you can increase your hourly win rate to over $500 an hour if you
are willing to invest more in a game of roulette.
Table 11 shows four different levels of play for the Maximum

Advantage Roulette Strategy.

166
Table 11. Comparative Betting Series Used for Different
Levels of Play
Level Series Base + After - After - After 2 Game Total

Bet Loss Win Consecutive Buy-in Needed
Wins Per
Game
1 A $5 +3 -2 -5 $150
B $10 +6 -4 -10 $300 $500
2 A $10 +6 -4 -10 $300

B $20 +12 -8 -20 $600 $1,000
3 A $15 +9 -6 -15 $450

B $30 +18 -12 -30 $900 $1,500
4 A $20 +12 -8 -20 $600

B $40 +24 -16 -40 $1,200 $2,000
Here's what the columns mean in Table 11.
Level - This refers to the level of play. Throughout our examples

we have assumed play at Level 1, using Series A and B for this
level.
Series - Each level of play has two Betting Series, A and B used
for that level.
Base Bet - The minimum wager for each betting series.
+ After Loss - The amount added to a losing wager following a

losing bet.
- After Win - The amount deducted from a losing wager

following a winning bet.
- After 2 Consecutive Wins - The amount used to compute the

size of the next wager following two consecutive winning bets.

167
Game Buy-in - The amount of cash needed to play a game at
each level.
Total Needed Per Game - The recommended amount of cash

needed to play a game at each level. For example, to play a
game at Level 1, you will need $500 for a game bankroll. This is
higher than the total buy-ins for Series A plus Series B to provide
an extra cushion.
I have achieved some remarkable results using the Maximum

Advantage Roulette Strategy. There is no reason you can't do as
well or even better.

168
16. Playing on the Internet
Fueled by the explosive growth of the Internet and by a general

acceptance of gambling as a legitimate form of entertainment,
online gambling is growing at a torrid rate.
There are now over 1,800 online casinos with software provided by
at least 40 suppliers.
There are three celebrity casinos currently operating — Jim

Redman, Bubba Smith and Larry Holmes. Three former celebrity
casinos are defunct — Kenny Rogers, Evil Knievel and Rodney
Dangerfield.
There are millions of people who gamble online:
Caesars.com had 137,000 visitors in January 2001.
Casino-On-Net has had 5 million downloads of its software.
FreeLotto.com had 16 million visitors in January 2001.

169
Games offered on the Internet range from traditional games like
video poker and slot machines, to poker, keno, bingo and other
games. Here is a list of games offered by just one online casino:
baccarat, blackjack, craps, pachinko, the dragon spirit pachinko,
victory poker, Caribbean poker, free ride poker, pai gow poker, red
dog, roulette, sic bo, slots, gold rush slots, magic hat sportsbook,
video poker, deuces wild video poker, jacks or better video poker,
joker wild video poker, king of decks, war and battle royal.
Because of the uncertain legal status of Internet gaming in the U.S.,

virtually all online casinos that accept wagers are located outside of
the United States.
As of December 12, 2003, only Nevada has legalized online

gambling. New Jersey is trying to legalize Internet gambling, while
California, Oregon and Iowa are seeking an outright ban.
As an individual, there is little risk of prosecution because of

gambling on the Internet as the thrust of prosecutorial power is
invariably directed at online casino operators, credit card providers
and software providers.
Technologically, many of the casinos are very similar, as there are

a relative handful of large software developers who dominate the
industry. Each casino using software from the same developer will
have a similar appearance to other casinos using the software.
Generally, online gaming sites are one of three types, based on the
type of technology used to provide their games.

170
Many online casinos require that you first download their software
before you can play their games. This first category of
"downloadable software" has to be first transferred from the host
computer to your own computer via downloading and then it must
be installed in order to function. Usually these programs are free.
The online gambling sites offering this type of software can be
good places to start your play as, once installed, the programs offer
great graphics, sound, animation, and of course, the chance to play
for free.
The second type of software used by online casinos is JAVA

software which does not require downloading. JAVA software
allows programs to create little programs known as applets that are
embedded directly into a web document. When online casinos use
JAVA, the programs run right on your web browser.
I am not a fan of casinos using JAVA. With a JAVA casino, you

have to load the software every time you play; whereas, with
downloaded software, you can began playing almost instantly once

171
the software has been installed on your computer. I have also had
incidences when the JAVA software will freeze my browser. In
such a situation, you may not be sure whether your last bet was
accepted or not. As a minimum, it is very disruptive to have to
start a game over. And, not knowing where you stand is not a lot
of fun either. It is sort of like someone turning off all the lights in a
land-based casino, and when the lights come back on,
you are not really sure if you still have all of your casino chips.
The third type of software found uses HTML code which is the
standard language used to create web pages. Sites using HTML
are fast to play, but they often have cheesy graphics and no sound
or animation.
Perhaps the biggest fear most people have is the fear of being
cheated out of their money by the next big "scam" and they don't
want to be one of these people.
All sorts of government agencies and personnel are anxiously

hoping that the prosecution of online gambling will be their ticket
to the big time.
Guess what? It is not likely that any of these folks are going to
find major problems with online casinos cheating people. Are
there any crooked casinos online? I am sure there are. There are
not very many, but since there are a few rotten apples in every
industry, there are bound to be some in the online gaming group.
Almost all online casinos use random number generators to create

their gaming results. This is part of the software package used by
the casino and most of these programs are encrypted, effectively

172
locking out the casino's ability to modify the programming. This is
designed to reduce the risk of any unscrupulous operator changing
pay out ratios or otherwise seeking to gain an additional edge over
the players.
The software programs all record bets and results as well as the
time they occurred. In other words, every thing you did online can
later be reconstructed if necessary. This is designed to safeguard
both the players and casinos as an "audit trail" is created which can
be referred to in the event of an unresolved dispute.
Of special importance to those who are afraid to use their credit

cards on the Internet is that fact that most online casinos don't get
your credit card number. Third party processors who forward the
money to the casino's account handle the monetary transfer. If you
complain about a casino's fairness, you will most likely be given a
refund, resulting in a chargeback against the casino. This is one of
the reasons online gaming is so safe. To stop a charge against your
credit card, send a letter to your credit card company. They will
nearly always take your side in a dispute with an online company
and refund your money.
If you are interested in playing online let me give you some

pointers:

173
1. Select on online casino that gives you several ways to reach its
personnel. As a minimum, I would look for a toll free number
that is promptly answered by a responsive human being. A
simple phone call can be a way to eliminate any unresponsive
casinos before you deposit a nickel with them. If the casino's
employees don't offer you good service before you become a
player, you sure don't want to risk any money with them.
2. Check to see if the casino is licensed. The book Beat the

Internet Casinos by Silverthorne Publications has complete
information on how to check licensing.
(See http://www.silverthornepublications.com/InternetGold/.) When you
call the casino (see item 1 above), you can ask where they are
licensed, how long they have been in business and the name
that will appear on your credit card statement if you make a
deposit there.
3. Before you play, you should try out the casino's software by
playing for free. If the software is of the downloadable variety,
you will have to invest some time downloading and installing
the software. If you have any problems downloading and
installing the software, call the casino's technical support
department. If the casino can't help you, it's "So sorry Charlie,
no techie support, no playie."
4. Before you play, decide how much money you are willing to
risk. I suggest you buy in for $100 to $200 and get a feel for
the game by making small wagers.

174
5. Before you start playing, decide how long you will sit in front
of your computer playing. Time spent in an Internet casino can
fly by very quickly. You must also set a stop loss before you
start playing. I suggest a stop loss equal to 50% of your buy-
in. If you buy in for $100 and lose $50, that playing session is
over. Make sure that you stick with this, even if you hit your
stop loss in five minutes. If you are just dying to continue
playing, log off from the casino and play in the "fun mode"
where you won't be risking any more money.
6. Many online casinos offer better odds than land-based casinos.

Because it costs much less to construct a virtual casino, and its
overhead is but a pittance compared to that of a land-based
casino, you may find that an online casino can offer you
everything but a free drink. Specifically, many Internet casinos
offer sizable bonuses for signing up. Playing at a casino
offering a sign-up bonus can be very lucrative if you know
how to go about it.
7. When you win, expect to wait up to two weeks for your

winnings. I have had some casinos take up to a month to send
me winnings. The money for payouts comes from offshore
banks that seem to operate on "island time." Once you
understand this, you can calm down, as I have never had a
casino refuse to pay me a legitimate win. It just takes them
more time. When you call the casino before you play, I
suggested you get the name that the credit card charge will

175
appear under. The charges and credits you will receive for
winnings hardly ever appear in the casino's name, and if you
don't know the name of the bank card processor, you may be in
for a difficult time figuring who has paid and who hasn't,
especially if you gamble at several online joints.
8. The backend software that runs the games should be supplied

by a major software developer. Some of these software
companies are United Gaming, Starnet, Microgaming,
Cryptologic, Boss Media, Real Time Gaming and
GamblingSoftware.com.
9. Make sure that the site is a member of the Interactive Gaming

Council. The sites that are members follow a strict code of
conduct as a condition of membership.
10. Avoid casinos which appear on numerous online "blacklists."

There are substantial Internet resources you can use to
investigate an online casino before you play. Beat the Internet
Casinos gives you complete information on how to do this, as
well as a complete system on how to play and win.
Are you interested in playing craps on the Internet? You can

actually do very well if you pick your casinos well. If you pick the
right casino, which also happens to pay a 10% or greater bonus just
for playing, you can gain a substantial edge over the casino.
However, you must know how to play in such a manner that the
casino personal will consider that you have "earned" the bonus and
will not try to interfere with your right to withdraw the bonus. As

176
you can well imagine, online casinos offering bonuses to players
are not interested in attracting players who sign up just to get the
bonus and then try to withdraw it with very little play. There is a
way to do this that will keep the casino happy and will still give
you a large edge over the casinos.
Online blackjack play can be very lucrative. The Online Gambling

Toolkit focuses on beating the game of blackjack. See
http://www.silverthornepublications.com/OnlineGamblingToolkit/
If you want to play roulette in the online casinos, you can easily
make $1,000 a day without leaving your home. If your nearest
land-based casino is some distance away, you may very well
consider playing on the Internet.
_________
In my opinion, online gambling is here to stay. While I

have played many more games in land-based casinos using the
Maximum Advantage Roulette Strategy than in online ones, my
results playing online have been outstanding. Because the heart of
Maximum Advantage Roulette Strategy is an assumption of
randomness, is it quite likely that this system will work even better
against virtual casinos using randomly generated results than
against real casinos. My own experiences seem to indicate that
trends in one direction or the other seem to be longer in real
casinos than in virtual ones, and if this is true, it will tend to work
in favor of the Maximum Advantage Roulette Strategy which
thrives at trendless tables.

177
I personally love online gambling. I love its accessibility and its
efficiency. About the only drawback to playing online is the long
wait to withdraw funds. You may want to give it a try.

178
17. How to Find an Internet Casino
Each player has his own preferences when it comes to choosing

a casino. Some players are Bonus Hunters, jumping from casino
to casino looking for the newest and best bonuses. Some slot-
machine junkies want the casino with the best slot payouts.
While others are just looking for some entertainment, multi-
player capability, or certain games. Here, I'll tell you the major
differences between online casinos, and what you should know
before you download and deposit.
Software: first and foremost, you want to play at a casino with

decent software. Software includes graphics, speed of play, rules,
and more. See our report "The Ten Best Online Casinos" for
specific recommendations. All of the casinos listed in this report
use software that is fair, reliable, and virus-free.
Speed of play is also important to many gamblers. Some software

slows play by dealing cards slower than others. Some newer
software vendors even have an 'Automatic Mode' on some
games, where the software will bet and play hands very fast
based on your preferences.

179
Different software providers have different betting increments
and rules on table games. For instance, some software only
allows betting in increments of $2, up to $20, then $10
increments thereon. If you use a betting strategy, beware of
software that restricts bet increments.
Payouts: Payout percentages indicate how much money the

casino gives back to players every month. For example, If a
casino received $1000 in deposits last month and their payout is
97%, they kept $30 of that $1000, or 3%. Usually, the higher the
payout, the better the odds are for the player. Casinos often break
down their payouts into total payout, table game payout, poker
payout, and slot payout. Some even disclose payouts for the more
popular games. If you exclusively play table games at casinos,
you should always check the table payout before you play to
determine your odds. A great bonus can be easily offset by a poor
payout.
Match Bonuses: match bonuses are the reason why many people
are attracted to online gambling from the get-go. Casinos will
match deposits in order to entice players to download their
software and make a deposit. A casino with a bonus of "150%
match bonus up $50" means that they'll give you an additional
150% of your deposit free, up to $150. So if you deposit $100,
the casino will give you a bonus of $150, allowing you to start
playing with a balance of $250!

180
Players should beware of some restrictions of these match
bonuses, though. Of course it wouldn't be fair to get a $150
bonus and then simply cash out, so the casino will require you to
bet a certain amount of money first. This wagering requirement is
usually a multiple of your deposit and bonus amount. Using the
previous example, if the wagering requirement is 15x bonus &
deposit, you have to wager 15 x $250, or $3,750 before you can
cash out. This helps keep the bonuses fair, and gives players
enough opportunity to win. All bets that you place count against
the wagering requirement, but some casinos exclude bets in
certain games. Many casinos don't count bets on craps, roulette,
and baccarat toward the wagering requirement, but some leave
out even more. Make sure to check the details before playing.
Free Money Bonuses: A lot of casinos will give away 'Free

Money Bonuses' to try to attract players and introduce new
people to gambling. These free money bonuses really are free
money, and are a great way to get started gambling with no risk,
and still feel the thrill of gambling with real money. Most Free
Money Bonuses come with a catch, though -- you usually have to
deposit a minimum amount before you can cash out.
Customer Support: Customer support at most casinos is cutting

edge, and all of the casinos listed on in our report "The Ten Best
Online Casinos" have support reps available 24 hours a day, 7
days a week.. Almost every major online casino offers 24/7 toll-
free customer support, and you should use it! Online gambling
support reps are friendly and available to help. If you have a
question, ask!

181
Games: Online casino games are fun, and it's great to be able to
play a wide variety of games in one casino. Most casinos offer a
great variety of games, but you'll find all of the standard casino
games in nearly every casino. If you specifically want to play
video keno, you may have to look a little harder than if you were
interested in playing blackjack or slots. In rating dozens of
casinos I found that casinos that offer 50+ games are roughly
equivalent to casinos that offer 25+ games. The only difference is
the bragging rights. The medium sized casinos have all the major
table, poker, video poker, and slot games. The bigger casinos
have all the same games, plus slight variations of them.
Deposit Options: Some casinos don't accept credit cards

anymore because of a high rate of fraud, so it's important to
choose a casino with secure and quick alternative deposit
options. To gamble online, you'll need an 'Electronic Cash'
account like Neteller or FirePay. Most casinos take these two
major ones, and they provide decent customer service. We have
just completed another Free Report "Alternative Casino Banking
Methods." This report will give you the complete details on the
major alternatives to using your credit card.
Withdrawal Options: When you win big, you want a fast and
easy way to withdraw your money. Most withdrawal transactions
are done manually by the casino manager, so they tend to take
some time. Don't be surprised if your withdrawal takes a few
days ... or even weeks. Casino managers must perform due
diligence to make sure that there is no fraud involved, such as

182
multiple registrations to obtain more bonuses and that you have
met the playthrough requirement, etc. Most casinos will return
money to your Neteller or Firepay account, or will send you a
check in the mail.
Comp Programs: Most online casinos have formed comp

programs to rival the traditional brick and mortar casinos that
keep players coming back. 'Comp' stands for Complementary,
and that means free! Most casinos offer money back while some
go so far as to raffle off cruises or offer plane tickets. The
majority redeem betting points for cash. For instance, Roulette
yields 3 points per $1 bet, and the redemption ratio is 100 points
per dollar. Every $33 dollars you bet playing roulette you will get
$1 back.

183
18. Your Bankroll
Your bankroll is the amount of money you bring with you for
gambling. Without it, you can't even start the game. If you lose
your bankroll, the game is over. The object of gambling should be
to increase your bankroll. I define "increase” to mean leaving the
area where you have been gambling with more money than you
came with when you began the gambling excursion.
If your major objective is to leave with more money than you

started, then a corollary objective must be not to lose all of your
money. In between these two objectives of not losing everything
and leaving a winner, I have developed a number of rules to help
me achieve my two major objectives.
First, let's consider the "not losing" side of the equation. It is

actually easier to not lose at gambling than to win. This one is
easy. In order not to lose at gambling, you don't gamble at all. If
you have $100 and want to keep it, just don't gamble to begin
with.
This approach sort of defeats the purpose of trying to learn how to

win at craps. It is more than a little cynical to state that if you

184
don't want to lose at roulette, then don't play. However, there are a
number of precautions we can take to never lose our bankrolls and
still be in the game.
Perhaps the first thing to do is to decide that it is important to you

to never lose every single cent on you in any single gambling
contest. I don't know how you reach this conclusion, but if you
decide to agree with me that it is important not to lose all of your
bankroll in any single gambling excursion, then it is easier to learn
to apply some rules I am going to show you to prevent this from
ever occurring.
First, I have to convince you that losing all of your gambling

bankroll in a single session, or even during one casino excursion,
is a bad idea. Perhaps the main reason that losing all of your
bankroll is a bad idea is that it feels bad. Or rather, you feel bad.
It is simply bad psychology to lose all of your money in a
gambling contest.
I know all the statements that you can make to rationalize that it is
all right to lose a sum of money brought exclusively for gambling.

185
"It's OK to lose because it's my gambling money."
"I don't plan to win anyway."
"What the heck, it's only money."
Notwithstanding these statements, trust me for a moment that

losing all of your gambling money is a bad idea. Maybe I can
convince you if I tell you that not losing is the first step to
becoming a winner. Let me give you an example.
You have just come off a table with an additional $600. Are you a
winner? Answering this question depends on a number of factors,
not the least of which is "how much have you lost before
winning?" It you have only lost $100 prior to this win, then you
are definitely a winner. If you have lost $2,000 prior to this
session, you are still in the hole.
This is a simplistic example, but it will serve to make a point.

When you are gambling, controlling your money is the key to
winning. Of course knowledge of the game is important. Strategy
is important. Self-discipline is important. But the way I look at
it, if you are knowledgeable and use planned strategies and
employ self-discipline, then it is impossible not to control the
amount of money used for gambling.
Controlling your bankroll for long-term play means bringing a

large enough bankroll to outlast the inevitable lengthy losing
periods.

186
The most important thing you can do with your gambling bankroll
is to divide it up into smaller bankrolls. Each of these smaller
bankrolls will be used for one session, which is typically played
during a set period of time, or even at a single table.
The idea behind this is to give you several opportunities to

develop some winnings without being overexposed to losses
during any single session.
It is also part of our strategy for controlling losses and preserving

our bankrolls.
Using smaller bankrolls also will allow you to accept losses. If you
are playing with $300 at a table and have lost half of it, it is not too
difficult to walk away with a $150 loss. But what if you are
playing with $3,000 at a time? You will be less likely to walk
away with a $1,500 loss even though we are talking about the
same concept.

187
Game bankrolls (I use the terms "game bankrolls" and buy-ins
interchangeably) do more than allow you to accept smaller losses.
They also become an important part of your plan to take some of
the casino's money and run. By splitting your gambling bankroll
into smaller game bankrolls, you will have several shots at the
casino's bankroll with limited risk on each try. Meanwhile, you
will never give the casino a single shot at winning all of your
bankroll.
Using game bankrolls helps control the emotional aspect of

gambling. When you lose a portion of a smaller bankroll, it is
fairly easy to take a break, change tables or even stop for the day.
After all, winning at gambling is all about controlling emotions.
Game bankrolls can act like guides and tell us when to take a
break from a losing session, or on a happier note, when to take our
winnings and run.
Game bankrolls can be any size within certain limits. Our

objective in setting the size of your buy-in is to have a large
enough bankroll to have a reasonable chance of winning, but not
so large that we jeopardize our gambling bankroll.

188
For a typical casino excursion, you should divide your bankroll
into at least five session bankrolls. I have found this to be the
optimum number of sessions for several days of continuous
roulette play using the Maximum Advantage Roulette Strategy. If
you plan on playing professionally, you should divide your
gambling bankroll into at least seven game bankrolls.
You can approach determining the size of your bankroll several

different ways. Here are a few of the acceptable approaches:
1. Determine your optimal starting bet level. The size of your

session bankroll is directly related to the betting level you chose.
Once you know “how you want to play” you can easily determine
how much money you need to play at this level.
2. Base the size of your bankroll on the minimum bets allowed

where you play craps.
3. Set aside a certain amount of money for gambling and then

determine which level of play best fits your comfort level.
4. Use a combination of all of these rules to decide on your

bankroll.
Your level of play determines your bankroll. I usually like to start

my play with at least a $500 buy-in. With this size of session, I
will use the betting progressions and levels of play shown in the
examples in the previous chapters as follows:

189
Bankroll
+ - After 2 Needed
Base After - After Consecutive Game Per
Level Series Bet a Loss a Win Wins Buy-in Session
1 A $5 +3 -2 -5 $150 $500
B $10 +6 -4 -10 $300 $500
While most of my examples of games played entail using a buy-in

of $150 dollars to $300, the Maximum Advantage Roulette
Strategy can be adapted to just about any level of play.
Bankroll Requirements for Different Table Minimums
Table 12 shows the game bankroll requirements for several

different levels of play. Here's what each column represents:
Minimum Bet - This is the minimum wager required from each

player per spin. Since you will only be making one wager on an
even-money bet, your bet will need to equal or exceed this amount.
Series - The two levels of play required to play the strategy are
shown for each minimum bet.
Base Bet, + After Win, - After Loss, - After 2 Consecutive Wins

- all correspond to the adjustment factors used for each level of
play. If it is not clear to you what these mean, you need to reread
the chapters on how to use the Maximum Advantage Roulette
Strategy.

190
Game Buy-in - This is the minimum amount needed to play at
each level. I usually buy-in for the session amount.
Session Bankroll - Each level of play requires a minimum

bankroll to play a session. For example, to play at a $5 minimum
table, you need $500 per session.
Table 12 Betting Strategies Used For Different Minimum

Wager Tables
Minimum Series Base + After - After - After 2 Game Session

Bet Bet Loss Win Consecutive Buy-in Bankroll
Wins
$1 A $2 +2 -1 -3 $ 60
B $4 +4 -2 -6 $120 $200
$3 A $3 +3 -2 -4 $90
B $6 +6 -4 -8 $180 $300
$5 A $5 +3 -2 -5 $150
B $10 +6 -4 -10 $300 $500
$10 A $10 +6 -4 -10 $300

B $20 +12 -8 -20 $600 $1,000
Your Gambling Bankroll
I recommend that your permanent gambling bankroll be at least

five times the size of your average table buy-in and as high as
seven times if you decide to play professionally.

191
If you play at $5 minimum wager tables and use the Maximum
Advantage Roulette Strategy, you will need to plan on using $500
as your table buy-in amount. Your permanent bankroll will need to
be five times this size, or $2,500.
Table 13 shows different levels of bankroll needed for different

levels of play.
Table 13. Bankroll Requirements
Minimum Bet Session Bankroll Total Bankroll

$1 $200 $1,000
$3 $300 $1,500
$5 $500 $2,500
$10 $1,000 $5,000
$20 $2,000 $10,000
$25 $2,500 $12,500
In most land-based casinos, $5 is the lowest minimum bet you will

encounter. To properly play the Maximum Advantage Roulette
Strategy with $5 minimum bets requires a $500 buy-in and a
$2,500 gambling bankroll.

192
However, many Internet casinos offer roulette with $1 minimum
bets. Here, you only need to use a $200 Session Bankroll with a
total bankroll of just $1,000.
If you want to play just as I did in the games illustrated in this

book, you will need to buy in for $500 a game and have a $2,500
gambling bankroll.
If you want to move up to $25 minimum tables and use the

suggested progressions shown in the table, you will need $2,000
and $2,800 game bankrolls, with $10,000 and $14,000 gambling
bankrolls respectively.
If you want to move up to making $10 base bets, plan on building a

$5,000 bankroll first. If you want to move up to green $25 chip
play, you need to have a gambling bankroll of $12,500.
Don't let the bankroll requirements put you off. The Maximum
Advantage Roulette Strategy is so potent that you can start small
and build your own bankroll.
Building Your Bankroll
I recommend that you start with $5 minimum tables and use the
complete Maximum Advantage Roulette Strategy. To do this, you
will need to be able to buy in for at least $150 for Series A and
$300 for Series B levels of play.

193
Wherever you start, be sure that you meet the minimum bankroll
requirements I am recommending. As you have seen from the
illustrations throughout this book, the Maximum Advantage
Roulette Strategy is subject to occasional draw-downs, and the best
way to protect yourself is to have a large enough gambling
bankroll.
What you must never do after suffering losses is to think that your
luck must change and start pushing your bets to higher levels. This
is a trap many gamblers fall into. Don't go for it.
If you have some losses, the best prescription is to quit playing. As

hard as it may be to leave the casino after suffering a loss, it is ten
times better than staying and piling up losses rapidly because you
momentarily lose control.
Casinos are masters of illusion. They can create an aura of self

confidence not supported by reality. It is not unusual for
gamblers, under the casino's spell, to think they are doing pretty
well, and to be almost shocked when they finally realize that they
have lost most of their money.
__________
There is much more to becoming a winner than just learning a

system. How you act and how you apply the system will
ultimately determine how much you win. Let's take a look at some
of the skills you need to bring to the casino.

194
19. Skilful Play
There are a number of decisions you can make in becoming a

Maximum Advantage Roulette player. You must decide where to
play and whether you will tip or not.
You will also need to make decisions on setting up and using a

casino credit line as well as having your play rated. How you
handle these situations can have a great bearing on your long-term
success as a winning gambler.
Picking where you play
Your first choice in deciding to become a roulette winner is

deciding where to play. I rate casinos on several different aspects.
My first concern is whether the casino offers games that I find
playable.
Every casino sets minimum and maximum bets for its table
games. Typical minimum and maximum bets for roulette games
offered by small casinos might be $5 minimum bets and $500
maximum bets for outside bets. These limits will be acceptable for
90% of the players using the Maximum Advantage Roulette
Strategy. But a few players may require higher betting limits.

195
A more typical problem faces players in casinos which set
minimum bets too high. Some East Coast casinos set their
minimum roulette bets at $10.
Many casinos will change their minimum wagers depending on

the time of day and day of the week. Minimum bets are raised in
the evenings and on weekends. If you are an Atlantic City player
looking for tables with lower minimum bets, you will find more
roulette tables with lower minimums if you play during the week
instead of on weekends.
Besides table limits, I also consider the atmosphere of a casino. I

absolutely refuse to play in casinos with rude dealers. I can
tolerate slow dealers, dealers still in training and dealers who don't
talk much. But I refuse to put up with dealers who make sarcastic
remarks to other players or criticize my play. Life is too short.
Change tables or, if necessary, change casinos.

196
Fortunately, casino employees are reasonable people and
problematic dealers are not seen too often.
Some casinos have other annoying quirks. Can you tolerate a lot
of smoke? Some casinos have poor ventilation systems so that a
dull cloud of smoke seems to permeate the casino area. If this
bothers you, don't play there.
Other casinos are dirty or have crowded, uncomfortable playing

conditions. For several years there was a casino less than ten
minutes from my house where I absolutely refused to play because
the place resembled a dump (it has been updated and is now
acceptable). These are choices you must make. If you play in
Las Vegas, you have just about every choice you can imagine
available. If you want to play in a real players' joint, try Binion's
Horseshoe downtown. Would you like some real elegance?
You'll like the Venetian or Bellagio's.
One thing I don't do is discuss my system while I play. Some

dealers will comment on it; most don't. You may get questions
from other players. If you decide to discuss your system, keep it
simple. You might state that you like to make the outside bets and
you vary your bets depending on how the table is going.
If you start talking about the system, you will undoubtedly lose
your concentration. In addition, it is almost a given that if you are
trying to demonstrate the system to someone, you are going to
have a loss. Call it bad luck or bad karma, but you can believe
that discussing the system while you are playing is not a good
idea.

197
Tipping
If you don't like to tip, most international play will suit you fine.
Most casinos in Asia, Europe and Commonwealth countries like
England, Australia and New Zealand forbid tipping the dealers.
In the U.S. you really have no choice but to tip. Many players
refuse to tip, arguing that tips come right off their bottom line. I
can't argue with the logic, but I will question the results of a no-
tipping policy.
I personally have a great deal of respect for most casino personnel

and especially dealers. I enjoy tipping them in exchange for good
service, and once it is established that I am a "George" (slang for a
good tipper), the level of service increases appreciably.
When I tip, I never just give the dealer the tip. I only tip by
making bets for the dealer.
I tip by making an outside bet for the dealers if I have been

winning. The dealers appreciate this type of wager as they realize
that they are much more likely to win the wager and get the tip
with an even-money wager than one with high odds against it.

198
Act like a gambler
Play like a loser. If you are in a prolonged winning streak, don't

rub it in the casino's face by continuing to play at the same table. If
you do, make sure that you consistently make the kinds of moves
which will throw the pit off. But your best ploy is not to overstay
your welcome, especially if you are winning a bundle.
If you have a nice win and a floorman comments on it, you can
casually mention that you dropped a bundle at craps last night and
you are still not close to even. But don't do this if you never play
craps. Make your story plausible.
Hide Chips
As a winning player, you will want to look for ways to disguise

the amount you are winning. The easiest way to do this is to
pocket chips.
This is harder to accomplish if you are playing alone, and is

easiest to accomplish if you have a playing partner.
How to Survive and Prosper as a Professional Gambler, published

by Silverthorne Publications, has some excellent suggestions on
chip hiding routines. With a female accomplice, it is easy to slip
chips to her and let her hide them in her purse. Sometimes my
wife carries a shopping bag with her, which is a great place to
stash chips and offers additional cover to help us look like a pair
of happy, typical tourists.

199
If you are a black chip player, you are better off hiding green
chips, as the bosses are more concerned with watching your stack
of black chips. If you commonly wager $500 or more, then you
can get away with hiding $100 chips, but don't try to stash the
$500 chips as the bosses may catch on.
Play for Cash or on Credit?
There are many advantages to establishing credit with several

casinos. Once you have established credit, it is there any time you
want to use it. You don't have to carry cash, arrange for wire
transfers or try to talk casinos into cashing checks. You generally
will not be able to even cash a cashier's check in a casino until it

200
has been verified. If you show up on a Saturday hoping to cash a
cashier's check, you will be out of luck until your bank reopens on
Monday and can verify the check.
Another advantage to establishing credit is that when you use

casino credit, you get to sign markers at the table. You will look
like a gambler, since most gamblers who play with black chips
have casino credit lines.
I'll let you in on a dirty secret. Casinos are not in the business of
loaning money to gamblers, at least not now. If you have a
bad gambling habit and a weak bank account, your local friendly
loan shark is more likely to accommodate you than your not-so-
friendly casino.
When you establish a credit line, the casino is agreeing to advance

you no more than the average balance in your checking account
for the last six months.
Your creditworthiness has nothing to do with getting casino credit.

These guys don't care whether you are employed, just filed for
bankruptcy or are dodging your other creditors. Casino credit is
based on how much bread you keep in your checking account.
Do you feel a little better about the high rollers signing the
markers? They are signing magnetically coded checks which can
be run through their checking accounts. Normally markers are not
handled this way as the casino prefers to be paid by check, but if
necessary, the casino markers can and will be deposited by the
casino and will be presented for payment at your bank just like
any other check you have written.

201
If you are a black chip player, casino credit is almost mandatory
unless you want to carry a large amount of cash with you, which I
don't recommend. If you know where you will be playing, you
can arrange to have cash deposited with the casino cashier and
sign markers against your own front money on deposit with the
casino.
Rated Players
Once you start playing with green or black chips, you are going to
be asked by a floorman if you want to be rated. Many novice
counters resent the intrusion of a floorman and answer evasively
or even negatively. This is a big mistake. By rating your play, the
casino is evaluating your ability to receive comps or freebies from
the casino. Comps can really add to your bottom line and can be
very profitable once you learn to play the comp game. Another
reason to become rated is that being rated and receiving comps
from the casino is what gamblers normally do. And you want to
look like just another gambler.
Even if you are a low to mid-range player and want to get full
RFB, which stands for Room, Food and Beverages comped, there
are many casinos which will accommodate you.
Using casino comps, you can travel just about anywhere and get
full VIP treatment. Many casinos will even pay your airfare. But
you have to know how to work the system to maximize these
benefits. I suggest that you learn how to get the maximum amount
of comps and let a casino pay for all of your gambling excursions.

202
As a Maximum Advantage Roulette player, you are in the perfect
position to get and benefit from comps. No matter what your level
of play, you can increase your enjoyment and profits by availing
yourself of casino comps.
Learn to play another casino game
I highly recommend that you learn to play at least one other table
game besides roulette. My number one choice of the game to
learn is blackjack.
Blackjack is still a favorite game of many high rollers. Just by

learning basic strategy you can play almost even with the house.
If you add a winning strategy on top of this, such as the unique
betting system revealed in Power Blackjack, then you are on the
way to having a second casino game you can beat.
Blackjack, using the Power Blackjack Strategy, is an excellent

game for using hit and run tactics. If you have been playing
roulette and are tired of concentrating on your wagers, blackjack
may give you just the break you need. This can't hurt your
reputation with the casino. Because many high rollers now favor
blackjack, you will enhance your appearance as a high roller when
you add this game to your repertoire. By mixing a little blackjack
play in with your roulette games, you will look more and more
like another gambler to the casino bosses.

203
You may be surprised how well you do at blackjack. On a typical
casino visit, I usually make almost as much money playing
blackjack as I do playing roulette. Silverthorne Publications is the
premier publisher for winning blackjack systems. You can check
out the Power Blackjack Strategy at
http://www.silverthornepublications.com/PowerBlackjack/
If your casino offers craps, you may want to learn to play the
game.
You can play craps for fun and relaxation, but even when I relax I
enjoy winning money. I use an intriguing craps system which
wins over 90% of the time and throws off nice winnings even
against the American wheels. It is described in Power Craps,
published by Silverthorne Publications (See
http://www.silverthornepublications.com/PowerCraps/).

204
And so, you are almost ready to start beating the casinos, but .
..
You are almost ready to take on the casinos. I have presented a

system which has been proven to win against casino roulette.
Perhaps you have been practicing the Maximum Advantage
Roulette Strategy. You have figured out how to put together your
bankroll. However, the greatest battle still awaits you. The
casinos have even more powerful weapons at their disposal than
the house edge. They are masters at a whole number of

205
psychological traps set to ensnare you, with the end goal of
relieving you of as much of your money as they can in the shortest
and most pleasant way possible. Let's take at look at the casino's
battery of weapons and see what you can do about them.

206
20. Discipline and Control
At this point, you should have a good understanding about how to

use the Maximum Advantage Roulette Strategy to win money at
roulette. You should know when to bet, how much to wager, and
when to quit. You know about how your bankroll determines the
size of your wagers and about using game bankrolls. You should
have some definite ideas about how you want to interact with
casino personnel. You have learned some ways to improve
playing conditions by interacting with and tipping the dealer. You
also have been introduced to the idea of playing on casino credit
and playing for comps.
Now you have to deal with the largest obstacle to your success.
The greatest single threat to your success is not the casino
personnel. It is not a bad run at the tables. It is not the risk of
consecutive losses eating up your bankroll. It is not the wine, the
women, and the atmosphere. The greatest single threat to your
playing career will be yourself. Surprised? Read on.

207
Self Control
Ultimately, success at casino gambling, business, romance or life,

for that matter, largely depends on self-control. Winning at
gambling is all about self-control. It is about controlling the
amount of money used for gambling. It's about reducing losses.
It's about limiting the amount of money used for any session of
play. And ultimately, it's about walking out the door a winner.
Gamblers are a lot like fishermen. They like to talk about the one
that got away. How many times have you been in a casino
winning and ended up leaving a net loser? In the real world, the
only wins that count are the ones you go home with.
Actually, it is no great feat to get ahead playing roulette. Probably

over 75% of all roulette players are ahead sometime in their play.
But do they walk out the door winners? No. Probably close to
95% of all roulette players end up losing money. The typical
casino hold is about 20% for a roulette table. Hold is a term
referring to the amount the casino keeps as its win out of the

208
money dropped at the table — e.g. the drop. If you buy in for a
hundred dollars and play for thirty minutes and leave with $85,
you have lost $15 out of $100. Your contribution to the drop was
$100 and your loss gave the casino a hold rate of 15%.
Winning at gambling is first about controlling yourself. It is about

accepting responsibilities for your own actions. In the long run,
you don't win because you were lucky, and you don't lose because
you had a string of bad luck. Using the Maximum Advantage
Roulette Strategy will help you create your own luck. Used
properly, you will be able to play at an advantage over the casino
and be a net winner.
If you think about the times you were ahead in a casino and ended
up giving it all back plus whatever additional cash you scrounged,
who is to blame? The casino? The game? The house edge?
Don't get angry with me for pointing this out. What is wrong with
setting aside your winnings when you are ahead? And what is
wrong with limiting your losses when you hit a losing streak?
And what is wrong with leaving a losing table?
I hope you answered "nothing." Doing these things requires self-

control. They are easy to think about doing but may be much
harder to actually accomplish. I am a former smoker. I always
thought I could quit smoking when I wanted to. But I failed to
quit a number of times. When I finally quit, I realized how
difficult the process really was. It was easy to think about quitting
smoking but doing it was quite challenging. Now that I have quit,
I am out of the woods, right? Well, not quite. I believe that

209
smoking is much like a drug addiction, and as a former addict, I
am never cured. I am only one cigarette away from becoming a
smoker again.
Control in a casino may require much the same discipline as that

of a reformed smoker. Having a large monetary loss only requires
a temporary loss of control.
Trust me, winning is habit forming. Losing, especially at a game

like roulette when you know you are using a winning strategy, is
tough. Some professional gamblers, especially traditional
blackjack card counters, will lose for months at a time. I am not
sure that I could continue to play blackjack under those
circumstances. The documented losing streaks for the Maximum
Advantage Roulette Strategy tend to be fairly short. If you play
roulette regularly using this strategy, it is highly unlikely that you
will ever encounter two back to back losing casino visits. But it
can happen.
Once you are in a losing streak, you will be hard pressed to

continue with your set game plan. You will begin to question
everything about the strategy. The wheel spins will not seem
right. You may feel like the dealer has it in for you. You will start
to think that no matter how you wager, your bets will lose. When
your larger bets lose, you will begin to question the betting
strategy. After you have encountered a few very cold tables, you
will even question whether selecting the time you make your
wagers is really worth all of the effort.

210
Trends are a dominant factor in gambling. Every roulette table
has streaks. If you are in a winning streak, you may begin to feel
omnipotent. However, when a losing streak hits, you may start to
question every aspect of your playing strategy.
Perhaps the best thing you can do whenever you encounter losing
tables is to first change tables. Your next option is to quit playing
roulette for a time. Depending on your feelings, you should either
quit gambling altogether during your break, or if you are still in
the mood to play, switch casino games. I have found on many
occasions that a switch of games was exactly what I needed to
improve my mood.
Many players seem to become chained to a particular table at

some point in their play. This may be fine when the table is
winning, but could spell disaster during a prolonged losing spell.
While losing is tough, winning may be even tougher for some

people. Many players subconsciously feel that gambling winnings
are "ill begotten gains." Many times persons raised with a strong
work ethic cannot adjust to the reality that winning at gambling
requires a great deal of effort too. Gambling winnings may not
seem real or may even seem shameful. Many people feel guilty
when they win. For these people, walking out with some of the
casino's money doesn't feel right.
Gamblers never cease to amaze me. Gambling falls into some

special category of human behavior that escapes the normal rules
we usually live by. People change their behavior dramatically in
casinos. Consummate misers can't wait to throw their money away

211
in casinos. People who clip coupons every week to save ten bucks
on groceries think nothing of dropping a hundred, five hundred or
even a thousand in a casino.
Discipline is all about the ability to develop a winning plan.

Control is about being able to follow it.
Ego Needs
We all share a need for recognition. We like to talk about our

triumphs. Once you become a successful consistent winner at
roulette, you are going to feel the need to talk about it
occasionally.
You need to curb the urge to discuss the fact that you are a winner,
especially while you are in a casino. If you have a big win at the
craps table, feel free to comment on your success. The casino is

212
not concerned with craps winners, because they do not believe that
anyone can gain an advantage over them in this game, at least not
without cheating.
Obviously, you should never discuss your roulette winnings with

any casino employees. Your goal is to look as much like another
losing gambler as possible. Casinos don't like winners, and you
are much more likely to get the royal treatment if you look like
another losing gambler.
Occasionally, outside of the casino, I have been asked about how

my strategies work. When I first learned to beat the casinos, I was
quite enthusiastic and wanted to share my enthusiasm with other
people. The typical reaction when I have revealed that I have a
winning roulette system is total disbelief. I am simply not
believed. My best advice is to act like the vast majority of casino
patrons who don't have a clue as to how to win.
Play the Part
I have given a number of suggestions about looking like a

gambler. Everyone has his own style, and I am not suggesting that
you disguise yourself physically or change your identity.
However, persons who look serious, never drink, never tip, or
don't talk to dealers or floormen do not look like gamblers and will
not get the full benefit of casino generosity, including comps.
I have tried to give you as much ammunition as I can, but you can
add your own finishing touches. Using casino credit is a must if
you are a black chip player. You simply don't want to walk
around with ten thousand dollars or more on your person. Not

213
only are you literally risking your life should a mugger decide to
target you, but you could run afoul of U.S. laws if you leave the
country with more than $10,000 in cash on you and don't declare
it. Using the casino's credit and signing markers will make you
look much more like a gambler, and it actually is a very
convenient way to play.
You should also play for comps. Once you are playing with black
chips, you will have comps offered to you and you might as well
enjoy them. Even mid-range gamblers and low rollers can avail
themselves of substantial comps.
The Casino is Not Your Enemy
The dealers, floor persons, cocktail waitresses, pit bosses, shift

bosses and casino hosts are not your enemy. While pit bosses
often scrutinize the play of high rollers, they are just doing their
jobs. Many of the casino employees are actually rooting for you

214
to win. We have discussed how to get a dealer on your side by
being friendly and using your tips advantageously. But your
floorman, who, incidentally, is just as likely to be a woman called
a floorman, is not against your winning. As long as you are not
perceived as a threat to the casino's bankroll and are not engaged
in behavior the casino objects to, e.g. card counting, you are free
to win occasionally. Just don't rub it in their faces.
Floormen are the primary decision-makers on the amount of

comps you get, and I always chat with the nearest floorman.
Starting a conversation is easy. Once you are a credit player, you
will interact with the floorman as soon as you buy in, by signing a
marker. After establishing some rapport with a floorman, I will
occasionally ask him or her for advice on certain roulette wagers.
It is always better to down play just how knowledgeable you are.
Most floormen enjoy helping players and like to show off their
own expertise.
In dealing with all casino personnel, your goal is to always be a

polite, friendly person who likes the casino, enjoys talking to pit
personnel, is impressed by the floorman's tremendous knowledge
of roulette, makes large wagers and doesn't quite know how to
play roulette correctly. This act will buy you a tremendous
amount of unrestricted playing time, and your comp rate should go
up exponentially. You are the perfect player from the casino's
viewpoint, and the casino bosses will be willing to pay to ensure
that you play in their casino.

215
Things to Avoid
There are some things I just won't tolerate when I play roulette.
Top on my list of "the things I like least" are rude dealers. If a
dealer starts making comments about my play, or is rude to other
players, my advice is to just leave.
You don't need this kind of aggravation. If you have a bad feeling
about the table, trust your instincts and leave.
I also refuse to play with rude players. I recall one instance years
ago at the Desert Inn when there was a young and obviously drunk
player at the opposite end of the table. He made comments about
every shooter and was constantly harassing the female dealer next
to him, making off color comments about her clothes, her shape
and her dealing. I finally told him that no one thought he was
funny and that it was time to back off.
He told me to f___ off and I told him that it was time for him to
go. By this time the boxman had signaled security.
Up walked two burly security guards. Mr. Jerk was escorted out
of the casino. After the uproar had subsided, the dealer he had
been harassing gave me one of her biggest smiles and thanked me
for supporting her. The floorman gave me a thumbs up and he
comped me to a delicious gourmet meal.

216
Drinking
You've been waiting for this part, haven't you? I have yet to read a
book on gambling where the author does not admonish the reader
not to drink. Professional roulette players, I guess, are too
engrossed in observing the game to even lift a glass to their
beleaguered lips. If they do manage a drink, it has to be Evian
water. For the bosses and for most players, having a drink while
you play is part of the fun. Gamblers do it for sure. And you want
to look like a gambler, right?
I generally have a few drinks while I gamble. I also drink straight

orange juice, coffee, iced tea and even ice water at the tables.
Drinking something alcoholic at the craps table is one more signal

to the pit that you are not a threat. I generally go slow on the
alcoholic drinks and time my drinks. In general, the fact that you

217
are a roulette player will go a long way towards enhancing your
reputation as a gambler.
Superstitions
Superstitions really have no effect on the outcome of cards or dice

or little balls spinning around inside of larger wheels or do they?
Most gamblers and many pit personnel are superstitious.
Gambling itself seems to breed superstitions.
What happens is that we remember certain events that occurred

prior to, or in connection with other events, and we assume that
there is a causal relationship between two seemingly unrelated
occurrences.
The dice game is rift with superstitions. Lady shooters are lucky,
as are virgin shooters, who have never rolled the dice before. If a
die or the dice fly off the table, many old pros call their odds,
place and buy bets off on the next roll, as everyone knows that
sevens come after the dice fall on the floor.
Blackjack players have their own superstitions. Many of these

concern upsetting the natural order of the cards. If you have been
playing one hand of blackjack and suddenly spread to two hands,
the other players may become unglued at the move. Likewise
playing a hand differently than they would have can cause a
barrage of negative comments.
Poker players may wear their lucky hats, and where would a slots
player be without her lucky charm bracelet?

218
Many casino bosses have lucky and unlucky dealers. A craps
crew which loses too much money may find itself fired, or at least
broken up and the members rotated into different crews. If a
blackjack player is winning too much money, a boss may bring in
a lucky dealer. In the good old days when Vegas was mobbed up,
the lucky dealer may well have been dealing seconds, with a real
reason behind the luck. In this day of corporation controlled
casinos, a cheating dealer is unlikely, as a casino is not willing to
risk its license over one winning player. However, many bosses
believe certain dealers are lucky for the house, just as other dealers
are unlucky. If a boss decides a dealer is unlucky, the hapless
dealer is not likely to have a fruitful career with that casino.

219
Because gamblers and bosses are superstitious, it makes sense for
you to at least appear to be superstitious too. If you lose, it is
because the table is too cold, or in the alternative, if you win, you
are on a hot streak. Hot and cold streaks do occur, but it doesn't
hurt to play them up.
In addition to enhancing your conversation with bosses, you can

use your superstitions to influence dealers as well. More than
once I have told a dealer that I feel that the next wheel spin will be
lucky and placed a larger bet when the floorman was watching.
Use superstitions to justify certain plays when you are talking to

the bosses. Just don't get caught up in believing too many casino
superstitions yourself. Your lucky hat is not likely to have been
responsible for your last win, nor is a particular casino necessarily
unlucky.
I will admit that I partially subscribe to the "unlucky casino

syndrome." There are some casinos where I never seem to do
well. I have no rational explanation for this. However, since I
tend to play in Las Vegas where dozens of casinos vie for my
attention, I can easily avoid the casinos that are unlucky for me.
Moving Up Your Betting Levels
If you devote much time to roulette using the Maximum

Advantage Roulette Strategy, at some point you will want to
increase the size of base bets — jumping from a betting series
with a $5 Base Bet to a higher level, for example. Many players
find that an emotional adjustment is required to make these moves.

220
The size of the wagers required may intimidate them to the extent
that they feel compelled to modify the Maximum Advantage
Roulette Betting Strategy.
Of course, you must adhere to all of the requirements I have

described before you decide to increase the size of your base
wagers. You never want to over-bet your bankroll, and you should
only increase the size of your wagers when your bankroll is large
enough to justify it. If you are undercapitalized, then you clearly
are out of your league to jump from green chip to black chip play.
However, once you have built the prerequisite bankroll, you

should be able to increase the size of your wagers. To acclimate
yourself to making larger wagers, try moving in steps. You might
increase from being a $5 Base Bet bettor to using $10 wagers as
your starting point.

221
Probably your biggest hurdle will be moving up to black $100
chip play. You will receive a great deal more attention from the
casino than when you were a red chip or green chip player. Most
of the attention will be positive. When you play with black chips,
you automatically join an exclusive club with significant casino
comps to be made available. However, your play will also be
under greater scrutiny, and this bothers many players.
In addition to being showered with comps, you will also find that
black chip play has other privileges. It is usually much easier to
find uncrowded tables as a black chip player.
I suggest that you start wagering at a comfortable level for you.

Your comfort level may be as a $3, $5 or a $10 player. Stay at this
level until you have thoroughly mastered, not only the technical
side of playing correctly, but the emotional side of dealing with
players, bosses and dealers. When you are ready, both
psychologically and with adequate bankroll, try moving up just
one step and then playing at this level for awhile. Continue to
hone your casino people skills at each new level and don't forget
to look and act the part. Black chip players do act differently than
nickel chip players.
The Casino As Your New Office
Walking up to a roulette wheel the first time can be an

intimidating experience. If you have not played much, you will
not fully understand the roles of the dealer, the floorman, the pit
boss, the other casino personnel, and the eye-in-the-sky cameras
following your every move.

222
If you are unfamiliar with casino surroundings, you may want to
progress into your new role as a winning roulette player on a step-
by-step basis.
You can first play using a lower level Betting Series. This is an
excellent approach, and you will win plenty of money using this
approach.
Once you feel very comfortable playing roulette, you can

gradually increase your betting level, using casino profits to build
your bankroll. It may take a number of trips before you feel
confident enough to move up to higher level play.
Only after you have completely mastered the Maximum

Advantage Roulette Strategy should you consider moving up to
black chip status. At this point, you should feel that the casino is
your new office, and the casino personnel are your fellow workers.
Remember that the casino is not your enemy. The primary

functions of modern casino personal, including bosses, are to
make sure the casino patrons have a good enough experience that
they will become repeat customers.
Once you become known in a casino, you will find yourself

interacting with the casino personnel even more. Dealers will
welcome you by name. Cocktail waitresses will remember your
favorite drink. Bosses will invite you to coffee. A casino host will
work with you to make sure that you get all of the comps to which
you are entitled.

223
Once you sense that everyone in the casino is genuinely rooting
for you to win, you will know that you have done your job well.
In order to reach this level, there is no substitute for putting in

your hours. You will need to demonstrate that you are not only
friendly, but reliable, honest and consistent in your fair treatment
of all you encounter.
Too many players complain to bosses, dealers and anyone else

who works in the casino. Grumpy players are all too common,
and you want to make sure that you don't present this face to your
"fellow workers." If you are tired or grumpy, don't play. It is
important to take breaks frequently and use the time to relax. You
should be at your peak emotionally when you play, and this
includes having a positive mental attitude and interacting with
players and casino personnel on a friendly and helpful basis.

224
Eventually the casino will recognize you as congenial, reliable and
dependable. And, if you decide to make playing craps your new
profession, your relationship with your new associates will serve
as the foundation for your new business.

225
21. Casino Comps
Whether you chose to become a rated player at the casino table

games, join a slot club or both, once you get into the system, you
can start getting your share of comps. There are a number of tried
and proven ways to multiply the number of comps you get. Here
are some pointers.
Chose a primary casino and then play there.
A basic premise of the whole comp system is to reward loyal

players. Casinos offer comps to lure new players to their casino
and to make sure that their current customers remain their
customers. If you think you have it tough trying to use the comp
system to your advantage, just think what the casinos are up
against with new competition springing up every day.
If you are a whale, you can ignore my advice. Just plan on either
bringing or setting up a credit line of $100,000 or larger, and
wherever you decide to land will be glad to comp you. If you are
in the million dollar plus range, the casino will not only comp you,
but anyone else you chose to bring with you. They'll even charter
a 737 and fly in as many of your friends as you want to bring
along.

226
If you are not quite in this range, then it will pay to find a primary
casino and reward it with your patronage. A player with as little
as $1,000 can get RFB treatment in some of the downtown casinos
in Las Vegas. A player with a $2,500 bankroll will have an even
greater choice of hotel casinos. Move up to the $5,000 to $10,000
range, and a whole other batch of casinos become available.
But, in order to get noticed and adequately comped with a bankroll

from $1,000 to $10,000, you have to be willing to reward a casino
with your playing time.
A friend of mine visits Las Vegas about ten times a year. He

usually takes $5,000 to $10,000 and manages to lose between half
and three quarters of it per trip. I won't comment on his approach
to gambling. Quite frankly, it stinks. Anyway, the subject is
comps.
Believe it or not, he doesn't get any. He stays at a different casino

every trip. I think he believes the constant changes might improve
his luck. This is not necessarily bad, if he would play at the casino
where he stays. He invariably changes casinos every hour or two

227
and ends up playing in ten to twelve different establishments over
the course of two or three days.
Because of the size of his buy-ins, he is constantly asked if he

wants to be rated. He always declines. He confesses that he
doesn't want the casinos to know how much he is losing. I think
that he is trying to kid himself about his losses.
I have explained the comp system to him. As long as he is losing,

he might as well have the casinos kick in $750 to $1,000 per trip.
This money is there for the asking if he would only pick a primary
casino and give it a reasonable amount of play.
I can't convince him to change his ways. But, maybe I can

influence you.
There are many other benefits to playing more in a primary casino.

The first benefit is the application of the old saw, "If you scratch
my back, I'll scratch yours."
The casino will accelerate the rewards offered you the more you
play. Some casinos formalize this process and actually accelerate
the comps to slot club members as their total number of points
increases. Many casinos offer more and more free rooms and
entertainment the more you patronize them.
The key to maximizing your benefits from this whole process is to

find a casino that matches your needs and then start playing there.
If you have picked correctly, your loyalty will be well rewarded.

228
Join a slot club and/or get a VIP card.
The start of getting comps is to be into the casino comp system. If

you bet $25,000 a hand, the host will find you. If you bet $5 to
$25 a pop, you have to get the casino's attention. And the easiest
way to do this is with a little piece of plastic which looks just like
a credit card.
Once you have a card, getting comped will become part of your
routine. The first thing you will do as a machine player is to insert
your club card in the card reader.
When you sit down at a craps, blackjack or roulette table you will
present your VIP card when you buy in.

229
Your card will go down with your cash at the roulette table when
you lay five hundred in front of the dealer and tell him, "Chips
please."
Once you have the cards and use them, all of your play will count
towards something.
Get to know the casino personnel.
When my wife and I walked into the casino at the Desert Inn, we
knew we were home. Every cocktail waitress knew us. The
dealers in the craps pit recognized us. As we walked up to a craps
table, a couple of bosses we knew came over. Before five minutes
had passed, our favorite cocktails arrived -without us even
ordering them! The table was crowded, and a dealer automatically
cleared a spot for us at the end of the table, my favorite spot for
playing craps.
When we finally took a break, we walked over to our favorite

coffee shop in Las Vegas. A waitress we had known for years
smiled as she walked up to our table. We asked about her son who
had just graduated from high school. She chatted happily as she
sat our coffees down, which she had brought over without even
consulting us.
After dinner we stopped by VIP Services for our show passes. As

usual, Lynda had everything in perfect order. She had even
arranged for special drinks to be delivered to our table.

230
After a perfect evening, we watched the lights on the Frontier
marque across the street put on their endless show from the
vantage point of our room. We had a lot of memories associated
with the Desert Inn. We had watched the downtown Fourth of
July fireworks from our room one year. Another year, we had a
rude awaking at 3:00 in the morning as the fire alarm started
screaming and the hall was filled with guests in various stages of
dress and undress. Fortunately it was a false alarm. I called
downstairs, and the friendly night clerk told me that they were
having a problem with the alarm system, but there was no fire.
There are many newer casinos than the Desert Inn. It is now
defunct and has been torn down. It had one of smallest casino
playing areas in Las Vegas. There were many larger casinos.
There are several of the "themed" casinos which offer many more
attractions than the old DI.
There were no pirates in the Desert Inn. No sharks swam in the

lobby. There was no Statute of Liberty out front. No knights ran
around the floor smiling at customers. Cleopatra had no barges
floating in the simple old DI.
You might wonder why I liked to stay here. But I think you know
the answer. I was known here. Because they knew me, I felt
appreciated. I have played in just about every casino in Las Vegas
and a good number of other casinos around the country. But for
pure service, I prefered the old DI.
Please don't consider this a commercial for the Desert Inn. It's
gone now anyway. Any casino can become your Desert Inn once

231
you invest a little time and get to know the people who work there.
Most casino employees are not a whole lot different than other
people you already know. Just give them a chance to know you,
and you'll be surprised at the good things they'll throw your way.
Get to know your casino host.
The casino host or the slot host will be your key to getting the
most comps in most casinos.
If you are a member of the casino's slot club, you will get nearly
all of your comps by asking the casino slot host. Many times
comps for food, rooms, shows and merchandise are built right into
the slot club payoffs. If you have just joined a slot club, try giving
them some play for an hour or two and then asking the slot host
for a buffet comp.

232
My experience with comps from playing slots or video poker is
that the slot hosts are much more likely to be generous with comps
than the personnel at the slot club booths. If you want brochures
on the slot clubs or general information on the slot club, talk to the
clerks at the booth. If you want a particular comp, ask the slot
host.
Casino hosts, catering to the table game players, are at the top of
the casino pecking order for granting comps. Their top priority is
to cultivate new customers and to keep the current customers
happy.
The casino hostesses are the persons working for VIP Services
who help you check in, arrange your limo service, make dinner
and show reservations and so forth.
The hostesses will handle most of your scheduling and reservation

needs. The casino hosts are the people you need to talk to to
arrange RFB and airfare reimbursement.
You can meet a casino host a number of ways. One way is to call
a casino before coming and ask to speak to a host. This is a good
way to ask about the casino's comp policy and to tell the host that
you are interested in playing there.
If you are playing with front money, you should meet your host
after depositing your money with the cage but before you begin
play.

233
If you are a cash player and make a large enough buy-in, you may
have a chance to meet a host when the casino sets you up with a
VIP card.
After you have played in a casino, you can make reservations

through the casino host. Making a reservation through a host who
knows you is a good way to get a room even if the front desk
claims that no rooms are available. Casinos always reserve a
block of rooms for their best customers, and a casino host can get
you a room when a reservation clerk can't.
I recommend taking a little time to develop a relationship with a

host. Part of developing a relationship is consistency. If you
make one casino your primary casino and visit several times a
year, it will be easier to become known to a host than if he only
sees you every other year.
If you are using a casino credit line, the host will introduce himself
to you. With front money or cash, you will want to make a point
of meeting the host.
Treat your host with respect and nurture the relationship. He can
shower you with all kinds of freebies, including gifts, food, a free
room and VIP treatment. And he is paid to do this. For your part,
you have to convince your host that your action is sufficient to
justify the comps you want. And being a nice person won't hurt
either.

234
Be a nice person.
Or have I said that? You can get enormous leverage out of

maintaining friendly relationships with the people who work in
casinos.
Start with the dealers and cocktail waitresses. These people have a
couple of the hardest jobs in the casino and are at the bottom of the
casino hierarchy. A smile and a reasonable tipping policy will do
wonders to get these folks on your side. I believe that creating a
positive atmosphere starts with how you act towards the casino
personnel. A positive atmosphere is conducive to winning as well
as to getting your fair share of comps.
You might look at it this way. If you are a grump, the dealer will
probably reciprocate. This is contagious behavior, and soon the
whole table will act the same way. The pit personnel not only will
not be impressed with your play, they probably will be put off by
the whole scene at your table. Not only will your rating likely
suffer, you won't have nearly as much fun.
You can't always control how dealers and other customers act. If I
join a table where no one is talking, and the dealer barely grunts
when spoken to, I will make my departure very quickly. Usually a
few cheerful words followed by a toke for the dealer will turn the
atmosphere around. However, if this fails, you can't be faulted for
not trying. Life is too short to play under miserable conditions.
It is always better to change tables than to continue to play with an
out of sorts crew and crabby complaining customers. Under these
conditions, you should just leave.

235
Visit the casino at off times.
I nearly always schedule my casino trips for the middle of the

week. I will typically arrive on a Monday afternoon and stay until
Thursday afternoon. The benefits of visiting during the week are
many. If there are any drawbacks to avoiding the weekend
crowds, I haven't found them.
I don't like waiting and I hate lines. By timing my visits to the

middle of the week, I can usually walk into any coffee shop, make
reservations for a gourmet restaurant just about any time I chose
and get show tickets to the shows I want to see.
If you want to really reduce the size of the crowds, travel in the
middle of the week during off season. Las Vegas is slower during
the middle of summer when it is hot and in the late fall and early
winter when it's colder. The slowest time in Vegas is usually
between Thanksgiving and Christmas. But watch out for
conventions. The Comdex is usually in town in November. Then
it's impossible to get a room (unless you are a rated player or
belong to a slot club).
If you like to visit Atlantic City, try visiting during the middle of
the week in the dead of winter. You'll not only avoid the larger
crowds, but you'll find that the minimum wagers on many tables
have been reduced.
Visiting during an off time is also an excellent way to get noticed

for purposes of getting rated and getting your comp career off to a
roaring start.

236
With fewer players to contend with, a host or a floorman is easier
to meet and to visit with. Also, during slow times, casinos tend to
be more generous with comps. After all, they are more likely to
have a slew of vacant rooms just waiting to be given away to
qualified players on a Wednesday night in December.
Ask for comps.
If you play $10,000 a hand at baccarat, you do not have to ask for
comps. The casino will shower you with them. If you are like the
rest of us wagering anywhere from $5 to several hundred a hand,
you need to ask for comps.
Slot players have the more systematic approach as the card readers
on the machines are tied into a centralized computer system, and
comps are based on points. If you are a slots or video poker
player, getting a comp is pretty straight forward with this system.
Table game players have to deal more with people. And unless
you are a whale, a boss will almost never offer you a comp unless
you have just won big in a smaller casino which watches every
loss. Facing a player who might walk out with their money in
hand, some casinos will start throwing comps at the player. But
most of the time, even rated players can play and play and never
be offered a comp unless they ask for it.
My advice? Always ask for the comp. I have given you several
examples of how to do it.

237
Maximize your comps.
Anyone who follows the steps I have described can get comps.
Your first step is to pick your primary casino and give it most of
your business. Before you pick your casino you want to make
sure that the casino has a reasonable comp policy and that it has
beatable games. You should also like the casino as you will be
receiving a lot of invitations there once you get into their comp
system.
After picking your primary casino, you need to join its slot club
and get a VIP card. I usually do both. Some casinos, like Rio in
Las Vegas, combine rating slot, video poker and table players on
one card. Others track machine and table action separately.
However, it usually pays to join the slot club, even if you are
mostly a table game player.
In many ways, slot club players have an advantage over the table
game players. Their rating is automatic, they don't have to get the
attention of some boss. By joining the slot club, they start
receiving mailing from the casino. I have received offers of free
rooms from casinos where I had never played a slot machine, but
had joined their slot club.
If you are just establishing your rating and want to get a room on a
crowded weekend, your slot club membership can be invaluable.
After the reservation clerk tells you there are no rooms available,

238
tell her you are a member of the slot club or ask to speak to a slot
host. Chances are, the casino will find a room for you.
Getting to know the casino personal is critical. The more the

casino personnel know and like you, the more comps are likely to
flow your way. This is even true for slot players with their
automated rating system. A slot host can easily "bump up" your
comp from a buffet for two to a coffee shop comp for two, even if
your rating is not quite there.
With table players, interacting with the pit personnel is critical. A

boss can make or break you in terms of your rating. If your
average wager is $25, your goal is to be rated as at least a $50 to
$75 player. It is not enough to increase your wagers when the
boss is looking, you need to be a nice person.
Playing with front money gives the casino a real shot at beating
you. When you deposit the money in the cage, the casino knows
that they have a shot at winning all of your front money. If you
are willing to risk $10,000, this will open the door to full RFB at
most establishments.
When you play with front money, be sure to put it all in play. If
you deposit $10,000, draw markers for the full ten grand. This
doesn't mean you should lose the money. If you look like a loser
and the casino sees that you have put all of your front money into
play, your rating will increase.

239
Remember to look like a loser. You can save your bragging for
when you get home. Appear to lose, but lose gracefully. Dealers
and bosses hear players gripe about losing every day. Look like a
loser but don't complain.
If you run into a fantastic winning streak, don't worry about

disguising the fact that you are a winner. The bosses will know
that you are winning. If you try to hide enough chips to turn a big
win into a loss, they'll know. When you have a big win, act like a
winner. Go ahead and tip a little more. If you are playing craps,
shouting is not out of line. I have had some of my best comps
come out of big wins as casinos hate to see winners walk out the
door with their money.
________
Once you know how to play the comps game, you will be able to
milk the casinos for every dime your action entitles you to. I have
given you some pointers on how to get a quarter's worth of comps
for a dime's worth of action.
When you combine getting the maximum number of comps with

the Maximum Advantage Roulette Strategy, you are in the best
position to maximize your profits from casino gambling.

240
If you at least break even, then the comps you receive constitute a
profit for your play. If you are able to win money at the casino
games, then your profit will be even greater.

241
22. Casino Etiquette
If you know how to dine in a fine restaurant without making a

scene, or automatically open doors for others and say thanks
when someone holds open a door for you, you will probably not
have any trouble knowing how to conduct yourself in a casino. I
normally don't think much about etiquette until I see some jerk
raising hell with a dealer about his losses, or chewing out a
cocktail waitress for taking too long with an order. Then I have
to wonder how the concept of manners has escaped him
completely.
I said him, because boorish, obnoxious behavior nearly always

comes from males, with very few females managing to become
the perfect asses that males seem to delight in being.
Casinos seem to attract a higher than normal number of persons

with a need to blow off at some unfortunate casino employee.
The times I have somehow gotten in the middle of these disputes,
I nearly always take the side of the dealer or floorman, especially
if a male patron is unjustifiably berating a female employee for
no reason other than he has poor control over his gambling,
managed to lose much more than that should have, and is now
looking for a scape goat.

242
For most persons who visit casinos, etiquette is simply a matter
of common courtesy. It's okay to get a little wild in a casino.
These are supposed to be places of fun, and drinking a little too
much may be part of the entertainment. But for a successful
Maximum Advantage Roulette player, the rules are not quite the
same. The casino is your place of employment and drinking
should be limited. It goes without saying, courteous behavior
should be practiced at all times.
At all casino table games, the rules of etiquette are pretty simple.
Treat the dealers and other players with respect and avoid being
loud, pushy or belligerent. If you get into a disagreement with a
dealer, stay calm and be gracious even if the dealer really is
wrong. It does not make sense to win an argument over a single
payoff and create an enemy for life. Whatever the problem is,
you don't want to be cast as the bad guy - by the casino
employees or by other players.
Here are some specific tips that apply to the roulette game.
1. To enter a game, find an empty spot or seat around the layout

and put your money on the table for the dealer to exchange
for chips. Make sure the dealer knows your intentions. Do
not place your money anywhere on the layout where bets are
made as it could be misconstrued as a wager. If you want to
play with casino chips rather than the special colored chips
used at roulette, ask the dealer for the chips. The best time to
facilitate this exchange of cash for chips is right after the
dealer has paid off all of the winning bets from the previous
spin.

243
2. Once you have received your chips and the dealer has
removed the marker from the table, you can make your
wager. Be sure to observe the previous decision so that you
know which pattern to chose for beginning the game.
3. You can make a wager when the ball and wheel are spinning
until the dealer announces, "No more bets."
4. When the ball drops into a numbered slot, the dealer will
place a marker on top of the winning number on the layout.
The losing bets will be cleared away immediately. The
winning bets are paid last. Please keep your hands away from
your wager until the dealer has either removed a losing bet or
paid you for a winning bet.
5. When you have finished playing, you can ask the dealer to
color you up before leaving the table. If you are playing with
the special colored roulette chips, you must exchange the
chips for casino chips before departing as the colored chips
have no stated value at any other table.
6. Watch your own bets at all times. Outside bets are easy to
track as you handle the bets yourself and place them directly
in front of you.
7. Don't force your way into a crowded table. It there isn't room
for you to reach the table and make your wagers, perhaps you
don't belong there.

244
8. Don't slow down the game by constantly asking the dealer
basic questions about how the game is played or how bets are
made. There are hundreds of books on how to play roulette
including this one. You should learn the correct payoffs for
the bets you will be making.
9. Try to be discrete about your wins and losses. No one really

cares to know how much you are willing, and it doesn't do
you any good to advertise that you are a consistent winner.
10. While playing, conduct yourself courteously at all times. If you

drink, refrain from overdoing it and never get drunk. You will
need to stay alert to correctly make the wagers required by the
Maximum Advantage Roulette Strategy, and contrary to the
opinion of some drunks, alcohol does not make you think
clearer.
11. Toke the dealers. Dealers call tips "tokes" as in a token of

appreciation. Many players don't realize that dealers are not
paid much more than minimum wage. Roulette dealers try very
hard to please the public. Most dealers want the players to win
and have a good time. They know that if the players enjoy
themselves and win, they will get toked. I always toke the
dealers. If I win more I will toke them more, but even if I lose,
I will make several bets for the dealer. This is not only the right
thing to do but will pay you off in spades if you do it
consistently. Even floor personnel know who the tippers are,
and my experience has been that if you tip, you will be more
than repaid by hard working dealers, who will watch out for

245
your bets and by casino complementaries, controlled by and
large by pit personnel who rate your play.
___________
It's time to pull together everything we have learned. The next

chapter reviews all aspects of the Maximum Advantage Roulette
Strategy and gives you a concrete game plan you can put into
action.

246
23. Winning With Maximum Advantage Roulette
Strategy
If you are going to gamble, you had better know what you are
doing. You can't expect to win if you don't understand the game.
The first step to becoming a winning roulette player is to learn the

game and to thoroughly understand the Maximum Advantage
Roulette Strategy.
You can't hope to win at something that you haven't mastered.

The rules for Maximum Advantage Roulette are straightforward
and purely mechanical, but it will take an investment in time to
learn them. Unfortunately, there is no substitute for learning the
rules thoroughly and practicing them before risking any money in
a casino.
An essential element of learning and practicing these rules is to

not only learn how to use this strategy, but to gain a level of
confidence that the strategy will work for you. I have this sense of
confidence because I have successfully used it to win large sums
of money. I have tried to convey to you my approach and to
explain the validity of the concept. However, it is up to you to

247
prove to yourself that it works for you, without taking my or
anyone else's word for it.
Review of the Maximum Advantage Roulette

Strategy
The Maximum Advantage Roulette Strategy really consists of two

components -
The Controlled Risk Betting Strategy and
The Adaptive Pattern Betting Method
It is essential that you learn both parts of the system, as the system
will not work nearly as well if you only apply part of the strategy.
Determining the Size of Your Wagers
The size of your bankroll, as well as the minimum wagers required

by a casino, help determine the size of your minimum wagers.
Once you know what minimum wager, or Base Bet, you will be
using, you will know which betting strategy you will use.
In addition, once you know the size of your Base Bet, you can
determine the amount of cash you will need to use for casino play
and the total bankroll needed to play at this level.

248
This might be diagrammed as:
Minimum Wager ! Base Bet
Base Bet ! Betting Series
Betting Series ! Amount of Buy-in
Amount of Buy-in ! Session Bankroll
Session Bankroll ! Total Gambling Bankroll
Most land-based casinos will require that you wager a minimum

of $5 on outside bets. That's why all of my examples are based on
using a betting series with $5 as the Base Bet.
Whether you use $1, $5 or $25 as your minimum wager, the

principles stay the same.
Here are the rules you will use if you decide to make $5 your Base
Bet:
1. With a Base Bet of $5, you will need $500 as your session
bankroll. In order to use this level of bankroll, you will need a
total bankroll five times this size, or $2,500.
2. Once you have determined your Base Bet, you will not make
any wagers smaller than the size of this bet. For instance, with
a $5 Base Bet, your smallest bet will be $5.

249
3. The size of your Base Bet determines the Betting Rules for this
particular level of play. The principle rules used for wagering
with a $5 Base Bet are shown as rules 4, 5 6 and 7 below.
4. For $5 Base Bets. After losing a bet, the next wager is

increased by $3. The size of this increase is determined by the
size of the Base Bet. For example, if your Base Bet was $2,
then you would increase the size of your next wager by $2
following a loss.
5. For $5 Base Bets. After winning a bet, the next wager is

reduced by $2. This amount is purposely less than the amount
used to increase wagers following losses. This gives the
system an "upward bias" which would inevitably lead to higher
and higher wagers if these were the only betting rules used.
Fortunately, Rules 6 and 7 provide for ways to reduce the size
of our wagers.
6. For $5 Base Bets. After winning two consecutive bets, the

next wager is reduced by $5. This helps reduce the upward
bias inherent in this system. Please note that you will only use
this adjustment following two consecutive wins. Winning two
out of three bets, for example, will not trigger this rule.
7. For $5 Base Bets. Your maximum bet size is $27. The only
way you will reach this level is by having a series of losing
bets. To protect your bankroll from rapidly depleting, you will
drop your wager back to $15, which is 3 times the size of your

250
Base Bet following a loss of the $27 bet. For example, assume
you wager $27 and lose. Your next wager will drop back to
$15. From this point you will continue to apply the same
betting rules as before.
In addition to the rules governing how bets are determined, there

are rules governing the size of your Base Bets. For each level of
Base Bets there are two Betting Series.
Let's take a look at using a $5 Base Bet. We will use two betting
series at this level. Our primary betting series uses $5 as its Base
Bet. We will exclusively use this betting series except for the
game immediately following a losing game. After any losing
game, we will double the size of our Base Bet and use a betting
series designed for the higher Base Bet for one game.
Let's see how these rules apply to betting at the $5 level.
1. Our primary betting series uses $5 Base Bets and has been
described previously.
2. Our secondary betting series uses $10 as its Base Bet and is
only used following a game loss using the $5 Base Bet Series.
3. I refer to the two betting levels associated with each level of

Base Bets as Betting Series A and B. Betting Series A uses the
Base Bet as its minimum wager and is the primary betting
series used. You will always start a session using Betting
Series A unless your previous game resulted in a loss.

251
Following any losing game, Betting Series B is used for one
game. Betting Series B uses an amount equal to double the
Base Bet of the "A" Series as its minimum wager. For $5 Base
Bets, Betting Series A uses $5 as its minimum bet and Betting
Series B uses $10 as its minimum bet.
4. Each level of betting series has its own adjustment factors for
adjusting the size of wagers following losses, following wins
and after two consecutive wins. In addition, there is always a
maximum size bet for each Betting Series.
Table 14 shows seven different CRP betting levels, ranging from

$2 Base Bets all the way up to $50 Base Bets.
In addition to showing the minimum bets for each betting series,

all of the adjustment factors used for each betting level are shown.

252
Table 14. Different CRP Levels Showing Minimum and
Maximum Wagers and All Bet Adjustment Factors
Level Series Base + After -After - After 2 Max Session

Bet Loss Win consecutive Bet/ Bankroll
wins Reduced
Bet
1 A $2 +2 -1 -3 11/4 $200
B $4 +4 -2 -6 22/8 $200
2 A $3 +3 -2 -4 17/9 $300
B $6 +6 -4 -8 34/18 $300
3 A $5 +3 -2 -5 27/15 $500
B $10 +6 -4 -10 54/30 $500
4 A $10 +6 -4 -10 54/30 $1,000

B $20 +12 -8 -20 108/60 $1,000
5 A $15 +9 -6 -15 81/45 $1,500

B $30 +18 -12 -30 162/90 $1,500
6 A $20 +12 -8 -20 106/60 $2,000

B $40 +24 -16 -40 216/120 $2,000
7 A $25 +15 -10 -25 135/75 $2,500

B $50 +30 -20 -50 270/150 $2,500
Let's refer to Table 14 and take a look at the bets shown as Level
3.
The Level 3 Betting Series is the same as the examples I have

shown you previously in this book. We'll look at the table's
columns and figures for Level 3 wagering.

253
Level- This column is for reference purposes only so that I can
refer to "Level 3" or "Level 7" betting.
Series - There are two Betting Series, A and B for each level of
betting. Series A is always the primary betting series and is
always used except following a losing game. Series B is only used
for one game at a time following a Series A loss game. In the rare
event that you should lose a Series B level game, you will revert to
betting at the Series A level. For Level 3, we use a Base Bet of $5,
with $5 minimum wagers for Series A and $10 minimum wagers
for Series B.
Base Bet - This is the minimum bet for using the Series A Betting
Series at this level. Many times the Base Bet will equal the table
minimum bet, although this is not a requirement. The Base Bet
can be equal to, or larger than the table's minimum wager.
However, the Base Bet can never be less than the table minimum
wager.
+ After Loss - The rule is to increase the size of the next wager
following a losing wager. This column shows the amount you will
add to the losing bet to determine the size of the next wager. For
Level 3 bets, using Series A, we will increase our wagers by +3
after a losing bet.
-After Win - Following any win we will reduce the size of the
next bet. If we have just one win, we will reduce the size of our
next bet by the amount shown in this column. For Level 3, Series
A bets, we will reduce our next wager by 2 following a win.

254
- After 2 Consecutive Wins - If we win two consecutive wagers,
we use this special adjustment factor to reduce the size of our next
wager. If we win more than two times in a row, we will continue
to apply this rule with each subsequent consecutive win. At the
Level 3, Series A level, this means an adjustment of -5 after two
consecutive wins.
Maximum Bet/Reduced Bet - There is a maximum wager size

for each Betting Series. This is the absolute maximum amount
you can wager at each level. For Level 3, Series A, this amount is
$27. If you should lose the maximum wager, your next wager will
be the amount of the reduced bet. For Level 3, Series A, the
reduced bet is $15.
Session Bankroll - This is the amount of bankroll you need to

play both Series A and Series B for each level. Since Series A is
smaller, you can always buy in for a lessor amount than the
Session Bankroll. For example, at Level 3, Series A, you can get
by with a $150 buy-in. To keeps things simple I usually buy in for
the amount of the Session Bankroll.
Determining Where to Place Your Bet Using the

Adaptive Pattern Betting Method
You really have two decisions to make after each spin of the
roulette wheel. You need to calculate the size of your wager. We
have just gone over the rules for bet size.

255
In addition to calculating the amount of each wager, you must also
decided where to place the wager.
The Maximum Advantage Roulette Strategy is strictly used for

outside bets in roulette. These wagers consist of high and low
bets, odd and even wagers and betting on the colors of red and
black.
I personally prefer wagering on the colors and my examples are all

based on wagering on red or black. You can just as easily pick
one of the other outside bets. I do suggest that once you pick a
pair of bets to make, that you stay with that selection for the
remainder of the game. If you choose to bet on colors in a game,
don't suddenly switch to wagering on high or low. Stay with the
same selection for the duration of a game and if you want to make
a change, do it in the next game.
There are two ways to determine where you place your wagers
using the APB Method. The first method is called "Pattern." This
is the method you will use to start each game. It can be considered
your "normal" or standard way of wagering.
To determine how to wager using the Pattern Method, just observe

one roulette decision and then start betting for that decision to
repeat.
If you observe that the "score board" for the wheel shows the last
spin produced was a red, then your first wager will be on red.
You will continue to wager the same color until you have two
consecutive losses. If you are betting the color red, you will

256
continue to bet red until two blacks, a zero and a black, a black
and a zero or two zeros show back-to-back, causing you to lose
two consecutive wagers.
After losing two consecutive wagers betting "Pattern" you will

change your bet selection strategy to Switch-Opposite, which I
call "Switch" for simplicity.
With Switch betting, you will wager on the spot that is the
opposite of the second preceding decision. If you lose this
decision, then you will resume betting Pattern.
If you win your first wager using "Switch," then your next wager
will continue to be the opposite of the second preceding decision.
If this bet loses, you will resume betting Pattern.
If your second Switch bet wins, then you will continue betting the
opposite of the second preceding wager.
Using the Switch Method, you will bet the opposite of the second
preceding decision until you have a loss. After a loss, you will
resume using the Pattern Method, using the preceding decision as
the basis of setting up your "Pattern."
Let me give you an example. The table below shows 12 wagers

made using the Pattern and Switch Methods of selecting where to
wager.

257
Table 15. Example of Using "Pattern"
and "Switch" Methods of Selecting Wagers
# 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Bet P P P P P P S S S S S P
Method
Bet r r r r r r r r b b r b
Made
Win? W L W W L L W W W W L W
Actual r b r r b b r r b b b b
Spin
The top row "# " is the number of the wheel spin.
"Bet Method" is the method we used to select the next wager. P =

Pattern Method and S = Switch Method.
"Bet Made" shows where we wagered on either r for red, or b for

black.
"Win?" reflects the outcome of our wager. W means our wager

won, L means our wager lost.
The last row "Actual Spin" shows the actual results of the wheel
spin. When this color is the same as our "Bet Made" we have a
win, if it is different, we have a loss.
In this example, we selected to bet on "r" using the Pattern Method

(P) to start the game. Even though we lost decisions 2 and 5 we
continued using "Pattern" until decision 7.

258
We lost two decisions in a row on spins 5 and 6. With the loss of
two straight decisions, we were called on to change our bet
selection method. So, for decision 7 we switched from Pattern (P)
to using Switch (S).
For decision 7, using Switch, we wagered on "r," which is the

opposite of decision 5, which was b. Having won decision 7, we
continued with the Switch Method and on decision 8 we wagered
on r, the opposite of decision 6's actual spin of b. We won again.
We continued to use Switch until decision 12. Having lost

decision 11, we changed back to using the Pattern Method of bet
selection. Since our loss was on decision 11 and the previous
outcome was b (see decision 10 "Actual Spin"), we selected "b" as
our new Pattern bet.
There is one more nuance you want to be aware of. If we lose the
first bet after changing from "Switch" back to "Pattern," we will
immediately change back to using "Switch."
Let's illustrate this rule by looking at the table again.
The table shows that we changed back to the Pattern (P) Method
for Decision 12 and won the bet. For our next wager we will
again bet Pattern and bet that b will show. But let's change our
assumptions. What if we had lost Decision 12?
If Decision 12 had been a loss, we would have immediately

changed back to using Switch because we would have lost the first
wager using Pattern after changing back from using Switch. If

259
#12 had been a loss, we would wager "r" for Decision 13, which is
the opposite of #11.
I want you to notice one more thing. If you will look at the Actual
Spins you will notice that after decision 2 they change to a pattern
of repeating doublets.
# 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Actual r b r r b b r r b b b b
Spin
From Decisions 3 through 10, our actual spins are:
r r b b r r b b
This pattern will defeat the Pattern Method of bet selection as we

will lose every other bet. If we were wagering the same amount
for each decision we would end up breaking even using Pattern.
However, the Maximum Advantage Roulette Bet Selection
Method has an upward bias, and if we continued betting "Pattern,"
the alternating wins and losses will cause us to make larger and
larger bets.
Using the Switch Method defeats the repeating doublets pattern of

spin outcomes.
While a winning series of bets using Switch is seldom as long as

bets made using Pattern, the repeating doublet pattern occurs just
often enough to cause us a great deal of grief (not to mention
losses) if we did have the Switch Method available as a backup
method of wagering.

260
Summarized, here are the rules for the APB Method of Bet
Selection:
1. The main method of selecting wagers is called "Pattern." To

start wagering using the Pattern Method, simply began making
a pattern wager using the last observed spin outcome to start
the pattern. Continue making the same wager, using Pattern,
until losing two consecutive bets
2. The secondary or "backup" method of bet selection is called

"Switch." We will use Switch only after losing two bets in a
row with Pattern or under the circumstances described in Rule
3 below. We will continue using the Switch Method only until
we have had one losing bet.
3. It we lose the Pattern wager immediately after switching back

from a losing Switch selected bet, we will immediately resume
using the Switch Method again.
The Pattern Method of bet selection is our workhorse method. It

normally accounts for 75% to 80% of all wagers.
Planning a Gambling Excursion
Most people approach casino gambling as a lark, and little

consideration is given to the amount of time, money or
psychological preparation necessary for winning. Some attention
is given to finding a "system" or "gimmick" and off the player

261
goes to try his hand at winning. Needless to say, this approach
hardly ever works.
Some work and advance preparation are essential to becoming a

consistent winner at roulette or any other casino game.
The advance preparation is fairly easy. First, read and understand

this book. You may wish to purchase a home roulette set and
practice the system. I encourage and recommend this. For those
who have computers, there are a number of casino game packets
available which include roulette. Whichever way you go, practice
is essential for two reasons. First, by practicing you will gain a
greater understanding of the system than you ever will by just
reading about it. Secondly, practicing the system will give you a
greater feel for it than I can ever convey by describing it. In
practicing the system you will gain a level of confidence in your
play which is important before you ever venture forth to take on a
casino.
In a casino, your enemy is not the casino or the dealer, it is your

own lack of self-control. If you can control yourself and have a
mastery of your approach, you will become a winner. If you can't,
then it is unlikely that Maximum Advantage Roulette or any other
system can make you a winner.
After you have learned and practiced the Maximum Advantage

Roulette Strategy, you will want to begin planning to apply it in a
casino. What, you say, planning? I just spent time learning the
darned thing! What's this planning? Why can't I just jump in my
car or on a plane, arrive at a location that has roulette wheels and

262
start playing? Or just get online, pick an online casino and start
playing roulette?
Planning begins with determining the size of bankroll you will

take for your Maximum Advantage Roulette Sessions. The
amount you will take for an excursion to a casino(s) is called the
Trip Bankroll, and it is three times the size of bankroll required to
play a session (a game). It is necessary to use a larger bankroll for
a trip to provide for an adequate cushion against losses. If, for
example, you decided that since the Target Roulette loss rate is so
low (about one in twenty games), you would only take the amount
needed to play one session. What would you do if the loss
occurred in the first session, or even the first half dozen sessions?
You would not have a large enough bankroll to continue to play
the game, and you would be "tapped out" even with a winning
system.
It is far better to plan for the worst and then do your best to
prevent it from occurring. The table below summarizes the
session and trip bankrolls required for each level of wagering.

263
Table 16. Maximum Advantage Roulette Base Bets, Session
Size and Total Bankroll Requirements
Base Bet Session Bankroll Total Bankroll

$1 $200 $1,000
$3 $300 $1,500
$5 $500 $2,500
$10 $1,000 $5,000
$20 $2,000 $10,000
$25 $2,500 $12,500
Using this table, you can plan on the amount of capital you will
need for a trip using the Maximum Advantage Roulette Strategy.
Needless to say, this bankroll should come from money that is

extra and will not be needed for living expenses. If you take the
money needed to pay mother's medical expenses for gambling, the
psychological pressure will probably be too much for you, and in
general, this is just not a good way to approach any speculative
venture.
After building your bankroll and practicing the system until you
can perform flawlessly, you may begin your final preparations for
a gambling excursion. You should have an adequate number of
tracking forms, a notebook for recording the results of your play
and a game plan for your trip.

264
A trip game plan can be very informal consisting of an itinerary
with playing time scheduled in a general way. You don't have to
have every minute scheduled, but I have found that my mental
attitude is improved if I have planned a definite amount of time for
gambling as well as other activities.
If you wish to approach the Maximum Advantage Roulette

endeavor in an extremely organized and professional manner, you
may wish to develop a plan to let the system help build your
bankroll.
Assume that your bankroll is only $1,200, which qualifies you to

play with $1 unit value wagers. It is your desire and wish to
advance to the $5 betting level as quickly as possible, but the only
feasible way is to let your casino winnings provide the capital. In
order to accomplish this safely, you must accumulate enough
winnings to qualify for play at a higher level. To advance to a $3
unit value wager, your Total Bankroll should equal $1,500. A $5
value wager requires $2,500 playing capital.
The Maximum Advantage Roulette Strategy returns, on the

average, 30% of the session bankroll for each hour played
(computed at 100 spins per hour). Using this information, and the
bankroll requirements for each level of play, Table 16 following
shows the amount of playing time needed, on the average, to
advance up each rung of unit wager value. The assumption for this
table is a spin rate of 50 spins per hour.

265
Table 17. Time Required to Advance to Higher Base Bets at
50 Spins per Hour
Playing Time
to Move up
Base Session Amount won Total Bankroll One Playing
Bets Bankroll per hour Required Level
$5 $500 $73.50 $2,500 34 hours
$10 $1,000 $147.00 $5,000 17 hours
$15 $1,500 $220.50 $7,500 12 hours
$20 $2,000 $294.00 $10,000 8.5 hours
$25 $2,500 $367.50 $12,500 NA
Total 71.5 hours
Table 17 shows that if we start with the lowest bankroll of $2,500

it will take approximately 34 hours to double this bankroll to
$5,000, which qualifies us to make $10 Base Bets. Another 17
hours is required to reach the $15 Base Bet tier, 12 more hours to
achieve the $20 wagering level, and only 8.50 hours to move from
$20 to $25 Base Bets.
To move from $5 to $25 Base Bets would require about 71.5

hours. Of course, we can start at any level, say $10 Base Bets, and
calculate the amount of time required, on the average, to move up
a level (to move from $15 to $20 wagers takes 8.5 hours).
These assumptions will work very well if you are playing in a

land-based casino. However, if you play online, you will be able
to play at a much faster rate. Table 17 presents the same
information, but assumes a spin rate of 100 spins per hour. This
assumption, doubles the hourly win rate and of course, cuts the
time in half to move from one level to the next.

266
Table 18. Time Required to Advance to Higher Base Bets at
100 Spins per Hour
Playing Time
to Move up
Base Session Amount won Total Bankroll One Playing
Bets Bankroll per hour Required Level
$5 $500 $147.00 $2,500 17 hours
$10 $1,000 $294.00 $5,000 8.5 hours
$15 $1,500 $441.00 $7,500 6 hours
$20 $2,000 $588.00 $10,000 4.25 hours
$25 $2,500 $735.00 $12,500 NA
Total 35.75 hours
When you arrive at your choice of gambling locale, you will arrive
prepared, confident that you have mastered the Maximum
Advantage Roulette approach, brought the materials with you
which you will need, planned the correct bankroll and developed a
playing schedule for your trip.
Come to the roulette table confident about yourself and your game
plan. Although you will undoubtedly enjoy the edge you have
over other players, make sure that your enjoyment never interferes
with your plan to win at the wheel of fortunes.
Follow this approach. You will become one tough player and a
consistent winner.
GOOD LUCK!

267
Appendix A
Locations of Legal Roulette Wheels
United States: Argentina 243
Las Vegas 35 Chile 36
(downtown)
Las Vegas (strip) 13 Colombia 26
5
Reno-Tahoe 85 Ecuador 57
Remainder of state 45 Paraguay 15
Total Nevada 30 Surinam 6
0
Atlantic City 15 Uruguay 67
5
Mississippi River 12 Total South
America 450
Cruise ships (US 98 England:
Ports)
Connecticut Indian London 87
Reservation 8
New York Indian Outside London 213
Reservations 7
Total United 58 Total England 300
States 0
Canada 30 Europe:
Caribbean: Austria 75
Antigua 12 Belgium 50
Aruba 36 Czechoslovakia 15
Bahamas 29 Denmark 10
Bonaire 4 Finland 50
Curacao 17 France 500

268
Dominican 56 Germany 140
Republic
Guadalupe 7 Gibraltar 6
Haiti 7 Greece 50
Martinique 9 Hungary 13
Puerto Rico 49 Italy 90
St. Kitts 2 Luxembourg 5
St. Maarten 25 Malta 9
St. Vincent 2 Monaco 40
Turks & Caicos 2 The 80
Netherlands
Total Caribbean 25 Poland 15
7
Central America: Portugal 35
Costa Rica 11 Spain 150
Honduras 10 Sweden 20
Nicaragua 2 Turkey 70
Panama 29 Yugoslavia 80
Total Central 52 Total Europe 1503
America
South America: World Total 3142

269
Appendix B
Location of Single Zero Wheels in Land-Based Casinos
The double zero wheel found in the U.S. (house edge 5.26%) is
the main reason for the lack of popularity of roulette in this
country, and the single zero wheel (house edge 2.70%) is the
main reason for the popularity of roulette (and roulette systems!)
throughout the rest of the world.
You would think that all U.S. casinos would realize this, but
there is evidence that most U.S. gamblers don't realize the
difference. (In casinos where both single and double zero roulette
wheels are available in the U.S., the single zero wheels seem no
better patronized).
You can, however, almost effortlessly increase your roulette

winnings and cut losses at the same time. Just stop playing in
casinos that only offer double zero roulette and start playing in
those that offer single zero tables (with the better odds).
Single zero roulette in the U.S. can be found. Occasionally, even

with the more player friendly European rules, i.e. 'en prison'
which can bring the house edge down as low as 1.35%. (Try the
MGM Grand in Las Vegas and the new Beau Rivage in Biloxi.)
Single zero roulette can also be found:

270
In any Australian casino.
In New Zealand at Sky City
Throughout Europe, including many casinos in the UK.
Throughout Uruguay.
Las Vegas, Nevada: The Stratosphere has two single zero

roulette wheels. All roulette wheels at the Monte Carlo are single
zero. The Frontier and the Tropicana have one each with $5
minimums. Ceasars Palace in Las Vegas is rumored to have one
single zero table. Also try Binion's, the Reserve, Las Vegas
Hilton, MGM Grand and the new Bellagio.
Reno, Nevada: Nevada Club on Virginia Street? (Is it still there?)

The Peppermill and the Cal Neva Club. Downstairs has the
double zero wheel but you can play single zero roulette upstairs.
Two tables side by side. 25 cent minimum chip with a $10 buy-
in. (Great for testing systems.)
Wendover, Nevada: Peppermill and Rainbow Casinos.
Indiana: The new Caesar's
Mississippi: All three Grand Casino properties (Biloxi, Gulfport

and Tunica) have at least one single-zero wheel. The New
Palace, President, and Treasure Bay are rumored to have single
zero wheels. Also, Harrah's (downstairs) in Tunica.

271
Louisiana: Grand Casino Avoyelle, Marksville. Casino Rouge in
Baton Rouge has one with a $5 minimum
Atlantic City, New Jersey: Tropicana, Caesar's and Trump

Marina but most, if not all, are in the baccarat pits with a $25
minimum. Trump Taj Mahal has a $100 minimum.
Connecticut: Foxwoods supposedly had one, but a recent report

says no.
Canada: Halifax and Sydney, Nova Scotia, West Edmonton Mall,

Edmonton and the Royal Diamond Casino in Vancouver, British
Columbia
Malasia: Genting Highlands near Kuala Lampur has 60 tables

with single zero wheels.
Bahamas: Atlantis, Paradise Island has single zero wheels.

Anyone know the minimums?
Caribbean? Most of the islands in the Caribbean are foreign ruled

(British, French, Dutch, etc.). Double zero roulette wheels seem
to be the norm, however. (If anyone knows of any Caribbean
casinos with single zero wheels, please e mail!)
El Cortez off the strip in Las Vegas does not have a single zero
wheel but it does have a 10 cent double zero wheel that provides
a cheap way to try out new systems.

272
Years ago, the Tropicana in Atlantic City installed four single
zero wheels. Believe it or not, they had to remove them because
people complained that they could no longer bet on the double
zero!

273
References:
Power Blackjack
You've gotten a taste of what

you can do when you put the
Power Blackjack strategy to
work. To find out more about
this strategy, just click here-
http://www.silverthornepublications.com/
PowerBlackjack

274
Power Craps
I highly recommend that
learn to play and win at least
one other casino game
besides roulette. My
number one choice is craps.
Craps is the most exciting

game offered in the casino. It
is also the fastest game and
one of the best games for
winning money. Each roll of
the dice offers another chance
to win money, and the payoffs
are made continuously
While most players like to whoop it up and craps, there are a few
smart players who know that the key to success lies not in how
loud you play the game, but how smart you play the game.
The ultimate "smart system" is the Power Craps strategy. Learn all
about this exciting winning system at:
http://www.silverthornepublications.com/PowerCraps

275
Target Roulette
Roulette is the casino glamour
game. It is also an excellent game
for winning systems. The Target
Roulette Strategy is an excellent
strategy for beating the roulette
game! This system is so consistent
it wins a documented 94.3% of the
time! I highly recommend it to
you. Just click here to get more
information on this proven
winning system:
http://www.silverthornepublications.com/TR

276
file:///D|/Systems/MAY'S%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEM.htm
The system of this month is based entirely on the law of the third, and precisely on
the play of the full numbers. You need to create a chart with the 36 numbers of the
roulette, excepted the 0 and 00, disposed like in the carpet of play, after that you put
an x above to the numbers gone out to obtain 18 different x (this happen through 23
24 spin of the croupier), finds in a situation like in the figure here to the right. Play
to carpet the 9 full numbers remained free that formed an upright or horizontal
“filotto”. THE “FILOTTO” IS A GROUP OF THREE NUMBERS PLACED IN
UPRIGHT OR IN HORIZONTAL IN ONE OF THE FOUR QUADRATES THAT
COMPOSED SKETCH FORM 9 NUMBERS EACH 3*3. Look for example to the
real status to the desk nr 1 from HollyWood City Lodge roulette wheell #1 of the
4/24/97:
9/8/18/28/1/17/27/21/12/1/12/34/17/31/21/29/28/0/18/35/29/7/3/17/34/27/33/29/9/31/3/4
Like you could see obtain a positive result to the first hit of play because the 8/9
numbers to play (in this case 9 numbers) have given instant exit. in this case the
numbers to play was: 4/6/11/15/20/24/30/32/36 to play to carpet with a piece for 4
consecutive hits, in the rare cases wich you not had useful in the first 4 hits play the
same numbers with 2 pieces until in yours diagram of play have appared 4 “filotti”
because in this case you have finished the game. When you want to play again you
need a new diagram. IMPORTANT NOTE: YOU COULD BEGIN TO PLAY
ONLY IF THE 18 MARKED X DOESN’T CREATE MORE OF 2 “FILOTTI”
The system is good, before play it to the casino’ prove in a real roulette status or to
the simulator.
file:///D|/Systems/MAY'S%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEM.htm [7/9/2002 9:00:43 AM]

MC ROULETTE SYSTEM
You can start with a very small bankroll, as low as $50 for a table with a $5
minimum bet, and only twenty dollars on a table with $2 minimum. This is played
in five (5) $1 chips rather than one straight up number. I personally recommend a
$100 bankroll divided into two session bankrolls of fifty dollars each. It can make
a lot of money and has paid most of my expenses for several trips to the
Caribbean! You don't have to be a high roller and it offers one of the best ways of
playing and being able to get your original bets back without risking a great sum
of money. It involves playing on the "inside", betting the individual number(s) with
the higher payouts, still minimizing your bets. (playing multiple $1 bets totaling at
least the table minimum). It allows you to play 9 numbers (that increases your
chances of winning to 1 in 4.5) with good odds and minimal losses.
If you wish to start with just a small amount of money, or stay even and play for a
longer period of time, start with $5 (example 1).
WHAT NUMBERS DO I BET?
Choosing which of the 38 numbers to back is the million dollar question. If you
knew which numbers were going to come up, it wouldn't be gambling. You would
just walk in and place a large bet on one winning number and go out on the town,
or whatever else you might decide to do. The truth is it doesn't happen that way.
Roulette is (in most cases) a pure game of chance in which you have no control
over the outcome.
You can play a favorite number, or any number chosen at random and have
virtually the same odds. Although any number has an equal chance of "hitting",
some numbers tend to be more frequent than others. If you watch any roulette
table for a few minutes, with the same dealer, you may see that a pattern develops
(dealer bias), where a certain dealer may spin a higher percentage of high numbers
(3rd dozen) than lower numbers (1st dozen). A wheel that is worn or even slightly
out of balance may also cause a higher percentage of numbers in a small sector of
the wheel to be "hot." (wheel bias) The precision with which today's wheels are
made make this extremely hard to detect.
The method I prefer is to watch the wheel for five spins, and bet a center column
number that has not "come out", along with it's corners (example 1) you are
covering nine numbers, 23.7% of the layout or corners and sides (example 2) you
file:///D|/Systems/MC%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEM.htm (1 of 5) [7/18/2002 11:37:06 PM]

MC ROULETTE SYSTEM
are covering 15 numbers, 39.5% of the layout, in the dozen where the highest
percentage of the five numbers came up.
If none of your numbers appear three spins in a row, double your bet for the next
two spins, then revert back to your original bet.
DECREASE YOUR RISK:
Spread your bets across the layout to insure that you're going to win something
every few spins. If you have a few favorite numbers, bet the corners and the splits.
This way, even if your favorite number doesn't hit, some of the adjacent numbers
probably will.
Take a look to see the difference. Instead of betting $5 straight up on a number,

put a dollar straight up and a dollar on all four corners.
If it hits, it won't pay you $175, but you're actually betting on a total of 9 numbers,
which pays a minimum of $8. However, your odds of winning something are
increased from 37 to 1 to approximately 4.5 to 1 on each spin of the wheel.
EXAMPLE 1 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 CHIP BET: Play a center column bet and all four of its corners.
You are covering 9 numbers.
22 23 24
⊗ ⊗
25 (26) 27
⊗ ⊗
28 29 30
In this example:
(22, 24, 28, 30) each pay to 8 to 1 +1 + 4 chips
(23, 25, 27, 29) each pay 8 to 1 X 2 +2 + 13 chips
(26) pays 35 to 1 plus 8 to 1 X 4 +5 + 67 chips

MC ROULETTE SYSTEM
EXAMPLE 2 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
For the same odds (4.5 to 1) , with a significant increase in return, you can try this:
9 CHIP BET: Play a center column bet, all 4 sides and all four corners.
22 23 24
⊗ ⊗ ⊗
25 ⊗ (26) ⊗ 27
⊗ ⊗ ⊗
28 29 30
In this example:
(22, 24, 28, 30) each pay 8 to 1 +1 + 0 chips
(23, 25, 27, 29) each pay 8 to 1 X 2 plus 17 to 1 +3 + 27 chips
(26)pays 35 to 1 plus 8 to 1 X 4 plus 17 to 1 X 4 +9 + 135 chips
EXAMPLE 3 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 CHIP BET: Play two center column bets and all four of their corners.
16 17 18
⊗ ⊗
19 (20) 21
⊗ ⊗
22 23 24
⊗ ⊗
25 (26) 27
⊗ ⊗

MC ROULETTE SYSTEM
28 29 30
In this example:
(16, 18, 28, 30) each pay 8 to 1 +1 - 1 chip
(17, 19, 21, 22, 24, 25, 27, 29) each pay 8 to 1 X 2 +2 + 6 chips
(23) pays 8 to 1 X 4 +4 + 26 chips
(20, 26) pays 35 to 1 plus 8 to 1 X 4 +5 + 67 chips
EXAMPLE 4 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 CHIP BET: Play two center column bets and all four of their corners.
16 17 18
⊗ ⊗
19 (20) 21
⊗ ⊗
22 23 24
25 26 27
⊗ ⊗
28 (29) 30
⊗ ⊗
31 32 33
In this example:
(16, 18, 22, 24, 25, 27, 31, 33) each pay 8 to 1 +1 - 1 chip
(17, 19, 21, 23, 26, 28, 30, 32) each pay 8 to 1 X 2 +2 + 6 chips
(20, 29) pays 35 to 1 plus 8 to 1 X 4 +5 + 67 chips

MC ROULETTE SYSTEM
I usually add one chip to any of my inside bets (as shown above) and play the
"basket", (0, 00, 2) just to cover the odds, if it hits, it pays 11 to 1 (+6 chips or +1
chip), it pays off in the long run. By adding this bet to your bet as shown above
you now cover 12 to 19 numbers and increase your chances of winning to 3.5 to 1
or in example #3, 2.5 to 1 (+1 chip).
If you wish to win more money, increase your bet, but increase all bets equally in
order to cut losses proportionately. Win or lose, I usually play the same bet(s) for
at least twenty to thirty spins, then if it is HOT, I continue, if not I may choose
another center column bet and play the same pattern around it, find another table,
or just take a break.
You of course can quit and take the loss at any time. The chance of your number
not coming up 35 times straight is the same as it is after just one spin, 38 to 1.
However, I have hit as many as 19 "wins" in 35 spins netting several hundred
dollars in just about an hour. Add this to the free drinks, discount or free travel,
free meals, free shows and other "comps" and a five day trip can net you a couple
of thousand dollars and a great time in the islands to boot. It will give you a whole
new meaning to the term, "paid vacation"
This short look at my roulette system is only a guide and cannot guarantee you
will win if you follow one or more of the sections. It is however, an account of my
own personal experience in betting at the roulette table and it has worked
consistently for myself and others. This system has worked for me and several
close friends and it has paid for many trips to the Bahamas and Aruba. I plan trips
to the Caribbean at least once a month and can be found in U.S. casinos as well.

file:///D|/Systems/MIDAS%20SYSTEM..htm
file:///D|/Systems/MIDAS%20SYSTEM..htm (1 of 3) [7/21/2002 12:12:47 PM]



file:///D|/Systems/MIRROR%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEM.htm
1) we will be working with 3 sets of numbers.

2) Those sets are: zero to ten (0 to 10) eleven to twenty (11 to 20) and twenty-one to
thirty (21 to 30)
4) Using a simple reduction technique, we are going to reduce those sets until one set
has only six numbers remaining.
5) We will play those six numbers for a maximum of six spins.
6) When one of the six numbers strikes, we discard that set of six, and proceed to find
another six, using the same tequnique.
7) We use flat bets only.
8) We ignore all the numbers above 30.
9) THE METHOD.
For simplicity sake: ALL the roulette numbers can be represented as> 1.2.3.4.5.6.7.8.9.0.
(1 is 1.11.21.31.... 2 is 2.12.22.32. ...0 is 0.10.20.30. etc.)
Counting back from (and including) the last number spun, we proceed through the
previously spun numbers in sequence, one at a time.
To simplify the above table:
1234509876
Spin numbers: 5.0.30.23.8.11.35.
next reduce 8 and 3
next reduce 23 and 28
next reduce 30 and 21.
22.29.24.27.25.26.
Spin numbers: 12.30.0.5.21.25.35.36.22.28.
file:///D|/Systems/MIRROR%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEM.htm (1 of 5) [7/21/2002 12:13:08 PM]

21.30.24.27.25.26.
Example: You wish to find six numbers to play from spin number 12:
Spin numbers: 29.4.29.0.6.2.3.28.16.18.22.
You now have your six numbers to play from spin number 12:
11.20.12.19.14.17.
10) Clear Profit per Hit for single unit bets.
Spin number Profit
1 30
2 24
3 18
4 12
56
6 break -even
No-hit a loss of 36 units.
11 the one exception to the above figures is.

When playing the first set of numbers and one of the selections is 0 or 10.
You play 7 numbers instead of 6
Example: You wish to play 6 numbers from spin number 5.
Spin numbers: 20.19.8.5.
next reduce 8 and 3
you now have seven numbers to play 1.0.10.2.9.4.7. for the next five spins.
For a Clear profit per Hit for this situation.
Spin number Profit
1 29
2 22
3 15
48
51
No-Hit a loss of 35 units
12 As you can see it is a simple task to find the numbers to bet.
Using this simple set of digits:
12345
09876
You count back from the last number spun, or from the last number to hit.

Proceed to reduce using the formula provided.

Practice with a set of spins.
It soon becomes very easy to instantly identify the six numbers to bet.
13 Bank: and notes:
I would recommend a minimum bankroll of $200.
The first target would be to double ones bank.
When that is achieved, pause.
Resume some time after with a similar target,
Again, with a bank of $200, aim to double it.
Set your own limits and stick to them.
I will not attempt to explain for now why I believe it works;
I believe it exploits a mathematical anomaly.
To refresh:
Always count back from the number just spun; or the number that just hit.
Reduce the sets of numbers as described and as soon as one as six remaining
Play those numbers.
Play until one hits.
Play for a maximum of six spins.
As soon as one hits; discard that set and proceed to get another six.
Observe the record of spins following. The ones highlighted are hits.
17.22.10.25.24.21.17.23.22.20.2.1.34.35.0.14.36.5.0.20.30.23.8.11.35.27.
You wish to bet on spin number 5.
25. Reduce 25 and 26
10. Reduce 10 and 0 and 5 and 6
22. Reduce 22 and 29.
We now have the numbers to bet from spin number 5:
21.30.23.28.24.27.
You want 6 numbers to bet from spin 6.
You now have the six numbers to bet spin 6 onwards.
21.30.22.29.23.28.
21 reduce 21 and 30
24 reduce 24 and 27


22.29.23.28.25.26.
23 reduce 23 and 28
17 reduce 17 and 14
21 reduce 21 and 30
We now have six numbers to bet from spin 8 on:
21.30.22.29.25.26.
Counting back from and including spin number 9:
22 reduce 22 and 29
23 reduce 23 and 28
21.30.24.27.25.26.
Spin number 15 0 LOSS
Counting back from and including spin number 14.
0 reduce 1 and 10
2 reduce 2 and 9
We now have the six numbers to take from spin 15 on:
3.8.4.7.5.6.
5 reduce 5 and 6
14 reduce 14 and 17
0 reduce 0 and 1 and 10
2.9.3.8.4.7.
You now want 6 new numbers to bet from spin 25 on:
8 reduce 8 and 3
23 reduce 23 and 28
30 reduce 30 and 21


22.29.24.27.25.26.

Modified 6 WAY and Original 6 Way
A modified faster profitable 6Way. The 6Way Express has more

play action but still requires patience, discilpine and caution.
In this case you begin betting after a 6 way split street

hasn't hit in the last 12 times. (The Original 6 Way is exactly
the same but find no numbers in 24 spins in a 6 way).
Spin NO. played Bet Amount

Gain
13
1 5
14
1 4
15
1 3
16
1 2
17
1 1
18
2 5
19
2 3
20
2 1
21 3
4
22
3 1
23
4 3
24
5 4
25
6 4
26
file:///D|/Systems/MODIFIED%206%20WAY%20AND%20ORIGINAL%20WAY.htm (1 of 3) [7/21/2002 12:13:27 PM]

7 3
27
8 1
28
10 3
29
12 3
30
14 1
31
17 2
32 21
5
33
23 4
34
30 4
35
36 4
36
43 3
37
52 5
38
62 3
39
75 6
40
90 6
41
108 6
42
130 8
43
155 3
44
187 8
45
205 11
46

243 6
47 295
11
Total units at risk = 1859
Faster action play at a price of increased risk. Both systems

will produce small and steady results, when played accurately in
internet or live casino action. Now depending on table limits and
bankroll, the above can even further progressed when necessary.
Single 0 wheel always prefered.

Modified Martingale with Field Bets I love the field. I bet in increments of 5, 10, 25, 50, 100, 250,
500, 1000, 2000. If I lose a $2000 bet I stop. Each session is 100 rolls whether I'm up or down -
unless a $2000 loses, at which time I stop regardless of winnings or losses. Over a long weekend
I will usually have 20 sessions. Here's the results of my last 20 outings over the last 2 years or so:
-1695, 920, 1590, 295, 1395, 935, 4555, 4235, -1095, 2825, -4765, 1350, 5160, 650, -845, 5840,
-855, 4930, 7090, 4695. That's good for over $37,000...not bad supplemental income.
MONINJA2'S SYSTEM
This is an old system, it involves playing the double streets. When

a player plays the double streets, they win more often, but when the
lose, it takes more and more wins to come back. A system I read a
while back involved getting back losses in 2 spins, maybe that was
the wrong approach, I am thinking 2 wins per loss may be what is
needed instead to gain back the losses.
So lets say we are playing, everything we earn goes into a bank.

Now, this bank will make allowances when it reaches a weird number
that is not divisible by 5. So if you are at 8 units, you will take
the 3 units left over and take them against any losses but this will
not be done till you try the recovery first.
Playing 5 double streets (choose them however you want, I will not
post an idea for them, leave it open ended).
Spin 1 you lose. You are down 5 units, so we divide by 2 and round
down (or if it is odd, just minus 1 then divide by 2). So we bet 2
units per double street.
We lose both, so now we are down -10 -5 we are down -15 units and are
expected to win theoretically 10 times. Lets take it slowly though
and see what happens.
Next we would bet 5 units per double street. Lets say we lose, we
are now down -25 -10 -5, theoretically we are expected to win back 15
times now. the next bet would be 12 units per double streets for 2
bets. lets say we lose again.
-60 -25 -10 -5. We are now down even more.
In this case, we are down 100 units and are expected to win
theorecically 20 times to overcome the losses. If we lost the 30
bet, we would be down 250 units!
We could though also do the reverse of this idea and try to get rid
of the lower bets, then on streaks, we would be more prosperous and
hopefully win more often. So instead of the next bet of 30 units per
double street, lets see what it would be.
we lose our first spin so we are at -5. We try to recoup by playing

2 units per dozen, we lose so then we are down -10 -5.
We try to recoup the 5 again and lose again and again.
-10 -10 -10 -5
If we lost again, we would only be down -45 units instead of the -250
units above. What is the difference? the difference is that even
though we are looking for the same streak, the bets will remain lower
for the bottom idea, trying to regain units on a winning run and
minimizing them on a losing run. But, if you hit a choppy sequence,
like win win loss, win win loss, the top progression would be better
because you are not going anywhere, with the bottom idea you are
heading upwards in bets, but the win win lose would not happen very
often and it would be very infrequent. The wins would last longer.
There is a older system that was palyed a long time ago and won (with
a huge bankroll) and it went if you lose, you multiply your bets by
5, hence the progression 1-5-25-125-625 now if this lost, it would be
down 781 units.
I find it better to be down 250 units after 5 consecutive losses or

even down -45 rather than -781 units wouldn't you?
The idea I am trying to give light to is that when you try to push
the odds too far too soon, you can run into some terrible things, and
when you are expected later to have a good run, you should wait for
it and when it is time, take it for all its worth. The original
system took the losses and divided by 2 the first time, then 3 the
second time, then 4 the 4th time, then it played the 5th time 2 times
if you lost, you lost lots of units. Lets see how it would have done
compared to the -781, -250, and -45.
-5 units the first spin. Play 3 units per double street.

Lose again. -20 units/3 paly 7 units per double street.
lose -55 units/4 play 14 unist per double street.
lose -70 units. -125/5 play 25 units per double street
lose -125 units. total lost after 5 bets -5 -20 -55 -70 -125 total
of -275. That actually isnt' too bad. A good thing for this idea is
that you if you encounter a win win loss patter, you would actually
regain units and have them all back in no time at all. This is
better than -781 units lost on a streak of 5 against you.
I can't remember the system, i think it was called the Safest

roulette method or something, but i believe maybe the ways I
suggested for bankroll treatment would be a good consideration. You
could even adopt more than one idea into it.
Lets say you are playing and you are winning, then the play to adopt
would be maybe the /each loss + loss or maybe the /2 biggest to
smallest routine. If you hit a rough patch, after 2 losses or
something, then switch methods to the more conservative approach
getting rid of smaller bets till a streak occurs.
This also leads into a system I like very much called Ambush flat
staking plan. If a streak does come against you, then you can play
it for all its worth. Ambush is that kind of system, it waits for a
streak, then just rakes in the dough. The money management behind it
is fairly good from my viewpoint, it slowly rises as the odds go
against you, but when the odds kick in and you hit a streak of a
double street hitting 5-6 times (no consecutively, but maybe within 1-
2 even 3 spins, it just gets all those losses back quickly and leaves
you maybe a little short, but from most of my experiences with a few
profits, if I have profits though I will either try to ride it out by
lowering the bets, or keep the bets at the same stake when feeling a
little mroe confident in hopes to get more units, but I usually do
the first idea and still make some more profits instead of quitting
with some units ahead.
I just typed this cause I was bored and wanted to type about double
streets, any thoughts would be nice to follow up on.
Some selection methods I have found that work really good (can be
tough at times) but for the most part gets you those winners is as
follows.
1. You bet the last 5 double streets to occur, it would take the
same double street patterns to get you into a huge downward spiral,
rarely happens if ever.
2. Bet all the double streets that didn't just show up in the last
spin and follow it up by only betting those same 5 over and over and
over until you lose 2 times within 3 spins, then switch or wait or by
then you wuold have a track record of what double streets are prone
to "sleeping".
3. Bet the against the double street that hasn't shown up the
longest time. So if you are at the table and double street 1 shows
up, then 3 2 times, then 2, then 4, then 6 3 times, bet double street
5 that it will not show up for a while. Double streets can sleep for
periods of 30 or 40 spins even more!
4. Random, before you get to the table, write a bunch of numbers 1-6
on a sheet of paper (about 50 of them) then don't play the double
street that is on the paper. So it would be like 1-5-3-4-2-4-5-1-1-2-
4-5-3-6-4-5-6-5-2-5-4-3-1 etc etc.
That is just about all the bet selections I tend to like, try some
things out, maybe you will like it.
MUST HAVE LITTLE ROULETTE SYSTEM
I can't help but wonder why I constantly read on these message boards about how people have
systems, but rarely see them shared. We're all in this together, right? It's pretty much us against
the Casinos, and believe me, none of us is
such a genius that if our "secret system" gets out the Casinos will "shut the game down".
Anyway, here is a small system I use that I consider more of a method than an actual system,
and that will maybe help someone make a buck or two.
What you need:
• Commitment to a bankroll that is 70X the minimum inside bet on a roulette table.
• A willingness to play a game that can leave you at the table for a long time.
Here is what you do:
Pick a starting # on the wheel - it doesn't really matter what number (I'll explain why in a sec)
Bet the minimum on the chosen #. Keep betting the minimum on the chosen number for 35 times
or until you win. If you win -you win! Pocket the plus money for however much it was at the point
of the win. For example, if you hit your number 10 spins in, then you can pocket 25X your bet
since the payoff is 35 to 1. If you lose then proceed to #3.
3. Now bet to minimise your loss. This is a hard concept to understand to some people, but just
hear it all out. Now bet up to 35 times again to attempt to bring your loss down. For example, bet
your same minimum bet on the same number for another 35 times. Let's say that after 10 more
spins you hit the number -then you are now only out negative 10X your original bet because
you've just recovered 25X of it.
4. Now use the difference to go for plus money again by subtracting the amount you are down
from the original 35. Staying with the example above, let's say you bet the on the number 1...the
wheel went 35 times and didn't hit You now start a second 35 to recover money. Say the number
1 hits 10 times into the "recovery" stage - you are now only down 10X your original bet, which
also means that if you can get the number to hit in the next 25 times, then you will still make plus
money, or at least break even.
A quick breakdown:
--You bankroll needs to be 70X the minimum inside table bet. This bankroll is split in half. Half
you will call "plus" money, and the other half is "recovery" money. If you hit with the first half--then
you win. If you don't hit, then bet the recovery amount in an attempt to "regain" more attempts to
win positive money. Do all of this by betting on the same number, which is a number of your
choosing.
Here is what I see as being the benefits of using this method:
1. You can play for a looooooooooong time since the wheel would have to spin 70 consecutive
times without hitting your # for you to lose.
2. You have the psychological benefit of sometimes winning the biggest of the big bets on the
roulette wheel--and it sure is nice when then give you this LARGE stack of chips because you hit
early on with the plus money!
3. If you don't win the plus money, then you at least have a method for trying to recover your loss-
-and the extra benefit is that you might actually still be able to make money.
Here is what I consider the possible down sides:

1. If you do use the recovery method (and realise that you are not obligated to use the
"recovery" angle)...and then it fails, then you will have lost twice as much as you would have
if you had stopped when you lost the first 35 times. However, this is why a commitment is
needed to your bankroll. If you are committed then it won't matter that you lost the whole
bankroll (besides the simple fact that it sux to lose) because you had to be willing to lose all
of it to begin with to play this method.
2. If you don’t like playing for a long time then this method isn't for you.
3. There is no real way to say what number is best to start on. But realise this, any number has
just as much chance of hitting as any other number. Instead of having to double-up money or
bet on probabilities, you have given yourself a fair 35 times to hit your number...a fair 35
times to recover losses...and a means to still turn a loss into a profit.
Personally, I play by simply starting out on the number 1. If #1 hits in the plus money, then I
pocket the winnings and move up to number 2. If that wins I go to number 3, and so on, and so
on. This way I at least have a sense that I'm progressing towards something. Like I usually try to
go from number 1 to 12...if I actually go that far then I'm usually bored by then...but I have gone
as far as #22 on this system, pocketing a hefty stack of high dollar chips.
So, you might see how something like this works for you.. I can almost always use this method to
make a few hundred over my bankroll...it has on occasion failed me, but se la vi. More often I
have won with it.
LUDOMECCANICA Studies by Alessandro Diodoro alexd@bbs.olografix.org
web site: http://roulette.8m.com (English) or http://members.tripod.com/ludomeccanica (Italian)
My system:
Introduction:
The historiography of the Roulette contemplates lots of anecdotal. Some of
these are:
1) The factorial total one of the Roulette makes... 666 (In fact,
37*36/2)=666 , and everyone knows who’s the owner of such
number.
2) It’s narrated that from the back of the saio of the Jesuit father
who for the first time introduced the “infernal machine” got out
one ... tail!
3) Why - if it is true that is impossible to beat the roulette, is well
known that exist one "rule" - unquestionable! - which with the
managers are able to remove eventual "disliked" gamblers?
The main target in my research, during the last years, was to

understand which was the criteria that with which the Jesuits placed
the numbers in the roulette wheel.
At last I found a wheel distribution that eliminate the negative refuse.
Using this distribution I applied the statistics “law of the third” and
found a system for 6-10 numbers.
I tested this system on thousands of spins, and I won ALL the games
within the 11th spins (also if the mathematics delay of the system is
calculated to be of 12th spins).
1999 Ludomeccanica Studies Reserved Property

Procedure:
First you have to annotate on the special table 24 spins.
Collecting zone Attack zone
0 24 …..maximum 36
Then you have to cancel, all the numbers that will be drawn. Well, for effect of
the Law of the Third, in the "Diagram of the Medium Refuse", after 24 spins,
on average, only 17.83 numbers will be drawn. Well of these 18 numbers
theoretically 9 would have to be present in the first line and the remaining 9 in
the other one.
Bur, for the effect of the so-called the Gaussian deviation, this fair
distribution very rarely will happen and therefore one of the two lines
will nearly mark more and more sorties of the other one.
numbers.
I) Aggressive way
II) Classic way
III) Protective way

I) Aggressive Way:
This it the way that I usually use.

All the combinations are good ones.
I play in all the cases, also if both the lines have the some number of
numbers cancelled (ex. 9-9, 8-8, etc…), making two different bet for
the 2 lines, you can win two times in this case.
II) Classic Way:

3) We also need a difference of at least 2 numbers between the two
lines.
For example:
Line A 9 numbers cancelled Line B 11 numbers: the good line is the B
Line A 9 numbers cancelled Line B 10 numbers: no good lines (low difference)
Line A 9 numbers cancelled Line B 13 numbers: no good lines (to many
numbers cancelled in the good lines)
Line A 5 numbers cancelled Line B 7 numbers: no good lines (to few


lines.
For example:
Line A 9 numbers cancelled Line B 11 numbers: : no good lines (low
difference)
difference)
difference)
You will play less times than in the other ways, but this way is the
more protective way (for your bankroll) to attack the roulette.

Kind of attack (good for all the 3 ways of playing):

With this system I use a little progression, the progression depends
from the number of the numbers that I will bet.
This is the theory table for the progression:

In all my tests during the last years I never arrived at 12th spins, just
one time I arrived at the 11th spins (betting 6 numbers).
On average the system win at the 2,6 spins, so you can win and beat
the roulette without using a progression bet.
The choice is up to you, depends from your character.
The bank roll would be of 80 units for a flat bet, and 1000 or more units for a
progression bet.
Numbers to bet
spins 6 7 8 9 10
1 1 30 1 29 1 28 1 27 1 26
2 1 24 1 22 1 20 1 18 1 16
3 1 18 1 15 1 12 1 9 1 6
4 1 12 1 8 1 4 2 27 2 22
5 1 6 2 30 2 24 3 27 3 28
6 2 30 2 16 2 8 3 9 4 24
7 2 18 3 31 3 20 5 36 6 36
8 3 36 3 10 5 52 6 18 8 28
9 3 18 4 18 5 12 8 18 11 26
10 4 30 5 26 7 28 11 27 15 20
11 5 36 6 13 9 28 15 36 21 26
12 6 36 8 29 12 40 20 36 30 50
In the first column we can read the numbers of units to bet (1,1,1,1,2,2,3…)
and in the second column the relative numbers of units won (30,24,18,12 …)

Table of game:
Line A Line B
1 3
2 6
4 7
5 8
9 10
14 11
15 12
16 13
17 18
19 22
20 23
21 26
24 27
25 28
31 29
32 30
33 35
34 36

These example are done using the numbers you sent me, I used the
aggressive way and a little progressive bet as in the previous table.
Example 1:
18, 9, 21, 35, 00, 2, 20, 16, 33, 11, 10, 35, 28, 33, 10, 32, 29, 33, 31, 2,
30, 24, 20, 7,
Line Line
A B
1 3
2 6
4 7
5 8
9 10
14 11
15 12
16 13
17 18
19 22
20 23
21 26
24 27
25 28
31 29
32 30
33 35
34 36

(1,4,5,14,15,17,19,25,34)
As you can see you win at the first spin. . . . number 4

Example 2:
Let’s continue with other 24 spins:
12, 8, 15, 22, 12, 00, 10, 26, 8, 16, 00, 26, 29, 7, 26, 12, 28, 9, 24, 17,
5, 26, 26, 0
Line Line
A B
1 3
2 6
4 7
5 8
9 10
14 11
15 12
16 13
17 18
19 22
20 23
21 26
24 27
25 28
31 29
32 30
33 35
34 36
Line A 6 numbers cancelled, Line B 8 numbers, the good line is the Line
B
You will bet on 3,6,11,13,18,23,27,30,35,36 (10 numbers).
Next spins are: 28, 34, 31, 11 WIN
As you can see in this case you win at the 4th spins, betting 2 units per
numbers (I used the progression ad in table

Example 3:
34, 31, 11, 34, 28, 29, 30, 32, 2, 21, 36, 28, 1, 34, 5, 24, 13, 20,12, 0, 1, 27,
36, 35,
Line Line
A B
1 3
2 6
4 7
5 8
9 10
14 11
15 12
16 13
17 18
19 22
20 23
21 26
24 27
25 28
31 29
32 30
33 35
34 36
Line A 9 numbers cancelled, Line B 9 numbers, both the lines are good
line
You will bet on 4,9,14,15,16,17,19,25,33 for the Line A and
3,6,7,8,10,18,22,23,26 for Line B.
Next spins are: 0, 25 win with Line A, 23 Win Line B.
As you can see in this case you win at the 2nd and at the 3rd spins.
My system:
Introduction:
these are:
number.
one ... tail!


Procedure:
0 24 …..maximum 36
the other one.
numbers.
I) Aggressive way
II) Classic way
III) Protective way

II) Aggressive Way:

I play in all the cases, also if both the lines have the some number of
numbers cancelled (ex. 9-9, 8-8, etc…), making two different bet for
the 2 lines, you can win two times in this case.
II) Classic Way:

lines.
For example:
Line A 9 numbers cancelled Line B 10 numbers: no good lines (low difference)


lines.
For example:
Line A 9 numbers cancelled Line B 11 numbers: : no good lines (low
difference)
difference)
difference)
You will play less times than in the other ways, but this way is the
more protective way (for your bankroll) to attack the roulette.



progression bet.
Numbers to bet
spins 6 7 8 9 10
1 1 30 1 29 1 28 1 27 1 26
2 1 24 1 22 1 20 1 18 1 16
3 1 18 1 15 1 12 1 9 1 6
4 1 12 1 8 1 4 2 27 2 22
5 1 6 2 30 2 24 3 27 3 28
6 2 30 2 16 2 8 3 9 4 24
7 2 18 3 31 3 20 5 36 6 36
8 3 36 3 10 5 52 6 18 8 28
9 3 18 4 18 5 12 8 18 11 26
10 4 30 5 26 7 28 11 27 15 20
11 5 36 6 13 9 28 15 36 21 26
12 6 36 8 29 12 40 20 36 30 50

Table of game:
Line A Line B
1 3
2 6
4 7
5 8
9 10
14 11
15 12
16 13
17 18
19 22
20 23
21 26
24 27
25 28
31 29
32 30
33 35
34 36

aggressive way and a little progressive bet as in the previous table.
Example 1:
18, 9, 21, 35, 00, 2, 20, 16, 33, 11, 10, 35, 28, 33, 10, 32, 29, 33, 31, 2,
30, 24, 20, 7,
Line Line
A B
1 3
2 6
4 7
5 8
9 10
14 11
15 12
16 13
17 18
19 22
20 23
21 26
24 27
25 28
31 29
32 30
33 35
34 36

(1,4,5,14,15,17,19,25,34)

Example 2:
12, 8, 15, 22, 12, 00, 10, 26, 8, 16, 00, 26, 29, 7, 26, 12, 28, 9, 24, 17,
5, 26, 26, 0
Line Line
A B
1 3
2 6
4 7
5 8
9 10
14 11
15 12
16 13
17 18
19 22
20 23
21 26
24 27
25 28
31 29
32 30
33 35
34 36
B
As you can see in this case you win at the 4th spins, betting 2 units per
numbers (I used the progression ad in table

Example 3:
34, 31, 11, 34, 28, 29, 30, 32, 2, 21, 36, 28, 1, 34, 5, 24, 13, 20,12, 0, 1, 27,
36, 35,
Line Line
A B
1 3
2 6
4 7
5 8
9 10
14 11
15 12
16 13
17 18
19 22
20 23
21 26
24 27
25 28
31 29
32 30
33 35
34 36
Line A 9 numbers cancelled, Line B 9 numbers, both the lines are good
line
3,6,7,8,10,18,22,23,26 for Line B.
As you can see in this case you win at the 2nd and at the 3rd spins.

Introduction:
these are:
number.
one ... tail!


Procedure:
First you have to annotate on the special table:
24 spins for American Roulette.

Or 18 Spins for French Roulette.
0 18 or 24 …..maximum 36
the other one.
1) You have to identify the line where you have cancelled less
numbers.

The method of betting:

These are the conditions for betting the system:
1) Identify a line with less numbers cancelled than the other one
You can also play double game.
Note: you can play also if the numbers cancelled are 9 but only in
double game and only in the French Roulette.
Usually you will find a difference of at least 2 numbers between the two
lines.
For example:
Line A 9 numbers cancelled Line B 11 numbers: the good line is the A

Kind of attack:

progression bet.
8 9 10 11 12 13
1 28 1 27 1 26 1 25 1 24 1 23
1 20 1 18 1 16 1 14 1 12 1 10
1 12 1 9 1 6 2 28 2 48 2 20
1 4 2 27 2 22 2 6 3 24 3 17
2 24 3 27 3 28 3 9 4 12 4 24
2 8 3 9 4 24 5 26 6 12 7 28
3 20 5 36 6 36 7 21 9 12 11 16
5 52 6 18 8 28 10 19 14 24 17 44
5 12 8 18 11 26 14 9 21 24 26 14
7 28 11 27 15 20 21 30 32 36 41 15
9 28 15 36 21 26 30 24 47 12 64 48
12 40 20 36 30 50 44 44 72 48 118 62

Table of game:
Line A Line B
1 3
2 6
4 7
5 8
9 10
14 11
15 12
16 13
17 18
19 22
20 23
21 26
24 27
25 28
31 29
32 30
33 35
34 36

Example 1:
18, 9, 21, 35, 00, 2, 20, 16, 33, 11, 10, 35, 28, 33, 10, 32, 29, 33, 31, 2,
30, 24, 20, 7,
Line Line
A B
1 3
2 6
4 7
5 8
9 10
14 11
15 12
16 13
17 18
19 22
20 23
21 26
24 27
25 28
31 29
32 30
33 35
34 36

You Must bet on the remaining 10 numbers in the Line B
(3,6,8,12,13,22,23,26,27,36)
You will bet using this progression
10
1 26
1 16
1 6
2 22
3 28
4 24
6 36
8 28
11 26
15 20
21 26
30 50

Example 2:
12, 8, 15, 22, 12, 00, 10, 26, 8, 16, 00, 26, 29, 7, 26, 12, 28, 9, 24, 17,
5, 26, 26, 0
Line Line
A B
1 3
2 6
4 7
5 8
9 10
14 11
15 12
16 13
17 18
19 22
20 23
21 26
24 27
25 28
31 29
32 30
33 35
34 36
A
You will bet on 1,2,4,14,19,20,21,25,31,32,33,34 (12 numbers).
12
1 24
1 12
2 48
3 24
4 12
6 12
9 12
14 24
21 24
32 36
47 12
72 48

Example 3:
34, 31, 11, 34, 28, 29, 30, 32, 2, 21, 36, 28, 1, 34, 5, 24, 13, 20,12, 0, 1, 27,
36, 35,
Line Line
A B
1 3
2 6
4 7
5 8
9 10
14 11
15 12
16 13
17 18
19 22
20 23
21 26
24 27
25 28
31 29
32 30
33 35
34 36
Line A 9 numbers cancelled, Line B 9 numbers, impossible to bet!

(Very rare).

Last advice:

In a real casino, the enviroment, the noise, the adrenalin, all make it very hard
to avoid errors while recording the spins.
systems.
Also if you lose 2 or 3 games consecutively do not change the method, it is only
a statistical negative event and you will win more in the following games.
impatience!
If you follow this advice, winning will be only a formality

The NEW Sector Roulette System
The game of roulette is a game of complete randomness. No matter

which betting system you use, there may be times when a run of
spins
will leave you completely broke! And worse, it may happen
frequently!
The good news is that with the right system, there will be many
short
winning streaks and very few long losing streaks. Further, the
right
system will heavily take advantage of the short winning streaks,
and
know when to minimize the losses on the few long losing streaks.
The best news is that the SECTOR ROULETTE System does exactly that!
Following are the different sections to The SECTOR ROULETTE System.
Section 1: Learning How to Bet

Section 2: Putting the Strategy to Both Sides
Section 3: Special Table Conditions
Section 4: Money Management
Section 5: Choosing a Table
Section 1: Learning How to Bet
To begin betting, you must wait for two different sectors to spin
consecutively. For example, the first spin is number 3 (Dozen 1),
and
the second spin is number 27 (Dozen 3). Now that two different
dozens
came up, we now begin betting on the dozen that did not come up--in
this case, Dozen 2.
We will use one of the following betting progression:
Normal Play
file:///D|/Systems/New%20Sector%20Roulette.htm (1 of 8) [7/9/2002 9:06:10 AM]

Normal Play uses a conservative amount of units in a short

progression. I recommend using 20 units for Normal Play and
stopping
when you hit a profit of 10 units. Following is the betting
progression:
Bet 1 = 3 units. If you win, you are up 6 units. If you lose, you
are down 3 units.
are down 7 units.
Bet 3 = 3 units. If you win, you are down 1 unit. If you lose,
you
are down 10 units.
If you have an Out (losing all 3 bets), then you will wait to bet
again until the targeted sector actually comes up. Sometimes, you
could wait another 20 spins after your Out. This is good because
opposite of most systems that require betting on every spin, you
are
SAVING A LOT OF MONEY with the SECTOR ROULETTE System! This is how
The SECTOR ROULETTE System cuts your losses on the few long losing
streaks. When the missing sector finally comes up, you will begin
betting again on the sector that was not spun on the previous two
spins.
Aggressive Play
Aggressive Play is a bit more aggressive. I recommend using 40

units.
This will allow you to go through 2 consecutive outs before losing
your bankroll. Following is the betting progression:
are down 4 units.
are down 9 units.
Bet 3 = 5 units. If you win, you are up 1 unit. If you lose, you
are

down 14 units.
Bet 4 = 6 units. If you win, you are down 2 units. If you lose,
you
are down 20 units.
Aggressive Play fits me better because I like to get in there and

get
out very quickly. However, for many of you, both progressions may
be
too aggressive. If you want to play for a long time and not risk
too
much money, then use the following progression:
Bet 1 = 1 unit. If you win, you are up 2 units. If you lose, you
are
down 1 unit.
Bet 2 = 1 unit. If you win, you are up 1 unit. If you lose, you
are
down 2 units.
Bet 3 = 1 unit. If you win, you break even. If you lose, you are
down 3 units.
Bet 4 = 1 unit. If you win, you are down 1 unit. If you lose, you
are down 4 units.
Again, use a bankroll of 20 units, and stop when you hit a profit
of
10 units.
Experimental Extended Play
This is still experimental. I am not sure I would recommend this

progression, but it does do well sometimes. However, you will lose
60
units in a single out. Beware!
are down 3 units.
are down 7 units.
are

down 11 units.
are
down 17 units.
are
down 26 units.
Bet 6 = 14 units. If you win, you are up 2 units. If you lose,
you
are down 40 units.
Bet 7 = 20 units. If you win, you break even. If you lose, you
are
down 60 units.
Some of you may find a different progression that is more suitable

for
your style. If you have any suggestions, please send me a note!
Section 2: Putting the Strategy to Both Sides
Once you understand how to bet, it is time to put the strategy to

both
sides. To do this, you must use a score card and a pencil at the
roulette table. Watch the first 2 spins and record the results as
follows:
Spin #1 was 21
Spin #2 was 6
Your Scorecard should look like this:
2,3
1,3
*Note: For 2,3, the 2 represents Dozen 2, and the 3 represents

Column
3 for the number 21. Likewise, the 1 represents Dozen 1 and the 3
represents Column 3 for the number 6.
Now, notice that on your list the Dozens show two different dozens
in
a row. It is now time to put Bet 1 on Dozen 3. The next spin is
31.

You won! Your list now looks like this:
2,3
1,3
3,1
Your next step would be to put Bet 1 on Dozen 2. The next spin is
30.
You lost Bet 1. Your list now looks like this:
2,3
1,3
3,1
3,3
Your next step would be to put Bet 2 on Dozen 2. The next spin is
23.
You won Bet 2! You have now hit your target of 10 units by winning
14
units. But we will keep going. Your list now looks like this:
2,3
1,3
3,1
3,3
2,2
You may be wondering why we are keeping track of both the Dozen and
Column. The first reason is that we want to find where to begin
betting. Notice the first two spins. We see two different Dozens,
but we see only Column 3. Therefore, we began betting on the
Dozens.
If after the first two spins there are two different Dozens AND two
different Columns, then you should just pick either Dozens or
Columns
to begin betting on.
The second reason we need both the Dozen and Column for each spin
is
that we may sometimes need to switch over to the other side! This
is

very simple. If the Dozen or Column you are betting on does not
show
for 9 spins, then you should switch to the other side and begin
with
Bet 1 on the Dozen or Column that did not spin on the previous 2
spins. Sound confusing? Let me show you:
2,3 First spin.

1,3 Second Spin. You now place Bet 1 on Dozen 3.
3,1 You Won Bet 1. You now place Bet 1 on Dozen 2.
3,3 You Lost. You now place Bet 2 on Dozen 2.
2,2 You Won Bet 2. You hit your target of 10 units (actually you
won
14 units with Aggressive Play). We will keep going. You now place
Bet
1 on Dozen 1.
2,3 You Lost. You now Wait for Dozen 1 to appear.
2,2 Still Wait.
3,2 You now switch over to Columns because Dozen 1 did not appear
for
9 consecutive spins. Your next step is to place Bet 1 on Column 1
(the column that does not appear in the previous 2 spins, or in
this
case, the previous 3 spins). You will now bet on the Columns until
you hit your target or you switch back over to Dozens.
*Note: If Dozen 1 had shown up on that last spin, then you would
have
continued betting on the Dozens.
We switch over to the other side for this reason: You may be
waiting
for 20 or more spins to bet again. Most times, as Dozens are doing
bad, the Columns will be doing well. For those of you that do not
want to mess with switching back and forth (maybe you cannot use a
score sheet and you can keep track of only the Dozens in your head)
then you can wait until that 9th spin, and then begin your
progression

again on the Sector you were just betting on. The only downfall is
that you may have another Out on the same Sector. Try to feel out
the
table before doing this.
For those of you that want to take the betting to a higher level,
simply bet on both Dozens AND Columns at the same time. When it
comes
to switching over, then put both bets on the same Dozen or Column.
For example, you have an out on Columns and find after the next few
spins that you need to switch over to Dozens. Since you are
already
betting on Dozens, add your new bets to the bets you are already
placing on Dozens.
Section 3: Special Table Conditions
Many tables will require you to bet on every spin of the wheel. If
so, place 1 unit on a Dozen or Column THAT IS NOT the Dozen or
Column
you are waiting for. So, if you have an Out on Column 3, then
place 1
unit on Column 1 or Column 2 until Column 3 appears. Once Column 3
appears, then you will begin your progression again on the Column
that
did not appear in the previous 2 spins. This method can also be
used
with Online Casinos.
Section 4: Money Management
We will keep this very simple. Stop the session when: 1)You hit a
profit of at least 10 units. 2)You do not have enough units to
complete another progression. For example, if you are using
Aggressive Play and you have only 16 units left (a total of your
left-over bankroll and your winnings), you do not have the 20 units
required to complete another progression. You should just go home
and
cut your losses for the day.

Section 5: Choosing a Table
Choosing the right table is also important. Look for a table that
has
at least a couple people playing. Also, make sure the atmosphere
seems to be happy. No one has fun around a bunch of grumps! Next,
watch for 10 or more spins. You are looking for a dealer that
lands
the ball all over the place. If these conditions are met, then
jump in!
Last Words
Well, that does it! You will not believe how many times you will
win
on Bet 1, 2, 3, and 4! And remember to have fun! I hope I made
everything clear enough for you. Please send me your comments as I
am
very eager to hear your response.
By the way, once you have entered the Sector Group (anyone who has
purchased a Sector System), you will receive any new or updated
systems I may find! Unlike many other system creators who update
their systems and charge an additional sum of money, you will get
everything for FREE! Once you are in, you are in!
Happy Gambling!!!
Sam Yarbrough
Sector Roulette
sector_roulette@yahoo.com
Special note: There is no guarantee to the amount of money you

will
win or lose. Roulette and other casino games are entertaining
games
of pure chance and luck. I cannot be held responsible for persons
having a lot of bad luck or taking risky chances.

web site: http://roulette.8m.com (English) or http://members.tripod.coml/ludomeccanica (Italian)
New Roulette Machine

Introduction:
As most professional gamblers know, the probability that any one of the 37 numbers will be drawn
in a single spin is 2.7, or 1/37. The "law of the third" tells us that in a complete cycle of 37 spins,
there will be only 24 numbers drawn one or more times, while the other 13 will not appear.
Negative probability is (36/37)37=0.3628 = 36.28%, and 37*0.3628=13.42. 13.42, as you can see, is
more likely 14 than 13 numbers.
To obtain more precision, years ago, we found a cycle of 39 spins instead of a cycle of 37. Negative
probability is (36/37)39=0.3435 or 34.35%, and 37*0.3435=12.7.
This "long cycle" gives us 13 numbers that will not come out. The following system is based on the
"cycle 39" (the Cycle 39 is applicable also for the OO wheel).
It uses only numbers in frequency (normal or super), and excludes the absent ones (joined
probability distribution).
It’s very important to remember this basic law, I needed several years to manage it perfectly, if
anyone would have any doubt, I invite you to try the New Roulette Machine using a different
derived scansions from the “cycle 36” the 18+6. Soon you will notice that the system do not work!
How the system practically work:
Every Game lasts about 30 minutes and you need a total of 26 spins before playing a winning
number.
My advice is to use two different pens with two different colors (black and red) and before using the
Nw Roulette Machine Table for the first time it is important to make further copies of it, since one
Table is used and discarded for each game.
Circle 19 numbers as they arise in the left columns (spins 1 to 19) and for keeping in mind the
count, cancel the corresponding Roman numerals 1 to 19 ( I to XIX), using the black pen.
Using the red pen, circle the next 7 numbers in the right columns (spins 20 to 26), canceling the
Arabic numerals (20 to 26) as they arise.
At the end of 26 spins you will see, on average, a minimum of 1 number or maximum of 3 numbers
with both a black circle AND a red circle around them, on the New Roulette Machine Table
( ex. 15 15 ). These are our target numbers.
Play ONLY these target numbers in the following spins!
First Collecting zone Second Attack

Collecting zone zone
0 19 26
number of spins

The attack:
The number of spins to bet is calculated as follows:
36 / (number of targets).
For example, if there are 3 targets then play should stop if no win occurs by the 12th spin, if there
are 2 targets play for 18 spins, if there is only one target (the “En Plein”) bet it for 36 spins.
Play also stops after ANY win!
Usually you will bet 2 or 3 number (the 80% of the times) but sometimes you can also obtain 1 or 4
or even 5 numbers to bet. Remember that you must never bet 6 number if they happen.
Example:
Theoretical 26 spins: 5,10,19,2,27,30,31,12,7,5,21,31,19,32,36,13,23,5,13,17,9,5,12,9,20,30 etc…
We will circle the first 19 numbers (5,10,19,2,27,30,31,12,7,5,21,31,19,32,36,13,23,5,13) on the

New Roulette Machine Table, left columns, with a black pen, and simultaneously we will cancel the
first ten Roman Numbers (I, II, III etc…). This is very useful for avoiding errors. As you can see
after the first 19 spins we have several number eliminated because appeared more than 1 time (the
number 5, 13, 19 and 31), and 10 potential numbers drawn only one time
(2,7,10,12,21,23,27,30,32,36). Continuing with the other 7 numbers (17,9,5,12,9,20,30) circling
them with the red pen in the right columns we will obtain only two playable numbers, 12 and 30.
We will play these two numbers for 18 spins.
Last advice:
In a real casino, the enviroment, the noise, the adrenalin, all make it very hard to avoid errors while
recording the spins.
Always use the same system in a day; do not change or switch it with other systems.
Also if you lose 2 or 3 games consecutively do not change the method, it is only a statistical
negative event and you will win more in the following games.
Never use progression while betting. ALWAYS use the same bet from the beginning of the day
until the end.
Remember that roulette is easy to beat, but it is very hard to beat your impatience!

The New Roulette Machine

Table
Spins Spins Spins Spins

0 -> 19 20 - >26 0 -> 19 20 - >26
Black pen
I
0 0 00 00
II
1 1 19 19
III Red pen
2 2 20 20
IV
3 3 21 21
V 20
4 4 22 22
VI 21
5 5 23 23
VII 22
6 6 24 24
VIII 23
7 7 25 25
IX 24
8 8 26 26
X 25
9 9 27 27
XI
10 10 28 28
XII
11 11 29 29
XIII
12 12 30 30
XIV
13 13 31 31
XV
14 14 32 32
XVI
15 15 33 33
XVII
16 16 34 34
XVIII
17 17 35 35
XIX
18 18 36 36

NEW SYSTEM FOR ROULETTE
I have devised a system for playing roulette which gives a pretty
chance of leaving from the table richer than you arrived. No doubt
it has already been thought of and some fatal flaw discovered which
my poor brain could not detect. If so, please accept my apologies
for wasting your time. If not, please read through what follows and
give it a try. If it works, please post here and let everyone know
- that will be payment enough. If it fails, , please post here and
let everyone know !
Background
The game of roulette relies on the spin of a wheel bearing 37
numbers (in the French version) or 38 (American). My system does
not care which version you play, so please substitute the correct
details for your location. I am in France, so I use the French
notation.
When the wheel is spun, a ball is introduced and eventually comes to

rest on one of the numbers. In this way can the winners be
determined. There are many ways to bet on the result, but my
systems assumes you will bet on a single number unswervingly until
you win. After winning, the system is reset and you may choose
another number.
Mathematical basis
In this scenario, you have a 1/37 chance of matching the winning
number. If you do so, your stake is returned to you, along with
winnings of 35 times your stake. Thus in total you receive back 36
times your stake. Over time, you have a return of 36/37, that is
YOU LOSE ! The trick is to win in the meantime...
The approach I have taken is to calculate at each spin of the wheel

the sum of cash flows in the 2 cases - case 1, you fail to match the
winning number and your money is taken; case 2, you win. In this
way can we see the necessary level of stake for the next bet to
ensure that when your number is eventually correct so you have made
a profit during your stay at the table. If these calculations are
correctly performed, you will be certain that once you have
eventually won on a certain spin, then the total you have lost will
at worst be equivalent in value to the pile of chips the croupier
pushes towards you.
Limitations
Of course, the chances of winning on average are 1/37 - that is, if
you stay at the table for more than 37 spins, you _should_ see your
number come up. However, that's life: sometimes your number won't
come up for a very long time.
I have assumed that you are able to play in chips of 1 currency unit
and that you have a stack of 1000 currency units in front of you.
With this method, you can survive at the table 139 unsuccesful spins
in succession and still make an overall profit of 19 units on the
140th play. A return on capital of <2%, but tax-free and you had a
very good time.
If you only have 100 currency units, you can survive 62 unsuccesful
spins in succession and still make an overall profit of 9 units on
the 63rd play.
If your number doesn't come up by the 140th spin, the gods hate you
and you should go home !
How it works
A--- B---- C----- | D------ E--------- F------------

---- ----- ------ | ------- ---------- -------------
1 1 1 | 35 1 35
2 1 2 | 35 1 34
3 1 3 | 35 1 33
4 1 4 | 35 1 32
5 1 5 | 35 1 31
6 1 6 | 35 1 30
7 1 7 | 35 1 29
8 1 8 | 35 1 28
9 1 9 | 35 1 27
10 1 10 | 35 1 26 It can be seen
that the profit diminishes by 1 each spin
A--- B---- C----- | D------ E--------- F------------

---- ----- ------ | ------- ---------- -------------
36 1 36 | 35 1 0 This is break
37 2 38 | 70 2 34
38 2 40 | 70 2 32
A--- B---- C----- | D------ E--------- F------------

---- ----- ------ | ------- ---------- -------------
54 2 72 | 70 2 0 This is break
55 3 75 | 105 3 33
56 3 78 | 105 3 30 ...and so on.
Clearly, the effect of increasing the stake at periodic intervals

allows the player to always have a profitable result when his number
eventually comes up. The frequency table is as follows:
A-------- B------ C--------- D------

--------- ------- ---------- -------
1 36 36 1
37 54 18 2
55 66 12 3
67 75 9 4
76 82 7 5
83 88 6 6
89 93 5 7
94 97 4 8
98 101 4 9
102 105 4 10
106 108 3 11
109 111 3 12
112 114 3 13
115 116 2 14
117 119 3 15
120 121 2 16
122 123 2 17
124 125 2 18
126 127 2 19
128 130 3 21
131 132 2 22
133 133 1 23
134 135 2 24
136 136 1 25
137 138 2 26
139 139 1 27
140 140 1 28
141 141 1 29
142 143 2 30
144 144 1 31
145 145 1 32
146 146 1 33
147 147 1 34
148 148 1 35
149 149 1 36
150 150 1 37
151 151 1 38
152 152 1 39
153 153 1 40
154 154 1 41
155 155 1 43
156 156 1 44
157 157 1 45
158 158 1 46
159 159 1 48
160 160 1 49
161 161 1 50
162 162 1 52
163 163 1 53
164 164 1 55
165 165 1 56
166 166 1 58
167 167 1 60
168 168 1 61
169 169 1 63
170 170 1 65
171 171 1 67
172 172 1 69
173 173 1 71
174 174 1 73
175 175 1 75
176 176 1 77
177 177 1 79
178 178 1 81
179 179 1 84
180 180 1 86
181 181 1 89
182 182 1 91
183 183 1 94
184 184 1 96
185 185 1 99
186 186 1 102
187 187 1 105
188 188 1 108
189 189 1 111
190 190 1 114
191 191 1 117
192 192 1 121
193 193 1 124
194 194 1 128
195 195 1 131
196 196 1 135
197 197 1 139
198 198 1 143
199 199 1 147
200 200 1 151
That's all there is to it - play well and have fun !

ONE CRAZY SYSTEM
What you need 1. Commitment to a bankroll that is 70X the minimum inside bet on
a roulette table (i.e., if the minimum bet is 4 $1-chips, then you need $280).
If this is too much to you, then find a 25-cent table
2. A willingness to play a game that can leave you at the table for a long time
Here is what you do
1. Pick a starting # on the wheel--it doesn't really matter what number (I'll
explain why in a sec)
2. 2. Bet the minimum on the chosen #. Keep betting the minimum on the chosen
number for 35 times or until you win. If you win--you win! Pocket the plus money
for however much it was at the point of the win. For example, if you hit your
number 10 spins in, then you can pocket 25X your bet since the payoff is 35 to
1. If you lose then proceed to #3.
3. Now bet to minimize your loss. This is a hard concept to understand to

some people, but just hear it all out. Now bet up to 35 times again to attempt
to bring your loss down. For example, bet your same minimum bet on the same
number for another 35 times--let's say that after 10 more spins you hit the
number--then you are now only out negative 10X your original bet because you've
just recovered 25X of it.
4. Now use the difference to go for plus money again by subtracting the
amount you are down from the original 35. Staying with the example above, let's
say you bet the on the number 1...the wheel went 35 times and didn't hit...you
now start a second 35 to recover money, and the number 1 hits 10 times into the
"recovery" stage....you are now only down -10X your original bet, which also
means that if you can get the number to hit in the next 25 times, then you will
still make plus money, or at least break even.
5. A quick breakdown
6. --You bankroll needs to be 70X the minimum inside table bet<
7. --this bankroll is split in half. Half you will call "plus" money, and the
other half is "recovery" money.
8. --If you hit with the first half--then you win. If you don't hit, then bet
the recovery amount in an attempt to "regain" more attempts to win positive
money. Do all of this by betting on the same number, which is a number of your
choosing.
9. Here is what I see as being the benefits of using this method:
10. 1. You can play for a looooooooooong time since the wheel would have to
spin 70 consecutive times without hitting your # for you to lose.
11. 2. You have the psychological benefit of sometimes winning the biggest of
the big bets on the roulette wheel--and it sure is nice when then give you this
LARGE stack of chips because you hit early on with the plus money!
12. 3. If you don't win the plus money, then you at least have a method for
trying to recover your loss--and the extra benefit is that you might actually
still be able to make money.
13. Here is what I consider the possible downsides:
14. 1. If you do use the recovery method (and realise that you are not
obligated to use the "recovery" angle)...and then it fails, then you will have
lost twice as much as you would have if you had stopped when you lost the first
35 times. However, this is why a commitment is needed to your bankroll--if you
are committed then it won't matter that you lost the whole bankroll (besides the
simple fact that it sucks to lose) because you had to be willing to lose all of
it to begin with to play this method.
15. 2. If you don't like playing for a long time then this method isn't for
you.
16. 3. There is no real way to say what number is best to start on. But
realise this, any number has just as much chance of hitting as any other number.
Instead of having to double-up money or bet on probabilities, you have given
yourself a fair 35 times to hit your number...a fair 35 times to recover
losses...and a means to still turn a loss into a profit.
17.
Personally, I play by simply starting out on the number 1. If #1 hits in the
plus money, then I pocket the winnings and move up to number 2. If that wins I
go to number 3, and so on, and so on. This way I at least have a sense that I'm
progressing towards something--like I usually try to go from number 1 to 12...if
I actually go that far then I'm usually bored by then...but I have gone as far
as #22 on this system, pocketing a hefty stack of high dollar chips.
So, you might see how something like this works for you. Let me know if you also
have success or want to discuss more--I'd love to know. I can almost always use
this method to make a few hundred over my bankroll...it has on occasion failed
me, but se la vi. More often I have won with it.
This Dozen System was sent in from a friend from South Africa. He is a satisfied customer of our
book and plays our Barbi system while he waits for this Dozen System to ripen. He says he has
an 80% success rate with our Barbi System as long as you follow the rules.
That % is very realistic and will get a little better as long as you concentrate and gain experience.
However, we thought so much of this system that we had to include it in our continually revised
book. In fact, we now use it in conjunction with The Barbi System. It really works.
The only downside is that this system is what we call a FILL IN system, because you don't play it
continually. Your buy in is for 3 piles of chips. Our Win Walk is 1 pile net profit. Our loss Walk is
minus 2 piles +/- from your 3 pile buy in. While you play the Barbi System you wait and watch the
table or the Charting board until you see that any dozen hasn't appeared for 5 missed spins. If a
dozen has missed 5 spins in a row you immediately stop playing the Barbi System and play with
1 chip (any value) on the Dozen that hasn't appeared in the last 5 spins. Since each Dozen is due
to hit 1 in 3.16,after 5 spins it's past due. Will it hit on the 5th spin? Sometimes. If it doesn't you
play it again but increase your bet by 1 chip. In fact, each time you lose you add another chip.
After it hasn't come out in 5 spins, you stop playing it. Commit to a point and that is it. Between
the 5 missed spins before we started betting and the 5 spins we just lost, it has missed 10 times
in a row. We've seen a Dozen miss 20 times. So don't press bad luck. Just sit and wait for
another Dozen to miss 5 times in a row and start all over. Now let's talk about what usually
happens. It wins. How much you say? Well it differs with each bet.
Spin # CHIPSBET WIN ACCUMULATED LOSS NET PROFIT
6122
72413
83633
94862
10 5 10 10 0
11 6 12 15 -5
12 7 14 21 -7
From the chart above you can see it doesn't pay to play the 6 & 7th spin, as they lose. Once you
hit, you stop betting and go back to the Barbi System and you wait for another Dozen to miss 5
times in a row. Now play that one with a chip. So up to and including your 4th spin you are
making money. Moreover, on the 5th spin if you win you break even. Remember, you are playing
the dozen that hadn't hit in 5 spins and now you are betting it from the 6th spin to the 10th spin. By
now the Dozen probably hit and you made money. Obviously the higher your chip value the more
you make. However, don't go crazy because it also looses. Remember it can miss for 20 spins in
a row especially when I have money on it. Money management is key here. Add a chip on each
new bet and you will profit every time and on (fifth bet), there is no gain, but you've got all your
money back. If you lose on the 5th spin stop betting and go back to playing the Barbi System.
This way you make sure it's not one of those long "20 no-hit" runs, don't place bets until it hits
again (on that dozen) or at least wait until it has missed 8 more spins. That's 5 original missed
spins, 5 lost spins and 8 on hold spins for a grand total of 18 missed spins. At this point it is very
safe to go on it again. It probably will not get to that point. However if it does, start betting it again
with 1 chip or you could use 2 chips at the start. But you must go up 2 chips on each loss
instead of 1 chip increase. Using 2 chips will help you catch up to your previous loss a little faster.
As you know the only problem with the One Dozen System is that you have to wait for a Dozen to
miss 5 times prior to betting. You know how impatient we gamblers are to lose our money so we
attempt to find something in the interim to play. Any systems that give you the ability to win or at
least stick around for a while are fun systems. This system can win big for you but as with all
systems you need some amount of luck. Something I seem to leave at home all too often.
Now as far as the above requirements are concerned the "One Dozen" System takes an unusual
twist from what we would normally recommend. It calls for playing to the odds and not playing
when you don't see a dozen for 5spins. This stand and wait is somewhat unusual and in
most casinos frowned on, however it is good strategy here and key to it's consistent winning.
Stand and wait prevents you from throwing good money after bad. We are strong proponents in
experienced players playing to the odds. The positive effect on staying home for 5 missed spins
is key, as is going back after 13 missed spins. Both, good, sound odds.
By Izak
Congratulations! You have acquired unique roulette systems designed particularly

for on-line casinos. These systems will work equally well in real casinos.
Why design a system for on-line play? It has been the suspicion of many on-line
players that the casino systems may have a software advantage over the players.
Although this has been denied by casinos' management and casinos are usually
certified by gambling associations, the suspicion still remains and players are
sceptical if they should take any risks. First of all, if there is any software
advantage, the player can never win. The casino cannot do this consistently as
this will ward off any player. Who would want to play at a casino where you lose
continuously? However, the gaming software can be adjusted in such a way, that
at a triggering of a switch, the software advantage becomes active. Others claim
that the gaming software is able to detect the player's system or strategy and
then goes against the player, causing him/her to lose.
The designed systems documented below protect you from any of the above
happening. First of all, they provide you with a means to verify the honesty of
the on-line casinos at a minimum cost, then they provide you with various
winning strategies, which alternate according to the table's behaviour totally
confusing the gaming software system. The moment you suspect the table going
against you, you switch to an opposing strategy recovering to your winning
status. Since all alternating strategies are winning ones, it makes it very hard
for you to lose, regardless if the systems are honest or not, detect your
strategy or not, or any other way.
The systems are based on betting on Dozens only.
One strategy will bet on repeating dozens, that is if a number in the first
dozen comes up, you will bet on Dozen 1 on your next bet. I'll refer to this
strategy with the acronym RD (Repeating Dozens). The alternate strategy will be
on changing dozens, that is if number in the first dozen comes up, you will bet
one chip on Dozen 2 and one chip on Dozen 3. I'll refer to this strategy with
the acronym CD (Changing Dozens).
This following method performs the so called "honesty verification" of the on-
line casinos. Roulette, as we know it, is a streaky game. It will have winning
streaks, losing streaks, depending on where you place your bet. It may even
follow a certain pattern, such as alternating Reds and Blacks, but not for long.
Eventually any pattern or streak will be broken, producing again random
outcomes. So, this system will bet based on a specific pattern of alternating
between changing dozens and repeating dozens. That means if the number that just
came up belongs to Dozen 1, you will first bet on the same Dozen (1) using RD
strategy, then no matter what number comes up, you will bet on the opposing two
Dozens using CD strategy. You will do that for about 10 bets using the table's
minimum. If the outcome of the table is always the opposite of what you are
betting, you can be sure the system is not honest. It would be more than just a
coincidence, that the table will follow exactly the opposite pattern of the one
you are using. Let me illustrate this with the following example:
Number 23 comes up, you bet on Dozen 2 using RD (Repeat Dozen) strategy.
Number 1 comes up, you lose. Now you bet on Dozens 2 and 3 using CD (Change
Dozen) strategy.
Number 22 comes up, you lose. Now you bet on Dozen 2 using RD.
Number 36 comes up, you lose. Now you bet on Dozens 1 and 2 using CD.
If the system is dishonest, the outcome will obviously be something different

than Dozen 1.
I'm not denying the possibility that the above will never happen in an honest
game. It is not impossible to lose 10 times in a row, but it is highly unlikely
that the table will follow a specific pattern, which is exactly the opposite of
yours.
You can try the above with any other pattern you may chose, such as B, R, R. (B-
Black, R-Red). You will be betting with a sequence of B, R, R, such that your
betting sequence will be B, R ,R ,B ,R, R, B, R, R, B, R, R, etc. There is no
way for the table to follow the opposite sequence, R, B, B, R, B, B, R, B, B,
etc. in a random situation. It could for a while, but not consistently. If it
follows this opposite pattern consistently, you can be sure you are dealing with
a dishonest situation.
System 1
The fact that the table could not follow exactly the opposite pattern than
yours, makes this a winning strategy. That means that you will hit a winning bet
every 2nd to 4th bet. Now you can use this betting scheme of constantly changing
strategies from RD to CD and vice versa. To make this a consistently winning
strategy, we need to vary our betting amounts from one bet to another. Also to
control our losses, we need to set a threshold value, that is the number of
times we bet before we restart the scheme over again.
Table 1 illustrates the betting scheme:
********************************************************************************
*****
Table 1
Sequence Strategy Bet Net if Lose Net if Win

1 RD $2 -$2 $4
2 CD $12 -$14 $4
3 RD $9 -$23 $4
4 CD $54 -$77 $4
5 RD $41 -$118 $4
6 CD $243 -$361 $4
********************************************************************************
****
Our first bet will use RD strategy. (Remember RD stands for Repeat Dozen, CD for
Chang Dozen). That is if the last number on the table was number 34, we will bet
$2 on Dozen 3. If we win this bet we are at +$4. If we lose this bet (say if
number 4 comes up - Dozen 1), we will use CD strategy, betting $6 on each
opposing Dozen 2 and 3. If we win this bet, we have recovered the previous loss
of $2 and we will be at +$4. If we lose this bet (say if number 5 comes up -
Dozen 1), we will use RD strategy and bet $9 on Dozen 1. If we win, we will
recover all previous losses and bet at +$4. If we lose we use CD and bet $27 on
each opposing Dozen, etc., according to the amounts in Table 1.
This is assuming that the minimum bet value is $2. You can adjust this value
according to the table's minimum outside bet amounts. We will refer to the $4
net win amount as 1 unit.
Now, the question is how many times do you bet on a loss until you restart this
betting scheme. This will depend on the risk level you would like to take. If
you set it to 4 times, you will win 1 unit at a time at the end of the run and
if you lose all 4 bets, you will lose 77/4 = 19.25 units. If you set it to 5
times, you will win 1 unit at a time and lose 118/4 = 29.5 units. This is what I
refer to as threshold values. The higher risk you take, that is the higher the
threshold value, the more often you will win. However, when you lose, you will
lose a greater amount.
We define a run as the number of a few bets placed until you hit a winning bet,
or you exceed the threshold value. At the end of the run, you always restart the
betting scheme with RD strategy.
In the next illustration in Table 2, I will provide you with a sampling of

simulated sequences. Each time you win the net profit increases by 1 unit and
each time you lose as many bets as your threshold value, you lose the amount of
units of the corresponding threshold value. You can calculate the number of
losing units by dividing the amounts in column Net if Lose in Table 1 by 4, so
that
- threshold of 2 will correspond to a loss of 14 /4 = 3.5 units;
- threshold of 5 will correspond to a loss of 118/4 = 29.25 units;
- threshold of 6 will correspond to a loss of 361/4 = 90.25 units.
The column RD or CD specifies which strategy you use, repeat dozen or change
dozen.
The column Losing Streak counts the number of bets you place before you repeat
the scheme.
The column Units Won/Lost specifies if you have won 1 unit at the end of the run
or lost the amount of units depending on your threshold value.
Net units gives you the overall units won or lost so far.
********************************************************************************
********
Table 2
Sequence # Number Dozen # RD or CD W/L Losing Streak Units won/lost Net Units
1 15 2
2 3 1 RD L 1 0 0
3 22 2 CD W 0 1 1
4 36 3 RD L 1 0 1
5 6 1 CD W 0 1 2
6 35 3 RD L 1 0 2
7 6 1 CD W 0 1 3
8 13 2 RD L 1 0 3
9 4 1 CD W 0 1 4
10 24 2 RD L 1 0 4
11 1 1 CD W 0 1 5
12 21 2 RD L 1 0 5
13 11 1 CD W 0 1 6
14 36 3 RD L 1 0 6
15 20 2 CD W 0 1 7
16 35 3 RD L 1 0 7
17 14 2 CD W 0 1 8
18 23 2 RD W 0 1 9
19 6 1 RD L 1 0 9
20 13 2 CD W 0 1 10
21 7 1 RD L 1 0 10
22 18 2 CD W 0 1 11
23 22 2 RD W 0 1 12
24 36 3 RD L 1 0 12
25 00 4 CD L 2 0 12
26 22 2 RD L 3 0 12
27 31 3 CD W 0 1 13
28 1 1 RD L 1 0 13
29 4 1 CD L 2 0 13
30 30 3 RD L 3 0 13
31 27 3 CD L 4 -19.25 -6.25
32 29 3 RD W 0 1 -5.25
33 21 2 RD L 1 0 -5.25
34 9 1 CD W 0 1 -4.25
35 2 1 RD W 0 1 -3.25
36 3 1 RD W 0 1 -2.25
37 0 0 RD L 1 0 -2.25
38 36 3 CD W 0 1 -1.25
39 33 3 RD W 0 1 -0.25
40 10 1 RD L 1 0 -0.25
41 27 3 CD W 0 1 0.75
42 15 2 RD L 1 0 0.75
43 1 1 CD W 0 1 1.75
44 18 2 RD L 1 0 1.75
45 30 3 CD W 0 1 2.75
46 36 3 RD W 0 1 3.75
47 30 3 RD W 0 1 4.75
48 22 2 RD L 1 0 4.75
49 23 2 CD L 2 0 4.75
50 2 1 RD L 3 0 4.75
51 23 2 CD W 0 1 5.75
52 5 1 RD L 1 0 5.75
53 18 2 CD W 0 1 6.75
54 15 2 RD W 0 1 7.75
55 8 1 RD L 1 0 7.75
56 2 1 CD L 2 0 7.75
57 17 2 RD L 3 0 7.75
58 11 1 CD W 0 1 8.75
59 31 3 RD L 1 0 8.75
60 21 2 CD W 0 1 9.75
61 13 2 RD W 0 1 10.75
62 34 3 RD L 1 0 10.75
63 11 1 CD W 0 1 11.75
64 26 3 RD L 1 0 11.75
65 18 2 CD W 0 1 12.75
66 00 4 RD L 1 0 12.75
67 36 3 CD W 0 1 13.75
68 31 3 RD W 0 1 14.75
69 5 1 RD L 1 0 14.75
70 3 1 CD L 2 0 14.75
71 14 2 RD L 3 0 14.75
72 25 3 CD W 0 1 15.75
73 12 1 RD L 1 0 15.75
74 3 1 CD L 2 0 15.75
75 26 3 RD L 3 0 15.75
76 1 1 CD W 0 1 16.75
77 3 1 RD W 0 1 17.75
78 10 1 RD W 0 1 18.75
79 5 1 RD W 0 1 19.75
80 30 3 RD L 1 0 19.75
81 4 1 CD W 0 1 20.75
82 27 3 RD L 1 0 20.75
83 8 1 CD W 0 1 21.75
84 31 3 RD L 1 0 21.75
85 21 2 CD W 0 1 22.75
86 22 2 RD W 0 1 23.75
87 14 2 RD W 0 1 24.75
88 15 2 RD W 0 1 25.75
89 20 2 RD W 0 1 26.75
90 17 2 RD W 0 1 27.75
91 14 2 RD W 0 1 28.75
92 16 2 RD W 0 1 29.75
93 8 1 RD L 1 0 29.75
94 2 1 CD L 2 0 29.75
95 7 1 RD W 0 1 30.75
96 34 3 RD L 1 0 30.75
97 33 3 CD L 2 0 30.75
98 17 2 RD L 3 0 30.75
99 22 2 CD L 4 -19.25 11.5
100 13 2 RD W 0 1 12.5
101 00 4 RD L 1 0 12.5
102 9 1 CD W 0 1 13.5
103 18 2 RD L 1 0 13.5
104 6 1 CD W 0 1 14.5
105 29 3 RD L 1 0 14.5
106 33 3 CD L 2 0 14.5
107 17 2 RD L 3 0 14.5
108 11 1 CD W 0 1 15.5
109 7 1 RD W 0 1 16.5
110 15 2 RD L 1 0 16.5
111 8 1 CD W 0 1 17.5
112 23 2 RD L 1 0 17.5
113 11 1 CD W 0 1 18.5
114 18 2 RD L 1 0 18.5
115 00 4 CD L 2 0 18.5
116 18 2 RD L 3 0 18.5
117 26 3 CD W 0 1 19.5
118 14 2 RD L 1 0 19.5
119 34 3 CD W 0 1 20.5
120 7 1 RD L 1 0 20.5
121 35 3 CD W 0 1 21.5
122 00 4 RD L 1 0 21.5
123 6 1 CD W 0 1 22.5
124 0 0 RD L 1 0 22.5
125 27 3 CD W 0 1 23.5
126 18 2 RD L 1 0 23.5
127 3 1 CD W 0 1 24.5
128 22 2 RD L 1 0 24.5
129 26 3 CD W 0 1 25.5
130 35 3 RD W 0 1 26.5
131 27 3 RD W 0 1 27.5
132 21 2 RD L 1 0 27.5
133 30 3 CD W 0 1 28.5
134 33 3 RD W 0 1 29.5
135 14 2 RD L 1 0 29.5
136 30 3 CD W 0 1 30.5
137 27 3 RD W 0 1 31.5
138 32 3 RD W 0 1 32.5
139 19 2 RD L 1 0 32.5
140 7 1 CD W 0 1 33.5
141 8 1 RD W 0 1 34.5
142 34 3 RD L 1 0 34.5
143 24 2 CD W 0 1 35.5
144 36 3 RD L 1 0 35.5
145 18 2 CD W 0 1 36.5
146 0 0 RD L 1 0 36.5
147 27 3 CD W 0 1 37.5
148 14 2 RD L 1 0 37.5
149 5 1 CD W 0 1 38.5
150 16 2 RD L 1 0 38.5
151 10 1 CD W 0 1 39.5
152 25 3 RD L 1 0 39.5
153 2 1 CD W 0 1 40.5
154 4 1 RD W 0 1 41.5
155 27 3 RD L 1 0 41.5
156 14 2 CD W 0 1 42.5
157 11 1 RD L 1 0 42.5
158 10 1 CD L 2 0 42.5
159 20 2 RD L 3 0 42.5
160 30 3 CD W 0 1 43.5
161 10 1 RD L 1 0 43.5
162 3 1 CD L 2 0 43.5
163 3 1 RD W 0 1 44.5
164 22 2 RD L 1 0 44.5
165 6 1 CD W 0 1 45.5
166 25 3 RD L 1 0 45.5
167 24 2 CD W 0 1 46.5
168 24 2 RD W 0 1 47.5
169 10 1 RD L 1 0 47.5
170 14 2 CD W 0 1 48.5
171 20 2 RD W 0 1 49.5
172 29 3 RD L 1 0 49.5
173 11 1 CD W 0 1 50.5
174 20 2 RD L 1 0 50.5
175 12 1 CD W 0 1 51.5
176 26 3 RD L 1 0 51.5
177 29 3 CD L 2 0 51.5
178 26 3 RD W 0 1 52.5
179 7 1 RD L 1 0 52.5
180 11 1 CD L 2 0 52.5
181 17 2 RD L 3 0 52.5
182 6 1 CD W 0 1 53.5
183 14 2 RD L 1 0 53.5
184 32 3 CD W 0 1 54.5
185 15 2 RD L 1 0 54.5
186 24 2 CD L 2 0 54.5
187 16 2 RD W 0 1 55.5
188 20 2 RD W 0 1 56.5
189 6 1 RD L 1 0 56.5
190 6 1 CD L 2 0 56.5
191 23 2 RD L 3 0 56.5
192 0 0 CD L 4 -19.25 37.25
193 28 3 RD L 1 0 37.25
194 8 1 CD W 0 1 38.25
195 5 1 RD W 0 1 39.25
196 25 3 RD L 1 0 39.25
197 13 2 CD W 0 1 40.25
198 33 3 RD L 1 0 40.25
199 15 2 CD W 0 1 41.25
200 21 2 RD W 0 1 42.25
********************************************************************************
*******
As you may have noticed, Table 2 uses threshold value of 4, that is you bet 4
times using the betting scheme of Table 1. Losing all 4 bets makes you lose
19.25 units, as it happened in sequences 31, 99, 192. Overall you end up winning
42.25 units at the end of 200 spins, which confirms the good performance of this
system. And this was run on an American Roulette with two zeros. Notice that the
Dozen number is 0 when a single 0 is encountered and the Dozen is 4 when 00 is
encountered, both of which are losing bets in any event. On a European Roulette
with a single 0, you have even better chances of winning. Some online casinos
offer single 0 roulette, it’s worth looking for one!
System 2
This system is slightly more complex than the previous one, but is an excellent
alternating strategy use, particularly if the gaming software is designed to
detect your strategy. As soon as this happens, you will be switching to the
opposing strategy.
You will start by using CD (Change Dozen) strategy by betting 1 unit on one
Dozen and 1 unit on the other Dozen, the two Dozens being the opposite of the
one that just came up. If you win, you will stay with CD strategy, but the
following bet will be 25% higher than the previous one. This will enable you to
make higher profits at changing dozens. You will increase your bet by 25% for 10
times, if you win 10 times in a row. This will be identified by a CD Winning
Streak column in the illustration of Table 3 below. If you lose on a bet, you
will change strategies to RD, that is you will bet 2 units on the Dozen of the
last number that came up. If you lose this bet with RD strategy, this time you
will stay with RD increasing your bet by 50% on your next bet with a threshold
of 5 (that is you bet 5 times with RD), until the Dozen finally repeats. When
you win using RD strategy, you switch back to CD following the above pattern.
This will confuse the hell out of any dishonest software.
I hope it didn't confuse you, as well. I will provide 200 sample spins in Table
3 below and explain the pattern right after, to make absolutely sure you
understand how it works.
The column RD Losing Streak will count the number of times you bet before you
reach the threshold value (5 in this case) until the Dozen repeats.
The column CD Winning Streak will count the number of times you stay with CD
strategy until you switch to RD.
The unit value I use is $50. Therefore the first bet with CD will be two $50
chips on each Dozen, thus the bet amount of $100. You can use any multiple of
this value or any division up to as low as $2/unit, or as low as your table's
minimum betting amount. With $50 minimum bet, you will not exceed a maximum
table limit of $1000, that is 20 times the minimum bet limit, which is the case
in most casinos.
********************************************************************************
*******
Table 3
Sequence # Number Dozen # RD or CD W/L RD Losing Streak CD Winning Streak Bet

Amount Cash Net Profit
1 12 1
2 25 3 CD W 0 1 $100 $50 $50
3 24 2 CD W 0 2 $125 $63 $113
4 3 1 CD W 0 3 $156 $78 $191
5 10 1 CD L 0 0 $195 -$195 -$5
6 24 2 RD L 1 0 $100 -$100 -$105
7 34 3 RD L 2 0 $150 -$150 -$255
8 17 2 RD L 3 0 $225 -$225 -$480
9 17 2 RD W 0 0 $338 $675 $195
10 18 2 CD L 0 0 $100 -$100 $95
11 24 2 RD W 0 0 $100 $200 $295
12 30 3 CD W 0 1 $100 $50 $345
13 7 1 CD W 0 2 $125 $63 $408
14 13 2 CD W 0 3 $156 $78 $486
15 24 2 CD L 0 0 $195 -$195 $291
16 9 1 RD L 1 0 $100 -$100 $191
17 18 2 RD L 2 0 $150 -$150 $41
18 1 1 RD W 0 0 $338 $675 $491
20 10 1 CD L 0 0 $100 -$100 $391
21 32 3 RD L 1 0 $100 -$100 $291
22 20 2 RD L 2 0 $150 -$150 $141
23 30 3 RD L 3 0 $225 -$225 -$84
24 32 3 RD W 0 0 $338 $675 $591
25 1 1 CD W 0 1 $100 $50 $641
26 6 1 CD L 0 0 $125 -$125 $516
27 23 2 RD L 1 0 $100 -$100 $416
28 35 3 RD L 2 0 $150 -$150 $266
29 13 2 RD L 3 0 $225 -$225 $41
30 22 2 RD W 0 0 $338 $675 $716
31 21 2 CD L 0 0 $100 -$100 $616
32 24 2 RD W 0 0 $100 $200 $816
33 25 3 CD W 0 1 $100 $50 $866
34 1 1 CD W 0 2 $125 $63 $928
35 28 3 CD W 0 3 $156 $78 $1,006
36 23 2 CD W 0 4 $195 $98 $1,104
37 3 1 CD W 0 5 $244 $122 $1,226
38 8 1 CD L 0 0 $305 -$305 $921
39 25 3 RD L 1 0 $100 -$100 $821
40 12 1 RD L 2 0 $150 -$150 $671
41 7 1 RD W 0 0 $225 $450 $1,121
42 3 1 CD L 0 0 $100 -$100 $1,021
43 13 2 RD L 1 0 $100 -$100 $921
44 8 1 RD L 2 0 $150 -$150 $771
45 10 1 RD W 0 0 $225 $450 $1,221
46 32 3 CD W 0 1 $100 $50 $1,271
47 22 2 CD W 0 2 $125 $63 $1,333
48 4 1 CD W 0 3 $156 $78 $1,411
49 31 3 CD W 0 4 $195 $98 $1,509
50 15 2 CD W 0 5 $244 $122 $1,631
51 19 2 CD L 0 0 $305 -$305 $1,326
52 22 2 RD W 0 0 $100 $200 $1,526
53 26 3 CD W 0 1 $100 $50 $1,576
54 20 2 CD W 0 2 $125 $63 $1,638
55 8 1 CD W 0 3 $156 $78 $1,717
56 2 1 CD L 0 0 $195 -$195 $1,521
57 22 2 RD L 1 0 $100 -$100 $1,421
58 15 2 RD W 0 0 $150 $300 $1,721
59 36 3 CD W 0 1 $100 $50 $1,771
60 29 3 CD L 0 0 $125 -$125 $1,646
61 16 2 RD L 1 0 $100 -$100 $1,546
62 27 3 RD L 2 0 $150 -$150 $1,396
63 3 1 RD L 3 0 $225 -$225 $1,171
64 4 1 RD W 0 0 $338 $675 $1,846
65 13 2 CD W 0 1 $100 $50 $1,896
66 32 3 CD W 0 2 $125 $63 $1,959
67 27 3 CD L 0 0 $156 -$156 $1,803
68 25 3 RD W 0 0 $100 $200 $2,003
69 0 0 CD L 0 0 $100 -$100 $1,903
70 24 2 RD L 1 0 $100 -$100 $1,803
71 15 2 RD W 0 0 $150 $300 $2,103
72 13 2 CD L 0 0 $100 -$100 $2,003
73 0 0 RD L 1 0 $100 -$100 $1,903
74 25 3 RD L 2 0 $150 -$150 $1,753
75 2 1 RD L 3 0 $225 -$225 $1,528
76 13 2 RD L 4 0 $338 -$338 $1,190
77 1 1 RD L 5 0 $506 -$506 $684
78 0 0 CD L 1 0 $100 -$100 $584
79 26 3 RD L 2 0 $100 -$100 $484
80 24 2 RD L 3 0 $150 -$150 $334
81 25 3 RD L 4 0 $225 -$225 $109
82 28 3 RD W 0 0 $338 $675 $784
83 29 3 CD L 0 0 $100 -$100 $684
84 30 3 RD W 0 0 $100 $200 $884
85 17 2 CD W 0 1 $100 $50 $934
86 7 1 CD W 0 2 $125 $63 $996
87 30 3 CD W 0 3 $156 $78 $1,074
88 23 2 CD W 0 4 $195 $98 $1,172
89 25 3 CD W 0 5 $244 $122 $1,294
90 7 1 CD W 0 6 $305 $153 $1,447
91 13 2 CD W 0 7 $381 $191 $1,637
92 31 3 CD W 0 8 $477 $238 $1,876
93 26 3 CD L 0 0 $596 -$596 $1,280
94 6 1 RD L 1 0 $100 -$100 $1,180
95 3 1 RD W 0 0 $150 $300 $1,480
96 34 3 CD W 0 1 $100 $50 $1,530
97 33 3 CD L 0 0 $125 -$125 $1,405
98 30 3 RD W 0 0 $100 $200 $1,605
99 20 2 CD W 0 1 $100 $50 $1,655
100 4 1 CD W 0 2 $125 $63 $1,717
101 23 2 CD W 0 3 $156 $78 $1,795
102 24 2 CD L 0 0 $195 -$195 $1,600
103 24 2 RD W 0 0 $100 $200 $1,800
104 8 1 CD W 0 1 $100 $50 $1,850
105 7 1 CD L 0 0 $125 -$125 $1,725
106 28 3 RD L 1 0 $100 -$100 $1,625
107 23 2 RD L 2 0 $150 -$150 $1,475
108 27 3 RD L 3 0 $225 -$225 $1,250
109 31 3 RD W 0 0 $338 $675 $1,925
110 8 1 CD W 0 1 $100 $50 $1,975
111 7 1 CD L 0 0 $125 -$125 $1,850
112 2 1 RD W 0 0 $100 $200 $2,050
113 35 3 CD W 0 1 $100 $50 $2,100
114 36 3 CD L 0 0 $125 -$125 $1,975
115 26 3 RD W 0 0 $100 $200 $2,175
116 21 2 CD W 0 1 $100 $50 $2,225
117 3 1 CD W 0 2 $125 $63 $2,288
118 31 3 CD W 0 3 $156 $78 $2,366
119 14 2 CD W 0 4 $195 $98 $2,463
120 2 1 CD W 0 5 $244 $122 $2,585
121 11 1 CD L 0 0 $305 -$305 $2,280
122 10 1 RD W 0 0 $100 $200 $2,480
123 10 1 CD L 0 0 $100 -$100 $2,380
124 14 2 RD L 1 0 $100 -$100 $2,280
125 34 3 RD L 2 0 $150 -$150 $2,130
126 22 2 RD L 3 0 $225 -$225 $1,905
127 27 3 RD L 4 0 $338 -$338 $1,568
128 29 3 RD W 0 0 $506 $1,013 $2,580
129 19 2 CD W 0 1 $100 $50 $2,630
130 25 3 CD W 0 2 $125 $63 $2,693
131 9 1 CD W 0 3 $156 $78 $2,771
132 26 3 CD W 0 4 $195 $98 $2,869
133 26 3 CD L 0 0 $244 -$244 $2,624
134 31 3 RD W 0 0 $100 $200 $2,824
135 0 0 CD L 0 0 $100 -$100 $2,724
136 8 1 RD L 1 0 $100 -$100 $2,624
137 2 1 RD W 0 0 $150 $300 $2,924
138 19 2 CD W 0 1 $100 $50 $2,974
139 33 3 CD W 0 2 $125 $63 $3,037
140 23 2 CD W 0 3 $156 $78 $3,115
141 11 1 CD W 0 4 $195 $98 $3,213
142 31 3 CD W 0 5 $244 $122 $3,335
143 29 3 CD L 0 0 $305 -$305 $3,030
144 19 2 RD L 1 0 $100 -$100 $2,930
145 21 2 RD W 0 0 $150 $300 $3,230
146 25 3 CD W 0 1 $100 $50 $3,280
147 34 3 CD L 0 0 $125 -$125 $3,155
148 16 2 RD L 1 0 $100 -$100 $3,055
149 25 3 RD L 2 0 $150 -$150 $2,905
150 10 1 RD L 3 0 $225 -$225 $2,680
151 27 3 RD L 4 0 $338 -$338 $2,342
152 7 1 RD L 5 0 $506 -$506 $1,836
153 29 3 CD W 0 1 $100 $50 $1,886
154 3 1 CD W 0 2 $125 $63 $1,948
155 16 2 CD W 0 3 $156 $78 $2,027
156 15 2 CD L 0 0 $195 -$195 $1,831
157 6 1 RD L 1 0 $100 -$100 $1,731
158 27 3 RD L 2 0 $150 -$150 $1,581
159 11 1 RD L 3 0 $225 -$225 $1,356
160 3 1 RD W 0 0 $338 $675 $2,031
161 16 2 CD W 0 1 $100 $50 $2,081
162 21 2 CD L 0 0 $125 -$125 $1,956
163 27 3 RD L 1 0 $100 -$100 $1,856
164 5 1 RD L 2 0 $150 -$150 $1,706
165 8 1 RD W 0 0 $225 $450 $2,156
166 11 1 CD L 0 0 $100 -$100 $2,056
167 6 1 RD W 0 0 $100 $200 $2,256
168 32 3 CD W 0 1 $100 $50 $2,306
169 23 2 CD W 0 2 $125 $63 $2,369
170 8 1 CD W 0 3 $156 $78 $2,447
171 26 3 CD W 0 4 $195 $98 $2,544
172 4 1 CD W 0 5 $244 $122 $2,667
173 27 3 CD W 0 6 $305 $153 $2,819
174 31 3 CD L 0 0 $381 -$381 $2,438
175 24 2 RD L 1 0 $100 -$100 $2,338
176 4 1 RD L 2 0 $150 -$150 $2,188
177 29 3 RD L 3 0 $225 -$225 $1,963
178 1 1 RD L 4 0 $338 -$338 $1,625
179 32 3 RD L 5 0 $506 -$506 $1,119
180 5 1 CD W 0 1 $100 $50 $1,169
181 6 1 CD L 0 0 $125 -$125 $1,044
182 3 1 RD W 0 0 $100 $200 $1,244
183 18 2 CD W 0 1 $100 $50 $1,294
184 35 3 CD W 0 2 $125 $63 $1,356
185 19 2 CD W 0 3 $156 $78 $1,435
186 10 1 CD W 0 4 $195 $98 $1,532
187 27 3 CD W 0 5 $244 $122 $1,654
188 12 1 CD W 0 6 $305 $153 $1,807
189 30 3 CD W 0 7 $381 $191 $1,998
190 4 1 CD W 0 8 $477 $238 $2,236
191 34 3 CD W 0 9 $596 $298 $2,534
192 19 2 CD W 0 10 $745 $373 $2,907
193 18 2 RD W 0 0 $100 $200 $3,107
194 8 1 CD W 0 1 $100 $50 $3,157
195 28 3 CD W 0 2 $125 $63 $3,219
196 33 3 CD L 0 0 $156 -$156 $3,063
197 13 2 RD L 1 0 $100 -$100 $2,963
198 10 1 RD L 2 0 $150 -$150 $2,813
199 25 3 RD L 3 0 $225 -$225 $2,588
200 36 3 RD W 0 0 $338 $675 $3,263
********************************************************************************
********
Explanation of Table 3:
Sequence 1: you come to the Roulette table at either a live or an on-line Casino
and you observe that the last decision was number 12 in Dozen 1.
Sequence 2: your very first bet uses CD (Change Dozen) strategy. You bet $50 on
Dozen 2 and $50 on Dozen 3. Number 25 - Dozen 3 comes up, you win. Your profit
is $50. (Remember you get paid 2 to 1).
Sequence 3: since you won, you stay at CD strategy and bet on the two Dozens
different than 3, that is on Dozens 1 and 2. The bet amount will be 25% more
than the previous one. If your total bet was $100 on the previous sequence, you
need to bet $125 on this one. Since 125 is not divisible by 2, just round it up
to the nearest betting amount to fit the table. It could be $60 on each Dozen 1
and 2 or $65 on each Dozen. It doesn't matter. This will not affect the
performance of the system. Number 24 - Dozen 2 comes up, you win again, cashing
$63. Your overall net profit is +$113.
Sequence 4: since you won again, you stay with CD and bet $156 (25% more than
$125), that is $78 on Dozen 1 and $78 on Dozen 3. Number 3 - Dozen 1 comes up,
you win cashing $78 bringing your overall net profit to +191.
Sequence 5: since you won for the third time (CD Winning Streak is at 3 in
sequence 4), you bet again with CD placing $100 (rounded half of $195) on Dozen
2 and $100 on Dozen 3. Number 10 - Dozen 1 comes up, you lose, losing your $200
(rounded $195) bet, leaving your net at -$5.
Sequence 6: now that you lost, you switch strategies to RD (Repeat Dozen) and
bet 2 units (2 X $50 = $100) on Dozen 1, the one that came up in sequence 5.
Number 24 - Dozen 2 comes up, you lose. The net comes down to -$105.
Sequence 7: you lost at sequence 6, but we stay in RD, (unlike the case when we
were in CD and had we lost, we would have switched to RD), and bet 50% more than
our previous bet, that is $150 on Dozen 2, as number 24 came up in the previous
sequence. Number 34 - Dozen 3 comes up, we lose the $150 bet, and our overall
net goes down to -$255.
Sequence 8: since we lost again, we still stay in RD (up to 5 times - the
threshold, if necessary) and bet 50% more than the previous bet, that is $225 on
Dozen 3. Number 17 - Dozen 2 comes up, we lose. Our overall net goes down to -
$480.
Sequence 9: since we lost again, we stay in RD and bet 50% more than $225, that
is $338 (you can round it to $330 or $350 depending on where you play). We place
the $338 bet on Dozen 2. Number 17 comes up, we win cashing $675, bringing the
overall net profit to +$195.
Sequence 10: since we won and we were in RD, we change strategies to CD (unlike
the case when we were in CD and had we won, we would have stayed in CD). Please
note that if we win in RD strategy, we end the run and we start over the betting
scheme in CD from 1 unit. So we bet $50 on each Dozen 1 and 3 (different than
the Dozen 2 that came up in sequence 9). Number 18 - Dozen 2 comes up. We lose
$100. Our overall net goes down to +$95.
Sequence 11: since we lost with CD in sequence 10, we change strategies to RD
and bet $100 (starting a new run) on Dozen 2. Number 24 comes up. We win cashing
$200. Our overall profit goes to $295.
Now that you are starting to grasp how the system works, you can observe the
rest of the sequences to get a thorough understanding of the system before you
apply it for real.
To summarize the system:

- You start with CD. If you win you stay with CD and increase your bet by %25 up
to 10 times until you lose. When you lose with CD, you switch to RD and stay
with RD increasing your bet by %50 until you win or lose 5 times. Then you
switch back to CD.
Here are more examples referring to Table 3:

In sequence 32, RD strategy wins. You switch to CD, winning 5 times until you
lose the 6th time in sequence 38 and you switch to RD in sequence 39. RD loses
until it wins in sequence 41. You close the run and switch back to CD in
sequence 42. CD loses in sequence 42, switching to RD in sequence 43. RD loses
until it wins in sequence 45. Then you switch to CD again, winning up to
sequence 51, where it loses, and you switch to RD in sequence 52.
Here is an example where we reach a threshold of 5 being in RD. In sequence 72,
CD strategy loses and we switch to RD. RD loses from sequence 73 to 77 for 5
times. We don't win, but we reach threshold 5, so we switch to CD in sequence
78, where it loses again. So we switch back to RD in sequence 79 losing until
sequence 82, where it wins.
Sequences 183 to 192 is an example where CD wins 10 times and we switch to RD in
sequence 193, despite the fact that CD hasn't lost yet, but reached the winning
streak of 10. RD happens to win in sequence 193 and we switch back to CD
according to the system. CD wins twice in sequences 194 and 195 until it loses
in sequence 196, where we switch to RD. RD loses from 197 to 199 until it wins
in sequence 200.
>From sequences 147 until 181 we encounter a long losing streak. However, this
is quickly recovered with a fast increasing winning streak at sequences 182 to
200, which is the big advantage of this system.
I wish you lots of luck using my on-line roulette systems, and I hope you will
have many exciting and profitable sessions.
Izak
OPERATION HOPE SYSTEM
This embryonic form of the prophet, born long time before that the prophet was
definitely realized, is, within its limits, the best system in the world, if
didn't exist the Prophet itself and its two direct "sons": "Masora" and
"Apeiron" (soon in the web site). And it's always 1,000 -10,000 - 1.000.000
times stronger than the best system of my competitors.
This my embryonic study of the Prophet, although was developed as an empiric

system, it's playable (if you are smart and fast to apply it). My only advice is
don't make more than 3 games a day, because this substitute is very incisive
above all in the first games. In the long run, it can have some little problems
because is not present the cyclometric connection that is inserted in the real
Prophet, thanks to a singular enthusiastic derived intrinsic series!
Well, I'm going to live you all for a test of this system, I hope that you
appreciated my little gift. Then, when the "bad times" will be passed I will
remind you to buy at least one of the "brothers" of the Prophet: the "Masora"
for betting 4 numbers (Us$ 6,000) and…
the "Apeiron" for only 2 numbers (US$ 12,000)…
These systems are only 1% inferiors than the prophet, but the 1% is irrelevant
at these levels.
Table A
Masoretic Configuration "Embryo Prophet" Diodoro
Line A Line B
Main numbers Derived
numbers Main numbers Derived
numbers
2 21 25 1 20 33
4 19 21 3 26 35
6 27 34 5 10 24
8 23 30 7 28 29
10 5 23 9 22 31
11 30 36 12 28 35
13 27 36 14 20 31
15 19 32 16 24 33
17 25 34 18 22 29
19 4 15 20 1 14
21 2 4 22 9 18
23 8 10 24 5 16
25 2 17 26 0 3
27 6 13 28 7 12
30 8 11 29 7 18
32 0 15 31 9 14
34 6 17 33 1 16
36 11 13 35 3 12
Instructions
Details
In the previous page you can find the table A (I remind you all that this system
is developed for French Wheel - single 0 -). The 18 main numbers in the 2 lines,
are extracted directly from the wheel and are just half wheel (excluding zero).
In Line A are disposed in all the 18 numbers (from Number 32 to number 10)
In Line B are disposed in all the 18 numbers (from Number 26 to number 5)
ProcedureRecord 6 spins and draw it on the table A in the Main number column in
the corresponding Line.
First you have to annotate on the table A 6 spins.
0 6 …..until you win and are

satisfied…
These are the combination that we can find:
Line A Line B Status

0 6 Playable (rare)
1 5 Playable
2 4 Playable
3 3 Record 2 numbers again and play only if there are at least a
difference of 2 extractions.
4 2 Playable
5 1 Playable
6 0 Playable (rare)
In bold the good line
The good line is the line with the most numbers extracted.
The numbers to bet are the corresponding numbers in the derived numbers column
(see table A), except the numbers that was already called.
Note
1) When after 6 spins you draw 3 numbers in Line A and 3 numbers in Line B, you
have to record two more spins. If these 2 spins are drawn in the same line, you
can have a good Line (the line with 5 numbers recorded).
2) If in the 6 spins are called one or more 0, you don't have to record it (in
the main number column you will not find the "0"). The only important thing is
that the difference between the Good Line and the bad Line have to be 2 or more
numbers drawn. (4-1, 3-1, 5-0, 4-0,… are good)
3) If one "0" is called in the 6 spins and you have in a Line 3 numbers drawn
and in the other Line 2 numbers drawn, you can record only 1 spin more and if
the number is drawn in the line with 3 numbers you will have a difference of 2
numbers dawn and so you will bet.
4) Do not bet more than 8, at maximum 9 numbers!
5) I recommend to be aware also in case you have to bet less than 5 numbers.
How to bet
Number to be bet Units to bet until the 18th spin Units to be bet from 19th
up to 31th spins
3 or less Not playable
4 1 3
5 1 3
6 1 3
7 1 3
8 1 4
9 1 4
10 or more Not playable
Example n° 1
Recorded spins: 15,26,29,7,10,24
In Line B we draw 7,24,26,29

In Line A we draw only 10,15
The good line is Line A
The derived numbers of the Line A are:

28 and 29 (already called!) for number 7
5 and 16 for number 24
7 (already called!) and 18 for number 29
The number already called (and so not bettable) to be excluded are 29 and 7, so
the remaining numbers to be bet are: 28,5,16,0,3,18
Line A Line B
numbers
2 21 25 1 20 33
4 19 21 3 26 35
6 27 34 5 10 24
8 23 30 7 28 29
10 5 23 9 22 31
11 30 36 12 28 35
13 27 36 14 20 31
15 19 32 16 24 33
17 25 34 18 22 29
19 4 15 20 1 14
21 2 4 22 9 18
23 8 10 24 5 16
25 2 17 26 0 3
27 6 13 28 7 12
30 8 11 29 7 18
32 0 15 31 9 14
34 6 17 33 1 16
36 11 13 35 3 12
Yellow: numbers recorded in the main numbers column
Green: numbers to be bet in the derived numbers column
Red: numbers excluded because already recorded
Example n° 2
Recorded spins: 2,36,13,29,25,15
In Line B we draw only number 29

In Line A we draw 2,13,15,25,36
Obviously the good line is Line A
The derived numbers of the Line A are:

2 (already called!) and 17 for number 25
The number already called (and so not bettable) to be excluded are 25,36,2,13,
so the remaining numbers to be bet are: 21,27,19,32,17,11
Line A Line B
numbers
2 21 25 1 20 33
4 19 21 3 26 35
6 27 34 5 10 24
8 23 30 7 28 29
10 5 23 9 22 31
11 30 36 12 28 35
13 27 36 14 20 31
15 19 32 16 24 33
17 25 34 18 22 29
19 4 15 20 1 14
21 2 4 22 9 18
23 8 10 24 5 16
25 2 17 26 0 3
27 6 13 28 7 12
30 8 11 29 7 18
32 0 15 31 9 14
34 6 17 33 1 16
36 11 13 35 3 12
Yellow: numbers recorded in the main numbers column

Green: numbers to be bet in the derived numbers column
Red: numbers excluded because already recorded
Appendix A: Some table to be printed for an easy use:
Line A Line B
numbers
2 21 25 1 20 33
4 19 21 3 26 35
6 27 34 5 10 24
8 23 30 7 28 29
10 5 23 9 22 31
11 30 36 12 28 35
13 27 36 14 20 31
15 19 32 16 24 33
17 25 34 18 22 29
19 4 15 20 1 14
21 2 4 22 9 18
23 8 10 24 5 16
25 2 17 26 0 3
27 6 13 28 7 12
30 8 11 29 7 18
32 0 15 31 9 14
34 6 17 33 1 16
36 11 13 35 3 12
Line A Line B
numbers
2 21 25 1 20 33
4 19 21 3 26 35
6 27 34 5 10 24
8 23 30 7 28 29
10 5 23 9 22 31
11 30 36 12 28 35
13 27 36 14 20 31
15 19 32 16 24 33
17 25 34 18 22 29
19 4 15 20 1 14
21 2 4 22 9 18
23 8 10 24 5 16
25 2 17 26 0 3
27 6 13 28 7 12
30 8 11 29 7 18
32 0 15 31 9 14
34 6 17 33 1 16
36 11 13 35 3 12
Line A Line B
numbers
2 21 25 1 20 33
4 19 21 3 26 35
6 27 34 5 10 24
8 23 30 7 28 29
10 5 23 9 22 31
11 30 36 12 28 35
13 27 36 14 20 31
15 19 32 16 24 33
17 25 34 18 22 29
19 4 15 20 1 14
21 2 4 22 9 18
23 8 10 24 5 16
25 2 17 26 0 3
27 6 13 28 7 12
30 8 11 29 7 18
32 0 15 31 9 14
34 6 17 33 1 16
36 11 13 35 3 12
Line A Line B
numbers
2 21 25 1 20 33
4 19 21 3 26 35
6 27 34 5 10 24
8 23 30 7 28 29
10 5 23 9 22 31
11 30 36 12 28 35
13 27 36 14 20 31
15 19 32 16 24 33
17 25 34 18 22 29
19 4 15 20 1 14
21 2 4 22 9 18
23 8 10 24 5 16
25 2 17 26 0 3
27 6 13 28 7 12
30 8 11 29 7 18
32 0 15 31 9 14
34 6 17 33 1 16
36 11 13 35 3 12
OPPOSITE NUMBER BETTING
INTRODUCTION:
This roulette system is targeting the random results that the majority of
roulette games produce.
Playing of that system, your play is always guided by the previous 2 spins.
The position on the wheel where the previous 2 spins land, indicate where your
next bet is placed.
You never cover the same area of the wheel, that the previous 2 spins had landed
in.
THE RULES:
On the next page is a diagram to show you, as an example, the simple way of how
your betting selections are determined.
The first spin lands on the number 28.
The second spin lands on the number 21.
· On your casino scorecard, calculate the halfway point, at the shortest

distance on the wheel, between the last 2 numbers that have just come out.
· At the shortest distance on the wheel between these 2 numbers, you find the
halfway point, which in this instance is zero.
· You then go direct opposite and whatever number you arrive at, this will
become your target number.
· Place 1 chip on this number and one chip on the 3 numbers on both sides of
your target number, 7 chips in total.
Halfway
point (zero)
1st spin (# 28)

2nd spin (# 21)
Target number (# 5)
In this instance the halfway point is zero and the target number is the number
5, so for the next spin you will be playing the numbers 33,16,24,5,23,8,30 with
straight up bets.
In the above example we had a definite halfway point between the last 2 spins,
because there was an odd number of pockets between them.
If there had been an even number of pockets, then you would still find the
halfway point, which will now be between 2 numbers.
Go opposite this halfway pint and you will still arrive at a target number, see
next page.
As you can see between the numbers 14 and 29 we have an even number of pockets.
The halfway point brings us to a point between the numbers 9 and 22.
Going direct opposite we come to the number 34, and this becomes our target
number.
For the next spin we will play the numbers 2,25,17,34,6,27,13 with straight up
bets, and that is 7 numbers in total.
2nd spin (#29)
Halfway point (# 9, 27)

Target Number (#34)
1st spin (#14)
If a number repeats, such as the first spin is the number 19, and second spin is
also the number 19, then your target number will be direct opposite 19, in this
instance number 33 will become the target number.
For the next spin we will play the numbers 14,20,1,33,14,24,5 with straight up
bets, and that is 7 numbers in total.
As the results change, your target number will also change, nearly every spin.
Just continue to find the target number after every spin and place the 7 chips
on the appropriate numbers.
You will find that sometimes you may have a choice of 2 target numbers.
Just select which ever one you want and over prolonged play this occasional
indecision will have little difference in your overall results.
You may sometimes come to some indecision on which is the shortest distance
between the last 2 spins, such as the number 5 and zero.
Because there is an odd number of pockets on a single zero wheel, you will
always have a shorter distance between the last 2 numbers.
The shortest distance between 5 and zero would be to the left, and brings you to
the number 22.
Going opposite this I would probably select number 34 as the target.

OSCAR'S GRIND - The Positive Way
A special thanks to John Manfredi who pointed out my silly mistake about the rules!
OSCAR'S GRIND (or Hoyle's Press) is a Money Management system, a pen-and-paper accounting system. You need pen
and paper for this one but that is OK with most casinos. Some will only let you use their score-cards but that doesn't
matter, as long as it is a piece of paper...
It is easy to learn and to use and the goal for each session is to win exactly one unit (initial bet), like the MARTINGALE
system. This can be achieved very quickly - one spin - or it may take ages (and, as usual, may ruin your Bankroll).
The way it works is like this:

#1: Whenever you LOSE, you bet the same bet again
#2: Whenever you WIN...
#2A: If your net loss for the session is less than your last bet, you lower the bet to one more than your loss. If you
won 7 at the last spin, but you are still down by 2 units for the session, your next bet will be 3 units - one more than you
are down.
#2B: In all other situations you raise your bet one unit
This way, the net result for the session will, eventually, be exactly ONE positive unit / initial bet, and that result ends the
session.
(Whops! Forgot to say: ...eventually, if there is no limit to your bankroll or at the table... sorry)
What you will notice, using this system, is that when a session has been going on for some spins (you are down) and you
come into a Win - Lose - Win - Lose...-sequence, the only thing happening is that you increase the bets in a dangerous
way, risking more and more. To win one single starting bet...
Let's try it... (Casino Baden, Austria, June 26th 1996, 2:57 pm)
Betting RED
Columns:
Rec Spin: Recorded spin number

Bet : Amount of units bet on RED
Win : Winning number
R = Red
B = Black
Rslt : Positive or negative result of bet
STot : Running total for the session
GdTot : Grand total after each session
Rec
Spin Bet Win Rslt STot GdTot
-----------------------------
1 1 26B -1 -1 Bet 1. Lose. Same bet
2 1 30R +1 0 Bet 1. Win. 0 down = bet 1
5 1 16R +1 -1 Bet 1. Win. 1 down = raise 1
7 2 19R +2 -1 Bet 2. Win. 1 down = bet 2
8 2 18R +2 +1 +1 Bet 2. Win. Goal = +1!
9 1 10B -1 -1 Bet 1. Lose. Same bat

11 1 0 -1 -3 Bet 1. Lose. Same bet
13 2 23R +2 0 Bet 2. Win. 0 down = bet 1
14 1 9R +1 +1 +2 Bet 1. Win. Goal = +1!
15 1 14R +1 +1 +3 Bet 1. Win. Goal = +1!
16 1 12R +1 +1 +4 Bet 1. Win. Goal = +1!

20 2 23R +2 +1 +5 Bet 2. Win. Goal = +1!
Looking good! And this goes on... at spin 150 our Grand Bankroll is +22 units! Another session starts... But hey! What's
happening? 14 spins later we're down 17 for the session and must bet another five... OK, we can afford it... Lost! Now wait!
After 40 spins more we're down another 169 (186 down for the session) and are supposed to bet 19 units... Our Grand
Bankroll is down 164 units (incl the bet). Sorry to say, before the night ends we have been down 1383 units, plus
another 68 units bet, and walk away at closing-time with a total loss of 1042 (-1064 for the session and last bet was
93 u)! Click for the complete day (2nd browser)
But how could this happen? When having a streak of some lossess, some wins, some losses etc., you will find that the bet
is steadily increasing and so, when the losses are dominant, you have to make high bets thus risking to lose much and
quick. That is exactly what happened; have a look at the last 50 spins in the file (above). We actually work our way up
from -1383 units to -695, but while doing so we have increased the bets from 68 to 93! And so; in the last six spins - four
losses, one win and another loss - we again lose and this time 369 units, an average of 61.5 per spin!
Now, the goal of this system is to win one unit per session. We have lost 1064 in one session, so there is a need for some
1000 uninterrupted winning sessions here...
What about Black? If the bets are all on Black, we must win because Red lose!
Yes, we won. We had 62 winning sessions before the last one, that ended in -15 after 45 spins, when the table closed. To
sum up; we lost 1064 on Red and 15 on Black while we won 22 on Red and 62 on Black - giving the net result of minus
995 units...
Also, you can argue that the above way is a "positive progression" (you raise your bet on a win) and that a "negative
progression" might be better. Well, you are right, actually.
file:///D|/New%20Systems/swaped%20-%20New%20Systems/There%20are%20more%20red.htm
There are more red & even numbers: 28, as compared with red & odd numbers
which total: 26; likewise there are more black & odd numbers: 28, when compared
to black & even: 26. By selecting black & odds the player is covering 18 blacks
plus 10 other red odd numbers. As we are playing black, the player is covering the
odds & evens of black, plus by playing odds the player has covered all the 10 odd
numbers in red.
So therefore we have a favorable coverage of 28 out of 38 numbers (approx.74%).

The obvious advantage is to make flat bets (no progressions) on red & evens or
black & odds.
file:///D|/New%20Systems/swaped%20-%20New%20Systems/There%20are%20more%20red.htm [7/15/2002 10:00:26 AM]

"PARA PLUS" (improved paramount):
section 1: 1-12
section 2: 13-24
section 3: 25-36
Look at the last nbr, put 1 unit on each of the other 2 sections.
Keep on playing this, with the following rules:
1. Stop loss at -3 units (in practice this could also be -4)
2. Stop win at 1 unit.
Bankroll is 12 units.
To prove that you win almost 20%, see the attached sheet. For a bigger prove
pull down the colums to the end of the sheet (65.000 random nbr's!).
To see that the rules are important, change the red numbers in the sheet!
Also the bankroll is given in the sheet.
PATIENTS MAN'S SYSTEM
Don't laugh this money management method off until you have really tested it.
Look at the "rec-gambling-craps" message board where extensive tests on the
method were tried on craps about 18 months ago. It has been tested and proven
on roulette and baccarat as well.
Simply put: you are betting that four consecutive bets in four different games
will at some point show a change to the opposite.
The following example is for roulette:
If you want to bet green chips you need a bank of $2,700
If the last spin was Red you bet that there will be a change of colour within
the next 4 spins.
Bet 1 unit on Black.
If it wins ok you have finished the series.
If Red won again you bet 2 units on Black, lose so bet 4 units, lose so bet 8
units.
If you lose all 4 bets then you change tables.
You begin a new sequence based on the last winning spin of the new table say
this is Red again so you bet on Black.
Your sequence now is 2 units, 3 units, 6 units, 12 units.
If no change of colour occurs then you change tables once again.
As before, you bet for a change of colour based on the last spin on this new
table.
The new betting sequence is:
3 units, 4 units, 8 units, 16 units.
The 4th sequence (final sequence) is:

4 units, 5 units, 10 units, 20 units.
Every time you win your bet you go back to the beginning.
This is a boring way to play but it does work although you will occasionally
find yourself in a really deep hole and it takes a lot of playing to get ahead
again.
PATTERN 12 Roulette System
By Edmond Petitjean – Copyright (C) 2002 Edmond Petitjean
The dozens are my favorite betting selection and Relaxed Roulette was the first
development based on these.
In between I’ve finished a second – and complementary – system, called Pattern 12.
This time we bet only on one dozen, following a special selection procedure and
using an adapted very strong progression.
These two parameters combined stand for a highly successful and enjoyable betting
method.
We will not bet on each spin of the wheel but there will be enough activity.
You could even play on several tables at once because the bookkeeping is very
easy.
For those that already own Relaxed Roulette it is good to know that both can easily
be played together (what I’m doing very often).
RULES
1) Wait for ONE dozen NOT coming out in three spins.
Attention: the dozens that come out should be two different ones.
Example: 122 or 133 or 233 or 322 or 311 or 211 or …in any order (so also 121,
323,…)
The main thing to know is that only ONE is missing during three spins.
2) Start betting on the missing one following the progression and for maximum three
times.
We can now win our first bet and that finishes this attack.
Now we wait for a new pattern (one dozen missing during three bets).
We can win on the second bet and that finishes this attack.
Now we wait for a new pattern.
We can win on the third attack and that finishes this attack.
Now we wait for a new pattern.
We can lose our third bet and then we STOP betting on this pattern and we WAIT
for the formation of a NEW one. Please note that we need to wait until the
missing dozen has shown up without betting. Only AFTER that we track for the
formation of a new one based on the last 3 decisions without betting, according to
the criteria specified above.
Only when this NEW pattern emerges we can CONTINUE betting, following our
still ONGOING progression.
1
PROGRESSION
Bet following the structure: 1,1,2,3,4,5,6,…

So you start betting 1 unit.
If you lose your first bet, you bet again 1 unit.
If you lose your second bet, you bet 2 units this time.
You go on like that, going higher up in your progression as long as you are losing.
VERY IMPORTANT
The first winning bet in your progression will STOP it immediately in its tracks.
Your next bet will then have THE SAME VALUE as the last one with two exceptions:
1) the first losing one that follows will again activate the progression by adding
one unit to the last lost bet (if your last bet was 5 units, you’ll bet 6 units on
the next one).
2) you’ll ALWAYS bet just enough to get ahead 1 or 2 units.

THIS RULE OVERRULES THE PROGRESSION AT ANY TIME.
We STOP betting when we get 10 units profit in a session: this is our WIN STOP.
We also stop betting should we lose 100 units in a session: this is our LOSS STOP.
You may want to set your loss stop to not more than 30 units, if you wish. This way
you could lose some additional sessions, but not the entire bankroll.
100 units is the capital needed.
MONEY MANAGEMENT RULES
These are simple but very effective.
Start with a capital that you can afford to lose without influencing your lifestyle.
Even if this should not be a lot, don’t be disappointed because you’ll build very
quickly an important betting capital on the back of the casino.
Your F IRST goal should always be to DOUBLE your initial capital.

Once this is done (and it WON’T take long!), you TAKE OFF your initial capital and
put it back on your bank account.
From now on your risk will be ZERO $US!
Imagine going to a casino, KNOWING that you DON’T RISK anything and KNOWING
that you’ll become quickly a HIGH ROLLER.
2
REFUND POLICY
As we don’t want you to risk even ONE dollar on this, we GUARANTEE a NO RISK
deal.
After obtaining Pattern 12, you’ve got two weeks to test a full month of roulette on the
Hamburg casino at the following website:
http://www.spielbank-hamburg.de/basis/deutsch/permanenzen/index.php3
You proceed as follows:
- start each day of the most recent full month with the first spin
- your goal is to obtain 10 points profit / day
- after reaching your goal, you stop for that day and your following test will be on
the following day of that month
- if you’d ever lose your full bankroll of 100 units during this test month, you’ll be
refunded
So what is your risk?
NOTHING!
You test on the results of a full month roulette of the Hamburg Casino without any
real money, so you don’t risk a single dollar.
If you lose your (virtual) bankroll, you’ll promptly get a refund without discussion.
So your total risk = $0.
Things can’t be more honest and fair than this.
3
EXAMPLES
Example 1
Spielbank Hamburg
Tisch 0001
18.08.2002
Gewinnzahlen:
27
24
24
8 WE BET 1 UNIT ON 1 AND WE WIN +2 +2 +2
8 WE BET 1 UNIT ON 3 AND WE LOSE -1 -1
28 WE BET 2 UNITS ON 3 AND WE WIN +4 +2 +4
4 WE CAN’T BET (NO ONE DOZEN MISSING)
29 WE CAN’T BET FOR THE SAME REASON
28 WE CAN’T BET FOR THE SAME REASON
2 WE CAN’T BET
We have reached our goal (very quickly indeed!) and stop our session.
The next example illustrates a more difficult case with the use of the rule in the
progression, that specifies to repeat the last amount in case of a win:
4
Example 2
SUPPOSE WE ARE IN THE MIDDLE OF A DIFFICULT SESSION...
-8 -37
-9 -46
+20 -26 WE HAVE BET 10 UNITS AND WON 20 UNITS.

THIS BRINGS US AT -26 AND OUR NEXT BET WOULD BE
11 UNITS. BUT AS WE WON THIS LAST BET WE CONTINUE WITH THE
SAME AMOUNT OF UNITS AS THIS ONE.
-10 -36
-11 -47 NOW WE GO AGAIN 1 UNIT HIGHER IN OUR PROGRESSION

BECAUSE WE LOST THIS LAST ONE.
+24 -23
-12 -35 AGAIN WE STAY AT THE SAME UNIT LEVEL AS OUR LAST BET
BECAUSE WE WON THAT ONE.
-13 -48 NOW WE GO AGAIN 1 UNIT HIGHER IN OUR PROGRESSION

BECAUSE WE LOST THIS LAST ONE.
+28 -20
+22 +2 NOW WE HAVE BET JUST ENOUGH (11 UNITS) TO BE AHEAD
BY 2 UNITS.
5
Here is a simulated run analyzing different cases that occur while applying Pattern
12.
Bet
Number Dozen Bet on W/L Amount Cash Net
36 3 Wait for a formation No Bet
3 1 2 L 1 -1 -1
28 3 2 L 1 -1 -2
36 3 2 L 2 -2 -4
dozen 2 shows up and
15 2 forms a new pattern No Bet 0 0 -4
11 1 1 W 3 6 +2
4 1 Can’t Bet No Bet 0 0 +2
8 1 3 L 1 -1 +1
00 0 3 L 1 -1 0
34 3 3 W 2 4 +4
31 3 2 L 1 -1 +3
0 0 2 L 1 -1 +2
00 0 2 L 2 -2 0
Look for a new formation
10 1 after dozen 2 shows up No Bet 0 0 0
Now start looking for a
14 2 new formation No Bet 0 0 0
20 2 Can’t Bet No Bet 0 0 0
1 1 3 L 3 -3 -3
35 3 3 W 4 8 +5
23 2 2 W 1 2 +7
19 2 3 L 1 -1 +6
35 3 3 W 1 2 +8
15 2 1 L 1 -1 +7
6 1 1 W 1 2 +9
8 1 2 L 1 -1 +8
22 2 2 W 1 2 +10
36 3 3 W 1 2 +12
34 3 2 L 1 -1 +11
11 1 2 L 1 -1 +10
18 2 2 W 2 4 +14
33 3 1 L 1 -1 +13
6
18 2 1 L 1 -1 +12
36 3 1 L 2 -2 +10
31 3 after dozen 1 shows up No Bet 0 0 +10
Now start looking for a
2 1 new formation No Bet 0 0 +10
24 2 3 L 3 -3 +7
33 3 3 W 4 8 +15
18 2 1 L 1 -1 +14
30 3 1 L 1 -1 +13
2 1 1 W 2 4 +17
Wishing you the best of luck with my Pattern 12,
Edmond Petitjean
7

please visit http://www.letstalkwinning.com/bestonline.htm.
For best on-line casino bonuses, please visit:

http://www.letstalkwinning.com/bonus802.htm for $802 in bonuses.
Pattern 12 - Roulette System by Edmond Petitjean

is distributed by

C.P. 9, Station Cote St. Luc
Cote St. Luc, Quebec,
H4V 1H8, Canada
Other Let’s Talk Winning’s valuable pages:
Newsletter: http://www.letstalkwinning.com/winalert.htm
Newsletter Archive: http://www.letstalkwinning.com/archive.htm
Gambling Links: http://www.letstalkwinning.com/other.htm
Discussion Forum: http://letstalkwinning.vegasforums.com/forum/
Latest Gambling News: http://www.letstalkwinning.com/lates t-news.htm
Art Gallery: http://www.letstalkwinning.com/artgallery.htm
8
PATTERN DETECTION SYSTEM
This system is based on betting on even money areas, such as Reds and Blacks.
You are welcome to extend it to other even money areas, such as High/Low and
Odd/Even. However, it is much easier to detect patterns on Reds and Blacks.
Pattern detection is the strong side of this system. There are many systems
based on betting only on Red or on Black, or on betting on a repeat color or on
a change color. This system does not limit itself to only 1 or 2 patterns. In
fact, we will be watching for various patterns. The reason we would like to
watch for those patterns is that in real casino life, they tend to repeat. And
we will take advantage of those repeating patterns.
Let us now identify the patterns that we will be watching for:
We will see alternating colors in single zig-zag form such as R B R B R B. We

will refer to this as just a "Zig-zag".
We will also see double zig-zags in the form of R R B B R R B B. We will refer
to this as "Pattern R-R-B-B"
Or even triple zig-zags: R R R B B B R R R B B B We will refer to this as
"Pattern R-R-R-B-B-B".
At times we will have a single zig zag within a double one such as R R B R R B,
Or the other way round: B B R B B R. We will refer to this as "Pattern B-B-R or
Pattern R-R-B".
Once you get advanced in pattern detection, you should be able to identify more
complex patterns such as a double zig-zag within a triple one in the form R R R
B B R R R B B or a single zig-zag within a triple: R R R B R R R B. We'll call
those "Pattern R-R-R-B-B" and "Pattern R-R-R-B respectively."
Betting Method
Start with at least 100 chips of the size you want to use.
Play to win 12 pieces and then stop for a break.
If you lose 8 pieces, you might want to stop for a break. Even if you lose 12
such games in a row, you will have still four chips to start a new game. But
with this system, it's very unlikely to lose 12 games in a row.
The higher the value of the chip, the better. If you go to a casino to win
$1000 you only need to win 10 chips valued each $100. With $10 valued chips you
need to win 100 chips. You will accomplish your win goal much faster with the
higher chip value. Check the limits of your table and make sure this limit is
within the total of 8 chips' value, as this is the highest amount you are ever
going to place on the table.
The method consists of two parts: deciding whether you should bet Black or Red,
and how many chips for that bet.
Betting on Black or Red: Our first rule specifies: follow the color. If Red
comes, bet on Red. If Black then bet on Black. If a Zero comes up, bet on the
color previous to the Zero or Zeros.
After a shorter or longer string in one colour, the ball suddenly takes the
other colour: as an example: Red Red Red Red Black: You then follow the
Black.
The result can also "zig zag". After the Black a Red comes then a Black. We
will set a rule that if the zig-zag occurs more than twice, (Red, Black, Red),
we will switch to betting with the "Zig-zag" pattern, with the trend that the
ball will keep on zig-zagging, until the zig-zag stops. Then we either switch
back to following the previous color or we try to detect a different pattern.
Some patterns are pretty repetitive, such as (Red Red Black) (Red Red Black).
A very common pattern is the double zig-zag (Red Red) (Black Black) (Red
Red).
They may occur many times in a row. You also may see (Red Red Red) (Black
Black Black) (Red Red Red) and maybe more. It's important to detect those
patterns and bet following the trends. There are no guarantees that the
patterns will repeat many times, as Roulette is a game of chance. But as long
as we can detect them, we can take advantage of them as they appear.
After the above decision criteria, the question is how many chips to bet. You
will have either winning or losing runs. We will refer to the winning run as a
normal betting scheme.
In a winning situation, you start with betting one chip. If you win, you bet
one chip again.
If you win again, you now bet 2 chips. Should you lose this bet, you break
even.
If you win again, you now increase to 3 chips. Should you lose this bet, you
are ahead by 1 chip.
If you win again, you bet 4 chips. Should you lose this bet, you are ahead by 3
chips.
If you win again, you bet 5 chips. If you lose this bet, you are ahead by 6
chips.
Since winning 6 times in a row is very seldom, it is best to complete the

winning run, after having won the 4 chips. This way you will be ahead by 11
chips, when this run is over. Then you can start a new run with 1 chip again.
If in the middle of your winning run, you lose one bet, you start a normal
betting scheme over again.
Should you lose your very first bet, you start betting differently with a 4-step
Martingale.
That is, you bet one chip. If you lose it, you bet 2 chips. If you lose it,
you bet 4 chips. And if you lose that bet, too, you bet 8 chips. Should you
lose the 8 chip bet, you stop the losing run right there and start a normal run
with one chip again. This way you limit your losing run to not more than 15
chips. And at any stage in the losing run, if you win, you will be ahead by 1
chip. And then you start a normal betting scheme again with 1 chip on the
table.
And never forget the patterns mentioned above.
The following is an illustration of how the method works:
Seq. # Number R/B Decision criteria Bet on Betting Method #

of chips W/L Next Bet Cash Net
1 31 B
2 7 R Follow color B Normal start 1 L Start
Martingale -1 -1
3 31 B Follow color R Martingale 2 L Continue
Martingale -2 -3
4 34 R 3 zig-zags -
change color R Martingale 4 W Stop Martingale - Normal start
4 1
5 24 B Zig-zag B Normal start 1 W Continue
normal 1 2
6 22 B Zig-zag R Normal 1 L End of normal run -
Normal start -1 1
7 22 B Follow color B Normal start 1 W Continue
normal 1 2
8 27 R Follow color B Normal 1 L End of normal
run - Normal start -1 1
9 5 R Follow color R Normal start 1 W Continue
normal 1 2
10 12 R Follow color R Normal 1 W Continue
normal 1 3
normal 2 5
12 00 G Follow color R Normal 3 L End of normal
13 20 B Follow color before zero R Normal start 1 L
Start Martingale -1 1
14 31 B Follow color B Martingale 2 W Stop
Martingale - Normal start 2 3
normal 1 4
16 00 G Follow color B Normal 1 L End of normal
17 0 G Follow color before zero B Normal 1 L
Start Martingale -1 2
18 33 B Follow color before zero B Martingale 2 W
Stop Martingale - Normal start 2 4
19 00 G Follow color B Normal start 1 L Start
Martingale -1 3
20 3 R Follow color before zero B Martingale 2 L
Continue Martingale -2 1
21 18 R Follow color R Martingale 4 W Stop
Martingale - Normal start 4 5
22 8 B Follow color R Normal 1 L Start
Martingale -1 4
23 3 R Follow color B Martingale 2 L Continue
Martingale -2 2
24 14 R Pattern B-R-R R Martingale 4 W Stop
Martingale - normal start 4 6
25 30 R Pattern B-R-R B Normal 1 L Start
Martingale -1 5
Martingale -2 3
27 34 R Follow color B Martingale 4 L Continue
Martingale -4 -1
28 19 R Zig-zag - change color B Martingale 8 L Stop
Martingale - normal start -8 -9
29 29 B Follow color R Normal 1 L Start
Martingale -1 -10
30 3 R Pattern B-R-R R Martingale 2 W Stop
Martingale - normal start 2 -8
31 19 R Pattern B-R-R R Normal 1 W Continue
normal 1 -7
32 11 B Pattern B-R-R B Normal 1 W Continue
normal 1 -6
33 33 B Pattern B-R-R R Normal 2 L End of normal
run - Normal start -2 -8
Martingale -1 -9
Martingale -2 -11
36 4 B 3 zig zags - change color R Martingale 4 L
Continue Martingale -4 -15
38 31 B Follow color B Normal 1 W Continue
normal 1 -6
40 28 B Follow color R Normal start 1 L Start
Martingale -1 -8
41 8 B 3 zig zags -change color R Martingale 2 L
Continue Martingale -2 -10
Martingale -1 -7
normal 1 -4
46 35 B Follow color R Normal 1 L End of normal
normal 1 -4
normal 1 -3
normal 2 -1
normal 3 2
51 35 B Follow color B Normal 4 W End of normal
run - Normal start 4 6
normal 1 7
Martingale -1 5
55 28 B 3 zig zags - change color R Martingale 2 L
Martingale -1 6
normal 1 9
61 30 R Pattern B-B-B-R-R-R B Normal 1 L Start
Martingale -1 7
Martingale -1 8
64 1 R Pattern R-R-B R Martingale 2 W Stop
65 22 B Pattern R-R-B R Normal start 1 L Start
Martingale -1 9
66 36 R Zig-zag R Martingale 2 W Stop Martingale -
normal start 2 11
normal 1 12
Normal start -1 11
Martingale -1 10
normal 1 13
Martingale -1 11
74 18 R 3 zig-zags - change color B Martingale 2 L
normal 1 14
normal 1 15
normal 2 17
Martingale -1 13
81 9 R 3 zig-zags - change color B Martingale 2 L
Martingale -4 7
83 12 R Pattern R-R-B R Martingale 8 W Stop
84 7 R Pattern R-R-B R Normal start 1 W Continue
normal 1 16
85 19 R Pattern R-R-B B Normal 1 L End of normal
normal 1 16
Normal 1 16
89 34 R Follow color B Normal 1 L End of run -
normal start -1 15
Martingale -1 14
91 27 R 3 zig-zags - change color R Martingale 2 W
Stop Martingale - normal start 2 16
normal 1 17
Normal start -1 16
normal 1 17
normal 1 18
normal 2 20
98 0 G Follow color R Normal start 1 L Start
Martingale -1 16
99 36 R Follow color before zero R Martingale 2 W
Stop Martingale - normal start 2 18
Martingale, etc. -1 17
Explanation
You come to a Roulette table and see that the last decision was a Black
(sequence 1). We start by following the color, so we bet 1 unit on Black.
Since Red comes (sequence 2), we lose that bet. As this was our first bet of
the run, we apply the 4-step Martingale. As two decisions are not sufficient to
detect any pattern, we continue with follow color method and bet on Red, since
the last decision was Red. So we bet 2 units on Red, but we lose again. We now
see that the decisions are chopping in a zig-zag mode. We detect the zig-zag
pattern and this time we bet on Red, as the last decision was Black. The
betting amount is now 4 units - twice the previous bet, according to the 4-step
Martingale.
The column Decision Criteria in the above illustration shows the pattern
detection and how we should be betting. The column Next Bet shows the betting
mode, either a normal winning sequence or a 4-step Martingale if we had lost the
first bet of the run.
As we win our bet in sequence 4, we see that the result indeed follows a zig-zag
pattern. We will continue the zig-zag pattern betting until the zig-zagging
comes to an end. As we won our bet at the third step of Martingale and
completed the run, we are now 1 unit ahead. The next bet column indicates that
we can now stop Martingale and proceed with a normal betting sequence starting
with 1 unit on our next bet.
So, following the zig-zag trend, we bet on Black in sequence 5 with a normal
start of 1 unit. We win that bet. The Next Bet column indicates to continue
with the normal betting sequence. So we bet 1 unit again on our next bet in
sequence 6. We follow zig-zag and bet on Red. This is shown in Bet On column
in the illustration. But the zig-zag stops, as Black shows up. This ends this
run of normal betting sequence. We break even on this run. We start a new run
with 1 unit in sequence 7, as the Next Bet column indicates (End of normal run -
next bet is a normal start).
Since the zig-zag stopped, we come back to follow previous color mode and bet on
Black, as the previous decision was Black. So we bet 1 unit with a normal start
in sequence 7. Black comes and we win that bet. The Next Bet column indicates
to continue the normal betting sequence.
So we bet 1 unit in sequence 8 on Black, since we want to follow color. Red

comes up and we lose that bet. We break even on this run, too. Our net is
still 1 unit, as so far we won 1 unit from the first Martingale sequence and
broke even twice.
In sequence 9 we still continue with follow color, as no specific pattern is yet

detected. We bet 1 unit on Red starting with a normal start. Red comes up and
we win this bet.
We continue betting on Red following the color in sequence 10. This is the
second bet of the winning run. Our betting amount is 1. We win this bet. The
Next Bet column indicator shows to continue normal betting. This time we
increase our bet to 2 units in sequence 11. We win this bet, too. We continue
betting on Red following the color in sequence 12. Our betting amount according
to the winning sequence is now 3. We bet 3 units on Red. A zero comes up and
we lose this bet.
This ends the run of the normal sequence, and we profit 1 unit at the end of
this run. Our net profit increases to 2 units.
We start a new run in sequence 13 with 1 unit. Since a zero came in sequence
12, we will follow the color previous to the zero. So we bet on Red and we
lose. Since this was the first bet of this run, the Next Bet indicates that we
should start a 4-step Martingale for our next few bets until we win.
Following the color, we bet 2 units on Black in sequence 14 and we win. This
ends this run. Our net increases to 3 units.
Now, let's see what happens further down in our illustration.
In sequence 24, we detect a pattern of the nature: B-R-R that starts in

sequence 18. Following this pattern we bet on Red in sequence 24 and we win.
This was the end of that run, which was the 3rd step of the Martingale we had
started in sequence 22.
In sequence 25, we think the pattern B-R-R will continue, but another Red comes
up, we lose that bet and start following the color scheme again.
In sequence 28, we detect a zig-zag. We bet on Black. However, the zig-zag

does not continue. We lose that bet.
In sequence 30 we detect a B-R-R pattern that started in sequence 26. We bet on

Red following this pattern and we win sequences 30, 31, 32, until it stops in
sequence 33.
Now, in terms of the betting amounts, we were ahead by 6 units up until the end
of sequence 24. Then we lose all 4 steps of the Martingale in sequences 25 to
28. This brings our net profit down to -9. Losing a 4 step Martingale reduces
our bankroll by 15 units. But this is the highest amount you would ever lose in
Repeating Patterns. Otherwise, by making the right decision you will gradually
accumulate profit units.
In sequence 38 you win the 4th step of the Martingale when you were betting 8
units. Remember, 8 units are the highest amount you will place on the table.
Please do not go into the 5th step. Because, then, your losses may escalate.
If you lose the 4th step, stop right there and start a new normal sequence with
1 unit as we have done in sequence 29.
Escalating winnings will also occur in Repeating Patterns, as in sequences 47 to

51. We follow color on Black and we win 5 times in a row, having bet 1, 1, 2,
3, 4. This results in a profit of 11 units bringing our net profit from -5 in
sequence 46 to +6 in sequence 51.
Please note that in sequence 52 we start a new normal run with 1 unit, rather
than increasing our bet to 5 units. Because, if we lose that bet, our profit
would be only 6 units instead of 11. We happen to win that bet. But we could
have lost it, too.
As the system gradually accumulates profits, the winning streaks will compensate
for the losing runs. As the illustration shows, you would accumulate 20 units
within 100 spins, which take about an hour of play. With $10 a unit, this
would result in $200 winnings. With $100 a unit, this would result in $2000
winnings.
A Final Word
Playing and winning in a casino is no easy job. You, however, have got one of
the best programs for beating the casino with this program.
Take your time for practicing. Learn how the method works. Develop confidence in
it.
I have confidence in the program. I have used it for 10 years to construct it

and to test it.
I wish you luck, but please don't forget that Lady Luck only will cooperate if
YOU work hard, act clever and careful, and know your merits.
PEAK PROFIT ROULETTE
by Izak Matatya
Congratulations! You have acquired the most sophisticated roulette systems ever
developed for Dozens play.
The target of the systems described below is to generate profit, peak profit. You
will be able to do so, if you combine those systems with good money
management strategies, also described in this document.
The systems are the result of extensive analysis and simulation over thousands
of spins. They are optimized to produce profits over a number of sequences. It
is essential to thoroughly understand the way they work, before applying them. It
is best to simulate a few runs with a spreadsheet, to observe their performance.
The systems are based on betting on Dozens only, giving you 2 for 1 payout.
The main idea of the following systems is to bet on repeating Dozens. That
means, if number 21 came up for instance, you will bet on Dozen 2 on your next
bet. If the next number is 36, you will bet on Dozen 3. The amounts of the bets
will be according to various betting schemes. With a betting scheme, I mean to
bet according to a specific sequence. For example, one betting scheme could be
5, 8, 13, 21, 34. This means you bet 5 units on your first bet, 8 units on your
second bet if you lose on the 1rst bet, 13 units on your third bet if you lose on
your second bet, and so on. Most betting schemes in the systems are based on
generating 1 or 2 units fixed profit.
The reason behind betting on repeating Dozens is that statistically Dozens will
repeat often during the first 7-8 bets, less often during sequences 9-14 and
seldom after sequence 14. I have seen streaks of non-repeating Dozens for 25-
30 times. We shall see how we will treat those losing sequences, without losing
more than a limited threshold. The systems will be based on the above features.
System 1
The first system will bet on a repeating Dozen a few times with a betting scheme,
such that the amount of the following bet will always be %50 more than the
previous one. For instance if your first bet is $100, and you lose the first bet, the
second bet will be $150. If you lose on the second bet, the third bet $225, etc.
This kind of betting scheme will generate a constant profit of $200 at any
sequence, whether you win the first time, the second time, or any other time until
the end of the sequence. Table 1 summarizes the above betting scheme:
1
Table 1
Sequen Bet Net Gain Net

ce Loss Profit
1 $100 $100 $300 $200
2 $150 $250 $450 $200
3 $225 $475 $675 $200
4 $338 $813 $1,013 $200
5 $506 $1,319 $1,519 $200
6 $759 $2,078 $2,278 $200
Those amounts are only examples. If your table minimum is $5, and you would
like to play with low amounts, a sequence as in Table 2 could be used:
Table 2

ce Loss Profit
1 $5 $5 $15 $10
2 $8 $13 $23 $10
3 $11 $24 $34 $10
4 $17 $41 $51 $10
5 $25 $66 $76 $10
6 $38 $104 $114 $10
7 $57 $161 $171 $10
8 $85 $246 $256 $10
9 $128 $374 $384 $10
10 $192 $567 $577 $10
11 $288 $855 $865 $10
Some on-line casinos allow a minimum of $5 and a maximum of $300, where

Table 2 becomes applicable. As you can see, the consecutive bets are 50%
more than the previous ones, generating a constant profit of $10 at any
sequence number, regardless of when you win. You can treat the amounts in
Table 2 as units, and multiply them with any multiple to suit your budget or the
table's minimum and maximum amounts, whether you are playing on-line or in a
real casino.
If the casino's outside bet minimum is $50, and the maximum $1000, then the
sequence becomes:
2
Table 3

ce Loss Profit
1 $50 $50 $150 $100
2 $75 $125 $225 $100
3 $113 $238 $338 $100
4 $169 $406 $506 $100
5 $253 $659 $759 $100
6 $380 $1,039 $1,139 $100
7 $570 $1,609 $1,709 $100
8 $854 $2,463 $2,563 $100
Giving again a constant profit of $100 at every sequence.
Now that you understand how much to bet on each sequence, let us analyse how
many times we bet. The idea is to bet a few times until the Dozen finally repeats.
However, we do not wish this to become another Martingale system, that is to
increase your bet indefinitely until the Dozen finally repeats, as this can cause
severe losses and we would like to avoid that. As I mentioned previously the
Dozen repeats quite often during the first 7-8 bets.
Say, we bet only 5 times according to Table 1's betting scheme. If we win either
one of the 5 bets, we will be at a profit of $200 and as soon as we win, we start
over from the beginning with the amount of the first sequence ($100). If we lose
all the 5 bets, we will be at a loss of $1319. This means that we need to have 7
times more winning sequences than losing sequences to come up with a profit.
If we lose all 5 bets, that is the Dozen has not repeating for 5 times, we do not
bet until the Dozen finally repeats.
If we decide to bet 3 times and we lose all 3 bets, we will be at a loss of $475.
To be at a profit, we need to win 3 times more sequences than losing ones.
If we bet 4 times, we need to win 5 times more, and so on.
The number of times we bet are cut-off points or threshold values. The choice of
those cut-off points may vary according to the Roulette table's behaviour.
However, according to statistics, I have found that betting 5 or 6 times are more
favorable than other cut-off points.
Let us chose a threshold of 5 and refer to the betting scheme in Table 2, and say
that if we win any one of the 5 sequence we gain 1 unit profit ($10 or any other
value depending on how much you bet), and if we lose all 5 bets, we lose 6.6
units ($66 or a multiple).
3
The following set of sequences in Table 4 will illustrate the above and you can
see how we can generate profits. Please note that a Win Occurrence of less
than 5 will give us 1 unit profit and anything above that, will lose us 6.6 units.
Also note that if we have lost 5 times in a row, we don't bet again until the Dozen
repeats, as in the cases of sequences 56 and 80 in Table 4. Therefore, we
consider any Win Occurrence greater than 5 to be only 1 loss of 6.6 units,
whether the Dozen repeats the 6th time or the 37th time.
Table 4
Seq # # Dozen Repeat Dozen Win Units Won/Lost Net Units

Occurrence
1 6 1
2 31 3 L 0 0
3 34 3 W 2 1 1
4 18 2 L 0 1
5 0 0 L 0 1
6 4 1 L 0 1
7 2 1 W 4 1 2
8 0 0 L 0 2
9 9 1 W 2 1 3
10 18 2 L 0 3
11 19 2 W 2 1 4
12 4 1 L 0 4
13 2 1 W 2 1 5
14 3 1 W 1 1 6
15 35 3 L 0 6
16 35 3 W 2 1 7
17 11 1 L 0 7
18 0 0 L 0 7
19 15 2 L 0 7
20 5 1 L 0 7
21 9 1 W 5 1 8
22 24 2 L 0 8
23 6 1 L 0 8
24 31 3 L 0 8
25 0 0 L 0 8
26 33 3 W 5 1 9
27 2 1 L 0 9
28 4 1 W 2 1 10
29 0 0 L 0 10
30 8 1 W 2 1 11
31 13 2 L 0 11
32 15 2 W 2 1 12
4
33 0 0 L 0 12
34 25 3 L 0 12
35 21 2 L 0 12
36 16 2 W 4 1 13
37 25 3 L 0 13
38 1 1 L 0 13
39 34 3 L 0 13
40 15 2 L 0 13
41 12 1 L 0 13
42 9 1 W 6 -6.6 6.4
43 0 0 L 0 6.4
44 17 2 L 0 6.4
45 32 3 L 0 6.4
46 31 3 W 4 1 7.4
47 25 3 W 1 1 8.4
48 17 2 L 0 8.4
49 30 3 L 0 8.4
50 9 1 L 0 8.4
51 29 3 L 0 8.4
52 12 1 L 0 8.4
53 35 3 L 0 8.4
54 10 1 L 0 8.4
55 14 2 L 0 8.4
56 19 2 W 9 -6.6 1.8
57 14 2 W 1 1 2.8
58 4 1 L 0 2.8
59 12 1 W 2 1 3.8
60 6 1 W 1 1 4.8
61 8 1 W 1 1 5.8
62 16 2 L 0 5.8
63 15 2 W 2 1 6.8
64 24 2 W 1 1 7.8
65 15 2 W 1 1 8.8
66 32 3 L 0 8.8
67 10 1 L 0 8.8
68 3 1 W 3 1 9.8
69 20 2 L 0 9.8
70 24 2 W 2 1 10.8
71 30 3 L 0 10.8
72 0 0 L 0 10.8
73 22 2 L 0 10.8
74 31 3 L 0 10.8
75 21 2 L 0 10.8
76 11 1 L 0 10.8
5
77 17 2 L 0 10.8
78 9 1 L 0 10.8
79 30 3 L 0 10.8
80 30 3 W 10 -6.6 4.2
81 17 2 L 0 4.2
82 14 2 W 2 1 5.2
83 26 3 L 0 5.2
84 31 3 W 2 1 6.2
85 13 2 L 0 6.2
86 30 3 L 0 6.2
87 6 1 L 0 6.2
88 25 3 L 0 6.2
89 25 3 W 5 1 7.2
90 30 3 W 1 1 8.2
91 19 2 L 0 8.2
92 1 1 L 0 8.2
93 30 3 L 0 8.2
94 21 2 L 0 8.2
95 13 2 W 5 1 9.2
96 27 3 L 0 9.2
97 0 0 L 0 9.2
98 16 2 L 0 9.2
99 36 3 L 0 9.2
100 33 3 W 5 1 10.2
101 6 1 L 0 10.2
102 6 1 W 2 1 11.2
103 23 2 L 0 11.2
104 33 3 L 0 11.2
105 30 3 W 3 1 12.2
106 30 3 W 1 1 13.2
107 26 3 W 1 1 14.2
108 21 2 L 0 14.2
109 2 1 L 0 14.2
110 12 1 W 3 1 15.2
111 9 1 W 1 1 16.2
112 18 2 L 0 16.2
113 35 3 L 0 16.2
114 14 2 L 0 16.2
115 9 1 L 0 16.2
116 10 1 W 5 1 17.2
117 2 1 W 1 1 18.2
118 28 3 L 0 18.2
119 28 3 W 2 1 19.2
120 0 0 L 0 19.2
6
121 15 2 L 0 19.2
122 2 1 L 0 19.2
123 26 3 L 0 19.2
124 32 3 W 5 1 20.2
125 1 1 L 0 20.2
126 32 3 L 0 20.2
127 36 3 W 3 1 21.2
128 13 2 L 0 21.2
129 10 1 L 0 21.2
130 4 1 W 3 1 22.2
131 20 2 L 0 22.2
132 0 0 L 0 22.2
133 27 3 L 0 22.2
134 2 1 L 0 22.2
135 4 1 W 5 1 23.2
136 25 3 L 0 23.2
137 9 1 L 0 23.2
138 21 2 L 0 23.2
139 31 3 L 0 23.2
140 28 3 W 5 1 24.2
141 17 2 L 0 24.2
142 1 1 L 0 24.2
143 9 1 W 3 1 25.2
144 4 1 W 1 1 26.2
145 31 3 L 0 26.2
146 31 3 W 2 1 27.2
147 29 3 W 1 1 28.2
148 16 2 L 0 28.2
149 23 2 W 2 1 29.2
150 16 2 W 1 1 30.2
151 18 2 W 1 1 31.2
152 15 2 W 1 1 32.2
153 15 2 W 1 1 33.2
154 36 3 L 0 33.2
155 14 2 L 0 33.2
156 28 3 L 0 33.2
157 31 3 W 4 1 34.2
158 20 2 L 0 34.2
159 23 2 W 2 1 35.2
160 35 3 L 0 35.2
161 12 1 L 0 35.2
162 5 1 W 3 1 36.2
163 13 2 L 0 36.2
164 31 3 L 0 36.2
7
165 18 2 L 0 36.2
166 29 3 L 0 36.2
167 16 2 L 0 36.2
168 15 2 W 6 -6.6 29.6
169 1 1 L 0 29.6
170 31 3 L 0 29.6
171 25 3 W 3 1 30.6
172 30 3 W 1 1 31.6
173 19 2 L 0 31.6
174 1 1 L 0 31.6
175 23 2 L 0 31.6
176 1 1 L 0 31.6
177 1 1 W 5 1 32.6
178 1 1 W 1 1 33.6
179 7 1 W 1 1 34.6
180 22 2 L 0 34.6
181 2 1 L 0 34.6
182 20 2 L 0 34.6
183 20 2 W 4 1 35.6
184 28 3 L 0 35.6
185 6 1 L 0 35.6
186 35 3 L 0 35.6
187 20 2 L 0 35.6
188 6 1 L 0 35.6
189 17 2 L 0 35.6
190 5 1 L 0 35.6
191 21 2 L 0 35.6
192 9 1 L 0 35.6
193 25 3 L 0 35.6
194 31 3 W 11 -6.6 29
195 4 1 L 0 29
196 24 2 L 0 29
197 15 2 W 3 1 30
198 1 1 L 0 30
199 11 1 W 2 1 31
200 10 1 W 1 1 32
The above sequence has generated 32 units in 200 spins. If your unit value was
$5, you would have generated $160 profit. If your unit value was $100, your
profit would have been $3200. I would encourage you to add as many rows as
you wish to Table 4, simulating more runs or registering them from scoreboards
and observe the system's performance. At times, the net units will be negative.
At times, it will switch from negative to positive and vice versa. You will decide to
quit positively, the moment you have gathered sufficient units. You should not
8
play this system continuously and over a long run, because the longer you play it,
the closer you will be losing to the casino's edge of 5.26% of your wagers. The
idea is to catch a few winning waves and quit positively.
Let me explain the first few spins of Table 4 and how the betting scheme in Table
2 works.
Here are the Table 4's first 11 spins for convenience:
Table 4 - first 11 spins:

Occurrence
1 6 1
2 31 3 L 0 0
3 34 3 W 2 1 1
4 18 2 L 0 1
5 0 0 L 0 1
6 4 1 L 0 1
7 2 1 W 4 1 2
8 0 0 L 0 2
9 9 1 W 2 1 3
10 18 2 L 0 3
11 19 2 W 2 1 4
Table 2 has the following betting scheme: $5, $8, $11, $17, $25. Remember,
we will refer to each $10 as 1 unit value.
Sequence 1 shows, the last number that came up: number 6 - Dozen 1.
In sequence 2, we bet $5 on Dozen 1. Number 31 comes up, we lose. Our net is
-$5.
In sequence 3, we bet $8 on Dozen 3. Number 34 comes up, we win. Our net is
+$11 (about 1 unit of $10). End of the run. We start the betting scheme over in
Sequence 4.
In sequence 4, we bet $5 on Dozen 3. Number 18 comes up, we lose. Our net
for the run is -$5.
In sequence 5, we bet $8 on Dozen 2. Number 0 comes up, we lose. Our net for
the run is -$13.
In sequence 6, we bet $11 on Dozen 2 again. Number 4 comes up, we lose.
Our net for the run is -$24.
In sequence 7, we bet $17 on Dozen 1. Number 2 comes up, we win. Our net is
+$10 (1 unit). End of this run. Overall units so far: 2 as shown in the counter at
the rightmost column of the table.
In sequence 8, we start a new run again by betting $5 on Dozen 1. 0 comes up,
we lose. Our net for this run is -$5.
9
In sequence 9, we bet $8 on Dozen 1 again. Number 9 comes up, we win. Our
net is +$11 (about 1 unit). End of the run. Overall profit so far 3 units.
is -$5 for the new run.
In sequence 11, we bet $8 on Dozen 2. Number 19 comes up, we line. Our net
is +$11 (about 1 unit) for the run. End of the run. Overall profit so far 4 units.
And so on.
Please note that in sequences 163 to 167, we lose all 5 bets, reducing our overall
net by 6.6 units (from 36.2 to 29.6), which does not affect the performance of this
system.
In sequence 168, we place no bets, until the Dozen finally repeats, the we apply
the betting scheme over again.

Occurrence
163 13 2 L 0 36.2
164 31 3 L 0 36.2
165 18 2 L 0 36.2
166 29 3 L 0 36.2
167 16 2 L 0 36.2
168 15 2 W 6 -6.6 29.6
169 1 1 L 0 29.6
170 31 3 L 0 29.6
171 25 3 W 3 1 30.6

Occurrence
184 28 3 L 0 35.6
185 6 1 L 0 35.6
186 35 3 L 0 35.6
187 20 2 L 0 35.6
188 6 1 L 0 35.6
189 17 2 L 0 35.6
190 5 1 L 0 35.6
191 21 2 L 0 35.6
192 9 1 L 0 35.6
193 25 3 L 0 35.6
194 31 3 W 11 -6.6 29
195 4 1 L 0 29
196 24 2 L 0 29
197 15 2 W 3 1 30
10
Similarly in sequences 184 through 194 (above), we lose all 5 bets, reducing our
overall net from 35.6 to 29 units. We don't place any bets from sequence 189
until 194, where the Dozen finally repeats. This is the way to avoid long losing
streaks and heavy losses.
Table 5 below will show the same spins as Table 4, but this time we will see what
would have happened if we used a threshold of 6, that is if we would bet for a
repeating Dozen 6 times, instead of 5. According to Table 2 again, if we lose all
6 bets we lose 10.4 units.
Table 5

Occurrence
1 6 1
2 31 3 L 0 0
3 34 3 W 2 1 1
4 18 2 L 0 1
5 0 0 L 0 1
6 4 1 L 0 1
7 2 1 W 4 1 2
8 0 0 L 0 2
9 9 1 W 2 1 3
10 18 2 L 0 3
11 19 2 W 2 1 4
12 4 1 L 0 4
13 2 1 W 2 1 5
14 3 1 W 1 1 6
15 35 3 L 0 6
16 35 3 W 2 1 7
17 11 1 L 0 7
18 0 0 L 0 7
19 15 2 L 0 7
20 5 1 L 0 7
21 9 1 W 5 1 8
22 24 2 L 0 8
23 6 1 L 0 8
24 31 3 L 0 8
25 0 0 L 0 8
26 33 3 W 5 1 9
27 2 1 L 0 9
28 4 1 W 2 1 10
29 0 0 L 0 10
30 8 1 W 2 1 11
31 13 2 L 0 11
11
32 15 2 W 2 1 12
33 0 0 L 0 12
34 25 3 L 0 12
35 21 2 L 0 12
36 16 2 W 4 1 13
37 25 3 L 0 13
38 1 1 L 0 13
39 34 3 L 0 13
40 15 2 L 0 13
41 12 1 L 0 13
42 9 1 W 6 1 14
43 0 0 L 0 14
44 17 2 L 0 14
45 32 3 L 0 14
46 31 3 W 4 1 15
47 25 3 W 1 1 16
48 17 2 L 0 16
49 30 3 L 0 16
50 9 1 L 0 16
51 29 3 L 0 16
52 12 1 L 0 16
53 35 3 L 0 16
54 10 1 L 0 16
55 14 2 L 0 16
56 19 2 W 9 -10.4 5.6
57 14 2 W 1 1 6.6
58 4 1 L 0 6.6
59 12 1 W 2 1 7.6
60 6 1 W 1 1 8.6
61 8 1 W 1 1 9.6
62 16 2 L 0 9.6
63 15 2 W 2 1 10.6
64 24 2 W 1 1 11.6
65 15 2 W 1 1 12.6
66 32 3 L 0 12.6
67 10 1 L 0 12.6
68 3 1 W 3 1 13.6
69 20 2 L 0 13.6
70 24 2 W 2 1 14.6
71 30 3 L 0 14.6
72 0 0 L 0 14.6
73 22 2 L 0 14.6
74 31 3 L 0 14.6
75 21 2 L 0 14.6
12
76 11 1 L 0 14.6
77 17 2 L 0 14.6
78 9 1 L 0 14.6
79 30 3 L 0 14.6
80 30 3 W 10 -10.4 4.2
81 17 2 L 0 4.2
82 14 2 W 2 1 5.2
83 26 3 L 0 5.2
84 31 3 W 2 1 6.2
85 13 2 L 0 6.2
86 30 3 L 0 6.2
87 6 1 L 0 6.2
88 25 3 L 0 6.2
89 25 3 W 5 1 7.2
90 30 3 W 1 1 8.2
91 19 2 L 0 8.2
92 1 1 L 0 8.2
93 30 3 L 0 8.2
94 21 2 L 0 8.2
95 13 2 W 5 1 9.2
96 27 3 L 0 9.2
97 0 0 L 0 9.2
98 16 2 L 0 9.2
99 36 3 L 0 9.2
100 33 3 W 5 1 10.2
101 6 1 L 0 10.2
102 6 1 W 2 1 11.2
103 23 2 L 0 11.2
104 33 3 L 0 11.2
105 30 3 W 3 1 12.2
106 30 3 W 1 1 13.2
107 26 3 W 1 1 14.2
108 21 2 L 0 14.2
109 2 1 L 0 14.2
110 12 1 W 3 1 15.2
111 9 1 W 1 1 16.2
112 18 2 L 0 16.2
113 35 3 L 0 16.2
114 14 2 L 0 16.2
115 9 1 L 0 16.2
116 10 1 W 5 1 17.2
117 2 1 W 1 1 18.2
118 28 3 L 0 18.2
119 28 3 W 2 1 19.2
13
120 0 0 L 0 19.2
121 15 2 L 0 19.2
122 2 1 L 0 19.2
123 26 3 L 0 19.2
124 32 3 W 5 1 20.2
125 1 1 L 0 20.2
126 32 3 L 0 20.2
127 36 3 W 3 1 21.2
128 13 2 L 0 21.2
129 10 1 L 0 21.2
130 4 1 W 3 1 22.2
131 20 2 L 0 22.2
132 0 0 L 0 22.2
133 27 3 L 0 22.2
134 2 1 L 0 22.2
135 4 1 W 5 1 23.2
136 25 3 L 0 23.2
137 9 1 L 0 23.2
138 21 2 L 0 23.2
139 31 3 L 0 23.2
140 28 3 W 5 1 24.2
141 17 2 L 0 24.2
142 1 1 L 0 24.2
143 9 1 W 3 1 25.2
144 4 1 W 1 1 26.2
145 31 3 L 0 26.2
146 31 3 W 2 1 27.2
147 29 3 W 1 1 28.2
148 16 2 L 0 28.2
149 23 2 W 2 1 29.2
150 16 2 W 1 1 30.2
151 18 2 W 1 1 31.2
152 15 2 W 1 1 32.2
153 15 2 W 1 1 33.2
154 36 3 L 0 33.2
155 14 2 L 0 33.2
156 28 3 L 0 33.2
157 31 3 W 4 1 34.2
158 20 2 L 0 34.2
159 23 2 W 2 1 35.2
160 35 3 L 0 35.2
161 12 1 L 0 35.2
162 5 1 W 3 1 36.2
163 13 2 L 0 36.2
14
164 31 3 L 0 36.2
165 18 2 L 0 36.2
166 29 3 L 0 36.2
167 16 2 L 0 36.2
168 15 2 W 6 1 37.2
169 1 1 L 0 37.2
170 31 3 L 0 37.2
171 25 3 W 3 1 38.2
172 30 3 W 1 1 39.2
173 19 2 L 0 39.2
174 1 1 L 0 39.2
175 23 2 L 0 39.2
176 1 1 L 0 39.2
177 1 1 W 5 1 40.2
178 1 1 W 1 1 41.2
179 7 1 W 1 1 42.2
180 22 2 L 0 42.2
181 2 1 L 0 42.2
182 20 2 L 0 42.2
183 20 2 W 4 1 43.2
184 28 3 L 0 43.2
185 6 1 L 0 43.2
186 35 3 L 0 43.2
187 20 2 L 0 43.2
188 6 1 L 0 43.2
189 17 2 L 0 43.2
190 5 1 L 0 43.2
191 21 2 L 0 43.2
192 9 1 L 0 43.2
193 25 3 L 0 43.2
194 31 3 W 11 -10.4 32.8
195 4 1 L 0 32.8
196 24 2 L 0 32.8
197 15 2 W 3 1 33.8
198 1 1 L 0 33.8
199 11 1 W 2 1 34.8
200 10 1 W 1 1 35.8
Now sequences 42 and 168 became winning runs because the Dozen repeated
the 6th time, unlike with threshold of 5. However, every time the Dozen repeated
at a sequence more than 6th, we lost 10.4 units instead of 6.6. Still at the end of
200 spins, we have gathered 35.8 units.
15
Now let us take a final example with the above set of sequence and use a
threshold of 3, that is we bet only 3 times for a repeat Dozen and observe the
results in Table 6 below. Please note that any Win Occurrence greater than 3 is
a loss for the run at a cost of 2.4 units.
Table 6

Occurrence
1 6 1
2 31 3 L 0 0
3 34 3 W 2 1 1
4 18 2 L 0 1
5 0 0 L 0 1
6 4 1 L 0 1
7 2 1 W 4 -2.4 -1.4
8 0 0 L 0 -1.4
9 9 1 W 2 1 -0.4
10 18 2 L 0 -0.4
11 19 2 W 2 1 0.6
12 4 1 L 0 0.6
13 2 1 W 2 1 1.6
14 3 1 W 1 1 2.6
15 35 3 L 0 2.6
16 35 3 W 2 1 3.6
17 11 1 L 0 3.6
18 0 0 L 0 3.6
19 15 2 L 0 3.6
20 5 1 L 0 3.6
21 9 1 W 5 -2.4 1.2
22 24 2 L 0 1.2
23 6 1 L 0 1.2
24 31 3 L 0 1.2
25 0 0 L 0 1.2
26 33 3 W 5 -2.4 -1.2
27 2 1 L 0 -1.2
28 4 1 W 2 1 -0.2
29 0 0 L 0 -0.2
30 8 1 W 2 1 0.8
31 13 2 L 0 0.8
32 15 2 W 2 1 1.8
33 0 0 L 0 1.8
34 25 3 L 0 1.8
35 21 2 L 0 1.8
16
36 16 2 W 4 -2.4 -0.6
37 25 3 L 0 -0.6
38 1 1 L 0 -0.6
39 34 3 L 0 -0.6
40 15 2 L 0 -0.6
41 12 1 L 0 -0.6
42 9 1 W 6 -2.4 -3
43 0 0 L 0 -3
44 17 2 L 0 -3
45 32 3 L 0 -3
46 31 3 W 4 -2.4 -5.4
47 25 3 W 1 1 -4.4
48 17 2 L 0 -4.4
49 30 3 L 0 -4.4
50 9 1 L 0 -4.4
51 29 3 L 0 -4.4
52 12 1 L 0 -4.4
53 35 3 L 0 -4.4
54 10 1 L 0 -4.4
55 14 2 L 0 -4.4
56 19 2 W 9 -2.4 -6.8
57 14 2 W 1 1 -5.8
58 4 1 L 0 -5.8
59 12 1 W 2 1 -4.8
60 6 1 W 1 1 -3.8
61 8 1 W 1 1 -2.8
62 16 2 L 0 -2.8
63 15 2 W 2 1 -1.8
64 24 2 W 1 1 -0.8
65 15 2 W 1 1 0.2
66 32 3 L 0 0.2
67 10 1 L 0 0.2
68 3 1 W 3 1 1.2
69 20 2 L 0 1.2
70 24 2 W 2 1 2.2
71 30 3 L 0 2.2
72 0 0 L 0 2.2
73 22 2 L 0 2.2
74 31 3 L 0 2.2
75 21 2 L 0 2.2
76 11 1 L 0 2.2
77 17 2 L 0 2.2
78 9 1 L 0 2.2
79 30 3 L 0 2.2
17
80 30 3 W 10 -2.4 -0.2
81 17 2 L 0 -0.2
82 14 2 W 2 1 0.8
83 26 3 L 0 0.8
84 31 3 W 2 1 1.8
85 13 2 L 0 1.8
86 30 3 L 0 1.8
87 6 1 L 0 1.8
88 25 3 L 0 1.8
89 25 3 W 5 -2.4 -0.6
90 30 3 W 1 1 0.4
91 19 2 L 0 0.4
92 1 1 L 0 0.4
93 30 3 L 0 0.4
94 21 2 L 0 0.4
95 13 2 W 5 -2.4 -2
96 27 3 L 0 -2
97 0 0 L 0 -2
98 16 2 L 0 -2
99 36 3 L 0 -2
100 33 3 W 5 -2.4 -4.4
101 6 1 L 0 -4.4
102 6 1 W 2 1 -3.4
103 23 2 L 0 -3.4
104 33 3 L 0 -3.4
105 30 3 W 3 1 -2.4
106 30 3 W 1 1 -1.4
107 26 3 W 1 1 -0.4
108 21 2 L 0 -0.4
109 2 1 L 0 -0.4
110 12 1 W 3 1 0.6
111 9 1 W 1 1 1.6
112 18 2 L 0 1.6
113 35 3 L 0 1.6
114 14 2 L 0 1.6
115 9 1 L 0 1.6
116 10 1 W 5 -2.4 -0.8
117 2 1 W 1 1 0.2
118 28 3 L 0 0.2
119 28 3 W 2 1 1.2
120 0 0 L 0 1.2
121 15 2 L 0 1.2
122 2 1 L 0 1.2
123 26 3 L 0 1.2
18
124 32 3 W 5 -2.4 -1.2
125 1 1 L 0 -1.2
126 32 3 L 0 -1.2
127 36 3 W 3 1 -0.2
128 13 2 L 0 -0.2
129 10 1 L 0 -0.2
130 4 1 W 3 1 0.8
131 20 2 L 0 0.8
132 0 0 L 0 0.8
133 27 3 L 0 0.8
134 2 1 L 0 0.8
135 4 1 W 5 -2.4 -1.6
136 25 3 L 0 -1.6
137 9 1 L 0 -1.6
138 21 2 L 0 -1.6
139 31 3 L 0 -1.6
140 28 3 W 5 -2.4 -4
141 17 2 L 0 -4
142 1 1 L 0 -4
143 9 1 W 3 1 -3
144 4 1 W 1 1 -2
145 31 3 L 0 -2
146 31 3 W 2 1 -1
147 29 3 W 1 1 0
148 16 2 L 0 0
149 23 2 W 2 1 1
150 16 2 W 1 1 2
151 18 2 W 1 1 3
152 15 2 W 1 1 4
153 15 2 W 1 1 5
154 36 3 L 0 5
155 14 2 L 0 5
156 28 3 L 0 5
157 31 3 W 4 -2.4 2.6
158 20 2 L 0 2.6
159 23 2 W 2 1 3.6
160 35 3 L 0 3.6
161 12 1 L 0 3.6
162 5 1 W 3 1 4.6
163 13 2 L 0 4.6
164 31 3 L 0 4.6
165 18 2 L 0 4.6
166 29 3 L 0 4.6
167 16 2 L 0 4.6
19
168 15 2 W 6 -2.4 2.2
169 1 1 L 0 2.2
170 31 3 L 0 2.2
171 25 3 W 3 1 3.2
172 30 3 W 1 1 4.2
173 19 2 L 0 4.2
174 1 1 L 0 4.2
175 23 2 L 0 4.2
176 1 1 L 0 4.2
177 1 1 W 5 -2.4 1.8
178 1 1 W 1 1 2.8
179 7 1 W 1 1 3.8
180 22 2 L 0 3.8
181 2 1 L 0 3.8
182 20 2 L 0 3.8
183 20 2 W 4 -2.4 1.4
184 28 3 L 0 1.4
185 6 1 L 0 1.4
186 35 3 L 0 1.4
187 20 2 L 0 1.4
188 6 1 L 0 1.4
189 17 2 L 0 1.4
190 5 1 L 0 1.4
191 21 2 L 0 1.4
192 9 1 L 0 1.4
193 25 3 L 0 1.4
194 31 3 W 11 -2.4 -1
195 4 1 L 0 -1
196 24 2 L 0 -1
197 15 2 W 3 1 0
198 1 1 L 0 0
199 11 1 W 2 1 1
200 10 1 W 1 1 2
As you can observe, the results fluctuate quite often and the net units go from
positive to negative and vice versa. At the end of 200 spins, only 2 units have
been gained. A maximum of 5 units is gained at sequence 153, which is a
recommended time to quit if you were playing with this threshold.
You can experiment further if you like with different thresholds. Table 7 below
will show you the performance of threshold 4. Now any Win Occurrence less or
equal to 4 will generate 1 unit profit and any Win Occurrence of 5 and greater will
have a loss of 4.1 units.
20
Table 7

Occurrence
1 6 1
2 31 3 L 0 0
3 34 3 W 2 1 1
4 18 2 L 0 1
5 0 0 L 0 1
6 4 1 L 0 1
7 2 1 W 4 1 2
8 0 0 L 0 2
9 9 1 W 2 1 3
10 18 2 L 0 3
11 19 2 W 2 1 4
12 4 1 L 0 4
13 2 1 W 2 1 5
14 3 1 W 1 1 6
15 35 3 L 0 6
16 35 3 W 2 1 7
17 11 1 L 0 7
18 0 0 L 0 7
19 15 2 L 0 7
20 5 1 L 0 7
21 9 1 W 5 -4.1 2.9
22 24 2 L 0 2.9
23 6 1 L 0 2.9
24 31 3 L 0 2.9
25 0 0 L 0 2.9
26 33 3 W 5 -4.1 -1.2
27 2 1 L 0 -1.2
28 4 1 W 2 1 -0.2
29 0 0 L 0 -0.2
30 8 1 W 2 1 0.8
31 13 2 L 0 0.8
32 15 2 W 2 1 1.8
33 0 0 L 0 1.8
34 25 3 L 0 1.8
35 21 2 L 0 1.8
36 16 2 W 4 1 2.8
37 25 3 L 0 2.8
38 1 1 L 0 2.8
39 34 3 L 0 2.8
40 15 2 L 0 2.8
21
41 12 1 L 0 2.8
42 9 1 W 6 -4.1 -1.3
43 0 0 L 0 -1.3
44 17 2 L 0 -1.3
45 32 3 L 0 -1.3
46 31 3 W 4 1 -0.3
47 25 3 W 1 1 0.7
48 17 2 L 0 0.7
49 30 3 L 0 0.7
50 9 1 L 0 0.7
51 29 3 L 0 0.7
52 12 1 L 0 0.7
53 35 3 L 0 0.7
54 10 1 L 0 0.7
55 14 2 L 0 0.7
56 19 2 W 9 -4.1 -3.4
57 14 2 W 1 1 -2.4
58 4 1 L 0 -2.4
59 12 1 W 2 1 -1.4
60 6 1 W 1 1 -0.4
61 8 1 W 1 1 0.6
62 16 2 L 0 0.6
63 15 2 W 2 1 1.6
64 24 2 W 1 1 2.6
65 15 2 W 1 1 3.6
66 32 3 L 0 3.6
67 10 1 L 0 3.6
68 3 1 W 3 1 4.6
69 20 2 L 0 4.6
70 24 2 W 2 1 5.6
71 30 3 L 0 5.6
72 0 0 L 0 5.6
73 22 2 L 0 5.6
74 31 3 L 0 5.6
75 21 2 L 0 5.6
76 11 1 L 0 5.6
77 17 2 L 0 5.6
78 9 1 L 0 5.6
79 30 3 L 0 5.6
80 30 3 W 10 -4.1 1.5
81 17 2 L 0 1.5
82 14 2 W 2 1 2.5
83 26 3 L 0 2.5
84 31 3 W 2 1 3.5
22
85 13 2 L 0 3.5
86 30 3 L 0 3.5
87 6 1 L 0 3.5
88 25 3 L 0 3.5
89 25 3 W 5 -4.1 -0.6
90 30 3 W 1 1 0.4
91 19 2 L 0 0.4
92 1 1 L 0 0.4
93 30 3 L 0 0.4
94 21 2 L 0 0.4
95 13 2 W 5 -4.1 -3.7
96 27 3 L 0 -3.7
97 0 0 L 0 -3.7
98 16 2 L 0 -3.7
99 36 3 L 0 -3.7
100 33 3 W 5 -4.1 -7.8
101 6 1 L 0 -7.8
102 6 1 W 2 1 -6.8
103 23 2 L 0 -6.8
104 33 3 L 0 -6.8
105 30 3 W 3 1 -5.8
106 30 3 W 1 1 -4.8
107 26 3 W 1 1 -3.8
108 21 2 L 0 -3.8
109 2 1 L 0 -3.8
110 12 1 W 3 1 -2.8
111 9 1 W 1 1 -1.8
112 18 2 L 0 -1.8
113 35 3 L 0 -1.8
114 14 2 L 0 -1.8
115 9 1 L 0 -1.8
116 10 1 W 5 -4.1 -5.9
117 2 1 W 1 1 -4.9
118 28 3 L 0 -4.9
119 28 3 W 2 1 -3.9
120 0 0 L 0 -3.9
121 15 2 L 0 -3.9
122 2 1 L 0 -3.9
123 26 3 L 0 -3.9
124 32 3 W 5 -4.1 -8
125 1 1 L 0 -8
126 32 3 L 0 -8
127 36 3 W 3 1 -7
128 13 2 L 0 -7
23
129 10 1 L 0 -7
130 4 1 W 3 1 -6
131 20 2 L 0 -6
132 0 0 L 0 -6
133 27 3 L 0 -6
134 2 1 L 0 -6
135 4 1 W 5 -4.1 -10.1
136 25 3 L 0 -10.1
137 9 1 L 0 -10.1
138 21 2 L 0 -10.1
139 31 3 L 0 -10.1
140 28 3 W 5 -4.1 -14.2
141 17 2 L 0 -14.2
142 1 1 L 0 -14.2
143 9 1 W 3 1 -13.2
144 4 1 W 1 1 -12.2
145 31 3 L 0 -12.2
146 31 3 W 2 1 -11.2
147 29 3 W 1 1 -10.2
148 16 2 L 0 -10.2
149 23 2 W 2 1 -9.2
150 16 2 W 1 1 -8.2
151 18 2 W 1 1 -7.2
152 15 2 W 1 1 -6.2
153 15 2 W 1 1 -5.2
154 36 3 L 0 -5.2
155 14 2 L 0 -5.2
156 28 3 L 0 -5.2
157 31 3 W 4 1 -4.2
158 20 2 L 0 -4.2
159 23 2 W 2 1 -3.2
160 35 3 L 0 -3.2
161 12 1 L 0 -3.2
162 5 1 W 3 1 -2.2
163 13 2 L 0 -2.2
164 31 3 L 0 -2.2
165 18 2 L 0 -2.2
166 29 3 L 0 -2.2
167 16 2 L 0 -2.2
168 15 2 W 6 -4.1 -6.3
169 1 1 L 0 -6.3
170 31 3 L 0 -6.3
171 25 3 W 3 1 -5.3
172 30 3 W 1 1 -4.3
24
173 19 2 L 0 -4.3
174 1 1 L 0 -4.3
175 23 2 L 0 -4.3
176 1 1 L 0 -4.3
177 1 1 W 5 -4.1 -8.4
178 1 1 W 1 1 -7.4
179 7 1 W 1 1 -6.4
180 22 2 L 0 -6.4
181 2 1 L 0 -6.4
182 20 2 L 0 -6.4
183 20 2 W 4 1 -5.4
184 28 3 L 0 -5.4
185 6 1 L 0 -5.4
186 35 3 L 0 -5.4
187 20 2 L 0 -5.4
188 6 1 L 0 -5.4
189 17 2 L 0 -5.4
190 5 1 L 0 -5.4
191 21 2 L 0 -5.4
192 9 1 L 0 -5.4
193 25 3 L 0 -5.4
194 31 3 W 11 -4.1 -9.5
195 4 1 L 0 -9.5
196 24 2 L 0 -9.5
197 15 2 W 3 1 -8.5
198 1 1 L 0 -8.5
199 11 1 W 2 1 -7.5
200 10 1 W 1 1 -6.5
As you can see, at the end of 200 spins, you end up with -6.5 units, although
during all the runs, you had the opportunity to still quit positively between
sequences 63 and 88.
To conclude system 1, from my experiments, thresholds of 5 or 6 deem most

favorable, as I ran hundreds of thousands of simulated spins with random
number generators and charted the results.
25
System 2
As I mentioned previously, Dozens will repeat very often on the first 1-8 spins
and less often on later sequences. So, at this system, rather than betting only 5
or 6 times as in system 1, we will bet two runs of 4 bets consecutively taking
advantage of repeating Dozens for the first 8 times. The betting scheme,
however, will not be a Martingalish progression, as this has been proven to fail
over the long run, causing heavy losses if the progression never resumes, or
when you reach the table's maximum betting limit. So the betting scheme will be
according to the following formula: The first 4 bets are based on increasing your
bet by %50. If you haven't won during those 4 bets, the 5th bet starts with the
triple amount of your first bet. Then you increase your bet again up to the 8th with
%50 more than the previous one. Table 8 illustrates this scheme:
Table 8
Sequence Bet Net Loss Gain Net Profit

1 $50 $50 $150 $100
2 $75 $125 $225 $100
3 $113 $238 $338 $100
4 $169 $406 $506 $100
5 $153 $559 $459 -$100
6 $230 $789 $689 -$100
7 $344 $1,133 $1,033 -$100
8 $516 $1,649 $1,549 -$100
We will refer to the amount of $100 as 1 unit value. You can see that the first 4
bets generate 1 unit profit and the last 4 bets lose 1 unit. You may not see the
advantage of this yet. However, if we were to bet 4 times only, we would have
lost about 4 units at the end of the 4 bets. If we were to bet 5 times only as in
system 1, we would have lost about 6 units at the end of the 5 bets. If you look
under column Net Loss, you will know what I mean. This way, with the betting
scheme of Table 8, if we win at sequence 5, 6, 7 or 8 we will lose only 1 unit.
Winning occurrences will happen mostly on the first 4, rather than on the last 4,
so this 1 unit loss will be very fast recoverable.
Now, losing all 8 bets will result in a 16.5 unit loss. But, by the time that will
happen, we will be much further ahead than +16.5 units. Or if this 16.5 unit loss
occurs up front, you will have ample chances to recover it with this system. This
is all according to statistics, provided you don't encounter a few unlucky
consecutively losing streaks. In that case, you should set a limit to your losses
and try the system some other time, when the table trends stabilize, or go to
another table.
26
Let me show you 500 simulated runs illustrated in Table 9 to see how the system
works.
Table 9
Sequence Number Bet Won / Losing Bet Win/Los Total

# Doz # Lost Streak s Win/Los
s
1 29 1 0 1 $50 -$50 -$50
2 34 3 1 0 $75 $150 $100
3 7 3 0 1 $50 -$50 $50
4 6 1 1 0 $75 $150 $200
5 21 1 0 1 $50 -$50 $150
6 3 2 0 2 $75 -$75 $75
7 21 1 0 3 $113 -$113 -$38
8 24 2 1 0 $169 $338 $300
9 7 2 0 1 $50 -$50 $250
10 14 1 0 2 $75 -$75 $175
11 13 2 1 0 $113 $225 $400
12 9 2 0 1 $50 -$50 $350
13 16 1 0 2 $75 -$75 $275
14 18 2 1 0 $113 $225 $500
15 34 2 0 1 $50 -$50 $450
16 5 3 0 2 $75 -$75 $375
17 10 1 1 0 $113 $225 $600
18 30 1 0 1 $50 -$50 $550
19 31 3 1 0 $75 $150 $700
20 9 3 0 1 $50 -$50 $650
21 14 1 0 2 $75 -$75 $575
22 7 2 0 3 $113 -$113 $463
23 21 1 0 4 $169 -$169 $294
24 35 2 0 5 $150 -$150 $144
25 3 3 0 6 $225 -$225 -$81
26 1 1 1 0 $338 $675 $594
27 26 1 0 1 $50 -$50 $544
28 25 3 1 0 $75 $150 $694
29 31 3 1 0 $50 $100 $794
30 11 3 0 1 $50 -$50 $744
31 20 1 0 2 $75 -$75 $669
32 10 2 0 3 $113 -$113 $556
33 29 1 0 4 $169 -$169 $388
34 36 3 1 0 $150 $300 $688
35 10 3 0 1 $50 -$50 $638
36 35 1 0 2 $75 -$75 $563
27
37 13 3 0 3 $113 -$113 $450
38 11 2 0 4 $169 -$169 $281
39 25 1 0 5 $150 -$150 $131
40 1 3 0 6 $225 -$225 -$94
41 36 1 0 7 $338 -$338 -$431
42 26 3 1 0 $506 $1,013 $581
43 0 3 0 1 $50 -$50 $531
44 19 3 0 2 $75 -$75 $456
45 27 2 0 3 $113 -$113 $344
46 35 3 1 0 $169 $338 $681
47 36 3 1 0 $50 $100 $781
48 14 3 0 1 $50 -$50 $731
49 3 2 0 2 $75 -$75 $656
50 27 1 0 3 $113 -$113 $544
51 1 3 0 4 $169 -$169 $375
52 35 1 0 5 $150 -$150 $225
53 34 3 1 0 $225 $450 $675
54 36 3 1 0 $50 $100 $775
55 8 3 0 1 $50 -$50 $725
56 15 1 0 2 $75 -$75 $650
57 24 2 1 0 $113 $225 $875
58 25 2 0 1 $50 -$50 $825
59 5 3 0 2 $75 -$75 $750
60 9 1 1 0 $113 $225 $975
61 15 1 0 1 $50 -$50 $925
62 31 2 0 2 $75 -$75 $850
63 10 3 0 3 $113 -$113 $738
64 27 1 0 4 $169 -$169 $569
65 15 3 0 5 $150 -$150 $419
66 31 2 0 6 $225 -$225 $194
67 20 3 0 7 $338 -$338 -$144
68 2 2 0 8 $506 -$506 -$650
69 31 1 0 9 $0 $0 -$650
70 6 3 0 10 $0 $0 -$650
71 30 1 0 11 $0 $0 -$650
72 31 3 1 0 $0 $0 -$650
73 36 3 1 0 $50 $100 -$550
74 35 3 1 0 $50 $100 -$450
75 15 3 0 1 $50 -$50 -$500
76 9 2 0 2 $75 -$75 -$575
77 17 1 0 3 $113 -$113 -$688
78 26 2 0 4 $169 -$169 -$856
79 33 3 1 0 $150 $300 -$556
80 15 3 0 1 $50 -$50 -$606
28
81 20 2 1 0 $75 $150 -$456
82 25 2 0 1 $50 -$50 -$506
83 3 3 0 2 $75 -$75 -$581
84 29 1 0 3 $113 -$113 -$694
85 1 3 0 4 $169 -$169 -$863
86 7 1 1 0 $150 $300 -$563
87 14 1 0 1 $50 -$50 -$613
88 8 2 0 2 $75 -$75 -$688
89 25 1 0 3 $113 -$113 -$800
90 4 3 0 4 $169 -$169 -$969
91 30 1 0 5 $150 -$150 -$1,119
92 15 3 0 6 $225 -$225 -$1,344
93 20 2 1 0 $338 $675 -$669
94 24 2 1 0 $50 $100 -$569
95 16 2 1 0 $50 $100 -$469
96 31 2 0 1 $50 -$50 -$519
97 20 3 0 2 $75 -$75 -$594
98 31 2 0 3 $113 -$113 -$706
99 22 3 0 4 $169 -$169 -$875
100 29 2 0 5 $150 -$150 -$1,025
101 0 3 0 6 $225 -$225 -$1,250
102 6 3 0 7 $338 -$338 -$1,588
103 7 1 1 0 $506 $1,013 -$575
104 23 1 0 1 $50 -$50 -$625
105 17 2 1 0 $75 $150 -$475
106 3 2 0 1 $50 -$50 -$525
107 14 1 0 2 $75 -$75 -$600
108 23 2 1 0 $113 $225 -$375
109 6 2 0 1 $50 -$50 -$425
110 29 1 0 2 $75 -$75 -$500
111 30 3 1 0 $113 $225 -$275
112 4 3 0 1 $50 -$50 -$325
113 25 1 0 2 $75 -$75 -$400
114 27 3 1 0 $113 $225 -$175
115 33 3 1 0 $50 $100 -$75
116 18 3 0 1 $50 -$50 -$125
117 34 2 0 2 $75 -$75 -$200
118 23 3 0 3 $113 -$113 -$313
119 30 2 0 4 $169 -$169 -$481
120 33 3 1 0 $150 $300 -$181
121 36 3 1 0 $50 $100 -$81
122 4 3 0 1 $50 -$50 -$131
123 22 1 0 2 $75 -$75 -$206
124 16 2 1 0 $113 $225 $19
29
125 18 2 1 0 $50 $100 $119
126 36 2 0 1 $50 -$50 $69
127 18 3 0 2 $75 -$75 -$6
128 20 2 1 0 $113 $225 $219
129 17 2 1 0 $50 $100 $319
130 17 2 1 0 $50 $100 $419
131 23 2 1 0 $50 $100 $519
132 3 2 0 1 $50 -$50 $469
133 3 1 1 0 $75 $150 $619
134 19 1 0 1 $50 -$50 $569
135 19 2 1 0 $75 $150 $719
136 31 2 0 1 $50 -$50 $669
137 8 3 0 2 $75 -$75 $594
138 10 1 1 0 $113 $225 $819
139 7 1 1 0 $50 $100 $919
140 36 1 0 1 $50 -$50 $869
141 7 3 0 2 $75 -$75 $794
142 1 1 1 0 $113 $225 $1,019
143 23 1 0 1 $50 -$50 $969
144 16 2 1 0 $75 $150 $1,119
145 3 2 0 1 $50 -$50 $1,069
146 0 1 0 2 $75 -$75 $994
147 32 1 0 3 $113 -$113 $881
148 23 3 0 4 $169 -$169 $713
149 6 2 0 5 $150 -$150 $563
150 8 1 1 0 $225 $450 $1,013
151 10 1 1 0 $50 $100 $1,113
152 14 1 0 1 $50 -$50 $1,063
153 25 2 0 2 $75 -$75 $988
154 15 3 0 3 $113 -$113 $875
155 9 2 0 4 $169 -$169 $706
156 8 1 1 0 $150 $300 $1,006
157 26 1 0 1 $50 -$50 $956
158 30 3 1 0 $75 $150 $1,106
159 33 3 1 0 $50 $100 $1,206
160 36 3 1 0 $50 $100 $1,306
161 3 3 0 1 $50 -$50 $1,256
162 3 1 1 0 $75 $150 $1,406
163 19 1 0 1 $50 -$50 $1,356
164 14 2 1 0 $75 $150 $1,506
165 25 2 0 1 $50 -$50 $1,456
166 28 3 1 0 $75 $150 $1,606
167 8 3 0 1 $50 -$50 $1,556
168 25 1 0 2 $75 -$75 $1,481
30
169 26 3 1 0 $113 $225 $1,706
170 12 3 0 1 $50 -$50 $1,656
171 14 1 0 2 $75 -$75 $1,581
172 14 2 1 0 $113 $225 $1,806
173 33 2 0 1 $50 -$50 $1,756
174 1 3 0 2 $75 -$75 $1,681
175 6 1 1 0 $113 $225 $1,906
176 24 1 0 1 $50 -$50 $1,856
177 35 2 0 2 $75 -$75 $1,781
178 27 3 1 0 $113 $225 $2,006
179 29 3 1 0 $50 $100 $2,106
180 7 3 0 1 $50 -$50 $2,056
181 27 1 0 2 $75 -$75 $1,981
182 5 3 0 3 $113 -$113 $1,869
183 31 1 0 4 $169 -$169 $1,700
184 31 3 1 0 $150 $300 $2,000
185 0 3 0 1 $50 -$50 $1,950
186 22 3 0 2 $75 -$75 $1,875
187 15 2 1 0 $113 $225 $2,100
188 16 2 1 0 $50 $100 $2,200
189 31 2 0 1 $50 -$50 $2,150
190 29 3 1 0 $75 $150 $2,300
191 13 3 0 1 $50 -$50 $2,250
192 12 2 0 2 $75 -$75 $2,175
193 27 1 0 3 $113 -$113 $2,063
194 20 3 0 4 $169 -$169 $1,894
195 8 2 0 5 $150 -$150 $1,744
196 12 1 1 0 $225 $450 $2,194
197 31 1 0 1 $50 -$50 $2,144
198 26 3 1 0 $75 $150 $2,294
199 14 3 0 1 $50 -$50 $2,244
200 1 2 0 2 $75 -$75 $2,169
201 13 1 0 3 $113 -$113 $2,056
202 19 2 1 0 $169 $338 $2,394
203 16 2 1 0 $50 $100 $2,494
204 13 2 1 0 $50 $100 $2,594
205 22 2 1 0 $50 $100 $2,694
206 24 2 1 0 $50 $100 $2,794
207 6 2 0 1 $50 -$50 $2,744
208 33 1 0 2 $75 -$75 $2,669
209 0 3 0 3 $113 -$113 $2,556
210 2 3 0 4 $169 -$169 $2,388
211 5 1 1 0 $150 $300 $2,688
212 1 1 1 0 $50 $100 $2,788
31
213 19 1 0 1 $50 -$50 $2,738
214 24 2 1 0 $75 $150 $2,888
215 20 2 1 0 $50 $100 $2,988
216 2 2 0 1 $50 -$50 $2,938
217 32 1 0 2 $75 -$75 $2,863
218 36 3 1 0 $113 $225 $3,088
219 25 3 1 0 $50 $100 $3,188
220 0 3 0 1 $50 -$50 $3,138
221 17 3 0 2 $75 -$75 $3,063
222 26 2 0 3 $113 -$113 $2,950
223 12 3 0 4 $169 -$169 $2,781
224 15 1 0 5 $150 -$150 $2,631
225 7 2 0 6 $225 -$225 $2,406
226 6 1 1 0 $338 $675 $3,081
227 2 1 1 0 $50 $100 $3,181
228 31 1 0 1 $50 -$50 $3,131
229 21 3 0 2 $75 -$75 $3,056
230 32 2 0 3 $113 -$113 $2,944
231 0 3 0 4 $169 -$169 $2,775
232 23 3 0 5 $150 -$150 $2,625
233 29 2 0 6 $225 -$225 $2,400
234 33 3 1 0 $338 $675 $3,075
235 7 3 0 1 $50 -$50 $3,025
236 28 1 0 2 $75 -$75 $2,950
237 27 3 1 0 $113 $225 $3,175
238 22 3 0 1 $50 -$50 $3,125
239 2 2 0 2 $75 -$75 $3,050
240 23 1 0 3 $113 -$113 $2,938
241 35 2 0 4 $169 -$169 $2,769
242 31 3 1 0 $150 $300 $3,069
243 27 3 1 0 $50 $100 $3,169
244 3 3 0 1 $50 -$50 $3,119
245 1 1 1 0 $75 $150 $3,269
246 2 1 1 0 $50 $100 $3,369
247 8 1 1 0 $50 $100 $3,469
248 33 1 0 1 $50 -$50 $3,419
249 3 3 0 2 $75 -$75 $3,344
250 13 1 0 3 $113 -$113 $3,231
251 25 2 0 4 $169 -$169 $3,063
252 0 3 0 5 $150 -$150 $2,913
253 12 3 0 6 $225 -$225 $2,688
254 24 1 0 7 $338 -$338 $2,350
255 29 2 0 8 $506 -$506 $1,844
256 23 3 0 9 $0 $0 $1,844
32
257 27 2 0 10 $0 $0 $1,844
258 0 3 0 11 $0 $0 $1,844
259 0 3 0 12 $0 $0 $1,844
260 17 3 0 13 $0 $0 $1,844
261 0 2 0 14 $0 $0 $1,844
262 24 2 1 0 $0 $0 $1,844
263 30 2 0 1 $50 -$50 $1,794
264 3 3 0 2 $75 -$75 $1,719
265 3 1 1 0 $113 $225 $1,944
266 24 1 0 1 $50 -$50 $1,894
267 33 2 0 2 $75 -$75 $1,819
268 25 3 1 0 $113 $225 $2,044
269 5 3 0 1 $50 -$50 $1,994
270 24 1 0 2 $75 -$75 $1,919
271 21 2 1 0 $113 $225 $2,144
272 18 2 1 0 $50 $100 $2,244
273 36 2 0 1 $50 -$50 $2,194
274 7 3 0 2 $75 -$75 $2,119
275 11 1 1 0 $113 $225 $2,344
276 28 1 0 1 $50 -$50 $2,294
277 26 3 1 0 $75 $150 $2,444
278 9 3 0 1 $50 -$50 $2,394
279 15 1 0 2 $75 -$75 $2,319
280 28 2 0 3 $113 -$113 $2,206
281 32 3 1 0 $169 $338 $2,544
282 32 3 1 0 $50 $100 $2,644
283 29 3 1 0 $50 $100 $2,744
284 19 3 0 1 $50 -$50 $2,694
285 28 2 0 2 $75 -$75 $2,619
286 18 3 0 3 $113 -$113 $2,506
287 25 2 0 4 $169 -$169 $2,338
288 33 3 1 0 $150 $300 $2,638
289 4 3 0 1 $50 -$50 $2,588
290 20 1 0 2 $75 -$75 $2,513
291 31 2 0 3 $113 -$113 $2,400
292 13 3 0 4 $169 -$169 $2,231
293 18 2 1 0 $150 $300 $2,531
294 10 2 0 1 $50 -$50 $2,481
295 9 1 1 0 $75 $150 $2,631
296 19 1 0 1 $50 -$50 $2,581
297 22 2 1 0 $75 $150 $2,731
298 28 2 0 1 $50 -$50 $2,681
299 4 3 0 2 $75 -$75 $2,606
300 33 1 0 3 $113 -$113 $2,494
33
301 15 3 0 4 $169 -$169 $2,325
302 22 2 1 0 $150 $300 $2,625
303 12 2 0 1 $50 -$50 $2,575
304 35 1 0 2 $75 -$75 $2,500
305 20 3 0 3 $113 -$113 $2,388
306 0 2 0 4 $169 -$169 $2,219
307 14 2 1 0 $150 $300 $2,519
308 7 2 0 1 $50 -$50 $2,469
309 13 1 0 2 $75 -$75 $2,394
310 30 2 0 3 $113 -$113 $2,281
311 11 3 0 4 $169 -$169 $2,113
312 29 1 0 5 $150 -$150 $1,963
313 22 3 0 6 $225 -$225 $1,738
314 5 2 0 7 $338 -$338 $1,400
315 26 1 0 8 $506 -$506 $894
316 9 3 0 9 $0 $0 $894
317 25 1 0 10 $0 $0 $894
318 10 3 0 11 $0 $0 $894
319 24 1 0 12 $0 $0 $894
320 32 2 0 13 $0 $0 $894
321 13 3 0 14 $0 $0 $894
322 25 2 0 15 $0 $0 $894
323 12 3 0 16 $0 $0 $894
324 27 1 0 17 $0 $0 $894
325 11 3 0 18 $0 $0 $894
326 6 1 1 0 $0 $0 $894
327 6 1 1 0 $50 $100 $994
328 2 1 1 0 $50 $100 $1,094
329 7 1 1 0 $50 $100 $1,194
330 16 1 0 1 $50 -$50 $1,144
331 29 2 0 2 $75 -$75 $1,069
332 8 3 0 3 $113 -$113 $956
333 21 1 0 4 $169 -$169 $788
334 7 2 0 5 $150 -$150 $638
335 35 1 0 6 $225 -$225 $413
336 18 3 0 7 $338 -$338 $75
337 24 2 1 0 $506 $1,013 $1,088
338 35 2 0 1 $50 -$50 $1,038
339 13 3 0 2 $75 -$75 $963
340 13 2 1 0 $113 $225 $1,188
341 17 2 1 0 $50 $100 $1,288
342 25 2 0 1 $50 -$50 $1,238
343 33 3 1 0 $75 $150 $1,388
344 31 3 1 0 $50 $100 $1,488
34
345 23 3 0 1 $50 -$50 $1,438
346 6 2 0 2 $75 -$75 $1,363
347 15 1 0 3 $113 -$113 $1,250
348 22 2 1 0 $169 $338 $1,588
349 33 2 0 1 $50 -$50 $1,538
350 15 3 0 2 $75 -$75 $1,463
351 17 2 1 0 $113 $225 $1,688
352 3 2 0 1 $50 -$50 $1,638
353 3 1 1 0 $75 $150 $1,788
354 3 1 1 0 $50 $100 $1,888
355 7 1 1 0 $50 $100 $1,988
356 8 1 1 0 $50 $100 $2,088
357 13 1 0 1 $50 -$50 $2,038
358 16 2 1 0 $75 $150 $2,188
359 10 2 0 1 $50 -$50 $2,138
360 24 1 0 2 $75 -$75 $2,063
361 31 2 0 3 $113 -$113 $1,950
362 13 3 0 4 $169 -$169 $1,781
363 12 2 0 5 $150 -$150 $1,631
364 18 1 0 6 $225 -$225 $1,406
365 17 2 1 0 $338 $675 $2,081
366 31 2 0 1 $50 -$50 $2,031
367 25 3 1 0 $75 $150 $2,181
368 21 3 0 1 $50 -$50 $2,131
369 30 2 0 2 $75 -$75 $2,056
370 0 3 0 3 $113 -$113 $1,944
371 26 3 1 0 $169 $338 $2,281
372 32 3 1 0 $50 $100 $2,381
373 18 3 0 1 $50 -$50 $2,331
374 33 2 0 2 $75 -$75 $2,256
375 8 3 0 3 $113 -$113 $2,144
376 7 1 1 0 $169 $338 $2,481
377 27 1 0 1 $50 -$50 $2,431
378 33 3 1 0 $75 $150 $2,581
379 0 3 0 1 $50 -$50 $2,531
380 3 3 0 2 $75 -$75 $2,456
381 28 1 0 3 $113 -$113 $2,344
382 14 3 0 4 $169 -$169 $2,175
383 31 2 0 5 $150 -$150 $2,025
384 30 3 1 0 $225 $450 $2,475
385 15 3 0 1 $50 -$50 $2,425
386 25 2 0 2 $75 -$75 $2,350
387 33 3 1 0 $113 $225 $2,575
388 14 3 0 1 $50 -$50 $2,525
35
389 12 2 0 2 $75 -$75 $2,450
390 14 1 0 3 $113 -$113 $2,338
391 27 2 0 4 $169 -$169 $2,169
392 16 3 0 5 $150 -$150 $2,019
393 17 2 1 0 $225 $450 $2,469
394 36 2 0 1 $50 -$50 $2,419
395 2 3 0 2 $75 -$75 $2,344
396 22 1 0 3 $113 -$113 $2,231
397 16 2 1 0 $169 $338 $2,569
398 31 2 0 1 $50 -$50 $2,519
399 1 3 0 2 $75 -$75 $2,444
400 13 1 0 3 $113 -$113 $2,331
401 1 2 0 4 $169 -$169 $2,163
402 20 1 0 5 $150 -$150 $2,013
403 10 2 0 6 $225 -$225 $1,788
404 8 1 1 0 $338 $675 $2,463
405 7 1 1 0 $50 $100 $2,563
406 16 1 0 1 $50 -$50 $2,513
407 5 2 0 2 $75 -$75 $2,438
408 9 1 1 0 $113 $225 $2,663
409 18 1 0 1 $50 -$50 $2,613
410 20 2 1 0 $75 $150 $2,763
411 30 2 0 1 $50 -$50 $2,713
412 4 3 0 2 $75 -$75 $2,638
413 36 1 0 3 $113 -$113 $2,525
414 13 3 0 4 $169 -$169 $2,356
415 30 2 0 5 $150 -$150 $2,206
416 0 3 0 6 $225 -$225 $1,981
417 5 3 0 7 $338 -$338 $1,644
418 2 1 1 0 $506 $1,013 $2,656
419 36 1 0 1 $50 -$50 $2,606
420 12 3 0 2 $75 -$75 $2,531
421 14 1 0 3 $113 -$113 $2,419
422 25 2 0 4 $169 -$169 $2,250
423 13 3 0 5 $150 -$150 $2,100
424 29 2 0 6 $225 -$225 $1,875
425 28 3 1 0 $338 $675 $2,550
426 33 3 1 0 $50 $100 $2,650
427 18 3 0 1 $50 -$50 $2,600
428 18 2 1 0 $75 $150 $2,750
429 13 2 1 0 $50 $100 $2,850
430 14 2 1 0 $50 $100 $2,950
431 21 2 1 0 $50 $100 $3,050
432 7 2 0 1 $50 -$50 $3,000
36
433 10 1 1 0 $75 $150 $3,150
434 4 1 1 0 $50 $100 $3,250
435 33 1 0 1 $50 -$50 $3,200
436 12 3 0 2 $75 -$75 $3,125
437 15 1 0 3 $113 -$113 $3,013
438 36 2 0 4 $169 -$169 $2,844
439 35 3 1 0 $150 $300 $3,144
440 5 3 0 1 $50 -$50 $3,094
441 22 1 0 2 $75 -$75 $3,019
442 30 2 0 3 $113 -$113 $2,906
443 35 3 1 0 $169 $338 $3,244
444 34 3 1 0 $50 $100 $3,344
445 32 3 1 0 $50 $100 $3,444
446 1 3 0 1 $50 -$50 $3,394
447 19 1 0 2 $75 -$75 $3,319
448 3 2 0 3 $113 -$113 $3,206
449 16 1 0 4 $169 -$169 $3,038
450 24 2 1 0 $150 $300 $3,338
451 22 2 1 0 $50 $100 $3,438
452 27 2 0 1 $50 -$50 $3,388
453 6 3 0 2 $75 -$75 $3,313
454 12 1 1 0 $113 $225 $3,538
455 17 1 0 1 $50 -$50 $3,488
456 24 2 1 0 $75 $150 $3,638
457 29 2 0 1 $50 -$50 $3,588
458 5 3 0 2 $75 -$75 $3,513
459 8 1 1 0 $113 $225 $3,738
460 9 1 1 0 $50 $100 $3,838
461 14 1 0 1 $50 -$50 $3,788
462 16 2 1 0 $75 $150 $3,938
463 20 2 1 0 $50 $100 $4,038
464 10 2 0 1 $50 -$50 $3,988
465 16 1 0 2 $75 -$75 $3,913
466 6 2 0 3 $113 -$113 $3,800
467 18 1 0 4 $169 -$169 $3,631
468 21 2 1 0 $150 $300 $3,931
469 18 2 1 0 $50 $100 $4,031
470 4 2 0 1 $50 -$50 $3,981
471 11 1 1 0 $75 $150 $4,131
472 15 1 0 1 $50 -$50 $4,081
473 11 2 0 2 $75 -$75 $4,006
474 19 1 0 3 $113 -$113 $3,894
475 1 2 0 4 $169 -$169 $3,725
476 28 1 0 5 $150 -$150 $3,575
37
477 4 3 0 6 $225 -$225 $3,350
478 24 1 0 7 $338 -$338 $3,013
479 32 2 0 8 $506 -$506 $2,506
480 11 3 0 9 $0 $0 $2,506
481 35 1 0 10 $0 $0 $2,506
482 18 3 0 11 $0 $0 $2,506
483 31 2 0 12 $0 $0 $2,506
484 31 3 1 0 $0 $0 $2,506
485 0 3 0 1 $50 -$50 $2,456
486 16 3 0 2 $75 -$75 $2,381
487 21 2 1 0 $113 $225 $2,606
488 32 2 0 1 $50 -$50 $2,556
489 3 3 0 2 $75 -$75 $2,481
490 9 1 1 0 $113 $225 $2,706
491 26 1 0 1 $50 -$50 $2,656
492 18 3 0 2 $75 -$75 $2,581
493 27 2 0 3 $113 -$113 $2,469
494 19 3 0 4 $169 -$169 $2,300
495 3 2 0 5 $150 -$150 $2,150
496 21 1 0 6 $225 -$225 $1,925
497 18 2 1 0 $338 $675 $2,600
498 5 2 0 1 $50 -$50 $2,550
499 2 1 1 0 $75 $150 $2,700
500 36 1 0 1 $50 -$50 $2,650
Despite some fluctuations, the system performs pretty well. Let me explain you
the different columns of Table 9. Here is the first 7 spins for convenience:
Sequence Number Bet Won / Losing Bet Win/Los Total

# Doz # Lost Streak s Win/Los
s
1 29 1 0 1 $50 -$50 -$50
2 34 3 1 0 $75 $150 $100
3 7 3 0 1 $50 -$50 $50
4 6 1 1 0 $75 $150 $200
5 21 1 0 1 $50 -$50 $150
6 3 2 0 2 $75 -$75 $75
7 21 1 0 3 $113 -$113 -$38
The Bet Doz # column shows which Dozen you are betting on, that is the one
that just came up. Number 29 comes up in sequence 1, you bet on Dozen 3 in
sequence 2. Number 34 comes up in sequence 2, you bet on Dozen 3 in
sequence 3, etc. (In sequence 1, we have bet randomly on any Dozen.
Otherwise, you would bet on the Dozen that came up before you came to the
38
table, according to the scoreboard. In an on-line casino, you could bet with a 0
chip to see the outcome).
Won/Lost column indicates with a 1 if you win that sequence and with a 0 if you
lose that sequence.
The Losing Streak column counts the number of times you lose until the Dozen
finally repeats closing that specific run. When the Dozen repeats, it turns to 0.
The Win/Loss column shows how much you are winning or losing for that
specific sequence.
And the last column Total Win/Loss gives you the overall net profit.
During the first 19 sequences, the system provides profits, as the Dozens repeat
during the first 4 bets.
During sequences 20 to 27, the Dozen repeats only the 8th time, so we lose one
unit (our unit is $100 in this example). As you can see the balance goes down
from $700 to $594, that is about $100 ($106 to be exact).
At sequences 61 to 71, we go through a losing streak, that is the Dozen does not
repeat until the 11th time. Our overall net balance goes down from +$975 to -
$650 (16.5 unit at $100 a unit). Then it takes about another 60 spins to recover
this loss. Then you ride on a winning wave with opportunities to quit at more
than +$3,000 balance starting from sequence 432. And it is strongly
recommended to do so without waiting for other losing streaks to occur, although
the system generally tends to generate profits on the longer run.
39
System 3
This system will provide increasing profit, as we catch winning streaks. We will
accomplish this by proportionally increasing the amounts of the betting scheme
every time we win a run. In other words our betting scheme's amounts will be
increased by %20 every time we close a winning run.
The betting scheme we are going to use is the same as Table 3 for the first 5
bets only, that is $50, $75, $113, $169, $253. Those are calculated amounts for
having %50 increase on the next bet. If the casino has $5, $10, or $25 chips,
you could easily round those figures to $50, $75, $110 (or $125), $175 and $250
respectively. It will not change the outcome or the performance of the system.
When we win a run (such that the Dozen repeats within the first 5 bets), the next
betting scheme we will use will be %20 larger than the previous betting scheme.
So, the $50, $75, $113, $169, $253 scheme will become: $60, $90, $135, $203
and $304. If we win another run, we increase the betting scheme again by %20
for it to become: $72, $108, $162, $243, and $365 and so on until the starting bet
unit becomes $176. This is set this way, in order not to hit the table's maximum
betting amount. In other words, we keep increasing the betting scheme by %20
for 8 times. The starting bet units will be $50, then $60, then $72, then $86, then
$103, then $123, then $147 and finally $176. If we lose a run, such that the
Dozen does not repeat more than 5 times, we reset the betting scheme to start
with $50. Since we don't bet until the Dozen repeats, when the Dozen finally
repeats, we take that as a virtual winning run and increase our betting scheme by
20%, thus starting with $60 over again. When we reach the maximum initial
starting bet of $176 we reset back to $60, since we haven't lost the run yet. This
way, we avoid losing a lot of money if we encounter a losing streak, while betting
with high amounts.
In order for you to thoroughly understand the above, I am providing you with a
sample of 1000 spins in Table 10 below:
Table 10
Sequenc Number Bet Won / Losing Bet Win/Loss Total Starting

e# Doz Lost Streak Win/Loss Bet Unit
#
1 18 1 0 1 $50 -$50 -$50 $50
2 8 2 0 2 $75 -$75 -$125 $50
3 12 1 1 0 $113 $225 $100 $50
4 35 1 0 1 $60 -$60 $40 $60
5 22 3 0 2 $90 -$90 -$50 $60
6 10 2 0 3 $135 -$135 -$185 $60
7 30 1 0 4 $203 -$203 -$388 $60
8 11 3 0 5 $304 -$304 -$691 $50
9 4 1 1 0 $0 $0 -$691 $50
40
10 11 1 1 0 $60 $120 -$571 $60
11 36 1 0 1 $72 -$72 -$643 $72
12 27 3 1 0 $108 $216 -$427 $72
13 5 3 0 1 $86 -$86 -$513 $86
14 23 1 0 2 $129 -$129 -$642 $86
15 19 2 1 0 $194 $387 -$255 $86
16 28 2 0 1 $103 -$103 -$358 $103
17 27 3 1 0 $155 $309 -$49 $103
18 36 3 1 0 $123 $246 $197 $123
19 32 3 1 0 $147 $294 $491 $147
20 8 3 0 1 $176 -$176 $315 $176
21 32 1 0 2 $264 -$264 $51 $50
22 28 3 1 0 $396 $792 $843 $50
23 25 3 1 0 $60 $120 $963 $60
24 29 3 1 0 $72 $144 $1,107 $72
25 35 3 1 0 $86 $172 $1,279 $86
26 28 3 1 0 $103 $206 $1,485 $103
27 10 3 0 1 $123 -$123 $1,362 $123
28 19 1 0 2 $185 -$185 $1,177 $123
29 0 2 0 3 $277 -$277 $901 $123
30 21 2 1 0 $415 $830 $1,731 $123
31 26 2 0 1 $147 -$147 $1,584 $147
32 14 3 0 2 $221 -$221 $1,363 $147
33 12 2 0 3 $331 -$331 $1,033 $147
34 6 1 1 0 $496 $992 $2,025 $147
35 15 1 0 1 $176 -$176 $1,849 $176
36 2 2 0 2 $264 -$264 $1,585 $50
37 28 1 0 3 $396 -$396 $1,189 $50
38 36 3 1 0 $594 $1,188 $2,377 $50
39 1 3 0 1 $60 -$60 $2,317 $60
40 7 1 1 0 $90 $180 $2,497 $60
41 35 1 0 1 $72 -$72 $2,425 $72
42 3 3 0 2 $108 -$108 $2,317 $72
43 17 1 0 3 $162 -$162 $2,155 $72
44 1 2 0 4 $243 -$243 $1,912 $72
45 32 1 0 5 $365 -$365 $1,547 $50
46 31 3 1 0 $0 $0 $1,547 $50
47 33 3 1 0 $60 $120 $1,667 $60
48 5 3 0 1 $72 -$72 $1,595 $72
49 35 1 0 2 $108 -$108 $1,487 $72
50 20 3 0 3 $162 -$162 $1,325 $72
51 5 2 0 4 $243 -$243 $1,082 $72
52 13 1 0 5 $365 -$365 $718 $50
53 33 2 0 6 $0 $0 $718 $50
41
54 14 3 0 7 $0 $0 $718 $50
55 17 2 1 0 $0 $0 $718 $50
56 34 2 0 1 $60 -$60 $658 $60
57 0 3 0 2 $90 -$90 $568 $60
58 10 3 0 3 $135 -$135 $433 $60
59 30 1 0 4 $203 -$203 $230 $60
60 25 3 1 0 $304 $608 $838 $60
61 24 3 0 1 $72 -$72 $766 $72
62 20 2 1 0 $108 $216 $982 $72
63 17 2 1 0 $86 $172 $1,154 $86
64 24 2 1 0 $103 $206 $1,360 $103
65 26 2 0 1 $123 -$123 $1,237 $123
66 12 3 0 2 $185 -$185 $1,052 $123
67 28 1 0 3 $277 -$277 $776 $123
68 4 3 0 4 $415 -$415 $360 $123
69 34 1 0 5 $623 -$623 -$262 $50
70 6 3 0 6 $0 $0 -$262 $50
71 27 1 0 7 $0 $0 -$262 $50
72 23 3 0 8 $0 $0 -$262 $50
73 16 2 1 0 $0 $0 -$262 $50
74 20 2 1 0 $60 $120 -$142 $60
75 4 2 0 1 $72 -$72 -$214 $72
76 8 1 1 0 $108 $216 $2 $72
77 2 1 1 0 $86 $172 $174 $86
78 2 1 1 0 $103 $206 $380 $103
79 19 1 0 1 $123 -$123 $257 $123
80 33 2 0 2 $185 -$185 $72 $123
81 12 3 0 3 $277 -$277 -$205 $123
82 28 1 0 4 $415 -$415 -$620 $123
83 35 3 1 0 $623 $1,245 $626 $123
84 2 3 0 1 $147 -$147 $479 $147
85 33 1 0 2 $221 -$221 $258 $147
86 21 3 0 3 $331 -$331 -$73 $147
87 4 2 0 4 $496 -$496 -$569 $147
88 10 1 1 0 $744 $1,488 $920 $147
89 9 1 1 0 $176 $352 $1,272 $176
90 22 1 0 1 $50 -$50 $1,222 $50
91 25 2 0 2 $75 -$75 $1,147 $50
92 0 3 0 3 $113 -$113 $1,034 $50
93 35 3 1 0 $169 $338 $1,372 $50
94 10 3 0 1 $60 -$60 $1,312 $60
95 0 1 0 2 $90 -$90 $1,222 $60
96 5 1 1 0 $135 $270 $1,492 $60
97 15 1 0 1 $72 -$72 $1,420 $72
42
98 16 2 1 0 $108 $216 $1,636 $72
99 20 2 1 0 $86 $172 $1,808 $86
100 31 2 0 1 $103 -$103 $1,705 $103
101 20 3 0 2 $155 -$155 $1,550 $103
102 34 2 0 3 $232 -$232 $1,318 $103
103 30 3 1 0 $348 $695 $2,014 $103
104 25 3 1 0 $123 $246 $2,260 $123
105 28 3 1 0 $147 $294 $2,554 $147
106 6 3 0 1 $176 -$176 $2,378 $176
107 4 1 1 0 $264 $528 $2,906 $50
108 3 1 1 0 $60 $120 $3,026 $60
109 12 1 1 0 $72 $144 $3,170 $72
110 32 1 0 1 $86 -$86 $3,084 $86
111 12 3 0 2 $129 -$129 $2,955 $86
112 14 1 0 3 $194 -$194 $2,761 $86
113 26 2 0 4 $290 -$290 $2,471 $86
114 28 3 1 0 $435 $871 $3,342 $86
115 11 3 0 1 $103 -$103 $3,239 $103
116 3 1 1 0 $155 $309 $3,548 $103
117 6 1 1 0 $123 $246 $3,794 $123
118 30 1 0 1 $147 -$147 $3,647 $147
119 9 3 0 2 $221 -$221 $3,426 $147
120 8 1 1 0 $331 $662 $4,088 $147
121 34 1 0 1 $176 -$176 $3,912 $176
122 2 3 0 2 $264 -$264 $3,648 $50
123 6 1 1 0 $396 $792 $4,440 $50
124 23 1 0 1 $60 -$60 $4,380 $60
125 11 2 0 2 $90 -$90 $4,290 $60
126 35 1 0 3 $135 -$135 $4,155 $60
127 21 3 0 4 $203 -$203 $3,952 $60
128 21 2 1 0 $304 $608 $4,560 $60
129 36 2 0 1 $72 -$72 $4,488 $72
130 18 3 0 2 $108 -$108 $4,380 $72
131 31 2 0 3 $162 -$162 $4,218 $72
132 18 3 0 4 $243 -$243 $3,975 $72
133 12 2 0 5 $365 -$365 $3,610 $50
134 10 1 1 0 $0 $0 $3,610 $50
135 20 1 0 1 $60 -$60 $3,550 $60
136 27 2 0 2 $90 -$90 $3,460 $60
137 8 3 0 3 $135 -$135 $3,325 $60
138 19 1 0 4 $203 -$203 $3,123 $60
139 17 2 1 0 $304 $608 $3,730 $60
140 21 2 1 0 $72 $144 $3,874 $72
141 13 2 1 0 $86 $172 $4,046 $86
43
142 2 2 0 1 $103 -$103 $3,943 $103
143 13 1 0 2 $155 -$155 $3,789 $103
144 16 2 1 0 $232 $464 $4,252 $103
145 13 2 1 0 $123 $246 $4,498 $123
146 0 2 0 1 $147 -$147 $4,351 $147
147 18 2 1 0 $221 $441 $4,792 $147
148 31 2 0 1 $176 -$176 $4,616 $176
149 21 3 0 2 $264 -$264 $4,352 $50
150 19 2 1 0 $396 $792 $5,144 $50
151 36 2 0 1 $60 -$60 $5,084 $60
152 18 3 0 2 $90 -$90 $4,994 $60
153 31 2 0 3 $135 -$135 $4,859 $60
154 21 3 0 4 $203 -$203 $4,657 $60
155 11 2 0 5 $304 -$304 $4,353 $50
156 22 1 0 6 $0 $0 $4,353 $50
157 28 2 0 7 $0 $0 $4,353 $50
158 25 3 1 0 $0 $0 $4,353 $50
159 22 3 0 1 $60 -$60 $4,293 $60
160 29 2 0 2 $90 -$90 $4,203 $60
161 7 3 0 3 $135 -$135 $4,068 $60
162 15 1 0 4 $203 -$203 $3,865 $60
163 25 2 0 5 $304 -$304 $3,562 $50
164 6 3 0 6 $0 $0 $3,562 $50
165 8 1 1 0 $0 $0 $3,562 $50
166 28 1 0 1 $60 -$60 $3,502 $60
167 0 3 0 2 $90 -$90 $3,412 $60
168 28 3 1 0 $135 $270 $3,682 $60
169 2 3 0 1 $72 -$72 $3,610 $72
170 15 1 0 2 $108 -$108 $3,502 $72
171 30 2 0 3 $162 -$162 $3,340 $72
172 9 3 0 4 $243 -$243 $3,097 $72
173 14 1 0 5 $365 -$365 $2,732 $50
174 25 2 0 6 $0 $0 $2,732 $50
175 11 3 0 7 $0 $0 $2,732 $50
176 17 1 0 8 $0 $0 $2,732 $50
177 28 2 0 9 $0 $0 $2,732 $50
178 7 3 0 10 $0 $0 $2,732 $50
179 21 1 0 11 $0 $0 $2,732 $50
180 12 2 0 12 $0 $0 $2,732 $50
181 2 1 1 0 $0 $0 $2,732 $50
182 22 1 0 1 $60 -$60 $2,672 $60
183 18 2 1 0 $90 $180 $2,852 $60
184 15 2 1 0 $72 $144 $2,996 $72
185 12 2 0 1 $86 -$86 $2,910 $86
44
186 19 1 0 2 $129 -$129 $2,781 $86
187 14 2 1 0 $194 $387 $3,168 $86
188 36 2 0 1 $103 -$103 $3,065 $103
189 0 3 0 2 $155 -$155 $2,911 $103
190 26 3 1 0 $232 $464 $3,374 $103
191 13 3 0 1 $123 -$123 $3,251 $123
192 8 2 0 2 $185 -$185 $3,067 $123
193 11 1 1 0 $277 $554 $3,620 $123
194 8 1 1 0 $147 $294 $3,914 $147
195 28 1 0 1 $176 -$176 $3,738 $176
196 23 3 0 2 $264 -$264 $3,474 $50
197 15 2 1 0 $396 $792 $4,266 $50
198 12 2 0 1 $60 -$60 $4,206 $60
199 22 1 0 2 $90 -$90 $4,116 $60
200 13 2 1 0 $135 $270 $4,386 $60
201 2 2 0 1 $72 -$72 $4,314 $72
202 36 1 0 2 $108 -$108 $4,206 $72
203 34 3 1 0 $162 $324 $4,530 $72
204 22 3 0 1 $86 -$86 $4,444 $86
205 34 2 0 2 $129 -$129 $4,315 $86
206 22 3 0 3 $194 -$194 $4,122 $86
207 36 2 0 4 $290 -$290 $3,831 $86
208 36 3 1 0 $435 $871 $4,702 $86
209 11 3 0 1 $103 -$103 $4,599 $103
210 16 1 0 2 $155 -$155 $4,445 $103
211 15 2 1 0 $232 $464 $4,908 $103
212 2 2 0 1 $123 -$123 $4,785 $123
213 18 1 0 2 $185 -$185 $4,601 $123
214 15 2 1 0 $277 $554 $5,154 $123
215 7 2 0 1 $147 -$147 $5,007 $147
216 32 1 0 2 $221 -$221 $4,787 $147
217 0 3 0 3 $331 -$331 $4,456 $147
218 32 3 1 0 $496 $992 $5,448 $147
219 24 3 0 1 $176 -$176 $5,272 $176
220 29 2 0 2 $264 -$264 $5,008 $50
221 20 3 0 3 $396 -$396 $4,612 $50
222 3 2 0 4 $594 -$594 $4,018 $50
223 1 1 1 0 $891 $1,782 $5,800 $50
224 27 1 0 1 $60 -$60 $5,740 $60
225 4 3 0 2 $90 -$90 $5,650 $60
226 25 1 0 3 $135 -$135 $5,515 $60
227 35 3 1 0 $203 $405 $5,920 $60
228 9 3 0 1 $72 -$72 $5,848 $72
229 26 1 0 2 $108 -$108 $5,740 $72
45
230 23 3 0 3 $162 -$162 $5,578 $72
231 5 2 0 4 $243 -$243 $5,335 $72
232 5 1 1 0 $365 $729 $6,064 $72
233 11 1 1 0 $86 $172 $6,236 $86
234 29 1 0 1 $103 -$103 $6,133 $103
235 6 3 0 2 $155 -$155 $5,979 $103
236 18 1 0 3 $232 -$232 $5,747 $103
237 8 2 0 4 $348 -$348 $5,399 $103
238 20 1 0 5 $521 -$521 $4,878 $50
239 2 2 0 6 $0 $0 $4,878 $50
240 36 1 0 7 $0 $0 $4,878 $50
241 12 3 0 8 $0 $0 $4,878 $50
242 27 1 0 9 $0 $0 $4,878 $50
243 12 3 0 10 $0 $0 $4,878 $50
244 26 1 0 11 $0 $0 $4,878 $50
245 24 3 0 12 $0 $0 $4,878 $50
246 33 2 0 13 $0 $0 $4,878 $50
247 8 3 0 14 $0 $0 $4,878 $50
248 18 1 0 15 $0 $0 $4,878 $50
249 7 2 0 16 $0 $0 $4,878 $50
250 33 1 0 17 $0 $0 $4,878 $50
251 13 3 0 18 $0 $0 $4,878 $50
252 32 2 0 19 $0 $0 $4,878 $50
253 25 3 1 0 $0 $0 $4,878 $50
254 5 3 0 1 $60 -$60 $4,818 $60
255 27 1 0 2 $90 -$90 $4,728 $60
256 19 3 0 3 $135 -$135 $4,593 $60
257 6 2 0 4 $203 -$203 $4,390 $60
258 13 1 0 5 $304 -$304 $4,087 $50
259 1 2 0 6 $0 $0 $4,087 $50
260 18 1 0 7 $0 $0 $4,087 $50
261 17 2 1 0 $0 $0 $4,087 $50
262 18 2 1 0 $60 $120 $4,207 $60
263 26 2 0 1 $72 -$72 $4,135 $72
264 22 3 0 2 $108 -$108 $4,027 $72
265 3 2 0 3 $162 -$162 $3,865 $72
266 26 1 0 4 $243 -$243 $3,622 $72
267 24 3 0 5 $365 -$365 $3,257 $50
268 13 2 1 0 $0 $0 $3,257 $50
269 17 2 1 0 $60 $120 $3,377 $60
270 24 2 1 0 $72 $144 $3,521 $72
271 10 2 0 1 $86 -$86 $3,435 $86
272 19 1 0 2 $129 -$129 $3,306 $86
273 7 2 0 3 $194 -$194 $3,113 $86
46
274 5 1 1 0 $290 $581 $3,693 $86
275 22 1 0 1 $103 -$103 $3,590 $103
276 17 2 1 0 $155 $309 $3,899 $103
277 32 2 0 1 $123 -$123 $3,776 $123
278 12 3 0 2 $185 -$185 $3,592 $123
279 16 1 0 3 $277 -$277 $3,315 $123
280 16 2 1 0 $415 $830 $4,145 $123
281 13 2 1 0 $147 $294 $4,439 $147
282 19 2 1 0 $176 $352 $4,791 $176
283 29 2 0 1 $50 -$50 $4,741 $50
284 36 3 1 0 $75 $150 $4,891 $50
285 14 3 0 1 $60 -$60 $4,831 $60
286 29 2 0 2 $90 -$90 $4,741 $60
287 18 3 0 3 $135 -$135 $4,606 $60
288 0 2 0 4 $203 -$203 $4,404 $60
289 1 2 0 5 $304 -$304 $4,100 $50
290 21 1 0 6 $0 $0 $4,100 $50
291 29 2 0 7 $0 $0 $4,100 $50
292 18 3 0 8 $0 $0 $4,100 $50
293 1 2 0 9 $0 $0 $4,100 $50
294 17 1 0 10 $0 $0 $4,100 $50
295 8 2 0 11 $0 $0 $4,100 $50
296 16 1 0 12 $0 $0 $4,100 $50
297 27 2 0 13 $0 $0 $4,100 $50
298 15 3 0 14 $0 $0 $4,100 $50
299 12 2 0 15 $0 $0 $4,100 $50
300 25 1 0 16 $0 $0 $4,100 $50
301 25 3 1 0 $0 $0 $4,100 $50
302 8 3 0 1 $60 -$60 $4,040 $60
303 26 1 0 2 $90 -$90 $3,950 $60
304 8 3 0 3 $135 -$135 $3,815 $60
305 5 1 1 0 $203 $405 $4,220 $60
306 0 1 0 1 $72 -$72 $4,148 $72
307 8 1 1 0 $108 $216 $4,364 $72
308 28 1 0 1 $86 -$86 $4,278 $86
309 15 3 0 2 $129 -$129 $4,149 $86
310 33 2 0 3 $194 -$194 $3,955 $86
311 14 3 0 4 $290 -$290 $3,665 $86
312 25 2 0 5 $435 -$435 $3,230 $50
313 19 3 0 6 $0 $0 $3,230 $50
314 21 2 1 0 $0 $0 $3,230 $50
315 8 2 0 1 $60 -$60 $3,170 $60
316 19 1 0 2 $90 -$90 $3,080 $60
317 15 2 1 0 $135 $270 $3,350 $60
47
318 1 2 0 1 $72 -$72 $3,278 $72
319 6 1 1 0 $108 $216 $3,494 $72
320 7 1 1 0 $86 $172 $3,666 $86
321 10 1 1 0 $103 $206 $3,872 $103
322 14 1 0 1 $123 -$123 $3,749 $123
323 36 2 0 2 $185 -$185 $3,564 $123
324 22 3 0 3 $277 -$277 $3,288 $123
325 21 2 1 0 $415 $830 $4,118 $123
326 23 2 1 0 $147 $294 $4,412 $147
327 2 2 0 1 $176 -$176 $4,236 $176
328 11 1 1 0 $264 $528 $4,764 $50
329 9 1 1 0 $60 $120 $4,884 $60
330 10 1 1 0 $72 $144 $5,028 $72
331 15 1 0 1 $86 -$86 $4,942 $86
332 13 2 1 0 $129 $258 $5,200 $86
333 10 2 0 1 $103 -$103 $5,097 $103
334 1 1 1 0 $155 $309 $5,406 $103
335 1 1 1 0 $123 $246 $5,652 $123
336 6 1 1 0 $147 $294 $5,946 $147
337 28 1 0 1 $176 -$176 $5,770 $176
338 11 3 0 2 $264 -$264 $5,506 $50
339 22 1 0 3 $396 -$396 $5,110 $50
340 26 2 0 4 $594 -$594 $4,516 $50
341 36 3 1 0 $891 $1,782 $6,298 $50
342 4 3 0 1 $60 -$60 $6,238 $60
343 11 1 1 0 $90 $180 $6,418 $60
344 13 1 0 1 $72 -$72 $6,346 $72
345 27 2 0 2 $108 -$108 $6,238 $72
346 18 3 0 3 $162 -$162 $6,076 $72
347 15 2 1 0 $243 $486 $6,562 $72
348 10 2 0 1 $86 -$86 $6,476 $86
349 19 1 0 2 $129 -$129 $6,347 $86
350 17 2 1 0 $194 $387 $6,734 $86
351 29 2 0 1 $103 -$103 $6,631 $103
352 12 3 0 2 $155 -$155 $6,476 $103
353 19 1 0 3 $232 -$232 $6,245 $103
354 7 2 0 4 $348 -$348 $5,897 $103
355 2 1 1 0 $521 $1,043 $6,940 $103
356 34 1 0 1 $123 -$123 $6,817 $123
357 31 3 1 0 $185 $369 $7,186 $123
358 16 3 0 1 $147 -$147 $7,039 $147
359 22 2 1 0 $221 $441 $7,480 $147
360 15 2 1 0 $176 $352 $7,832 $176
361 9 2 0 1 $50 -$50 $7,782 $50
48
362 6 1 1 0 $75 $150 $7,932 $50
363 26 1 0 1 $60 -$60 $7,872 $60
364 17 3 0 2 $90 -$90 $7,782 $60
365 21 2 1 0 $135 $270 $8,052 $60
366 3 2 0 1 $72 -$72 $7,980 $72
367 29 1 0 2 $108 -$108 $7,872 $72
368 31 3 1 0 $162 $324 $8,196 $72
369 12 3 0 1 $86 -$86 $8,110 $86
370 0 1 0 2 $129 -$129 $7,981 $86
371 26 1 0 3 $194 -$194 $7,787 $86
372 32 3 1 0 $290 $581 $8,368 $86
373 24 3 0 1 $103 -$103 $8,265 $103
374 6 2 0 2 $155 -$155 $8,110 $103
375 10 1 1 0 $232 $464 $8,574 $103
376 1 1 1 0 $123 $246 $8,820 $123
377 30 1 0 1 $147 -$147 $8,673 $147
378 6 3 0 2 $221 -$221 $8,452 $147
379 5 1 1 0 $331 $662 $9,114 $147
380 3 1 1 0 $176 $352 $9,466 $176
381 24 1 0 1 $50 -$50 $9,416 $50
382 33 2 0 2 $75 -$75 $9,341 $50
383 16 3 0 3 $113 -$113 $9,228 $50
384 33 2 0 4 $169 -$169 $9,060 $50
385 7 3 0 5 $253 -$253 $8,806 $50
386 27 1 0 6 $0 $0 $8,806 $50
387 23 3 0 7 $0 $0 $8,806 $50
388 16 2 1 0 $0 $0 $8,806 $50
389 16 2 1 0 $60 $120 $8,926 $60
390 24 2 1 0 $72 $144 $9,070 $72
391 13 2 1 0 $86 $172 $9,242 $86
392 29 2 0 1 $103 -$103 $9,139 $103
393 12 3 0 2 $155 -$155 $8,985 $103
394 33 1 0 3 $232 -$232 $8,753 $103
395 22 3 0 4 $348 -$348 $8,406 $103
396 22 2 1 0 $521 $1,043 $9,448 $103
397 30 2 0 1 $123 -$123 $9,325 $123
398 1 3 0 2 $185 -$185 $9,141 $123
399 33 1 0 3 $277 -$277 $8,864 $123
400 34 3 1 0 $415 $830 $9,694 $123
401 4 3 0 1 $147 -$147 $9,547 $147
402 5 1 1 0 $221 $441 $9,988 $147
403 33 1 0 1 $176 -$176 $9,812 $176
404 27 3 1 0 $264 $528 $10,340 $50
405 33 3 1 0 $60 $120 $10,460 $60
49
406 6 3 0 1 $72 -$72 $10,388 $72
407 12 1 1 0 $108 $216 $10,604 $72
408 17 1 0 1 $86 -$86 $10,518 $86
409 28 2 0 2 $129 -$129 $10,389 $86
410 24 3 0 3 $194 -$194 $10,196 $86
411 19 2 1 0 $290 $581 $10,776 $86
412 27 2 0 1 $103 -$103 $10,673 $103
413 25 3 1 0 $155 $309 $10,982 $103
414 11 3 0 1 $123 -$123 $10,859 $123
415 29 1 0 2 $185 -$185 $10,675 $123
416 22 3 0 3 $277 -$277 $10,398 $123
417 6 2 0 4 $415 -$415 $9,983 $123
418 16 1 0 5 $623 -$623 $9,360 $50
419 27 2 0 6 $0 $0 $9,360 $50
420 18 3 0 7 $0 $0 $9,360 $50
421 32 2 0 8 $0 $0 $9,360 $50
422 1 3 0 9 $0 $0 $9,360 $50
423 4 1 1 0 $0 $0 $9,360 $50
424 24 1 0 1 $60 -$60 $9,300 $60
425 10 2 0 2 $90 -$90 $9,210 $60
426 26 1 0 3 $135 -$135 $9,075 $60
427 36 3 1 0 $203 $405 $9,480 $60
428 10 3 0 1 $72 -$72 $9,408 $72
429 33 1 0 2 $108 -$108 $9,300 $72
430 30 3 1 0 $162 $324 $9,624 $72
431 10 3 0 1 $86 -$86 $9,538 $86
432 36 1 0 2 $129 -$129 $9,409 $86
433 22 3 0 3 $194 -$194 $9,216 $86
434 26 2 0 4 $290 -$290 $8,926 $86
435 24 3 0 5 $435 -$435 $8,490 $50
436 9 2 0 6 $0 $0 $8,490 $50
437 3 1 1 0 $0 $0 $8,490 $50
438 31 1 0 1 $60 -$60 $8,430 $60
439 3 3 0 2 $90 -$90 $8,340 $60
440 25 1 0 3 $135 -$135 $8,205 $60
441 18 3 0 4 $203 -$203 $8,003 $60
442 8 2 0 5 $304 -$304 $7,699 $50
443 15 1 0 6 $0 $0 $7,699 $50
444 32 2 0 7 $0 $0 $7,699 $50
445 7 3 0 8 $0 $0 $7,699 $50
446 2 1 1 0 $0 $0 $7,699 $50
447 29 1 0 1 $60 -$60 $7,639 $60
448 6 3 0 2 $90 -$90 $7,549 $60
449 5 1 1 0 $135 $270 $7,819 $60
50
450 31 1 0 1 $72 -$72 $7,747 $72
451 11 3 0 2 $108 -$108 $7,639 $72
452 24 1 0 3 $162 -$162 $7,477 $72
453 12 2 0 4 $243 -$243 $7,234 $72
454 31 1 0 5 $365 -$365 $6,869 $50
455 6 3 0 6 $0 $0 $6,869 $50
456 20 1 0 7 $0 $0 $6,869 $50
457 20 2 1 0 $0 $0 $6,869 $50
458 4 2 0 1 $60 -$60 $6,809 $60
459 16 1 0 2 $90 -$90 $6,719 $60
460 3 2 0 3 $135 -$135 $6,584 $60
461 8 1 1 0 $203 $405 $6,989 $60
462 16 1 0 1 $72 -$72 $6,917 $72
463 36 2 0 2 $108 -$108 $6,809 $72
464 18 3 0 3 $162 -$162 $6,647 $72
465 28 2 0 4 $243 -$243 $6,404 $72
466 2 3 0 5 $365 -$365 $6,040 $50
467 1 1 1 0 $0 $0 $6,040 $50
468 12 1 1 0 $60 $120 $6,160 $60
469 21 1 0 1 $72 -$72 $6,088 $72
470 8 2 0 2 $108 -$108 $5,980 $72
471 1 1 1 0 $162 $324 $6,304 $72
472 16 1 0 1 $86 -$86 $6,218 $86
473 21 2 1 0 $129 $258 $6,476 $86
474 2 2 0 1 $103 -$103 $6,373 $103
475 7 1 1 0 $155 $309 $6,682 $103
476 6 1 1 0 $123 $246 $6,928 $123
477 27 1 0 1 $147 -$147 $6,781 $147
478 0 3 0 2 $221 -$221 $6,560 $147
479 8 3 0 3 $331 -$331 $6,230 $147
480 36 1 0 4 $496 -$496 $5,734 $147
481 10 3 0 5 $744 -$744 $4,989 $50
482 11 1 1 0 $0 $0 $4,989 $50
483 29 1 0 1 $60 -$60 $4,929 $60
484 28 3 1 0 $90 $180 $5,109 $60
485 9 3 0 1 $72 -$72 $5,037 $72
486 18 1 0 2 $108 -$108 $4,929 $72
487 21 2 1 0 $162 $324 $5,253 $72
488 8 2 0 1 $86 -$86 $5,167 $86
489 27 1 0 2 $129 -$129 $5,038 $86
490 27 3 1 0 $194 $387 $5,425 $86
491 0 3 0 1 $103 -$103 $5,322 $103
492 4 3 0 2 $155 -$155 $5,168 $103
493 17 1 0 3 $232 -$232 $4,936 $103
51
494 11 2 0 4 $348 -$348 $4,589 $103
495 20 1 0 5 $521 -$521 $4,067 $50
496 8 2 0 6 $0 $0 $4,067 $50
497 12 1 1 0 $0 $0 $4,067 $50
498 16 1 0 1 $60 -$60 $4,007 $60
499 30 2 0 2 $90 -$90 $3,917 $60
500 26 3 1 0 $135 $270 $4,187 $60
501 4 3 0 1 $72 -$72 $4,115 $72
502 9 1 1 0 $108 $216 $4,331 $72
503 15 1 0 1 $86 -$86 $4,245 $86
504 10 2 0 2 $129 -$129 $4,116 $86
505 8 1 1 0 $194 $387 $4,503 $86
506 7 1 1 0 $103 $206 $4,709 $103
507 29 1 0 1 $123 -$123 $4,586 $123
508 35 3 1 0 $185 $369 $4,955 $123
509 35 3 1 0 $147 $294 $5,249 $147
510 15 3 0 1 $176 -$176 $5,073 $176
511 21 2 1 0 $264 $528 $5,601 $50
512 6 2 0 1 $60 -$60 $5,541 $60
513 23 1 0 2 $90 -$90 $5,451 $60
514 31 2 0 3 $135 -$135 $5,316 $60
515 30 3 1 0 $203 $405 $5,721 $60
516 22 3 0 1 $72 -$72 $5,649 $72
517 15 2 1 0 $108 $216 $5,865 $72
518 31 2 0 1 $86 -$86 $5,779 $86
519 27 3 1 0 $129 $258 $6,037 $86
520 19 3 0 1 $103 -$103 $5,934 $103
521 21 2 1 0 $155 $309 $6,243 $103
522 3 2 0 1 $123 -$123 $6,120 $123
523 8 1 1 0 $185 $369 $6,489 $123
524 31 1 0 1 $147 -$147 $6,342 $147
525 15 3 0 2 $221 -$221 $6,122 $147
526 10 2 0 3 $331 -$331 $5,791 $147
527 19 1 0 4 $496 -$496 $5,295 $147
528 14 2 1 0 $744 $1,488 $6,783 $147
529 29 2 0 1 $176 -$176 $6,607 $176
530 30 3 1 0 $264 $528 $7,135 $50
531 31 3 1 0 $60 $120 $7,255 $60
532 25 3 1 0 $72 $144 $7,399 $72
533 21 3 0 1 $86 -$86 $7,313 $86
534 18 2 1 0 $129 $258 $7,571 $86
535 24 2 1 0 $103 $206 $7,777 $103
536 8 2 0 1 $123 -$123 $7,654 $123
537 21 1 0 2 $185 -$185 $7,470 $123
52
538 0 2 0 3 $277 -$277 $7,193 $123
539 11 2 0 4 $415 -$415 $6,778 $123
540 6 1 1 0 $623 $1,245 $8,023 $123
541 0 1 0 1 $147 -$147 $7,876 $147
542 12 1 1 0 $221 $441 $8,317 $147
543 6 1 1 0 $176 $352 $8,669 $176
544 24 1 0 1 $50 -$50 $8,619 $50
545 18 2 1 0 $75 $150 $8,769 $50
546 9 2 0 1 $60 -$60 $8,709 $60
547 8 1 1 0 $90 $180 $8,889 $60
548 22 1 0 1 $72 -$72 $8,817 $72
549 20 2 1 0 $108 $216 $9,033 $72
550 13 2 1 0 $86 $172 $9,205 $86
551 0 2 0 1 $103 -$103 $9,102 $103
552 35 2 0 2 $155 -$155 $8,948 $103
553 17 3 0 3 $232 -$232 $8,716 $103
554 2 2 0 4 $348 -$348 $8,368 $103
555 9 1 1 0 $521 $1,043 $9,411 $103
556 26 1 0 1 $123 -$123 $9,288 $123
557 12 3 0 2 $185 -$185 $9,104 $123
558 19 1 0 3 $277 -$277 $8,827 $123
559 8 2 0 4 $415 -$415 $8,412 $123
560 27 1 0 5 $623 -$623 $7,789 $50
561 33 3 1 0 $0 $0 $7,789 $50
562 30 3 1 0 $60 $120 $7,909 $60
563 26 3 1 0 $72 $144 $8,053 $72
564 30 3 1 0 $86 $172 $8,225 $86
565 30 3 1 0 $103 $206 $8,431 $103
566 21 3 0 1 $123 -$123 $8,308 $123
567 15 2 1 0 $185 $369 $8,677 $123
568 5 2 0 1 $147 -$147 $8,530 $147
569 11 1 1 0 $221 $441 $8,971 $147
570 11 1 1 0 $176 $352 $9,323 $176
571 17 1 0 1 $50 -$50 $9,273 $50
572 11 2 0 2 $75 -$75 $9,198 $50
573 0 1 0 3 $113 -$113 $9,086 $50
574 7 1 1 0 $169 $338 $9,423 $50
575 5 1 1 0 $60 $120 $9,543 $60
576 11 1 1 0 $72 $144 $9,687 $72
577 36 1 0 1 $86 -$86 $9,601 $86
578 21 3 0 2 $129 -$129 $9,472 $86
579 32 2 0 3 $194 -$194 $9,279 $86
580 1 3 0 4 $290 -$290 $8,988 $86
581 32 1 0 5 $435 -$435 $8,553 $50
53
582 31 3 1 0 $0 $0 $8,553 $50
583 14 3 0 1 $60 -$60 $8,493 $60
584 0 2 0 2 $90 -$90 $8,403 $60
585 31 2 0 3 $135 -$135 $8,268 $60
586 22 3 0 4 $203 -$203 $8,065 $60
587 26 2 0 5 $304 -$304 $7,762 $50
588 25 3 1 0 $0 $0 $7,762 $50
589 11 3 0 1 $60 -$60 $7,702 $60
590 7 1 1 0 $90 $180 $7,882 $60
591 14 1 0 1 $72 -$72 $7,810 $72
592 10 2 0 2 $108 -$108 $7,702 $72
593 21 1 0 3 $162 -$162 $7,540 $72
594 1 2 0 4 $243 -$243 $7,297 $72
595 0 1 0 5 $365 -$365 $6,932 $50
596 35 1 0 6 $0 $0 $6,932 $50
597 4 3 0 7 $0 $0 $6,932 $50
598 0 1 0 8 $0 $0 $6,932 $50
599 11 1 1 0 $0 $0 $6,932 $50
600 24 1 0 1 $60 -$60 $6,872 $60
601 33 2 0 2 $90 -$90 $6,782 $60
602 32 3 1 0 $135 $270 $7,052 $60
603 25 3 1 0 $72 $144 $7,196 $72
604 8 3 0 1 $86 -$86 $7,110 $86
605 21 1 0 2 $129 -$129 $6,981 $86
606 10 2 0 3 $194 -$194 $6,788 $86
607 17 1 0 4 $290 -$290 $6,497 $86
608 31 2 0 5 $435 -$435 $6,062 $50
609 14 3 0 6 $0 $0 $6,062 $50
610 6 2 0 7 $0 $0 $6,062 $50
611 11 1 1 0 $0 $0 $6,062 $50
612 1 1 1 0 $60 $120 $6,182 $60
613 2 1 1 0 $72 $144 $6,326 $72
614 34 1 0 1 $86 -$86 $6,240 $86
615 31 3 1 0 $129 $258 $6,498 $86
616 12 3 0 1 $103 -$103 $6,395 $103
617 0 1 0 2 $155 -$155 $6,241 $103
618 4 1 1 0 $232 $464 $6,704 $103
619 15 1 0 1 $123 -$123 $6,581 $123
620 2 2 0 2 $185 -$185 $6,397 $123
621 28 1 0 3 $277 -$277 $6,120 $123
622 22 3 0 4 $415 -$415 $5,705 $123
623 26 2 0 5 $623 -$623 $5,082 $50
624 34 3 1 0 $0 $0 $5,082 $50
625 2 3 0 1 $60 -$60 $5,022 $60
54
626 10 1 1 0 $90 $180 $5,202 $60
627 7 1 1 0 $72 $144 $5,346 $72
628 31 1 0 1 $86 -$86 $5,260 $86
629 2 3 0 2 $129 -$129 $5,131 $86
630 8 1 1 0 $194 $387 $5,518 $86
631 27 1 0 1 $103 -$103 $5,415 $103
632 9 3 0 2 $155 -$155 $5,260 $103
633 21 1 0 3 $232 -$232 $5,029 $103
634 33 2 0 4 $348 -$348 $4,681 $103
635 11 3 0 5 $521 -$521 $4,160 $50
636 33 1 0 6 $0 $0 $4,160 $50
637 16 3 0 7 $0 $0 $4,160 $50
638 29 2 0 8 $0 $0 $4,160 $50
639 12 3 0 9 $0 $0 $4,160 $50
640 29 1 0 10 $0 $0 $4,160 $50
641 33 3 1 0 $0 $0 $4,160 $50
642 10 3 0 1 $60 -$60 $4,100 $60
643 17 1 0 2 $90 -$90 $4,010 $60
644 13 2 1 0 $135 $270 $4,280 $60
645 30 2 0 1 $72 -$72 $4,208 $72
646 10 3 0 2 $108 -$108 $4,100 $72
647 2 1 1 0 $162 $324 $4,424 $72
648 22 1 0 1 $86 -$86 $4,338 $86
649 36 2 0 2 $129 -$129 $4,209 $86
650 15 3 0 3 $194 -$194 $4,015 $86
651 10 2 0 4 $290 -$290 $3,725 $86
652 31 1 0 5 $435 -$435 $3,290 $50
653 8 3 0 6 $0 $0 $3,290 $50
654 28 1 0 7 $0 $0 $3,290 $50
655 20 3 0 8 $0 $0 $3,290 $50
656 27 2 0 9 $0 $0 $3,290 $50
657 8 3 0 10 $0 $0 $3,290 $50
658 25 1 0 11 $0 $0 $3,290 $50
659 25 3 1 0 $0 $0 $3,290 $50
660 1 3 0 1 $60 -$60 $3,230 $60
661 25 1 0 2 $90 -$90 $3,140 $60
662 31 3 1 0 $135 $270 $3,410 $60
663 9 3 0 1 $72 -$72 $3,338 $72
664 19 1 0 2 $108 -$108 $3,230 $72
665 25 2 0 3 $162 -$162 $3,068 $72
666 2 3 0 4 $243 -$243 $2,825 $72
667 4 1 1 0 $365 $729 $3,554 $72
668 15 1 0 1 $86 -$86 $3,468 $86
669 25 2 0 2 $129 -$129 $3,339 $86
55
670 30 3 1 0 $194 $387 $3,726 $86
671 26 3 1 0 $103 $206 $3,932 $103
672 33 3 1 0 $123 $246 $4,178 $123
673 11 3 0 1 $147 -$147 $4,031 $147
674 5 1 1 0 $221 $441 $4,472 $147
675 8 1 1 0 $176 $352 $4,824 $176
676 10 1 1 0 $50 $100 $4,924 $50
677 32 1 0 1 $60 -$60 $4,864 $60
678 12 3 0 2 $90 -$90 $4,774 $60
679 8 1 1 0 $135 $270 $5,044 $60
680 5 1 1 0 $72 $144 $5,188 $72
681 25 1 0 1 $86 -$86 $5,102 $86
682 0 3 0 2 $129 -$129 $4,973 $86
683 32 3 1 0 $194 $387 $5,360 $86
684 15 3 0 1 $103 -$103 $5,257 $103
685 29 2 0 2 $155 -$155 $5,102 $103
686 13 3 0 3 $232 -$232 $4,870 $103
687 29 2 0 4 $348 -$348 $4,523 $103
688 28 3 1 0 $521 $1,043 $5,566 $103
689 28 3 1 0 $123 $246 $5,812 $123
690 14 3 0 1 $147 -$147 $5,665 $147
691 34 2 0 2 $221 -$221 $5,444 $147
692 2 3 0 3 $331 -$331 $5,113 $147
693 9 1 1 0 $496 $992 $6,106 $147
694 26 1 0 1 $176 -$176 $5,930 $176
695 15 3 0 2 $264 -$264 $5,666 $50
696 16 2 1 0 $396 $792 $6,458 $50
697 33 2 0 1 $60 -$60 $6,398 $60
698 1 3 0 2 $90 -$90 $6,308 $60
699 9 1 1 0 $135 $270 $6,578 $60
700 21 1 0 1 $72 -$72 $6,506 $72
701 13 2 1 0 $108 $216 $6,722 $72
702 5 2 0 1 $86 -$86 $6,636 $86
703 0 1 0 2 $129 -$129 $6,507 $86
704 26 1 0 3 $194 -$194 $6,313 $86
705 0 3 0 4 $290 -$290 $6,023 $86
706 28 3 1 0 $435 $871 $6,894 $86
707 27 3 1 0 $103 $206 $7,100 $103
708 11 3 0 1 $123 -$123 $6,977 $123
709 7 1 1 0 $185 $369 $7,346 $123
710 5 1 1 0 $147 $294 $7,640 $147
711 1 1 1 0 $176 $352 $7,992 $176
712 3 1 1 0 $50 $100 $8,092 $50
713 14 1 0 1 $60 -$60 $8,032 $60
56
714 28 2 0 2 $90 -$90 $7,942 $60
715 7 3 0 3 $135 -$135 $7,807 $60
716 1 1 1 0 $203 $405 $8,212 $60
717 28 1 0 1 $72 -$72 $8,140 $72
718 2 3 0 2 $108 -$108 $8,032 $72
719 15 1 0 3 $162 -$162 $7,870 $72
720 11 2 0 4 $243 -$243 $7,627 $72
721 21 1 0 5 $365 -$365 $7,262 $50
722 11 2 0 6 $0 $0 $7,262 $50
723 23 1 0 7 $0 $0 $7,262 $50
724 17 2 1 0 $0 $0 $7,262 $50
725 17 2 1 0 $60 $120 $7,382 $60
726 26 2 0 1 $72 -$72 $7,310 $72
727 15 3 0 2 $108 -$108 $7,202 $72
728 5 2 0 3 $162 -$162 $7,040 $72
729 26 1 0 4 $243 -$243 $6,797 $72
730 34 3 1 0 $365 $729 $7,526 $72
731 10 3 0 1 $86 -$86 $7,440 $86
732 16 1 0 2 $129 -$129 $7,311 $86
733 29 2 0 3 $194 -$194 $7,118 $86
734 0 3 0 4 $290 -$290 $6,827 $86
735 36 3 1 0 $435 $871 $7,698 $86
736 18 3 0 1 $103 -$103 $7,595 $103
737 6 2 0 2 $155 -$155 $7,441 $103
738 26 1 0 3 $232 -$232 $7,209 $103
739 6 3 0 4 $348 -$348 $6,861 $103
740 17 1 0 5 $521 -$521 $6,340 $50
741 17 2 1 0 $0 $0 $6,340 $50
742 14 2 1 0 $60 $120 $6,460 $60
743 14 2 1 0 $72 $144 $6,604 $72
744 1 2 0 1 $86 -$86 $6,518 $86
745 17 1 0 2 $129 -$129 $6,389 $86
746 20 2 1 0 $194 $387 $6,776 $86
747 18 2 1 0 $103 $206 $6,982 $103
748 3 2 0 1 $123 -$123 $6,859 $123
749 6 1 1 0 $185 $369 $7,228 $123
750 17 1 0 1 $147 -$147 $7,081 $147
751 23 2 1 0 $221 $441 $7,522 $147
752 28 2 0 1 $176 -$176 $7,346 $176
753 28 3 1 0 $264 $528 $7,874 $50
754 21 3 0 1 $60 -$60 $7,814 $60
755 30 2 0 2 $90 -$90 $7,724 $60
756 36 3 1 0 $135 $270 $7,994 $60
757 16 3 0 1 $72 -$72 $7,922 $72
57
758 21 2 1 0 $108 $216 $8,138 $72
759 21 2 1 0 $86 $172 $8,310 $86
760 0 2 0 1 $103 -$103 $8,207 $103
761 6 2 0 2 $155 -$155 $8,052 $103
762 30 1 0 3 $232 -$232 $7,820 $103
763 4 3 0 4 $348 -$348 $7,473 $103
764 4 1 1 0 $521 $1,043 $8,516 $103
765 3 1 1 0 $123 $246 $8,762 $123
766 6 1 1 0 $147 $294 $9,056 $147
767 24 1 0 1 $176 -$176 $8,880 $176
768 21 2 1 0 $264 $528 $9,408 $50
769 15 2 1 0 $60 $120 $9,528 $60
770 32 2 0 1 $72 -$72 $9,456 $72
771 1 3 0 2 $108 -$108 $9,348 $72
772 27 1 0 3 $162 -$162 $9,186 $72
773 20 3 0 4 $243 -$243 $8,943 $72
774 10 2 0 5 $365 -$365 $8,578 $50
775 19 1 0 6 $0 $0 $8,578 $50
776 7 2 0 7 $0 $0 $8,578 $50
777 36 1 0 8 $0 $0 $8,578 $50
778 30 3 1 0 $0 $0 $8,578 $50
779 34 3 1 0 $60 $120 $8,698 $60
780 25 3 1 0 $72 $144 $8,842 $72
781 30 3 1 0 $86 $172 $9,014 $86
782 3 3 0 1 $103 -$103 $8,911 $103
783 14 1 0 2 $155 -$155 $8,757 $103
784 28 2 0 3 $232 -$232 $8,525 $103
785 3 3 0 4 $348 -$348 $8,177 $103
786 21 1 0 5 $521 -$521 $7,656 $50
787 20 2 1 0 $0 $0 $7,656 $50
788 27 2 0 1 $60 -$60 $7,596 $60
789 26 3 1 0 $90 $180 $7,776 $60
790 35 3 1 0 $72 $144 $7,920 $72
791 16 3 0 1 $86 -$86 $7,834 $86
792 5 2 0 2 $129 -$129 $7,705 $86
793 7 1 1 0 $194 $387 $8,092 $86
794 7 1 1 0 $103 $206 $8,298 $103
795 9 1 1 0 $123 $246 $8,544 $123
796 27 1 0 1 $147 -$147 $8,397 $147
797 34 3 1 0 $221 $441 $8,838 $147
798 17 3 0 1 $176 -$176 $8,662 $176
799 10 2 0 2 $264 -$264 $8,398 $50
800 0 1 0 3 $396 -$396 $8,002 $50
801 11 1 1 0 $594 $1,188 $9,190 $50
58
802 21 1 0 1 $60 -$60 $9,130 $60
803 33 2 0 2 $90 -$90 $9,040 $60
804 7 3 0 3 $135 -$135 $8,905 $60
805 28 1 0 4 $203 -$203 $8,702 $60
806 36 3 1 0 $304 $608 $9,310 $60
807 35 3 1 0 $72 $144 $9,454 $72
808 16 3 0 1 $86 -$86 $9,368 $86
809 1 2 0 2 $129 -$129 $9,239 $86
810 31 1 0 3 $194 -$194 $9,045 $86
811 4 3 0 4 $290 -$290 $8,755 $86
812 3 1 1 0 $435 $871 $9,626 $86
813 36 1 0 1 $103 -$103 $9,523 $103
814 19 3 0 2 $155 -$155 $9,368 $103
815 0 2 0 3 $232 -$232 $9,137 $103
816 23 2 1 0 $348 $695 $9,832 $103
817 5 2 0 1 $123 -$123 $9,709 $123
818 20 1 0 2 $185 -$185 $9,524 $123
819 18 2 1 0 $277 $554 $10,078 $123
820 8 2 0 1 $147 -$147 $9,931 $147
821 8 1 1 0 $221 $441 $10,372 $147
822 26 1 0 1 $176 -$176 $10,196 $176
823 29 3 1 0 $264 $528 $10,724 $50
824 26 3 1 0 $60 $120 $10,844 $60
825 9 3 0 1 $72 -$72 $10,772 $72
826 33 1 0 2 $108 -$108 $10,664 $72
827 27 3 1 0 $162 $324 $10,988 $72
828 17 3 0 1 $86 -$86 $10,902 $86
829 17 2 1 0 $129 $258 $11,160 $86
830 11 2 0 1 $103 -$103 $11,057 $103
831 7 1 1 0 $155 $309 $11,366 $103
832 9 1 1 0 $123 $246 $11,612 $123
833 27 1 0 1 $147 -$147 $11,465 $147
834 4 3 0 2 $221 -$221 $11,244 $147
835 15 1 0 3 $331 -$331 $10,914 $147
836 35 2 0 4 $496 -$496 $10,418 $147
837 29 3 1 0 $744 $1,488 $11,906 $147
838 23 3 0 1 $176 -$176 $11,730 $176
839 33 2 0 2 $264 -$264 $11,466 $50
840 0 3 0 3 $396 -$396 $11,070 $50
841 4 3 0 4 $594 -$594 $10,476 $50
842 28 1 0 5 $891 -$891 $9,585 $50
843 33 3 1 0 $0 $0 $9,585 $50
844 33 3 1 0 $60 $120 $9,705 $60
845 24 3 0 1 $72 -$72 $9,633 $72
59
846 17 2 1 0 $108 $216 $9,849 $72
847 8 2 0 1 $86 -$86 $9,763 $86
848 6 1 1 0 $129 $258 $10,021 $86
849 21 1 0 1 $103 -$103 $9,918 $103
850 29 2 0 2 $155 -$155 $9,763 $103
851 12 3 0 3 $232 -$232 $9,532 $103
852 36 1 0 4 $348 -$348 $9,184 $103
853 18 3 0 5 $521 -$521 $8,663 $50
854 22 2 1 0 $0 $0 $8,663 $50
855 28 2 0 1 $60 -$60 $8,603 $60
856 19 3 0 2 $90 -$90 $8,513 $60
857 30 2 0 3 $135 -$135 $8,378 $60
858 14 3 0 4 $203 -$203 $8,175 $60
859 19 2 1 0 $304 $608 $8,783 $60
860 11 2 0 1 $72 -$72 $8,711 $72
861 17 1 0 2 $108 -$108 $8,603 $72
862 33 2 0 3 $162 -$162 $8,441 $72
863 4 3 0 4 $243 -$243 $8,198 $72
864 7 1 1 0 $365 $729 $8,927 $72
865 10 1 1 0 $86 $172 $9,099 $86
866 1 1 1 0 $103 $206 $9,305 $103
867 21 1 0 1 $123 -$123 $9,182 $123
868 21 2 1 0 $185 $369 $9,551 $123
869 31 2 0 1 $147 -$147 $9,404 $147
870 3 3 0 2 $221 -$221 $9,183 $147
871 5 1 1 0 $331 $662 $9,845 $147
872 15 1 0 1 $176 -$176 $9,669 $176
873 12 2 0 2 $264 -$264 $9,405 $50
874 36 1 0 3 $396 -$396 $9,009 $50
875 20 3 0 4 $594 -$594 $8,415 $50
876 9 2 0 5 $891 -$891 $7,524 $50
877 6 1 1 0 $0 $0 $7,524 $50
878 6 1 1 0 $60 $120 $7,644 $60
879 20 1 0 1 $72 -$72 $7,572 $72
880 13 2 1 0 $108 $216 $7,788 $72
881 34 2 0 1 $86 -$86 $7,702 $86
882 9 3 0 2 $129 -$129 $7,573 $86
883 16 1 0 3 $194 -$194 $7,379 $86
884 25 2 0 4 $290 -$290 $7,089 $86
885 17 3 0 5 $435 -$435 $6,653 $50
886 8 2 0 6 $0 $0 $6,653 $50
887 18 1 0 7 $0 $0 $6,653 $50
888 21 2 1 0 $0 $0 $6,653 $50
889 29 2 0 1 $60 -$60 $6,593 $60
60
890 7 3 0 2 $90 -$90 $6,503 $60
891 5 1 1 0 $135 $270 $6,773 $60
892 19 1 0 1 $72 -$72 $6,701 $72
893 22 2 1 0 $108 $216 $6,917 $72
894 31 2 0 1 $86 -$86 $6,831 $86
895 10 3 0 2 $129 -$129 $6,702 $86
896 13 1 0 3 $194 -$194 $6,509 $86
897 21 2 1 0 $290 $581 $7,089 $86
898 4 2 0 1 $103 -$103 $6,986 $103
899 5 1 1 0 $155 $309 $7,295 $103
900 11 1 1 0 $123 $246 $7,541 $123
901 9 1 1 0 $147 $294 $7,835 $147
902 17 1 0 1 $176 -$176 $7,659 $176
903 12 2 0 2 $264 -$264 $7,395 $50
904 29 1 0 3 $396 -$396 $6,999 $50
905 1 3 0 4 $594 -$594 $6,405 $50
906 6 1 1 0 $891 $1,782 $8,187 $50
907 20 1 0 1 $60 -$60 $8,127 $60
908 26 2 0 2 $90 -$90 $8,037 $60
909 25 3 1 0 $135 $270 $8,307 $60
910 30 3 1 0 $72 $144 $8,451 $72
911 3 3 0 1 $86 -$86 $8,365 $86
912 24 1 0 2 $129 -$129 $8,236 $86
913 14 2 1 0 $194 $387 $8,623 $86
914 20 2 1 0 $103 $206 $8,829 $103
915 32 2 0 1 $123 -$123 $8,706 $123
916 24 3 0 2 $185 -$185 $8,522 $123
917 31 2 0 3 $277 -$277 $8,245 $123
918 13 3 0 4 $415 -$415 $7,830 $123
919 13 2 1 0 $623 $1,245 $9,075 $123
920 29 2 0 1 $147 -$147 $8,928 $147
921 19 3 0 2 $221 -$221 $8,708 $147
922 7 2 0 3 $331 -$331 $8,377 $147
923 16 1 0 4 $496 -$496 $7,881 $147
924 35 2 0 5 $744 -$744 $7,137 $50
925 2 3 0 6 $0 $0 $7,137 $50
926 11 1 1 0 $0 $0 $7,137 $50
927 11 1 1 0 $60 $120 $7,257 $60
928 30 1 0 1 $72 -$72 $7,185 $72
929 30 3 1 0 $108 $216 $7,401 $72
930 3 3 0 1 $86 -$86 $7,315 $86
931 36 1 0 2 $129 -$129 $7,186 $86
932 8 3 0 3 $194 -$194 $6,992 $86
933 7 1 1 0 $290 $581 $7,573 $86
61
934 8 1 1 0 $103 $206 $7,779 $103
935 5 1 1 0 $123 $246 $8,025 $123
936 29 1 0 1 $147 -$147 $7,878 $147
937 13 3 0 2 $221 -$221 $7,657 $147
938 30 2 0 3 $331 -$331 $7,327 $147
939 22 3 0 4 $496 -$496 $6,831 $147
940 35 2 0 5 $744 -$744 $6,086 $50
941 19 3 0 6 $0 $0 $6,086 $50
942 3 2 0 7 $0 $0 $6,086 $50
943 1 1 1 0 $0 $0 $6,086 $50
944 21 1 0 1 $60 -$60 $6,026 $60
945 15 2 1 0 $90 $180 $6,206 $60
946 32 2 0 1 $72 -$72 $6,134 $72
947 10 3 0 2 $108 -$108 $6,026 $72
948 8 1 1 0 $162 $324 $6,350 $72
949 10 1 1 0 $86 $172 $6,522 $86
950 4 1 1 0 $103 $206 $6,728 $103
951 17 1 0 1 $123 -$123 $6,605 $123
952 13 2 1 0 $185 $369 $6,974 $123
953 4 2 0 1 $147 -$147 $6,827 $147
954 9 1 1 0 $221 $441 $7,268 $147
955 26 1 0 1 $176 -$176 $7,092 $176
956 19 3 0 2 $264 -$264 $6,828 $50
957 33 2 0 3 $396 -$396 $6,432 $50
958 36 3 1 0 $594 $1,188 $7,620 $50
959 25 3 1 0 $60 $120 $7,740 $60
960 33 3 1 0 $72 $144 $7,884 $72
961 32 3 1 0 $86 $172 $8,056 $86
962 1 3 0 1 $103 -$103 $7,953 $103
963 4 1 1 0 $155 $309 $8,262 $103
964 2 1 1 0 $123 $246 $8,508 $123
965 27 1 0 1 $147 -$147 $8,361 $147
966 28 3 1 0 $221 $441 $8,802 $147
967 33 3 1 0 $176 $352 $9,154 $176
968 6 3 0 1 $50 -$50 $9,104 $50
969 2 1 1 0 $75 $150 $9,254 $50
970 2 1 1 0 $60 $120 $9,374 $60
971 27 1 0 1 $72 -$72 $9,302 $72
972 34 3 1 0 $108 $216 $9,518 $72
973 30 3 1 0 $86 $172 $9,690 $86
974 11 3 0 1 $103 -$103 $9,587 $103
975 21 1 0 2 $155 -$155 $9,433 $103
976 25 2 0 3 $232 -$232 $9,201 $103
977 17 3 0 4 $348 -$348 $8,853 $103
62
978 16 2 1 0 $521 $1,043 $9,896 $103
979 4 2 0 1 $123 -$123 $9,773 $123
980 23 1 0 2 $185 -$185 $9,589 $123
981 23 2 1 0 $277 $554 $10,142 $123
982 30 2 0 1 $147 -$147 $9,995 $147
983 3 3 0 2 $221 -$221 $9,775 $147
984 4 1 1 0 $331 $662 $10,436 $147
985 25 1 0 1 $176 -$176 $10,260 $176
986 22 3 0 2 $264 -$264 $9,996 $50
987 5 2 0 3 $396 -$396 $9,600 $50
988 8 1 1 0 $594 $1,188 $10,788 $50
989 3 1 1 0 $60 $120 $10,908 $60
990 15 1 0 1 $72 -$72 $10,836 $72
991 25 2 0 2 $108 -$108 $10,728 $72
992 26 3 1 0 $162 $324 $11,052 $72
993 25 3 1 0 $86 $172 $11,224 $86
994 34 3 1 0 $103 $206 $11,430 $103
995 5 3 0 1 $123 -$123 $11,307 $123
996 20 1 0 2 $185 -$185 $11,123 $123
997 3 2 0 3 $277 -$277 $10,846 $123
998 12 1 1 0 $415 $830 $11,676 $123
999 11 1 1 0 $147 $294 $11,970 $147
1000 10 1 1 0 $176 $352 $12,322 $176
Let me explain how the system works referring to the first 25 spins repeated
below:
Sequenc Number Bet Won / Losing Bet Win/Loss Total Starting

e# Doz Lost Streak Win/Loss Bet Unit
#
1 18 1 0 1 $50 -$50 -$50 $50
2 8 2 0 2 $75 -$75 -$125 $50
3 12 1 1 0 $113 $225 $100 $50
4 35 1 0 1 $60 -$60 $40 $60
5 22 3 0 2 $90 -$90 -$50 $60
6 10 2 0 3 $135 -$135 -$185 $60
7 30 1 0 4 $203 -$203 -$388 $60
8 11 3 0 5 $304 -$304 -$691 $50
9 4 1 1 0 $0 $0 -$691 $50
10 11 1 1 0 $60 $120 -$571 $60
11 36 1 0 1 $72 -$72 -$643 $72
12 27 3 1 0 $108 $216 -$427 $72
13 5 3 0 1 $86 -$86 -$513 $86
14 23 1 0 2 $129 -$129 -$642 $86
63
15 19 2 1 0 $194 $387 -$255 $86
16 28 2 0 1 $103 -$103 -$358 $103
17 27 3 1 0 $155 $309 -$49 $103
18 36 3 1 0 $123 $246 $197 $123
19 32 3 1 0 $147 $294 $491 $147
20 8 3 0 1 $176 -$176 $315 $176
21 32 1 0 2 $264 -$264 $51 $50
22 28 3 1 0 $396 $792 $843 $50
23 25 3 1 0 $60 $120 $963 $60
24 29 3 1 0 $72 $144 $1,107 $72
25 35 3 1 0 $86 $172 $1,279 $86
We come to the Roulette table and we see that the last number which came up
was on Dozen 1.
So we bet $50 on Dozen 1 in sequence 1. Number 18 comes up, we lose, our
net is -$50.
In sequence 2, we increase our bet by 50% to $75 and bet on Dozen 2 (as the
last number was 18). Number 8 comes up, we lose. Our net is -$125.
In sequence 3, we increase our bet by another 50% to $113 and bet on Dozen 1.
Number 12 comes up, we win. Our net becomes $100. (Remember the 1 unit
profit of System 1?). This ends this run. Since we won the first run, our next
betting scheme increases by 20%.
In sequence 4, we start betting with $60 ($50 increased by 20%) on Dozen 1.
Number 35 comes up, we lose. Our net is $40.
In sequence 5, we increase our bet by 50% to $90 ($60 increased by 50%) and
we bet on Dozen 3. Number 22 comes up, we lose. Our net is -$50.
In sequence 6, we increase our bet by another 50% to $135 ($90 increased by
50%) and we bet on Dozen 2. Number 10 comes up, we lose. Our net is -$185.
50%) and we bet on Dozen 1. Number 30 comes up, we lose. Our net is -$388.
50%) and we bet on Dozen 3. Number 11 comes up and we lose all 5 bets of
this run. Our net is -$691. Since we lost our run, we reset our betting scheme
back to $50 and we don't bet until the Dozen repeats again and this happens on
sequence 9. This is taken as a virtual winning run, thus we increase our betting
scheme by 20% to start with $60
In sequence 10, we bet $60 on Dozen 1, since at sequence 9, number 4 came.
Number 11 comes, we win. Our net is -$571. End of the run. Next run, we
increase our betting scheme by 20%, starting with $72.
In sequence 11, we bet $72 on Dozen 1. Number 36 comes up, we lose. Our
net is -$643.
In sequence 12, we increase our bet by 50% and we bet $108 on Dozen 3.
Number 27 comes up, we win. Our net is -$427. We won this run. We increase
our betting scheme by %20 to start with $86 ($72 increased by 20%).
is -$513.
64
In sequence 14, we increase our bet by 50% to $129 and we bet on Dozen 1.
Number 23 comes up, we lose. Our net is -$642.
Number 19 comes up, we win. Our net becomes -$255. End of the run. We
increase our betting scheme by 20% to start with $103 ($86 increased by 20%).
net is -$358.
Number 27 comes up, we win. Our net becomes -$49. We increase our betting
scheme by 20% to start with $123 ($103 increased by 20%).
In sequence 18, we bet $123 on Dozen 3. Number 36 comes up, we win again.
Our net becomes +$197. We increase our betting scheme by 20% to start with
$147 ($123 increased by 20%).
In sequence 19, we bet $147 on Dozen 3. Number 32 comes up, we win again.
Our net jumps to +$491. We increase our betting scheme by 20% to start with
$176 ($147 increased by 20%).
net is +$315. Since we reached the maximum betting scheme, we reduce back
to the betting scheme starting with $50.
In sequence 21, we increase our bet by 50% to $264 ($176 increased by 50%)
and we bet on Dozen 1. Number 32 comes up, we lose. Our net is +$51.
Number 28 comes up, we win. Our net becomes +$843. End of the run. We
increase our betting scheme by 20% to start with $60.
In sequence 23, we bet $60 on Dozen 3. Number 25 comes up, we win. Our net
becomes +$963. End of the run. We increase our betting scheme by 20% to
start with $72.
In sequence 24, we bet $72 on Dozen 3. Number 29 comes up, we win. Our net
becomes +$1,107. End of the run. We increase our betting scheme by 20% to
start with $86.
In sequence 25, we bet $86 on Dozen 3. Number 35 comes up, we win. It looks
like we are on a winning wave. Our net becomes +$1,279. End of the run. We
increase our betting scheme by 20% to start with $103.
And so on. You must have the feel for the system by now. Just follow the
simulated runs from sequence 24 to as many sequences as you wish, to get a
full grasp of the system. You will see that there will be some fluctuations. But,
the fact that the betting scheme is increased on winning runs, enables an even
faster profit. By the time you reach the 1000th spin, your overall profit has
increased to $12,322. One plays about a couple of hundred spins a day.
Therefore, this kind of profit can be made within 5-6 days, or 8-10 days in case
you encounter some losing streaks. On the long run, this system enables
increasing profit.
If you were to plot the above results in a chart, the graph would show that this
system performs in a wavy structure. There are big winning waves and some
65
losing streaks with a tendency of increasing profit over the longer run. In any
event, you have the possibility to recover losses and have the opportunity to quit
positively at the peak of the winning wave or when it starts going down.
System 4
The last system I will show you in this document is a combination of the strategy
in System 2, which is based on 2 runs of 4 bets and the strategy in System 3,
which is based on proportional increase of the betting scheme on winning runs.
The resulting strategy will be 2 runs of 4 bets with increasing betting scheme,
which will enable even faster and greater profits, still with increasing profits over
the long run.
We will slightly change some of the rules though. In system 2, the 5th bet was
the triple of the 1st bet. In this system, the 5th bet will be 2.5 times the value of
the starting bet unit during that run.
In system 3, we have increased the betting scheme by 20% on a winning run. In
this system, we will increase the betting scheme by half a unit. That means that
if the starting bet unit is $50, it will become $75 when we increase the betting
scheme, then $100, and then $125 and so on, until it reaches 3 times its initial
value, that is up to $150. So we will be increasing the betting scheme amounts
only 5 times as opposed to 8 times in System 3.
All those decisions have been taken after extensive research and
experimentation with simulators over millions of spins to optimize the results to
give you fast increasing profit over a long period of time.
The best way to illustrate this system is again by means of simulated sequences.
Table 11 below shows the results of 1000 spins.
Table 11
Sequence Number Bet Won / Losing Bet Win/Los Total Starting

# Doz Lost Streak s Win/Loss Bet Unit
#
1 13 1 0 1 $50 -$50 -$50 50
2 12 2 0 2 $75 -$75 -$125 50
3 13 1 0 3 $113 -$113 -$238 50
4 33 2 0 4 $169 -$169 -$406 50
5 19 3 0 5 $125 -$125 -$531 50
6 18 2 1 0 $188 $375 -$156 50
7 35 2 0 1 $75 -$75 -$231 75
8 19 3 0 2 $113 -$113 -$344 75
9 24 2 1 0 $169 $338 -$6 75
10 29 2 0 1 $100 -$100 -$106 100
66
11 26 3 1 0 $150 $300 $194 100
12 29 3 1 0 $125 $250 $444 125
13 16 3 0 1 $150 -$150 $294 150
14 7 2 0 2 $225 -$225 $69 150
15 34 1 0 3 $338 -$338 -$269 150
16 22 3 0 4 $506 -$506 -$775 50
17 33 2 0 5 $125 -$125 -$900 50
18 12 3 0 6 $188 -$188 -$1,088 50
19 28 1 0 7 $281 -$281 -$1,369 50
20 35 3 1 0 $422 $844 -$525 50
21 22 3 0 1 $75 -$75 -$600 75
22 20 2 1 0 $113 $225 -$375 75
23 33 2 0 1 $100 -$100 -$475 100
24 20 3 0 2 $150 -$150 -$625 100
25 35 2 0 3 $225 -$225 -$850 100
26 35 3 1 0 $338 $675 -$175 100
27 6 3 0 1 $125 -$125 -$300 125
28 14 1 0 2 $188 -$188 -$488 125
29 33 2 0 3 $281 -$281 -$769 125
30 36 3 1 0 $422 $844 $75 125
31 23 3 0 1 $150 -$150 -$75 150
32 10 2 0 2 $225 -$225 -$300 150
33 12 1 1 0 $338 $675 $375 150
34 10 1 1 0 $175 $350 $725 175
35 33 1 0 1 $50 -$50 $675 50
36 23 3 0 2 $75 -$75 $600 50
37 28 2 0 3 $113 -$113 $488 50
38 17 3 0 4 $169 -$169 $319 50
39 24 2 1 0 $125 $250 $569 50
40 25 2 0 1 $75 -$75 $494 75
41 29 3 1 0 $113 $225 $719 75
42 35 3 1 0 $100 $200 $919 100
43 8 3 0 1 $125 -$125 $794 125
44 18 1 0 2 $188 -$188 $606 125
45 15 2 1 0 $281 $563 $1,169 125
46 1 2 0 1 $150 -$150 $1,019 150
47 9 1 1 0 $225 $450 $1,469 150
48 31 1 0 1 $175 -$175 $1,294 175
49 31 3 1 0 $263 $525 $1,819 50
50 1 3 0 1 $75 -$75 $1,744 75
51 22 1 0 2 $113 -$113 $1,631 75
52 21 2 1 0 $169 $338 $1,969 75
53 32 2 0 1 $100 -$100 $1,869 100
54 7 3 0 2 $150 -$150 $1,719 100
67
55 27 1 0 3 $225 -$225 $1,494 100
56 27 3 1 0 $338 $675 $2,169 100
57 6 3 0 1 $125 -$125 $2,044 125
58 8 1 1 0 $188 $375 $2,419 125
59 29 1 0 1 $150 -$150 $2,269 150
60 15 3 0 2 $225 -$225 $2,044 150
61 1 2 0 3 $338 -$338 $1,706 150
62 33 1 0 4 $506 -$506 $1,200 50
63 23 3 0 5 $125 -$125 $1,075 50
64 25 2 0 6 $188 -$188 $888 50
65 32 3 1 0 $281 $563 $1,450 50
66 36 3 1 0 $75 $150 $1,600 75
67 23 3 0 1 $100 -$100 $1,500 100
68 17 2 1 0 $150 $300 $1,800 100
69 16 2 1 0 $125 $250 $2,050 125
70 4 2 0 1 $150 -$150 $1,900 150
71 13 1 0 2 $225 -$225 $1,675 150
72 22 2 1 0 $338 $675 $2,350 150
73 23 2 1 0 $175 $350 $2,700 175
74 16 2 1 0 $50 $100 $2,800 50
75 30 2 0 1 $75 -$75 $2,725 75
76 26 3 1 0 $113 $225 $2,950 75
77 32 3 1 0 $100 $200 $3,150 100
78 18 3 0 1 $125 -$125 $3,025 125
79 33 2 0 2 $188 -$188 $2,838 125
80 24 3 0 3 $281 -$281 $2,556 125
81 17 2 1 0 $422 $844 $3,400 125
82 16 2 1 0 $150 $300 $3,700 150
83 15 2 1 0 $175 $350 $4,050 175
84 34 2 0 1 $50 -$50 $4,000 50
85 11 3 0 2 $75 -$75 $3,925 50
86 34 1 0 3 $113 -$113 $3,813 50
87 18 3 0 4 $169 -$169 $3,644 50
88 28 2 0 5 $125 -$125 $3,519 50
89 3 3 0 6 $188 -$188 $3,331 50
90 18 1 0 7 $281 -$281 $3,050 50
91 34 2 0 8 $422 -$422 $2,628 50
92 2 3 0 9 $0 $0 $2,628 50
93 8 1 1 0 $0 $0 $2,628 50
94 17 1 0 1 $75 -$75 $2,553 75
95 23 2 1 0 $113 $225 $2,778 75
96 12 2 0 1 $100 -$100 $2,678 100
97 19 1 0 2 $150 -$150 $2,528 100
98 15 2 1 0 $225 $450 $2,978 100
68
99 32 2 0 1 $125 -$125 $2,853 125
100 0 3 0 2 $188 -$188 $2,666 125
101 17 3 0 3 $281 -$281 $2,384 125
102 6 2 0 4 $422 -$422 $1,963 50
103 30 1 0 5 $125 -$125 $1,838 50
104 33 3 1 0 $188 $375 $2,213 50
105 19 3 0 1 $75 -$75 $2,138 75
106 34 2 0 2 $113 -$113 $2,025 75
107 35 3 1 0 $169 $338 $2,363 75
108 4 3 0 1 $100 -$100 $2,263 100
109 24 1 0 2 $150 -$150 $2,113 100
110 29 2 0 3 $225 -$225 $1,888 100
111 17 3 0 4 $338 -$338 $1,550 100
112 24 2 1 0 $250 $500 $2,050 100
113 30 2 0 1 $125 -$125 $1,925 125
114 14 3 0 2 $188 -$188 $1,738 125
115 26 2 0 3 $281 -$281 $1,456 125
116 21 3 0 4 $422 -$422 $1,034 50
117 0 2 0 5 $125 -$125 $909 50
118 18 2 1 0 $188 $375 $1,284 50
119 11 2 0 1 $75 -$75 $1,209 75
120 19 1 0 2 $113 -$113 $1,097 75
121 9 2 0 3 $169 -$169 $928 75
122 36 1 0 4 $253 -$253 $675 75
123 19 3 0 5 $188 -$188 $488 75
124 26 2 0 6 $281 -$281 $206 75
125 24 3 0 7 $422 -$422 -$216 75
126 22 2 1 0 $633 $1,266 $1,050 75
127 6 2 0 1 $100 -$100 $950 100
128 20 1 0 2 $150 -$150 $800 100
129 7 2 0 3 $225 -$225 $575 100
130 22 1 0 4 $338 -$338 $238 100
131 15 2 1 0 $250 $500 $738 100
132 20 2 1 0 $125 $250 $988 125
133 3 2 0 1 $150 -$150 $838 150
134 11 1 1 0 $225 $450 $1,288 150
135 30 1 0 1 $175 -$175 $1,113 175
136 10 3 0 2 $263 -$263 $850 50
137 9 1 1 0 $394 $788 $1,638 50
138 23 1 0 1 $75 -$75 $1,563 75
139 28 2 0 2 $113 -$113 $1,450 75
140 0 3 0 3 $169 -$169 $1,281 75
141 15 3 0 4 $253 -$253 $1,028 75
142 15 2 1 0 $188 $375 $1,403 75
69
143 31 2 0 1 $100 -$100 $1,303 100
144 7 3 0 2 $150 -$150 $1,153 100
145 33 1 0 3 $225 -$225 $928 100
146 20 3 0 4 $338 -$338 $591 100
147 11 2 0 5 $250 -$250 $341 100
148 17 1 0 6 $375 -$375 -$34 100
149 33 2 0 7 $563 -$563 -$597 100
150 32 3 1 0 $844 $1,688 $1,091 100
151 35 3 1 0 $125 $250 $1,341 125
152 24 3 0 1 $150 -$150 $1,191 150
153 20 2 1 0 $225 $450 $1,641 150
154 12 2 0 1 $175 -$175 $1,466 175
155 13 1 0 2 $263 -$263 $1,203 50
156 16 2 1 0 $394 $788 $1,991 50
157 0 2 0 1 $75 -$75 $1,916 75
158 30 2 0 2 $113 -$113 $1,803 75
159 8 3 0 3 $169 -$169 $1,634 75
160 21 1 0 4 $253 -$253 $1,381 75
161 0 2 0 5 $188 -$188 $1,194 75
162 21 2 1 0 $281 $563 $1,756 75
163 17 2 1 0 $100 $200 $1,956 100
164 23 2 1 0 $125 $250 $2,206 125
165 23 2 1 0 $150 $300 $2,506 150
166 22 2 1 0 $175 $350 $2,856 175
167 24 2 1 0 $50 $100 $2,956 50
168 31 2 0 1 $75 -$75 $2,881 75
169 31 3 1 0 $113 $225 $3,106 75
170 4 3 0 1 $100 -$100 $3,006 100
171 25 1 0 2 $150 -$150 $2,856 100
172 32 3 1 0 $225 $450 $3,306 100
173 12 3 0 1 $125 -$125 $3,181 125
174 5 1 1 0 $188 $375 $3,556 125
175 19 1 0 1 $150 -$150 $3,406 150
176 24 2 1 0 $225 $450 $3,856 150
177 31 2 0 1 $175 -$175 $3,681 175
178 4 3 0 2 $263 -$263 $3,419 50
179 32 1 0 3 $394 -$394 $3,025 50
180 7 3 0 4 $591 -$591 $2,434 50
181 28 1 0 5 $125 -$125 $2,309 50
182 7 3 0 6 $188 -$188 $2,122 50
183 29 1 0 7 $281 -$281 $1,841 50
184 3 3 0 8 $422 -$422 $1,419 50
185 32 1 0 9 $0 $0 $1,419 50
186 18 3 0 10 $0 $0 $1,419 50
70
187 13 2 1 0 $0 $0 $1,419 50
188 13 2 1 0 $75 $150 $1,569 75
189 8 2 0 1 $100 -$100 $1,469 100
190 23 1 0 2 $150 -$150 $1,319 100
191 15 2 1 0 $225 $450 $1,769 100
192 20 2 1 0 $125 $250 $2,019 125
193 5 2 0 1 $150 -$150 $1,869 150
194 11 1 1 0 $225 $450 $2,319 150
195 35 1 0 1 $175 -$175 $2,144 175
196 1 3 0 2 $263 -$263 $1,881 50
197 0 1 0 3 $394 -$394 $1,488 50
198 18 1 0 4 $591 -$591 $897 50
199 19 2 1 0 $125 $250 $1,147 50
200 4 2 0 1 $75 -$75 $1,072 75
201 4 1 1 0 $113 $225 $1,297 75
202 21 1 0 1 $100 -$100 $1,197 100
203 12 2 0 2 $150 -$150 $1,047 100
204 16 1 0 3 $225 -$225 $822 100
205 29 2 0 4 $338 -$338 $484 100
206 17 3 0 5 $250 -$250 $234 100
207 1 2 0 6 $375 -$375 -$141 100
208 14 1 0 7 $563 -$563 -$703 100
209 23 2 1 0 $844 $1,688 $984 100
210 2 2 0 1 $125 -$125 $859 125
211 2 1 1 0 $188 $375 $1,234 125
212 11 1 1 0 $150 $300 $1,534 150
213 30 1 0 1 $175 -$175 $1,359 175
214 34 3 1 0 $263 $525 $1,884 50
215 22 3 0 1 $75 -$75 $1,809 75
216 17 2 1 0 $113 $225 $2,034 75
217 30 2 0 1 $100 -$100 $1,934 100
218 9 3 0 2 $150 -$150 $1,784 100
219 34 1 0 3 $225 -$225 $1,559 100
220 33 3 1 0 $338 $675 $2,234 100
221 29 3 1 0 $125 $250 $2,484 125
222 36 3 1 0 $150 $300 $2,784 150
223 30 3 1 0 $175 $350 $3,134 175
224 2 3 0 1 $50 -$50 $3,084 50
225 9 1 1 0 $75 $150 $3,234 50
226 5 1 1 0 $75 $150 $3,384 75
227 18 1 0 1 $100 -$100 $3,284 100
228 14 2 1 0 $150 $300 $3,584 100
229 21 2 1 0 $125 $250 $3,834 125
230 36 2 0 1 $150 -$150 $3,684 150
71
231 19 3 0 2 $225 -$225 $3,459 150
232 36 2 0 3 $338 -$338 $3,122 150
233 2 3 0 4 $506 -$506 $2,616 50
234 27 1 0 5 $125 -$125 $2,491 50
235 20 3 0 6 $188 -$188 $2,303 50
236 3 2 0 7 $281 -$281 $2,022 50
237 28 1 0 8 $422 -$422 $1,600 50
238 34 3 1 0 $0 $0 $1,600 50
239 2 3 0 1 $75 -$75 $1,525 75
240 30 1 0 2 $113 -$113 $1,413 75
241 20 3 0 3 $169 -$169 $1,244 75
242 20 2 1 0 $253 $506 $1,750 75
243 23 2 1 0 $100 $200 $1,950 100
244 35 2 0 1 $125 -$125 $1,825 125
245 21 3 0 2 $188 -$188 $1,638 125
246 16 2 1 0 $281 $563 $2,200 125
247 31 2 0 1 $150 -$150 $2,050 150
248 31 3 1 0 $225 $450 $2,500 150
249 26 3 1 0 $175 $350 $2,850 175
250 30 3 1 0 $50 $100 $2,950 50
251 2 3 0 1 $75 -$75 $2,875 75
252 8 1 1 0 $113 $225 $3,100 75
253 0 1 0 1 $100 -$100 $3,000 100
254 0 1 0 2 $150 -$150 $2,850 100
255 6 1 1 0 $225 $450 $3,300 100
256 16 1 0 1 $125 -$125 $3,175 125
257 6 2 0 2 $188 -$188 $2,988 125
258 27 1 0 3 $281 -$281 $2,706 125
259 28 3 1 0 $422 $844 $3,550 125
260 36 3 1 0 $150 $300 $3,850 150
261 31 3 1 0 $175 $350 $4,200 175
262 11 3 0 1 $50 -$50 $4,150 50
263 25 1 0 2 $75 -$75 $4,075 50
264 24 3 0 3 $113 -$113 $3,963 50
265 28 2 0 4 $169 -$169 $3,794 50
266 30 3 1 0 $125 $250 $4,044 50
267 16 3 0 1 $75 -$75 $3,969 75
268 5 2 0 2 $113 -$113 $3,856 75
269 32 1 0 3 $169 -$169 $3,688 75
270 17 3 0 4 $253 -$253 $3,434 75
271 11 2 0 5 $188 -$188 $3,247 75
272 11 1 1 0 $281 $563 $3,809 75
273 15 1 0 1 $100 -$100 $3,709 100
274 30 2 0 2 $150 -$150 $3,559 100
72
275 33 3 1 0 $225 $450 $4,009 100
276 27 3 1 0 $125 $250 $4,259 125
277 22 3 0 1 $150 -$150 $4,109 150
278 15 2 1 0 $225 $450 $4,559 150
279 34 2 0 1 $175 -$175 $4,384 175
280 6 3 0 2 $263 -$263 $4,122 50
281 1 1 1 0 $394 $788 $4,909 50
282 3 1 1 0 $75 $150 $5,059 75
283 20 1 0 1 $100 -$100 $4,959 100
284 8 2 0 2 $150 -$150 $4,809 100
285 19 1 0 3 $225 -$225 $4,584 100
286 0 2 0 4 $338 -$338 $4,247 100
287 19 2 1 0 $250 $500 $4,747 100
288 0 2 0 1 $125 -$125 $4,622 125
289 13 2 1 0 $188 $375 $4,997 125
290 7 2 0 1 $150 -$150 $4,847 150
291 14 1 0 2 $225 -$225 $4,622 150
292 23 2 1 0 $338 $675 $5,297 150
293 29 2 0 1 $175 -$175 $5,122 175
294 3 3 0 2 $263 -$263 $4,859 50
295 15 1 0 3 $394 -$394 $4,466 50
296 27 2 0 4 $591 -$591 $3,875 50
297 1 3 0 5 $125 -$125 $3,750 50
298 13 1 0 6 $188 -$188 $3,563 50
299 7 2 0 7 $281 -$281 $3,281 50
300 24 1 0 8 $422 -$422 $2,859 50
301 25 2 0 9 $0 $0 $2,859 50
302 13 3 0 10 $0 $0 $2,859 50
303 11 2 0 11 $0 $0 $2,859 50
304 30 1 0 12 $0 $0 $2,859 50
305 33 3 1 0 $0 $0 $2,859 50
306 8 3 0 1 $75 -$75 $2,784 75
307 6 1 1 0 $113 $225 $3,009 75
308 4 1 1 0 $100 $200 $3,209 100
309 11 1 1 0 $125 $250 $3,459 125
310 16 1 0 1 $150 -$150 $3,309 150
311 24 2 1 0 $225 $450 $3,759 150
312 5 2 0 1 $175 -$175 $3,584 175
313 18 1 0 2 $263 -$263 $3,322 50
314 2 2 0 3 $394 -$394 $2,928 50
315 15 1 0 4 $591 -$591 $2,338 50
316 26 2 0 5 $125 -$125 $2,213 50
317 33 3 1 0 $188 $375 $2,588 50
318 7 3 0 1 $75 -$75 $2,513 75
73
319 36 1 0 2 $113 -$113 $2,400 75
320 12 3 0 3 $169 -$169 $2,231 75
321 7 1 1 0 $253 $506 $2,738 75
322 4 1 1 0 $100 $200 $2,938 100
323 22 1 0 1 $125 -$125 $2,813 125
324 5 2 0 2 $188 -$188 $2,625 125
325 1 1 1 0 $281 $563 $3,188 125
326 6 1 1 0 $150 $300 $3,488 150
327 36 1 0 1 $175 -$175 $3,313 175
328 14 3 0 2 $263 -$263 $3,050 50
329 8 2 0 3 $394 -$394 $2,656 50
330 3 1 1 0 $591 $1,181 $3,838 50
331 6 1 1 0 $75 $150 $3,988 75
332 35 1 0 1 $100 -$100 $3,888 100
333 22 3 0 2 $150 -$150 $3,738 100
334 22 2 1 0 $225 $450 $4,188 100
335 17 2 1 0 $125 $250 $4,438 125
336 10 2 0 1 $150 -$150 $4,288 150
337 10 1 1 0 $225 $450 $4,738 150
338 35 1 0 1 $175 -$175 $4,563 175
339 23 3 0 2 $263 -$263 $4,300 50
340 22 2 1 0 $394 $788 $5,088 50
341 35 2 0 1 $75 -$75 $5,013 75
342 35 3 1 0 $113 $225 $5,238 75
343 13 3 0 1 $100 -$100 $5,138 100
344 2 2 0 2 $150 -$150 $4,988 100
345 27 1 0 3 $225 -$225 $4,763 100
346 19 3 0 4 $338 -$338 $4,425 100
347 1 2 0 5 $250 -$250 $4,175 100
348 4 1 1 0 $375 $750 $4,925 100
349 21 1 0 1 $125 -$125 $4,800 125
350 10 2 0 2 $188 -$188 $4,613 125
351 36 1 0 3 $281 -$281 $4,331 125
352 25 3 1 0 $422 $844 $5,175 125
353 21 3 0 1 $150 -$150 $5,025 150
354 34 2 0 2 $225 -$225 $4,800 150
355 0 3 0 3 $338 -$338 $4,463 150
356 9 3 0 4 $506 -$506 $3,956 50
357 25 1 0 5 $125 -$125 $3,831 50
358 32 3 1 0 $188 $375 $4,206 50
359 10 3 0 1 $75 -$75 $4,131 75
360 19 1 0 2 $113 -$113 $4,019 75
361 7 2 0 3 $169 -$169 $3,850 75
362 7 1 1 0 $253 $506 $4,356 75
74
363 13 1 0 1 $100 -$100 $4,256 100
364 22 2 1 0 $150 $300 $4,556 100
365 35 2 0 1 $125 -$125 $4,431 125
366 36 3 1 0 $188 $375 $4,806 125
367 18 3 0 1 $150 -$150 $4,656 150
368 8 2 0 2 $225 -$225 $4,431 150
369 34 1 0 3 $338 -$338 $4,094 150
370 29 3 1 0 $506 $1,013 $5,106 150
371 25 3 1 0 $175 $350 $5,456 175
372 3 3 0 1 $50 -$50 $5,406 50
373 15 1 0 2 $75 -$75 $5,331 50
374 36 2 0 3 $113 -$113 $5,219 50
375 19 3 0 4 $169 -$169 $5,050 50
376 14 2 1 0 $125 $250 $5,300 50
377 31 2 0 1 $75 -$75 $5,225 75
378 7 3 0 2 $113 -$113 $5,113 75
379 18 1 0 3 $169 -$169 $4,944 75
380 22 2 1 0 $253 $506 $5,450 75
381 21 2 1 0 $100 $200 $5,650 100
382 34 2 0 1 $125 -$125 $5,525 125
383 33 3 1 0 $188 $375 $5,900 125
384 8 3 0 1 $150 -$150 $5,750 150
385 24 1 0 2 $225 -$225 $5,525 150
386 30 2 0 3 $338 -$338 $5,188 150
387 27 3 1 0 $506 $1,013 $6,200 150
388 8 3 0 1 $175 -$175 $6,025 175
389 16 1 0 2 $263 -$263 $5,763 50
390 13 2 1 0 $394 $788 $6,550 50
391 10 2 0 1 $75 -$75 $6,475 75
392 4 1 1 0 $113 $225 $6,700 75
393 8 1 1 0 $100 $200 $6,900 100
394 18 1 0 1 $125 -$125 $6,775 125
395 19 2 1 0 $188 $375 $7,150 125
396 8 2 0 1 $150 -$150 $7,000 150
397 4 1 1 0 $225 $450 $7,450 150
398 3 1 1 0 $175 $350 $7,800 175
399 0 1 0 1 $50 -$50 $7,750 50
400 29 1 0 2 $75 -$75 $7,675 50
401 15 3 0 3 $113 -$113 $7,563 50
402 28 2 0 4 $169 -$169 $7,394 50
403 23 3 0 5 $125 -$125 $7,269 50
404 18 2 1 0 $188 $375 $7,644 50
405 33 2 0 1 $75 -$75 $7,569 75
406 27 3 1 0 $113 $225 $7,794 75
75
407 33 3 1 0 $100 $200 $7,994 100
408 9 3 0 1 $125 -$125 $7,869 125
409 8 1 1 0 $188 $375 $8,244 125
410 5 1 1 0 $150 $300 $8,544 150
411 24 1 0 1 $175 -$175 $8,369 175
412 2 2 0 2 $263 -$263 $8,106 50
413 8 1 1 0 $394 $788 $8,894 50
414 17 1 0 1 $75 -$75 $8,819 75
415 36 2 0 2 $113 -$113 $8,706 75
416 32 3 1 0 $169 $338 $9,044 75
417 14 3 0 1 $100 -$100 $8,944 100
418 36 2 0 2 $150 -$150 $8,794 100
419 19 3 0 3 $225 -$225 $8,569 100
420 12 2 0 4 $338 -$338 $8,231 100
421 0 1 0 5 $250 -$250 $7,981 100
422 1 1 1 0 $375 $750 $8,731 100
423 30 1 0 1 $125 -$125 $8,606 125
424 9 3 0 2 $188 -$188 $8,419 125
425 0 1 0 3 $281 -$281 $8,138 125
426 10 1 1 0 $422 $844 $8,981 125
427 4 1 1 0 $150 $300 $9,281 150
428 23 1 0 1 $175 -$175 $9,106 175
429 13 2 1 0 $263 $525 $9,631 50
430 12 2 0 1 $75 -$75 $9,556 75
431 15 1 0 2 $113 -$113 $9,444 75
432 2 2 0 3 $169 -$169 $9,275 75
433 33 1 0 4 $253 -$253 $9,022 75
434 19 3 0 5 $188 -$188 $8,834 75
435 20 2 1 0 $281 $563 $9,397 75
436 6 2 0 1 $100 -$100 $9,297 100
437 17 1 0 2 $150 -$150 $9,147 100
438 5 2 0 3 $225 -$225 $8,922 100
439 20 1 0 4 $338 -$338 $8,584 100
440 32 2 0 5 $250 -$250 $8,334 100
441 13 3 0 6 $375 -$375 $7,959 100
442 12 2 0 7 $563 -$563 $7,397 100
443 3 1 1 0 $844 $1,688 $9,084 100
444 17 1 0 1 $125 -$125 $8,959 125
445 6 2 0 2 $188 -$188 $8,772 125
446 11 1 1 0 $281 $563 $9,334 125
447 8 1 1 0 $150 $300 $9,634 150
448 32 1 0 1 $175 -$175 $9,459 175
449 26 3 1 0 $263 $525 $9,984 50
450 18 3 0 1 $75 -$75 $9,909 75
76
451 25 2 0 2 $113 -$113 $9,797 75
452 31 3 1 0 $169 $338 $10,134 75
453 32 3 1 0 $100 $200 $10,334 100
454 15 3 0 1 $125 -$125 $10,209 125
455 26 2 0 2 $188 -$188 $10,022 125
456 17 3 0 3 $281 -$281 $9,741 125
457 13 2 1 0 $422 $844 $10,584 125
458 21 2 1 0 $150 $300 $10,884 150
459 27 2 0 1 $175 -$175 $10,709 175
460 31 3 1 0 $263 $525 $11,234 50
461 1 3 0 1 $75 -$75 $11,159 75
462 23 1 0 2 $113 -$113 $11,047 75
463 2 2 0 3 $169 -$169 $10,878 75
464 2 1 1 0 $253 $506 $11,384 75
465 7 1 1 0 $100 $200 $11,584 100
466 28 1 0 1 $125 -$125 $11,459 125
467 18 3 0 2 $188 -$188 $11,272 125
468 8 2 0 3 $281 -$281 $10,991 125
469 29 1 0 4 $422 -$422 $10,569 50
470 10 3 0 5 $125 -$125 $10,444 50
471 30 1 0 6 $188 -$188 $10,256 50
472 35 3 1 0 $281 $563 $10,819 50
473 11 3 0 1 $75 -$75 $10,744 75
474 15 1 0 2 $113 -$113 $10,631 75
475 20 2 1 0 $169 $338 $10,969 75
476 24 2 1 0 $100 $200 $11,169 100
477 22 2 1 0 $125 $250 $11,419 125
478 20 2 1 0 $150 $300 $11,719 150
479 34 2 0 1 $175 -$175 $11,544 175
480 23 3 0 2 $263 -$263 $11,281 50
481 1 2 0 3 $394 -$394 $10,888 50
482 11 1 1 0 $591 $1,181 $12,069 50
483 20 1 0 1 $75 -$75 $11,994 75
484 2 2 0 2 $113 -$113 $11,881 75
485 19 1 0 3 $169 -$169 $11,713 75
486 13 2 1 0 $253 $506 $12,219 75
487 19 2 1 0 $100 $200 $12,419 100
488 30 2 0 1 $125 -$125 $12,294 125
489 34 3 1 0 $188 $375 $12,669 125
490 4 3 0 1 $150 -$150 $12,519 150
491 18 1 0 2 $225 -$225 $12,294 150
492 15 2 1 0 $338 $675 $12,969 150
493 23 2 1 0 $175 $350 $13,319 175
494 26 2 0 1 $50 -$50 $13,269 50
77
495 33 3 1 0 $75 $150 $13,419 50
496 17 3 0 1 $75 -$75 $13,344 75
497 23 2 1 0 $113 $225 $13,569 75
498 23 2 1 0 $100 $200 $13,769 100
499 31 2 0 1 $125 -$125 $13,644 125
500 29 3 1 0 $188 $375 $14,019 125
501 4 3 0 1 $150 -$150 $13,869 150
502 25 1 0 2 $225 -$225 $13,644 150
503 36 3 1 0 $338 $675 $14,319 150
504 32 3 1 0 $175 $350 $14,669 175
505 33 3 1 0 $50 $100 $14,769 50
506 28 3 1 0 $75 $150 $14,919 75
507 32 3 1 0 $100 $200 $15,119 100
508 31 3 1 0 $125 $250 $15,369 125
509 19 3 0 1 $150 -$150 $15,219 150
510 5 2 0 2 $225 -$225 $14,994 150
511 23 1 0 3 $338 -$338 $14,656 150
512 16 2 1 0 $506 $1,013 $15,669 150
513 35 2 0 1 $175 -$175 $15,494 175
514 20 3 0 2 $263 -$263 $15,231 50
515 1 2 0 3 $394 -$394 $14,838 50
516 36 1 0 4 $591 -$591 $14,247 50
517 20 3 0 5 $125 -$125 $14,122 50
518 16 2 1 0 $188 $375 $14,497 50
519 16 2 1 0 $75 $150 $14,647 75
520 36 2 0 1 $100 -$100 $14,547 100
521 5 3 0 2 $150 -$150 $14,397 100
522 28 1 0 3 $225 -$225 $14,172 100
523 9 3 0 4 $338 -$338 $13,834 100
524 4 1 1 0 $250 $500 $14,334 100
525 17 1 0 1 $125 -$125 $14,209 125
526 2 2 0 2 $188 -$188 $14,022 125
527 7 1 1 0 $281 $563 $14,584 125
528 18 1 0 1 $150 -$150 $14,434 150
529 3 2 0 2 $225 -$225 $14,209 150
530 16 1 0 3 $338 -$338 $13,872 150
531 24 2 1 0 $506 $1,013 $14,884 150
532 15 2 1 0 $175 $350 $15,234 175
533 4 2 0 1 $50 -$50 $15,184 50
534 11 1 1 0 $75 $150 $15,334 50
535 3 1 1 0 $75 $150 $15,484 75
536 5 1 1 0 $100 $200 $15,684 100
537 7 1 1 0 $125 $250 $15,934 125
538 33 1 0 1 $150 -$150 $15,784 150
78
539 6 3 0 2 $225 -$225 $15,559 150
540 22 1 0 3 $338 -$338 $15,222 150
541 34 2 0 4 $506 -$506 $14,716 50
542 9 3 0 5 $125 -$125 $14,591 50
543 14 1 0 6 $188 -$188 $14,403 50
544 26 2 0 7 $281 -$281 $14,122 50
545 22 3 0 8 $422 -$422 $13,700 50
546 23 2 1 0 $0 $0 $13,700 50
547 3 2 0 1 $75 -$75 $13,625 75
548 34 1 0 2 $113 -$113 $13,513 75
549 33 3 1 0 $169 $338 $13,850 75
550 28 3 1 0 $100 $200 $14,050 100
551 30 3 1 0 $125 $250 $14,300 125
552 1 3 0 1 $150 -$150 $14,150 150
553 26 1 0 2 $225 -$225 $13,925 150
554 12 3 0 3 $338 -$338 $13,588 150
555 26 1 0 4 $506 -$506 $13,081 50
556 13 3 0 5 $125 -$125 $12,956 50
557 12 2 0 6 $188 -$188 $12,769 50
558 27 1 0 7 $281 -$281 $12,488 50
559 34 3 1 0 $422 $844 $13,331 50
560 30 3 1 0 $75 $150 $13,481 75
561 22 3 0 1 $100 -$100 $13,381 100
562 3 2 0 2 $150 -$150 $13,231 100
563 15 1 0 3 $225 -$225 $13,006 100
564 29 2 0 4 $338 -$338 $12,669 100
565 22 3 0 5 $250 -$250 $12,419 100
566 9 2 0 6 $375 -$375 $12,044 100
567 22 1 0 7 $563 -$563 $11,481 100
568 15 2 1 0 $844 $1,688 $13,169 100
569 36 2 0 1 $125 -$125 $13,044 125
570 15 3 0 2 $188 -$188 $12,856 125
571 27 2 0 3 $281 -$281 $12,575 125
572 2 3 0 4 $422 -$422 $12,153 50
573 30 1 0 5 $125 -$125 $12,028 50
574 2 3 0 6 $188 -$188 $11,841 50
575 9 1 1 0 $281 $563 $12,403 50
576 23 1 0 1 $75 -$75 $12,328 75
577 17 2 1 0 $113 $225 $12,553 75
578 16 2 1 0 $100 $200 $12,753 100
579 20 2 1 0 $125 $250 $13,003 125
580 16 2 1 0 $150 $300 $13,303 150
581 12 2 0 1 $175 -$175 $13,128 175
582 9 1 1 0 $263 $525 $13,653 50
79
583 23 1 0 1 $75 -$75 $13,578 75
584 11 2 0 2 $113 -$113 $13,466 75
585 29 1 0 3 $169 -$169 $13,297 75
586 19 3 0 4 $253 -$253 $13,044 75
587 31 2 0 5 $188 -$188 $12,856 75
588 25 3 1 0 $281 $563 $13,419 75
589 31 3 1 0 $100 $200 $13,619 100
590 32 3 1 0 $125 $250 $13,869 125
591 18 3 0 1 $150 -$150 $13,719 150
592 28 2 0 2 $225 -$225 $13,494 150
593 25 3 1 0 $338 $675 $14,169 150
594 16 3 0 1 $175 -$175 $13,994 175
595 1 2 0 2 $263 -$263 $13,731 50
596 13 1 0 3 $394 -$394 $13,338 50
597 13 2 1 0 $591 $1,181 $14,519 50
598 15 2 1 0 $75 $150 $14,669 75
599 16 2 1 0 $100 $200 $14,869 100
600 31 2 0 1 $125 -$125 $14,744 125
601 29 3 1 0 $188 $375 $15,119 125
602 19 3 0 1 $150 -$150 $14,969 150
603 30 2 0 2 $225 -$225 $14,744 150
604 26 3 1 0 $338 $675 $15,419 150
605 33 3 1 0 $175 $350 $15,769 175
606 34 3 1 0 $50 $100 $15,869 50
607 6 3 0 1 $75 -$75 $15,794 75
608 29 1 0 2 $113 -$113 $15,681 75
609 19 3 0 3 $169 -$169 $15,513 75
610 21 2 1 0 $253 $506 $16,019 75
611 23 2 1 0 $100 $200 $16,219 100
612 17 2 1 0 $125 $250 $16,469 125
613 32 2 0 1 $150 -$150 $16,319 150
614 6 3 0 2 $225 -$225 $16,094 150
615 7 1 1 0 $338 $675 $16,769 150
616 9 1 1 0 $175 $350 $17,119 175
617 32 1 0 1 $50 -$50 $17,069 50
618 9 3 0 2 $75 -$75 $16,994 50
619 10 1 1 0 $113 $225 $17,219 50
620 17 1 0 1 $75 -$75 $17,144 75
621 7 2 0 2 $113 -$113 $17,031 75
622 31 1 0 3 $169 -$169 $16,863 75
623 7 3 0 4 $253 -$253 $16,609 75
624 31 1 0 5 $188 -$188 $16,422 75
625 32 3 1 0 $281 $563 $16,984 75
626 4 3 0 1 $100 -$100 $16,884 100
80
627 13 1 0 2 $150 -$150 $16,734 100
628 24 2 1 0 $225 $450 $17,184 100
629 13 2 1 0 $125 $250 $17,434 125
630 25 2 0 1 $150 -$150 $17,284 150
631 26 3 1 0 $225 $450 $17,734 150
632 18 3 0 1 $175 -$175 $17,559 175
633 5 2 0 2 $263 -$263 $17,297 50
634 32 1 0 3 $394 -$394 $16,903 50
635 35 3 1 0 $591 $1,181 $18,084 50
636 14 3 0 1 $75 -$75 $18,009 75
637 12 2 0 2 $113 -$113 $17,897 75
638 30 1 0 3 $169 -$169 $17,728 75
639 35 3 1 0 $253 $506 $18,234 75
640 5 3 0 1 $100 -$100 $18,134 100
641 28 1 0 2 $150 -$150 $17,984 100
642 28 3 1 0 $225 $450 $18,434 100
643 3 3 0 1 $125 -$125 $18,309 125
644 3 1 1 0 $188 $375 $18,684 125
645 6 1 1 0 $150 $300 $18,984 150
646 31 1 0 1 $175 -$175 $18,809 175
647 8 3 0 2 $263 -$263 $18,547 50
648 14 1 0 3 $394 -$394 $18,153 50
649 33 2 0 4 $591 -$591 $17,563 50
650 4 3 0 5 $125 -$125 $17,438 50
651 5 1 1 0 $188 $375 $17,813 50
652 13 1 0 1 $75 -$75 $17,738 75
653 19 2 1 0 $113 $225 $17,963 75
654 35 2 0 1 $100 -$100 $17,863 100
655 1 3 0 2 $150 -$150 $17,713 100
656 4 1 1 0 $225 $450 $18,163 100
657 3 1 1 0 $125 $250 $18,413 125
658 30 1 0 1 $150 -$150 $18,263 150
659 23 3 0 2 $225 -$225 $18,038 150
660 16 2 1 0 $338 $675 $18,713 150
661 24 2 1 0 $175 $350 $19,063 175
662 18 2 1 0 $50 $100 $19,163 50
663 1 2 0 1 $75 -$75 $19,088 75
664 33 1 0 2 $113 -$113 $18,975 75
665 0 3 0 3 $169 -$169 $18,806 75
666 23 3 0 4 $253 -$253 $18,553 75
667 9 2 0 5 $188 -$188 $18,366 75
668 14 1 0 6 $281 -$281 $18,084 75
669 12 2 0 7 $422 -$422 $17,663 75
670 10 1 1 0 $633 $1,266 $18,928 75
81
671 0 1 0 1 $100 -$100 $18,828 100
672 12 1 1 0 $150 $300 $19,128 100
673 10 1 1 0 $125 $250 $19,378 125
674 33 1 0 1 $150 -$150 $19,228 150
675 34 3 1 0 $225 $450 $19,678 150
676 30 3 1 0 $175 $350 $20,028 175
677 31 3 1 0 $50 $100 $20,128 50
678 21 3 0 1 $75 -$75 $20,053 75
679 4 2 0 2 $113 -$113 $19,941 75
680 36 1 0 3 $169 -$169 $19,772 75
681 10 3 0 4 $253 -$253 $19,519 75
682 2 1 1 0 $188 $375 $19,894 75
683 9 1 1 0 $100 $200 $20,094 100
684 20 1 0 1 $125 -$125 $19,969 125
685 20 2 1 0 $188 $375 $20,344 125
686 15 2 1 0 $150 $300 $20,644 150
687 15 2 1 0 $175 $350 $20,994 175
688 32 2 0 1 $50 -$50 $20,944 50
689 2 3 0 2 $75 -$75 $20,869 50
690 15 1 0 3 $113 -$113 $20,756 50
691 11 2 0 4 $169 -$169 $20,588 50
692 2 1 1 0 $125 $250 $20,838 50
693 34 1 0 1 $75 -$75 $20,763 75
694 6 3 0 2 $113 -$113 $20,650 75
695 26 1 0 3 $169 -$169 $20,481 75
696 27 3 1 0 $253 $506 $20,988 75
697 26 3 1 0 $100 $200 $21,188 100
698 15 3 0 1 $125 -$125 $21,063 125
699 16 2 1 0 $188 $375 $21,438 125
700 35 2 0 1 $150 -$150 $21,288 150
701 17 3 0 2 $225 -$225 $21,063 150
702 24 2 1 0 $338 $675 $21,738 150
703 28 2 0 1 $175 -$175 $21,563 175
704 0 3 0 2 $263 -$263 $21,300 50
705 25 3 1 0 $394 $788 $22,088 50
706 15 3 0 1 $75 -$75 $22,013 75
707 14 2 1 0 $113 $225 $22,238 75
708 29 2 0 1 $100 -$100 $22,138 100
709 35 3 1 0 $150 $300 $22,438 100
710 21 3 0 1 $125 -$125 $22,313 125
711 29 2 0 2 $188 -$188 $22,125 125
712 26 3 1 0 $281 $563 $22,688 125
713 0 3 0 1 $150 -$150 $22,538 150
714 21 3 0 2 $225 -$225 $22,313 150
82
715 13 2 1 0 $338 $675 $22,988 150
716 5 2 0 1 $175 -$175 $22,813 175
717 34 1 0 2 $263 -$263 $22,550 50
718 16 3 0 3 $394 -$394 $22,156 50
719 26 2 0 4 $591 -$591 $21,566 50
720 19 3 0 5 $125 -$125 $21,441 50
721 25 2 0 6 $188 -$188 $21,253 50
722 12 3 0 7 $281 -$281 $20,972 50
723 7 1 1 0 $422 $844 $21,816 50
724 4 1 1 0 $75 $150 $21,966 75
725 4 1 1 0 $100 $200 $22,166 100
726 24 1 0 1 $125 -$125 $22,041 125
727 9 2 0 2 $188 -$188 $21,853 125
728 32 1 0 3 $281 -$281 $21,572 125
729 26 3 1 0 $422 $844 $22,416 125
730 19 3 0 1 $150 -$150 $22,266 150
731 33 2 0 2 $225 -$225 $22,041 150
732 22 3 0 3 $338 -$338 $21,703 150
733 36 2 0 4 $506 -$506 $21,197 50
734 8 3 0 5 $125 -$125 $21,072 50
735 14 1 0 6 $188 -$188 $20,884 50
736 9 2 0 7 $281 -$281 $20,603 50
737 29 1 0 8 $422 -$422 $20,181 50
738 14 3 0 9 $0 $0 $20,181 50
739 20 2 1 0 $0 $0 $20,181 50
740 22 2 1 0 $75 $150 $20,331 75
741 16 2 1 0 $100 $200 $20,531 100
742 13 2 1 0 $125 $250 $20,781 125
743 32 2 0 1 $150 -$150 $20,631 150
744 13 3 0 2 $225 -$225 $20,406 150
745 24 2 1 0 $338 $675 $21,081 150
746 24 2 1 0 $175 $350 $21,431 175
747 20 2 1 0 $50 $100 $21,531 50
748 35 2 0 1 $75 -$75 $21,456 75
749 33 3 1 0 $113 $225 $21,681 75
750 31 3 1 0 $100 $200 $21,881 100
751 4 3 0 1 $125 -$125 $21,756 125
752 19 1 0 2 $188 -$188 $21,569 125
753 12 2 0 3 $281 -$281 $21,288 125
754 10 1 1 0 $422 $844 $22,131 125
755 21 1 0 1 $150 -$150 $21,981 150
756 4 2 0 2 $225 -$225 $21,756 150
757 24 1 0 3 $338 -$338 $21,419 150
758 17 2 1 0 $506 $1,013 $22,431 150
83
759 12 2 0 1 $175 -$175 $22,256 175
760 33 1 0 2 $263 -$263 $21,994 50
761 25 3 1 0 $394 $788 $22,781 50
762 17 3 0 1 $75 -$75 $22,706 75
763 36 2 0 2 $113 -$113 $22,594 75
764 13 3 0 3 $169 -$169 $22,425 75
765 35 2 0 4 $253 -$253 $22,172 75
766 13 3 0 5 $188 -$188 $21,984 75
767 20 2 1 0 $281 $563 $22,547 75
768 24 2 1 0 $100 $200 $22,747 100
769 7 2 0 1 $125 -$125 $22,622 125
770 24 1 0 2 $188 -$188 $22,434 125
771 2 2 0 3 $281 -$281 $22,153 125
772 6 1 1 0 $422 $844 $22,997 125
773 25 1 0 1 $150 -$150 $22,847 150
774 23 3 0 2 $225 -$225 $22,622 150
775 9 2 0 3 $338 -$338 $22,284 150
776 6 1 1 0 $506 $1,013 $23,297 150
777 0 1 0 1 $175 -$175 $23,122 175
778 16 1 0 2 $263 -$263 $22,859 50
779 0 2 0 3 $394 -$394 $22,466 50
780 6 2 0 4 $591 -$591 $21,875 50
781 16 1 0 5 $125 -$125 $21,750 50
782 5 2 0 6 $188 -$188 $21,563 50
783 28 1 0 7 $281 -$281 $21,281 50
784 26 3 1 0 $422 $844 $22,125 50
785 24 3 0 1 $75 -$75 $22,050 75
786 16 2 1 0 $113 $225 $22,275 75
787 35 2 0 1 $100 -$100 $22,175 100
788 28 3 1 0 $150 $300 $22,475 100
789 25 3 1 0 $125 $250 $22,725 125
790 31 3 1 0 $150 $300 $23,025 150
791 17 3 0 1 $175 -$175 $22,850 175
792 15 2 1 0 $263 $525 $23,375 50
793 31 2 0 1 $75 -$75 $23,300 75
794 5 3 0 2 $113 -$113 $23,188 75
795 10 1 1 0 $169 $338 $23,525 75
796 18 1 0 1 $100 -$100 $23,425 100
797 23 2 1 0 $150 $300 $23,725 100
798 13 2 1 0 $125 $250 $23,975 125
799 11 2 0 1 $150 -$150 $23,825 150
800 28 1 0 2 $225 -$225 $23,600 150
801 14 3 0 3 $338 -$338 $23,263 150
802 12 2 0 4 $506 -$506 $22,756 50
84
803 32 1 0 5 $125 -$125 $22,631 50
804 8 3 0 6 $188 -$188 $22,444 50
805 15 1 0 7 $281 -$281 $22,163 50
806 3 2 0 8 $422 -$422 $21,741 50
807 2 1 1 0 $0 $0 $21,741 50
808 30 1 0 1 $75 -$75 $21,666 75
809 9 3 0 2 $113 -$113 $21,553 75
810 11 1 1 0 $169 $338 $21,891 75
811 8 1 1 0 $100 $200 $22,091 100
812 2 1 1 0 $125 $250 $22,341 125
813 14 1 0 1 $150 -$150 $22,191 150
814 13 2 1 0 $225 $450 $22,641 150
815 7 2 0 1 $175 -$175 $22,466 175
816 36 1 0 2 $263 -$263 $22,203 50
817 21 3 0 3 $394 -$394 $21,809 50
818 29 2 0 4 $591 -$591 $21,219 50
819 20 3 0 5 $125 -$125 $21,094 50
820 29 2 0 6 $188 -$188 $20,906 50
821 29 3 1 0 $281 $563 $21,469 50
822 36 3 1 0 $75 $150 $21,619 75
823 36 3 1 0 $100 $200 $21,819 100
824 6 3 0 1 $125 -$125 $21,694 125
825 3 1 1 0 $188 $375 $22,069 125
826 28 1 0 1 $150 -$150 $21,919 150
827 7 3 0 2 $225 -$225 $21,694 150
828 26 1 0 3 $338 -$338 $21,356 150
829 33 3 1 0 $506 $1,013 $22,369 150
830 8 3 0 1 $175 -$175 $22,194 175
831 35 1 0 2 $263 -$263 $21,931 50
832 20 3 0 3 $394 -$394 $21,538 50
833 10 2 0 4 $591 -$591 $20,947 50
834 18 1 0 5 $125 -$125 $20,822 50
835 3 2 0 6 $188 -$188 $20,634 50
836 13 1 0 7 $281 -$281 $20,353 50
837 14 2 1 0 $422 $844 $21,197 50
838 19 2 1 0 $75 $150 $21,347 75
839 29 2 0 1 $100 -$100 $21,247 100
840 7 3 0 2 $150 -$150 $21,097 100
841 17 1 0 3 $225 -$225 $20,872 100
842 2 2 0 4 $338 -$338 $20,534 100
843 27 1 0 5 $250 -$250 $20,284 100
844 9 3 0 6 $375 -$375 $19,909 100
845 25 1 0 7 $563 -$563 $19,347 100
846 15 3 0 8 $844 -$844 $18,503 50
85
847 4 2 0 9 $0 $0 $18,503 50
848 6 1 1 0 $0 $0 $18,503 50
849 0 1 0 1 $75 -$75 $18,428 75
850 0 1 0 2 $113 -$113 $18,316 75
851 20 1 0 3 $169 -$169 $18,147 75
852 16 2 1 0 $253 $506 $18,653 75
853 26 2 0 1 $100 -$100 $18,553 100
854 26 3 1 0 $150 $300 $18,853 100
855 30 3 1 0 $125 $250 $19,103 125
856 34 3 1 0 $150 $300 $19,403 150
857 29 3 1 0 $175 $350 $19,753 175
858 17 3 0 1 $50 -$50 $19,703 50
859 20 2 1 0 $75 $150 $19,853 50
860 5 2 0 1 $75 -$75 $19,778 75
861 15 1 0 2 $113 -$113 $19,666 75
862 30 2 0 3 $169 -$169 $19,497 75
863 31 3 1 0 $253 $506 $20,003 75
864 36 3 1 0 $100 $200 $20,203 100
865 29 3 1 0 $125 $250 $20,453 125
866 10 3 0 1 $150 -$150 $20,303 150
867 21 1 0 2 $225 -$225 $20,078 150
868 8 2 0 3 $338 -$338 $19,741 150
869 22 1 0 4 $506 -$506 $19,234 50
870 29 2 0 5 $125 -$125 $19,109 50
871 33 3 1 0 $188 $375 $19,484 50
872 8 3 0 1 $75 -$75 $19,409 75
873 32 1 0 2 $113 -$113 $19,297 75
874 21 3 0 3 $169 -$169 $19,128 75
875 33 2 0 4 $253 -$253 $18,875 75
876 0 3 0 5 $188 -$188 $18,688 75
877 11 3 0 6 $281 -$281 $18,406 75
878 31 1 0 7 $422 -$422 $17,984 75
879 33 3 1 0 $633 $1,266 $19,250 75
880 15 3 0 1 $100 -$100 $19,150 100
881 2 2 0 2 $150 -$150 $19,000 100
882 28 1 0 3 $225 -$225 $18,775 100
883 4 3 0 4 $338 -$338 $18,438 100
884 11 1 1 0 $250 $500 $18,938 100
885 32 1 0 1 $125 -$125 $18,813 125
886 30 3 1 0 $188 $375 $19,188 125
887 36 3 1 0 $150 $300 $19,488 150
888 2 3 0 1 $175 -$175 $19,313 175
889 31 1 0 2 $263 -$263 $19,050 50
890 18 3 0 3 $394 -$394 $18,656 50
86
891 12 2 0 4 $591 -$591 $18,066 50
892 22 1 0 5 $125 -$125 $17,941 50
893 19 2 1 0 $188 $375 $18,316 50
894 4 2 0 1 $75 -$75 $18,241 75
895 21 1 0 2 $113 -$113 $18,128 75
896 29 2 0 3 $169 -$169 $17,959 75
897 35 3 1 0 $253 $506 $18,466 75
898 20 3 0 1 $100 -$100 $18,366 100
899 2 2 0 2 $150 -$150 $18,216 100
900 21 1 0 3 $225 -$225 $17,991 100
901 28 2 0 4 $338 -$338 $17,653 100
902 22 3 0 5 $250 -$250 $17,403 100
903 26 2 0 6 $375 -$375 $17,028 100
904 14 3 0 7 $563 -$563 $16,466 100
905 0 2 0 8 $844 -$844 $15,622 50
906 34 2 0 9 $0 $0 $15,622 50
907 8 3 0 10 $0 $0 $15,622 50
908 22 1 0 11 $0 $0 $15,622 50
909 30 2 0 12 $0 $0 $15,622 50
910 22 3 0 13 $0 $0 $15,622 50
911 29 2 0 14 $0 $0 $15,622 50
912 32 3 1 0 $0 $0 $15,622 50
913 28 3 1 0 $75 $150 $15,772 75
914 7 3 0 1 $100 -$100 $15,672 100
915 6 1 1 0 $150 $300 $15,972 100
916 11 1 1 0 $125 $250 $16,222 125
917 18 1 0 1 $150 -$150 $16,072 150
918 10 2 0 2 $225 -$225 $15,847 150
919 17 1 0 3 $338 -$338 $15,509 150
920 21 2 1 0 $506 $1,013 $16,522 150
921 31 2 0 1 $175 -$175 $16,347 175
922 6 3 0 2 $263 -$263 $16,084 50
923 26 1 0 3 $394 -$394 $15,691 50
924 32 3 1 0 $591 $1,181 $16,872 50
925 15 3 0 1 $75 -$75 $16,797 75
926 27 2 0 2 $113 -$113 $16,684 75
927 35 3 1 0 $169 $338 $17,022 75
928 28 3 1 0 $100 $200 $17,222 100
929 30 3 1 0 $125 $250 $17,472 125
930 6 3 0 1 $150 -$150 $17,322 150
931 26 1 0 2 $225 -$225 $17,097 150
932 3 3 0 3 $338 -$338 $16,759 150
933 35 1 0 4 $506 -$506 $16,253 50
934 12 3 0 5 $125 -$125 $16,128 50
87
935 8 1 1 0 $188 $375 $16,503 50
936 26 1 0 1 $75 -$75 $16,428 75
937 20 3 0 2 $113 -$113 $16,316 75
938 18 2 1 0 $169 $338 $16,653 75
939 19 2 1 0 $100 $200 $16,853 100
940 31 2 0 1 $125 -$125 $16,728 125
941 19 3 0 2 $188 -$188 $16,541 125
942 11 2 0 3 $281 -$281 $16,259 125
943 12 1 1 0 $422 $844 $17,103 125
944 29 1 0 1 $150 -$150 $16,953 150
945 13 3 0 2 $225 -$225 $16,728 150
946 3 2 0 3 $338 -$338 $16,391 150
947 25 1 0 4 $506 -$506 $15,884 50
948 3 3 0 5 $125 -$125 $15,759 50
949 36 1 0 6 $188 -$188 $15,572 50
950 36 3 1 0 $281 $563 $16,134 50
951 0 3 0 1 $75 -$75 $16,059 75
952 10 3 0 2 $113 -$113 $15,947 75
953 34 1 0 3 $169 -$169 $15,778 75
954 9 3 0 4 $253 -$253 $15,525 75
955 26 1 0 5 $188 -$188 $15,338 75
956 11 3 0 6 $281 -$281 $15,056 75
957 30 1 0 7 $422 -$422 $14,634 75
958 4 3 0 8 $633 -$633 $14,002 50
959 24 1 0 9 $0 $0 $14,002 50
960 9 2 0 10 $0 $0 $14,002 50
961 36 1 0 11 $0 $0 $14,002 50
962 1 3 0 12 $0 $0 $14,002 50
963 16 1 0 13 $0 $0 $14,002 50
964 12 2 0 14 $0 $0 $14,002 50
965 30 1 0 15 $0 $0 $14,002 50
966 22 3 0 16 $0 $0 $14,002 50
967 35 2 0 17 $0 $0 $14,002 50
968 21 3 0 18 $0 $0 $14,002 50
969 22 2 1 0 $0 $0 $14,002 50
970 22 2 1 0 $75 $150 $14,152 75
971 36 2 0 1 $100 -$100 $14,052 100
972 14 3 0 2 $150 -$150 $13,902 100
973 34 2 0 3 $225 -$225 $13,677 100
974 27 3 1 0 $338 $675 $14,352 100
975 18 3 0 1 $125 -$125 $14,227 125
976 13 2 1 0 $188 $375 $14,602 125
977 0 2 0 1 $150 -$150 $14,452 150
978 31 2 0 2 $225 -$225 $14,227 150
88
979 34 3 1 0 $338 $675 $14,902 150
980 21 3 0 1 $175 -$175 $14,727 175
981 2 2 0 2 $263 -$263 $14,464 50
982 9 1 1 0 $394 $788 $15,252 50
983 35 1 0 1 $75 -$75 $15,177 75
984 5 3 0 2 $113 -$113 $15,064 75
985 7 1 1 0 $169 $338 $15,402 75
986 18 1 0 1 $100 -$100 $15,302 100
987 33 2 0 2 $150 -$150 $15,152 100
988 21 3 0 3 $225 -$225 $14,927 100
989 21 2 1 0 $338 $675 $15,602 100
990 3 2 0 1 $125 -$125 $15,477 125
991 19 1 0 2 $188 -$188 $15,289 125
992 30 2 0 3 $281 -$281 $15,008 125
993 5 3 0 4 $422 -$422 $14,586 50
994 26 1 0 5 $125 -$125 $14,461 50
995 33 3 1 0 $188 $375 $14,836 50
996 29 3 1 0 $75 $150 $14,986 75
997 0 3 0 1 $100 -$100 $14,886 100
998 11 3 0 2 $150 -$150 $14,736 100
999 9 1 1 0 $225 $450 $15,186 100
1000 33 1 0 1 $125 -$125 $15,061 125
Let me explain how the system works by referring to different sequences in Table
11. Here are the first 24 spins repeated for your convenience:
Sequence Number Bet Won / Losing Bet Win/Los Total Starting

# Doz Lost Streak s Win/Loss Bet Unit
#
1 13 1 0 1 $50 -$50 -$50 50
2 12 2 0 2 $75 -$75 -$125 50
3 13 1 0 3 $113 -$113 -$238 50
4 33 2 0 4 $169 -$169 -$406 50
5 19 3 0 5 $125 -$125 -$531 50
6 18 2 1 0 $188 $375 -$156 50
7 35 2 0 1 $75 -$75 -$231 75
8 19 3 0 2 $113 -$113 -$344 75
9 24 2 1 0 $169 $338 -$6 75
10 29 2 0 1 $100 -$100 -$106 100
11 26 3 1 0 $150 $300 $194 100
12 29 3 1 0 $125 $250 $444 125
13 16 3 0 1 $150 -$150 $294 150
14 7 2 0 2 $225 -$225 $69 150
15 34 1 0 3 $338 -$338 -$269 150
89
16 22 3 0 4 $506 -$506 -$775 50
17 33 2 0 5 $125 -$125 -$900 50
18 12 3 0 6 $188 -$188 -$1,088 50
19 28 1 0 7 $281 -$281 -$1,369 50
20 35 3 1 0 $422 $844 -$525 50
21 22 3 0 1 $75 -$75 -$600 75
22 20 2 1 0 $113 $225 -$375 75
23 33 2 0 1 $100 -$100 -$475 100
24 20 3 0 2 $150 -$150 -$625 100
Looking at sequences 1-4, we increase our bet by %50 starting at $50. At

sequence 5, we reach the 5th bet and it is equal to 2.5 times the starting bet unit
($50 X 2.5 = $125). Then we go on increasing our bets by 50% until the Dozen
repeats as in sequence 6. We close this run and increase our betting scheme by
half a unit (a unit here is $50), therefore by $25 to $75. Within 3 bets
(sequences 7-9) we win and close that run. We increase our betting scheme by
another $25 to $100 in sequence 10 and we win within 2 bets always increasing
our bets by 50% from one bet to another. The betting scheme starts with $125
after increasing by another $25 at sequence 12. And we win that run in one bet.
We increase the betting scheme by another $25 and we reach the maximum of
$150, as $150 is 3 times the very first betting value of $50. We start sequence
13 with an $150 bet and we close this run at sequence 20 after betting 8 times
and increasing by 50%, except that at the 5th bet of this run at sequence 17, we
bet $125, which is 2.5 times the value of the initial betting unit $50, which has
been reset after reaching $150.
It may all sound a bit complicated, but you will develop the feel of it, once you
observe more and more spins provided in the simulation. It is best to have a pad
and a pen, while using those systems, to keep track of the runs, initial bet values,
increased bet amounts and increased betting schemes. After all, it is not easy to
beat Roulette in the long run, but it has been my personal challenge over many
years.
Wishing you the best of luck and success using my systems. It has been my
pleasure and privilege to share them with you.
Izak Matatya
90

please visit http://www.letstalkwinning.com/bestonline.htm
Peak Profit Roulette by Izak Matatya is distributed by

H4V 1H8, Canada
91
I am calling this system the
peed off system because if I had of entered the system in the first competition, I would have won with a net
profit of 607 units!!!!!! Anyway, this system is pretty simple. You will be playing on most of the streets,
1-3, 4-6, 7-9, 10-12, 13-15, 16-18, 19-21, 22-24, 25-27, 28-30, 31-33, and 34-36. After a street hasn't
appeared for 40 times, you start betting on that street using the following progression:
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
If you lose on the last progression bet, then you wait for that street to hit, and then play it again. You keep
track of and play on all the streets at once. I know that the progression isn't very optimal, but I am willing
to use it with this system. I also know that I have excluded 2 streets, 012, and 023. Again, I am willing to
put up with that as well
The Penthouse Roulette System page 1
Introduction
Congratulations on your purchase of The Penthouse Roulette System.
The Penthouse combines a simple but effective selection method with a very clever betting strategy to produce a
powerful winning system.
Read everything carefully. Practice on paper and then when you're ready go to the casino and play. Expect to win 9
times out of 10 and never sabotage yourself by straying from the rules.
You have a winning system. You made a winning decision when you purchased it. Now, put it into action and make
yourself lots of money.
The Penthouse is played on the dozens. As roulette may be new to you here's a brief description on how it's played with
particular attention to the dozens.
Roulette is played using a numbered wheel around which a ball is spun to determine
1
results. A table layout is used for betting. Bets are made with casino chips. These
come in various denominations and can be purchased at the table.
Roulette wheels contain 37 numbered pockets. One pocket is marked zero - this is the casinos number
When it wins all other bets lose.
The remaining pockets are numbered from 1 to 36 in a random manner.
* A bet on the lst dozen covers the numbers 1 to 12.
* A bet on the 2nd dozen covers the numbers 13 to 24.
* A bet on the 3rd dozen covers the numbers 25 to 36.
* Winning bets on the dozens are paid at odds of 2-1.

The Selection Plan
This follows the trend of the wheel. The selection for each spin is always the same the most recent result.
When the 1st dozen wins, the selection for the next spin is the 1st dozen.
When the 2nd dozen wins, the selection for the next spin is the 2nd dozen.
When the 3rd dozen wins, the selection for the next spin is the 3rd dozen.
When zero wins, the selection for the next spin is the same as the result prior to the zero.
Example:
Result: 3rd Dozen(A)
Result: 2nd Dozen(C) Bet: 3rd Dozen (B) Loss

Result: 2nd Dozen Bet: 2nd Dozen (D) Win
Result: 3rd Dozen Bet: 2nd Dozen Loss
Result: 3rd Dozen Bet 3rd Dozen Win
Result: 2nd Dozen Bet 3rd Dozen Loss
Result: 1st Dozen Bet 2nd Dozen Loss
Result: Zero Bet: 1st Dozen Loss
Result 1st Dozen Bet: 1st Dozen Win
Result: 2nd Dozen Bet: 1st Dozen Loss
Note: The first spin is won by the 3rd dozen (A). So the 3rd dozen becomes the selection for the second
spin (B). The second spin is won by the 2nd dozen (C). And so the 2nd dozen becomes the selection for
the third spin (D) and so on.
Also notice that when zero won the selection for the next spin was the l st dozen which is the same as the
result prior to zero.
The Penthouse Roulette System page
3
The Betting Strategy
The Penthouse is played with a bank of 45 units. These units can be any size you like from $5
upwards (with the exception of Sydney where the minimum bet allowed on the dozens is $ 10).
In the explanation and examples of the betting strategy that follows, a $10 betting unit has been
used.
When playing with a betting unit of $10 a bank of $450 is required (45 x $ 10 = $450).
The betting series for a $ 10 unit is ...
$10, $10, $10, $20, $20, $20$30, $30, $30, $40, $40, $40, $50, $50, $50.
The first bet of the series is - 1 until you lose. You then move up the series one bet at a time until
you win. When you win you circle the winning bet and cross off the two most recent losses in
your series. Your next bet becomes the next one due in your new shortened series.
For example let's say you encountered the following run of decisions ...
L, L, L, W, L, L, L, L, L, W, W, L, W.
Your series after each win would look like this ...
$ 10, $10, $10, $20
Here you can see that you have circled your first winner and crossed of your two most recent
losses.
The next bet due in your series is now the second $ 10. After your second win your series would
look like this ...
$10, $10, $10, $20 $10, $10, $20, $20, $20, $30
Here you can see that you have circled your second winner and again crossed of your two most
recent losses. The next bet due in your series is now the second $20. After your third win your
series would look like this ...
$ 10, $10, $10, $20, $10, $10, $20, $20, $20, $30, $20
Here you can see that you have circled your third winner and again crossed of your two most
recent losses. The next bet due in your series is now the third $ 10. After your fourth win your
series would look like this ...
The Penthouse Roulette System page
4
The Betting Strategy continued
$ 10, $10, $10, $20 $10, $10, $20, $20, $20, $30 $20, $10, $20
Here you can see that you have circled your fourth winner and again crossed off your two most
recent losses the next bet due in your series is now the second $ 10.
In Summary
To this point you have had 13 bets in your series for 4 wins and 9 losses. You have bet a total of
$90 on your 4 winners and been paid $180 ($90 bet at 2-1 equals $180). Deduct from this the
$120 lost on the 9 losing bets and you have a net profit of $60 ($180 - $120 = $60). Not bad for
about 20 minutes work.
Unit, Bank & Betting Series Table
Unit $5 Bank $225 Betting Series ...
$5,$5,$5,$10,$10,$10,$15,$15,$15,$20,$20,$20,$25,$25,$25.
$10,$10,$10,$20,$20,$20,$30,$30,$30,$40,$40,$40,$50,$50,$50
$15, $15, $15, $30, $30, $30, $45, $45. $45, $60, $60, $60, $75, $75, $75.
$20,$20,$20,$40,$40,$40,$60,$60,$60,$80,$80,$80,$100,$100,$100.
Unit $25 Bank $1,125 Betting Series ...
$25,$25,$25,$50,$50,$50,$75,$75,$75,$100,$100,$100,$125,$125,$125.
$30,$30,$30,$60,$60,$60,$90,$90,$90,$120,$120,$120,$150,$150,$150.
$40,$40,$40,$80,$80,$80,$120,$120,$120,$160,$160,$160,$200,$200, $200.
$50,$50,$50,$100,$100,$100,$150,$150,$150,$200,$200,$200,$250,$250, $250.
Chips
Roulette is played with cash chips which can be used by anyone, or coloured chips which are exclusive to the
person playing with them. When playing The Penthouse it's advisable to buy your chips in a colour to avoid any
chance of a dispute over a winning bet
Playing Bank
As The Penthouse requires a playing bank of 45 times your betting unit, always be you have this amount with you
when you go to play. For example if your unit is $ 10 be sure that you have $450 with you before you begin to play
(45 x $10 = $450).
Table Limits
When playing The Penthouse your bets can range from 1 unit to 5 units, therefore it's important to select a table
which can accommodate this betting range. For example if your betting unit is $25 be sure to select a table which
allows a bet of $125 on the dozens ($25 x 5 = $125).
When to Quit
I suggest that you play to win 30 units at each session. Once you have this, quit for the day. The casino will still be
there tomorrow.
If you lose the 15th bet of your series, quit for the day. This doesn't happen often but when it does it's best to accept
that it's just not your day and come back fresh another day. When this does happen your loss is often quite small as
you will have generally done some winning prior to the loss of your betting series.
PHILLIP'S LITTLE STRATEGY
Here`s a little strategy which I use sometimes if I am low on my betting bank

and wish to sit and continue playing, or sometimes I`ll play it when I have won
my target but wish to stay and play a little time longer and not risk too many
chips...
Bank required: $7 or £7
This is enough for two sessions.
You need to be sitting at a table where you can play 25p or 25c (quarter value)
chips on streets.
Note the last number.

If the number is a 0 wait for a proper number to occur.
BET 1
====
Play the double street that contains the last number for 1 chip. (quarter value)
Double streets are numbers:

1-6
7-12
13-18
19-24
25-30
31-36
If the bet wins you are +1.25. GO TO BET 1.
BET 2
====
Play the double streets that hit in the last 2 spins for 1 chip.
BET 3
====
Play the double streets that hit in the last 3 spins for 1 chip.
If the bet wins you WIN/LOSE 0 chips. GO TO BET 1.
BET 4
====
Play the double streets that hit in the last 4 spins for 2 chips EACH.
IF THIS BET LOSES YOU ARE -3.50 AND HAVE LOST THE SESSION
IF YOU HAVE LOST ONLY ONE SESSION - START SECOND SESSION

FROM BET 1
IF YOU HAVE LOST 2 SESSIONS - QUIT. (You may still have made a profit!)
NOTE:
---------
If a 0 occurs after placing bet 1,2, or 3 - mark down as a temporary loss of 1,2
or 3 chips to be deducted from the final score after the session has ended.
Stakes are intentionally kept low for minimum risk.

On occasions I played for 50-60 spins and made profits around £10 to £15 before
losing the FIRST session.
PHOENIX SYSTEM
Playing this way you should limit your losses in "black" days. This limit is one
third of an expected profit, i.e. if you finish the game with profit of + 50
units on good days, you have to complete game with the loss of -75 units on bad
ones. Only best use of the method described here gives you SUPER profit. The
given system consists of two interconnected parts. The first is a preliminary
part. It should bring a profit without interruption. If you lose, an additional
system comes into action. Its aim is to return the loss in a preliminary part.
Further game again begins with the first system. The preliminary part consists
of 3 bets.
· 1-st bet - 1 unit on the last come dozen
· 2-nd bet - 3 units on the last even chance
· 3-rd bet - 12 units the ET-bet.(It covers 24 nbrs. - 9 units on even chance &
3 units on the closest 6-line, ex. 9-big & 3 on 13-18 or 9-small & 3 on 19-24)
Thus, you play the game together with bank (bank as the table). If the
first bet wins, there is a plus in two units. If there is a loss, the second bet
of three units on "small" or "large" numbers comes in. If this bet wins, there
is again plus in two units, including the first lost bet. If the second bet also
loses, we use the ET-bet, 9 units of it are put on the last appearing "small" or
"large" numbers and 3 units on appropriate 6-line - 13-18 (if the latter number
was " large ") and 19-24 (if the last number was "small"). If the ET-bet wins,
we return the lost by the previous bets and again benefit is plus two units.
After each winning we come back to the first bet. If zero comes on, the bet is
finished and we wait for the next spin. After loss of all three bets, the
additional system comes in. It must get the lost 16 units back. This system is
also conducted with bank. The scheme is:
Bet
Red or Black
Even or Odd
One of the dozens
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
6
1
2
3
6
1
1
2
4
After each plus reached by one from four bets, you need to return to the initial
bet immediately. Only if there is a partial prize, which does not cover the
previous loss, the same bet is made for the second time. All these operations
need to be used as long as the lost in the first part 16 units are back. Then
the preliminary system comes in again.
Ping's 15 STEP LINE BET
Use the progression 1112223345678-10-12 (15 steps), wait for a line to sleep for
14 times, bet on it on the 15th spin up to 29th spin. If 0/00 comes out,
consider it a loss and continue with the progression.
Assumptions that I made for the system above are as follows:
I am playing through the 29th spin even if I have a win on that progression.
I am tracking every line at the same time so it is possible that I have more
than one line that has hit the 14th sleep spin, and thus have 2 progressions
going at once
Ping's Break the 3 Even Bets Trend
Use the classic 1-2-4-8 4-step Martingale progression. Let's take a look at Red/Black for discussion. The idea is "break" a trend of the even bets if it has
already appeared for 3 consecutive times. Example, the result is R-BB-R-B-R-BBB-R ... if you noticed; a SINGLE R has appeared for 3 consecutive times.
Next bet would have been 1 unit on R, because we believe a trend would last more than 3 times up to a max of 7 times. The same holds true if the results is RR-
BB-RRRRR-B-RRR-BB-R ... Next bet would have been on B, as we dont see a trend of MULTIPLE R would last more than 3 consecutive sets. Got the idea?
If the next result would be R still, then wait for this MULTIPLE R to end, B, then next R to appear, using the 2nd step (i.e. 2 units), bet on B, as in RR-BB-
RRRR-B-RRR-BB-RR(lost on this bet, then wait)RR-BBB-R (BET ON B using 2 units)
Some more samples...
RR-BBBB-RRR-B-RR-B-R (bet on B)
R-BBB-R-BB-R-B-R (bet or R)
RRRRRRR-B-RRR-B-RRRRR-B-R (bet on B)
FINAL ADJUSTMENTS:
1. instead of just 1-2-4-8 units, let us use the 10-20-40-80 units (considering the 500units bankroll)
2. clarification: we are betting on ALL 3 EVEN money bets simultaneously.
Thank you. BTW, how many have submitted their entries so far? =)
PING
file:///D|/Systems/Pings%20Break%20the%203%20Even%20Bets%20Trend.htm [7/22/2002 3:32:54 PM]

THE PIONEER SYSTEM
Session Approach:
YOU MUST ALWAYS COUNT EACH ENCOUNTER AT THE ROULETTE WHEEL OR ANY FORM
OF GAMBLING AS A SESSION. THE STRATEGY YOU USE MUST HAVE A RATIO OF
WINNING SESSIONS TO LOSING SESSIONS.
LOSING SESSIONS MUST BE LIMITED TO A SET AMOUNT. IE., JUST ONE PART OF
YOUR OVERALL BANK. WINNING SESSIONS MUST BE OPEN ENDED AND CAPABLE OF
WINNING MANY TIMES THE AMOUNT OF A LOSING SESSION.
THE PIONEER:
AT THE ROULETTE TABLE, WRITE DOWN ALL THE OUTCOMING NUMBERS UNTIL YOU
GET A REPEAT. THIS IS YOUR PIONEER NUMBER.
EXAMPLE: 5, 20, 18, 36, 31, 27, 8, 1, 31.
31 IS THE FIRST REPEAT AND IS THE PIONEER NUMBER AND WILL REMAIN THE
PIONEER NUMBER UNTIL WE STRIKE OUT 36 SPINS IN A ROW.
HERE ARE THE RULES:
LEVEL 1: BET 1 TIME 1 UNIT ON HIGH OR LOW

LEVEL 2: BET 1 TIME 1 UNIT ON DOZEN
LEVEL 3: BET 3 TIMES 1 UNIT ON 6 NUMBER COMBINATION
LEVEL 6: BET 19 TIMES 1 UNIT ON THE PIONEER NUMBER
WE START AT LEVEL 1: IF WE WIN, WE GO BACK TO THE FIRST LEVEL. IF WE LOSE, WE

MOVE TO THE NEXT LEVEL. WE CONTINUE UNTIL WE LOSE ALL SIX LEVELS.
LEVEL 2: WE BET THE DOZEN THE PIONEER NUMBER IS IN.
LEVEL 3: WE BET THE 6 NUMBER COMBINATION, OUR PIONEER PLUS THE NEXT 5 NUMBERS.
ALWAYS USE THE PIONEER AS THE LOWEST VALUE IN THE COMBINATION WHENEVER
POSSIBLE.
LEVEL 4: WE BET THE 3 NUMBER COMBINATION. THE PIONEER AND THE NEXT TWO NUMBERS.
LEVEL 5: WE BET THE 2 NUMBER COMBINATION. THE SPLIT WITH THE PIONEER (HERE
31&32)
LEVEL 6: WE BET THE PIONEER NUMBER.
REMEMBER, ANY WIN ALONG THE WAY UP THE LEVELS RETURNS US BACK TO LEVEL
1.
IF WE STRIKE OUT ON ALL SIX LEVELS, (36 SPINS IN A ROW), WE LOOK FOR A
NEW PIONEER NUMBER
Spend some time at a roulette table prior to commencing play and write down the
winning number of each spin until one number repeats. The repeat number is your "pivot
number" and therefor the number on which you place your first bet.
Example: 12 23 33 36 29 7 8 12 4
Number 12 is the first repeat number and therefor the "pivot number".
Number 12 will remain the "pivot number" for the next 36 spins in a row unless it wins.
Bet the same amount on your pivot number for each spin until you either win or lose at
the end of the
thirty-sixth spin. A win on a single number in roulette will pay 35/1, so if your "pivot
number" spins up anytime throughout the 36 spins you will be a winner. (Or break even
if it comes up on the last spin.) Naturally, the earlier your "pivot number" spins up the
better the profits because your profits will decrease with every spin of the wheel.
When you have a win, stop betting on that "pivot number" and select another one to start
the process over again.
Why Does It Work?
It is a fact that numbers on a roulette wheel tend to repeat often. On average, the same 24
numbers
will appear in 36 spins of the wheel. Rarely, if ever, will all 36 numbers appear in 36
spins.
What does this mean? It means that on average, in 36 spins, you must have 12 repeat
numbers.
This could be just one repeat of each of the 12 numbers but it will more than likely be a
repeat of few numbers coming up three or even four times each. This is not theory. It is
proven fact derived from thousands of spins of a roulette wheel. What we have just
described simply keeps on happening
over and over again!
It's what's called the theory of uneven distribution. During a short trial of 36 spins, not all
numbers will appear, but certainly over trials of millions of spins all roulette numbers
will even out.
==========
At the Roulette Table, write down all the outcoming numbers until you get a repeat.
This si your PIVOT Number.
Example: 5 20 18 36 31 27 8 1 31
31 is the first repeat and is the PIVOT number and will remain the PIVOT number until
we strike out 36 spins in a row.
Here are the Rules:
Level 1. Bet 1 time 1 Unit on High or Low
Level 2. Bet 1 time 1 Unit on Dozen
Level 3. Bet 3 times 1 Unit on 6-Number Combination
Level 6. Bet 19 times 1 Unit on The Pivot Number
We have six levels.
We start at level 1:
If we win, we go back to the first level.
If we lose, we move to the next level.
We continue until we lose all six levels.
Level 2:
We bet the Dozen the PIVOT Number is in.
Level 3:
We bet the 6-Number combination, our PIVOT plus the next 5 numbers
(always use the PIVOT number as the LOWEST value in the combination
whenever possible)
Level 4:
We bet the 3-Number Combination, 31 and the next two numbers.
Level 5:
We bet the 2-Number Combination, the split 31 & 32.
Level 6:
We bet the PIVOT Number.
Remember, any win along the way up the levels returns us back to LEVEL 1.
If we strike out on ALL SIX LEVELS, (36 spins in a row), we look for a
NEW PIVOT NUMBER.
Level Payouts:
Level 1 pays 1 to 1
Level 2 pays 2 to 1
Level 3 pays 5 to 1
Level 4 pays 11 to 1
Remember you only lose if you strike out at all six levels, and you only lose 36 units.
You should have a bank of 360 Units which is enough to cover 10 sessions.
Diagram for 6, 3 and 2 number combinations:
The Roulette Table is laid out like this: (Using a Single Zero Wheel)
|3 |6 |9 |12|15|18|21|24|27|30|33|36|
0 |2 |5 |8 |11|14|17|20|23|26|29|32|35|
|1 |4 |7 |10|13|16|19|22|25|28|31|34|
| 1st Dozen | 2nd Dozen | 3rd Dozen |
| 1-18 EVEN | ODD 19-36 |
6 Number Combinations
30|33
29|32
28|31
33|36
32|35
31|34
3 Number Combination
33
32
31
2 Number Combination
Always bet PIVOT and the number to the right unless you are unable to do so,
then bet left or above or below.
31|34
or
32|
31|
or
28|31
If 36 was the PIVOT Number, then the 2-Number Combination would be
33|36
or
36|
35|
What validity is there to this?
The fact is that numbers that come up tend to repeat. You'll find that on average, only
about
24 numbers appear in 36 spins. Rarely if ever will all 36 numbers appear in 36 spins.
This means that on average, in 36 spins, you must have 12 repeats. These could be
repeats of
12 numbers, but more likely a few numbers will come up three and even four times. This
is not
theory but proven on hundreds of thousands of spins as well as computer generated spins
and
is as mathematically sound as you can get.
This is what is called the theory of uneven distribution. In a short trial of 36 spins, not all
will
appear but certainly over a trial os millions of spins, all the numbers will even out.
Here's another version of the PIVOT System.
This strategy was being sold in Australia some time ago now and the seller claims it was
his
original material. The original Pivot system I saw was posted on the Net some two years
ago.
So whose strategy is it. Well to be quite honest with you I don't know.
They both have their merits.
THE PIVOT (ver.3) Roulette Strategy
The Pivot is without doubt the simplest, most powerful method of playing winning
roulette yet devised.
The Pivot, used as directed, will bring you out a certain winner.
THE ODDS OF NUMBER PLAY:
Roulette Wheels of the kind used in Australia and most other countries, contain 37
numbered pockets.
Therefore on each spin of the wheel there are 37 possibilities of an outcome.
A bet placed on a number is in fact a 36/1 chance, it having 1 chance of winning and 36
chances of losing. However, it's here that the casino gains it's small advantage, by paying
odds of 35/1 rather than the true odds of 36/1.
To play the numbers and win, you must have a plan that selects and bets on numbers that
win at least
once in every 35 spins. The Pivot does this with ease.
HOW THE PIVOT EVOLVED:
The Pivot selects and bets on numbers which have just won. These are followed until
they win or for
37 spins, whichever comes first. The following exlanation reveals both why selections are
made this
way and more importantly, why they win.
For the purpose of this explanation, numbers which win twice or more during a cycle of
37 spins are
"HOT NUMBERS", those which win once are "AVERAGE NUMBERS" and those that
don't win at all
are "COLD NUMBERS".
As there are 37 numbers on a Roulette Wheel, a complete cycle consists of 37 spins. This
being the exact number of spins required to to gice each number the chance to win once.
The Pivot evolved from the close examination and testing of almost 20,000 of these
cycles.
It was found that Roulette numbers do not win in an orderly fashion such as once in every
37 spins.
Instead numbers are constantly moving through periods of being hot, cold and average.
Hot numbers
will often win many times during a cycle of 37 spins, while cold numbers may not win
for a hundred spins or more. However, there was some order found amongst this
constantly changing pattern.
THE DISCOVERY:
Results showed that on average each cycle of 37 spins, is won by just 22 of the 37
numbers (59.45%).
With at least half of these 22 numbers, winning twice or more. While this group of 22
numbers is constantly changing as numbers move through periods of being hot, cold and
average, it does at any one time, contain all of the hot and average numbers.
This indeed was a stunning discovery, for it meant that 50% of all winning numbers are
hot numbers,
which can be relied upon to win again quickly. While the remaining 50% are average
numbers which
will often win again within 37 spins.
The logic behind The Pivot suddenly became obvious. By selecting only numbers which
have just won,
all of our selections must be either hot or average numbers. Then by following these
numbers until they
win or for 37 spins whichever comes first, each number is given it's full chance to win.
While losses on numbers which have gone cold are contained.
THE RULES OF THE PIVOT:
Rule 1.
When you are ready to begin play, record the number that wins the next spin at the top of
your scorecard. This number is your first selection.
Rule 2.
Bet 1 unit per spin on this number until it wins, or for 37 spins, whichever comes first.
Rule 3.
When your first selection wins or has been followed for 37 spins, your second selection
becomes
the next number spun.
Simply continue in this way for as long as you wish to play.
STAKING THE PIVOT:
A bank of 200 units is recommended.
Example: If you wish to bet $2 per

number (Which is mostly the minimum bet in Australia), per spin, your bank
should be $400. (200 X $2 = $400)
Play Roulette and Win System
The following system selects seven numbers to bet on “straight up”. You will be
betting straight up on seven numbers next to each other on the Roulette wheel. This
system is designed to take advantage of those occasions when the dealer gets into a
rhythm and keeps hitting numbers close together for a period of time. If you have
played Roulette for a while you have probably seen this phenomenon from time to
time yourself.
When the dealer changes his rhythm and starts to hit another section of the wheel we
will also change the seven betting numbers to the new section being hit. As we will be
betting on seven numbers each spin we only need to get a hit once every five spins to
show a profit.
This system was designed for a single zero roulette wheel but it could also be used
very profitably with an American double zero wheel. The examples we will use are
from a single zero wheel.
Number selection
Firstly, walk around the casino playing floor and look at the numbers being displayed
on the electronic score boards next to each roulette wheel. When you see a number on
a score board that repeats within the last ten spins check whether one of the three
numbers on either side of the repeated number on the wheel also was hit within the
same ten spins. If one is, the repeating number is called the “key number”. To clarify
this, I will give an example. Say the number “0” repeats within ten spins and the
number “3” also is hit within those same ten spins then “0” would be the “key
number”. You will be betting on the key number and its six “neighbors”, seven
numbers in total.
You can use the matrix at the end of this article to help you determine what are the
numbers either side of a repeating number.
When you have found a key number verify that the electronic scoreboard is correct.
You can do this by asking another player who has been writing the numbers down at
the table whether the last ten numbers displayed are correct. Sometimes a scoreboard
is not accurate. So don’t assume that the displayed numbers are correct.
After the key number has been verified, write and circle the key number on your
casino score card which you can obtain free of charge from most casinos. This is to
avoid any confusion about the correct numbers to bet on. Record all the numbers as
they are hit from then onwards.
Bet Placements
The next step is to place some cash on the table to buy 100 chips and place one chip
straight up on each of the seven numbers. Keep betting one chip on each of these
seven numbers for six spins. If one of the seven numbers is hit within the six spins,
bet on the same seven numbers again for another six spins. Bet on the same seven
numbers until you get three hits or you have bet for six spins without a single hit.
If you do not get a hit within six spins or the seven numbers have hit three times look
for another “key number” within the last ten spins. If there is not another key number
within the last ten spins keep recording the numbers until another key number comes
along. When another key number comes along commence betting on the new set of
seven numbers.
You can optionally double your bet on the fifth bet instead of betting one unit for each
of the six spins as previously described. That is, after you have bet one unit on each of
the four previous spins without a hit you can optionally bet two units on each of the
seven numbers for one final spin. If you use the optional two unit bet on the fifth spin
you should not try a sixth bet on those numbers. In that case you should look for
another key number.
The advantage of the optional double bet on the fifth spin is that if that spin wins you
will get a 30 unit profit (70 – 28 – 12) from the series of bets instead of a one unit
profit (35 – 28 – 6). The disadvantage of employing the optional strategy is that you
will not have the opportunity of trying for another spin to get a hit. If you do not use
the optional strategy and you get a hit on the sixth spin you will recover some of your
past lost bets but you will not make a profit on that round of six spins. In that case
your total losses for the round will be 6 units (35 – 35 – 6). If you do not get a hit on
the six spin round your total losses for that round will be 42 units (7 units x 6 spins).
Some actual roulette numbers follow to illustrate the system:
33
1
31
19
15
29
33 This is the “key number” because “33” was hit within the previous 10 spins
and also the number “1” is within three numbers either side of “33” on the
single zero wheel. The numbers to bet on are therefore 1, 5, 14, 16, 20, 24 and
33.
24 Profit of 29 units (cumulative profit = +29 units)
10 Loss of 7 units (cumulative profit = +51 units)
29 No bet
8 No bet
8 This is the next “key number” because “8” was hit twice within the previous
10 spins and also the numbers “10” and “11” are within three numbers either
side of “8” on the wheel. The numbers to bet on are therefore 5, 8, 10, 11, 23,
30 and 33.
25 No bet
23 This is the next “key number”. The new numbers to bet on are therefore 5, 8,
10, 11, 23, 24 and 30.
8 Profit of 29 units (cumulative profit = +126 units
If you were betting with $5 chips you would have made a total profit of $670 ($5 x
134) from the session. If you were betting with $25 chips you would have made a
total profit of $3,350 ($25 x 134) from the above short session
Final Words
Before you go to the casino you should have a profit target and quit when you reach
that target. The value of your chips should be the lowest value accepted by the table
until you gain confidence and profits.
The matrix on the next page will help you to choose the “key number” and also to
easily see its six neighbors. The numbers in red are the key numbers and the blue
numbers are their six neighbors. To make it easy for you to place your bets, the
numbers in blue are in numerical order not in their order on the wheel. You can
photocopy the matrix and take it with you to the casino so that you do not get
confused. The casino will not worry about the matrix but it’s best not to flash it
around. Try to be discreet, especially if you are winning in a very big way.
Good gambling
0 0 3 15 19 26 32 35 18 7 9 18 22 28 29 31
1 1 14 16 20 24 31 33 19 0 2 4 15 19 21 32
2 2 4 17 19 21 25 34 20 1 9 14 16 20 31 33
3 0 3 12 26 28 32 35 21 2 4 15 17 19 21 25
4 2 4 15 19 21 25 34 22 7 9 14 18 22 29 31
5 5 8 10 16 23 24 33 23 5 8 10 11 23 24 30
6 6 13 17 25 27 34 36 24 1 5 10 16 23 24 33
7 7 12 18 22 28 29 35 25 2 4 6 17 21 25 34
8 5 8 10 11 23 30 36 26 0 3 12 15 26 32 35
9 9 14 18 20 22 29 31 27 6 11 13 17 27 34 36
10 5 8 10 16 23 24 30 28 3 7 12 18 28 29 35
11 8 11 13 23 27 30 36 29 7 9 12 18 22 28 29
12 3 7 12 26 28 29 35 30 8 10 11 13 23 30 36
13 6 11 13 27 30 34 36 31 1 9 14 18 20 22 31
14 1 9 14 20 22 31 33 32 0 3 4 15 19 26 32
15 0 4 15 19 21 26 32 33 1 5 14 16 20 24 33
16 1 5 10 16 20 24 33 34 2 6 13 17 25 27 34
17 2 6 17 21 25 27 34 35 0 3 7 12 26 28 35
18 7 9 18 22 28 29 31 36 6 8 11 13 27 30 36
PLEINFINDER ROULETTE SYSTEM
The main idea of this system is to pick up a few numbers and win. First you must take note
of 20 spins, divided in two rows of 10. And always continue noting spins in rows of ten
numbers.
Selecting: Note this are not real spins
10 12 36 0 15 1 8 6 6 32
24 10 6 1 28 35 33 25 22 4
You must select those numbers in red, those which have appeared only once in the first
row and only once in the second. If it is one number then play it for 36 spins, if two 18
spins, if n 36/n
Dont play more than 4 numbers! After number four appeared, you start betting 10 and 1 for
18 spins each. When one comes up, keep betting the other!
10 12 36 0 15 1 8 6 6 32
24 10 6 1 28 35 33 25 22 4
5 5 0 32 21 26 4 24 0 7 8 11 10
When you finish noting the 3rd row, you have to bet also numbers 4-24 for 18 spins.
Number 10 comes, you win, stop playing it , but keep on playing number 1 for 5 spins
more.
Betting: We define a group as the original numbers i.e. 1-10 If none of those comes up in
36/n spins, when the next group is ready to play you have to double up your bet. Only
increase your bets with a new group In the case above you dont need to increase, even
number 1 dont come up because the original group has hit. Sometimes you will be playing
2, 3,4 groups at a time, often when the group is composed by only one number. If a group
lose again you double up your bet until you win.
Important: when you are playing more than one chip per number (because you have lost
before) , after one of the numbers of the group hits , the others numbers of that group
must be played only one chip until 36/n spins.
Bankroll : 350 chips
Winning : recommended to cash in on 100 net winning chips
If after 150 spins you are breaking even or with a small difference also cash in.
The main idea of this system is to pick up a few numbers and
win.
First you must take note of 20 spins , divided in two rows of 10.
And always continue noting spins in rows of ten numbers.
Selecting:
Note this are not real spins
10 12 36 0 15 1 8 6 6 32
24 10 6 1 28 35 33 25 22 4
You must select those numbers in red, those which have appeared only once in the first row and only once in
the second.
If it is one number then play it for 36 spins , if two 18 spins , if n 36/n
Dont play more than 4 numbers!
After number four appeared , you start betting 10 and 1 for 18 spins each.
When one comes up , keep betting the other!
10 12 36 0 15 1 8 6 6 32
24 10 6 1 28 35 33 25 22 4
5 5 0 32 21 26 4 24 0 7
8 11 10
When you finish noting the 3rd row, you have to bet also numbers 4-24 for 18 spins.
Number 10 comes , you win , stop playing it , but keep on playing number 1 for 5 spins more.
Betting:
We define a group as the original numbers i.e 1-10
If none of those comes up in 36/n spins , when the next group is ready to play you have to double up your
bet.
Only increase your bets with a new group
In the case above you dont need to increase , even number 1 dont come up because the original group has
hit.
Sometimes you will be playing 2 ,3,4 groups at a time, oftenly when the group is composed by only one
number.
If a group lose again you double up your bet untill you win .
Important : when you are playing more than one chip per number (because you have lost before) , after one
of the numbers of the group hits , the others numbers of that group must be played only one chip untill 36/n
spins.
Bankroll : 350 chips
Winning : recomended to cash in on 100 net winning chips
If after 150 spins you are breaking even or with a small difference also cash in.
Here it is!
It's basically about continually tracking the last ten numbers to come up, and based on your decision to
make a "power play"-- pick an area that the dealer has been coming back to, or a "blank play"-- pick
an area that the dealer hasn't hit because he's all over the place, you back a block of seven numbers for
five spins, with a slight progression.
OK, what can I add to that? Well first let me explain that the guy provides a way of charting the
wheel so you can see where the hits are and how far apart, but you can do that with any wheel
chart. He also provides a way to keep abreast of the last ten hits. He also provides a bet card that is
useful for finding your numbers on the layout to bet. It's like a neighboring no chart only better because
on it you can find your "key no", which will be at the center of the block of 7 numbers you will betting,
and the other 6 numbers to the right of it in correct order, lowest to highest, so you can find the numbers
quickly on the layout.
The method is basically that you watch where the recent hits are on the wheel and decide if you see
a pattern or not. The pattern is either that the dealer seems to be coming back to the same section
every 2 or 3 spins or else he is all over the place. If you don't see one of these patterns after 10 to
15 spins you try another table or another dealer. You bet right away if you see one of these
patterns. A "Blank" bet will be at the center of the largest blank area after 10 spins (area should not
be less than 9 nos.) A "Power" bet will be on a section that's getting hit.
The progression requires 140 units. It is 5 bets on 7 numbers, with 2, then 3, then 4, then 5, then 6 chips
per no. You either win 58, 73, 81, 82, or 76, or else you lose 14, 35, 63, 98, 140. He suggests you
leave the table after 3 hits, leave the casino after 2 bust-outs.
Here are some refinements of the Power Roulette system that I learned from telephone consultation with
the author over the last month: You now need to learn to be more discriminative when the configuration of
the numbers appeared to form the Power play. You only play the "clean" Powers, so to speak. "Clean"
Powers are those 3 qualified numbers within 7 spins within 7 consecutive space which are independent
from another (other) 3 qualified numbers which also qualify for a Power Play. In other words, if you have
two Power Plays, which are closed to each other or overlap each other, they aren't considered "clean”
and thus we don't play. This qualifying step will eliminate 30% of the losers. To make the play even
stronger, you may also want to consider qualifying the first clean Power Play on paper first. Once one
clean Power Play has won on paper, you play the second clean Power Play when it appears. But make
sure that this happens with the same dealer and within 15 spins. Otherwise, you start it all over again. I
have over 90% successful plays by using this procedure so far. But you may find that you need more
patience at the same time; sometimes you may have to wait for 5 or 6 dealers to have just only one play.
But I'd rather be more conservative and win consistently than playing more and lose more. My philosophy
is that if I can win 90% consistently, I can raise my betting units up to the maximum safely after some
time. I can build my bankroll and bet $50 or $100 per unit, then I can make some really serious money
everyday from just one win!
POWERPLAY ROULETTE
2002
“The Most Advanced and Consistently
Successful Roulette System, Ever!”
Level 2
Strategic Gaming Inc.
‘PowerPlay’® Roulette & ‘PowerPlay’®
Casino Strategies copyright ©2001,
Strategic Gaming, Inc., all rights reserved.
No part of this manual or associated
material may be used or reproduced in any
manner whatsoever, without the express
written permission of Strategic Gaming, Inc.
March 1, 2001
Powerplay Roulette 2002
“The Most Advanced and Consistently Successful Roulette System, Ever!”
Why do we gamble?
That is the age-old question! The action? The high? The ultimate greed?
For each person it is completely different, but the truth is, it has been going
on for centuries. In the end, the same basic results hold true. We all
eventually lose. There are very few people who can honestly say that they
are up on the casino, over a lifetime of play. Among those people, are the
members of “Team Vegas”.
We all are aware that the odds are against us, but for some reason, much like
in life itself, we don’t believe that it will happen to us. We believe that these
odds don’t apply to us, and can be beaten, but in reality they apply to
everyone, including you and I.
What are the odds and are they really

stacked against us?
Well, from best to worst they are Roulette 1.47%, Craps 1.49% (Don’t
Pass/Don’t Come), Pai Gao Poker 1.49comp’d%, Blackjack 1.75%,
European Roulette (Single-Zero wheel) 2.7%, Sic-Bo 2.78%, Let-it-Ride
Poker 3.51%, Caribbean Stud Poker 5.22% and American Roulette (Double-
Zero wheel) 5.26%. Slot machines vary between 5.5% and as high as 14%.
Keno is a whopping 18% for the house!! (Incidentally, if you play the
’progressive’ bets on either ’Let-it-Ride’ or ‘Caribbean Stud’, you increase
the odds against you to near those of playing a slot machine!)
Simply put, these numbers represent the amount the casino earns, on every
dollar you place on the table as a wager, using your starting bet to calculate.
In other words, if you gambled for an hour and made a total of say 80 bets,
at the end of the hour you would be down the approximate percentage of that
game. For example if a player knows the house edge in Baccarat is 1.47%
he can assume that for every $10 of original wager he makes, he will lose
14.7 cents on the average. So if you were betting $20 per hand, over four
hours, assuming there were 80 spins played per hour, you would be down
$94.08 or 3.7 bets.
Is this the only reason we lose?

No. In fact, of all the possible reasons we lose, this one is the simplest to
understand and the easiest to overcome! There are three basic reasons that
people lose. The first is that the odds are stacked against us, as previously
described. The second is a lack of discipline. The third and most important
is poor money management skills.
First, the odds are the odds

In the long run, the house will almost always win, which is why they like
you to play as many hours as possible. However, in the case of short-term
trends, the odds become very close to even and with a good betting strategy
and a little knowledge, it’s possible to move the odds to the side of the
player. An example of this would be a heads or tails toss of a coin. In a
million tosses, it would probably end up 500,000 heads - 500,000 tails, but
in a short-term sequence you could see up to twenty heads or twenty tails in
a row. Therefore during this short-term trend, you could capitalize on the
’streak’ and end up winning, thereby overcoming the casino’s long-term
percentage advantage.
The second problem in gambling; lack of

discipline
What this means is that most people don’t play with any kind of strategic
plan. They play hunches, or if they do in fact begin with an actual plan, as
soon as things start to go bad, they quickly switch to another plan, instead of
sticking to the original strategy, out of fear.
Of the many students we have taught our unique method to, it is only a very
few who don’t succeed, EVERY single time they play. There are only a few
things that can lead to failure after learning this system. The first is not
following the plan EXACTLY, either because of a loss of faith or a mistaken
belief that the strategy requires some CHANGES to make it better. And,
occasionally, people just go on ’tilt’.
We cannot emphasize enough, the importance of

following the strategy, to the letter!
The third and final problem is probably the most important…
Proper Money Management AND knowing

when to quit
People are generally poor money managers in their daily lives. Between
checkbooks that don’t balance, overdrawn bank accounts and credit cards
that are ‘maxed-out’, most people’s financial affairs are a mess.
So how could these very same people possibly be expected to manage their
cash properly, when they are in a place like Las Vegas for a weekend and
have only a limited amount of time to play? When they encounter a losing
cycle, most people try to recover by chasing their losing bets with
‘desperation’ bets. This departure from the practice of proper money
management tends to eat up a bankroll very quickly, leaving the gambler
shaking his head and kicking himself for his obvious mistakes.
The truth is, this methodology usually ends up in disaster, which is how the
average casino manages to earn a net profit of over 20% instead of 2 - 3%,
which is where it should be, based on the table odds. It’s a combination of
not fully understanding HOW to play, WHEN to play, how to BET properly,
how to MANAGE money and when to QUIT that creates the HUGE
advantage the casinos enjoy, year after year.
This advantage allows them to build larger, more extravagant facilities and
to provide the complimentary services (comps), such as free rooms, flights,
food, shows, etc. for their most valued clients (those holding Player cards
which, in our opinion, were designed for losers!).
What can I expect to learn from

this course?
This course will teach you the very things we just mentioned.
The ‘PowerPlay’® Roulette system was developed

as result of the most comprehensive study of the
game, since it’s invention!
‘PowerPlay’® Casino Strategies will take you from A to Z in an easy to
learn, simple to implement ‘wager-management’ system that will allow you
to take advantage of short-term trends, essentially doubling your session
bankroll every 12 to 14 hours of play. It will also help you learn when to
bet, when not to bet, how much to bet, when to walk away and when to
increase your minimum unit value, based on your bankroll.
In other words we are going to turn you into a calculated percentage player,
who understands the limits of both negative and positive results. The kind
of player the casinos don’t like to see, too often. In fact, by the time you’ve
acquired the skills taught in this program, you will be the type of player they
don’t even like to comp. However, with our ‘Cas ino Awareness ’ strategies,
you will have the casino hosts willing to give you whatever you want,
whenever you want, just to get your action!
We can assure you that the main reason the authors of this manuscript
continue to remain anonymous is because we play, using the VERY SAME
strategies we are about to teach you and we earn a minimum of $10,000,
each and every day. We usually don’t play for more than four or five hours
at a time and we never get barred from any casinos.
If the casinos knew who we were and that we were
sharing this information with anyone, we would
not be allowed to play anywhere in the world
Only a fraction of our income is from system sales, so we would not want to
jeopardize our livelihood (casino gambling), in any way. In addition, we
value our lives and believe me; most casinos view anyone who can
consistently remove money from the house to be a threat. They would
assume we were cheating and cheats are not tolerated. We would be viewed
as crooks and thieves and treated as such. That’s the very reason we do not
share any information while we are playing, nor do we romance in any way,
our system of winning, while seated at the table… PERIOD! Neither
should you.
In conclusion, we are confident that you will enjoy this information and at
the very least, will make your future trips to the casino much more profitable
than they have been in the past. You will be able to go to a place like Las
Vegas and come home with 10 TIMES your starting bankroll in a matter of
days…
WE GUARANTEE IT!
Good Luck….not that you’ll need it!
“Mr. Vegas”
President: Strategic Gaming, Inc.
What to Expect:
It is important to understand firstly that this system needs to be practiced
thoroughly prior to visiting the casino. It is imperative that it is followed
exactly to the letter, as the bets and the sequences are exact, and any
variance from these instructions could create a long-term negative result.
Also it is important to understand that during the course of certain spin

sequences, it is possible that a negative cycle will occur. Understand that
this is very normal, and usually the result of a difference in dealer signature
or irregular spins session. They key is not to “panic”
This course is designed to make you a calculated, percentage Player that

understands the limits of both positive and negative results. At the end of
the day, the object is to have more positive than negative results.
This Level 1 system over the course of some 300,000 spins in both live play
and Roulette results books, and has demonstrated a 91.5% win verses 8.5%
losses. The average win was 91units, while the average loss was -200 units
per session.
If the session contains 60 spins, so if you do the division the results are
based on 300,000/60 = 5000 sessions. So using the results that were
reported, the following would be the nets:
5000 sessions x 91.5%= 4575 winning sessions @ 74 units= +338,550 units.
On the negative side 5000 x 8.5%= 388.8 losing sessions x 200 units=
77,775 units 338,550-77,775= 260,775 units/5000= +52.15 units per
session including losing sessions!!
This number is basically derived from sessions one after the other, but with
the entrance and exit rules specified in the course, the numbers could change
dramatically. Often you will have exited the session before a bad session
occurs.
However it can work in the opposite…you could sit down to a bad session
right off the bat, but eventually you will exit at a positive for the session.
The number above merely reflects the averages on a large number of spins
and sessions.
Poor Spin Sequences:
It is vitally important to understand that the money management and betting
methodology is designed around both properly (random) and improperly
(non-random) spun sessions. What creates the “streaky” nature of sessions
are basically two things;
A. The laws of unequal distribution, which occurs less than 5% of the time,
but still, must be taken into account.
B. The dealer being a little lazy causes unequal spin sequences.
Nine times out of ten you will find that poorly spun sessions create a
negative result at the end of the session. So there are times when you might
have a -200 at the end of a segment. This system is designed to take this
into account, without creating any unnecessary risks for the Player.
With a very aggressive progression, you could theoretically virtually

eliminate any losing sessions, to only a couple instead of 388 in the previous
example, but the resulting few losing sessions would create huge losses, that
over the course of the same 5000 sessions would bring the averages down to
less than 10 units per session.
So, the secret to a sound system is the overcome the house advantage
(5.25%American) (2.65% Eruo), plus creates the ability to manage your way
in and out of “poor spin sequences”. Powerplay Roulette accomplishes this
in a very efficient manner.
Now before we get started lets talk about some factors outside of the bet
selection and money management issues, which carry equal importance.
Advantages and
Disadvantages of Casino
Play
It is equally important to understand the advantages that both the casino and
the percentage Player posses, in order to fully understand Powerplay
Roulette.
The Casino
Firstly lets talk about the casino. The casino itself is a very intimidating
place. The bells the whistles, the sound of money pouring from the slot
machines are all there for a purpose, to take you attention away from what
you are doing. These are some of the ways that the casino has the edge.
Other advantages that the casino has are:
A. The casino has an unlimited amount of

money. Whatever you bet, technically they have to match the bet
..Always. They don’t have a choice. The only choice they have is
when the cut off point is (house maximum). This number is carefully
calculated; otherwise people with large Bankrolls would always win.
They can’t however tell you how much to bet, just what the most you
can bet n any one single hand.
B. The game has a built in house advantage

This has and will be discussed at length, however it is only an
advantage over the long term, and not in the short term. During any
short-term trend, anything is possible, but with the built in advantage,
the house will win more short-term trends than it loses.
C. The house makes you play in their currency.
I know this probably sounds strange to you, but this is a HUGE
advantage. Let me ask you this “when do you spend more..when you
use cash or credit card?” Obviously it’s when you are using a credit
card, because you have taken the “reality” away from the money.
This is what casinos do with the conversion of your money to chips is

take the reality away. How many times have you seen some idiot
spreading chips all over a Roulette table? He wins a huge stack, and
then within minutes it’s all gone.
Had that have been cash, I can guarantee you it would have been
easier to manage it. Don’t under estimate this disadvantage…it is a
HUGE one.
D. Casinos are always open 24 hours a day.

Casinos are in no hurry to win your money. In fact they know that in
order to beat you, it’s going to take some time. That’s why when you
are “comp’d” it’s usually based on you having to stay and play for at
least four hours a day. You see that’s one of the ways that it can beat
you is they have to “control” your time a table. You can decide when
you want to stay and when you want to go, but with “comps” that
decision is taken from you, one of your weapons for success!!
E. Casinos provide you with free things

Make no mistake about it; everything a casino does is for the casinos
benefit and not yours. For example, do you think getting “free”
cocktails is really a benefit to the Player? Again, the casino has no
control over our decision-making, but with liquor, the process
becomes distorted and a loss of reality happens.
Think back to the days, and in some cases this still happens when
women were hired to sit a Roulette table and play with the casinos
money in order to “attract” new, well-healed Players.
It’s also no mistake that some of the best- looking waitresses work in
the pit area, and not the bar. Again the casino is trying to distract you
away from making smart decisions, and managing your money.
F. The casinos can decide when they don’t want

your business anymore.
If we happen to win a little more often than we should the casino can
decide that we are not welcome anymore and there is nothing we can
do about it. You see it’s not how much you win at the tables; it’s how
often you win. If you are winning more regularly than you should the
first thing the casino will do is take your comps away. Then they will
make you switch games, and is that doesn’t work they will get rid of
you.
So as you can see, there are more than a couple of things working against us
here. It’s important that before you even learn the betting strategy and
money management of Powerplay Roulette that you need to address those
previous disadvantages, and either eliminate them or understand them, and
learn to work around them.
The following are advantages that the Player has in the casino:
A. The Player controls the time he/she spends at

one sitting before exiting the game.
What I mean by this is that one of the inherent problems and/or
benefits of the game of Roulette is the there is a start and end to a
session, and for the most part they always balance themselves off
either at the beginning or the end of the session.
A lot of times a Player will either lose all of his/her money if the
beginning of the session was particularly poor, and not have nay
money left for the end of the session, or vice versa.
Powerplay Roulette only stays in a session for an average of 38
spins, thereby bypassing the potential of either scenario happening.
You will learn right time to leave the session, and ultimately the
session, thereby eliminating the casino time advantage.
B. The Player can decide how much to bet, on

any one hand or not to bet at all.
By varying the size of the bet, combined with certain start and stop
mechanisms, we again can overcome both the house advantage, and
the time advantage that the casino has. Powerplay controls this
through pre-determined strategies, based on each individual result.
This is no different than having draw rules for the casino in both
Roulette and Blackjack.
C. The Player controls how much alcohol they

consume.
Under the rules of Powerplay, ALL consumption of Alcohol is to
take place only during a session break (a period of three sessions or 2
½ hours) but ceases a minimum of one hour prior to the
commencement of further play. In this way the Player always
maintains a sharp focus.
Let me ask you something..Do they let the dealers and pit bosses
drink while they are on the job? Of course not. They don’t want
any mistakes…and either do we. It is vitally important though that
ONLY bottled water is drank while playing. In this way you are
always properly hydrated.
D. The Player controls where they place their
bets.
What I mean by this is that the Player can place his/her bet on
whatever bet he/she wants at whatever time he she desires. We can
bet on the Bank or the Player, or Black or Red or any of the numbers,
in the case of Roulette. Now how is this an advantage?
Certain short-term trend creates huge advantages for the Player. The
Casino cannot and in most cases won’t stop you from making any bet
you want on whatever you want as long as it’s within the house
limits. In the strategy of Powerplay, you will see how this becomes a
huge advantage for the Player.
So, in conclusion it is important to understand the Casino

strengths as well as the strengths for the Player, and
concentrate on the things that you CAN control, and not
to allow the things that you CAN’T control. To intimidate
or distract you in any way.
Powerplay Roulette
Static Number Method
The Theory:
Powerplay Roulette was created as a result of the study of over $200,000
live spins on a REAL wheel in a REAL casino. What you are about to learn,
no doubt you will not believe could possibly work.
The theory is based on the fact that the number 6 is the best working
numbers of number to have working at any one time. In studying literally
thousands of spin sequence charts, and playing many hundreds of hours, this
team came across an interesting conclusion.
Over 300 wheels were evaluated, and during this process of recording spin
after spin on both the Euro and the American wheels, we created a system
that is completely unbeatable in the long run, and in most cases 91%, the
short run.
We all know that the casinos are no dummies when it comes to setting their
min max levels on both the inside and the outside numbers. They do this for
a reason. Mathematically they have calculated that a bet on a single inside
number cannot be greater than x, assuming that the number hits on average
1/38 spins in 00 and 1/37 spins in 0.
What the mathematicians discovered was that a single number has a

minimum of 1:1 and a real maximum of 1:200. It is with this in mind that
the casinos set their levels.
Realistically the range for an even bet is 1:1 to a maximum of 1:30. It is

from here that the ranges were set. However what they DID NOT
ACCOUNT for was the discovery that we made in 1999.
When a number fails to hit in a large amount of spins, it is said to be
“sleeping”. That is why betting on a SINGLE number is not a good idea,
with or without a progression.
What is also important to understand is that while one or even more than one
number may be asleep for a long time, all of the others are not. In fact what
we found was that the perfect number of numbers was 6. So while one
number may be sleeping the other 5 are picking up the slack.
It was that while individual numbers operated on this premise there was a
group of six numbers TOGETHER as a GROUP that did not.
What this meant was that with this bias, however slight, when coupled with
a slow progression, we were able to with stand up to 90 losses in a row on a
six number bet…. Even though we never came close to losing that many
spins, we still concurred that IF that were to happen, that it would take 11
hours of play to get it back, assuming we quit and started over. Now
thankfully for you, you will never have to experience this because, there is
an exit and a “restart” process before you even get close to that.
The lure of Roulette has always been the ability to place 1 bet and get
35:1 on your money if it happens. Unlike Blackjack, and Baccarat
Roulette allows for huge wins, but regretfully losses too.
So it is vitally important that you as a player stay within the guidelines set
forth the in the Powerplay Method, and do not deviate one bit. We have
taken all off the guesswork out of the system, so all you have to do is place
your bet, relax and watch the wheel, write a W or L in the columns provided
on the score sheet, do some minor calculations, and place another bet.
Once you hit your win plateau, you lock in your profit, and have fun seeing
how much you will make for that session. That’s all there is to it.
System Instructions:
On the scorecard provided you are going to begin the process of keep score.
You will always be betting on the same six numbers so really, it becomes the
amount you bet, and when you leave the spins sequence that you need to be
concerned about.
For the most part you will only be making a 1 unit bet on each the six
numbers. We prefer that you play the Euro wheel, but if you don’t have one
the American wheel will suffice. It does use a slightly different set of
numbers.
The numbers for 0 Roulette are: 7, 11, 19, 20, 25, 28.
The numbers for 00 Roulette are: 7, 11, 15, 19, 25, 30
I will tell you that we have had many students that commented that they ran
our method with their favorite 6 number combinations and it worked as well.
We would prefer however, that you use the numbers specified, as they
consistently have shown a strong ability to repeat.
Once you have played this method a few times the number will be easy to
remember. The following is the betting structure.
Firstly you will be playing segments and sessions. A segment is +30 and a
session is +60. Both have cycle out rules.
Restart and Reset
During the course of play you will be using both Restart and Reset.
Restarting occurs after your segment Win plateau is reached and then you
eventually lose a spin. A Restart means that you reset your running total to
0, your spin sequence chart to 1, and your unit value to 1. You are also
waiting for a winning number to hit before you start betting again. A Reset
occurs when you go from a – running total to a +, or after a win, even if you
are in a + running total. A reset means that you keep playing and don’t wait
for a winning number, but you reset your unit value and your spin sequence
to 1.
A. The first thing that you will do is that when you sit down, you do not
place a bet until one of the numbers hits. The only exception to this
is if it is on the board as the number just spun or within the last 6
numbers.
B. Place a one unit bet on each of the six numbers. In the spin number
column record the spin number in the sequence (1-80). In the number
column mark an X when a losing number hits and when a winning
number hits write that number in the black or red column. In the
Win/Loss column on the score sheet, record an L for loss or a W for
win. In the next column record the bet amount (1x6=6 units) In the
running totals column record the current running total as each spin is
recorded. This will either be a + or a -.
C. While ever you are in a + running total position your bet is always 1
unit. As soon as you have a – running total, you must adhere strictly
to the following chart (fig B). The spin #’s are inclusive from the last
winning spin, even though you would be in a + postion for a few spins
and then a – minus position, once you hit the minus you count the
spins from the last winning decision.
D. Example 1:
Spin # 1 1 2 1 2 3 4 8
Number 11 4 20 14 31 35 22 19
Units 6 6 0 6 6 6 6 6
bet
Segment +30 + -6 - - - +6
Running Winning Loss Winning 12 18 24 Restart
Total Number occurred Number on +
restart Restart Begin value
and and bet The
Reset Reset sequence next
after after spin
next next now
loss winning becomes
number spin #1
Session +24
Total
Spin # 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 1
Number 5 12 33 21 29 1 17 14 12 12 27 19 7 11
Units 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
bet
Running 0 -6 - - - - - - - - - - 0 +30
Total 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 30
Session +60
Total Session
Reached
begin
cycle
out
Example 2:
1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
19 10 12 21 29 30 30 35 19 34 12 8 2 3 3 6
0 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
Winning -6 - - - - - - -12 - - - - - - -
Number 12 18 24 30 36 42 Even 18 24 30 36 42 48 54
Next though
spin bet this is a
and win the
sequence running
number total is
begin still –
so the
next
spin is
spin #9
16 17 18 19 21 22 1 2 3 4 5 1 2
14 27 33 7 36 7 2 9 2 11 20 22 4
6 6 6 9 9 9 6 6 6 6 6
-60 - - -27 - +9 +3 - - +21 +51
66 72 Continue 36 Restart 3 9 Spin Win
Progression at 1 unit sequence Plateau
+ Not yet and reset restart to Segment
reached spin #1 1 next
sequence loss
back to starts
#1 restart
Session +46
Total
3 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 1 2 1 2 3
11 5 21 36 36 20 14 17 27 7 1 20 33 31 36
0 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 3 3 3
Winning - - - - +6 0 - - +18 +12 +42
Number 6 12 18 24 16 18 Segment
Next Total
spin #1 reached
unit bet
1 per
number
Session +88 +85 +82 +79
Total Session
Total
reached
Start
cycle
out for
min 6
spins at
.5 unit
on each
number
4 5 6
3 8 16
3 3 3
Session +76 +73

Total Exit
session
Spin Sequence Chart ( FIG.B)

# Unit
Spins Bet
Amount
1-19 1.0 units
20-25 1.5 units
26-29 2.0 units
30-33 2.5 units
34-36 3.0 units
37-39 3.5 units
40-41 4.0 units
42-43 4.5 units
44-45 5.0 units
46-47 5.5 units
48-49 6.0 units
50-51 6.5 units
52-53 7.0 units
54-55 7.5 units
56-57 8.0 units
Example 3:
Spin # 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 1 2 3 4
Number 7 3 32 23 14 30 9 11 2 29 19 2 6 13 25
Units 6 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
Bet
Running +30 +24 - - +18 +12 +6 0 +
Total Restart 6 12 30
Segment
#2 after
next win
Session +24 +54
Total Begin
Cycle
out
Mode
E. Whenever you are in a losing sequence and a win finally occurs, if

you are still at a – you continue the progression unless the following
occurs. If you are in spins 1-30 and the win occurs and your running
total is –10 or less you reset the spin sequence to 1 and the unit value
to 1. If you are in spins 31-40 and the win occurs and your running
to 1. If you are in spins 41-50 and the win occurs and your running
to 1.
F. So in short whenever your running total becomes negative you
continue up the progression and spin sequence chart The progression
and spin sequence starts from the last win which created a + running
total. The only exception to this is if you start a spin sequence and
YOU DO NOT HIT a winning number for 26 straight spins, then
you must STOP and restart, when a winning number finally hits,
keeping your running total.
G. Another example would be lets say you sat down at the table won the
first spin then lost the next 7 spins and then won. You would be have
bet 42 units and won 36 back for a net of –6 from +30= +24. At this
point you would go into reset mode. This where you reset the spin
sequence to #1 and the unit value to 1 unit. Now lets assume that it
was another 25 spins before you won again. So you would have lost 6
units per spin for 19 spins and 9 units per spin for another 6 spins. So
your total lost units would be (19x 6) + (9x6) + (10 x 1 spin)=
-178+72 (units won on the 26th spin+ 24 (running total before the
progression spin #2)= -82. At this point you would continue with the
chart as you have not yet cleared the -. You win on the 28th spin so
your total units would be a 12 units lost on the 27th spin and 10 units
on the 28th spin. But your win +72-24 units = +48+-82= -34. Because
you are still higher than –30 you continue through the progression.
You win on the 31st spin. +108-42= +66+-34= +32. You are now at
the segment plateau of +30 or greater, so you play one more spin at 1
unit on each number. It loses so you are net +32-6=+26
Win Plateaus:
Setting realistic win plateaus are of Paramount importance, when playing
any system. You need a realistic exit strategy, in order to lock in you profit.
At any one time in every casino in the world most people are ahead. So why
do less than 4% leave winners? Because they do not know when to quit.
The interesting thing about Powerplay Roulette is that is really doesn’t
matter how long you play it for, eventually you will leave WINNER.
We have two exit points established. The first is +30. Once this is hit, you
immediately lock in that profit, and allow for one more loss before going
into restart. Once you lose you restart your unit and spin sequence at 1.
The Session exit point is +60 or 2 segments, whichever comes first. For
example, lets say you hit +30, but after the next loss you end up at +42 for
segment 1. Then your exit point on segment 2 is +18. If you are at +24 after
segment 1, after the loss, then your goal is +30 in segment 2.
What we have found is that for the most part after you reach +60 you end up
churning a lot of money for not a whole lot more profit. So the exit point is
+60 or 2 winning segment. What this means is that when you hit +60 gross
(which could be in as little as 2 spins) you start the process of cycling out.
What you will do is reduce you betting unit to .5 units per number. So if you
are playing $1 chips, you reduce to .50. If you are playing $5.00 chips you
reduce to $2.00 chips, and if you are playing $25.00 chips you reduce to
$10.00 units. You will play this unit value until you incur 6 consecutive
losses, and then you exit. So in essence the WORST you can end up once
you hit +60 is +42.
In MOST cases you will hit +60 in less than 60 spins. In 50% of the
cases it will be less than 30 spins, and 10% will be less than 10 spins.
In 10% of the cases it will be 100 spins or greater.
Personally the way I play is that I don’t play past 60 spins. If I am not at
+60 by then, if I am at a +, I will either cycle out, or if the units that I am up
is less then +10 I will just reduce my bets and leave after the next loss.
There are times when you will sit there for a while seemingly at a – balance
and just tread water, but remember all it takes is couple of wins in a row and
you are +40 or +50.
Loss Plateaus
Equally as important as win Plateaus are loss Plateaus. In the case of
Powerplay roulette you have a couple of choices. You can play to as soon as
you have a running total AFTER a win of –150 or greater, and then you just
restart at spin sequence 1 with 1 unit, and play your way back to +60.
. I know –150 seems like a lot of units to lose, but this system is so powerful
that to recoup the –150 takes 2 or 3 sessions of ½ hour to an hour each.
There will be times when your running total in a segment gets to –164. Keep
playing until you have gone through –200, then restart and reset.
Another more aggressive approach is to play to –200 and then restart at

double units. So a win is +60. A few of those recoup the –200 very fast.
Again MOST times you will have a session that lasts 15 minutes to an
hour. You will average 1.3 units per spin. That includes winning and
losing sessions.
The key in Roulette is PATIENCE. Because you are only wagering on 6

numbers you will spend a lot of time either “waiting” for a winning number
to enter the sequence, or you will lose a lot of bets, before a winning won
occurs. It is truly amazing how quickly you get to +30 and +60 though,
seemingly from a long string of losses…be Patient.
Also you don’t want to play more than 3 sessions per day. What we found
with our research is that every couple of days there is a –200 out there. Play
for the least amount of time possible. This method generates on average
+1.39 units per spin. So to win 60 you are going to play on average about
43-60 spins per session. That is about an hour to an hour and a half.
So my suggestion to you is that you play 1-2 sessions per day maximum.
Bankroll Requirements:
This method is broken down into two bankrolls:
A. Your Stake or Lifetime Bankroll

B. Your Daily or Session Bankroll
Your Lifetime stake should start at 500 units. Every time your Lifetime
stake triples in size you double your unit value. It should take
approximately 20-30 sessions to triple your bankroll. DO NOT step up
your unit value until your Lifetime Stake is tripled each time.
My advice to you is to start at the $.50 tables with $1.00 units. You are
only betting on the six chosen numbers flat for most of the time,
As your bankroll increases you can move up to the $5.00 tables. The key
is to get to the $25.00 tables as soon as you can.
Realistically starting at $1.00 units it will take you about 100 sessions
of play before you will be playing for $25.00 chips. Assuming each
session is 45 minutes, which converts into 60- 100 hours of play.
Also you should maximize your unit value at $25.00 units. Any larger
unit will create a lot of problems for you at the casino you are playing at.
You will have far too many eyes on you, and you will risk being barred
(which happened to me many times before I figured it out).
Also never win more than $9,900 at one session before cashing out. The
IRS is notified of any wins of $10,000 or more.
Playing with $25 units to +50 per session will generate between $1000
and $2,000 a day net for about 1-2 hours work
I highly suggest that you use the
following rules to start playing.
A. You must have at least 500 units to play, preferably 1000.
B. Your Session Bankroll should be at least 300 units.
C. Your buy in should ALWAYS be your Session Bankroll.
D. Buy in at the 200 chips inside, and get the rest in outside chips
E. Always play using the entrance and exit strategies.
F. You will average 30-50 units per session, and should start at $.50
units if the table limit is low enough. Otherwise you should be able to
find a $1.00 table. If you are playing a $1.00 table the cycle out would
be a $1.00 chip on the 7,8,10,11 corner, and 1 chip on the 19,20 split,
and 1 chip on the 25, 28 split.
G. Play a maximum of 2 sessions to +60 each daily.
H. Once you have accumulated a running total of 1500 units including
the 500 you started with you may double your starting bet from $1.00
units to $2.00 units.
I. Every time you win another 1000 units you may double your
minimum bet. It should on average take between 20 and 30 hours of
play to move up one level.
J. So in 20 hours you are at $2.00 50 hours at $5.00 chips, 70 hours you
are at $10.00 chips and 100 hours you will be at $25.00 chips. At this
point you will be making $500.00 to $2500.00 per session.
Final Thoughts:
You can never have too much bankroll. One of the mistakes people make
is that they are always trying to win a lot of money with a small bankroll. In
actuality this is reversed.
I will give you an example. If I gave you $100 bankroll and said to you “go
play and as soon as you are $10.00 ahead quit for the day”, what would you
say? You would say forget it. It’s not enough money.
“But if I gave you $10,000 and said go play, and when you are up $1000.00
leave for the day leave”, what would you say? I sense the answer would be
different.
The reality is that it CAN’T be different. It must be consistent, otherwise

ultimately you will lose. This is one of the weaknesses in most players.
They are trying to amass a large win with a small bankroll.
Physiologically, it is easier to make the bets when you have the chips in
front of you. When you are starting with 500-600 units, we are building the
bankroll at rate of 10% per session.
If you continually build from PROFITS, a step at a time, you will find your
long-term success is assured.
In the beginning, as you are building your bankroll, winning $60.00 may not
exactly thrill you. But remember this is a short-term situation. Within 10-20
sessions will be winning $100.00 to $200.00 per session.
100 sessions (which is only a few days), and you will be winning $500.00 to
$1000.00 a day. Is that worth it? I would think so.
So take your time and build, build, build…
Patience is a virtue.
Good Luck…. not that you will need it!!
Mr.Vegas
Pocket Spin Sequence Chart
Spin Sequence Chart

# Unit Bet Units
Spins Amount per
Spin
1-19 1.0 units 6
20-25 1.5 units 9
26-29 2.0 units 12
30-33 2.5 units 15
34-36 3.0 units 18
37-39 3.5 units 21
40-41 4.0 units 24
42-43 4.5 units 27
44-45 5.0 units 30
46-47 5.5 units 33
48-49 6.0 units 36
50-51 6.5 units 39
52-53 7.0 units 42
54-55 7.5 units 45
56-57 8.0 units 48
Tutorial #1
Spin Red Black W/L Units Running Session
# Bet Total Total
1 X L 0
2 X L 0
3 X L 0
4 7 W 0
1 X L 6 -6
2 X L 6 -12
3 X L 6 -18
4 X L 6 -24
5 X L 6 -30
6 X L 6 -36
7 X L 6 -42
8 19 W 6 -12
9 20 W 6 +18
reset
spin and
unit
value
1 X L 6 +12
2 X L 6 +6
3 7 W 6 +36
Segment
Total
Reached
begin
segment
cycle
out.
1 X L 6 +30 +30
Segment
finished
restart
1 X 0
2 X 0
3 X 0
4 X 0 0
5 X 0 0
6 19 0 0
1 X 6 -6
2 X 6 -12
3 11 6 +18
1 X 6 +12
2 X 6 +6
3 X 6 0
4 20 6 +30 +60
Segment
Plateau
Reach
1 X 3 +27
2 X 3 +24
3 11 3 +33
1 X 3 +30
2 X 3 +27
3 X 3 +24
4 X 3 +21
5 X 3 +18
6 X 3 +15 Exit +45
six
losses in
a row
Tutorial #2
# Bet Total Total
1 X 0
2 X 0
3 11 0
1 X 6 -6
2 X 6 -12
3 X 6 -18
4 X 6 -24
5 X 6 -30
6 X 6 -36
7 X 6 -42
8 X 6 -48
9 7 W 6 -18
10 X 6 -24
11 X 6 -30
12 X 6 -36
13 X 6 -42
14 28 W 6 -12
15 X 6 -18
16 X 6 -24
17 6 -30
18 6 -36
19 6 -42
17 7 W 9 +3 reset
unit
value
and spin
sequence
to 1
1 X 6 -3
2 7 6 +27
3 X 6 +21
4 X 6 +15
X 6 +9
X 6 +3
20 6 +33 End
of
segment
next loss
is restart
X 6 +27 +27
Restart
and
Reset to
1 unit
1 X 0
2 X 0
3 X 0
4 X 0
5 25 0
1 X 6 -6
2 X 6 -12
3 11 6 +18
1 X 6 +12
2 7 W 6 +42
End of
session
cycle out
with .5
units
until a 6
loss
cycle has
occured
1 X 3 +36
2 11 3 +51
1 X 3 +48
2 X 3 +45
3 X 3 +42
4 X 3 +39
5 X 3 +36
6 X 3 +33 +60
Exit
Session
Pocket Spin Sequence Chart
Spin Sequence Chart

# Unit Bet Units
Spins Amount per
Spin
1-19 1.0 units 6
20-25 1.5 units 9
26-29 2.0 units 12
30-33 2.5 units 15
34-36 3.0 units 18
37-39 3.5 units 21
40-41 4.0 units 24
42-43 4.5 units 27
44-45 5.0 units 30
46-47 5.5 units 33
48-49 6.0 units 36
50-51 6.5 units 39
52-53 7.0 units 42
54-55 7.5 units 45
56-57 8.0 units 48
Score sheet:
# Bet Total Total
# Bet Total Total
PRO'S GUIDE TO CLOCKING THE WHEEL...
- Takes advantage of the following subjects -
- Release point (When dealer releases the ball to spin it)
- Rotation/ball-speed
- Wheel Signature (The pins where the ball lands)
- and several other subjects.
We will skip the introduction on the basic of roulette as anyone wanting to master this strategy and
want to make a living by playing roulette should have the knowledge already before they learn this
strategy!
First I will introduce you to how to play the strategy on the American Double Zero Wheel.
American 00 Wheel Layout:(please check your local casinos layout!!)
0-28-9-26-30-11-7-20-32-17-5-22-34-15-3-24-36-13-1-00-27-10-25-29-12-8-19-31-18-6-21-33-16-4-
23-35-14-2
RULES OF STRATEGY
First we "cut" up the wheel in several sections. The following layout is probably also how you
American Double Zero Wheel looks like!
Always check with you local casinos wheel layout!
American 00 Wheel Layout:(please check your local casinos layout!!)
0-28-9-26-30-11-7-20-32-17-5-22-34-15-3-24-36-13-1-00-27-10-25-29-12-8-19-31-18-6-21-33-16-4-
23-35-14-2
Here Is How We Put The Numbers Into Sections
Section 1: 0-28-9-26-30-11-7 (7 numbers)
Section 2: 20-32-17-5-22-34-15 (7 numbers)
Section 3: 3-24-36-13-1-00-27-10 (8 numbers)
Section 4: 25-29-12-8-19-31-18-6 (8 numbers)
Section 5: 21-33-16-4-23-35-14-2 (8 numbers)
How To Play
Well after you enter the casino you find yourself a roulette table you want to play at (not to
crowded). Now you start "calculating" when the table changes dealer (approx. each hour) and start
filling out the table just like I'm going to show you.
Now here is how you will "calculate" the table. For about half an hour you watch the table. If the
dealer release the ball over one of the following numbers: 0-28-9-26-30-11-7 then it is release
Section 1 (as the above table we made which consists of 5 sections) Now watch where the ball lands.
If
the outcome is 24 then the Outcome Section is 3 and this you write in the column under release
Section
1.
Here is the table with the one example:
Release Section 1 - Outcome Section 3
After half an hour it might look like this:
Release
Sector 1
Sector 2
Sector 3
Sector 4
Sector 5
Outcome Sector
3-3-3-3-3-3-4-1-3
1-1-1-2-1
4-4-4-5-5
5-5-5-5-5
2-2-2-2-3
Now you have a pattern and start your attack on the casino!
If the dealer releases the ball over section 1 you look in the table and play on the numbers
3-24-36-13-1-00-27-10 (Section 3) because that's the outcome the dealer/wheel has shown the most
when
the release was section 1.
after half an hour the dealer will change. Now don't start all over again but "investigate" if the new
dealer get the same results (in 2-30% they do because it is the wheel which is the main factor but
sometimes a new dealer has a much more powerful spin/rotation and you have to start over again)
Play the numbers (7 or 8 total) straight up with only 1 unit on each.
A person mastering this strategy only need a bankroll of 38 units or less and will win 9 out of 10
bets (9 x 35=315- 1 loss(8 units)=+307 units in half an hour!
Sometimes the win ratio can drop to 2/3 (win 2 lose 1) if the pattern is not as strong as my example.
Only play the games when the pattern is strong or medium.
Week:2-1-1-1-2-3-5-5-5-1(Less than 6 out of 10)
Medium:1-1-1-1-2-3-1-5-5-1 (6 out of 10)
Strong:2-1-1-1-2-1-1-1-3-1(7 out of 10 or better)You can also divide the table into bigger sections
if you like. On a very "slow" table where you cannot find any patterns try to divide the table into 3
sections and see if that helps (normally you will get a strong pattern right away).
Note that in some countries they spin the ball anti clockwise (ball one way, wheel the other way) This
is no problem as long as you record the outcomes from the same standards. That means if the dealer
changes from clockwise to anti clockwise then only record one of them. Example if every second spin
is
clockwise then you only record clockwise outcomes!
Progression In Roulette
There has always been a question on how to deal with progressions, while playing
Roulette. I have seen and have developed a method that will let you increase your
bets while winning more and more. It's a simple system, based on the Dozens bet,
my specialty. As the numbers come up in Roulette, the Dozens either repeat or
alternate. There are strategies for both occurrences. If they repeat very often you
would be betting on the repeating dozen and win 2 for 1. If they alternate
frequently you would be betting on the two Dozens, which are different than the
one that just came up. In this example we will bet on the latter, that is, on the
alternating Dozens. You place $40 on each Dozen different than the one that just
hit. For instance, if Dozen 2 showed up on the last spin, you place $40 on Dozen
1 and $40 on Dozen 3. You might want to place a couple of chips on the zero or
zeroes this time only, as additional insurance against losing your entire $80 bet. It
is important to win this first bet, because you will see that after this win your
subsequent bets will have open-ended winnings. If you happen to lose that initial
bet, you will be at -$84, and you start again with placing $40 on each different
Dozen. But don't worry, you will be able to recover the loss pretty quickly. After
you win the first bet, you are at +$40 and you place $4 only on each Dozen
different from the one that just came up. If you lose you are at +$32, and you start
over again with a double $40 bet. If the Dozen changes, you are at +$44, then you
increase your betting amount by $2 and you bet $6 on each of the two Dozen that
have not come up. If you win you are at +$50, if you lose you are at +$32. You
keep increasing your betting units by $2 on each Dozen, every time you win and
you will be always at positive with increasing profit, whether you win your next
bet or not. You keep doing this until the Dozen eventually repeats, then you start
over with the same scheme: $40 on each different Dozen, then $4, then $6, then
$8, etc. Just to give you an idea how this open-ended winning progression results.
If you lose the eighth spin, you make a profit of $62. If you lose the 18th spin,
you make a profit of $242. Your $80 loss can occur only during your first bet.
Once you pass the first bet, your profits accumulate. __________ The above is
one small example of Izak's expertise when it comes to playing the Dozens at
Roulette.
file:///D|/Systems/Izak's%20Progression%20In%20Roulette.htm (1 of 3) [7/21/2002 11:55:04 AM]
Dozens tend to repeat themselves, because of Roulette's streaky nature. It is not

unlikely to get a Dozen sequence such as:
3-1-2-3-3-2-1-1-1-2-1-3-2-2. As you can see (and you go ahead and observe other
sequences), Dozen 3 repeated the 5th run, after that Dozen 1 repeated twice after
the third run and Dozen 2 repeated after the 4th run. If you bet on repeating
Dozens (that is if Dozen 2 just comes up, bet on Dozen 2, and so on), increase
your bet in such a way to end up in a profit up to 6 times. The betting sequence
will be 5,7,10,14,21,31 units. If you win on the first bet, you make 10 units, if on
the second you make 9 units, on the third, 8, on the 4th 6, on the 5th 6, and on the
6th 6 units. If the Dozen does not repeat for 6 times, you stop after 6 bets and you
don't bet again until the Dozen repeats again. Your total loss will be 88 units for
that run. When you are on a good winning wave, you will win more than you will
lose. If your winnigs exceed 88 units, keep on playing the same betting sequence
until you lose once. Then quit positively. If you lose more than twice in a row
(you will be at -176 units) this is not your day. Make sure you leave when you are
ahead, even if you haven't played more than half an hour. Do not stay at the table
too long, because no matter what system you use, the house advantage will
eventually take over.
That is why on the long run, every system is apt to lose. That is why all computer
simulators of thousands of spins come to the result of this %5.26 house edge.
Roulette is a short term profit game. So far, there hasn't been any system
invented, which can make consistent profits. Even if some systems show that you
will make profits over hundreds of spins, one of the losing runs will exceed your
winnings. That is why it is extremely important to quit when you are ahead, and
you also quit when you have reached the limit you have set to your losses.
The way I would play the strategy above is to play a few runs. If you are winning
over 4-5 runs, take the leave with +24-30 units ahead. If you lose on the first run,
try again to recover the 88 units lost, with 10-12 runs. If you recover and win a
bit, take the leave. If you lose again, leave. This way you will leave more when
you are positive than negative. If your winnings exceed 88 units on a daily basis,
it won't hurt you if you lose two runs on one day.

The betting sequence is the following: 5,7,10,14,21,31
On the above sequence, following the betting scheme:
You bet 5, you lose, your net is -5

You bet 14, you win, your net is +6. End of the run. Start over the betting
scheme.
You bet 5, you lose, your net (for the new run) is -5
You bet 10, you win, your net is +8. End of the second run. So far your net is
+14. Start 3rd run:
You bet 5, you win, your net is +10 (for the 3rd run only). Start round 4: You bet
5, you lose, your net (for the 4th run only) is -5
You bet 21, you win, your net is +8. End of third run. Overall net profit so far:
+6+8+10+8 = +32.
So it really doesn't matter the total number of wins versus number of losses.
Despite the fact that you have won only 4 times out of 13, you still end up with a
profit of 32 units. If your betting unit was $5 minimum, you have made $165 in a
short amount of time. An accumulation of independent short runs, such as the
above, can give you short term profit. Remember on the long run, every system
loses. Some of my systems let you play without losing for a few hundred spins.
Those took a long time to develop and they are not free.

BASICS:
- pick 5 numbers
- START betting immediately after any one of those 5 numbers comes up
- 1 chip on each
- STOP betting after 5 losing spins
- between START and STOP you might have some wins or none at all
- i.e., 25 chips lost if no wins (1 chip by 5 numbers by 5 spins)
- still 25 chips lost at the tail (because after win/s you keep going until 5 consecutive loss spins - then
stop)
NOW LET'S HAVE A BLOODY BAD DAY (progressive stakes)

As we saw, the formula is just 5 numbers by 5 spins and keep increasing by 1 chip after losing 3 of
these, as in the following example:
STAGE ONE MODEL - 1 chip by 5 numbers by 5 spins

- lost 25 chips (i.e. we stopped betting after 5 losing spins - 1 chip by 5 numbers by 5 spins = lost 25
chips)
- restart betting after any one of our 5 numbers comes up
- lost 25 again in start-stop as above
- lost 25 again as above
- LOST 75 chips so far.
- Jeff, never forget those 3 by 25 chip loss "sets". They make up the 75 CHIP LOSS
- it's just stop after 5 losses and restart after one of our numbers hits (yes, one of our 5 chips is on the
last number which won)
- now we're going to have a real bad day. From here on, we simply repeat the above but increase our
bet by one chip each time we lose 3 "sets"
STAGE TWO MODEL - 2 chips (same as above, except now 2 chips on each of our 5 numbers)
- lost 50 chips (2 chips by 5 numbers by 5 spins)
- lost 50 chips
- lost 50 chips
- NOW LOST 75 + 150 = 225 chips
- now increase to 3 chips in STAGE THREE, and 4 chips in STAGE 4 etc., etc.
ACTUAL PLAY
- write down your cumulative loss (because in real play you usually get a combination of
wins and losses, rather than all losses like in the above model)
- at LOST 75 chips, increase bet from 1 chip to 2 chips
- at LOST 225 chips, increase to 3 chips
- at LOST 450 chips, increase to 4 chips
- at LOST 750 chips increase to 5 chips
- at LOST 1125 chips, increase to 6 chips, etc.., etc..
- like I said, a real bad day and it might take another day or so to recoup
Note: don't be tempted to use that formula for something else. It's designed (or at least passed on) by
Martin Blakey FOR 5 NUMBERS ONLY
MY EXPERIENCE
- in some one thousand hours of play (about 40,000 spins) using that formula, I've never had to go
beyond
6 chips to recoup my cumulative loss but I suspect this is due to my further refinements
plus (and most likely) downright good luck.
- somehow, the 2 chip bet in particular, commencing at 75 chip LOSS, is the most useful clawback tool
I've seen
- sometimes I knock off before recouping the loss and then pick up from where I left off next day or even
next week - no problem
- I tried a lot of different logical stuff over many years before I got onto this formula. This is about as
good as it gets as far as I can figure out
- my play rarely exceeds 3 chip bet, and more often than not it's just a 1 chip affair before I grab my
target win and run, as follows
REFINEMENT - cash management

- my target is always 100 chip win. That done, I hit another table and start all over again
- I ruthlessly quit when I win 100 chips, even if it means snatching my winning chip from the table if that
chip makes up the 100
- conversely, I play on with any spare chips over my 100 target (but mostly lose it while occasionally
going on for a big big win but never touching the 100 initial win)
- I double up on my winning bet, so the outlay is always 5 bets on 5 numbers.
- the double up approach somehow seems to be a cumulative investment toward either recouping or
gilding the target win
- I waited for two wins within 5 spins before I commenced betting on the two occasions I had to go to 6
chip stakes
REFINEMENT - two simultaneous games

- I play two entirely separate games of the same system simultaneous
- i.e. one or other of the 2 sets of 5 numbers is usually operative, and often both at once
- keeping separate score with separate betting progression etc.
- BUT, 100 chip combined profit = target achieved and I quit all play immediately (except for only any
spare chips
BANK
- experience taught me that the safe bank/bet ratio is 250 :1 (to play my two simultaneous games)
- so, two games = 10 numbers = 2,500 chip equivalent
- e.g. $5k if playing with $2 chips etc.
- I've found I rarely need anything like that sum, but I could not have made my progressive profits
without the 250 :1 ratio
WHICH 5 NUMBERS?
- probably doesn't matter
- for the sake of my sanity, I simply use the first 5 numbers that come up when I sit at the table (at
least they are reasonably alive)
- then I adopt the next 5 numbers for my second simultaneous game mentioned above
- I stick with the same numbers come hell or high water until I get my target 100 chips
- but I doubt it would matter if I rotated with different sets of 5 numbers to reach the target
END RESULT
- rarely do I leave without 100 to 300 chips ahead for the day
- occasional bad day outlaying 3 or 4 chips on each number, where it can take up to 10 hours to get the
100 target
- rare occasions involving 25 hours of play over several days or even weeks to recoup and get the target
- starting from where I left off
(no, I'm not into it full time - it's just a fascinating little hobby)
- my records show the progressive stakes earn the profit, otherwise I would be about break even with
flat betting
Table Observation
- in watching players, I think I'd rather play my system even on a tiny bank
- I notice most money gets lost in two ways;
- chasing numbers that don't come up (many players seem to have an overwhelming fear that their
number will come up next spin
if they stop play. The same fear seems to also pervade the design of many betting systems.
For me it's a bloody marvellous feeling to be able to stop play to ensure that I am at the table when
my 5 numbers come in with a gush!
- betting on too many numbers - the more numbers we play the bigger the bank we need.
- that combination of playing too many numbers (e.g. 2 dozen on the outside) plus continuous non-
stop play is disastrous from what I've observed
INTRODUCTION
You are about to embark into a new way of life. You will learn
how to take the gamble out of gambling. This is possible. It is
not beyond the realm of possibility for any reasonable person.
Forget what you have been told or heard, your entire life about
gambling. You may even have believed many of the non-truths
about the most fascinating pastime of human beings.
Clear your mind of all negatives. I have discovered the real in-
side track for successful wagering. And I mean ALL forms of wa-
gering! For all gambling games (so called gambling) have basic-
ally the same f o r m . . .the chance for the player to predict the
upcoming order of results, and to be rewarded when he or she
does. All games of chance can be described in this basic
explanation.
For countless centuries man has gambled for everything he has

sought. The winners were called heroes, the losers...were soon for-
gotten. The history of man will never be described by historians as
"gambling", but this is what it is. All successes were the direct
or indirect result of a gamble someone, somewhere took at the pre-
scribed time.
Just think about recent happenings in the world, and even yourself.
Try to think how many times you gamble, in the real sense of the
word, every day! You may try to buy a house which you know you may
not qualify for in the eyes of the bank, or you may try a short cut
to work one day, not even knowing for sure if it is a short cut.
But there are countless other moves you make, many which you would
never think to call gambling, but are just t h a t . . . THE WILLINGNESS
TO TRY SOMETHING WHICH WILL GIVE US WHAT WE DESIRE...WITH THE PROBABILITY (EITHER
SMALL OR LARGE")...OF FAILURE!
It is this chance of failure which makes WINNING at gambling

such an incredible feeling.
But in the real world, games of chance can be

expensive...partic ularly when we do not know what we are
doing. We all know this as past visits to the races or
gambling casinos are still in our memory. This does not have
to be so! Losing for some people has become so routine. . .
they actually expect i t , and really believe they cannot win
under any circumstances...over a period of time! This is
s a d . Many of these same people would not continue any other
form of recreation if they were to never succeed. How many
people would play baseball if they never got a h i t . . . or how
many would swim if they always fell to the bottom like a rock?
But gambling holds such a special fever because of the
anticipation of success, which for many is even better than
the actual win!
PROJECT 202 has turned my life around and taught me

something which enslaved me for decades...everything in
this world which is thought by most to be impossible. . . is
possible.
For years the possibility of winning at games which have what the
mathematical wizards call "negative expectation", was thought to
be impossible. This has changed now, or rather it has come out in
the open... for provable discussion.
PROJECT 202 will show you how to take advantage of all results at
all forms of gambling. In the past, no one could conceive of the
player actually being in a more advantageous position than the gamb-
ling casino or race track. But PROJECT 202 will do just that!
I am proud of my discovery. But perhaps I should not take the credit

for the discovery. . . as I am sure there are a few who have discovered
what I have, but have kept it a secret. But I welcome the title, the
inventor of PROJECT 202, if for no other reason than to reward me
for the incredible amount of time, worry, money spent, failures be-
fore success, and just plain hard work. For all this which I have
invested. . . you may call me the inventor of PROJECT 202, and I will
gladly accept the phrase.
The concept of PROJECT 202 came into being when I discovered the
basic rule of all forms of wagering. This rule is "trends". All
random happenings occur from trends, not the other way around.
Let me explain. When you flip a coin, each side has the exact same
chance of coming up over any given series of flips. But they do not
come up that way. One side will always favor over the other. This
means that in random happenings, although each separate result is
random, the series will not be completely random. Because...trends
will determine how many more times one side will show over the other.
It is this simple rule which has confounded all mathematicians into

believing that random chance or "gambling" cannot be predicted into
patterns or trends, because each result is an unpredictable
happening.
But the data they use is based on the overall picture. Such
a s , if the chance of each side coming up when you flip coins
is both 50%, then according to their data you will always have
each side show the exact same number of times. This is blind
math. This is what the experts have used for centuries to tell
man he cannot win at games of chance, and most men have
believed them.
Blind math does not take into account the "trends" which
happen from all games of chance. These trends are more
dominant than the mathematical basis of their theories.
Nothing which is random, happens in a completely random way!
There are many old time gamblers who did not listen to any of
the laws of math, and just followed their own set of rules
which they put together after years of experience. They have
been winning for years. Not even aware that according to blind
math, their winning was mathematically impossible! I have
known some of these men. It has been my pleasure to even watch
some of them apply their experience to different casino games
and/or horse racing. They all used slightly different methods,
but the one basic rule they followed was to take advantage of
trends.
Although their methods worked fine for them, it did have a

basic flaw. It took years of experience to locate these
trends, and even longer to know how to bet them when they did
occur.
Let me explain here, about what I mean by trends. . . just in case
you are not clear on this.
If you flip a coin one thousand times, you will get a series of
six successive happenings (either heads or tails coming up six
times in a row) 9.4 times, four consecutive results will occur
about 58 times...and even two consecutive happenings will
happen over 350 times. These rules are in fact based on the law
of probability. They are part of the very law which states that
there is a 50% chance on each flip that either heads or tails
will happen. But this law which states the above consecutive
occurrences will happen also says that each toss is different,
and that what has just happened has nothing to do with what will
happen. There seems to be a contradiction within the laws of
probability.
But not really. The law is telling us that although each toss or
chance of something happening is 50-50, over a period of
successive tosses, one side may show up more often than another.
This one sided favoritism is simply what I call "trends". Many
identify it as good luck. But luck does not really exist in this
sense. What happens will happen no matter what or where we are.
What is good luck is knowing what to do when you have the
opportunity to take advantage of these happenings.
I do not want to spend too much time explaining these

trends, but I do want you to understand what we are
talking about later in the book. We will return to
this many times in future pages. The whole basis for
PROJECT 202 is trends, and how to bet them. So please
understand the reason behind the rules. This will make
it easier for you to apply those rules.
In all wagering, regardless of the game you are playing at the
time...different levels of results can be expected to happen. By
"levels" I mean in terms of wins and losses. Thus it can be
said , if you make ten bets and win all ten of these bets, you
are on the first level of results. You had no losses, so you
should not venture beyond this bet scheme, since you are in
fact...winning. But suppose you lost two or three of the bets
you made, and your win/lose sequence looked like t h i s . . . W
W W L W W L W W L . Betting one unit on each decision you would
end the betting sequence with seven wins and three losses.
This would give you a profit o f . . . four units. Yes, I said four
units. At first glance you would think with a 70% win return,
out of ten bets you would do better than just four units. But
each win must cover a loss...right?
Now lets turn this sequence around. We will now show what
happens when we encounter seven losses and only three wins
Example...L W L L L W L L W L . Our ending series leaves us with
a minus of four units. Once again each loss is cancelled out
with a win, so even though we lost 70% of our bets we still lost
only 40% of our capital. This is also true with the above
example which showed us winning 70% of the time, we still only
showed a 40% profit.
In both of these examples something remarkable has been shown.

OUR ACTUAL WINS AND LOSSES, PERCENTAGE W I S E . . .CONCERNING OUR
CAPITAL WILL ALWAYS BE LESS THAN THE REAL PERCENTAGE OF RESULT
WINS AND LOSSES, EXCEPT WHEN WINS AND LOSSES ARE EVEN. WHEN
THIS HAPPENS, THE RESULTS ARE ZERO. This is remarkable because,
we will always need less real capital than whatever the true
win/loss sequence is. This means that each loss in result does
not mean a 100% loss in capital. See above, a 70% loss only
equaled a 40% loss of capital overall. So it ban be said, when
we lose one bet we only lose approximately 60% of the unit.
This is based, of course, on the overall series of results and
not just a situation of making one bet & leaving, win or lose.
Although the same can be said for winning, the most important
discovery here is the fact that the losses are not as bad as
first thought with a bad win percentage. Even if we won only one
bet out of the t e n . . . with 90% losers, we will still lose 80% of
our bets (capital). Although this seems pretty bad anyway, our
losses are still less than the real win/loss sequence of
results.
This simple example points out the difference between the

fallacy of using the win/loss sequence or blind math, to
determine what the real money results will be at any given
point for a game of chance. This is the basis for a plan of wagering
which can show dramatic results, even when the win/loss sequence is
far from profitable on an even bet scale. It is this discrepancy which
alerted me to the possibility that mathematicians were wrong when they
stated that games with a negative percentage were unbeatable.
I would like to show an even more dramatic result with our original
ten result sequence from the preceding page. If you can't picture it,
this is what it looked l i k e . . . W W W L W W L W W L. Now suppose we were
betting in units of ten, on each result... and we raised our bets
just 10% after each result, win or l o s e . . . until we showed a profit,
then we would start with the original ten unit bet. I will show the bet
and the result after each wager below:
W————bet 10———— +10

W————bet 11———— +21
New series would begin here W————bet 10————
+31
L————bet 11———— +20
W————bet 12———— +32

+42
L————bet 11———— +31
W————bet 12———— +43

+53
L————bet 11———— +42
We made an additional profit of 2, if we had been betting flat bets

this would be a total of 40 and not 42. This is not dramatic because
we were betting more money overall. Now let-me explain something
about the progression of bets above. In the first bet we did win, so
you may ask why we didn't keep the second bet at 10 since we did show
a profit at that point. The reason is, it is not a profit because we
would have bet that on the next result, so after you made the second
bet, before you knew the result, you would still have just the same
amount of capital.
The results above, when turned around change the final picture from
betting flat bets. In that situation the results would look like
this...L L L W L L W L L W . On the next page I will show what happens
when we apply the same betting scheme to these results...raising our
bets 10% after each win or loss
until a profit is shown. When figuring the 10%, rather than
calculating what 10% of 11 or 12 is, we will simply raise it by one
until we reach 15, then raise it 1 . 5 ( 1 1 / 2 ) . The results in
reverse follow:
L————bet 10———— -10

L————bet 11———— -21
L————bet 12———— -33

W————bet 13———— -20
L————bet 14———— -34
L————bet 15———— -49

W————bet 16.5—— -32.5
L————bet 18———— -50.5

L————bet 19.5—— -70
W————bet 21———— -49
Now at this point we are 49 behind, when betting flat bets we were
only 40 behind, so at first glance it would seem to be a bad way to
bet. But there are hidden good points within the results above.
First, look at the amount of money which was wagered. With flat bets
a total of 100 units would have been bet with a 40 unit loss, which
would equal a 40% loss. Above...a total of 150 units were wagered
which is a full 50% more but our loss only increased about 2 4 % . . . less
than half! Also, only three more winning bets would put us ahead,
but with flat bets three more winning bets would still put us 10
units behind. We will continue out the series above with the three
additional winning bets below;
W————bet 23———— -26
W————bet 25———— -1
———————————————————— (At this point our bets would still be
W————bet 26.5—— +25.5 raised because we continue raising 10%
until we show a p r o f i t . )
Now something which is not supposed to happen, has happened. We have

lost more bets than we have w o n . . . we lost seven and won a total of six.
Mathematically, we should be behind, but in reality we are ahead! Now
please do not think PROJECT 202 is based on the above progression, and
now you are ready to attack the casinos, or race tracks. The examples
above ARE NOT the rules
to PROJECT 202. So please do not jump to any conclusions.
The examples are to show how a simple betting scheme can change the
face of mathematical permutations. What is an apparent losing
series...six wins-seven losses, has been turned into a winning
series by altering the bet ratio according to the prior result.
PROJECT 202 does this, but different than the examples just
presented. It has built in safety features which will turn results
even more dismal than presented here into winning results. . . in the
long run and protect profits at each point.
We now have a basis for understanding PROJECT 202. The winning

process must involve what we have discussed so far, the ability to
alter wagers according to the results which are currently in
progress. Not by some wild form of progression which will blow us away
at the first mild u p s e t . . . but a well planned escalation and de-
escalation of wagers at just the right time within the betting series.
This, in essence...is how PROJECT 202 works.
6
PROJECT 202
We are now ready to present the rules of PROJECT 202. If you feel I have
spent too much time explaining the basis of PROJECT 202, please
understand that I must lay the proper foundation for the rules or you
would not understand the reasoning behind the rules. Many things you
have read up to now, will surface later and you will feel comfortable
with what has been said, since you will understand better.
As we have seen in prior examples, the results can be altered to

our advantage, when we adjust our betting scale according to some
preconceived plan. The major problem would seem to be how to
adjust this betting scale when results are not going favorably.
But this is not such a problem.
When you approach a gambling table, slot machine, or even a day at

the races, your results can be measured at different levels of
success or failure. It does not take long to determine how things
are going. These "levels" can also be used to determine what our
betting scale will be. What I mean i s . . . we can adjust our level
of betting to conform to the level of success we are having. This
is the only way to know when a slightly higher bet may be
necessary. I am not talking about a steep progression, such as
raising bets after each loss. This is the sure way to disaster.
It is also not necessary. When we encounter a losing series, in
which I mean more bets are lost than won, you would only make it
worse if you raised your bets after each loss. This would cause
you to lose more than if you were betting flat bets.
But if we bet the same amount during this losing series, on each
wager, and then adjusted our bets upward slightly for the next
series, it would not take as long in this second series to make up
prior losses. For example, suppose we encounter the following
win/loss sequence (it does not matter what the game is we are
playing...only the series of wins and losses at this point is
important):
W L W L L L W L W L L
Using the above sequence and betting units of ten on each result, we
see we are 30 units behind after the series. Now in all games in any
casino including slot machines the most fixed percentage they have
against you is about 5%. Some games are slightly more, some are much
less. Even horse racing, with the worst method you will lose about 10%
of total money wagered with flat bets. This works out to about 45 to 47
winning bets and 53 to 55 losing bets, with slight variations. So the
above
7
sequence of results are much worse than you should encounter
mathematically. They represent about a 28% edge over the player. But we
will use them anyway to prove a point.
Back to our example. When we ended the last series we were 30 units
behind. So lets raise our bets slightly to adjust to the level of results
which we just encountered. Let us raise our bets just 20% for the next
series to see what effect this will have. In our second series we
encounter the following sequence of results:
L W W L W L W W L W L
As the series ended we had a profit of 12 units. Six wins and five
losses with our bets 20% higher than in the last series. We are now a
total of 18 units behind .. .with our overall win/loss results at 10 total
wins and 12 total losses. Now we will adjust our bets slightly upward
since we are still in the red. We will raise them again 20% for the next
sequence to 14 units. We will use 14 so calculating will be easier. The
third series follows:
L W L W W L W W L W
Now as the series above ends we are 28 units ahead, because we were
betting 14 on each result and we won six and lost four. Overall, for
the last three series we have won 16 bets and lost 16 bets. But overall,
for our betting, we are 10 units ahead. We should be even but we are
ahead! And we did this, not by doubling our bets or even raising them
dramatically, but by just adjusting our wagers slightly upward 20% to
the level necessary to overcome the earlier series.
Now do not jump to any conclusions yet. Don't run out thinking you have
PROJECT 202 down pat, and are ready to attack the world of gambling head
on. There are many things to learn. The above examples were a peek into
things to come.
Now when we encounter a»winning series when we first play we must

protect those wins for the next series. So we will adjust our bets
DOWNWARD for the next series. The amount we adjust our bets will be
determined by the capital we had when we first began playing in relation
to how much we have now. This is the same for both wins and losses. For
example, if we bring $100 to the game, whatever the game is, and after
the series, we have lost $20, we have lost 20% of our capital, so
therefore our bets for the next series will be adjusted according to this
figure.
This would also work in the same manner if we were to win 20% on that
first series. The bets for the next series would be adjusted downward
because of the winning sequence.
8
Now the first question comes to mind, how long is a
series, and how do we know when to quit the series and
begin another? This will depend on the game we are
playing and the number of losses we have had within a
given number of results. We will break these different
games down according to fixed percentage numbers so you
will know how to apply PROJECT 202 to each one.
What has been presented so far brings us to the

first rule of PROJECT 202:
The first series will begin with flat bets (all bets
of the same size). The duration of series will be
according to the table...A-l. Once the series has ended,
we will adjust our wagers according to the table...A-2.
* Pass Line and Don't Pass bets only.

** Even bets only. (Red/black-high/low etc.)
*** Even bets only
**** With enclosed systems only. See racing section on how
to apply to other selection methods.
***** Except for KENO. Use rating FOUR for KENO.
The above table was assembled after much research. It is

based on the fixed percentages of each game in relation
to how many decisions are necessary to obtain results
which are as close to probability as necessary... for
each game.
9
This table means, when you have had the listed number of decisions
for the game you are playing...over 85% of the time (86.2% exactly)
the results will be nearly the same if you continued playing. If you
played 25 hands of Blackjack and had the following results... 10
losses and 10 wins and 5 pushes (ties)...there is an 85% probability
the results for a continued series would be the same. This means
immediate results. The longer the duration the further the additional
results would be from the original 25 decisions,
We know then to stop the series and begin another with the altered
bet size to take advantage of the expected results for the second
series.
The following table will tell us how to adjust our bets when we end
the first series.
TABLE A-2
CAPITAL RATING AND BET INCREASE
DECREASE
5% or less (l)Bet same as first series(2)10% (3)25%* (4)5% (5)10%
6% to 10% (1)5% (2)10% (3)50%* (4)10% (5)10%

11% to 20% (1)10%(2)20% (3)50%* (4)20% (5)20%
over 20% (1)20% (2)33% (3)100%* (4)33% (5)33%
*For machines under $1, increase 100% minimum
CAPITAL
INCREASE RATING AND BET DECREASE
5% or less (l)Bet same as first series (2)10% (3)25%*
(4)Same as 1st series (5)10%
6% to 10% (1)10% (2)10% (3)25%* (4)10% (5)10%

11% to 20% (1)20% (2)20% (3)50%* (4)20% (5)20%
over 20% (1)20% (2)33% (3)75%* (4)33% (5)40%
*For machines under $1, do not decrease bets.
The above table will tell us how to handle the series after the first
series has been played. It reads as follows...the rating number which
tells us the series duration (see Table A-l) for each game is listed
in parentheses, the number with the percent symbol tells us how much
to increase or lower our bets after the first series has been played.
Sometimes we will make the same size bets and this will be listed as
"Bet same as first series". I hope now you can see the beauty of
PROJECT 202, Unlike many methods which increase bets after each and
every loss with no adjustment for any good periods which have added to
capital or
10
any adjustment which may have shown the series to end up with a
profit even if the early part of it was no good. To simply
increase bets the same amount all the time after a loss without
knowing what the total affect of the loss is on the capital you
started w i t h . . . is ineffective! Why raise your bets from one unit
to two units. ..almost 100%, when you don't even know how your
current session will end? It makes no sense. This is how all
gamblers go broke.
The only sensible way to win is to adjust your future bets based
on what your past sessions have done. This method is so
powerful...it is impossible to lose in the long run. Even flat
bets cannot compare to this system of betting. I will give you an
example of PROJECT 202 as compared to flat bets. Even when you
w i n , with flat bets, you lose when you compare the results to
PROJECT 202. But first, let me explain Table A-2.
Do not think you will have to carry around a copy of the tables
and consult them to know what your next move i s . The only thing
you must do is look at Table A-2 after your session to see how to
begin your next session. That i s . . . if you do not have it
memorized. It may look complicated at first, but when you are
playing a specific game, the only information you need is for
that game.
Let us say we are playing Blackjack. This is Number ONE rating.

(See Table A - l ) . We are keeping track of the number of decisions
for our series, and after 25 decisions we see that we have lost
about $40 out of our $200 capital. Capital requirements and
methods for keeping track of each series will be explained short-
ly. They are very easy so don't be scared off. Back to our exam-
ple. We have lost $40 out of $200, which is 20%. So we see that
after our first session we have a capital decrease of 20%. Go to
the top of Table A - 2 , under CAPITAL DECREASE. Look down to the
column 11% to 2 0 % . . . then look across to the right and you will
see ( 1 ) 10%. We are playing a Rating One game, so we know to
increase our bets for the next session by 10%. We will keep our
bets for the next session at 10% higher than the first, and then
make another adjustment after the second session is over (second
session or "series duration" is 25 consecutive plays, as are all
series durations for Rating One games). Now, if after the second
session ( 2 5 consecutive decisions), we are still behind 20% or
less, we will continue our bets at the same 10% higher amount
than the bets in the first series. If we are more than 20% behind
after the second series, we will adjust our bets for the third
series according to table A-2. As you can see, in this case we
would increase our bets for the third series by 20%. Now this
means 20% higher than our bets from the first series, not 20%
higher than the prior series. So if we started with $10 bets in
the first series, and we had to increase our bets 10% in the
second series, and then we had to increase our bets in the third
series to 20%, those bets would be $ 1 2 . I will list the specific
rules shortly. I just wanted to explain this chart right off so
you would not be confused too long before I explained i t . It is
simple when the only information we need is for a specific game.
11
The next specific rule for PROJECT 202, is as follows;
The second series bets will be based on Table A-25 Using our
beginning capital to determine the percentage of increase, or
decrease, in that capital. J8Ii» Table A-2 will tell us the
percentage of our bets which will be increased or decreased.
There are some specific situations which will arise. The following
rules will cover those special situations.
When we end a series and we are still behind with our percentage of
capital, we will continue betting the same amount as the prior
series...UNTIL THE FOURTH SERIES ! If after three series we are
still in a decreased percentage with our capital, the next
s e r i e s . . . you will DOUBLE the recommended bet increase in Table A-
2. You will then increase your bets using that bet increased
number...until three more series, or unless you have shown a profit
and your capital is in a positive situation. Once again, if after
the next three series you are still negative capital-wise, you will
again DOUBLE that number of percentage increase. But you will
never increase your bets beyond 2\ times the original wager in the
first series (250%).
Now let's explain. Don't get worried here. It is not as difficult as

it sounds. Let me clarify a few things. First, remember we are talking
about those instances when you are having a "capital decrease".
Follow along with what I say.
*If after the first series you are down 20% with your capital, and you
are playing a rating ONE game, your next series bets will be 10% higher
(let us assume we started with 10 unit bets).
*Now suppose you have ended the second series and you are still down
20% OR LESS with your capital, you will then continue with your 11
unit bets.
,* You have now ended the third series and you are still behind 20% or
less with the capital. You will now DOUBLE the recommended percentage
for a bet increase. So you would begin the fourth series betting 12
units, the 10% listed...doubled.
*After betting each of the fourth, fifth and sixth series you are still
20% or less behind, for the seventh series you would again double the
percentage you had been betting...which would be 40%, or 14 units.
*Continuing on to your next three series, which ends with you still
behind in capital 20% or less, so for the 10th series, you would
double the 40% bet increase and make it 80%...with your bets at 18
units for the 10th series.
12
*If you go three more series with the percentage of capital still 20%
or less behind, you would double the percentage of increase again
like s o . . . 80% X 2=160%...which would be 16 extra units for a total
of 26 units. BUT, we have a 2\ times bet limit increase (250%) so
your biggest bet would be only 25 units. You would continue with
that base bet until your capital was in a positive percentage
situation.
If the capital decrease is over the original 20% decline you would
use that figure as in Table A-2, in the last column... listed "over
20%". You would then double those figures as mentioned above. As
you can see the whole procedure is very simple. You will not need to
use the tables after awhile, because you will have it in memory.
Since you only have to remember the increases for the game you are
playing at the time.
The next rule will handle the situations when our capital is in a
INCREASED percentage state. After that I will explain several points
about SLOT MACHINE play, and the increases and decreases in bets.
When we end a series and we are AHEAD in percentage of capital we

will continue betting the same amount as the prior series, as long
as we are in a positive capital situation and are ahead the same
percentage of capital. If our capital increases over the percentage
of the prior series, we will adjust our bets down as the
recommended percentages in TABLE A-2 dictate. But, we never exceed
the percentages in TABLE A-2, as we did in the prior rule
concerning capital decrease. WE ONLY USE THE PERCENTAGES AS LISTED IN
TABLE A - 2 . . . and we do not go any lower.
What this rule means is, if you go beyond the third series and you
are still ahead you do not go in reverse of the prior rule and
double the percentage of bet decrease. You simply continue to bet
the same as the table says to, increasing only when the capital
increase continues. So if you ended the first series with your
capital 10% over what is was when you started and you were playing a
rating ONE game, you would bet 10% less with the second series,
which would be 9 units if you started with a 10 unit bet.
Now suppose you ended the third series with a 25% capital increase
overall...you would start the fourth series with a 20% decrease in
wagers which would be 8 units. You would never go lower than that
since the chart says over 20%...would mean a 20% decrease for
rating ONE game. We do not double the percentages as in our capital
decrease rule. Just use the percentages as listed.
Now do not worry, I will summarize the rules later and outline the
entire procedure. Once you see the simple way to calculate your bets
the whole procedure will fall in line. It is so very simple...much
more simple than the detailed explanations here. I am trying not to
leave any details out at this point, so there
13
will be a rule for each problem you may encounter. But you should not
have any problems. The tables are guides which make* it easier for me
to show you the procedure for each game, not meant to be carried and
consulted at every chance. It is not necessary, and it was not meant to
be used in this manner. Later in this text I will have a section which
will cover the procedure for each specific game. You will know exactly
how to play the game of your choice.
*If you look at TABLE A-2 you will see an asterisk for each number
three rating, which is SLOT MACHINES. We will need to adjust our bets
at slot machines differently than for other games because of the
limitations of coinage we can use. If you start with a 25¢ bet, you
cannot increase that to 30¢ because there are no 30¢ machines. So we
must make adjustments in other ways.
We will do this in several ways. Suppose you are at a 25¢ machine and
you must increase your bets 25%. You cannot bet 31¢, so you must
increase you bets by playing another machine or by increasing your
action. In other words play two machines. Even though you cannot
increase the bets the exact percentages, when playing machines under
one dollar, you must use the chart in the best way. This is what I do.
I never play anything less than a $1 machine now, but when I did, I
played the machines which will accept one to five coins. You may bet as
low as one quarter and as high as five quarters with these machines.
The way I play now is, to seek out dollar machines next to quarter
machines, or play several machines which are a 25¢ machine all at once.
This way I can increase my bets as I wish and as the chart calls for.
But for the 25¢ player you must double your bets after each series as
the table says. Do this with either a one to five coin machine, or by
playing two, then three, then four machines. This way you can increase
as you wish. But do not DECREASE your action when playing 25¢ as a
start. And when you are playing $1 machines, and you must decrease,
move to 25* machines to decrease the right amount.
For heavens sake, don't get into the trap of thinking the machine you
are playing is a lucky machine and you do not want to move from it!
You are the one who is experiencing the series of decisions... not the
machine! The favorable or unfavorable situation will continue in whatever
way the percentages dictate, no matter what machine you play! Please
believe this, and don't fall into thinking the machine is playing
loose. The overall percentages are based on your own series.
14
SUMMARIZATION OF RULES
I will now summarize the rules of PROJECT 202 so you will be able to
clarify any statements made earlier. Although the rules are simple,
you must pay attention to the details of each one. If you have read
the earlier text you will understand the rules much easier, Since it
laid the foundation for what I have said.
* We will begin our first series with bets of the same size. The
series duration for the game we are playing is given in TABLE A-l.
After the first series, we will adjust our wagers for the second
series, and all following series, according to TABLE A-2.
* We will use our beginning capital to determine the percentage of
INCREASE (gain) or DECREASE (loss). Use TABLE A-2 to tell the
proper percentage of increase or decrease in
the second series and all following series...in regard to the size of
wagers.
* Any series which is ended with a decrease in capital will call for
the following series to INCREASE wagers. The exact percentage of
increase will be determined by TABLE A-2. You will continue to wager
the same amount of percentage increase in wagers for each three
series," after which you will double the suggested increase, if at
the end of each three-series set you are still in a DECREASED
capital situation. After each series you will determine the
percentage of increase of wagers by the total capital percentage
decrease.
* You may double the percentages after each three series set, but you
do not under any circumstances go beyond a 250% increase in wagers
from the first series bets ($10 first series bet, would mean a $25
limit bet-250% e t c . ) .
* Any series which is ended with an increase in capital, will call for
a DECREASE in wagers for the following series. The wagers will be
decreased according to the limits in TABLE A-2. But, we will never
go beyond the percentages as listed in the TABLE A-2 (as we did in
the two previous rules above).
* When any series which was in a DECREASED capital situation, shows a
profit overall after that series, the next series will begin as
another first series, and the rules governing first series and
beyond will once again be in force.
• When any series which was in an INCREASED capital situation, ends

any series with an overall capital DECREASE, the next series will
begin as another first series with the rules for the first series
and beyond to be followed.
15
How To Use PROJECT 202 For Each Game
In this section I will show you how to apply PROJECT 202 to different
games» With recommendations for capital size and procedures which
will make the overall use of PROJECT 202 easy.
We will first begin with the Rating One games...CRAPS, BLACKJACK and
BACCARAT.
When you first arrive in the casino, have in your mind the size of
the bets you will begin with. This will be determined by the amount
of capital you will have at your disposal. Capital requirements for
Rating One games do not have to be as high as other games. But, I do
suggest a base bet of at least $5. And $10 is even better. It is
much easier to figure percentages with these amounts. But I do not
suggest you use the $5 bet and go any lower or higher than one dollar
either way. A $5 bet may go to $ 6 , or down to $ 4 . . . but do not
increase by 50¢ (see TABLE A-2, Rating One increases and decreases).
When you must go up or down simply substitute 20% in the early part
for the 5% and 10% increases in Table A-2. Also, in Table A-2,
there is a 5% increase in the 6% to 10% range. This would not be
acceptable for even a $10 bet. So just raise it to 10% when you are
using amounts under $20. You will increase the base wagers any way,
as you win more day in and day out. So when your bets are in the $20
to $100 range you can use the exact percentages given. Do not worry
about the small differences now.
After each series I suggest you change tables. Not for any reason
such as trying to change your luck or anything like that. It will be
easier to start your next series. You may look for another table
which will make you feel more comfortable, but the best reason is
to consult the tables if you need to. And it is always better, to
start a new series, as you start a new table. It does not matter
what table you play at. Don't waste time looking for anything like
so called "hot tables" or "cold tables". It does not matter. Just
get your bets fixed in your mind for the next series and find another
table.
The exact amount of capital you must have will vary of course, on the
starting bets. I would suggest $100 for each one dollar of your
starting bet in the first series. So for $10 starting wagers you
should have $1000. But let me say this. I have never used more than
$150 to $200 when I played PROJECT 202 in the beginning. And so far,
even though my bets are much higher now, when I start the first
series, I seldom need more the same size capital. So $1000 may be
beyond the reach of many, and it may be a larger size capital than
will ever be needed. It is
16
a super safe amount of capital. So let's just keep it at that. When you
play blackjack, you must have hit and stand rules which you must follow.
There is a chart in the back of the book which will give you the best
moves, in handling the different hands you will get. Be sure to double
down and split when it is called for. But count each time the dealer
deals to you as only ONE decision, even though you may split cards and
play two hands.
In Craps, I suggest you play only the Pass Line or the Don't Pass line.
They are the best bets on the layout. And do not lay odds behind the
line. They will throw off your calculations. Stick to the even money
bets at Baccarat only. You can play with the bank or the player.
I keep track of decisions by using chips. Simply keep several one dollar
chips, and drop one on a different part on the green in front of you for
each 4 or 5 hands. Do it in an unnoticeable manner. Be careful, the
casinos are paranoid about Blackjack. So do everything in a casual
manner.
Rating Two Games...Roulette etc.
I love to play Roulette. I do not recommend the other games in

this rating, but PROJECT 202 will win at them. The winnings
will be at a slower rate3though.
When playing Roulette, play only the even bets. It does not
matter which ones, either. Keep track of the decisions the same
as in rating One games. Use chips to count each 4 or 5 spins.
Once again, when a series has ended, change tables, and start
again.
I suggest capital requirements to be about 150 to 1, for a

super safe starting capital ($150 for each $1 starting b e t ) .
Follow the same recommendations when starting with $5 or $10
bets, as mentioned in Rating One games.
Rating Three . . . SLOT MACHINES.
I cannot resist playing SLOTs. The money seems to be so consistent. I

have spent weeks at major casinos in Las Vegas, and doing nothing but
playing SLOTS, and, winning so much the entire vacation was paid for
with a good profit besides. I like to play them when I feel like
relaxing for awhile and not playing next to crowds of people, like at
the other table games,
But the Slot Machines can offer a real challenge when it comes to
figuring our percentages for wagers. There are many easy
17
ways when it comes to figuring our wagers. I suggest if you do
like to play SLOTS, to play the one dollar machines. Now I know
many of you think you do not have the capital to do so. But,
let me tell you something you may not know. Many casinos payoff
much more with the one dollar slots than any other. As a matter
of fact, many turn the payoffs way up during the slow periods,
like during the middle of the week, almost to the point of not
having any mathematical edge at all, just to attract players.
It is so much easier to keep track of your wagers when you start

with a one dollar base. But you can play 25¢ slots with much
success.
Do this. Play 25¢ machines which accept one to five coins. This
way you can raise your bets as needed at the same machine. Or if
you cannot find any of those, simply sit near a row of machines
which you can play more than one when needed. This way you will
still be increasing your action. Keep track of your decisions by
coins or by marking them down with a Keno crayon on a piece of
paper.
The one dollar slots can be increased when you are next to 25¢
machines. Simply start playing the quarter slots as you play the
dollar machines. Or you can play four quarter machines to count
as one dollar.
But remember, if you are playing one dollar as your base, and
you are playing four machines to add up to this one dollar, then
count only once for each dollar you put i t , for decisions. So
you may pull the handle four times to get a one" dollar total on
four 25¢ machines, but only count it as one decision.
Your capital requirements should be 500 to 1...so that would be
$500 for a one dollar base bet. Again, this is a super safe
requirement.
Rating Four...Pari-Mutuel Racing.
There is nothing like being outdoors at the racetrack to make

you feel healthy. I play the horses and dogs as much as the
other games. I love the track and all it has to offer.
We will cover Harness Racing, Thoroughbred Racing, and Dog
Racing.
I will give you a simply method to select your plays for each
one. These methods are completely mechanical and do not require
you to attend the track to use. They also show a profit on their
own (flat bet basis).
18
We will begin with Dog Racing.
I will show you a system which has won for me every time I attend the
Dog races over a few days. You can select your plays for the whole
night/day, then go home and come back tomorrow to collect.
This method of selection is as follows. Research has shown that inside
breakers and outside breakers are at a disadvantage, because they do not
as good an opportunity to see the rabbit on the rail. Dogs need a good
reason to break fast. The majority of winners come from fast breakers
from the inside boxes...3,4 and 5. Consider only those dogs breaking
from boxes 3,4,and 5. Select the dog which has the best break position,
after you divide his positions into his number of starts. If you have
any ties select the dog with the best recent finish, if still tied,
select the one with the most number of wins, this year and last
combined. YOU WILL BET THIS DOG TO PLACE ONLY! Remember we are looking
for the best average breaking position, forget the rest of the race.
The best way to handle Dog Racing, or for that matter, all forms of
racing is to make your plays for each racing day. Consider the day’s
plays to be the first series duration. This way you do not have to attend
each and every race. Most tracks have a 9 or 10 race program. The ten
consecutive decisions in Table A-l for racing are just a guide. It is
best to use just each day as another series, regardless of the exact
number of races (or plays). That way you can adjust your bets as needed
up or down according to Table A-2, at the end of each racing day, which
would be a series duration.
Harness Racing...
Use this system for Harness Racing. You can use all sorts of
methods for Harness Racing which you can a d d , subtract,
divide and calculate. But, the best system I have ever seen
is not even based on the past performances of the horse, at
least not totally, but on the selectors for the racing paper.
This system does not work on other forms of racing, but it
works perfectly for Harness Racing. I believe it is because
those who select for the Daily Racing paper. have more records
on their own and therefore have more inside information at
hand.
But here it i s , and it has worked for me as a perfect compan-

ion to PROJECT 202.
Turn to the selection page of the papers handicappers. For each horse
which is mentioned to come in first, second, or third, you
19
will give him one point. Forget the consensus. Use only the single
selections for each handicapper. Every time the horse is mentioned to
come in one, two, or three. You will give him one point. The horse with
the most points is the play, providing he is picked by at least one
handicapper to come in at least second (first is okay).If you have a
tie, you will turn to the horses past performances and select the horse
with the most wins for the past two years. If still tied, the most recent
win, still tied, the most recent second. If still tied, pass the race.
YOU WILL BET THE HORSE TO PLACE!
The same goes here for your series duration. Use each days plays as one
series duration. Then make your adjustments at the end of the day, using
Table A-2.
Thoroughbred Racing...
This is the most popular sport in the country. Many would like to be able
to visit the track each day, but jobs and daily commitments make that
impossible. So You may use this system at OTB or the Race Books as in
Nevada. Like the above system, daily attendance for the whole day is not
required. This is the best method I have ever seen to use 'with PROJECT
202.
This system requires use of the past performances. After the scratches are
known, you will select your plays for sprint races (races under one mile)
using these rules...Find the highest speed rating for each horse in either
of his last two races...providing they were in a sprint race. Use only the
sprint races. Any horse which did not race in a sprint race in either of
his last two races can qualify providing he won a sprint race somewhere at
sometime in his past. His speed rating for his route races must be no more
than 4 points less than the top speed rating. Use only the speed rating,
and not the variant.
All horses with a top speed rating of no more than three points under the
highest speed rating, will be kept as contenders. You will add points to
the contenders in the following manner.
Latest race -------------------- Two
Most Wins, lifetime ------------- One
Most recent win ----------------- One
Most 1st, at first quarter call --- Three
Workout within past 4 days -------- One
The horse (from among the contenders) who has the most points, is the play.
If you have ties, separate by taking the one with the most total money won
(lifetime).
20
YOU WILL PLAY THE SELECTION TO PLACE ONLY!
The same rule applies about the duration of the series. Use each day as
a series duration.
For all forms of pari-mutuel racing, you should know that the capital
requirements are the same as for Rating One games. About 100 to each $1
base bet. But I would like to suggest you keep you bets higher than $5
or $10 dollars. The cost of attending the races has gone up very high
over the last few years. If you cannot afford more now, consider playing
OTB if you can',' or if your lucky to live in Las Vegas or Reno, you can
play many tracks, with almost no expenses. To attend the track, I would
suggest at least $20 bets, even higher if you can.
Keno...
I know many people like to play Keno. But here is a suggest-

ion when applying PROJECT 202 to Keno. Play only one or two
spot tickets. Use Rating Four for your adjustments. And bet
in amounts in which you can increase or decrease easily. You
will not hit as often as other Rating Four games, but, you will
get odds when you do.
All Other G a m e s . . .
Under this heading you can put parlor games or party games.
Also private bets and such. I once bet a writer I could beat
him at flipping coins using my system. After nine hours of
flipping coins in a hotel room in Vegas, I won over $900 from
him starting with just $50.
Any game you can think of that is not covered here, please
write me, and I ' l l see if I can work out a plan for i t .
21
Examples
I will now offer you some examples of using PROJECT 202. You will see
how simple it is. The whole trick is in the overall procedure.
We will do a Rating One series first.
We will assume the first series has been played and we started with
$500 capital. We have lost $75, and this would be a capital decrease
of between 11% to 20%. If we had been betting $20 in the first
series, our bets for the next series would be 10% higher (see 3rd
column from the top, Table A-2) or $22.
Now after the second series, we are behind a total of 30% or $150 of
our capital. We go to table A-2 and for a capital decrease of over
20% it recommends your bets to be raised 20%, which in this case is
$24. So for the third series, we bet $24 on each decision. We end
this series with a slight profit, but we are still down $100 or 20%
of our total capital. So according to the rules we must double the
requirements in table A-2. We look under CAPITAL DECREASE in the 11%
to 20% column, since we are minus 20% from our total starting
capital, and we see the percentage -of increase as 10%, but we must
double it to 20%.
For the fourth series we win over $150, so we are now in a CAPITAL
INCREASE situation, since we have a $50 profit. Now for the next
series we look under the CAPITAL INCREASE column, and we look at the
6% to 10% section, since we are now ahead $50 which is 10% of the
$500 starting capital. Now we can decrease our bets by 10%, so our
bets would now be $18.
Can you now see how you can keep going on forever! You ride the
waves back and forth. Always making adjustments according to how
the series is concluded. When you do make a profit from a series,
YOU MAKE ADJUSTMENTS TO DECREASE YOUR WAGERS SO YOD MAY KEEP
SOME OF THESE WINNINGS IN RESERVE. So if things go the other way
you will draw on the reserve to cover much of any losses you may
have!
PROJECT 202 will surprise you so many times as to how you are
able to extract a profit from results you would normally
lose a t . I will show you how PROJECT 202 can surpass flat
bets even when those flat bets show a profit.
Let us say we are attending the races, and we run into the
following results from our betting at the end of the d a y . Re-
member, using our racing systems we always bet to place. So
we will hit more often.
(see next page)
22
1st
(race)——L 4th———5.00 7th———4.00
2nd————— L 5th———L 8th———L
3rd———$4.00 6th———L 9th———L

At the end of our first day or series duration we are behind $50 on $20
flat bets. We had a total of $180 in bets and we had $130 returned.
Now let us assume we started with $100 capital using PROJECT 202, and we used
$10 bets for the first series. We had a loss of $25. This is a percentage
loss of over 20% so we look at table A-2 and it tells us to increase our bets
one third. We estimate and raise our wagers to $13 for the second series.
1st———L 4th——L 7th——L
2nd———L 5th——4.00 8th——L
3rd——$5.00 6th——6 . 0 0 9th——L
With flat $20 bets we are a total of $30 behind for a overall total
of $80.
After the second series with PROJECT 202 we are $19.50 behind for an
overall total of $44.50 capital decrease. According to Table A-2 we
must make a 33% increase on bets so we bet the same as our last
s e r i e s . . . $14 ($14 this time, since we bet only 30% last time, we
will make a slight adjustment so overall the percentage will be the
same).
The third series...
1st——4.00 4th——4.00 7th——L
2nd——4.00 5th——L 8th——6 . 0 0

3rd——L 6th——L 9th——4.00
At the end of the third series we are $40 ahead in flat bets of $20
each. So overall we are now only $40 behind.
With PROJECT 202 we won a total of $28, and at this point we are
$16.50 behind, still in a capital decrease situation and now we are
in the fourth series. So we must invoke the double percentage rule.
Checking Table A-2, under Capital DECREASE we are 16.5% behind from
our $100 capital. The recommended percentage increase is 20% so we
double it to 40%, which means our wagers will be $14 each for the
fourth series. This is what
23
happened in the fourth s e r i e s . . .
1st——6 . 0 0 4th——L 7th——4.00
2nd——4.00 5th——6.00 8th——4.00

3rd——L 6th——4.00 9th——4.00
Now on flat $20 bets we are $140 to the good but we still had a loss of $40
to make up, so we ended the total series with a $100 profit.
With PROJECT 202 we won a total of $98.00. We had a loss of $16.50 to
make up so we ended the overall series with a profit of $81.50. So with
flat $20 bets we won $100. And with PROJECT 202 we won only $81.50. But
w a i t . . . LOOK AT WHAT WE JUST DID. WE STARTED PROJECT 202 WITH ONLY $10
BETS...BUT WE STARTED FLAT BETS WITH TWICE AS MUCH...A FULL 100%
INCREASE OVER OUR PROJECT 2 0 2 . . .THAT'S $20 FLAT BETS. . . REMEMBER!
Also we never made a bet over $14, but yet we made a profit of only
18% or so less than flat bets. HAD WE STARTED PROJECT 202 WITH $15
BETS, WE WOULD HAVE RISKED THE SAME OVERALL AMOUNT AS FLAT BETS OF
$20 EACH BUT WE WOULD HAVE WON MORE MONEY !
Now can you see the beauty of PROJECT 202? It will out-perform flat bets. It
is safer than flat bets, because you are risking less overall money. In the
long run PROJECT 202 will win more money than flat bets, with less capital!
THIS IS WHY PROJECT 202 CANNOT LOSE OVER ANY REASONABLE PERIOD OF TIME.
The adjustments you will make along with each series will automatically
safeguard your capital.
There are many examples of PROJECT 202 performing miracles with the worst
results. But you will see this for yourself as you apply PROJECT 202.
24
Final Thought
I hope PROJECT 202 will be as much of a blessing to you as

it has been to me.
I want you to follow this final advice. It will insure your success
with PROJECT 202.
Read the entire book, not just once or even twice. Read it as many
times as needed, so you understand everything exactly. If there is
anything you do not understand, make notes of these items, and then
go back over the book looking for the explanation of these things.
You will find them fully explained in the book.
Do not withdraw all the money you have in the world and head for the
Race Track or Casinos. Slowly use PROJECT 202 whenever you have some
time to spend at your favorite game. Risk only small amounts of
capital. Be sure of your understanding of PROJECT 202 before you jump
in.
Gambling is a very hard life, if that's all you d o . Even

when you know you will win in the long run, a loss or two can
be like a kick in the guts. Use PROJECT 202 to earn you extra
money, and then after an extended time you decide if you want
the life from what your experiences have been up to then.
Many people cannot make it as a professional gambler, but

they are very successful as a part time gambler. I use the
word gambler only as a title. Even though you will not be
gambling in-the true meaning of the word, each session or
series can show any result.
But if you need any help with the book or a clearer

explanation, please write me in care of this publishing
company. Your letters will be forwarded to m e , and I will
answer as soon as possible. Please keep your questions clear
and do not make them too long. It would help if you would
number them also.
A l s o , please remember when you are playing in the casinos,
do not look like too much of a winner, or brag about what
you are doing. Past experience has taught me, that it really
does not matter what the game i s , if the casinos think you
are winning from them on a consistent basis, they will not
let you play.
The way you make your bets with PROJECT 202, it looks as
though you are like any other player. But do not keep the
tables with you for everyone to see. Check them in between
series away from the pit a r e a , if you must check them at
a l l . It is best to concentrate on just one game each d a y .
Be careful in l i f e , and d o n ' t advertise your success to

strangers But above a l l , be a winner and a winner you will
be!
BLACKJACK HITTING AND STANDING RULES
You will follow these rules when playing Blackjack. You must
memorize this chart. You must always play the hands according to
this chart, and no other way. This chart has been updated with
several changes.
If you have a 12 through 16 t o t a l . . . you will always hit your hand when the
dealer shows a 7 through Ace.
If you have a 13 through 16 you will always stand if the dealer shows a 2
through 6.
If you have a 12 you will hit when the dealer shows a 2 or 3 . . . you will
stand when the dealer shows 4 , 5 , 6 .
If you have a hard total of 1 7 , you will always stand (Hard total
means, with no a c e ) . If you have an Ace and a 7 you will hit when
the dealer shows 9 or 10.
Always double down on 1 1 .
Always double on 10 when the dealer shows a 2 through 9. When the dealer
shows a 10 or A c e . . . you hit.
Double down on 9 when the dealer shows a 2 through 6. If the dealer shows
a 7 through Ace you hit. If you cannot double, then just h i t .
Double down on 8 when the dealer shows a 5 or 6, all other cards you will
h i t . If you cannot double then hit your hand.
If you have an Ace/2 through Ace/5, double down when the dealer shows a
4 , 5 , 6 . All other cards you will just hit.
If you have an Ace/6 you will double when the dealer shows a 2 through 6,
If the dealer shows a 7 through Ace you will hit.
If you have an Ace/1 you will double when the dealer shows 3 , 4 , 5 , 6 . You
will stand when the dealer shows a 2,7,8,Ace.
If you have an Ace/8 double when the dealer shows a 6, all others h i t .
When you cannot double down on soft t o t a l s . . . and you have an Ace/2
through Ace/6 you will always h i t . If you have an Ace/1 you will always
stand...except when the dealer shows a 9 or 10 then you will hit.
Always stand on Ace/8 or Ace/9.
Always split Aces and 8 ' s , for all cards the dealer shows.
Split 2 ' s when the dealer shows a 3 through 7 . . . all other c a r d s . . . hit.
Split 3 ' s when the dealer shows a 4,5,6 . . . all other cards you will h i t .
Never split 4 ' s or 5 ' s .
Split 6 ' s when the dealer shows 2 through 6, all other cards h i t . Split
7 ' s when the dealer shows 2 through 7, all other cards h i t . Split 9 ' s
when the dealer shows a 2 through 6 and 8 or 9.All other cards stand.
Never split 1 0 ' s . . . j u s t stand, you have 20.
PRO-ROULETTE SYSTEM
The details in this document may seem complicated at first, so I suggest that
you read the document several times to get familiar with the system, then
practice using the examples given. Only when you are thoroughly familiar with
the method should you risk any money at the casino. There are many distractions
you can get in the casino and with this system you need to know exactly what
bets to place and your current profit or loss.
There are three important watchwords that you need to be aware of because they
are key to you becoming a professional roulette player. They are Patience,
Concentration and above all Discipline.
You need the patience to wait for the right opportunities to bet, particularly
if you're not getting any wins at the beginning of a session.
This method requires concentration because there are always potential betting
opportunities to be found and then followed according to the rules. You need to
know the rules by heart and be ready to follow the numbers indicated. There's
nothing worse than seeing a number come up that you should have been betting on.
You must have or acquire discipline to walk away when you have reached your win
target and walk if you reach a loss target.
To help achieve these goals, never bet when you are tired or drunk or stressed
out. Your patience, concentration and discipline will go out the door.
The pro-roulette system is based on the fact that the odds of 36 different
numbers appearing after 36 spins are is almost impossible i.e there will be a
few repeats in the series and some numbers tend to come up more often than
others. Pro-roulette combines a proven strategy with a money management system
to keep you ahead.
Rules Of Strategy:
P.S BEFORE YOU PLAY ON A TABLE MAKE SURE THAT THE TABLE IS TRENDING. A TABLE IS
TRENDING WHEN ANY 3 REPEATS HAS occurred IN THE LAST 14 SPINS. eg. 14 7 8 9 11
14 7 6 0 1 11 (3 repeats) THIS TABLE IS SAID TO BE TRENDING WELL.
When a number(s) spins you play it on the next turn following The History
Progression Plan.
Example:1,7,9,11,7,36,4,14,9,3,36 <-----you arrive here 35,34,35
1 7 9 11 7 36 4 14 9 3 36 (you start betting here after establishing that the
table is trending) 35 34 35(win!- start over from the last number i.e 35) 7 9 11
1st spin is: 36 (bet 1 unit on it on next spin(s) as table says)
2nd spin is: 35 (bet 1 unit on both numbers (35,36)as table says)
3rd spin is: 34 (bet 1 unit on all 3 numbers (34,35,36) as table says)
4th spin spin is: 35 (we win because it is a repeat) our TOTAL profit is +25 as
the table shows us.
This betting progression will let us bet on up to 12 numbers that have shown. We
make a profit if there is
just 1 repeat (will normally happen within 3-12 spins) WE START OVER AFTER A
HIT!
In the above example you will start betting 1 unit on 35 ; then 1 unit on 35 and
1 unit on 7 ; then 1 unit on 35 1 unit on 7 1 unit on 11 and so on....until spin
number 8 where you bet 2 units on each of the eight numbers as well as spin
number 9 (2 units on each number). If you still have not won then you need to
bet 3 units each on spin number 10 then 4 units each on spin number 11 and 6
units on spin number 12 (TOTAL BANK ROLL = 208 UNITS)
THIS IS THE ESSENCE OF THE SYSTEM. YOU MAY GO FOR SPIN NUMBER 13,14,15 (I DO
THIS BECAUSE I HAVE BUILT UP A GOOD BANK ROLL OVER TIME AND CAN AFFORD THE
LAYOUT.)
YOU WILL NEED TO BET 10 UNITS EACH ON SPIN NUMBER 13, 17 UNITS ON SPIN NUMBER 14
AND 30 UNITS ON SPIN NUMBER 15 (HERE YOU WILL NEED A FRIEND TO PLACE 20 UNITS ON
EACH NUMBER - 15 NUMBERS AND YOU CAN THEN PLACE 10 UNITS ON EACH NUMBER - TOTAL
30 UNITS ON EACH NUMBER COS THE TABLE LIMIT WOULD HAVE BEEN REACHED.
HERE IS A SUMMARY:
THE HISTOY PROGRESSION/MANAGEMENT PLAN
ROULETTE SPIN * UNITS TO BET ON PREVIOUS RESULTS * UNITS/BANKROLL INVESTED
*PROFITHIT
1st SPIN 1 -1 +35
2nd SPIN 1 -3 +32
3rd SPIN 1 -6 +29
4th SPIN 1 -10 +25
5th SPIN 1 -15 +20
6th SPIN 1 -21 +14
7th SPIN 1 -28 +7
8th SPIN 2 -44 +26
9th SPIN 2 -62 +9
10th SPIN 3 -92 +13
11th SPIN 4 -136 +4
12th SPIN 6 -208 +2
Please note that the payout 35-1 is used to find "units profit on hit". Actual
payout is 36-1 (35 units
won+your investment). So using it in real play your payout/win will be bigger!!.
Also when we test the
system we use the actual payout of 36-1.
Bankroll needed to be able to recover from 12 spins without a repeat is 208
units which will be a minimum of
$52 on a 25 cent minimum roulette table OR $208 on a one dollar minimum table
[can be found in most bigger
cities such as Las Vegas]. Using your common sence you will know when to stop,
because the system can lose.
Sometimes you will lose BUT most of the time you will win! The system can make
you a consistent winner. The
more you play the more experience you get. Soon you will know a "losing" table
before you even play! BEFORE YOU PLAY ON A TABLE MAKE SURE THAT THE TABLE IS
TRENDING. A TABLE IS TRENDING WHEN ANY 3 REPEATS HAS occurred IN THE LAST 14
SPINS.
IMPORTANT POINTERS!!
1)FOLLOW THE RULES AS SET OUT - dont miss a spin/bet a smaller amount
2)QUIT AFTER 3 OR 4 WINS - unless the table is still trending well at least 2
repeats in the last 12 spins.
3)If you come to a table and find that it is trending well eg. 11 17 8 8 23 9 11
11 4 1 2 17 6 19 34 you may start betting after the last repeat which in the
above eg is 17 so you would bet 1 each on 17 6 19 34 to start with or you may
start betting from the last number i.e 34. I tend to use the former so i would
start by bettting one unit each
on 17 6 19 34 and then continue with the system on the 5th spin. With time you
will develop a "NACK" and bet after a few spins on a table that is trneding well
eg. If you find that a table has been trending well 2-3 repeats in the last 12-
14 spins and then find no repeat after 9 or 10 spins you may want to bet 1 unit
each on the last 9 then 1 unit each on the last 10 then 1 unit each on the last
11 then 2 on the last 12 etc. (this way you save a lot on the initial outlay.
4)DON'T BE TOO GREEDY AND DON'T STAY ON THE TABLE TOOOO LONG.
5)I HAVE FOUND THAT 8 OUT OF 10 TIMES I WIN WITHIN TWELVE SPINS AND WHEN I DONT
WIN HERE I'VE ALWAYS WON ON SPIN NUMBER 13 OR 14 - NEVER HAD TO GO TO SPIN
NUMBER 15
6)START BY PLAYING ON THE LOWEST LIMIT TABLE - this way you can build up a
descent bank roll before you go up to a higher table limit - eg start on the $1
table (or 25c table is even better) then when you have 208 units of the higher
limit in your bankroll move on to a higher limit.
7)
How to Kick Your Profits Into High Gear!
I want to guide you step-by-step to success...
I'll explain.
But first let me say I hope you've already gotten more than money's worth from
reading just this far in The
Ebook. There's a lot more to come in a minute.
But I wanted to take a moment to tell you about the most innovative thing I've
done in my business in the
last 5 years. I've put together the mother of all systems that gives you
incredible information about
beating the casinos.
It is called, as you know BY NOW, The Advanced Roulette System! It's the Bible
for my students and readers.
This system have actually been created with the help of my past clients and
people who play roulette
full-time as their main source of income!
It has bothered me for years, that despite the overall success of my roulette
strategies, there were the odd
and often totally unsuspected adverse sequences that represent sometimes serious
setbacks for the player.
Not serious enough to endanger the players bankroll, but very annoying because
these adverse runs can make
deep inrods into already previously won capital. It does not happen often, but
if you do encounter a bad run
with a mathematically sound system in the full swing, it is devastating for your
morale doubts about the
validity of your methods, your play becomes distracted and you feel your
concentration slipping. Mistakes
are being made in your betting sequence and pretty soon the ardent roulette
player is "knock out"
All this can happen, as I said before, even with a proven, logically and
mathematically sound roulette
system, a method that has never failed you in the past and has allowed you to
win steadily for months and
years at the time….that's why we call it gambling!
With this ADVANCED SYSTEM we are looking for a "repeat" within 18 spins (in the
"basic we was looking for a
repeat within 12 spins)....the beauty is that we only need a $414 bankroll on a
one dollar table
PUNTEROS
The system
There are two different ways to play it. And a combined one
First way, select a table , and start writing in a paper the spins.
You will then bet those numbers that appear 3 times in 30 or less spins.
Bet them for 60 spins and with a flat bet always.
While playing this number, others may also qualify, and you then play them at the same time
in the same manner.
Top numbers of a wheel have a tendency to appear in cycles.

They may suddenly hit a number of times and then drift away for a while and then return
more frequently.
Because we will be starting play sooner rather than later, we are hoping that the
number that has appeared 3 times in 30 spins, is one of the top numbers.
Allowing play on this number to last for a minimum of 60 spins, we are giving that number a
chance to drift slightly, yet we will be on it should it not drift but reappears as frequently as
possible.
During the vast amount of research that I have done, I found that not many poor numbers hit
3 times within 30 spins, so it is unlikely that we will be playing poor numbers too often.
Below, you will find a scorecard showing the results of 120 spins.
10 Numbers qualified during play, and the moment that they qualified I have shaded them.
28 5 23 28
7 24 26 24
6 12 25 16
26 30 23 2
8 29 16 36
31 9 12 33
9 21 8 23
19 11 32 0
18 23 13 30
11 5 29 24
16 15 14 35
12 36 17 20
12 34 31 20
31 21 20 13
12 16 26 12
27 13 28 1
1 13 1 10
2 25 26 2
23 33 31 16
35 6 0 5
18 7 27 8
9 32 23 12
31 20 4 22
12 34 15 16
0 22 8 5
13 2 36 17
1 31 8 21
33 16 30 9
2 8 3 5
29 6 25 13
As you can see play started after spin number 15, when
a straight up bet would be placed on number 12.
At spin number 23, number 31 then qualified.
This would also then be played at the same time as

number 12.
The results from when play started at spin number 15 to

when it finished at spin number 120 are shown below.
Number 23 lost 20 spins.
The total result for this play would have produced a 47 unit
profit.
The scorecard and wheel used were nothing special, and

were only used as an
example of what can happen. They are theoric spins
numbers.
You will have wins much larger than this along the way.
You can also quit before, the author recomends :
In this way of playing : to quit If you are winning more than 80

chips before spin 80. or more than 50 before spin 110.
Also if you are down and suddenlly you hit 4 or 5 times in
less than 10 spins , play 2 or 3 more spins and walk away.
This is for the cases you are loosing and probably this
session will finish with a little lose.
But however the author says the best way is to follow the
rules up to spin 120 . he says in the long run you will win
much more than what you can lose.
The bankroll suggested is 300 to 400 chips , you choose by
this way to limit the losses .
The second way:
Note 120 spins , then bet straight up (flat bet) those numbers
that hit most. Remember never bet more than 10 numbers!
Bet them for 30 spins.
Time to quit : in winning times , keep betting untill spin 30 , or
quit when you win more than 150 chips. I usually bet untill
spin 30.
While lossing , keep betting untill spin 30 (really spin 150)
When recover losses if they were more than 100 chips , quit .
if they were less than 100 chips , keep betting untill spin 30
(150) . the player may think the bank is 300 chips , but not.
Why? First you don´t have to play always 10 numbers, let´s
see an example
Number times spun
16 8
0 7
6 7
34 6
36 6
17 5
15 4
7 4
4 3
21 3
numbers 4 and 21 will not be played , because they are the last ones and they have the same
time spun. Also 3 times in 120 is a few amount of times , so you will bet 8 numbers.
The bank of 200 is to prevent a very bad session , so you limit your losses.
You will only play 10 numbers if the last ones dont have the same amount , and if the last
has at least hit 4 times.
The combined way

It is easy , you first play the 1st way, and stop playing on spin 120.
Then play the second way.
Important
Some numbers may qualify for the second way but not for the first
, and viceversa.
Remember always play flat bets
Sometimes you will have to be patient, while you are playing less
than 3 numbers, winnings will occur every 10 or 40 spins. You will
notice this the first time you play it at casino, you begin playing
one number, 20 spins passed another qualifies but not winning,
then 10 spins more another qualifies and one of the group hit
again! You waited more than 30 spins.
While you are approaching to spin 100 the winnings are closer
one from the other.
That’s why if you win immediately a lot, (not too often) then quit ,
and start again or go home.
The author says: I always play in the same casino, and after
weeks of playing at a table I can recognize if it has some bias or if
it is excellent –good-or fair to my system, there are not bad tables,
only some bad nights.
Hope you enjoy and win a lot like me.
RAPID ACCUMULATOR A Professional Selection SystemFor
Playing Roulette Congratulations, you have purchased

a winning system. The rewards that are available to
you, by playing The Rapid Accumulator, are limitless.
Please read everything, slowly and carefully. Then
read it again. Read through the results book, spin by
spin, game by game. This will prepare you for what
will happen in the casino. When you have done this,
go to the casino and play the system through on paper
first. The Rapid Accumulator How and why it wins
Stating the obvious, there are 37 numbers on a
roulette wheel. And it is fair to say that in the
long run, say 1 million spins, each number will on
average win once in every 37 spins. However in the
short term the picture is dramatically different. A
small group of numbers win far more often than they
should. These numbers fall into 2 distinct groups:
Group A These numbers suddenly burst into life,
winning many times within a small number of spins.
Then, just as suddenly as they began to win, they
stop. Group B These numbers win at well above average
for extended periods. They display a tendency to win
in short bursts. Then after a short rest, they repeat
the pattern. The Rapid Accumulator identifies and
profits from these numbers. To prove what I'm saying,
let's take a close look at our scorecard record of
game 19. This shows us that: A. 6 numbers failed
to win.B. 13 numbers won once.C. 5 numbers won
twice.D. 6 numbers won 3 times.E. 7 numbers
won over 4 times.From this we discover:0 winning
spins. 13 winning spins. 1 0 winning spins. 18 winning
spins. 46 winning spins. 30 numbers won just 41 out of
the 87 spins (the total of A, B, C & D).7 numbers won
46 of the 87 spins (the total number of spins won by
E).These 7 numbers won a total of 28 times to qualify
(7 x 4 = 28.). Then went on to win a further 18 times.
These numbers were superstars and The Rapid
Accumulator picked them and cashed them in. Why 4
numbers to qualify Game 19 graphically illustrates
this. 5 numbers won twice, and 6 numbers won 3 times.
Not one of these numbers managed to win again. 7
numbers won 4 times to qualify. All seven won again,
one or more times. The system does not work using 2
numbers to qualify. It does work using 3 numbers to
quality, but nowhere near as well. 4 wins to qualify
is the optimum number. Why 87 spins per game
Computer testing has proven this to be the point at
which profits peak. The system will work on shorter or
longer games, but the long run profits will be
reduced. 87 spins per game is the optimum number.
Why abandon a game This is done to safeguard against a
major loss. Imagine a game in which 10 numbers qualify
as selections by the 50th spin, and in which not one
of them wins again. A game such as this would end in a
loss of well over 400 units. This rule is there to
prevent this from happening. Games 70, 93 and 110 were
all abandoned due to this rule, and as luck would have
it, all three games would have improved, had they been
played out. However, in the long run this rule will
save us money. Page 3 Statistics I have listed below
some figures that may be of interest. · On
average, betting begins after 37 spins.· Betting
always begins with 1 number, and on average ends with
7.· While betting, you will average just over 3
bets per spin.· You will average 2 wins from
every 3 games played.· Your average win will be
about 93 units. Your average loss will be about
49 units. Points mentioned in advertising $474,060
profit in 68 days. This figure Is the total profit
that would have been made if bets were increased in
proportion to the bank. Playing at the rate of 2
games per day this could have been made in 68 days.
The progressive profit figures appear in the Profit
Growth Table and are calculated by deducting the $5000
starting bank. 17 winning numbers from just 23 spins.
This occurred in game 16 over spins 63 to 86. 1,327
units won in a row. This was won from games 15 to 20.
Winning 20 games from 24, while the bank soared by
$162,880. This occurred from games 75 to 98, and can
be read from the Profit Growth Table. Page 4 Casino
conduct In Australia the casinos cannot legally bar
you from playing roulette. However, if you become
known as a consistent winner, they can make things
difficult for you. Tactics which can be employed
against you are: 1 . The croupier can be changed
frequently. 2. The speed at which the ball is spun
can be varied. 3. The speed at which the wheel is
spun can be varied. 4. The size of the ball can be
changed. 5. Staff may be rude to you. 6. The wheel
can be closed, and so on. This can all be avoided by
guarding your method of play and presenting yourself
as an average player. This is what 1 suggest: ·
Dress well enough to be treated with respect, but not
so well as to stand out from the crowd. · Never
discuss anything in the casino that you would not want
overheard. Casinos have security staff taught in lip
reading. · Always complain a little when you're
losing. · When winning, make comments like "it's
nice to be getting some back" or "this makes up a bit
for what I dropped the other night". · Vary the
days and times that you play. · Avoid getting
involved in disputes as these only draw attention to
yourself. · When paid in cash chips, always slip
these into your pocket. · Don't flash folds of
money when buying your chips. · You may be
casually asked if you're playing a system. A good
answer here1is "No, 1 just like to keep a record of
the spins for interest'. · Tak ing a position at
the table before you're ready to bet can sometimes
cause trouble. A good idea here is to record the
early spins of a game from behind play. When one of
the numbers wins for the third time, take a position
at the table and buy your chips. This makes it
obvious that you intend to play and even if you don't
bet for a dozen spins it's very unlikely that any
attention will be paid to you. Most of this advice is
just common sense, with a little bit of thought you
can The Rapid AccumulatorPROFIT GROWTH TABLE
The table set out on the next 3 pages shows the profit
growth of the bank, as The Rapid Accumulator is played
through 115 games. It was calculated in the
following way. 1. The starting bank is $5,000. 2.
This is divided by 1,000 to obtain the betting unit
of $5. 3. The bank is then adjusted by the profit or
loss from each game. 4. When the bank reaches
$10,000 the betting unit is increased to $10. 5 .
When the bank reaches $15,000 the betting unit is
increased to $15, and so on. 6. When dividing the
bank by 1,000 to find the betting unit, figures are
rounded off to the nearest dollar. page 1
Bank
Game Result Unit Win
Loss 1 0
5 - -
$5,000 2 90
5 $450 $5,450
3 -9 5
$45 $5,405
4 17 5
$85 $5,490
5 88 5 $440
$5,930 6
78 5 $390
$6,320 7
-60 5
$300 $6,020 8 131
5 $655
$6,675 9 -73
5 $365 $6,310
10 112 5
$560 $6,870
11 -36 5
$180 $6,690 12
-70 5
$350 $6,340 13
-34 5
$170 $6,170 14 -73
5 $365
$5,805 1 15
11 5 $55
$5,860 16 487
5 $2,435
$8,295 17 306
5 $1,530 $9,825
- 18 70
10 $700
$10,525 19 379
10 $3,790 $14,315 _
20 74 10
$740 $15,055
_ 21 -65 15
$975 $14,080
22 86 15
$1,290 $15,370
23 150 15 $2,250
$17,620 _
24 -67 15
$1,005 $16,615 25
58 15 $870
$17,485 26
100 15 $1,500
$18,985 27 106
15 $1,590
$20,575 - 28
30 20 $600
$21,175 29 63
20 $1,260
$22,435 - 30
140 20 $2,800
$25,235 31 -61
25 $1,525
$23,710 32 -11
25 $275 $23,435
33 66 25
$1,650 - $25,085
34 -54 25
$1,350 $23,735 35
0 25 -
- $23,735 36
120 25 $3,000
$26,735 37 -2
25 $50
$26,685 38 36
25 $900 $27,585
Page 2 Game Result
40 -19 41 -22
42 89 43
98 44 -100
45 -28
46 25 47
146 48 163
49 16 50
61 51
39 52 -92
53 -51 54
39 55
48 56 7
57 36 58
-26 59
82 60 118
61 132 62
-8 63 -41
64 128
65 18 66
57 67 82
68 6
69 11 70
-130 71 -47
72 112 73
-19 74
-7 75 144
76 80 77
-46 Unit Win252525 $2,22525
$2,45030 3030 $75030 $4,380 30
$4,890 35 $560 35 $2,135 40 $1,560
4040 40 $1,560 40 $1,920 40 $280 40
$1.440 40 40 $3,280 40 $4,720 45 $5,940
505050 $6,40050 $90050 $2,85060
$4,92060 $36060 $660 60 60 60
$6,720 6060 60 $8,640 70 $5,600 70
Loss Bank $475 $27,085
$550 $26,535 $28,760
$31,210 $3,000
$28,210 $840 $27,370
$28,120
$32,500 $37,390
$37,950
$40,085
$41,645 $3,680 $37,965
$2,040 $35,925
$37,485 $39,405
$39,685
$41,125 $1,040 $40,085
$43,365
$48,085 $54,025
$400 $53,625 $2,050
$51,575 $57,975
$58,875
$61,725
$66,645 $67,005
$67,665 $7,800
$59,865 $2,820 $57,045
$63,765 $1,140
$62,625 $420 $62,205
$70,845
$76,445 $3,220 $73,225 P-an 3
,,e Game Result
Unit Win
Loss Bank 79
102 80
$8,160
$90,695 80
131
90 $11,790
$102,485 81
53
100 $5,300
$107,785
82 64
100 $6,400
$114,185
83 79
100 $7,900
$122,0c)u 84
42 100
$4,200
$126,285 85
86
125 $10,750
$137,035 86
68
125 $8,500
$145,5%Jli
87 -2
125
$250 $145,285
88
68 125 $8,500
$153,785
89
261 150 $39,150
$192,935
90
8 175 $1,400
$194,335 91
42 175
$7,350
$201,685 92
-1 200
$200 $201,4ou 93
-128 200
$25,600 $175,885 94
14
200 $2,800
$178,685 95
39
200 $7,800
$186,485
96 46
200 $9,200
$196,685
97
72 200 $14,400
$21.0,085
98
75 200 $15,000
$225,085
99
-72 225
$16,200
$208,885 100
1 225
$225
$209,110 101
-88 299;
$19,800 $189,310 102
95
225 $21,375
$210,685 103
96
225 $21,600
$232,285 104
-1
225
$225 $232,060
105 -108
225
$24,300 $207,760
106 33
225 $7,425
$215,185
107
139 225 $31,275
$246,460
108
265 225 $59,62
$306,085
109
39 300 $11,700
$317,785 110
-131 300
$39,300
$278,485 111
97 300
$29,100
$307,585 112
67 300
$20,100
$327,685
n
113
83 325
$26,975
$354,66v
114
184
350 $64,400
$419,060 115
1 150
400 $60,000
1
$479,060 Less starting bank $5,000
Here is the Rapid Fire Roulette system....actually its
3 systems.. Let me explain before you read the
systems. there are just so many ways to bet in
roulette.Single numbers, splits, 3 number lines, 4
number quads, 5 number, 6 number line bets, 12 number
1/3's, 12 number columns, 18 number (high/low, red,
black, odd, even).What this means is "How conservative
or risky do you want to bet?" "What recovery rate is
feasible to you?" among other things.Less risk? bet
35 numbers, but recovery is to win 35 times in a row
if you lost once.High risk and high return? bet one
number.In reality, there are bets in-between that
satisfy most people for The style THEY like to play.
That's why I don't push my style onto others. It may
not work for you or you're not in the right place at
the right time.I can live and survive quite nicely on
80% or 50% return on my money, with low risk,
confidence of winning and enjoy myself without getting
stressed out.The systems that I use are not new, nor
unique, but what matters is HOW I use them, or any
other. I enjoy the comfort of betting on 63% of the
numbers for a 50% return. Even the banks don't give
me 50% interest on my money. The recovery rate is
acceptable, meaning I have to win twice to make up a
losing bet.At the high rollers table past weekend, I
was betting 4 $25 chips on 4 lines (63% of the
numbers). The 4 lines are the ones that make up 13-36
on the board.I know I have almost 75% chance of
winning every spin, it's easy for me to know what
numbers I'm on (teens, twenties and thirties when the
dealer says the winning number), easy for me to reach
on the layout, but more importantly, on a 0/00 wheel
in Atlantic City, if 0/00 come out, I only lose 1/2 of
my outside bet. What outside bet do you say???
Well, I bet one chip on the 13-17and 3 chips on the
outside bet of 18-36. This way I don't have to worry
as much about 0/00. Increase your bets (when you do)
of (2 chips and 6 chips), then (3 chips and 9 chips),
etc. By the way, high numbers came out 22 times in a
row,(which is not unusual) with 0/00 twice. I go for
the streaks. MANY, MANY ofthem every day. Very
rarely does it go high, low, high, low, etc.for very
long.The second system is to bet the 3 line bets of
0,00,1,2,3 and7,8,9,10,11,12 and 25,26,27,28,29,30.
I'm sure you know this one also as it covers two huge
wedges on the wheel layout - mark the numbers off on
the wheel. Again, it's the money management that
matters. Most people know where to bet, just not HOW
to bet.Increasing at the right time, decreasing at the
right time. I think a form of this is the way that
$2000 system goes. Add in one more line bet of six
number (i'd use the six line that contains the last
number won) and you're covering 23 numbers or 60% of
the wheel. If one of the 4 line bet wins (25% of
your bet) you get 300% return{SAMPLE - 4 - $25 bets
is $100. After a 1 chip line bet wins, you have 6
chips (600% of your bet) but, subtracting the other 3
chips lost from the 6 chips would be 3 chip win on the
1 chip line bet or 300%. Figures work with that
system clues.Anyway the last system I use is to bet a
$5 chip on the 6 number line bet that the last winning
number came in on. If I win, I have 6 chips. If I
lose, bet a $5 chip on EACH of the last two lines that
won. If I win, I have 5 chips.If I lose, bet 2 chips
($10) on each of the last three lines that contain
the last 3 winning numbers. If I win, I get double my
money. If I lose I bet $25 on each of the last 4
lines that won. I still get a profit if I win. If I
lose,Istart over.RAGS TO RICHES Congratulations on
purchasing three very positive systems for playing
roulette. First of all this is not a get rich quick
scheme, if you think you can make a couple of thousand
or million in a few minutes you are totally on the
wrong track. You must remember that casinos are not in
business for fun, they are there to take your money.
Let me explain to you a bit about gambling and money
management: Some people walk into a casino and hope to
bankrupt it within a few minutes or hours, others are
happy to take their time, double their money and walk
out. These gamblers are the clever ones and will
probably succeed in making a share of profit from the
casinos that they visit. Think of it like this. If
your goal was to double your money each day for ten
days and you started with R100 your purse would look
like this: Day 1 Bankroll R 100 Profit R 100
Total R 200Day 2 Bankroll R 200 Profit R
200 Total R 400Day 3 Bankroll R 400
Profit R 400 Total R 800Day 4 Bankroll
R 400 Profit R 400 Total R 1200Day 5
Bankroll R 400 Profit R 400 Total R
1600 Day 6 Bankroll R 400 Profit R 400
Total R 2000 Day 7 Bankroll R 400 Profit R
400 Total R 2400 Day 8 Bankroll R 400
Profit R 400 Total R 2800Day 9
Bankroll R 400 Profit R 400 Total R
3200Day 10 Bankroll R 400 Profit R 400
Total R 3600 As you can see from the above we
stopped doubling our money on day 4 and stayed with
betting R400 a day and making a profit of R400 per
day. You can now see that starting with R100 over 10
days we made R3500, not bad for a few hours a day for
ten days work. Money management has to be the most
important factor in gambling, without it you will be
lost. Treat it with respect and you will make plenty
of profit.An added bonus is the free drinks you get
while playing. Thankyou for taking the time to read
this and I wish you all the success in the world.
Please read the following systems very carefully and
make sure you know them well before attempting to
enter a casino. Practice with numbers written down
form genuine spins of casinos. REACTION ROULETTE You
will be switching from red to black (E/O, H/L) in
accordance withwhatever the second preceding decision
was. If the decision before last wasblack, you will
bet read, and vice-versa. The idea is that if there
is along run of the same or alternating colors, you
will win most of your bets. He states that if you were
to stick with one color, if a losing streak cameit
could hurt you, and (I love this) that "six losses in
a row occurseldomely, seven rarely and eifht almost
never. We have never experiencednine consecutive
losses!" I remember that the first time I really sat
downto play roulette seriously, I saw 13 blacks,
followed by 1 red, followed by9 blacks. Obviously
this guy hasn't played much roulette! To continue -
instead of increasing each bet as you win or lose,
thestrategy is to make flat bets in a series of five -
thus "smoothing out" thepeaks and valleys that cause
an adverse effect on most systems. By doingthis, only
three net results are possible for each series of five
bets - youcan win or lose either one, three or five
units. If you were a net winner at the bottom level of
your series, you must stayat the same level for your
next bet. If you had lost one unit, your nextbet must
be one level higer. Losing three units would call for
a bet twolevels higher - losing five units your bet
level would be three unitshigher. When you are above
the bottom level and winning, drop down in yourseries
exactly the same way - one level when you win one
unit, two levelswhen you win win three units, and drop
three levels on a five unit win. We are detailing tow
successful betting patterns - Series "A"
(conservative)and Series "B" (moderate). A 5 6 7 8 9
10 12 14 16 18 20 22 25 (13 bets)B 5 7 9 11 13 15
17 19 21 23 25 27 30 (13 bets) The suggested playing
bankroll for "A" is $500 and "B" is $600 The following
data is based on tests of Series "B" composed of
approximagely2500 dice decisions and 600 roulette
spins. The 3100 recorded decisionswere picked
randomly from the books "72 Hours at the Dice Table"
and"Roulette by the Millions". The net gain from
these plays was $1946.Generally these results were on
the conservative side, but of course, therewill be
times when many of your wagers will be in the upper
area of theseries. In the 3100 trials with series
"B", the 30 level was reached justtwice. With
conservative play and with 90 minute playing
intervals, you can expectwinning sessions to
consistantly outnumber losers by more than 4 to 1 -
withthe average size of losses about the same as the
average wins. You mustadhere to the playing
guidelines on the following page: (last page) 1)
Formulate your own bet series (no less than 13
numbers) and your ownrules so that they are
comfortably within your bankroll. For instance,
youcould start your series at the $1 or $2 level
and/or move up only 2 notchesinstead of 3 with you
lose 5 units. You do not have to pull back on wins
atexactly the same rate you move up on losses. If you
are concerned becauseyou are in the middle of the
upper end of your series, you can come down abit
faster on a winning series than you went up on a
loser. For example -if you escalate 1, 2 and 3
notches as suggested above, you might pull backafter
wins at the rate of 1, 3 and 4 notches (or even 2, 3
and 4). Thiswill not prevent you from winning. 2)
Always play each series to win about 10 times your
smallest bet. Alwaystry to end each series with a
win. At any point in the middle of a seriesafter
winning a couple of 3's - or a 5 and a 3 - have the
flexibility tostart a new series or pull back a couple
of extra notches. 3) Be aware of your approximate net
score in each series and, adjust yourplay accordingly.
Do not press when in the middle of an adverse run. 4)
If you should lose the top bet in your series, never
go on at the same orhigher level. If that shuold
happen, begin a new series at one fo the 3smallest
bets in your regular bet series.
___
file:///D|/Systems/REAL%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEM.htm
Well since you have come here, your at least curious of what the heck this page is all
about. Some of you are sceptical of anything that promises that you can get
something for nothing. I hole heartily agree. Although my strategy is not to charge
for this information that I have discovered. I have decided to offer it as a
shareware type of an offering. If you are successful using this technique then I
request a reasonable return from you. If this was offered in a book it would cost
you about $20.00. You would never be able to get something like this without
paying for it first. I believe you will be successful if you work for it. If you feel this
was really worth it and would like to pay for it. Than I request you to give $20.00 to
the local Fireman’s Relief Fund or the local Policemen’s Relief Fund.
To begin with you probably would love to prove that this is just another hair
brained idiot with a desire to start another fools parade. It is my intention to
astonish you by putting up instead of shutting up. I have created a computer model
on a basic spreadsheet to back up some of my physical discoveries. The model
proves, instructs, and prepares you to engage the victim. Your probably thinking
right now, yeh I know who the victim is. The good news is that it won’t cost you a
dime to find out and to learn. I know by observing people that they would rather
win and brag about it than tell others how much they lost.
The following is a method to engage a situation. It is a set of planned strategies in
order to position ones self to take advantage of something that the casinos cannot
protect themselves from. This is based on the normal distribution of events. I
intend to show you how it works using the roulette table as the best example that I
have found for it. I urge you to go all the way to the end of this tutorial. It only
contains seven pages. It would be best to prepare your self to win before you ever
walk into a casino to try it. If you are not sure you can do it, you really shouldn’t
do it. The vast majority of people that gamble use a strategy that when they lose so
much money, than they will quit. That is exactly how they want you to gamble.
Without a plan you are a pigeon for the tacking. They even take advantage of your
common good nature. The casinos give you stuff so it kind of feels OK because you
kind of owe it to them anyway, don’t you. It is my discovery that all continual
betting schemes and progressive amounts of bet levels all fall in the end. The odds
and the outcomes always end up in the houses favour. For example, I do not want
to waist time in this tutorial explaining the various ways to place bets on systems
file:///D|/Systems/REAL%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEM.htm (1 of 8) [7/9/2002 9:07:36 AM]
that are easy to be proved fruitless. If you want that information you can find out
how to play those systems in the various books on the market available. However
one guy wrote a book on how to play roulette as a business. I was really curious so I
forked over the twenty bucks. After checking that system several times on both
physical and computer modals. The results turned out to be a total and very
expensive loss to the poor sucker that uses it. It is no wonder that the guy did not
want to give his name.
He claimed to be a professional dealer. I think maybe he was really a casino
owner. The point I am trying to make is that if you use a system that is expensive
and risky you probably are to exposed to a catastrophic or continual melt down.
Once you lose your gambling nest egg than your done. Isn’t that great. It works
every time for the house.
So what’s different about this. I have noticed times when certain numbers come up,
ether they are more than normal or less than normal, and also number groups do
the same thing, sometimes they come up more or less than statistically normal. I
dismissed all this as being nothing more than normal. Like so what! Than I noticed
that they also for short periods of times come up in patterns. For instance now,
now, now, not now, than it would start over again and again until it stopped. There
was a beginning to that pattern, a middle, and an end. The patterns lasted from 20
minutes to one time over three hours. I actually went through a period of betting
against them because I thought that this can not keep up for ever. It kept up long
enough to get my money. The point is to go with the pattern and to have a good
way to wait for it. It would be nice to make a little steady money and then pounce
on the pattern and win a bigger prize. I have devised such a plan. On my last visit
to Las Vegas I sat in on a pattern that I recognised for about fifty-five minutes, on a
slow table. It started about ten minutes after I sat down. A slow table spins about
every two minutes or more. I had twenty bucks, it was a 25 cent table, about an
hour latter I left with over three hundred dollars after tips. The best example was a
win that I had at Lake Tahoe. I sat down to an almost perfect yes, yes, and no
repeating pattern, that lasted only 25 minutes. I took sixty dollars and worked up
to twenty nine hundred dollars in just over twenty minutes. It was 12 five dollar
chips after a couple of wins I was up to 16. It wasn’t luck because I saw it and
pounced on it. There are unknowable patterns of events that occur all the time.
The trick is to prepare your self for them and wait. My biggest problem was being
patient, also if seeing something and not being able to sit in on it. I was working on
the problem when on the day before it was time to leave I went into a gamblers
specialty store. I was browsing through the books when I came across betting on
single numbers at a time. It had never occurred to me before that betting on one
number to come up could be fruitful. I left Las Vegas with that bee in my bonnet.
What I have discovered knowing that pattern betting works very well, is that single
numbers work even better. That’s when I discovered “Brute Force” , concepts.
What I will show you is how to use “Brute Force” and how to pounce on a pattern.
Later you will have to write a little spreadsheet that I will show you how to
configure. If you can’t do this than find someone to help you. That spreadsheet
will both prove and prepare you. There will be no need to go at it unprepared.
The trick to making money is how you place the bets. One of the biggest and most
important things to do is to have a cut off point while betting on a number. This
way you don’t participate in a loosing moment. With this method you eliminate the
long downward slide that occurs when a number cools off. If you only participate
in upward motion and eliminate the equalising factors of downward involvement,
you can win, I will keep going over this point through illustrations, over and over
until you really understand it. The best way is by example. Remember I haven’t
told you how to take advantage of pattern groups yet. This single number stuff will
make you a steady chip return while you wait for a weakness to occur. These
patterns happen all the time and they can’t do a thing, to prevent it. To this day it
is believed that there is no way to beat the game of roulette. unlike the total belief of
card counting in the game of black ‘jack,. The pit bosses are only looking for one
thing. People cheating, or the one in a million chance that a wheel is out of balance.
Some people try placing, bets after the ball falls into a slot, others are caught trying
to steal chips from the dealers or other peoples piles. In all cases it is all caught on
video tape. There biggest concerns are their own dealers conduct. This system will
catch them off guard. After 6000 hours of playing roulette, I have never seen
anyone else use a method like this.
Example one
I think that real world examples would teach more at once than any other method.
So lets define the parameters of the game of roulette for people that don’t
understand it. There is a green layout board where bets are placed and a wheel in
most American casinos with 38 slots for a ball to fall into. That means 1. out of 38
chances to win, if you are betting on single number at a time. The point is to find a
hot number and bet it until it cools off or you run out of energy- If you use a 380

spin betting session on

an average table that could end up being ten or eleven hours. You ask why would I
ever want to do that. You might want to because the average earning potential
from a session is from 150 to 250 equal valued chips. If you are using $1.00 chips
than you could make $150.00 to $250.00 in that session. The next times you play
you should stay at that level of $1.00 until you have Quadrupled your basic starting
point. You than go to $2.00 chips and work your way up to four times that. With
this method you only expose one quarter of your winnings at any time. This is
called money management. This process could take several days to reach. If you
have time to go to the next level you start out at $4.00 chips again exposing only a
quarter of your winnings. You should be using about 200 chips for starters at each
level. The rest of your money goes into a take home bag, When you get to a point
where you can stash three quarters and double the next level than you should move
tip. This process takes five quarters each time. Or a total of I 000 unites. This
process of changing chip values can take a while to do. The good point is that there
is a limit to the straight up value that you can bet on a number. The better not high
roller limits at most Vegas style casinos are either $50.00 or $100.00 per betting
establishment. Assuming that you are satisfied at $10.00 chips and not even looking
at changing, on pattern groups, 200 times $10.00 equals $2,000.00, for about ten or
eleven hours work. A safe progression of growth should look like this, $1, $2, $4, $8,
$15, $25, $50, $1 00. If that doesn’t satisfy you, you can look to the high roller
places where the sky is the limit. When . I was at lake Tahoe some guy won over a
million dollars at the high roller table playing roulette. I have no idea what lie was
doing I just thought it was amazing. If you want to start out low you can find 25
cent tables that have a four chip or one dollar minimum. They can be found usually
on weekdays at most places. That would imply that you need at least $200.00 to
check this out. There is a one in a million chance that every time you chose a
number it will go cold on you. The average hot number comes up about 16 times
apart. If you triple that you get 48. So for no other reason, other than it seams to
be in the right area for best cut off point, I use it. You stop riding a number at 48
times and then wait for it to come up again. If you see another number get hot just
jump to it. The trick is to get on the hot numbers and ride them while your
searching for patterns to attack. All this is done by tracking numbers on paper.
Almost all casinos let you take notes at the roulette table. It is best to make a pre-
formatted chart. An example of one will be provided later. Some of the casinos
make them, they actually encourage it. Only one problem they are not formatted to

search for most of the better groups. Also some casinos
Example Two
As I said before I would go over and over the single number waiting system. so this
time lets look at it from a step by step method. the first thing you do is watch a table
for a while . Since the average hot number comes up about 16 times apart, wait till
you see a repeated number, the first hot number that you want to bet on.
Sometimes a number will repeat right away and sometimes it won’t repeat for a
while. I have never seen a stretch that was more than 25 numbers from the whole
group of 38 It might surprise you but after you reach 19 spins then there is a 50-50
chance of some number repeating from the first 19 numbers. It will either land in
the first half or it will land in the other half. In the game of roulette, the only thing
you will need to know is that the dealer pays 35 to I on a straight up number. You
do this by placing the correct amount of chips on the center of the number that you
have chosen without touching any borders of that number box. If someone else is
already on that number you stack your own coloured
chips right on top of the others. I should point out that the dealers call the table
chips, checks. They call the silver, $5, $25, $100, $500, anti $ 1,000 chips, ( CHIPS ).
If you use the roulette coloured checks, there can sometimes be a four check
minimum on the single number bets. If you are at a 25 cent table, you can buy four
stacks of 20 checks tall for $20.00. Once you got a hot number you place four checks
or one silver dollar straight up on your number. That tables minimum is $ 1.00.
Just to get past the first hurdle you need $48-00. That’s three times the hot number
average. It is also again the recommended cut off point. Another point of interest is
that if you use table checks you can pay for them to he any value you want. They
will mark their value on the wheel if they are different from the current table value.
Also you will be the only one there with that colour check. If you want them to be $
1.00 each than you only have to place one on that number at a time. The dealer will
help you if you get confused about this. Let’s say that you picked a number to bet
on and you have been writing down the numbers. You sit down hopefully in a place
where you can reach that number, or you can stand near by. Let’s say that you
keep betting each time and 15 times go by. Then on the next spin it lands on your
number. The dealer takes the marker and places it on your stack. Then clears all
non paying chips and checks. Next the dealer pays everybody off that had a
winning bet. You should receive 35 checks for each one in your stack. If you were
using 25 cent checks, then you had four on the number . You should receive 140

checks, or $35.00 in chips. You get to keep the checks that are under the marker,
you can let them ride for the next bet. Your actual win is $20.00, that’s 35 minus 15
equals 20 ). if you are tracking all the numbers that came up), and if and if your
number cools off you can just jump over to another number that you might have
noticed had heated up. That’s all there is to it. What it can do for you is to position
you for a pattern attack. That’s what I will show you next.
Pattern example
In this example I intend to show you a pattern, one of many that exist. I separate
them into groups of numbers. What we are looking for are reoccurring numbers
that fall into one group or another, and do it in a way that forms a pattern. For
example, 16 numbers I call the prime numbers, they are dispersed around the wheel
symmetrically. Imagine if you will a clock, there are three numbers at 12:00, three
numbers at 6:00, three at 3 -00, and three at 9-00 that makes tip 12 numbers. The
remaining 4 are dispersed evenly, one at each position half way between a three
number group. It’s like spokes of a wheel. I want to point out that the location on a
wheel does not matter. Each time the wheel is spun there is a I in 38 chance that it
will go anywhere. So you can make up any kind of groups you want. I recommend
sizes of 12 to 24 numbers in your groups. You may want to use the ones I do. I
created them from geographical locations on the wheel. Like for instance 7
numbers centred on the zero and 7 centred on the 00. These two 7 number groups
are on opposite sides of the wheel. They make tip a total of 14 numbers. That
means 14 chosen and 24 not chosen for a total of 38. Now lets look at what a
pattern looks like. While I’m betting single numbers I put x marks in spaces that
represent hits in groups on my chart. For instance whenever a prime number
comes up I put an x in the appropriate space on my chart for that group. This way
you can easily see a pattern form. Now what to do about it if you do see one. Bet on
it of course, but how. When I was in Lake Tahoe the pattern was in the 14
numbered croup of 7s near the zeroes. It started hitting two times on them and one
time off, than two times on and one off. At the end it fell out slowly. This is how I
bet it. I took $5.00 chips and put one on each number. It hit one, and they gave me
35 $500 chips. I put three on each one and that hit. They gave me 105 $5.00 chips.
Then I sat back one hand and put a single chip on the red. The next move was to
put three $5.00 chips on each number. That hit and they paid 105 chips again. I
stayed with the pattern and put 9 $5.00 chips per number. That hit, and they had
to pay me with White, $100.00 chips. That came to $1,575.00 for the pay off. The

next move was to bet five bucks on the red again. I was starting to get nerves, and a
crowd was starting to gather around me. I put out the three $5.00 chips per
number again and they hit again. So of Course I tripled those and went for the nine
chip piles again. That hit for the last time, and I got another $1,575.00 pay oft. I
was at a little over $3,600.00 when I went at the pattern again. The first hit came,
but the nine $5.00 chips per number lost. The pattern was broken. That last loss,
cost me $630.00. I played around with it for a while with $5.00 chips and got up and
walked away with $2,900.00 in chips. If you keep letting the houses money ride,
than you will lose for sure. I had three levels of bet values here, because the pav oft
from one bet was almost equal to three times the opening bet. So it went I chip, 3
chips, 9 chips. Because I kind of went for it I than went to a 3 chip, and 9 chip
money management method. Because I didn’t have all my winnings on the table at
once I was able to walk away a winner. This entire process started with $60.00.
Two very important lessons are here. Only bet a percentage of your gambling
money at a time, and in order to come home a winner, you have to get up and walk
away while you are winning. If you have a gambling addiction, I do not recommend
that you try this system. Even though this will work for others, I do not believe it
will work for you. You will either fall into whatever that makes you addicted, or
you will fall to really prepare yourself with self control. In other words I don’t
think you can control yourself You really can’t do it, so get some help! Go to
Gamblers Anonymous. The most interesting thing that t have noticed is that you
can see something different every time you gamble at roulette. Don’t get lulled into
thinking if I had gambled like this or that I would have won more. Take the idea
home with you and run it forwards and backwards and up and down. Prove that it
works first in a safe environment before you ever try it for real. Try this system in
practice before you ever play it for real, You haven’t gone far enough until you
understand the times, and how often it doesn’t work and why. When you fully
understand this you will be able to make a small investment safely. Make learning
fun, get together with some friends, and run real time tests. Make a physical model
put 38 numbered beads in a jar. Figure out a way to make an unbiased 38 number
generator. Use the random number formula in a spreadsheet to generate the
number or use the roulette wheel program at the front of this tutorial. Make some
charts- create some number groups, get some poker chips or use pennies as chips.
Find out what works. Then after that go pounce on that weakness I showed you.
Some of my favourites are three on then three off, three on and three off. I also
watch for runs. This is a common practice of betting. Ridding a run can really

work good for you. A good one is like red or black dominating. If black is coming
tip more than it should, put a steady bet on it till it ends. Other patterns are red
black red black it Just keeps changing like a turn signal. Always go with the
pattern, don’t bet against what you see, bet with it. Just be patient and a really
good pattern will come to you. That’s what the single number bet is for. It lets you
be there at the table, so you can strike at its weakness. If you see a fifty fifty pay off
bet, red or black, odd or even, high or low, that is one sided or dominating one of
those groups, you can let your bet ride one time less than a patterns run. Like this,
I chip becomes 2, 2 chips become 4, 4 chips become 8, 8 chips become 16. When you
do this you only risk the original I chip. The trick of course is to get off before it
ends. Little battles like this can win big wars. If you don’t get greedy, and use
patience just nibble away at it when its in your favour. The final understanding of
this is simple. You bet on the numbers that are hot, and you change to the new
numbers that are hot. When people come in and bet their birthday or their
anniversary, well those
numbers might be cold just then or they might be hot. You of course would know
that because you have been keeping track.

REAL SPIN SYSTEM (System for only one straight up number $175)
· System for only one number!

· Very easy to learn and to use it.
· Great acuraccy to trace and pick up the winning number
· not progression used, flat bets only!
· bankroll : 40 chips.
· based on the law of the third.
· Duplicate your bankroll in a night!
THE RULES
For this application we use the whole theoretical cycle of the law of the third
- not 37 spins but 40 spins.We need to note a total of 60 spins, divided in two
parts of 40 spins and 20 spins.
Note the first 40 spins. We will find that in the majority of times we see 4 or
5 numbers spun 3 times, 1 or 2 numbers spun 4 times, and never (practically) any
numbers spun 5 times (in case you see a number drawn 5 times, it is not
playable). Then during the following 20 spins play immediately the first number
spun 5 times!
Play it for a maximum of 36 spins - or until it hits!
When playing the number, take note the number of spins you play the number.
If you hit before the 20 spin, continue playing the number for 15 spins. If you
hit again, play it for another 20 spins, if you hit again, play if for another
25 spins, if you hit again play it for another 30 spins, and so on...
EXAMPLES
First 40 spins:
5,10,19,2,27,30,31,12,7,36,21,31,19,32,36,31,23,5,13,17,31,8,5,8,2,31,19,6,2,19,
35,13,18,5,3,21,1,25,9,9
Now you can see the number 19 and the number 5 spun 4 times. The number 31, spun
5 times is eliminated and not playable. Continue noting the spins:
9,24,32,33,24,35,5 ATTENTION! Now the number 5 is PLAYABLE IMMEDIATELY! Play it
for a whole numeric cycle ( 36 spins) and WIN!
Relaxed Roulette System
RELAXED ROULETTE
Analyzed and revised by Izak Matatya
There are lots of roulette systems on the market. Most of them win 9 times out of 10, so your first
thought is “wow, this must be a sure winner!” Not necessarily so: the one time that you lose is
usually enough to take all your winnings back and to push you to the negative.
A few systems perform well but are complicated or not active enough (you have to wait too long
before a bet) or they require a lot of bookkeeping or will sometimes eat your capital, and so on.
Still other systems follow the dealer's signature and should perform well IF a dealer would be
standing long enough at one table, which very often is not the case.
The system that I have developed has none of these inconveniences or dangers.
The stress level is also very low, because the goal is to walk into a casino, bet a few turns and go
back home. This is obtained through FIXING a specific amount of units you want to win. If you do
this, you will not be seduced by this little devil inside your head, telling you “try another one and
another one”. Another advantage is that your exposure to the casino advantage is minimal.
The casino has always the advantage over the gambler AS LONG as he/she plays EVERY turn of the
wheel or at least lots of turns. We won’t do this when betting only a few turns and limiting our profit
to a fixed amount. Still another parameter enters the scene: we create frequent INTERRUPTIONS
along our betting sessions, adding extra advantage to our side.
A really unique side of this system is that you don't need a specific capital (although nothing is
against defining one). You can start with 20 units and never have to look back. What if everything
would go wrong and you lose your 20 units? First of all, you will NOT lose them, you will only deliver
them to the casino TEMPORARILY. You'll get them back. Even if 20 units were the total capital you
had, you'd simply wait calmly until you'd get another sample of 20 units. Even in the worst possible
scenario, you'll get your total investment back sooner or later with added profited units.
Why is that so? It's thanks to an adapted version of an old well known progression – the Labouchere
– combined with a special selection system based on a basic truth and good money management
and a PROFIT limit (others are always talking about a LOSS limit). Incredible as it may sound; my
system limits profits, not losses! This can be done, because losses will never be FINAL but only
temporary. Besides that, the system wins so often, that huge losses are not to be expected.
Let's now look at all these promising parameters in more detail.
1) You always bet on TWO dozens at once;

2) Those two dozens are the LAST TWO ones that just came out, as long as they are different. If they
are not different, you don’t place a bet until you get a couple of dozens that are different;
3) If you don't win right away (also because of a 0), you'll continue betting on these same two dozens
for a second time;
4) If you still don't win, you'll bet again on these same two dozens for a third and last time;
5) If you win this third bet, you simply continue the system by betting on the last two dozens (so in
this case the NEW last ones);
6) If you lost your third bet, you WAIT for the formation of a NEW couple and then you go on (this is
the interruption I spoke about);
7) So you go on until you reach your profit goal (I'll come back to that later on);
1
8) Once you've reached your goal, you STOP for the day (there is a reason for this, trust me)
IMPORTANT REMARK: the two dozens you're betting on have to be two DIFFERENT dozens. If a
zero comes up in between, you don’t bet until you have a couple of dozens formed during the last 2
spins. Also, if the dozens repeat for more than 3 times, you can start betting on the other 2 dozens.
The progression
1) BEFORE you start your first bet, you write down the number 1.
2) You'll bet 1 unit on each dozen (so 2 units total).
3) When you win your first bet, you circle this number and that's also the amount you've won.
4) If you lose your first bet, you'll add the number 1 twice (because you lost TWO units) to the right
side of the first number 1, which gives you THREE numbers 1 in a row;
5) The next bet will be THE SUM of the two OUTSIDE numbers, 1+1=2 on EACH of the dozens.
6) If you win now, you’ll circle these two numbers (the left one and the right one) and you'll see that
there is still one number left. You have to bet that one number on each dozen (so 2 unit’s total).
7) If you win this bet, all units are gone and you've concluded your one unit winning;
8) And so the progression goes on by adding to the right side of the row TWO times the quantity of
units you lose and by circling the number at the left most side of the row and the one at the right
most side of the row if you win.
9) To clarify this last point: if you lose, you add the two extreme numbers of the row (the left one and
the right one) and you bet this quantity on EACH dozen. If you win, you circle the two extreme
numbers and continue your betting with the numbers that are left.
10) If you start feeling uncomfortable with the next bet you have to place, you can always split the
row into smaller units: this will make the row longer and the number of bets to play higher, but in
the end the row will be GONE and you'll be automatically a WINNER.
That's the reason I'm saying that this system doesn't care about losses or about a high capital. If
your capital (for example the 20 units I mentioned earlier) is gone due to a very bad run, DON'T panic.
Stop betting for a couple of hours or even days and then go back to CONTINUE with your row of
numbers where you quit. This principle stresses the importance of ALWAYS knowing where you are
exactly in your row of numbers. As long as you continue later on with this row, you finally come out
a WINNER. You'll NEVER lose at the end and the BIG advantage is that you can stop whenever you
want and start again whenever AND wherever (another table, another casino). YOU decide.
Everything is now turned upside down: YOU are in control and NOT the casino (they CAN'T stop
when they want or use another casino). Bookkeeping is also very simple: each row that is
completely circled (and remember this can be and often IS only one number) equals 1 UNIT PROFIT.
As you'll see in the paragraph “money management”, the profit LIMIT is 5 points.
VERY often this goal is reached in less than 20 turns of the wheel. Calculate your earnings/hour and
you'll be delighted, even when using moderate unit values.
One golden rule (again): BE HAPPY WITH YOUR FIVE UNITS/DAY and you'll never be exposed to the
casino advantage and you'll have plenty of time to LIVE. If you think that this is peanuts, I'll convince
you quickly of the opposite: suppose your units are 50 US$ (you can build this quickly on the back of
the casino or you can start this unit value from your own money). Winning 5 units a day would then
equal 250 US$/day or 5,000 US$/month when playing only 20 days a month!
When you've built your capital high enough (and that will go much quicker then you can imagine, see
the money management) in order to feel at ease with higher unit values, you can quietly earn a small
(or not so small) fortune in this way. Even if you touch one day at the table limit, this WON’T be a
problem, because you'll simply split your bets just enough to stay under this limit!
You can deduct from these calculations that I'm a lazy person who likes to enjoy the good life!
Money management
Let's suppose a starting capital of 50 units of 10 US$ = 500 US$
1) Winning 5 units/day = 5 x 10 US$ = 50 US$.

2) After 10 days, your profit is 500 US$ and your capital has already doubled.
2
3) Now I have to ask for a little patience, because we'll put these 500 US$ in a safe place and start all
over again, until we reach again 500 US$ profit (another 10 days).
4) Now we have a capital of 1,000 US$ and our risk is...ZERO US$ (because we put our first 500 US$
profit in quarantine).
5) From here on the betting unit goes to 20 US$.
6) 20 US$ x 5 units = 100 US$/day = 2000 US$/month for 20 days of play.
7) When we have done this for 15 days, our capital becomes 1,000 US$ + 1,500 US$ = 2,500 US$
8) Now we bet with 50 US$ units.
9) 50 US$ x 5 x 20 = already 5,000 US$/month!
10) But a little greed is allowed and we want to reach 100 US$ units.
11) Therefore we'll have to play for only 10 days with our 50 US$ units = 2,500 US$ + 2,500 US$ =
5,000 US$
12) There we are! Betting 100 US$ units with ZERO risk! Now the gambler’s live becomes rosy and I
suggest to stay awhile on these 100 US$ units, in order to build a very healthy capital that can
sustain everything. And of course you can go to higher and higher units, although I recommend
not to push this to extremes for the simple reason that the casino's won’t allow you to milk them
to the bottom. It's better NOT to kill your golden cow!
One remark at the $100 unit level: you may want to set your profit limit to not more than 3 units
instead of 5 and even 1 or 2 units will give you sufficient profit. Result: even less stress, less
exposure, quicker winning sessions and STILL very high income.
Now you'll see an example coming from a real casino that can be checked by everyone who wishes
to do so. I'm taking the most recent results, so that I won’t give the impression to choose a
permanence specially to prove my system.
Spielbank Hamburg
Tisch (table) 0001
02.10.2001 (October 2, 2001)
Gewinnzahlen (the numbers that came)
18
6
24 Here we start (betting on the two last different dozens 1 and 2) and we win right
away.
19 Our new two dozens are 1 and 2 and we win again.
1 We DON'T bet, because we don't have two different dozens.
32 We bet on 2 and 1 and we lose, so our row becomes 111.
36 We bet now 2 units on each dozen (2 and 1) and we lose again, Æ 11122.
32 We bet now 3 units on each dozen (2 and 1) and we lose again, Æ 1112233.
----
16 We WAIT for a new couple, because we lost 3 times in a row.
17 Now we bet 4 units (2 times) on the new couple (3 and 2) and we win, Æ 11223
16 We can't bet, because there is no couple of dozens that are different.
25 We still can't bet.
29 Now we bet 4 units (2 times) on dozens 2 and 3 and we win, Æ 122.
28 We don't have a new couple, so we don't bet.
7 We bet 3 units (2 times) on 3 and 1 and we win, Æ 2
7 We can't bet.
11 We can't bet.
31 We can't bet.
9 We bet 2 units (2 times) on 3 and 1 and we win, Æ DONE!
36 We bet 1 unit (2 times) and win right away.
34
and so we go on until we've won 5 units.
Wishing you the best of luck with my Relaxed Roulette,
Edmond Petitjean
3
Hello, this is Izak Matatya. I have reviewed Edmond Petitjean’s Relaxed Roulette system described
above and I would like to add the following analysis.
I have tested and used Relaxed Roulette and had great success with it. I have questioned why
betting on two dozens while applying a Labouchere progression should yield a winning system. For
one thing, when you bet on two dozens simultaneously, your chances of winning the bet are 2 out of
3, or nearly 65% considering the zero(s). This also means that on the long run, you would be winning
65% of all your bets. With the Labouchere progression, you are required to win one plus half (or
50%) of all your bets in order to be able to close the run, which gives you 1 unit profit.
Therefore, if your run lasts say 17 bets, you will need to win 9 of them. With the 65% probability,
chances are you will win 11 of them and your run will be closed with 1 unit profit.
I also analyzed what it would take to lose 3 times in a row according to Edmond’s system.
Relaxed Roulette requires you to give it a break should you lose 3 times in a row. In a sequence of 5
spins, there are only 6 ways you could lose 3 times in a row. And those are:
1) 1 2 3 3 3, (those numbers are the dozens of the numbers that show up) this is because when
you get a couple of dozens such as 1 and 2, you will be betting on those two and only if
dozen 3 shows up 3 times in a row, you will lose.
2) 2 1 3 3 3
3) 1 3 2 2 2;
4) 3 1 2 2 2;
5) 2 3 1 1 1;
6) 3 2 1 1 1.
Now those 6 permutations are out of 3 to the power of 5 or 243. Therefore, the chances of getting
such sequences are 6 out of 243 or 2.5%. They will happen and they did happen when I tried the
system live at a frequency of 2-3 times in 100 spins. And they cost the loss of 12 units, because
when you lose 3 times in a row, your betting scheme becomes:
1 1 1 2 2 3 3, and you have placed on the table 1+1+2+2+3+3 = 12 units.
Another way of looking at this is the following: If you have a couple of dozens, the chances of losing
once is 33%, of losing twice is 11%, and of losing three times in a row is 3.6%. So you would lose 12
units only 3.6% of the time.
Edmond says that you can come and play once again after you take a break after having lost 3 times
and go on from where you were left off by placing 4 units on each dozen and pursue with the
progression until you win your unit profit. This requires a higher bankroll. If you have about 100
units to play with, this method is not a problem.
A different approach is to simply accept the 12-unit loss and start over again from the beginning. I
found that recovering 12 units can be sometimes less stressful and does not require the betting of
large amounts. And one recovers the 12 units pretty fast with this winning system.
An additional method, if you don’t want to wager large amounts, is to split your bets. There are
various ways you can do this. Suppose you are down by 18 units after the following win/loss
sequence: L W L L W L L, as this is what happens:
L Æ 111
WÆ 1
L Æ 111
L Æ11122
WÆ112
L Æ11233
L Æ 1123344
At this stage you would take a break and split the 18 units in 3 different groups:
(1 2 3), (1 3 4), (4).
You can also split the last 4 into (1 1 2) if you like. This way you would have to place only 3 units on
each dozen instead of 4. Then you go on with the progression starting with those numbers written
down, instead of 1. You would only have to win one extra bet in order to close the runs.
4
You can apply this splitting method for as much as you wish. For instance you can take the second
set (1 3 4) and make it two groups of (1 1 2). And come back to the Roulette table any time at your
easy pace and win every session in a relaxed manner without having to bet big unit amounts.
One final approach, which is riskier, but works more than 80% of the time is the following: If you
have lost 12 units by losing three times in a row take a break, find a newly formed couple of dozens,
then bet 12 times stronger. In other words, you would start betting from the beginning by writing the
number 1, except that your unit will be 12 times more than what it was at the very beginning. Then,
the moment you close this run, you would recover your previous loss immediately. This method can
be applied if you are using $1 minimum tables. Then if you lose 3 times in a row, you will be down by
$12. Then you go to the $10 minimum table and use $15 as your unit value. As you close this run,
you will recover the $12 and be ahead by $3. Then you can come back to the $1 table and go on
playing relaxed.
Wishing you lots of success with Relaxed Roulette.
Izak Matatya
5
The Relaxed Roulette System
By Edmond Petitjean Copyright©2001 Edmond Petitjean
Analyzed and revised by Izak Matatya
There are lots of roulette systems on the market. Most of them win 9 times out of 10, so
your first thought is “wow, this must be a sure winner!”. Not necessarily so: the one time
that you lose is usually enough to take all your winnings back and to push you to the
negative.
A few systems perform well but are complicated or not active enough (you have to wait too
long before a bet) or they require a lot of bookkeeping or will sometimes eat your capital,
and so on.
Still other systems follow the dealer's signature and should perform well IF a dealer would
be standing long enough at one table, which very often is not the case.
The system that I have developed has none of these inconveniences or dangers.
The stress level is also very low, because the goal is to walk into a casino, bet a few turns
and go back home. This is obtained through FIXING a specific amount of units you want to
win. If you do this, you will not be seduced by this little devil inside your head, telling you
“try another one and another one”. Another advantage is that your exposure to the casino
advantage is minimal.
The casino has always the advantage over the gambler AS LONG as he/she plays EVERY
turn of the wheel or at least lots of turns. We won’t do this when betting only a few turns
and limiting our profit to a fixed amount. Still another parameter enters the scene: we
create frequent INTERRUPTIONS along our betting sessions, adding extra advantage to
our side.
A really unique side of this system is that you don't need a specific capital (although
nothing is against defining one). You can start with 20 units and never have to look back.
What if everything would go wrong and you lose your 20 units? First of all, you will NOT
lose them, you will only deliver them to the casino TEMPORARILY. You'll get them back.
Even if 20 units were the total capital you had, you'd simply wait calmly until you'd get
another sample of 20 units. Even in the worst possible scenario, you'll get your total
investment back sooner or later with added profited units.
Why is that so? It's thanks to an adapted version of an old well known progression – the
Labouchere – combined with a special selection system based on a basic truth and good
money management and a PROFIT limit (others are always talking about a LOSS limit).
Incredible as it may sound, my system limits profits, not losses! This can be done, because
losses will never be FINAL but only temporary. Besides that, the system wins so often,
that huge losses are not to be expected.
Let's now look at all these promising parameters in more detail.
1) You always bet on TWO dozens at once;

2) Those two dozens are the LAST TWO ones that just came out, as long as they are
1
different. If they are not different, you don’t place a bet until you get a couple of dozens
that are different;
3) If you don't win right away (also because of a 0), you'll continue betting on these same
two dozens for a second time;
4) If you still don't win, you'll bet again on these same two dozens for a third and last time;
5) If you win this third bet, you simply continue the system by betting on the last two
dozens (so in this case the NEW last ones);
6) If you lost your third bet, you WAIT for the formation of a NEW couple and then you go
on (this is the interruption I spoke about);
7) So you go on until you reach your profit goal (I'll come back to that later on);
8) Once you've reached your goal, you STOP for the day (there is a reason for this, trust
me)
IMPORTANT REMARK: the two dozens you're betting on have to be two DIFFERENT
dozens. If a zero comes up in between, you don’t bet until you have a couple of dozens
formed during the last 2 spins. Also, if the dozens repeat for more than 3 times, you can
start betting on the other 2 dozens.
The progression
1) BEFORE you start your first bet, you write down the number 1.
2) You'll bet 1 unit on each dozen (so 2 units total).
3) When you win your first bet, you circle this number and that's also the amount you've
won.
4) If you lose your first bet, you'll add the number 1 twice (because you lost TWO units) to
the right side of the first number 1, which gives you THREE numbers 1 in a row;
5) The next bet will be THE SUM of the two OUTS IDE numbers, 1+1=2 on EACH of the
dozens.
6) If you win now, you’ll circle these two numbers (the left one and the right one) and you'll
see that there is still one number left. You have to bet that one number on each dozen
(so 2 units total).
7) If you win this bet, all units are gone and you've concluded your one unit winning;
8) And so the progression goes on by adding to the right side of the row TWO times the
quantity of units you lose and by circling the number at the leftmost side of the row and
the one at the rightmost side of the row if you win.
9) To clarify this last point: if you lose, you add the two extreme numbers of the row (the
left one and the right one) and you bet this quantity on EACH dozen. If you win, you
circle the two extreme numbers and continue your betting with the numbers that are left.
10) If you start feeling uncomfortable with the next bet you have to place, you can always
split the row into smaller units: this will make the row longer and the number of bets to
play higher, but in the end the row will be GONE and you'll be automatically a WINNER.
That's the reason I'm saying that this system doesn't care about losses or about a high
capital. If your capital (for example the 20 units I mentioned earlier) is gone due to a very
bad run, DON'T panic. Stop betting for a couple of hours or even days and then go back
to CONTINUE with your row of numbers where you quit. This principle stresses the
importance of ALWAYS knowing where you are exactly in your row of numbers. As long as
you continue later on with this row, you finally come out a WINNER. You'll NEVER lose at
the end and the BIG advantage is that you can stop whenever you want and start again
whenever AND wherever (another table, another casino). YOU decide. Everything is now
turned upside down: YOU are in control and NOT the casino (they CAN'T stop when they
2
want or use another casino). Bookkeeping is also very simple: each row that is completely
circled (and remember, this can be and often IS only one number) equals 1 UNIT PROFIT.
As you'll see in the paragraph “money management”, the profit LIMIT is 5 points.
VERY often this goal is reached in under 20 turns of the wheel. Calculate your
earnings/hour and you'll be delighted, even when using moderate unit values.
One golden rule (again): BE HAPPY WITH YOUR FIVE UNITS/DAY and you'll never be
exposed to the casino advantage and you'll have plenty of time to LIVE. If you think that
this is peanuts, I'll convince you quickly of the opposite: suppose your units are 50 US$
(you can build this quickly on the back of the casino or you can start this unit value from
your own money). Winning 5 units a day would then equal 250 US$/day or 5,000
US$/month when playing only 20 days a month!
When you've built your capital high enough (and that will go much quicker then you can
imagine, see the money management) in order to feel at ease with higher unit values, you
can quietly earn a small (or not so small) fortune in this way. Even if you touch one day at
the table limit, this WON’T be a problem, because you'll simply split your bets just enough
to stay under this limit!
You can deduct from these calculations that I'm a lazy person who likes to enjoy the good
life!
Money management
Let's suppose a starting capital of 50 units of 10 US$ = 500 US$
1) Winning 5 units/day = 5 x 10 US$ = 50 US$.

2) After 10 days, your profit is 500 US$ and your capital has already doubled.
3) Now I have to ask for a little patience, because we'll put these 500 US$ in a safe place
and start all over again, until we reach again 500 US$ profit (another 10 days).
4) Now we have a capital of 1,000 US$ and our risk is...ZERO US$ (because we put our
first 500 US$ profit in quarantine).
5) From here on the betting unit goes to 20 US$.
6) 20 US$ x 5 units = 100 US$/day = 2000 US$/month for 20 days of play.
7) When we have done this for 15 days, our capital becomes 1,000 US$ + 1,500 US$ =
2,500 US$
8) Now we bet with 50 US$ units.
9) 50 US$ x 5 x 20 = already 5,000 US$/month!
10) But a little greed is allowed and we want to reach 100 US$ units.
11) Therefore we'll have to play for only 10 days with our 50 US$ units = 2,500 US$ +
2,500 US$ = 5,000 US$
12) There we are! Betting 100 US$ units with ZERO risk! Now the gambler' s live becomes
rosy and I suggest to stay awhile on these 100 US$ units, in order to build a very
healthy capital that can sustain everything. And of course you can go to higher and
higher units, although I recommend not to push this to extremes for the simple reason
that the casino's wont allow you to milk them to the bottom. It's better NOT to kill your
golden cow!
One remark at the $100 unit level: you may want to set your profit limit to not more than 3
units instead of 5 and even 1 or 2 units will give you sufficient profit. Result: even less
stress, less exposure, quicker winning sessions and STILL very high income.
3
Now you'll see an example coming from a real casino that can be checked by everyone
who wishes to do so. I'm taking the most recent results, so that I won’t give the impression
to choose a permanence specially to p rove my system.
Spielbank Hamburg
Tisch (table) 0001
02.10.2001 (October 2, 2001)
Gewinnzahlen (the numbers that came)
18
6
24 Here we start (betting on the two last different dozens 1 and 2) and we win right
away.
19 Our new two dozens are 1 and 2 and we win again.
1 We DON'T bet, because we don't have two different dozens.
32 We bet on 2 and 1 and we lose, so our row becomes 111.
36 We bet now 2 units on each dozen (2 and 1) and we lose again, à 11122.
32 We bet now 3 units on each dozen (2 and 1) and we lose again, à 1112233.
----
16 We WAIT for a new couple, because we lost 3 times in a row.
17 Now we bet 4 units (2 times) on the new couple (3 and 2) and we win, à 11223
16 We can't bet, because there is no couple of dozens that are different.
29 Now we bet 4 units (2 times) on dozens 2 and 3 and we win, à 122.
28 We don't have a new couple, so we don't bet.
7 We bet 3 units (2 times) on 3 and 1 and we win, à 2
7 We can't bet.
11 We can't bet.
31 We can't bet.
9 We bet 2 units (2 times) on 3 and 1 and we win, à DONE!
36 We bet 1 unit (2 times) and win right away.
34
and so we go on until we've won 5 units.
Wishing you the best of luck with my Relaxed Roulette,
Edmond Petitjean
4
Hello, this is Izak Matatya. I have reviewed Edmond Petitjean’s Relaxed Roulette system
described above and I would like to add the following analysis.
I have tested and used Relaxed Roulette and had great success with it. I have questioned
why betting on two dozens while applying a Labouchere progression should yield a
winning system. For one thing, when you bet on two dozens simultaneously, your
chances of winning the bet is 2 out of 3, or nearly 65% considering the zero(s). This also
means that on the long run, you would be winning 65% of all your bets. With the
Labouchere progression, you are required to win one plus half (or 50%) of all your bets in
order to be able to close the run, which gives you 1 unit profit.
Therefore, if your run lasts say 17 bets, you will need to win 9 of them. With the 65%
probability, chances are you will win 11 of them and your run will be closed with 1 unit
profit.
I also analyzed what it would take to lose 3 times in a row according to Edmond’s system.
Relaxed Roulette requires you to give it a break should you lose 3 times in a row. In a
sequence of 5 spins, there are only 6 ways you could lose 3 times in a row. And those
are:
1) 1 2 3 3 3, (those numbers are the dozens of the numbers that show up) This is
because when you get a couple of dozens such as 1 and 2, you will be betting on
those two and only if dozen 3 shows up 3 times in a row, you will lose.
2) 2 1 3 3 3
3) 1 3 2 2 2;
4) 3 1 2 2 2;
5) 2 3 1 1 1;
6) 3 2 1 1 1.
Now those 6 permutations are out of 3 to the power of 5 or 243. Therefore, the chances of
getting such sequences are 6 out of 243 or 2.5%. They will happen and they did happen
when I tried the system live at a frequency of 2-3 times in 100 spins. And they cost the
loss of 12 units, because when you lose 3 times in a row, your betting scheme becomes:
1 1 1 2 2 3 3, and you have placed on the table 1+1+2+2+3+3 = 12 units.
Another way of looking at this is the following: If you have a couple of dozens, the
chances of losing once is 33%, of losing twice is 11%, and of losing three times in a row is
3.6%. So you would lose 12 units only 3.6% of the time.
Edmond says that you can come and play once again after you take a break after having
lost 3 times and go on from where you were left off by placing 4 units on each dozen and
pursue with the progression until you win your unit profit. This requires a higher bankroll.
If you have about 100 units to play with, this method is not a problem.
A different approach is to simply accept the 12-unit loss and start over again from the
beginning. I found that recovering 12 units can be sometimes less stressful and does not
require the betting of large amounts. And one recovers the 12 units pretty fast with this
winning system.
An additional method, if you don’t want to wager large amounts, is to split your bets.
There are various ways you can do this. Suppose you are down by 18 units after the
following win/loss sequence: L W L L W L L, as this is what happens:
5
L à 111
Wà 1
L à 111
L à11122
Wà112
L à11233
L à 1123344
At this stage you would take a break and split the 18 units in 3 different groups:
(1 2 3), (1 3 4), (4).
You can also split the last 4 into (1 1 2) if you like. This way you would have to place only
3 units on each dozen instead of 4. Then you go on with the progression starting with
those numbers written down, instead of 1. You would only have to win one extra bet in
order to close the runs.
You can apply this splitting method for as much as you wish. For instance you can take
the second set (1 3 4) and make it two groups of (1 1 2). And come back to the Roulette
table any time at your easy pace and win every session in a relaxed manner without
having to bet big unit a mounts.
One final approach, which is riskier, but works more than 80% of the time is the following:
If you have lost 12 units by losing three times in a row take a break, find a newly formed
couple of dozens, then bet 12 times stronger. In other words, you would start betting from
the beginning by writing the number 1, except that your unit will be 12 times more than
what it was at the very beginning. Then, the moment you close this run, you would
recover your previous loss immediately. This method can be applied if you are using $1
minimum tables. Then if you lose 3 times in a row, you will be down by $12. Then you go
to the $10 minimum table and use $15 as your unit value. As you close this run, you will
recover the $12 and be ahead by $3. Then you can come back to the $1 table and go on
playing relaxed.
Wishing you lots of success with Relaxed Roulette.
Izak Matatya
6

please visit http://www.letstalkwinning.com/bestonline.htm
The Relaxed Roulette system by Edmond Petitjean is distributed by
Let’s Talk Winning ™

H4V 1H8, Canada
7
RENO REACH SYSTEM
After a day of consistent and fast losing at the tables in Reno, I tried to
come up with some method that might stem the tide. I normally don't bet the pass
line or don't pass line so I really don't care if the shooter makes the point or
not. I just want to win a bet before that seven shows I came up with a variation
6 and 8 place bets, but you can use it for 5 and 9 or any other combination that
you'd like.You make a $6 place bet on the 6 and 8. You leave the bets working
till one of them is hit. Then you take them down and wait for the end of the
roll.
After the next point is established you make 2 more place bets on the 6
and 8 and add 1 unit to the number that last won.For example: You start by
making $6 place bets on the 6 and 8. The 6 is thrown, so you take both bets down
and wait for the end of the roll. After the new point is established you would
make a $12 six and a $6 eight place bet.You would repeat the process every time
you win a bet. You would need to win three or four times before you would recoup
your initial $12 bet and start turning a profit. This method is good for a
choppy to semi hot table. One plus to this method is that if you do reach the
higher levels, your profit coming off the tables greatly increases with every
win in relation to your initial $12
outlay. Also, if the table turns hot, you are already betting at a way higher
level and you can truly take advantage by letting the bets work for the life of
the roll.The downside, as with most systems, is an early seven.
RENT ROULETTE SYSTEM
If you are satisfied with a prize of 10 -15 units, you will find here exactly
what you want. You need about 100 units to start the game. The disposition is
triple the scheme being 5 - 10 - 20 units; we're talking about a progressive
game. The theory of betting is following: play against bank. The last coming
6-line is the only free square (except zero). Let's assume that number 30 has
dropped out. The game begins with the first bet in 5 units, which place in
following order: 3 units on small, 1 unit on 6-line 19-24 and 1 unit on 6-line
31-36. Let's assume the next dropped out number is 13, we have won 6 units,
thus, the condition of our game: + 1. Further we put 5 units again: 3 - large, 2
- first dozen. Following number - 15. Out. A condition of game: -4. Then we
put the second bet of 10 units: 6 - large, 4 - first dozen. Number - 24. We have
got 12 units. The game condition is -2 (-4-10 + 12). We use the double bet
game until the previous maximum plus of the game (in our case + 1) will be
reached, after that we immediately return to the first bet of our progression.
If we have lost the double bet before this moment, the last bet in 20 units
comes in our game with distribution 12 to 8 (12 units on a simple chance and
4+4 units on 6-lines). If this bet is also lost, there are two ways: either to play
with the rest of your capital making bets in double size (10 - 20 - 40) or to
keep playing with the bet of 20 units. Again, the game goes on until reaching
maximum plus of the game. It is necessary to remember that the expected
profit was supposed to be from 10 up to 15 units. For particularly cautious
players there is a variant of this method. A necessary condition is time for
waiting. If it suits you, play in the following way: put the bet only when the
same 6-line has appeared twice. If you have won, you have to wait until 6-line
appears twice again to put the next bet. If you have lost, we act the same way
with the next bet. Using this method you can't expect the profit more than 10
units. The main enemy of this method is zero. If a zero falls out too
frequently, it is better to stop the game at once behind this table.
REPEATING DOZENS
Dozens tend to repeat themselves, because of Roulette's streaky nature. It is not

unlikely to get a Dozen sequences such as: 3-1-2-3-3-2-1-1-1-2-1-3-2-2. As you can
see (and you go ahead and observe other sequences), Dozen 3 repeated the 5th
run, after that Dozen 1 repeated twice after the third run and Dozen 2 repeated after
the 4th run. If you bet on repeating Dozens (that is if Dozen 2 just comes up, bet on
Dozen 2, and so on), increase your bet in such a way to end up in a profit up to 6
times. The betting sequence will be 5,7,10,14,21,31 units. If you win on the first bet,
you make 10 units, if on the second you make 9 units, on the third, 8, on the 4th 6,
on the 5th 6, and on the 6th 6 units. If the Dozen does not repeat for 6 times, you
stop after 6 bets and you don't bet again until the Dozen repeats again. Your total
loss will be 88 units for that run. When you are on a good winning wave, you will
win more than you will lose. If your winnings exceed 88 units, keep on playing the
same betting sequence until you lose once. Then quit positively. If you lose more
than twice in a row (you will be at -176 units) this is not your day. Make sure you
leave when you are ahead, even if you haven't played more than half an hour. Do
not stay at the table too long, because no matter what system you use, the house
advantage will eventually take over.
That is why on the long run, every system is apt to lose. That is why all computer
simulators of thousands of spins come to the result of this %5.26 house edge.
Roulette is a short-term profit game. So far, there hasn't been any system
invented, which can make consistent profits. Even if some systems show that you
will make profits over hundreds of spins, one of the losing runs will exceed your
winnings. That is why it is extremely important to quit when you are ahead, and
you also quit when you have reached the limit you have set to your losses. The
way I would play the strategy above is to play a few runs. If you are winning over 4-
5 runs, take the leave with +24-30 units ahead. If you lose on the first run, try again
to recover the 88 units lost, with 10-12 runs. If you recover and win a bit, take the
leave. If you lose again, leave. This way you will leave more when you are positive
than negative. If your winnings exceed 88 units on a daily basis, it won't hurt you if
you lose two runs on one day.
The betting sequence is the following: 5,7,10,14,21,31
On the above sequence, following the betting scheme:
file:///D|/Systems/REPEATING%20DOZENS%20{izaks}.htm (1 of 2) [7/9/2002 9:22:06 AM]

REPEATING DOZENS

You bet 14, you win, your net is +6. End of the run.
Start over the betting scheme.
You bet 5, you lose, your net (for the new run) is -5
You bet 10, you win, your net is +8. End of the second
run. So far your net is +14. Start 3rd run:
You bet 5, you win, and your net is +10 (for the 3rd run only).
Start round 4: You bet 5, you lose, your net
for the 4th run only) is -5
You bet 21, you win, your net is +8. End of third run.
Overall net profit so far: +6+8+10+8 = +32.
So it really doesn't matter the total number of wins versus number of losses.
Despite the fact that you have won only 4 times out of 13, you still end up with a
profit of 32 units. If your betting unit was $5 minimum, you have made $165 in a
short amount of time. An accumulation of independent short runs, such as the
above, can give you short term profit. Remember on the long run every system
loses.
file:///D|/Systems/REPEATING%20DOZENS%20{izaks}.htm (2 of 2) [7/9/2002 9:22:06 AM]

REX ROULETTE METHOD
Thank you for responding to my offer to pass on my Roulette Method. I

am
sure you will be very pleased with the end result! I have researched
and
studied Roulette for about 10 years now. Countless hours spent trying
every
possible combination of selection method and staking really came to
fruition
2 ears ago when I was contacted by someone in Philadelphia by e-mail
who had
been monitoring some of my discussions about beating the wheel on
various
Bulletin Boards.
Subsequently in our almost daily e-mails for the next 6 months or so I

was
to find out that this man was quite some expert on the game and he
became my
mentor and helped me tremendously in my own quest to find a method that
will
consistently beat the wheel.
Very early on in our discussions he told me that the only way to win
consistently was to play the opposite to the way the casino expects and
also
to "take a cannon to kill a mouse".that is, you need to have a big
bankroll.
In the formative years of my method, "J".my mentor.used to continually
berate me when I complained about losing because I was "playing in
short
trousers!". What he meant was, I was not suitably bankrolled to play
with
confidence and consistency.
So the first recommendation to anyone who wishes to consistently take

money
away from the casino, is don't start until you have a decent bankroll
to
support you.remember, you must treat this like a business - it is not a
game - you must have enough capital to run your "business" and ride out
the
losing periods which will inevitably occur.
The beauty of the Method is that is SIMPLE! There is no need for a

Method to
be complicated.
I will firstly discuss the SELECTION PROCESS and afterward the STAKING.
SELECTION PROCESS
The Method involves backing 4 Numbers straight up using a Progressive

Staking and stopping at a win. When a hit comes, that is the end of
that
particular game and we then look for the next 4 Numbers to commence a
new
game. For the purpose of showing you how to select the numbers to use I
will
be using the single 0 layout as that is what I am most familiar with.
The
layout is as follows:-
0, 32, 15, 19, 4, 21, 2, 25, 17, 34, 6, 27, 13, 36, 11, 30, 8, 23, 10,
5,
24, 16, 33, 1, 20, 14, 31, 9, 22, 18,
29, 7, 28, 12, 35, 3, 26
We first of all record the spins and wait for a number to repeat within
20
spins.once we have a number that has repeated within 20 spins we then
look
to see if one of its' neighbours has hit also within a total of 20
spins.
Once we have 2 Numbers that qualify we then commence a game and back
these 2
Numbers and also the number either side of those two.
Look at this example:-
15, 5, 8, 12, 35, 16, 24, 3, 2, 34, 36, 0, 16,
16 has repeated and 24.a neighbour has also hit.so we back 16 + 24 and
the
numbers either side of these.so 5 16 24 33
Example:- 13, 26, 0, 19, 19, 35, 6, 23, 8, 21, 17, 32, 17, 4
4 is a neighbour of 19 which has repeated within the last 20 spins, so

we
back 4 15 19 21
Example:- 34, 6, 32, 1, 0, 35, 17, 21, 25, 18, 9, 14, 34
34 has repeated and both its' neighbours.17 and 6 have had hits.we
select 17
as the other number because it hit more recently than 6.so the numbers
we
back are 6 17 25 34
So that simply is the Selection method to find the 4 Numbers we are

going to
play.so we are backing a small cluster of numbers that have come out
recently. Now on to the STAKING which is extremely important. It is no
use
having a method of selection if you then don't back the numbers to
produce a
long term profit.
The STAKING
Initially we back our selected numbers for 9 spins.so a possible 36

outcomes. If we get a hit then that is game over and we then look back
over
the last 20 spins to see if we have any new qualifiers and start a new
game.
If there aren't any new qualifiers, then continue to record spins until
new
qualifiers come along. If we do not get a hit within the 9 spins, then
again
we also look back over the last 20 spins for any new qualifiers or if
there
aren't any, record and when the new qualifiers appear we then continue
the
staking progression for another 9 spins.again stopping the game if we
get a
hit. Once again, if no hit within 9 spins, we go through the selection
process again to find new numbers.play up to another 9 spins and if
after
this 3rd period of 9 spins we still don't have a hit, we go through the
procedure a final time and play up to another 9 spins.
So the total number of spins a game could last is 4 x 9 = 36 giving us

a
total of 144 possible outcomes..144 chances of getting the hit we
require to
win the game and make a profit. Most of the wins do come within the
first 9
spins.
We use a staking progression that concentrates the profit in the

earlier
part of the sequence as that is where the most wins come from. Various
staking progressions and banks can be used depending on your bankroll
limits
and the table limits. Minimum and maximum stakes vary from casino to
casino
and table to table. Each casino will have tables operating with
different
limits. In the UK, most casinos have tables where the minimum stake is
25p
and the maximum £25.a spread of 100 times. The next table is usually
50p
minimum and £50 maximum and then the next £1 minimum and £100
maximum.both
spreads of 100 times. Then another table of minimum £5 and maximum
£200.a
spread of 40 times. So be aware of the table limits and use a staking
progression that will allow you to go the full 36 spins if necessary.
If for instance though your casino minimum stakes table only has a
spread of
40 times, a way of overcoming the limit would be to either play up 18
spins
or 27 spins and accept a few more losing games than if you played up to
36.or you could play on the minimum stakes table for say up to 18
spins.2
series of 9 spins.and still at a loss.move to a table with higher
stakes and
limits, wait for qualifying numbers and then continue the progression
playing another 2 series of 9 spins until the hit comes.
I include a few different staking progressions that you could employ

with
the Method for play up to 36 spins.there are many others that you could
use
to suit whatever the playing conditions are for the casino you
frequent.
I hope you understand the Method.the rules are not at all complicated.
Try
it out on paper until you are comfortable with it or go to your casino
and
try it out without playing until you are happy.
You now have in your possession a Method that will win more than 99% of
the
games you play!.ENJOY!!
An example of how the Method works follows using a batch of actual

casino
spins sent to me by a German enquirer for a single 0 wheel.
14
13
34
"*11
26
23
*36
>"*36
16 Play 36+11+13+30.hit on spin 5 (36)
25
21
15
>"36
0 Play 36+11+13+30.hit on spin 6 (11)
4
16
21
>11
25 Play 11+36+13+30.no hits after spin 9 (22).actually got hit on spin

12
(30)
32
21
14
35
17
16
22 9th spin.no hits so wait for next qualifiers.this game continues
19
>30
*26
28
34
*3
*3
0 Play 3+26+35+0.hit on spin 1 (0).game ends and has taken 10 spins
">8
<">8
33 Play 8+30+11+23.hit on spin 7 (23)
19
3
17
12
*<"23
'*<8 Play 8+23+10+30.hit on spin 1 (8)
0 Play 8+23+10+30.hit on spin 3 (10)
16
10
'*23
29 Play 23+8+10+30.hit on spin 5 (8)
36
18
19
'8
*30 Play 8+23+10+30.hit on spin 1 (30)
*11
17
14
<0
26
*30
<32 Play 30+11+8+36
<0
16
*6
14
1
23
17
*6 No hit after 9 spins so wait for new qualifiers.32+0 have qualified

within 12 spins so play 32+0+15+26.hit on spin 6 (0)
25
19
*27
1 Play 27+6+13+34.no hit after 9 spins so wait for new qualifiers.hit

actually came on spin 12 (27)
10
32
11
12
27
13
24
17
14
31
33
5
10
21
20
15
*35
25
23
17
*35
21
*12
35 Play 35+12+3+28.hit on spin 1 (35)
22
The layout for the American 00 wheel is as follows:-
0, 2, 14, 35, 23, 4, 16, 33, 21, 6, 18, 31, 19, 8, 12, 29, 25, 10, 27,
00,
1, 13, 36, 24, 3, 15, 34, 22, 5, 17,
32, 20, 7, 11, 30, 26, 9, 28
1 2 64 8
2 2 56 16
3 2 48 24
4 2 40 32
5 3 64 44
6 3 52 56
7 3 40 68
8 4 60 84
9 4 44 100
10 5 60 120
11 5 40 140
12 6 52 164
13 7 60 192
14 8 64 224
15 9 64 260
16 10 60 300
17 11 52 344
18 12 40 392
19 14 56 448
20 15 32 508
21 16 4 572
22 18 4 644
23 21 28 728
24 23 8 820
25 26 12 924
26 29 4 1040
27 33 16 1172
28 37 12 1320
29 42 24 1488
30 47 16 1676
31 53 20 1888
32 59 0 2124
33 67 20 2392
34 75 8 2692
35 85 28 3032
36 95 8 3412
Spin Stake per number Profit Outlay
Using the staking progression above, the first stake on each of the 4
numbers we play is 2 chips on each giving a win of 64 chips if a hit.
If you wish you could play up to 3 series of 9 spins using a bankroll
of
1172 chips and accept that you will get a few more losing games.
With the above progression the maximum stakes is just under 50 times
the minimum stake.
Another possible staking progression follows:-
1 1 32 4
2 1 28 8
3 1 24 12
4 1 20 16
5 1 16 20
6 1 12 24
7 1 8 28
8 1 4 32
9 1 0 36
10 2 28 44
11 2 20 52
12 2 12 60
13 2 4 68
14 3 28 80
15 3 16 92
16 3 4 104
17 4 24 120
18 4 8 136
19 5 24 156
20 5 4 176
21 6 16 200
22 7 24 228
23 8 28 260
24 9 28 296
25 10 24 336
26 11 16 380
27 12 4 428
28 14 20 484
29 16 28 548
30 18 28 620
31 20 20 700
32 22 6 788
33 25 12 888
34 28 8 1000
35 32 24 1128
36 36 24 1272
This progressionrequires a bank of 1272 chips to go the full

4 series of 9 spins and it can be played on a table where the
maximum bet is 40 times the minimum bet.
Roulette Strategy
Two For One
This Month's featured strategy in both craps and roulette are very similar and
are both very effective strategies!
The minimum bankroll for this strategy should be $80 (on $1 tables).
In this strategy, we will cover and win on all the about 65% of the numbers on
the table except three (assuming you are playing on a single zero roulette
table). This is a very easy strategy to use but is also an extremely effective
one as well (I have won over $300 using this strategy on a couple of occasions!)
The game plan for this strategy is easy, we will bet a given unit amount on two
of the three dozens bets. For example: we may want to bet $5 on the first dozen
numbers(1-12) and $5 on the second dozen numbers(13-24). Because these bets pay
off 2 to 1, that means if we hit a number in one of these two dozens we will win
$10 and lose $5, netting us a $5 profit. If a number comes up in the third dozen
(or the zero), we will lose $10.
On the surface, this may seem like a bad bet, but in actuality, it can be a very
effective bet if played properly. With this system, we also use what is called
the classic Martingale system. What this system entails is that with each loss,
our next bet is the sum of all the money we have lost, plus one extra unit. So
for the above example, if we were betting $5 on the two dozens, and a number hit
in the third dozen, we would have lost $10 total. That means that if we wanted
to make up the money we lost, and win $5, we would bet $15 in both the first and
second dozens this time. If we won this time, we would regress our bet back down
to $5 in both dozens. Since we have a 65% chance of winning on every spin of the
wheel, we can see that it would be very difficult to hit the losing %35 more
than 4 or 5 times in a row (It does happen every once in a while though!)
I would recommend playing this strategy starting at $1 bets, because that way
you can cover 4-5 loses easily. I have personally NEVER lost playing this method
on a $1 table even though your not going to make a whole bunch of money playing
this way either. It's just a very safe and efficient way to enjoy playing at the
casino's without having to worry too much about losing your shirt! Below is the
progression that you would follow on a loss. Remember, whenever you win, you
start your next bet back at $1.
Original Bet: $1 on two of the three dozens.
THIS IS WHERE I USUALLY QUIT. IF I LOSE AFTER THIS BET, I USUALLY ACCEPT THE
LOSS AND START OVER, BUT IF YOU ARE BOLD AND HAVE THE CASH, HERE IS THE NEXT
COUPLE PROGRESSIONS.
A web site dedicated to the exchange of gambling strategies. This site includes
free gambling software, gambling information , strategies in many casino games
including roulette , craps , video poker , blackjack , keno , slot machines ,
poker , Sports betting free picks , horse racing free picks, Las Vegas
information including hotel information , gambler's strategy chat , gamblers
strategy messaage boards , and comercial software reviews.
ROULETTE 2000 SYSTEM
Table of Contents
Introduction: Getting Started 1
Chapter One: Money Management 9
Chapter Two: Why Systems Fail 15
Chapter Three: Becoming the Sophisticated Roulette Player 22
Chapter Four: The "Step-by-Step" Even Money Strategy 26
Chapter Five: Outside Situational Bets 30
Chapter Six: Inside Situational Bets 38
Chapter Seven: Biased Wheel Strategies 52
Chapter Eight: Video Roulette 54
Chapter Nine: On-Line Roulette Gambling 57
Chapter Ten: Dealer Signature Strategy 58
Chapter Eleven: Chaos Theory Fact and Fiction 62
Chapter Twelve: Putting it all Together 64
Appendices
• Probability Chart based on Bernoulli Trials 66
• Adapting Roulette 2000 to the Single Zero Wheel 67
• Statistical Critiques of Other Systems 68
• 10,000 spins for Practicing the Strategies 74
Introduction: Getting Started
Finding Places to Play Roulette

Roulette is a game found in most, though not all, casinos in the United
States. Laws vary from state to state and, as a result, there are
differences in when and where you can find roulette. For example, most
riverboat casinos have roulette tables, though typically not many. The
fewest number of tables I have ever seen in a riverboat casino was three, the
most is six. Some casinos on Native American reservations have video
roulette, but I have not been in a reservation casino that had live roulette.
Accordingly, if you are going to visit either a riverboat or reservation
casino, I recommend that you call ahead to ask if they have roulette, and to
ask what the table minimum bets are.
If you are heading toward Las Vegas, Reno, or Atlantic City, then you will
find many many roulette tables virtually every which way you turn. You can
find roulette in almost any casino outside of the United States, as well.
Finally, most on-line casinos that have opened up for business on the
worldwide web offer roulette. In other words, you can find roulette just
about anywhere, including in your own home over the computer.
There are only two things you need to know before starting to play. First,
it is to your advantage to know if the wheel is a "single zero" or "double
zero" roulette wheel. The difference is quite simple. All roulette wheels
in the U.S. have either 37 or 38 numbers on the wheel you can bet on. The
numbers run from 1 to 36, plus a 0 and 00 for a double zero wheel, 1-36 plus
0 on the single zero wheel. Because both types of games pay off at the same
rate, there is a small mathematical advantage to playing on a sigle zero
wheel. The "house edge," which I explain in later, is slightly less with a
single zero wheel.
Inside the U.S., over 95% of all roulette wheels are double zero wheels, so
that is the type of game I will spend most of my time describing. The few
single zero wheels you will find are at high stakes tables that require a
minimum bet of $25 per spin or more. If you are a beginner or casual player,
stay away from such tables for now. Outside of the U.S., on the other hand,
more often than not you will find single zero wheels.
Second, you need to know what the "table minimum" bet is. If you have been
to a casino before, then you know every game has a minimum bet you must make
to play each turn. As you approach each table, there will be a small sign
that states what the minimum (and maximum) bets are. Sometimes these signs
are color-coded to match the colors of the different denominations of casino
chips ($5 = red). If you are in doubt, just ask the dealer at the table what
the table minimum is.
If you have played blackjack, then you know that there are some casinos where
you can find $1 tables, $3 tables, $5 tables, on up to to $10, $15, $25,
$100, and higher. The most common minimum roulette bet you will find is $5.
However, when casinos get busy, they raise the minimum bets. In the Mirage
in Vegas, for example, during a busy time almost all the tables will require
a mimum of $10 or $15 to play each spin. Be picky. If the casino you are in
does not offer a $5 table, feel free to move on to one that does. If you
look during morning hours or other slow times, you may be able to find tables
where the minimum is $2.50 or even $1 per spin.
What do we mean by "minimum bet"? Let us say you are playing on a $5 table.
That means that if you are placing a bet on an "outside" bet like red or
black, you must bet at least $5. If you place bets directly on the numbers
(this is known as "inside" bets), then your bet must total $5. How you
distribute that $5 is up to you. You can put five one-dollar chips all on
one number straight up, or you can spread them around.
Obviously, you can make your money stretch farther on a lower limit table.
I strongly recommend that you start by playing on $5 tables.
The Buy-in
OK, so you have picked out a table to play at and you see from the sign that
it is a $5 table. What next? The next step is to buy your chips from the
dealer. There are strict rules for how this must be done, because any and
all exchanges of money in the casino are videotaped from above and the dealer
must keep all the bills and chips clearly in view. Accordingly, when you
have the dealer's attention simply say "I'd like to buy some dollar chips."
Then lay your money down on the table. The dealer will not take money from
your hand, ever. If you try to hand money to a dealer s/he will simply ask
you to place it on the table. The dealer will then count out your money so
that the overhead video can see. At that point the dealer will give you your
chips in stacks of 20.
In order to keep each player's bets clear, each player is given a different
color of chip. Sometimes the dealer will ask you if you have a preference in
color, but most of the time s/he will pick a color for you. Notice above I
suggested you say "I'd like to buy some dollar chips." This means that each
chip the dealer gives you is worth $1. If you handed the dealer $100, you
will get 5 stacks of twenty $1 chips. For beginning and casual players, the
typical buy-in is for $50 to $100, though I have seen people buy in for as
little as $5 or $10.
Now, chips can be assigned a higher value. Except for very high stakes
tables, the usual chip value is either $1 or $5. You should begin with
dollar chips, though down the road if you can afford it and if you feel
confident in your play, then you may want to move up to $5 chips. If you
want to play with $5 chips, when you place your money on the table for the
dealer just say "$5 chips please." $5 chips are also called "nickels" in
casino slang, so you can simply say "nickels, please" and all dealers know
that you mean you want $5 chips.
So, to review: You have picked a $5 table at which to play. You have bought
your $1 chips and have them in front of you ready to go. Now what?
Placing Your Bets

A betting cycle begins once the dealer says "Place your bets." At that point
players can put their chips on the betting area. Take a look at Figure 1 to
see what the betting layout looks like. I will describe these bets in the
next section. For now, let's just assume you place $1 chips straight-up on
five different numbers. Let's say the numbers you picked were 7, 14, 23, 27,
and 0. How long do you have to place your bets? That depends on the dealer.
Some dealers like a fast game and will give the players only 15 or 30
seconds before spinning the ball. Others will give players up to several
minutes. You will get a sense of the dealer's rhythm soon enough.
The betting area is long enough that if the table is full and you are at one
end or another, you may not be able to reach the spots where you want to
place your bets. If the table is crowded, do not leave your chips unattended
to walk around to place your bets. Instead, put the chips you want to bet on
the table near the dealer and say "could you place these bets?" All dealers
will help you do this--just tell them clearly how many chips to put where. A
good dealer will quickly memorize where you want your bets and you just have
to put the chips near them in subsequent spins. Once again, do not hand them
your chips directly, but put them down on the table. Do not be shy about
asking the dealer for help. That is what they are there for.
After a pause that can run for a few seconds to a few minutes, the dealer
will put the roulette ball into its spin. For a spin to "count," the ball
must travel around the wheel at least 3 times. Sometimes the ball jumps out
of the wheel area or drops immediately into a number slot by accident. When
that happens, the dealer will call "no spin," which simply means the spin did
not count. No big deal. The spin is restarted immediately.
Some time while the ball is spinning around the wheel, the dealer will call
"No more bets." Again, each dealer will vary a bit concerning when s/he will
call no more bets. Some dealers call is very soon after the ball starts
spinning. Other dealers will wait until the ball falls out of its spin and
begins to settle into part of the wheel. Again, you will learn your dealer's
rhythm.
Some players like to wait until the ball is spinning before placing their
bets. I think this is a bad idea. You could run out of time and not get all
your bets placed. There is no reason to delay placing your bets. Once you
hear the dealer call "Place your bets," go ahead and place them.
As soon as the ball has come to a complete stop by landing in one of the
numbered slots on the wheel, the dealer will declare the winning number.
Every once in a while, a dealer will make a mistake at this point.
Accordingly, if a seat is open near enough to the wheel to see, it is smart
to see the results for yourself. Most dealers are grateful if you catch an
error before they start paying out money incorrectly.
The dealer will place a marker on the winning number. The marker is
typically a piece of molded plastic or glass. The dealer then clears away
all of the losing bets. In other countries the dealer often uses what is
called a "rake" to collect the losing bets, but in most U.S. casinos the
dealers just use their hands.
Do not touch anything near the betting area during this process. There are
folks who try to cheat by removing a losing bet before it is collected, or
adding a chip to a winning bet, before the dealer can finish the payoff
process. Don't even try to do this. The "eye in the sky"--the casino video
surveillance and security operation-- will catch you if the dealer doesn't.
The dealer then pays off the winning bets. Dealers are taught a very
specific procedure for paying off bets, so don't try to talk to them during
this process. First they pay off the outside bets, then the inside bets.
Now, there is an important courtesy rule you must follow during the payoff.
Do not place any new bets until the marker is removed from the table and the
dealer explicitly says "Place your bets." Do not reach across the table to
collect your money from a winning bet until the dealer removes the marker or
until s/he puts your winnings directly in front of you. These rules are
designed to protect the dealer from becoming confused about who has or has
not been paid, plus they are designed to stop cheaters. A bit of cooperation
and patience on your part will help the process move swiftly and smoothly.
After the dealer finishes all the payouts, the marker will be removed and the
dealer will call "place your bets." Then you can pick up your winnings and
start to place your next round to bets.
Should you need to buy more chips or cash in your chips, the time to do it is
after the dealer has called "place your bets." Once the ball has been put
into play, the dealer will transact no business until after the spin is over
and all bets paid.
Understanding the Betting Options & Pay offs

There are a lot of options, but they are not difficult to understand. Take a
look at Figure One as we go through each of these betting options. Let's
begin with the outside bets. There are a total of five outside bets. Three
cover 18 numbers, two cover 12 numbers.
Red or Black Perhaps the most famous of all roulette bets and the one on
which many fortunes have been won or lost is the bet on red or black. The
bet is really quite simple. Assuming you are playing on a $5 table, simply
place a bet of no less than $5 on the red or black betting spots. The bet
wins even money, which means if you win you get $5 for a $5 bet. Assuming
you are on a double zero table, there are 38 slots on the wheel. 0 and 00
are "green," and half of the remaining 36 slots are red and half are black.
That means this bet hopes that one of the 18 (of 38) slots on the wheel that
are your color will be the winner. If 0/00 or the other color hits, you lose.
1-18, 19-36 Despite the popularity of the red/black bet, the bet as to
whether the number will be one of those 1-18 or 19-36 has exactly the same
odds and pays off the exact same amount as the red/black bet. In this case
you are simply betting whether the winning number will be in the first half
(1-18) or the second half (19-36). If you guess correctly, you win even
money (1 to 1). If the other half or the 0/00 hits, you lose.
Odd or Even Got this one figured out yet? Same deal as above. You are
betting as to whether the winning number is going to be odd or even, and the
bet pays even money. These three bets have identical odds. All have 18
chances out of 38, or a probability of winning of 47.37%. It is not purely a
50/50 chance because of 0/00. All three bets pay even money.
Dozen Bets Notice that the numbers 1-36 are divided into three dozens: 1-12,
13-24, 25-36. This bet is also very simple. You place a bet on one of the
dozens--let's say, for example, the first dozen (1-12). If the winning
number falls within the first dozen of 1-12, you win. If not, you lose.
This bet pays 2 to 1, so some players find it more attractive than the even
money bets described above. This means if you wager $5, you are paid $10 if
your dozen comes in.
Column Bets At the bottom of the betting layout are three spaces that are
known as the columns. The columns cover the numbers that appear on the board
above them. Specifically:
Column A covers 1, 4, 7, 10, 13, 16, 19, 22, 25, 28, 31, 34
Column B covers 2, 5, 8, 11, 14, 17, 20, 23, 26, 29, 32, 35
Column C covers 3, 6, 9, 12, 15, 18, 21, 24, 27, 30, 33, 36
Like the dozen bets, each bet covers 12 numbers and winning bets are paid at
2 to 1. If you bet on column A and one of the other columns or 0/00 hits,
you lose. If your column hits, you win $10 for each $5 bet.
The dozen or column bet has 12 chances out of 38, or a probability of winning
on any given spin of 31.58%. Note that the odds are slightly less than
33.33% which would be truly 1 in 3.
One of the ways the casino makes its profit is known as the "house edge" or
the vig it takes. I will explain this concept soon, but for now it is enough
to note that the true odds of winning are slightly less than the rate the
casino pays you for winning bets, so in the long run the house will win at
least that amount.
We are now ready to talk about "inside" bets. With a single chip, it is
possible to bet on 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 numbers of the 38 on the wheel.
Straight-up A bet on a single number is known as a straight-up bet and it

pays 35 to 1. To place a straight-up bet you simply put your chip directly
in the center of the number on the betting area. If there are already chips
there, just place your chip on top of them. If you bet on number 23 (often
referred to now as "Michael Jordan") with a $1 chip and 23 hits, then you are
given 35 chips plus your original bet is left in place on #23. If you decide
to leave at that point, don't forget to pick up that chip still resting on
#23, or else play it for one last spin if you want to go for the back-to-back
repeat. The casino pays you 35 to 1 (36 if you count the return of your
bet), but the true odds are 38 to 1. This means the house edge is 5.26%.
That figure is one of the highest house advantages you will find in any game
in the casino and it explains, in part, why roulette is tough to win
consistently.
Split A bet on two numbers is known as a split bet. You place a split bet
by putting your chip on the line in between two numbers, such as 1 and 2, or
8 and 10 (see Figure 1). A split bet pays 17 to 1, plus your bet is
returned. The split bet is my favorite bet. Because you cover two numbers
instead of 1, you will win at literally twice the rate as you will if you
just bet straight-up. Plus the payoff is large enough that you can
accumulate a lot of chips in a short period of time.
Trio or Street A bet on three numbers is called a trio or street bet. You
place a trio bet by placing your chip on the outside line of column A. That
is, you place the chip on the lefthand edge of a set of three numbers that
begins with one of the following: 1, 4, 7, 10, 13, 16, 19, 22, 25, 28, 31,
34. The bet then covers the three numbers in that "street," such that a chip
on the outside edge of 1 covers 1, 2, 3; a chip on the outside edge of 4
covers 4, 5, 6; etc. This bets pays 11 to 1, plus your bet is returned.
This is a fairly economical bet, as 5 chips can cover 5 streets or a total of
15 numbers. If you win, you lose 4 of the chips on the losing streets, but
gain 11 with the winning street for a net profit of 7 chips.
Corner A corner bet covers 4 numbers and you place it by putting your chip
on the corner of four adjacent numbers. For example, look at the layout and
you see that 1, 2, 4, & 5 share a common corner. Placing a chip there covers
all four numbers and pays 8 to 1 plus your bet is returned. You can cover 20
numbers with 5 corner bets, but your net profit is now down to 4 chips so I
don't recommend this bet unless you are seeking just one more hit.
Basket Bet The basket bet covers 0, 00, 1, 2, & 3. The problem is that this
bet pays at a rate that give the house an even larger edge (over 7%) because
it pays only 6 to 1. It is considered the worst bet in roulette and I
recommend against ever using it. If you really want to cover these numbers,
I suggest a split bet to cover 0/00 and a trio bet on 1, 2, 3.
Line or Double-Street This bet covers 6 numbers. You place it in a manner

similar to the trio or street bet, but instead of putting the chip on the
edge of one number, you put it on the edge and on the corner where two
streets meet. The line bet is paid at a rate of 5 to 1 plus your bet is
returned.
A bet on the outside corner of 1 & 4 covers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6.

And so forth...
The Courtesy Line The only remaining bet to describe is really the same
as a split bet but it covers only the 0 and 00. The "courtesy line" is the
line that divides the outside betting boxes that house the second and third
dozen. If you put a chip there, it is not considered a bet that covers the
second and third dozen, but rather a bet on the 0 and 00. It is considered a
"courtesy" to players at the far end of the betting area since putting chips
directly on the 0 and 00 may be inconvenient. Like all other split bets,
this bet pays 17 to 1.
When and How to Tip

Should you tip? This is an entirely personal matter as far as I am
concerned.
The matter is also somewhat different at low stakes tables versus high stakes
tables. Let's assume we are playing at a $5 table. I think the service
staff like cocktail servers should definitely be tipped 50 cents or a buck.
But what about the dealers?
There are two considerations here. First, has the dealer been helpful? Has
the dealer been fairly pleasant and cooperative? Has the dealer been helping
you place your bets? In short, has the dealer served you well and made the
experience more positive? If so, a tip may be in order. If the quality of
service has been bad, don't tip.
The second consideration is whether you are winning or losing money. Here
you must find that fine line between being stingy and stupid. If you are
winning, it is typically considered a bit rude not to give the dealer
anything. On the other hand, if you are losing or barely keeping even, you
are simply whittling away potential earnings by tipping too much. So, tip
only when you are winning unless you just feel like being generous.
When should you tip? There are three ways to handling tipping. The first is
to "pay as you go." Most players will toss the dealer a chip or two after a
good win (of at least 35 chips) and say "this is for you." That is not a bad
way to handle it, but you might want to consider that you decrease your
winnings by almost 3% for every single chip you tip out of 35! That adds up
fast. So be frugal.
The second way to tip is at the end of your playing session. The advantage
of waiting until the end of the session is that you can better assess the
quality of service you have been receiving and evaluate how much you can
afford to tip without unduly cutting into your profits.
The third way to tip is my favorite. It is the most fun and potentially the
most profitable for the dealer. If you are winning, every now and then place
a bet "for the dealer." You can pick the number or ask the dealer where they
want you to place the bet. Now, recognize that this is truly the dealer's bet
. If it hits, the dealer is supposed to receive the winnings, whether the
winning be 1 chip or 35. So if you also want to bet on that number, make
sure you have your own bet there as well.
How much should you tip? There simply is no standard or agreed-upon rate,
unlike restaurant or taxi tipping. My rule of thumb is to tip about one chip
for every 50 chips in wins. This results in a pattern where I tip a chip
every other time I win, approximately.
Cashing Out
OK, so you have played for a while and are ready to leave. What do you do?
You must cash your chips at the roulette table where you have been playing.
If you take the colored roulette chips away to a cashier, they will not cash
them in because they do not know whether they are $1 or $5 chips. So, when
you are done, wait until a pause in the action (right after the dealer calls
"place your bets" is the ideal time) and say to the dealer "I'm cashing in."
Let the dealer pull your stacks of chips to count them--they know better than
you do how to move those stacks of chips without spilling them and making a
mess. The dealer will count your chips and give you regular casino chips
equal in value. You can then take those chips to a regular cashier to get
cash.
If you have not tipped the dealer previously but wish to do so now, wait
until the roulette chips have been converted into regular casino chips.
After you are paid, you can place your tip on the table and say "this is for
you" so they know it is a tip.
Chapter One: Money Management
Why Money Management is Crucial

I have played roulette for a number of years now. To stress the importance
of money management I want to make two simple empirical observations: First,
most roulette players are ahead in profit at some point during their playing
session. Second, most roulette players leave the table with a net loss and
often they are empty-handed, having lost their entire session bankroll.
Now, stop reading. Go back and reread the previous paragraph. Then think
about it for a little bit. The other chapters of this book are important,
but if you do not get the message of this chapter, you will lose money. This
is the most important chapter in this book! Remember the empirical
observations: Most players get ahead, but leave losers. Why? Because of
poor money management. It does not matter how well you understand the game
of roulette, you will lose money if you do not determine a money management
plan such as what I am going to describe here.
Have I preached the importance of money management enough? I doubt it. Most
people do not really become convinced until they have lost a good deal of
money gambling. Please don't let this happen to you.
There are three simple steps to successful money management. The three steps
are simple to understand and simple to do if you discipline yourself and get
into good money management habits.
Determining Your Bankroll

First and foremost, the money you use to create a gambling bankroll has to be
disposable income that you can afford to lose. Nobody wants to lose, but
that does not mean you won't. Do not gamble with money you need to pay your
bills--doing so is one of the chief warning signs of a gambling problem.
Money spent on gambling is like money spent on a hobby. It is up to you to

calculate how much you can afford to spend on your hobby. Whether that
amount is $100 or $100,000, money management is still of the utmost
importance.
There are two kinds of bankrolls to think of. One is your total bankroll,
the other is your session bankroll. Your total bankroll is the amount you
have set aside for gambling. Your session bankroll is the amount you are
willing to put at risk in any given gambling session at the casino.
You can organize you total bankroll into session bankrolls in one of two
ways. I describe these as a series approach and a progressive approach.
A series approach simply means that you break your total bankroll into a set
of smaller, equal-sized session bankrolls. If you lose one session bankroll
you simply move on to the next in the series. The rationale here is that you
want to spread out your risks and you never want to put more than one of
these session bankrolls at risk in any given betting sequence. Organizing
your money this way prevents you from chasing your losses with larger and
larger bets in a potentially desperate effort to make up your losses. With a
series of session bankrolls, if you lose one, you shrug, walk away, and start
fresh again with a new session bankroll.
Below is simply one example of how to organize your total bankroll into a
series of session bankrolls. It is designed to be an illustration for how
you can do the same, it is not designed to be The Way to do this for you.
• If your Total Bankroll is under $150, use the whole bankroll as one
Session Bankroll.
• If your Total Bankroll is between $150 and $299, divide the money into two
Session Bankrolls.
• If your Total Bankroll is between $300 and $799, divide the money into fou
r Session Bankrolls.
• If your Total Bankroll is between $800 and $1199, divide the money into si
x Session Bankrolls.
• If your Total Bankroll is between $1200 and $3999 then divide the money
into eight Session Bankrolls.
• If your Total Bankroll is over $4000 then divide the money into ten
Session Bankrolls.
Players with less than $500 or so to gamble with might as well take the whole
amount to the casino, recognizing that there is a risk, though hopefully a
small one, that they might lose the whole amount. But once you get to the
point where you have more than $500 invested in your hobby, I recommend that
you take no more than half with you to the casino. That way if you do have a
terrible day and lose it all, you still have at least half at home to come
back with in the future.
A progressive approach to your session bankrolls is quite different than a

series approach. It is riskier and is appropriate only if you have a rather
substantial amount of funds you are willing to put at risk playing roulette.
The idea is that you play conservatively but are backed by the bankroll
equivalent of a big stick. For example:
• You start with a $100 or $200 bankroll that you play using $1 chips.
• If you lose it, you move immediately to a $500 to $1000 bankroll that you
play using $5 chips.
• If you lose your second bankroll, you can move up from there to a bankroll
of $2500 to $5000 that you play using $25 chips.
The virtue of this approach is that you make up previous losses much faster
than you would with a series approach. One $5 chip split over 2 numbers pays
17 to 1 or $90 (counting the return of your bet). That makes up almost all
of your loss of your starting $100 bankroll. The downside is that if you do
not pick your bets carefully, you could end up chasing your losses wily-nily.
There are a number of very good, safe strategies in this book. If you are
careful, this sort of bankroll strategy could be ideal.
Regardless of whether you use a series or progressive approach, it is very

important to learn discipline in the use of your session bankrolls. Let's
say you have $200 to gamble with. You should go ahead and take it all with
you, but divide it into two session bankrolls. When you play, buy $100 worth
of chips. If you lose it all, walk away. That session is over. You lost.
Walk away and think about what went wrong and whether you misplayed or just
had bad luck. Go off and relax a bit until you feel you have a good attitude
again. Then start over with your second session bankroll. Do not try to win
back your loss all at once. Forget that first $100. It is history.
Instead, just start over with this second session bankroll. The same idea
can be applied no matter how much is in your bankroll or how you have
organized it.
The idea here is that as you increase the size of investment, the more
cautious you need to be to minimize the risk of what gamblers call
"ruin"--the loss of your entire bankroll. Most gamblers, once they have
saved up a sizable bankroll, want to feel like a high roller and gamble at a
substantially higher level. It is fun to act like a high roller and bet
those big chips. You get treated like royalty by the casino staff and often
are "comped" (given free meals or other benefits) at a greater rate than
playing low stakes. The reason the casino treats you so well is that they
want you to keep playing so you will lose those big chips. You must resist
this temptation. Instead, see yourself as a general keeping plenty of troops
in reserve. As your bankroll increases, you will indeed be able to increase
the size of your bets. The key is to do so slowly, steadily, and cautiously.
Do not allow yourself to take your checkbook, ATM card, or any credit cards
with you to a casino. If you hit a losing streak (and we all do at times) it
is simply too tempting to reach for more money. Don't. Quit and play
another day. I have seen gamblers lose every penny they have on them and who
then must beg or borrow taxi fare home. I have seen respectable folks
reduced to tears as they had to call home to ask for money to be sent to them
so they can pay their hotel bill. Gambling makes people do crazy things, so
be careful!
Setting Win Goals and Loss Limits

The vast majority of casino gamblers have no idea what they are doing when it
comes to money management. If you asked the average casino goer "What is
your goal today?" they would probably look at you blankly because they do not
have a clue, or else say something outlandish like "win a million dollars!"
If you want to go win a million bucks in one trip to the casino, you are
reading the wrong book. I have designed this book for steady, modest wins
that will slowly add up to whatever amount you want to go for.
The reason you need to set specific goals is that otherwise you will not know
when to stop. Remember the empirical observations: Most players get ahead
but leave losers. You must decide before you sit down what it will take for
you to leave.
Your loss limit is very simple to calculate: It is your session bankroll.

If you lose your session bankroll, whether that amount is $100 or $18,000,
then walk away. That session, as I said before, is history. One of the
worse things a gambler can do is to "chase" a loss by reaching for more money
to play at the same table trying to make up your losses. Don't do it. Have
the class and the discipline to walk away. Many serious gamblers, including
myself, have learned this lesson the hard way. Later we shake our heads and
think "if I had only just stopped I would have only lost such-and-such"
instead of five or ten times that amount.
The amounts I described earlier for dividing your total bankroll into session
bankrolls are arbitrary. You should feel free to divide your money in some
other way if you like, but I insist that to stay a winner you must follow the
basic principles I have described so far: Divide your total bankroll into
session bankrolls, and walk away if you lose a session bankroll.
Setting a win goal is easy in theory but tough to follow in practice. I am

going to describe an approach that is quite deliberately conservative. You
can deviate from the particulars, but the basic principles are important to
follow: You must set a reasonable goal to win. My suggestion is to set the
goal of winning 10% of your session bankroll. Now, I am not saying you have
to go home at that point, only bring this particular session to an end. If
you buy in for 100 chips, then you should stop once you are over 110 chips.
Calculating 10% is simple so it is an easy amount to keep track of.
Now, many people say to me that they refuse to quit while they are winning.
No one likes to quit while on a roll. Fine. Then you need to keep a second
win-goal concept in mind: Never give back more than half of your profit in
one session. For example, let's say you have a big hit on your very first
spin and find yourself with a profit of 30 units. Personally, I would walk
away at that point. But if I were to continue to play, I would not allow
myself to lose more than 15 of the 30 units of profit. If you lose that
amount, walk away. You are still up by 15 units. That is better than
getting irritated and trying to win it back and ending up with a loss. If
you continue to win, then readjust your loss limit as you go. Tell yourself,
for example, that since you are now up 60 units you will give back no more
than 20 before stopping.
Setting both a win goal and a loss limit is absolutely crucial, because it is
the only way to tell when it is time to stop. Remember: Most players get
ahead but leave losers. Don't be one of them.
Why 10%? Why not 25% or 50%? The 10% figure is not simply pulled out of
thin air. In my experience 10% is a reasonable goal that you can reach most
of the time. Setting a higher goal means that you will risk your 10% profit
in order to try for more. Playing longer at the same table increases the
risk of hitting a cold streak. Instead, I recommend you take a break after
you reach your goal. Change tables. Don't worry if you only played a few
spins and are already cashing in. That is no one's business but your own.
You may notice that you change tables far more frequently than most other
players you see. So what? Most players get ahead but walk away losers.
You will hear stories of people having big wins that will make you hunger for
more than a modest 10% goal. What those stories leave out is all the losses
that happened before and after the big win. You bought this book because you
thought I might have something valuable to share with you. The money
management strategies I am describing here are the result of years of play
and, to be honest, the result of some hard lessons I have had to learn
personally. I know firsthand how winning makes you arrogant and you start to
take bigger risks, only to come crashing down with a big loss. If you want
to ride a roller coaster for the thrills of highs and lows, then go find an
amusement park. If you want to regularly and consistently win money playing
roulette, then you simply must learn strict money management habits, starting
with the 10% win goal.
I am not telling you to go home after winning 10%, I am only saying end your
session. Go to a new table and start your next session. Depending on how
long you spend at the casino, those 10% profits will add up nicely. This
leads to the last goal you need to set: Your win goal for the day. Set a
goal of how much you want to win, but make it a reasonable goal. If you go
to casinos often, set the goal to win between 50% and 100% of a session
bankroll (not your total bankroll). That means you will play as many
sessions as it takes to get to your specific goal, then go home.
Discipline and Team Play

The hardest thing in the world to do in gambling is to walk away after
winning. That is truly the key to casinos' financial success. If you really
want to make money playing roulette, you simply must develop good habits like
I have described in this chapter. You must be disciplined. I have two
suggestions for helping to develop this discipline. First, keep a logbook of
your casino wins and losses. This should be a small notebook you can stick
in a pocket. Take it with you to the casino and record the results of each
session. You can include a lot of information or a little, but at least
include the following.
Date Time Casino/Table W/L

11/3/98 1:00 - 1:20 pm Mirage, $5 table up 30 units
" " 1:30 -2:20 pm Mirage, $5 table up 10 units
" " 3:00 - 3:30 pm Harrahs, $5 table up 15 units
Keeping a log will help you see patterns over time. Perhaps there are some
casinos where you do better than others, or perhaps you will notice (as I
have) that most of my wins come quickly and the longer you stay at a table
the less you win. You can add any other information you want--like what
strategies you concentrated on in that session or who the dealer was. If you
start to see patterns, you can take advantage of them.
More importantly, keeping a log has important psychological functions. It

will help you feel good about your accumulation of modest wins. It will make
you feel bad if you broke your own win-goal or loss-limit rules. That's OK.
Knowledge is power. To become a better player you have to know your
strengths and weaknesses, and concentrate on eliminating weaknesses (like the
temptation to stay at the same table).
My second suggestion is to play with a partner. If your spouse or

significant other also likes to gamble, play as a team. Or go with a friend.
If it is not possible to go to the casino, then have a "gambling buddy" to
whom you promise to tell your results after each casino trip. If you are
married or involved in a serious relationship, never lie to your partner
about your losses. It is a good way to ruin the relationship and it
encourages you to create a separate fantasy life of gambling that can lead
you into all sorts of serious problems, including addiction.
Why have a partner? Because we are less likely to make stupid decisions if
we are not alone. We can talk ourselves into anything! You can rationalize
to yourself to ignore every bit of advice I have offered in this book so far
in the heat of the moment. But if you have a friend present, or if you know
you have to tell someone about your choices later, then you are less likely
to take unnecessary risks.
I have already stated my belief that this chapter is the most important
chapter in this book. I promise you that if you follow the suggestions I
have made, you will see your gambling profits rise:
• Never play with money you cannot afford to lose.

• Divide your total bankroll into session bankrolls.
• Set realistic win goals and stick to them.
• Keep a gambling log.
• Find a partner you can play with or at least report to.
Chapter Two: Why Systems Fail
Naïve versus Sophisticated Roulette

What do I mean by "naïve" roulette? If you are a serious player, then no
doubt you have played long enough to watch the average player come up to the
table and steadily lose money by betting a collection of birthdays, Michael
Jordan's uniform number, and other favorite numbers. You know full well that
whether such players come out ahead or down is entirely a matter of luck.
"Naïve" roulette is when players do not play the game with any sort of
strategy or awareness of the probabilities involved with the game. From time
to time a naïve player may make some money, but they are virtually guaranteed
to lose money in the long run. Why? For a combination of reasons that I
will summarize by the labels the House Advantage and the Variance Demon.
A word of warning: This chapter upsets many of my roulette-playing friends

because the obstacles to winning at roulette seem so huge. Do not despair.
I would not bother to share these obstacles with you if I did not have a set
of solutions to offer. So do not skip this part! Understanding these
notions will help you a good deal when it comes to using the strategies that
Roulette 2000 has to offer. After all, the goal here is to increase your
sophistication in the game of roulette.
The House Advantage

As I mentioned earlier, casinos make their money because of the built-in
advantage the casino has from the "vig"--the house "take" of each bet. In
roulette the house advantage is very large: 5.26%. They get this advantage
by paying the player less than the true odds of a bet. For example, an
outside bet on red or black pays even money as if the odds were an even
50/50. But the odds are not 50%. Because of the 0 and 00, the odds in any
given spin of red or black hitting are actually 47.37%. So if you bet one
unit (where 1 unit can be anywhere from 25 cents on up to $100) on red every
time, at best you will win only 47.37% of the time and end up losing 52.63%
of the time, for a net loss of 5.26%. Similarly, with inside bets the true
odds are 38 to 1 (36 numbers plus 0/00), but you get back 36. The difference
is, again, 5.26% in the casino's favor. Most of the time this edge is all
the casino needs to make money. To be sure, some players walk away winners,
but many more walk away losers. On average the house can be confident that
it will clear at least a profit of 5.26%.
A note about single zero wheels: Obviously the odds are slightly better on a
single zero wheel because the house edge is less; about 2.7%. Let me take
this opportunity to say that many players put themselves at a disadvantage by
not playing on single zero wheels when they get the chance. There are plenty
of single zero wheels available in Las Vegas, Atlantic City, and even in some
riverboat casinos. However, most of these wheels require the player to bet a
minimum of $25 per spin. So it is understandable that you may not want to
play on a single zero table unless you have a large enough bankroll.
The difference between true odds and the casino's payoff is, by itself, no
guarantee that the house will come out ahead. As I will explain below, there
are some systems that could produce consistent winning except for one other
house advantage: Table limits. By keeping the range between the minimum and
maximum bets under control, the casino assures itself that some progressive
systems will run into the limits before they beat the house.
The Variance Demon

What is variance? To answer I have to get into statistics a bit, but bear
with me. The concepts are not all that difficult and you will understand the
game a good deal better by mastering them. At the very least, skip to the
end of this section to see just how long it can take for certain bets to come
in that appear to be "due." Under-standing the extreme limits of variance
can literally save you a fortune.
Let's say you have 10,000 spins of a roulette wheel. If the results were
distributed in a perfectly random pattern, each of the 38 numbers would
appear n/38 times, or 100,000/38 = 2632. However, even with a perfectly
unbiased wheel or a very good computer program to generate random numbers,
there is variation from a "perfect" distribution. Some numbers will appear
more than 2632 times and some will appear less.
You can test this idea by flipping a coin 100 times. I can virtually
guarantee you that it will not come up heads and tails exactly 50 times each.
In fact, if you flipped a coin 100 times a day for 30 days, most or maybe
even all of those days you would not get exactly 50 heads and 50 tails. In
the theoretical long run, we assume that you will get an average of a 50/50
split. But on any given day your "score" of heads or tails will vary from
50%, and your cumulative average will probably not be precisely 50%. Some
days the mix might be 51 to 49, other days it might be more like 70 to 30.
Your cumulative average will move up and down each day. Once you have
tracked your coin flips for enough days, you could calculate how much
variation from 50% you have experienced.
In statistical terms such variation is called "variance." The cool thing

about variance is that we can measure it. That is, we can measure how much
each individual day's average varies from the expected mean of 50%. The
amount of variation from the mean (in this case, 50%) is measured in units
described as the "standard deviation."
Let's return to roulette. The amount of variation from the mean of 2632 can
be calculated as a standard deviation. Let's say the standard deviation is
200. This means that each number appeared "on average" between 2432 and 2832
times.
One standard deviation above the mean would be +200 in this example (or
2832), while two standard deviations below the mean would be -400 or 2232.
Now here is the cool part: Using standard deviation as a measure allows us
to estimate the probability or chances of the occurrence of an actual score
compared to what we expect the “normal” scores to be. We expect
approximately 68% of all frequencies to fall between plus-or-minus one
standard deviation of the mean. That is, only 32% of all scores will be
outside of the range of 2432 to 2832. Moving further away from the absolute
average of 2632, we expect a little over 95% of all scores to fall between
plus-or-minus two standard deviations. This means that a score outside of
the range of 2232 to 3032 has only a 5% chance of happening. When applied to
the various betting options in roulette, the concepts of variance and
standard deviation explain how difficult the game is to beat. And later
Roulette 2000 will explain how to utilize these notions against the game in
order to defeat it.
Let me give an example of what I mean by the Variance Demon. Let us say that
I am just learning about roulette and I quickly figure out that each number
should hit on average once every 38 spins. I also happen to notice that the
number 23 has not hit for 30 spins. "Wow!" I think to myself. If I bet on
23 for the next 8 spins or so, I ought to have a hit. Well, maybe yes, maybe
no. The problem is that each number will hit on average once every 38 spins.
But the variance on the frequency of a single number is huge. The number
might hit 4 times in the next 8 spins, or it might not hit for another 360
spins.
Even though a number disappearing for over 300 spins is unlikely, it does
happen. When something like that happens, I often think of myself as falling
victim to the Variance Demon. Now, even if you did not follow all the
mathematical details, it is not difficult to understand the results: Numbers
do not always hit when they are "due." The improbable happens.
I know many people who have lost a lot of money chasing a particular bet
because they just cannot believe that "X" won't hit. Now "X" can be the red
or black, or the first dozen or even a single number. Absolutely convinced
that "X" must hit soon, people pour hundreds of dollars on a string of bets
that wipes them out. If you are going to chase a particular number or set of
numbers, you need to be aware of just how long you might have to chase them
before you start the chase. Let me warn you now about the extreme limits of
variance:
Straight-up: To hit 1 number might take 1 spin or up to 360 spins.

Split Bet: To hit one of 2 numbers might take 1 spin or up to 180 spins.
Trio/Street: To hit one of 3 numbers might take 1 spin or up to 120 spins.
Line Bet: To hit one of 6 numbers might take 1 spin or up to 60 spins.
Dozen/Column: To hit one of 12 numbers might take 1 spin or up to 30 spins.
What about the even-money bets, like red/black, even/odd, 1-18/19-36? This
means you are trying to hit one of 18 numbers, and it might take 1 spin or up
to 20.
The lesson to learn here is that you cannot trust a vague intuition that a
particular number or set of numbers is "overdue." You need to know just how
long they can lay dormant, or "asleep," before they finally wake up.
Why the Improbable Happens

Before I get potential players excited with various strategies, I need to
issue a word of caution. Roulette is a game in which "the improbable"
happens all the time. In fact, it is not as odd as it sounds to say the
"improbable is probable" in roulette.
Allow me one example. Every experienced roulette player knows that streaks
of 8 or 9 reds or blacks in a row happen regularly. If you have played long
enough, you may have seen a streak of 14 or 15 in a row. The odds of a
streak of 18 in a row are very slim indeed: .0000096. However, there is a
sense in which this kind of unlikely event is happening all the time in
roulette.
Think about it: Red or black is simply a random way of identifying 18 of the
38 numbers on a roulette wheel. In any given set of 18 spins, the most
number of numbers that can be hit is 18. That means that in those 18 spins,
over half of the numbers are not being hit--just like a situation when red
hits 18 times without a single black number or 0/00 hitting. From a
probability standpoint the two situations are identical--some random set of
18 number hitting 18 straight times. The odds of some set of 18 numbers
hitting in a set of 18 spins is 100%, but the odds of any particular set of
18 numbers hitting in all 18 spins is less than 1 in 100,000. That is what I
mean by the improbable is probable. Something weird is always happening on
the roulette wheel. What we need to do is figure out how to spot those
opportunities where the weird becomes reasonably predictable.
So how should we play? In the next two sections I want to explain the
problems with "systematic" Flat and Progressive Betting. Then I'll teach you
how to avoid these problems.
Problems with Flat Betting

By "flat betting" I simply mean that a player bets on any given bet (inside
or outside) at a constant rate. Typically this is called one unit, where the
unit can be anything from 25 cents to $100. The precise bet does not really
matter: It could be 5 of the player's favorite numbers on the inside, or some
outside bet of even money or 2 to 1 odds.
It is possible to win money by flat betting, but not in the long run. If I
went up to a table and bet $5 on red each time for 100 spins, I might make a
profit. You may say, but those bets only win 47.37% of the time! How can
I win? The answer is "variance." In an analysis I did of an even money bet,
I found that for my data set of 100,000 spins the standard deviation was
5.64%. This means that to the extent this sample is representative, about
68% of the time we can expect the average to range between 41.73% and 53.01%
(one standard deviation); 95% of the time we can expect the range to be
between 36.09% and 58.65% (two standard deviations). Because results vary,
we seldom get exactly the expected average of 47.37%. Instead we might
actually win a profit of 11 units. Or we could lose more than average. If
we hit only 36% of the time in 100 spins, we would have lost 28 units.
In the long run, however, we can be fairly confident that we will have more
losing sessions than winning ones with flat betting. The reason goes back to
the house edge gained by not paying us the true odds. In theory the longer
we play, the more the positive and negative variance will cancel each other
out and we will get closer to the average, which for even money bets is
47.37%. Unfortunately, that means in the long run the house can count on
getting its 5.26% profit. To make a long story short: The longer you play
roulette with flat bets, the greater the chance that the odds will even
themselves out and the house edge will become the determining factor. What
we will need to do, then, is to talk about how to get in and out quickly, to
play "strategically" rather than "systematically."
Problems with Progressive Betting

OK, so if systematic flat betting fails why don't we systematically progress
our bets? The classic example of a progressive betting strategy is the
infamous Martingale strategy. This strategy is for the even money bets
(red/black, even/odd, 1-18/19-36). One begins with a bet of one unit. If
you lose, you next bet 2 units. You continue to double your bet until you
have a winner. As a result, you are guaranteed to come out ahead one unit
once you finally hit.
The problems of the Martingale strategy are shared by almost all other
progressive betting strategies. The first problem is that it requires a
large bankroll. To illustrate my point, I will focus on red/black even
though the analysis would apply to any even money bet. Most streaks of red
or black are fairly short, but if you have played for very long you have seen
some long streaks. Let's take a streak of 15 as an outer extreme. If you
are betting $1 on red, to defeat a losing sequence where you encounter 15
black in a row you must bet 16 straight times as follows: $1, $2, $4, $8,
$16, $32, $64, $128, $256, $512, $1,024, $2,048, $4,096, $8,192, $16,384,
$32,768. Thus you need to have a bankroll of at least $65,535.
Even if you have a large bankroll, you will get defeated by the next problem:
table limits. Most tables have a minimum of $5, in which case you can take
the above numbers and multiply them times 5 (total bankroll now needed:
$327,675). However, tables also have maximums. On typical $5 tables the
maximum outside bet usually is $1000 or $2000 or at most $5000. Even if you
started with a $1 bet, you would run into a table maximum before you won.
Now, admittedly my example is an extreme one. But the lesson still applies
to less extreme cases. Because of the table minimum and maximum, a
spin-by-spin strategy of doubling one's bets will encounter a losing sequence
sooner or later that cannot be defeated.
Could it be worth it? Perhaps you have figured out that the odds of 6 reds
or black in a row are about 2%. Why not take the wins and outweight the
losses? Ah, if only we could! Let's say we have a $1 table and a bankroll
of about $100. That means we can start with a $1 bet and double it 5 times,
so only a streak of 6 in a row will defeat us. How would we fare? Well, the
good news is that on average we should win 98 times. 98 wins x $1 = $98.
The bad news is that our two losing sessions each cost us $63 for a total of
$126. $98 - $126 = a loss of $28.
Again, to shorten the story, the problem with almost all progressive betting
schemes is either that they run into table limits that force losses, or the
payoff rate multiplied by the win-rate suggest that you will end up losing
money. For more examples of this, see the appendix where I offer statistical
critiques of a number of different progressive betting strategies. To put it
most simply, with almost all systems that require you to progress your bet,
the problem is that only a few losses will wipe out your winnings plus most
or all of your bankroll. Those systems that advertise even a 90% or 95%
winning rate must be asked the simple question: How much do you win with
each win (on average) and how much do you lose when you lose? I have yet to
find a system that involves progressive betting that has solved this problem.
The Gambler's Fallacy

A number of betting strategies try to avoid the problems I have identified
with flat and progressive betting by trying to detect and follow the trends
of a table. They admit that the Variance Demon will defeat conventional
strategies, so they try to detect which way the variance is running and bet
accordingly. Such strategies may hope to catch the wave of more reds than
black, or catch the "hot numbers" that seem to be popping up at a
greater-than-average rate.
This is where the difference between a "strategy" and a "system" become

crucial. I suggest in the next chapter that "playing for repeats" is a
perfectly acceptable short-term strategy. Streaks and repeats do happen.
But to base a whole system on this notion is to commit what is known as the
"Gambler's Fallacy." The Gambler's Fallacy refers to the belief that one can
predict an upcoming spin based on a set of preceding spins. It is considered
a fallacy because each spin is an independent event that cannot "cause" a
future event to occur. The wheel does not know what color a number is, and
it has no memory of what number just appeared.
Trends happen. But you cannot rely on them to continue. A trend where red
is hitting 10% more than average could continue for another 50 spins or stop
on the very next spin. The same is true for any other trend: they may
continue, they may not. "Following the trend" is OK as a short-term
strategy, but if you turn it into a system (as many systems do), it becomes
an unreliable way to bet that will meet the same fate as flat betting or
progressive betting as described above.
Beware of Systems
It may seem odd in a book of roulette strategies to say "beware of systems"
but I believe it is important for you to understand the difference between
Roulette 2000 and "mechanical" systems. I have identified a set of obstacles
to winning consistently at roulette. Before you ever purchase another
system, you should ask how that system avoids the problems we've discussed.
Ask such questions as:
• Is the system consistent with probability theory?

• If the system relies on flat betting, how does it beat the house edge?
• If the system relies on progressive betting, how does it beat table
limits, bankroll requirements, and the Variance Demon?
• Does the system commit the Gambler's Fallacy?
If you have already purchased a system, I strongly encourage you to purchase

a home computer roulette game and to try the system out extensively before
ever risking your money at a casino. Do not just try it once or twice, but
do a number of sessions and keep careful notes of your results. I recommend
ideally 30 sessions of at least 100 spins each. That sounds like a lot, but
it will go much faster at home than in a casino, and you could save yourself
hundreds or thousands of dollars.
If you do not have a home computer or do not want to buy a roulette program,
you can use the list of 10,000 spins included in the appendix of this book.
Start any place and treat each number as a successive spin. The results will
be virtually identical to a home program or a real casino with an unbiased
wheel.
Chapter Three: Becoming The Sophisticated Roulette Player
My goal with Roulette 2000 is to empower you with knowledge so that you can
be a more sophisticated roulette player. I cannot guarantee that you will
get rich with these strategies. And I will not spoon-feed you with
mechanical betting formulas. Instead, I will give you the knowledge to know
better and worse betting opportunities and how to maximize your odds of
winning, as well as offer some suggested betting sequences. How you use that
knowledge is entirely up to you, but my advice above all is to be smart, be
patient, and don't get greedy.
Finally, read this entire book. Let me know if you have questions. Don't
skip ahead to the betting patterns and rush out to start betting. Understand
what you are doing and why you are doing it first.
Patience is the key. No gambling strategy yet invented will get you rich
overnight. Even the best card counters at blackjack set modest goals of how
much they want to win each day before they quit; such goals are usually a
modest percentage (like 10%) of their session bankroll. Roulette players
tend to be more greedy, which is why the casinos love us so much. Set more
modest goals, play smartly, and be content to gain your profits slowly but
surely.
Tracking the Numbers

Every spin of the roulette wheel provides valuable data than can be put to
good use, so the sophisticated player begins by recording each spin you
witness. If you come up to a table with a results board (typically a lighted
display panel), make sure you ask someone if the list is accurate before
writing down the numbers. Sometimes a board misses a spin or double-records
a number.
It is not necessary to record spins for every strategy that Roulette 2000
describes, but it is useful for most of them so we might as well get this
understood at the outset.
I include a sample grid to use for practicing the strategies, but before you
go to the casino, buy a mini legal pad (5 inches by 8 inches). On the top
sheet, on the left hand side create a column that goes down the page that
looks like this:
0/00
1/2
3/4
5/6
7/8
9/10
11/12
13/14
15/16
17/18
19/20
21/22
23/24
25/26
27/28
29/30
31/32
33/34
35/36
Then draw a series of lines down the paper to create columns. Make a small
hash mark next to the appropriate pair when one or the other number hits. To
track individual numbers, you can put the hashmark in the upper lefthand part
of the space to record the first number of the pair, and the lower righthand
corder for the second number in a pair. Or use two different color pens. It
does not matter how you do so as long as you do so consistently. As I will
explain in a moment, you will also write down the numbers for each spin on
the next page of your mini legal pad. Each column should record 20 hits. No
more, no less.
After a set of 20 you start the next column of marks. In the first column,
write a nice big 0 where a pair failed to hit in that set of 20 spins.
So it should look something like this after your first 20 spins:

Chart #1
0/00 ||
1/2 0
3/4 |
5/6 ||
7/8 |
9/10 0
11/12 0
13/14 ||
15/16 |
17/18 |
19/20 ||
21/22 |
23/24 0
25/26 |
27/28 |
29/30 ||
31/32 |||
33/34 0
35/36 0
The purpose of this top sheet is to track individual numbers and pairs. By
doing this you will quickly see which pairs are hit and which are not. You
can also track dozens and high/low with a quick glance. The above marks are
fairly typical. Generally you will have about 6 pairs that do not hit in a
set of 20 spins.
On the second page of the mini legal pad also draw columns down the page,
drawing a horizontal line after the 5th line, 10th line, 15th line, and 20th
line. On this page you list the actual numbers hitting. I also put an A, B,
or C next to the number to indicate which column it is in. This sheet serves
three purposes. First, when you reach the 5, 10, 15, and 20th line you can
check your hash marks to make sure your records are complete on both sheets.
Second, later if you want to see exactly how long it has been since a
specific number hit, you have a complete record. Third, the list enables you
to notice unusual column phenomena, such as a streak of 6 As in a row or an
unusually long drought of a column like 15 or 20 spins without a B. In
chapter two I describe how to bet in such situations.
This list would begin something like this:

13 A
2B
27 C
14 B
31 A
36 C
9C
etc., again in columns of 20 numbers each so you can cross check your record
with the top page of hash marks. It is easy to get distracted and miss a
number on one list or the other. Keeping both records allows you to cross
check and make sure you are recording them all.
With these two sheets I can moniter just about any type of pattern I would be
interested in betting on. After 60 spins your top sheet may look something
like this:
Chart #2
0/00 || | 0
1/2 0 || |
3/4 | 0 ||
5/6 || | |
7/8 | || ||
9/10 0 0 0
11/12 0 | ||
13/14 || | 0
15/16 | | 0
17/18 | | 0
19/20 || || ||
21/22 | 0 |
23/24 0 | 0
25/26 | | ||
27/28 | | |
29/30 || || |||
31/32 ||| | ||
33/34 0 || |
35/36 0 0 0
Later in Roulette 2000 I will identify some specific uses of these charts.
For now, just get in the habit of recording spins in this manner. By keeping
such records and taking them home with you later, you can accumulate a
substantial data set to study and to test strategies with. If you did not do
as well at the casino as you would have liked, keeping a record can help you
analyze what happened later.
Chapter Four: The "Step-by-Step" Even Money Strategy
Exploiting Knowledge of Averages and Standard Deviations

The Step-by-Step strategy is a good starting place for two reasons. First,
it is a simple and easy strategy that will obtain steady wins. Second, most
of the strategies I will be describing later require you to take notes and to
wait for the right situation to place your bets. The Step-by-Step strategy
can keep you busy until those opportune situations arise.
I also like the Step-by-Step strategy because it is statistically sound. It

does not expect somehow to escape the law of averages--it relies on it.
This strategy is strictly an outside bet on the even money bets of black/red,
even/odd, 1-18/19-36. Though one could in theory bet all three of these at
once, I think it would be rather easy to confuse the heck out of yourself. I
recommend therefore to select just one. Personally I prefer the 1-18/19-36
bet because in the process of doing this strategy you may notice other
betting opportunities for bets on certain pairs, streets, or dozens.
The idea behind this strategy is that by progressing bets on the even money
bets by one unit per spin (following losses) one avoids running into the
problems of the Martingale system. Specifically, you need only maintain a
ratio of winning bets of 1 win for each 2 losses to stay even. Given that
all even money bets average 47.36% in the long run (on an American wheel),
one should be able to make money this way. If you can afford to do this on a
single zero wheel, the odds improve because each even money bet will hit an
average of 48.6% of the time.
If I had 4 losses (10 units down), two wins at 5 units each balances it out.
10 losses (55 units) would require 5 wins averaging 11 units each, etc. For
example:
Bet 1 unit and lose,

Bet 2 units and lose (cumulative loss 3 units)
Bet 5 units and win (cumulative loss 5 units)
Bet 5 units and win (cumulative result is even)
Once you hang in there and survive the stretches where the "other" side
dominates by a large amount and get back to the 47% or 48% average on your
betting area, you make money. In theory, you should be able to make about a
21% profit:
52.6% of spins = losses

26.32% of spins = wins to catch even
21% of spins = wins for profit.
In the long run, then, one should win a profit of 21 units for each 100 spins
if the basic bet is 1 unit.
Test 1: 10,000 spins.

I divided 10,000 spins into a 156 sets of 64 spins each (with 16 spins left
over). I picked 64 spins fairly randomly--it just happened to be the number
of spins in each column of my printout. But 64 also seemed like a reasonable
minimum number of spins for a session of at least an hour. Of those 156
sessions none lost money with this system. Two times I broke even. The
other 154, I came out ahead anywhere from a 1% profit to 33%. The average
gain was very close to expected: 20.34%.
I then did some statistical analysis to compare the mean and standard
deviation to what would be expected from a perfectly-random distribution.
The mean frequency for my bet (1-18 versus 19-36) was 46.67%, which is very
close to the expected 47.37%. The standard deviation was 5.64%. This means
that to the extent this sample is representative, about 68% of the time we
can expect the range to be between 41.73% and 53.01% (one standard
deviation); 95% of the time we can expect the range to be between 36.09% and
58.65% (two standard deviations). Remember, any session over 33.33% provides
a profit. This means that in 95% of your sessions you should easily turn a
profit. Below I will discuss what to do in the other 5%.
Test 2: 20,000 spins more

I repeated the above procedure twice more with sets of 10,000 for a total of
468 sets of 64 spins each. The results for the second and third 10,000 sets
were almost identical to the first. There was one sequence where, at the end
of 64 spins, I had not yet reached a break even point. I continued the
series into the next set of spins and got to a break even point fairly
quickly.
Modifying the Step-by-Step Strategy to make it Work

In November 1998 two computer programmers, working independently, tested the
Step-by-step system and found that it won money, but at a different rate than
projected. In 1000 sets of 64 spins each, 67% of the time there was a win
that averaged 21.5 units--which is much higher than I project above with a
21-unit gain per hundred spins. That is the good news. The bad news is that
it lost 33% of the time. Accordingly, I am convinced that to play the
strategy successfully you must have the following modifications ready to go.
The Step-by-Step strategy is based on the idea that "in the long run" each
even money bet area will regress to the mean and hit about 47% of the time.
But we may run short of bankroll or patience before we get to "the long run"
by running into one of those 5% of sequences that are more than 2 standard
deviations away from the average. Or, in some situations, starting off with
a disproportionate number of losses makes it very difficult to get caught
back up. Accordingly, I suggest you keep an eye out for several betting
options during the rough times that your bet is increasing at an
uncomfortable rate. Comfort is a relative concept, of course. Most of the
time you should be betting between 1 to 12 units. If you start betting
higher than that, you should look for opportunities to alter your strategy.
Some folks with large bankrolls do not mind letting the bet get into the 20s
because they are confident that the skew will end and the wheel will average
out the results. But if you get nervous before then, consider some of the
modifications listed below.
#1: Pick which even money bet to concentrate on with care. As noted above,
trends can start or end at any moment. But I would still not try to buck a
trend that is already in progress. Pick whichever of the even money bets
that appears to be most even and stable at the time of entry: red/black,
even/odd, or 1-18/19-36. Stay away from a bet where you see a serious skew
where one side is heavily dominating over the other (or, bet with that skew
for a while).
#2: Should you reach an uncomfortable bet--even as low as 5 or 10 units--you

can shift to a 2-for-1 bet (the dozens or columns) to make it up more quickly
than staying on your even money bet. Let us say you are up to 12 units.
Keep the exact same level of bet and shift the next bet of 13 units to a
single column or dozen. Since these bets pay two-to-one instead of even
money, you need only half as many hits to get back to even. With an even
money bet you need a ratio of one win for every two losses; with a 2-for-1
bet you need only one win for every four losses. Thus you can make up your
losses within only half as many hits. Your odds for a hit for any given spin
are only reduced by 16%, but your need for a given number of hits is reduced
by 50%. If you are up to something like 20 units, it is reassuring to know
you only need 5 hits to get back to even.
You may say to yourself "Why not play just on a 2-for-1 bet with the
Step-by-Step strategy?" You could! It would work effectively there also.
But I think the stronger strategy is to bet on the even money bet and save
the 2-for-1 option as a very effective "comeback" vehicle.
#3: Start placing a side bet on 0/00. You can make up ground fast with a hit
or two here with relatively little additional money risked. If there is a
sequence where your area is not hitting as much as it should, it could be
because 0/00 are hitting more than average in this series.
#4: If you lose 9 in a row (with no losses due to 0/00), shift to a straight
Martingale strategy and start doubling your bets. The probability of an
adverse streak going past 16 are so remote that it is worth the risk. I
describe this strategy in more detail in the next chapter, but keep it mind
when playing this strategy as well.
#5: Track where your losses are occuring. If you are betting 1-18, for
example, and the third dozen (25-36) has hit 5 or 6 straight times, start
betting on the first and second dozen, progressing your bet to make up lost
ground quickly. If you can outlast a streak of hits in one dozen of 10, you
can defeat it (but make sure you are hedging your bet with bets on 0/00).
Again, see the next chapter for more detail.
#6: Accept a modest loss and change bets. If your bet is on reds versus
blacks, for example, and over a period of 30 or 40 spins you just cannot seem
to get back to even, then curse the Variance Demon and change bets to
even/odd or 1-18/19-36.
#7: Don't forget the money management techniques described earlier. Get your
wins, then get out and move on.
Bankroll Requirements
I would not recommend playing this strategy with less than 500 units.
Remember, those units can be as small as 25 cents or as large as $100 each.
As you will see as you read through Roulette 2000, I am a relatively
conservative player. I want to take a hefty bankroll to the casino so I can
outlast those temporary problem stretches. For any of the strategies
described in Roulette 2000 you need to decide in advance of going to the
casino what your betting limits are going to be. I am not going to prescribe
a super specific formula for you--that depends on your income and how risky
you like to play. But I do strongly prescribe a strong dose of preparation.
Plan ahead and know what you will do under what circumstances.
You should practice this strategy with the practice list of numbers in this
kit, with a free electronic version of roulette on the world-wide web, or
with a computer game version of roulette easily found at software stores. By
practicing you can get a sense of how much risk you are willing to take on
and how much bankroll you need to feel comfortable.
Strategy #1, then, is the Step-by-Step strategy for even money bets.
Chapter Five: Outside Situational Bets
When is the Gambler's Fallacy not a Fallacy?: Outside Situational Betting

The Gambler's Fallacy refers to the belief that one can predict a given spin
based on a set of preceding spins. It is a fallacy because each spin is an
independent event that cannot "cause" a future event to occur. The wheel
does not know what color a number is and it has no memory of what number just
appeared. But is the gambler's fallacy always a fallacy? Doesn't every
system or strategy attempt to make some sort of prediction of upcoming spins
based on past spins?
Let us get more specific. What does it mean to "predict" a number or result?
The classic example of the gambler's fallacy happens in casinos all the
time. Many times in Las Vegas or Atlantic City I have been at a table where
the reds or the blacks have hit 5 or 6 times in a row. Let us say the streak
is a streak of 6 reds in a row. All of a sudden a bunch of naïve roulette
players rush to the table to start betting on black. "It can't keep going
red!" they exclaim. I have seen many of these unfortunate folks lose
literally every dollar they brought to the casino as they stare in disbelief
as the number of consecutive reds climbs higher and higher. I have seen even
an experienced roulette player drop $8,000 on a single streak that lasted
longer than his bankroll could stretch.
But is the intuition of the naïve gambler entirely wrong? Not really. There
are predictable limits to streaks of red or black, for example. The problem
in this case was that the players did not know enough about the odds of the
streak continuing to a particular length. Allow me a mathematical proof that
the so-called gambler's fallacy is not always a fallacy.
The strict version of the gambler's fallacy is based on simple probability

theory. The odds of a given spin being red or black is always about 47%.
That is true each and every spin. Accordingly, it does not matter what has
happened in previous spins. If I bet on black 8 times, doubling my bet each
time, I will always average the same result because the events are always the
same.
Or are they? My argument is that the gambler's fallacy is not a fallacy
during what I call statistically-anomalous sequences. A technical definition
of what I mean would be something like "events that happen only beyond a
specified number of standard deviations from the norm." A simpler way of
putting it is that there are limits to extremes.
For example: I generated 100,000 spins and then calculate exactly how many
streaks occured of the even money bets: red/black, even/odd, and 1-18/19-36.
Cumula-tively this represents 300,000 spins of experience on an even money
bet. In no case did a streak go any longer than 16 in a row. In Russell T.
Barnhart's book, Beating the Wheel, he reports on the results of over 46,000
spins from an actual roulette wheel in Monte Carlo. In that case the longest
streak of red or black was 15.
Accordingly, imagine that you only bet on an even money bet when a streak
reached 10 in a row. In these data sets, one of 100,000 and another of
46,000, you would have no losses. The win/loss rate would have been 100%.
In these situations, the gambler's fallacy is not a fallacy. The results of
situational betting (waiting for 10 in a row) are different from betting in
continuous sets of 8 bets at any other times.
Now have we really disproved the gambler's fallacy? Not completely. We can
describe what happens in these situations with standard probability theory.
While one can never predict the result of one spin, we can predict, with some
precision, the probability of a given event over a series of spins. One
calculates this by multiplying the probability of one event times the
probability of another. If you flip a fair coin the odds that it will come
up heads is .5 or 50%. The odds that it will come up heads twice in a row is
.50 x .50 = .25 (or 25%). Now, let us say you have flipped the coin twice
and it came up heads both times. What are the odds it will come up heads
again for the third time in a row? Careful! The odds are still .5 on any
given flip because these are independent events. So, even though in general
the odds of three heads in a row is only 12.5% (.5 x .5 x.5 =.125), on any
single flip they are still 50/50.
Now the question becomes What are the limits to extremity? If you can have a
coin come up heads 10 times in a row, despite the fact the odds are very
small (.0009765), when is it "safe" to bet that the streak will end?
Because you are in the process of becoming an increasingly sophisticated

player, you can decide for yourself what your comfort level is. My personal
suggestion is that for even money bets you need to be able to outlast a
streak of 17. I see streaks of 9 and 10 often enough (especially in a large
casino with lots of tables) that if I can increase my bets to outlast a
streak of 17, I feel pretty darn confident.
The specific probability I want to obtain is 99.999%. That is, I want to be

beaten only by an event that has a probability of less than 1 in 100,000. If
you consult the Bernoulli trials in the appendix you will see that the odds
of an even money bet (which covers 18 of 38 numbers) winning on your first
spin is about 47%, the odds of winning at least once within two spins is
about 72%, and so on. The odds of losing a given number of consecutive bets
is simply 1 minus the probability listed. You reach odds of less than 1 in
100,000 if you can outlast a streak of 17, so that is the "limits of
extremity" I am willing to bet on for the even money bets.
Sadly there is no way to ever get to 100% probability. But by identifying

the extreme limits of even money bets at 17, we have seen that you would have
had a perfect winning record for two large data sets: My simulated 300,000
spins and the 46,000 spins in Monte Carlo. And, for what it is worth, in my
years of experience I can say I have never seen a streak go past 14.
Depending on how much you play and how fast your dealers are, 100,000 spins
is a very, very long time. A strategy that can win in data sets of 100,000
spins is something to be confident about. You might literally go through the
rest of your roulette career using this strategy without a loss.
The Practice of Outside Situational Betting

Almost all outside betting systems require the player to bet continuously. I
have described a strategy that is situation-specific; that is, the player
bets only when a statistically-anomalous sequence (9-in-a-row or more)
occurs. This can be used on the even/odd, red/black, or 1-18/19-36 bets.
The obvious limitation of this strategy is that you have to wait to find a
streak of 9 or 10 (or even more if you are particularly conservative). I
doubt you will get rich with this strategy alone, but at least by conserving
your bets to these unusual streaks you can play with confidence.
In practical terms there are two ways you can pursue this strategy: Table
Hopping and combining this strategy with others at a single table.
"Table Hopping" refers to moving from one roulette table to the next in
search of unusual streaks to take advantage of. The most visible example of
such a streak is the streak of red or black, since most results boards are
color-coded and one can see from a distance a block of red or black numbers.
If you intend to use this strategy, however, you should also look for streaks
of even or odd numbers, or of high (19-36) and low (1-18) numbers. Many
players forget to look for these sequences and miss four more betting
opportunities. Note: When you walk up to a table you should ask one of the
players if the results board is working properly. Players generally watch
these boards carefully and can warn you if it is falsely repeating or
omitting numbers.
Atlantic City is the best place to table hop because there are a number of
casinos with a group of tables all within sight of one another. My personal
favorite casino in AC is Harrahs because of the number of tables (typically
$5 tables) within sight of each other.
If I am feeling restless or want to exercise then I will wander through

casinos looking for potential betting situations. More often than not, I
will stay put at one table in order to play Step-by-Step or to pursue the
Inside Situational bets I describe in the next chapter. In those cases you
simply pay attention to the results and keep your eyes open for an outside
situational betting opportunity.
OK, so by now you want me to get more specific about how to use these ideas
in actual play. I will give you five specific outside situation betting
strategies:
1) Even money against-the-streak.

2) Even money "correction effect."
3) 2-for-1 sleeper.
4) 2-for-1 "correction effect."
5) 2-for-1 against-the-streak.
1) Even money against-the-streak.
Betting against the streak is pretty obvious. You find a streak of 9 or
10-in-a-row of an even money bet (red/black, even/odd, 1-18/19-36) and you
bet against it. You must progress your bet after each losing spin, but how
much you progress it is up to you (your bankroll size and risk-comfort
level). If you want to be conservative, you can progress your bet
Step-by-Step, as described last chapter. If you want to be more aggressive,
you can double your bet after each loss until you win. Your profit will be
the amount of your original bet. Or you can increase your bet by more than
doubling it each time. I will describe a medium-level risk strategy here,
but feel free vary it according to your own preferences of risk and
profitability:
Sample progression #1: Wait for 9 in a row, then bet
1st spin 1 unit
2nd spin 2 units
3rd spin 4 units
4th spin 9 units, 1 on 0/00
7th spin 108, 12 on 0/00
8th spin 255, 30 on 0/00
Why the bets on 0/00? Because a streak can be brought to an end by either
the opposite bet (the one you are betting on) or by the appearance of a zero.
That is why I "insure" my bet with a side bet on 0/00 once the bet gets to a
certain level.
Note: If you are on a European (single zero) table or are playing in Atlantic
City, the rules are a bit different. If 0/00 hits, you lose only 1/2 of your
outside bet, in which case you would want to use something like this:
Progression #2: Wait for 9 in a row, then bet

1st spin 1 unit
2nd spin 2 units
3rd spin 4 units
4th spin 8 units
7th spin 90, 6 on 0/00
8th spin 222, 16 on 0/00
Remember, 1 unit can be any consistent amount of money you want. On video
roulette you can bet only $1, but in most casinos a minimum outside bet would
be $3 or $5, so that would have to be your basic unit. The sample
progression would also work if your basic unit is $10 at most casinos, but
make sure you check the table maximums before you start your betting sequence.
2) Even money "correction effect."

The next strategy involves a fairly simple idea concerning probability. When
a streak happens that is very rare, it is unlikely that it will be followed
immediately by another streak that is very rare. Mathematically this is
simple to explain. The probability of a streak of 9-in-a-row is .0031 or
about 3/10ths of 1%. The odds of two consecutive streaks of 9-in-a-row is
.0000096 or about one in 100,000. Accordingly, the even money "correction
effect" strategy is to bet against a repeat of another long streak. So, if
you have 9 or more reds in a row, you should have bet against the streak
until a black or a zero hit. If it was a zero, walk away and count your
profit. You are done. But if it was a black, then start betting red. You
are betting that the streak of blacks that just began will not go 9 straight
spins.
This strategy may seem counter-intuitive to you. After all, after a streak
of 9 (or more) reds would not the blacks be "due" to repeat? The answer is
not necessarily. Over a number of spins, yes, the blacks and reds will
balance out. But in the short run of 20 or 30 spins one color can dominate
the wheel hitting about 9 out of 10 times.
What you are betting on is not the color so much as the probability of
another long streak. The "correction effect" is not by color but the unusual
length of the previous streak. The wheel does not know what color the
numbers are. Concentrate on probabilities. Since the odds of two
consecutive streaks of 9 or more are less than 1 in 100,000 the appearance of
this streak gives you two betting chances--one to bet against the first
streak going to 18, and then another to bet that the second streak will not
go to 9.
In addition to the mathematics of probability, I tested this strategy with

100,000 spins dividing the numbers into even and odd. I examined each and
every occurance of a streak of 8 or more. None were followed by a second
streak of 8 or more. That was a 100% win/loss rate, which is also what I
have experienced in the casinos so far with this strategy. The closest I
found was a streak of 11 followed by a streak of 6, and a streak of 10
followed by a steak of 7. In both cases, using the betting progressions
described above, the second streak would have been defeated.
Again, you will not have a ton of these betting opportunities, but at least
each time you find a streak of 9 or more you have not one but two betting
chances. When you realize that on any one table there are 6 even money bets
that could have such a run, then multiply that times the number of tables in
a large casino, you have a good opportunity to make some money with these two
strategies.
I suggest using the same betting progression as you use in even money
"against the streak" strategy (see the previous page) as for this even money
"correction effect" strategy. You still need to "insure" yourself with side
bets on 0/00.
3) 2-for-1 sleeper.
Roulette players call numbers that have not hit for a while "sleepers." The
idea is that these numbers have fallen asleep and won't reappear until they
"wake up." Betting on sleepers is generally a bad idea, as numbers can stay
asleep much longer than most players realize. A single number can stay
asleep for over 300 spins.
However, once again we find that on unbiased tables there are limits to
extremity. When we deal with parts of the table that cover 12 numbers we can
bet on sleeping sections under the right circumstances. The 2-for-1 bets are
the dozen bets (1-12, 13-24, 25-36) and the column bets, which many players
read left to right as A, B, & C with 1 at the head of the A column, 2 at the
head of the B column, and 3 at the head of the C column.
Some commercial systems out there are based entirely on betting on these
2-for-1 bets. Be careful, because most of these systems misjudge the
probabilities. It is true that the typical column or dozen will hit about
once every three spins (31.6% of the time). And if you bet on one column or
dozen 10 times in a row, the odds of a winning spin are above 97% (see the
Bernoulli trials in the appendix for details). The problem is that when a
dozen or column goes to sleep, it can stay asleep longer than most commercial
systems acknowledge. We want to get to that comforting 99.999% confidence
level where you are only beat by a sequence that is 1 in 100,000. That is,
99,999 times out of 100,000 a series of spins without a particular column or
dozen hitting will be 30 spins or less. If you were betting continuously,
you would have to last for 30 spins. Given most table limits and bankroll
limitations, that is impossible.
The solution is, of course, situation betting. I can keep track of whether a
number is even or odd, high or low, and which dozen it is in without any
special notes other than simply writing down each number as it comes up. The
one extra symbol I record is an A, B, or C to designate which column that
number is in. As you record spins you should add a letter after each number
to indicate which column it is in. You will soon learn that you can notice
sleepers this way, as well as unusually long streaks.
Once again you need to progress your bets according to your bankroll and
risk-comfort level. I personally would wait for a sleeper streak of at least
15 to 18 spins before betting, and then I would bet as follows:
Progression #3: Wait for 15 to 18 spins without a hit in a dozen/column, then

bet
spin 1 1 unit spin 6 6 units spin 11 47 units

spin 2 1 unit spin 7 9 units spin 12 71 units
spin 3 2 units spin 8 14 units spin 13 108 units
How successful is the 2-for-one sleeper strategy? I can answer three ways.
First, unlike most commercial systems, it passes the probability theory test.
If you consult the Bernoulli trials in the appendix you will see that the
odds of a set of 12 numbers failing to hit by the 30th spin is less than 1 in
100,000. So we have that 99.999% level of confidence.
Second, I have never lost using this strategy, though you should not trust
personal anecdotes by themselves because the data set is too limited.
Third, I ran a trial of 100,000 spins and examined the results for a set of
12 randomly-selected numbers created as a hypothetical set (this would
function like a dozen or column). The longest sleeper series was 25 spins.
Now, I would still urge you to rely on the magic number of 30 rather than 25
to be on the safe side, but obviously those results were reassuring. So with
this set of 100,000 spins the success rate would have been 100%, which is
precisely what probability theory would predict.
4) 2-for-1 "correction effect."

If you already figured out that there might be a "correction effect" for this
betting strategy as well, give yourself bonus points. You are starting to
think like a sophisticated roulette player. Once again, it is not so much a
matter of a set of 12 numbers being "due" as much as the odds are against
another unusually long series of spins where the same dozen or column fails
to reappear. Accordingly, if you see a dozen or column go more than 15 spins
without a hit and bet on it using the 2-for-1 sleeper strategy, you can turn
around and bet on that dozen or column to repeat with the next 15 spins.
Once again, like the even money "correction effect" bet, the odds of another
streak of greater than 15 happening back to back are remote--about 1 in
100,000. Use the same betting sequence as described in sample progression #3.
Did I test this? Of course. Once again I analyzed a set of 100,000 spins.
I examined each and every sequence where a dozen failed to hit for 10 or more
spins. In no case was a series of 15 losing spins followed by another series
of 15 or more losing spins--which is precisely the result that probability
theory would predict.
The two closest were a series of 18 losing spins, followed by a hit, followed
by 11 more spins before a hit, then another series where a series of 19
losses were followed by a hit, then followed by 10 losing spins before a hit.
Once again the success rate of this strategy for this set of 100,000 spins
was 100%. Your results could vary, of course, but again you can see why you
should be pretty confident with this strategy.
5) 2-for-1 against-the-streak.
As many roulette books and systems will tell you, the best bet mathematically
on a single spin would be to bet on two of the dozens or columns. That way
you cover 24 numbers (out of 38 on an American wheel, out of 37 on a European
wheel). The disadvantage is that you are laying odds. That is, you are
betting two units at a time in hopes of winning 1 unit. But on the other
hand on each spin your odds of a win are over 63% (almost 65% on a European
wheel). If you cover the 0/00 in addition to the 2 columns or dozens, your
odds go up to over 68% on a single spin.
When I first started to play roulette I was convinced I could make my fortune
by betting progressively on two columns or dozens. I quickly figured out,
however, that to keep even I had to triple each bet in order to make up for
each loss. Well, it would be worth it if you could be sure of winning. If I
could bet even twice (2 units, then 6 units) I could reach a 90% win rate. I
soon learned that streaks of 3, 4, 5, and 6 in a row within a dozen or column
were not as rare as I had hoped. Then I did some computer simulations and
found streaks up to 10 in a row within the same dozen or column. Yikes! I
abandoned the strategy.
Once I gave up continuous betting and settled on situation betting, I brought

the strategy back. It is capital-intensive and I am not a huge fan of it.
But if you use it carefully it can bring in additional profit with the same
sort of mathematical confidence as the other outside situation bets.
Basically you wait until a streak within a given dozen or column reaches 6 in
a row, then be prepared to bet 5 times on the two other dozens or columns.
Sample progression #4:

spin 1 bet 1 unit in each of two columns/dozens
spin 2 bet 3 units in each of two columns/dozens
spin 3 bet 11 units in each of two columns/dozens plus 2 units on 0/00
I would only use this betting progression if I was reasonably confident that
the wheel involved is not biased. If I had any doubts, I would bet more
modestly, perhaps betting only a side bet on 0/00 or waiting for the streak
to reach 7.
In a data set of 200,000 spins the longest such streak was 10 in a row, which
means this strategy as described here would have won 100% of the time.
Additionally, standard probability theory predicts that if you cover 26
numbers (2 dozens or columns plus 0/00) the odds of a streak going to 11 are
less than 1 in 100,000.
Strategies #2 through 6, then, are Even money against-the-streak, Even money

"correction effect," 2-for-1 sleeper, 2-for-1 "correction effect," and
2-for-1 against-the-streak. You now have 6 different strategies in your menu
of options.
Chapter Six: Inside Situational Bets

The same principles that inform the outside situation bets can also be
applied to inside bets. Once again we want to know "When is the gambler's
fallacy not a fallacy?" That is, under what circumstances can one analyze a
set of spins and use that data to predict, within reasonable limits, what
will soon happen with inside bets involving just a few numbers.
Let me stop right now and explain that I deal with the inside bets in sets of
no less than 2--a pair. I do this for several reasons. First, it is too
cumbersome to track and bet on single numbers. Second, if you are on a
biased wheel but do not know it, a pair is safer than relying on a single
number to appear. Third, single-number sleepers simply take too long to wait
for (as mentioned earlier, a number can go to sleep for over 300 spins). So,
from here on out, I am mostly going to be talking about pairs of numbers.
The numbers are most simply and logically paired as 0/00, 1/2, 3/4, 5/6, 7/8,
etc. The numbers are near each other on the betting area, plus they are
opposite one another on the wheel.
Most systems that bet on single numbers fail because they underestimate how
long numbers can go to sleep and/or they overestimate the value of trying to
track and catch a "hot trend" when a part of the wheel hits repeatedly.
Later I will offer a mathematical critique of some of these systems, but for
now trust me when I say they fail for the same reason any continuous betting
strategy fails. Once again I recommend Russell T. Barnhart's Beating the
Wheel for a mathematical explanation for why betting on single numbers
continuously will lose you money.
The question we want to answer is when is it safe to bet inside on a pair?

Based on what we discovered with the "correction effect" earlier, we can
hypothesize that a long improbable streak would not be followed by another
improbable streak. The theoretical rationale is simply the idea of
correction discussed earlier and is implicit in what mathematicians call the
law of large numbers. In a given data set, if the average frequency of a
randomly-distributed number appearing is 1 in 38 (or 1 in 19 for a pair),
then at some point sequences where the number or pair appear less than
average must be offset by sequences where the number or pair appear more than
average. That is what we mean by the "correction effect." Without imputing
motivations to an inanimate object, we can say that an unbiased wheel "must"
eventually generate results that "correct" a bias that has accumulated
randomly.
Even the most hardened statisticians would agree with me in theory, but they
would contend that in practice it is impossible to predict when the
correction will take place. I disagree. I believe there are ways to track
what I call the "cumulative variance" of a given frequency (say of a pair of
numbers) such that one can say that once the frequency of a pair reaches a
certain number of standard deviations away from the norm (the mean), one can
anticipate the reappearance of that pair. Now, let me pause right here and
stress a very important point: Though I believe the inside betting
strategies. I am about to describe are the best money makers of all my
strategies, they are not foolproof. The longer you play them the better the
chance that somewhere down the line you will have a losing sequence because
you will run into an extremely unlikely sequence. So I urge you never to
"bet the farm" (that is, put your entire bankroll at risk in one sequence) on
an inside strategy. The variance demon is just too extreme. Having issued
that warning, I think you will find these three strategies to be the most
fun, exciting, and profitable of all the strategies Roulette 2000 describes.
My first test of this concept was to track the appearances of 0/00 in a set
of 100,000 simulated spins. The 0/00 hit an average of once every 19.2
spins--very close to the expected mean of 19. The standard deviation was
18.6331. I then looked at every single hit in sets of three. We can
describe these series as a set of three numbers, X, Y, and Z. X is the
number of spins it took to get a 0/00, Y how many spins before the second
0/00 after the first, and Z how many spins to get the third 0/00 after the
secone one. Three back-to-back zeros would produce an X Y Z of 1, 1, 1.
Three perfectly average scores would be 19, 19, 19. Most sets of X, Y, Z
would vary around the mean, such as 23, 9, 26.
I then focussed only on those series of X, Y, and Z that began with an X that
was equal to or greater than 40. I picked 40 in part because it is a
convenient number and in part because it is a tad more than 1 full standard
deviation above the mean.
I then looked at how long the 0/00 took to return after the sequence where X
took 40, 50, 60 or more spins. In other words, when X is at least one or two
standard deviations over the average, what is the expected value of Y and Z?
I found in this test that the number of Ys that were equal to or greater than
50 were non-randomly distributed. There were more short sequences (Ys less
than 50) than longer sequences (Ys equal to or grater than 50) following Xs
of 40 or more. Of course one would expect an imbalance, but I found the
imbalance was larger than standard probability theory would predict. But the
results did not suggest a practical betting strategy. There was still too
much risk of a long series to be very useful as a betting option.
So I took the analysis another step. What happens when one has a large X
followed by an equally large Y? What happens to Z when X is greater than 60
and Y is greater than 50? Here with a chi square analysis I found some
remarkable results. Sequences of 30 or more spins should happen
approximately 20% of the time. According to standard probability theory,
that probability of 20% is true at all times. The value of X or Y should be
totally irrelevant if the events (each spin) are truly independent. While I
do not challenge the idea that each spin is independent, I must insist that
sets of spins do not necessarily behave as they were independent. In my data
analysis there were no Zs that were equal to or greater than 30.
Now I realize this is fairly technical, but hang in there while I explain why
this is valuable information. If we can track pairs of numbers to identify 2
series where X 60 and Y 50, then we may be able to predict at a high
level of confidence that the third series, Z, will be less than 30. This may
sound so rare as to be useless, but I will explain in a little while why that
is not true. The good news is that my chi square results were significant at
the .06 level of significance. That means that there is a 94% probability
that the results were not merely accidental.
My first data set was rather limited, however. Out of over 5000 hits of 0/00
in a set of 100,000 spins, only 219 were over 60. Of those 219 cases of X
that I looked at, only 14 were followed by Ys of more than 50. Of those X-Y
sequences none were followed by a Z of more than 30. While I was encouraged
by the results, I decided I needed more data to see if these trends were
consistent enough to be predictable.
So I hired a computer consultant to write a program that allows me to test

this very specific strategy. The computer first randomly generates a number
of simulated spins. It then tracks each pair and measures how long it takes
for each pair to repeat. I can then tell it to look at all streaks above 60,
70, or whatever value I assign to X, then check to see how many many of the
next series (Y) are above or below 60, 50, or whatever. It is a very helpful
program for testing different versions of the strategy, and I am happy to
have the opportunity to share the results with you here.
To simulate a number of trips to the casino that were of typical length, I

ran 100 sessions of 300 spins each (a total of 30,000 spins). In these
sessions I looked at each and every instance of a pair going 60 or more spins
without a hit (X 60) to see how many were followed by a series where the
same pair required 51 or more spins to hit again (X 60, Y 51). And of
those I checked how many were followed by a third series of 31 or more (X
60, Y 51, Z 31). In those 100 sessions, 97 sessions (of 300 spins each)
there were no instances of a losing series where X 60, Y 51, Z 31. In
the 3 sessions that had a loss, they only had one loss each. Since each
session had a number of wins (from 6 to 13), there were over 900 wins versus
3 losses using this strategy in 30,000 spins. That is a win rate of 99.7%.
Now, in my opinion the 99.7% win rate probably underestimates what you could
do. If you were to bet on the neighbors of the pair for only the first 4 or
5 spins in the Z betting sequence, I suspect you could go a year without
losing with this strategy. I know I have.
OK, so we have the theory, how do we use it in practice? I will describe
three strategies that you can use. The first strategy, chasing zeros, is
appropriate only if you have a number of American (0/00) roulette tables to
play on and like to roam. The second strategy, "chasing bunches of pairs,"
can be played effectively either at one table or combined with table hopping.
The third strategy, "chasing the sleeper pair," works only if you plan to
sit and play at the same table for an extended length of time.
#1: Chasing Zeros
I got hooked on roulette once I won $5000 playing this strategy in less than
three days in Atlantic City. It is not as precise as what I have been
describing with all the X Y Zs, but it is fun and profitable.
This is a roaming strategy. That is, you roam from table to table or casino
to casino. The place I won most of my winnings with this strategy was in one
casino where I could watch about 10 roulette tables at once. Why chase zeros
as opposed to other numbers? Zeros are the easiest numbers to spot at a
distance on results boards. With the red and black numbers you have to be
close enough to make out the details, but not the green 0 and 00. You can
spot them 100 feet away. It is easy to track 0/00 on a dozen tables at a
time because they stand out so clearly.
There is nothing mathematically sacred about zeros. This strategy could work
on any pair. I pick zeros to chase for table hopping only because they are
easy to track visually. Do not trust folks who try to tell you that zeros
hit any more or less than any other pair. Unless they have discovered a
biased wheel, they are just plain wrong. Sometimes we get sensitized and
notice things we simply did not notice before, but that does not mean they
really are more of them (like when you buy a red Honda and then start seeing
a ton of red Hondas on the road).
What you want to do is to go to a table where there have been no zeros for a
while--at least 20 spins. You cannot track the exact numbers of spins if you
are watching lots of tables, but you can estimate. A good dealer in Vegas or
Atlantic City should be averaging at least 40 to 60 spins per hour, depending
on how many players they are dealing with. So you can typically assume that
for each hour a table goes without a zero that 50 spins have passed. Once a
zero or double zero hits, you are playing for a repeat.
You can place your bet either as a split bet directly in between the 0 and 00
on the betting area, or you can put your bet on the "courtesy line," which is
the line that separates the second and third dozens between 22/23/24 and
25/26/27. There are three ways to pursue this strategy.
Version A) The most cautious way is to just bet 4 times and leave if you have
not had a hit. Your odds of a hit are 20%, but the pay off is great.
Normally the minimum bet is $5, so just bet a $5 chip 4 times. If you lose 4
times in a row then take your bet up to $10. If you lose that twice then go
to $15. If you lose twice more you could take it up to $25, but I would not
recommend going any higher. This is a hit and miss way to go but you can
slowly but surely pile up wins this way (I did and I know of others who do
the same strategy). An advantage to this approach is that you do not get
stuck at a table for long and can move on. Do not feel you have to progress
your bet strictly with this strategy. You can afford 2 or 3 losses for every
win and still come out ahead. Set a goal that is reasonable and walk out of
the casino when you get to your goal. This is a fun strategy that you can
play with relatively short money ($200 to $300). Set a goal of winning $100
and then quit once you get there.
Version B) A closely related strategy is to bet 4 times but also cover the
neighbors of the zero. I do not recommend this strategy unless your session
bankroll is between $500 and $1000 because it can get expensive. Or: After a
hit with the above strategy where you are betting only on 0/00, use your
profits on the next table to cover the neighbors. The immediate neighbors
are 1/2 and 27/28. If you want to branch out another set of pairs, bet on
13/14 and 9/10. Statisticians will tell you that betting on neighbors is
silly since the odds of any pair of numbers is the same. That is true, but
that also means there is no reason not to bet on these neighbors, plus if the
table has even a slight physical bias that might lead it away from 0/00, you
might catch it with a neighbor.
Version C) The most serious way to chase zeros is to sit down and plan to
chase it for 20 to 40 spins. Check the Bernoulli trials in the appendix to
see exactly what your odds are for how many spins. For 20 spins your chances
of success hitting a single pair like 0/00 are 66%. Not bad, but certainly
not high enough to risk a ton of money on. This variation of "chasing zeros"
requires the largest bankroll and it risks the largest losses if you don't
hit. I do not recommend it as a consistent style of play. If you are going
to settle down at one table, then the strategies I am going to describe below
are better bets. But if you see a table that has not had zeros for a really
long time and you decide to chase it for a while, at least you should know
how much to bet.
Chasing Zeros Version A:

Bet 1 unit 4 spins, repeat at other tables unless you lose at 4 consecutive
tables;
bet 2 units 4 spins, repeat unless you lose at 2 consecutive tables;
bet 3 units 4 spins, repeat unless you lose at 2 consecutive tables;
bet 5 units 4 spins, repeat until you figure you have lost or won enough for
the day.
Chasing Zeros Version B:

Bet 1 unit each on 0/00, 1/2, 27/28 for 4 spins, repeat unless you lose at 2
tables;
bet 2 units each on 0/00, 1/2, 27/28 for 4 spins, repeat unless you lose at 2
tables;
continue to double your bet until you reach your win or loss limit.
Chasing Zeros Version C:

spins 1 - 16, bet 1 unit on 0/00
spins 17-24, bet 2 units on 0/00
spins 40-42, bet 7 units on 0/00 (session bankroll required for 42 spins:
117 units)
#2: Chasing Bunches of Pairs

Recall the earlier discussion of tracking pairs over an extended number of
spins that we described in three sequences of X, Y, and Z where we were
willing to bet that we could avoid a losing sequence where X 60, Y 51, Z
31. You may respond by thinking these sorts of sequences are so rare as to
be useless. However, that is not the case. Multiplication is associative,
which means 1 x 60 is equivalent to 1 x (2 x 30), which is equivalent to 1 x
(3 x 20), etc. Put another way, the odds that one pair will go 60 spins
without a hit are the same odds that three pair will go 20 spins without a
hit (about .04). Once this principle is understood you will find all sorts
of good betting opportunities.
Go back to the tracking system I described earlier, where we had the

following results after tracking only 20 spins:
Chart #1
0/00 ||
1/2 0
3/4 |
5/6 ||
7/8 |
9/10 0
11/12 0
13/14 ||
15/16 |
17/18 |
19/20 ||
21/22 |
23/24 0
25/26 |
27/28 |
29/30 ||
31/32 |||
33/34 0
35/36 0
Note the pairs that have not hit in at least 20 spins: 1/2, 9/10, 11/12,
23/24, 33/34, and 35/36. Once any one of these pairs hits, you can "bunch"
that pair with the rest of the unhit pairs and treat the bunch as one big
pair (as a Big X).
Our Big X consists of the pairs 1/2, 9/10, 11/12, 23/24, 33/34, and 35/36.
These 6 pairs going at least 20 spins without a hit is the same as one pair
going at least 120 spins without a hit.
The odds are extremely low that such a long sequence with these 6 pairs
asleep will be repeated. Accordingly, what we want to do is to treat all 6
pairs as if they were 1 pair--a Big X. If any of the 12 numbers of these 6
pairs hit, we will bet on all 6 pairs. Do not start betting on the pairs
until you get a hit. The Big X should be considered "asleep" until one of
the pairs hits. How many spins you bet on after the Big X (or "bunch of
pairs") wakes up depends on your bankroll. I would not try this strategy
unless you can go at least 10 spins (which requires a bankroll of 558 units).
If you can afford to go even farther, you can feel even more confident.
Now, there are two great things about this strategy. First, you can play it
a lot. If you have 5 or more pairs that have failed to hit in the previous
20 spins, you can pursue this strategy and chase this bunch of pairs. If you
have 4 or less, do not chase them. If you have 5 or more, smile. You have a
great bet coming up. I would estimate that you will be able to play 8 or 9
times out of each 10 sets of 20 spins. And your confidence on this bet
should be very high. That is the second bit of good news. You will very
rarely if ever lose this bet. I have used it for over 7,000 spins so far
with only one loss. But even if you should have a loss, which eventually we
will, the odds of two straight losses are astronomically small. You can
quickly make up for lost ground. If you want to avoid even one severe loss,
I will explain how.
Chasing 6 pairs for 12 spins in my computer simulation I went 200,000 spins

and only had one loss, so that is my preferred way to play this strategy. If
you cannot afford that, chasing 6 pairs for 10 spins after they wake up is
still a great bet. Chasing 6 pairs for 10 spins I averaged less than one
loss for every 10,000 spins, but none of the losses were followed by another
consecutive loss. In all I ran 600,000 spins and had no streaks of 2 losses
in a row.
Chasing 5 pairs is not quite as great a strategy in the computer simulations,
though I personally have never lost with this bet. Chasing 5 pairs for 12
spins for 100,000 spins yielded 1 loss every 10,000 spins. Chasing 5 pairs
for 14 spins in a test involving 100,000 spins yielded only three losses,
which means an average of 1 loss every 33,000 spins. Again, in no case out
of the 200,000 spins was one loss followed by another consecutive loss.
What about if you track 20 spins and have more than 6 pairs without a hit?
It happens a good deal: You could have 7, 8, 9 pairs open, maybe more. When
that happens, start chuckling to yourself. Chasing 7 pairs 10 spins for
500,000 simulated spins I had a total of 2 losses, which were not back to
back. Chasing 8 pairs for 8 spins for 500,000 simulated spins I had no
losses. Chasing 9 pairs for for 7 spins for 500,000 spins I had 1 loss.
Those are good odds, folks.
A couple of reminders: Track the pairs for 20 spins. If you have 5 or more
without a hit in that set of 20, be prepared to treat the pairs as a big
bunch, a Big X. Do not start betting on the bunch until they wake up with a
hit. Then bet as follows:
Chasing 4 or less Pairs

Don't to it.
Chasing 5 Pairs Chasing 6 Pairs

spin 1 bet 1 unit per pair spin 1 bet 1 unit per pair
spin 3 bet 1 unit per pair spin 3 bet 2 units per pair
spin 4 bet 2 units per pair spin 4 bet 3 units per pair
spin 11 bet 16 units per pair [Total of 558 units required]
spin 12 bet 22 units per pair
[Total of 385 units required]

spin 9 bet 36 units per pair [Total of 778 units required]

spin 1 bet 1 unit per pair Split the 10 into 2 sets of 5 pairs (high/low)
spin 2 bet 2 units per pair and follow the strategy above for each set
spin 4 bet 8 units per pair Chasing 11 or 12 Pairs
spin 5 bet 16 units per pair Split them into sets of 5 & 6 pairs, or 6 & 6
spin 6 bet 36 units per pair pairs, and follow the strategy above
As strong as this strategy is, it is not unbeatable by any means. I strongly

suggest that you practice this strategy at home extensively before putting
large amounts of money at risk. If the number of units required to play
these strategies is alarming to you, then youmay want to consider one of the
following Variations of the strategy.
Variation A: The vast majority of your hits will occur within the first 3 or
4 spins into your chase. If you want to play a bit more conservatively than
the betting sequences described on the previous page, it is easy to do. Just
bet half as many spins as is listed. If you still do not have a hit, stop
betting in that set of 20. Wait for the next set, then pick up your betting
at or near the level you stopped at. If you do not get a quick hit the first
time, chances are good you will the next. This slows down your win rate, but
it is a more cautious way to protect your bankroll.
Variation B: After you have tracked a set of 20 spins and have 7 (in this
variation, 7 not 5) or more unhit pairs, you are not supposed to bet on any
of the pairs until you have a hit on one of them. However, once you go 5
spins into the new set of 20 and none of the 7 or more pairs has hit yet, you
can go ahead and start betting on the pairs. The odds of 7 pairs going much
more than 30 spins with out a hit are extremely remote (less than 1 in
100,000), so you can get a double hit. Once as the pair (the Big X) finally
wakes up in your new set of 20 spins, then bet again as you go for the pairs
you are chasing to repeat. Do not try this unless you are at least 5 spins
into the new set.
Variation C: You will notice with the suggested betting progressions above
that there is a point where there is a rather sizable jump in the bet. With
6 pairs that happens when you go from 6 to 9 units, with 7 pairs it happens
when you go from 5 to 8 units, and with 8 pairs it goes 4 to 7 units. You
can stop the steep progression at these cut-off points to minimize the risk
of a huge loss. Now, with Variation A you would pick up the steep
progression in the next set of 20. With this variation, you shift the
strategy to betting only on the pair that has hit. As you recall, you only
start to bet on the "bunch" of pairs after one of them has hit. That is
because you have now linked all of those pairs and are basically betting that
one of the set will hit. If I do not want to chase them all, for any reason,
then I will only bet on the pair that hit. This is a much less expensive
route to go and it usually works. I should add that I only chase that pair
in this case for no more than 13 to 20 spins (13 is the median, 19 is the
mean frequency for pairs). If another one of the missing pairs hits, then I
will start chasing it as well, and so forth. Now what you have done
basically is to shift to chasing individual pairs instead of the whole bunch.
It is an economical way to take advantage of the reasoning behind this
strategy without putting as much money at risk.
Variation D: Though I prefer to play "chasing bunches of pairs" while

staying at one table for a length of time, you can play it as a table-hopping
strategy if you like. Just go up to a table, check with the players that the
results board is accurate, and within about 3 spins you should be ready to
bet on a bunch of pairs. Most results boards list the past 17 spins, but
some have less and some have more. So count them! This variation has the
added advantage of keeping you moving and not under the watchful eye of a
pitboss for a long time.
Variation E: You will notice while practicing this strategy that after one
sleeping pair wakes up, the others often follow suit. While this happens a
good deal, it does not happen with such predictability that I want to make it
a set part of the strategy. But you might want to consider playing on a few
of these still-sleeping pairs with the profit you just made from chasing the
whole bunch. Don't get greedy and don't chase your losses from these
pursuits. But if you are ahead and want to place a few bets on sleepers that
may wake up while waiting out the remainder of the set of 20 you are on, you
will generally come out ahead. I almost always stop this sort of betting if
I have accumulated three hits within the set of 20 spins I am betting.
Variation F: Betting on streets. Credit for this idea must go to a

Connecticut colleague. He suggested I map out this strategy for those folks
who like to bet on streets. A "street" is a set of 3 numbers that are in a
line on the betting area. The streets are 1 2 3, 4 5 6, 7 8 9, 10 11
12, etc. If you prefer to track the spins using sets of three to match up
with the streets instead of pairs as I have described above, the basic
strategy can still work. In this case you will only want to bet when there
are 4, 5, or 6 different streets that have not hit in the previous 20 spins.
That magic number of 20 stays the same. Since 4 streets covers 12 numbers,
the odds of success are the same as for betting on 6 pairs. Five streets
covers 15 numbers, and six streets cover 18 numbers. The betting
progressions would be as follows:
Chasing 4 Streets Chasing 5 Streets

spin 1 bet 1 unit per street spin 1 bet 1 unit per street
spin 2 bet 1 unit per street spin 2 bet 1 unit per street
spin 3 bet 2 units per street spin 3 bet 2 units per street
spin 10 bet 60 units per street [Total of 605 units required]
Chasing 6 Streets
spin 1 bet 1 unit per street
spin 2 bet 2 units per street
#3: Chasing the Sleeper Pair

This strategy works well with the "chasing bunches of pairs" strategy. Let's
go back to the X 60, Y 51, Z 31 formula. The idea is to play for a
repeat on a pair that has been asleep for at least 40 spins. This is an easy
strategy to use and you will have plenty of pairs to bet on in any given 2 or
3 hour session. But you need to be careful how hot and heavy you pursue any
given pair. So here are the groundrules.
First, never bet on a pair to repeat with this strategy unless it has been
"asleep" for at least 40 spins. You will know this in an instant by looking
at your chart. If a pair has a big 0 marked in it for two or more spaces in
a row, it is a sleeper. On average each pair should hit once during each set
of 20. The standard deviation of this average is a bit over 18. So by
waiting for a minimum of 40 spins, we can be sure that the pair was asleep
for one full standard deviation above the mean. That means we may be about
to encounter what I have been describing as the correction effect.
Look at the 35/36 pair on the chart on page 9 of this kit. The 3 straight 0s
indicates it has been at least 60 spins since that pair has hit.
Accordingly, once this pair hits, I would start betting on it. I would bet
on it for no more than 50 spins (the Y sequence). Then I would wait for the
pair to "wake up" and hit again before trying it another sequence of 30 spins
(the Z sequence). That is the "chasing the sleeper pair" strategy in a
nutshell.
A few words of warning. First, do not assume that a pair that has been
asleep for a long time will always be followed by a short sequence. The last
time I played I saw a pair go over 70, it promptly fell asleep again and
stayed asleep for over 120 spins. That is why I stop at 50 spins. Now,
I waited around long enough to see it finally wake up, and this time I was
prepared to chase it for 30 spins. I did not need to wait that long. It hit
twice in the next 8 spins.
Second, you do not have to chase every single possible pair. Often you will
be chasing 2 pairs that have been asleep, or maybe 3 that have finally hit
after a long sleep. You can form these 2 or 3 pairs into a medium-sized
bunch and progress your bet accordingly. That way you only need to hit one
of them. Keep in mind that each spin counts as two spins if you are betting
on 2 pairs and 3 spins if you are betting on 3 pair (for the purposes of the
X 60, Y 51, Z 31 formula). So if you are betting on 2 pairs, just bet
for 25 spins on the both of them before quitting the Y series. Walk away
once you hit your win goal. Do not feel compelled to chase down every
single pair you think is overdue. That is a good way to crash and burn.
Also, if you are on a regular (not video) roulette table and you think a
wheel may be biased, then be careful about chasing just one pair for any
length of time. The pair may be about to correct, but there could be
mechanical reasons why it will not appear or repeat when it should.
The very cool thing is that chasing pairs and bunches of pairs as described a
bit earlier work really well together. After gathering data for that first
20 spins (less if you have a reliable results board), you will be betting
pretty regularly for the rest of your session--I would estimate 15 of 20
spins--either on a big bunch or on 1 or more sleeper pairs. It is fun and
typically you roll up steady profits.
Here is the progression to follow if you end up chasing a single pair for as
many as 80 spins (Y series of 50, Z series of 30). Remember: You do not need
to chase every single sleeper pair. The smaller the numbers you bet on, the
greater the possible variance and room for the Variance Demon to do mischief.
Set a goal for your session and when you reach it, leave. Don't stay to bet
on just "one more pair" because that could be the unlikely one that causes a
large loss.
First 50 Spins
spins 1 - 16, bet 1 unit
spins 17-24, bet 2 units
spin 47, bet 10 units
Next 30 Spins
[For all 80 spins, a total of 1250 units are required]
Modifying the Chasing Pairs Strategies

I am making the majority of my profit now doing a combination of "chasing
bunches of pairs" and "chasing sleeper pairs." However, I only play
"chansing bunches of pairs" with the variations described above. I also vary
the way I play "chasing sleeper pairs." Those variations are as follows:
Variation A: I often add two "insurance" bets. This has made a significant
difference in levelling out the roller coaster of wins and losses. The first
insurance bet is to always have something on the green (0/00), whether it
seems "due" or not. Now, you could pick any pair for insurance, but there is
a little added psychological rush from hitting on the green. This side bet
has come in quite handy for me, especially when I have been having a rough
time catching sleeper pairs to repeat.
The second insurance bet is to always bet on the last pair to hit. Now lots
of folk will bet on the last number, but you will double your pleasure by
always betting on the last pair. I have found that especially when the table
is giving weird, skewed results that are killing me on the "chasing sleeper
pairs" strategy that this insurance bet really can save my butt.
Variation B: I seldom chase pairs for as long as I used to. There is

nothing wrong with chasing them precisely as I have described above, but one
can limit the needed bankroll and potentially save yourself some time by
limiting your chase to between 13 and 20 spins. Why these numbers? The
median frequency for repeats is 13. That is, half of the time a pair will
repeat within 13 spins. The mean frequency is, of course, 19 spins and 66%
of the time a pair will repeat by the 20th spin. The marginal benefit of
chasing a pair after that number of spins decreases significantly, as
indicated in the Probability Chart based on Bernoulli Trials you will find in
the appendix.
This concludes the inside betting strategies. As I said at the outset of

this kit, I am not giving you a set formula or rote lesson in memorization
for playing roulette. I am trying to improve your understanding of the game
and provide a new set of ways of thinking about playing roulette that are
more statistically sound than playing by guesswork or with the vast majority
of systems out there on the market.
So you should feel free to play. Use my strategies but if you get a sudden
instinct to bet on the zeros for a spin, go ahead. Or if you think a pair is
really hot and you want to bet on it a few extra times, go for it. Don't let
me stop you. I am merely a coach, not your boss. The nine strategies
described so far are now added to your menu of options. Whether you decide
to stick to them, adapt and modify them, or ignore them altogether is wholly
up to you.
Strategies #7 through 9, then, are Chasing Zeros (with three versions),

Chasing Bunches of Pairs (or Streets) and Chasing the Sleeper Pair. You now
have 9 different strategies in your menu of options.
Chapter Seven: Biased Wheel Strategies.
It is impossible for casinos to keep their roulette wheels in perfect

condition. Many wheels develop minor imperfections that produce non-random
results that players can detect and exploit.
The facts that biased wheels exist, can be detected, and produce predictable
and profitable results is very well documented in a number of books already
on the market. I personally recommend Russell T. Barnhart's book, Beating
the Wheel. Barnhart points out that casino roulette wheels are, after all,
mechanical constructions that experience wear and tear with use. By
accumulating tiny nicks, dents, loose frets, etc., some roulette wheels
generate non-random results. Barnhart relates a number of stories of how
"wheel clockers" have tracked results to discover biased wheels and then won
thousands and thousands of dollars on biased wheels.
Since there are 38 slots on the roulette wheel, over a period of time one
would expect to find each number hitting an average of once every 38 spins.
However, with a biased wheel, some numbers will come up far above such a rate
of once-every-38-spins. If one keeps track of the numbers appearing on a
given wheel and discovers which numbers the bias of the wheel is favoring,
once could win a good deal of money (as Barnhart's anecdotes demonstrate).
Now, the key to this strategy is patience. If you have played roulette for
any length of time, then you know that a given number might hit 5 times out
of 20, which looks like the results must be biased. Not necessarily. The
Variance Demon giveth and the Variance Demon taketh away. You might get 10
hits on a number in 100 spins, then that number might disappear for 300
spins. Both will happen in the normal course of events on an unbiased wheel.
Accordingly, the only reliable way to know if a wheel is biased or not is to

track it for a large number of spins. Based on a number of statistical
studies Barnhart has generated a simpler formula for determining at an 80%
level of confident if a roulette wheel is producing random results: n/38 +
.4 n1/2. That is to say, if you have 100,000 spins, then you calculate
100,000/38 + (.4 x 100,0001/2) = 2758. If some numbers appear more than 2758
times, then the wheel is probably biased or the computer program flawed. The
formula for being 95% confident is the same only it is .5 instead of .4.
No, you do not have to wait for 100,000 spins! That was just to illustrate
the point. Barnhart suggests that you have at least 500 spins worth of data
before deciding whether a wheel is biased enough to bet on. If any numbers
have hit 23 or more times in a set of 500, or 33 times or more in a set of
800 spins, then you should assume the wheel is physically biased and will
produce a disproportionate frequency of those numbers. If you want more
details, then you should purchase Barnhart's book.
The problem with Barnhart's suggested strategies concerning biased wheels is
that they involve an investment of many many hours and may not produce a
biased wheel. But that is if chasing biased wheels is your only strategy.
If you are playing Roulette 2000, you have lots of good strategies to keep
you busy while you write down the wheel's results (this is also called
"clocking the wheel").
My suggestion is quite simple. If you are intrigued by the idea of a biased

wheels, then to become more expert about the subject read Barnhart's book.
While you are playing on a table using Roulette 2000, make sure your notation
system allows you to later count up the hits on individual numbers. You can
do this one of two ways. You can go through the lists of numbers reading
them aloud while a partner marks on a sheet of paper each time each of the 38
numbers hit. Or, use a system of marking on the list of pairs that allows
you to tell which number hit each time. You can put the hashmark in the
upper lefthand part of the space to record the first number of the pair, and
the lower righthand corder for the second number in a pair. Or use two
different color pens to distinguish between odd and even numbers in each
pair. It does not matter as long as you are consistent.
That night after you are done playing for the day, count up your totals for
each number if you have at least 500 spins worth of information from a given
table. If you find numbers that hit more frequently than 23 hits per 500
spins, then bet on those numbers the next day.
Generally speaking you should use strict flat betting for this strategy (1
unit per spin). If the number is biased, it will hit often enough to
outweigh the house advantage.
I am not a huge fan of this strategy because it takes so much time and effort
for uncertain results--most tables you will find do not produce non-random
results worth betting on. But if I did find a wheel that had a clear bias, I
would certainly gamble up to 200 units trying to see if the bias kept up.
Strategy #10 is to track individual spins for at least 500 spins, then
flat-bet on biased numbers, if any occur.
Chapter Eight: Video Roulette
Yes you can trust them

In a growing number of areas of the country video roulette has become
available. For the most part, these games are pretty much the same to play
on as regular roulette tables. The payoff rate is the same and the betting
options are the same.
They are run by random number generating (or RNG) computer programs.
Sometimes I have heard people playing these games grumble that the fix is in,
that somehow the computer knows what they have bet on and deliberately
produces a losing number. This is utter nonsense. The casinos are not going
to risk losing their licenses by rigging the machines in such a way. They
don't have to! They make a fine profit just relying on the built-in house
advantage that defeats all but the most sophisticated players. It is in
their interest that the game be fair and produce random results.
Each and every machine in the casino is individually licensed by the state
gaming board in which it is operated. These gaming boards test, or hire
others to test, the RNG programs and the output of these games to make sure
they are fair and random. So the short answer is that Yes, you can trust
video roulette.
Keep in mind that a regular roulette wheel is merely a mechnical random

number generator. There is no logical difference between the wheel and a bit
of computer software. They do the same thing. So there is no reason to fear
video roulette. You won't find biased wheels, but that can be good news if
your strategies assume random distribution as most of ours do.
I do have some advice concerning video roulette. First, it is frankly not

quite as much fun as regular roulette because you do not have a live dealer
and pit crew with whom to interact. In fact, the other people playing the
same machine (most have 5 seats) might be quite annoying. The casinos that
have video roulette are not likely to have more than a few machines, so you
cannot table hop either. When you play video roulette, get serious and do
not let folks distract you.
The most annoying thing that some unhelpful nearby "coaches" may do is claim
that they see "patterns" in the results. If a 32 hits after a 22 they will
nod knowingly and say, "see? 32 often follows a 22." Of course they also
would have said that if 32 followed a 23 (inverse numbers), or a 32 followed
a 16 (16 x 2 = 32). What is happening here is a reflection of the fact that
we humans are very good at seeing patterns. You can "see" some sort of
pattern in just about any sequence! Ignore these jokers. The only patterns
that are important are the ones that we can track statistically that have
implications in terms of probability theory. The rest is nonsense.
I was in Phoenix, Arizona, about a year ago for a conference and, of course,
found time to go to a nearby casino. To my delight I found the exact same
video roulette game that I play in Minneapolis (in fact both machines are
manufactured here in the Twin Cities). But as I started to play I suddenly
realized that the table would not allow you to place a bet for more than $8
anyplace on the betting area. $8! Needless to say, I got off the machine
immediately. My point is a simple one: When you start to play on a video
roulette machine, check its limits immediately. Also make sure that 1 unit =
$1. Most of the time that is the case, but in some places 1 unit is 50 cents.
The table limits obviously will limit what strategies you can pursue. The
tables here in Minnesota stop at a bet of $99. Now, that is fine for inside
bets. In fact, I can place $99 on each of two numbers plus another $99 as a
split bet. More than enough for any of my strategies. But the outside bets
are also limited to $99. That is why, for the most part, I cannot pursue my
outside strategies here and can pursue them only in out of state casinos with
live roulette.
So, to sum up: Yes, you can trust them. Ignore talkative players or
on-lookers. Check out table limits right away and adapt your play
accordingly.
Some Inside Info you can Profit From

Many of the video roulette machines in the country are made by a company
located right here in the Twin Cities. I interviewed the chief design
engineer two years ago and it is that conversation that led me to research
about how these machines work in more detail. As I said before, to guarantee
that the programs are fair to customers, they are checked by state gaming
boards. In Minnesota, the certification of machines is overseen by the
Minnesota Gambling Enforcement Division. Before a given type of machine is
certified for use, it is tested by outside companies. I interviewed a
supervisor at the Minnesota Gambling Enforcement Division as well as the
Director of Engineering and Testing Methods at one of the firms hired to
check the fairness of the results of these games. From them I was able to
ascertain two key bits of information. First, I learned the exact output
measures they use. Second, I learned the statistical tests they use to
measure whether that output is reasonably random. Knowing how they do these
tests allows me to have a much more sophisticated knowledge of what the
results of a program will be--in this case, what the video roulette game will
do and will not do.
If you have forgotten the explanation of the Variance Demon, go back to page
2.
As I explained, there are results from roulette that look in the short run
like they are terribly unfair and non-random. To be sure about this, you
have to analyze the results of many spins. If you have a biased wheel or a
flawed program that is generating non-random results, then the results of
many spins will be significantly more or less than is predicted by standard
probability calculation. How do we know if the variation is "significant"?
In response to the question “How many standard deviations above or below the
mean do you have to be before we consider a score to be significantly
different from the average?” most social scientists will respond, “about 2,”
which marks about the 95th percentile. So, one possible way to test whether
a RNG program is producing reasonably random results would be to measure the
standard deviation and stipulate that anything plus-or-minus two standard
deviations suggests a non-random result.
Why is this important? Before I explain why it is important, I need to make

one more point about the importance of the sample size (n) and standard
deviations. As I mentioned earlier, what kills most betting strategies are
"unusually" long streaks or sequences. In the long run, red or black will
come up slightly less than 50% of the time, which means on average it appears
every other spin. But the key to success is knowing what the standard
deviation is for red or black. That is, how far off of the average of "every
other spin" does red or black actually occur? One cannot answer the question
without making reference to a sample size. That is, for 100 spins you will
get one standard deviation score, whereas with 10,000,000 spins you will get
quite a different score. That is simply the results of randomness.
Think about a town of 100 people compared to a million people. While the
averages may be similar (in terms of heighth, weight, income, number of kids,
etc.), you will find far more variation from those averages in a large town
than in a little one. The larger the sample size (n), the greater chance for
really wild variation.
For example, I once ran a program for 1,000 spins and the longest streak of
red or black I got was 9. When I ran the program for 100,000 spins I got
steaks of 15.
The important thing to note here is that the larger the sample size, the
greater the variation one will observe.
The reason this is important goes back to the idea that programs for video
roulette must be tested to see if they are fair. Here's the punchline: Once
we know the sample size used to test the casino's video roulette program and
the tests used for measuring the program's fairness, we can roughly estimate
the range of variation we will typically observe as output of the program.
Go back to the formula I mentioned earlier: n/38 + .4 n1/2. The key to the
solution, obviously, is n. The larger the sample, the greater the
unpredictablity and variation. If we apply this concept to even money bets
like red and black, then we could say that a streak of 16 reds in a row in a
sample of 1000 would suggest that the wheel or computer program is badly
biased or flawed, while in a sample of 1 million spins, 16 reds in a row
would not be a surprise.
As I said before, I have learned both the size of the sample size (only
38,000) and how they measure its fairness (whether it is "reasonably"
random). What is the bottom line for you the roulette player? Basically,
you can safely assume that a video roulette game will play very much like a
live roulette wheel that is in use for about 100,000 spins. No big secret
here that will make you millions. But the comfort is that the strategies
described in Roulette 2000 can be used with a great deal of confidence when
playing Video Roulette since 100,000 is the typical test I used.
Chapter Nine: On-Line Roulette Gambling
On-line gambling over the worldwide web is a vast business already and it is
growing by leaps and bounds. It is also almost completely unregulated.
Beware. If in doubt, I urge you to not bother with on-line gambling. There
are four problems in particular you should be aware of.
First, the on-line casinos are almost completed unregulated and unlicensed.
As you know, a video version of roulette is run by a computer program that
simulates the random number generating function of a mechnical roulette
wheel. On-line roulette wheels are also run by RNG programs. Unlike video
roulette machines, however, on-line RNG programs are typically not tested by
independent companies or licensed by state gaming boards. They are typically
written and tested by the same company. There is more room for mischief here
than I feel comfortable risking my money with. One player wrote into a
newsgroup that he witnessed "8 zeros (on single-zero Roulette) coming up in
39 spins." Now, this is not impossible by any means even on a fair table,
but the fact that players feel like it could have been "rigged" says to me
that on-line casinos are not yet trustworthy.
Second, some on-line casinos already have developed bad reputations for not
paying their customers their winnings. Until on-line gambling is state
regulated, it is unlikely that you will have a legal manner by which to force
the casino to pay you what they owe you.
Third, from my brief experiments with on-line casinos, I have found that
their roulette games have fairly low maximum bets. This makes many of my
favorite strategies difficult to pursue.
Fourth, the legal status of on-line casinos is not yet clear. They may be
declared illegal in some states, and their questionable legal status may
limit your options should you need to pursue legal options to collect money
owed you.
So, I recommend that you avoid on-line casinos. But if you really want to
play on them, make sure you investigate three items: Are their RNG programs
written and tested by the same company or is there an independent testing
organization? Does the casino have a good reputation for paying off their
winners promptly and with a minimum of hassle? What are their table minimum
and maximum bets and will they accomodate your betting strategies?
Chapter Ten: Dealer Signature Strategy
The Theory & Practice of "Dealer Signatures"

A very popular approach to roulette in recent years is the "dealer signature"
strategy. The theory is simple. Dealers spin the wheel hundreds of times a
day.
It seems reasonable to assume that they develop certain habits in the way
they release the ball and spin it. If the dealer spins the ball in a
somewhat similar way each time, then maybe we can track the results of spins
in order to predict the results. In this chapter I describe this
strategy--and warn you about its shortcomings.
There are different ways to track the dealer's signature, but the main idea
is to notice two bits of data for each spin: where the ball is released and
where it lands.
For example, if the dealer releases the ball over the number 31, and you
notice that the ball actually lands in the number 31 slot after spinning
around the wheel the appropriate number of times, then that dealer has the
perfect "signature" to track. If, that is, you continue to track the
dealer's spins and notice a consistent pattern between the release point and
the landing point. The ideal signature would be if the ball consistently
landed in or very near the exact point on the wheel where you notice the ball
is released. Consider the dealer's signature consistent if it lands within a
predicted 7-number area at least 50% of the time. If it does, you can make a
lot of money fast!
Once you were sure of the dealer's signature, the betting method is simple.
You watch where the ball is released, then immediately place your bets on
that part of the wheel, being sure to cover 7 to 9 numbers. In the case of
the perfect signature, if you saw the ball released over the 31 you would bet
on the 31 plus 3 or 4 numbers on either side: 12 8 19 31 18 6 21.
To pursue this strategy seriously you would need to memorize the wheel so
that you waste no time placing your bets after you see the release point.
This is not hard to do and you can have a friend quiz you to help you learn
the neighbors of all 38 slots on the double zero wheel.
Of course most of the time the signature will not be so easy to detect.
Accordingly, most dealer signature strategists suggest dividing the wheel up
into a set of sections.
You then keep track on paper which section the ball is released over, and in
which section the ball lands. If you detect a pattern, such as when the ball
is released over section 2 it lands in section 4, etc., then you place your
bets accordingly.
Let's see how this is done. The numbers on the double zero wheel can be
listed as follow:
0 - 28 - 9 - 26 - 30 - 11 - 7 - 20 - 32 - 17 - 5 - 22 - 34 - 15 - 3 - 24 - 36
- 13 - 1 -
00 - 27 - 10 - 25 - 29 - 12 - 8 - 19 - 31 - 18 - 6 - 21 - 33 - 16 - 4 - 23 -
35 - 14 - 2
The first step is to divide the wheel into managable sections. By managable
I mean small enough that you have time to place bets on all the numbers in
each section, but large enough to cover a decent amount of the wheel. You
might be tempted to cover too many numbers, but you need to resist this
temptation. Bet on no more than 9 numbers. That way as long as you hit even
one time in 4 you can stay even with flat betting. If you do any better than
25%, you will make money. On the other hand, if you bet on any more than 9
numbers, then you might as well be using the other strategies that involve
significant progressions.
Here is one way to divide up the wheel. It really does not matter which
numbers you decide to cluster into your sections, as long as you can remember
them and as long as your sections have no more than 9 numbers in them.
Section 1: 0 - 28 - 9 - 26 - 30 - 11 - 7 (7 numbers)
Section 2: 20 - 32 - 17 - 5 - 22 - 34 - 15 (7 numbers)
Section 3: 3 - 24 - 36 - 13 - 1 - 00 - 27 - 10 (8 numbers)
Section 4: 25 - 29 - 12 - 8 - 19 - 31 - 18 - 6 (8 numbers)
Section 5: 21 - 33 - 16 - 4 - 23 - 35 - 14 - 2 (8 numbers)
Now, mark down for each spin you observe which section the ball is released
over and which it lands in. Make a grid that looks like this:
Section 1:
Section 2:
Section 3:
Section 4:
Section 5:
Record where the ball lands after each spin. If the first spin is released
over section 3 and lands in section 5, record a 5 next to section 3 like this:
Section 1:
Section 2:
Section 3: 5
Section 4:
Section 5:
After 20 spins you might have something that looks like this:
Section 1: 3 2 3 1 3
Section 2: 5 5 5 4 5
Section 3: 1 4 4
Section 4: 2 4 3 1
Section 5: 1 5 3
Now, the tough question now becomes, what do you bet on? Let me share with
you the first bit of bad news about this strategy. I know of no empirical
study that proves that this strategy works. You may hear extravagant claims
about how wonderfully it works, but beware. The person telling you these
claims is probably trying to sell you something. Successful roulette players
who believe that they have found a way to beat the game like to brag and the
truly great accomplishments usually make their way into a book or gambling
magazine. No study has ever been published that I am aware of that documents
consistent success with this strategy. Maybe you'll be the first! In any
case, do not run out and put a lot of money at risk with this strategy. Not
yet. Make it prove itself to you.
Because no empirical work has been done on this strategy, I cannot tell you
exactly how many spins you should record before deciding whether to bet on a
given dealer's signature. What I can tell you is that if a dealer has a
consistent signature, you should be able to detect it fairly easily. Look at
the examples above. If you are getting results like I have invented for the
first two sections, then they are worth betting on. Notice in section 1 that
three of the five spins landed in section 3. That is a good enough batting
average to step up to the plate and give it a chance. In section 2 we have 4
out of 5 landing in the same section. If such a pattern kept going, you will
make a lot of profit fast.
But what about section 3? Two of the three spins landed in the same section.
Is it worth betting on? This is where you have to trust your gut. Because
no empirical work has been done in this area, no one, and I mean NO ONE, can
yet say with authority how many spins we need to confirm a dealer's
signature.
Sections 4 and 5 are examples where the data do not suggest a consistent
dealer's signature. With 5 sections, the odds of any given section being hit
in any spin is 20%. Accordingly, unless you get results that are much higher
than that, the results could be the result of random fluctuation.
Now, what if you got exactly the results I listed here. Does the dealer have
a consistent signature? The answer has to be based on the overall results,
not just on how one or two sections hit. Because if the dealer has a
consistent manner of spinning the ball, it should show up not just in one or
two, but in at least four or all five of the sections. My suggested rule of
thumb is that you track at least 20 spins. Do at least half of the spins for
each release-section land in the same results-section? If so, then you may
have evidence of a dealer signature worth betting on. Remember: You want
evidence of a 50% success rate of predicting the section in which the ball
will land to pursue this strategy. If the dealer is less consistent than
that, do not pursue the strategy. Change tables or wait for a new dealer.
Some Cautions about Playing this Strategy

Some advocates of this strategy will suggest that you track results for much
longer periods of time than just 20 spins. Normally I would agree that the
more data you have, the better off you are. But dealers change shifts
regularly. If you track for too long, the dealer will change just when you
have the data you need. Of course, that dealer may come back to the same
table, so don't throw away your notes!
Remember, this strategy calls only for flat betting, not progressive. So bet
just one unit on each number you bet on. The strategy is too speculative to
risk any more.
Two other cautionary comments that you should keep in mind. First, watch the
dealer carefully to see if the direction of of each spin is the same, and
notice whether the wheel speed is relatively consistent or not. I want to
share with you a message posted to a computer newsgroup from a roulette
dealer from Australia who wrote to comment on the concept of "dealer
signatures." These comments should give you an idea what you are up against:
As a Roulette dealer, I'm constantly supprised how people fail to

recognise that the dealer has two different spin motions on any one table.
One clockwise and one anti-clockwise. Furthermore dealers rotate around
tables that are both left and right handed. Hence, in one night any one
dealer has four distinctly different spin motions.
If anyone is interested in tracking numbers they should try to find a
dealer that spins the wheel slowly and constantly--so there is less chance
for error--and make sure they track the sections of the wheel differently for
each clock-wise and anticlockwise motions.
Second, even if you are very successful with this strategy, don't quit your
day job! The reason is that this is the easiest strategy in the book for the
casino to defeat once detected. Think about it: To make this strategy work
you have to stand over or near the wheel and watch the dealer quite
carefully. Then after the ball is released you have to hustle and place your
chips on a variety of numbers. If you start winning consistently with this
strategy, any experienced dealer or pitboss is going to know exactly what you
are doing.
You want to keep the dealer on your side by offering consistent tips when you
hit. Even so, the dealer could be instructed by the pitboss to start varying
the spin by changing the wheel speed, direction of the spin, or the balls
velocity when released. In short, the pitboss can tell the dealer to make
changes in what we have been calling their "signature." If that does not
work, the pitboss will change dealers. If that still does not stop you, the
dealer will start calling "no more bets!" almost immediately after the ball
is released so that you do not have enough time to place your bets.
Unfortunately, that is the ultimate way to defeat this strategy: Allow
players to place their bets for as long as they want, but then call "no more
bets" even before starting to spin the ball around the wheel.
To recap: This strategy has not been proven to work, and if it works it is
easy for the casino to defeat. Sorry, folks, but better to know the truth
than to lose money.
Chapter Eleven: Chaos Theory Fact and Fiction
In mathematical science an exciting form of modeling has developed known as

Chaos Theory. Not too surprisingly, I have seen a number of roulette
"specialists" out there selling systems that claim to be informed by chaos
theory. I have been shown several of these systems and asked for my
assessment.
Unfortunately, everything I have seen so far is utter nonsense that has

nothing to do with chaos theory. To explain this, I will begin by describing
what chaos theory is and is not, then discussing ways it can and cannot be
used with respect to roulette.
Chaos theory is simply a way to mathematically model dynamic and

deterministic systems. Both parts are important: A dynamic system is one
that is constantly changing, like the weather. So far it sounds like chaos
theory can fit roulette. But the second part is also crucial: the system
must also be deterministic. That is, there is a causal relationship between
one event and the next. That causal relationship might be fluid and dynamic
(that is where chaos theory comes in handy), but there still must be a causal
relationship between events. In roulette, the result of each spin is totally
independent of the next spin. There is no causal relationship between one
spin and the next. Thus, chaos theory simply does not apply. The numbers
generated by spinning a roulette wheel are independent and thus the you do
not have a deterministic system.
Chaotic systems are not random, whereas the results of roulette spins are.
Now, I should note, chaos theory might be used to help a computer model where
the spinning ball will land. The ball spinning around the roulette wheel is
an excellent example of a dynamic (constantly changing) but deterministic
system. By deterministic in this case I mean that there are physical forces
(velocity, direction, the frets, air resistence, etc.) that causally
determine where the ball will land. Because the system is so dynamic, it is
hard to predict where, but computers have been programmed to help do exactly
that, and chaos theory could enhance the models used by those computers.
On the other hand, the results of the spins--that is, the number and its
properties like even/odd, 1-18/19-36, red/black--are random. The results of
one spin have absolutely no causal deterministic relationship to the next.
As it is often said, the wheel has no memory. Because the results are random
and nondeterministic, chaos theory is irrelevant and cannot help predict
results in any way. It is sheer nonsense and someone claiming otherwise is
trying to use the prestige and mystery associated with chaos theory to sell
something.
One system supposedly based on chaos theory show little diagrams that show
the "patterns" that are generated by spins. So the system tracks trends like
R-R-R-B-B-B and claims that chaos theory can help predict these trends.
Utter nonsense. In one sense, of course there are patterns. The most
annoying thing that some unhelpful "systems" do is claim that they see
"patterns" in the results. If a 32 hits after a 22 they will nod knowingly
and say, "see? 32 often follows a 22." Of course they also would have said
that if 32 followed a 23 (inverse numbers), or a 32 followed a 16 (16 x 2 =
32). What is happening here is a reflection of the fact that we humans are
very good at seeing patterns. You can "see" some sort of pattern in just
about any sequence! The only patterns that are important are the ones that
we can track statistically that have implications in terms of probability
theory. The rest is nonsense.
If such diagrams were mapping wind currents or how the ball bounces, then the
diagrams would be heuristically helpful. But as they are merely
reconstructions of the random results, they are meaningless and misleading.
Such systems, like almost all systems based on "patterns," is based on the
well-known Gambler's Fallacy. The Gambler's Fallacy refers to the belief
that one can predict a given spin based on a set of preceding spins. It is a
fallacy because each spin is an independent event that cannot "cause" a
future event to occur. The wheel does not know what color a number is and it
has no memory of what number just appeared.
The patterns most systems identify as betting opportunities can start or stop
at any time whatsoever. They are random. I have charts that take 100,000
spins and codes them into streaks of red/black. You will find that the
streaks are unpredictably random (except at extremes--see below): a long
streak may be followed by a short one or an even longer one. The patterns
supposedly chaos theory systems try to track and simply not reliable.
There are only two times when the gambler's fallacy is not a fallacy: The
first is when you have reached an extreme sequence that can be described in
very specific probability terms as a statistically-anomalous sequence. That
is not what I have seen any chaos theory salesperson do. Their sequences are
too short for that.
The second is if you can identify a physical cause to the pattern, such as a
biased wheel. This may or may not be possible. The verdict is not in yet
concerning dealer signatures, for example. But the point is that those who
market systems based on the numbers that appear and claim to be guided by
chaos theory are simply wrong. Their systems are totally useless unless they
have to do with the physical causes involved and are used in conjunction with
a computer designed to predict where the ball will land.
Chapter Twelve: Putting it all Together
The Art of the Comeback

Losses are inevitable. No strategy can get you to a 100% success rate. To
play the best roulette possible you need to plan for the contingency that the
strategy you are using will encounter a loss at some point. How do you
respond? By planning and executing the fine Art of the Comeback.
Think of comebacks as falling into one of two categories. The first category
of Comeback Strategy is simply escalating your bankroll. Let's say you are
simply playing a group of numbers straight-up (birthdays, etc.). And you
lose $100 in $1 chips. One way to continue is simply to jump to $5 chips.
One hit straight up pays $175, so all you need is one hit and you are even or
possibly even ahead. This would take $500 to have 100 $5 chips. And if you
lose that you change to $25 chips
(100 = 2500). In each case only one (fairly quick) hit gets back to even so
you can go back to the original starting level of $1 chips.
Some strategies make this is possible, others involve progressions that make
this comeback strategy too expensive unless you have a very deep bankroll.
So that leads to Comeback Strategy #2.
Comeback Strategy #2 is to change your strategy altogether to something that

pays high returns fast. So, if you have been betting on a bunch of streets
or making outside bets and you are down $200, then shift to chasing sleeper
pairs like the 0/00 (preferably on a different table). Hopefully you can
start your bet at $15 on a pair (or $20 on a single street) so that one hit
again brings you to even.
The details are less important than for you to plan a Comeback Strategy
before you start to play serious roulette. For you to categorize a strategy
as a Comeback Strategy it must have two characteristics. The first
characteristic is that it makes your money back fast. Preferably with only
one hit, maybe two. The second characteristic involves probability: Ask
your self why a given strategy has lost. Has it tapped into some sort of
extreme variance? If so, then playing for the repeat is a decent comeback
strategy. You want some reason to believe that the comeback strategy you are
using is highly probable to hit.
By now you have learned that the strategies described in this book are all
based on one of two concepts: Limits to Extremes, and The Correction Effect.
The key to a
good comeback strategy is that it be solidly based on one or the other of
these two concepts. If you got burned because a pair went to sleep for very
long time, then play it to repeat once it wakes up (that is the correction
effect). Or if you lost on one group of streets, but see that another set
should be soon hitting the limits of extremity, then go after that. In
short, when the table starts churning out improbable results, it should open
up a good betting opportunity of some sort.
The other question I hear is whether to use a comeback strategy that gets you
back to even after a loss with only one hit, or many. Here it depends
totally on your bankroll. This is why I recommend that you have one bankroll
that you are playing with you "every day" strategy, and a separate bankroll
you tap into only once you have lost the first and need a comeback. The
ideal comeback strategy requires only one hit to getback to even, so plan the
strategies and betting levels accordingly. If you get in too deep to afford
that, then plan on needing 2 or 3 hits. Any more than that and you really
don't have a comeback strategy as much as simply a different strategy you use
to chase losses. Be careful there.
Be prepared!: Planning your Strategies

Before you run off to the casino, the next thing you need to do is to plan
your execution of the Roulette 2000 strategies with care. First and
foremost, go back and reread the money management chapter.
• Don't play with money you need to pay bills. That is evidence of an
addiction.
• Don't play with more than you can afford to lose. Old advice, but
crucial.
• Divide your total gambling bankroll into two or more "session"
bankrolls.
• Never ever ever put your whole bankroll at risk in one session.
• Set clear win limits and loss limits.
This last point deserves emphasis. The biggest problem I have had personally
and that I see with many other players is knowing when to stop. The
strategies of Roulette 2000 are very powerful. You will win money with them.
You must set a reasonable win goal and then STOP when you get to it. Most
professional gamblers suggest a modest goal of winning 10 to 20% of your
session bankroll. Then walk away. This is tough, but if you do, you will
manage to stay ahead of the game longer than those without the necessary
willpower.
Now that you have figured out your session bankroll, it is time to calculate
your exact betting patterns with the 10 strategies Roulette 2000 has
described. I suggest that you purchase a small notebook--about 3" x 5";
something that can slip into a pocket easily. In this notebook write down
each strategy on a separate page that you want to be able to play, listing
exactly how much you will bet on each spin for each strategy. These can be
the betting progressions I have described here, or your own adaptations of
them. But write it down and let this notebook become your bible. You should
also write down each pair and its neighbors on a page for ready reference.
When I play I have my mini legal pad in one back pocket and my strategy
notebook in the other. OK, it may look a tad geeky, but no one will laugh
when you walk away a winner.
Be disciplined: Practice, Practice, Practice

It is easy to practice roulette strategies for free these days. If you have
a home computer, you can purchase cheaply a Casino software program that
includes roulette. Or if you have access to the worldwide web, there are
free roulette games on line. If you do not have a computer, you can use the
list of 10,000 numbers listed here in the appendix.
After you have worked out your bankroll and betting strategies, sit down and
play, taking notes as I described on pages 7-9. Make yourself sit through 2
or 3 sessions of at least 100 spins each to get comfortable. That is a bare
minimum. Frankly you ought to practice for at least 1000 spins. Once you
get in the swing of it that will not take as long as it may sound. If you
encounter a problem in your practice, go back and read the relevant part of
Roulette 2000. If you still cannot figure it out, drop me a letter or an
e-mail message and I will be happy to help you out.
Learning to Walk Away a Winner

I have to stress this point one last time. Set a reasonable goal, win it,
then walk away. Don't expect to get rich overnight. These strategies are
powerful, but they rely on a slow and steady tempo of winning, not a big rush
of overnight success.
A few final thoughts: If Roulette 2000 wins you money, let me know! Share
your good news. Let me know if you have problems or if you have ideas about
how to improve Roulette 2000.
Keep the Secret!

Do not share your secrets of success. Why? Two reasons. First, you do not
want the casinos to figure out what we are doing. They could make this much
more difficult with countermeasures such as banning note-taking and
eliminating results boards. The fewer folks who know about this the better.
Second, you do not want to violate copyright laws by giving away my hard
work, do you? Thanks!
Unhappy?
If you are unhappy and want your money back, here are the rules for a refund:
Record your efforts at the casino as Roulette 2000 instructs. If the
strategies fail, send me your records for verification within 45 days of
receiving Roulette 2000 and your money will be refunded. A failure is when a
strategy loses on an unbiased table more than my projected probability.
Generally speaking, with all strategies except the Step-by-Step strategy, one
losing session is improbable but by no means impossible. But if you lost
twice in the same day with the same strategy, I may have done something wrong
and you deserve your money back. The Step-by-Step strategy is harder to
assess, but the projected probability is that in any given session of 50 or
more spins you have a greater than 67% chance of coming out ahead.
This is copyrighted material. Copying it is against the law and robs me of

my just reward after years of hard work. Please don't do that!
Questions or Problems?
Write to me at eschiappa@aol.com or:
Edward Schiappa
P. O. Box 14283
Minneapolis, MN 55414.
Ed's DoubleStreet Strategy, January 2000
This strategy plays a combination of dozen and doublestreet (6 numbers) bets.
I recommend that one pursue this strategy only if you have at least 1000
units as your session bankroll, and at least 2000 units in your total
bankroll. By session bankroll I mean what you take to the casino, and by
total bankroll I mean all the money that you have set aside for gambling
purposes.
1 unit can be anything from 25 cents to $100 chips. It all depends on which
casino you are playing in (yes, some offer 25 cent chips) and how much money
you can afford to gamble. My suggestion is that this strategy be played with
1 unit = $5, which would require a total bankroll of at least $10,000 and a
session bankroll of at least $5,000.
Stage One
The first step is to chart the table results. Be sure to ask the dealer or
other players if the lightboard showing results is working. Unless they make
a point to say "no," I think it is generally safe to assume that it is. An
error at this point is not going to be too problematic, and after you record
these initial spins you will have your own record.
Remember that you record the results two ways. The first is to have a grid
that lists the numbers by streets. I draw a heavier line between each set of
double streets to create 6 betting zones (1-6, 7-12, 13-18, 19-24, 25-30,
31-36). A sample is listed below.
On your second page, simply list all the number that hit, marking a line
after every 7th number so you can cross check between the two lists to make
sure you don't miss recording a number. That is, simply count up your hash
marks on the grid on your first page to make sure you get 7 hashmarks for
each set that you also record on your second page.
Your top page should look something like this:
0/00
_________________________
1/2/3
-----------------------------------
4/5/6
_________________________
7/8/9
-----------------------------------
10/11/12
_________________________
13/14/15
-----------------------------------
16/17/18
_________________________
19/20/21
-----------------------------------
22/23/24
_________________________
25/26/27
-----------------------------------
28/29/30
_________________________
31/32/33
-----------------------------------
34/35/36
_________________________
Note that this grid allows you to track, in one glance, both the results by
street as well as by double street. A "set" is defined as 7 spins, since
each doublestreet should hit every 6.33 spins. Put a hash mark next to each
street that hits in the first 7 spins. Now, if an entire doublestreet goes 7
spins without a hit, then mark a "0" that crosses over the dotted line so
that it is very obvious to you, visually, that that doublestreet went
hitless.
If you have a doubletstreet in which one street hits and the other does not,
then put a hash mark in the street that hits, and record a dash "-" for the
street that does not. So after 7 spins you should have something that looks
like this:
0/00 |
_________________________
1/2/3 |
-----------------------------------
4/5/6 -
_________________________
7/8/9
----------------0------------------
10/11/12
_________________________
13/14/15 |
-----------------------------------
16/17/18 |
_________________________
19/20/21 -
-----------------------------------
22/23/24 |
_________________________
25/26/27 -
-----------------------------------
28/29/30 ||
_________________________
31/32/33
----------------0-----------------
34/35/36
_________________________
You can make the "0" larger, of course. On your second page, you should be
simply listing the numbers that hit, then draw a horizontal line after each
seventh number. So:
14
24
0
29
29
3
16
_____
Each time you draw a line, go back and count your hashmarks on page 1 to make
sure you have 7 of them. If you have more or less than 7, then you have
goofed up your record someplace and you need to figure out what you have left
out from which list.
Assuming all is well, you can get ready to bet. Now in this example you have
two doublestreets (7-12, 31-36) that did not get any hits.
On page 1 of your notes draw a vertical line to start a new column of hash
marks, dashes, and 0s.
When you have a hit in one of the doublestreets that has hit in the first
column, you do nothing other than record the hit with a hash mark. It does
not matter (at this point) which street within the doublestreet hit.
If you have a hit in a doublestreet that has a 0 marked (in this case, 7-12
or 31-36), then you can start betting for the repeat. For this example let's
say the number 11 hits, so your "target doublestreet" is 7-12.
The basic stage 1 progression is 14 spins. I am going to describe the most

conservative progression you can follow. I strongly recommend that you stick
to it for now. You will develop your own variations with experience.
As mentioned before, 1 unit can be any amount, depending on your bankroll. I

suggest with a bankroll of $5000 you begin with $5 chips as 1 unit, though I
anticipate you will be able to increase this with experience.
You start by betting not just on the doublestreet but on the dozen in which
the doublestreet resides. You are doing this for one reason and one reason
only: to get quick and easy hits. This will increase your probability of
success substantially. True, you will make profit more slowly than you would
ideally like, but particularly to start with I think it is the smart move.
As I said, you can increase the size of your units as your experience and
bankroll increases.
The first 7 bets are on the DOZEN in which the doublestreet resides. In this
example you would be betting on the first dozen: 1-12. Keep in mind that you
are going for one hit, that is all. The progression is as follows:
spin 1 1 unit
spin 2 1 unit
spin 3 2 units
spin 4 3 units
spin 5 4 units
spin 6 6 units
spin 7 9 units
You will have a hit within these 7 spins about 93% of the time. That hit
might come from the targeted doublestreet, or it may come from the other
doublestreet. It does not matter. In any case, you stop after one hit. You
will make 1 or 2 units only per hit, but that's OK. Slow and steady wins the
race.
What if you do not have a hit yet? After these 7 spins you will no longer
pursue the whole dozen, but instead bet only on the originally targeted
doublestreet. In this example, as you recall, the number 11 hit so your
targeted doublestreet is 7-12. You have just bet on the whole first dozen
(1-12) for 7 spins. If you do not get a hit then you now concentrate only on
the targeted doublestreet of 7-12. You are going to bet for 7 more spins
with the following progression:
spin 8 6 units
spin 9 7 units
spin 10 8 units
spin 11 10 units
spin 12 12 units
spin 13 14 units
spin 14 17 units
Notice that you start this betting sequence with smaller bets than you ended
the first 7 spins with. That is because you have moved from the dozens,
which pay 2 for 1, to the doublestreet, which pays 5 for 1.
If you get a hit, your profit may be as little as 1 or as many as 4 units,

depending on where in the progression you get your hit.
The cumulative odds of success of getting one hit within these first 14 spins
is 98%. So that vast majority of the time you will end a betting sequence
within this "stage one" strategy.
A word about bankroll. To complete this progression requires exactly 100

units. If you are betting $1 units (on a video roulette machine, for
example, where they allow $1 outside bets), then you obviously need $100. $5
units = $500. $10 units = $1000. $25 units = $2500.
There just is no way of getting around the unpleasant fact that one has to
put at risk a great deal more money than one expects to win in any one
betting sequence. In this case you are commiting to risking 100 units in
hopes of winning somewhere between 1 and 4 units. That may feel
uncomfortable, which is why you want a large total bankroll. It is also why
patience and persistence are THE keys to success. You have to be willing to
grind out your profit a bit at a time.
The probability of success for this strategy is so high (98%) that in a given
session you may never need to move to Stage Two. However, the longer you
play roulette the greater the odds that you are eventually going to hit one
of those 2% where you do not get a hit within 14 spins. In that case, it is
time to move to Stage Two strategies.
There are several situations that I need to describe within the context of
Stage One before moving on. Let us say that you are on spin 5 of your
betting progression with your targeted doublestreet of 7-12 and the number 34
comes up. That number is in your other potential targeted doublestreet,
31-36. What do you do?
You have three options. If you are short on bankroll and can only afford to
chase one of the two options, then I suggest you go after the doublestreet
that has been asleep the longest. In this case that means switching from the
7-12 doublestreet and moving to 31-36 instead. This is the least desirable
option and I recommend it only if you are short stacked.
The next most conservative option is to go after both targeted doublestreets,

but treat them "independently." That is, simply follow the progression
described above for each of the two doublestreet/dozens involved. If you
pursue this option, realize that you will need both of the targets to hit in
order to come out ahead. So don't be alarmed if one of them hits and you are
still down. That is to be expected.
Notice, of course, that this can get expensive. That is why I keep stressing
the incredible importance of a deep bankroll. To pursue both targets you
will have to have 200 units ready to go. The good news is that you WILL win
one of the two series fairly quickly which will allow you to concentrate on
only one. Why? Because you are going to be covering a large amount of the
board and the wheel cannot hide from you for long. For example, if the 11
hit and then 34 hit the very next spin, you would be starting the
progressions at the same time, covering both the first and the third dozen.
The only loss is 0/00 and the middle dozen. The odds of 14 spins in a row
landing only in the middle dozen and on 0/00 are fantastically small. (Of
course if you are getting weird results then I always recommend a side bet on
the 0/00).
Now if you start to get deep into the progressions and you are getting
nervous about how much money you have out there, then don't sweat it. Just
cut back to one of the bets, but increase the amount you have so you come out
even or ahead for the sequence. Of course, if you have a large enough
bankroll you should not be nervous at all.
The most aggressive (and expensive) option is to "marry" the two bets. What
that means is that you are treating them as interrelated parts of the "same"
bet, and you progress steeply enough that you only need ONE of the bets to
hit to come out ahead. The exact progression cannot be mapped out in advance
because there are too many permutations, since I cannot predict how far you
will be in one progression when the other one may start. So you will have to
roughly calculate it on the spot. It is not difficult to do this if you have
your chips stacked neatly and you know exactly how much you have. There is a
simple rule of thumb: If you are chasing two series, you will have to
progress twice as fast. Be careful! This is the costliest approach and I
recommend it ONLY if you feel confident about your bet (for example, if both
targeted doublestreets have been asleep for a long time).
Now, in my example thus far I am talking about a data set that has only two
potential doublestreets. What happens if you have more than that--perhaps 3
or 4 that do not hit within a set of 7, and then they all start hitting in
the next set of spins? What do you do?
This is where experience comes into the picture. The options are the same as
I just described. You can concentrate on just one, bet on all of them but
treat the progressions as "independent," or you can "marry" the whole bunch
and progress them collectively (like "chasing bunches of streets" in the book
describes).
What do I do? Well, I start by marrying the whole bunch and progressing
steeply for 4 spins. If I don't have a hit by then, I "divorce" the targeted
doublestreets and concentrate on those that I believe are the best bets.
What are the best bets? Those doublestreets that have hit the least, and
have been asleep the longest prior to this hit.
Now, it can get messy in the sense that there are an infinite variety of
situations that could develop. You might have a set of 7 spins where every
single doublestreet hits once, then the next set of 7 spins only 2 do,
leaving you 4 potential targets. They might all hit at once or they might
come out staggered so that it becomes difficult to keep track of all your
progressions. Don't Panic! Just do two things:
First, whenever you decide to bet on a targeted doublestreet, circle the

number that hit on page 2 of your notes. When it hits, draw a line through
it. That way you can always tell with a glance at your second page which
doublestreets you have targeted.
Second, memorize the three options described above. Think of them as "Drop
back and punt" (that is, concentrate on only one target that is your best
bet), "Independence Day" (pursue each target but treat each betting series
independently), or "Marriage" where you marry all the bets and progress them
collectively so you only need one hit.
This is the sort of thing I have meant when talking about the importance of
experience. The basic strategy for Stage 1 that I have described is quite
simple to memorize (or have taped into your notepad for easy reference). It
is adapting the basic strategy to all the different situations that arise
that takes practice.
I do want to talk about one particular situation that could develop. You
might have two doublestreets within the same dozen that go without a hit for
7 spins. Let's say 1-6 and 7-12 are both marked with a "0" after a set of 7
spins. Then 4 hits. You then start betting on the whole first dozen. Then
the 8 hits. What do you do? With experience you will create your own
heuristics, but my recommendation is to consider yourself done. You got your
hit, so consider the sequence over and done with. If you are ahead for the
day and want to go for a second hit, fine. My suggestion is to try for no
more than 4 spins and stop. What you do not want to have happen is to get
sucked into a big obligation of 100 units and all of a sudden find yourself
forced into a Stage Two comeback situation.
Very Important Note: Once you have been at the table a while, you have
acquired a very valuable set of data that gives you a "history" for the
doublestreets that you should consider before going after a particular bet
aggressively. By "history" I mean what has been happening to that
doublestreet prior to it becoming a candidate for a betting series. Has that
doublestreet overall been hitting more or less than average? This is easy to
see on your grid. On average each doublestreet should hit once every 6.3
spins. That means in each set of 7 spins each street will hit on average
once (or slightly less). Look at how many columns you have at this point on
your first page. If you have 8 columns representing 8 sets of 7 spins, then
each doublestreet should have hit about 8 times. If a doublestreet has hit
less than that, then it is hitting below average frequency and represents a
good betting opportunity because it is "due." If, however, it has hit more
or even a lot more than 8 times, then it is not particularly due and is a
less attractive betting opportunity. So even if a doublestreet has been
asleep for more than 7 spins, if it hit a lot in the previous sets, then it
is not a particularly good betting opportunity. The fact that it has gone to
sleep now may simply be a matter of it averaging out the fact that it hit
more than average earlier. So I would hesitate to go after it aggressively.
In fact, I might bet only lightly on it (4 spins) and instead simply wait for
a different betting opportunity elsewhere on the board.
Before moving to Stage Two, one last word of warning. It is not the case
that if you have a loss with Stage One with one doublestreet that you don't
have to worry about another doublestreet turning sour at the same time. It
could happen. Bad things often happen in clusters, so don't think because
you had one losing sequence with Stage One that you are safe on your other
bets and start increasing your bet size. Stick to the conservative
progression with each independend betting sequence.
Stage Two
If you have reached Stage Two, then you are already down 100 units. The
First Step is Don't Panic. You still have 900 units with which to make a
comeback. Actually, if you have been playing for a while you may have more
than 900 units and have lost part of your profit and only part of your
original bankroll.
The second step is to set a goal and then devise a strategy with which to
pursue that goal. By "goal" I mean ask yourself how much you want to make
and how fast. You might even decide that you don't want to take a risk with
the Stage Two strategies; instead you would prefer simply to "eat" the 100
unit loss and move on. Or, you might want to make back ALL of the loss with
only one hit. If you don't want to play that aggressively, you could set the
goal of making back your loss with 2 or 3 hits. It does not really matter to
me. This depends on your comfort level with risk, and the depth of your
bankroll.
The one exception you might want to consider if if the loss occured because
of a player error. For example, if you bet too much, too fast and did not
stick to the progression, or if you forgot to place a bet that would have
won. You need to clear your head here and not get angry at yourself. Just
ask yourself if the playing conditions and available bankroll make you feel
comfortable going after a comeback. If not, then walk away, take a break,
and start fresh later.
For the purpose of describing Stage Two strategies, I will make two
assumptions. First, I assume that you did not lose because of a player
error, but instead lost simply because you hit one of those unfortunate
2% sequences where your targeted doublestreet did not hit within 14 spins.
This, as we will see, is a very, very important assumption for deciding which
strategy to pursue.
Second, I will assume that you want to "go for it"; that is, that you want to
win back the 100 units with one hit, and that you are willing to risk most or
all of your remaining 900 units to do that. Obviously this does not have to
be the case. You can always stop if you feel discouraged or if the playing
conditions becomes a problem. The key is that if you play roulette at all,
you must play well with a good attitude or you will mess up.
OK, so what can we do to make back that 100 units? I am going to describe 4
different Stage Two strategies. Read through all of them carefully. It may
be that you will decide that the best one for you is the last one, "Moving Up
in Chip Size." It is by far the simplest because you stick with the Stage
One strategy, just at a higher level. I will describe other options as well,
but if it all seems too complicated, then strongly consider the fourth and
final Stage Two strategy.
Determining Your Best Betting Opportunity

The Basic Theory for comeback strategies is as follows: Whenever you are in
a comeback situation, you want to look over your grid of hits (page 1 of your
notes) to determine what your very best betting opportunity is.
Normally your best comeback betting opportunity will be to bet again on the
exact same doublestreet that you just had a loss with. However, this will
not always be the case. You might have a doublestreet that has not yet hit
and that may provide an even better opportunity. For example, let's say that
you go after the 1-6 doublestreet that initially only went 8 or 9 spins
without a hit. So you do the Stage One betting sequence and lose, but the
doublestreet wakes up on the 16th spin. Meanwhile, a different doublestreet
(31-36) has now gone 30 spins or so without a hit. In that situation, I
personally would use my stage two strategies to go after the 31-36 street,
because it has gone several standard deviations past the mean average. I'd
still bet on that 1-6 street after it woke up, but I probably would not chase
it for very long or very heavily. Instead I would concentrate on the better
bet with 31-36.
Or, as another example, perhaps you have been at the table for quite a while
and you notice that within one of the doublestreets, there is one
single-street in particular (say 34/35/36) that has not hit in a really long
time, say 50 spins. In that case, I would still bet 4 times on the
doublestreet where I had the loss (strategy #1 described below), but I would
also look to this single-street as an ideal place for a good comeback bet.
I hope you get the theory here. As you sit at the table, you are
accumulating very valuable data. When you find yourself suffering a Stage
One loss, you should not just mechnically pursue that same bet. Instead you
need to look at the overall set of data to determine what your very best bet
would be.
Now, you may be asking how do you compare, for example, a doublestreet that
has gone 15 spins before hitting with a single-street that has gone 46 spins?
This is very easy to calculate and, just as importantly, with practice you
don't need to do any calculations at all--you will just be able to look at
your grid and "see" which is better.
Technically, the "best bet" is to bet on the repeat on the "most overdue"
bet. Your grid is set up perfectly to see this. The mean frequency for a
pair is 19 (though I just round this up to 20), for a street, 13, for a
doublestreet, 7 (rounding up from 6.33). One standard deviation for these
different frequencies is pretty much equal to the mean. So, a street that
has gone 26 spins without hitting is the mean plus one standard deviation.
If it has gone 39 spins that is 2 standard deviations beyond the mean. Etc.
The same is easy to see for doublestreets. The mean is 7. So a doublestreet
that has gone 28 spins is 3 standard deviations over the mean (7 + 3x7). So
the better bet in this case is to go for the doublestreet because it is more
overdue, in the sense that it has gone further past its expected mean than
the single street.
This may seem like too much math, but it isn't once you get used to thinking
and playing this way. Just burn into your brain those three key numbers.
For pairs the magic number is 20, for a single street it is 13, for a
doublestreet it is 7. Those are the mean averages as well as the unit of a
standard deviation. Once you have played a few hours with these strategies,
these numbers will become second nature to you. You will develop the habit
of thinking of a pair, street, or doublestreet going 2, 3, 4 or whatever
standard deviations beyond their mean.
Having a visual grid will help you a great deal. It is very simple. Let's
talk about doublestreets for a moment. If you have a "0" marked in a column
then you instantly know that this doublestreet has not hit in at least 7
spins (the mean average frequency). If there are two 0s in a row, then you
instantly know that it has gone at least 14 spins (mean + 1 standard
deviation). Three 0s = at least 21 spins (mean + 2 standard deviations).
You don't have to do any complicated math. You just look and see that your
different doublestreet options have X many 0s and that tells you which one is
the very best bet.
Tracking the single-streets is also easy. Recall that if one single street
hits within a doublestreet but the other one does not, you record a hash mark
next to the street that hits, and a dash next to the one that does not. If
you go back to the sample grid above, note that the 1/2/3 street hit (so it
has a hash mark) but the 4/5/6 did not (so it has a dash). You know that
each dash or 0 means that a particular single-street has not hit in that set
of 7 spins. This means in addition to tracking doublestreets, you are also
tracking single streets and you can see with a glance if there is a single
street that has gone a long time without a hit. If you have a single street
that has all dashes and 0s for 6 sets, then it has not had a hit in at least
42 spins. That is a bit over the mean plus 2 standard deviations.
So, just by looking at your grid, you can compare your best bets, and without
doing any complicated math you can determine what your best bet is. A single
street that is 3 standard deviations above the mean is obviously a much
better bet than a doublestreet that is just at the mean or only 1 standard
deviation past the mean. So, once you get into the habit of looking at the
grid and thinking of those 0s and dashes as indicating standard deviation
units, it is an easy matter to "see" what the best betting opportunity is.
In some cases you may want to make a comeback but the best possible betting
opportunity is not ready for betting yet. Maybe you have a different
doublestreet or single-street that is 4 standard deviations beyond the mean
and still has not hit yet. In that case, while I would go ahead and bet on
the losing doublestreet 4 times (see below) if it wakes up, I would be
cautious and not move beyond those bets. Instead I would wait for the better
sleeper to finally wake up and be ready to bet heavy on it once it does.
Now, given the data you have, one of the following strategies will be your
best bet for making a comeback. I will go through them individually, but
always keep in mind that you do not just chase where you lost automatically.
Instead you are always assessing what your best betting opportunity is.
Comeback strategy #1: Return to the DoubleStreet

Most of the time, this is the best strategy to follow if the doublestreet you
just lost on is way overdue when it finally wakes up. I might hesitate just
a bit if it hits on the 15th or 16th spin and I missed it only 1 or 2 spins.
I'd still chase it but I would factor in the fact that it was not horribly
overdue in planning the next step or how much to risk. If a doublestreet is
going to go to sleep and lose you that 100 units, then frankly you want the
darn thing then to stay asleep for as long as possible so that it is WAY over
the mean (by several standard deviations), and thus is due for a fast repeat
once it finally wakes up.
Before you pursue this strategy, you need to look at the long-term history of
the doublestreet. Recall that what I mean by "history" is what has been
happening to that doublestreet before you had your losing sequence. Has that
doublestreet overall been hitting more or less than average? This is easy to
see on your grid. On average each doublestreet should hit once every 6.3
spins. That means in each set of 7 spins each street will hit on average
once (or slightly less). Look at how many columns you have at this point on
your first page. If you have 8 columns representing 8 sets of 7 spins, then
each doublestreet should have hit about 8 times. If a doublestreet has hit
less than that, then it is hitting below average frequency and represents a
good betting opportunity because it is "due." If, however, it has hit more
or even a lot more than 8 times, then it is not particularly due and is a
less attractive betting opportunity. In fact, you should not have lost 100
units chasing a doublestreet that has been already hitting more than average.
If you did, you certainly should think twice about compounding your mistake
by chasing it again now.
Assuming you lost on a doublestreet that has been hitting an average or less
than average amount, then there is a bit of good news at hand. Assuming you
bet on a doublestreet that had not hit for over 7 spins before waking up,
then that doublestreet has already defied the odds since doublestreets on
average hit within 7 spins about 70% of the time. So you have encountered a
series that is only 30% probable.
The sequence that just beat you can be described technically as a

"statistically anomolous sequence" because it happens so rarely (about 2% of
the time). So you have just seen two improbable series back to back. The
first one was only 30% probable, the second was only 2% probable. Those will
happen rarely. The good news is that the odds of three consecutive anomolous
sequences happening are exceedingly rare. That is what I mean by "due to
repeat." The diehard stats person will say that it is never "due" or
"overdue" because the odds are always the same. Well,that is one way to
describe the situation. But from my standpoint the repeat is "due" in the
perfectly valid statistical sense that the odds of three consecutive
sequences in which it does not repeat is remote.
Accordingly, most of the time your best shot at a fast comeback is to wait
for the sleeping doublestreet (which has now gone 14+ spins without a hit) to
"wake up." You will then bet on it to repeat.
You are only going to bet on the doublestreet for 4 spins. That gets you to
about 50% probability, but more importantly it puts you over the median
average. The median is not the same as the mean average. The median is the
true midpoint of any set of data at which point one-half of the data points
are on either side. Let me give you a different example to explain the
importance of the median, only I want to talk about pairs for a minute. On a
standard American wheel there are 19 pairs. So in the long run the mean
average frequency for each pair will be to hit once every 19 spins. For
reasons too complicated to explain here, most of the time it actually hits soo
ner than that. The mean average stays at 19 because numerically a single
really really long wait (say 80 or 90 spins) impacts the average the same as
a whole bunch of little streaks. In statistical terms we would describe the
data set of a given pair over a long set of spins (say 100,000) to be heavily
skewed by the long waits. It is like having a billionaire living in a
neighborhood of middle income people. The mean average income in the
neighborhood will appear much wealthier than it really is--all because of the
one extreme data point of the billionaire.
Accordingly, the median average (found midway through all the data scores),
where 50% of the streaks are on each side, is a more reliable indicator for
betting strategies. In the case of pairs, the median is about 13. So fully
one half of the time a pair will hit within 13, not 19, spins.
Similarly, with doublestreets the mean average frequency in the long run will
be one hit every 6.3 spins (on a double zero table). But the median is about
4, so 4 spins is all we want to chase.
The progression would be:
spin 1 = 21 units
spin 2 = 25 units
spin 3 = 30 units
spin 4 = 36 units (112 units, total so far of 212 units)
Your probability for success within the 4 spins is technically only about
50%. But combined with the earlier bets, you cumulative chance of success so
far is 99%. Not bad. So I hope that you never have to go any father than
this first comeback strategy.
What if you lose? You need to set your goal again. You are now down 212
units. Do you feel like risking more, or do you feel better about quitting
at this point and starting fresh later? Mental attitude is important.
Feeling desperate is a good way to make mistakes. If you find yourself
getting upset, you need to take a deep breath and assess your situation
logically.
In particular, you need to assess what your "Best Betting Opportunity" is.
It may be to continue to chase this part of the board, or it may be to back
off that area and look to other parts that are developing into better
opportunities (as I described above). If none of those options seems
worthwhile, perhaps because things are hitting just after you stop betting on
them so they are not all that much past the mean frequency plus one standard
deviation, then you need to seriously consider not pursuing the more
expensive comeback strategies. Instead consider the last strategy I describe
below, "Moving Up in Chip Size."
Let us assume for the moment that you determine that your best betting
opportunity is to pursue the same sector. But you don't want to go past the
36 units you just lost (which is $180 if playing with $5 chips). In that
case, I suggest the following strategy.
Comeback strategy #2: Narrow your focus to a single street

So, the bad news is that you are now down 212 units. Again, assuming you
want to win it all back at once, and that the loss was not due to player
error, your best strategy at this point may be to focus on one of the streets
within the doublestreet you have been betting on.
The logic is the same as before: The odds of yet another losing sequence are
increasingly remote. The reason to concentrate one one street is simple
economics: you can make your money back with risking less than if you pursued
the doublestreet.
Let me remind you that you need to look at the long-term history of the
street. What you want to do is to concentrate on the single-street within
your double street that is the best betting opportunity (defined above).
This may mean that you continue to bet after the 4 bets above on the
doublestreet, but instead you now are betting only on one of the streets. Or
it may mean that you decide to wait for one of the streets to "wake up"
before betting on it. Again, pick the street that is most overdue, as
defined above.
You then bet on that single-street for 8 spins with the following progression:
spin 1 = 20 units
spin 2 = 22 units
spin 3 = 24 units
spin 4 = 26 units
spin 5 = 28 units
spin 6 = 31 units
spin 7 = 34 units
spin 8 = 37 units (222 units, total so far of 434 units)
Your cumulative chance of success now is 99.5%. That is about as high as you
can get, particularly with a finite bankroll. One bit of good news is that
your profit at this point will typically be 8 to 10 units, rather than just
one or two. So if you have a good betting opportunity at this point in the
Stage Two strategies, you can not only cover your loss but make a decent
little profit besides.
Now what if you lose? Well, at this point you are probably pretty bummed out
because you are down 434 units, or nearly half of your 1000 unit bankroll.
Once again it is time to take a very deep breath, check your mental health,
and ascertain your best course of action.
If you are freaking out, then you should quit and go take a break.
If you look at your grid and you see no particularly good betting
opportunities for attempting another comeback effort, you should quit and go
take a break. Leave the table and go clear your head.
Let's say though that you are not freaked out and you feel you can make a
comeback. What should you do? I will describe two last strategies, but
before I do, let me mention the possibility of continuing to chase the street
you were just betting on. If you do so, I want to strongly urge two things.
First, do not get your bet above 40 units. It is too traumatic to lose large
bets to let yourself get above that. Second, do not chase it any more than
another 4 spins. Those 4 spins can be placed right after the 8 you just
made. Or, you could wait and see if the street stays asleep for a long time
and finally wakes up, then you could chase it again but only for 4 spins.
Either way that is another 160 units, and if you lose that you still want to
have something left for your last-ditch effort. It is simply not worth the
risk of your total bankroll to chase a street that just won't cooperate.
Comeback Strategy #3: Pick Your Best Pair

I really hope you never find yourself in a hole this deep that you are
looking for a fast way to make up 400+ units. If you do, your best bet is
going to be to look for a sleeper pair to bet on as described in Roulette 2000
. Go to the chapter on "Inside Situational Bets" and reread the sections on
"Chasing Zeros" (Version A) and "Chasing the Sleeper Pair."
Because you get back 18 to 1, a bet on a pair is a powerful comeback

strategy. A $100 bet gets you (with your bet returned) $1800. Even if you
are down a total of 434 units, you still have 566 units to play with. If you
stick to 20 unit bets, that leaves you with 28 more bets. If you go to 25
unit bets, you have 22. If you stick to 4 bet sequences such as I describe
below, you will have between 5 and 7 more chances to start making back your
losses.
Your "Best Pair" may be at the table you have been playing. That is the
advantage of taking notes and recording numbers. Take a look at streets that
have hit very little since you have been there. Is there a pair within that
street that has not hit? Has that pair gone at least 50 spins without a hit?
If so, that may be your best bet. Frankly I would not try this strategy
unless you have a pair that has gone at least 50 spins. If you have such a
pair, I would wait for it to wake up,then bet 4 spins at 20 units. Never
ever ever chase a pair that is still alseep. Let is sleep. The longer the
better. Wait for it to wake up, then go after it 4 spins. If you have a
pair (or perhaps several pairs) that are close to 50 but not there (let's say
they are in the 40s), then go 4 to 8 spins at a lower bet such as 10 units.
If you have no pairs that look promising at your table, then leave. Go to
another table and start back with the Stage One strategy. If and when you
find a really great betting opportunity (such as a pair over 50 or a
street/doublestreet that is 3 standard deviations past the mean), then feel
free to go after it. Again, the magic number of bets is 4 spins. That
typically is enough for something that is way overdue. Obviously you could
go longer than that, but in my experience 4 spins is a good cutoff point.
One thing I always keep an eye out for is a table that has not had a zero or
double zero for a long time. This is easy to track because the green color
really stands out on the lightboards. So, no matter what I may be doing at
the table I am playing, I am also looking around the area and noticing if
there are any tables out there that have not had any green (0/00) for a long
time. This strategy applies only to American (0/00) wheels, of course, not
the European single zero wheel.
So, as you play, develop the habit of checking the tables around you. You
have enough down time between spins that you can get out of your chair and
walk a few steps to look at lightboards at other tables if you need to. No
matter how you do it, you definitely need to cultivate the habit of checking
the status of zeros at all the area tables wherever you are playing.
If you have identified a table on which the zeros have gone to sleep for a
good long time (at least an hour), I would go hang out near the table and
wait for the green to wake up. When it did, I would place a series of four
20 unit bets. 20 units x 18 = 360 units, which is not everything you lose
but it is close enough that you can relax.
If you are playing at a casino with a number of tables, there may very well
be more than one that offers a good opportunity for this bet. In that case,
chase for 4 spins and if you lose, go to the next table and do the same
thing. If you only have one shot at it, then you can go for 8 spins. If
this seems too pricey for you, then shift down to 10 units. That would still
get you back 180 units and it would take only 2 or 3 hits (at different
tables) to get you back in business.
If you have 25 total bets chasing pairs, then your cumulative chance of
success is now at 99.9%.
Comeback Strategy #4: Moving Up in Chip Size
The problem with the above strategies is that you can get wiped out of
resources fairly fast if things turn sour. So you should always consider the
possibility of simply stopping after a loss and going back to the Stage One
strategy and making up your loss slowly but surely.
There is a way of splitting the difference between accepting the loss without
a fight, and playing the first three of the comeback strategies I have
described here. That is to move up in chip size, but stick with the Stage
One combination dozen/doublestreet strategy.
If you have been playing with $1 chips, this means moving to $5 chips. If
you have been playing with $5 chips, this means either changing in your head
your unit size to $10 (two $5 chips), or actually going up to $25 chips.
The idea here is that the Stage One strategy is basically very sound and gets
you to 98% probability of success. Rather than take risks with steep
progressions, just stick to the way you have been playing but play with
larger chips only until you have made up your loss.
Let's assume you move up a chip size 5 times your previous chip size (from $1
to $5, or $5 to $25). Your goal is to make up the 100 units you lost
previously. But your new units are 5 times as large as your old one, so you
only need to win 20 units at this higher level of play. Depending on when
you get your hits, it will take you somewhere around 10 hits to make up your
loss. That is not bad.
There is only a 2% chance of a loss doing this. Even if you have such a
loss, you will be down a total of 600 units, which leaves you 400 units to
potentially use as part of a further comeback effort. Accordingly, I
consider this strategy to be a very reasonable option, particularly in a
casino playing at a live table rather than video roulette. With video
roulette it is quite easy to alter the size of your bets. You don't have to
count out chips, you just push a button until you have the right amount out
there. But in live roulette you have to pay with chips, so this approach is t
he easiest and if you lose you still have money to try the other comeback
strategies.
* * *
You can never reach 100% in this game, so the chance of you getting totally
wiped out is pretty small. But it is possible. That is why I recommend that
one pursue these strategies only if you have at least 1000 units as your
session bankroll, and at least 2000 units in your total bankroll. That way
even if you get wiped out, you can live to play another day.
One last word about practice. I strongly recommend that you purchase a
casino simulation software program that includes roulette. These are
relatively cheap and available in any software store. I use one made by
"Centron." There are also free roulette software simulators available
on-line. Get one of these and practice, practice, practice with these
strategies so that you develop the habits and skills you need at the casino,
such as accurate note-taking, calculating & placing your bets, and practicing
the comeback strategies without the pressure of real money being on the line.
I practice at home literally every day, and I give credit to this practice
to whatever success I have in the casino.
That is about it. For ease of reference I list the betting progressions
again on the next page. I suggest you copy this and carry it with you for
ease of reference. Good luck!
Betting on the Dozen

spin 1 1 unit
spin 2 1 unit
spin 3 2 units
spin 4 3 units
spin 5 4 units
spin 6 6 units
spin 7 9 units
Betting on the Targeted DoubleStreet

spin 8 6 units
spin 9 7 units
spin 10 8 units
spin 11 10 units
spin 12 12 units
spin 13 14 units
spin 14 17 units
Comeback: Returning to the Targeted DoubleStreet

spin 1 = 21 units
spin 2 = 25 units
spin 3 = 30 units
spin 4 = 36 units
Comeback: Focusing on a Single Street

spin 1 = 20 units
spin 2 = 22 units
spin 3 = 24 units
spin 4 = 26 units
spin 5 = 28 units
spin 6 = 31 units
spin 7 = 34 units
spin 8 = 37 units
file:///D|/Systems/ROULETTE%20SYSTEM%206+.htm
I believe the only way to consistently beat the game of roulette

is by capitalizing upon the tendencies of random numbers. Some
experts claim that the game can be beaten by reading dealer
signatures. I'm not going to devote a lot of time to getting into
an argument here over whether such things even exist or not, but
over the years after much examination and study I have come to
believe that dealer signatures are not a factor. Yet other
experts claim the only way to beat a wheel is by clocking it for
hundreds or even thousands of spins and trying to find a bias.
This too is impractical even though there may be a few biased
wheels out there. I believe they are the exception and not the
norm. Wheels are regularly examined and serviced to make sure
they are producing random results. And if a wheel is suspected of
having a bias, the position of the numbers is rotated around the
wheel at different time intervals so that numbers that are coming
up today as a result of a bias may not be coming up tomorrow or a
few days from now. Different numbers will have taken their place.
Besides, the technology and manufacturing process has improved
over the years to the point that today's wheels really are near
perfect, at least when they come from the factory. And, recently
more and more casinos are using a lighter ball that has more
action and jumps and bounces more than ever. I've noticed lately
that I'm seeing more balls jumping out of the roulette wheel and
rolling across the floor as a result of the use of the lighter
balls. Of course the idea for this is to make the results of the
spins more random. And since a roulette wheel is really just a
random number generator, the only thing we can count on the wheel
to do is produce random numbers. So, if we are going to make a
serious attempt at beating this game, we must capitalize upon the
tendencies of random numbers.
The two main characteristics of random numbers that we are going
to exploit are these. First, when dealing with random numbers,
you will notice that from time to time a number will get lost and
not appear for awhile. For example, suppose you are dealing with
6 numbers: 1,2,3,4,5,6. If each number were being selected at
random by a random number generator, then mathematically each
file:///D|/Systems/ROULETTE%20SYSTEM%206+.htm (1 of 18) [7/10/2002 9:04:54 AM]

number should ultimately average hitting once in every 6

decisions. And they will over an extended period of time.
However, during short intervals of 15 to 20 decisions, a number
might get lost and not appear at all. Say you were betting on the
6 to appear. Theoretically it should come up 3 times in 18
decisions, right? But, it might not come up at all in 18
decisions and it might not even appear for 30 decisions or more.
It happens. That is one tendency of random numbers. The second
tendency that we will exploit is the fact that when the 6 does
finally start to appear, it will eventually hit with greater
frequency than normal in order to make up for its not having
appeared in the previous 25 to 30 decisions. It has to make it up
sometime or at least come close. This is a mathematical law. The
problem that still remains (and the only reason we would ever
lose at this game) is that we don't know precisely when the 6
will decide to make up those hits that it missed. We know it is
coming back, we just don't know its precise itinerary. But we can
also use another tendency of random numbers to have a better idea
of when the missed hits will be made up. We will talk about that
later. But these are the principles that we will use to make sure
that most of the time we leave a roulette table with more money
than we came with.
In the following methodology, I am going to present several
approaches to beating the game. Everyone's personality is
different and some will prefer one approach above another. But
the one I personally prefer and the one I have been by far the
most successful using is the one I present last. Those who insist
upon a strictly mechanical approach to the game may not like the
final method because it does require a bit of subjective decision
making on behalf of the player. In other words, it will require a
little more skill and practice. But if you are determined to beat
the game of roulette, it will be well worth your while to devote
some time and effort to developing your skill at playing the
final method. I've been winning about 85% of my sessions using
this approach and I'm sure that with some patience,
determination, and practice, anyone else can do just as well if
not better. It really is ultimately the best way to go to insure
long term profits. A roulette table is very fickle. It can turn
on you without notice. When you are locked into a strictly
mechanical way of playing, it is like being in a fight with both

feet tied together. You can't maneuver to avoid your opponent's

punches. Also, no one goes to war with only one strategy. You
need to be flexible.
Each roulette wheel has its own personality. But I find that
roulette wheels are even more fickle than craps tables. Just when
you think you've got them figured out, everything changes. The
zeros have a lot to do with that. In craps your main enemy is the
7. But in roulette, you are facing 3 enemies (at least on the
American double zero wheel). You can get zapped by the zeros, as
well as other sections of the wheel. And if you attempt to
protect yourself against the zeros, it eats into your profits so
significantly that eventually this factor alone would bankrupt
you. It just doesn't pay in the long run. But, once again, due to
the tendencies of random numbers, if the zeros start hitting to
make up for being lost, then you might actually make some money
by covering the zeros. But everything considered, it is a bad
bet.
Well, we know what we are up against, and we know that we are
going to capitalize upon the tendencies of random numbers to make
us winners, so lets get to the first approach.
All of the strategies presented here are going to be based upon

making line bets. In all aspects of this system, we do just that.
Numbers 1-6 are section one. Numbers 7-12 are section two.
Section three is composed of numbers 13-18. Section four is
numbers 19-24. Five is 25-30 and section 6 is 31-36. Until you
get the sections memorized, you may want to write them down at
the top of your score sheet. The bet illustrated is a bet on
section 4. A bet on section 6 would go on the line between 31 and
34. All other sections work the same way. When a number is spun,
instead of recording the number itself, you merely record the
section. So in actuality we are only going to be dealing with 6
numbers, the numbers which represent sections 1-6. (Note that
through out the remainder of this document the terms "number" and
"section" are used interchangeably.) For example, if number 25
spins up, instead of writing down number 25, we write down number
5 because 25 is the first number in section 5. If number 10 spins
up, then write down a 2 because number 10 is found in section 2.
Understand? Do not consider zeros when recording your section
numbers. When a zero spins up, you might make a small notation

above the section number that eventually hits, but do not record
a zero in place of a section number. You will see what I mean
shortly.
Now, when you walk up to a roulette table to begin play, most

tables will have a lighted board or "marquee" which automatically
records the numbers that have spun up in the last 16 to 21 spins.
(Some boards record more spins than others). You can use these
numbers to record the sections that have previously appeared. The
last number to come up is always the top number on the board, so
you want to start recording the numbers from the bottom and go to
the top. A word of caution, however. Always check and make sure
the board is working properly. Physically look at the wheel and
make sure the slot the ball is sitting in is the same number that
is showing as the top number on the marquee. And since you are
still going to have to watch a few spins before beginning play,
make sure the board is recording the spins properly. It is not
unusual to find a board that is either not working at all, or is
not recording every spin, or is perhaps misreading numbers. In
other words, it is posting the wrong number. Sometimes the lens
on the reader gets dirty and these things can really foul up. But
usually they work fine, just make sure. You don't want to be
making your bets based upon erroneous information.
BEGINNING PLAY
As I stated earlier, you will see 16 to 22 numbers listed on the
marquee. Record these numbers and take note because you will need
to see upwards of 30 spins before you can safely begin play. We
must be patient because we have to get an idea of what the wheel
is doing so we can make effective and wise plays. You can record
your numbers while standing or sitting (perhaps at a slot
machine) near the wheel. Don't worry, no one minds your watching
and recording numbers. People do it all the time.
Now, suppose we walk up to a new table and see the numbers
18,36,5,9,7,10,15, 22, 0, and 25. We are going to record the
numbers by section and we are going to record them in groups of 3
as in the example at the top of the next page.
3 6 1
2 2 2
3 4 5 (Note: the zero was not recorded)

You see, 18 is section 3, 36 is section 6, 5 is section 1, 9 is

section 2, 7 is section 2, etc. In this particular approach, it
doesn't really matter that we are grouping the numbers in 3's,
but in the other approaches it does so we might as well be
uniform and besides I believe this is a very easy way to see what
is going on.
As we record our sections, we are going to be looking for trends.
We want to note when a section disappears and doesn't show for at
least 12 spins. We may be looking at a lost number. When a number
(or section) gets lost, we try to capitalize on it in two ways.
We can play one unit on each of the other 5 sections and make one
unit profit on each spin as long as the lost number doesn't
return or we don't catch a zero. Generally when playing lost
numbers in this manner, we only want to play them for 3 spins.
And even that can be dangerous enough, but to go much longer is
to substantially increase our risk. But since this play involves
a high risk and if the lost section comes back and hits or we hit
a zero we are going to lose 5 units, we want to take every
precaution and make sure that we see a successful play of this
kind before we try it. So, we want to observe the table until we
see a section get lost and not hit for at least 12 spins, then we
want to see what happens. Does it come back immediately on the
13th or 14th spin, or does it stay gone for 17 or 18 spins? If it
stays gone, then this might be a good play the next time we have
a lost number. But remember, watch out for the zeros, especially
on an American double zero wheel. If the zero hits, you lose all
bets. If a zero has hit recently (within the last 7 spins or so),
or even more so if two have hit, don't make this play. Like all
other random numbers, when they start hitting they will tend to
hit closer and closer together for awhile, then eventually get
further and further apart. That's why you will often see marquees
with no zeros showing or look later and see 3 or 4 on the same
marquee. I got hit by 3 zeros in a row the other night when I was
playing so
it is not that unusual to see the zeros group up. And just a side
note, always try to play a single zero wheel if one is available.
It will make a big difference in your bottom line.
To illustrate the play I just described, look at the following
example.
4 3 6

5 3 4
1 4 5
4 5 6
In this example we notice that the 2 is lost. Suppose we have
already noticed in the numbers recorded previously that a section
stayed lost for 17 spins before returning. We haven't seen a zero
lately, so it might be worth the risk. So, what we do is make a
one unit line bet on each of the other 5 sections (i.e.
1,3,4,5,6). We do this for 3 spins and collect one unit profit
for each spin. After that, we stop betting that the 2 will stay
lost and we make a note in the margin of our score card that we
are now waiting and watching for the 2 to return. Because when it
does, we are then going to bet it the other way. We are going to
bet that it will hit (hopefully more than once) in order to make
up for being lost. Because as you know in a section of 12 numbers
the 2 should have hit twice. I put a notation of R2 in the margin
of my score sheet to remind me to bet on the 2 when it returns.
4 3 6
5 3 4
1 4 5
4 5 6
R2 5 1 3
Also note that with each new spin, I strike through a number at
the top so that I always have only 12 numbers showing. If I
strike through a number that doesn't appear in the next 12
numbers, then I know I have a potentially lost number and I have
to then decide upon what kind of play to make. And of course we
make our decision based upon what has been happening on this
wheel. Remember, if lost numbers are coming back within 15 spins
or so, then it is too dangerous to make this play.
So what happens if you are playing a lost number not to return
and you get hit by a zero? Well, continue to play the number
until you have completed 3 spins in which you bet the number not
to hit. So, if the zero hits on your 2nd spin, then make the bet
2 more times. Or, if it hits on the 1st spin bet it 3 more times.
We want to make a total of 3 plays against the lost number not
counting the zeros. Another option if you get hit by a zero is to
double your bets on the other 5 sections for the remainder of the
3 spins and try to break even or even still make a unit on this
play instead of losing 4 or 5 units. But remember, this is a big

risk and if you get hit, instead of losing 4 units, you now may
lose as many as 14 on this play and that is very hard to dig out
of. So I don't recommend this play unless you are way ahead and
feel very confident that you won't get hit by another zero or the
lost section returning. After you gain experience you will get a
better feel for when you can get away with this, but for now, I
feel it is best to stick with flat bets.
When I'm making this play and betting that the section will stay
lost, I make a little N2 notation above every number recorded.
That is my way of tracking and saying "No 2".
4 3 6
5 3 4
1 4 5
4 5 6
R2 5 1 3
n2 n2 n2
6 1 4
5 2 3
2
Now, notice that in the above example, the 2 has now returned and
hit twice. Before playing a returning number to hit, we usually
want to wait until it hits a couple of times to make sure it is
back. Sometimes it may be even safer to wait for 3 hits, it just
depends upon what has been happening. I usually use previous
occurrences to determine how I'm going to play this time. Also,
usually I wait a spin before beginning to play the number but
once again, if a previous returning number has hit back to back,
then go ahead and start playing the returning number immediately.
So, since section 2 was lost and has now returned, we start
betting on section 2, and section 2 alone. We bet one unit on
section 2 for 6 spins or until it hits. Hopefully it will hit
before 6 spins because if it doesn't, we will lose money on this
play. But usually it will. If we should get hit by a zero along
the way, then bet it for 7 spins.
When playing this method, you have to go with the flow of the
table. Remember every table has its own characteristics but you
will usually see a pattern. There is never any guarantee that the
pattern will last, but this is all
characteristics but you will usually see a pattern. There is
never any guarantee that the pattern will last, but this is all

we have to go on, so watch out for overall characteristics of the

way sections are hitting, disappearing and reappearing.
Many times you will find it very difficult to bet against a
section because it is returning too quickly and biting you in the
butt. So, in these cases it is best to only play the sections as
they return from being lost. Forget about betting against
sections altogether on this type of table. But I have often seen
tables where sections got lost and stayed lost for long periods
but were erratic when I bet on them after they returned from
being lost. I would then just concentrate on betting against
sections and might even bet for more than 3 spins. But once again
be very careful when extending this bet because it can hurt you
badly very quickly. Just take whatever the table will give you.
If a table is being too erratic and unpredictable, don't try and
force it. Just go to another table.
You may find that plays are kind of scarce on one table, but if
there are two tables fairly close together, you may be able to
monitor both of them and just buy regular house chips just like
the ones used on other gaming tables (sometimes called value
chips) so you can jump in and play when you see a play develop.
When playing this method I usually go for a win of 10 units per
session on a table. If I lose 20, I stop or if I'm struggling and
can't seem to get ahead, I stop and take a break and look for
another table. It is often helpful to look at your score sheet
and see what you might have done wrong or might have missed.
The Second Approach
For this approach, consider each section to have an opposite
section. Section 1 would be the opposite of section 4. Section 2
would be the opposite of section 5 and section 3 is the opposite
of section 6. Whenever a section lines up with its opposite, we
consider that a hit and we will base our play upon how these hits
are coming or not coming. Look at the example below.
3 5 6
4 2 4
6 1 1
In the above example we see that we have 2 hits. One is on the
second line where the 2 lines up with its opposite the 5, and on
the 3rd line where the 1 lines up with its opposite number the 4.
These hits are underlined. Now, a strange thing about this is

that these hits tend to group up. You often see groups of 3 or 4
hits like this or maybe even 5 or 6. All of them will be grouped
together with each hit usually coming within 6 spins of the
previous hit which is exactly what we are looking for. If a table
has produced a group like this before, the next time it comes up,
we can try to take advantage of it and get a hit or two. The
indicator we will use is 2 hits within 6 spins of each other.
That usually introduces a group of 3 or more hits. When we see
this, the safest play is to only go for one hit. But you might
push it and go for two if there were 4 or more hits in the
previous group. But whatever you do, don't make this play unless
you have seen it work on paper previously at that table. Not only
should there be 2 hits within 6 spins of each other, but there
should also be at least 6 previous spins without a hit preceding
the 2 hits within 6 spins. Here is an example of a play.
4 6 5
3 3 4
1 6 1
6 2 4
3 4 5
5 6 1
5 4 3
5 5 4
1 2 4
6 2 1
Notice that there is an interval of 12 misses between the time
the 3 hit on line 5 (last hit in that group) and the 2 hit on
line 9. At this point we would begin play. We would play the 3
section next because we hope it will line up beneath the 6. Then
on the next play, we would play the 5 section because it would
win if it comes up next under the 2 and finally we would play the
4 section hoping it would line up beneath the 1. We play this way
for 6 spins. If we don't have a hit, we stop.
Also notice that in the middle we had a period of 12 spins
without a hit. If you have seen the pattern previously (and only
then) you might play for a no hit after 6 misses. You do this by
playing every number except the opposite of the number above it.
You are betting that the opposite won't line up. Once again, you
only make this play for 3 spins. Another characteristic of this
match up type play is that sometimes you get long sections where

the numbers just aren't matching up. If you recognize it, you can
jump on it and bet against the opposite sections and just
continue to
aren't matching up. If you recognize it, you can jump on it and
bet against the opposite sections and just continue to bet until
you have your 10 units profit. Hopefully you won't get hit by
zeros. But anytime you get hit by a returning section, stop. As I
said and as you will see, these things tend to group together.
On the other hand, you may encounter a table that just
continually hits. I once played a table for an hour and a half
and only missed getting a hit within 6 spins twice. But if you
decide to continue playing beyond one or at the most 2 hits, just
understand that you are taking a big chance and you should only
do that if you are well ahead and can afford to bust out. This
will be a session when you are going for a big win. But remember,
even though we do need the occasional big win, don't get too
greedy and constantly go for them or you will wind up bankrupt.
But on the rare occasion if you find that table that seems to be
giving you the opportunity, and you are sufficiently ahead so
that you can afford to bust out, and if you feel good about it,
then go for it.
Now look at the example again and we will see something else.
4 6 5
3 3 4
1 6 1
6 2 4
3 4 5
5 6 1
5 4 3
5 5 4
1 2 4
6 2 1
Notice how we have match ups in lines 7, 8, 9, and 10. In other
words a 5 lines up beneath another 5 in line 7, then the 5's line
up again in line 8, then the 4's line up in line 9 and the 2's in
line 10. You can play these match ups exactly the same way you
play the opposites. Everything I just told you applies to match
ups. There is no difference. So if you don't have a play with the
opposites, you may have one with the match ups. What I do is set
my page up something like the one below.

Opposite Same
4 6 5 4 6 5
3 3 4 3 3 4
1 6 1 1 6 1
6 2 4 6 2 4
3 4 5 3 4 5
5 6 1 5 6 1
5 4 3 5 4 3
5 5 4 5 5 4
1 2 4 1 2 4
6 2 1 6 2 1
When doing it this way, I don't get confused. I have two
completely different charts to look at and I can see how the hits
are lining up on each one. By the way, when I chart, I circle the
hits. It was just easier in developing this document to just
underline them.
Another thing to watch for when playing this way is a stable
pattern. Occasionally you see a pattern where the hits are coming
at regular intervals just like clockwork. A few days ago I played
a table where numbers were lining up every 8 to 10 spins every
time. I made some easy money on this table by waiting 5 or 6
spins then playing the matches. They never hit further than 10
spins apart and never closer than 4 for the whole session.
When playing the Same/Opposite method, always use flat bets.
I don't advise you to play this method in conjunction with the
first method described at least not at first. However, once you
get very familiar with both approaches, you can make 3 charts and
play both methods at the same time. You will just about always
have some kind of play in the works. But it is tricky as you
might guess and it is easy to miss something and just get messed
up all the way around, so don't do it until you've had lots of
experience.
Before I move on to the final method, let me add that you can bet
against 2 sections at once. That is, bet that an opposite won't
line up, and at the same time bet that a same won't line up. To
execute this play you would be betting one unit on every section
except the section that would line up as an opposite section from
the section above it and you would of course not be the section
that would line up as the same section. And of course, make sure
both sections have the qualifying 6 misses before you make this

play. If the play is there, this can even be more effective than
betting against one section because if you get hit by a zero, you
only lose 4 units instead of 5 and while you are winning you are
winning 2 units instead of 1. This usually works best when
playing the combined opposite or same approach. Rarely will you
ever have two sections lost at the same time when playing the
first approach described in
this document. And if you did, there would be too much danger of
one of them coming back on you. But just remember, and I can't
reiterate enough, when playing for sections not to hit watch out
for the zeros. Don't do it if a zero has hit within the last 7
spins or you have had two zeros within 12 to 15 spins. And don't
get greedy. After 6 misses, only play for 3 more and then only if
the table has shown prior evidence of long intervals between
hits.
Final Approach
Now for the final approach that we will discuss. This is the one
I hope you will adopt and work at and make your main method of
play. I have consistently won 90% or better of the sessions I've
played with this approach. And the wins aren't rinky dink either.
I'm talking about wins of 25, 30, and once even 64 units. I
usually go for wins of 20 to 30 units however. If you lose 25 to
30 units, by all means stop. The table is out of sync or you are,
one or the other. Never take more than 3 losses in a row at any
time.
With this approach, we never bet that a section won't hit. We are
always betting that a certain section will hit. We play one
section at a time. We always mainly consider the last 12 spins.
Once again, it is best to group them in columns of 3 as we have
done in all the previous methods. It seems to me that I can read
them better that way.
When we are betting, we are going to use a small progression. We
will bet 1 unit on the first 2 spins and 2 units on the next 2
spins and 3 units on the final 2 spins. We only play for 6 spins
and only risk 12 units. So the progression goes like this: 1-1-2-
2-3-3. I'm not a big fan of progressions, but in this case it is
almost a necessity in order to make the most of your time and
capital invested. You can win by flat betting and the risk will
be slightly less, but the profits using a progression are much
greater and well worth it. You should be OK, even playing the

progression, with a 125 unit lifetime bankroll. Don't ever take

more than 60 units to the casino with you. If you lose 2
sessions, you certainly have no business playing any more that
day. Go home and practice until you regain your confidence. But
if you put in the time to practice this before going to the
casino, you won't have to worry too much about ever having a loss
that big.
Now, as I said, in order to decide what section number to bet on,
we consider the last group of 12 numbers. If you want you can
cross out the top number as each new number spins up so you only
have 12 numbers showing at any one time, just as in the first
approach we discussed. By way of a side note here, if you are
playing the opposite/same approach, obviously you shouldn't cross
out numbers in that case because you need to see the whole gamut
of what has transpired. You also need to refer back to previous
spins from time to time with this method also, but you can still
read the numbers if you only strike them out with one slash.
Let's look at a few spins from a table I played recently and I
will attempt to illustrate how we select the section we want to
bet on.
5 3 1
4 6 4
5 6 4
4 3 1
First we want to make a mental note for future reference that the
2 is missing but we won't worry about that right now. But notice
that in this group of 12 numbers the 4 is hot. It has hit 4
times. And the hits are spaced out fairly well. This will be a
good play most of the time. In fact it is about as close to a
perfect play as you can get. The only thing that would be better
is if we knew the 4 was returning from being lost, which it very
well may have been. But these were the last 12 numbers showing on
a 16 number marquee so I jumped right in and played the 4. It hit
on the 5th spin which was a perfect hit and netted me 9 units
profit. Here were the next 6 spins.
5 3 1
4 6 4
5 6 4
4 3 1
(next 6 spins)

2 6 2
5 4 4
As you can see, we not only got a hit on the 5th spin, but the 4
hit again on the 6th spin but we stop playing when we get a hit
and look for the next good play. For the most part when a number
(or section) hits 4 times within 12 spins and the hits are spaced
out slightly, this is a very strong play. However, when a section
hits 5 times within a group of 12 spins, that is usually too
much. That section is likely to take a vacation for the next 6
spins at least. Also, if you have 4 hits with 3 of them grouped
together like on the 12th, 11th, 10th, and 8th spins back and no
hits since then, that would not be a good play. Example:
5 5 5
1 5 4
6 3 2
4 3 6
I would not play the 5 in this case. In fact, I wouldn't play
anything. There is no number except the 5 that is showing any
signs of dominance or coming into dominance.
If a number is hitting at regular intervals continually, then
that number might be a good play if it has hit at least 3 times
in the last 12 spins. On a play like this, there should not be 2
occurrences of that number on the same line. Here is an example
of what I'm talking about.
4 3 6
1 2 5
3 4 6
1 6 2
4 3 4
3 1 2
In this case, I like the 3. It should be a fairly sure hit even
though there are only 3 hits within the last 12 spins. But take
into account previous patterns on this table. Also, this would be
a very good play if the 3 had been lost and was just returning up
there in the first line with the 4,3,6.
As you watch the spins progress, you will see one number coming
into prominence, then another. I try to catch each number at its
peak. That is, it hasn't been hitting much, or it has been lost
and now it is coming into prominence and has hit 3 or 4 times and

the hits are spaced fairly well. Just watch for this shifting of
dominance, and you will automatically know what to play.
Also pay attention to table patterns. If numbers are tending to
hit back to back, then don't worry so much about spacing. Just
make sure that this is a definite trend and not just a one time
occurrence.
As I've stated before, numbers (or sections) returning from being
lost are usually a strong play. But our general approach is that
we want to make sure they are back and are becoming dominant. But
if you watch table patterns you might note that on some tables
lost numbers (sections that haven't hit in the last 12 spins) may
be coming back right on schedule. That is they constantly
reappear after being lost for 12 to 14 spins and are always back
by the 18th spin. If you see that happening at least twice, then
this might be a good play. I've seen this happen over and over
again on some tables. But most tables are erratic concerning the
return of lost numbers. They might come back between the 12th and
18th spins and they might not. So, once again, this is only a
good play if the table has demonstrated a marked propensity to do
this. But if you play it and lose, I wouldn't try it again on
this table. Just be aware of this play and watch for it. It can
be another weapon in your arsenal.
In all of these plays, take what the table is giving. Watch the
patterns. NEVER FORCE A PLAY!! If you don't see a play that jumps
out at you that you feel confident about after observing the
table patterns, then don't play. And remember, on most tables
your strongest play will be when a number that has either been
lost or which hasn't been hitting much comes into dominance and
hits 4 times within the last 12 spins and the hits are fairly
well spaced out.
Now, let's go back to our table we played a few nights ago and
just walk through it.
5 3 1
4 6 4
5 6 4
4 3 1
As I said before, I played the 4 here and hit it on the 5th spin.
2 6 2
5 4 4

Now, even though we have 4 hits on the 4 within the last 12

spins, it is risky to play it again. I hardly ever play the same
number twice unless it is a lost number returning and it has hit
3 times previously and just hit again to give it 4 hits in the
last 12 spins. Then if I played the lost number the first time
after 3 hits, I might play it again if the 4th hit came on the
first or 2nd spin. That would be OK under those circumstances.
Otherwise, I never play the same number twice. I just wait until
I see the next number come into prominence. As it turns out here,
the 4 actually hit again on the next spin, but didn't hit again
until the 7th spin after that. So, we would have lucked out if we
had played it, but you see that the space between them
immediately grew to a point that we would have busted out had we
played it again. And that's what I was afraid of after the first
hit and is the reason I elected not to go for another hit on the
4. So, let's look at a few more spins.
4 2 5
2 5 5
At this point I noted that the 2 was returning from being lost
and has hit 3 times so far since returning. Ordinarily this might
be a play I would make, but I also noticed that the 6 hit 3 times
well spaced and then disappeared again. So, we will err on the
side of caution and lay off the 2 for now.
4 1 1
1 2 1
All of a sudden the 1 has showed up virtually out of nowhere and
has gotten red hot. Even though the spacing is not too good here,
I look back and see how the 4 hit back to back 3 times and went
on to hit again, so everything considered I feel good about this
play. Let's see how we did.
1 4 6
Well, we hit it on the first spin for a 5 unit win. Let's
continue. We've had 5 hits on the 1 within the last 12, so we
will leave it alone. But as it turns out, it did hit again as did
the 4 earlier. So this is a trend that we should note. Next time,
if the same situation arises, we will probably play a hot number
one more time. But we will also take into account how far we are
ahead. If we are struggling, we still won't take the chance, but
if we are doing well, it is worth a shot.
5 1 3

2 4 4
3 2 2
All right, at this point we see the 2 getting hot and remember
that it was lost before and never really got hot upon its return.
And based upon the way the 4 and the 1 hit when they got hot, I
think it would be a good idea to play the 2 now. Guess what, it
hit on the first spin for another 5 units profit.
At this point we've won 19 units without a bust out. Let's take a
break and have some dinner.
Well, that is basically how it goes. As I've said repeatedly, you
will just need to practice, practice, practice until you get used
to seeing how these combinations come up. But this is by far the
best and most lucrative way to play roulette that I've found so
far. One other observation I would like to make. When playing the
Final Approach, you often have to wait a few spins for a play to
develop (remember, patience). If you want to sit down at a single
table and play that table only, you may want to have something to
do while waiting for a good play to develop. If the tables aren't
crowded, you can probably sit and watch a few spins here and
there and no one will say anything. But, if the tables are
crowded, if you are going to warm a seat at the table you will be
expected to bet. In this case you might want to play the
"Same/Opposite" approach for a small denomination (preferably the
table minimum bet) while playing the Final Approach for a higher
chip value. To accomplish this, you should ask the dealer if you
can play regular house chips in addition to the table chips you
purchase. That way you can make your Final Approach bets with the
house chips and then make your smaller bets for the Same/Opposite
method with a lesser valued roulette chip. (Incidentally, the
dealer will ask you what value you want assigned to your roulette
table chips). If someone else is already playing regular house
chips, then you will have to buy two colors of roulette chips and
assign them a different value. Just don't get them mixed up!
That's why I strongly recommend using house chips along with a
lesser valued table chip. That way you can't get confused. The
unit value you use to play the Final Approach should be at least
5 times higher than the unit value you use to play Same/Opposite.
And an even greater differential would be even better. Remember,
we are only using the Same/Opposite method as busy work while we
are waiting for a Final Approach play. We might have to suspend a

play with Same/Opposite if you are betting against a section. But

if you are betting for a section hit with Same/Opposite, you can
continue to play that along with the Final Approach play. Just
make sure that playing the Same/Opposite doesn't hinder your
concentration so that you miss a play with Final Approach. Also,
you can record each spin in 3 different sections as illustrated
earlier. Just use the 3rd section as the Final Approach section.
Opposite Same Final Approach
4 6 5 4 6 5 4 6 5
3 3 4 3 3 4 3 3 4
1 6 1 1 6 1 1 6 1
6 2 4 6 2 4 6 2 4
3 4 5 3 4 5 3 4 5
5 6 1 5 6 1 5 6 1
5 4 3 5 4 3 5 4 3
5 5 4 5 5 4 5 5 4
1 2 4 1 2 4 1 2 4
6 2 1 6 2 1 6 2 1
Personally, when I play Final Approach, I usually don't even
bother to sit down at the table. I make sure I've got house chips
then I just stand near the table and wait for a play to come up.
Then I step up to the table and place my
bets. Even if the table is full, the casino won't mind because
they want all the action they can get. Also, I often track two
tables at once. If there isn't a play on one table, there may be
on the other. Two tables will usually keep you busy.
You can practice these methods by going to the casinos and
writing down consecutive numbers off the tables then go home and
play the sessions. Or, better yet, just stand or sit near a table
where you can see a working marquee and write down the numbers
and play live just as if you were actually playing at the table.
This is always a good thing to do before beginning live play for
real money, just play on paper.

Introduction to Roulette betting
systems
The typical roulette player uses no real system. He is captivated by the idea of those 35:1 odds paid
on the individual numbers and he is almost sure to have certain pat numbers that he'll bet fairly
persistently.
As a rule, he'll scatter his 10c, 25c and 50c chips all over the center of the layout, concentrating
them at one or two spots - while dreaming of the possibility of a double hit on a number which could
pay him 1225:1
The system I'll be outlining here is quite different. Weather you are playing for fun or 'real money', he
should have pen and paper and chips of at least 2 different denominations, perhaps 25c and $1, or
$1 and $5. The different colored chips will help you in your bet selection.
However, if you plan to confine most of your bets to 'sleepers' (numbers, colors, columns, dozens
etc) then a small notebook will come in handy to help you keep track of the various things you will
want to follow.The best way to do this is to make a simple diagram of the roulette table and keep
track of the game's progress.
If you notebook is lined horizontally, this will help you see at a glance the order of occurrence of all
prior spins.
While I think of it, there is something that you must always keep in mind that the law of averages will
always work out in the end, but beyond a reasonable point it should never be relied on to work in the
short run. Whenever you decide to bet against the continuance of some abnormal sequence of
events, you should decide how many times and how much money would be reasonable to bet that
the sequence would end, and having made your decision Never, Never deviate from it.
Labououchere
This is the famous system that originated with play on the french Rivera. In it you start with a series
of about 2-5 numbers totalling the amount you will win after you have cancelled out all of your
losses. You always bet the total of the two outside numbers in your bet series. Every lost bet just
adds one number to your series and every win cancels 2 numbers.
Therefore you must come out ahead if you win a little more than 1/3 of your bets, even if you don't
manage to run into the house limit.
Like I just said, this system will produce a lot of small profits, but it's actually pretty dangerous. When
you have a run of losses, the amount you're betting with accelerate with alarming speed, when you
compare it to the amount of money you're trying to win. To cut a long story short, it's a pretty bad
system unless you are very careful and keep your mind on the game.
I recommend that you should stop whenever your net loss in a single series approaches around 10X
the profit you're aiming for. Think of the loss as a single game in tennis, basically as a small part of a
bigger game.
I'll give you an example:
Suppose you want a unit profit of say, $6, a conservative series then may be 1-1-2-2 or 1-2-1-2. With
such a series, you should have a fairly good chance of winning 10 times or more for each time you
reach the $60 (see before) pre-set loss limit, especially if you limit yourself to even-chance sleepers,
limiting yourself to one win and a maximum of 3 bets per sleeper. Any even chance that has not
shown in 3, or even 2 spins would be eligible for this system.
If you wish to try this system without recording all spins, then it will be worth your while to learn a
bet-selection procedure as a good alternative to betting on sleepers.
As a parting word on Labououchere, find somewhere where you can lay small bets, with say 10c or
25c chips and play there.
Once you get a feel for the system you may want to get more confident, but remember you're playing
to win money with the best odds in tour favor, not lose money to the casino.
PARLAYS
A relaxing and rewarding way to play Roulette. You may have heard of the English gentleman who
did so by betting all 6 of the even chances at the same time. At any rate, here's a system on the
same order, but on a very small scale.
I recently walked into a casino and went to a table with 20 $1 chips and bet one of them on odds.
What I had in mind was 4 consecutive Parlays (5 consecutive wins). My stack of chips was only
about 1/2 depleted when there came a series of odd numbers and I had my 5 consecutive wins,
meaning I pocketed $31 on a $1 bet, not too bad eh ?
At the time, I was betting a chip every second spin, but if you want to speed up your chance of
winning a parlay, you could conceivably risk betting one chip per spin. You could then bet on say,
odd and even, or red and black and of course after each spin you'd have a winner and a loser unless
a zero came up.
You should replace the winning piece and let the winning bet ride.
If you were doing this and you were lucky enough to hit a run of 7 or 8 straight, you'd win $127 or
$225 with your $1, but you have to remember that you will have been betting at a rate of about $70
or $90 per hour.
Parlays can be tempting when you have just won a bet on a group of numbers that have had a long
'sleep'. An even-money parlay would win 3:1, the parlay payout on a 2:1 proposition would be 8:1
and it would be 80:1 on a 8:1 bet such as a 4-number final or 143:1 on a 3-number final.
Before you read ahead, note that I've seen an 11 repeat so often at a Craps table that I'm wary of
recommending these long-odd bets, but when you look at the odds they're paying, they speak for
themselves. An 11 Parlayed for $1 would return a $239 profit with a 15:1 payout.
What I think would be a better way of using this principle is to keep the bets rising as you keep
winning, shaving a part of each win after the second one.
One winning-bet series you may use would look like this: 5-10-15-25-40
An initial bet of $5 would be the only risk. You'd get this back after your first win, and another $5 after
your third win and $10 after your 4th win. If you win all 5 bets you'd be $95 ahead but remember - if
you had of parlayed that original $5 you will have won $155, very good going for $5 capital
investment don't you think ?
Now, there ARE other systems that are quite useful for roulette, but since I'm not writing this site as
a definitive guide to the game I'm going the keep with the ones I have personally used and made
money with. To this end, I'm now going to describe the 35:1 system, the only one here specifically
designed for roulette that I have see win on balance against a double-zero wheel.
This system is based on what is occasionally called the law of "unequal" distribution.
If you apply this law to a pyramid-like social structure, you will have the person at the top with the
most money or power, the next 2 almost as rich (or powerful) way down to 20,000 the peasants at
the bottom with pretty much nothing.
Keep this in mind with this system "The rich get richer, the poor get poorer"
When you apply this law to Roulette you can see that you'll never see anything like even distribution
of the little ball going into little slots. The odds against getting 38 numbers against 38 spins would be
astronomical. Even getting 20 or 25 numbers in 38 spins would be pretty impressive. What I'm
getting at here, is that while some numbers may be hit multiple times, you'll see others go completely
neglected. I've also noticed that the numbers that come up more often tend to do this more, at least
for a while.
So you want to make some money out of this phenomenon eh ? I'll say now that the method I'm
soon to describe is the product of much trial and error, as well as reading up on many other
gamblers and that if you think you've got a way to improve it be sure to go ahead and do so, this
method isn't exact science.
What you do is this:

Turn up at the Roulette table you intend to play on and stand at the back for about 20-40 spins. After
you've been watching for a while you should notice that one number will be 'hit' 3 times. This is when
you go into action.
You start by betting on that number. You should bet on that number and as many as 4 of the next
numbers to get 3 hits each, that is, unless you have 5 working numbers you have already won a
predetermined amount and finished that game.
Discussion of the Parlays System

(continued from previous page)
On each spin you bet the same amount on each of your numbers until one of them comes up or until
you've lost 25-30 successive times on an individual number. In that cast you should stop betting on
that number and only bet on it again if it gets another hit during the same game. If you had 5 working
numbers when you blocked it out, don't replace it with another number. You never have more than 5
numbers to bet on in a single game.
If you are keeping a notebook (you SHOULD be), on the right hand side of the 38 numbers write the
numbers you are playing and keep track of your losing bets on each number with a series of 5 lines
like this.11111 (line through).
When you win on a number, the total of your bet on that number should be raised from 50% to 100%
and if you win again on the same number, raise your bets again, this time to an amount equal to the
total of your first two smaller bets.
Thus, your bet series might look something like 1-2-3, 2-3-5 or 3-5-8. The increases assume that the
first win on a number doesn't give you enough net profit to reach your minimum goal for a single
game. However, when you DO meet this objective, cash in your chips and look for another table.
OK, now is about the time to consider the profit goals you're after and the amounts you're going to
risk at the table to get these. Your stake at each game should be no more than 4 times the amount
you stand to win on your smallest bet. Thus, if that bet was $1 you should be prepared to risk no
more than $35 (about 4X). If your small bet was $3 your 'bank' for that game would be $400 or $420.
Your initial minimum profit objective should be around 30X your small bet - and that minimum
objective will decline as losses eat into your bank.
Divide your bank into 4 equal parts, say it's $140, you should get $35 of chips, and as long as you're
working on that $35, your goal will be at least $30 of net profit. If a hit before that $35 runs out gives
you a net profit of only $10, the game continues and that first 1/4 of your bank will have expanded to
$45, while your minimum profit objective remains the same.
By the time you're into your second 1/4 of your bank, your profit objective shrinks to 20x your small
bet - and if a win at this stage doesn't meet that goal, but reduces your net investment in the game to
less than $35, you are back in your first 1/4 with your original $30 profit objective.
In your 3rd quarter , any win that enables you to break about even should end the game - and when
you're working on the last 1/4 of your bank, your game ends either when you get your first hit, or
when your chips are all gone, whatever happens first.
You'll find that your average profit per winning game is materially greater than these minimum
objectives, and in about 1/2 of your losing games, net losses will be considerably less than your
bank. As a very rough estimate I'd say that you would generally break even or better if you win 3
games for each one you lose. Generally though, you'll find that you do better than that.
The first time I came across this system, my excitement knew no boundaries. On my good little
home set I won 14 successive games before my first loss. Just after that I won 7 more games.
After this I told a friend of mine about this system. This was some time ago when computers were
somewhat rare, so I got him to write a program to calculate the odds and generate results based on
hypothetical games. He came back to me with the results that in 30,00 spins on his computer, the
win-loss ratio was an amazing 16:1 !
Frankly, it all seemed too good to be true, and I regret to tell you that a 4-5:1 win ratio is actually
about as good as one can hope for. Further testing has proved this to me. The program he wrote
may have been buggy, or the random numbers it generated not truly random. Either way the system
stands to make you money if you are careful and follow the system without deviating from it's
guidelines.
Analysis of the the Parlays System

and parting advice.
I'd best give you a few words of caution. If you try this system in a casino you'll have trouble NOT
attracting attention for two reasons. The first is the money. Your bets will be somewhat conspicuous
since most other chips on the table will be the 25c variety and your bets will represent more risk to
the house than most others will. This could be so even if your betting scale were only $1, $2 or $3.
Incidentally, if you make do with your own progression, don't forget to adjust profit objectives up or
down so that they bear roughly the same relationships to the size of your bets, as I suggested
above.
Another factor that may set you apart from other players is the obvious fact that you're using a
system, and even worse (for the casino) it's a system that seems to win money. That will definitely
attract the attention of the pit bosses who are likely to assume that any system that wins, regardless
of the amounts concerned, represents a clear and present danger to their employer.
Courts in Nevada have ruled that casinos can deal or refuse to deal to anyone for any reason.
Accordingly, you run the risk of being barred and maybe even having your name circulated amongst
other casinos once they've decided that whatever you're doing is costing them money. Remember,
most casinos count on people not really thinking about their money as they pour it willingly into
whatever game they've decided to play.
To avoid embarrassment and possible 'blacklisting' (banning basically) I suggest the following to
you.
1: Pick your spots carefully - only active tables, preferably where the bets are bigger than those you
will be making.
2: Never play more than one series at a table during the same eight-hour shift. When you change
tables it's best to change casinos as well.
3: When any of your numbers hits, try to act surprised. This one's actually more important than you
may think. Casinos get all sorts of people going through them.
Up until now, my comments on the performance of this system have been assuming an honest
wheel and a dealer who spins fairly. It's safe to assume that most Nevade wheels are honest, but
there are other serious things you should consider.
Basically, there are 2 schools of thought on the subject of the control a dealer can exert on roulette
spins. One is that they hold little or no control at all. The other, which is quite different, is that dealers
can come within 5 or 6 at will. From personal experience, some but by no means, all dealers have
an impressive amount of 'experience'. With your notebook, watch the numbers and if you think
you've found one such dealer who can control the flow of the game, don't play there.
If you do however, find yourself up against one such dealer, your options in the situation aren't too
varied. The most obvious is to go elsewhere, and unless you've won money with this system before I
seriously suggest you do the same. The other option is to lay your bets on numbers adjacent to the
actual numbers you plan to bet on. As soon as the dealer spins the ball, and before the dealer says
"No more bets" (about 5-10 seconds in) change your bets.
So you have a rough idea of what to expect from a 'fair' game, I've got the record of 82 spins at one
of the tables in the stardust hotel in Vegas. In this game, one number came up 7 times, two 5 times,
three 4 times and 5 numbers didn't make a showing at all. I'd call that a pretty normal distribution.
When you're looking at results at a table before making your first bet, you should keep in mind that
your likelihood of a fast profit will vary inversely with the distribution of the numbers that are being
hit. At the start, if you've got 12 or 15 numbers with 2 hits each before any number has come up 3
times your chances of a slow, or more likely, a losing game are a lot higher than they otherwise
would be.
Before you go to a casino and try this system, you should study the instructions and make notes of
the points where you should end each series, as well as the precautions I've given. You should also
be clear about your expected winnings. - About 35x your smallest bet. You should also be clear on
the maximum risk in a single game, - about 4x the amount you can win on your smallest bet. Going
by this, if your bet progression were 2-3-5, your average win per series should be around $70 with
your ' bank' or loss limit at $280.
In finishing this, I wish you good luck with your ventures into the casino, and I hope you win a lot
more than you expected. Also be sure to prevent other nosey gamblers from peeking at your
notebook. Also keep in mind that there are other systems good at winning money at roulette - and
that if you're careful and discrete in the way your method of playing, roulette will be a truly enjoyable
and importantly, profitable passtime.
'Sleepers'
Occasionally you'll have 4 or 5 repeats of the same column or dozen, (the most I've ever seen was
9) and you may be tempted to bet both of the sleepers. If you do that, you'll be risking $2 to $1 net
profit and with two size-able bets it may be able to consider a bit of insurance on the house
numbers. A Two-Way bet on 0 and double-0 pays 17:1. My personal favorite in that situation is to
pick the column or dozen that has slept the longest and bet on it alone.
Meeting the situation that way, if my timing has been good, I'll be paid 2:1 odds on a bet that I feel is
almost as promising as most even money wagers.
'Sleepers' - When and how often to bet on them

Bet only after Max. number of
House
Bet how bets on one
Payout
many 'no-shows' sleeper
Red/Black even money 3-4 3
High/Low even money 3-4 3
Odd/Even even money 3-4 3
Columns 2:1 4-5 5-6
Dozens 2:1 4-5 5-6
4-number finals 8:1 20-30 15
3-number finals 11:1 25-40 15
Sleeping Finals
Now let's consider those three and four number combinations that pay 11:1 and 8:1 respectively. In
that category, sleeping 'finals' are relatively easy to spot if you keep the kind of running record that
I've recommended. 'Finals' you'll recall are the groupings of numbers with the same last digit. Finals
ending with 0-6 have four numbers each, while those 7-9 have three numbers each. Here's a
different way to use them.
We'll use 25c chips and on the first round we're going to make five bets on one chip each on our four
numbers (or three numbers as the case may be). On the second round, make four bets of 2 chips
each, next round, three bets of 3 chips on each number, then two bets of 4 chips on each number,
and finally, one bet of 5 chips on each number . If you had have won any of those bets, I recommend
that you stop and try another sleeping final. In the case of four number finals, we risked a total of
$35, and our risk on a 3-number final would have totalled $26.25.
Our anticipated winnings at any point in these series are shown in the table below.
The important thing to remember about progressions on sleepers is never to continue betting on one
that has just cost you your entire bet series. Look for another candidate for your attention. However,
it is a good idea to keep an eye on tat first sleeper, the one that cost you money. It is bound to
awaken at some point, and when it does it often becomes hyperactive (the law of averages again)
The longer is has slept the more likely a candidate it becomes for your prompt attention once it has
shown signs of life.
System for sleeping finals

Net Profit:
Units on each
Total bet Bet 1 2 3 4 5
bet
number.
Finals 0 to 6
5.00 1 8.00 7.00 6.00 5.00 4.00
8.00 2 11.00 9.00 7.00 5.00
9.00 3 11.00 8.00 5.00
8.00 4 10.00 6.00
5.00 5 10.00
35.00
Risk
Finals 7 to 9
Net Profit:
Units on each
Total bet Bet 1 2 3 4 5
bet
number.
3.75 1 8.25 7.50 6.75 6.00 5.25
6.00 2 12.75 11.75 9.75 8.25
6.75 3 15.00 12.75 10.50
6.00 4 16.50 13.50
3.75 5 18.75
26.25
Risk
2 TO 1 BETS
Returning to the 12-number combinations, the dozens and columns that pay 2:1, trying to win in 5
attempts on these can be rewarding and restful at the same time. A few months ago, I sat down at a
roulette table and began using this progression:
2-4-6-8-12 (total risk: $32) on dozens and columns that had slept through 4 or 5 spins. (At any time
there is always one of these available) To my surprise, I won about $100 in an hour and a half :) In
doing this, I lost my small series of $32 3 or 4 times, but I never went above the top bet of $12 and I
never repeated a series on a losing sleeper. On average, any given column or dozen can be
expected to sleep 10 spins in 170, but if you're betting money on those that have already slept
through 5 or 6 spins, you can be sure the ratio will be a lot lower than 170:1.
For faster action with a fairly limited risk, your running record of prior spins will often show you at
least one column and one dozen, both of which will have slept for or more spins simultaneously. Bet
on both of them using a bet series like this.
1-2-3-5-8 (Risk: $19)
Waiting for 5-spin sleepers will improve the safety factor considerably, but it will also slow the action.
If you do that, you have a fair chance of holding your own or better. With the above sample series,
you would reduce risk on a single sleeper to $11. Final warning: Resist any temptation to continue to
bet a column or dozen on which you have lost your series, until after it has had at least one win.
Even chance Sleepers

Exactly the same principal applies to these as the odds propositions I have been discussing. The
main differences are:
1- The progressions can be shorter since there are (approximately) even-money bets
2-The rate of escalation must be steeper since no odds are paid.
3-'Sleeping' time can be as little as 3 spins, although 4 is safer.
I have frequently bet against any even proposition that had won 3 times in a row, using a simple
martingale such as
5-10-20. Though I've not recorded my results, it seems safe to say that I've won (a lot) more than
I've lost, but my typical losses have been much larger than my typical winnings. While I have found
this approach to be enjoyable, it tends to lull one into a false sense of security. I suspect that in the
long run this approach would lose money. Note: I have not used it for any particular length of time so
I cannot speak from experience.
If you keep your bets confined to 4-spin sleepers your patience will be taxed but I believe you'll have
a fair chance of winning on balance provided you always limit your bets to a 3-stage martingale-type
Progression.
Roulette buster
This one that might be even better than the first, it hasn't been fully tested.
But what I've seen so far when using it is Amazing! I've already won over
$2,000 with it. It takes more patience but seems safe and solid.
First, you will need a roulette score card and of course a pen or pencil. You
do not need to write down the numbers, just where on the table the dealer
places the marker.
The table is divided into 1/3 1-12, 13-24 & 25-36. There are also the other
thirds of the wheel you can play; the left 1/3, middle and the right 1/3.
Let’s say the ball lands on number 5. I mark on my score card M1. Meaning
the middle of the grid, and the top 1/3.
16 is L2, 33 is R3 etc.
You will be looking for the ball missing a 1/3 section of the wheel for 6 spins.
At that time, you place 1 unit on that third of the wheel. If you win, you take
your three chips off the table and wait for the next time a 1/3 of the wheel
has missed 6 times. If you lose, keep betting in this order: 2, 3, 4, 5, 8 chips
etc.
1 you net 2 if a loss -1

8 you net 1 if a loss –24
I take a bank roll of $200 to the casino and play with $5 chips. I have hit 1
bad run in which it drove me to 11 unit bet and lost my wad. But all other
file:///C|/Systems/ROULETTE%20BUSTER.htm (1 of 2) [6/28/2002 11:42:21 PM]

Roulette buster
times I rarely hit 5 misses in a row. I bring home around $250 a day, that is
spending about 3 hours in the casino.
Good Luck!
file:///C|/Systems/ROULETTE%20BUSTER.htm (2 of 2) [6/28/2002 11:42:21 PM]

ROULETTE (Chip Values)
Had a pretty good question regarding the use of OFF AMOUNTS at the Roulette
table.
In my Advanced Roulette book, I talk often about the use of betting in off
amounts.........which means not the standard $5 and $10 and $25 levels. Most
peole have Bankrolls that average around $300 for a trip to the casinos, and if
you listen to my advice, that money should be broken into SESSIONS.
When you walk into a casino with your Bankroll (we'll say $300), that is your
Bankroll, but I don't want you taking that total amount to a table. A losing
streak could eat deep into that amount. My suggestion is to break it into
Sessions of equal amounts.
Lets assume you decide on 3 Sessions of $100 each. You set your Win Goals and
Loss Limits, decide on a system of betting and then CHART the tables to see one
going in the direction you plan to play.
All of that is clear, Mike has asked that suppose he went to a table and wanted
to use the Regression System and incorporate Off Amounts.....the use of Dollar
Chips. Instead of betting in increments of $5, $10, $15, etc, he could use $7,
$8, $12, $17, etc.
This method is especially effective for the person with a smaller bankroll and a
small Session amount, say $50. There is NO QUESTION they should bet in a sSeries
such as $7 and then down to $5 , then up to $8 , then $12 then Regress again to
$5.
That Series would look like this 7-5-8-12-5 etc. A loss ends the SERIES and you
begin over. The Power being that after the first win, you are in a no lose
situation. Learn the Regression.
Mike, to you, yes, even with your heavier Session amount of $200 or $300 per
Session, you should use the OFF AMOUNTS and should have a healthy amount of
chips in front of you.
Obviously you can't use more than one color (example orange), so up to about $15
, you would merely stack the dollar orange chips on the bets you intend to make.
It'll be a high pile.
In your note you indicated the Regression, so I assume you mean the Outside bets
of Black/Red, High/Low, Odd/Even. In your case, with a strong Session amount,
you could also use casino chips of (red) $5 value as part of your play.
For instance, you decide to bet $22 on BLACK. You would put four red casino $5
chips and your designated color (orange) 2 chips, valued at $1 each on the
layout. But DO NOT remove your eyes from your bet.
In Roulette, especially on the inside bets, there are stacks of chips from
various players, which mean it is not uncommon to see green, orange, brown,
yellow ...AND AND AND casino $5 chips stacked on top of each other.
In your case, if you have used the casino chips , along with your Red casino $5
chips, you have to make sure someone doesn't put a brown (for example ) chip on
top and then CLAIM the casino chips were his, after a winning decision........…
The casinos will not give you two separate colors for two separate amounts
(roulette casino chips) but you CAN incorporate the dollar chips they give you,
with the casino $5 and $10 chips.
A case in point......I play a lot of Pai Gow Poker and many (most on weekends),
have $25 minimums. To use the OFF AMOUNT method , I use green $25 chips and red
$5 casino chips to bet OFF AMOUNTS.. for instance $35-$25-$30-$40-$30-$50-$30
etc is just like your situation in Roulette. I surely don't just stick to the
normal??????????/ $25-$50-$75 etc denominations.
Hope that answered your question. and my compliments to you on the use of the
OFF AMOUNTS and Regression System, regardless of the amount you play.......JOHN
PATRICK
Roulette Eight Ball:
This system is very simple! During our research we found out that the numbers 0, 2, 6,
9, 15, 24,, 26, 28 come out more often than others in our long term test!. Play these
numbers and stop playing when you're ahead. It should be said that this is a long-term
system!
Roulette Eight Ball Test on "6400 Roulette Spins, Before Hell":
+1325 Units
+1000 Units If we cut of 325 for tipping the dealer!
Update
A new system has come to our knowledge, but it is not yet fully tested BUT looks very
promising.
Play the last 5 numbers that have come up for the next five spins. Then play these 5
numbers that have come up for the next five spins and so on and on. Your bankroll
should be about $300 playing I$ chips. Try testing it on your numbers and seeing for
yourself.
Roulette Machine System
INSTRUCTIONS:
Before using the Roulette Machine Table for the first time it is important
to make further copies of it, since one Table is used and discarded for
each game.
Every Game is a complete game - do not use the same Table for
different games.
Every Game lasts about 30 minutes and you need a total of 20 spins
before playing a winning number.
Use two different pens with two different colors (black and red).
Circle 10 numbers as they arise in the left columns (spins 1 to 10) and
cancel the corresponding Roman numerals 1 to 10 ( I to X), using the
black pen.
Using the red pen, circle the next 10 numbers in the right columns
(spins 11 to 20), canceling the Arabic numerals (11 to 20) as they arise.
At the end of 20 spins you will see, on average, a minimum of 1 number
or maximum of 3 numbers with both a black circle AND a red circle
around them, on the Roulette Machine Table ( eg. 15 15 ). These are
our target numbers.
Play ONLY these target numbers in the following spins!
The number of spins to play is calculated as follows: 36 / (number of
targets). For example, if there are 4 targets then play should stop if no
win occurs by the 9th spin.
Play also stops after ANY win!
If a number appears twice or more in the same block of 10 spins then it
should be eliminated - put a cross through it. In the example below the
number 5 in the first 10 spins and the number 13 in the second 10 spins
will be eliminated in this manner.
Example:
Theoretical 20 spins:
5,10,19,2,27,30,31,12,7,5,21,31,19,32,36,13,23,5,13,17, etc…
We will circle the first 10 numbers (5,10,19,2,27,30,31,12,7,5) on the

Roulette Machine Table, left columns, with a black pen, and
simultaneously we will cancel the first ten Roman Numbers (I, II, III
etc…). This is very useful for avoiding errors. As you can see after the
first 10 spins we have a number eliminated (the number 5 because it has
appeared twice), and 8 potential numbers. Continuing with the other 10
numbers (21,31,19,32,36,13,23,5,13,17) circling them with the red pen in

the right columns we will obtain only two playable numbers, 19 and 31
(13 being eliminated in a similar manner to 5). We will play these two
numbers for 18 spins.
Play them immediately and WIN!

The Roulette Machine

Table
0 -> 10 11 - >20 0 -> 10 11 - >20
01 01 19 19
Black pen Red pen
02 02 20 20
03 03 21 21
I 11
04 04 22 22
II 12
05 05 23 23
III 13
06 06 24 24
IV 14
07 07 25 25
V 15
08 08 26 26
VI 16
09 09 27 27
VII 17
10 10 28 28
VIII 18
11 11 29 29
IX 19
12 12 30 30
X 20
13 13 31 31
14 14 32 32
15 15 33 33
16 16 34 34
17 17 35 35
18 18 00 00 36 36
Remember to use a black pen for the first 10 spins, then a red pen for the second 10
Attention! Before using, it is important to make further copies of the Roulette Machine Table

ROULETTE MASTER
Roulette Master without a doubt the ultimate truly consistent winning roulette system. Using the
guidelines and betting system as outlined here you are sure to have winning session after session after
session...
The strategy works on betting on columns of six numbers chosen according to trending patterns and
placing your bet depending on which spin you are on. Your bet is increased incrementally depending on
which spin you are playing. Each session may last 1 to 31 spins - In our trial the longest we had to wait to
win a session was 24 spins.
Remember to stick to the rules!
There are 7 columns, which we can play using roulette master:
0. 0,1,2,3 or 00,0,1,2,3 (double 0 wheel)
3. 1,2,3,4,5,6
4. 7,8,9,10,11,12
5. 13,14,15,16,17,18
6. 19,20,21,22,23,24
7. 25,26,27,28,29,30
8. 31,32,33,34,35,36
You place your bets on these columns
0
x
123
x
456
789
x
10 11 12
13 14 15
x
16 17 18
19 20 21
x
22 23 24
25 26 27
x
28 29 30
31 32 33
x
34 35 36 (figure 1)
You place your bet on the x.
Rule 1
You need to find the table you going to play on. You may play on any table, but it's best to chose a
"cyclic" table i.e. one that has an even distribution of column numbers.
i.e. you look at the last 14 spins - you should have at least one number representative from each of the
columns as represented above less one or 2 columns never more.
So 1,11,33,21,36,13,28 would be acceptable only 25-28 is not represented.
Rule 2
You need to chart your spins and the trends.
If the casino you are in has an electronic board then simply chart the last 15 numbers onto a roulette card
as a small dot on the appropriate number. If your casino does not supply cards simply draw up your own
(figure 1) and place a square around each number. You then chart the spins by placing a small dot in the
square of the appropriate number. You do this after each spin. Once you have charted 15 spins you are
ready to roll!
You may play1, 2 or 3 columns simultaneously or just 1 column at a time - 3 columns makes for faster
gameplay and turnover yield. You are however playing each column individually until a win.
You look at your charting card and chose the 3 columns of 6 which have the largest number of "hits" i.e
those columns which have come up most often (if there is a tie then chose your favourite) eg this may be
13-18, 1-6 and 31-36
you then use a second card to chart your spins as follows:
you are playin columns 1-6 , 13-18 and 31-36:
1-6 13-18 31-36
1 1 1 (here you are playing spin number 1)
you look at your chart (table 1) and see that spin number 1 requires 1 unit.
You place one unit on each of the above 3 columns.
The croupier then starts spinning the ball. And 10 comes up place a dot next to 10 (chart the number) - a
loss
you then go to the next level:
2 2 2 (you are now playing spin number 2)
The croupier then starts spinning the ball. And 27 comes up place a dot next to 27 on your chart - a loss
you then go to the next level:
3 3 3(you are now playing spin number 3)
The croupier then starts spinning the ball. And 3 comes up place a dot next to 3 on your chart- a win for
column 1-6 but a loss for the other 2 columns
you put a line below column 1-6 and add a spin to the other 2 columns:
You decide if you want to continue playing 3 columns (if you are in a hurry you would play the other 2
columns until each one wins) you look at your chart and check if another column is trending better (1-6)
may still be trending well so you decide to play 16 13 -18 31-36
____
1 4 4
So you are now playing spin number 4 on 13-18 and 31-36 and spin number 1 on 1-6.
The croupier spins and 14 comes up. You chart 14 on your card and decide if you want to still
play 13-18 - you may decide to play another column that is trending better. But if 13-18 is still
trending well then continue to play it.
____
2 1 5 (you are now playing spin number 2 on 1-6 (1 unit)

spin 1 on 13-18 (1 unit) and spin 5 on 31-36 (1 unit)
Croupier spins and 17 comes up. First chart 17 and decide if you want to continue playing if you
want to finish up then continue playing the other 2 columns until a win else chose a colum to play-
13-18 still looks to be trending well so you continue with this columns
_____
3 2 6 (you are now playing spin 3 on 1-6 (1unit) spin 2 on 13-18(1 unit) and
spin 6 on 31-36(2 units)
You continue in this fashion until each column wins. If you are playing 3 columns simultaneously
and decide you have had enough then once you win stop that column and play the other 2 and
once you've won play the last column.
Table 1.
Depending on what spin you are on you need to place the appropriate bet on the chosen column
of six numbers.
Spin Bet spin bet(units)

1 1 18 14
2 1 19 17
3 1 20 21
4 1 21 25
5 1 22 30
6 2 23 36
7 2 24 43
8 2 25 52
9 3 26 62
10 3 27 74
11 4 28 88
12 5 29 107
13 6 20 128
14 7
15 8
16 10
17 12
TIPS:
Never change a column during a session-stick to the one you are playing - it will come up - you
need to be patient.
Follow the betting plan astutely and don't be tempted to deviate.
Your profits may look small initially but once you've had 10-15 winning sessions you will be
sitting with a handsome profit.
Chose a table that is not too busy - this way the croupier spends less time paying out etc, and you
get a faster game play.
Follow the bet rules exactly as laid out and DON'T panic.
Play 3 groups of 6 numbers simultaneously until you decide you want to leave then, after a win
play the remaining 2 and after the next win play the one left until a win and leave with your profits.
ROULETTE METHOD
In my world,
It's about BIG MONEY...
And the "thrill" of the game!
Because casino gaming is based on a random generation of numbers, you

can never predict when you are on a losing or a winning streak! The
best play is to increase your bet when you are winning and when you
are losing bet the minimum. But how can you predict the outcome of
the next roll? With what you are about to learn, it's not so
important!
SECRET #1... I enjoy playing games that do not require a lot of

thinking to win! Go to the roulette game. There is an area in the
middle of the board right above the red and black square that says
(2nd-12). It is the only place on the table where your find the
numbers (2nd-12)...
Winning Streak...
Start with a "buy in" of $100.00... Place a $1.00 bet on the
(2nd-12)
spot and spin the wheel. If you win, take your winnings and place
them on top of your $1.00... Typically, you are paid 2 to 1! If you
win, take back all the money.
Anytime you win 3 of "THEIR" (the casino's chips), go

back to your
original minimum bet! If you can count to 3 you can do this! You
may hit a 10 roll-winning streak and the money you will make will
make you laugh out loud!
Losing Streak...
Start with a "buy in" of $100.00... Place a $1.00 bet on this
spot
and spin the wheel. If you lose your first $1.00, put up another
$1.00 and then another. If you win, remember to "stack" your
winnings on top of the $1.00, you may be starting into a winning
streak! Watch your money, when you have lost your first $10.00...
Your next bet is $10.00! If you lose the $10.00, your next bet is
$20.00!
Be prepared to DOUBLE the bet until you are back to your original
$100.00 buy in or over it. *The idea is to get back to your original
$100.00 as soon as possible! If you lose the "origninal"
$100.00
then quit for the day! You won't always win... Again, nobody
does.
But, you can on average get ahead over time using my little secrets!
By staying close to ZERO losses,

You will begin to notice something quite marvelous...
The small little winning streaks start adding up!
SECRET #2.
When you have 20 of "THEIR" (the casino's chips), take a
chance and
increase your bet to $5.00 a roll! Like I said, if you can count to
20, you can do this! If you lose all 20 chips, start over again
with a minimum $1.00 bet!
Once more, you will really never know when you are about to hit a
winning or losing streak. The best play is to increase your bet when
you're winning and minimize your losses as the funds go down!
The THIRD "secret"... When you make $400.00 profit, increase

your
initial bet from $5.00 to $10.00! If you lose all your profits so
that you are back using "your own money", always start over
with a
$1.00 bet!
Do not be fooled... Gambling is very "risky" business.

THE CASINO ALWAYS HAS THE ADVANTAGE.
In all my experiences, I have never discovered the
one "secret" that can beat them everytime.
However, what is contained in these few "secrets" can make

you good
money, very quickly! It is though, a risk...
The one thing I cannot teach you is "instinct"...

You must "master" this on your own!
Roulette Old-Fashion
The basis of the system is this.
1. You use the system on Black and Red.

2.The Roulette Table must be a 25$ Cent minimum table for optional use of the system.
3. You bet each spin.
4. What we hope to catch is the so called gold rushes of 4-5 in a row,
that happen several hundred times a day!
5. Our bankroll consists of $50 (200 units of 25 cent Chips) How We Play:
We approach a table that matches the rules of OLD-FASHION and start by playing I unit on Black and 1
unit on Red. Let's say Red came up and Black lost we would then replace the I unit lost on Black With a
new 1 unit. The units won on Red we keep on the table and let them go for a new "Ride" If Red wins again
I will replace the 1 unit lost on Black with 1 new unit and let the units on red go for a new "Ride". What we
are looking for is that either Black or Red will win 5 times in a row and give us a total of 32 Units. If this
happen take all of the units and start over again!
To Remember:
* Always replace the lost unit(s) with I new Unit * Always Let The Winning Units ride for a total of 5 wins
in a row giving us a total of 32 Units when it succeed.
* You will never lose more than 50$ and if you win enough go to the higher bet tables for a bigger profit!
* 'The 5 winnings in a row happens several hundred times during a normal day of playing.
New Update To Old-Fashion:

If you are having too many bad days to reduce the total of 5 winnings in a row to 3 or 4 it might pay even
better in the long run!

ROULETTE PRO
Instead of sitting there and waiting all day for it to load, here is the easy way.
enjoy.
What you have here is the top professional roulette system called Roulette Pro. It
is used by professional roulette player/teams around the world because it has
proved to win over and over again.
What our studies and other have showed is that in average only 2/3 of the numbers
come out, this means that in the next 37 spins only 24 different numbers will show
up(average).
There have never been a run where all 37 different numbers came up in 37 spins!
This is a FACT just ask any roulette expert! In theory it should be possible that 37
different numbers showed up in a trial of 37 spins!! But this have never happened
before because the possibility is I -billions (more than your calculator can
calculate!!!)
This is what we try to take advantage of with the Roulette Pro system!
Rules Of The Strategy:
When a bet comes up we bet this number for the next 25 spins. This means that
after 5 spins we are betting 5 different numbers. We only use the numbers one
time in a session. A session is finished when we have been betting on 25 different
numbers! After that we start all over again!
Example: Roulette Spins From The Real Gulf Casino'.
35 17 29 10 30 35 26 16 16 0 33 29 11 2 3 8 31 19 1 22
23 17 18 3 30 25 28 24 19 21 0 26 36 14 13 33 29 8 4 14
29 28 31 24 17 35 34 18 1 11 18 2 2 29 6 20 18 28 25
The numbers in ( )shows which number from above we have won or lost on. This
way you the roulette player can also test and see if you do it correct on these
numbers!
+30 (35)
+15 (17)
+26 (29)
file:///D|/Systems/ROULETTE%20PRO%20SYSTEM.htm (1 of 3) [7/9/2002 9:24:17 AM]

ROULETTE PRO
-25 (10)
+15 (30)
+10 (26)
+34 (16)
+14 (0)
+10 (33)
-25 (11)
-25 (2)
+26 (3)
Total Loss/Win
Won +295 Units

Loss -250 Units
Total + 45 Units
We stopped after number 14 because this was the 25th different number that we
had been betting. You start over again after a few spins! I normally leave the
casino when I am 100 Units ahead.
Practice until you come to the same result as me! The payout on a flat number is
35- 1. Actually you get 36 because you also get the chip you used as bet but this I
give to the dealer.
I agree that the system can be a little hard to play, but as a option you can play as
a team with up to 4-8 persons doing it! It take practise BUT the system is the only
system to have beaten 9 different roulette tester books!!
Our tests show that when you are +100 Units ahead then it is time to stop playing
for today! Do not be greedy because YOU CAN lose with the system!!

ROULETTE PRO
I normally use a bankroll of 1000 Units but I also paly on a $25 cent table which is
$250 USD
Roulette Pro Test on "6400 Roulette Spins, Before Hell":
The roulette pro system has beaten the Hell tester book and this you can check by
using the strategy on the books numbers which have been submitted in the
SciTekl 998 Roulette packet! The net profit depends on how you play it! If you just
play it on all numbers it will give +200 Units (dealer tips have been given). But the
pro system is at one point also over +700 Units ahead so it depends how greedy
one person are! Therefore stop a playing day when you are 100 units ahead!

Izak Roulette System
Congratulations! You have acquired unique roulette systems designed particularly for on-line casinos. These
systems will work equally well in real casinos.
Why design a system for on-line play? It has been the suspicion of many on-line players that the casino
systems may have a software advantage over the players. Although this has been denied by casinos'
management and casinos are usually certified by gambling associations, the suspicion still remains and
players are sceptical if they should take any risks. First of all, if there is any software advantage, the player
can never win. The casino cannot do this consistently as this will ward off any player. Who would want to
play at a casino where you lose continuously? However, the gaming software can be adjusted in such a way,
that at a triggering of a switch, the software advantage becomes active. Others claim that the gaming software
is able to detect the player's system or strategy and then goes against the player, causing him/her to lose.
The designed systems documented below protect you from any of the above happening. First of all, they
provide you with a means to verify the honesty of the on-line casinos at a minimum cost, then they provide
you with various winning strategies, which alternate according to the table's behaviour totally confusing the
gaming software system. The moment you suspect the table going against you, you switch to an opposing
strategy recovering to your winning status. Since all alternating strategies are winning ones, it makes it very
hard for you to lose, regardless if the systems are honest or not, detect your strategy or not, or any other way.
The systems are based on betting on Dozens only.
One strategy will bet on repeating dozens, that is if a number in the first dozen comes up, you will bet on
Dozen 1 on your next bet. I'll refer to this strategy with the acronym RD (Repeating Dozens). The alternate
strategy will be on changing dozens, that is if number in the first dozen comes up, you will bet one chip on
Dozen 2 and one chip on Dozen 3. I'll refer to this strategy with the acronym CD (Changing Dozens).
This following method performs the so called "honesty verification" of the on-line casinos. Roulette, as we
know it, is a streaky game. It will have winning streaks, losing streaks, depending on where you place your
bet. It may even follow a certain pattern, such as alternating Reds and Blacks, but not for long. Eventually
any pattern or streak will be broken, producing again random outcomes. So, this system will bet based on a
specific pattern of alternating between changing dozens and repeating dozens. That means if the number that
just came up belongs to Dozen 1, you will first bet on the same Dozen (1) using RD strategy, then no matter
what number comes up, you will bet on the opposing two Dozens using CD strategy. You will do that for
about 10 bets using the table's minimum. If the outcome of the table is always the opposite of what you are
betting, you can be sure the system is not honest. It would be more than just a coincidence, that the table will
follow exactly the opposite pattern of the one you are using. Let me illustrate this with the following
example:
Number 23 comes up, you bet on Dozen 2 using RD (Repeat Dozen) strategy.
Number 1 comes up, you lose. Now you bet on Dozens 2 and 3 using CD (Change Dozen) strategy.
file:///D|/Systems/IZAKS%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEM.htm (1 of 15) [7/21/2002 11:55:14 AM]

If the system is dishonest, the outcome will obviously be something different than Dozen 1.
I'm not denying the possibility that the above will never happen in an honest game. It is not impossible to
lose 10 times in a row, but it is highly unlikely that the table will follow a specific pattern, which is exactly
the opposite of yours.
You can try the above with any other pattern you may chose, such as B, R, R. (B-Black, R-Red). You will be
betting with a sequence of B, R, R, such that your betting sequence will be B, R ,R ,B ,R, R, B, R, R, B, R, R,
etc. There is no way for the table to follow the opposite sequence, R, B, B, R, B, B, R, B, B, etc. in a random
situation. It could for a while, but not consistently. If it follows this opposite pattern consistently, you can be
sure you are dealing with a dishonest situation.
System 1
The fact that the table could not follow exactly the opposite pattern than yours, makes this a winning strategy.
That means that you will hit a winning bet every 2nd to 4th bet. Now you can use this betting scheme of
constantly changing strategies from RD to CD and vice versa. To make this a consistently winning strategy,
we need to vary our betting amounts from one bet to another. Also to control our losses, we need to set a
threshold value, that is the number of times we bet before we restart the scheme over again.
Table 1 illustrates the betting scheme:
*************************************************************************************
Table 1
Sequence Strategy Bet Net if Lose Net if Win

1 RD $2 -$2 $4
2 CD $12 -$14 $4
3 RD $9 -$23 $4
4 CD $54 -$77 $4
5 RD $41 -$118 $4
6 CD $243 -$361 $4
************************************************************************************
Our first bet will use RD strategy. (Remember RD stands for Repeat Dozen, CD for Chang Dozen). That is if
the last number on the table was number 34, we will bet $2 on Dozen 3. If we win this bet we are at +$4. If
we lose this bet (say if number 4 comes up - Dozen 1), we will use CD strategy, betting $6 on each opposing
Dozen 2 and 3. If we win this bet, we have recovered the previous loss of $2 and we will be at +$4. If we lose
this bet (say if number 5 comes up - Dozen 1), we will use RD strategy and bet $9 on Dozen 1. If we win, we
will recover all previous losses and bet at +$4. If we lose we use CD and bet $27 on each opposing Dozen,

etc., according to the amounts in Table 1.

This is assuming that the minimum bet value is $2. You can adjust this value according to the table's
minimum outside bet amounts. We will refer to the $4 net win amount as 1 unit.
Now, the question is how many times do you bet on a loss until you restart this betting scheme. This will
depend on the risk level you would like to take. If you set it to 4 times, you will win 1 unit at a time at the end
of the run and if you lose all 4 bets, you will lose 77/4 = 19.25 units. If you set it to 5 times, you will win 1
unit at a time and lose 118/4 = 29.5 units. This is what I refer to as threshold values. The higher risk you take,
that is the higher the threshold value, the more often you will win. However, when you lose, you will lose a
greater amount.
We define a run as the number of a few bets placed until you hit a winning bet, or you exceed the threshold
value. At the end of the run, you always restart the betting scheme with RD strategy.
In the next illustration in Table 2, I will provide you with a sampling of simulated sequences. Each time you
win the net profit increases by 1 unit and each time you lose as many bets as your threshold value, you lose
the amount of units of the corresponding threshold value. You can calculate the number of losing units by
dividing the amounts in column Net if Lose in Table 1 by 4, so that
- threshold of 5 will correspond to a loss of 118/4 = 29.25 units;
- threshold of 6 will correspond to a loss of 361/4 = 90.25 units.
The column RD or CD specifies which strategy you use, repeat dozen or change dozen.
The column Losing Streak counts the number of bets you place before you repeat the scheme.
The column Units Won/Lost specifies if you have won 1 unit at the end of the run or lost the amount of units
depending on your threshold value.
Net units gives you the overall units won or lost so far.
****************************************************************************************
Table 2
Sequence # Number Dozen # RD or CD W/L Losing Streak Units won/lost Net Units
1 15 2
2 3 1 RD L 1 0 0
3 22 2 CD W 0 1 1
4 36 3 RD L 1 0 1
5 6 1 CD W 0 1 2
6 35 3 RD L 1 0 2
7 6 1 CD W 0 1 3
8 13 2 RD L 1 0 3
9 4 1 CD W 0 1 4
10 24 2 RD L 1 0 4
11 1 1 CD W 0 1 5
12 21 2 RD L 1 0 5
13 11 1 CD W 0 1 6

14 36 3 RD L 1 0 6
15 20 2 CD W 0 1 7
16 35 3 RD L 1 0 7
17 14 2 CD W 0 1 8
18 23 2 RD W 0 1 9
19 6 1 RD L 1 0 9
20 13 2 CD W 0 1 10
21 7 1 RD L 1 0 10
22 18 2 CD W 0 1 11
23 22 2 RD W 0 1 12
24 36 3 RD L 1 0 12
25 00 4 CD L 2 0 12
26 22 2 RD L 3 0 12
27 31 3 CD W 0 1 13
28 1 1 RD L 1 0 13
29 4 1 CD L 2 0 13
30 30 3 RD L 3 0 13
31 27 3 CD L 4 -19.25 -6.25
32 29 3 RD W 0 1 -5.25
33 21 2 RD L 1 0 -5.25
34 9 1 CD W 0 1 -4.25
35 2 1 RD W 0 1 -3.25
36 3 1 RD W 0 1 -2.25
37 0 0 RD L 1 0 -2.25
38 36 3 CD W 0 1 -1.25
39 33 3 RD W 0 1 -0.25
40 10 1 RD L 1 0 -0.25
41 27 3 CD W 0 1 0.75
42 15 2 RD L 1 0 0.75
43 1 1 CD W 0 1 1.75
44 18 2 RD L 1 0 1.75
45 30 3 CD W 0 1 2.75
46 36 3 RD W 0 1 3.75
47 30 3 RD W 0 1 4.75
48 22 2 RD L 1 0 4.75
49 23 2 CD L 2 0 4.75
50 2 1 RD L 3 0 4.75
51 23 2 CD W 0 1 5.75
52 5 1 RD L 1 0 5.75
53 18 2 CD W 0 1 6.75
54 15 2 RD W 0 1 7.75
55 8 1 RD L 1 0 7.75
56 2 1 CD L 2 0 7.75
57 17 2 RD L 3 0 7.75
58 11 1 CD W 0 1 8.75

59 31 3 RD L 1 0 8.75
60 21 2 CD W 0 1 9.75
61 13 2 RD W 0 1 10.75
62 34 3 RD L 1 0 10.75
63 11 1 CD W 0 1 11.75
64 26 3 RD L 1 0 11.75
65 18 2 CD W 0 1 12.75
66 00 4 RD L 1 0 12.75
67 36 3 CD W 0 1 13.75
68 31 3 RD W 0 1 14.75
69 5 1 RD L 1 0 14.75
70 3 1 CD L 2 0 14.75
71 14 2 RD L 3 0 14.75
72 25 3 CD W 0 1 15.75
73 12 1 RD L 1 0 15.75
74 3 1 CD L 2 0 15.75
75 26 3 RD L 3 0 15.75
76 1 1 CD W 0 1 16.75
77 3 1 RD W 0 1 17.75
78 10 1 RD W 0 1 18.75
79 5 1 RD W 0 1 19.75
80 30 3 RD L 1 0 19.75
81 4 1 CD W 0 1 20.75
82 27 3 RD L 1 0 20.75
83 8 1 CD W 0 1 21.75
84 31 3 RD L 1 0 21.75
85 21 2 CD W 0 1 22.75
86 22 2 RD W 0 1 23.75
87 14 2 RD W 0 1 24.75
88 15 2 RD W 0 1 25.75
89 20 2 RD W 0 1 26.75
90 17 2 RD W 0 1 27.75
91 14 2 RD W 0 1 28.75
92 16 2 RD W 0 1 29.75
93 8 1 RD L 1 0 29.75
94 2 1 CD L 2 0 29.75
95 7 1 RD W 0 1 30.75
96 34 3 RD L 1 0 30.75
97 33 3 CD L 2 0 30.75
98 17 2 RD L 3 0 30.75
99 22 2 CD L 4 -19.25 11.5
100 13 2 RD W 0 1 12.5
101 00 4 RD L 1 0 12.5
102 9 1 CD W 0 1 13.5
103 18 2 RD L 1 0 13.5

104 6 1 CD W 0 1 14.5
105 29 3 RD L 1 0 14.5
106 33 3 CD L 2 0 14.5
107 17 2 RD L 3 0 14.5
108 11 1 CD W 0 1 15.5
109 7 1 RD W 0 1 16.5
110 15 2 RD L 1 0 16.5
111 8 1 CD W 0 1 17.5
112 23 2 RD L 1 0 17.5
113 11 1 CD W 0 1 18.5
114 18 2 RD L 1 0 18.5
115 00 4 CD L 2 0 18.5
116 18 2 RD L 3 0 18.5
117 26 3 CD W 0 1 19.5
118 14 2 RD L 1 0 19.5
119 34 3 CD W 0 1 20.5
120 7 1 RD L 1 0 20.5
121 35 3 CD W 0 1 21.5
122 00 4 RD L 1 0 21.5
123 6 1 CD W 0 1 22.5
124 0 0 RD L 1 0 22.5
125 27 3 CD W 0 1 23.5
126 18 2 RD L 1 0 23.5
127 3 1 CD W 0 1 24.5
128 22 2 RD L 1 0 24.5
129 26 3 CD W 0 1 25.5
130 35 3 RD W 0 1 26.5
131 27 3 RD W 0 1 27.5
132 21 2 RD L 1 0 27.5
133 30 3 CD W 0 1 28.5
134 33 3 RD W 0 1 29.5
135 14 2 RD L 1 0 29.5
136 30 3 CD W 0 1 30.5
137 27 3 RD W 0 1 31.5
138 32 3 RD W 0 1 32.5
139 19 2 RD L 1 0 32.5
140 7 1 CD W 0 1 33.5
141 8 1 RD W 0 1 34.5
142 34 3 RD L 1 0 34.5
143 24 2 CD W 0 1 35.5
144 36 3 RD L 1 0 35.5
145 18 2 CD W 0 1 36.5
146 0 0 RD L 1 0 36.5
147 27 3 CD W 0 1 37.5
148 14 2 RD L 1 0 37.5

149 5 1 CD W 0 1 38.5
150 16 2 RD L 1 0 38.5
151 10 1 CD W 0 1 39.5
152 25 3 RD L 1 0 39.5
153 2 1 CD W 0 1 40.5
154 4 1 RD W 0 1 41.5
155 27 3 RD L 1 0 41.5
156 14 2 CD W 0 1 42.5
157 11 1 RD L 1 0 42.5
158 10 1 CD L 2 0 42.5
159 20 2 RD L 3 0 42.5
160 30 3 CD W 0 1 43.5
161 10 1 RD L 1 0 43.5
162 3 1 CD L 2 0 43.5
163 3 1 RD W 0 1 44.5
164 22 2 RD L 1 0 44.5
165 6 1 CD W 0 1 45.5
166 25 3 RD L 1 0 45.5
167 24 2 CD W 0 1 46.5
168 24 2 RD W 0 1 47.5
169 10 1 RD L 1 0 47.5
170 14 2 CD W 0 1 48.5
171 20 2 RD W 0 1 49.5
172 29 3 RD L 1 0 49.5
173 11 1 CD W 0 1 50.5
174 20 2 RD L 1 0 50.5
175 12 1 CD W 0 1 51.5
176 26 3 RD L 1 0 51.5
177 29 3 CD L 2 0 51.5
178 26 3 RD W 0 1 52.5
179 7 1 RD L 1 0 52.5
180 11 1 CD L 2 0 52.5
181 17 2 RD L 3 0 52.5
182 6 1 CD W 0 1 53.5
183 14 2 RD L 1 0 53.5
184 32 3 CD W 0 1 54.5
185 15 2 RD L 1 0 54.5
186 24 2 CD L 2 0 54.5
187 16 2 RD W 0 1 55.5
188 20 2 RD W 0 1 56.5
189 6 1 RD L 1 0 56.5
190 6 1 CD L 2 0 56.5
191 23 2 RD L 3 0 56.5
192 0 0 CD L 4 -19.25 37.25
193 28 3 RD L 1 0 37.25

194 8 1 CD W 0 1 38.25
195 5 1 RD W 0 1 39.25
196 25 3 RD L 1 0 39.25
197 13 2 CD W 0 1 40.25
198 33 3 RD L 1 0 40.25
199 15 2 CD W 0 1 41.25
200 21 2 RD W 0 1 42.25
***************************************************************************************
As you may have noticed, Table 2 uses threshold value of 4, that is you bet 4 times using the betting scheme
of Table 1. Losing all 4 bets makes you lose 19.25 units, as it happened in sequences 31, 99, 192. Overall you
end up winning 42.25 units at the end of 200 spins, which confirms the good performance of this system. And
this was run on an American Roulette with two zeros. Notice that the Dozen number is 0 when a single 0 is
encountered and the Dozen is 4 when 00 is encountered, both of which are losing bets in any event. On a
European Roulette with a single 0, you have even better chances of winning. Some online casinos offer single
0 roulette, it’s worth looking for one!
System 2
This system is slightly more complex than the previous one, but is an excellent alternating strategy use,
particularly if the gaming software is designed to detect your strategy. As soon as this happens, you will be
switching to the opposing strategy.
You will start by using CD (Change Dozen) strategy by betting 1 unit on one Dozen and 1 unit on the other
Dozen, the two Dozens being the opposite of the one that just came up. If you win, you will stay with CD
strategy, but the following bet will be 25% higher than the previous one. This will enable you to make higher
profits at changing dozens. You will increase your bet by 25% for 10 times, if you win 10 times in a row.
This will be identified by a CD Winning Streak column in the illustration of Table 3 below. If you lose on a
bet, you will change strategies to RD, that is you will bet 2 units on the Dozen of the last number that came
up. If you lose this bet with RD strategy, this time you will stay with RD increasing your bet by 50% on your
next bet with a threshold of 5 (that is you bet 5 times with RD), until the Dozen finally repeats. When you
win using RD strategy, you switch back to CD following the above pattern. This will confuse the hell out of
any dishonest software.
I hope it didn't confuse you, as well. I will provide 200 sample spins in Table 3 below and explain the pattern
right after, to make absolutely sure you understand how it works.
The column RD Losing Streak will count the number of times you bet before you reach the threshold value (5
in this case) until the Dozen repeats.
The column CD Winning Streak will count the number of times you stay with CD strategy until you switch to
RD.
The unit value I use is $50. Therefore the first bet with CD will be two $50 chips on each Dozen, thus the bet
amount of $100. You can use any multiple of this value or any division up to as low as $2/unit, or as low as
your table's minimum betting amount. With $50 minimum bet, you will not exceed a maximum table limit of
$1000, that is 20 times the minimum bet limit, which is the case in most casinos.

***************************************************************************************
Table 3
Sequence # Number Dozen # RD or CD W/L RD Losing Streak CD Winning Streak Bet Amount Cash Net
Profit
1 12 1
2 25 3 CD W 0 1 $100 $50 $50
3 24 2 CD W 0 2 $125 $63 $113
4 3 1 CD W 0 3 $156 $78 $191
5 10 1 CD L 0 0 $195 -$195 -$5
6 24 2 RD L 1 0 $100 -$100 -$105
7 34 3 RD L 2 0 $150 -$150 -$255
8 17 2 RD L 3 0 $225 -$225 -$480
9 17 2 RD W 0 0 $338 $675 $195
10 18 2 CD L 0 0 $100 -$100 $95
11 24 2 RD W 0 0 $100 $200 $295
12 30 3 CD W 0 1 $100 $50 $345
13 7 1 CD W 0 2 $125 $63 $408
14 13 2 CD W 0 3 $156 $78 $486
15 24 2 CD L 0 0 $195 -$195 $291
16 9 1 RD L 1 0 $100 -$100 $191
17 18 2 RD L 2 0 $150 -$150 $41
18 1 1 RD W 0 0 $338 $675 $491
20 10 1 CD L 0 0 $100 -$100 $391
21 32 3 RD L 1 0 $100 -$100 $291
22 20 2 RD L 2 0 $150 -$150 $141
23 30 3 RD L 3 0 $225 -$225 -$84
24 32 3 RD W 0 0 $338 $675 $591
25 1 1 CD W 0 1 $100 $50 $641
26 6 1 CD L 0 0 $125 -$125 $516
27 23 2 RD L 1 0 $100 -$100 $416
28 35 3 RD L 2 0 $150 -$150 $266
29 13 2 RD L 3 0 $225 -$225 $41
30 22 2 RD W 0 0 $338 $675 $716
31 21 2 CD L 0 0 $100 -$100 $616
32 24 2 RD W 0 0 $100 $200 $816
33 25 3 CD W 0 1 $100 $50 $866
34 1 1 CD W 0 2 $125 $63 $928
35 28 3 CD W 0 3 $156 $78 $1,006
36 23 2 CD W 0 4 $195 $98 $1,104
37 3 1 CD W 0 5 $244 $122 $1,226
38 8 1 CD L 0 0 $305 -$305 $921
39 25 3 RD L 1 0 $100 -$100 $821

40 12 1 RD L 2 0 $150 -$150 $671

41 7 1 RD W 0 0 $225 $450 $1,121
42 3 1 CD L 0 0 $100 -$100 $1,021
43 13 2 RD L 1 0 $100 -$100 $921
44 8 1 RD L 2 0 $150 -$150 $771
45 10 1 RD W 0 0 $225 $450 $1,221
46 32 3 CD W 0 1 $100 $50 $1,271
47 22 2 CD W 0 2 $125 $63 $1,333
48 4 1 CD W 0 3 $156 $78 $1,411
49 31 3 CD W 0 4 $195 $98 $1,509
50 15 2 CD W 0 5 $244 $122 $1,631
51 19 2 CD L 0 0 $305 -$305 $1,326
52 22 2 RD W 0 0 $100 $200 $1,526
53 26 3 CD W 0 1 $100 $50 $1,576
54 20 2 CD W 0 2 $125 $63 $1,638
55 8 1 CD W 0 3 $156 $78 $1,717
56 2 1 CD L 0 0 $195 -$195 $1,521
57 22 2 RD L 1 0 $100 -$100 $1,421
58 15 2 RD W 0 0 $150 $300 $1,721
59 36 3 CD W 0 1 $100 $50 $1,771
60 29 3 CD L 0 0 $125 -$125 $1,646
61 16 2 RD L 1 0 $100 -$100 $1,546
62 27 3 RD L 2 0 $150 -$150 $1,396
63 3 1 RD L 3 0 $225 -$225 $1,171
64 4 1 RD W 0 0 $338 $675 $1,846
65 13 2 CD W 0 1 $100 $50 $1,896
66 32 3 CD W 0 2 $125 $63 $1,959
67 27 3 CD L 0 0 $156 -$156 $1,803
68 25 3 RD W 0 0 $100 $200 $2,003
69 0 0 CD L 0 0 $100 -$100 $1,903
70 24 2 RD L 1 0 $100 -$100 $1,803
71 15 2 RD W 0 0 $150 $300 $2,103
72 13 2 CD L 0 0 $100 -$100 $2,003
73 0 0 RD L 1 0 $100 -$100 $1,903
74 25 3 RD L 2 0 $150 -$150 $1,753
75 2 1 RD L 3 0 $225 -$225 $1,528
76 13 2 RD L 4 0 $338 -$338 $1,190
77 1 1 RD L 5 0 $506 -$506 $684
78 0 0 CD L 1 0 $100 -$100 $584
79 26 3 RD L 2 0 $100 -$100 $484
80 24 2 RD L 3 0 $150 -$150 $334
81 25 3 RD L 4 0 $225 -$225 $109
82 28 3 RD W 0 0 $338 $675 $784
83 29 3 CD L 0 0 $100 -$100 $684
84 30 3 RD W 0 0 $100 $200 $884

85 17 2 CD W 0 1 $100 $50 $934

86 7 1 CD W 0 2 $125 $63 $996
87 30 3 CD W 0 3 $156 $78 $1,074
88 23 2 CD W 0 4 $195 $98 $1,172
89 25 3 CD W 0 5 $244 $122 $1,294
90 7 1 CD W 0 6 $305 $153 $1,447
91 13 2 CD W 0 7 $381 $191 $1,637
92 31 3 CD W 0 8 $477 $238 $1,876
93 26 3 CD L 0 0 $596 -$596 $1,280
94 6 1 RD L 1 0 $100 -$100 $1,180
95 3 1 RD W 0 0 $150 $300 $1,480
96 34 3 CD W 0 1 $100 $50 $1,530
97 33 3 CD L 0 0 $125 -$125 $1,405
98 30 3 RD W 0 0 $100 $200 $1,605
99 20 2 CD W 0 1 $100 $50 $1,655
100 4 1 CD W 0 2 $125 $63 $1,717
101 23 2 CD W 0 3 $156 $78 $1,795
102 24 2 CD L 0 0 $195 -$195 $1,600
103 24 2 RD W 0 0 $100 $200 $1,800
104 8 1 CD W 0 1 $100 $50 $1,850
105 7 1 CD L 0 0 $125 -$125 $1,725
106 28 3 RD L 1 0 $100 -$100 $1,625
107 23 2 RD L 2 0 $150 -$150 $1,475
108 27 3 RD L 3 0 $225 -$225 $1,250
109 31 3 RD W 0 0 $338 $675 $1,925
110 8 1 CD W 0 1 $100 $50 $1,975
111 7 1 CD L 0 0 $125 -$125 $1,850
112 2 1 RD W 0 0 $100 $200 $2,050
113 35 3 CD W 0 1 $100 $50 $2,100
114 36 3 CD L 0 0 $125 -$125 $1,975
115 26 3 RD W 0 0 $100 $200 $2,175
116 21 2 CD W 0 1 $100 $50 $2,225
117 3 1 CD W 0 2 $125 $63 $2,288
118 31 3 CD W 0 3 $156 $78 $2,366
119 14 2 CD W 0 4 $195 $98 $2,463
120 2 1 CD W 0 5 $244 $122 $2,585
121 11 1 CD L 0 0 $305 -$305 $2,280
122 10 1 RD W 0 0 $100 $200 $2,480
123 10 1 CD L 0 0 $100 -$100 $2,380
124 14 2 RD L 1 0 $100 -$100 $2,280
125 34 3 RD L 2 0 $150 -$150 $2,130
126 22 2 RD L 3 0 $225 -$225 $1,905
127 27 3 RD L 4 0 $338 -$338 $1,568
128 29 3 RD W 0 0 $506 $1,013 $2,580
129 19 2 CD W 0 1 $100 $50 $2,630

130 25 3 CD W 0 2 $125 $63 $2,693

131 9 1 CD W 0 3 $156 $78 $2,771
132 26 3 CD W 0 4 $195 $98 $2,869
133 26 3 CD L 0 0 $244 -$244 $2,624
134 31 3 RD W 0 0 $100 $200 $2,824
135 0 0 CD L 0 0 $100 -$100 $2,724
136 8 1 RD L 1 0 $100 -$100 $2,624
137 2 1 RD W 0 0 $150 $300 $2,924
138 19 2 CD W 0 1 $100 $50 $2,974
139 33 3 CD W 0 2 $125 $63 $3,037
140 23 2 CD W 0 3 $156 $78 $3,115
141 11 1 CD W 0 4 $195 $98 $3,213
142 31 3 CD W 0 5 $244 $122 $3,335
143 29 3 CD L 0 0 $305 -$305 $3,030
144 19 2 RD L 1 0 $100 -$100 $2,930
145 21 2 RD W 0 0 $150 $300 $3,230
146 25 3 CD W 0 1 $100 $50 $3,280
147 34 3 CD L 0 0 $125 -$125 $3,155
148 16 2 RD L 1 0 $100 -$100 $3,055
149 25 3 RD L 2 0 $150 -$150 $2,905
150 10 1 RD L 3 0 $225 -$225 $2,680
151 27 3 RD L 4 0 $338 -$338 $2,342
152 7 1 RD L 5 0 $506 -$506 $1,836
153 29 3 CD W 0 1 $100 $50 $1,886
154 3 1 CD W 0 2 $125 $63 $1,948
155 16 2 CD W 0 3 $156 $78 $2,027
156 15 2 CD L 0 0 $195 -$195 $1,831
157 6 1 RD L 1 0 $100 -$100 $1,731
158 27 3 RD L 2 0 $150 -$150 $1,581
159 11 1 RD L 3 0 $225 -$225 $1,356
160 3 1 RD W 0 0 $338 $675 $2,031
161 16 2 CD W 0 1 $100 $50 $2,081
162 21 2 CD L 0 0 $125 -$125 $1,956
163 27 3 RD L 1 0 $100 -$100 $1,856
164 5 1 RD L 2 0 $150 -$150 $1,706
165 8 1 RD W 0 0 $225 $450 $2,156
166 11 1 CD L 0 0 $100 -$100 $2,056
167 6 1 RD W 0 0 $100 $200 $2,256
168 32 3 CD W 0 1 $100 $50 $2,306
169 23 2 CD W 0 2 $125 $63 $2,369
170 8 1 CD W 0 3 $156 $78 $2,447
171 26 3 CD W 0 4 $195 $98 $2,544
172 4 1 CD W 0 5 $244 $122 $2,667
173 27 3 CD W 0 6 $305 $153 $2,819
174 31 3 CD L 0 0 $381 -$381 $2,438

175 24 2 RD L 1 0 $100 -$100 $2,338

176 4 1 RD L 2 0 $150 -$150 $2,188
177 29 3 RD L 3 0 $225 -$225 $1,963
178 1 1 RD L 4 0 $338 -$338 $1,625
179 32 3 RD L 5 0 $506 -$506 $1,119
180 5 1 CD W 0 1 $100 $50 $1,169
181 6 1 CD L 0 0 $125 -$125 $1,044
182 3 1 RD W 0 0 $100 $200 $1,244
183 18 2 CD W 0 1 $100 $50 $1,294
184 35 3 CD W 0 2 $125 $63 $1,356
185 19 2 CD W 0 3 $156 $78 $1,435
186 10 1 CD W 0 4 $195 $98 $1,532
187 27 3 CD W 0 5 $244 $122 $1,654
188 12 1 CD W 0 6 $305 $153 $1,807
189 30 3 CD W 0 7 $381 $191 $1,998
190 4 1 CD W 0 8 $477 $238 $2,236
191 34 3 CD W 0 9 $596 $298 $2,534
192 19 2 CD W 0 10 $745 $373 $2,907
193 18 2 RD W 0 0 $100 $200 $3,107
194 8 1 CD W 0 1 $100 $50 $3,157
195 28 3 CD W 0 2 $125 $63 $3,219
196 33 3 CD L 0 0 $156 -$156 $3,063
197 13 2 RD L 1 0 $100 -$100 $2,963
198 10 1 RD L 2 0 $150 -$150 $2,813
199 25 3 RD L 3 0 $225 -$225 $2,588
200 36 3 RD W 0 0 $338 $675 $3,263
****************************************************************************************
Explanation of Table 3:
Sequence 1: you come to the Roulette table at either a live or an on-line Casino and you observe that the last
decision was number 12 in Dozen 1.
Sequence 2: your very first bet uses CD (Change Dozen) strategy. You bet $50 on Dozen 2 and $50 on
Dozen 3. Number 25 - Dozen 3 comes up, you win. Your profit is $50. (Remember you get paid 2 to 1).
Sequence 3: since you won, you stay at CD strategy and bet on the two Dozens different than 3, that is on
Dozens 1 and 2. The bet amount will be 25% more than the previous one. If your total bet was $100 on the
previous sequence, you need to bet $125 on this one. Since 125 is not divisible by 2, just round it up to the
nearest betting amount to fit the table. It could be $60 on each Dozen 1 and 2 or $65 on each Dozen. It
doesn't matter. This will not affect the performance of the system. Number 24 - Dozen 2 comes up, you win
again, cashing $63. Your overall net profit is +$113.
Sequence 4: since you won again, you stay with CD and bet $156 (25% more than $125), that is $78 on
Dozen 1 and $78 on Dozen 3. Number 3 - Dozen 1 comes up, you win cashing $78 bringing your overall net

profit to +191.
Sequence 5: since you won for the third time (CD Winning Streak is at 3 in sequence 4), you bet again with
CD placing $100 (rounded half of $195) on Dozen 2 and $100 on Dozen 3. Number 10 - Dozen 1 comes up,
you lose, losing your $200 (rounded $195) bet, leaving your net at -$5.
Sequence 6: now that you lost, you switch strategies to RD (Repeat Dozen) and bet 2 units (2 X $50 = $100)
on Dozen 1, the one that came up in sequence 5. Number 24 - Dozen 2 comes up, you lose. The net comes
down to -$105.
Sequence 7: you lost at sequence 6, but we stay in RD, (unlike the case when we were in CD and had we lost,
we would have switched to RD), and bet 50% more than our previous bet, that is $150 on Dozen 2, as
number 24 came up in the previous sequence. Number 34 - Dozen 3 comes up, we lose the $150 bet, and our
overall net goes down to -$255.
Sequence 8: since we lost again, we still stay in RD (up to 5 times - the threshold, if necessary) and bet 50%
more than the previous bet, that is $225 on Dozen 3. Number 17 - Dozen 2 comes up, we lose. Our overall
net goes down to -$480.
Sequence 9: since we lost again, we stay in RD and bet 50% more than $225, that is $338 (you can round it to
$330 or $350 depending on where you play). We place the $338 bet on Dozen 2. Number 17 comes up, we
win cashing $675, bringing the overall net profit to +$195.
Sequence 10: since we won and we were in RD, we change strategies to CD (unlike the case when we were
in CD and had we won, we would have stayed in CD). Please note that if we win in RD strategy, we end the
run and we start over the betting scheme in CD from 1 unit. So we bet $50 on each Dozen 1 and 3 (different
than the Dozen 2 that came up in sequence 9). Number 18 - Dozen 2 comes up. We lose $100. Our overall
net goes down to +$95.
Sequence 11: since we lost with CD in sequence 10, we change strategies to RD and bet $100 (starting a new
run) on Dozen 2. Number 24 comes up. We win cashing $200. Our overall profit goes to $295.
Now that you are starting to grasp how the system works, you can observe the rest of the sequences to get a
thorough understanding of the system before you apply it for real.
To summarize the system:

- You start with CD. If you win you stay with CD and increase your bet by %25 up to 10 times until you lose.
When you lose with CD, you switch to RD and stay with RD increasing your bet by %50 until you win or
lose 5 times. Then you switch back to CD.
Here are more examples referring to Table 3:

In sequence 32, RD strategy wins. You switch to CD, winning 5 times until you lose the 6th time in sequence
38 and you switch to RD in sequence 39. RD loses until it wins in sequence 41. You close the run and switch
back to CD in sequence 42. CD loses in sequence 42, switching to RD in sequence 43. RD loses until it wins
in sequence 45. Then you switch to CD again, winning up to sequence 51, where it loses, and you switch to
RD in sequence 52.
Here is an example where we reach a threshold of 5 being in RD. In sequence 72, CD strategy loses and we
switch to RD. RD loses from sequence 73 to 77 for 5 times. We don't win, but we reach threshold 5, so we
switch to CD in sequence 78, where it loses again. So we switch back to RD in sequence 79 losing until
sequence 82, where it wins.
Sequences 183 to 192 is an example where CD wins 10 times and we switch to RD in sequence 193, despite
the fact that CD hasn't lost yet, but reached the winning streak of 10. RD happens to win in sequence 193 and

we switch back to CD according to the system. CD wins twice in sequences 194 and 195 until it loses in
sequence 196, where we switch to RD. RD loses from 197 to 199 until it wins in sequence 200.
From sequences 147 until 181 we encounter a long losing streak. However, this is quickly recovered with a
fast increasing winning streak at sequences 182 to 200, which is the big advantage of this system.

ROULETTE SUPER DUPER SAFETY SYSTEM
This is a very easy system to work although its principals will probably
go against everything you've ever read about betting.
You will only be betting on the colors of red and black when playing this
system. A win on either of these colors pays even money or 1/1. In the following
example we will bet in $1.00 units although a unit may be any amount you can
afford, just as long as it doesn't go over the table limit.
Before moving on to Step 1, watch a few games and don't start playing until the
red has not spun up for three games in a row. You may of course also apply these
same rules to the black, but for ease of explanation we will assume that the red
is what we are betting on this time.
Step 1. Place a $1.00 bet on red. If you win stop playing the system. If you
lose move on to Step 2.
Step 2. Place a $2.00 bet on red and a $1.00 bet on black. If red is the winner
you have recovered all of your bets and broken even, so go back to Step 1 and
start again. If black is the winner you have only recovered half of your total
bets so you will need to move on to Step 3.
you will be winning $1.00 over the series of games so stop playing the system.
If black is the winner you will be losing $5.00 over the series of games so move
on to Step 4.
Step 4. Place an $8.00 bet on red and a $1.00 bet on black. If red is the winner
If black is the winner you will be losing $12.00 over the series of games so
move on to Step 5.
move on to Step 6.
move on to Step 6.
If black is the winner you will be losing $133.00 over the series of games and
will have suffered this loss due to the black winning ten games straight. This
is highly unlikely to occur although it is a possibility.
Footnote: Should 0 or 00 spin up during the series in which you are playing,
treat it a win to black for your next bet on red, and double your next bet on
black to recover the loss of the previous game.
The purpose behind the play.
Your aim by playing this way is to get the red to spin up once only in ten
spins of the roulette wheel. Remember that you don't start playing until the red
has missed spinning up for three games which gives it seven more chances to spin
up.
Here is a profit and loss summary of the spins for each Step when you bet along
the lines outlined above. You can see from the following results that except for
Step 2, you will be a winner anytime that the red spins up during this series of
games. Also remember that a betting unit can be more than $1.00.
Step 1. Win $1.00

Step 2. Break Even
Step 3. Win $1.00
Step 4. Win $2.00
Step 5. Win $3.00
Step 6. Win $4.00
Step 7. Win $5.00
If played my way I think this is one of the best money making system there is, I
wait until 7 of one color has shown, then use $5 units. If you get to the stage
where your next bet is $320, after that bet win or lose, start over again.
If this has occurred it means they must have spun 15 times against you, to be
beaten.
You will win more then you lose, make this system one of your favorites.
Breakdown of money won using $5 units.

Step 1. Win $5
Step 2. Break even.
Step 3. Win $5.
Step 4. Win $10
Step 5. Win $15
Step 6. Win $20
Step 7. Win $25
file:///D|/Systems/SYSTEM%20ROULETTE.htm
Test on Spielbank Hamburg 16 May 2001 :
BANKROLL = DM 1000 = 100 coupon.

Stop play if LOSS => 100 - Stop play in WIN = 100 ( 1000 marks )
Gambling stop also when lose three times 27 or more coupon.
Sometimes, gambling stop because there are no more numbers in line, but that
doesn't happen frequently.
I show you first gamblings now.
I wait for second game.
I note 14 numbers: 22, 3, 13, 18, 33 all numbers to 23, 1, 5 and start new line
with number 5.
Now two lines:
1: 22-3-13-18-33-23-3-32-18-7-0-23-1-5
2: 5
I play 3-13-22
I note number 4 and play 3-13-18
I note 10 & play 13-18-33
I don't note 10 second time aber I gambling 13-18-33 second time
I note 5, next play is 18-23-33, 3-23-33, 3-23-32, 3-18-32 and 7-18-32
I note number 29, 11, 27, 31 and win on 18. I note also next line 0.
This was gambling 1. I won 9 coupons = DM 90
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Now three lines:
1: 22-3-13-18-33-23-3-32-18-7-0-23-1-5
2: 5-4-10-5-29-11-27-31-18
3: 0
I play again 3-13-22, 3-13-18, 13-18-33
I note last line 1, 33 and win number 13. I note also next line number 14.
This was gambling 2. I won 27 coupon = DM 270. I now have won DM 360.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Now four lines:
file:///D|/Systems/SYSTEM%20ROULETTE.htm (1 of 6) [7/9/2002 9:51:17 AM]

1: 22-3-13-18-33-23-3-32-18-7-0-23-1-5
2: 5-4-10-5-29-11-27-31-18
3: 0-1-33-13
4: 14
I play again 3-13-22, 3-13-18, 3-13-18 ( 21 win second time also, but NOT note
on line ), 13-18-33, 18-23-33 and all 12 gambling - No wins à -36 coupon. NOT
PLAYING 1-5-23 because this 13 gamblings!
Also this is first time I lose 27 or more of coupon.
I note last line 29, 21, 35, 30, 20, 8, 30, 26, 11, 2, 7
Also note number 14 on new line.
This was gambling 3. I lose 36 coupon = DM 360. I now have won nothing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Now five lines but first line discard of for losing all gambling.
2: 5-4-10-5-29-11-27-31-18
3: 0-1-33-13
4: 14-29-21-35-30-20-8-30-26-11-2-7
5: 14
I gambling now 4-5-10, 4-5-10, 5-10-29
I note last line numbers 20, 26 and win on number 5. Also note 32 on new line
This was gambling 4. I win 27 coupon = DM 270. I now have win DM 270.
Now six lines:

2: 5-4-10-5-29-11-27-31-18
3: 0-1-33-13
4: 14-29-21-35-30-20-8-30-26-11-2-7
5: 14-20-26-5
6: 32
I gambling again 4-5-10, 4-5-10, 5-10-29 and 5-10-29 again because 28 win second
time.
I also gambling 5-11-29, 11-27-29, 11-27-31, 18-27-31 and no win
I note last line numbers 18, 11, 28, 36, 20, 30, 19 and number 30 on new.
This was gambling 5. I lose 24 coupon = DM 240. I now have win DM 30.
Now seven lines but second line discard of for losing all gambling.
3: 0-1-33-13
4: 14-29-21-35-30-20-8-30-26-11-2-7
5: 14-20-26-5
6: 32-18-11-28-36-20-30-19
7: 30
I gambling now 0-1-33 and win number 1. Note also 24 on new line.

******************************************************************************
This is gambling 7 to 11.
Now eight lines:

3: 0-1-33-13
4: 14-29-21-35-30-20-8-30-26-11-2-7
5: 14-20-26-5
6: 32-18-11-28-36-20-30-19
7: 30-1
8: 24
I gambling again 0-1-33 and 1-13-33 but no winning.
I note last line numbers 25 and 0 and number 30 on new.
Now nine lines but third line discard of for losing all gambling
4: 14-29-21-35-30-20-8-30-26-11-2-7
5: 14-20-26-5
6: 32-18-11-28-36-20-30-19
7: 30-1
8: 24-25-0
9: 30
I gambling now 14-21-29, 21-29-35, 21-30-35, 20-30-35, 8-20-30, 8-20-30
I note on line 15, 26, 22, 3, 7 and win on 20. Also number 24 on new line.
Now ten lines:

4: 14-29-21-35-30-20-8-30-26-11-2-7
5: 14-20-26-5
6: 32-18-11-28-36-20-30-19
7: 30-1
8: 24-25-0
9: 30-15-26-22-3-7-20
10: 24
I gambling again 14-21-29, 21-29-35, 21-30-35, 20-30-35, 8-20-30
I note on line 2, 5, 6, 33 and win on 20. Also number 33 on new line.
Now eleven lines:

4: 14-29-21-35-30-20-8-30-26-11-2-7
5: 14-20-26-5
6: 32-18-11-28-36-20-30-19
7: 30-1
8: 24-25-0

9: 30-15-26-22-3-7-20
10: 24-2-5-6-33-20
11: 33
I gambling again 14-21-29, 21-29-35, 21-30-35 and all ten gamblings to 2-7-11
but no win.
I lose 27 or more second time!
Now twelve lines but fourth line discard of for losing all gambling
5: 14-20-26-5
6: 32-18-11-28-36-20-30-19
7: 30-1
8: 24-25-0
9: 30-15-26-22-3-7-20
10: 24-2-5-6-33-20
11: 33-3-27-4-25-17-27-23-1-21-29
12: 11
I gambling now 14-20-26 and win number 26.
********************************************************************************
This is gambling 12 to 17 then stop
Now thirteen lines:

5: 14-20-26-5
6: 32-18-11-28-36-20-30-19
7: 30-1
8: 24-25-0
9: 30-15-26-22-3-7-20
10: 24-2-5-6-33-20
11: 33-3-27-4-25-17-27-23-1-21-29
12: 11-26
13: 13
I gambling again 14-20-26 and 14-20-26 because 13 win second time and then 5-20-
26 but no win.
Now fourteen lines but fifth line discard of for losing all gambling
6: 32-18-11-28-36-20-30-19
7: 30-1
8: 24-25-0
9: 30-15-26-22-3-7-20
10: 24-2-5-6-33-20
11: 33-3-27-4-25-17-27-23-1-21-29
12: 11-26

13: 13-9-24
14: 4
I gambling now 11-18-32, 11-18-28, 11-28-36, 20-28-36, 20-30-36, 19-20-30 but no
win
Now fifteen lines but sixth line discard of for losing all gambling.
Also line 7 and 8 discard of because only 2 and 3 long.
9: 30-15-26-22-3-7-20
10: 24-2-5-6-33-20
11: 33-3-27-4-25-17-27-23-1-21-29
12: 11-26
13: 13-9-24
14: 4-24-15-34-1-25-32
15: 6
I gambling now all five gamblings of line 9 but no win.
Now sixteen lines but ninth line discard of for losing all gambling
10: 24-2-5-6-33-20
11: 33-3-27-4-25-17-27-23-1-21-29
12: 11-26
13: 13-9-24
14: 4-24-15-34-1-25-32
15: 6-11-18-20-27-9
16: 3
I gambling now 2-5-24 and win
Now seventeen lines

10: 24-2-5-6-33-20
11: 33-3-27-4-25-17-27-23-1-21-29
12: 11-26
13: 13-9-24
14: 4-24-15-34-1-25-32
15: 6-11-18-20-27-9
16: 3-5
17: 34
I gambling again 2-5-24 and 2-5-6, 5-6-33 and win number 33
Now eighteen lines:

10: 24-2-5-6-33-20
11: 33-3-27-4-25-17-27-23-1-21-29
12: 11-26

13: 13-9-24
14: 4-24-15-34-1-25-32
15: 6-11-18-20-27-9
16: 3-5
17: 34-19-27-33
18: 13
I gambling again 2-5-24, 2-5-6, 5-6-33 and 6-20-33 and win number 6.
Gambling stop because I win 100 or more coupon.

ROULETTE WARFARE SYSTEM
(only for those who want to become Pros, very high price)
· This is not "a" system , is a combination of systems , methods , and the most
powerfull weapon : KNOWLEDGE.
· You will never play the system the same twice , it adapts to spins
circunstances, sometimes you will apply to some methods or aproaches , other
times to different ones.
· Following exactly the rules you can not lose, only win!
· But depends on you , on how deep you go to this kind of play, to how many
strategies you use, to how much you practice.
· You need to know everything that can happen on a roulette table , I mean
everything. Law of the third , biased wheels, everything.
INTRODUCTION
The Roulette System Warfare will use number patterns, croupiers patterns,
statistics of the law of the third, biased wheels, sleeper numbers, hot numbers,
wheel sectors and other techniques to overcome the house advantage in the single
and double zero wheel.
The Roulette System Warfare is a combination of systems that it adapts to spin

circunstances, one day you will have to use some techniques and maybe the next
day you will have to use another techniques, some days you will have to use all
techniques and some days you will not play.
Why we will use several techniques? Why don't I use only one?
Because in a session one technique can lose and another can win, on the overall
performance using the methods required in each session you will become a winner
in all sessions. (some of the sessions you will not play, so you only lose time,
not money!).
THE RULES
For every game you need to note a minimun of 24 spins before to bet. If any of
the following conditions is met, we start betting acording to the rules of each
technique. If none of the conditions is met, don't bet. In this case you will
find another table.As you play the Warfare, keep note of the spins and the
change of croupier.
1) The law of the third
The "law of the third" tells us that in a complete cycle of 37 spins,

there will be only 24 numbers drawn one or more times, while the
other 13 will not appear.
Negative probability is (36/37)37=0.3628 = 36.28%, and 37*0.3628=13.42. 13.42,
as you can see, is more likely 14 than 13 numbers.
In a cycle of 37 or 38 spins it is almost certainly that a number hit at least 3

times. In most cases many of them will hit 3 or more times!
After the 24 spin you will bet on all the numbers that hit 2 (and only 2 times)
during the first 24 spins.Bet these numbers using flat bets (always one unit per
number) for 13 spins on the single zero wheel or 14 spins on double zero
wheel.Stop playing only this technique if you have profits before reaching the
13 or 14 spins.
2) Hot numbers
After the 24 spin you will bet on all the numbers that hit 3 or more times
number) for 30 spins.
Stop playing only this technique if you have profits before reaching 30 spins.
3) Wheel sectors
After the 24 spin if you see a 8 number sector in the wheel where at least 6
different numbers hit, bet this 8 number sector using flat bets (always one unit
per number) for 12 spins.
4) Dealer signature (croupier patterns)
After the 24 spin if you see a particular croupier (it has to be the same
croupier you have now on the table) hitting consistently the numbers with an
average clockwise distance in the wheel, you start betting the number in the
average distance, plus the 4 numbers on each side of the number (each side in
the wheel, not the table numbers), a total of 9 numbers.
You will use flat bets (always one unit per number).
If the distance is seems to be random, don't bet!If the croupier leaves the
table, don't bet any more these numbers!So there are 4 conditions to start
playing the Warfare, if at least one is met you go on playing the remaining
techniques. Otherwise don't bet, go to another table.
Sometimes you have to bet some of the same numbers in different techniques, for
example in you have a hot number, say 36, and also you have to bet a wheel
sector where 36 is, in these case, you bet two units on 36 (one for the hot
number technique and one for the wheel sector technique).
Sleeper numbers
After the 80 spin you will bet on all the numbers that doesn't hit any time
during the first 80 spins.Bet this numbers using flat bets (always one unit per
Biased wheels
After the 80 spin you will bet on all the numbers that hit 4 or more times
At any time, when you have profits you can stop playing and go home. If you want
to stay playing, you can continue playing the techniques as long as you want. It
depends on you on how much time you want to spend in a casino, the more you play
the more you win!One way I often use is to play in a table until I have profits,
then I change to another table until I have profits and so on.. Instead of
changing table you can change of casino.Never leave a session unfinished, always
stay at least until you have profits.I never had a losing session using The
Roulette System Warfare, you can't lose using this system. Remember that the
combination of system is the key to become a winner!
EXAMPLES
3,6,14,2,27,20,4,2,17,6,28,31,20,34,1,31,13,25,3,17,31,5,5,7 (first 24 spins on

a single zero wheel, with the same croupier)
For the Law of the third we have 6 numers to bet (2,3,5,6,17,20)

For the Hot Numbers we have number 31 to bet.
For the wheel sector we have the numbers 2,25,17,34,6,27,13,36
For the dealer signature we don't have any number to bet, the average clockwise
distance seems to be random.You bet two units on 2,6,17 and one chip on the
remaining numbers.
Continue keeping note of the spins and playing the remaining techniques.
D:\Systems\ROYAL ROULETTE SYSTEM.doc
"ROYAL ROULETTE" METHOD
Overview
The Royal Roulette Method has been devised over a period of seven years.
It's author has spent many hours and collected thousands of recorded spins to
prove that the method works under controlled conditions and more importantly
- at the casino.
The method has been laid out as simply as possible. You will see that there
are 3 main areas of operation.
1. Picking the Winning Columns & Dozens
2. Betting Calculation & Odds Regulation
3. Loss Adjustment & Recovery
It is pointless to try to "improve" the method or rearrange any of the selection

or betting sequences to give yourself an increase in winnings or short cut.
Doing this will result in losses to you bank. Please avoid "s at aft costs by
sticking exactly to the rules of the method. Your total concentration is directed
towards achieving your target.
It is important to recognise the basic mathematical results that will occur over
an average number of spins. Your sole purpose in playing this method is to
give yourself a winning advantage over the casino. Therefore, you should only
play a method that is proven and only play when conditions suit you and not
the casino. Simple statistics will show that if you play I- columns or dozens
against 1 for the casino, your choices will win on aveage (plus or minus
positive or negative runs of numbers.) 66% of the time.
(Picking the Winning Columns & Dozens)
We can increase this average by using a column or dozen selection process

that manages to 'captured winning columns or dozens and string them in to a
continuous series, series of spins. We call them winning, "Click". The longest
winning, "Click" we have observed was 4'- continuous spins in a row in our
favour. with 2 losing spins and then another winning "Click" of 17 spins' s in a
row.
Every bet following a win is easy to calculate. (Betting Calculation) This is so

because there is no increase in the stake unless you decide to "upgrade' your
win opportunities. in which case your bank- is upgraded too.
You will also be using odds to play the method.(Odds Regulation) These odds
only change immediately, after a loss or after a win. The purpose of
introducing odds into your play is to maximise your win possibilities when in
recovery, mode and to minimise your losses when you hit a bad run of
numbers. (Remember. every bet following a win is easy to calculate because
there is no change to the stake,)
Sooner or later you will hit a run of bad spins that go against you. It is
1
important not to be concerned about this because it is a natural consequence

of playing Roulette. The longer you play, the more likely you are to hit a
winning or losing run.
Most players usually do one of 4 things when confronted with a losing run of
spins when playing with other systems
A. Leave the table to play another
B. Increase bets to recover previous losses
C. Panic and lose control of the game
D. Wait until the table recovers
Whichever one applies, the player is still losing money from bets placed during
the bad run of numbers.
You will see later that our method requires You to play a sequence (Loss
Adjustment) that minimises your stake and allows you to continue playing until
you have regained any losses (Recovery) and puts You back on track with an
automatic winning balance to your target. (Your target is the amount of money
you are aiming to win at that table session.)
Each time you play Roulette it is called a "Table Session". For example, you
may visit 3 tables in an evening for 1 hour each. This would be classed as 3
Table Sessions. When you have finished playing. you add up your table
sessions, which you will refer to as your "Total Session Time" (TST).
Adding together all of the winnings from each table session is called "Total
Session Winnings"(TSW,). Your TST is divided into your TSW to give you an
hourly win rate. For example if you have won $I.000.00 after playing for 3
hours, your win rate is $333.00 per hour.
Before you begin your first table session. it is necessary to set 2 targets. The
first target is the amount .you want to leave the casino with = Your "Total
Session Winnings"(TSW). Your TSW should be set sensibly and it must be
achievable. Lets say you want Your TSW to be S500.00. Your average win rate
based on 60 spins is 5200.00. The second target is Your bet target which starts
at $IO for five dollar a column tables. You will learn more about the second
target later in the mechanics of the "Royal Roulette" method.
The win rate increases in proportion to your unit stakes, If you bet 10 x 1 dollar
units per column, your win rate is 5400.00 on average. based on 60 spins.
Following is a guide showing win rates.
Stake Per Column/Dozen Bank Required Spin Rate

Win Rate
5 units 1000 units 60 200
units
2
10 2000 400
15 3000 600
20 4000 800
25 5000 1000
"ROYAL ROULETTE"
The Mechanics
Picking the Winning Columns & Dozens
The first part of the method is in the selection of columns and dozens. You can
choose either (or both if You are good enough) however, the method favours
the columns
Your selection process is simple. You choose 2 columns or dozens and play
them twice. eg; Columns 1 & 2 then repeat.
You then select the last column or dozen and add the oncoming column or
dozen thus; Column 2 & 3 then repeat.
Next you choose the last column or dozen and add the oncoming column or
dozen like so; Column 3 & 1 then repeat.
The first six selections should look like this:
Columns or Dozens
1-2
1-2
2-3
2-3
3-1
3-1
Simple isn't it' It is also extremely effective. A fact You can try for yourself.
You can begin where you like at any column or dozen so long as you keep to
the sequence. We recommend however, that you choose 1 - 2, 1 - 2 to begin
every table session.
The only time you should break the sequence is when you have 4 losing spins
in a row. This is OPTIONAL (but it is sensible to change sequence at this
point) and it is designed to thwart any potential run of bad spins.
Changing columns or dozens may help you at one table session and hinder
you at another so it is Your choice whether or not to apply the change. It is
worth remembering that our research shows that beginning a table session
with the 1 -2, 1 - 2 start has a slight edge on the others but in mot cases the end
result still shows a substantial winning run in You favour.
3
Occasionally you will find that changing columns or dozens out of sequence
cuts a losing run early and put You into recover, much sooner.
If You cannot get to the casino to record spins for comparison. we recommend
a book by Martin Blakey called "Roulette - A Winning Strategy". It contains
40.000 actual recorded casino spins at the Roulette wheel and it is excellent to
practice this method without spending a fortune in time or money at your local
casino. The book is available from Your local casino bookshop.
WHEN Y0U HIT A LOSING SPIN
Increase your bet to 15 x 15 units. If this results in a win. -you will be 5 units in
front. You will usually have a win after a loss.
Occasionally, you will have two or three losing spins in a row. If this happens,
follow the Loss Adjustment Recovery Procedures explained later.
On very rare occasions, you will have 4, 5 or even 6 losing spins in a row.
Don't worry about this because you will learn how to recover and get back to
your original position. There is a diagram printed showing the results of 12
losing spins in a row, (which has never happened in 7 years and 100,000
spins!) and how much bank you will use to get back on track to recover.
Remember the statistical facts - when you play 2 columns or dozens against
the banks 1 column or dozen, You will win 66% minimum on average over a
certain number of spins. In addition, you have the opportunity to change your
column or dozen.
BETTING CALCULATION & ODDS REGULATION FORMULA
Following is the formula for winning with the R.R. method.
Please note: round bets down to whole dollar amounts if less than .50 and
round bets up to whole dollar amounts if greater than .50.
I.) Set your bet target (ie: 1 0 units).
2.) Divide your bet target by odds of 2/1 and place Your bet on the chosen
columns or dozens. (ie. 5 x 5 on columns 1 & 2).
3.) If your first spin is a winning spin. start the next bet exactly the same and
continue until a losing spin.
4.) When you hit a losing spin, adopt the following procedure:
a.) New bet target of 10 units.

b.) Plus last bet target of 10 units.
c.) Plus losing column or dozen bets 10 units (5 x 5)
d.) Total bet = 30 divided by 2/1
c.) Your next bet is 15 x 15
( example: 10 + 10 + 5 + 5 = 30 divided by 2/1 = next bet of 15 x 15.)

4
5.) If Your second spin is a win you will have recovered your previous spin
losses. and show a profit of 5 units. Carry on as shown in #1.
6.) If the second spin result is a loss. You will show a bank deficit of 40 units.
Put this deficit to one side. Don't worry. You will recover it later.
7.) Set a new bet target, 20 units. Increase odds to 4/1 and divide by 4.
Your next bet (spin 3) is 20 divided by 4 = 5 x 5.
8.) If this spin is a winning spin, decrease Your odds to 2/1 and set your new
formula (ie: 20 + 20 + 5 minus 10 = 35 divided by 2/1 = 17 x 17 next bet)
Remember to deduct the previous winning amount from the new formula. If the
next spin wins, (spin 4) set your new bet formula 20 + 35 + 17 minus 34 = 38
divided by 2/1 = 19 x 19. If this spin wins (spin 5) you have recovered and
show a profit of 1 unit.
9.) If this is a losing spin, (spin 3) increase your odds to 6i'l and set your new
bet formula (ie.: 20 + 20 + 5 + 5 50 divided by 6/1 = next bet 8 x 8. If the next
spin is a lose (spin 4) increase you odds to 8,/1 and set your new bet formula
(ie: 20 + 50 + 8 + 8 = 86 divided by 8 = 11 x 11.
1 O.) If you continue to get losing spins. adopt the betting procedure enclosed
with this report.
LOSS AD.JUSTMENT AND RECOVERY
The betting, formula used is quite simple to operate and you not need to use
your notes after a couple of hours practice. Following are some guidelines to
help you initially.
1. Your bet target is a minimum of 10 x 1 dollar units divided by your odds.

(Your odds always start at 2/l) You can increase your bet target in multiples of
5 x 1 dollar units up to a maximum of 25 x 1 dollar units.
2. When setting a new bet formula following it loss, always adopt the following
procedure:
a. write down your bet target ie. 20 units
b. next add the total amount of your last bet before the odds division so if you
last bet was 20 units divided by 4/l (= a stake of 5 x 5) you would add a further
20 units.
c. add each of the last losing column or dozen bets ie, 5 + 5.
Your total new bet formula would be 20 + 20 + 5 + 5 = 50 divided by you new

odds.
If you were setting a new bet formula following a win you would deduct the
total win from the calculation. Therefore the above example would show thus:
5
a. new bet target of 20 units
b. plus total last bet amount 20 units
c. plus last losing column bet of 5 units
d. minus total last winning column of 10 units

It would look like this: 20 + 20 + 5 minus10 = 35 divided by new odds
3. Change Your target amount when Your bank. shows a deficit of the following
amounts.
BANK DEFICIT -40 -120 -280 -400 -600 -1000

NEW TARGET +20 + 40 + 80 +100 +125 + 150
4. Remember to set aside any previous bank deficits when changing to a new
target and always start with the new target amount only and then divide it by
your new odds.
1. When playing with larger bet targets, increase all of the above figures by a
percentage relative to your increase. For example. Playing with a bet target of
40 units (20 units per column or dozen) would require a bank of $4000, the
bank deficit and new target figures would be 4 times the example above. The
new target amounts for the other betting divisions are as follows:
10 UNITS per column/dozen
BANK DEFICIT -80 -240 -560 -800 -1200 -2000

NEW TARGET 40 80 160 200 250 300
BANK DEFICIT -120 -360 -840 1200 -1800 -3000

NEW TARGET 60 120 240 300 375 450
BANK DEFICIT -160 -480 -1120 -1600 -2400 -4000

NEW TARGET 80 160 320 400 500 600
BANK DEFICIT -200 -600 -1400 -2000 -3000 -5000

NEW TARGET 100 200 400 500 625 750
The bet formula does not change, only the new target amounts. When you
play higher stakes, you must move to a higher limit table or else You will be out
of upper and lower table limit amounts.
6. Always start your play with odds of 2/1. Keep them at 2/1 for the first 2
6
spins. If you have 2 losing spins in a row, increase your odds to 4/1 and
continue to increase them by 2 until you have a winning spin, then HALVE
your odds for your next bet and HALVE them again if a win down to a
maximum of 2/1. Lets say you have sat down to play your first table session
and you have had 5 losing spins in a row ( very, very unusual!) followed by 4
winning spins. Your progressive betting rate would look like this:
Spin 1. Odds 2/1 lose

Spin 2 Odds 2/1 lose
S pin 4 Odds 6/1 lose
Spin 6 Odds 10/1 win
Spin 7 Odds 5/1 win (Half previous odds)
Spin 8 Odds 2/1 win "
Spin 9. Odds 2/1 win (as previous odds)
You would continue with ,,our new bet formula until you had recovered fully
and start again at your minimum bet target at odds of 2/1. In the above
example, it would take 4 straight wins to recover to give you a plus amount of
32 units after 9 total spins. The maximum bank- used would be 114 units
and the maximum column or dozen bet would be 64 units (At the beginning of
Spin 9, Your bank. deficit was -10 units. If You wish. you can adjust your
column or dozen bet to recover the bank deficit only. This would bring you out
even after 9 spins.)
When you are winning there is no need to change your stake because it
remains the same until you hit a losing spin. When this happens you adopt the
loss adjustment and recovery procedure explained earlier and play cautiously
until you begin your recovery. The whole point of the method is to give you
small but regular winning amounts that add up to give you your "TSW" (Total
Session Winnings) without alerting the casino or attracting too much attention
to your play.
There is no problem whatsoever in winning regularly with this method. The

skill comes with proper betting calculation and odds regulation so that you can
control the game and only spend what You want to spend. When you hit a bad
run of spins you are comfortable knowing that You have the method to 'ride
out' the bad patch and recover any losses calmly and without using too much
bank..
It is worth noting at this point that there will be when the wheel acts " out of
sequence" (The term is 'Choppy') This occurs when you get a win, then a
couple of losses, then another win a loss. a win, a couple of losses etc.
THIS IS THE ONLY TIME THE ROULETTE WHEEL CAN HURT YOU. If this
choppy problem occurs adopt the following procedure.
1. If you get 2 or 3 consecutive losses followed by a win then a further 2 or 3

consecutive losses - STOP PLAY!
7
2. Wait until normal sequence has won 3 consecutive times and lost once then
continue your betting sequence.
10
3. Always play intelligently. The system will win for you regularly. You need to
be aware of an impending chopping and changing of wins and losses.
When this happens You lose twice as much as you win and your bets will
become increasingly larger. It is part of the systems strategy to stop and wait
until the wheel regains its composure and plays to your winning, sequence.
4. You will always regain the upper hand but You must not play when the
wheel is out of sequence. The other alternative is to chance sequence again
similar to what You would do after 4 continuous losses. This may break the
cycle but is evidently better to stop play and wait for sequence stability.
Example of 12 Continuous Losing Spins & Recovery.
ODDS SPIN COL BET RESULT NEW TARGET FORMULA ACCUM. +/-
2,/1 1 1-25x5 Lose 10 + 10 + 5 + 5 = 30 divided by 2/1 -10
2/1 2 1 - 2 15 x 15 Lose New target of 20 divided by 4/1 -40
4/1 3 2-35x5 Lose 20 + 20 + 5 + 5 = 50 divided by 6/1 -50
6/1 4 2-38x8 Lose 20 + 50 + 8 + 8 = 86 divided by 8/1 -66
8/1 5 3 - 1 11 x 11 Lose 20 + 86 + 11 + 11 = 128 divided by 10/1 -88
10/1 6 3 - 1 13 x 13 Lose New target of 40 divided by 12/1 -114
12/1 7 1-25x5 Lose 40 + 40 + 5 + 5 = 90 divided by 14/1 -124
14/1 8 1-26x6 Lose 40 + 90 + 6 + 6 = 142 divided by 16/1 -136
16/1 9 2-39x9 Lose 40 + 142 + 9 + 9 = 200 divided by 18/1 -154
18/1 10 2 - 3 11 x 11 Lose 40 + 200 + 11 + 11 =262 divided by 20/1 -176
20/1 11 3 - 1 13 x 13 Lose 40 + 262 13 + 13 = 328 divided by 22/1 -202
22/1 12 3 - 1 15 x 15 Lose 40 + 328 + 15 + 15 = 398 divided by 24/1 -232
24/1 13 1 - 2 17 x 17 Win 40 + 398 + 17 minus 34 = 421 div. by 12/1 -215
12/1 14 1 - 2 36 x 36 Win 40 + 421 + 36 minus 72 = 425 div. by 6/1 -179
6/1 15 2- 3 71 x 71 Win 40 + 425 + 71 minus 142 = 394 div by 3/1 -108
13/1 16 2 - 3 131 x 131 Win New Target of 10 divided by 2/1 + 23
Max. Accumulate Bank Loss 232 units ( Bank. reserves at this point = 768
units)
Max. Single Col/Doz Bet 131 units (Bank- reserves at this point = 506 units)
Total Spins 16
If you are uncomfortable betting large amounts per column or dozen. simply
increase the odds to decrease Your bet. The net result of this is a longer wait
before recovery
ROYAL ROULETTE
QUICK START METHOD
I./ Start at columns 1 -2. Set target of 10 units divided by 2/1 (5x5).
2.,/ Place Your first bet (5x5) on columns 1 - 2.
3./ If this spin loses set a new bet formula of 10 - 10 + 5 - 5 = 30 divided 2/1 = a
new bet of 15 x 15.
8
4./ If your second spin loses, set up your new bet formula. New target of 40 and
put your losses to one side.
5./ This spin usually recovers to give you a plus of 5 units. If this is a loss
follow the loss adjustment procedure.
6./ Always increase your odds by following a loss and halve your odds
following a win to a maximum of 2/1.
7./ Remember that you have to increase your target amount when You reach
the following total losses:
Bank Deficit - 40 -120 -280 -400 -600 -1000

New Target +20 + 40 + 80 +100 +125 +150
Your new bet formula is made up of these elements:
a) Your new bet target (ie 10 units)

b) Your last total bet amount before division (ie 10 units)
c) Your last column bet totals (ie: 5x5)
Example: 10 + 10 + 5 + 5 = 30 divided by new odds.
12
Following a win
a.) Your new bet target. (ie: 10 units)
b.) Your last total bet amount before division. (ie: 20 units)
c.) Your last column loss ( 1 only ie: 5)
d.) Deduct the total last winning column amount. (one only ie: 10 units
Example: 10 + 20 + 5 - 10 = 25 divided by new odds.
9./ When changing to new bet targets, put your previous losses to one side and
divide the new bet target only by new odds. Example: Previous losses 40
units. New target 20 divided by new odds 4/1 = 5 x 5.
10./ *Please do not attempt to play until you are fully trained , with the method.
For assistance call 07 55 975550 business hours.
Good hunting!
(US$200)
9
RULES OF DOUBLE IT SYSTEM
1. Sit at a table and look and the last 15 spins... I compare the numbers that
hit to where they are on the wheel... You will find a set of 2 to 4 numbers
adjacent to each other. You can pick anyone of these numbers, as the chances of
them coming up again will be good.... (You can also see a few of these numbers
hit 2 to 3 times in the 15 spins - these are also good numbers to pick).Pick
just ONE number... and begin to bet...
2.You must have a bank of 600 times your first bet ...
(example: $1 table would equal $600 bank
$2 table would equal $1200 bank
3. Once you have your number place the lowest amount

of credit allowed for the table on that number
(ex $1 table = $1 bet)
4. Double your units every 10 spins until you win...

$1 Table.... 10 spins = $10
20 spins = $20
30 spins = $40 ... etc.
5. Then start over again...

6. I walk away after 2-3 wins... it's just what I do.
I have only lost once and that was because I had to leave early on in the game.
Here's actual game play and the results...
9/14/98 ... $1 Table

1 spin: Spent $1.00 and won $35.00
Giving me a net win of $34.00
(Same day different table)

19 spins: Spent $28.00 and won $70.00
Giving me a net win of $42.00 TOTAL OF $76.00
2/18/99 ... $1 Table

50 spins exactly: Spent $310.00 and won $560.00
(Same day): $2 Table

3/19/99 ... $1 Table

3/19/99 ... $1 Table
3/19/99 ... $1 Table
RUNS AND TRENDS
Here is a nice bet selection method if you like to bet runs and trends. 1st
use before last to determine next bet. 2nd wait for 2 hits in a row ex. 1- R
R (R) (R) then bet red for 2bets. This puts you on straight run side. If R B
(R) (B) then bet R which puts you on chop. If miss bet B. Again, when before
last hits 2 in a row, bet before last twice.
Now, if before last hits 2 out last 3, bet before last once ex. 2- R R
(R) B (R) bet B once to pick up possible change in trend. What if two losses
on ex. 1? Then bet opposite before last for 2 bets ex. 3- R R (R) (R) B B
then bet R R. Notice how this puts you on possible trend R R B B R R B B.
When you miss 2 bets switch back to follow before last. The same for ex. 2,
if miss 2 out of 3, then bet opp. bl once. This is good for up on win
progressions such as 1 2 3 5 7 9 11, up on win back 1 on loss.
SCARY
I actually played this in a brick and mortar casino for enough spins to generate around $1100.00
My total amount of spins played including losing and winning was 44.
I finally gave up a winner; this was getting to be too much excitement for me. Translation: Afraid to lose the
gains.
These spins were played in a period of about a month at a rate of one or two nights a week.
I would go home winning $100.00 or more, best night was if I remember correctly was $225.00
I have to admit I was nervous a lot… every time the system… went to the 4th progression, and it did this, once
or twice a night.
So yes, I quit a winner, the casino’s odds had not caught up with me yet.
For the purpose of having fun in this contest here it is.
I bet on the dozens only.
I would watch 4 to 6 tables simultaneously and wait for a dozen that shows up 5 times in a row and then I bet
on the other 2 dozens for a 4 step progression.
The progression was:

1 unit
3 units
10 units
30 units
A win on the first step is: 1 unit profit

A win on the second step is: 1 unit profit
A win on the third step is: 2 unit’s profit
A win on the forth step is: 2 unit’s profit
Fortunately I was lucky and never lost the 4th step, I was using $25.00 units as this is the minimum at this
casino, most of the time I won on the first or second step, but sometimes it would get too exciting and go to the
third or forth step, even though I never lost the forth step, it got too exciting for my blood as I stood to lose
$2,200.00 if I lost all 4 steps.
SECRET ROULETTE
The Secret Roulette System works like this:

You will be playing one of six lines (5/1 Odds).
The lines are as follows: the 3,6 line; the 9, 12 line; the
15, 18;, the 21, 24;
the 27, 30; or the 33, 36.
You start out by charting out numbers as they show
up on the wheel.
You keep doing this until only one of the above listed
lines has not had a single number show. You then
begin betting this line.
The author recommends a negative progression (up
as you lose). The progression is in units as follows:
1, 2, 3, 5, 8, 13, 21, 34, 55, 89, 144. Under this
progression, after the second bet, the bets are the
sum of the previous two bets
The author recommends starting over, either after a
win, or after a losing series. That's it; that's the whole
system.
SECTOR PLAY ROULETTE
The strategy incorporates a charting play, coupled with a limited negative

progression betting series. Bets are placed on the "inside" numbers only.
Conditions must be present in order for this strategy to produce a profit.
Charting Approach the table with both your buy-in (120 units), and your
tracking sheet. Begin by observing the dealer. You are looking for a dealer that
spins both the wheel and the ball in a consistent manner. Alternating fast and
slow spins will not work. Additionally, watch the dealers eyes when s/he
releases the ball. You want to see the dealer briefly glance at the spinning
wheel immediately prior to releasing the ball. If you find the above conditions,
you can begin to record spins. Assuming you found the above conditions present,
start tracking a few spins - 6-10 spins should be more than enough. Record the
spin outcomes (the numbers where the ball landed) on the tracking sheet. If the
dealer is spinning consistently, you will notice that the ball tends to land in
a group of numbers ( i.e. a sector) on the wheel. Note: do not look for this
pattern on the table - the table layout is sequential, the wheel is not. Key
Numbers and Betting Sequence As a grouping develops, identify the center of the
group. This number becomes your "key" number. It will be the basis of your next
five bets. Once you have a key number, buy-in at the table for 120 units. Place
a 1-unit bet on the key number and place 6, 1-unit bets on the three numbers to
both the right and left of the key number (remember, you are picking the numbers
off of your tracking sheet, which follows the layout of the wheel, not the
layout of the table). You should now have 7 numbers covered - the "key" number
and the 3 numbers to either side of the key number. Let the dealer deal the next
hand. If one of your numbers hit, take down your bets and resume tracking. If
your numbers do not hit, cover the same 7 numbers again, this time with a 2-unit
bet. The betting progression is: 1,2,3,4,5. Continue betting the same 7 numbers,
and continue recording the outcomes on your tracking sheet for a maximum of five
spins. If you have not hit a number in four spins, place a bet for the dealer on
the key number (along with your bet). If the dealer has any control at all over
the ball, s/he will try and hit that number to get paid at 35:1. If you have no
hits in five spins, restart your tracking sheet. Once mastered, this strategy
has a documented 88% win rate. Your stop loss is the 120 units. There is no
published win goal. Theory The theory behind this strategy is that the dealer,
over time, subconsciously learns to control the ball, at least in terms of being
able to land it consistently in a given sector of the wheel. This is similar to
carnival people who run the midway games - over time they become quite
proficient at "knocking over the bottles", landing the dimes", or "making the
shot". Why, because, when no one is around, and they are bored, they practice.
Same is true with roulette dealers. In the roulette trade, they call it
"shooting the zeros". Next time you see a roulette table with an electronic
marquee, see how many times the ball lands either on, or near the zeros. Anyway,
a dealer who is experienced, and consistent, falls into muscle patterns of ball
release that produces predictable results (within 7 numbers). These results can
be exploited by the observant player. Pivot-Play Roulette Spend some time at a
roulette table prior to commencing play and write down the winning number of
each spin until one number repeats. The repeat number is your "pivot number" and
therefore the number on which you place your first bet. Example: 12 23 33 36 29
7 8 12 4 Number 12 is the first repeat number and therefore the "pivot number".
Number 12 will remain the "pivot number" for the next 36 spins in a row unless
it wins. Bet the same amount on your pivot number for each spin until you
either win or lose at the end of the thirty-sixth spin. A win on a single number
in roulette will pay 35/1, so if your "pivot number" spins up anytime throughout
the 36 spins you will be a winner. (Or break even if it comes up on the last
spin.) Naturally, the earlier your "pivot number" spins up the better the
profits because your profits will decrease with every spin of the wheel. When
you have a win, stop betting on that "pivot number" and select another one to
start the process over again. Why Does It Work? It is a fact that numbers on a
roulette wheel tend to repeat often. On average, the same 24 numbers will appear
in 36 spins of the wheel. Rarely, if ever, will all 36 numbers appear in 36
spins. What does this mean? It means that on average, in 36 spins, you must
have 12 repeat numbers. This could be just one repeat of each of the 12 numbers
but it will more than likely be a repeat of few numbers coming up three or even
four times each. This is not theory. It is proven fact derived from thousands of
spins of a roulette wheel. What we have just described simply keeps on happening
over and over again! It's what's called the theory of uneven distribution.
During a short trial of 36 spins, not all numbers will appear, but certainly
over trials of millions of spins all roulette numbers will even out. Shower
Roulette (Editor's Note: I have not played the following strategy. It was
submitted by a player.) 1. Record the results of 60 spins off 4 different
tables, this is so that you can be certain that one wheel will qualify. 2. As
the numbers come out place a mark next to each number on your scorecard wheel
diagram. 3. Do your final up date after 60 spins, then quickly select the wheel
which you will be playing. 4. Select one of the wheels where at least 4
numbers, together on the wheel, have come out at least twice. This group must be
bordered, immediately on both sides by a number that has only been out a maximum
of once. 5. You may have only 4 numbers in a group like this or even 5, 6, 7, 8
or 9 numbers together. You may also have 2 groups like this, on the same wheel.
What you do is bet on all the numbers in the group, or groups, immediately,
straight up for the next 30 spins. 6. Do not select a table where there are
more than 2 groups. 7. Each group must include at least 1 number that has been
out at least 3 times. If you have a group of 4 or 5 numbers and they have all
been out just twice, avoid this one. 8. A group that has 6 or 7 numbers must
have at least 3 numbers that have been out at least 3 times. A group with 8 or 9
numbers must have at least 4 numbers that have been out at least 3 times. 9. Do
not go past 30 spins, because this has been calculated so that if you are
playing 4 numbers, as an example, and they each come out just once, you will
still be up in profit. Should there be a possibility of a bad run developing
then this will prevent too much damage to your bank. 10. Put all your winnings
back into your bank. 11. Start with a $500 bank, with a backup of $500 if you
are starting off playing with $5 chips. If you are starting off playing with $2
chips then you would need a bank of $200, with backup of $200. This backup is
just incase you hit a poor run during your initial start up. Later on, your ever
increasing bank, should cover any slip ups. 12. Every time you double your bank
double your bet. When your bank has reached $3,000, play every game there after
with $25 chips, unless the bank drops below $2,500 after the 30 spins have been
played, in which case go back to $20 chips. What did we find? Only once did
any of the games fail to get a winning spin. In this game 4 numbers qualified
and none of them came out resulting in a 120 unit loss. The biggest winning
game was when 8 numbers qualified and we had 14 winning spins which gave us a
profit of 264 units. The best winning run was more than $10,500 profit in the
first 8 games, starting with $5 chips and increasing the bets as the bank rose.
Would the wins have continued after 30 spins? We actually didn't look too far
into this, but did notice on some of the good results, they would have continued
for up to another 90 spins, had play continued. Most of the poorer chosen
sections did not show any promise if play had continued on them. Why didn't we
continue? The four of us became a little familiar as the days went by playing
most games with $25 chips. We started to notice a lot of oddball results on a
lot of the scoreboards that we were monitoring, which made us suspicious and it
didn't help us in identifying the correct numbers to play. We also noticed on
some of the later games we were playing, that the speed of the ball and wheel
seemed to slow right down, something a bias wheel player doesn't want. Were
these 2 things just coincidence? We don't know, but we will probably give it
another run one day. Labouchere The Labouchere roulette system, also called
"Split Martingale" or "Cross-Out" or "Cancellation" or several other names. In
its simplest form, you write down some numbers... let's say 1 2 3. Each bet is
the first and last of these numbers. In this example, it is 1 and 3, which
equals 4. If you win you cross the two number off and bet the next two that are
on the outside. In this instance there would be only the single two unit bet. If
that wins you complete the series and win a total of all of the numbers (six
here). If the bet loses, then you add that one number to the end of the series.
So, the first bet would be 4 and it loses, so you add 4. That makes the next bet
1 plus 4, which is 5. And so on.... This means that you need to win only 1/3 of
the bets PLUS two more and you will complete the series and win the amount that
is in the series. Since you normally will win ALMOST half of your bets, that
means that you MUST win... or must you?? I have also seen this done with many
variations. One would be to use different numbers, such as lots of ones in the
beginning, to keep the series from growing so fast. So, the series would be
something like 1 1 1 2 2 3. When you complete the series you will win 10 units.
The first bet is still four. You must win 1/3 plus 3. Other people have devised
ways of splitting it up when the bet gets too high. Set it aside and win one
series and then go back and finish the second series. There is a "Reverse
Labouchere roulette system" for the brave at heart. You add the amount of the
win to the end, and cancel the 2 outside numbers each time that you lose. The
bet is the sum of these two outside numbers. This gives you many very small
losses in return for an occasional very large win. D'Alenbert In this method,
bets are raised one unit after each losing bet and lowered one unit after each
winning bet. In this way your winning bets are always higher than your losing
bets. The sequences can also be higher, such as 1 2 3 4 7 11, etc.
Sequence Master 1:
Based on the law of the third. Each session is 37 spins.
Record winner from each spin. Note any number that appears twice. When a
number appears 3 times start to play. Bet on the number that has appeared 3
times as well as any numbers that have appeared twice. Target is one winning
bet in the 37 spins.
Staking plan: 1.1.1.2.2.2.3.3.3.5.5.6.6
Sequence Master 2:
Divide 36 spins into 9 sections of 4. You bet on the numbers which occured in
the previous section of 4 but only AFTER this has occured ONCE during the
game.
Staking plan: 1.1.1.1.2.2.2.2.3.3.3.3.4.4.4.4
It is often recommended to play these 2 Sequence Master systems together.
Basics behind the RJ Smart system in his book:

Play double streets 0,00,1,2,3 and 7 to 12 and 25 to 30. Check their layout on
the american wheel to see why.
Just progression: 1.1.1.2.4.6.8.16.32
Shepherd System Session
\...designed for the _Streets_of BOTH the American
and the European roulette layouts.
(A street being three numbers across the playing board which you may bet with
only one unit.)
The standard 12 street layouts on both the American and the European layout
are: #1, #4, #7, #10, #13, #16, #19, #22, #25, #28, #31 and #34.
On the European layout,other than the standard streets, there are 2 others,
which are: #'s 1,0 and 2 and #'s 2, 0 and 3.
On the American layout, other than the standard streets, there are 3 others,
which are: #'s 1,0 and 2, #'s 2, 0 and 00, and #'s 2, 00 and 3.
Playing the " Shepherd Street System Session".
Select the street you wish to play and play_ONLY_that street for your session.
Start your session with the lowest monetary denomination unit allowed by the
casino. PLAY: 1 unit for 11 spins, 2 units for 5 spins,4 units for 6 spins,8
units for 5 spins, 15 units for 6 spins, 30 units for for 5 spins, 60 units for
6 spins, 120 units for 5 spins.
Your usual win will appear where you are playing within the 4 or 8 unit wagers.
After a win, start over with a 1 unit bet.
While I was playing,I use to start on one of my two favorite streets (#'s 16 or
19)--win a quick three times and go to another street,win another three times
then go to another and keep this up until I had run the entire board.
Just a word about losing. Of course you can lose, it's gambling--but this is
the way I played so that you can NEVER lose more than you were willing to. I
would start my gambling day with a bankroll of the amount that I was willing to
lose, if need be. As I played, all of my winnings (so to speak) would go into
my left pocket,with my bankroll in my right pocket. If during the day, I
started to lose,---I could never lose more than what was in my right pocket
cause that was all the money I came to play with. There was always a tomorrow
to start with another right pocket.
THE SHOTWEL ROULETTE SYSTEM
The system uses ten numbers, consisting of a six-line and four straight up numbers.
Any six-line can be chosen, but when choosing your four straight-up numbers, study the wheel and pick
four numbers that when added to your six numbers from the six-line are all within three or four spaces of
each other. I.e.action numbers. For example; Take the 31-36 six-line i.e. Nos. 31-32-33-34-35-36.If you
now add Nos. 5-8-21-29 you will see from looking at the wheel that the ten numbers you now have
chosen are all within three or four spaces of each other. The ball will never land more than two spaces
away from your chosen number. To bet, place one chip on the six-line and one chip on each straight-up
number. When the six-line wins, add one chip for the next bet, i.e. two chips, but only bet one chip on the
straight-up numbers. When the straight-up number wins, double up on all bets. Every time the six-line
wins add one chip to the next bet on the six-line only. Every time the straight-up number wins double-up
on six-line and number bets. After a loss, go back to the beginning, i.e. one chip six-line, one chip on
each number. You will see that you are risking only five chips, but a double win on the numbers for
example {which is not unusual} will return you a profit of 93 chips. Mr.Perry Moskowitz used this system
when he won the Roulette portion of the Sands Casino Gaming
Tournament in Atlantic City, U.S.A. some year’s back.
Shower roulette system
Keeping it a secret isn’t going to make a rich old woman any richer, so here it is.
Shower Roulette was designed by a guy I know at the casino.
He has kindly agreed, that I can pass this on to you guys, free of charge.
His initial trial returned approximately $12,000 within 15 games.
I joined him on the remainder of his trial together with 2 other helpers.
Because of the tampering with wheels and possible change of balls overnight, it
was designed to pick up any bias in a wheel as early as possible on the day, and
get on the numbers before they come out on their good runs.
RULES OF SHOWER ROULETTE
1. Record the results of 60 spins off 4 different tables, this is so that you can be
certain that one wheel will qualify.
2. As the numbers come out place a mark next to each number on your scorecard
wheel diagram.
3. Do your final up date after 60 spins, then quickly select the wheel which you will
be playing.
4. Select one of the wheels where at least 4 numbers, together on the wheel, have
come out at least twice.
This group must be bordered, immediately on both sides by a number that has
only been out a maximum of once.
5. You may have only 4 numbers in a group like this or even 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9

numbers together.
You may also have 2 groups like this, on the same wheel.
What you do is bet on all the numbers in the group, or groups, immediately,
straight up for the next 30 spins.
6. Do not select a table where there are more than 2 groups.
7. Each group must include at least 1 number that has been out at least 3 times.
file:///D|/Systems/SHOWER%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEM.htm (1 of 3) [7/18/2002 8:20:28 AM]

If you have a group of 4 or 5 numbers and they have all been out just twice, avoid
this one.
8. A group that has 6 or 7 numbers must have at least 3 numbers that have been
out at least 3 times.
A group with 8 or 9 numbers must have at least 4 numbers that have been out at
least 3 times.
9. Do not go past 30 spins, because this has been calculated so that if you are
playing 4 numbers, as an example, and they each come out just once, you will still
be up in profit.
Should there be a possibility of a bad run developing then this will prevent too
much damage to your bank.
10. Put all your winnings back into your bank.
11. Start with a $500 bank, with a backup of $500 if you are starting off playing
with $5 chips.
If you are starting off playing with $2 chips then you would need a bank of $200,
with backup of $200.
This backup is just incase you hit a poor run during your initial start up.Later on,
your ever increasing bank, should cover any slip ups.
12. Every time you double your bank double your bet.
When your bank has reached $3,000, play every game there after with $25 chips,
unless the bank drops below $2,500 after the 30 spins have been played, in which
case go back to $20 chips.
If you have any questions, read through the rules again step by step and it should
be pretty clear.
What did we find?
Only once did any of the games fail to get a winning spin.
In this game 4 numbers qualified and none of them came out resulting in a 120
unit loss.
The biggest winning game was when 8 numbers qualified and we had 14 winning
spins which gave us a profit of 264 units.

The best winning run was more than $10,500 profit in the first 8 games, starting
with $5 chips and increasing the bets as the bank rose.
Would the wins have continued after 30 spins?

We actually didn’t look too far into this, but did notice on some of the good results,
they would have continued for up to another 90 spins, had play continued.
Most of the poorer chosen sections did not show any promise if play had continued
on them.
Why didn’t we continue?

The four of us became a little familiar as the days went by playing most games
with $25 chips.
We started to notice a lot of oddball results on a lot of the scoreboards that we
were monitoring, which made us suspicious and it didn’t help us in identifying the
correct numbers to play.
We also noticed on some of the later games we were playing, that the speed of the
ball and wheel seemed to slow right down, something a bias wheel player doesn’t
want.
Were these 2 things just coincidence, we don’t know, but we will probably give it
another run one day.
If you want to do a paper run, only play it against results that you have personally
collected from individual wheels.
Don’t bother with numbers out of books.

Simple Roulette Strategy
A Simple Roulette Strategy By Izak

A couple of days ago, I was going down the stairs in a metro station to take the
metro to work. I had returned my leased car and my new car was going to be
ready only the day after, so I had to use the metro that day. While going down
the stairs I heard the noise of a metro approaching. Constantly thinking odds, I
thought there would be a 50% probability that the metro was coming from south
to north and 50% that it would come from north to south, as there were only two
directions. With this in mind I started going down the stairs a bit faster. As I
approached the platforms, I saw that there were a lot more people standing for the
south direction. This led me to believe that there was a metro that went north not
long ago and that the next coming one would be for going south. The chances of
the next metro going north was still 50%, but the fact that there were more people
for the south direction, added another factor to those odds and increased the
likelihood that the next
metro would be for the south direction.
Comparing this to Roulette, we all know that the probability of the next spin
being either Red or Black is nearly 50%, but there are other factors that increase
the likelihood of its being Red or Black and let's see what those factors can be:
Some of us Roulette enthusiasts like to play long hours of Roulette spins. Some
of us are satisfied with quick hits and runs. In Roulette you will probably
accomplish your goal on a short amount of play rather than extended hours of
play.
If your goal is to make a decent profit on a daily basis, you may want to consider
betting with high units rather than starting with the table minimum. Starting with
a minimum bet is usually the beginning of a progression or some kind of a parlay
system. Betting straight with the table's maximum is where you are aiming for a
high profit in a short amount of time.
Let's say that this maximum on the outside bets is $1000. Let's also say that you
will be happy if you could make a profit of $1000 per day or per session. This
file:///D|/Systems/Izak's%20Simple%20Roulette%20Strategy.htm (1 of 4) [7/21/2002 12:04:38 PM]
means that we are fishing for only 1 unit profit, our unit being $1000 worth.
Now, what kind of system or method will ensure 1 unit profit without risking say
more than 4 units. If you are betting on Red or Black, the probability of the next
bet being either Red or Black is nearly 50%. If the previous decision was a Red,
the probability of the next bet being also a Red is also 50%. That means that
there is a nearly 50% chance that the color will either repeat or alternate.
Let's now examine the other factors:
If we look at a series of numbers and their colors, on a choppy state of the table,
the colors will alternate more than they will repeat. And on a streaky state of the
table, the colors will repeat more than they will alternate. Or we can also say,
that on a choppy state, within 10 bets, the color will change more than 5 times.
And on a streaky state, the color will repeat more than 5 times. And this can
happen at any stage during those 10 bets.
Once you detect that a table is streaky and you join while betting on following the
previous decision, if you place 10 bets with flat 1 unit at every bet, there is a great
chance you will be up by at least 1 unit during those 10 bets, without going less
than -4 units, since there will be more repeating colors than alternating ones.
The same way, if you see that a table is choppy and you join while betting on the
opposite of the previous decision, you will probably be ahead by at least 1 unit
during the next 10 bets without going lower than -4 units, since there will be more
alternating colors than repeating ones.
This is exactly the same way we can assume that if there are many more people
standing to go south on the metro, there will be at least one more metro going
south during the next few ones than going north.
It all boils down to the ability to detect if a table is choppy or streaky. This is
quite easy to see with Reds and Blacks even over a distance.
Another approach would be to go for a repeat color once you identify that the

choppiness has stopped, or go for the opposite decision once the streak has
ended. As you may have noticed by now, a table goes from a choppy to a
streaky state and vice versa every now and then. What you could do is to count
and register the number of times a color has repeated and alternated under two
columns on a writing pad. Once the gap between the repeating and the
alternating color starts expanding, it's time to go towards the opposite trend, as
according to the law of averages, Reds and Blacks should come up an equal
amount of times, or at least the difference should not be too great over a long run.
Here is an illustration. You come to a roulette table and start writing down the
number of repeats and changes for say 20 spins:
Spin Red/Black Repeat Change Gap

1R
2R11
3B10
4B21
5B32
6R21
7R42
8R53
9R64
10 B 3 3
11 R 4 2
12 B 5 1
13 B 7 2
14 B 8 3
15 R 6 2
16 R 9 3
17 R 10 4
18 B 7 3
19 B 11 4
20 B 12 5

Every time the color repeats you increment the repeat count and every time the
color changes you increment the change count and you record the gap between
those two numbers.
When the gap reaches 5 or more, you can tell that the table is in a certain streak or
chop trend.
In the example above the gap is 5 favoring a streak trend, which is about to
change to a chop trend.
This is when I would bet the next 10 bets with 1 unit every time on a change
color, that is, on the opposite of the previous decision. And there probably will
be more changing colors than repeating ones giving you the 1 unit profit that you
were looking for.
If you don't dare playing with $1000 unit, try it with $10. The worst you can lose
is $40. If it works well for you, try it with $100 units. Upgrade as you gain trust
and confidence.
By the way, this system is good for Baccarat as well, as Mike McGuire, the
Baccarat guru states: "The shoe streaks 50% of the time and chops 50% of the
time". With the above method, while noting down the Player and Banker bets,
you can record the streaks and the chops, calculate their difference and go for the
opposite trend.
That's all for this week. Your feedback is welcome.
Best regards,
Izak

SINGLE STREET BETS
This is a very simple to use but quite effective and successful way of betting
on the Single Streets.
Chart the table for approximately 10 spins and pick which ever Streets hit the
most frequently - there are usually 2 Streets that have hit more than the
others.
Bet 1 unit on each of the chosen Streets and continue doing so until you win.
Check your profit/loss position and if you are showing a profit then look for
another Street to bet on and start over again at 1 unit.
If you are showing a loss then start over again but divide your loss by 10 to
arrive at the new starting bet figure e.g. say you won on spin 15 this would
mean that you are losing 4 units/10 = 1 unit (15 - 11 profit = - 4) so your new
starting bet would be 2 units per spin (the starting bet of 1unit plus the "loss
recovery 1 unit).
You can do the same sort of thing with bets on Single Numbers - just divide your
losses by 30 after each win.
Thank you and congratulations!
You now have in your hands the most effective and most exhaustively researched roulette methodology in
the world.
Please read everything over at least 5 or 6 times before practicing at home. (Reading it over three times a
day over a three-day period is even better.)
Then practice, practice, practice for at least several days at home until you can do everything
automatically.
Then find a casino with the smallest stakes possible (to lessen the “anxiety” factor) and practice some
more.
We can’t stress this enough as this has always been the big downfall with “students” of the game as well
as gamblers in general.
Also, please note that pages 1-16 explain how to play an “unbiased wheel.” (as most wheels are biased to
some degree or another, what we mean by and “unbiased wheel” is a wheel that is not biased enough to
overcome the house advantage.)
Biased wheel play is covered on the bonus pages.
Throughout these instructions you will see reminders NOT to play for real money until you have studied
and practiced and practiced some more.
Although the methods themselves fit easily into an envelope, we can not package patience and
discipline…
There is no reason for you to risk real money while you are learning how to play correctly. Going from
the studying phase straight to actual casino play without practicing at home first can be frustrating and
counter-productive. You will make mistakes at first and it is better to make them at home “for free” than
in a casino with real money at the table.
Actual roulette decisions to practice on at home are free for the taking. All you need is a pencil and paper.
We strongly recommend that you write down actual decisions at a casino and conduct “paper trials” at
home until you are completely familiar with the methods as well as the ebb and flow of the game.
Roulette! “The system player’s favorite game.”
INTRODUCTION
To most Americans, Craps may be the King of games. But to system players and gambling enthusiasts
throughout the rest of the world, roulette is the Queen. The game of roulette has a dignity and a studious
atmosphere that differs from other casino games. Roulette players enjoy a chance to sit down and get
away from the excited shouting of other players and constant spieling of the dealers.
The roulette player is not concerned with the necessity of counting or making constant decisions as in a
card game, nor does he have to be concerned with a so called “hot shooter” as in craps.
A good roulette player plays his game far better and lasts longer than speculators at other games. Roulette
is a great game and it is our goal to help you become a winning player.
There are two basic forms of roulette. The American style and the more player friendly European style.
Even with a higher house advantage than most other casino games, roulette profits still don't seem to
satisfy greedy US casino operators.
In America, you not only have to contend with an extra zero (the green double zero) you also have to put
up with the annoyances. American roulette dealers often spin the plays too quickly and sweep the board
impatiently. Most Europeans are quickly digusted with the game as played in the United States as they
are accustomed to a much better game with more time to make decisions and a better chance of winning.
There is some good news, however. In recent years more and more casinos have added single zero
wheels. The Monte Carlo in Las Vegas, for example, has all single zero wheels and they should be
congratulated for their efforts to provide a better game. (see bonus pages for more casinos with single zero
wheels.)
A typical casino might have five to ten times more blackjack tables than roulette tables, but the casinos
have been killing off a lot of “21” players lately with all their gimmicks and greedy rules. Many players
have found their money goes fast at the blackjack tables and have turned to dice or roulette instead. With
a bit of knowledge, an informed player can win at roulette. It just takes a little study and a thorough
understanding of the game.
RESPECT FOR PERCENTAGES
On an American roulette wheel you will find 36 numbers, half of them red and half of them black. You
will also find a green single zero and a green double zero. This makes a total of 38 numbered slots the
ball can drop into. On the European wheel there are also 36 numbers but only one green zero; a total of
37 possible numbers.
All Payoffs are the same and all of the quoted odds are the same whether you play a single zero wheel or a
double zero wheel. The only difference is in the percentage “bite.” Whereas the American style wheel
has 2/38ths (or 1/19th) advantage against the player for a percentage of -5.26%, the European wheel has
just 1/37th advantage against the player, or -2.7%.
European casinos also give the “outside” even money player another break. Should the green zero come
up, the player can either pay half of his lost OR get one more spins for free! This cuts the negative
expectation in half from -2.7% to -1.35%. This negative 1.35 percent is actually less risk than the best
bets on a crap table where the least percentage is -1.4% (The MGM Grand is rumored to have one single
zero wheel in the baccarat pit with the “en prison” rule as is new Beau Rivage in Biloxi, Mississippi.)
To the even money player who likes to make RED/BLACK, HIGH/LOW, ODD/EVEN bets, the
difference between American and European roulette is a whopping 4%. Now, if you don't think 4% is a
tremendous amount, you just haven’t learned to respect percentages yet!
YOU MUST LEARN TO RESPECT PERCENTAGES. The house lives on it and every little fraction of a
percentage point is a big deal because you “interest in reverse” it compounds itself and contrives a grind
away at your bankroll. Although most American casinos do not treat a hit on the green zero like they do
in Europe (with their “en prison” rule) -2.7% on a single zero wheel is still a much better proposition than
a
-5.26%.
On all the bets in a roulette table, the “green percentage” is constant. It is not like a dice table where the
percentage against the player varies according to the propositions covered. Roulette also has many facets
or avenues for systematic play.
Starting with the simplest one (even money - red or black) the player would have a 50/50 chance of
winning a bet if it wasn’t for the percentage the house takes when the ball lands on the green. The same
“green percentage” applies to the other simple “outside” bets on the layout including other even money
bets.
The 2 to 1 propositions are considered “outside” bets also. These include betting the dozens, dividing the
board three ways across and playing by columns of one dozen numbers each, or by dividing the board
three ways lengthwise.
“Outside” bets have a higher minimum requirement than bets placed inside the numbered area. “Straight-
up” numbers have a lower permissible maximum bet. It is very important that you know the table limits
of all types of bets before you start playing.
Many players think all gambling games are pure luck and they can ignore the percentages. In all casino
games, you see a constant disregard on the part of uninformed or indifferent players.
It is also extremely important that you realize that danger of the insidious grinding of percentages. In fact,
if you are not constantly thinking about percentages, you are a hopeless case.
You must always avoid the bad bets on a crap table. Avoiding the “big six” upright wheels. Leave the
slot machines for the tourists and learn to play a good game of roulette.
We are going to assume you have some working knowledge of the game of roulette. If not, there are
usually free flyers to be found in most casinos that will explain the basics. After you understand the
basics, you must then learn which systems to avoid.
SYSTEMS TO AVOID
It has often been said, “There are many roulette systems as there are Frenchmen.” This may be true across
the big pond, but in the US there are only a few basic types of players.
Many US players are the “shotgun” type. They love to put chips all over the board and cover a lot of
numbers. Sure, they get some winners at 35 to 1… but they plow so much back into the game that their
winnings are very temporary.
Then we have the “overdue” believers. If a number or a color or a section or dozen on the wheel fails to
come up for a while, they will start following it. Some will progress their bets too steeply. Rarely done in
an organized fashion, this isn’t a very good plan to begin with. Ask yourself this: How can you find a
real big slump if it doesn’t start out as a little one? Therefore, isn’t the “overdue” player walking right
into all the big slumps? Research indicates that something that is HOT and HITTING is much better to
play than something that is (supposedly) “overdue.”
Finally, we come to the simple but steep progression players. The double-up players and the cancellation
believers… all living on borrowed time. Some players with a big bankroll will try a double up
progression and get out ahead for a little while. Eventually though they will hit a streak of losses that
wipes out all of their gains and/or they hit the table limits. In any case, steep progressions have not
worked for centuries and never will as long as table limits exist and losing streaks are part of the game.
Good system play is founded on lengthy study and research. A plan must be tested over thousands or
even tens of thousands of decisions to know the maximum “slump potential” and capital requirements.
Very few players take gambling as a serious business. They want success to fall in their laps and hit the
jackpot five minutes after they sit down just like in the movies. If, instead they would adopt a more
realistic approach and accept a few percent profit, they would have an excellent chance of winning.
The most logical approach to roulette is actually to WAIT until something appears, then bet on more
appearing soon after. If the run of more of the same fails to appear, back off and accept that this isn’t one
of the times for a statistically normal “clumping” or “bunching” of numbers to appear. Don’t keep
stubbornly betting as this can cost you your entire bankroll.
Some “favorite number” roulette players will start out betting one chip on each of their favorite numbers
UNITL they get a winner. Then they will increase their bets for the next spin or for a pre-determined
length of time.
If they win again with the larger bet, they will again increase their bets on the next spin or for however
long their plan calls for. If they are fortunate and run into a “bunching up” of their numbers they can
accumulate a very nice gain. The smart ones will quit as soon as the hot streak tapers off BEFORE they
give back all of their gains.
You may wish to try this method on any kind of selections you like. Sometimes it will work. The trick is
to calculate your capital sufficiently and to have the discipline to walk away while you are ahead.
Wheel section players know that the ball will drop in a section for a few times before getting erratic again.
They play a waiting game and try to capitalize on a good run. Some use a mild progression and actually
get away with it. This too takes study and a complete understanding of your plan.
GOOD SYSTEM RULES
The first thing you need to do is to decide what sort of action appeals to you. Some people like the short
odds plays found on the outside of the layout. Some like long shots such as straight up numbers at 35 to
1or split numbers at 17 to 1. Others like to cover 4 to 6 numbers at a time and get a mid-range payoff.
You must remember that the longer the odds, the longer the slumps. This, of course, is compensated for
by the fact that long shots have a bigger payoff when they do hit. Fortunately, with roulette, there is no
difference in the negative percentage. (Dice players on the other hand have to take a bad percentage bets if
they wish to play the long shots.)
Roulette system players, especially in Europe, are commonly seen with a pencil and pad. In America
casinos the system player gets a lot of kidding from non-believers. Keeping a good record is very
necessary, however, unless you have a relatively simple plan. A very small notebook or palm sized index
cards are suggested for record keeping. Always use an ever-sharp (mechanical) pencil with an eraser,
never a pen. Under the pressure of the game you can make mistakes or get behind if a pen fails to write
on a slick surface or runs out of ink. The purpose of keeping records is to know what has happened and
know what the next correct move should be.
GOOD SYSTEM PLAY
The basis for a good system play is cycles or patterns. Research shows what it takes to constitute a hot
streak and roughly how long to follow it before it cools off. Granted, a number or a section will often hit
just after it was dropped; but those frustrations are expected and are a part of the game. You can not keep
altering rules based on a few outcomes. Rules of play must be based on research done on tens of
thousands of decisions.
This research indicates that each different odds bracket has a cycle period. These provide the basis for
rules of selection. One thing you will notice very early on is that one winner does not necessarily indicate
the termination of a slump or the start of a winning streak. It does pay to stop action, however, when your
plan blanks out too long and to wait for a winner or a pre-determined betting cue before restarting.
RULES OF SELECTION
Beginning with the shortest priced plays and working up to the long shots, let’s take a look at the rules of
selection. What scientific research indicates that you should do may seem absolutely contrary to most
player’s beliefs or preconceptions. For example, many people think that if black hits four or five times in
a row, now is the time to bet red. Research says just the opposite.
Even money bets: Even money plays are not HOT or ready to follow UNTIL THEY HAVE HIT AT
LEAST 4, PREFERABLY FIVE OR SIX TIMES IN A ROW.
Of course, if you start on 4 you will get slightly longer winning streaks when you do hit a run. On the
other hand, you will make more false starts than if you start on 5. Research indicates 5 is about right and
6 is quite good too. Start watching the even money propositions such as red/black, odd/even, or high/low.
When one of them hits five or more times GET ON IT and stay on it till it loses. This selection, of course,
needs a wagering plan to fit (which will be discussed later.)
BEFORE YOU QUESTION THIS MEATHOD OF SELECTION, “LOOK AT THE RECORD.”

Compare the overall profit or loss percentages with starting on ANY even money bet at any other time,
including after a string of losers. If you examine thousands of plays, you will see that this way helps a bit
and, in gaming, ANYTHING you can do to improve your bet selections in the slightest will give you a
much better chance to fight your enemy - the house percentage.
Dozens and Columns: Next are the 2-1 shots and the most favorable time to start betting on them.
Research indicates you should wait for TWO OR THREE CONSECUTIVE hits on any particular dozen
or column before betting on it. Wait for only two if you are anxious, but three is better. Again this needs
a good wagering plan which will be covered later.
Research these methods of selection yourself, write down the individual results and practice until you are
completely comfortable that you know what you are doing.
Six Blocks: Now for the longer odds (pays 5 to 1) on the 6 block. This is where you place your chip on
the edge of a half a dozen numbers. The time to pick up on a 6 block is after it has hit TWICE in a row.
Stop on a loser and adopt a good wagering plan.
Longer Odds: Finding cycles for long odds play is slightly different. Consecutive hits are no longer
needed. Although, two in a row is, of course, time to pick up the play. Any time a strip of three numbers
hits twice in a row (pays 11 to 1) OR a split of two numbers hits twice in a row (pays 17 to 1) play it to
REPEAT and continue as long as it keeps hitting. Anyone watching you make these plays might think
you are crazy. But, even though you may be playing a long shot, it is not quite as long as it appears.
For example, let’s say 11 comes up twice in a row. You put a bet on it to hit for the third time. Someone
at the table will probably say out loud, “It can’t hit again!” Some will even say the odds are astronomical.
Actually, the odds of a number hitting three times in a row are quite long BEFORE you have two hits in a
row. But, after two have already hit, the three in a row odds are no worse at all. In fact, research shows
them to be slightly BETTER due to the cycling or bunching effect. NEVER HESITATE to play long
shots to continue repeating.
Strips of Three: If you are interested in long shot plays, strips of three numbers can be watched and
charted. If a strip hits TWICE in a row or TWICE within FOUR spins, play it next spin. If it hits THREE
times within SEVEN spins, follow it FOUR times. Continue to follow it if it re-hits until you get four
losers in a row, then drop off.
Splits: Next are the 17 to 1 shots or split numbers. The cycle for any 17 to 1 shot to qualify is: If it hits
TWICE in a row, play it the next time out. IF it hits THREE times within TEN, follow it FIVE more
times. Stay with it as long as it “cycles.” Drop off after FIVE losers.
Individual numbers: If you like long shots, you may as well go for straight up numbers. The cycle on
single numbers has been exhaustively researched and it goes like this: If a single number hits TWICE IN
A ROW, play it next spin. If it hits TWO TIMES WITHIN TEN, play it only once next spin. If it hits
THREE TIMES WITHIN TWENTY, follow it for TEN spins. As long as it re-hits within 10 when
following, continue to follow until you hit ten losers. Then drop off until it re-qualifies.
THE “CLUMPING” OR “BUNCHING UP” EFFECT

The “clumping” or “bunching up” effect happens regularly with all of the possible betting ways (i.e. even
money chances, dozens and columns, etc…) Nowhere, however, is it more dramatic or more exciting than
when it happens to “straight-up” number bets.
For example, here is an actual run of numbers from March 18, 1999 from a single zero wheel at the Grand
Casino in Gulfport, Mississippi.
16, 13, 0, 18, 30, 19, 34, 22, 15, 16, 16, 13, 4, 30, 8, 16, 20, 10, 23, 34, 19, 18, 26, 20, 5, 16, 8, 12, 31, 13,
19, 2, 4, 21, 26, 19, 11, 26, 6, 18, 23, 14, 19, 5, 14, 27, 2, 15, 24, 30, 36, 34, 35
As you can see, the number 16 first came up twice within 10 spins and five times total for the run. A $10
bet was made on the 16 (right after its second appearance within 10 spins) and it happened to hit the very
next spin for a $350 payoff. $10 bets were made on the next four spins which were losers. Then 16 hit
again for another $350 gain (running total + $670.) The next eight spins were losers then the 16 hit again
on the ninth spin. 670-80=570 + 350 = $920). The 16 failed to hit again during the next 10 spins so $100
was fed back. Net profit $820.
You can actually have more than one number (or section) “qualified” at a time for following. This is not
too complicated and you will have plenty of time to bet if you are practiced.
Did you happen to notice what was happening with 19 during the same run? Here it is again with 19 in
red to make it easier to follow the action.
16, 13, 0, 18, 30, 19, 34, 22, 15, 16, 16, 13, 4, 30, 8, 16, 20, 10, 23, 34, 19, 18, 26, 20, 5, 16, 8, 12, 31, 13,
19, 2, 4, 21, 26, 19, 11, 26, 6, 18, 23, 14, 19, 5, 14, 27, 2, 15, 24, 30, 36, 34, 35
You can and should ignore the first 19 as it has no real bearing. Do note, however, what the second, third
and fourth time the 19 came up it happened within the 16 spins. (Well within the 20 spins called for.) A
bet was then made on 19. Seven spins later the 19 came up again for the profit of $290. 350-60=290.
The 19 did not come up again during the next 10 spins so the bet was taken down. Even with the 10
losing spins at the very end, there was still a net profit of $190 from 19. Added to the $820 win from
before that makes a $1,010 profit (all done with flat bets).
IF YOU HAVEN’T SPENT MUCH TIME OBSERVING AND CHARTING ROULETTE WHEELS,
YOU MAY THINK THIS WAS AN UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE. OR, YOU MAY BE THINKING
THAT THE WHEEL WAS BIASED. ACTUALLY, THIS PARTICULAR WHEEL WAS NOT
NOTICABLY BIASED AND A RUN LIKE THIS IS NOT AT ALL UNUSUAL.
Fact is… If you step up to any double zero roulette wheel at any time, anywhere in the world and begin to
record the numbers, you will see at least one number hit four or more times within 38 spins about 40
percent of the time. On a single wheel, of course, you need only be concerned with 37 spins (as there are
only 37 pockets) and it will happen slightly more often.
As you might well imagine, with a 35 to 1 payoff on straight-up numbers, you can afford to miss a few
bets here and there. Even if a “qualified” number fails to repeat within 10 spins, all you are out (with $10
bets) is $100. If you get a good run, however, you can continue to make flat bets until you are well ahead
- then “parlay” your bets (more on this later) and rack up some very substantial profits.
LET’S LOOK AT TWO MORE EXAMBLES OF THE “CLUMPING” OR “BUNCHING UP” EFFECT
This time we will be watching strips of three numbers.
Remember the selection criteria for a strip of three numbers: If it hits TWICE in a row or TWICE within
FOUR spins, play it next spin. If it hits THREE times within SEVEN spins, follow it FOUR times.
Continue to follow it if it re-hits until you get four losers in a row, then drop off. (Hitting a strip of three
gives you a 11 to 1 payoff).
This is a very simple example from an actually session in Weisbaden, West Germany.
23, 28, 1, 1, 24, 7, 8, 9, 6, 28, 36, 17
In the example above the 7 and 8 hit back to back (in other words, the 7, 8, 9 three-strip hit twice in a
row). A bet (lets say $10) was called for and made on that strip. That strip hit again (9) for a $110 payoff
(gain). According to criteria, you would follow the strip for four more spins hoping for a repeat which, in
this case, did not happen. $110 minus the four losers makes a net profit of $70.
Here is another example from the same session.
11, 34, 12, 4, 25, 22, 34, 25, 26, 29, 27, 26, 21, 7, 23, 14
The 25 hits, then it pops up again three spins later (twice within four spins) so one bet is called for and
made on the three-strip 24, 26, 27. On the next spin, the strip hits (via 26) for a $110 win. Note that the
strip has now also hit THREE times within SEVEN and selection criteria directs you to follow the strip
FOUR more times until you get four losers.
The next spin is 29 and you lose $10. On the next two spins however, you got 27 and 26 (both are
winning hits) and you collect $110 profit from each hit. What to do next? The selection criteria stipulates
four more bets on the three strip. As the next four spins fail to produce a winner you drop off. Total for
the winning bets was $330. Losses totaled $50 so you got $280 profit (all with FLAT BETTING).
Usual runs? Not at all (These two happened within 20 minutes of each other.) Sections repeat and/or hit
within close proximity all the time. Complicated? Maybe at first glance. If you practice (combining the
mental process of reading with the mechanical process of doing) it will quickly become second nature to
you.
If you get a night where straight up numbers and/or strips of three are not hitting all that often (it will
happen) look at other numbers and/or sections of the board. Patterns are always occurring and reoccurring
on a roulette wheel. You just have to look for them, recognize what is going on in front of you and bet
accordingly.
Note: Although we only give a few examples (with red/black, strips of three and straight up numbers) the
clumping or bunching up effect can and does occur with all other combinations and sections too. (as you
will soon discover while practicing.)
AGGRAVATION TACTICS
You may find that on American wheels, especially if you are the only player at the table, the dealer may
try to “outspin” you. To combat this tactic, pick a “friendly” dealer or try to play where there are a few
other players at the table to slow down the pace and camouflage your play. Of course, tipping the dealer
after a good win or putting a small chip on one or more numbers you are betting on “for the dealer” is also
a good way to get them to slow down the pace and get them on your side.
Speaking of dealer tricks, there are many ways the house can engage in aggravation tactics. Good system
players are not appreciated. Not that they think you will win a lot of money with system play. They just
don’t like the lengthy struggle when they can get plenty of disorganized and foolish players to occupy the
seats and drop their bankroll faster. In a large, reputable US casino you don’t have to worry about
crooked roulette wheels. They can easily discourage your action by other means.
Less push on the ball can cause quick spins (quick decisions). There are also fast sweeps and quick
restarts and the occasional and seemingly unintentional mis-pay. This can cause arguments and your
temper may take over which can not only cause you to play poorly but could also get you thrown out.
To avoid such confrontations, a good player chooses his playing spots intelligently and plays at the best
times. Do not play on a busy, crowded weekends when the house needs the space. Conversely, don't play
in an empty house. Weekday afternoons and evenings are good. Avoid holidays, busy weekends and
large convention crowds.
Avoid “confrontational” type dealers and SKIP THE FREE DRINKS. You may think that one little drink
does no harm, but anything that slows down your thinking or relaxes your inhibitions in the slightest
works for the house. One bit of daring action, especially if it is successful, leads to another and eventual
breakdown of all good rules of logical play.
Have you ever heard of the one dealer that can drop a ball in any particular numbered slot? Probably just
a myth. There are a few “talented” dealers that can place a ball within a certain section, however. Maybe
not every time, but if you are a one number player an expert dealer can easily beat you by causing the ball
to land on the other side of the board.
Dealers can spot a good system player just as easily as a true sucker. Casinos are only worried about good
system players and big betters who might get hot and make a big score.
In blackjack, for example, good card counters often draw unwanted attention (and a reshuffle of the deck)
when they up their bet from 5 to 20 dollars. Whereas a constant 50 dollar flat better at the same table will
get no attention at all. A good system player must rotate his action from casino to casino and learn all the
tricks of the trade. Generally speaking though, it helps in any game if you are NOT the biggest player at
the table.
WAGERING PLANS
All efforts to recover losses should be CONSERVATIVE. Otherwise you will frequently and quickly
magnify your debt. The ideal betting plan bets small when losing and larger when winning. To put it
another way, the ideal wagering plan puts more on the winners than it does on the losers. This is not easy
to accomplish with rules and even harder to accomplish without rules.
It is up to YOU to stop guessing and dreaming and make a thorough study of selection criteria and
wagering plans. Snap decisions and hunches will also be improved if a player has a background of
research, study and experience.
Casinos never worry when they see a player using the old “double the bet to get even” tactic. They also
smile indulgently when any kind of steep progression player tries to beat the game simply by throwing
money at it. Having steep pockets helps, but a big bankroll alone has never guaranteed success at any
game.
Most players try progressions that are too steep for their reserve capital because they never imagined
things could go so badly. These players are busted out with table limits coming into play.
Players with large bankrolls often miscalculate how long a losing streak can last and run into the table
limits which kills any chance of their betting plan to make a recovery.
We won’t waste time with pages and pages of illustrations. Just know they DON'T WORK.
There are many systems that are based on betting progressions - double up after a loss, increase by one
unit after a win, etc. Math tells us, however, that no betting progression can overcome a game in which
you do not have some kind of advantage.
Most progression based systems will yield a small win a high percentage of the time, but eventually
produce (at least) one catastrophic loss that eclipses the sum total of all winnings. Let’s look at the typical
example.
This spend-and-recoup strategy employs a betting system called the Blundell Progression. The goal of the
system is to come out one betting unit ahead per session. It works as follows.
Let’s assume a $5 unit. Begin by betting one unit, and continue to bet one unit until you either achieve a
one unit profit or lose 10 units.
If you lose, double up your units to two and then do the same. Play until you recover your losses or until
you lose another 10 units. Then you keep on doing this over and over until you either get the unit or lose a
mighty big loss.
Anyone who would try such a system would have a success rate of maybe 95 percent of the time, but then
while they don't realize, they will have a 5 percent failure rate, which will bring in horrible losses.
CANCELATION PLANS
One such popular plan is known as the “D’ Lambert System,” just one of the many Cancellation Plans. It
starts out with a small string of numbers: 1-2-3 or 1-1-1… the player starts betting by betting the sums of
the two end numbers, if he loses, then he adds what he lost to the end. So if a person bets 2 units (1 + 1)
then he loses, then the string would look like so: 1-1-1-2 (added the two) now the player bets again the
sum of the first and last numbers which would be three and continues this pattern. When a player wins
though, they cross out the two numbers they added. For example, if the person won on the next bet (3
units) then he would cross out the 1 and 2 making the new string 1-1.
People playing a Cancellation Plan for the first time think they have made the discovery of the century.
They do nothing but make money. Then along comes a bad period where they fail to get that 33 percent
of winners and then the bet amount goes through the roof. This could happen the first time you sit down
at the table.
The Cancellation Plan has some merit however, and it can be improved upon a bit by “borrowing” or
spreading the losses into additional columns. In a sense, the player who takes a big loss and breaks it up
into separate parts in an effort to get back to base is taking a more CONSERVATIVE approach which he
should have been using in the first place.
The Cancellation plan thus has about a 1/3rd increase ratio which is a bit too steep and dangerous.
There are many great wagering scales you can buy or invent yourself. A very popular one goes 1,3,5,8
etc… added each of the previous two numbers. If a winner does not complete the recovery while using
this, then fall back one step after a winner. Two winners in a row will mean a winning session. This is
also too steep and dangerous.
One “gentleman” in particular made a small fortune charging a large fee for the wagering plan just
described. He would even go to the casino with the purchaser to “prove” the plan really worked. His
chances of hitting a losing session… about 1 in 10. So he would collect money 9 of 10 times and just
shrug of the losers.
There are many more gradual wagering scales that are an improvement over the steep ones. Gradual
scales have faults too, however. Suppose a player just incremented his bets by one, his first step from 1 to
2 is alone 100 percent increase, then as he goes from 2 to 3 it slowly decreases.
Research shows that an even money game can get 30 or 40 more units or more behind and, if a player
hasn’t pulled out with a profit, his bets are not only getting big… but now the percent increase (from bet
to bet) is very small. If the play then still fails to make a profit from a new starting point the progression
has lost its punch and will not be enough to overcome the negative percentage of the game.
Another popular system based on wagering scales is the “rise and fall” or “up-one-down-one.” The player
bets one unit on the first play. If it loses he bets two on the next. Anytime he loses he goes up one unit,
anytime he wins, he goes down one unit. It can get into trouble when the play works up its way to the
“tall grass.” To play this sort of plan for a short session might seem ok but like most wagering plans you
are living on borrowed time.
MORE SENSIBLE WAGERING PLANS

Series progressions can be slowed down to something like: 1,1,1,2,2,2,3,3,3 etc… When playing this sort
of plan, which is not too bad, there are two ways to go. One way is to drop back to the preceding level if
the new higher level made a profit and gradually work your way back down to base level play.
The other way is “no retreat,” gradually putting down more and larger bets until a good period comes
along and clears the debt. Some of the more successful players use a very, very gradual “no retreat” type
plan.
When playing short odds such as even money, they progress by a series of 10 (10 bets at the one unit each
level, then move up to ten bets at two unit level.)
As the bets gradually rise, a good stretch puts more money on winners than losers and they pull out with a
profit. The more successful (and patient) gamblers who play odds longer than even money, may progress
by a series of 20 or by 50. An improvement on the progression-without-retreat, a progression by gradual
series, is this: Hold bets down to ONE unit no matter how long it takes until a winner comes along before
moving up to the next higher series level.
Another popular form of wagering is called the “DUE COLUMN.” In all types of wagering, the player
should always keep in mind his “debt.” Whenever your debt is recovered and a small gain is
accomplished, you can return to base and start all over again.
We now refer to the debt as the amount “due.” Each losing bet plus a unit of desired profit is added to the
debt to increase the amount due. You may be able to handle the due column figure in your head without
using pencil and paper.
If you are playing “multiple due columns” you will probably need a score card. (Multiple due is where
you are rotating the action into more than one column or playing different propositions.)
The dangerous due columns are those that divide the FULL ODDS into the due. For example, if you had
debt of 10 and bet 10 on an even money shot, a win would get you out but you would be playing 100
percent rate increase (same as doubling).
In many casino games, you can take even money selections and turn them into 3 to 1 shots by playing
parlays. (One becomes two let it ride, two becomes 4). These players then divide their due by 1/3rd and
any winning parlay gets them out of debt. A due column that averages 3 to 1 odds will be progressing by
33 percent, still too dangerous and too steep as research proves.
On 35 to 1 shots on straight up numbers, a due column player could divide by 1/35th of the debt and thus
increase by a mere 3 percent. This plan isn’t bad if you have a good number selection process similar to
the recommended cycle plays on straight-up numbers as described earlier.
If you do NOT have good selections and you are depending strictly on the wagering plan, you can not
only fail to make enough profit, but you can encounter slumps than run into the hundreds. This will push
a bet up to the table limit and will take up a lot of capital.
MAKING A GOOD PLAN BETTER
Earlier it was recommended that a good wagering plan had to be conservative. Let’s take the best
organized of the ordinary wagering plans and play it more conservatively and see what can be done to
make it more successful. Next we improve on the Due Columns plan.
The first thing is to go for a fixed percent of the debt, but NOT for full odds. For example, if you were
playing 1 to 1, that calls for a 100% of the debt to be the bet. An improved plan calls for a mere 10% of
the debt, even though one winner would not clear the debt. This may seem ultra-conservative.
You would be betting one unit for quite a while before 10% of the due would call for a 2-unit bet. Even
so this conservative play will put 10% more on winners than losers WHEN NEEDED after a prolonged
slump. If you want to play 3 to 1 shots or longer with our plans, you would still divide by 1/3rd but you
could go for an even smaller rate of increase such as 5%.
If you start off your due column play with a desired profit of one or two units (which you put into the debt
right away) THEN when the debt is cleared, you have those two units as profit.
An improvement on the earning power of this slow percent plan is to use what is called the “take-out.”
Under the “take-out” approach, the debt is charged with one unit every so often according to a given plan.
This can be 5 dollars or whatever is suitable. For example, if most even money plays are parlayed at 3 to
1, a “take-out” of one unit per winner can be used whenever the starting bet is over one unit.
For example, say you had a debt of 30. At 10 percent debt for a bet, this would call for a bet of 3. On a
parlay that wins, you bring back a profit of 9, but only 8 would be taken from the 30 debt, leaving you a
new debt of 22. Each unit of “take-out” is pocketed. When the debt is reduced back to base, each winner
has earned you one unit profit.
TEST THIS ON PAPPER UNTIL YOU UNDERSTAND IT. You will see many objectives can be
accomplished with reasonable safety. To make a definite and steady profit, always strive to put more on
winners than on losers on the overall average to “survive” so you can stay in business while awaiting the
good runs.
YOU SHOULD NOT MOVE ONTO THE SECTION UNTIL YOU HAVE ABSORBED EACH
PRECEEDING EXPLANATION AND EACH POINT IS CLEAR.
MORE IMPROVEMENTS
For further improvements in the conservative due column approach, you can take additional steps to
protect your bankroll during prolonged slump. A good way to do this is to move into “multiple columns”
when the first due column gets too deep. For example, say you reach your pre-determined stop-loss of
100 units. It is now time to switch your debt into THREE columns of 33 each (or two at 33 and one at
34). Now the best can be rotated OR worked on just one column at a time until it is cleared. When one of
the columns is cleared, the next one is picked. If all three columns are worked off, it is out of its slump
and everything starts again back at base. ALL THIS TIME, the “take-out” is still in effect and it all
becomes quite business-like.
During the explanation of the above wagering plan, the selection method has been deliberately left open.
A due column (at less than full odds) can be built on any facet of roulette. You may prefer even money, 2
to 1 dozens or columns, 5 to 1 six blocks or any other odds up to 35 to 1.
Whatever you choose, your due column must be set at less than full odds of your selection play. For
example, if you picked a 6 blocks to play paying 5 to 1, nothing stronger than 5 percent due would be
suggested. On 35 to 1 shots you could go as conservative as 1/100th or 1 percent of the due (this may
strike you as too conservative.) but the instance of the long shots with infrequent cashing, your “take-out”
could be expanded to 5 units per winner.
CAPITALIZATION REQUIREMENTS
Reserve capital (bankroll) requirements are something you dare not miscalculate. The key here too, is
ultra conservatism.
On FLAT play, which means the same amount on all bets, any gambling game can experience tremendous
swings. On a progression, the capital required is many times more. For example, if you played just red or
black (even money shots) you could expect swings of 50 units in either direction. This does not mean 50
consecutive losers but it does mean your balance can reach -50 in betting just one unit per play. Of
course, if you are playing a really bad percentage game it could go down and never come back. Then, no
amount of capital would suffice for flat play.
Let’s assume you are cycling your bets and making intelligent decisions and let’s also assume you are
playing on a SINGLE ZERO WHEEL as it is at least twice as hard to overcome the house advantage
when playing on a double zero.
IT IS DIFFICULT FOR MANY PEOPLE TO DEVELOP A RELAISTIC ATTITUDE ABOUT

GAMBLING CAPITAL. They would like to take out 100 dollars or so and double it quickly. Although
this has been done and incredible stories have been told about huge wins that started out with a bankroll of
just a “few dollars”… this is the rare exception and not the rule.
The true professional knows how to AIM for a killing, but he doesn’t count on it. His first and foremost
concern is SURVIVAL. The professional speculator knows that a small percent profit is good business
and when he learns to make a small but steady profit on casino games, his earning potential is virtually
unlimited. It becomes just a matter of longer hours and larger sized bets.
THE PROBLM IS THAT MOST PEOPLE TRY TO BET BIG WITHOUT THE PROPER RESERVE
CAPITAL TO STAY IN BUSINESS. Someone with only a few hundred dollars in capital should stick to
betting $1 units. Instead, he tries betting 5 or 10 and first little downswing wipes him out. A good reserve
for conservative progression play would be $500 capital for $1 start up bet, making one dollar bets the
basic “unit.” On less capital, 25 cents chips should be the basic unit. As capital increases, the 500 to 1
ratio should still be maintained. No one should make $5 bets unless he has two or three thousand dollars
in reserve!
BEWARE OF WHAT STATISTICIANS CALL STANDARD DEVIATION. Although an astute

blackjack card counter can, over the long haul, realize up to a 1.5 percent advantage over the house
(depending on such variables as the number of decks, which card counting system he employs and how
many cards remain before the dealer reshuffles) losing streaks can last for weeks.
There’s a saying: If you can’t stand the flux, don’t bet the bucks. Many technically proficient card
counters have been run out by the flux. An elegant mathematical expression of standard deviation’s
power in gaming is the so-called risk of ruin, which establishes the likelihood that a particular bankroll
will go to zero before it doubles.
According to calculations by the author of “Knockout Blackjack,” Olaf Vancura, a card counter playing
with a 101.11 percent expected return (the expectation of one version of his card-counting system) and a
bankroll that’s just 25 times the minimum bet has close to a 47 percent chance of going broke before
doubling his money. To drop the likelihood of going broke to, say, 0.5 percent requires a bankroll 1,000
times larger than the games minimum wager; in a $5 to $25 game, that is $5,000.
Discouraging? The name of the game is SURVIVAL. Be realistic and consider what it takes to go into
any other business. Where else can you take $500 in working capital and make $50 a day or more on your
money? (The highest rate you might get from a savings account at the bank is only 5 percent, just $25 a
year!!.) It takes $100,000 to open the smallest business today and even then, you have a good chance of
losing it all. (Gambling when done right has less risk).
THE PROFIT INCREASER
Ready for some good news? A chance to make a small fortune? Yes, it does exist, so why not shoot for
it? If you play long enough and survive the slumps, you will catch some breaks here and there.
LETS ASSUME YOU HAVE STUDIED HARD, PUT IN SOME HOURS WITH PAPER TRIALS AT
HOME AND PRACTICED PLAYING FOR SMALL CHIPS. YOU UNDERSTAND THE SELECTION
PROCESS AND THE WAGERING PLANS THOROUGHLY; YOU ARE WELL CAPITALIZED AND
YOU HAVE A DEFINITE PLAN.
The PROFIT INCREASER is used only when out of debt and back to base with a profit. Then, when you
are a bit ahead, you can be more aggressive than when playing to recover losses (take a shot at them with
the casino’s own money!). At this point there is no danger to losing your initial bankroll.
When the game is see-sawing back and forth, you play very cautiously, of course. When winning and
playing WHILE YOU ARE AHEAD, that is the time to play more aggressively.
The secret to shooting for a big gain is to play smart and not give back all of your winnings. A lot of
people think the way to go is to let it ride and try for a big killing. The problem is, only one loser brings it
all crashing down.
Here is one way: On even money plays it is a good idea to make the bets into parlays, meaning two
winners in a row constitute a winner. This pays 3 to 1.
Suppose the first parlay wins. The 1 unit brought back 4 units, or a profit of three. The next bet is 2 units,
or the halfway point of the previous parlay. If this one loses, there is still a profit of one from the first
parlay and no real harm done, so back to the base you go.
But, if the second parlay wins, this will add a profit of 6 units. The halfway point on the next parlay was 4
so the next bet is 4. Again, if the parlay loses, there is still a PROFIT.
If that wins, go up another notch.
If you work out this parlay Profit Increaser on paper, you will see that the profit gets very interesting
anytime you hit a run of 10 or more winners in a row. Hardly a night goes by at dice or roulette and you
do not encounter a run of 8 or 10 winners in a row. About once a week you will see runs in excess of 15
or more. About once a month it may come close to 20.
If you play the game long enough, you WILL hit a really big winning streak, so don’t be standing there
with your hands in your pockets when it happens. Be ready for it. Know what to DO.
Please note: You can experience a run of 10, 15, 20 or more wins the first time you ever sit down to
play… it doesn’t mean it will happen.
“LOCKING UP” AND “BACKING OFF”
Another way to apply the Profit Increaser approach is by “plateaus.” Under this arrangement the player
must be out in front and operating on “their” money. THEN the starting bet is raised to the second level
(higher than what had been played). If the run continues and another 10 units is make (or around there),
the bet is moved up to another level of three or four units. If you continue to win bet steps up to higher
levels (plateaus).
The trick with this approach is knowing when to back off. It MUST be handled with careful thought and
definite rule, all the while remembering to “BEWARE OF GREED.”
As the bet is raised to a new and higher level during a good run, a given amount of units should be
pocketed into what can be called a “lock-up.” If profits fall back to this “lock-up” point the Profit
Increaser action is stopped and the player goes all the way back to the base or drops out of the game.
Again comes the all-important question of when to quit.
ONE OF THE BIGGEST SECRETS TO SUCCESSFUL GAMBLING
We know that the game will always swing back and forth. It would be great if we could only play the
upswings, but that is impossible. The only possible way to get the upswings is to survive the downswings.
You CAN avoid some of the down-swings if you play good “swinger’s game.” This is one of the biggest
secrets to successful gambling. With proper capitalization, patience and by following the rules, you can
hang on as the game swings back and forth. Eventually, you will be “out in front” and in a good upswing.
Now, after you have made a decent profit, you are READY TO QUIT when you get the following sign.
The simple rule is: QUIT on a DOWNTURN of an UPSWING. This mean NEVER stop while you are
winning because it could keep going, but wait until a loser or two comes across then QUIT and walk away
before a major downswing occurs.
The more disciplined you are, the better gambler you will be. It takes practice, it takes guts and it takes
character to resist temptation and greed. If you can learn to quit on the downturn of an upswing, you have
the makings of a true pro.
There will be times when you may be involved in a long fight but can’t quite get even no matter what you
do. QUIT THEN and take a break. Most casinos are open 365 days a year and you can come back
anytime you want. NEVER lose your respect for a formidable opponent. Treat him like a true champion.
Don’t ever get cocky and don’t get overconfident. Only a fool lets his guard down. Stay disciplined and
stay alert.
You have now the knowledge to play a good game. The rest is up to you.
ONLINE CASINOS - A WORD OF CAUTION
Most online casinos are completely unregulated. What this means is that there is no government authority
or anyone else to check for fairness of the games. All Nevada casinos, for example, are regulated by the
state gaming board and there is very little reason to think you are not getting a fair game.
Most online casinos are “offshore,” however, and there is no way to know if their computerized games are
programmed fairly or not.
As of this writing, the only online casinos that are known to be closely regulated are those in Australia.
So, if you are going to play online… you may want to consider only those that are based in Australia.
BONUS INFORMATION
SINGLE ZERO WHEELS VERSUS DOUBLE ZERO WHEELS
Whatever roulette system you play (prediction, biased, progression, etc..) you are always better off
playing a single zero roulette wheel.
The double zero wheel has a bigger advantage for the casino -5.26 percent and is the reason it is not a
popular game here in the country.
So stop playing in the casinos that only offer double zero wheels and start playing in the ones that offer
single zero wheels (they have better odds, only -2.7 percent).
Single zero roulette wheels can be found in the US. Sometimes with even more European rules like “en
prison” which brings the house edge even lower. (Try the MGM Grand in Las Vegas and the new Beau
Rivage in Biloxi. Be sure to bring a good bankroll (the minimum bets are 25 dollars).
Single zero roulette wheels can also be found in the following places:
Any Australian casino.
In New Zealand at Sky Casino.
Throughout Europe and many casinos in the UK.
Las Vegas, Nevada: The Stratosphere, Monte Carlo, The Frontier and Tropicana, Ceasars Palace is
rumored to have one, also try Binion’s, the Reserve, Las Vegas Hilton, MGM Grand, and the new
Bellagio.
Reno, Nevada: The Peppermill,

Wendover, Nevada: Peppermill and Rainbow Casinos.
Indiana: The new Ceasar’s.
Mississippi: All three Grand Casino properties have at least one single zero wheel. These are in Biloxi,
Gulfport and Tnica. The new Palace, President, and Treasure Bay are rumored to have them.
Louisiana: Grand Casino Avoyelle, Markville. Casino Rouge in Baton Rouge.
Atlantic City, New Jersey: Tropicana, Ceasar’s and Trump Marina, Trump Taj Mahal (100 minimum bet)
Connecticut: Foxwoods supposedly had one.
Canada: Halifax and Sydney, Nova Scotia, West Edmonton mall, Royal Diamond casino in Vancouver,
British Columbia.
Malasia: Genting Highlands near Kuala Lumpur has 60 tables with single zero wheels.
Bahamas: Atlantis, paradise island.
BASIC VIDO POKER STRATAGEY
Always hold: a royal flush, straight flush, four of a kind, full house, three of a kind, two pair. Break up a
flush or straight flush ONLY when you have a chance for a Royal Flush.
SAVE MONEY ON EVERY TRIP
Accommodations Express (800-444-7666) is a 12-year veteran in the hotel room consolidating business
specializing in gambling destinations. They also have cut rate rooms in over 1,000 hotels in 16 cities and
4 popular tourist destinations.
(averages 25-30 percent savings, can go as high as 60 percent!)
MORE BOUNUS INFORMATION
There isn’t a day that goes by that a call or email comes in that goes something like “I’m on my way to
Vegas! The plane leaves in an hour! What numbers should I play?!”
Playing an extremely biased roulette wheel is about the closest thing you can get to a “sure thing” in a
casino. If the number 17 keeps coming up once every 30 spins (on average) instead of 37 or 38… How
hard would it be to win money? All you would have to do is put $100 chip down on 17 every spin. Even a
child (if it were legal for him to gamble) could make a small fortune.
Actually, it usually isn’t quite that simple. Millions of dollars have been made at biased wheel play.
However, and despite what you may think or what you may have heard, big wins are not a thing of the
past. In fact, one biased wheel team took at least 6 million dollars out of Atlantic City casinos in just one
recent year.
Make no mistake, though. There is no substitute for hard work and long hours of observation if you are
going to make money playing biased wheels. The most important thing about choosing a casino in which
to hunt for a biased wheel is accessibility. Why? Because you are going to need a lot of data. You are
going to be spending a lot of time there and you don't want to run up a huge hotel and restaurant bill while
scouting for a good game. Your best choice, of course, is the casino that is closest to you.
Just because finding and exploiting a biased roulette wheel does not entail showing up at an office and
punching a clock doesn’t mean it won’t work. Collecting the number of spins necessary to determine if
there is a true biased wheel requires dedication, stamina and concentration. It isn’t mentally taxing or
anything, but it can be very tedious.
“I NEED MONEY AND I WANT TO WIN BUT I DON'T HAVE THE TIME TO RECORD ENOUGH
DATA.”
If you were about to utter this, think first… you could ask someone to collect data for you for a flat fee or
a percentage of the winning. Retirees, students, cocktail waitresses, etc.. (You have no idea how easy it
would be to find a person to do this!)
Tedious as it may be to collect, ACCURATE data is essential. If you have more than one casino in your
town or if your local casino has more than one wheel - start with older wheels as they are more likely to be
biased. Clocking four tables at a time is doable. Stick to two or three if the games are moving fast.
Again, use an ever-sharp pencil with an eraser. Do not use pen.
If the casino provides roulette score cards, use them. Some trackers have their own notepads and charts.
Writing on the casino provided cards looks more natural and you won’t look quite as prepared or stick out
like someone with his own.
If the casino doesn’t provide cards, just go to a nearby baccarat table and use one of their cards. You don't
have to hide the fact you are gathering data. Casinos provide roulette wheels because they EXPECT
gamblers to record numbers. Attempting to hide what you are doing will look much worse - even
suspicious - than simply standing there writing down the numbers.
You should always ID the tables you keep track of. The best way is to use the numbers the casino itself
uses to number them. You might find this number at the top of the electronic scoreboards. It may appear
something like MC 101. (Monte Carlo 101). Or, you can usually find it on the limit sign or on a small
plaque next to the drop box (where they stash the cash).
If there are no table numbers, then create it yourself. You could even draw a small sketch of the floor plan
to label the table. DO NOT rely on your memory.
Look carefully at all of the wheels you are tracking and make detailed notes. Some casinos occasionally
move their wheels from table to table and you want to be sure you are collecting data from the same
wheel. Note any defects on the wheel, cigarette marks, scratches, cracks, etc.
If there are marks on the rotor, it is even better. The overwhelming majority of biases are caused by wear
and/or defects on the rotor. It is possible, especially in European casinos, that casino employees might
move rotors from one table to another without moving the wheel.
KNOW THE WHEEL AS IF IT WAS YOUR VERY OWN CAR OR SOMETHING YOU TREASURE
DEEPLY.
Your notes containing distinguishing marks should be kept in your pocket and out of sight of prying eyes.
If another player asks to see your card (which will happen at least once a day) he should see numbers
only. You do NOT want him to see WHEEL 1: LOOSE FRET BETWEEN 3 AND 15, SCRATCH
ABOVE NUMBER 20, ETC.
Today many casinos have electronic scoreboards that display the recent 15-20 numbers. It is possible for
one person to keep track of 10 or 20 wheels at once (that is the purpose).
DON'T DO IT! Electronic devices aren’t always right and the ball may bounce in one slot so the board
reads 12, but it lands in another. You don't need this inaccurate result and it could affect your record
keeping.
It is possible (but not very likely) that you will find a wheel with an extreme bias. Of course, any bias that
becomes obvious to you after 1000 spins may be just as obvious to other players.
Keep in mind, however, machines wear out unevenly. Even as you are taking data from a wheel, that
wheel continues to wear. This means that any original bias may strengthen or weaken or disappear. It is
the very physical law that provides exploitable biases in roulette wheels that can cause them to go away.
Fortunately, whatever forces are at work that cause roulette wheel biases tend to continue in the same
direction (most get stronger over time.)
You may want to start in older casinos preferably with single zero wheels as these may be more likely to
be beatable. Double zero wheels can be biased too so don't rule them out. Most of the newer casinos
probably have wheels that are in good shape. Sometimes though they put in an old wheel, so watch out
for those too.
WHEEL CHARING INSTRUCTIONS
1. ACCURACY: The information you will gather is only of use if it is ACCURATE. Begin by tracking
one wheel at a time. Do not go to the casino to chart if you are tired. Do not drink the night before or
while you are there. GET THAT ACCURATE DATA!
2. DATA CARDS: You can usually find blank scorecards somewhere in the casinos. If they don't have
any at roulette table, go to the baccarat table.
3. CASINO HOURS: Not all are open 24 hours. You should indicate the operation hours on the card.
4. ELECTRONIC SCOREBOARD: They aren’t always accurate so be careful. Also a dealer may call
out a number that is different than the board so watch out.
5. MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM BETS: Always indicate the minimum bets and maximum bets on the
scorecard. These can change day to day. During the week they make lower it on non-busy days, then
raise them on busy holidays or weekends.
6. TIME OF DAY: Log the time period and the day and date on each card.
7. CURRENCY: Indicate weather the table is playing foreign money or US dollars.
8. YOU ARE “ADOPTING” EACH WHEEL: You must become familiar with its wood grain and
imperfections.
9. ID NUMBER: You will almost always find an id number on the wheel. Write it down. If there is
none, give it a number that you will remember for it.
10. DEALER CHANGE: Indicate dealer change by putting a small line after the last number thrown by
the previous dealer, and put their first name near the line.
BONUS OFFERS
Because of the travel expenses involved we can only play wheels that are seriously biased. We will take
all the risk and play for you and give you 10 percent of the net winnings in cash on the spot.
If you find a wheel with a good player advantage and we are unable to play it for any reason, we can send
you the numbers for you to play (you use your own money though).
FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS ABOUT BIASED WHEEL PLAY
Does biased wheel play work with 00 wheel?
Yes. If the wheel shows a bias, works for single zero too.
How many spins do I need to record before I know it is biased?

At least 1000 spins. If there is no promise after 1000 spins, we would wave you off of that wheel and say
go find another.
How many spins a day will I be able to record?
You should be able to get about 200 spins per day (per wheel).
Do I need to be actually sitting at the table or just near by?
Do NOT sit at the table, this may put some casinos on alert, but just be far enough where you can see
where the ball lands so you can take accurate data. Do not have anything blocking the way and attract as
little attention as possible.
Do I need to record spins in a row?
NO. As long as you make note of the wheel number and time of day you should be fine.
What if someone asks what I am doing?
Just say this:
1. I am working on a system
2. I am looking for “hot numbers”
3. I am waiting for my favorite numbers to come up before I start playing.
These usually get a laugh out of that person and they walk off saying GOOD LUCK!
HOW DO I KNOW IF A WHEEL IS TRULY BIASED AND WHICH NUMBERS TO BET ON?
Any time you find a wheel where one or more numbers is coming up substantially more than once every
37 spins on a single zero wheel or more than once in 38 on a double zero wheel, on average, over several
thousand spins - you are probably looking at a biased wheel.
Simply list the numbers down on a sheet of paper and put a “/” when the number comes up to see a chart
of what numbers came up most like this.
0//////////////////////////////
1//////////////////////////////
2//////////////////////////////
3//////////////////////////////
4//////////////////////////////
5//////////////////////////////
6//////////////////////////////
7//////////////////////////////
8//////////////////////////////
9//////////////////////////////
10//////////////////////////////
11//////////////////////////////
12///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
13//////////////////////////////
14////////////////////////
15//////////////////////////////
16//////////////////////////////
17//////////////////////////
18//////////////////////////////
19///////////////////////////////
20//////////////////////////////
21////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
22//////////////////////////////
23////////////////////////////////
24//////////////////////////////
25//////////////////////////////
26///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
27/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
28////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
29//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
30//////////////////////////////
31///////////////////////////////////////////////////////
32//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
33///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
34////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
35/////////////////////////////////////////////
36/////////////////////////////////////////////////
[chart is not exactly like real spins, but shows how some numbers would show more than others and how
you would be able to tell this would be a biased wheel]
Which numbers would you bet on? Obviously 12 and 21 as they are showing a distinct bias. 26 and 32
seem to be hitting more often then they normally should. The numbers 12 and 21 are hitting about twice
as often as 32 and 26, however, so start by betting 2 units on each 12 and 21 and 1 unit each on 26 and 32.
(Keep charting and recording numbers and results as you go along. Look for any pattern changes at the
end of each session. Adjust your bets accordingly.)
Always make flat bets when playing a biased wheel. Start out with the table minimum and stay there until
you are substantially ahead. Only then should you increase the betting unit amount, always keeping in
mind the 500 to 1 ratio of bankroll to betting.
A FEW MORE WORDS OF CAUTION: Sometimes your chart will start to look like the one above early
on, maybe after a few hundred spins. You will need at least 2000 spins to determine if a wheel may be
biased.
Do not delude yourself into thinking that you have found a biased wheel only after sampling less than 2 -
3 thousand spins. Anything less is not enough data.
It is entirely possible to have a “few runaway numbers” in a small sampling. What you are witnessing
when this happens could be normal deviation (short-term trend) and not a biased wheel. You might be
looking at a truly biased wheel but you will need more data to know for sure.
Very conservative and very knowledgeable biased wheel players will consider nothing less than 5000
spins to determine if a wheel is TRULY biased.
Please note: Even if a wheel is biased, you could lose a small bankroll during slumps.
If you find a good wheel and we play it for you, usually with 100 dollar bets, you will be playing roulette
with 10 dollars of someone else’s money (you get 10 percent).
ADDITIONAL BONUS MATERIALS
GRIND SYSTEM FOR EVEN MONEY BETS ON BACCARAT, ROULETTE, AND CRAPS
This method can be simply and easily explained. At all times, you seek to win just one unit per betting
cycle. If a losing streak is encountered you then modestly progress the bet size of your bets, searching for
a one win at a time goal.
The progression never advances past the stage where your next wager would exceed an amount necessary
to regain past losses, plus the one-unit win.
Since you increase your wager by a unit following each win, your next bet would be two units. If you
win, your bet size stands at 2 units.
Don't do it. According to the plan, you are only trying to win of amounts of one unit at a time. So ignore
the two-unit sizing of your bet and drop back to one unit bet. If that bet wins, you are ahead by one.
To review: In each sequence of play the player’s goal is to gain a net profit of one unit then start over.
First bet is one, if lost the next bet is the same. Whenever a bet is won, the next bet is one unit larger
(unless winnings will produce larger than one unit win).
Here is a chart to help you see…
outcome L W L W W L L L L L W W W w
bet size 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 1
net gain -1 0 -1 0 1 -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -4 -2 0 +1
Although it may appear almost foolproof, computer analysis reveals that this system can ruin you as the
potential exists for a massive loss in approximately one out of every 5000 sessions.
Now, before you take comfort in those numbers, remember that this is cataclysmic event could occur the
very first time so BEWARE!
A player could stop anytime he pleases and not go all the way through with a downtrend if one appears.
It would be recommended that you walk away with 50 percent winnings (of bankroll)
Thus the system is refined into a more sensible betting procedure. Armed with this information, it isn’t
difficult to come out ahead.
Modifications? Well if you want to follow the trend, in roulette if the spin is red, go red next, if black go
black, in craps, if not pass, bet no pass line etc.
Try it on paper first and you will see. (most other systems bite the dust when a choppy table appears)
In many instances you will find a baccarat game where the decisions have been running either in favor of
the Player or in favor of the Bank for hours, days or weeks. Of course, if you find such a game, bet with
the trend.
Another way to bet with this method is to find a casino that only takes a 4 percent commission on all bank
bets (instead of the usual 5). Make all your bets on the Bank and hope that the natural occurrence of more
Bank wins increases your win to loss ratio. Try to quit a winner.
THE METHOD
1. Each betting decision is based on the previous decision. If dice have passed, you go for the pass, if
not go for the don't pass…
2. Use the progressive betting plan above. Stick with the one-unit wagers. Increase following the wins.
Never bet more than is necessary to recover pass losses suffered during a series plus a one-unit profit.
When point has been reached, begin all over again with a one-unit bet. Remember, the size of your
bet remains the same following each loss during a betting cycle (only increase on the wins!)
3. There are two logical times to walk away. When you either have about 50 percent of your bankroll,
or if you are down by 10 units or more.
Various sections of the wheel itself can “heat up” too. It may be due to “dealer signature”. It may be that
the wheel is a bit biased or it may be a normal run. Whatever is causing it, whether it be one of the above
reasons or another, it happens a lot.
Some experts say “dealer signature” doesn’t exist, others disagree. Whether it does or doesn’t, doesn’t
matter. Just if certain sections of a wheel hit more than others, then take advantage of it. Don't debate
why it is happening.
Below is a list of numbers and you can see if you look at a number and go two to the left and right what
their neighboring numbers are… for example 00, it has 27, 10 to the right and 1, 13 to the left so it looks
like 13,1,00,27,10 for its neighboring numbers…
Have you decided yet what type of action and what odds you are most interested in? Lets say that even
money bets are most appealing to you… how can you track the decisions?
If you settle on a good plan and play often you may be able to do it all in your head for a while, but you
will want to keep a scorecard.
The illustration underneath shows what a card might look like and how you would be able to see trends
within the even money chance.
R B O E L H
36 X X
17 X X
34
30 X X
22 X X
22 X X
19 X X
29 X X
35 X X
30 X X
25 X X
3 X X
22 X X
28 X X
4 X X
18 X X
28 X X
28 X X
1 X X
As you can see there are runs of certain areas designated by X’s. R is red, B is Black, O is odd, E is even,
L is low, and H is high.
You can create your own special designs on 3X5 cards for tracking triples, six blocks, streets, and the
other types of bets (as previously mentioned, always use a MECANICAL PENCIL with a built in eraser).
SIXAINS SYSTEM
I'd like to put the following system playing sixains up to general consideration.
Empirical testing of 3 months of records have shown an average gain of 2,6% of
turnover. It is designed to be played on "French" tables with the Maximum pay-out
usually being 1200 times minimum (i.e. the maximum stake on sixains is 200 times
minimum.) Only "natural" sixains (or as Americans call them: streets) are
considered. I.e.: I: 1-6, II: 7-12, III: 13-18 etc. The aim is to win at the first repeat of
ANY (not a particular!) sixaine. Watch the coups (taking notes of the sixains
drawn). If within 4 coups ("throws" for my American readers) none has repeated
start betting on the last drawn sixaine
(step I). If lost bet additionally on the second one drawn,
(stepII). If again no hit, spread your bet on all three of those drawn last
(stepIII), according to the progression shown below. (Additionally "buy" insurance
on Zero). A theoretical step IV can be imagined but as can be seen below is
definitely to expensive; required capital would increase fourfold). (This is
eliminated by 3spaces, hope it displays properly; all numbers refer to units): Step
Numbers bet size bet 0 total bet/step cumulative bets
I 7 1*5 1 6
-6
II 13 2*5 1 11
-17
III 19 3*10 2 32
-49
(IV) (25) (4*28) 5 (117)
(-165)
If hit profits will be as follows (all previous losses recovered): Step hit on sixaine
hit 0
I +24 +29
II +13 +18
III +12 +19
(IV) (+2) (+4)
If no hit by step III, cumulative losses will be -49. The day's play should be
abandoned if three losses occur (day's maximum loss -147 units).
Additional rules:
Wait with first actual bet, until first theoretical loss has occurred.
Wait one additional spin between signal and placing bet.
file:///D|/Systems/SIXAINS%20SYSTEM.htm (1 of 3) [7/17/2002 8:15:08 PM]

SIXAINS SYSTEM
If a loss has occurred, follow the game until a hit would have occurred,
then immediately start betting again following the pattern above.
Capital requirements: In my opinion three-day's of losses, to be on the safe

side (i.e. almost 1500 units). Not cheap I know.
Mathematical expectations according to binomial distribution (50%\expectation)

Step I: 16,8%
Step II: 34%
Step III: 56%
Empirical testing showed significantly better results for steps II and III.
Reason for this seems to be a; waiting period until first theoretical loss
has occurred, b; the fact that betting doesn’t start until at least three
different sixains have appeared. For those mathematically inclined the general
formula for calculating expectations for series (a series of two sixains is used for
winning in the
above system).
Whereby: p=expectation, q=counter expectation (1-p), s=length of series,

Cv=size of covered area (i.e. 37/size), m=numbers covered, n=lenght of spins
played, W=probability, #=average, E=exponent (scientific notation, easier to
display)
For any chance:

solitary series: qE2*pEs*Cv (e.g. for plein: (36/37)E2*(1/37)Es*37
soziable series: q*pEs*Cv (e.g. for plein: (36/37)*(1/37)Es*37
sliding scale: pEs*Cv
reciprocal expectation (1/W) thus,
in step I: soziable determined sixaine: 1,464, any sixaine 8,784
in step II: soziable determined m=13: 6,76, any m=13 19,25
(Note soziable series are usually only useful if a immediate gain, "paroli"
play is planned. Length of series in most cases will be 2 or 3, which is done
in this system). I can't go further into stochastic explanations, whole books have
been
written on this... Anyway, I hope to have given you an idea, and hope the
explanations are
sufficient. For those of you playing a 38 number table, the zero insurance in step I
and III should be bet a cheval on 0/00, in step II it should be increased to one unit
each. This will reduce pay-outs on 0, but not significantly overall. Anybody playing
on European tables in step II, if all covered sixains equal manqué or passe should
play this chance instead to profit from the "enprison"-rule.

SIXAINS SYSTEM
Crucial to winning is the waiting periods!

$60 SYSTEM IN 3 SPINS
Place $180 on 1-18

Place $120 on 3rd dozen
Place $40 on corner 19/23
PROFIT $20 spin.3 spins $60 leave the casino.
0,21,24 ARE THE ONLY NUMBERS NOT COVERED ON SINGLE ZERO
0,00,21,24 ARE THE ONLY NUMBERS NOT COVERED ON SINGLE WHEEL.
file:///D|/Systems/SLAUGHTERS%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEM.htm
Here is the roulette system and a couple of bonuses for the mix-up. The
roulette system is very simple and only requires patience and some nerves
but never fails. I would not recommend trying on a computer simulation
however as simulations is a lot different from the real thing in results. If
you want to test it without betting money first then record the numbers from
a real casino. Ok so here it is:
1. Record 38 spins on a double zero wheel (37 on a
single zero wheel).
2. Mark all numbers from the 38 that have come up 2 or

more times in those
38 spins.
3. Bet all of these numbers with flat bets only for

the next 38 spins. Even
if one or two of the numbers hit early keep the
original bets on them
because usually they will come up more than once.
4. Record 38 more numbers starting from the number

right after the last set
of 38 that you just bet on.
5. Repeat step 3.
You will find with this system on average you are
betting about 6 to 11 numbers on average and winning 9 to 13 times per 38
numbers. Although you don't need this many wins to produce a good profit at
35-1 this is why the system pays so well. Remember to tip the dealers well after winning. They
don't get paid that much and they will tend to look the other way if tipped well.
Good luck
file:///D|/Systems/SLAUGHTERS%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEM.htm [7/9/2002 9:48:06 AM]

file:///C|/Systems/SMALL%20SYSTEM%20WINS.htm
This system was developed over the past 2 years and has proven to be a useful
tool in taking money from the casinos. The idea that drives this system to success
is not the betting, but is the idea of winning small portions of a bet at a time in
order to achieve a extremely high win rate
that is never lost. I have been messing around with this system for 1 ½ years and
came up with the idea 2 years ago.
The system is really simple in essence and when played following the rules, a
player will always win in the long run, during short run there will be fluctuations
that will be for and against the player (hopefully more for the player than not).
The goal of this system is to win a small portion of the bet over a period of spins.
An example would be 1 unit over 4 spins or 1 unit over 5 spins or more. This way
the goal will be making .25 in the case of 1 in 4 spins ratio units per spin.
The betting is easily computed through a math formula. This formula is X/Y.
you start out by placing 1 in the X meaning 1 unit target to gain. Y is the amount of
spins you want to make that 1 unit in, it could be 4 spins or more. When you win a
bet, you deduct the winnings from X and deduct 1 from the Y. when you lose, Y
increases by 1 and you add the loss to X.
An exception to the rule above is if a player feels their bets are too high, then they
could possibly add 2 to the Y instead of 1 which will decrease the next bet.
file:///C|/Systems/SMALL%20SYSTEM%20WINS.htm (1 of 3) [6/28/2002 11:45:23 PM]

The goal in this system is to play one of two bets. The first possible play is EVEN
MONEY CHANCES. The second possible play is 3 DOUBLE STREETS. Note: when
you play with the 3 double streets, you add 3 to Y on a loss instead of 1. Note: also
start out with 4 times the Y amount you were aiming for (so if its a 1:4 ratio, it
would be 1:12)
The way I have found to be successful is to play for short term trends but keep in
mind the long term. A session can last a really long time but can also be very
short. For EVEN CHANCES, I look at the Marqui and see what even money bet is
coming up the most (r/b, e/o, l/h). I then play that even money bet in hopes that it
will continue to hit constantly throughout the next set of numbers on the marqui
(play the entire marqui worth of numbers, some hold 10 numbers, some hold 15,
casinos will vary). By playing this way, I have found that making a profit is more
than 50% of the time. The ways I have found to be successful for 3 DOUBLE
STREETS is by playing a different kind of pattern. What I do is I look at the marqui
and place units down on the 3 double streets that have hit the most throughout the
board. You play the entire marqui's worth of plays (like the EVEN MONEY
CHANCES above). I have found that this may only be a good selection method
because it tends to keep hits on the hot DOUBLE STREETS, but there are times
where a DOUBLE STREET may be hot, but then goes cold. This does not happen
too often, but will happen.
A session is not over until the X closes to 0. It will ALWAYS close to 0over time. If
you are down on your luck, do not worry because in time, you will get the good
streak which will wipe out all the units you are down, the betting only prolongs the
time period of losing. A mini-session will end
when you gain your UNIT, the main session will end when you reach your
TARGET.

A play that I find very useful in closing a session early a good majority of the time
is by playing until a 1:1 ratio is met through the X and Y. I start my sessions off at
1:7. Now, the way it works is I play 1 unit, if I lose, I am at 2:8. Now, I bet the entire
X amount as long as it does not go over the Y value, but only after a win in hope
that a second win will show up due to a hot streak. So, if i lose again, I would be at
3:9, but if I win after that, it turns to 2:8 then I bet the 2 units in hopes of a win.
A mini-session closes often with this procedure. It also applies to the double
streets, but just multiply the ratios by 3.
When you reach the 1:1 ratio, you divide the Y margin by 2, then play as normal,
this way when you win you win more units back at a time and are now FLAT
BETTING.
A recommended bankroll is 100 units. Bets will remain low pretty much throughout
the entire game and when they get high, you can just set them lower by increasing
Y. The target is 5-10 units, what other investments do you know you will make a
constant 5-10% return on a daily basis? Probably none, but now here is one.
This system could also be played through flat betting. You flat bet the entire
marqui amount that is available. With a flat betting, the bankroll does not need to
be more than 20 unit’s tops. Most of the time you will achieve a flat bet win, and
sometimes it will take a little longer, but in the end, FLAT BETTING has also
proven very effective. I originally started out with the above progression, but
knowing a win is more likely than 50% of the time, I now flat bet. I am for a profit of
2 units FLAT BETTING 2/20 =10% of bankroll.

General Instructions
Tutorial
SPARKLING DOZENS
SPARKLING DOZENS
by IZAK
Congratulations! You have acquired one of the most sophisticated

Roulette systems ever developed for betting on the Dozens in
Roulette.
Most Roulette systems are based on progressions or regressions.

The amounts of bets are increased or decreased on a loss or on a
profit with the idea of generating profit units at the end of the round.
What makes a good Roulette system is to optimize those
progressions or regressions and to combine them with good money
management strategies to let you go home with your winnings in your
pocket.
The 4 methods provided in this document perform exactly the above.

System 1 limits your losses to as low as 1 unit and your winnings can
go up to 60 units per round.
System 2 also gives you open-ended winnings provided the table
meets certain conditions.
System 3 lets you win one unit at a time and eliminates your losses
with a threshold.
System 4 optimizes your winnings and cuts your losses within not
more than 2 bets.
All 4 systems give you a variety of betting schemes from which you
may chose the one that best suits your betting style, all with the aim
of generating profits over hundreds of sequences.
The 4 systems are very different from each other, but they are very
easy to learn. There are no complex betting schemes, they are simple
to use, yet very effective.
file:///D|/Systems/SPARKLING%20DOZENS.htm (1 of 41) [7/19/2002 7:50:46 AM]
SPARKLING DOZENS
The systems are based on betting on Dozens only, giving you 2 for 1
payout. The main idea is to bet on changing Dozens. That means, if
number 21 came up for instance (Dozen 2), you will bet on the two
other Dozens, that is on Dozen 1 and 3 on your next bet. If the next
number is 36, you will bet on Dozens 1 and 2 at the same time. The
amounts of the bets will be according to various betting schemes.
The betting schemes will be different in each system. So please learn
them separately and don't apply them at the same time. At times,
there will be some similarities between some systems, but use them
one at a time.
The reason behind betting on changing Dozens is that statistically

Dozens will alternate frequently generating at times long winning
streaks. I have seen Dozens alternating more than 20 times before
they finally repeat. Otherwise, Dozens will also repeat every now and
then. I have written a full set of systems on repeating Dozens as well
under the name Peak Profit Roulette that is also available from Let’s
Talk Winning. The 4 systems presented here will capitalize on the
features of changing Dozens only.
Before I go into describing each system, let's talk about the features
of changing Dozens. Since you are betting one chip on each of two
Dozens, you are betting two chips of the same amount every time.
We will call that chip a betting unit. The betting unit is the amount of
the table's minimum bet amount. It can be as low as $1 (particularly
at an on-line casino), or as much as $50 to $100 in a real casino. Let's
take $50 as our betting unit for instance. When you bet on a
changing Dozen, you're betting one unit at a time on each Dozen, that
is a total of two units or $100. If the bet is successful your profit is
$50, because only one of the Dozens will win, giving you $150 minus
your $100 bet. If the bet loses, you lose your two units, your $100 bet.
One main advantage of betting on changing Dozens is that you are

SPARKLING DOZENS
covering two out of three Dozens on each bet, every time increasing
your odds to 24/38 in American Roulette with a double zero or 24/37
in European Roulette with a single zero. Simulations shown in this
document are performed for an American Roulette. Results will be
even better on a European Roulette.
Now let's go into each system and see how they work.
System 1
The first system is based on betting on changing Dozens and
increasing your bet by one betting unit every time you win, until you
lose once, then you start your betting scheme all over again with one
minimum unit bet on each Dozen. Let's suppose your betting unit
consists of $50. You bet $50 on each Dozen different than the one
that just came up, totaling your bet to $100 for that sequence. If you
win, you increase your total bet on the two Dozens by one unit or $50
by betting $25 more on each Dozen different than the one that just
came up. Therefore, your betting sequence will be $100 (the total on
the two Dozens with $50 on each Dozen), then $150 ($75 on each
Dozen), then $200 ($100 on each Dozen), etc. on every winning bet,
until the Dozen repeats and you lose your last bet. Then you start
over a new round with $50 on each Dozen.
The round ends when you lose a bet at the end of the sequence.
If you win on your first bet, you win 1 unit. If you lose on your first
bet you lose 2 units.
If you win on your first bet and lose on your second bet, you lose
overall 2 units.
If you win the first two bets and lose the third one, you lose overall
1.5 units.

SPARKLING DOZENS
If you win the first three bets and lose the fourth one, you lose half a
unit overall.
Now it's going to get more interesting:
If you win the first four bets and lose the fifth, you win 1 unit overall.
If you win the first five bets and lose the sixth, you win 3 units overall.
If you win the first six bets and lose the seventh, you win 5.5 units
overall.
If you win the first seven bets and lose the eighth, you win 8.5 units
overall.
If you win the first eight bets and lose the ninth, you win 12 units
overall, etc.
Table 1 below illustrates (in units) what happens in this betting

scheme over a round of 30 bets:
Table 1
Sequence Bet Win Cumulative Profit When Lose

Win the Last Bet of the
Round
1 2 1 1 -2
2 3 1.5 2.5 -2
3 4 2 4.5 -1.5
4 5 2.5 7 -0.5
5 6 3 10 1
6 7 3.5 13.5 3
7 8 4 17.5 5.5
8 9 4.5 22 8.5
9 10 5 27 12
10 11 5.5 32.5 16
11 12 6 38.5 20.5
12 13 6.5 45 25.5
13 14 7 52 31

SPARKLING DOZENS
14 15 7.5 59.5 37
15 16 8 67.5 43.5
16 17 8.5 76 50.5
17 18 9 85 58
18 19 9.5 94.5 66
19 20 10 104.5 74.5
20 21 10.5 115 83.5
21 22 11 126 93
22 23 11.5 137.5 103
23 24 12 149.5 113.5
24 25 12.5 162 124.5
25 26 13 175 136
26 27 13.5 188.5 148
27 28 14 202.5 160.5
28 29 14.5 217 173.5
29 30 15 232 187
30 31 15.5 247.5 201
As you can see if you lose up front, your losses are not more than 2
units maximum. When you catch a winning streak (you definitely
will), your winnings will escalate to high amounts. Quite a few rounds
will conclude within 4-5 bets, where you will lose a couple of units
every time. However, when you conclude the round within 11-15 bets,
you will be earning 20 to 40 units, making your losses negligible.
Statistically every 100 to 200 spins, you should catch 4-5 winning
streaks. Let's take a look at the following simulation of 200 spins in
Table 2 and see how that happens. Studying the table will also give
you a better understanding of the way the system works.
In the column Change Dozen, the "X" is the winning bet, as the Dozen
in column Dozen is different than the previous one, and the numbers
are counters until the winning bet occurs.

SPARKLING DOZENS
The column Winning streak counts the number of winning bets until a
loss occurs. The loss is designated with a 0.
The column Bet contains the total amount bet on the two Dozens.
$100 means that two $50 chips are placed on each two Dozens, the
ones that are different than the one that just came up.
The column Cash shows your profit for that bet.
Net Profit shows your cumulative profit for all the bets placed so far.
If a zero or double zero shows up, that bet is obviously lost. The bet
following the zero is based on the number that showed up before the
zero. See Sequence 18: the Dozen in Sequence 16 repeats, therefore
the bet is lost.
Table 2
Sequence NumberDozen Change Winning Bet Cash Net
Dozen Streak Profit
1 14 2
2 23 2 1 0 $100 -$100 -$100
3 1 1 X 1 $100 $50 -$50
4 13 2 X 2 $150 $75 $25
5 20 2 1 0 $200 -$200 -$175
6 23 2 2 0 $100 -$100 -$275
7 6 1 X 1 $100 $50 -$225
8 29 3 X 2 $150 $75 -$150
9 1 1 X 3 $200 $100 -$50
10 32 3 X 4 $250 $125 $75
11 15 2 X 5 $300 $150 $225
12 9 1 X 6 $350 $175 $400

SPARKLING DOZENS
13 3 1 1 0 $400 -$400 $0
14 21 2 X 1 $100 $50 $50
15 21 2 1 0 $150 -$150 -$100
16 1 1 X 1 $100 $50 -$50
17 0 0 1 0 $150 -$150 -$200
18 3 1 2 0 $100 -$100 -$300
19 27 3 X 1 $100 $50 -$250
20 00 00 1 0 $150 -$150 -$400
21 30 3 2 0 $100 -$100 -$500
22 17 2 X 1 $100 $50 -$450
23 36 3 X 2 $150 $75 -$375
24 16 2 X 3 $200 $100 -$275
25 6 1 X 4 $250 $125 -$150
26 14 2 X 5 $300 $150 $0
27 7 1 X 6 $350 $175 $175
28 19 2 X 7 $400 $200 $375
29 24 2 1 0 $450 -$450 -$75
30 32 3 X 1 $100 $50 -$25
31 2 1 X 2 $150 $75 $50
32 7 1 1 0 $200 -$200 -$150
33 18 2 X 1 $100 $50 -$100
34 0 0 1 0 $150 -$150 -$250
35 33 3 X 1 $100 $50 -$200
36 0 0 1 0 $150 -$150 -$350
37 10 1 X 1 $100 $50 -$300
38 29 3 X 2 $150 $75 -$225
39 21 2 X 3 $200 $100 -$125
40 31 3 X 4 $250 $125 $0
41 00 00 1 0 $300 -$300 -$300
42 23 2 X 1 $100 $50 -$250
43 35 3 X 2 $150 $75 -$175
44 22 2 X 3 $200 $100 -$75

SPARKLING DOZENS
45 30 3 X 4 $250 $125 $50

46 9 1 X 5 $300 $150 $200
47 12 1 1 0 $350 -$350 -$150
48 8 1 2 0 $100 -$100 -$250
49 26 3 X 1 $100 $50 -$200
50 35 3 1 0 $150 -$150 -$350
51 31 3 2 0 $100 -$100 -$450
52 31 3 3 0 $100 -$100 -$550
53 10 1 X 1 $100 $50 -$500
54 20 2 X 2 $150 $75 -$425
55 32 3 X 3 $200 $100 -$325
56 23 2 X 4 $250 $125 -$200
57 8 1 X 5 $300 $150 -$50
58 14 2 X 6 $350 $175 $125
59 7 1 X 7 $400 $200 $325
60 11 1 1 0 $450 -$450 -$125
61 25 3 X 1 $100 $50 -$75
62 9 1 X 2 $150 $75 $0
63 1 1 1 0 $200 -$200 -$200
64 4 1 2 0 $100 -$100 -$300
65 7 1 3 0 $100 -$100 -$400
66 31 3 X 1 $100 $50 -$350
67 10 1 X 2 $150 $75 -$275
68 30 3 X 3 $200 $100 -$175
69 23 2 X 4 $250 $125 -$50
70 28 3 X 5 $300 $150 $100
71 19 2 X 6 $350 $175 $275
72 29 3 X 7 $400 $200 $475
73 4 1 X 8 $450 $225 $700
74 7 1 1 0 $500 -$500 $200
75 6 1 2 0 $100 -$100 $100

SPARKLING DOZENS
76 13 2 X 1 $100 $50 $150

77 30 3 X 2 $150 $75 $225
78 19 2 X 3 $200 $100 $325
79 28 3 X 4 $250 $125 $450
80 16 2 X 5 $300 $150 $600
81 11 1 X 6 $350 $175 $775
82 28 3 X 7 $400 $200 $975
83 4 1 X 8 $450 $225 $1,200
84 30 3 X 9 $500 $250 $1,450
85 23 2 X 10 $550 $275 $1,725
86 15 2 1 0 $600 -$600 $1,125
87 26 3 X 1 $100 $50 $1,175
88 28 3 1 0 $150 -$150 $1,025
89 15 2 X 1 $100 $50 $1,075
90 26 3 X 2 $150 $75 $1,150
91 11 1 X 3 $200 $100 $1,250
92 4 1 1 0 $250 -$250 $1,000
93 10 1 2 0 $100 -$100 $900
94 25 3 X 1 $100 $50 $950
95 8 1 X 2 $150 $75 $1,025
96 32 3 X 3 $200 $100 $1,125
97 2 1 X 4 $250 $125 $1,250
98 4 1 1 0 $300 -$300 $950
99 34 3 X 1 $100 $50 $1,000
100 14 2 X 2 $150 $75 $1,075
101 22 2 1 0 $200 -$200 $875
102 7 1 X 1 $100 $50 $925
103 8 1 1 0 $150 -$150 $775
104 24 2 X 1 $100 $50 $825
105 7 1 X 2 $150 $75 $900
106 25 3 X 3 $200 $100 $1,000

SPARKLING DOZENS
107 35 3 1 0 $250 -$250 $750

108 1 1 X 1 $100 $50 $800
109 19 2 X 2 $150 $75 $875
110 29 3 X 3 $200 $100 $975
111 11 1 X 4 $250 $125 $1,100
112 0 0 1 0 $300 -$300 $800
113 2 1 2 0 $100 -$100 $700
114 19 2 X 1 $100 $50 $750
115 11 1 X 2 $150 $75 $825
116 1 1 1 0 $200 -$200 $625
117 34 3 X 1 $100 $50 $675
118 9 1 X 2 $150 $75 $750
119 17 2 X 3 $200 $100 $850
120 12 1 X 4 $250 $125 $975
121 26 3 X 5 $300 $150 $1,125
122 13 2 X 6 $350 $175 $1,300
123 0 0 1 0 $400 -$400 $900
124 34 3 X 1 $100 $50 $950
125 19 2 X 2 $150 $75 $1,025
126 11 1 X 3 $200 $100 $1,125
127 9 1 1 0 $250 -$250 $875
128 16 2 X 1 $100 $50 $925
129 28 3 X 2 $150 $75 $1,000
130 3 1 X 3 $200 $100 $1,100
131 8 1 1 0 $250 -$250 $850
132 24 2 X 1 $100 $50 $900
133 14 2 1 0 $150 -$150 $750
134 6 1 X 1 $100 $50 $800
135 34 3 X 2 $150 $75 $875
136 18 2 X 3 $200 $100 $975
137 36 3 X 4 $250 $125 $1,100
138 15 2 X 5 $300 $150 $1,250

SPARKLING DOZENS
139 36 3 X 6 $350 $175 $1,425

140 33 3 1 0 $400 -$400 $1,025
141 3 1 X 1 $100 $50 $1,075
142 28 3 X 2 $150 $75 $1,150
143 10 1 X 3 $200 $100 $1,250
144 24 2 X 4 $250 $125 $1,375
145 9 1 X 5 $300 $150 $1,525
146 24 2 X 6 $350 $175 $1,700
147 27 3 X 7 $400 $200 $1,900
148 13 2 X 8 $450 $225 $2,125
149 22 2 1 0 $500 -$500 $1,625
150 7 1 X 1 $100 $50 $1,675
151 26 3 X 2 $150 $75 $1,750
152 16 2 X 3 $200 $100 $1,850
153 9 1 X 4 $250 $125 $1,975
154 20 2 X 5 $300 $150 $2,125
155 3 1 X 6 $350 $175 $2,300
156 25 3 X 7 $400 $200 $2,500
157 16 2 X 8 $450 $225 $2,725
158 34 3 X 9 $500 $250 $2,975
159 17 2 X 10 $550 $275 $3,250
160 20 2 1 0 $600 -$600 $2,650
161 5 1 X 1 $100 $50 $2,700
162 19 2 X 2 $150 $75 $2,775
163 2 1 X 3 $200 $100 $2,875
164 19 2 X 4 $250 $125 $3,000
165 23 2 1 0 $300 -$300 $2,700
166 8 1 X 1 $100 $50 $2,750
167 18 2 X 2 $150 $75 $2,825
168 00 00 1 0 $200 -$200 $2,625
169 14 2 2 0 $100 -$100 $2,525
170 27 3 X 1 $100 $50 $2,575

SPARKLING DOZENS
171 27 3 1 0 $150 -$150 $2,425

172 30 3 2 0 $100 -$100 $2,325
173 27 3 3 0 $100 -$100 $2,225
174 34 3 4 0 $100 -$100 $2,125
175 25 3 5 0 $100 -$100 $2,025
176 3 1 X 1 $100 $50 $2,075
177 25 3 X 2 $150 $75 $2,150
178 3 1 X 3 $200 $100 $2,250
179 20 2 X 4 $250 $125 $2,375
180 27 3 X 5 $300 $150 $2,525
181 11 1 X 6 $350 $175 $2,700
182 6 1 1 0 $400 -$400 $2,300
183 31 3 X 1 $100 $50 $2,350
184 30 3 1 0 $150 -$150 $2,200
185 8 1 X 1 $100 $50 $2,250
186 21 2 X 2 $150 $75 $2,325
187 11 1 X 3 $200 $100 $2,425
188 8 1 1 0 $250 -$250 $2,175
189 28 3 X 1 $100 $50 $2,225
190 19 2 X 2 $150 $75 $2,300
191 0 0 1 0 $200 -$200 $2,100
192 7 1 X 1 $100 $50 $2,150
193 13 2 X 2 $150 $75 $2,225
194 32 3 X 3 $200 $100 $2,325
195 36 3 1 0 $250 -$250 $2,075
196 14 2 X 1 $100 $50 $2,125
197 11 1 X 2 $150 $75 $2,200
198 32 3 X 3 $200 $100 $2,300
199 6 1 X 4 $250 $125 $2,425
200 22 2 X 5 $300 $150 $2,575
Now, let's analyze the above simulation in Table 2:
You lose your very first bet in Sequence 2 with a loss of 2 units or

SPARKLING DOZENS
$100 (our unit is $50).

Your next loss occurs in Sequence 5 after having won in Sequences 3
and 4. Losing the third time results in -1.5 units or $75 according to
Table 1 reducing your overall net to -$175.
Sequence 6 loses, meaning a two-unit loss of $100, reducing your net
to -$275.
Then you catch a relatively small winning streak (Sequences 7 to 12),
until you lose in Sequence 13. You have increased your total bet by
1 unit ($50 - or $25 on each two Dozen) every time during this
progression. The winning streak counter shows that you have
completed the round in the 7th bet. According to Table 1, this means
a gain of 5.5 units ($50 X 5.5 = $275) from the net in Sequence 6 (-
$275), breaking even.
Then you have some losses with small units (always with small units
values) up until Sequence 21, where your net becomes -$500.
Sequences 22 to 29 give you another winning streak of 7 bets until
you lose the 8th bet. This gives you +8.5 units (or $50 X 8.5 = $425)
according to Table 1, bringing your overall net from -$500 to -$75.
Between Sequences 30 to 76 the results fluctuate up and down a few
units, until the moment you have been waiting for in Sequence 77: a
winning streak of 10 bets, until it loses at the 11th. A gain of 20.5
units (or $50 X 20.5 = $1025) according to Table 1, increasing your
overall net from $100 in Sequence 75 to $1125 in Sequence 86.
You get similar winning streaks in Sequences 141-148 and 150-159.
You reach a peak of $3000 in Sequence 164, where it's an excellent
time to quit. The remaining sequences maintain your profit level with
slight fluctuations, should you decide to quit a bit later. But, it is
strongly recommended to quit when you are ahead. You never know
when the table will turn against you. Over a long period, it definitely
will. With this system a 200 spin period is a reasonable time to stay
as the simulation shows.
System 2
SPARKLING DOZENS
This system is similar to System 1. The difference is on the very first

bet of the round. Instead of betting 2 units, you bet 20 units (10 unit
on each Dozen). Then the subsequent bets are 2, 3, 4, etc. units,
increasing by one unit when you win, until you lose once and start
over again with 20 units on the first bet of the round. This system
seems riskier than System 1, but may increase your profit level.
In this system, only if you lose your first bet, you will be down by 20
units. Otherwise, your winnings will be open-ended, regardless of
when you lose next.
Losing 20 units up front or anywhere is not that alarming, as it would
take not more than 3 rounds to recover this loss.
Table 3 below illustrates the above betting scheme (in units):
Table 3
Sequence Bet Win Cumulative Profit When Lose the

Win Last Bet of the
Round
1 20 10 10 -20
2 2 1 11 8
3 3 1.5 12.5 8
4 4 2 14.5 8.5
5 5 2.5 17 9.5
6 6 3 20 11
7 7 3.5 23.5 13
8 8 4 27.5 15.5
9 9 4.5 32 18.5
10 10 5 37 22
11 11 5.5 42.5 26
12 12 6 48.5 30.5

SPARKLING DOZENS
13 13 6.5 55 35.5
14 14 7 62 41
15 15 7.5 69.5 47
16 16 8 77.5 53.5
17 17 8.5 86 60.5
18 18 9 95 68
19 19 9.5 104.5 76
20 20 10 114.5 84.5
21 21 10.5 125 93.5
22 22 11 136 103
23 23 11.5 147.5 113
24 24 12 159.5 123.5
25 25 12.5 172 134.5
26 26 13 185 146
27 27 13.5 198.5 158
28 28 14 212.5 170.5
As you can see in Table 3, if you win the first bet and lose the second
you are ahead by 8 units.
If you win the first two bets and lose the third, you are ahead by 8
units again.
If you win the first 9 bets and lost the tenth, you are ahead by 22
units, etc.
Let us see now how this system performs by observing the 200 spin
simulation in Table 4 (bet unit value is again $50):
Please note that your betting unit can be as low as the table's
minimum.
Table 4

SPARKLING DOZENS
Sequence Number Dozen Change Winning Bet Cash Net

Dozen Streak
1 4 1
2 36 3 X 1 $1,000 $500 $500
3 21 2 X 2 $100 $50 $550
4 7 1 X 3 $150 $75 $625
5 21 2 X 4 $200 $100 $725
6 21 2 1 0 $250 -$250 $475
7 10 1 X 1 $1,000 $500 $975
8 32 3 X 2 $100 $50 $1,025
9 12 1 X 3 $150 $75 $1,100
10 00 00 1 0 $200 -$200 $900
11 33 3 X 1 $1,000 $500 $1,400
12 22 2 X 2 $100 $50 $1,450
13 24 2 1 0 $150 -$150 $1,300
14 31 3 X 1 $1,000 $500 $1,800
15 33 3 1 0 $100 -$100 $1,700
16 28 3 2 0 $1,000 -$1,000 $700
17 8 1 X 1 $1,000 $500 $1,200
18 36 3 X 2 $100 $50 $1,250
19 15 2 X 3 $150 $75 $1,325
20 4 1 X 4 $200 $100 $1,425
21 36 3 X 5 $250 $125 $1,550
22 2 1 X 6 $300 $150 $1,700
23 22 2 X 7 $350 $175 $1,875
24 30 3 X 8 $400 $200 $2,075
25 8 1 X 9 $450 $225 $2,300
26 20 2 X 10 $500 $250 $2,550
27 20 2 1 0 $550 -$550 $2,000
28 25 3 X 1 $1,000 $500 $2,500
29 4 1 X 2 $100 $50 $2,550

SPARKLING DOZENS
30 6 1 1 0 $150 -$150 $2,400

31 13 2 X 1 $1,000 $500 $2,900
32 36 3 X 2 $100 $50 $2,950
33 17 2 X 3 $150 $75 $3,025
34 19 2 1 0 $200 -$200 $2,825
35 10 1 X 1 $1,000 $500 $3,325
36 12 1 1 0 $100 -$100 $3,225
37 16 2 X 1 $1,000 $500 $3,725
38 29 3 X 2 $100 $50 $3,775
39 32 3 1 0 $150 -$150 $3,625
40 8 1 X 1 $1,000 $500 $4,125
41 28 3 X 2 $100 $50 $4,175
42 6 1 X 3 $150 $75 $4,250
43 9 1 1 0 $200 -$200 $4,050
44 19 2 X 1 $1,000 $500 $4,550
45 7 1 X 2 $100 $50 $4,600
46 11 1 1 0 $150 -$150 $4,450
47 25 3 X 1 $1,000 $500 $4,950
48 22 2 X 2 $100 $50 $5,000
49 26 3 X 3 $150 $75 $5,075
50 18 2 X 4 $200 $100 $5,175
51 19 2 1 0 $250 -$250 $4,925
52 11 1 X 1 $1,000 $500 $5,425
53 25 3 X 2 $100 $50 $5,475
54 20 2 X 3 $150 $75 $5,550
55 17 2 1 0 $200 -$200 $5,350
56 5 1 X 1 $1,000 $500 $5,850
57 30 3 X 2 $100 $50 $5,900
58 15 2 X 3 $150 $75 $5,975
59 36 3 X 4 $200 $100 $6,075
60 31 3 1 0 $250 -$250 $5,825

SPARKLING DOZENS
61 29 3 2 0 $1,000 -$1,000 $4,825

62 30 3 3 0 $1,000 -$1,000 $3,825
63 12 1 X 1 $1,000 $500 $4,325
64 19 2 X 2 $100 $50 $4,375
65 34 3 X 3 $150 $75 $4,450
66 11 1 X 4 $200 $100 $4,550
67 34 3 X 5 $250 $125 $4,675
68 23 2 X 6 $300 $150 $4,825
69 1 1 X 7 $350 $175 $5,000
70 32 3 X 8 $400 $200 $5,200
71 31 3 1 0 $450 -$450 $4,750
72 22 2 X 1 $1,000 $500 $5,250
73 25 3 X 2 $100 $50 $5,300
74 25 3 1 0 $150 -$150 $5,150
75 34 3 2 0 $1,000 -$1,000 $4,150
76 16 2 X 1 $1,000 $500 $4,650
77 28 3 X 2 $100 $50 $4,700
78 24 2 X 3 $150 $75 $4,775
79 27 3 X 4 $200 $100 $4,875
80 30 3 1 0 $250 -$250 $4,625
81 8 1 X 1 $1,000 $500 $5,125
82 29 3 X 2 $100 $50 $5,175
83 31 3 1 0 $150 -$150 $5,025
84 20 2 X 1 $1,000 $500 $5,525
85 18 2 1 0 $100 -$100 $5,425
86 31 3 X 1 $1,000 $500 $5,925
87 32 3 1 0 $100 -$100 $5,825
88 8 1 X 1 $1,000 $500 $6,325
89 1 1 1 0 $100 -$100 $6,225
90 32 3 X 1 $1,000 $500 $6,725
91 12 1 X 2 $100 $50 $6,775

SPARKLING DOZENS
92 14 2 X 3 $150 $75 $6,850

93 30 3 X 4 $200 $100 $6,950
94 2 1 X 5 $250 $125 $7,075
95 28 3 X 6 $300 $150 $7,225
96 29 3 1 0 $350 -$350 $6,875
97 20 2 X 1 $1,000 $500 $7,375
98 25 3 X 2 $100 $50 $7,425
99 8 1 X 3 $150 $75 $7,500
100 24 2 X 4 $200 $100 $7,600
101 3 1 X 5 $250 $125 $7,725
102 4 1 1 0 $300 -$300 $7,425
103 22 2 X 1 $1,000 $500 $7,925
104 0 0 1 0 $100 -$100 $7,825
105 2 1 X 1 $1,000 $500 $8,325
106 35 3 X 2 $100 $50 $8,375
107 14 2 X 3 $150 $75 $8,450
108 17 2 1 0 $200 -$200 $8,250
109 27 3 X 1 $1,000 $500 $8,750
110 31 3 1 0 $100 -$100 $8,650
111 21 2 X 1 $1,000 $500 $9,150
112 23 2 1 0 $100 -$100 $9,050
113 15 2 2 0 $1,000 -$1,000 $8,050
114 11 1 X 1 $1,000 $500 $8,550
115 35 3 X 2 $100 $50 $8,600
116 15 2 X 3 $150 $75 $8,675
117 25 3 X 4 $200 $100 $8,775
118 5 1 X 5 $250 $125 $8,900
119 13 2 X 6 $300 $150 $9,050
120 00 00 1 0 $350 -$350 $8,700
121 9 1 X 1 $1,000 $500 $9,200
122 12 1 1 0 $100 -$100 $9,100
123 7 1 2 0 $1,000 -$1,000 $8,100

SPARKLING DOZENS
124 31 3 X 1 $1,000 $500 $8,600

125 34 3 1 0 $100 -$100 $8,500
126 23 2 X 1 $1,000 $500 $9,000
127 22 2 1 0 $100 -$100 $8,900
128 12 1 X 1 $1,000 $500 $9,400
129 34 3 X 2 $100 $50 $9,450
130 33 3 1 0 $150 -$150 $9,300
131 12 1 X 1 $1,000 $500 $9,800
132 33 3 X 2 $100 $50 $9,850
133 26 3 1 0 $150 -$150 $9,700
134 5 1 X 1 $1,000 $500 $10,200
135 1 1 1 0 $100 -$100 $10,100
136 20 2 X 1 $1,000 $500 $10,600
137 1 1 X 2 $100 $50 $10,650
138 15 2 X 3 $150 $75 $10,725
139 0 0 1 0 $200 -$200 $10,525
140 36 3 X 1 $1,000 $500 $11,025
141 24 2 X 2 $100 $50 $11,075
142 17 2 1 0 $150 -$150 $10,925
143 4 1 X 1 $1,000 $500 $11,425
144 22 2 X 2 $100 $50 $11,475
145 22 2 1 0 $150 -$150 $11,325
146 31 3 X 1 $1,000 $500 $11,825
147 31 3 1 0 $100 -$100 $11,725
148 2 1 X 1 $1,000 $500 $12,225
149 12 1 1 0 $100 -$100 $12,125
150 10 1 2 0 $1,000 -$1,000 $11,125
151 10 1 3 0 $1,000 -$1,000 $10,125
152 13 2 X 1 $1,000 $500 $10,625
153 26 3 X 2 $100 $50 $10,675
154 8 1 X 3 $150 $75 $10,750
155 16 2 X 4 $200 $100 $10,850

SPARKLING DOZENS
156 5 1 X 5 $250 $125 $10,975

157 33 3 X 6 $300 $150 $11,125
158 27 3 1 0 $350 -$350 $10,775
159 23 2 X 1 $1,000 $500 $11,275
160 18 2 1 0 $100 -$100 $11,175
161 34 3 X 1 $1,000 $500 $11,675
162 17 2 X 2 $100 $50 $11,725
163 2 1 X 3 $150 $75 $11,800
164 12 1 1 0 $200 -$200 $11,600
165 8 1 2 0 $1,000 -$1,000 $10,600
166 20 2 X 1 $1,000 $500 $11,100
167 1 1 X 2 $100 $50 $11,150
168 25 3 X 3 $150 $75 $11,225
169 12 1 X 4 $200 $100 $11,325
170 15 2 X 5 $250 $125 $11,450
171 18 2 1 0 $300 -$300 $11,150
172 22 2 2 0 $1,000 -$1,000 $10,150
173 2 1 X 1 $1,000 $500 $10,650
174 1 1 1 0 $100 -$100 $10,550
175 15 2 X 1 $1,000 $500 $11,050
176 12 1 X 2 $100 $50 $11,100
177 28 3 X 3 $150 $75 $11,175
178 30 3 1 0 $200 -$200 $10,975
179 25 3 2 0 $1,000 -$1,000 $9,975
180 10 1 X 1 $1,000 $500 $10,475
181 20 2 X 2 $100 $50 $10,525
182 13 2 1 0 $150 -$150 $10,375
183 9 1 X 1 $1,000 $500 $10,875
184 12 1 1 0 $100 -$100 $10,775
185 27 3 X 1 $1,000 $500 $11,275
186 11 1 X 2 $100 $50 $11,325
187 7 1 1 0 $150 -$150 $11,175

SPARKLING DOZENS
188 10 1 2 0 $1,000 -$1,000 $10,175

189 29 3 X 1 $1,000 $500 $10,675
190 36 3 1 0 $100 -$100 $10,575
191 21 2 X 1 $1,000 $500 $11,075
192 33 3 X 2 $100 $50 $11,125
193 15 2 X 3 $150 $75 $11,200
194 29 3 X 4 $200 $100 $11,300
195 24 2 X 5 $250 $125 $11,425
196 34 3 X 6 $300 $150 $11,575
197 36 3 1 0 $350 -$350 $11,225
198 20 2 X 1 $1,000 $500 $11,725
199 19 2 1 0 $100 -$100 $11,625
200 31 3 X 1 $1,000 $500 $12,125
You win your first 20 unit bet in Sequence 2, cashing $500.
Your second bet in Sequence 3 is now 2 units in total, with 1 unit on

each Dozen (or $100, $50 on each Dozen) and you increase by 1 unit
(.5 unit on each Dozen) on the winning bets of Sequences 3 to 5, until
you lose in Sequence 6.
Sequences 7-10 follow the same pattern. You win the first 3 bets and
lose the 4th. According to Table 3, this means a gain of 8.5 units (or
($50 X 8.5 = $425), increasing your overall net from $475 in Sequence
6 to $900 in Sequence 10.
Sequences 11-13 give you a 3rd time loss, with an 8 unit gain to
$1300.
At Sequence 16, you lose your 20 unit bet reducing your net from
$1700 to $700.
This happens a few times, such as in Sequences 61, 62, 75, 113, 123,
150, 151, 165, 172, 179 and 188. Every time it happens, it's a $1000
loss. However, this doesn't affect the overall performance of the

SPARKLING DOZENS
system. You still end up with a tremendous profit of more than

$12,000 at the end of spin (Sequence) 200.
This system doesn't even require long winning streaks as in System

1. If they happen, that's even better. There is a ten sequence winning
streak on Sequences 17 to 26, giving you a gain of 26 units increasing
your profit by $1300 (from $700 in Sequence 16 to $2000 in Sequence
27).
This system performs very well. However, some cautiousness is

required, as it's not unlikely for a Dozen to repeat a few times in a row
(such as 4 times in Sequences 59-62). When those trends exist at a
certain table, you should go to another one observing the various
scoreboards.
System 3
This system is quite different from the above two, as it's not based on
winning streaks, nor increasing your bet on a winning bet. On the
contrary, your bet remains the same, 1 unit (on each Dozen) every
time on a winning bet. Once you lose, you triple your bet up to three
times if necessary until you win. Why triple? In changing Dozens
strategy, tripling your bet recovers your previous loss and you end
up in a 1 unit profit. This is illustrated in Table 5 below with $1 units
on each Dozen.
Table 5
Sequence Bet Net if Lose Cash if Win

1 $2 -$2 $1
2 $6 -$8 $1
3 $18 -$26 $1

SPARKLING DOZENS
4 $54 -$80 $1
5 $162 -$242 $1
So, for this system the threshold of 3 is selected so as not to lose

more than 26 units, should we lose a round. You will see that
recovering 26 units is much easier than recovering 80 units, as would
be the case with threshold 4.
Table 6 below illustrates the performance of System 3:
Table 6
Sequence Number Dozen Change Losing Bet Cash Net
Dozen Streak
1 32 3
2 9 1 X 0 $100 $50 $50
3 17 2 X 0 $100 $50 $100
4 9 1 X 0 $100 $50 $150
5 23 2 X 0 $100 $50 $200
6 36 3 X 0 $100 $50 $250
7 25 3 1 1 $100 -$100 $150
8 22 2 X 0 $300 $150 $300
9 12 1 X 0 $100 $50 $350
10 31 3 X 0 $100 $50 $400
11 3 1 X 0 $100 $50 $450
12 1 1 1 1 $100 -$100 $350
13 9 1 2 2 $300 -$300 $50
14 16 2 X 0 $900 $450 $500
15 11 1 X 0 $100 $50 $550
16 22 2 X 0 $100 $50 $600
17 27 3 X 0 $100 $50 $650
18 8 1 X 0 $100 $50 $700

SPARKLING DOZENS
19 15 2 X 0 $100 $50 $750

20 00 00 1 1 $100 -$100 $650
21 15 2 2 2 $300 -$300 $350
22 2 1 X 0 $900 $450 $800
23 23 2 X 0 $100 $50 $850
24 2 1 X 0 $100 $50 $900
25 11 1 1 1 $100 -$100 $800
26 11 1 2 2 $300 -$300 $500
27 4 1 3 3 $900 -$900 -$400
28 33 3 X 0 $100 $50 -$350
29 16 2 X 0 $100 $50 -$300
30 26 3 X 0 $100 $50 -$250
31 9 1 X 0 $100 $50 -$200
32 11 1 1 1 $100 -$100 -$300
33 10 1 2 2 $300 -$300 -$600
34 28 3 X 0 $900 $450 -$150
35 35 3 1 1 $100 -$100 -$250
36 15 2 X 0 $300 $150 -$100
37 11 1 X 0 $100 $50 -$50
38 34 3 X 0 $100 $50 $0
39 26 3 1 1 $100 -$100 -$100
40 8 1 X 0 $300 $150 $50
41 17 2 X 0 $100 $50 $100
42 30 3 X 0 $100 $50 $150
43 12 1 X 0 $100 $50 $200
44 21 2 X 0 $100 $50 $250
45 14 2 1 1 $100 -$100 $150
46 31 3 X 0 $300 $150 $300
47 6 1 X 0 $100 $50 $350
48 14 2 X 0 $100 $50 $400
49 29 3 X 0 $100 $50 $450

SPARKLING DOZENS
50 31 3 1 1 $100 -$100 $350

51 18 2 X 0 $300 $150 $500
52 33 3 X 0 $100 $50 $550
53 17 2 X 0 $100 $50 $600
54 30 3 X 0 $100 $50 $650
55 29 3 1 1 $100 -$100 $550
56 13 2 X 0 $300 $150 $700
57 27 3 X 0 $100 $50 $750
58 14 2 X 0 $100 $50 $800
59 14 2 1 1 $100 -$100 $700
60 2 1 X 0 $300 $150 $850
61 34 3 X 0 $100 $50 $900
62 27 3 1 1 $100 -$100 $800
63 8 1 X 0 $300 $150 $950
64 13 2 X 0 $100 $50 $1,000
65 18 2 1 1 $100 -$100 $900
66 12 1 X 0 $300 $150 $1,050
67 23 2 X 0 $100 $50 $1,100
68 10 1 X 0 $100 $50 $1,150
69 11 1 1 1 $100 -$100 $1,050
70 32 3 X 0 $300 $150 $1,200
71 16 2 X 0 $100 $50 $1,250
72 7 1 X 0 $100 $50 $1,300
73 34 3 X 0 $100 $50 $1,350
74 10 1 X 0 $100 $50 $1,400
75 13 2 X 0 $100 $50 $1,450
76 34 3 X 0 $100 $50 $1,500
77 1 1 X 0 $100 $50 $1,550
78 30 3 X 0 $100 $50 $1,600
79 6 1 X 0 $100 $50 $1,650
80 28 3 X 0 $100 $50 $1,700

SPARKLING DOZENS
81 0 0 1 1 $100 -$100 $1,600

82 0 0 2 2 $300 -$300 $1,300
83 36 3 X 0 $900 $450 $1,750
84 2 1 X 0 $100 $50 $1,800
85 15 2 X 0 $100 $50 $1,850
86 20 2 1 1 $100 -$100 $1,750
87 15 2 2 2 $300 -$300 $1,450
88 28 3 X 0 $900 $450 $1,900
89 1 1 X 0 $100 $50 $1,950
90 19 2 X 0 $100 $50 $2,000
91 35 3 X 0 $100 $50 $2,050
92 7 1 X 0 $100 $50 $2,100
93 7 1 1 1 $100 -$100 $2,000
94 15 2 X 0 $300 $150 $2,150
95 23 2 1 1 $100 -$100 $2,050
96 16 2 2 2 $300 -$300 $1,750
97 23 2 3 3 $900 -$900 $850
98 36 3 X 0 $100 $50 $900
99 00 00 1 1 $100 -$100 $800
100 2 1 X 0 $300 $150 $950
101 32 3 X 0 $100 $50 $1,000
102 14 2 X 0 $100 $50 $1,050
103 35 3 X 0 $100 $50 $1,100
104 33 3 1 1 $100 -$100 $1,000
105 10 1 X 0 $300 $150 $1,150
106 11 1 1 1 $100 -$100 $1,050
107 12 1 2 2 $300 -$300 $750
108 0 0 3 3 $900 -$900 -$150
109 29 3 X 0 $100 $50 -$100
110 30 3 1 1 $100 -$100 -$200
111 1 1 X 0 $300 $150 -$50

SPARKLING DOZENS
112 18 2 X 0 $100 $50 $0

113 27 3 X 0 $100 $50 $50
114 30 3 1 1 $100 -$100 -$50
115 1 1 X 0 $300 $150 $100
116 8 1 1 1 $100 -$100 $0
117 35 3 X 0 $300 $150 $150
118 19 2 X 0 $100 $50 $200
119 33 3 X 0 $100 $50 $250
120 8 1 X 0 $100 $50 $300
121 16 2 X 0 $100 $50 $350
122 5 1 X 0 $100 $50 $400
123 34 3 X 0 $100 $50 $450
124 2 1 X 0 $100 $50 $500
125 2 1 1 1 $100 -$100 $400
126 22 2 X 0 $300 $150 $550
127 34 3 X 0 $100 $50 $600
128 26 3 1 1 $100 -$100 $500
129 26 3 2 2 $300 -$300 $200
130 19 2 X 0 $900 $450 $650
131 3 1 X 0 $100 $50 $700
132 1 1 1 1 $100 -$100 $600
133 13 2 X 0 $300 $150 $750
134 27 3 X 0 $100 $50 $800
135 10 1 X 0 $100 $50 $850
136 17 2 X 0 $100 $50 $900
137 27 3 X 0 $100 $50 $950
138 7 1 X 0 $100 $50 $1,000
139 26 3 X 0 $100 $50 $1,050
140 20 2 X 0 $100 $50 $1,100
141 23 2 1 1 $100 -$100 $1,000
142 5 1 X 0 $300 $150 $1,150
143 7 1 1 1 $100 -$100 $1,050

SPARKLING DOZENS
144 11 1 2 2 $300 -$300 $750

145 25 3 X 0 $900 $450 $1,200
146 35 3 1 1 $100 -$100 $1,100
147 34 3 2 2 $300 -$300 $800
148 3 1 X 0 $900 $450 $1,250
149 0 0 1 1 $100 -$100 $1,150
150 19 2 X 0 $300 $150 $1,300
151 7 1 X 0 $100 $50 $1,350
152 29 3 X 0 $100 $50 $1,400
153 6 1 X 0 $100 $50 $1,450
154 28 3 X 0 $100 $50 $1,500
155 16 2 X 0 $100 $50 $1,550
156 5 1 X 0 $100 $50 $1,600
157 33 3 X 0 $100 $50 $1,650
158 17 2 X 0 $100 $50 $1,700
159 25 3 X 0 $100 $50 $1,750
160 15 2 X 0 $100 $50 $1,800
161 33 3 X 0 $100 $50 $1,850
162 3 1 X 0 $100 $50 $1,900
163 14 2 X 0 $100 $50 $1,950
164 11 1 X 0 $100 $50 $2,000
165 2 1 1 1 $100 -$100 $1,900
166 33 3 X 0 $300 $150 $2,050
167 5 1 X 0 $100 $50 $2,100
168 11 1 1 1 $100 -$100 $2,000
169 33 3 X 0 $300 $150 $2,150
170 23 2 X 0 $100 $50 $2,200
171 16 2 1 1 $100 -$100 $2,100
172 13 2 2 2 $300 -$300 $1,800
173 31 3 X 0 $900 $450 $2,250
174 9 1 X 0 $100 $50 $2,300
175 12 1 1 1 $100 -$100 $2,200

SPARKLING DOZENS
176 13 2 X 0 $300 $150 $2,350

177 10 1 X 0 $100 $50 $2,400
178 33 3 X 0 $100 $50 $2,450
179 5 1 X 0 $100 $50 $2,500
180 8 1 1 1 $100 -$100 $2,400
181 0 0 2 2 $300 -$300 $2,100
182 13 2 X 0 $900 $450 $2,550
183 5 1 X 0 $100 $50 $2,600
184 11 1 1 1 $100 -$100 $2,500
185 5 1 2 2 $300 -$300 $2,200
186 10 1 3 3 $900 -$900 $1,300
187 8 1 4 1 $100 -$100 $1,200
188 15 2 X 0 $300 $150 $1,350
189 29 3 X 0 $100 $50 $1,400
190 17 2 X 0 $100 $50 $1,450
191 16 2 1 1 $100 -$100 $1,350
192 13 2 2 2 $300 -$300 $1,050
193 7 1 X 0 $900 $450 $1,500
194 36 3 X 0 $100 $50 $1,550
195 36 3 1 1 $100 -$100 $1,450
196 6 1 X 0 $300 $150 $1,600
197 17 2 X 0 $100 $50 $1,650
198 28 3 X 0 $100 $50 $1,700
199 0 0 1 1 $100 -$100 $1,600
200 12 1 X 0 $300 $150 $1,750
Let us now analyze what happens in the above simulation:
Sequences 2-6 are winning sequences and you are betting 1 unit of
$50 on each Dozen, in every sequence, cashing $50 each time.
You lose your bet at Sequence 7. Therefore, you triple your bet at
Sequence 8 to $300 ($150 on each Dozen). Winning Sequence 8
restores your $50 profit increase from Sequence 6 to 8, increasing

SPARKLING DOZENS
your overall net from $250 to $300.

You win Sequences 8 to 11, steadily gaining $50 on each sequence.
When you lose Sequence 12, you triple your bet at Sequence 13 to
$300.
You lose Sequence 13 as well, then you triple your bet again to $900
($450 on each Dozen) at Sequence 14, which finally wins and restores
your $50 profit back from $450 in Sequence 11 to $500 in Sequence
14.
Here are a few cases, where you don't win after tripling twice:
Sequences 25-28, 95-98, 106-109. In those cases, the loss of 26 units
or $1300 is accepted, but the system recovers nicely, giving you
$1750 profit at the end of 200 spins.
What happens if we lose 4 times in a row, such as in Sequences 184

to 187. As you may have noticed, the column Losing Streak in Table
6 (the counter of losses) resets its value back to 1 after 3 to indicate
the restarting of a new round in Sequence 187. Since Sequence 187
loses, the bet is tripled in Sequence 188 resulting in a winning bet.
System 4
This system combines the concepts of Systems 1 and 3. Your bet is

increased by 20% (not by one betting unit as in System 1) when you
win and it's tripled when you lose. This time, we will content
ourselves with a threshold of 2 while tripling, so as not to exceed the
table's maximum betting limit. In other words, when we lose a bet, we
will triple our bet only twice rather than 3 times as in System 3.
Table 7 below illustrates the performance of System 4. Our unit is

now $5. So a $10 bet will mean the placing of $5 on each Dozen.
At this table, we record both Winning Streaks and Losing Streaks, as

SPARKLING DOZENS
we increase our bet by %20 on a winning bet and triple it on a losing

bet.
Table 7
Sequence Number Dozen Change Winning Losing Bet Cash Net
Dozen Streak Streak
1 25 3
2 34 3 1 0 1 $10 -$10 -$10
3 6 1 X 1 0 $30 $15 $5
4 34 3 X 2 0 $10 $5 $10
5 26 3 1 0 1 $12 -$12 -$2
6 9 1 X 1 0 $36 $18 $16
7 12 1 1 0 1 $10 -$10 $6
8 19 2 X 1 0 $30 $15 $21
9 21 2 1 0 1 $10 -$10 $11
10 7 1 X 1 0 $30 $15 $26
11 35 3 X 2 0 $10 $5 $31
12 19 2 X 3 0 $12 $6 $37
13 18 2 1 0 1 $14 -$14 $23
14 24 2 2 0 2 $43 -$43 -$21
15 21 2 3 0 1 $10 -$10 -$31
16 32 3 X 1 0 $30 $15 -$16
17 14 2 X 2 0 $10 $5 -$11
18 13 2 1 0 1 $12 -$12 -$23
19 34 3 X 1 0 $36 $18 -$5
20 36 3 1 0 1 $10 -$10 -$15
21 8 1 X 1 0 $30 $15 $0
22 32 3 X 2 0 $10 $5 $5
23 4 1 X 3 0 $12 $6 $11
24 9 1 1 0 1 $14 -$14 -$3
25 34 3 X 1 0 $43 $22 $19
26 18 2 X 2 0 $10 $5 $24

SPARKLING DOZENS
27 8 1 X 3 0 $12 $6 $30
28 35 3 X 4 0 $14 $7 $37
29 29 3 1 0 1 $17 -$17 $20
30 13 2 X 1 0 $52 $26 $45
31 13 2 1 0 1 $10 -$10 $35
32 34 3 X 1 0 $30 $15 $50
33 8 1 X 2 0 $10 $5 $55
34 6 1 1 0 1 $12 -$12 $43
35 23 2 X 1 0 $36 $18 $61
36 14 2 1 0 1 $10 -$10 $51
37 10 1 X 1 0 $30 $15 $66
38 4 1 1 0 1 $10 -$10 $56
39 11 1 2 0 2 $30 -$30 $26
40 5 1 3 0 1 $10 -$10 $16
41 30 3 X 1 0 $30 $15 $31
42 13 2 X 2 0 $10 $5 $36
43 36 3 X 3 0 $12 $6 $42
44 35 3 1 0 1 $14 -$14 $28
45 26 3 2 0 2 $43 -$43 -$15
46 21 2 X 1 0 $10 $5 -$10
47 1 1 X 2 0 $10 $5 -$5
48 12 1 1 0 1 $12 -$12 -$17
49 15 2 X 1 0 $36 $18 $1
50 1 1 X 2 0 $10 $5 $6
51 34 3 X 3 0 $12 $6 $12
52 15 2 X 4 0 $14 $7 $19
53 24 2 1 0 1 $17 -$17 $2
54 26 3 X 1 0 $52 $26 $28
55 2 1 X 2 0 $10 $5 $33
56 22 2 X 3 0 $12 $6 $39
57 34 3 X 4 0 $14 $7 $46
58 16 2 X 5 0 $17 $9 $55

SPARKLING DOZENS
59 3 1 X 6 0 $21 $10 $65

60 12 1 1 0 1 $25 -$25 $40
61 36 3 X 1 0 $75 $37 $77
62 19 2 X 2 0 $10 $5 $82
63 30 3 X 3 0 $12 $6 $88
64 15 2 X 4 0 $14 $7 $96
65 13 2 1 0 1 $17 -$17 $78
66 4 1 X 1 0 $52 $26 $104
67 2 1 1 0 1 $10 -$10 $94
68 24 2 X 1 0 $30 $15 $109
69 16 2 1 0 1 $10 -$10 $99
70 32 3 X 1 0 $30 $15 $114
71 27 3 1 0 1 $10 -$10 $104
72 9 1 X 1 0 $30 $15 $119
73 33 3 X 2 0 $10 $5 $124
74 25 3 1 0 1 $12 -$12 $112
75 18 2 X 1 0 $36 $18 $130
76 0 0 1 0 1 $10 -$10 $120
77 5 1 X 1 0 $30 $15 $135
78 4 1 1 0 1 $10 -$10 $125
79 1 1 2 0 2 $30 -$30 $95
80 18 2 X 1 0 $10 $5 $100
81 21 2 1 0 1 $10 -$10 $90
82 25 3 X 1 0 $30 $15 $105
83 22 2 X 2 0 $10 $5 $110
84 18 2 1 0 1 $12 -$12 $98
85 25 3 X 1 0 $36 $18 $116
86 29 3 1 0 1 $10 -$10 $106
87 3 1 X 1 0 $30 $15 $121
88 34 3 X 2 0 $10 $5 $126
89 9 1 X 3 0 $12 $6 $132

SPARKLING DOZENS
90 23 2 X 4 0 $14 $7 $139
91 29 3 X 5 0 $17 $9 $148
92 23 2 X 6 0 $21 $10 $158
93 35 3 X 7 0 $25 $12 $171
94 22 2 X 8 0 $30 $15 $186
95 36 3 X 9 0 $36 $18 $204
96 24 2 X 10 0 $43 $21 $225
97 9 1 X 11 0 $52 $26 $251
98 29 3 X 12 0 $62 $31 $282
99 16 2 X 13 0 $74 $37 $319
100 35 3 X 14 0 $89 $45 $364
101 30 3 1 0 1 $107 -$107 $257
102 24 2 X 1 0 $321 $160 $417
103 8 1 X 2 0 $10 $5 $422
104 4 1 1 0 1 $12 -$12 $410
105 0 0 2 0 2 $36 -$36 $374
106 10 1 3 0 1 $10 -$10 $364
107 31 3 X 1 0 $30 $15 $379
108 24 2 X 2 0 $10 $5 $384
109 32 3 X 3 0 $12 $6 $390
110 19 2 X 4 0 $14 $7 $397
111 7 1 X 5 0 $17 $9 $406
112 21 2 X 6 0 $21 $10 $416
113 3 1 X 7 0 $25 $12 $429
114 31 3 X 8 0 $30 $15 $444
115 35 3 1 0 1 $36 -$36 $408
116 11 1 X 1 0 $107 $54 $462
117 32 3 X 2 0 $10 $5 $467
118 14 2 X 3 0 $12 $6 $473
119 13 2 1 0 1 $14 -$14 $458
120 20 2 2 0 2 $43 -$43 $415

SPARKLING DOZENS
121 19 2 3 0 1 $10 -$10 $405

122 0 0 4 0 2 $30 -$30 $375
123 28 3 X 1 0 $10 $5 $380
124 5 1 X 2 0 $10 $5 $385
125 0 0 1 0 1 $12 -$12 $373
126 9 1 2 0 2 $36 -$36 $337
127 27 3 X 1 0 $10 $5 $342
128 2 1 X 2 0 $10 $5 $347
129 1 1 1 0 1 $12 -$12 $335
130 0 0 2 0 2 $36 -$36 $299
131 21 2 X 1 0 $10 $5 $304
132 33 3 X 2 0 $10 $5 $309
133 11 1 X 3 0 $12 $6 $315
134 23 2 X 4 0 $14 $7 $322
135 8 1 X 5 0 $17 $9 $331
136 6 1 1 0 1 $21 -$21 $310
137 24 2 X 1 0 $62 $31 $341
138 11 1 X 2 0 $10 $5 $346
139 12 1 1 0 1 $12 -$12 $334
140 10 1 2 0 2 $36 -$36 $298
141 18 2 X 1 0 $10 $5 $303
142 6 1 X 2 0 $10 $5 $308
143 31 3 X 3 0 $12 $6 $314
144 11 1 X 4 0 $14 $7 $321
145 22 2 X 5 0 $17 $9 $330
146 10 1 X 6 0 $21 $10 $340
147 31 3 X 7 0 $25 $12 $353
148 27 3 1 0 1 $30 -$30 $323
149 24 2 X 1 0 $90 $45 $368
150 11 1 X 2 0 $10 $5 $373
151 7 1 1 0 1 $12 -$12 $361

SPARKLING DOZENS
152 32 3 X 1 0 $36 $18 $379

153 33 3 1 0 1 $10 -$10 $369
154 25 3 2 0 2 $30 -$30 $339
155 35 3 3 0 1 $10 -$10 $329
156 33 3 4 0 2 $30 -$30 $299
157 34 3 5 0 1 $10 -$10 $289
158 20 2 X 1 0 $30 $15 $304
159 10 1 X 2 0 $10 $5 $309
160 33 3 X 3 0 $12 $6 $315
161 15 2 X 4 0 $14 $7 $322
162 20 2 1 0 1 $17 -$17 $305
163 16 2 2 0 2 $52 -$52 $253
164 30 3 X 1 0 $10 $5 $258
165 26 3 1 0 1 $10 -$10 $248
166 6 1 X 1 0 $30 $15 $263
167 7 1 1 0 1 $10 -$10 $253
168 7 1 2 0 2 $30 -$30 $223
169 32 3 X 1 0 $10 $5 $228
170 20 2 X 2 0 $10 $5 $233
171 0 0 1 0 1 $12 -$12 $221
172 25 3 X 1 0 $36 $18 $239
173 25 3 1 0 1 $10 -$10 $229
174 9 1 X 1 0 $30 $15 $244
175 23 2 X 2 0 $10 $5 $249
176 18 2 1 0 1 $12 -$12 $237
177 5 1 X 1 0 $36 $18 $255
178 31 3 X 2 0 $10 $5 $260
179 21 2 X 3 0 $12 $6 $266
180 12 1 X 4 0 $14 $7 $273
181 6 1 1 0 1 $17 -$17 $256
182 34 3 X 1 0 $52 $26 $282
183 35 3 1 0 1 $10 -$10 $272

SPARKLING DOZENS
184 3 1 X 1 0 $30 $15 $287

185 2 1 1 0 1 $10 -$10 $277
186 30 3 X 1 0 $30 $15 $292
187 32 3 1 0 1 $10 -$10 $282
188 36 3 2 0 2 $30 -$30 $252
189 0 0 3 0 1 $10 -$10 $242
190 10 1 X 1 0 $30 $15 $257
191 14 2 X 2 0 $10 $5 $262
192 11 1 X 3 0 $12 $6 $268
193 32 3 X 4 0 $14 $7 $275
194 19 2 X 5 0 $17 $9 $284
195 36 3 X 6 0 $21 $10 $294
196 22 2 X 7 0 $25 $12 $306
197 33 3 X 8 0 $30 $15 $321
198 32 3 1 0 1 $36 -$36 $285
199 36 3 2 0 2 $107 -$107 $178
200 18 2 X 1 0 $10 $5 $183
Now, let's have a thorough analysis of the above simulation in Table
7:
You come to the Roulette table and observe the last number that
came up. This is represented in Sequence 1. We see number 25
(Dozen 3).
In Sequence 2, we bet $5 on Dozen 1 and $5 on Dozen 2, with a total

bet of $10. Number 34 comes up, we lose. Our net is -$10.
Since we lost the bet, now we triple it in Sequence 3 by betting $15 on

Dozen 1 and $15 on Dozen 2. Number 1 comes up. We win, cashing
$15. Our net increases to $5. This closes the round. Next bet we
start over again with 1 unit on each Dozen.
So in Sequence 4, we bet $5 on Dozen 2 and $5 on Dozen 3. Number

SPARKLING DOZENS
34 comes up and we win. We cash $5. Our net becomes +$10.
As we won, now we increase our bet by %20. In Sequence 5, we bet

$6 on Dozen 1 and $6 on Dozen 2 (total bet of $12 as shown). Number
26 comes up. We lose. Our net decreases by $12 to -$2.
As we lost, we triple our bet in Sequence 6 to $36 ($18 on each Dozen

different than in Sequence 5). Number 9 comes up. We win, cashing
$18. Our net becomes +$16. Winning the bet closes the round.
Similar patterns happen in Sequences 7 to 10. We lose, we triple, we

win.
As we win in Sequence 11, we increase our bet by %20 in Sequence

12, where we also win.
We increase our bet by another %20 in Sequence 13. (The figures are
rounded).
Sequence 13 loses, so we triple our bet in Sequence 14, where we

lose again.
Do we triple again in Sequence 15? No. Remember our threshold is 2

now, unlike in System 3, where we would have tripled. The column
Losing Streak resets itself to 1, where we start a new round in
Sequence 15 with a $10 bet.
In this system, tripling twice may reach the table's maximum betting
limit, particularly if you lose a bet after a long winning streak. That's
why we set the threshold (cut-off point) to 2. This does not disturb
the system's performance. On the contrary, it may cut down some
losses.
Coming back to our analysis, Sequence 15 loses. Therefore we triple

in Sequence 16, winning that bet, which closes the round.

SPARKLING DOZENS
We have similar patterns up to Sequence 25.
A short 3 bet winning streak occurs in Sequences 26-28, every time

increasing our bet by %20. As Sequence 29 loses, we triple our bet
in Sequence 30 (from $17 in Sequence 29 to $52). We win that bet.
Our overall net becomes +$45.
Similar patterns to the above happen in Sequences 31 to 54.
A slightly longer winning streak occurs in Sequences 55 to 59. Our

bet increases by %20 ($10, $12, $14, $17, $21). We bet $25 in
Sequence 60, where we lose. Therefore we triple in Sequence 61 to
$75, winning the bet. Our overall profit becomes +$77 (or 15.4 units).
Regular win/lose patterns increase our profit gradually to $121 up

until Sequence 87, where a long 14 bet winning streak occurs until
Sequence 100! During this winning streak, our bet increases by %20
from $10 all the way to $107 in Sequence 101, where we finally lose.
But tripling our bet to $321 in Sequence 102 recovers this loss right
away, bringing our overall profit to +$417 (or 83.4 units).
After a 14 bet winning streak, our bet needed to be increased up to

$321, as the winning streak ends with one losing bet, according to the
system. Here we need to watch not to exceed the table's maximum.
If you are having a winning streak like this one (and there will be
many of those), you don't necessarily have to triple your bet after the
final loss to recover it, as you have already made a substantial profit
up to that stage. Observe in Table 7 the starting net profit of $121 in
Sequence 87 going up all the way to $364 in Sequence 100 and a bit
down to $257 in Sequence 101. You may want to decide to close the
round at Sequence 101 without tripling in Sequence 102, as there is
no guarantee that the tripling will end up with a winning bet (look at
Sequence 199!). Even better, you may want to close the round at

SPARKLING DOZENS
Sequence 12 or 13 with a profit level of about +$300 and start a new

round in the next sequence. This is where a little common sense and
decision making comes in handy. Whichever decision you take
though, you are a winner after a long winning streak. I have seen
winning streaks up to 24 times in changing Dozen strategy. You can
imagine your profits when that occurs.
We have seen sufficient examples so far observing the simulations of

Table 7. If you look further down, you will see more winning streaks
(Sequences 107-114, 141-147, 190-197) as well as some losing streaks
(Sequences 119-122, 153-157, 187-189).
Observe in the losing streak of Sequences 153-157: we lose once, we

triple, we lose again, we reset, we lose, we triple, we lose again, we
reset, we lose and the sixth time only we triple and we win in
Sequence 158. This turmoil causes our overall profit to go down from
$379 in Sequence 152 to $304 in Sequence 158 or by 25 units. But
overall, you can see that the profit level is maintained quite well and
the system performs adequately. The ideal time to quit while playing
this strategy is after a few long winning streaks, where your profit will
be considerably high.
Wishing you lots of winnings using my Sparkling Dozens systems

and enjoy your roulette playing to the utmost.
Izak

FROM POORHOUSE TO PENTHOUSE
- VIA -
THE STAR SYSTEM
Casino & Sports Betting
Dwaine C. Douglas
* Island Publishing House

Tavernier, Florida
TABLE OF CONTENTS
===========================================================================
Preface: Why This Book Has Written.

Introduction: Who This Book Is For ........................ 11
Important Terms ............................................ 13
CHAPTER 1 ................................................. 15
The Star System
Its birth and development
CHAPTER 2 ................................................ 21
The Progression Set
Pre-progression Numbers * Progression Ladder *
Stop Numbers
CHAPTER 3 .............................................. 29
Bankroll and Recovery Sessions
CHAPTER 4 .............................................. 45
Riders
CHAPTER 5 .............................................. 49
Blackjack
CHAPTER 6 .............................................. 65
Card Counting
CHAPTER 7 .............................................. 77
Dice
CHAPTER 8 .............................................. 85
Baccarat
CHAPTER 9................................................. 89
Roulette
CHAPTER 10 ............................................ 91
Sports Betting
Conclusion .......................................... 95
Appendage # 1 ........................................ 99
The Rider System
- PREFACE -
** Why this book was written. **
The average person likes to place a bet ever now and then. It
may be on a horse or a ball game. It may be a weekend trip to Las
Vegas, Atlantic City, or a trip on a cruse ship. Most, if not all,
cruse ships offer Las Vegas style entertainment and casinos.
The vast majority of these people will lose money on their
gambling ventures. Some might get lucky and win for a short period
of time. Practically all will end up losers if they continue to
play for a longer period of time. This book was written to show
such people how to put the odds in their favor and become
consistent winners.
Its philosophy is not to make big money fast, but to win
lessor amounts consistently. It was primarily written to give the
average and small bettor a method via which they can eventually
become financially independent. In the game of Blackjack, it has
consistently averaged a twenty five percent advantage over the
house for more than a year. That sounds impossible when compared
with card counting which rarely exceeds a three percent advantage.
The main premise during its development was to survive that
inevitable long losing streak with minimal dollar loss and have a
safe recovery method. In certain casino games, you will even
discover a way to cancel out long consecutive losing streaks with
very little or no money lost.
It is by no means another one of those fly-by-night systems
that you see on the market now days. On a scale of one to ten, its
degree of difficulty can be considered to be about a three. The
average person should have the Star System's betting procedures
mastered in just a couple of hours. Although it is a simple system to
learn, the results will amaze you, and any observer that is trying to
figure out what you are doing will have an almost impossible task.
Its design allows it to take full advantage of the several
mathematical opportunities present in the game of Blackjack such
as splits, doubles, blackjack, and card counting. Even so,
statistics show that it works just as well, or even better, in some
of the other casino games.
There are chapters in the book devoted to some of the most
popular of these games such as Craps, Roulette, Baccarat, and
Sports Betting. In some of these games the degree of difficulty is
nil. This is because you will have the time to refer to your notes,
rather than have to trust your memory as you would in a fast game
of Blackjack.
11
INTRODUCTION
** Who This Book is Written For **
================================================================
This book is written for the average person who likes to gamble
but is lacking a system which provides them with consistent wins.
It is written for the weekend tourist who flies to Atlantic City
or Las Vegas hoping they might get lucky and come home without
losing all their money. It is written for the card counter who
wants more camouflage and profits. It is written for anybody who
wishes for a way to get from the poorhouse to the penthouse.
The following excerpt is from the book, "The Casino Gambler's
Guide," written by Dr. Allan Wilson and published in 1965. Dr.
Wilson's analyses of various intricate betting systems rate as
excellent by his critics. His views about betting systems are as
follows:
" 1. I have read a vast amount of literature on the subject of

gambling, as the references list indicates. In none of this
literature have I ever read a verifiable account of a successful
betting system.
2. In a period exceeding ten years, I have spent an accumulated
time of many months in the casinos of Reno and Las Vegas, and I
have never seen a successful betting system in action, nor have I
ever heard of a successful betting system.
3. I have a personal knowledge of several individualists who
have spent years of their lives experimenting with systems, and
these persons have done nothing but lose huge amounts of money.
4. So many million people have devoted so much time over the
years, both in this country and abroad, to devise successful
betting systems, that it seems extremely unlikely that nobody would
have stumbled onto at least one such system if any existed.
If you think you have a winning system, if you are a skeptic,
if you think you have a system, do yourself the following favor.
Play your system on paper for a length of time sufficient to double
your bankroll several times. Double it _three times, so that you
have eight times what you started with. Don't settle for winning
20 percent or 50 percent of your bankroll, or even doubling it just
once. Double it three times. Give it the acid test. Get into the
long run with it. My definition of the long run for testing a
system is the length of time sufficient to double your investment
three times. (Most system players who do make a trial run on paper
12
make the mistake of too short a test!). If you succeed in
doubling three times without going broke, try to do it again,
and if that succeeds too, write me and I shall publish it in
the next edition of this book as the rarest event of the
twentieth century."
The Star System was put to DR. Wilson's "acid test" three
time and it passed it all three times. In other words, It took
a six hundred dollar bankroll and parlayed it into over forty-
eight hundred dollars six consecutive times while playing the
game of blackjack. Remember, this is the result of a strictly
100 percent mechanical betting system (no card counting). Each
of the six sessions lasted about eighteen hours (108 hr.
total), so it meets the prerequisite of being a long enough
test. The average bet was roughly six dollars.
This book is the story of how that system came to be. It
explains how to play the system and why. In order to
illustrate the positive features of the system it is necessary
at times to show examples which depict long runs of very bad
luck. Please keep in mind that this is not the norm. In actual
practice, you will also experience long runs of exceptionally
good luck; these are not shown in this book.
It is assumed readers of this book already know the basic
rules about the particular game in which they are interested.
For that reason, the basic rules are omitted for each of the
individual games herein.
I have never lost my daily bankroll when playing this
system and that probably involves several hundred thousand
hands of blackjack. I have sometimes grown weary of playing and
quit before reaching my win goal, but I have never walked away
from a blackjack table a loser, please understand, I am not
saying that to brag, I am simply" stating a fact. Let me ask you
a question. If you always had a twenty-five percent average
advantage, can you think of any reason why you should ever walk
out of a casino a loser. It's possible, but the odds against it
are extremely high.
Here's hoping you will find this book interesting and that the
knowledge you gain from it will help make all your future
gambling ventures pleasurable and profitable.
See next page for terms you need to know prior to reading
book.
13
IMPORTANT TERMS
Make yourself familiar with these prior to reading the book.
1. Pre-progression Bets: A series of small bets made prior to

entering your progression ladder.
2. Progression Ladder: A series of bets in which each bet gets

larger than the previous bet.
3. Stop Number: A specified point in your progression ladder

at which you stop and start another set.
4. Base Bet: The first bet of a progression ladder from which

succeeding bets are figured.
5. Set: A series of bets which ends in a profit being made

prior to reaching a stop number.
6. Primary Session: A series of progression bets which reaches

a stop number and results in a lost session. There is no such
thing as a winning playing session. They are called winning
sets. However, you will have winning daily sessions.
7. Recovery Sets: A series of progression bets immediately

following a lost session. If you reach a stop number in
this series of bets, it will result in a lost recovery
session.
8. Bankroll: That amount of money necessary to play one

primary session and two recovery sessions in case you lost
twenty one consecutive attempts.
9. Rider: The term for letting all monies from a winning bet
ride and becoming your next bet. Think of it as being the
same as the Daily Double at a race track. If you win, you
win big. If you lose, it only cost you the price of a single
ticket.
15
Chapter One
THE STAR SYSTEM

============================================================================
This system of betting was in development by the author for

about eight years. Its birth was in the early eighties. In those
days it was strictly a system I had invented for betting the dog
tracks. Since then, many changes have taken place in the system.
Any resemblance of today's system to the system used in those early
days is purely coincidental.
The major portion of these changes took place in 1987. It was
during that entire year that (because of an accident), I had
nothing but time on my hands. Never being much of a book reader,
I soon began looking for other ways to pass time away. It was not
long before I found myself playing solo blackjack, dealing one hand
to an imaginary dealer and another to myself. I began to experiment
with my old dog betting system to see if it could be made
applicable to a one on one type wager. It all began as just a fun
way to pass the time away. However, it quickly developed into a
serious project when it became apparent that, if a few problems
could be worked out, it would be practically unbeatable.
It took several hundred thousand hands of blackjack and roughly
two years time, but the results are, it is now as close to the
perfect betting system as one can expect to get. Even though it is
taylor made for the game of blackjack, it still works when playing
any game that you have roughly a fifty-fifty chance of winning.
It is a very slow progression system with built in stopping
points. This prevents the betting from skyrocketing out of sight
if an unusually long string of losses occurs. In addition, the
progression is not uniform. Instead of being the traditional 2-4-
6-8-10 type system everyone uses, it is an unorthodox type such as
1-1-2-4-6-10-16. The reasons for this and other unique features
will be covered in detail later in the book.
If you can average winning about thirty three percent of the
time you should break even. Anything better than that should make
you a winner. The higher your percentage of wins, the higher your
profits will be.
You will find Impatience to be your biggest problem. Because
it is a slow progression system, your ability to control your
patience is a very important key toward the success of the system.
There are going to be times when you will win a hundred dollars or
Ip in twenty or thirty minutes. There are going to be a lot more
times when you will still be sitting there about even after an hour
Or so. It is during these long periods of stalemate that your
impatience may get the best of you. It's hard not to pull out the
stops and charge full speed ahead. Believe me, that is one
temptation you can't afford to have.
THE STAR SYSTEM 16
The following is an excerpt from one of my favorite books on

gambling. It is written by a recognized world class Blackjack
player. I quote: "If you play well, it will seem as though you are
holding your own for long periods of time punctuated by a few very
favorable situations which will jump your playing bankroll up to
the next plateau."
That statement is especially true when using this system.
Remember, its philosophy is not to make a lot of money fast, but
to make lessor amounts consistently. If you have about a fifty-
fifty chance of winning, and can survive those inevitable long
losing streaks, then you will be a winner. As you will soon see,
fifteen or twenty consecutive losses is nothing to get upset about.
You will quickly recoup your losses as soon as your streak of bad
luck is over.
Before getting into the details and unique features that make
this system work, let us first look at a comparison between the
typical progression system and the Star System. In this manner,
you should gain a better understanding of the system and gain some
confidence in its use.
The most common progression system, which almost everyone has
been familiar with since their school days, is to keep doubling
your bets until you win. If it worked, all casinos would be out of
business. Its downfall is that a long string of losses is
inevitable. It can come along at any time. In addition, most all
tables now have a minimum and maximum betting limit. If you gambled
for several hours, chances are good you would experience one or more
of these very long losing streaks. Let us examine the results of
eleven straight losses using the typical double up to catch up type
progression. Two dollars will be used as the starting base bet.
Attempts Amount Bet
1 $ 2
2 $ 4
3 $ 8
4 $ 16
5 $ 32
6 $ 64
7 $ 128
8 $ 256
9 $ 512
10 $ 1024
11 $ 2048 Total loss at this
point = $ 4094
Let's say that on the twelfth attempt you doubled up and bet
$4096 and finally won. The results are that you only made a two
dollar profit on an $ 8190.00 investment. That comes out to a plus
.024 percent on your money. As you can see, that is not the system
to consider using. Chances are good that you would have already
lost your bankroll or hit the table limits long before you got to
that point.
17 THE STAR SYSTEM
Let's look at another typical progression system using a much
slower rate of progression. You will use the same number of losses
as before (11).
Attempts Amount Bet
1 $2
2 $ 4
3 $ 6
4 $ 8
5 $ 10
6 $ 12
7 $ 14
8 $ 16
9 $ 18
10 $ 20
11 $ 22
Total = $ 132
Let us say on the twelfth attempt you bet twenty four dollars
and won. The net results are a minus $108 for a $156 investment.
Now you're on the minus side for your money invested. You would
need five more consecutive twenty-four dollar wins just to show a
twelve dollar profit. Five more consecutive wins is highly
unlikely. The chance of recovering from this situation before going
broke or hitting the table limits is about zero. The only real
difference between this type progression and the previous example is
that you are now playing money stakes that the average person can
afford. The results are still going to be the same; both will cause
you to lose your playing bankroll.
In certain casino games such as, Blackjack, Dice, Roulette,
Baccarat and Sports betting, there are certain bets you can make
that give you an approximate fifty-fifty chance of winning. I am
sure you will agree that, in any game of chance where you have a
fifty-fifty chance of winning, two wins in a row is common. Even
three wins in a row is something that occurs regularly. It
therefore becomes apparent that one of the prerequisites for a
successful betting system be that its design results in a profit
after two consecutive wins.
The Star System does just that. To accomplish this, it was
necessary to design the system with a slow progression in which the
numerical spread between bets becomes progressively larger as you
progress. The game will be played in progressive sets, much like a
tennis match. A set can be a single attempt or it may be stretched
out to include a dozen attempts or more. A set begins when you
place your first bet and ends whenever you have a profit, or have
reached a stop point. Stop points will be covered in the next
chapter.
Mathematically speaking, the house should always have a small
advantage over you unless you are a card counter in the game of
Blackjack. By sticking to certain bets in certain games this
advantage can be held to a very low percentage such as one or two
percent. That's a piece of cake when using the Star System. In
almost every case it will handle anything down to a minus eighteen
18
percent disadvantage and still show a profit.
Theoretically speaking, if you have a fifty-fifty chance of
winning, your chances of getting two consecutive wins is the same
as the Casinos. With that in mind, the Star System incorporates a
unique feature. It allows the progression to stop and remain at
one position whenever you and the house are at a stalemate (win
one, lose one, etc.) . In other words, you do not take a step up
the progression ladder until you experience two consecutive losses.
A win followed by a loss simply cancels out the win, and you remain
on the same step of the progression ladder. The average progression
ladder has nine rungs or steps on it. Remember, the only way to
move up the ladder is for the house to win twice in a row. Anytime
you win twice in a row you have a profit and it is the end of the
set.
For the house to win the set it has to win two bets in
succession nine times before you ever win two consecutive wagers
just once. Considering that your chances of getting two wins in a
row are just as good as the house, the odds now swing well over
to your favor. Of course, there comes a time when Lady Luck
frowns on everyone. Sometimes you will play for hours and never
lose a set. There will be other times when you seem to be losing
one set for ever five or six played. The actual ratio is about
one set per twenty eight.
For that reason, the Star System incorporates a unique feature
called Recovery Sets. The system bankroll will let you play three
consecutive sessions (one primary and two recovery), in the event
of a long losing streak. Because of the cancelling out method
(discussed later), it is impossible to say how many attempts that
might be before you would lose your daily bankroll. It would
probably be at least fifty or more.
One never knows when that long losing streak is going to come
along. You could lose your daily bankroll the very first time you
played the system. I have never lost my daily bankroll, and I have
played at least one session a day for more than a year now. If your
luck is running that bad then it is time to quit anyhow. No system
in the world could beat that kind of luck. All you have lost is
your daily bankroll and tomorrow is another day.
Many examples for the remainder of this book will contain
remarks which apply to the blackjack player. The following chart
shows the difference between the Star System and a conventional
progression system.
Typical Pro. System The Star System
$ 2 $ 2
$ 4 $ 4
$ 6 $ 6
$ 8 $ 10
$ 10 $ 16
$ 12 $ 26
19 THE STAR SYSTEM
Notice that two consecutive $12 wins in the typical system
results in you still being in the lost column. Two consecutive wins at
the same point in the Star System results in a $14 profit even
though you have only hit 28% of your bets.
You can also see in the previous example that anytime you
receive two consecutive wins in the Star System it results in a
profit. This enables you to end the set and start over. If you're a
blackjack player you should note that a blackjack will also give you
a profit and let you end the set. As you will discover later, there
may be times you will want to press on after a blackjack. It all
depends on where you are in the progression ladder and whether you
are card counting or not. As a rule of thumb, you always take a
profit, no matter how small it is, and start a new set.
It is easy to see that it would not take many steps up the
progression ladder before the wagers would begin to get excessive
for the average gambler. Because of this, there had to be a way to
hold the progression within certain limits whenever one of those
losing streaks came along. This is done by having a maximum bet in
each set which is a called a STOP. It may be easier if you think of
it as the top rung of the progression ladder. If you reach a Stop
number (or the top rung) and lose, then it is the end of the set and
session and you stop.
You will then begin a Recovery Session that will consist of
using a higher base bet. The difference between a set and a session
will be explained in the next chapter. You should now begin to see
some of the differences and advantages of the Star System over
other systems.
21
CHAPTER 2
THE PROGRESSION SET

* Pre-progression Numbers * Progression Ladder * Stop Numbers *
==============================================================
I am sure you have heard the expression: "It's so simple, I

don't understand why I never saw it before." That is the truth when
it comes to the development of the Star System. About a year ago
this book included several chapters that looked like the final exam
for a college algebra course. There were code numbers, cue numbers,
stop numbers, and pages of memory work.
For a system which is designed for the average person, I
seriously doubt that anyone would have taken the time or effort
required to learn it. Now, it has been greatly simplified by at
least tenfold, yet I am positive it is an even better system today
than it was in those earlier days. A couple of hours of study and
you should have the basic betting part mastered.
If you plan on using this system playing the game of blackjack,
and you are not already a blackjack player, it will take longer.
This is because you must also learn Basic Strategy. You may also
want to learn to card count. It should be noted that the ability
to card count is not a requirement when using this system.
To begin with, you will always have a base bet that you will
start your day off with. Your base bet will be the figure from
which all other computations will be made. What that particular
figure will be, depends on your financial status, and it is left
up to your own discretion. The average or small bettor may elect
to use a one, two, or five dollar base bet. The high roller may
want to use a fifty or hundred dollar base bet.
It does not make any difference what base bet you decide to
use. Your profit, percentage wise, will remain the same. For
example: You elect to use a one dollar base bet. After betting one
hundred dollars, you have a hundred and thirty dollars. That is a
profit of thirty dollars or a thirty percent profit. If you had
been using a ten dollar base bet, instead of the one dollar base
bet, your profit (percentage-wise), would have still been thirty
percent.
The Star System was primarily designed with the average and
small better in mind. Therefore, all examples contained in this
book will be given on the low side, such as a one, two, three, or
five dollar base bet. Also, the Star System is designed to take
particular advantage of the game of blackjack. Therefore, some of
the examples will show hands of blackjack to depict wins and
losses. Remarks about the game of blackjack will be occasionally
made.
progression set 22
Your base bet and succeeding progression bets will always be
a multiple of the following:
The Progression Ladder:
For example: You decide to use five dollars as your base bet
to begin your gambling session with. Your progression will be:
$ 5
$ 10
$ 15
$ 25
$ 40
Stop
An easy way to remember the next bet is that (except for the
first two), each succeeding bet is the sum of the two previous bets.
As you can see in the above example: $15 is the sum of $5 and $10,
$25 is the sum of $10 and $15, and $40 is the sum of $15 and $25.
Your progression ladder will only consist of five attempts.
That might be rolls of the dice, hands of blackjack or baccarat,
spins of the roulette wheel, or anything in which you have about
a fifty-fifty chance of winning. Even a five percent house
advantage, such as some of the bets on the roulette wheel, is
nothing that the Star System cannot overcome.
During the early stages of development, one of the main
problems that had to be eliminated was that using five attempts
was not enough. Reaching the top of the progression ladder, before
achieving two consecutive wins, happens too often when there are
only five steps in the ladder. To progress higher up the ladder
quickly becomes too expensive for the average gambler.
Common sense tells you that the more chances you have to
accomplish something, the better the odds are that you will
succeed. That should especially be true if you basically have a
fifty-fifty chance to begin with. Your goal is to achieve two
consecutive wins.
At this point, I will add that blackjack players have an
advantage because they can often go down for doubles. Also, a
single win (a blackjack), will show a profit and end the set.
Is there a way to get more attempts in the set without having
to invest a lot more money? The answer is yes. There are two
things that can be done.
The first thing you can do is to incorporate what I call the
pre-progression numbers. They will be explained in more detail
later. Although they are a part of the progression set, they are
separate from the progression ladder and wagered on via a different
method. Their sole purpose for existence is to extend the life of
the progression set from five attempts up to nine or ten attempts.
You won't make a lot of money off them in the short run, but it
adds up to quite a lot over the long run. When that inevitable
losing streak comes along they are worth their weight in gold.
The second thing that you can do was covered in chapter one. It
is to let a win followed by a loss, cancel itself out. You then
comeback with the same bet just as though those two hands never
existed. The following is an example of the pre-progression numbers
and progression ladder using a five dollar base bet.
If you add up the above columns you will note that the answer is
one hundred dollars. As a rule of thumb, you can figure twenty
dollars as the cost of a one dollar base bet set. The above five
dollar base bet set will therefore be five times that, or one
hundred dollars. For example: Let's say that you lost a set in
which you had been using eight dollars as your base bet. You should
know that you just lost one hundred and sixty dollars (8 x 20 =
160). As I said, that's a rule of thumb; it all depends on what you
are using as your pre-progression numbers. It could be plus or
minus a couple either way.
After months of testing, it was determined that using four pre-
progression numbers is the happy medium. That gives you nine
attempts in which to achieve your goal of two consecutive wins. If
you have a fifty-fifty chance of winning, that should become
routine.
You are probably already saying to yourself: "If I win on the
second, third, or fourth attempt, while in my pre-progression
numbers, I haven't won, I have lost." If you are thinking that,
then you are wrong.
Each one of your pre-progression bets will show a profit. You
accomplish this by use- of the following procedure. You let all
winning bets ride while in your pre-progression numbers. By doing
so, two consecutive wins will show a- profit equal to three
consecutive wins via the normal route. If you are using 1-1-1-2 as
your pre-progression numbers, your profits will be as follows with
two consecutive wins.
Pre-progression Numbers: Let all Wins Ride Profit
1 & win = 3
1 & win = 2
1 & win = 1
2 & win = 3
Now is the time to mention that (unless you are letting a bet ride),
you always pull your winnings, and come right back with the same bet when
in your progression ladder. For instance, let's say that in the above
example you do not obtain your two consecutive wins until you are on the
fifteen dollar step of your progression ladder. Up until that point you
were twenty dollars down in the set (five in your pre progression
numbers, and fifteen in the progression ladder) . Now, you have just won
two fifteen dollar bets in a row. That gives you a ten dollar profit. That
is the end of that set and you start over again.
There are a few cases where you cannot use four pre-progression numbers
and still make any kind of profit. This happens when you are using a
one, two, or three dollar base bet. In these three cases, remember to
use the same number of pre-progression numbers as you have in your base
bet. Example:
As you can see, anytime your base bet is less than four, the
number of hands per set will also decrease. The reverse is also
true. When using a base bet of five or more you could use more than
four pre-progression numbers. By doing so, you are just spinning
your wheels so to speak. You will find it difficult enough just to
get out of four pre-progression numbers.
There will probably be times when you will think about
forgetting them completely. To do so is inviting disaster. That is
the best way I know of to lose the next five hands in a row.
Patience is an important part of this system. Be content to just
sit there and take all those little wins. They will add up to quite a
lot of money in the long run. Remember, the philosophy of The Star
System is not to make big money fast. It is to make smaller amounts
consistently and survive long losing streaks.
You can easily figure out what your pre-progression numbers
should be by using one of the following two methods. If you are using
a base bet that can be divided by five, divide it by five. The answer
will be what you will use for your first three numbers or bets. Your
fourth number (or bet), will be Double the answer. Example: Let's say
you want to use fifteen as your base bet. Fifteen divided by five is
three. Your pre-progression numbers will be 3-3-3-6.
If your base bet is just one number away from a number that
can be divided by five then round it off to the nearest five.
Repeat the above procedure and then adjust the last number so that
the sum is equal to your base bet. Example: If you are using
fourteen as your base bet you will round it off to the nearest five
(15). Divide by five and the answer is three. Adjust the last
number so that the sum equals your base bet. The answer is five.
Your pre-progression numbers are (3-3-3-5 = 14). If your base bet is
sixteen then your pre-progression numbers will be (3-3-3-7). When
your base bet falls on any other number it is still simple to figure
by the following method.
Divide your base bet in half. Then divide the answer in half.
Then pick two numbers that are evenly spaced between that answer
and zero. Example: Let's say eighteen is your base bet. Divide that in
half and the answer is nine. Divide that in half and round the
answer off to five. Now pick two numbers that are evenly spaced
between that answer and zero (1 and 3). Your pre-progression
numbers will be (1-3-5-9).
It may be necessary for you to adjust one of the numbers up or
down occasionally. Use your own judgement, it's not that important.
The main thing is that their sum be equal to or less than your base
bet. In the last example (1-3-5-7) or (1-3-5-8) would have been
O.K. If the sum of your pre-progression numbers is less than your
base bet there will be a small profit made on step one or two of
your progression ladder with a single win.
If your game is blackjack, then it becomes doubly important
that you follow the above procedure. If your base bet is twenty
five dollars, you definitely don't want to use something like 1-1-
1-1-1-2-2-15 as your pre-progression numbers. Such a sudden jump
in your bets would draw immediate attention to you as being a
probable card counter. The house would begin to watch you much more
closely. Swallow that desire for attention. The type they give, you
don't want.
You don't want to get barred for being a card counter,
especially if you're not one. The casinos are in business for only
one reason. That is to make money. They will also bar you if you
are a consistent winner, so keep a low profile. You don't need to
get their attention for any reason. They can and will use the card
counting excuse to bar anybody anytime.
If you are going to use twenty five dollars as a base bet, use
5-5-5-10 or 2-4-7-12 as your pre-progression numbers. That looks
exactly like some type of stupid progression system and they love
to see that. You could even put a 1 on the front (1^2-4-6-12) . This
will give you five pre-progression numbers and stretch the set out
to a minimum of ten attempts. As I said, the numbers you use are
not that important. Just try to make it look like a normal type
progression and keep their sum from exceeding the amount of your
base bet. Being a dollar or two on the short side is all right.
In actual practice - when you are using chips - keeping track
of your pre-progression wagers is very simple. Let's use five
dollars as your base bet and 1-1-1-2 as your pre-progression
numbers. Remember, you let all wins ride.
Simply take five chips and sit them to the side or hold them
in your hand. Bet one at a time until there are only two left. Then
bet the two. Anytime you get two consecutive wins you have made a
profit. Bring your chip total back up to five and put the remainder
in with your other chips. Sometimes you will stay in your pre-
progression bets for thirty minutes or more. Sometimes you will
lose them in four consecutive hands. After you have lost all your
pre-progression chips, you then begin with your base bet and start
up the progression ladder.
As mentioned earlier, you can stretch those nine or ten
attempts out even more via the cancellation method. By using the
cancellation method the average losing set contains about fifteen
to twenty attempts. With a fifty-fifty chance of winning, you
should easily be able to get two consecutive wins in fifteen to
twenty attempts. If not, then you must agree that your luck is
running exceptionally bad.
27 progression set
Let's look at an example of what a typical losing set might

look like on paper. Five dollars will be your base bet and 1-1-1-
2 will be your pre-progression bets.
Total loss = $ 100 End of set & session. *

You will now begin a Recovery Session *
Notice that the set contains twenty attempts. If you could have
put together two consecutive wins at any point you would have had
a profit. You would have then ended the set and started a new one.
Remember, you only cancel out when you are in your progression
ladder. You do not cancel out when in your pre-progression bets.
When you are in your pre-progression numbers, a win followed by a
lost counts as a loss. This is attributed to the fact you were
letting a win ride and lost.
Blackjack players; Please note that a blackjack, occurring at
any time, results in you being even or a profit being made.
Reference above example: A blackjack occurring at attempt # 8 would
have been a $2.50 profit. #9 - +$7.50, #10 = +$2.50, #11 - +$5,
#12 = +$15, #13 = +$5, #14 = +$15, #15 = +$5, #16 - +$2.50,
#17 = +$2.50, #18 = Even, #19 = +$40, and #20 =Even.
Here is some information that you might be interested in
knowing. According to the laws of probability pertaining to
blackjack, a player should receive a blackjack about once every
twenty hands.
Progression Set 28
Would you believe there is still another way to increase the

number of attempts per set without investing more money? The answer
is yes. It involves card counting and you can conceivably increase
your number of attempts per set up to thirty or more. It will be
fully covered in the chapters on blackjack and card counting.
Unless you a card counter that's all there is to a progression
set. Before continuing to Recovery Sets and Bankroll, let's first
review some of the key points of chapter two. These key points must
be thoroughly understood before advancing on to the next chapters.
Question # 1:
What are your primary base bet numbers from which all
other computations are figured? Ans; 1-2-3-5-8.
Question f 2:
What is the purpose of your pre-progression numbers?
Ans: To increase the number of attempts that can be
played in a progression set without any large increases
in your wagers.
Question # 3:
What is the number of additional hands or bets that you
desire to have in your pre-progression numbers?
Ans; Four.
Question # 4:
It is not possible to use four pre-progression
numbers with a base bet of one, two or three dollars,
and still make an acceptable profit. What do you do?
Ans; Use the same number of pre-progression numbers as
your base bet contains (1 for 1, 2 for 2, & 3 for 3) .
Question f 5:
When you win a bet while in your pre-progression
numbers what do you do? Ans: Let it ride.
Question f 6:
What do you do if you also win the next bet?
Ans; Collect your winnings and start over.
Question f 7:
What do you do when you win a bet while in your
progression ladder?
Ans; Collect your winnings and comeback with same bet.
Question # 8:
What do you do if you also win the next bet?
Ans; Collect your winnings and start a new set.
Question # 9:
What do you do if you are in your progression ladder and
you have a win followed by a loss?
Ans; The two hands cancel each other out so you repeat
the same bet.
That is the nuts and bolts of the system. It covers the most
important principals of the Star System. They should be so
thoroughly mastered that their application becomes second nature.
29
CHAPTER 3
BANKROLL & RECOVERY SETS
==================================================================
* BANKROLL *
There is no such thing as an absolutely, one hundred percent,

perfect system. That unbelievable long string of losses is bound
to come your way sooner or later. When it does, you can lose
everything it took months to win if you don't have a stopping
point. That is why you will have a daily bankroll. Your daily
bankroll is your daily limit. If you ever lose it, you have
reached your stopping point for the day. It all boils down to the
following synopsis.
1. A single win followed by a loss cancels out.

2. With a fifty-fifty chance of winning, you have as good a
chance as the casino does in obtaining two consecutive
wins.
3. It takes two consecutive wins, either by you or the
dealer, for the progression set to continue to go up.
4. If the house gets two consecutive wins, it results in you
taking just one step up the progression ladder.
5. If you get two consecutive wins, it results in a profit
and the set is over.
For the house to win your daily bankroll it will have to

obtain and maintain about a six to one ratio over you, in
consecutive wins, for quite a while. Enough time to play a primary
and two recovery sessions. If that happens, then it is not your
day for gambling and you should stop.
Don't worry about it. All you lost was one day's bankroll. The
Star System gives you an excellent chance to come back and win
every day for the next several months. Whether you plan to
continue or not, that is the end of that day's session.
A day's session is that period of time from where you make your
first bet of the day until you achieve your win goal or lose your
bankroll. A days session consist of at least three playing
sessions.
A playing session is that period of time from where you make
your first bet of a set until you lose the set. A playing session
may be made up of many sets (as in a tennis match). A set can be
anything from two attempts to twenty or more.
Your win goal can be any amount up to your daily bankroll. If
your bankroll is five hundred dollars, your win goal can be any
BANKROLL & RECOVERIES 30
amount you choose, so long as it is not over five hundred dollars.
You should also set yourself a time limit and stop whenever you
reach one or the other.
In the game of blackjack, statistics show that you will win
twenty five cents per hand per one dollar base bet. Example: If you
are playing a primary base bet of ten dollars, you will average
winning $2.50 per hand over the long run.
Knowing that, you can easily determine a realistic goal. Let's
say you decide to play Blackjack. You decide to use five dollars as
your base bet. You should know, with everything being normal, you
will average winning about $1.25 per wager. At a full table you
will probably average playing about 60-70 hands an hour. That being
the case, you should expect to win about $80 per hour. If not, then
the deck is cold, and you should think about moving on to another
table. If your winnings are considerably more, you may want to play
longer until your winning streak begins to ebb.
Practically every book on the subject of blackjack will
recommend that you hold your playing sessions down to forty five
minutes or an hour. This procedure is intended to keep you from
getting tired plus being spotted as a card counter. If you're
making crazy plays and bets and winning - obviously being lucky -you
are not going to draw much attention from the casino. People have
lucky streaks all the time and the casinos expect it. They also
rightfully expect to win it all back, plus more, if that individual
will continue to play for a while.
If it becomes obvious that you are making all the right moves at
the right time, and consistently winning, you will start being
watched. With all the activity going on in a casino, it will
probably take about an hour before they will begin to suspect and
watch you more closely. That is why you should hold your playing
sessions down to about an hour at any one casino. You don't want to
get barred. Also, you don't want them to learn your system.
The bankroll required to play this system is two hundred times
your starting base bet. Example: If you want to play a one dollar
base bet you should have a two hundred dollar bankroll.
The reverse is also true. If you have a sum of money and are
wondering what your primary base bet should be, you divide by two
hundred. Example: If you have a six hundred dollar bankroll then you
could play a three dollar maximum base bet.
That amount of money will let you play one primary session and
two recovery sessions if you lost your first twenty-one wagers of the
day; That is highly unlikely. It will also give you a 10% pad. Almost
all of the time, you will find that you didn't even need ten
percent of your bankroll to be off and running in good shape. If you
ever do lose your daily bankroll, then it's time to stop for the
remainder of the day.
To continue on, at the same rate of progression, gets
expensive fast. The next session - it may only be nine attempts
long - could cost you double what the total of the three previous
sessions cost you. That is enough money to bankroll you for two
more days. You are already on a bad losing streak so why risk it.
Quit, while you can get out cheap. Tomorrow you can move to
another casino and double your starting base bet if you want to.
That would involve the same amount of money as that required for a
third recovery session, and your chances of winning have become
31 BANKROLL & RECOVERIES
vastly improved. In other words, it is enough to finance three

normal playing sessions instead of just one large recovery
session.
Mental attitude is another reason you should quit if you lose
your daily bankroll. I guarantee, if someone's luck is running so
bad that they lose their daily bankroll, it is going to affect
their mental attitude. Almost everyone will try to double up to
catch up. It is during these times they may be tempted to throw
out the pre-progression bets or even add another step to the
progression ladder.
All I can say is, Don't. Granted, most of the time you will
get away with it. But, the first time you don't, can wipe out many
days profit. Failure to stick with the game plan is what prevents
almost all good gamblers from becoming professionals. They know
they should be winning, and when their not, they just keep
increasing their bets until all cash and credit is gone. Somehow
they have forgotten; That inevitable long losing streak is going
to come everyone's way sooner or later. If you don't have a preset
daily bankroll and use it, then you may find yourself with serious
money problems.
What is your hurry? You can gamble every day for the rest of
your life if you want to. If you are using the Star System, and
its recommended daily bankroll, you should never have any
financial problems as a result of your gambling.
* RECOVERY SETS *
About a years time was spent experimenting with recovery

sessions. Many different versions and mathematical formulas were
tried and many worked. Some looked great for a while, but would
eventually fail when that long losing streak refused to go away.
Others would allow you to play five or more recovery sessions with
a daily bankroll. They resulted in an excess amount of time being
spent with little or no profit being shown. The final results are:
two recovery sessions are sufficient and offer the best
compromise.
Each of these sessions will have a primary base bet that is
double that of the previous lost session. For example: You start
your day off using a base bet of two dollars - requires a $400
bankroll - and you lose the set (also a session). You would then
begin your first recovery set using four dollars as your base bet.
If you also lost that set (& session), you would begin your second
recovery session with a twelve dollar base bet.
An easy to make mistake is to double the four and use eight
instead of twelve. Don't forget, you have just lost a two dollar
base bet primary session, plus a four dollar base bet recovery
session. That totals up to six and when doubled the answer is
twelve. If you lose the twelve dollar base bet recovery session,
you have lost your daily bankroll. You should still have ten
percent or forty dollars left with which to go eat or relax at the
slots if you want to.
Your primary session and recovery sessions are structured the
same. There is one important change to make about their
application. This change in application only occurs in one
instance. It is important that you remember it. It only occurs
when starting a recovery session after losing the previous
session.
Because you just lost a session, the house has now obtained a
nine to one ratio over you concerning consecutive wins. The ratio
should be averaging fifty-fifty. You are way over due for the
cycle to swing back around to your favor. For that reason, you do
not want to start your recovery session making minimal pre-
progression bets. Instead, total up all your pre-progression bets
and bet their sum as just one pre-progression bet. If you win, you
let it ride, just as you always do when betting pre-progression
numbers. If you lose, then you advance to your progression ladder
just as always.
The first time you receive two consecutive wins you then go
back to using all four pre-progression numbers if more sets are
required. In other words, it only applies to the first set of a
recovery session. After that, you resume all four pre-progression
bets in the succeeding sets of the recovery session. The reason for
going back to four pre-progression bets is because you have just
achieved two wins. The odds are against receiving two more, thereby
making it four in a row.
In order to clear up any unclear parts of the above procedure
lets review it again. This will be the same procedure you use in
your everyday play. Let's say you have 2 thousand dollars for a
bankroll and are wondering what is the maximum base bet you can use.
Two thousand divided by two hundred equals ten. Ten dollars is your
maximum base bet for a two thousand dollar bankroll.
You begin to play and lose the set and session. That results in
you being two hundred dollars down. Divide two hundred by ten and
the answer is twenty. Twenty dollars will be the base bet in your
first recovery session. You decide to use 4-4-4-8 as your pre-
progression bets. Now comes the change in procedure.
Since you just lost a set and session, you don't want to
switch back to using low pre-progression bets now. Instead, bet the
whole twenty dollars as one pre-progression bet. If you win, let it
ride, just as you always do when in your pre-progression bets. If
you lose, you go right into your progression ladder and make another
twenty dollar bet, which is the normal first step of the ladder.
Everything is just the same from there on out. If you win a set and
start another set, within the same recovery session, you go back to
using all four pre-progression numbers.
If you lost your first recovery session and it became
necessary to start a second recovery session you would repeat the
procedure. If you lost your second recovery session and your daily
bankroll is gone, it is time to quit for the day. You should still
have at least ten percent of your bankroll left.
That ten percent will come in handy for certain situations. For
example, you may get on a good winning streak and decide to bump a
bet up a little (a side bet you might say). If it wasn't for the
ten percent pad you would have to borrow from your next step on the
progression ladder. With the pad, you don't have to worry about
that. Just continue on as you normally would have
done. It especially comes in handy in the game of blackjack. It

allows you to split pairs or go down for doubles without having to
use (or borrow) monies from the next step of your progression
ladder. You may need that extra step to win the set.
Statistics thus far in chapter three are based on the
assumption that you began your day with a losing streak, and are
winning less than thirty percent of the time. That seldom will be
the case, but it served its purpose because it shows you the
foundation on which the system is built.
What happens if you are consistently winning, but hit a losing
streak that causes you to lose the session prior to obtaining your
win goal? How do you figure your new base bet? The answer has
already been shown but not explained. It is very simple. You
always divide the amount you are down by ten. The answer will be
your new base bet for the next session known as a recovery
session.
That accomplishes the same thing as losing a session straight
out and doubling your base bet except now it is on a sliding
scale. Example: Let's say that you are using a five dollar base bet
and are playing your first set of the day. You win forty dollars,
hit a losing streak and lose the session. You are only sixty
dollars down because you won forty prior to losing the session.
Divide sixty by ten and the answer is six. Six dollars, instead of
ten, will be your new base bet for your recovery session. By using
this procedure you can now lose as many as four, five, or possibly
more sessions before your daily bankroll is exhausted.
You use this procedure only after losing a session. You do not
use it when the previous set was won, which will be the norm when
playing recoveries. Example: You start out using a five dollar
base bet and lose the set (& session) in nine consecutive
attempts. You would then be one hundred dollars down. Divide by ten
and you know to start a recovery session using a ten dollar base
bet. You proceed to win the set and make a fifty dollar profit.
Now you are only fifty dollars down. You do not divide the fifty
dollars by ten and use a five dollar base bet. You remain with the
ten dollar base bet (using four pre-progression #s) until you recover
the entire one hundred dollars or lose the session. It may require
that you play several more sets using a ten dollar base bet before
the entire hundred dollars is recovered.
If all the above is still confusing, then the examples on the

next page should help clear it up.
The first example will cover just the basics and show the
progression schedule in the event of twenty-one consecutive
losses. The second example will be more complicated. It will
include occasional wins, plus instructions on how and when you
figure your next base. A $3 primary base bet, which requires a six
hundred dollar bankroll, will be used in both cases. The $ sign
will be omitted and the initials, P.P.#s, will replace the words,
pre-progression numbers.
Example 1;
You have just lost two sessions in a row. That is very

unusual. I can only remember it happening to me twice in about a
years time. In both cases, I fully recovered in my second recovery
session. Up to this point you have loss a total of $180. Divide
that by ten to determine what your new base bet will be. The
answer is eighteen. Eighteen dollars will be your base bet for
your second and final recovery session.
With that kind of luck, I am sure you will agree, it is time

to quit for the day. You still have sixty dollars (ten percent) of
your bankroll left. Go some place and enjoy a show. Tomorrow is
another day.
The above example is strictly a hypothetical situation,
intended only to show you the progression ladder in its simplest
form. Twenty consecutive losses are stretching it a bit, although
it undoubtedly has happened to many people.
The next example is a much truer picture of what one of those
very long losing streaks looks like on paper. It will contain
considerably more losses than wins. In the end you will have lost
your daily bankroll. Let me reiterate, a losing streak such as
this will rarely happen, but it is the only way I know of to
illustrate a lost primary session followed by two lost recovery
sessions.
These are the ingredients that make up your daily bankroll. It
is important that you know how they are determined. At first
glance, the following example may look too long, dry and
uninteresting. You may be tempted to bypass it. I am sure you have
heard the expression: "A picture is worth a thousand words." In
reality, the following example is a picture of the system. If you
will proceed slowly, bet by bet, set by set, session by session,
you should know the Star System.
Every possible situation will be illustrated, accompanied by
explanatory comments. It is not nearly as hard to do as it may
look on paper. Once you get the basics, it is so simple, a child
can do it.
Let's say you have a thousand dollar bankroll. One thousand

divided by two hundred equals five. Five dollars will let you play
a primary session and two recovery sessions in case you lose every
hand as in the previous example. The first session will be your
five dollar base bet, primary session. If you lose it, you will
have to begin a recovery session. O.K., let's start your five
dollar base bet session. You will use 1-1-1-2 as your pre-
progression numbers.
You have lost your five dollar primary session. You are not
really a hundred dollars down because you won thirty-four dollars
prior to losing the set. You are only down sixty-six dollars.
Let's round it off to the nearest ten and say you are seventy
dollars down.
Seventy divided by ten equals seven. Seven dollars will be your

new base bet in recovery set number one. Let's use 1-1-2-3 as the
pre-progression numbers.
Note: There is a $5 error in-the above computation.
You actually only lost S6l. Because the following charts are
based on seventy, it will be left #s is
for the present time. Results = the same.

Twenty times your base bet of seven equals one hundred and
forty, so you lost $140 in that set. However, you won $26 dollars
prior to losing the set, so you are only down $114. Round it off to
the nearest ten, and call it $110 down for the set. Now you add the
$110 to the $70 you lost in your primary set, and you determine
that you are a total of $180 down.
A much easier way to figure it is to simply keep track of your
chips. If you know what you started with, you can quickly
determine that you are roughly $180 down at this point. Now you
need to determine what your base bet for recovery set number 2
will be.
Divide one hundred -eighty by ten and the answer is eighteen.

To keep your bets simple to figure and place, use an even twenty
dollars as your base bet. Use 4-4-4-8 as your P.P.#s.
Although you lost $400 in that session, you are only down
$290. This is due to the wins you received in the first three sets
of the session. Add the $290 to the $180 lost in the two previous
sessions and you are only a total of $470 down after one primary
and two recovery sessions.
Note that dividing by ten has saved you $530. If you had been
doubling your base bet at the end of each session you would have
lost $1000. Now you can attempt another recovery session. You
still have a $530 bankroll. You divide ten into $470 to determine
your new base bet. The answer is forty-seven. You will normally
round that off to the nearest five or ten and use a forty-five
dollar base bet.
In this case you can not do that. If you do, you will not have
enough money to finish a set in the event of more bad luck. 'Forty-
five dollars times twenty is $900 and you only have five hundred
and thirty, By dividing twenty - the number it takes to play a one
dollar session - into your bank roll ($530), you determine that
approximately $27 is the proper base bet to use. Let's round it off
and use a $25 base bet.
This is a slow progression system to start with. Now you are
only using one half your required base bet. You will just be
spinning your wheels so to speak. Here is the perfect opportunity
and reason to employ the Rider. The Rider is fully explained in
chapter four.
Let all wins ride, even those in your progression ladder.
Getting two consecutive wins when using the Rider equals the same
profit as getting three consecutive wins via the normal route. You
are way pass due so why not try it. After all, the success of the
system depends on getting two consecutive wins in the first place.
Either way, you are going to need them in order to win. It is now
or never, as you only have enough money for one more set in the
event of a loss. With just a little luck, you will be well up the
road to a recovery.
Recovery Session
# 3 Wager & Results: Remarks:
P.P.#s $25 lost ..... Lost last session.

Bet sum of P.P.Is
Progression $25 lost

Ladder $50 lost
$75 lost
$125 lost
Lost = $500 $200 lost ..Bankroll depleted.{ $40 left }
= = = = = E N D OF S E S S I O N ==============
You now have lost your $1000 daily bankroll. By dividing by

ten you got an extra session. It is time to quit for the day.
Total number of hands played ... 90
Total number of hands won ...... 26
Overall percentage of wins ..... 29%
Average bet.................... $11
The previous example shows the results of a streak of bad luck

that lasted for an unusually long period of time. Notice what the
results would have been if you had gotten a win on your last bet,
let it ride and won.
The profit on that win alone would have been six hundred
dollars. The total amount you would have invested up to that point
would have been seven hundred and sixty dollars. The net results
would have been that you recovered all but one hundred and sixty
dollars of your thousand dollar bankroll.
The next example requires a full page. For that reason the
remainder of this page will be left blank.
42
This example contains a shorter run of bad luck. No
recovery session was necessary. The left column is the results
of flipping a coin thirty-three times. The right column is the
exact opposite. Notice that the left column" shows a higher
profit, even enough it had a lower win percentage (42%), than
the right column (58%). You will use a five dollar base bet
and 1-1-1-2 as your pre-progression numbers. A double
vertical line ( | | ) , represents pre-progression numbers. A
single vertical line ( | ) , represents the progression ladder.
A double dashed line (===), represents the end of set.
From the preceeding example you can see that you don't need to
worry about which side to play. You can play either the red or
black on the roulette wheel. You can play the pass, or don't pass
line on the dice table. It wouldn't make any difference as long as
you have anyplace near average luck.
If you knew the system well enough you could play both sides
at the same time, and make a profit on both sides. There is even a
better way. It will be fully explained in the following chapters.
=== Chapter Three Review =====
Question: If you have six hundred dollars for a bank roll, what
will be the maximum base bet you can use?
Ans: Three dollars. (200 divided into 600 = 3)
Question: In the event of an unusually long consecutive

losing streak when you first began to play/ how many
sessions will the above bankroll allow you to play?
Ans: Three.
Question: How do you figure what your new base bet for a
recovery set will be?
Ans: Divide ten into the total loss.
Question: What is the reason for adding your pre-

progression numbers together, and betting the
total amount when you enter a recovery set.
Ans: You are overdue for your share of wins, and you don't
want to obtain them betting minimum bets.
Question: Why don't you use the same procedure when entering a
new set after the previous set was won?
Ans: You just received two wins. Odds are against
receiving four in a row.
Question: You lost your daily bankroll. What should you do

and why?
Ans: Quit for the day. Your losing streak may not be
over. Also your mental attitude has probably been
affected.
Question: How many sets are there in a session?

Ans: Until you lose. It could be one set or many.
The average is about twenty-eight in the game of
Blackjack. The average in the game of Craps is
about fifty (method # 1).
45
CHAPTER 4
RIDERS
==============================================================================
The procedure of letting your original bet, plus its winnings,

stay on the board for another bet is a Rider. Except for their use
while in your pre-progression numbers, the Rider is not an integral
part of the Star System. Nevertheless, because of its higher profit
potential it will be discussed.
There are certain times when (if successful), its profit
potential outweighs the consequences of its failure. One instance
might be a situation such as that in recovery session number three
at the end of the last chapter. Also, if you are a card counter,
and playing the game of Blackjack, you will employ its use.
Use of the Rider was tested extensively during the development
phase of the Star System. Serious consideration was even given to
making it an integral part of the system by making its use
mandatory after every win.
While playing the game of blackjack, it even passed Dr.
Wilson's acid test [See Introduction] . The reason it did not become
an integral part of the system is because on two occasions it got
to the last attempt of the last recovery session before winning.
I consider that a little to close for comfort. As a result, I can
not recommend its consistent use, but it truly is a border line
case.
Since its use eliminates the canceling out procedure it can
cause the number of attempts per session to be significantly lower.
You will get many more attempts per session by not using it.
Nevertheless, if used at the proper time, it is safe and will
significantly increase your profits when successful. It is these
times that you should be made aware.
One good time is if money is not a primary concern, and you're
just in town for a weekend of gambling. You might as well go for
the brass ring so to speak. You will reach your win goal much
faster, and you still stand a very good chance of succeeding. For
a short run of two or three daily sessions, I would not hesitate
in its use if I could afford the loss in the event I wasn't
successful.
To use an analogy, I will compare it to the game of baseball.
If you use the Rider you will probably lose your bankroll about as
often as back to back home-runs occur. That may be months away, or
it could be the next two batters up. If you don't use the Rider,
you will probably lose your bankroll about as often as two triple
plays occur in the same game.
RIDER 46
If your luck is running close to average (no major losing
streaks), then using the Rider will result in far greater profits.
On the other hand, if you get on a losing streak, then your
bankroll is going to dwindle at a much faster pace. The problem is,
nobody knows when that winning or losing streak is going to come
along. When one does begin, there is only one individual who has
a good idea about whether it will prevail or not. That person is
the card counter in the game of blackjack.
Let's look at an example of the disadvantage associated with
using the Rider. You will use a five dollar base bet and 1-1-1-2
as your pre-progression numbers. The exact same number of attempts
will be made in both examples.
Now you can see the disadvantage of using the Rider. In the
set where you used the Rider you did not achieve your two
consecutive wins in thirteen attempts. As a result, you lost the
set and your primary session. Now it -is necessary to begin a
recovery session. That should not present a problem. You still have
two recovery sessions to go.
In the set where you did not use the Rider you only got to the
first step of your progression ladder. As a result, you still have
an excellent chance to win the set.
The next page shows examples of the advantages of the Rider,

47 RIDER
Now let's look at the advantages the Rider has to offer. We will
use the same base bet. We will assume that you already lost your pre-
progression wagers and begin with the progression ladder.
From looking at the previous examples it is obvious that the

Rider will increase your winnings considerably when successful. It is
also obvious that it will cause your bankroll to diminish much more
quickly when not successful.
For the above reasons, I recommend you restrict its use to the
following situations. First; You are a card counter in the game of
blackjack. Unless you are a card counter it is strictly a trusting
everything to Lady Luck type wager. Second; You are on a winning
streak, and it is early in the progression set. A loss at this point
still leaves you several more chances to win the set. In other words,
unless you are a card counter, only use it as a fun bet when you can
afford it. Otherwise, if you lose, it will cause you to be one step
higher on your progression ladder.
A now or never type situation, similar to that at the end of
chapter three, is another instance when I recommend using it. You were
at the end of your bankroll. You had to have two wins or your day was
over. In that case you have everything to gain, and nothing to lose by
its use. There are other times for its use. Those times will be covered
in the coming chapters which cover specific casino games.
Think of the Rider as being like the Daily Double at a race
track. You need to win both in order to collect. If you do, the
payoff is usually very good and the risk was worth it.
See appendage # 1, Page 99 (The Rider System), for an

excellent system using- Riders.
48
NOTES
SPECIAL NOTE FOR BLACKJACK PLAYERS
READ & HEED
Every authority and every book on the subject of Blackjack will tell
you to hold your playing sessions down to about an hour. If you still
want to play after that, then move on along to another casino for
another hours session.
Ladies and Gentlemen, that statement is meant only for about that 1%
of people who have the capability to consistently vin in the casinos. If
you happen to have a;-; computer brain, and can play the Revere advance
point count strategy, or you are just the average person who knows the
Star System, then you do have the capability to consistently win in the
casinos, and that needs to be a secret that only you know. If and when
the casinos ever discover it, you will be barred. There is no i f ' s ,
and's, or but's about it. A consistent winner is something they simply
will not allow.
I don't even recommend that you play one on one. By doing so, you are
going to stand out like a sore thumb because of your ability to consis-
tently win. I recommend that you play at a full table if possible, and
from a multi deck shoe. By doing so, you will be able to blend in with
the rest of the players while you just sit there and whittle away a
little at a time.
You can be sure that most of the time, within five minutes after you
sit down, the casino will have already identified you as a possible card
counter or a non card counter. If you are identified as a non card
counter (and you will be if playing the Star system), then they are not
going to waste their time on you because they know the odds are in their
favor and you are going to lose over the long run. So, as a result, you
are probably going to get thirty or forty minutes of free playing time.
At that time it is probably going to become obvious to someone that you
are consistently winning and that they should take another look at you.
First,, they are going to check you for card counting again and that's
going to take about five minutes. When they are convinced that you are
definitely not a card counter, they will probably check to see if there
is any cheating going on such as a partnership between you and the
dealer. To make it short and sweet, your hour is going to be up and you
will be out of there before they ever figure out what is going on. One
thing for certain, you must have just been on a lucky streak because
they know that there is no such thing as a betting system that works.
But, if you continue to sit there for several hours as a continuous
winner, and give them the time to really key in on you, then they will
discover the fact that you are playing some sort of a winning system. At
that time you will be barred. In addition, they probably have your
picture on video tape and you may discover that you are also barred at
other casinos because the casinos share that type information.
So, A WORD TO THE WISE, play about an hour and then move on, or you
may find out that you can't play at all. As a result, I don't recommend
that you use a monetary figure as a win goal. Instead, I recommend that
you use an hours playing time as your win goal and take whatever it will
give you.
49
CHAPTER 5
BLACKJACK
Blackjack is the ideal game to employ the Star System. The
design of the entire system, as it stands today, is primarily to
beat the game of Blackjack. The reason Blackjack is easier to beat
than other games is because a single win - a blackjack - will
result in a profit and end the set. Also, being able to go down for
doubles and splitting pairs is a big advantage. In addition, card
counting [already a proven casino beater], can be integrated with
the system for even better results.
The author did not learn to card count until several months
after the system was completed. As a result, statistics given in
this chapter were obtained without the aid of card counting. Even
now, I prefer to play without card counting, although I will be
the first to admit, my winnings would increase if I used it.
The reason I don't use it is because I think card counting is
to much work, It takes all the fun out of the game for me. The
extra profits that are attainable are not worth all the extra work
and concentration as far as I am concerned. As long as I can have
fun and consistently win without using it, I don't plan on
consciously using it. Notice that I said “consciously”. I am sure
that because I learned to card count, and understand the principles
involved, unconsciously helps me. I always seem to be well aware
as to when the deck is positive or negative by any appreciable
amount.
The next chapter [card counting], will explain how to integrate
card counting with the system. It is for those of you who already
card count, or those of you who want to get the maximum profits
attainable from the system. It will also give a simple, but very
effective way to card count in the event you wish to take that
extra step. Let me re-emphasize, the system does not require that
you be able to card count. It will give you an average advantage
of twenty-five percent as is. Card counting may result in you
picking up another one to three percent.
===== BASIC STRATEGY =====
There is one thing the system does require if you wish to

obtain the quoted percentages of this book. You must be able to
play Basic Strategy. When I first began work on designing this
system, I was just another average tourist who didn't have the
slightest idea about what basic strategy is.
blackjack
50
What is basic strategy? To keep it short, basic strategy is a
result of the computer age. Every hand possible was put into
computers and played against every other hand possible, millions
upon millions of times. The results are what is known as basic
strategy. Mathematically speaking, in order to achieve your best
chance of winning, there is one and only one correct way to play
each hand. It all depends on what the dealers up card is and how
many decks are in the game.
Besides being the best way to improve your chance of winning, it
also ensures a set pattern for playing from which accurate
statistics can be accumulated and worked with. Playing basic
strategy theoretically gives you about a fifty-fifty chance of
winning. If you don't play basic strategy the house probably has a
five to ten percent advantage over you. That is way to much. You
would be better off playing the Pass or Don't Pass line on the crap
table.
You must play basic strategy to order for this system to work at
its peak efficiency. The next chart should help you learn basic
strategy. Notice that it is for four or more decks. The Star System
strategy is just the opposite of what the card counter looks for. The
card counter prefers to play one on one and a single deck game. The
Star System player looks for a full table and four or more decks
in use.
Reference pg. 51 Changes to make for
single deck play.

Double down on 5-3 and 4-4 (not 6-2), against dealers 5 or 6
Double down on 9 against dealers 2 thru 6.
Double down on 11 against everything.
Double down on A-2 against dealers 4, 5, or 6.
Double down on A-3 against dealers 4, 5, or 6.
Double down on A-6 against dealers 2 thru 6.
Double down On A-8 against dealers 6.
Do not hit A-7 against against dealers Ace.
Split 2-2 against dealers 3 thru 7.
Split 6-6 against dealers 2 thru 6.
Stand on 7-7 against dealers 10.
51 BLACKJACK
BASIC STRATEGY * FOUR OR MORE DECKS
52
BLACKJACK
The preceding chart must be learned to the point so that its
application becomes second nature to you. Keeping track of where
you stand on the progression ladder should be the only thing you
need to be concentrating on. If you are already a card counter, or
plan on becoming one, then your basic strategy will be different.
The basic strategy chart for card counters will be found in the
chapter on card counting.
In an effort to learn everything I could about the game of
blackjack, I bought and studied many books on the subject. I feel
there are two that are outstanding. These two books will always be
on my desk, readily available for review when needed. Both books
are small, to the point, and easy to understand. They contain
everything a student of the game needs to know. For that reason [if
your serious about the game of blackjack], I highly recommend you
obtain both books.
The first of these books is primarily concerned with how to
play the game of Blackjack. Its title is: "Blackjack To Win",
published by Grey Knight Publications, 3725 Investment Lane,
Riviera Beach, Fla., 33404. Its author is George Williams, who for
obvious reasons writes under a pen name to protect his true
identity. For me to tell you how to play blackjack could cause me
to be sued for a copyright infringement because it would be a
reprint of his book.
The second book is primarily concerned with casino deportment.
Its title is: "Turning The Tables on Las Vegas", published by
Vintage Books, Random House Inc., New York, N.Y. Its author is Ian
Anderson. Mr. Anderson ranks as a world class player. In his
book he teaches self-discipline, camouflage, and how to deal
with the various stresses present in casino gambling. It will
give you a good understanding of the psychological and
motivational aspects of the players and casino personnel. In
short, the book tells you how not to get barred from the casinos.
As already mentioned, you don't have to be a card counter to
get barred. The casinos don't enjoy getting beat by anybody. If
you can consistently do that, they would much prefer that you do
your gambling in another establishment.
If you truly wish to become a top notch blackjack player, I
strongly recommend that you obtain a copy of both books. If you
use the Star System coupled with the knowledge you gain from those
two books you should become virtually unbeatable.
There is a third book that I find very interesting. If the
exact mathematical statistics arrived at by computers concerning
the laws of probability interest you, then you should obtain it.
I suppose you could call it the Father of Basic Strategy. Its title
is: "Playing Blackjack As A Business", published by Kyle Stuart
Inc., 120 Enterprise Ave., Secaucus, N.J., 07094. It was written
by one of the all time great blackjack players, Mr. Lawrence
Revere.
The book contains several chapters about some of the best card
counting systems there are. They may be a little to difficult to
learn for the average person. Besides, card counting is not
required when playing the Star System. It does however- contain the
statistics that resulted in basic strategy. Pages of very
interesting statistics will show you such things as how often you
can expect a blackjack, why you should hit an A-7 when the dealer
BLACKJACK
53
is showing a 9 or 10, why you should never insure a blackjack
unless you are counting cards, and why you should go down for
doubles with an A-2 through A-7 when the dealer is showing a 5. I
doubt if there is any question you can think of, that pertains to
the odds in blackjack, that you won't find answered in the book.
The most important thing you need to do right now is to learn
Basic Strategy. The things you may pick up from reading the above
books could be compared to getting a final tune-up on your car
after it just had a major overhaul. The major overhaul is learning
basic strategy.
The basic strategy chart looks simple enough. I am sure the
average person can memorize that one page in an hour or so. After
you think you have it memorized, then give yourself the following
test. I'm sure you will be in for quite a surprise.
Take the basic strategy chart, plus a deck of cards, and sit
down at a table. Since the 5, 6,7,and 8 are always the same, and no
problem to remember, you will by-pass them and start with the nine.
Lay two cards that total nine face up in front of you. Don't use an
ace as one of the two cards. These will represent your first two cards
(dealt face up) in a multi deck game.
Take the remainder of the deck and turn over one card at a
time. This card represents the dealers up card that you will always
see after the deal. Don't deal a down card to the dealer as it is
irrelevant. You will always count the dealer's down card as a ten.
Don't even think anything else. The dealer's down card is always a
ten as far as you are concerned. Each time you turn a card over, ask
yourself what you should do according to basic strategy. Check your
answer against the chart.
After you have gone through the entire deck against a nine, go to
the next line on the chart and repeat the same procedure for a ten.
Do the same for ever players hand on the chart. When you can make
the correct decision, in each case, within two seconds after seeing
the dealers up card, you will know basic strategy perfectly. I think
you will find, even though you may have had the chart memorized
perfectly, your recall must be trained to trigger itself from seeing
the cards themselves.
Don't forget, single deck basic strategy is different from
multi deck basic strategy. There are about fourteen differences
between the two. According to the material I have read, you will
not win if you play single deck basic strategy in a multi deck game
and visa versa.
Sometimes [as a handicap], I will practice at home with a
single deck using multi deck strategy. On the average, I lose a few
more hands and progress up the progression ladder a little farther,
but I have never yet lost my daily bankroll.
For your practice at home, I recommend that you make or
purchase yourself a shoe from which to deal your cards. It is more
convenient and easier than trying to deal four or more decks from
your hand. One place you can obtain one, plus other blackjack
oriented books and products, is R . G . E . , 414 Santa Clara ave.,
Oakland Ca., 94704. Write them and they will be happy to send you
their catalog free of charge.
As mentioned earlier, the system works best at a crowded table
with four or more decks in play. It is a slow progression system,
and the ideal situation for it is to have a neutral deck at all
BLACKJACK 54
times. This theoretically gives you a fifty-fifty chance of
winning each hand you play.
For those of you that are not familiar with the term "neutral
deck", let me explain. Neutral deck, positive deck, and negative
deck are all terms that apply to card counting. A positive deck
contains more high cards than low cards and favors the player. A
negative deck contains more low cards than high cards and favors the
dealer. A neutral deck has about the same number of high cards and
low cards, and favors neither the dealer or the player.
These positive and negative situations occur primarily because of
the clumping of high or low cards in the deck. Since you are not card
counting you won't know the status of the deck. In order to keep
the affect of such a clumping of cards to a minimum, you therefore
want the cards distributed out as much as possible. By doing so, you
improve the chances that your next card will be the results of a
completely random draw. The more players there are at the table, the
better your chances are that this is the case. It dilutes any
clumping of the cards.
It is an accepted fact among professional blackjack players
that the more decks in use, the less volatile is the action. In
other words, the larger number of cards present has a diluting
tendency that tends to stabilize the ratio of high cards to low
cards. This makes unfavorable (negative) decks compositions less
frequent than with a single deck. As a result, in a multi deck
game, the count stays closer to neutral a higher percentage of the
time than in a single deck game. In addition, if you're a card
counter [since you always count the dealers down card as a ten], all
cards are face up. This makes card counting a piece of cake.
There is another reason for the multi deck game. It is much
harder to get cheated when the cards are dealt out of a shoe,
rather than by hand. You probably don't even need to worry about
getting cheated. Professionals agree that cheating rarely ever
occurs in the big casinos now days. Still, it remains a fact,
almost all common cheating methods are not detectable by anybody.
Even other experts in the field, who are aware they are being dealt
seconds, cannot detect it being done.
These type dealers still have control of the shuffle in a multi
deck game, but about all they can do is attempt to keep the deck
neutral. Why would they want to do that? First, let's ask
ourselves two questions.
1. Why do casinos bar card counters? The answer is simple.
The card counter knows when the odds are in their favor.
2. What would be the best defense against card counters? The
answer is again simple. Try bo maintain a neutral dack.
In a single deck game it is obvious and a well known fact. They
attempt to maintain a neutral deck by re-shuffling the deck
whenever they feel like it. In multi deck games they are not
allowed to re-shuffle the deck at their own discretion. As a
result, if any adjustments need to be made they must be done during the
shuffle prior to putting the cards in the shoe. Any good dealer
knowing the location of a particular clump of cards in the discard
tray can easily isolate and re-distribute them evenly back into the
deck during the shuffle.
I am not insinuating that it is ever done, but I hope it is
because a neutral deck is exactly what the Star System thrives on.
55 BLACKJACK
Try to keep track of a particular group of cards during a multi
deck shuffle sometime. It's like playing the old pea under the pod
game. It's practically impossible to tell what went where, but I
strongly suspect that almost all of the dealers do.
I have read that, according to computers, it takes twenty three
shuffles to thoroughly change the composition of a single deck. If
that is true, then imagine how many shuffles it must take to
thoroughly change the composition of a four or six deck shoe. For
that reason, I recommend the following procedure. It will ensure
that you get a one hundred percent change in deck composition when
you most need it.
Whenever you lose a session move to another table. Odds are
good that you are currently playing with a highly negative shoe.
Why start a recovery session with the same set of circumstances.
Remember, multi deck shoes run truer than single decks. Normally,
a bad shoe will tend to stay bad for a while and a good shoe will
tend to stay good for a while. By changing tables you can ensure
that particular composition of bad cards is gone forever. If you
can't change tables for some reason then take a break for a while.
There are several good ideas given in Mr. Anderson's book on how
to leave a negative table without the pit bosses or dealers
suspecting your real reason. Of course, the fact you just lost all
your money is reason enough.
That is why you should always buy into a game with just enough
money to cover the session you are getting ready to play. Example:
Let's say you are getting ready to play your first session of the
day and plan on using a five dollar base bet ($1000 bankroll). If
twenty dollars is the price of a one dollar losing set, then it
will cost you five times that amount, or one hundred dollars, to
play a five dollar session.
You proceed to win about $30 and then lose the set and session
(a lost set always ends the session) . Chances are good that the
deck (or shoe) is negative and is going to stay that way for
awhile. You could say something like: "That's all for me. Maybe I
can take this thirty dollars I have left and go get lucky on the
slot machines." After you leave the table, figure up what you lost
($70) . Seventy divided by ten is seven. You know to use seven
dollars as the base bet of your first recovery session at the new
table. Seven times twenty dollars (the cost of a one dollar set)
equals $140, so buy in at the new table for $140. Your new pre-
progression numbers could be 1-1-2-3 (totals 7). Your progression
ladder would be 7-14-21-35-56. The sums of both equal your buy in
of $140. It's O.K. to round thet off to 7-15-20-35-55.
Keep repeating the above procedures until you have reached your
win goal or lost your daily bankroll. Anytime you are looking for
a table to play at remember this. Look for one that has some
activity and everyone seems to be having a good time. Such a table
probably has a positive shoe going for it, and chances are good it
will remain that way for a while.
The average blackjack player has a misconception about luck.
They believe their success depends on how their luck is running.
That is not true; their success depends on how the dealer's luck
is running. The dealer's luck depends on whether the shoe is
positive or negative.
In tournament play, almost all the players are on about the
BLACKJACK ....
DO
same skill level. They all start with the same amount of chips and
play for the same amount of time.
Time after time, I have noticed that the results of such
tournaments follow a set pattern. Each individual table will have
its own idiosyncrasy. Everybody at the table will be on about the
same monetary plateau. Example: At one table everybody will be big
winners. At another table everybody ends up with about what they
started with. At another table everybody is having bad luck and are
almost broke. Some are already out of the game.
That can only be the result of a positive table, a neutral
table, and a negative table. Think about it. The casinos know it,
and have taken the following steps to correct the situation.
Only the top three winners from each table are chosen to go on to
the finals. In other words, three players from the negative shoe
table, who actually lost money, advance to the finals. But, three
players from the positive shoe table, who each were big winners,
are eliminated from the tournament.
The above process continues until there are only six or seven
players left. They all then play at one table against the same shoe
until the time limit is up and there is a winner. If that doesn't
convince you that it is the condition of the shoe, not your luck,
that makes the difference whether you win or lose then nothing
will.
You don't need to be a card counter. Just pay attention to
what kind of luck the table is having, and you will know the
condition of the deck. Most of the time you won't be able to see a
definite trend. That suggest a neutral deck, and that's what the Star
System is designed for. When a highly positive shoe comes along you
won't have any problem in recognizing it. Everybody is winning, and
the dealer is busting more than usual. When a very negative shoe
comes along the opposite is true. Everyone's pile of chips is
dwindling away at a steady pace. A few may even go broke and leave
the game.
=== PRACTICE ===
I am sure you have to agree. There is nobody that has ever

gotten to the top of their profession without having some prior
experience in the field. To become among the best at what ever you do
is going to take some practice, and then some more practice. It does
not have to be at a casino. It can be at home where the cost of
mistakes is only going to cost you time instead of money. When the
time comes that there is absolutely no question in your mind about
what your next move should be, ypu will know that you are good
enough. With practice, all your plays will eventually become just an
unconscious reaction for you.
As with anything else, there are good ways and bad ways to
practice. There are shortcuts you can take that will save much time
and effort. I believe you will find the following method a simple
and fast way to practice. It will also provide you with an easy way to
keep accurate records in the event you want to. Once you know basic
strategy, and the Star System betting procedures, you will be ready
to start practicing. Now, no chips are necessary; they will only
slow you down. In the beginning, all you need is a table, four decks
of cards, paper, and a pencil. Once you have those
BLACKJACK
57
materials then draw yourself up a tally sheet like the one below.
** $X ** = Base Bet. I.E. ** $5 ** = $5 Base Bet.
Profit: Lost: Won:
** $5
Set 1
Set 2
Set 3
Set 4
Plan on using a complete sheet of paper (30-40 lines).
Now shuffle the cards together and deal out two hands. Deal as
though the dealer was dealing. The first card is dealt face-up to
yourself. The second card goes face-down to the dealer. The third
card goes face-up to yourself and the fourth card goes face-up to
the dealer. Make your decision according to basic strategy, and
finish playing the hand out. Now pick up all the cards from that
hand and place them on an imaginary win or lost line on the table.
Example:
Win Line -----------------------------------
Lost Line -----------------------------------
Start at the left of the line and work your way to the right
until the set is either won or lost. At that time you will take
your pencil and transfer the results to your tally sheet. Then you
pick all the cards up and place them in your discards stack.
The following is an example of how the cards would look on the
table if you just lost your four pre-progression bets, plus two
progression ladder losses, followed by two wins.
Win Line X X
Lost line . . . X X X X (space) X X

BLACKJACK 58
Your tally sheet should look like this after you have
transferred it to paper. Numbers are the actual amount of wager.
Profit Loss Won
You won the set and made a $10 profit. Put the cards in the
discard stack and begin set # 2. With average luck, you will easily
reach your win goal without ever having to play any recovery sets. On
the average, you will lose one set per twenty-eight in the game of
Blackjack.
A point you don't want to forget is (when in your progression
ladder), if you had lost the second $15 bet in the above example it
would have cancelled out the previous $15 win. Both of the hands would
have then gone to the discard stack and you would replay the hand.
All ties (or pushes as they are called in the game of blackjack),
also go to the discard stack.
Just the opposite happens if you have a win, followed by a
loss, while in your pre-progression numbers. Because you were
letting the previous bet ride and lost, it counts as a single loss.
Think of a Rider as merely being an extension of the previous hand. If
you win, you win three times your original bet. If you lose, you have
only lost your original bet. Let's say you won your first hand in your
pre-progression bets. Your cards laying on the table would look like
this.
Win Line .... X ______________

Lost line . . . . _______________
You lose the next hand. The results are that you lost your*
original bet. You have to move that card straight down to the lost
line. This means that you will never see a lone X on the win line of
your tally sheet after you are finished with your pre-
progression numbers bets.
There will either be two Xs on the win line and end of set, or
four Xs on the lost line followed by your progression ladder bets.
See the example at the bottom of page 57
It also means that if you want to keep records concerning your
win/lost ratio, the figures on your tally sheet will not reflect
all of your wins. You can play as many as eight hands in your pre-
progression numbers (W-L-W-L-W-L-W-L), but your tally sheet will
only show four losses.
If you wish to keep tabs on your win/lost ratio, you need to
figure out your own way to do that. I do not keep track of that
figure. It has already been proven by computers that using basic
strategy results in the player having about a fifty-fifty chance.
That is good enough for me. I'm sure that if I kept records for
years concerning that figure, my results would be the same.
The following chart is the actual results of thirteen sets
of blackjack played now without card counting. A $5 base bet
and pre-progression numbers 1-1-1-2 will be used.
Number of hands = 61 Total $ won = $ 72 »«Total bet = *** $182

Percentage = 39% Average bet = $2.98 Average win =
$1.,18
*** Total bet equals out of pocket money. Monies won from the
previous hand, left on the board, and used to wager on the
present hand, is not out of pocket money. It is house money.
House money is winnings that you leave on the board for the
next bet (rider). It is just like the daily double at a race
track.
• Win/loss ratio = 47.5%. Remember, several wins occurred in
the P . P . # s that don't show. Ratio is actually 50/50 or better.
BLACKJACK 60
The preceding chart is typical of what the system does on a

steady basis. A five dollar base bet calls for a thousand dollar
bankroll. As can be seen, you were off and running without having
to invest even ten percent of your bankroll.
The system will not maintain a thirty nine percent profit over
the long run. This is because a losing streak is bound to come
along from time to time and cause you to play a recovery session.
When playing recoveries you are not making any money. You are only
recovering a previous loss. Over the long run it will average out
to about a twenty five percent profit over out of pocket monies
invested.
The average bet of $2.98 is within a cent or two of being right
on the money for the systems average. The $1.1<8 average win is a
little on the low side [seven cents below average), but normally
this average will pick up during a recover session.
This is because a recovery session usually ends with more money
being recovered than tried for. It is not unusual for them to end
up with twenty to fifty dollars more than tried for. This could be
the result of one of the wins being a blackjack or doubles.
Your average win works out to be twenty five cents per one
dollar base bet. A five dollar base bet = 5 X 25, or $1.25 per
hand. The previous example can be considered as average.
An above par set will sometimes show an eighty percent or
better profit made for money invested. A below par winning set may
sometimes get down in the ten percent range. A losing set (and
session), comes along about once every 28 sets or only 3.5% of the
time. Reminder; A lost set always means it is also the end of the
session.
YOU
If you win the current hand you will have a $20 profit
and the set will be over. If you lose the current hand it cancels the last
win. In that case you would take the current hand plus the last winning hand
off the board and place them in the discard stack. You would then replay hand
# 7»
If the last hand (#7) had been a blackjack you could end the set with
a $5 profit. Memorizing the charts on pages 62 and 63 will be a big help when
It comes to figuring your Tally sheet.
61 BLACKJACK
Let's look at a typical recovery session. Let us say you were
using a five dollar base bet, and just lost your first nine hands
resulting in a lost set and session. You would be one hundred
dollars down, and need to start a recovery set using a ten dollar
base bet. Your P.P.#s for a $10 base bet = 2-2-2-4.
X = Blackjack [X] = Doubles R = Rider w = won
You have recovered your one hundred dollar loss, plus you made a forty
six dollar profit. Now you return to your five dollar base bet primary
session.
BLACKJACK 62
There are going to be some people who will say that the 25%
average profit is an erroneous figure. They will say that anybody
can get on a lucky streak, and then quit as soon as it shows a good
profit. That is not the case. The statistics given in this chapter
are the results of a 100% mechanical betting system. The 25%
figure is the over all average for at least a hundred thousand
hands.
The following information is based on two consecutive wins. It
is presented so you will have an idea of the profits attainable
during certain situations in the game of blackjack.
== WIN...PULL ORIGINAL BET...BET WINNINGS
1. Win, pull winnings & bet same again, pays double your
original bet.
2. Win, pull winnings & bet same again, followed by a

blackjack, pays 2 & 1/2 times your original bet.
3. Win, pull winnings & bet same again, followed by doubles,

pays three times original bet.
4. Blackjack, pull original wager & bet B.J. winnings, followed

by a win, pays three times original bet.

by another blackjack, pays three & 3/4 times original bet.

by doubles, pays four & 1/2 times original bet.
7. Doubles, pull both original bets & bet winnings,

followed by a win, pays four times original bet.
8. Doubles, pull both original bets & bet winnings, followed by

a blackjack, pays five times original bet.
9. Doubles, pull both original bets & bet winnings, followed by

doubles, pays six times original bet.
NOTE: In numbers 1, 2, 4, 5, 7, and 8 of the above, you have pulled

your original bet. A loss results in the hand cancelling out, and
you remain on the same step of your progression ladder. Think of
it as a free shot. If you win, you win big. If you lose, you lose
nothing as it was all house money. In numbers 3,6,and 9 (because
you also went down for doubles on the second hand), a loss
occurring on the second doubles results in you having to take one
step up the progression ladder.
There is another version of the game Blackjack that should be
mentioned. Double Exposure is its name. In Double Exposure the
dealer deals both his cards face up. To compensate, the dealer wins
all ties. If you can see both of the dealers up cards, and they
63 blackjack
amount to 17 or above, you hit until you win or bust. It will

also be the deciding factor on many occasions whether to go
down for doubles or not. The Star System was tested for roughly
ten thousand hands against Double Exposure. The results were
like taking candy away from a baby.
The below chart is basically the same as the one on the

previous page only you don't pull your original bet and you
let it all ride. By doing so, a loss on numbers 1,2,4,5,7, &
8 means you take one step up the progression ladder. A loss
on numbers 3, 6,& 9 means you take two steps up the ladder.
Win — LET IT ALL RIDE — WIN AGAIN
l. Win, followed by another win, pays three times original bet.
2. Win, followed by a blackjack, pays four times original bet.
3. Win, followed by doubles, pays five times original bet.
4. Blackjack, followed by a regular win, pays four times

original bet.
5. Blackjack, followed by another blackjack, pays 5 1/2 times

original bet.
6. Blackjack, followed by doubles, pays 6 1/2 times original bet.
7. Doubles, followed by a regular win, pays six times original bet.
8. Doubles, followed by a blackjack, pays eight times original bet.

9. Doubles, followed by doubles, pays ten times original bet.
55
Chapter 6
CARD COUNTING
================================================================
When I first began structuring the Star System specifically

toward the game of blackjack, the thought of card counting never
entered my mind. Early results, obtained via using an old race
track system that I have a copyright on, had convinced me that card
counting wasn't necessary. I had also heard that it was quite
difficult to learn so I wasn't the least bit interested.
During the development stages of the system I read many books
on the subject of blackjack. There is one topic that they all
elaborate on. They all said that in order to become a consistent
winner, card counting was an absolute necessity. Although the
advent of the Star System now disproves that theory, I suppose a
seed was planted in my mind. After the system was completed, I
found myself with some spare time. As a matter of curiosity, I
decided to learn how to card count.
It was discovered that card counting will improve your profits
if used when playing the Star System. As a result, the necessary
changes were made so that card counting could be smoothly
integrated into the system and used by those who wish to. Once
again I reiterate, card counting is not a part of the system. But,
if you wish to use it then it is simple to do.
If you can card count, and play the system as described in this
chapter, you should be virtually unbeatable. I seriously doubt that
you would lose your daily bankroll even one percent of the time.
The only problem with card counting is just as I suspected. The
stories I had heard about it being difficult to learn were all
true. It takes a lot of work and concentration.
Due to the fact that the Star System mechanically dictates your
betting for you, a lot of the sophisticated and complicated card
counting systems I looked at were not applicable. As a result, I
came up with my own system. All you need to know is simply whether
or not the deck is plus, minus, or neutral. The method I am about
to show you is the simplest of simple systems. Nevertheless, it
achieves the purpose for which it was intended.
Another thing that makes card counting easy to learn is that
in multi deck games, all cards except the dealers down card are
dealt face up. Couple this with the fact "that you always count the
dealers down card as a ten, then in essence, all cards are dealt
face up. Card counting now becomes a piece of cake.
For your purposes, the high cards (which are to your
advantage), consist of the red eights, plus all the nines, tens
and aces. The low cards will be the black eights and below
(7, 6, 5, 4, 3, & 2).
A positive deck contains more high cards than low cards. A
negative deck contains more low cards than high cards, and a
neutral deck contains about the same number of high and low cards.
CARD COUNTING 66
You will consider a neutral deck as being from a zero to

a plus two running count. If you don't know what is meant by
running count, don't worry, it will soon be explained. Before
getting into the details of this card counting system there
are a couple of things that you need to memorize.
First and most important is that the basic strategy for
card counters is different from the basic strategy for non
card counters. The basic strategy chart for card counters who
use the Star System will be found on the last page of this
chapter.
The second thing you need to do is memorize the following
six courses of action to the point of automatic recall.
1. Positive deck win; Let your bet & winnings ride.
2. Positive deck loss: Advance one step up the progression
Ladder.
3. Neutral deck win: Pull your winnings. Leave original bet

out as your bet for next hand.
4. Neutral deck loss: Advance one step up the progression
ladder.
5. Negative deck win; Pull your bet & winnings off the
board. Back up two steps on the progression ladder.
[Example using a $5 base bet] 5=L, 10=L, 15=L, 25=win.
You pull your $25 bet & $25 winnings. The $25 win replaces
the previous 10 & 15 dollar loss. Back up to the ten dollar
step and start up the progression ladder again. The idea at
this point is to simply wait out the negative deck.
6. Negative deck loss: Advance one step up the progression
ladder, but take the next bet and divide it into four
smaller bets. Play the same as you would play your pre-
progression numbers. Play until you lose it or double it.
If you double it, then it's a win and your next bet will be
either number 1, 3, or 5 above. If you lose it, then you
advance one more step and repeat the procedure.
Number six of the above looks as though it would be difficult to

do. It is very simple if you do it via the following manner. Let's
say you just lost your $15 bet and the deck is negative. It should
just be an unconscious recall that your next move is to advance to
$25. You will do that, but you will divide it up into four smaller
bets (just as you do your P . P . # s ) , and play it just as you would
your pre-progression numbers.
Twenty five divided by five equals five so your $25 bet now
becomes four individual bets of 5-5-5 & 10 dollars. If you prefer
you could make them something like 2-4-7-12. The important thing is
that they total up to be 25 or less. Both of the above examples will
show a profit at any point when using the Rider. The key to keeping
track is to pull the $25 worth of chips and keep them separate from
your other chips. I prefer to hold them in my hand. You may prefer
to put them in a separate stack and play from that stack only. I
also prefer the 5-5-5-10 version. Then it is simple. Just hold them
in your hand and play five at a time until you are
CARD COUNTING
67
down to your last ten and then bet it all. Remember to let your
wins ride until you have either doubled your twenty five dollars
or lost it.
Possibly you are already a proficient card counter. If so, then
all you will need to know is the preceding six courses of action
and you can skip the rest of this chapter.
For the sake of simplicity, a running count is what you are
going to use. Other books on the subject will tell you it is
necessary to always convert running count to true count. Forget
about it. When using the Star System, a running count is easier to
use and just as accurate. The reason is that there are only a
couple of numbers that you are interested in. They will be your
reference numbers used to figure a neutral deck and they can easily
be figured via the running count.
The two count numbers that you are interested in are zero and
plus two, times the number of decks being used. If one deck is
being used you will use 0 and +2 as your reference numbers. If two
decks are left in the shoe you will be using 0 and +4 for your
reference numbers. If there are four decks left in the shoe then
a running count of 0 and +8 is what you are interested in.
Anything between those two reference numbers is a neutral deck.
Anything out of those parameters will either be a positive deck or
a negative deck. All that is required is that you know how many
decks are in the game. If you know that, then it is just a simple
matter of looking at the discard tray and estimating how many decks
are left in play. For example, you know there are six decks in the
game. You look at the discard tray and estimate there are four
decks still left to be played. You should know that any count
between 0 and plus 8 will be considered a neutral deck. As the
cards are dealt, the spread between your reference numbers will
diminish.
** The Count **
Red Eights & above {9, 10, & Ace} = -1

Black Eights & down { 7 , 6, 5, 4, 3, & 2} = +1
As the high cards are removed from the deck there will be an
excess of low cards remaining. That is the reason they are counted
as a minus. This results in a negative deck. That is good for the
dealer, but bad (or negative), for you. Take ten face cards out of
a full deck and the deck is minus ten. That is a highly unfavorable
deck as far as you are concerned, but highly favorable for the
dealer.
Make no mistake about it. Even this simplest of simple systems
is going to take some time to master. If you practice every day,
it will probably take a month or so before you will become
proficient at it. As with anything, the more you practice, the
better you will get and the easier it will become.
68
CARD COUNTING
To begin with, get yourself several decks of cards, and put
them in places where you will always have access to one. When I
first began learning to card count I tried to keep one at home,
one at work, one in the car and one in my pocket. Whenever I found
myself with some free time I would get one and begin to practice.
There are several good exercises that you can do. The first of
these is designed to train your mind to trigger itself to
subconsciously count only when specific cards are seen and by-pass
the rest.
Exercise # I: Get yourself a deck of cards. If you are right
handed hold them face up in your right hand. Deal them out one at
a time and just count the red eights and above. In a 52 card deck
there will be 26 such cards, and that should be your count when
you reach the end of the deck. Pick a speed that is comfortable.
Increase your speed as you gain proficiency. Eventually, your mind
will only key in on the red eights and above, and will be oblivious
to the other cards. One could even have a picture of a sexy person
on it, and you wouldn't even be aware of it being there.
When you get to where you can go fairly fast, start timing
yourself. Try to get to the point where you can count as fast as
you can deal. If you can do that, you will be as good as you can
get, and better than you need to be. That should be about 17-20
seconds for a 52 card deck. You may be thinking that you could
never do it in 17-20 seconds. Think of it this way. If the other
half of the deck was blank cards could you? Sure you could. All it
takes a just a little practice. Anything around 30 seconds should
be good enough, but strive for less. Then, when you get in actual
playing conditions it will seem like you are playing in slow
motion.
The second exercise is designed to teach you to keep the
running count via cancelling out high and low cards. As you
progress you will unconsciously begin to count via cancelling out
anyhow, so let's go ahead and learn it that way to begin with.
Exercise # 2; Hold the deck of cards in your hand face down.
Remove them two at a time and turn them face up. Count as you go.
The count can only be plus two, minus two, or zero. Zero will be
the result of a high card and a low card cancelling each other out.
Keep a running total as you go. For example: Four high pairs (8
high cards), would not be counted as -2,-2,-2,-2, but -2,-4,-6,-8.
Soon your mind will automatically by-pass all pairs that cancel out
just as though they never existed. When you reach the end of the
deck the count should be zero. Once again, practice until you can
count via this method about as fast as you can turn pairs over. You
may find it easier to call a 0 count as even instead of zero. Let's
say that the first ten pairs you turned over were:
A-10, Bk.8-9, 3-7, red 8-6, 10-10, 9-K, Q-4, 2-7, 3-3.
Your mental count should have been: { X= cancel }
A-10, Bk.8-9, 3-7, red 8-6, 10-10, 9-K, Q-4, 2-7, 3-3.
2 X even X -2 -4 X -2 even.
CARD COUNTING
69
As with exercise number one, you will soon be automatically

by-passing the cancel out hands. The previous count would have gone
through your mind about as fast as you can read the following:
minus 2, even, minus 2, minus 4, minus 2, even. Start training
yourself now to keep your count mentally.
In addition to being much faster, it is also much harder for
the house to detect. Believe it or not, I occasionally see (and so
will you), somebody that is obviously in deep concentration, and
their lips moving as the cards are being dealt out.
Speed is not the important thing now. Strive for accuracy. As
you gain proficiency your speed will come automatically. When you
get to where you are easily doing the entire deck in one minute or
less, you are in good shape. Then you will be ready to throw in a
couple of variations.
Do the same as above only use three cards instead of two. Now
your count can only be: plus three or plus one, minus three or
minus one. Try it using four cards. Soon you should be able to go
through the deck varying the number of cards dealt with no
problems.
Exercise # 3; This exercise is designed to build up your speed.
It is the same as exercise number two only this time the deck is
held face up. Deal the cards out as fast as you can accurately
count in pairs via the cancel out method. In the beginning it may
take you about a minute to count the entire deck. You would like
to eventually get it down to about thirty seconds if you can.
In my case, it took several months of constant practice to
achieve that goal. I thought I would never get to that point. Once
you do, you will probably zip right past it and down into the low
twenties. That kind of speed is really not necessary and can never
be achieved unless you are counting strictly mentally, but why not
strive for it. If you ever achieve it, counting in actual game
conditions will become a piece of cake. You will almost get bored
waiting for the next card to come out. As long as you are playing
blackjack, that should be an exercise you practice in order to
maintain your proficiency level.
You have now learned two methods of counting. As long as you
are able to maintain the count as learned in exercise number one,
you should never have to use the cancel out method. It is highly
unlikely that you will always be able to maintain the count. For
one reason or another, even the best will occasionally lose the
count. When that happens, you should be able to quickly get
yourself back up to date via the cancel out method. It is also good
to have a back up method to use as a double check when you want
too. Once you become accustom to counting you will probably use a
combination of both, and not even be aware of it.
CARD COUNTING 70
Let's deal a hand out and practice the count via the
cancel out method.
XX = Dealer’s down card. Always count as a ten.
Remember, at this point, a hand can only be a plus 2, minus

2, or a cancel (you skip it). With this in mind, let us begin at
pos.# 1 and proceed through pos.# 6 with the dealers hand
being last. Your count should be: minus 2, skip, skip,
skip, minus 4, minus 2, and the dealers hand equals a skip
because a 10 down and a 2 up equals a cancel. As you can see,
you immediately know that the deck is minus 2.
That is why I prefer to sit at position one when I can. By
sitting there you have an exact count, and can make your
decision whether to draw a card or not. Then your hand is
over with. All you need to do is just sit back and relax while
you keep track of the other players hit cards. It's as simple
as ABC.
There are two areas that may give you problems in the
beginning. Both are caused because you forgot something. The
first thing you don't want to forget is to check the dealer's
hole card when they turn it over. Remember, you have already
counted it as a high card. If it is a high card then everything
is fine, and you don't need to do anything. If it is a low card
than you muat add two to your count. In the above example, if
the dealer turns over a low card, the deck will become zero (or
even), instead of minus two. Make this a hard and fast rule: If
the dealer's down card is a low card, add two to your count.
The second thing that is quite easy to forget, until you
get some experience, is what the carry over count from the
previous hand is. In the above example your count at the end
of the hand was minus two. Now it 13 time to deal a new hand.
Let's presume that after the initial deal the count is a plus
eight.
It is now time to adjust that count by either adding or
subtracting the carry over count from the previous hand. The
count at the end of the previous hand was minus two. The
count of the present hand is plus eight. Plus eight and minus
two equals plus six. The deck is plus six.
After counting down the hand in progress you may sometimes
forget what the count from the previous hand was. Practice will
solve this problem if you have it. Also, in the beginning, you
can keep a stack of chips as a visual aid if required, but
strive to always do it mentally. Mechanical aids should not be
a necessity for the good! player, ye&P^hey can be a great help
when learning.
71 CARD COUNTING
The previous method of count is via the cancel out method.

It will be your primary way of double checking your count or
regaining a lost count. There is actually a much faster and easier
way to card count. It is via the method you learned in exercise
number one. It only involves the counting of red eights and above.
Here is the way to do it.
First, you need an accurate way for keeping track of the number of
hands in each playing round. Just because there are five players at
the table doesn't mean there will always be five hands in each
round. Someone will occasionally sit out a hand, or will play two or
three hands at the same time. The number of hands in each round is
one figure that needs to be absolutely accurate. Here is the best
way to do it. Simply count the number of hands being dealt when the
dealer deals everyone their first card. Don't worry about whether it
is a low card or a high card. Just count the number of hands being
dealt.
Seven hands. That is all your interested in. Seven is your key
number, don't forget it. It stands to reason that if there are
seven hands being played, there are going to be fourteen cards on
the table after the deal. It also stands to reason that if seven are
high cards, seven have to be low cards. That would be a neutral deck.
If there are only five high cards in the deal, there has to be nine
low cards left, and the deck will be plus four. If there are eight
high cards in the deal, there has to be six low cards left, and the
deck will be minus two.
Everything hinges off your key number (7 in this instance). As
the dealer deals everyone their second card, you will then begin to
count all red eights and above. If the number is higher than seven,
the deck is going to be on the negative side. If the number is lower
than seven, the deck is going to be on the positive side. By how much
depends on the difference between your high card count and your key
number. It will be twice that number. For example, If your key number
is seven, and your high card count is nine (a difference of 2) , the
deck is minus four." If your high card count is six, the deck is plus
two. A few more examples using 7 as your key number are: High card
count of seven = neutral deck. A high card count of five = plus
four deck. A high card count of ten = minus six deck. A high card
count of two «= plus ten deck.
It's as easy as falling off a log. The hardest part of the
whole procedure is to remember to carry over and apply the count
from the previous hand. If the count for the present round is plus
four, and the count from the previous round was minus four, then
the deck is now even. In the beginning you may find it helpful to
CARD •72
COUNTING
use some chips as a crutch to help you remember the previous count.
Eventually, you should do it by memory alone. The following example is
the way it is done.
Let's assume that the first card has already been dealt to
everyone and you have determined that there are seven hands in the
round. Seven is your key number. The dealer begins to deal the
second card to everyone. You now begin to count all red eights and
above. Start with position one, and follow right along behind the
dealer one hand at a time.
The dealer deals the second card to pos.l (no high cards). You
don't count. The dealer deals the second card to pos.2 (a red
eight). Your count is one. The dealer deals the third player their
second card (two tens). You count 2 & 3. The dealer deals to pos.4
(one high card). You count 4. Position five - no count. Position
six = a count of 5 & 6. The dealer's card is a 6. You always count
the dealer's down card as a high card, so the count becomes seven
high cards. Your key number is seven, so the deck is neutral at
this point in the round. Now you apply the carry over count from
the previous hand, and you have an up to date running count. As you can
see, the instant the dealer deals his last card, you know what the
count is. If you are sitting at position one, you can make your
decision and have your hand over and done with. All you need to do
then is just sit back and count the hit cards, one at a time, as
they come out. When the round is over you will need to remember
that count and apply it to the next round after the deal.
To continue with the previous example: After the deal is
completed you find the deck to be plus two. Now comes the time for
the players to draw their cards. The first player draws a ten.
Subtract one, and the count becomes plus one. According to basic
strategy, the second player does not draw a card. The third player
does not draw a card. The fourth player does not draw a card. The
fifth player draws a four and a ten. They cancel out. The sixth
player does not draw. The dealer turns over their hole card and
it's a low card. As soon as you see it's a low card you add two to
the count (that is always automatic). The count now becomes plus
three. The dealer draws a ten. The count becomes plus two and the
round is over.
Don't forget the plus two count because you must apply it to
the next round after the deal is over. To help you remember, you
may want to move two chips, or two stacks of chips over just a
little, or even hold two chips in your hand.
The previous procedure will be exercise number three for you
CARD COUNTING
73
to do. You need to sit down at a table and practice, practice,
practice. From time to time change the number of players in the
round. Sometimes deal out ten or eleven hands just for the
practice. Practice until everything becomes automatic and there
is no doubt in your mind as what to do next. When you get to the
end of the deck the count should be zero. If it is not, you
probably forgot to count the dealer's hole card (if low), or their
hit card in one of the rounds.
If you practice those three exercises until they become no
problem at all for you, you should be a proficient card counter as
far as this system is concerned. When you can keep track of the
count and know basic strategy perfectly, plus the six courses of
action for card counters, then you are in the drivers seat.
Figuring out your next bet via the Star System becomes as easy as
saying the alphabet.
Don't get discouraged, remember, you didn't learn the alphabet
to the point of automatic recall over night. I am sure you have
heard the expression: "You will get out of it what you put into
it." That is certainly true concerning the Star System. If you put
forth the effort and learned everything in this book, you could
probably quit your job and make a living playing the casinos. Why
is the average player a loser? The answer is, they don't know any
of the above. They are there to have fun and hope to get lucky.
Sometimes they will get lucky, but they will surely lose in the
long run. For you, that lucky streak can just be additional
gravy on an already silver platter.
PLUS-MINUS STRATEGY === FOUR OR MORE DECKS
75 CARD "COUNTING
77
CHAPTER 7
DICE
=======================================================
The nice thing about Dice is that there is no basic strategy
to memorize, no cards to count, and no negative decks to try to
last through. The outcome of every roll is the result of
completely random chance. Random chance, and an approximate fifth-
fifty chance of winning, is exactly what the Star System is
designed to beat.
Practically every book you read about casino games will tell
you (except for the card counter in the game of blackjack), the
Dice table offers you your best odds. This applies to only two type
bets. It involves betting either the Pass Line or the Don't Pass
Line. When betting these two options you can get the odds down to
only .84% in favor of the house.
There are plenty of other bets available such as, hardway bets,
big 6 and big 8 bets, field bets, any craps, horn bets, hop bets,
Yo bets, and others. The best way to beat the dice table is not
even know what they are or how to play them. The house advantage
on some of these bets can get as high as 15%. If you are playing
to make money, it is best to forget about them.
To get straight to the point, and keep it short and simple,
the don't pass line is the only thing you will play. Make yourself
well aware of the following facts.
1. The odds of rolling a 1 are 6 times in 36 attempts.

2. The odds of rolling a 6 or 8 are 5 times in 36 attempts.
6. The odds of rolling a 1-1 or 6-6 are 1 time in 36 attempts.
Those statistics are mathematical facts and cannot be disputed.

They will hold true with insistent regularity. If you rolled the
dice a thousand times, you would find the seven was rolled six
times as often as the double one or double six. This is regardless
of any hot and cold streaks which you may have experienced.
Remember, over the long run, the seven will be rolled more often
than any other number. Therefore, the number seven must always be
made to work for you and not against you. In essence, it's like
always having a positive deck in the game of Blackjack.
DICE 78
There are three methods via which we can go about achieving

this. The first method may occasionally cause a lost primary
session, but with two recovery sessions left to play there should
be no problem.
It is a very effective method. It is more simple and less
expensive to play than the other two methods. Also, the action will
be a little faster. If you are a tourist, or just the average
bettor, method number one will be the one you should play.
There are card counters who wouldn't dream of playing blackjack
without card counting. By the same token, I'm sure there are crap
shooters who wouldn't dream of shooting craps without taking
advantage of the free or true odds option. If you are the average
bettor (dollar wise) , and fall in that category, then method number
two is for you.
Method number three offers minimal risk to the player. It is
basically the same as method number two, but involves betting
larger amounts of money. Those who like to make large bets
(highrollers) , will probably prefer method number three.
Method # 1
The facts that method # 1 take into account are as follows:
1. A 7 or 11 on the comeout roll will cause you to lose.
2. A 7 or 11 will comeout 22% of the time. A sure loss .
3. A 2 or 3 on the comeout roll is an automatic winner.
4. A 2 or 3 will comeout 8.25% of the time. A sure win.
Net results: You are going to average losing on the comeout roll
about one time in seven. That's O.K. because there are nine steps
in our progression ladder. The odds will he in your favor, the
other eight comeout rolls.
The above percentages are valid whether it be a hundred
consecutive rolls or a hundred comeout rolls. For the time being,
we are only going to consider one hundred comeout rolls. According
to the laws of probability, thirty comeout rolls per hundred are
going to be automatically taken care of for us. There is nothing
we can do about it, twenty-two will be lost, eight will be won.
Of these thirty rolls, none will result in a won or lost
session. Because they are comeout rolls, each one will be the first
bet (a minimum bet), of your pre-progression bets. Each one is
absorbed into the progression set which it initiated. If thirty
percent of comeout rolls fall in the above category, then
obviously the remaining seventy percent 'will be point numbers. If
a seven is rolled before the point number you win.
A double six on the comeout will appear 2.75 percent of the
time and is a tie. As a player (not the shooter), you neither win
nor lose if a double six is rolled on the comeout. You can forget
about that 2.75 percent as it is not going to affect you one way
or the other.
It therefore becomes apparent that for every 100 comeout rolls,
there will be 70 times when the shooter must roll their point
number or you win. These 70 times will become 70 progression sets
for you. Each set may contain from two to twenty rolls or more.
79 DICE
Laws of Probability about point numbers are as follows:
Point numbers are: 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10
(4 & 10) (5 & 9) (6 & 8) are known as mate numbers. The

odds on mate numbers are the same.
A 4 or 10 will each appear 8.33% of the time. That means that

out of 70 rolls, 5 . 8 of them should be a 4, and 5 . 8 should be a 10.
The odds that a seven will be rolled first are 2 : 1 . In other words,
you should roll two sevens for every 4 or 10 rolled.
A 5 or 9 will each appear 11% of the time. That means that out of
those 70 rolls, 7 . 7 of them should be a 5, and 7 . 7 should be a 9. The
odds that a seven will be rolled first are 3 : 2 . In other words you
should roll three sevens for every two fives or nines rolled.
A 6 or 8 will each appear 14% of the time. That means that out of
70 rolls, 9 . 8 of them should be a 6, and 9 . 8 of them should be an 8.
The odds that a seven will be rolled first are 6 : 5 . In other words
you should roll six sevens for every five sixes or eights rolled.
As can be seen, the seven is working for you. As a result, the
odds have now turned drastically in your favor. In fact, they have
become so much in your favor let's forget about dry mathematical
figures that deal in fractions of a percent. Instead, let's work
with whole numbers and round them off to the casino's advantage.
This will result in the answers being somewhat on the low side ,
nevertheless they will still decidedly get the point across.
To rephrase and state it in a somewhat simpler form; the laws of
probability concerning point numbers and casino odds are:
Pt.#s 6 & 8 should appear 28% of the time. Odds are 6 to 5.

Pt.#s 5 & 9 should appear 22% of the time. Odds are 3 to 2.
Pt.#S 4 & 10 should appear 17% of the time. Odds are 2 to 1.
The first pad we are going to put in our favor is to combine

mate numbers 5 & 9, and 4 & 10 into one group, and give the group 3
to 2 odds. By doing so, we now have the following:
Pt.#s 6 & 8 appearing 28% of the time at odds of 6 to 5.

Pt.#s 4 , 5 , 9 & 10 appearing 39% of the time at odds of 3 to 2.
The next pad we are going to put in our favor is to take the
28% of the time Pt.#s 6 & 8 come in, and .the 39% of the time Pt. #s
4 , 5 , 9 & 10 come in, and say that both groups come in an equal amount
of times. In other words, we are taking five of the 39% group and
adding them to the 28% group. Also, we are going to lower their 3 to 2
odds down to 6 to 5. As a result we now have:
Pt.#s 6 & 8 appearing 1/2 of the time at odds of 6 to 5.

Pt.#s 4 , 5 , 9 & 10 appearing 1/2 of the time at odds of 3 to 2.
Notice that there are no more 2 to 1 odds and some of the 3 to 2

odds have been lowered to 6 to 5. Those figures are of course not
- DICE 80
correct, but it is easy to see the error is to the casinos
advantage and not ours. When the two ratios ( 6 : 5 & 3 : 2 ) , are added
together, the result is a ratio of 27 to 10. Divide by two to
obtain the average, and you get a ratio of 13.5 to 10. Convert a
ratio of 13.5 to 10 to a percentage figure, and the answer is a 26%
advantage over the house. When you consider the padding, it is
probably closer to 33%.
It becomes irrelevant at this point. Just having a 26%
advantage is like playing blackjack with a continuously super rich
deck. The Star System will normally make a profit down to an
approximate 15% disadvantage. With a constant 26% advantage it will
write them a new address. If in doubt, get your dice out and begin to
practice. Use ten dollars as your primary base bet and 2-2-2-4 as
your pre-progression bets.
When using method number one (in case you are familiar with
them), there are several reasons why you will not concern yourself
with true odds. First, when betting the don't pass line, it
requires that odds be given instead of taken. That goes against the
grain of the average bettor. Nobody likes to bet more than they can
win. Second, it requires the memorization of some odds tables and
quite a lot of mental calculating when playing.
It also makes the standard progression ladder invalid and
unworkable. It is sort of like card counting; the fraction of a
percent you gain by using it is more trouble than it's worth. In
method number one if you want to win more money, then simply use a
higher base bet. Method number one is designed for the average
person off the street who knows nothing about true odds or how to
figure them. It is a simple system that works. Let's keep it that
way.
If you are a regular dice player and insist on using true odds,
then method number two is the one you want to use. If that's the
case, then it is not necessary for me to explain true odds or how to
figure them.
Method # 2
Method # 2 is for those who prefer to use the true odds option.
Using true odds is about like card counting when using the Star
System; it will improve your results slightly.
When playing method number two, your pre-progression numbers
and progression ladder become invalid. It therefore becomes
necessary to put your progression bets on a sliding scale. You play
method number two the same way as method number one until a p o i n t
number is established. When the point number is established, you
then l a y full odds against the point.
Naturally, this involves betting more money than you can expect to
win. How much more will depend on what the point number is. You no
longer have a cut and dried progression ladder to follow. It now
becomes an absolute necessity that you keep track (a running
total), of the amount of money you are investing in each set.
The major advantage and best part o f m e t h o d n u m b e r 2 i s t h a t
when you lay full odds you are, in affect, going down for doubles.
Let's compare it to blackjack. It would be like the dealer showing
you his hole card before you make your decision to go down for
doubles or not. If you win, you have a profit and the progression
81 DICE
set is over. It no longer will take two consecutive winning rolls

to end the set. One winning roll will give you a profit and end the
set. It therefore becomes a reality that the only way you can lose
your bankroll is to never have one single winning roll come your
way.
The only difficulty you may have when playing method two is
simply keeping track of how much money you are investing and
computing your next bet. It's not as difficult as it first seems.
Here's a simple way to do it.
First, set a goal on how much money you want to win per set.
Let's say $10 per set is your goal. Forget about your pre-
progression numbers and progression ladder. None of that applies
in method # 2.
Rule # 1; Your fist bet will always be the same amount as
that which you chose to be your winning goal per set.
Obviously, $10 should be your fist bet. If you win you have a
$10 profit and the set is over. Your sliding scale
progression ladder will only begin with a loss. Rule # 2:
After a loss, your next bet will be 1/2 of the money you
have invested in the present set, plus 1/2 of the amount you
chose to be your goal per set.
Example # 1: Let's say the shooter rolled a seven on the

comeout roll. You lost ten dollars. Your next bet should be
1/2 of the money invested to date (1/2 of $10 = $5) plus 1/2
of your goal (1/2 of $10 = $ 5 ) . Your next bet will be $10.
Example # 2; Let's say the shooter rolled a seven on the

comeout and you are $10 down. As explained in example # 1,
your second bet of the set should also be $10. The shooter
rolls another seven and you lose again. Now you are a total
of $20 down. As per rule # 2, your next bet will be $15.
Example # 3; Let's say the shooter rolled a 7 or 11 five

times in a row. Your bets should be:
Roll # 1 $10 Initial bet.
Roll # 2 $10 1/2 of money down + 1/2 of goal,
It's O.K. to round the above off to

10, 10, 15, 25, 35, 50 if you want to. It
all averages out in the long run.
DICE 82
In any game of chance it is inevitable. It may only happen once
a month or once a year, but sooner or later, an unbelievable streak
of bad luck is going to come your way. For that reason, you will
have a stopping point, a recovery procedure, and a daily bankroll
(just as always).
These will be the same as you normally use with the Star
System. If you lose twenty times what your starting base bet is,
it is time to call a halt (end of primary session). You will then
start a recovery session. In the above example, that would be $200.
As always, you divide by ten to figure your recovery session base
bet.
Your daily bankroll will be the same as always (200 times your
starting base bet). The above example would have required a $2000
bankroll. The only real difference is that your progression ladder
changes to a sliding scale type.
In summary: getting pass the comeout roll could be a problem
when using this method. Once you get pass that point, you are in
the drivers seat because the seven begins working for you. When
the point number is established you lay odds equal to the amount
you have on the don't pass line. That's the same as going down for
doubles. If you shooter sevens out, you have made a profit and its
time to start over. As long as the shooter keeps making his point,
you keep repeating rule number two.
Method # 3
Method # 3 is for the highroller to whom money is no problem.

We are going to skip the preliminaries and get right to the point
number. It is hard to believe that anyone could ever lose when
using this method, but when you are gambling anything is possible.
It is almost the same as method number two, except you are going
to eliminate the problems associated with the comeout roll.
When playing method # 3, you will place no bets until there is
a point number. At that time, you lay odds (a don't place bet) that
the point number will not be made. Now you have the seven working
for you on every roll of the dice. When the shooter makes their
point and you lose, here is how to figure your next bet.
Figure up what one half of the total amount you are down is.
Wait until the next point number and then bet whatever is necessary
in order to win that amount. Repeat that procedure until you
achieve a win.
At that time, pull all your money off the board and wait for
another point number. Then you bet what ever is necessary to win
twice the amount your previous goal was. This amounts to the same
thing as letting a bet ride, except you have to pull your winnings
and wait until the next point number before playing the second
half.
Example: You lay the correct odds to win fifty dollars and
succeed. If you were playing blackjack you would simply let the
hundred dollars ride, but you cannot do that here. You have to pull
your money off the board and wait for a new point number. Then
(depending on the point number) you bet the necessary amount needed
to win a hundred dollars. That is twice what your originally goal
was.
83
Winning should present no problem since the only time you have
a bet going for you is when you have the seven working for you.
According to the laws of probability, you will win more often than
you lose. That being the case, then two consecutive wins is
inevitable. When it happens you will have a good profit and can
start over.
The only way you can lose is for the shooter to make their
point time after time after time until you have finally lost your
bankroll. It could happen, but the odds are very high that it
won't. Still, If by some remote chance it does, you will still use
a daily bankroll of 200 times your starting base bet.
If you lost that, quit for the day. With about a 33% advantage
all the time, it is difficult to imagine you losing more often than
you win. When using method number three note that you will not get
to shoot the dice. You must have a bet on the pass or don't pass
line in order to shoot the dice.
In methods 1 & 2 when it is your turn to roll the dice, bet
whatever you are using for a base bet. If you win let it ride three
times. If you're lucky enough to make three passes in a roll, pull
your winnings and try to repeat the cycle. If you can make three
passes in a row just once, out of eight attempts, you will make a
profit. For example: You're using a $10 base bet and lose the first
seven times you handle the dice (results = $70 down). The eighth
time you handle the dice you succeed in making three passes in a
row. This results in an eighty dollar win (10+10=20 20+20=40
40+40=80). If you fail to make three passes in eight attempts you
could double your bet and try eight more times. If you succeed, you
have still made a profit.
Method three has no sets or sessions. You play until you reach
your win goal or lose your daily bankroll. There was about two
years time and several hundred thousand hands of blackjack involved
in obtaining the statistics applicable to blackjack. That is not
the case concerning dice. Only about ten thousand rolls are
involved when it comes to their statistics.
The chart on the next page shows the difference between the
statistics on blackjack and dice. Because the betting procedures
for method number one and Blackjack are identical, the comparison
is between those two only. As can be seen, It appears that the
absolute guarantee of random chance is truly a positive feature
for the Star System.
DICE 84
*** Out of pocket money. Monies removed from your stack of chips
(winnings included), and used to wager with. A rider is not out of
pocket money. It is winnings left on the board and is an extension of
the previous hand or roll. In essence, it is like the Daily Double
at a race track.
85
Chapter 8
BACCARAT
As everyone knows, there is nothing that takes the place of

experience. I have never played the game of Baccarat so I will not
pretend to be an authority on the subject. I will, however, pass
along my thoughts on Baccarat and tell you why, and how I would
play the game.
The reason I would play Baccarat is that the house percentage
is down around 1%. Some people think it is as low as .85%, but the
real authority on the subject thinks it is closer to 1.25%.
Either one is no problem for the Star System, and I do consider
myself an authority on that subject. What I will attempt to do in
this segment is to take my experience with the Star System, and
combine it with the experience of the Master of Baccarat. The
results should be a good and profitable system.
The Master of Baccarat can be no other than Mr. Tommy Renzoni.
Mr. Renzoni was born in 1915 and has spent his entire adult life
playing the game of Baccarat. It was he who first introduced the
game to Las Vegas in 1959. It is said that he has probably observed
or presided over twenty million Baccarat decisions. If he doesn't
know the game, then nobody does.
His book, "Renzoni on Baccarat", is unique and is one of my
favorite books on gambling. In it there is not one single system
for beating the game. It simply contains the basic laws, doctrine,
and the so called secrets of gambling, that can only be obtained
by a lifetime of gambling. I hope to have absorbed some of that
information, and that it will prove profitable in the days to come
for both of us. I am sure you would also enjoy the book. It
contains much valuable information that the serious gambler needs
to heed. It is published by Lyle Stuart, Inc., Secaucus, New Jersey
07094.
The one thing that he consistently emphasizes is that
regardless of what game you are playing, you must learn to
recognize and respect streaks. Not recognizing and respecting
streaks is the primary reason for losing when gambling. He has seen
many fortunes lost by people who refuse to swing over to the other
side. In the past, entire kingdoms were lost for this reason when
playing the game of Baccarat. In other words, Learn to go with the
flow. This is especially true in the game of Baccarat.
I feel that the reason all those kingdoms and fortunes were
lost is as follows. Hundreds of years ago someone, an Einstein of
those days, invented a game that went against all the laws of
probability as known by the average person. That game today is
BACCARAT 86
known as Baccarat. The same principles that apply to modern day

card counting are also at work in the game of Baccarat. Because
eight decks are in use and nine is the point number it becomes much
more difficult to comprehend. Why else would the banker be required
to hit and stand on certain numbers in certain situations, and the
players be required to use a different set of circumstances.
The basic laws of probability are an almost natural instinct
to the average person. They tell you that any time you have a
fifty-fifty chance of winning you should win if you stick with the
same position for a few more times. This is a valid assumption. In
fact it is one of the corner stones of the Star System.
In Baccarat, this philosophy does not seem to be valid. The
reason is simple. That is the way the game was designed. Over a
long period of time the banker and player will both win about the
same number of hands, thus the fifty-fifty chance of winning is
valid.
However, for the short run, due to the composition of the eight
decks, and dealer-player mandatory requirements, there can be a
very long run of losses for one side or the other. If you're a King
using a progression system, you just lost your Kingdom. If you'
are just a millionaire, you only lost a fortune. Why? Because
you refused to go with the trend.
According to Mr. Renzoni, runs of seven or eight passes are
common place and there are many runs of nine to twelve passes.
Sometimes, as high as fifteen or twenty consecutive passes may
occur. Mr. Renzoni says that he considers three or more decisions
in one direction enough to be a trend. Almost any book you read on
Baccarat will tell you the same thing. It's a fact. Baccarat is a
game of streaks. You need a way to take advantage of that fact.
There are two ways I can see that this can be accomplished.
The first is simple. Use the basic Star System and switch sides
every time you experience three consecutive losses. By using that
approach you will never suffer defeat by the seven or eight losing
passes which are common place in the game.
The second approach is quite a bit different, but still simple.
It is strictly an insurance bet against the streak. It will cost
four dollars if you are using a ten dollar base bet. All you need
to do, in order to break even, is to win just one time out of
fifty.
If seven or eight consecutive wins or losses are common place,
then one time out of fifty is acceptable odds. It not only ensures
you against the long losing streak, it can also make you a lot of
money. Here is the way it works.
On your fourth and last pre-progression bet, wager an equal
amount (the insurance bet), on the other side. You will let this
bet ride while you continue to play your normal progression set on
the opposite side.
As I said, it is an insurance bet against the streak. If just
one single win occurs on the side that you are playing, you have
lost your four dollars. You will then be without insurance for the
remainder of the set. At least, you will have one win going for
you. If the lost trend continues - just one time out of a fifty -
for five more hands, it will have paid for itself. Remember,
continuous streaks of seven and eight are common in Baccarat.
87 BACCARAT
Let's look at an example: Let us use a $10 base bet and play
the bankers hand. When you get to your fourth pre-progression bet
you will place a $4 insurance bet on the player's side.
As can be seen, at the $50 step on your progression ladder,

you could quit and have an eight dollar profit. If you continue to
the last step and lose you have made a $56 dollar profit on the
insurance side. At this point you are probably hoping for another
loss so you can collect the insurance money. I repeat, I have never
played the game of Baccarat, but the above two methods should have
good results when playing such a game. Either one will ensure you
are never the victim of the streak.
89
CHAPTER 9
ROULETTE
If you know the Star System's progression ladder and recovery
procedures, you should have no problems with Roulette. It is an
easy game to play. There are a few facts of which you should be
aware.
Because of the zero and double zero on the wheel, the house
will always have at lease a 5.23 % advantage over you. This
percentage only applies to bets made on the red or black, the odd
or even, or the low numbers (1-18) and high numbers (19-36) . The
odds on the other bets available can go as high as thirty five to
one.
You will only play the bets that give the house its least
advantage. Most professionals would call any bet that gives the
house a 5% advantage, "a sucker bet". Don't worry about it. The Star
System will normally handle a 5% disadvantage with ease.
The only thing that may cause you a problem is that long
consecutive losing streak. You may as well face the facts. Sooner
or later it is going to happen to everybody. When it does, owing
to its unique recovery design, the Star System will recover
probably 98% of the time.
You now have the option of playing either or both sides. As a
result, you can almost eliminate ever having to play recoveries
via the insurance bet. I said almost because, a zero or double zero
will cause you to lose both sides.
Review the chapter on Baccarat to learn how and why to play
the insurance bet. I do not recommend switching sides, as I did in
Baccarat, because of the following reason. The spin of the wheel,
like the toss of the dice, guarantees the next number to be the
result of a 100% random chance. There is no chance (as in Baccarat
or Blackjack), that the composition of the remaining deck is going
to affect your coming hands.
If you compare it to playing the don't pass line in Craps,
there is one thing that you will have in your favor. You should
win your first bet of the set a lot more often. According to the
laws of probability, in Roulette you should get an automatic loser
(0 or 00), two times in thirty eight. When playing the don't pass
line in Craps you should get an automatic loser (7 or 1 1 ) , eight
times in thirty eight. Once you get to the second bet of the set,
your wins should come about 4% less frequent.
91
Chapter 8
SPORTS BETTING
Sports betting, such as Baseball, Basketball, Football, and

others may very well offer you the best opportunity of all when it
comes to gambling. Without a doubt, it is the easiest because you
have no memory work at all. You will have plenty of time to refer
to your notes.
To use a good analogy let us compare sports betting with
blackjack betting. By doing so, you can easily see why sports
betting should be very profitable. First of all, card counters in
the game of blackjack get barred because casinos know they are
vulnerable to them. Second, A card counter's advantage rarely
exceeds three percent. Add that three percent to the fifty-fifty
chance you have when using basic strategy, and you get fifty three
percent. It all boils down to this: A fifty three percent advantage
will make you a winner.
Pick-Em Services
In sports betting there are Pick-Em Services. You will find

their advertisements in many sports magazines and newspapers. Some
of these services advertise a success rate of approximately seventy
percent. These services are in competition with each other
therefore one that doesn't produce good results will not stay in
business very long.
Can you imagine playing blackjack with a seventy percent
advantage all the time. That would be better than owning your own
gold mine. If they can really attain the percentages they
advertise, then I would be more than happy to pay them the small
fee they charge for their services.
These companies normally consist of a group of professional
people who make it their business to know which team, horse, or
dog has the best chance of winning on any given day. Probably all
these services are computerized and have immediate access to all
the latest and pertinent handicapping information. In addition,
many of them have their own personal contacts that supply them with
a little inside information ever now and then.
SPORTS 92
Daily Line
There is also the Daily Line which is more popularly known as

the Spread. Its source is Las Vegas. It handicaps sporting events
and its results are normally printed in your local newspaper. Its
function is not to pick winners, but to provide a point handicap to
one of the participants. When applied to the final score, this point
handicap should result in the teams playing to a tie.
For example: you notice in the local paper that the Dallas
Cowboys and New York Jets are playing tomorrow and the Jets are a 10
point favorite. That means if you were to place a bet with someone
you could get Dallas and ten points or you could get New York and
minus ten points.
You may as well flip a coin. When the Spread is applied, you
basically have a fifty-fifty chance of winning. Using the same
analogy as before, this would be the same as playing blackjack with a
neutral deck. A good example of playing with a negative deck would
be to tell your friend to forget the point spread, you will take
Dallas even.
At this point the pick-em services take over, and via one way or
another, they attempt to pick the winner. They will give you their
picks every day for every team in the league. They will usually
have about three which they highly recommend. They also will
normally have a pick of the day. The teams are usually given a
rating such as a one star team or a three star team. The pick of the
day may have a four star rating. Chances are good that a little inside
information was obtained on this pick.
There are several routes you can choose to use when betting
the sports. Probably the safest route would be to play the pick of
the day and let all wins ride. You are only going to have one bet a
day going for you, so you may as well put some money on it. An
example of a $100 base bet is: 20-20-20-40, 100-200-300-500-800. It
is hard to believe that the pick of the day could go nine times
without winning two in a row. Via using the rider you will ensure a
nice profit.
Let's say that in the above example you finally got your two
consecutive wins at the $200 step. That would give you a $400
profit. If you prefer, you could forget about using the rider
(cancel out method goes into effect), and stretch the set out to
possibly 15 or 20 attempts. If the Rider isn't used, then your
profit in the above example would be $200.
Another route could be to go with all three of the top picks.
Odds say that two of them will win more often than two of them will
lose.
Also, you might entertain the idea of betting all the picks
every day. Theoretically speaking, you still have the odds in your
favor. Even if your pick-em service was right only half the time,
that still gives you a fifty-fifty chance. That is exactly what the
Star System is designed to beat.
If you live in an area where there are no betting parlors, and
you are doing your betting with a friend, then I suggest that you
get several friends. Friends are like the casinos, when they
discover you are winning by skill, instead of luck, they prefer
you go someplace else to do your betting.
I have never personally gotten involved in sports betting
because I have always lived in places off the beaten track, and the
opportunity was not available. If I ever do live where there are pick-
em services and betting parlors, then I am sure I will. Make yourself a
wall chart similar to the one below and it will be easy to keep track of
your betting.
In the following example let's use a $100 base bet and 20-20-20-40
as our pre-progression bets. Let's go with every team picked by our
favorite pick-em service.
Dallas: Picked by pick-em service to win on 1 June. They lost. They

were also picked on 2 June. They won. On 5 June, they were
picked again. Our bet from 2 June was riding. A win equals a
profit of $40.
New York: On 3 June they were picked to win and did win.
On 4 June they were picked again. Our previous win is
riding. They won again and the results are a $60 profit &
end of set. On 7 June they are picked again and we initiate
a new set.
Atlanta: Picked on 2,3,4,& 5 June to win and lost all four days. On
6 June they are picked to win and do. On 7 June they are
picked again. Our bet is riding and they win. Our profit is
$200 and that is the end of set.
Denver: On 1 June they are picked to win and did win. On 7 June
they are picked again. Our previous bet was riding and we
lost it. On 8 June they are picked again and we make our
second $20 pre-progression bet.
SPORTS 94
Houston: Houston was never picked to win 1 thru 7 June..
St. Louis: Picked to win on 5 June and did win. The next time
they are picked to win we will be letting that money ($40) ride.
Because of limited space the above chart is only a segment of an actual

chart. An actual chart would contain every team of the
league and cover the entire season. A large wall chart might
be what is needed.
CONCLUSION
The Star System, as covered in chapters one, two,

and three of t h i s b o o k , i s a v e r y s a f e s y s t e m t o
p l a y . A s a d v e r t i s e d , i t i s a very slow progression
system. Many people may find this slow down in action a
reason to become discouraged with the system. For that
reason, there are several versions of the Stsr System
which you p r e f e r t o p l a y .
These versions are relatively safe. They are for
the gambler who, for one reason or another,
prefers faster action and is willing to accept the
additional risks.
Version 1; It is quite rare to get to the second

r e c o v e r y session (maybe once per 200 sessions). Let's
dispense with it, and play a primary base bet session
and only one recovery session. By d o i n g s o y o u c a n
n o w u s e s i x t y a s t h e f i g u r e t o c o m p u t e y o u r bankroll
and primary base bet. Example: You have a $600
bankroll. D i v i d e b y s i x t y a n d y o u c a n n o w s t a r t w i t h
a ten dollar base bet. A three dollar base bet is
called for if playing two recovery sessions.
Remember, you will only get to play one recovery
session, b u t a b o u t n i n e t y - f i v e p e r c e n t o f t h e t i m e
that is all you need.
Every time you double your bankroll, double your
base bet. Example: You have a three hundred dollar
bankroll. Divide that by sixty and you can play a $5
base bet primary session and a $10 recovery session.
A s s o o n a s y o u b a n k r o l l i n c r e a s e s t o $ 6 0 0 y o u can
switch to a $10 base bet primary session. You will
still have enough money to play a $20 recovery
session if necessary.
Version 2: Version two is a compromise between the
primary Star System and version one. The bankroll required
is 105 times your primary base bet and it will let you play
a minimum of nineteen consecutive losses before losing your
bankroll. When compared to the twenty-one consecutive losses
the regular Star System lets you play, it can be seen that
it is almost as safe as the regular Star System, but for
only one half the required bankroll.
The major advantage over version one is that you will
recover much faster due to the fact that you are tripling
your base bet rather than doubling it. In addition, you
will now have ten steps on the ladder of your first
recovery set instead of just six as in version one or the
regular Star System.
Your primary session progression ladder remains the same
as in the normal Star System. Example: Tens = 2-2-2-4,
10-20-30-50-80-stop. There are three changes concerning
your recovery session.
1. Your primary base bet will be triple your primary
session base bet.
This can be accomplished by dividing your loss from the
previous session
by seven rather than ten. Rounding it off to the
nearest whole number
that is divisible by five is O.K.
2. You do not total up your pre-progression numbers and
bet them as one bet
as in version one or the normal Star System. Always
play them one at a
time, just as you normally do.
An additional step is added to the progression ladder.

The changes occur on the last three steps. Example: $10
base bet.
Prom poorhouse to Penthouse 96
Four or five winning sets while in your recovery session will usually fully recover
your loss from the previous session and you can then return to your reg ular primary
session base bet. If you are a card counter in the game of Black jack, you may want to
exercise some of the options found on pages 62 and 63. By doing so, you may recover with
just one winning set.
If you are playing dice, then keep in mind that once you get pass the come-out roll,
the odds swing way over to your favor. That being the case, you may want to entertain the
idea of letting all wins ride and enjoy the profit poten tials found on page 47.
Version 3: A version «f the Star System f«r Craps, Roulette, etc. in which you
still have nine steps on your progression ladder, but a higher average win rate due to
the fact that most of your wins come prior to the fifth attempt. X means to wait and
watch for one or two losses before you begin to bet.
Version 4: A version of the Rider System (appendage # 1 , pg. 99). A mini rider
system that only requires a $111 bankroll. If you wait and watch for a loss or two,
you can in reality get thirteen steps on your progression ladder.
No recovery sessions:
Via playing that set
over & over again, you should come out
ahead in the long run.
From Poorhouse to Penthouse 97
Version 5: Another version of the Rider System for the $5 minimum, $100 max. bet tables
y«u may occasionally run across such as on a cruse ship. You could b et 14 steps in this
ladder if you waited and watched for two losses before you begin to bet.
98
TOURNAMENT BLACKJACK
Tournament Blackjack is 180 degrees out of phaze with the
Star System. In tournament blackjack your goal is to win as much
possible in about an hours time.
At the present time I am working on a system for tournament
blackjack. It will still be based on two consecutive wins but will
employ a more consistent use of Riders coupled with the found on
page sixty-two of this book.
Total 9380 $600 pad

From Poorhouse to Penthouse 99 Appendage # 1
T H E R I D E R S Y S T E M
One of the best books I have ever read on the subject of gambling is "Renzoni
on Baccarat", by Tommy Renzoni. Mr. Renzoni has lived his entire life as a
gambler, and is the person responsible for introducing the game of Baccarat to Las
Vegas in 1959. It is said that he has probably observed or presided over more than
twenty million decisions in the game of Baccarat.
As you may already know, the Baccarat tables are normally sectioned off from
the rest of the casino in a lush and richly decorated area. The dealers are usually
dressed in a tuxedo, and it is normally thought of as a high stakes game in which
high rollers are the main participates.
Over the years, Mr. Renzoni has probably known more high rollers on a first
name basis than you or I will ever see in a lifetime. According to him, all the
successful ones have one trait in common, and that is the fact that they let
almost every win ride. With that in mind, I came up with this system which I call
"The Rider System". For a good understanding of the potentials that letting a bet
ride can offer, please review chapter four (Riders).
I recommend that the use of the Rider System be restricted to the game of
Blackjack for the following reason. If one of your wins is a blackjack or doubles,
or a combination of both, it will increase your profits from three to ten times
over that which you would have achieved via two consecutive wins in any other game.
A chart showing all combinations and their respective payoffs can be found on pages
62 & 63.
Needless to say, if you are going to play Blackjack, it is absolutely
necessary to play Basic Strategy (page # 51). All results shown in this section
were achieved by playing basic strategy and no card counting was involved.
Although this system is a spin-off of the Star System, and many of the
principals used in its design are similar to the Star System, it is definitely not
the Star System. For one thing, the Star System does not employ the use of Riders
in its progression ladder unless you are a card counter in the game of Blackjack.
Ten or fifteen losses in the Rider System may only be five or six losses in the
Star System. In fact, it's possible that it may even be zero losses. There are
also major differences in their progression ladders and recovery sets. Last but
not least, the Star System will give you a higher percentage of profits versus
money invested. For those reasons and more, I consider the Star System to be about
twice as good as the Rider System.
Nevertheless, the Rider System easily passed Dr. Wilson's acid test (see
Introduction page). The time involved was about the same as the Star System. That
means it should take you about six hours to double the $520 bankroll which the
system requires. For that reason I recommend that you use $100 as your win goal.
It should take you about an hour to win that much. That works out just right
because almost any book you read on the subject of blackjack will recommend that
you hold your playing sessions down to about an hour. There are two reasons for
that. First, it keeps you from getting tired and making mistakes. Second, It is a
big help in preventing the casinos from identifying you as an undesirable. An
undesirable is anybody that can consistenly beat them, and that is regardless of
whether you are a card counter or not.
The following results are from fifty sessions I played using a $500 bankroll
and $100 as my win goal (I.E. Win $100 or lose $500 ) .
sessions 1-26; won, lost # 27, won 28-34, lost # 35, won 36-39,
lost # 40, and won 41-50.
My profit was $3,570.00 due to the fact that it is very seldom that you will
end a session with an exact $100 win. Usually it will be two to five
Copyright © 1989 by Dwaine C Douglas.

Prom poorhouse to Penthouse Appendage # 1, pg. 2
100
dollars over. Since then I have probably played another twenty sessions without a
loss.
Only one of the losses, would I classify as a battling situation. The other two
losses were due to those unbelievable losing streaks that will happen to everyone
sooner or later. One loss was the result of twenty-five consecutive losses. The
other one only had one consecutive win.
Probably both could have been prevented had I been playing in a casino and
changed tables after a losing session. Instead (because I was so sure I couldn't
lose), I continued to play out of the same shoe which was in pitiful shape and
naturally I ended up losing. After the third loss, I decided to check the condition
of the cards in the six deck shoe from which I was playing. It contained about six
or seven separate slugs of cards and each of those was comprised of about 10-15 high
cards or 10-15 low cards. As a result, Rule # one. Just as in the Star System (page
#55), always change tables after a lost session and be rid of that particular card
combination forever.
Don't forget, there is no such thing as a perfect system that can't lose. Sooner
or later, everyone is going to experience one or more of those unbelievable losing
streaks. Your savior at such a time is to have a daily bankroll and stop if you lose
it. When such a streak does come along - before you blame the system - ask yourself
the following question. Could any system have beat the run of luck you just had? I
believe you will discover that the answer to that question will be No.
The objective of a winning system is to win more money than it loses over the
long run. The Rider System should easily do that for you.
In any game of chance where you basically have a fifty-fifty chance of winning,
you should have just a good a chance as the dealer of getting two wins in a row. I'm
sure you will agree, getting two consecutive wins is not something you would
consider unusual. In fact, three wins in a row is not uncommon. With the Rider
System, your goal is to achieve two wins in a row (in the Star System, one win will
often do it.).
Below is your progression ladder. You will need to memorize it. You don't need
to memorize the profit figures. One thing you want to remember is the fact that this
is a slow system that is designed to win a little at a time. Its primary objective
is to get you through those long losing streaks and still end up with a profit.
Probably the most important ingredient needed to make it work, is patience on your
part. Suppress that desire to go for the
big bucks fast.
All wins ride
Prom Poorhouse to Penthouse ini Appendage # 1 , pg. 3
Although this seems to contradict what I just said, I have found it to be

extremely rare to begin the first session of the day with fifteen to twenty
consecutive losses. So, like a race horse coming out of the starting gate fast and
then settling back to a nice safe pace with plenty left in reserve, I like to start
my first session of the day off with recovery # 1 until about twenty-five dollars
ahead. Then switch back to my primary set and remain there until I have reached my
win goal or lose the set (remember, a lost set is a lost session). If you lose your
primary session, then go to recovery # 1 again, and this time begin at the six
dollar step. After you achieve two consecutive wins, you then start the set over and
this time you include the ones. Do so for each new set you play while in recovery #
1 until you have recovered the $63 you lost in your primary set. At that time you
revert back to your primary set.
The procedure is the same in the event you lose recovery # 1 and have to play
recovery # 2 (I.E. Skip the ones and begin on the $10 step). After you achieve two
consecutive wins, you then revert back to using the ones until you have recovered
the entire $123 you lost in recovery # 1. At that time you would switch back and
play recovery # 1 until recovering the $63 you lost in your primary set.
Let's run through an example in which one of your wins is a blackjack. Let's say
you begin your primary set and lose eleven hands in a row. That puts you sixty-three
dollars down. You then begin recovery # 1 on the six dollar step. You lose the next
four hands ( $6, $8, $10, & $15 Total = $39 )• Add to that the $63 you lost in your
primary set and you are $102 down. Your next bet is $20 and you win. You now have
$40 which you let ride and you get a blackjack on the next hand. Your payoff is $100
and that is the end of the set. You have recovered all but $22» You now begin
another set in recovery # 1, and this time you include the ones. All kinds of
combinations are possible. The best one is to win a doubles and follow it with
another doubles. In that case, you win ten times the amount of your original bet. In
the above example, a doubles followed by doubles would have recovered everything and
given you a $78 profit to boot.
PLAYING IT SAFE
In the event you are past the half way point on your progression ladder, and
your first win is a blackjack or doubles, you may want to play it safe. That
decision will be up to you. In either case (blackjack or doubles), the procedure is
the same. You pull your original bet (or bets if doubles), and let your winnings
ride. If you win, you win big. If you lose, you lose nothing as it was all house
money at stake. Think of it as a free shot. Example: You bet $10 and get a blackjack
(pays $15). Pull your original $10 bet and let the $15 ride. If you win again, you
have made a nice $30 profit. If you had lost instead of winning, you still would
have your original $10 and can replay the $10 step on your progression ladder. Let's
look at a doubles example. You bet $10 and decide to go down for doubles. You now
have $20 invested and you win. Pull your original $20 and let the $20 winnings ride.
If you win, you have a nice $40 profit. If you lose, you still have your original
$20 bet and can replay the $10 step that you originally began with. As I said, think
of it as a free shot. If you win, you win big. If you lose, you break even and can
play that step on the ladder again.
With average luck and no long losing streak, this system will make you a
consistent winner. If you like it, then you really should try the Star System. It is
a lot safer and it will give you a higher percentage of profit versus money
invested. More important than that is the fact that it will survive most any long
losing streak which the Rider System might fail.
STEPLADDER SYSTEM
A money-management system for the player who is not too greedy in craps, roulette and
baccarat, many times one or the other even chance comes up more often than its normal
50% quota.
A series of 5, 6 and more consecutive repeats of the same decision occurs frequently. The
Stepladder System is designed to take advantage of such strings. Think of each ascending
number in this series as a rung of a ladder:
1 2 3 4 (5) 6 7 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 25 30 35 40 45 50
You want to climb that ladder one rung at a time. In order to do so safely, the rungs must
not be too far apart. The numbers represent betting units, which could be $1, $5 or more,
depending on the size of your bankroll. Begin by betting 5 units, and move up one rung
when you win or down one when you lose. At a choppy table, where wins and losses
alternate and balance out, you would have lost 15 units after 30 decisions and things
would be pretty boring. If they don't alternate or balance, you might have your bets on the
losing side, and that would be worse.
The first eventuality is not very likely and this is how you eliminate the second one: If you
encounter two or three consecutive losses, especially once you're more than half-way up
the ladder, change tables or switch to another system. Using even stack of chips or just
one rack at the craps table will tell you at a glance how you are doing. The suggested bet
series shown above is a one that has proven to be practical, but it's only a guideline. Let
the state of you stake help you decide how steep a progression to use. If you want to be
really prudent, move ahead only when you're a net winner at that moment.
Straight Up Systems - Profit by the Hour
Thank you for choosing "Straight Up Systems". During the course of this
document, you will learn the strategies to maximize profits at the roulette
table.
As a career banker, numbers have always been a significant part of my daily

life. About two years ago I set out to figure out a way to maximize
opportunities when playing "numbers" games at the casino. Keno was my favorite
game, but after awhile this game the only thing that this game produced was a
"slow drain on my bankroll". I could play keno for hours and lose little money.
But why settle for losing?
After playing roulette with regularity, I devised some systems outlined in

"Straight Up Systems - A Roulette Profit Strategy". These systems were tested
over several months in real play at the casino as well as in computer simulation
and other testing methods.
As most will agree, unless you catch a lucky streak, the house will eat up your
money - sometimes much, much quicker than at other times. The key, then is to
maximize winning sessions and minimize the times when the session is not going
your way.
To accomplish this, you will need a good progression system. Progression is

vital with many casino games because without eventually increasing your wager,
you will soon be trying to capture lost funds should you not win. With a
progression, you may lose money in the early stages of your gambling session,
but when the winning begins, look out, because you will net a nice profit.
Here's a very basic system (a sample, if you will) of what you will find in
"Straight Up Systems - A Roulette Profit Strategy", my first roulette
progression system document.
Begin a session at the roulette table with the intent to stick it out 40 spins.
To use the following progression, you will need at least a 115 unit bankroll.
Pick one number (that's right, just one number) and place one unit on your lucky
number. If your number does not "hit", place a one unit bet on the same number.
You will do this fifteen spins (one unit) on your same number. If your number
has not hit during these 15 spins, increase your wager to two units. If your
number has not hit after five additional spins (20 spins since your session
started), increase the wager to 3 units. You will play 3 units on this number
for five more spins. If your number has not hit, increase to four units per
spin. You will increase to five units for five spins, then six units for five
spins if your number has not hit. See the chart below for complete breakdown of
wagers, wins and aggregate units played.
Spin # # Units Wagered Agg #Units If Win Gross If Win

Net
1 1 1 36 35
2 1 2 36 34
3 1 3 36 33
4 1 4 36 32
5 1 5 36 31
6 1 6 36 30
7 1 7 36 29
8 1 8 36 28
9 1 9 36 27
10 1 10 36 26
11 1 11 36 25
12 1 12 36 24
13 1 13 36 23
14 1 14 36 22
15 1 15 36 21
16 2 17 72 55
17 2 19 72 53
18 2 21 72 51
19 2 23 72 49
20 2 25 72 47
21 3 28 108 80
22 3 31 108 77
23 3 34 108 74
24 3 37 108 71
25 3 40 108 68
26 4 44 144 100
27 4 48 144 96
28 4 52 144 92
29 4 56 144 88
30 4 60 144 84
31 5 65 180 115
32 5 70 180 110
33 5 75 180 105
34 5 80 180 100
35 5 85 180 95
36 6 91 216 125
37 6 97 216 119
38 6 103 216 113
39 6 109 216 107
40 6 115 216 101
If at any time your number "hits", discontinue the session and start a new
session at spin number 1, or leave the casino for the day knowing that you are a
winner!
As my research has shown, a number usually will hit within the first 30-40
spins. This would be the norm, since there are 38 (or 37) numbers on the
roulette wheel. However, we know that sometimes a number sleeps for a while and
does not appear for many, many more spins and that is when some of my strategies
outlined in "Straight Up Systems - Profit by the Hour" will come into play.
I hope you found this "Introduction to Straight Up Systems" helpful. I wish you
the very best of luck as you study and test my systems.
Introduction
So you are thinking about possibly heading out to your favorite casino and want
to sit at the roulette table for a couple hours, but want to really want to
assure yourself that barring some incredibly bad luck, you want to walk away
with a respectable profit, right?
What is a respectable profit? Well, to many it could mean a flat hundred
bucks. To others it could mean a fair percentage of the amount wagered (50%,
for example). For others still, it could mean getting a few dollars (barely
above breaking even), a couple free cocktails and maybe a casino comped dinner.
How about thinking in terms of getting paid as though you are "working". So
again, some folks out there want to be paid a wage similar to the regular labor
rate they are paid at their job -- $10, $20, $50, $100 an hour and so forth.
The latter is the strategy I have put in place with my system entitled "Straight
Up Systems - Profit by the Hour".
Strategy Basics
"Straight Up Systems - Profit by the Hour" is designed to help the more

conservative player sit down at a table for an extended period of time and with
just an ounce of luck, walk away (when the session is over) with a respectable
profit.
To review what this means in terms of the average roulette player, I will use a
very basic example of my system:
Let's suppose you sit down at the table and start playing (only) number 15. If
you play this number without ever increasing your wager, you will not make a
profit (unless you are fortunate to have this number 'hit' within the first 34
spins of the wheel). With "Straight Up Systems", you would choose a system,
based upon your bankroll and win goals to increase your wager proportionate to
the amount you want to win. For instance:
You begin playing number 15 with a one unit wager, then if at spin number 10,
your number has not hit, you would increase the wager to 2 units. If after the
15th spin your number (15) hasn't hit, you would increase the wager to 3 units
per spin. If, for example on the 19th spin number 15 hits, you would have a net
profit of 76 units (3 units times 35 (105) minus 29 total wagered units) as
opposed to 17 units if you had maintained your one unit wager through 19 spins.
That's a pretty respectable return for only a 19 spin session, right?
Profit By the Hour
Since roulette is my "passion", I love to sit down at the table and play for
hours. During a recent visit to a Vegas casino, I believe that I witnessed
three shift changes during my stint at this one table. The pit bosses couldn't
believe that I could sit there playing for nearly a day straight - with only
brief breaks for food and the restroom.
It wasn't long after that visit that I designed the strategies that are outlined
below.
There was some serious consideration as to what I should base the strategy upon.
Because noted in the Introduction Section of this Manuscript, many people will
consider a respectable profit a specific dollar amount or a percentage of funds
played. I feel I have done an adequate job in outlining pay back percentages
when I wrote "Straight Up Systems - A Roulette Profit Strategy". This is an
excellent way for those concerned about making a 20%, 50% or 200% return on
their "investment" to play my strategies. However, with this segment of my
roulette program, I wanted to outline some systems that were great for someone
that may even consider playing roulette as an occupation. I won't go so far as
to suggest that to anyone (as it is truly a matter of personal decision), but if
you have the mentality that you want to be compensated equally for your regular
profession and playing roulette - this system could be for you.
Unlike "Straight Up Systems - A Roulette Profit Strategy", these systems are

designed for longer session play.
The longer you play, the more likely a number will hit??? Yes and No. We all
know that any number could hit twice in a row or not at all for hundreds of
spins. Laws of averages tells us that on the 00 wheel, your number SHOULD
appear once every 38 spins. We know that it doesn't happen this way very often.
My research and testing of systems has shown that a number follows the norm or
the extreme. Meaning, a number will hit within 30 to 40 spins, or will sleep
for an extended period of time 75-100 spins or longer. This is yet another
reason that I have outlined extended strategies for playing the single number
"Straight Up". If you have the Patience, Persistence, and Bankroll for a longer
session, the next section of this document should help you become a winner.
The Systems
I have outlined three systems for various playing habits.
Dollar-A-Minute: This strategy is a little aggressive, as it the goal is to win

about approximately $1 per minute played. (Minimum bankroll needed to play one
session of 100 spins: $861.00)
$30 hour: This strategy is focusing on a casual and conservative player who
wants to play roulette for a couple hours but leave with a respectable profit in
hand. (Minimum bankroll needed to play one session of 100 spins $664.00)
160 Spin, 4 hour Marathon: Wow! To play this strategy as it is listed, you
must be able to find a low minimum table and be able to tough it out despite
some leg cramps or a hint of boredom. (Minimum bankroll needed to play one
session: $1737.00)
First Things First. Each of these systems start with a very low (by most
player's standards) minimum opening wager. I have chosen to use a low minimum
because it serves two purposes. First, for the player with a higher bankroll,
you only need to multiply the wagers prescribed by the unit level you wish to
use. Keep in mind though, that your wager should be consistent throughout,
otherwise pay back percentages will get out of whack. (If it suggests $1
wagered, you could choose $2, but remember to make your $2 wager a $4 when
necessary). Secondly, when one plays deep into the session (for instance 75
spins), it can get out of reach for some. This again allows a broader range of
players to take advantage of the systems.
DOLLAR A MINUTE
Assuming you are at a table with several players, or when the croupier gives you
a little more time to lay down your bets, this strategy will allow you to win on
average about $60 per hour. In design of this strategy, I have used a 90 second
window of time between each wager (this seems fairly accurate unless there are a
lot of players with several pays per win).
This chart shows that you start with a $1 bet and progressively increase your
bet until your number hits. Like in my original "Straight Up Systems" methods,
you will follow this session through all spins outlined until your number hits.
Once your lucky number hits, you will call the session over and begin with spin
number one all over again.
If you are at a higher limit table ($2 or $5 for instance), you have several
options to play this or my other strategies. The first idea is to play multiple
numbers to meet the table requirement. You will use the same playing strategy
(or use one of my others) when playing multiple numbers. Once your "main"
progression reaches the table minimum for single (inside) bets, you can
discontinue your other progressions or continue them until they hit (I would
suggest that you continue playing the others until they hit or you are not fully
capitalizing on the strategy progressions).
Another suggestion is to use multiples of the suggested wagers to meet table
minimums. (As I mentioned earlier). If you are at a $5 table and have the
bankroll to support the higher progression wagers, by all means, when it
suggests $1, play $5, when it suggests $2, play $10 and so forth. Keep in mind
though, that you will want to continue using the progression until the end,
otherwise you will not fully reap the benefits of the system. (In this case,
you could call your session complete when you hit a predetermined spin - spin
50, for example, instead of spin 100).
Spin Number Wager Gross Win Aggregate Net Win

1 $1.00 $36.00 $36.00
2 $1.00 $36.00 $1.00 $35.00
3 $1.00 $36.00 $2.00 $34.00
4 $1.00 $36.00 $3.00 $33.00
5 $1.00 $36.00 $4.00 $32.00
6 $1.00 $36.00 $5.00 $31.00
7 $1.00 $36.00 $6.00 $30.00
8 $1.00 $36.00 $7.00 $29.00
9 $1.00 $36.00 $8.00 $28.00
10 $1.00 $36.00 $9.00 $27.00
11 $1.00 $36.00 $10.00 $26.00
12 $1.00 $36.00 $11.00 $25.00
13 $1.00 $36.00 $12.00 $24.00
14 $1.00 $36.00 $13.00 $23.00
15 $1.00 $36.00 $14.00 $22.00
16 $1.00 $36.00 $15.00 $21.00
17 $1.50 $54.00 $16.00 $38.00
18 $1.50 $54.00 $17.50 $36.50
19 $1.50 $54.00 $19.00 $35.00
20 $1.50 $54.00 $20.50 $33.50
21 $1.50 $54.00 $22.00 $32.00
22 $2.00 $72.00 $23.50 $48.50
23 $2.00 $72.00 $25.50 $46.50
24 $2.00 $72.00 $27.50 $44.50
25 $2.00 $72.00 $29.50 $42.50
26 $2.00 $72.00 $31.50 $40.50
27 $2.50 $90.00 $33.50 $56.50
28 $2.50 $90.00 $36.00 $54.00
29 $2.50 $90.00 $38.50 $51.50
30 $2.50 $90.00 $41.00 $49.00
31 $2.50 $90.00 $43.50 $46.50
32 $3.00 $108.00 $46.00 $62.00
33 $3.00 $108.00 $49.00 $59.00
34 $3.00 $108.00 $52.00 $56.00
35 $3.00 $108.00 $55.00 $53.00
36 $3.00 $108.00 $58.00 $50.00
37 $4.00 $144.00 $61.00 $83.00
38 $4.00 $144.00 $65.00 $79.00
39 $4.00 $144.00 $69.00 $75.00
40 $4.00 $144.00 $73.00 $71.00
41 $4.00 $144.00 $77.00 $67.00
42 $5.00 $180.00 $81.00 $99.00
43 $5.00 $180.00 $86.00 $94.00
44 $5.00 $180.00 $91.00 $89.00
45 $5.00 $180.00 $96.00 $84.00
46 $5.00 $180.00 $101.00 $79.00
47 $5.00 $180.00 $106.00 $74.00
48 $6.00 $216.00 $111.00 $105.00
49 $6.00 $216.00 $117.00 $99.00
50 $6.00 $216.00 $123.00 $93.00
51 $6.00 $216.00 $129.00 $87.00
52 $6.00 $216.00 $135.00 $81.00
53 $7.00 $252.00 $141.00 $111.00
54 $7.00 $252.00 $148.00 $104.00
55 $7.00 $252.00 $155.00 $97.00
56 $7.00 $252.00 $162.00 $90.00
57 $7.00 $252.00 $169.00 $83.00
58 $8.00 $288.00 $176.00 $112.00
59 $8.00 $288.00 $184.00 $104.00
60 $8.00 $288.00 $192.00 $96.00
61 $8.00 $288.00 $200.00 $88.00
62 $9.00 $324.00 $208.00 $116.00
63 $9.00 $324.00 $217.00 $107.00
64 $9.00 $324.00 $226.00 $98.00
65 $10.00 $360.00 $235.00 $125.00
66 $10.00 $360.00 $245.00 $115.00
67 $10.00 $360.00 $255.00 $105.00
68 $11.00 $396.00 $265.00 $131.00
69 $11.00 $396.00 $276.00 $120.00
70 $11.00 $396.00 $287.00 $109.00
71 $12.00 $432.00 $298.00 $134.00
72 $12.00 $432.00 $310.00 $122.00
73 $12.00 $432.00 $322.00 $110.00
74 $13.00 $468.00 $334.00 $134.00
75 $13.00 $468.00 $347.00 $121.00
76 $14.00 $504.00 $360.00 $144.00
77 $14.00 $504.00 $374.00 $130.00
78 $15.00 $540.00 $388.00 $152.00
79 $15.00 $540.00 $403.00 $137.00
80 $15.00 $540.00 $418.00 $122.00
81 $16.00 $576.00 $433.00 $143.00
82 $16.00 $576.00 $449.00 $127.00
83 $17.00 $612.00 $465.00 $147.00
84 $17.00 $612.00 $482.00 $130.00
85 $18.00 $648.00 $499.00 $149.00
86 $18.00 $648.00 $517.00 $131.00
87 $19.00 $684.00 $535.00 $149.00
88 $20.00 $720.00 $554.00 $166.00
89 $21.00 $756.00 $574.00 $182.00
90 $21.00 $756.00 $595.00 $161.00
91 $22.00 $792.00 $616.00 $176.00
92 $22.00 $792.00 $638.00 $154.00
93 $23.00 $828.00 $660.00 $168.00
94 $23.00 $828.00 $683.00 $145.00
95 $24.00 $864.00 $706.00 $158.00
96 $25.00 $900.00 $730.00 $170.00
97 $25.00 $900.00 $755.00 $145.00
98 $26.00 $936.00 $780.00 $156.00
99 $27.00 $972.00 $806.00 $166.00
100 $28.00 $1,008.00 $833.00 $175.00
$861.00
$30 An Hour Strategy
Here's a strategy for the player that wants to act as though he/she may be at
"work" playing. While $30 an hour isn't a huge dough, it does keep one playing
and still know that the likelihood is great to walk away with a profit once you
leave for your "coffee-break".
Once success to this strategy will be to find a low minimum table. ($1 works
well, as this system is set up, however I know that there are many $2 minimums
(with 50 cent chips) at Vegas casinos. Therefore, you could use this system
playing two numbers or more with little early progression risk).
As in the $1 A Minute Strategy above, these spins are based upon a spin every 90
seconds. At this pace, your 100 spin session will take about 2 ½ hours. Not
bad - just short "marathon length", which is the next strategy outlined.

1 $1.00 $36.00 $36.00
2 $1.00 $36.00 $1.00 $35.00
3 $1.00 $36.00 $2.00 $34.00
4 $1.00 $36.00 $3.00 $33.00
5 $1.00 $36.00 $4.00 $32.00
6 $1.00 $36.00 $5.00 $31.00
7 $1.00 $36.00 $6.00 $30.00
8 $1.00 $36.00 $7.00 $29.00
9 $1.00 $36.00 $8.00 $28.00
10 $1.00 $36.00 $9.00 $27.00
11 $1.00 $36.00 $10.00 $26.00
12 $1.00 $36.00 $11.00 $25.00
13 $1.00 $36.00 $12.00 $24.00
14 $1.00 $36.00 $13.00 $23.00
15 $1.00 $36.00 $14.00 $22.00
16 $1.00 $36.00 $15.00 $21.00
17 $1.00 $36.00 $16.00 $20.00
18 $1.00 $36.00 $17.00 $19.00
19 $1.00 $36.00 $18.00 $18.00
20 $1.00 $36.00 $19.00 $17.00
21 $1.00 $36.00 $20.00 $16.00
22 $1.00 $36.00 $21.00 $15.00
23 $1.00 $36.00 $22.00 $14.00
24 $1.00 $36.00 $23.00 $13.00
25 $1.50 $54.00 $24.00 $30.00
26 $1.50 $54.00 $25.50 $28.50
27 $1.50 $54.00 $27.00 $27.00
28 $1.50 $54.00 $28.50 $25.50
29 $1.50 $54.00 $30.00 $24.00
30 $2.00 $72.00 $31.50 $40.50
31 $2.00 $72.00 $33.50 $38.50
32 $2.00 $72.00 $35.50 $36.50
33 $2.00 $72.00 $37.50 $34.50
34 $2.00 $72.00 $39.50 $32.50
35 $2.50 $90.00 $41.50 $48.50
36 $2.50 $90.00 $44.00 $46.00
37 $2.50 $90.00 $46.50 $43.50
38 $2.50 $90.00 $49.00 $41.00
39 $2.50 $90.00 $51.50 $38.50
40 $3.00 $108.00 $54.00 $54.00
41 $3.00 $108.00 $57.00 $51.00
42 $3.00 $108.00 $60.00 $48.00
43 $3.00 $108.00 $63.00 $45.00
44 $3.00 $108.00 $66.00 $42.00
45 $4.00 $144.00 $69.00 $75.00
46 $4.00 $144.00 $73.00 $71.00
47 $4.00 $144.00 $77.00 $67.00
48 $4.00 $144.00 $81.00 $63.00
49 $4.00 $144.00 $85.00 $59.00
50 $5.00 $180.00 $89.00 $91.00
51 $5.00 $180.00 $94.00 $86.00
52 $5.00 $180.00 $99.00 $81.00
53 $5.00 $180.00 $104.00 $76.00
54 $5.00 $180.00 $109.00 $71.00
55 $6.00 $216.00 $114.00 $102.00
56 $6.00 $216.00 $120.00 $96.00
57 $6.00 $216.00 $126.00 $90.00
58 $6.00 $216.00 $132.00 $84.00
59 $6.00 $216.00 $138.00 $78.00
60 $6.00 $216.00 $144.00 $72.00
61 $7.00 $252.00 $150.00 $102.00
62 $7.00 $252.00 $157.00 $95.00
63 $7.00 $252.00 $164.00 $88.00
64 $7.00 $252.00 $171.00 $81.00
65 $7.00 $252.00 $178.00 $74.00
66 $8.00 $288.00 $185.00 $103.00
67 $8.00 $288.00 $193.00 $95.00
68 $8.00 $288.00 $201.00 $87.00
69 $8.00 $288.00 $209.00 $79.00
70 $8.00 $288.00 $217.00 $71.00
71 $9.00 $324.00 $225.00 $99.00
72 $9.00 $324.00 $234.00 $90.00
73 $9.00 $324.00 $243.00 $81.00
74 $10.00 $360.00 $252.00 $108.00
75 $10.00 $360.00 $262.00 $98.00
76 $10.00 $360.00 $272.00 $88.00
77 $10.00 $360.00 $282.00 $78.00
78 $10.00 $360.00 $292.00 $68.00
79 $11.00 $396.00 $302.00 $94.00
80 $11.00 $396.00 $313.00 $83.00
81 $11.00 $396.00 $324.00 $72.00
82 $12.00 $432.00 $335.00 $97.00
83 $12.00 $432.00 $347.00 $85.00
84 $13.00 $468.00 $359.00 $109.00
85 $13.00 $468.00 $372.00 $96.00
86 $14.00 $504.00 $385.00 $119.00
87 $14.00 $504.00 $399.00 $105.00
88 $15.00 $540.00 $413.00 $127.00
89 $15.00 $540.00 $428.00 $112.00
90 $16.00 $576.00 $443.00 $133.00
91 $16.00 $576.00 $459.00 $117.00
92 $17.00 $612.00 $475.00 $137.00
93 $18.00 $648.00 $492.00 $156.00
94 $19.00 $684.00 $510.00 $174.00
95 $20.00 $720.00 $529.00 $191.00
96 $21.00 $756.00 $549.00 $207.00
97 $22.00 $792.00 $570.00 $222.00
98 $23.00 $828.00 $592.00 $236.00
99 $24.00 $864.00 $615.00 $249.00
100 $25.00 $900.00 $639.00 $261.00
$664.00
160 Spin, 4 Hour Marathon
This could be the highlight to your day, if you like to sit at the roulette
table and play a fairly conservative game. Though the progression will reach a
total aggregate wager of $1737.00 if all spins are exhausted; but you will also
average better than $20 an hour in profit should your number hit at any point
during the session.
As I have already outlined, the probability that your lucky number will come up
in the course of 30-40 spins is pretty good, as this is the law of averages.
However, we know that quite often it takes awhile for number to appear. This is
where this strategy comes into play.
While 160 spins will take about four hours to complete, like any of my systems,
I suggest you to call your session "over" should your number hit at any time.
You then can begin at spin number one and work the progression from the
beginning again. You'll risk less money beginning with a new session and of
course, you can breathe a little easier by not wagering as much in the onset.
The key to this strategy will be to 1. Find a table where you can bet in 25 cent
units. This is tricky, but can be done. 2. If you can't locate a table with
this low minimum, you can opt for playing multiple numbers during the early
rounds or use multiples of the progressions listed. (i.e. 25 cent wagers become
50 cent wagers, $2.00 wagers become $4.00 wagers, etc. etc.)

1 $0.25 $9.00 $9.00
2 $0.25 $9.00 $0.25 $8.75
3 $0.25 $9.00 $0.50 $8.50
4 $0.25 $9.00 $0.75 $8.25
5 $0.25 $9.00 $1.00 $8.00
6 $0.25 $9.00 $1.25 $7.75
7 $0.25 $9.00 $1.50 $7.50
8 $0.25 $9.00 $1.75 $7.25
9 $0.25 $9.00 $2.00 $7.00
10 $0.25 $9.00 $2.25 $6.75
11 $0.25 $9.00 $2.50 $6.50
12 $0.25 $9.00 $2.75 $6.25
13 $0.50 $18.00 $3.00 $15.00
14 $0.50 $18.00 $3.50 $14.50
15 $0.50 $18.00 $4.00 $14.00
16 $0.50 $18.00 $4.50 $13.50
17 $0.50 $18.00 $5.00 $13.00
18 $0.50 $18.00 $5.50 $12.50
19 $0.50 $18.00 $6.00 $12.00
20 $0.50 $18.00 $6.50 $11.50
21 $0.50 $18.00 $7.00 $11.00
22 $0.75 $27.00 $7.50 $19.50
23 $0.75 $27.00 $8.25 $18.75
24 $0.75 $27.00 $9.00 $18.00
25 $0.75 $27.00 $9.75 $17.25
26 $0.75 $27.00 $10.50 $16.50
27 $0.75 $27.00 $11.25 $15.75
28 $0.75 $27.00 $12.00 $15.00
29 $1.00 $36.00 $12.75 $23.25
30 $1.00 $36.00 $13.75 $22.25
31 $1.00 $36.00 $14.75 $21.25
32 $1.00 $36.00 $15.75 $20.25
33 $1.00 $36.00 $16.75 $19.25
34 $1.00 $36.00 $17.75 $18.25
35 $1.25 $45.00 $18.75 $26.25
36 $1.25 $45.00 $20.00 $25.00
37 $1.25 $45.00 $21.25 $23.75
38 $1.25 $45.00 $22.50 $22.50
39 $1.25 $45.00 $23.75 $21.25
40 $1.25 $45.00 $25.00 $20.00
41 $1.50 $54.00 $26.25 $27.75
42 $1.50 $54.00 $27.75 $26.25
43 $1.50 $54.00 $29.25 $24.75
44 $1.50 $54.00 $30.75 $23.25
45 $1.75 $63.00 $32.25 $30.75
46 $1.75 $63.00 $34.00 $29.00
47 $1.75 $63.00 $35.75 $27.25
48 $1.75 $63.00 $37.50 $25.50
49 $2.00 $72.00 $39.25 $32.75
50 $2.00 $72.00 $41.25 $30.75
51 $2.00 $72.00 $43.25 $28.75
52 $2.00 $72.00 $45.25 $26.75
53 $2.25 $81.00 $47.25 $33.75
54 $2.25 $81.00 $49.50 $31.50
55 $2.25 $81.00 $51.75 $29.25
56 $2.50 $90.00 $54.00 $36.00
57 $2.50 $90.00 $56.50 $33.50
58 $2.50 $90.00 $59.00 $31.00
59 $2.75 $99.00 $61.50 $37.50
60 $2.75 $99.00 $64.25 $34.75
61 $2.75 $99.00 $67.00 $32.00
62 $3.00 $108.00 $69.75 $38.25
63 $3.00 $108.00 $72.75 $35.25
64 $3.25 $117.00 $75.75 $41.25
65 $3.25 $117.00 $79.00 $38.00
66 $3.25 $117.00 $82.25 $34.75
67 $3.50 $126.00 $85.50 $40.50
68 $3.50 $126.00 $89.00 $37.00
69 $3.75 $135.00 $92.50 $42.50
70 $3.75 $135.00 $96.25 $38.75
71 $4.00 $144.00 $100.00 $44.00
72 $4.00 $144.00 $104.00 $40.00
73 $4.25 $153.00 $108.00 $45.00
74 $4.25 $153.00 $112.25 $40.75
75 $4.50 $162.00 $116.50 $45.50
76 $4.50 $162.00 $121.00 $41.00
77 $4.75 $171.00 $125.50 $45.50
78 $4.75 $171.00 $130.25 $40.75
79 $5.00 $180.00 $135.00 $45.00
80 $5.25 $189.00 $140.00 $49.00
81 $5.25 $189.00 $145.25 $43.75
82 $5.50 $198.00 $150.50 $47.50
83 $5.75 $207.00 $156.00 $51.00
84 $5.75 $207.00 $161.75 $45.25
85 $6.00 $216.00 $167.50 $48.50
86 $6.25 $225.00 $173.50 $51.50
87 $6.50 $234.00 $179.75 $54.25
88 $6.50 $234.00 $186.25 $47.75
89 $6.75 $243.00 $192.75 $50.25
90 $7.00 $252.00 $199.50 $52.50
91 $7.00 $252.00 $206.50 $45.50
92 $7.25 $261.00 $213.50 $47.50
93 $7.50 $270.00 $220.75 $49.25
94 $7.75 $279.00 $228.25 $50.75
95 $8.00 $288.00 $236.00 $52.00
96 $8.25 $297.00 $244.00 $53.00
97 $8.50 $306.00 $252.25 $53.75
98 $8.75 $315.00 $260.75 $54.25
99 $9.00 $324.00 $269.50 $54.50
100 $9.25 $333.00 $278.50 $54.50
101 $9.50 $342.00 $287.75 $54.25
102 $9.75 $351.00 $297.25 $53.75
103 $10.00 $360.00 $307.00 $53.00
104 $10.25 $369.00 $317.00 $52.00
105 $10.75 $387.00 $327.25 $59.75
106 $11.00 $396.00 $338.00 $58.00
107 $11.25 $405.00 $349.00 $56.00
108 $11.75 $423.00 $360.25 $62.75
109 $12.00 $432.00 $372.00 $60.00
110 $12.25 $441.00 $384.00 $57.00
111 $12.75 $459.00 $396.25 $62.75
112 $13.00 $468.00 $409.00 $59.00
113 $13.50 $486.00 $422.00 $64.00
114 $14.00 $504.00 $435.50 $68.50
115 $14.25 $513.00 $449.50 $63.50
116 $14.75 $531.00 $463.75 $67.25
117 $15.00 $540.00 $478.50 $61.50
118 $15.50 $558.00 $493.50 $64.50
119 $16.00 $576.00 $509.00 $67.00
120 $16.50 $594.00 $525.00 $69.00
121 $17.00 $612.00 $541.50 $70.50
122 $17.50 $630.00 $558.50 $71.50
123 $18.00 $648.00 $576.00 $72.00
124 $18.50 $666.00 $594.00 $72.00
125 $19.00 $684.00 $612.50 $71.50
126 $19.50 $702.00 $631.50 $70.50
127 $20.00 $720.00 $651.00 $69.00
128 $20.50 $738.00 $671.00 $67.00
129 $21.00 $756.00 $691.50 $64.50
130 $22.00 $792.00 $712.50 $79.50
131 $22.50 $810.00 $734.50 $75.50
132 $23.00 $828.00 $757.00 $71.00
133 $24.00 $864.00 $780.00 $84.00
134 $24.50 $882.00 $804.00 $78.00
135 $25.00 $900.00 $828.50 $71.50
136 $26.00 $936.00 $853.50 $82.50
137 $27.00 $972.00 $879.50 $92.50
138 $28.00 $1,008.00 $906.50 $101.50
139 $29.00 $1,044.00 $934.50 $109.50
140 $29.50 $1,062.00 $963.50 $98.50
141 $30.00 $1,080.00 $993.00 $87.00
142 $31.00 $1,116.00 $1,023.00 $93.00
143 $31.50 $1,134.00 $1,054.00 $80.00
144 $32.50 $1,170.00 $1,085.50 $84.50
145 $34.00 $1,224.00 $1,118.00 $106.00
146 $34.50 $1,242.00 $1,152.00 $90.00
147 $36.00 $1,296.00 $1,186.50 $109.50
148 $37.00 $1,332.00 $1,222.50 $109.50
149 $37.50 $1,350.00 $1,259.50 $90.50
150 $39.00 $1,404.00 $1,297.00 $107.00
151 $39.50 $1,422.00 $1,336.00 $86.00
152 $41.00 $1,476.00 $1,375.50 $100.50
153 $42.00 $1,512.00 $1,416.50 $95.50
154 $43.00 $1,548.00 $1,458.50 $89.50
155 $44.00 $1,584.00 $1,501.50 $82.50
156 $45.50 $1,638.00 $1,545.50 $92.50
157 $47.00 $1,692.00 $1,591.00 $101.00
158 $49.00 $1,764.00 $1,638.00 $126.00
159 $50.00 $1,800.00 $1,687.00 $113.00
$1,737.00
In conclusion, I wish you the very best of luck should you try any of these
roulette profit strategies. Though I would very much love to guarantee results,
for obvious reasons, I can not guarantee your fate when you enter the casino.
Have Fun!
STRAIGHT UP ROULETTE SYSTEM
This system bases on playing of four straight up numbers. In the
beginning of the game, during, approximately, 40 spins, 4 numbers
appeared more often than others, are determined. We have to watch the
hits during all game, and substitute the weakened numbers by new ones.
The necessary game capital is about 600 units. Using this method, if the
wave of winning is lifted very highly (expectation of the profit lies from
150 up to 200 units), it is essential to leave the game in time. Strict
watching the numbers is necessary in order not to miss the moment when
one number replaces another. In case of losing disposition, star a new
one. The scheme of playing is :
#bet Placed
1 1 1 1 1
2 1 1 1 1
3 1 1 1 1
4 1 1 1 1
5 1 1 1 1
6 1 1 1 1
7 1 1 1 1
8 1 1 1 1
9 2 2 2 2
10 2 2 2 2
11 2 2 2 2
12 2 2 2 2
13 3 3 3 3
14 3 3 3 3
15 3 3 3 3
16 4 4 4 4
17 4 4 4 4
18 5 5 5 5
19 5 5 5 5
20 5 5 5 5
STREAKS - SYSTEM
Streaks of P and DP happening in a row, odds for each streak to continue are 50%
less than the last streak.
EXAMPLE :
[ all examples will only go to a level of ten - P or DP occurring in a row - the
math is the same no matter how far or near I take it - IT can not change ]
10 in a row - will occur __1 time
09 in a row - will occur __2 times
06 in a row - will occur _16 times
03 in a row - will occur 128 times
Streaks of P and DP - 2036 total decisions
50% will be P and 50% will be DP.
Doubling your bet after a loss.
No matter where you end your doubling a bet after a loss you will lose.
EXAMPLE :
[ ending the doubling and taking a loss at 5 losing wagers in a row ]
Wagers
01 unit__ win = plus 1 unit_ lose = -1 unit then wager
02 unit__ win = plus 1 unit_ lose = -3 units then wager
16 unit__ win = plus 1 unit_ lose = -31 units
END
So playing the OPPOSITE of the prior decision, this is what will happen:
All streaks of
01 in a row-plus 1 unit
05 in a row minus 31 units
What happens when we look at the amount of streaks we will get when we play.
__1 streak of 10 in a row = minus _31 units 1x-31
__2 streaks of 9 in a row = minus _62 units 2x-31
__4 streaks of 8 in a row = minus 124 units 4x-
__8 streaks of 7 in a row = minus 248 units 8x-31
_16 streaks of 6 in a row = minus 496 units 16x-31
_32 streaks of 5 in a row = minus 992 units 32x-31
_64 streaks of 4 in a row = plus ___64 units 64x 1
128 streaks of 3 in a row = plus __128 units 128x 1
for a total of plus 960 units minus - 1953 units = minus - 993 units
As you can see betting on the opposite decision [ P / DP ] and doubling each
losing wager until you win WILL lose you money.
Playing BOTH sides P and DP at the same time.
Play both sides at the same time increasing the wager on the side of P / DP that
you have just lost a wager on and using the side that you won a wager on as a
BACK UP BET.
HOW:
Start by placing 1 unit on P AND DP [at the same time] then which ever side
WINS place a wager of one unit and on the side that LOST place a wager of 2
units.
If the side with 2 units wins your ahead 1 unit then place 1 unit on the
winning side and go up to 2 units on the side that lost, the one that only had 1
unit on it.
If the side that had 2 units on it lost keep only 1 unit on the winning side
but increase your wager on the losing side up to 3 units.
If the side that has the 3 units on it wins and the side with 1 unit loses
you are ahead 1 unit, so place 1 unit on the side that won and 2 units on the
side that lost.
If the side with 3 units on it loses and the side with 1 unit wins keep one
unit on the side that won and increase your wager on the losing side up to 5
units.
If the side with 5 units on it wins you are up 1 unit . Place 1 unit on the
winning side and increase the losing side up to 2 units.
If the side with 5 units on it loses keep 1 unit on the side that won and
increase your wager up to 9 units on the losing side.
If the side with 9 units on it wins you are up 1 unit . Place 1 unit on that
winning side and increase the unit on the losing side up to 2 units.
If the side with 9 units loses we STOP HERE AND TAKE OUR LOSS! We are only
down 15 units NOT 31 units like we would be after 5 losses in a row if we were
only playing ONE SIDE [ P or DP ] and doubling our wager after each loss.
WE ARE DOWN LESS THAN 50% of what we could be, talk about minimizing losses.
EXAMPLE: P wins then DP wins
__P____DP__
__1____1___ wager/ P wins DP loss= even
__1____2___ wager/ P lost DP wins= plus 1 unit
EXAMPLE: P wins P wins DP wins
__P____DP__
__1____1___ wager/ P wins DP lost= even
__1____2___ wager/ P wind DP lost= minus 1 unit
__1____3___wager/ P lost DP wins= plus 1 unit
EXAMPLE: P wins P wins P wins DP wins
__P____DP__
__1____1___ wager/ P wins DP lost= even
__1____2___ wager/ P wins DP lost= minus 1 unit
__1____3___ wager/ P wins DP lost= minus 3 units
__1____5___wager/ P lost DP wins = plus 1 unit
EXAMPLE: P wins P wins P wins P wins DP wins
__P____DP___
__1____1____wager/ P wins DP lost= even
__1____2____wager/ P wins DP lost= minus 1 unit
__1____3____wager/ P wins DP lost= minus 3 units
__1____9____wager/ P lost DP wins= plus 1 unit
EXAMPLE: P wins P wins P wins P wins P wins [ followed by a P or DP it will not
make a difference -this is where we end our losing streak]
__P____DP___
END
EXAMPLE: P wins DP wins DP wins P wins P wins P wins DP wins P wins P wins DP
wins.
P-DP-DP-P-P-P-DP-P-P-DP
********************************
__P____DP___
__1____2____wager/ P lost DP wins= plus 1 unit
__2____1____wager/ P lost DP wins= even
__3____1____wager/ P wins DP lost= plus 2 units
__1____2____wager/ P wins DP lost= plus 1 unit
__1____5____wager/ P lost DP wins= plus 3 units
__1____3____wager/ P lost DP wins= plus 5 units
Playing this way seems to work for every streak of P or DP 1-2-3 or 4 in a row
your ahead 1 unit and for every streak of 5 or more you are down 15 units.
Let us look at what will happen in the long term [run] . When we look at the
amount of streaks we will get.
Streaks of P and DP :
01 in a row = plus 1 unit
05 in a row = minus 15 units
amount of streaks 50% P and 50% DP
Streaks of - in a row
01__512 ----- plus 512
02__256 ----- plus 256
03__128 ----- plus 128
04___64 ----- plus 64
total for streaks 1-4 = plus 960 units
******************************************
05__32 ----- 32 x minus 15 units = minus 480
06__16 ----- 16 x minus 15 units = minus 240
07___8 ----- 8 x minus 15 units = minus 120
total for streaks 5-10 = minus 945 units
*************************************************
Grand total plus 960 units - minus 945 units = plus 15 units
That seems like a lot of work just for 15 units not to talk about the time that
would take, but think about this will you really bust at 15 units every time?
Will the method of play really go like this win 15 units then lose 15 units lose
15 units win 15 units and break even. NO. When you bust 15 units you have to ADD
the amount of units you won to get the TRUE amount of the bust. Say you won 12
units and then bust 15 units your TRUE bust is only 3 units or say you won 22
units and then bust 15 units your TRUE bust is really a win of 7 units.
So in a 50/50 game [ craps ] you have to look at what the average is in the
long run and that is your average bust WILL only be 7 1/2 [ 8 ] units playing
this way and your average win will be 7 1/2 [ 8 ] units. Now the great part.
Play what is called a 2-1-2-1 bankroll money management strategy along with what
I have just shown you and you can not lose
A 2-1-2-1 strategy is easy what you do is break ALL your play into segments and
win or lose you leave after a segment and take a break and return later to start
another segment.
But here is how you play each segment.
Bankroll required
You need 30 units- each unit MUST be at least the table minimum bet [ example;
at a $ 1.00 table you need $ 30.00 at a $ 5.00 table you need $150.00 ] per
segment to be played also you NEED to be able to play AT LEAST 3 segments
Start segment one by playing the 1-2-3-5-9-unit progression with DOUBLE the
wager progression. Play 2-4-6-10-18 with 2 units on the other side as your back-
up wager. Play this way until you win 30 units or bust [ your average bust will
be 50 % of segment money- 15 units ] .IF YOU WIN 30 UNITS: walk away and take a
break or find another table to play at.
When you return to play this time [ your 2nd segment ] Play 1-2-3-5-9 unit
progression with 1 unit as your back-up wager. IF YOU BUST : start over playing
2-4-6- 10-18 unit progression with a 2 unit back-up wager again.
EVERY TIME YOU BUST START OVER WITH THE 2-4-6-10-18 PROGRESSION WITH THE 2 UNIT
BACK-UP WAGER.
EVERY TIME YOU WIN 15 UNITS ON YOUR 2ND SEGMENT START OVER PLAYING THE 2-4-6-10-
18 PROGRESSION WITH A 2 UNIT BACK-UP WAGER.
So when you are playing the 2-4-6-10-18 progression your average bust will be 15
units and when you play the 1-2-3-5-9 progression your average bust will be 8
units.
LETS SEE WHAT WILL HAPPEN PLAYING THIS WAY
Over ANY two segments you can either,
win and win
win and lose
lose and win
lose and lose
win and win = plus 45 units [ 30 and 15 ]
win and lose = plus 22 units [ 30 and -8 avg. ]
lose and lose = minus 30 units [ -15 avg. and -15 avg. ]
lose and win = plus 15 units [ -15 avg. and 30 ]
WHAT WILL HAPPEN IN THE LONG TERM [ RUN]
Wins AND losses in a row :
[ a 50/50 game ]
EXPECTED WINS IN A ROW [ sample only to 5 ]
1. 16 W-L [ 30 - 8 avg. = 22 ]
2. 8 W-W-L [ 30/15 - 15 avg. = 30 ]
3. 4 W-W W-L [ 30/15/30 - 8 avg. = 67 ]
4. 2 W-W-W-W-L [ 30/15/30/15 - 15 avg. = 75 ]
5. 1 W-W-W-W-W-L [ 30/15/30/15/30 - 8 avg. = 112 ]
1. 16 x 22 = 352
2. 8 x 30 = 240
3. 4 x 67 = 268
4. 2 x 75 = 150
5. 1 x 112 = 112
total = 1122
EXPECTED LOSS IN A ROW [ sample only to 5 ]
1. 16 L-W [ -15 avg. and plus 30 = 15 ]
2. 8 L-L-W [ -15 / -15 avg. and plus 30 = 0 ]
3. 4 L-L-L-W [ -15 / -15 / -15 avg. and plus 30 = - 15 ]
4. 2 L-L-L-L-W [ -15 / -15 / -15 / -15 avg. and plus 30 = - 30 ]
5. 1 L-L-L-L-L-W [ -15 / -15 / -15 / -15 / -15 avg. and plus 30 = - 45
1. 16 x 15 = 240
2. 8 x 0 = 0
3. 4 x -15 = -60
4. 2 x -30 = -60
5. 1 x -45 = -45
total = 75 [ plus 240 - 0 - 60 - 60 - 45 = plus 75
So if what is expected to happen happens and it will [ over the long run with
little variation swings in the short run ] YOU CAN NOT LOSE
P.S. about the bar
When playing this way the bar will have just a slight influence on your play.
When the pass line has a higher wager on it when the bar is rolled on the come
out treat it as a lose and increase your wager following the rules and when you
win on the pass line you will BREAK EVEN not win 1 unit.
BUT if when the bar was rolled on the come out roll and you had a higher wager
on it and did not get paid for the don't pass win just REPEAT the wagers on the
pass and don't pass line and when you win on the don't pass line you will also
break even
STREET & LINE FINDER
Introduction
This system is designed only for real casinos. We will take advantage of some
streets and lines that hit consistently. This fact always happens in real casino
in different wheels and depending on the wheel it happens with more or less
degree of deviation.
To find out why you always will win on real casinos, to find out why each real
wheel is different, to take the maximum advantage of the real casino play and to
optimize biased wheels play at maximum we will use the "ALE-K Personal Roulette
System", but thats another story... In the meantime you can make small profits
with the Street & Line finder.
Bet selection
You will need to take note of the last 37 numbers (or 38 numbers in a double
zero wheel) in order to be able to make the bet selection.
Street selection
You have to select the street that hits more times. If you have two or three
streets that hits the same number of times and those are the streets that hits
more times, you will select those two or three streets. Don't play more than 3
streets.
Line selection
You have to select the line that hits more times. Could be any line (example
could be the line that includes 1,2,3,4,5,6 or could be the line that includes
4,5,6,7,8,9).
In this selection you have to select only one line. If two or more lines hit the
same number of times and those are the lines that hits more times, in this case
you don't bet.
Attacking
You have three options:
1) Bet only the street (or streets)

2) Bet only the line
3) Bet at the same time both the street (or streets) and the line
You have to bet for 36 spins. If you have profits before the spin 36, stop
betting and start a new session.
Money management
This system is designed for using flat bets (no progression). But you could use
progression between sessions for faster recovery and take advantage of winning
streaks. You can use the progression you are confortable with. Example of
progression you could use:
Fibonacci: 1-1-2-3-5-8-13-21-34
Martingale: 1-2-4-8-16-32-64
D'Alembert: 1-2-3-4-5-6-7-8-9-10-11-12-13...
You will have two options when using progression:
Winning progression
The progression is increased when you had a winning session and is decreased
when you had a losing session. It could be decreased one step in the progression
or it could start all over again.
Losing progression
The progression is increased when you had a losing session and is decreased when
you had a winning session. It could be decreased one step in the progression or
it could start all over again.
Bankroll
For flat bets the bankroll is 36 units for each street and 36 units for the
line.
For progression the bankroll depends on the progression.
Examples
First we write down 37 numbers:
15-32-18-24-8-33-32-29-33-10-11-18-22-7-24-24-14-20-9-19-36-6-16-7-27-14-36-8-
12-12-2-7-23-6-15-15-20
Then we select the street that hits more times, it's #3 (7,8,9) that hits six
times.
Also we select the line that hits more times, it's #3 (7,8,9,10,11,12) that hits
ten times.
Now in this example we are going to bet both street and line. Also we will use
flat bets.
Spin Number Line result Street result

1 35 -1 -1
2 1 -2 -2
3 0 -3 -3
4 2 -4 -4
5 11 +1 -5
6 16 -6
7 20 -7
8 13 -8
9 15 -9
10 33 -10
11 3 -11
12 13 -12
13 8 -1
14 0 -2
15 7 +9
16 34
17 27
18 14
19 26
STRIKE FORCE ROULETTE
Cycles, cycles, cycles....
You cannot get away from them in the game of Roulette.
Red, black, red, black...
Red, red, red, red.

Black, black, black...
Red, red, black, black...

1st doz, 1st doz, 2nd doz, 2nd doz, 1st doz, 1st doz, 2nd doz, 2nd doz
You can be sure that the results will never follow the same pattern continuously and random
distribution nearly always prevails.
Knowing this is not going to help us win at roulette unless other factors are considered.
How many times have- you had a break-even situation while playing Roulette? You win, and
then win again, and then you lose, and then lose again.
You go home with your tail between your legs, and this is after you look back at the scoreboard
only to see that you would have won again if you had carried on playing.
You may have lost, won, lost won, and then panicked and cashed in, again only to see that your
winning run would have continued.
You may have lost, lost, lost, walked away and noticed that you would have lost even more if
you had continued.
An expensive & terrible blow to your confidence and future play.
Maybe if you had been following a plan that is not guided by the result of the previous spins,
things could have been different.
Who cares if 10 reds have come out, why should you play red or black next?
Who cares if you have just won and won, no need to pack up and go, the run may continue.
All of the above were considered factors in the creation of Strike Force Roulette.
If we are going to win, then we want to win big.
If we are going to lose, then we are only going to lose little.
We don't want stressful playing sessions, we also don't want long ones that go on for hours,
while trying to dig ourselves out of a hole.
We want to play something that is almost like clockwork, where no outside influences can affect
it.
Welcome to STRIKE FORCE ROULETTE SYSTEM
Introduction
Although this system is very simple to play once you fully understand it, 1 would recommend
that you read through the instructions and then read them again.
At first it will not be clear exactly how you will be playing, but with further reading it will
become very clear and quite an easy and relaxing system to play.
Throughout the instructions 1 have highlighted certain points and this is to let you know these
are key points which you should take note of.
The Bet
We will be making 5 selections every spin.
These selections will consist of two 6 lines (2 x double streets), and 3 streets.
Five selections only.
The Cycle
We will play the session in two 10 spin cycles.

This is to allow bet progression to take place and to expose ourselves to various occurrences
that we can meet in 20 spins of a roulette wheel.
Bet Progression
The progression is designed so that it is not influenced by previous results.
If we lose, and then lose again, followed by a couple of wins, we will more than recover what
was previously lost.
If we win a couple of spins and then lose a couple of spins, depending on which stage we are
at, we should still be in a good position if not still in front.
If we hit a winning streak, then we will be taking full advantage of it and we will be winning as
much as possible.
We start off play with 1 chip on each of the 5 selections.
Spin number 2 we play with 2 chips on each of the 5 selections.
Spin number 3 we play with 3 chips on each of the 5 selection.

This increasing of bets continues until we have played spin number 10 and then we start the
cycle, again by playing 1 chip on each of the 5 selections.
Continue to increase all 5 selections by one chip every spin, until you have completed 10 spins.
When 2 cycles of 10 spins have been played we cash in and calculate how much we have won
or lost.
Bet Selections
Every spin of your two 10 spin cycles you will bet on the six-line 28/31, and the six line 31/34.
This gives you total cover on the last 9 numbers on the table.
Ignoring the zero, we are now left with just 9 streets, which cover the numbers from 1 to 27.
On a casino scorecard, just mark each of these streets with the numbers 1 to 9.
We will be playing 3 of these streets in conjunction to the 2 six-line bets that we

Already have covered every spin.
How we do this is quite simple.
We ignore all results that land on the zero or are from the last nine numbers 28 to 36.
Having done this we then place our 3 sections on the 3 streets that came out before the last
street that came out from the streets 1 to 9.
Marking our scorecard
Instead of marking your scorecard with the number that has just come out, mark down the
number of the street, from 1 to 9.
If the ball lands in zero or any number from the last nine, 28 to 36, then we just put down a
dash.
Eg. Results 8, 14, 33, 1, 26, 0, 14 would be marked down as:
3
5
-
1
9
-
5
These numbers represent that street number 3 was where the first result landed followed by
street number 5.
Because number 33 was the next result this falls in the last 9 numbers on the table, so a dash is
marked down.
Streets number 1 & 9 were the next two results and these were followed by a zero, so a dash
was again marked down.
The last street was street number 5.
During play, you continue in this manner of marking down the street number instead of putting
down the actual number on the wheel.
Bank
If you were to lose every single spin you would need a bank totalling 550 chips.
Because you will be covering almost half the numbers on the wheel over 20 spins, it is highly
unlikely if not impossible that you will ever need the full amount.
Because we will be winning frequently a bank of 200 chips would be sufficient to start off play,
but always have a back-up equal to what we would need should the most unlikely event
appears.
How to Play
Sit down at a table and obtain 200 $2 chips.
Mark your scorecard in the manner described previously. You take the results off the
scoreboard which shows the results from previous spins.
You then place 1 chip on the 28/31 6 line, and 1 chip on the 31/34 six line.
Checking your scorecard and ignoring the dashes, you find what the last street was.
You do not play this street, but you find what the previous 3 streets are.
Place 1 chip on these 3 streets.
Win or lose, you then calculate the next bet in exactly the same way.
Win or lose, place 2 chips on each of your five selections.
Continue increasing your bets by 1 chip per selection, until you have played 10 spins.
When you have completed 10 spins, start the cycle again by playing 1 chip on each of
your 5 selections.
On completion of spin number 20 cash in your chips, and calculate what you have won
or lost.
Win or Lose
There are basically 3 results you will have on each spin.
If you lose, you will lose 5 units on your first spin.
This is followed by losses of 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, & 50 units depending on what spin
you lose on.
Any wins on numbers 28, 29, 30, 34, 35, & 36 will return a profit of 1 unit on your first spin.
The reason that you will win 1 unit is because you will be paid out at 5 to 1. Four of your chips
will be lost, so a profit of 1 unit remains.
This is followed by a profit of 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, & 10 units depending on what spin you win
on.
Any wins on the numbers 31, 32, 33, & any number covered by one of your 3 streets that you are playing
will return a profit of 7 on your first spin.
The reason that you will win 7 units is because you will be paid out at 11 to 1. Four of your chips will be
lost, so a profit of 7 units remains.
This is followed by a profit of 14, 21, 28, 35, 42, 49, 56, 63, & 70 units depending on what spin you win on.
Spin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Lose 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
6 Line
Win 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Street
Win 7 14 21 28 35 42 49 56 63 70
As you can see at any point if you lose one spin and win the next spin with a street bet, you will make a
profit.
If you win one spin with a street bet and then lose the next one, in the majority of cases you will make a
profit out of the 2 spins.
If you lose 2 spins and then win one spin with a street bet, you will not lose if it is the first part of the cycle
and you will not be at much of a loss if that occurred in the last part of the cycle.
If you lose 3 spins and then win 2 spins with streets bets, you will be well up with your profit-.;.
As you can see, ignoring what is happening with the results, you can make some very safe plays throughout
the two 10 spin cycles.
Play Examples
Here are a few examples to show you how various plays can go.
I have highlighted certain points where ou may have stopped playing, if you had set out
on a target of 50 chips profit or 100 chips profit.
X = Loss √ = 6 Line Win √√ = Street Win
Spin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Res √ x √ √√ √√ x √ x x √√ x √√ √ x √√ x √ x √√ √√
Bet 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
Win 1 3 28 35 7 70 14 3 35 7 63 70
Lose 10 30 40 45 5 20 30 40
Bal 1 -9 -6 22 57 27 34 -6 -51 19 14 28 31 11 46 16 23 -17 46 116
In the above example we would have won 116 chips within the 20 spin cycle.
A 50 chips minimum target would have been won in just 5 spins.
A 100 chip minimum target would have been won on the final spin.
Spin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 2
0
Res x √√ √ √√ √√ x √ √ x x √√ √ √√ x x √√ √√ √ √√ x
Bet 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 5
0
Win 14 3 28 6 7 8 7 2 21 42 49 8 63
Lose 5 25 45 50 20 25 5
0
Bal -5 9 12 40 15 21 28 36 -9 -59 -52 -50 -29 -49 -74 -32 17 25 88 3
8
In the above example we would have won 38 chips in the 20 spin cycle.
A 50 chip minimum target would have been won in 19 spins.
A 100 chip minimum target was not reached.
Spin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Res x x x x √√ √ √ √√ √√ √√ √√ x x x √√ √√ √√ √√ x √
Bet 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
Win 35 6 7 56 63 70 7 35 42 49 56 10
Lose 5 10 15 20 10 15 20 45
Bal -5 -15 -30 -50 -15 -9 -2 54 117 187 194 184 169 149 184 226 255 311 266 276
A 100 chip minimum target would have been won in 9 spin.
Spin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Res x x √ √ x x x x √ x x x x √√ √ √√ x √√ √√ √√
√
Bet 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
Win 3 28 9 28 5 42 56 63 70
Lose 5 10 25 30 35 40 50 5 10 15 35
Bal -5 -15 -12 16 -9 -39 -74 -114 -105 -155 -160 -170 -185 -157 -52 -110 -145 -89 -36 34
A 50 chip and 100 chip minimum target was not reached, but you can see the ability of this system to
recover from what was a poor part to the cycle.
Spin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Res √ √√ x √√ x x √ √√ √√ √√ √√ √ x √√ √√ x √√ √√ √√ x
Bet 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
Win 1 14 28 7 56 63 70 7 2 28 35 49 56 63
Lose 15 25 30 15 30 50
Bal 1 15 0 28 3 -27 -20 36 99 169 176 178 163 191 226 196 245 301 364 414
You can make a chart similar to the above and take it into the casino with
you so that you will know which stage of play you are at.
As in all cases of gambling I recommend that you only use money that you can afford to lose.
I know this might sound like a silly statement, but you never know what will happen during your
initial play.
I also recommend that when you do start to play, you should keep all your winnings.
Get yourself a notepad and write down details of all your plays.
You may even want to just start off with an aim to win a minimum of 50 chips or 100 chips.
Stop play when you reach this target.
When playing the full 20 spin cycle 1 also recommend that you stop play after 20 spins whether you
win or lose.
You do not want to create any stress for yourself & if you are winning consistently, you do not want
to attract the attention of the casino staff.
Just cash in your chips take a break and then maybe start play at another table.
That is basically all there is to know about Strike Force Roulette.
If there is anything that is not clear, do not hesitate to contact me and 1 will do my best to explain
anything that isn't clear.
Just remember to ignore everything that is happening around you, stay in control, follow the rules,
and become a winner.
SUMMARY OF THE CPR METHOD
WAIT MODE
EACH PARTNER BETS ONE UNIT, OR A “TABLE MINIMUM BET, WHICHEVER

IS GREATER- ONE BETS ON “RED”, AND THE OTHER ON “BLACK’, WHILE
WAITING FOR THE “COAST MODE” TO DEVELOP. YOUR BETS WILL CANCEL
EACH OTHER OUT, MINUS THE OCCASIONAL BET LOST TO A “GREEN-HIT
(“O” OR “00”).
1.RECORD ALL THE RESULTS
LOOK FOR A DEVELOPING “STARVING-“ SECTION, i.e.

THE REQUISITE NUMBER OF MISSES, IN A ROW
WHEN A SECTION HAS ENOUGH MISSES TO BEGIN PLAY,
SHIFT IMMEDIATELY INTO “COAST MODE.”
“COAST MODE”
IMMEDIATELY., ON THE VERY NEXT SPIN, PLACE
ONE UNIT BETS ON ALL THE NUMBERS IN THE “QUALIFIED”
SECTION ( 9 NUMBERS FOR SINGLE PLAYER OR 12 NUMBERS FOR PARTNER
PLAY).
IF YOU LOSE, CONTINUE TO PLACE YOUR BETS ACCORDING TO THE

PROGRESSION CHART UNTIL YOU GET THE FIRST “HIT” IN YOUR
SECTION.
WHEN THE BALL MAKES ITS FIRST “HIT” IN YOUR SECTION, SHIFT
IMMEDIATELY INTO THE “ATTACK MODE.”
“ ATTACK MODE”
PLACE ONE UNITS ON ALL THE NUMBERS IN THE SAME SECTION YOU
WERE PLAYING IN THE “COAST MODE.
FOLLOW THE CONSERVATIVE OR AGGRESSIVE “ATTACK MODE”
PROGRESSION CHART (YOUR CHOICE) UNTIL A “MISS” OCCURS.
WHEN A MISS COMES, LOOK FOR ANOTHER QUALIFIED SECTION.
IF THERE IS NO QUALIFIED SECTION THEN SWITCH BACK TO THE “WAIT
MODE,” RED AND BLACK BETS.
CPR IN A NUTSHELL
1. DIVIDE THE WHEEL INTO 3 OR 4 PIE-SHAPED SECTIONS, DEPENDING ON
PARTNER OR SINGLE PLAY.
2. WAIT FOR 7 OR 9 CONSECUTIVE MISSES IN ONE SECTION, DEPENDING ON

PARTNER OR SINGLE PLAY.
3. THEN SHIFT TO THE “COAST MODE” AND BET THAT

SECTION UNTIL IT HITS.
4. SHIFT TO THE “ATTACK MODE” AND KEEP ON BETTING
THE SAME SECTION UNTIL IT MISSES
5. SHIFT BACK TO THE “WAIT MODE” UNTIL YOU FIND
ANOTHER SECTION THAT HAS MISSED THE REQUISITE NUMBER (7
OR 9) TIMES IN A ROW THEN REPEAT THE PROCESS.
THIS IS ALL THERE IS TO CPR!!

Thank you for ordering
Make $50 to $250 An Hour
Roulette is the oldest of all the casino games. It has been Europe's
favorite gambling game since the latter part of the 18th century. Today, it'
s popularity is world-wide. Can you imagine a casino without roulette
tables? Playing roulette has become a form of entertainment for millions of
people all over the globe.
For over two centuries the game has fascinated gamblers. Fortunes have
been
lost and won. Over the years, countless betting systems have been devised
for beating roulette.
Serious players, intent on making a profit, will do better with a good

betting strategy that they feel comfortable with. You must have faith in a
system before you can hope to be successful with it. I believe you will
like and develop confidence in The Superior Roulette System.
THE SUPERIOR ROULETTE SYSTEM
Most gambling 'experts' tell us that systems can't work because the house
edge can't be overcome. It's true, in the long-run, no system in the world
can overcome the casino advantage, but in the short term those odds can
often be cheated.
Proving that a roulette system can't work by running it through 100,000

computer-generated spins doesn't mean a thing, because when you go to the
casino, at most, you'll play a few hundred spins in a day. There is a big
difference between long-term computer predictions and what happens in
short-term live gambling.
While you hear "systems don't work in the long-run", it doesn't mean they
file:///C|/Systems/SUPERIOR%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEM.htm (1 of 15) [6/28/2002 11:38:39 PM]

can't work in the short-term. Over the long haul, the casino's edge will
prevail, but during controlled, relatively short playing sessions, a good
system can produce excellent profits for the player. Knowing that a system
isn't infallible shouldn't keep you from playing it. As long as it works
more often than not, you'll do better playing the system, than relying on
hunches.
Playing a roulette system means playing systematically, playing wisely,

playing patiently and with a determination to win. The idea of system play
is to manipulate your bets so the probabilities are tilted in your favor. A
good system encompasses all of the above and provides the player with a fun,
workable approach to winning.
All systems are based on the laws of averages. If you flip a coin you know
it'll land heads or tails, but you can't predict which. If you flip that
coin 100 times, chances are it'll land heads about the same number of times
as tails, but in streaks and chops, not in a neatly alternating fashion.
Roulette is a mechanical game. Because no one can predict the outcome of

the
next spin, a systematic betting strategy will usually outperform random
guessing. System play eliminates guessing or emotional decisions. Your play
becomes as mechanical as the game itself.
The ideal roulette system aims to maximize winnings, minimize losses and let
you leave the casino with more money than you came in with. Every roulette
system promises to do all of this, except most of them fail for one or more
reasons. Some are way too complicated, some require too large a bankroll
and
others are just plain boring to play.
Casinos win, not so much because of their advantage in percentages, but

because they play their own version of a system. Their system is having
virtually unlimited capital with which to grind down the player. Here is a
simple illustration: Let's say you have a $500 bankroll and you bet against
someone who has $100,000. If you play long enough, your $500 will

eventually
run out and you can't make any more bets. Your opponent doesn't even need
a
percentage advantage; you simply can't last because you don't have enough
capital.
That's why you have to be cautious with your money. A good system helps you
to manage your money, so you won't get defeated by maximum table limits or
an insufficient bankroll. System play gives you two important advantages
over the casino: you control your betting according to how your luck runs
and you quit the moment you have reached or exceeded what you set out to
win.
Too often players are defeated at the table because when they start losing
they are in too much of a hurry to get their money back. Or, if they win,
they stay at the table too long. They get greedy, start playing for higher
stakes and end up losing it all. A system that also involves sound money
management protects you from making those mistakes.
There are all sorts of roulette systems available. Some are layout or
outside systems, others are number or inside systems. Layout systems usually
involve even-money betting on Red/Black, Odd/Even or High/Low. Some
systems
incorporate the Dozens and Column bets, paying two to one. Number or Inside
systems bet on individual numbers, number patterns, or sections of the
wheel.
When evaluating any gambling system, don't be fooled by what appears nearly
foolproof. Test and evaluate every system carefully, before you risk much
money playing it. Take, for example, a popular system involving simultaneous
bets on a color (even-money) and a column (paying 2 to 1). The system is
appealing because it gives the player 26 ways to win against 12 ways to
lose.
Theoretically if each number came up once in 38 spins, the player would win
one unit 22 times and seven units four times -- for a total win of 50 units.

BUT he would lose his entire bet (5 units) on each of the 12 losing rounds,
producing an overall net loss of 10 units! Therefore, the player can win
only if random fluctuations from the expected norm produce
disproportionately more decisions that are in the player's favor.
EVEN-MONEY SYSTEMS:
Most even-money systems involve some kind of betting progression. One

method
(known as "Martingale") is to double your bet after every loss, wagering
units of 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32 and so on until you win a bet, at which point
you'd be ahead by one unit. Then you start again at the one-unit level. This
system works as long as the game is choppy, meaning you don't hit a long
losing streak.
The theory is that no losing streak lasts forever, sooner or later you win.
You get all your money back and show a one-unit profit. There are three
reasons why this assumption will eventually defeat you badly:
First, you probably wouldn't have enough capital (or the guts to wager it),
should you encounter a prolonged losing streak. Ten losses in a row would
require your 11th bet to be 1,024 units! Up to this point you have already
wagered and lost 1,023 units!
Second, even if you were able and willing to put that much capital at risk,
chances are you wouldn't be allowed to make that big a bet because the
amount would exceed the maximum table limit. Always ascertain what a
table's
minimum and maximum betting limits are before start to play. Avoid tables
with a $100 maximum limit on even-money bets, if there is a chance that at
some point your system-play will require a single wager of more than $100.
Third, as you can see in the above example, starting with a betting unit of
only $1, the stakes can mount up very quickly. On the other hand, a $1 unit
is way too small. Winning $1 at a time, you'd have to stay at the table
forever in order to accumulate an appreciable amount. Besides, very few
casinos offer $1 minimum tables.
The opposite, and perhaps wiser approach is to increase the size of your
wager as you're winning. The statistical odds are there will be more losing
than winning hands (20-18 in 38 spins) and you'll win only if, during a
particular session, you get more than your fair share of decisions that are
in your favor.
One way the double-up-after-every-loss progression might work is to wait for

a pattern. Example: Don't make any bets until you see one color (red or
black) come up six times in a row. Then bet on the opposite color. Even if
it takes another half-dozen spins before the pattern breaks, you'd have only
63 units at stake, because you sat out the first 6 spins.
This strategy keeps your betting levels well under the maximum table limit
and practically guarantees you a win, but I doubt you will play this system.
Endless waiting and watching for those patterns to develop is utterly
boring. Besides, they won't let you sit at the table for too long without
placing any bets.
NUMBER SYSTEMS
Inside, or number, systems are devised around the fact that, in any cycle of
38 spins, some numbers come up more than once and others don't come up at
all. Virtually never do all the numbers appear in 38 spins. This is known as
the theory of uneven distribution and it's what number systems are based on.
One system seller's advertisement states "$25 bet pays $875." Of course it
does, because if you bet $25 on a single number you get paid 35x $25 = $875.
All you have to do is pick the one winning number out of a possible 38! And
therein lies the challenge of number systems. Where might the little white
ball land next?
Different systems have different approaches to determining winning numbers.

But no one has an infallible formula. You can bet that if anyone had ever
invented a foolproof process for picking numbers, there would no longer be
any roulette games in casinos.

There are, however, two ways of selecting potential winning numbers that
have some merit. The first, and perhaps better method involves watching for
numbers that repeat 4, 5, 6, and even 7 times in 80 spins of the wheel.
Then one bets on the numbers that have repeated often. The same numbers
appearing four and more times in 80 spins, and others showing up not at all,
is usually due to random deviations in probability.
It's possible, but less likely that the repetition of certain numbers is
caused by a "biased" wheel. The slightest defect in any part of the wheel
could make the ball land on certain numbers more often than the laws of
probability would suggest. If you were ever lucky enough to discover a truly
biased wheel, you wouldn't need a betting system. As long as certain
numbers consistently hit with greater-than-expected frequency, you'll make
money. That is, until the casino figures out what's happening and replaces
the wheel.
The other theory is to bet on the numbers that have not come up at all for a
long time. Here again, the player keeps a written record of every number
that turns up. The numbers that have not appeared in 80 spins may be due to
hit. No guarantees, but if certain numbers have missed their theoretical
turn, chances are they will come out of hiding before long.
These days, in more and more casinos, you'll find scoreboards at roulette
tables that record the last 16 or 20 numbers. But you still need to make
notes if you want to keep a record of the last 80 rounds. Don't be shy, it
is not at all unusual for bettors to sit at the table armed with pen and
paper.
The chance of collecting relatively big money makes betting on individual

numbers more thrilling, but also more risky. Tracking the numbers has the
potential of improving one's chances. However, hovering around a table for
a couple of hours, observing spin after spin before being able to place a
bet is a total bore.
After examining dozens of roulette strategies, I have developed what I

believe is a better system than any others I've seen, so I named it The

Superior System.
PLAYING THE SUPERIOR SYSTEM
Superior Roulette is a two-part system that is not a "get-rich-quick"

scheme. Part One is the primary component and is really a complete system
by
itself. Playing Part Two is optional, it promises bigger rewards, but it's
also more risky. I recommend you initially concentrate on the first part,
an even-money strategy for winning slow and steady, but you'll WIN!
Then, if you're so inclined, go to the second part, where you'll bet on

individual numbers. The smart way is to track the numbers while playing the
primary system. Then risk only your winnings on betting the numbers. If
things go right, you could cash in really, really big. And if they don't,
all you've lost is the money you won from the casino in the first place. You
'll still quit the session with your own bankroll safely back in your
pocket.
Before we go any further, be aware that this is not a system for greedy
players who aim to double their bankroll in short order. Plan to be at the
table for three to four hours. People invest their money in mutual funds and
hope to achieve a 20% annual return. In real life they'd be very happy if
their money grew by 20% a year; yet in the casino they expect to double or
triple their money in no time!
The Superior Roulette System is easy to follow and simple to play, yet it's
exciting, never boring. The system can be played at any betting level,
without fear of exceeding reasonable table limits. You bet on every spin of
the wheel, and at the same time gather data to help you make intelligent
decisions when it's time to switch to the second stage of the system --
betting on individual numbers.
Playing the first part of the system, you'll win approximately 10 betting
units per hour, on average. At unit values of $5, $10 and $25, your hourly
win potential is $50, $100 or $250 respectively.

PART ONE: THE EVEN-MONEY STRATEGY
Roulette is a streaky game. Looking at a series of spins of the wheel shows

that Red/Black, Odd/Even, or High/Low usually appear in streaks, seldom
alternately. Some streaks are short-lived, others longer. Patterns of
consecutive hits develop at random. Just because Red has appeared five
times
in a row doesn't mean that black is more likely to come up on the next spin.
What we do know for certain is that streaks rarely last for more than 11 or
12 turns.
Doubling-up after losses (the Martingale system) is dangerous because the

table limit will eventually defeat the player. In practically all casinos,
the maximum betting limit is reached after doubling up eight times in a row.
(Some internet casinos impose $5 minimum, $100 maximum limits.) The sure
way
to success is to attack the casino in such a way that the maximum will never
be reached.
The even-money betting strategy of the Superior system is also about winning
one unit at a time, but by adding one unit to each consecutive bet, rather
than doubling up. This way, stakes don't mount up nearly as quickly, should
we encounter an exceptionally long losing streak.
The process is simple. We win one unit at a time and we consider the winning
of one unit as one completed round. A round ends as soon as we've won a
unit, then we start fresh to win another. If the first bet wins, the round
ends after only one spin of the wheel. In my experience, it takes between
three and four spins, on average, to win a unit.
Playing this system for about eight hours, I won $450: 90 rounds at one unit
($5) each. Forty-four of the 90 rounds won on the first spin, 14 won after
two spins. The three longest rounds took 16, 19 and 30 spins before finally
producing that one unit profit. The remaining 29 rounds lasted anywhere from
three to 12 spins each, bringing the overall average to just over 3 1/2
spins per round.

Usually one can expect to get in 35 to 40 spins per hour. If our system play
produces, on average, a one unit net win for every 3 1/2 to 4 spins, we can
hope to win a minimum of 10 units per hour. At a unit value of $5 that would
be $50 profit, or $250 at $25 a unit.
When you play this system, should you bet on Red or Black? Odd or Even?
High
or Low? Since the wheel produces unpredictable results, it is not important
which of this even-money proposition you choose. Theoretically every one of
them gives you 18 chances to win against 20 chances to lose, (don't forget 0
and 00). Overall, winning and losing decisions will show up proportionally,
but mostly in streaks, not in a neatly alternating sequence.
Since patterns can't be predicted, make a choice and then bet the same way
for the duration of the session. Don't change your decision because of a
temporary run of bad luck. Once you've decided on Red, Black, Odd, Even,
High or Low, stick to it. Red or Black seems to be the favorite choices with
most players.
We'll assume one betting unit equals the table minimum. It can, of course,
be a higher amount, if you wish. Typical rounds might go something like
this:
Round1: Bet 1 unit, Lose, -1 / Bet 2 units, Lose, -3 / Bet 3 units, Lose, -6
/ Bet 4 units, Win, -2 / Bet 3 units, Win +1
Notice that after three straight losses, the count was minus six units (-6).
We won bet #4, leaving us at -2 units. Since we're aiming to win one unit at
a time, the next wager needs to be only 3 units, not 5, as the progression
would dictate. Risking no more units than needed to get ahead by one unit
keeps the progression from escalating too fast, should there be an extended
string of losses.
Round 2: Bet 1 unit, Win, +1 / End of round.
Round 3: Bet 1 unit, Lose, -1 / Bet 2 units, Lose, -3 / Bet 3 units,

Lose, -6 / Bet 4 units, Lose, -10 / Bet 5 units, Lose, -15 / Bet 6 units,
Lose, -21 / Bet 7 units, Lose, - 28 / Bet 8 units, Win, -20 / Bet 9 units,
Win, -11 / Bet 10 units, Lose, -21 / Bet 11 units, Win, -10 / Bet 11 units,
Win, +1
In round 3 we had eight losses and only four wins, before finally ending up
with our one-unit profit. But what a ride, after bet #7 we were down 28
units!
Round 4: Bet 1 unit, Lose, -1 / Bet 2 units, Lose, - 3 / Bet 3 units, Win,
even / Bet 1 unit, Win, +1
Here we were even after the third round, requiring a fourth bet of only one
unit.
It's this easy. The betting progression is not complicated. You simply
increase the size of each subsequent bet by one unit until you've won a
unit. Then you start a new round to win another unit. To get ahead by one
unit, it will sometimes be necessary to win two or three bets in a row, (as
in example #3, above).
As shown in round 1, at times you won't have to keep the progression going.
The count was minus 6, then we won 4 units, leaving us at minus 2 units.
which means we needed to win only 3 units in order to get ahead by 1 unit.
Therefore the next bet is 3 units, not 5, as the progression would call for.
In round #3, at one point we were -28 units, that's equal to minus $140 at a
$5 table or $280 at a $10 table, and a whopping $700 at a $25 unit value! As
you see in the next paragraph, it can get worse, not often, but it happens.
That's when you need to have faith in the system. We'll look at a less risky
(but also less profitable) method in a moment.
When you have more than just a few chips in play, it is difficult to keep
count so you'll know when you've won a unit. Counting is easy if one betting
unit is equal to one chip. Keep your starting bankroll in 10-chip stacks,
put the chips you've won in a separate pile. Make wagers only with chips
from your original bankroll and restack them immediately after each win.

That way you can quickly determine whether to continue the one-unit
progression or how many units you must bet to reach your one-unit win goal.
That 30-spin round I mentioned earlier went like this:

Bet 1, Lost -1 / B2, L -3 / B3, L -6 / B4, L -10 / B5, Won -5 /
B6, L -11 / B7, W -4 / B5, L -9 / B6, W -3 / B4, L -7 / B5,
L -12 / B6, W -6 / B7, L -13 / B8, L -21 / B9, L -30 / B10, W -20 /
B11, L -31 / B12, L -43 / B13, L -56 / B14, L -70 / B15, W -55 / B16,
L -71 / B17, W -54 / B18, W -36 / B19, W -17 / B 18, L -35 / B19,
-16 / B17, L -33 / B18, W -15 / B16, W +1
At one point the count was minus 71 units. At $5 a unit, that's $355. You
should not attempt to play this version of the system unless you can buy-in
for 100 times your unit value, and have another 50 times unit value in
reserve, just in case. If using $5 units you need a $750 bankroll. Seldom
will you need to put anywhere near that much money into play, but you should
be prepared. Ninety-five percent of all failures in system-play occur
because the player doesn't have sufficient capital to outlast the occasional
lengthy losing streak.
You need to have confidence in the system. I encourage you to prove the
system to yourself, before you wager any serious money. Don't play for real
until you feel sure the strategy will work for you. If you're on the
internet, download free software from an on-line casino, then test the
system off-line, without risking any money.
Not on the 'net? No problem, simply take a pen, a piece of paper and a coin.
Toss the coin and pretend heads is Red and tails is Black. Keep track of
wins and losses and you will prove to yourself that the system will work.
Allow for the 5.26% casino advantage (0 and 00), by counting every 20th flip
as a loss, regardless. The percentage is not exact, but it's close enough
for our purposes.
For financial or emotional reasons you may want to avoid the risk of
excessive strains on your bankroll, even if you're convinced the system
works. In that case you can search out on-line or live casinos that permit

$1 or $2 minimum bets. Some internet casinos and many of the smaller

gambling places in Las Vegas have low-limit tables. Here a bankroll of $150
($1 units) or $300 ($2 units) should be more than sufficient. The trade-off,
of course, is that you'll win only $10 or $20 per hour, instead of $50 to
$250.
At low minimums you may not win much on the even-money bets, but it's a
virtual no-risk way of staying at the table, while you record the numbers in
preparation for playing the second part of the system. Tracking numbers
while playing is easy and adds to the fun, whereas watching the numbers
without playing would be totally boring. Knowing which numbers hit often and
which ones didn't hit at all is what the second part of the Superior system
is based on.
PART TWO: THE INSIDE NUMBER STRATEGY
After two hours of even-money wagering you will, on average, have won
around
20 units. At a unit value of $5 your profit should be approximately $100. I
recommend you only use your winnings to play this inside-number strategy.
Don't touch your starting capital. From here on, when we talk about
bankroll, we're referring to the chips you won, not the money you brought to
the table. The idea is to re-invest your winnings and quadruple the amount,
at least! And should things not work out, your starting bankroll is safe.
You might quit even, but you won't quit a loser.
.
Exchange your new bankroll (the chips you've won) for smaller denomination
chips. Depending on what unit value you were using, you should trade $5
chips for $1 chips, $10 chips for $2 chips, or $25 chips for $5 chips. If
you're at a low limit table, using a $1 or $2 unit value to begin with, you'll
be able to exchange $1 or $2 tokens for 25¢ or 50¢ tokens, respectively.
In each case your new ammunition should be around 100 chips. When making
inside bets, you can spread your wager over several numbers, with as many
chips as you wish, as long as it's within the minimum and maximum table
limits..

Theoretically, on a 100% flawless roulette wheel, every number should hit

with equal frequency -- and it does, over thousands of hours. But over
shorter periods, the game produces streaky results. During an hour of play
(about 40 spins of the wheel), many numbers show up twice, and some
appear
three, four, and even five times each, while others will not hit at all. This
uneven distribution is caused by random fluctuations in probability, or by a
faulty wheel.
The likelihood is slim, but there is a remote chance that, while tracking
numbers, you'll come across a wheel that is 'biased.' Biased means the wheel
may be imperfect in some way, causing the ball to land disproportionately
more often on certain numbers. Find a truly biased wheel and you just might
"break the bank."
Tracking a wheel for 80 spins is not sufficient to tell with certainty

whether repeat numbers are caused by wheel bias, or by random fluctuations
in probability. Either way, taking a chance on playing the numbers that are
hitting often can't hurt. The pattern may continue, even if it's not a truly
biased wheel.
Another approach is to bet on "sleepers." Sleepers are numbers that have not
shown up at all in 80 or more spins. Those numbers may be “due” to hit. No
guarantees, but if certain numbers have missed their theoretical turn,
chances are they will come out of hiding before long. I strongly belief that
betting on "repeaters" and "sleepers" holds more promise than blind
guessing. Repeaters and sleepers are "strong" numbers, bet on them.
We must have sufficient data before we can make intelligent wagers on

individual numbers. That's why we record the outcome of every decision while
making even-money bets during the first stage of playing the system. We look
for "strong" numbers.
I suggest keeping track of 80 spins (approximately two hours of play at a

reasonably busy table), before deciding which numbers to bet on.
Here is how to keep a record of 80 decisions with minimum effort. Simply

come to the table equipped with pen and notebook, where you have already
written the numbers 1 to 36, plus 0 and 00 in vertical or horizontal lines.
After every spin, as soon as you know the result, put a mark next to, or
under the corresponding number on your page.
After a couple of hours, you will have recorded 80 decisions. Check your
scoreboard. Most numbers will hit once, twice or three times, some may not
have shown up at all, and others will have hit 4, 5, 6 and maybe more times.
For example you might have numbers 5, 13, 24, and 36 hitting 4 times each,
numbers 10 and 22 hit 5 times each, number 20 hit 6 times, while numbers 12
and 35 may not appear at all. In this scenario you have seven frequent
hitters and two sleepers. The results will be different each time. Sometimes
you will have fewer, other times more multiple hitters and/or sleepers. The
elimination process usually leaves between 6 and 12 numbers. These are the
strong numbers. Circle them on your score sheet, and bet on them. Bet
boldly -- remember you're playing with money you've won from the casino.
Step 1
Divide your stake into four equal parts, then take the first quarter of your
total chips and spread them over your strong numbers. We'll use the nine
numbers from the above example, (5, 10, 12, 13, 20, 22, 24, 35 and 36) and
assume having 100 chips to start with. Since 25 doesn't divide by 9, we'll
put 3 chips on each of seven numbers and two ships on each of the remaining
two numbers. Your bankroll gives you four chances to win. Make this same bet
that many times or until you win. As soon as a number hits, go to step two.
Step 2
Add your win to the remaining chips still in front of you and divide that
new total into four parts. If a three-chip bet hits on the first spin, your
new total will be 183 chips. If a two-chip bet hits on the last spin, you'll
have only 72 chips. Take one quarter of your total spread it over your
strong numbers. With a bankroll of somewhere between 183 and 72 chips,
you'
ll be able to place as many as six, or as few as two chips on each of nine
numbers. Make the same bet a total of four consecutive times or until you

win, then go to step three.
Step 3
If a six-chip bet wins on the first spin, your bankroll grows to well over
300 chips and things get exciting! At the other extreme, winning a two-chip
bet keeps you in the game. Again, split your bankroll into four parts. If
you're dividing 350+ chips, you'll be able to wager up to 10 chips per
number. If you weren't so lucky, you may only be able to bet two chips on
each. As before, make the same wager up to four times and go to step four as
soon as you win.
Step 4
Once you have won hundreds of chips, if the dealer hasn't already paid you
with higher denomination casino chips, ask to 'color-up.' Working with
fewer, but higher value chips makes counting and placing bets easier and
faster. Depending on what chip value you started with, by now you could show
a substantial profit. Perhaps it's time to think about quitting, or consider
pocketing half of your winnings and carry on with the other half. Unless, of
course, your stake is still relatively small, in which case you'll want to
continue regardless.
Step 5
You know the routine now, as long as you're winning, keep doing the same
thing over and over.
Enjoy your game and win BIG!

Swedish Roulette
The system is three-tiered:

1) Selection - what numbers to bet
2) Betting - if and how much to bet on a number
3) bankroll Handling
1) THE SELECTION ================

I like repeaters! To start with I record every spin, looking for any repeating number,
without betting. As soon as I have collected FIVE repeaters that has NOT repeated
during this "collecting phase" I start betting. If a number, however, repeat AGAIN during
collection, this number is immediately cancelled,
giving room for another repeater to be collected. This new one is supposed to hit for the
second time AFTER the 3-repeat is cancelled (maybe also for the first time). All recording
is supposed to follow a repeating number for 37 times if there is no third hit. If a third hit
comes, you keep the number for 19 spins after the win - do NOT accumulate! If a number
hits for the third time at the first spin (a double hit), you are ONLY keeping the number for
another 19 spins (not 36 + 19). Next hit: Keep the number for 10 spins Next hit and all
after: Keep the number for 6 spins If there is no hit while "keeping" the number, that
number is canceled and another one is used instead - the same rules for selection are
used as above, with one minor change: Go on betting (if you are) only four (or three...)
numbers if there
is no immediate repeater to put into the betting plan. Use a new repeater whenever it
comes.
Now you have five repeaters that has ONLY COME OUT TWICE while
you recorded and you know how to track and discard "old" repeaters. It's time to discuss
betting.
2) THE BETTING ==============

Yes, I use progression betting! The only kind I can cope with is "Fixed Proportional
Betting" of 9% of the bankroll for a SERIES of bets. As our series, here, is going to be
FIVE numbers SIX times this means that the 9% is equal to 30 single bets.
The 9% is also (approx.) equal to 1/11 thus making the bankroll 30 bets * 11 = 330 bets
or units. (And as the min bet in Travemunde was DEM5 this meant
330 * 5 = DEM1650) I would not, however, recommend to start with the min bet as
that doesn't make the bettings "proportional" if you lose some in the beginning. Instead, I
would use some higher amount, if possible the double, that is possible to lower 1 "step"
without the "step" being
file:///D|/Systems/SWEDISH%20ROULETTE.htm (1 of 4) [7/9/2002 9:56:09 AM]

Swedish Roulette
one unit. For example, I would start at 10 if the minimum bet is 5 and there is a possibility
to bet 9, 8, 7 etc down to 5. So, you now know your bankroll. There is one VERY
important aspect in having a bankroll: BE PREPARED TO LOSE IT! AND TO LOSE IT
QUICKLY! Your bankroll must NEVER be money you cannot afford to lose!
This plan - as every system you can buy for money -cannot guarantee you to win! That is
the ONLY guarantee you will EVER get. (But you, Raymond, know this already) Before
you go to the casino, you have to make up a PLAN showing you how much to bet at any
one time. This is not hard (but not a simple task either) as you are going to make 30
single bets for one series. Your plan can then be calculated with this in mind. I made
some mistakes in Germany because I thought that 1/11 of the bankroll was
easy to calculate. Let me assure you; it is NOT easy after a while and especially not
when winning as your nerves have to be under FULL CONTROL for the calculation and
they rarely are. (Lucky for me; my mistakes were making the bets too low but the
selections missed! I told you I had a tremendous luck that day). Do not start betting! Just
because you now have collected your five repeaters, this doesn't mean that betting is
going to start. No, you first have to WAIT until there is a THIRD HIT on any of your five
numbers. THEN you start betting your five numbers. But while waiting for the "trigger",
there was a number I cancelled and there was no repeater to replace it. What then? Do
not care! Bet the four numbers you have (but remember to subtract only four bets from
your bankroll for such a spin). As said above, you are only going to try to bet your
numbers for SIX times. If there is a hit, you follow the instructions above ("The
Selection") for how long more you keep the number and when it is going to be
replaced. And then there were six losses! What now? Six losses - 30 units down the
drain - that is not good! My answer is: KEEP COOL! There is no need to be nervous. You
have ten more tries and they will come soon but first you have to STOP BETTING! You
simply do not bet any more - but keep recording as before -and WAIT for the "trigger" - a
third hit for one of your numbers. But HOW MUCH SHALL I BET?
As said before; make up a plan, showing you how much 1/11 of your bankroll is, and how
much 1/30 of that is. Whenever you have placed 5 (or less) bets 6 times, it's time to
measure the TOTAL bankroll, divide it by 11 and then divide that figure by 30. As you
understand, this will mean that you do not bet two units (if one is your starting bet) until
you have had a 330 unit’s net gain. That, in turn, are AT LEAST 11 winnings the net for
one is 31 units. (And this is the reason why I recommend an initial bankroll of more than
the min bet. Suppose your bet is 10 and may be incremented by 1, you will need only
TWO wins to be able to progress to 11) and by that, you know when to bet and when to
stop. You know how much you are going to bet every time and on what numbers. You
also know the size of your bankroll, so; what more can there be? We can implement a
handling plan for it!
3) THE BANKROLL HANDLING ========================

Swedish Roulette
(That I couldn't use in Germany because of A) Way too much money involved and B) I
won too much too quickly to have to use it.) First we have to establish what the difference
between a SERIES of bets and a SESSION is. A SERIES of bets is a complete cycle of
six bets (of up to five numbers each time)
and after such a series is completed, you adjust your BETTING according to your
present BANKROLL. A series is never ended for this or for that reason - it keeps on for
six spins, no more and no less. A SESSION can be any number of COMPLETE SERIES!
A session is ended for a reason (not by a pre-determined number of spins) and this
reason is: The SESSION GOAL IS ACHIEVED (after a betting series is completed). And
here is the handling plan: You should start with TWO complete bankrolls. Your goal for
the FIRST session is simple: Get yourself a THIRD bankroll. Now, this may sound easy
enough but it is NOT. Sometimes you may have to work for days and days without even
getting close but other
Days it works like a breeze (but rarely). If one bankroll is lost, you have to start using the
other one and then your mission STILL is to get a third one - but first you must get a
second one, of course. OK. After, say, three days I discover that I have achieved the goal
of getting one more, complete, bankroll of 330 units (in this example). I now have 330
+330 + 330 units. The last one is profit. Now what?
Simple! Get yourself a FOURTH one, only this time it is going to be DOUBLE, compared
to the other ones you have. In the example, I'm now trying to get a bankroll of 660 units.
Trust me: This can (and will) take
some time. But I never promised you quick and ever winning system did I? And, by golly!
This goal is reached! Now what? Are you in a hurry? Don't be and don’t panic now as I
say: Your goal for the third session is to get YET ANOTHER like the fourth one and you
are supposed to do it with the same size of bets! Am I crazy? Well, maybe I am, but I'm
not stupid so I do not raise my bet yet. It may take some time to reach the next goal,
betting only lowest bets but think of it; you have a net profit of 990 units and we do not
want to just throw it away, do we? So you bet and bet and bet and sometimes you are up
and sometimes you are down. And maybe you lose one of your bankrolls. Then you have
to get it back and you have to do it without manipulating the bets, except as described in
section 2. Finally you sit there and have reached the goal: another 660 units bankroll in
profit. (WOW) Now is the time to do something radical: RAISE YOUR LOWEST BET TO
THE DOUBLE! Your line of bankrolls looks like this: 330 + 330 (original) + 330 + 660 +
660 (won) You now start betting from one of the 660-unit bankrolls using double
bets, compared to what you bet before. And your goal? Get a THIRD 660! When (if) this
is achieved, your next goal is to get a bigger bankroll of 990 units (3 times the smallest).
You do this in the same manner, betting double sized bets from bankrolls #5 and #6.
Should you ever lose ALL the 660 unit bankrolls you simply start betting single sized bets
again, hunting for your first 660. The rule for this handling is: Always raise your bet to the
next level when you have TWO bankrolls of THAT level. As you start without any levels

Swedish Roulette
or bets, you start betting your lowest bet because you have two bankrolls of that
level (Level 1) your first mission is to get ONE bankroll the SAME size. Your second and
third missions are to get ONE bankroll of the ADDED SIZE of the previous size and the
initial. This goes on and on... Suppose you have this string of bankrolls: 330 + 330 +330
+ 660 + 660 + 660 + 990 + 990 + 990 + 1650
(heavy!) Your mission for the next session is to get another 1650 units bankroll using 3
units bets from the
990 units bankrolls. If that is accomplished you are going to get another 1650 units
bankroll using the NEXT bet that is 4 units. And after that, your goal is 1980 using 4
units’ bets from the 1650 units bankrolls. FOR HOW LONG DOES THIS GO ON? Well,
one thing is for sure: The casinos have a highest bet and this limit is very definite. At the
Spielbank Hamburg, for example, there is a limit of DEM200 at the DEM5 min table and if
we use DEM5 for our unit it's quite safe: the minimum bet is for a single number and so
4 units would be equal to DEM20. There is room for progressing upwards. But should
you really
go to the limit? Honestly, I don't know. This is one of the MANY aspects where I still have
to figure out how to act and it is not an easy task. But I will try to do it soon, thanks
to you giving me this idea, and maybe, just maybe, there really IS a solution...

SWING SYSTEM
This is a progressive game involving the double bet. The game capital of 250 -
300 units
is required, including reserve. 6-lines from small and large numbers with the
bets of identical
magnitude simultaneously progress in this method. Placement goes under the
following scheme:
Number of the bet
Units put on 6-line
Units put on 6-line
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
1
1
1
2
2
3
4
4
5
6
8
10
1
1
1
2
2
3
4
4
5
6
8
10
After each winning one double bet follows in such way that the won sum
is put on coming small or large numbers (even chances), and the bet itself
moves on the lost 6-line. If the double bet has won,
you have to begin placing with the first bet. Select one 6-line from small
and one from large numbers. It is better to select most frequently appearing 6-
line,
in this order you need to have some continuities from the table beforehand you
are going
to play at and to evaluate them. If you have lost all the placement, start it
again.
A roulette system that won't let you down - System Twelves
Thank you for

purchasing
System-
Twelves!
This system is intended for
educational purposes to
heighten the awareness of
people playing roulette.
System Twelves is based

on numbers following
0 14 9 22 18 29 30 8 23 10 5 15 36 certain numbers on
consecutive spins
1 23 8 30 1 33 16 7 11 13 15 28 29 significantly more often
2 26 3 35 8 23 10 1 33 16 5 9 22 than others, based on our
research. You should
3 10 5 24 34 17 25 2 12 15 6 21 36 consult the chart once a
number comes up on the
4 23 8 30 22 18 29 1 20 14 5 9 26 wheel. Look for that
5 0 26 3 7 8 14 18 21 29 31 32 36 number in white down the
left of the chart, and view
6 34 6 27 24 16 33 2 8 10 11 30 31 the corresponding
significant numbers in it's
7 10 5 24 1 20 14 2 11 16 17 32 33 row.
8 10 5 24 15 32 0 1 4 16 20 34 36
The chart shows the
9 16 33 1 0 2 4 5 10 21 24 26 32 significant numbers in red
and these numbers are
10 27 13 36 11 30 2 4 12 19 21 25 26
bordered by their
11 12 28 7 29 18 8 9 10 14 15 23 31 immediate neighbours.
file:///D|/Systems/SYSTEM%20TWELVE%20ROULETTE.htm (1 of 3) [7/21/2002 12:14:05 PM]

12 0 26 3 35 12 8 11 15 17 23 30 36 You can use the chart in

13 1 20 14 30 11 36 13 27 9 16 31 33 two ways:
14 10 5 24 16 33 1 8 11 13 23 27 36 1 : Take the significant

numbers and back them
15 16 33 1 20 14 3 8 10 23 24 26 35
plus the three neighbours
16 23 8 30 16 33 1 5 6 10 14 20 24 either side of them (on the
wheel, not the chart)
17 28 7 29 19 15 32 0 3 12 18 26 35
18 21 4 19 10 5 24 16 33 1 2 20 23 2 : Back the twelve
numbers. These twelve
19 32 0 26 3 35 1 8 14 16 18 20 33 numbers include the
significant numbers, their
20 28 7 29 23 8 30 4 11 12 13 18 36 immediate neighbours and
21 10 5 24 31 9 22 3 8 16 18 20 33 a few other numbers which
mathematically appear
22 3 26 0 32 15 2 4 5 19 21 25 33 more often than any of the
others (although not
23 21 2 25 4 19 28 12 35 3 5 32 36 significantly more often in
24 18 29 7 8 30 11 15 32 0 1 33 16 strictest research terms;
between 5 and 12% more
25 31 9 22 18 29 3 7 12 15 23 28 33 often)
26 0 32 15 19 4 27 13 36 11 5 17 22
The red significant
27 21 2 25 8 30 11 6 13 16 20 24 36 numbers are between 15
and 19% more likely than
28 6 17 21 2 25 4 19 1 3 5 14 20 any other individual
number to follow the
29 4 19 15 32 0 26 3 5 16 24 27 35
number given, according to
30 20 14 31 9 22 5 7 10 16 24 27 32 our research.
31 23 10 5 24 1 8 11 16 30 33 34 36
32 23 8 30 3 35 12 5 7 10 24 28 29
Thanks again for
33 20 1 14 28 7 29 27 13 36 33 16 24 purchasing System
Twelves. We are sure you
34 23 8 30 9 31 14 6 7 11 15 16 20
will have a fruitful gambling
35 6 34 17 25 2 0 3 5 15 19 26 32 future!
36 23 8 30 20 14 31 19 15 32 7 16 36

Please remember that this

information is © 2000 Rod
Grant. All rights reserved.
It is for your own use only,
and must not be disclosed
or distributed in any way.
Failure to comply will result
in prosecution.
To legitimately share
System Twelves - and earn
a commission in the
process - why not sign up
as a System Twelves
affiliate?
© 2000 Rod Grant . All rights reserved.

Web site by Eyedentified.

file:///D|/Systems/SYSTEM%202%20COMMON%20SENSE%20SYSTEM.htm
This system is very simple, and yet never been thought of from many people’s
views. The casino always wins. People will always lose. So here is the system that
will let you win FOREVER. Remember the Facts and you are set for LIFE.
FACT 1 - CASINOS NEVER LOSE LONG TERM.

FACT 2 - EVERY DAY IN EVERY CASINO ON EVERY TABLE ON EVERY SPIN WITH
MORE THAN 1 PLAYER - SOMEONE WINS MONEY ON THE SPIN AND SOMEONE
LOSES MONEY ON THE SPIN. - IF CASINOS ALWAYS WIN LONG TERM THEN
THAT MEANS THAT IF YOU GO TO A TABLE AND BET LESS MONEY ON ALL THE
OTHER NUMBERS OR AREAS OF THE WHEEL THAT THE REST OF THE PLAYERS
ARE NOT BETTING ON YOU WILL WIN LONG TERM BECAUSE YOU WILL BE
WINNING WITH THE CASINO.JUST DO WHAT THE CASINOS DO. EVERY NUMBER,
WHICH IS, EMPTY ON A RELATIVELY BUSY TABLE IS THE NUMBERS THE
CASINO IS THEORETICALLY BETTING ON. USE A MONEY MANAGEMENT AND
PROGRESSION SYSTEM AND YOU WILL ALWAYS. IT’S NOT YOUR FAULT THE
OTHER PLAYERS DON’T KNOW THIS.MOST OF YOU WILL PROBABLY JUST
READ THIS AND THINK IT IS NONSENSE AND CARRY ON WITH YOUR
RIDICULOUS METHODS. OH WELL - YOU CAN TAKE A CAMEL TO WATER.
FACT 3 - MOST PEOPLE WILL IGNORE THIS.
FACT 4 - THE ONES THAT DON’T IGNORE THIS WILL WIN FROM THE DAY THEY
ADOPT THIS NEW ATTITUDE.
file:///D|/Systems/SYSTEM%202%20COMMON%20SENSE%20SYSTEM.htm [7/9/2002 9:57:54 AM]

SYSTEM 6+
I believe the only way to consistently beat the game of roulette is by

capitalizing upon the tendencies of random numbers. Some experts claim that the
game can be beaten by reading dealer signatures. I'm not going to devote a lot
of time to getting into an argument here over whether such things even exist or
not, but over the years after much examination and study I have come to believe
that dealer signatures are not a factor. Yet other experts claim the only way to
beat a wheel is by clocking it for hundreds or even thousands of spins and
trying to find a bias. This too is impractical even though there may be a few
biased wheels out there. I believe they are the exception and not the norm.
Wheels are regularly examined and serviced to make sure they are producing
random results. And if a wheel is suspected of having a bias, the position of
the numbers is rotated around the wheel at different time intervals so that
numbers that are coming up today as a result of a bias may not be coming up
tomorrow or a few days from now. Different numbers will have taken their place.
Besides, the technology and manufacturing process has improved over the years to
the point that today's wheels really are near perfect, at least when they come
from the factory. And, recently more and more casinos are using a lighter ball
that has more action and jumps and bounces more than ever. I've noticed lately
that I'm seeing more balls jumping out of the roulette wheel and rolling across
the floor as a result of the use of the lighter balls. Of course the idea for
this is to make the results of the spins more random. And since a roulette wheel
is really just a random number generator, the only thing we can count on the
wheel to do is produce random numbers. So, if we are going to make a serious
attempt at beating this game, we must capitalize upon the tendencies of random
numbers.
The two main characteristics of random numbers that we are going to exploit are
these. First, when dealing with random numbers, you will notice that from time
to time a number will get lost and not appear for awhile. For example, suppose
you are dealing with 6 numbers: 1,2,3,4,5,6. If each number were being selected
at random by a random number generator, then mathematically each number should
ultimately average hitting once in every 6 decisions. And they will over an
extended period of time. However, during short intervals of 15 to 20 decisions,
a number might get lost and not appear at all. Say you were betting on the 6 to
appear. Theoretically it should come up 3 times in 18 decisions, right? But, it
might not come up at all in 18 decisions and it might not even appear for 30
decisions or more. It happens. That is one tendency of random numbers. The
second tendency that we will exploit is the fact that when the 6 does finally
start to appear, it will eventually hit with greater frequency than normal in
order to make up for its not having appeared in the previous 25 to 30 decisions.
It has to make it up sometime or at least come close. This is a mathematical
law. The problem that still remains (and the only reason we would ever lose at
this game) is that we don't know precisely when the 6 will decide to make up
those hits that it missed. We know it is coming back, we just don't know its
precise itinerary. But we can also use another tendency of random numbers to
have a better idea of when the missed hits will be made up. We will talk about
that later. But these are the principles that we will use to make sure that most
of the time we leave a roulette table with more money than we came with.
In the following methodology, I am going to present several approaches to
beating the game. Everyone's personality is different and some will prefer one
approach above another. But the one I personally prefer and the one I have been
by far the most successful using is the one I present last. Those who insist
upon a strictly mechanical approach to the game may not like the final method
because it does require a bit of subjective decision making on behalf of the
player. In other words, it will require a little more skill and practice. But if
you are determined to beat the game of roulette, it will be well worth your
while to devote some time and effort to developing your skill at playing the
final method. I've been winning about 85% of my sessions using this approach and
I'm sure that with some patience, determination, and practice, anyone else can
do just as well if not better. It really is ultimately the best way to go to
insure long term profits. A roulette table is very fickle. It can turn on you
without notice. When you are locked into a strictly mechanical way of playing,
it is like being in a fight with both feet tied together. You can't maneuver to
avoid your opponent's punches. Also, no one goes to war with only one strategy.
You need to be flexible.
Each roulette wheel has its own personality. But I find that roulette wheels are
even more fickle than craps tables. Just when you think you've got them figured
out, everything changes. The zeros have a lot to do with that. In craps your
main enemy is the 7. But in roulette, you are facing 3 enemies (at least on the
American double zero wheel). You can get zapped by the zeros, as well as other
sections of the wheel. And if you attempt to protect yourself against the zeros,
it eats into your profits so significantly that eventually this factor alone
would bankrupt you. It just doesn't pay in the long run. But, once again, due to
the tendencies of random numbers, if the zeros start hitting to make up for
being lost, then you might actually make some money by covering the zeros. But
everything considered, it is a bad bet.
Well, we know what we are up against, and we know that we are going to
capitalize upon the tendencies of random numbers to make us winners, so lets get
to the first approach.
All of the strategies presented here are going to be based upon making line
bets. In all aspects of this system, we do just that. Numbers 1-6 are section
one. Numbers 7-12 are section two. Section three is composed of numbers 13-18.
Section four is numbers 19-24. Five is 25-30 and section 6 is 31-36. Until you
get the sections memorized, you may want to write them down at the top of your
score sheet. The bet illustrated is a bet on section 4. A bet on section 6 would
go on the line between 31 and 34. All other sections work the same way. When a
number is spun, instead of recording the number itself, you merely record the
section. So in actuality we are only going to be dealing with 6 numbers, the
numbers which represent sections 1-6. (Note that through out the remainder of
this document the terms "number" and "section" are used interchangeably.) For
example, if number 25 spins up, instead of writing down number 25, we write down
number 5 because 25 is the first number in section 5. If number 10 spins up,
then write down a 2 because number 10 is found in section 2. Understand? Do not
consider zeros when recording your section numbers. When a zero spins up, you
might make a small notation above the section number that eventually hits, but
do not record a zero in place of a section number. You will see what I mean
shortly.
Now, when you walk up to a roulette table to begin play, most tables will have a
lighted board or "marquee" which automatically records the numbers that have
spun up in the last 16 to 21 spins. (Some boards record more spins than others).
You can use these numbers to record the sections that have previously appeared.
The last number to come up is always the top number on the board, so you want to
start recording the numbers from the bottom and go to the top. A word of
caution, however. Always check and make sure the board is working properly.
Physically look at the wheel and make sure the slot the ball is sitting in is
the same number that is showing as the top number on the marquee. And since you
are still going to have to watch a few spins before beginning play, make sure
the board is recording the spins properly. It is not unusual to find a board
that is either not working at all, or is not recording every spin, or is perhaps
misreading numbers. In other words, it is posting the wrong number. Sometimes
the lens on the reader gets dirty and these things can really foul up. But
usually they work fine, just make sure. You don't want to be making your bets
based upon erroneous information.
BEGINNING PLAY
As I stated earlier, you will see 16 to 22 numbers listed on the marquee. Record
these numbers and take note because you will need to see upwards of 30 spins
before you can safely begin play. We must be patient because we have to get an
idea of what the wheel is doing so we can make effective and wise plays. You can
record your numbers while standing or sitting (perhaps at a slot machine) near
the wheel. Don't worry, no one minds your watching and recording numbers. People
do it all the time.
Now, suppose we walk up to a new table and see the numbers 18,36,5,9,7,10,15,
22, 0, and 25. We are going to record the numbers by section and we are going to
record them in groups of 3 as in the example at the top of the next page.
3 6 1
2 2 2
3 4 5 (Note: the zero was not recorded)
You see, 18 is section 3, 36 is section 6, 5 is section 1, 9 is section 2, 7 is
section 2, etc. In this particular approach, it doesn't really matter that we
are grouping the numbers in 3's, but in the other approaches it does so we might
as well be uniform and besides I believe this is a very easy way to see what is
going on.
As we record our sections, we are going to be looking for trends. We want to
note when a section disappears and doesn't show for at least 12 spins. We may be
looking at a lost number. When a number (or section) gets lost, we try to
capitalize on it in two ways. We can play one unit on each of the other 5
sections and make one unit profit on each spin as long as the lost number
doesn't return or we don't catch a zero. Generally when playing lost numbers in
this manner, we only want to play them for 3 spins. And even that can be
dangerous enough, but to go much longer is to substantially increase our risk.
But since this play involves a high risk and if the lost section comes back and
hits or we hit a zero we are going to lose 5 units, we want to take every
precaution and make sure that we see a successful play of this kind before we
try it. So, we want to observe the table until we see a section get lost and not
hit for at least 12 spins, then we want to see what happens. Does it come back
immediately on the 13th or 14th spin, or does it stay gone for 17 or 18 spins?
If it stays gone, then this might be a good play the next time we have a lost
number. But remember, watch out for the zeros, especially on an American double
zero wheel. If the zero hits, you lose all bets. If a zero has hit recently
(within the last 7 spins or so), or even more so if two have hit, don't make
this play. Like all other random numbers, when they start hitting they will tend
to hit closer and closer together for awhile, then eventually get further and
further apart. That's why you will often see marquees with no zeros showing or
look later and see 3 or 4 on the same marquee. I got hit by 3 zeros in a row the
other night when I was playing so
it is not that unusual to see the zeros group up. And just a side note, always
try to play a single zero wheel if one is available. It will make a big
difference in your bottom line.
To illustrate the play I just described, look at the following example.
4 3 6
5 3 4
1 4 5
4 5 6
In this example we notice that the 2 is lost. Suppose we have already noticed in
the numbers recorded previously that a section stayed lost for 17 spins before
returning. We haven't seen a zero lately, so it might be worth the risk. So,
what we do is make a one unit line bet on each of the other 5 sections (i.e.
1,3,4,5,6). We do this for 3 spins and collect one unit profit for each spin.
After that, we stop betting that the 2 will stay lost and we make a note in the
margin of our score card that we are now waiting and watching for the 2 to
return. Because when it does, we are then going to bet it the other way. We are
going to bet that it will hit (hopefully more than once) in order to make up for
being lost. Because as you know in a section of 12 numbers the 2 should have hit
twice. I put a notation of R2 in the margin of my score sheet to remind me to
bet on the 2 when it returns.
4 3 6
5 3 4
1 4 5
4 5 6
R2 5 1 3
Also note that with each new spin, I strike through a number at the top so that
I always have only 12 numbers showing. If I strike through a number that doesn't
appear in the next 12 numbers, then I know I have a potentially lost number and
I have to then decide upon what kind of play to make. And of course we make our
decision based upon what has been happening on this wheel. Remember, if lost
numbers are coming back within 15 spins or so, then it is too dangerous to make
this play.
So what happens if you are playing a lost number not to return and you get hit
by a zero? Well, continue to play the number until you have completed 3 spins in
which you bet the number not to hit. So, if the zero hits on your 2nd spin, then
make the bet 2 more times. Or, if it hits on the 1st spin bet it 3 more times.
We want to make a total of 3 plays against the lost number not counting the
zeros. Another option if you get hit by a zero is to double your bets on the
other 5 sections for the remainder of the 3 spins and try to break even or even
still make a unit on this play instead of losing 4 or 5 units. But remember,
this is a big risk and if you get hit, instead of losing 4 units, you now may
lose as many as 14 on this play and that is very hard to dig out of. So I don't
recommend this play unless you are way ahead and feel very confident that you
won't get hit by another zero or the lost section returning. After you gain
experience you will get a better feel for when you can get away with this, but
for now, I feel it is best to stick with flat bets.
When I'm making this play and betting that the section will stay lost, I make a
little N2 notation above every number recorded. That is my way of tracking and
saying "No 2".
4 3 6
5 3 4
1 4 5
4 5 6
R2 5 1 3
n2 n2 n2
6 1 4
5 2 3
2
Now, notice that in the above example, the 2 has now returned and hit twice.
Before playing a returning number to hit, we usually want to wait until it hits
a couple of times to make sure it is back. Sometimes it may be even safer to
wait for 3 hits, it just depends upon what has been happening. I usually use
previous occurrences to determine how I'm going to play this time. Also, usually
I wait a spin before beginning to play the number but once again, if a previous
returning number has hit back to back, then go ahead and start playing the
returning number immediately.
So, since section 2 was lost and has now returned, we start betting on section
2, and section 2 alone. We bet one unit on section 2 for 6 spins or until it
hits. Hopefully it will hit before 6 spins because if it doesn't, we will lose
money on this play. But usually it will. If we should get hit by a zero along
the way, then bet it for 7 spins.
When playing this method, you have to go with the flow of the table. Remember
every table has its own characteristics but you will usually see a pattern.
There is never any guarantee that the pattern will last, but this is all
characteristics but you will usually see a pattern. There is never any guarantee
that the pattern will last, but this is all we have to go on, so watch out for
overall characteristics of the way sections are hitting, disappearing and
reappearing.
Many times you will find it very difficult to bet against a section because it
is returning too quickly and biting you in the butt. So, in these cases it is
best to only play the sections as they return from being lost. Forget about
betting against sections altogether on this type of table. But I have often seen
tables where sections got lost and stayed lost for long periods but were erratic
when I bet on them after they returned from being lost. I would then just
concentrate on betting against sections and might even bet for more than 3
spins. But once again be very careful when extending this bet because it can
hurt you badly very quickly. Just take whatever the table will give you. If a
table is being too erratic and unpredictable, don't try and force it. Just go to
another table.
You may find that plays are kind of scarce on one table, but if there are two
tables fairly close together, you may be able to monitor both of them and just
buy regular house chips just like the ones used on other gaming tables
(sometimes called value chips) so you can jump in and play when you see a play
develop.
When playing this method I usually go for a win of 10 units per session on a
table. If I lose 20, I stop or if I'm struggling and can't seem to get ahead, I
stop and take a break and look for another table. It is often helpful to look at
your score sheet and see what you might have done wrong or might have missed.
The Second Approach
For this approach, consider each section to have an opposite section. Section 1
would be the opposite of section 4. Section 2 would be the opposite of section 5
and section 3 is the opposite of section 6. Whenever a section lines up with its
opposite, we consider that a hit and we will base our play upon how these hits
are coming or not coming. Look at the example below.
3 5 6
4 2 4
6 1 1
In the above example we see that we have 2 hits. One is on the second line where
the 2 lines up with its opposite the 5, and on the 3rd line where the 1 lines up
with its opposite number the 4. These hits are underlined. Now, a strange thing
about this is that these hits tend to group up. You often see groups of 3 or 4
hits like this or maybe even 5 or 6. All of them will be grouped together with
each hit usually coming within 6 spins of the previous hit which is exactly what
we are looking for. If a table has produced a group like this before, the next
time it comes up, we can try to take advantage of it and get a hit or two. The
indicator we will use is 2 hits within 6 spins of each other. That usually
introduces a group of 3 or more hits. When we see this, the safest play is to
only go for one hit. But you might push it and go for two if there were 4 or
more hits in the previous group. But whatever you do, don't make this play
unless you have seen it work on paper previously at that table. Not only should
there be 2 hits within 6 spins of each other, but there should also be at least
6 previous spins without a hit preceding the 2 hits within 6 spins. Here is an
example of a play.
4 6 5
3 3 4
1 6 1
6 2 4
3 4 5
5 6 1
5 4 3
5 5 4
1 2 4
6 2 1
Notice that there is an interval of 12 misses between the time the 3 hit on line
5 (last hit in that group) and the 2 hit on line 9. At this point we would begin
play. We would play the 3 section next because we hope it will line up beneath
the 6. Then on the next play, we would play the 5 section because it would win
if it comes up next under the 2 and finally we would play the 4 section hoping
it would line up beneath the 1. We play this way for 6 spins. If we don't have a
hit, we stop.
Also notice that in the middle we had a period of 12 spins without a hit. If you
have seen the pattern previously (and only then) you might play for a no hit
after 6 misses. You do this by playing every number except the opposite of the
number above it. You are betting that the opposite won't line up. Once again,
you only make this play for 3 spins. Another characteristic of this match up
type play is that sometimes you get long sections where the numbers just aren't
matching up. If you recognize it, you can jump on it and bet against the
opposite sections and just continue to
aren't matching up. If you recognize it, you can jump on it and bet against the
opposite sections and just continue to bet until you have your 10 units profit.
Hopefully you won't get hit by zeros. But anytime you get hit by a returning
section, stop. As I said and as you will see, these things tend to group
together.
On the other hand, you may encounter a table that just continually hits. I once
played a table for an hour and a half and only missed getting a hit within 6
spins twice. But if you decide to continue playing beyond one or at the most 2
hits, just understand that you are taking a big chance and you should only do
that if you are well ahead and can afford to bust out. This will be a session
when you are going for a big win. But remember, even though we do need the
occasional big win, don't get too greedy and constantly go for them or you will
wind up bankrupt. But on the rare occasion if you find that table that seems to
be giving you the opportunity, and you are sufficiently ahead so that you can
afford to bust out, and if you feel good about it, then go for it.
Now look at the example again and we will see something else.
4 6 5
3 3 4
1 6 1
6 2 4
3 4 5
5 6 1
5 4 3
5 5 4
1 2 4
6 2 1
Notice how we have match ups in lines 7, 8, 9, and 10. In other words a 5 lines
up beneath another 5 in line 7, then the 5's line up again in line 8, then the
4's line up in line 9 and the 2's in line 10. You can play these match ups
exactly the same way you play the opposites. Everything I just told you applies
to match ups. There is no difference. So if you don't have a play with the
opposites, you may have one with the match ups. What I do is set my page up
something like the one below.
Opposite Same
4 6 5 4 6 5
3 3 4 3 3 4
1 6 1 1 6 1
6 2 4 6 2 4
3 4 5 3 4 5
5 6 1 5 6 1
5 4 3 5 4 3
5 5 4 5 5 4
1 2 4 1 2 4
6 2 1 6 2 1
When doing it this way, I don't get confused. I have two completely different
charts to look at and I can see how the hits are lining up on each one. By the
way, when I chart, I circle the hits. It was just easier in developing this
document to just underline them.
Another thing to watch for when playing this way is a stable pattern.
Occasionally you see a pattern where the hits are coming at regular intervals
just like clockwork. A few days ago I played a table where numbers were lining
up every 8 to 10 spins every time. I made some easy money on this table by
waiting 5 or 6 spins then playing the matches. They never hit further than 10
spins apart and never closer than 4 for the whole session.
When playing the Same/Opposite method, always use flat bets.
I don't advise you to play this method in conjunction with the first method
described at least not at first. However, once you get very familiar with both
approaches, you can make 3 charts and play both methods at the same time. You
will just about always have some kind of play in the works. But it is tricky as
you might guess and it is easy to miss something and just get messed up all the
way around, so don't do it until you've had lots of experience.
Before I move on to the final method, let me add that you can bet against 2
sections at once. That is, bet that an opposite won't line up, and at the same
time bet that a same won't line up. To execute this play you would be betting
one unit on every section except the section that would line up as an opposite
section from the section above it and you would of course not be the section
that would line up as the same section. And of course, make sure both sections
have the qualifying 6 misses before you make this play. If the play is there,
this can even be more effective than betting against one section because if you
get hit by a zero, you only lose 4 units instead of 5 and while you are winning
you are winning 2 units instead of 1. This usually works best when playing the
combined opposite or same approach. Rarely will you ever have two sections lost
at the same time when playing the first approach described in
this document. And if you did, there would be too much danger of one of them
coming back on you. But just remember, and I can't reiterate enough, when
playing for sections not to hit watch out for the zeros. Don't do it if a zero
has hit within the last 7 spins or you have had two zeros within 12 to 15 spins.
And don't get greedy. After 6 misses, only play for 3 more and then only if the
table has shown prior evidence of long intervals between hits.
Final Approach
Now for the final approach that we will discuss. This is the one I hope you will
adopt and work at and make your main method of play. I have consistently won 90%
or better of the sessions I've played with this approach. And the wins aren't
rinky dink either. I'm talking about wins of 25, 30, and once even 64 units. I
usually go for wins of 20 to 30 units however. If you lose 25 to 30 units, by
all means stop. The table is out of sync or you are, one or the other. Never
take more than 3 losses in a row at any time.
With this approach, we never bet that a section won't hit. We are always betting
that a certain section will hit. We play one section at a time. We always mainly
consider the last 12 spins. Once again, it is best to group them in columns of 3
as we have done in all the previous methods. It seems to me that I can read them
better that way.
When we are betting, we are going to use a small progression. We will bet 1 unit
on the first 2 spins and 2 units on the next 2 spins and 3 units on the final 2
spins. We only play for 6 spins and only risk 12 units. So the progression goes
like this: 1-1-2-2-3-3. I'm not a big fan of progressions, but in this case it
is almost a necessity in order to make the most of your time and capital
invested. You can win by flat betting and the risk will be slightly less, but
the profits using a progression are much greater and well worth it. You should
be OK, even playing the progression, with a 125 unit lifetime bankroll. Don't
ever take more than 60 units to the casino with you. If you lose 2 sessions, you
certainly have no business playing any more that day. Go home and practice until
you regain your confidence. But if you put in the time to practice this before
going to the casino, you won't have to worry too much about ever having a loss
that big.
Now, as I said, in order to decide what section number to bet on, we consider
the last group of 12 numbers. If you want you can cross out the top number as
each new number spins up so you only have 12 numbers showing at any one time,
just as in the first approach we discussed. By way of a side note here, if you
are playing the opposite/same approach, obviously you shouldn't cross out
numbers in that case because you need to see the whole gamut of what has
transpired. You also need to refer back to previous spins from time to time with
this method also, but you can still read the numbers if you only strike them out
with one slash.
Let's look at a few spins from a table I played recently and I will attempt to
illustrate how we select the section we want to bet on.
5 3 1
4 6 4
5 6 4
4 3 1
First we want to make a mental note for future reference that the 2 is missing
but we won't worry about that right now. But notice that in this group of 12
numbers the 4 is hot. It has hit 4 times. And the hits are spaced out fairly
well. This will be a good play most of the time. In fact it is about as close to
a perfect play as you can get. The only thing that would be better is if we knew
the 4 was returning from being lost, which it very well may have been. But these
were the last 12 numbers showing on a 16 number marquee so I jumped right in and
played the 4. It hit on the 5th spin which was a perfect hit and netted me 9
units profit. Here were the next 6 spins.
5 3 1
4 6 4
5 6 4
4 3 1
(next 6 spins)
2 6 2
5 4 4
As you can see, we not only got a hit on the 5th spin, but the 4 hit again on
the 6th spin but we stop playing when we get a hit and look for the next good
play. For the most part when a number (or section) hits 4 times within 12 spins
and the hits are spaced out slightly, this is a very strong play. However, when
a section hits 5 times within a group of 12 spins, that is usually too much.
That section is likely to take a vacation for the next 6 spins at least. Also,
if you have 4 hits with 3 of them grouped together like on the 12th, 11th, 10th,
and 8th spins back and no hits since then, that would not be a good play.
Example:
5 5 5
1 5 4
6 3 2
4 3 6
I would not play the 5 in this case. In fact, I wouldn't play anything. There is
no number except the 5 that is showing any signs of dominance or coming into
dominance.
If a number is hitting at regular intervals continually, then that number might
be a good play if it has hit at least 3 times in the last 12 spins. On a play
like this, there should not be 2 occurrences of that number on the same line.
Here is an example of what I'm talking about.
4 3 6
1 2 5
3 4 6
1 6 2
4 3 4
3 1 2
In this case, I like the 3. It should be a fairly sure hit even though there are
only 3 hits within the last 12 spins. But take into account previous patterns on
this table. Also, this would be a very good play if the 3 had been lost and was
just returning up there in the first line with the 4,3,6.
As you watch the spins progress, you will see one number coming into prominence,
then another. I try to catch each number at its peak. That is, it hasn't been
hitting much, or it has been lost and now it is coming into prominence and has
hit 3 or 4 times and the hits are spaced fairly well. Just watch for this
shifting of dominance, and you will automatically know what to play.
Also pay attention to table patterns. If numbers are tending to hit back to
back, then don't worry so much about spacing. Just make sure that this is a
definite trend and not just a one time occurrence.
As I've stated before, numbers (or sections) returning from being lost are
usually a strong play. But our general approach is that we want to make sure
they are back and are becoming dominant. But if you watch table patterns you
might note that on some tables lost numbers (sections that haven't hit in the
last 12 spins) may be coming back right on schedule. That is they constantly
reappear after being lost for 12 to 14 spins and are always back by the 18th
spin. If you see that happening at least twice, then this might be a good play.
I've seen this happen over and over again on some tables. But most tables are
erratic concerning the return of lost numbers. They might come back between the
12th and 18th spins and they might not. So, once again, this is only a good play
if the table has demonstrated a marked propensity to do this. But if you play it
and lose, I wouldn't try it again on this table. Just be aware of this play and
watch for it. It can be another weapon in your arsenal.
In all of these plays, take what the table is giving. Watch the patterns. NEVER
FORCE A PLAY!! If you don't see a play that jumps out at you that you feel
confident about after observing the table patterns, then don't play. And
remember, on most tables your strongest play will be when a number that has
either been lost or which hasn't been hitting much comes into dominance and hits
4 times within the last 12 spins and the hits are fairly well spaced out.
Now, let's go back to our table we played a few nights ago and just walk through
it.
5 3 1
4 6 4
5 6 4
4 3 1
As I said before, I played the 4 here and hit it on the 5th spin.
2 6 2
5 4 4
Now, even though we have 4 hits on the 4 within the last 12 spins, it is risky
to play it again. I hardly ever play the same number twice unless it is a lost
number returning and it has hit 3 times previously and just hit again to give it
4 hits in the last 12 spins. Then if I played the lost number the first time
after 3 hits, I might play it again if the 4th hit came on the first or 2nd
spin. That would be OK under those circumstances. Otherwise, I never play the
same number twice. I just wait until I see the next number come into prominence.
As it turns out here, the 4 actually hit again on the next spin, but didn't hit
again until the 7th spin after that. So, we would have lucked out if we had
played it, but you see that the space between them immediately grew to a point
that we would have busted out had we played it again. And that's what I was
afraid of after the first hit and is the reason I elected not to go for another
hit on the 4. So, let's look at a few more spins.
4 2 5
2 5 5
At this point I noted that the 2 was returning from being lost and has hit 3
times so far since returning. Ordinarily this might be a play I would make, but
I also noticed that the 6 hit 3 times well spaced and then disappeared again.
So, we will err on the side of caution and lay off the 2 for now.
4 1 1
1 2 1
All of a sudden the 1 has showed up virtually out of nowhere and has gotten red
hot. Even though the spacing is not too good here, I look back and see how the 4
hit back to back 3 times and went on to hit again, so everything considered I
feel good about this play. Let's see how we did.
1 4 6
Well, we hit it on the first spin for a 5 unit win. Let's continue. We've had 5
hits on the 1 within the last 12, so we will leave it alone. But as it turns
out, it did hit again as did the 4 earlier. So this is a trend that we should
note. Next time, if the same situation arises, we will probably play a hot
number one more time. But we will also take into account how far we are ahead.
If we are struggling, we still won't take the chance, but if we are doing well,
it is worth a shot.
5 1 3
2 4 4
3 2 2
All right, at this point we see the 2 getting hot and remember that it was lost
before and never really got hot upon its return. And based upon the way the 4
and the 1 hit when they got hot, I think it would be a good idea to play the 2
now. Guess what, it hit on the first spin for another 5 units profit.
At this point we've won 19 units without a bust out. Let's take a break and have
some dinner.
Well, that is basically how it goes. As I've said repeatedly, you will just need
to practice, practice, practice until you get used to seeing how these
combinations come up. But this is by far the best and most lucrative way to play
roulette that I've found so far. One other observation I would like to make.
When playing the Final Approach, you often have to wait a few spins for a play
to develop (remember, patience). If you want to sit down at a single table and
play that table only, you may want to have something to do while waiting for a
good play to develop. If the tables aren't crowded, you can probably sit and
watch a few spins here and there and no one will say anything. But, if the
tables are crowded, if you are going to warm a seat at the table you will be
expected to bet. In this case you might want to play the "Same/Opposite"
approach for a small denomination (preferably the table minimum bet) while
playing the Final Approach for a higher chip value. To accomplish this, you
should ask the dealer if you can play regular house chips in addition to the
table chips you purchase. That way you can make your Final Approach bets with
the house chips and then make your smaller bets for the Same/Opposite method
with a lesser valued roulette chip. (Incidentally, the dealer will ask you what
value you want assigned to your roulette table chips). If someone else is
already playing regular house chips, then you will have to buy two colors of
roulette chips and assign them a different value. Just don't get them mixed up!
That's why I strongly recommend using house chips along with a lesser valued
table chip. That way you can't get confused. The unit value you use to play the
Final Approach should be at least 5 times higher than the unit value you use to
play Same/Opposite. And an even greater differential would be even better.
Remember, we are only using the Same/Opposite method as busy work while we are
waiting for a Final Approach play. We might have to suspend a play with
Same/Opposite if you are betting against a section. But if you are betting for a
section hit with Same/Opposite, you can continue to play that along with the
Final Approach play. Just make sure that playing the Same/Opposite doesn't
hinder your concentration so that you miss a play with Final Approach. Also, you
can record each spin in 3 different sections as illustrated earlier. Just use
the 3rd section as the Final Approach section.
Opposite Same Final Approach
4 6 5 4 6 5 4 6 5
3 3 4 3 3 4 3 3 4
1 6 1 1 6 1 1 6 1
6 2 4 6 2 4 6 2 4
3 4 5 3 4 5 3 4 5
5 6 1 5 6 1 5 6 1
5 4 3 5 4 3 5 4 3
5 5 4 5 5 4 5 5 4
1 2 4 1 2 4 1 2 4
6 2 1 6 2 1 6 2 1
Personally, when I play Final Approach, I usually don't even bother to sit down
at the table. I make sure I've got house chips then I just stand near the table
and wait for a play to come up. Then I step up to the table and place my
bets. Even if the table is full, the casino won't mind because they want all the
action they can get. Also, I often track two tables at once. If there isn't a
play on one table, there may be on the other. Two tables will usually keep you
busy.
You can practice these methods by going to the casinos and writing down
consecutive numbers off the tables then go home and play the sessions. Or,
better yet, just stand or sit near a table where you can see a working marquee
and write down the numbers and play live just as if you were actually playing at
the table. This is always a good thing to do before beginning live play for real
money, just play on paper.
SYSTEM BOB ROULETTE
The research was targeting ten samples of 20 actual casino spins done by 10
individual croupiers.
All results were from single zero wheels, and each spin was spun opposite to the
previous spin.
The aim of the research was to find the best method, to stand up to tournament play
, which would be for the duration of 1 hour.
You would have to get through 3 sessions to reach the final.
The win / lose chart mentioned was the outcome of results playing a 2-1 type bet.
Just had another wonderful hour or so number crunching!!!
Targeting the same win / lose chart, the rules are:
Play each direction of spin separately.
Imagine that you are playing the 8 three number bets, but I suppose it could
just as well be columns or dozens
You play 3 chips on each three number bet until you have a continuous run of
3 wins.
Then you drop down to 1 chip per bet.
Play this until you meet a continuous run of 2 losses.
Then back up to 3 chips again, and carry on in the same manner.
It only won 6 out of the 10 plays, so I would not play it in the tournament.
Units won were 144, 40, 136, 104, 32, 208.
Units lost were 16, 64, 112, 16.
Profit 456 - Pretty good.
There could be a few errors but it won't be far out.
That is me for the night!!
After having a good scan of things last night I think I am going to settle
with my original plan, and that is the eight three number bets and trebling
after a loss, treating each direction as two separate plays.
It will be 2 chips on each bet, with a possible increase to 3 chips per bet
after 12 spins have been won. This is only after considering my situation at
the time.
Playing this should return me an approx profit of 100 chips with an 80%
chance of not losing my bank.
If I am stuck at the end of the table then I will play the method I played
in the last tournament only this time instead of playing 2 chips per number
I will be playing 3 chips per number.
I do not want to disclose this method, but will just say that it targets
randomness.
Running it against the sample it profits 1,200 units.
2 Games it loses a total of 192 units.
3 Games it wins a total of 36 units.
1 Game it wins 120 units.
2 Games it wins a total of 456 units.
1 Game it wins a total of 336 units.
1 Game it wins 444 units.
I played this knowing that it had a good chance of keeping the bank not to
mention the chance of a good win.
Thought I would send you the latest one I went through tonight. It is my
final look and then I am going to give my brain a rest.
I was wondering about, why the casino has the minimum bet on the outside, to
be $100 for the tournament.
Maybe they know some outside bets would do well over 20 to 30 spins.
I know of many, so I ran this one against the numbers.
You play the last 3 six lines that have come out, and change every spin so
that you are always betting on the last 3.
You place 4 chips on each 6 line and double up if you lose.
You continue to double up until you get a win, or you reach your 4th
attempt, which would have you playing 32 chips on each 6 line.
Playing it against the sample it won 7 out of the 10, not quite good enough.
It won on average though about 150 units per session though, which is pretty
good.
Over the 10 games it would have been over 400 units up in profit.
Although with past research I have rejected many ideas on increasing bets
after a win, I have had another look at the 10 game sample.
Targeting the 2-1 type bet, 35 of the 54 winning runs did not go past a run
of 2.
You would really need a run of 2 before raising your bet, and as the results
show, your chances would be very limited.
Looking at the losing runs you will find 41 of the 44 are no longer than 2
losing runs, and that is why in short term play I think this option would be
preferred, especially in a tournament situation where you have to make a
good profit.
I think playing the even money would also show a similar trend in short term
play.
I have just gone through an idea, again chasing losses!
It only won 7 out of the 10 plays but when it won the profits were:
Units 194, 164, 226, 116, 118, 258, 410.
The idea was to play the same 10 numbers continuously.
You play 1 chip per number and raise your bets until you have a win.
You have to get a win in 7 spins.
Your progression is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, & 9 chips.
The longest losing runs out of each sample were:
10, 4, 6, 6, 8, 6, 6, 3, 2, & 6.
Although the last game only lost a run of 6, not enough previous wins would
have covered the bet for the seventh spin.
You must get a win within the first 5 spins, if you have a 200 unit bank.
SYSTEM INTERVAL (even money bets)
During cycles in even money bets, you can get a feel for what wil happen...
You will track for 3 spins and keep doing this for 21 spins. During this,
you will be seeing clearly what is happening with the red and black (because
they will be making patterns that are even clearer to see). Below is a
sample of this system and you will see that it is a really good system.
BRR - R
RRR - R
RBR - R
BRR - R
BBB - B
BBB - B
RRB - R Now we see a play for red on the next 3 bets, lets play it.
GRR- We win 2 times overcoming the one loss we are up 1 unit (put this in
our bank).
BBR - B we lost 1 unit, now we expect black to continue winning (streaks).
BBB - We win 3 units, we are now up 3 units, continue playing black...
BRR - We lost 1 unit because red dominated, if you see, the pattern is now
RRBBR expect a red to show up next 3.
RBB - Black wins, we lose another unit, still plus 1 unit, we are in a chop
phase, bet red next.
BRR - We win a unit, up 2 units, bet black now.
BRR - Red wins, back to streaks
RRR - We win 3 units and now we are up 4 units.
That is how the system works, bankroll required is around 5 units (flat
betting) progression can be incorporated to enhance wins. Enjoy.
file:///D|/Systems/system%20oNE%20-%2017%20SPLIT%20METHOD.htm
17 chip split (the method casinos hate a lot!)

bankroll: 17 chips target: 1-2 chips>method: hit and run (casinos hate this method
very much)
this system is very simple...
rules for selection:
1) go to a table and watch for a little while and see what numbers are hitting and which
numbers are “sleeping” (not hitting)...
2) once you establish which numbers are and which numbers are not hitting, you will
start playing... (i recommend about 20-30 spins...)
how you place your bets...

>1) you will find which 2 numbers are not hitting the most (not including the zero)
>2) once you find out what 2 numbers you are not going to play, you cover the
board with 17 chips on the splits and then you play for 2 spins, after you are done,
you leave the casino or goto another table and start all over...
why the casino hates this method...
first of all it is a very quick HIT AND RUN TATIC that can take A LOT OF
MONEY FROM THE CASINO VERY QUICKLY.... secondly, you cover just
about the whole board, so by doing this, you have a very good chance of winning
very big very quickly...
file:///D|/Systems/system%20oNE%20-%2017%20SPLIT%20METHOD.htm [7/9/2002 10:00:03 AM]

SYSTEM ROULETTE
Test on Spielbank Hamburg 16 May 2001 :
BANKROLL = DM 1000 = 100 coupon.

Stop play if LOSS => 100 - Stop play in WIN = 100 ( 1000 marks )
Gambling stop also when lose three times 27 or more coupon.
Sometimes, gambling stop because there are no more numbers in line, but that
doesn't happen frequently.
I show you first gamblings now.
I wait for second game.
I note 14 numbers: 22, 3, 13, 18, 33 all numbers to 23, 1, 5 and start new line
with number 5.
Now two lines:
1: 22-3-13-18-33-23-3-32-18-7-0-23-1-5
2: 5
I play 3-13-22
I note number 4 and play 3-13-18
I note 10 & play 13-18-33
I don't note 10 second time aber I gambling 13-18-33 second time
I note 5, next play is 18-23-33, 3-23-33, 3-23-32, 3-18-32 and 7-18-32
I note number 29, 11, 27, 31 and win on 18. I note also next line 0.
This was gambling 1. I won 9 coupons = DM 90
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Now three lines:
1: 22-3-13-18-33-23-3-32-18-7-0-23-1-5
2: 5-4-10-5-29-11-27-31-18
3: 0
I play again 3-13-22, 3-13-18, 13-18-33
I note last line 1, 33 and win number 13. I note also next line number 14.
This was gambling 2. I won 27 coupon = DM 270. I now have won DM 360.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Now four lines:
1: 22-3-13-18-33-23-3-32-18-7-0-23-1-5
2: 5-4-10-5-29-11-27-31-18
3: 0-1-33-13
4: 14
I play again 3-13-22, 3-13-18, 3-13-18 ( 21 win second time also, but NOT note
on line ), 13-18-33, 18-23-33 and all 12 gambling - No wins à -36 coupon. NOT
PLAYING 1-5-23 because this 13 gamblings!
Also this is first time I lose 27 or more of coupon.
I note last line 29, 21, 35, 30, 20, 8, 30, 26, 11, 2, 7
Also note number 14 on new line.
This was gambling 3. I lose 36 coupon = DM 360. I now have won nothing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Now five lines but first line discard of for losing all gambling.
2: 5-4-10-5-29-11-27-31-18
3: 0-1-33-13
4: 14-29-21-35-30-20-8-30-26-11-2-7
5: 14
I gambling now 4-5-10, 4-5-10, 5-10-29
I note last line numbers 20, 26 and win on number 5. Also note 32 on new line
Now six lines:

2: 5-4-10-5-29-11-27-31-18
3: 0-1-33-13
4: 14-29-21-35-30-20-8-30-26-11-2-7
5: 14-20-26-5
6: 32
I gambling again 4-5-10, 4-5-10, 5-10-29 and 5-10-29 again because 28 win second
time.
I also gambling 5-11-29, 11-27-29, 11-27-31, 18-27-31 and no win
I note last line numbers 18, 11, 28, 36, 20, 30, 19 and number 30 on new.
Now seven lines but second line discard of for losing all gambling.
3: 0-1-33-13
4: 14-29-21-35-30-20-8-30-26-11-2-7
5: 14-20-26-5
6: 32-18-11-28-36-20-30-19
7: 30
I gambling now 0-1-33 and win number 1. Note also 24 on new line.
******************************************************************************
This is gambling 7 to 11.
Now eight lines:

3: 0-1-33-13
4: 14-29-21-35-30-20-8-30-26-11-2-7
5: 14-20-26-5
6: 32-18-11-28-36-20-30-19
7: 30-1
8: 24
I gambling again 0-1-33 and 1-13-33 but no winning.
I note last line numbers 25 and 0 and number 30 on new.
Now nine lines but third line discard of for losing all gambling
4: 14-29-21-35-30-20-8-30-26-11-2-7
5: 14-20-26-5
6: 32-18-11-28-36-20-30-19
7: 30-1
8: 24-25-0
9: 30
I gambling now 14-21-29, 21-29-35, 21-30-35, 20-30-35, 8-20-30, 8-20-30
I note on line 15, 26, 22, 3, 7 and win on 20. Also number 24 on new line.
Now ten lines:

4: 14-29-21-35-30-20-8-30-26-11-2-7
5: 14-20-26-5
6: 32-18-11-28-36-20-30-19
7: 30-1
8: 24-25-0
9: 30-15-26-22-3-7-20
10: 24
I gambling again 14-21-29, 21-29-35, 21-30-35, 20-30-35, 8-20-30
I note on line 2, 5, 6, 33 and win on 20. Also number 33 on new line.
Now eleven lines:

4: 14-29-21-35-30-20-8-30-26-11-2-7
5: 14-20-26-5
6: 32-18-11-28-36-20-30-19
7: 30-1
8: 24-25-0
9: 30-15-26-22-3-7-20
10: 24-2-5-6-33-20
11: 33
I gambling again 14-21-29, 21-29-35, 21-30-35 and all ten gamblings to 2-7-11
but no win.
I lose 27 or more second time!
Now twelve lines but fourth line discard of for losing all gambling
5: 14-20-26-5
6: 32-18-11-28-36-20-30-19
7: 30-1
8: 24-25-0
9: 30-15-26-22-3-7-20
10: 24-2-5-6-33-20
11: 33-3-27-4-25-17-27-23-1-21-29
12: 11
I gambling now 14-20-26 and win number 26.
********************************************************************************
This is gambling 12 to 17 then stop

Now thirteen lines:
5: 14-20-26-5
6: 32-18-11-28-36-20-30-19
7: 30-1
8: 24-25-0
9: 30-15-26-22-3-7-20
10: 24-2-5-6-33-20
11: 33-3-27-4-25-17-27-23-1-21-29
12: 11-26
13: 13
I gambling again 14-20-26 and 14-20-26 because 13 win second time and then 5-20-
26 but no win.
Now fourteen lines but fifth line discard of for losing all gambling
6: 32-18-11-28-36-20-30-19
7: 30-1
8: 24-25-0
9: 30-15-26-22-3-7-20
10: 24-2-5-6-33-20
11: 33-3-27-4-25-17-27-23-1-21-29
12: 11-26
13: 13-9-24
14: 4
I gambling now 11-18-32, 11-18-28, 11-28-36, 20-28-36, 20-30-36, 19-20-30 but no
win
Now fifteen lines but sixth line discard of for losing all gambling.
Also line 7 and 8 discard of because only 2 and 3 long.
9: 30-15-26-22-3-7-20
10: 24-2-5-6-33-20
11: 33-3-27-4-25-17-27-23-1-21-29
12: 11-26
13: 13-9-24
14: 4-24-15-34-1-25-32
15: 6
I gambling now all five gamblings of line 9 but no win.
Now sixteen lines but ninth line discard of for losing all gambling
10: 24-2-5-6-33-20
11: 33-3-27-4-25-17-27-23-1-21-29
12: 11-26
13: 13-9-24
14: 4-24-15-34-1-25-32
15: 6-11-18-20-27-9
16: 3
I gambling now 2-5-24 and win
Now seventeen lines

10: 24-2-5-6-33-20
11: 33-3-27-4-25-17-27-23-1-21-29
12: 11-26
13: 13-9-24
14: 4-24-15-34-1-25-32
15: 6-11-18-20-27-9
16: 3-5
17: 34
I gambling again 2-5-24 and 2-5-6, 5-6-33 and win number 33
Now eighteen lines:

10: 24-2-5-6-33-20
11: 33-3-27-4-25-17-27-23-1-21-29
12: 11-26
13: 13-9-24
14: 4-24-15-34-1-25-32
15: 6-11-18-20-27-9
16: 3-5
17: 34-19-27-33
18: 13
I gambling again 2-5-24, 2-5-6, 5-6-33 and 6-20-33 and win number 6.
Gambling stop because I win 100 or more coupon.

SYSTEM TO THINK ABOUT
This is a system that I would like your opinion on.

Bet 3 units on any 3 street you like.(6 numbers)
Bet 2 units on any 3 corner you like (4 numbers)
Bet 1 unit on your favorite number.
Do not duplicate any numbers,you have 31 numbers working for you.
Your progression is loss ( divided by 20).
So long as you hit any one of 30 numbers you win 2 units.If your
favorite number hits you win 19 units.
TARGET ROULETTE
1.You are betting on six-lines, but tracking the streets.

2.As soon as you see a minimum of 3 hits in a street and 1 hit in an adjacent
street you have a betting signal.
3. Start betting on that six-line using the following progression groups:
Group 1: 1-1-1-1 then Re-evaluate
Group 2: 2-2-2 then Re-evaluate
Group 5: 10-12-14-17-20 then quit
"Re-evaluate" means look for the six-line with the latest 3 hits (or more) in
one of its streets and 1 hit in its adjacent street. Then bet on that six-line.
4. When your six-line hits, stop the progression and start all over again.
Play for a maximum of 18 spins until you get a hit or otherwise quit.
# Bet Cum. Win Profit

1. 1 1 5 5
2. 1 2 5 4
3. 1 3 5 3
4. 1 4 5 2
5. 2 6 10 6
6. 2 8 10 4
7. 2 10 10 2
8. 4 14 20 10
9. 4 18 20 6
10. 4 22 20 2
11. 8 30 40 18
12. 8 38 40 10
13. 8 46 40 2
14. 10 56 50 4
15. 12 68 60 4
16. 14 82 70 2
17. 17 99 85 3
18. 20 119 100 1
Statistics:
98.1% win rate.
With $5 bets:
Average win (including losses): $16.79
Average win per hour: $180.37
Bankroll per session: $600
Growth of bankroll per hour: 30%
$300 AN HOUR OR MORE!
After following the so-called experts' advice and "clocking" a number of wheels,
I discovered that all of this is totally unnecessary. I found that there are
"Key Numbers" on every roulette wheel. By observing the spins of any wheel for
just a few minutes, these numbers will reveal themselves. And once they do, you
start raking in the money.
I'm not talking about something that happens once in while or only on certain
roulette wheels. You can play in Las Vegas or Atlantic City or in the Midwest or
the South or on the Riverboats, and these key numbers will show. Or take a
glorious voyage on a cruise ship and pull sizable winnings off the roulette
wheel. Or take a European vacation and hammer the European wheels. Once the key
numbers show (and they always do), you will start raking in the bucks.
This system works because of a simple strategy that lets you "target" the key
numbers. The wheel literally tells you how to wager. But it doesn't scream. It's
more like a whisper that only you can hear.
Using this approach, it is easy to win over $300 an hour making $5 bets. If you
want to bet higher, you can make much more per hour!
TARGET APPROACH WINS 94.3% OF THE TIME
I want to give you an astonishing fact. The target strategy is so effective that
I have won 94.3% of the time using it.
Can you think of anything else with a win rate this high? The stock market?
Sports betting? Can you imagine a baseball player with a batting average of 943?
Let me tell you what this kind of win rate means. You can walk up to any
roulette wheel and watch for the key numbers. After the wheel shows you the
numbers, you start wagering. And in about fifteen to twenty minutes, you walk
away a winner.
Here's what I did on a trip to Las Vegas using the exclusive target approach:
GAME TIME PLAYED WINNINGS
1 16 mins. $ 100
2 17 mins. 45
3 9 mins. 75
4 22 mins. 115
5 14 mins. 80
6 16 mins. 75
7 16 mins. 60
TOTAL 105 mins. $ 550
If you care to compute my hourly winnings, it's about $314.00 an hour. I was
using a $300 bankroll for these sessions and making $5 wagers. This works out to
over 100% return on my bankroll per hour.
I haven't found a more effective way to win at casino gambling than targeting
the roulette wheel. The power of this system is awesome!
When you use the target approach, it's almost like you have clairvoyant powers,
as wager after wager wins. I've had more than one dealer simply shake her head
after paying off one winning wager after another.
This strategy is so powerful that it simply overcomes the house edge over 94% of
the time. And those times when the house wins? The losses are never large and
are easy to make up in a couple of quick games.
THE GOLDEN PYRAMID
The aim of the system is to select the most desirable numbers, and bet on them in the most effective way, in order
to make big profits.
How do we know which are the best numbers?
Well we will be seeking out which numbers win more frequently than others, on various wheels at the casino.
Don't they all win equally over a period of time?
In theory they should, in reality they don’t.
If you asked an engineer to make a roulette wheel that would never show any bias, and if it did he would be
executed! You wouldn't get many volunteers for the job. And if you did the price would be in the millions, (probably
so they could flee before they met their fate!).
The fact is, even though so much accuracy is used in the making of the roulette wheel, a bias is found on most of
them. Your average Joe wouldn't be able to spot the bias, but with the method you will use, the bias will soon be
staring you in the face.
What causes the bias?
It's pretty difficult to say, without a thorough laboratory test of a wheel as to what causes some numbers to be more
popular than others. It could be a slightly loose dividing fret between the numbers causing the ball to land there.
Frets at a slightly different height or pockets at different depths. Some distortion in the wheel itself, the list goes on.
Basically the casinos are not too concerned, unless the bias becomes extremely obvious and is local news, in which
case they would probably replace the wheel, which is pretty rare.
How do we know which wheels are bias?
The way I do it, is to select four tables, if your local casino has that many, and start making a list of as many results
as possible.
Most casinos have the latest results on display, which makes things a little easier. The best times to do this is when
the casino is at its quietest, avoid fri/sat nights, as there are usually less games per hour played.
When selecting the tables I try and choose ones which have either an old look about them, or ones that may have
some marks on them, scratches or chips, which could indicate that the wheel has been manhandled in the past,
creating some sort of bias. This can also help you keep track, that its still the same wheel, on future visits.
When searching for an identifying mark, it should be on the actual wheel & not on the bowl. Take note which
number is opposite the mark. This is critical, because it is not unusual for casinos to move the frets around, so that
although the bias will still be there, the bias numbers will now be different.
Which table would we actually choose to play on?
Once you have obtained enough results the time will come to select the best table. You select the one where there
are plenty of frequent numbers as well as a few really poor numbers. If you then take note on the position of these
numbers on the actual wheel, you will probably notice a frequent number will be next to a poor number.
Also, some frequent numbers will be grouped together as well as some poor numbers may be grouped as well, all
indicating some bias.
The bigger the gap between the frequent numbers on your list and the less frequent will indicate which one to
choose.Avoid a table where all the results are quite even.
How many results must we record?
Well this is where the power of this system comes in. The more results you get, the more accuracy you will have on
the amount of bias in the wheel. I wouldn't play until I have at least 800 results off each table. It may seem a
daunting task, but you have to realise you can't get something for nothing.
As the results build up you will start to see some bias in most of the tables and when you start playing & continue to
record the results, the bias will continue to be confirmed or slightly adjusted.
From 2,000 results onwards the bias should be very clear.
Some may want to start playing sooner rather than later. Well the only advice I could give is to be aware of any fluke
results that come out.
IE. The same number comes out 3 times on the run, as this could influence the choice of the best numbers. Any
result like this and I would see if this number comes out often on most visits, eg. 1 in every 30 games, if not, then
you should show some caution with your selections.
That is why I wait until I have at least 800 results before playing and any fluke results are usually absorbed by then.
Recording the results.
After each visit I fill out a table, (see next page), with the number of times each number has come out & continually
up date a similar list on further visits. The table represents the playing area of the actual roulette table, which helps
when the time comes to start playing.
Table 1 0
1 2 3
4 5 6
7 8 9
10 11 12
13 14 15
16 17 18
19 20 21
22 23 24
25 26 27
28 29 30
31 32 33
34 35 36
After about 800 results the table may look like the next one, which are actual results off one of my tables which I have
played. The results off other tables which I keep a check on have also a similar difference across the numbers.
Table 1 0 19
1 19 2 17 3 21
4 23 5 20 6 29*
7 33* 8 19 9 29*
10 29* 11 30* 12 22
13 24 14 22 15 21
16 22 17 27* 18 13
19 26 20 27* 21 15
22 22 23 19 24 22
25 12 26 32* 27 20
28 27* 29 27* 30 22
31 18 32 26 33 28*
34 37* 35 22 36 19
If you check out the position of 3 top numbers,(7,28,29), on the actual roulette wheel, you will find they are together
and have a poor number,(18), next to them. Also, 3 other top numbers, (6,17,34), are together with poor number, (25),
next to them, so obviously something is happening in these areas.
OK, so we have finally obtained lots of results, how are we going to play?
To obtain maximum profit we will be betting on the top 12 numbers every game. So in the last table
6,7,9,10,11,17,20,26,28,32,33,& 34, would have been chosen.
We will bet on all 12 numbers straight up every game, starting with the table minimum,eg.$2. Each bet will cost $24,
and each win will give you a profit of $48.
I recommend you start with a balance of $400 if you are playing with $2 chips, & $1,000 if playing with $5 chips.
Always have a kitty of 200 x the value of the chips you will be playing.
On my scorecard, my initial aim is to win 10 games out of 30, as this is a break even figure. Any more than 10 wins,
then it will be $48 profit for each win.
Should you reach 10 wins within 25 games, you will be $120 up in profit. You could then walk away, but also you
know you have the chance of 5 more games, which should you lose them all, you will still break even but also you
have the chance of 5 more wins which pay you another $240.
If you are 12 wins up after 25 games, you know you could play the remaining 5 and even if you lose them all you will
still be $96 up.
The way I play, is that when I am happy with my latest balance, eg. having won 10 games out of 20, which would give
me a profit of $240, I then decide to continue playing until I have 2 continuous losses, at which point I would take a
break. You will be surprised on some occasions where you can't get this continuous 2 game loss for a while, much to
your delight and your ever increasing balance.
Should a good run continue, you then change it to a 3 game continuous loss before taking a break, and even a 4
game loss should things be going even better. It's on these good runs your biggest money is going to be made, so
don’t let it go to your head if your run doesn't continue, take a break rather than chasing it to start again.
Take Note.
It is quite possible to have a losing run of 12 games and at the same time it's quite difficult to have a winning run of
more than 8 wins.
What you do with your winnings is entirely up to you.
What I do is to build up the balance & increase the stakes on each number, so when my balance reaches $800, I will
then put two $2 chips on each number, when it reaches $1,000, then $5 chips would be used & so on, (see advanced
playing strategy later)
Tips.
• Prior to your first play, go through the numbers you have been collecting and check that your top 12 numbers
are coming out at least 10 times out of 30 games.
• A good guide is to see if they were coming out regular on your first few visits. If not then caution should be
taken, just in case the wheel has undergone maintenance or just isn't bias enough.
• If on arrival at your chosen table, four of your numbers have just come out 4 times on the run, wait a while or
you may feel as though you have missed the boat should a losing run begin.
• Try and wait for 3 losing numbers before commencing play.
• Should you win 4 out of your first 5 games, although it may be tempting to continue, cash in your profit of
$168, and take a break before returning.
• Should the croupier be spinning the wheel slow, be cautious, unless the numbers are coming out good, (the
faster the wheel is spun, the more the biased numbers are favoured).
• Should results be going well and there is a change of croupier who is obviously doing slow spins, then I bring
in the 2 continuous loss rule just to see how the results go.
• It's not in the casinos interest to have the wheels spun slowly all the time, because then the landing of the ball
can become more predictable & in fact the majority of serious players are on the lookout for slow spinning
wheels, as predictable patterns tend to occur.
• Identify the wheels at which you play, so you will be aware of any swap around of wheels, eg.
chips/scratches. Take note of the number opposite the scratch or mark you have used to identify the wheel.
• If the casino ever moves the frets around, a different number will now be opposite the mark. Should this
happen, you will then have to count the exact number of pockets it has been moved, and then rearrange all
your top numbers the same number of pockets in the same direction.
• It is recommended to collect a good sample of numbers again, of this wheel, prior to playing.
• Should you notice that a wheel has had the frets moved, this is the table you should then concentrate on,
because the casino are obviously concerned about the frequency of some of the numbers.
• Update your lists of results continuously so that the bias becomes more identifiable & predictable.
• Make sure you are at the table and not climbing over people to place your bets.
• If you are really desperate to start, but have not got the required backup of $400, I can only advise that you
make sure the wheel is being spun at a reasonable speed, and bet on your 12 top numbers as 6 splits,
where possible, this will cost you only $12 per game.
What can the casino do to stop you?

• If you really exploit the casino, you may be banned! Three visits per week is enough.
• Increasing the minimum table stake to a level beyond your limits.
• Swapping the wheels around, or moving the frets, it does happen.
• Playing the games faster than normal, which could result in you not putting your full bet on.
As an example of the power of this system, the next set of numbers are genuine results off one of the tables which I
have played, and they were the first numbers I ever recorded.
14 29 16 3 34 1 30 8 23 11 29 35 36 15 26
9 20 1 6 32 21 31 32 19 15 0 8 30 29 11
33 27 10 31 29 33 36 4 12 17 1 28 19 8 0
8 5 14 15 27 18 19 20 8 21 27 24 31 35 35
The next table is an updated results list of the same roulette table after approx 3,000 results.
If you note the top 12 numbers now, which are 0,9,10,14,15,19,28,29,30,31,33,35, on what happened to them on
my very first recording session, some months earlier, you will find that they would have won 27 times out of 60
games which would have paid you a profit of $504 if you had been playing $2 chips.
On a recent visit the same numbers came out 56 times out of 120 spins. If you had played 12 x $2 chips every
game a profit of $1152 would have been made.
T# 0 107
1 87 2 72 3 78
4 68 5 67 6 79
7 73 8 76 9 93
10 98 11 85 12 80
13 84 14 100 15 97
16 68 17 82 18 87
19 93 20 79 21 78
22 60 23 82 24 76
25 73 26 71 27 92
28 106 29 101 30 95
31 103 32 75 33 91
34 73 35 112 36 65
Critics and the sceptical may say coincidence or luck, well I know different and I hope your results soon convince you
too.
Advanced Playing Strategy.
1. A way to increase your winnings more than what you would win playing the basic method , is as follows: I
have found that should you have 3 losses, the next game only bet on your 4 best numbers. So in table #1
example, you would only bet on numbers 7,11,26,& 34.Continue this until you have had 3 losses, then start
your full 12 number bet again. Should you have a win during this safety period, still continue until 3 losses
have occurred. Should you miss out on one of your other numbers during this period, don’t let this bother you,
just continue until 3 none favourite numbers have come out together. You will be surprised how often one of
your top 4 numbers will come out whilst playing safe, and will pay you a profit of $64, where as your bet will
only be $8. On some occasions whilst playing safe you may miss out on a good run, don't be disheartened,
because through intensive research, I have found that your total profit playing this way nearly always exceeds
what you would have won playing every game.
2. When you double your starting balance, double your stake. So if you start off with a balance of $400 and you
increase it to $800 you then play 2 x $2 chips on each number. Should you have the misfortune of a drop
below $800, immediately revert back to your single chip bet. The same applies if you are playing with $5
dollar chips and your balance drops below $1,000, then you would decrease each bet to $4. Don’t be
tempted to continue with your increased level of betting until you are back to a balance of $800. Discipline
using this method is the safest most effective way of making regular big profits.
3. Should you ever have a croupier spin the wheel extremely slow, apart from retiring if the wins drop off, take
special note of which numbers come out. Try and build up a list of numbers which come out during these
slow spins of the wheel. Checkout what the top 4 or 5 numbers are, then go through your old lists of numbers
and see if these top 4 or 5 come out during any bad runs which might have occurred. I have found that they
do and also these numbers are right next door to some of your top 12 numbers. I discovered this on one visit
when I was convinced the wheel had been tampered with because my numbers just weren't there. One thing
I noted though, was that if the croupier had spun the wheel any slower it would have almost stopped before
the ball had landed. After going through past results and spotting a trend in the numbers which come out
during bad runs, I finally came up against the same croupier, at the same table again, still doing his slow
spins. This time instead of going for my top numbers I just bet on the 5 numbers which were regular during
slow spins. After 44 games betting $2 on the 5 numbers, I won 15 times resulting in a profit of over $600.
4. Should the frets have been moved, eg. 4 pockets anti-clockwise, re draw the wheel to see what your bias
numbers are now. Rename the new numbers on your results table, and see if any of your top ones are
grouped together. On one occasion, because the frets had been moved my top 4 numbers were suddenly
grouped together. I bet on just this 4 corner continuously for several hours, and blitz the casino for several
1,000 dollars with ease. The disturbance even caused the bias to be even better than normal, and my top 2
numbers were coming out on average 1 in every 15 spins.
Alternative Play.
If you are finding it difficult to find a suitable table, that will respond to the 12 bets, check out if it will respond better
covering the top 18 or 24 numbers - some tables do!
Covering 18 numbers your break even target would be 15 wins out of 30 games.
Covering 24 numbers your target would then be 20 wins out of 30 games.
Because you will be winning more often, covering these extra numbers, you can then play in a slightly different
manner if you wish, and have got the back up.
Should you lose, you can now chase your losses by increasing your stakes, on all your numbers, for the next number
of games until your loss has been recovered. Use the following staking levels:-
COVERING 18 NUMBERS
SPIN # 1 2 3 4 5
CHIPS 1 1 2 4 8
COVERING 24 NUMBERS
SPIN # 1 2 3
CHIPS 1 2 6
Should you wish to play this method covering the 12 numbers you can use a staking level shown on the next page.
COVERING 12 NUMBERS
SPIN# 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
CHIPS 1 1 1 2 3 4 6 9
TAKE NOTE.
Only play these staking levels if you have proved to yourself on paper first, that your
chosen table doesn't have losing runs longer than the above levels, and also that the
wheel is being spun at a good speed.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Now the odds are on your side.
Now that you know the general rules of the game, it is time to swing the advantage away from the house and back
on to your side.
This will be done through raising your bets to chase a losing spin and by varying your style of play to match the
random results of roulette.
3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 33 36
2 5 8 11 14 17 20 23 26 29 32 35
1 4 7 10 13 16 19 22 25 28 31 34
1 2 3 4 5 6
Imagine the table above is the layout of the roulette table.
All that we are interested in are the 6 lines, which have been numbered from 1 to 6.
Find a wheel that is producing a good variety of random results.
Start to record the results of each spin of the wheel, but instead of marking your scorecard with the actual number
which the ball lands on, just mark down the number of the six line.
After several spins your scorecard should start to look something like the example below:-
2
2 Was the last spin.
You examine the results, and what you will bet on are the 3 six lines that have not been out in the last 3 spins.
So six lines numbered 1, 3, and 6 will have 1 chip placed on them for the next spin.
You continue this for every spin.
As the results vary, so do the six lines where you will be placing your bets.
If out of the last 3 spins only 2 six lines have produced the winning number, go back further in the results until you
find the 3 six lines that have not been out the longest.
You always bet on 3 six lines.
If I have lost you, go back and read the rules again, you will find it is quite simple with practice.
Now that you know how to place your bets, it is now time to implement some form of recovery staking system to
absorb the losses that will occur.
Every bet will be just 1 chip on each 6 line.
When you lose a spin, on your next bet place 2 chips on each 6 line.
Should you be unfortunate to lose this spin you then raise your next bet to 4 chips on each six line, and this is as
high as you go.
Win or lose, it is back down to 1 chip again.
You continue this method throughout play, while keeping a close check on your pile of chips.
If you have a run of 3 losses, this is the only time that damage will be done to your pile of chips.
Stay clear of 3 losses and your pile of chips will be continuously growing.
If some unexpected losses have taken a big ‘chunk’ out of your pile and you are finding it a slow process to recover,
then raise your first bet to 2 chips on each six line.
Again, double the bet every time you lose up to a 2nd chase.
Depending on your financial position, to recover further losses a doubling of the first bet one more time can quickly
return your pile of chips to a very commanding position.
But, be aware that this second doubling of the first bet will require you to place 16 chips on each of the 3 six line if
you are pushed with 2 losses.
When you have brought your pile back to how it was, go back down to the base bet of 1 chip per six line again.
That is all you need to know in order to play ‘THE SWEEPER’.
It should give you some long, enjoyable and profitable sessions at the casino.
Just remember to follow the rules exactly, and do not chase past a 3rd loss.
Also, do not be too greedy, on any one session, or you may bring too much attention to yourself and the casino will
start to keep a close eye on you.
Have Fun, in spending your Winnings!

THIRDS SYSTEM
This is easy, and doesn't take a lot of brain strain. The first thing you do is find a good looking
table. Check the previous numbers looking for at least 6 big numbers (over number 25) before
you park the old bot.
Big is considered jail and you can't come out of jail until you win. I like to call it the WIN area. So
you just sit there betting on big like this .The extra chips out are because the previous number
was 5, so you bet on all the numbers with 5 which are 5,15,25,35. There is absolutely no logic in
this and you may as well bet your lucky numbers, splits or corners. But it does make the game
interesting.
So you win your first big number. If the number was odd you go to small, if it was even you go
to the middle, plus you bet the extra numbers. In this case it was an 8. As there is no 38 on the
wheel you just start counting again from 36, 1, 2, 3, etc which means a 38 is a 2.
In the middle dozen we also bet on the 10-14corner and the 11-15 corner. If the number was odd
you would bet small and place one chip on the 0 or corner or first 4. Play to win 40% of your bank
always and when>you have achieved this - leave! To stop you having a huge losing run do a
count back from the last spin, if you haven't won 4 out of the 9 games -STOP BETTING!
Just watch the ball spin until you do win on paper 4 out of 9 and then start again. Before you go
to the casino practice a few at home first.
THOMAS ELROD SYSTEM
Basically, the system uses a debit, or due column, and a
control number which is divided into the debit to arrive at the figure
of the amount of the next bet. Elrod used a basic goal of 100 units
for his initial debit or due. He used the figure 20 as his initial control
number. He divided 100 by 20 and therefore his first bet was 5 units.
If he lost, he added the amount of the losing bet to the debit and
divided again. After a win, he subtracted the amount of odds he
control figure and the amount of units won from the debit figure and
divided again. Elrod used the column or dozens exclusively, thus his
odds were always 2 to 1 and this was always the figure he would
subtract from the control number after a win. He never allowed his control
number to drop below 3. Thus, he needed two or three wins in a row
at the end of a series in order to close it out and start over. He also
never reduced his bets at any time. Here is an example:
Debit Control Bet Outcome Win Lose TWin TLose
100 20 5 L 0 5 0
5
105 20 5 L 0 5 0
10
110 20 5 W 10 0 10
10
100 18 5 L 0 5 10
15
105 18 5 L 0 5 10
20
110 18 6 W 12 0 22
20
98 16 6 L 0 6 22
26
102 16 6 L 0 6 22
32
108 16 6 W 12 0 34
32
92 14 6 W 12 0 46
32
80 12 6 L 0 6 46
38
86 12 7 L 0 7
46 45
93 13 7 W 14 0 60
45
79 11 7 W 14 0 74
45
65 9 7 L 0 7
74 52
72 9 8 L 0 8
74 59
81 9 9 L 0 9
74 68
90 9 10 L 0 10
74 78
100 9 10 W 20 0 94
78
80 7 11 W 22 0 106
78
56 5 11 L 0 11
106 89
67 5 13 L 0 13
106 99
80 5 16 L 0 16
106 115
96 5 19 L 0 19
106 134
115 5 23 W 46 0 152
134
69 3 23 L 0 23
152 157
92 3 30 L 0 30
152 187
122 3 40 W 80 0
192 187
42 3 40 W 80 0
272 187
Here you start over. Obviously there are endless variations. You don't
have to use dozens or columns. You can arbitrarily add numbers to either
the debit or control numbers to reduce the amount of your bet. And, you
can adapt the system to other games and types of gambling. Obviously,
the system is not foolproof. Bets will eventually rise during losing streaks.
Sometimes they can get prohibitively big. Still, with a little common sense
it's not too bad.

TREATICE ROULETTE SYSTEM
Roulette
Roulette, with its hypnotically spinning wheel, perhaps best exemplifies the
turn of destiny.
Poker and blackjack players often deride the attempts of roulette players to
devise consistently winning systems for
roulette, pointing to the law of dependent trials and stating flatly than no
system can beat roulette. In fact there are a
number of scientific and workable methods to attack the game.
The first and most popular method is known as "biased wheel play". This depends
on the delicate mechanical structure of
the wheel. Roulette wheels are very expensive. A casino cannot afford to
jettison one every time minor flaws develop.
Imperceptibly and over time certain pockets become favoured. Perhaps a fret
becomes bent. Perhaps a screw loosens.
An obvious bias is quickly repaired but subtle mechanical imperfection is
difficult or impossible to detect by visual means
alone.
A player who records the results of multiple spins may reallise that certain
numbers occur more frequently than chance
would dictate. If a number occurs more than an average of 1 spin in 35, it is
favourable. Over a long enough period of
trials betting on such a number will yield profit.
The second is known as "dealer's signature". This requires a dealer whose throw
is so consistent that he can direct it into a
certain area of the wheel. The player collates data on the average number of
revolutions of the ball and rotor with a
particular croupier and uses the dealer's predictability to make winning bets.
The final method is known as "wheel-watching". It requires the bettor to

ascertain the speed of the ball and the rotor
relative to each other, and the position of the ball relative to the target
numbers on the wheel. Then the average point of
the fall of the ball into the numbers is determined.
It is important point to note that if you knew just one number would not come up
(two in the American game), then
roulette would be a dead even game. Anything more and you have the advantage.
That house edge is very fragile.
Trend Tracker
Roulette System
Introduction:
Congratulations on making a very smart decision!!. You are about to learn a
system that has won many hundreds of thousands of dollars over the past 30
years. The system was designed by an 80 year old former mathematics
professor, from Pascal, Italy.
My name is Simon Baker, and I have been playing this method for the past
year part-time, and for the past 90 days full time.
I created this website for 3 reasons:

1. I was winning with something and I thought the world should know
2. The inventor wanted others to know, and allowed me to be the
messenger.
3. I wanted to market a system I knew would win so eventually I wouldn’t
even have to play anymore. (I don’t love casinos, but they have created a
living for me).
In this manual you are going to learn one of the few methods capable of
winning both long and short term. Please take the time to practice it
thoroughly, before playing live.
This way you will not make foolish errors, and lose money you have reason
losing.
Remember we are playing against a very LARGE adversary. The casino has
both unlimited money and time to devote to making sure people like us
DON’T win.
Trend Tracker
The system Explained
The Theory:
The theory behind Trend Tracker is that we are trying to capture streaks on
even money bets. Whether they be Black/Red, Odd/Even, or High Low, it
doesn’t matter chose any or all and play them all at once if you like. In the
beginning I highly recommend that you don’t get greedy and try to play all 3
at the same time. Just pick 1 outside bet and master it.
Anytime we are winning at any game, it is for one reason and one reason
only, the table is streaking. We are winning more bets than we are losing,
and when we really win a lot we have caught a great winning streak and rode
it until it was over, and then quit while we were ahead.
Unfortunately MOST people have neither the discipline, nor the

understanding of when the RIGHT time to leave the table is, both from a
winning and a losing perspective.
This course will teach you those WHEN to leave, and HOW MUCH TO
BET, and WHAT TO BET on. Follow the instructions to the letter and you
will NEVER LOSE.
The keys to winning are really 3 separate things and are in your hands. They
are:
A. A sound be selection strategy that is followed precisely

B. A great money management program
C. Discipline, and understanding the casino
Trend Tracker takes advantage of these elements by creating a strategic way
of playing streaks. From this point on we will use the Red/Black bet as our
example.
Whenever a streak occurs it always starts with 2 in a row of something, and

in this case it would be Red/Black. There is also the chop (alternating
Red/Black) which is also a streak, but we will not concern ourselves with
this pattern. It is available in an upgraded version at a later date AFTER you
first have won a lot of money
Lets start first of all with how we will capitalize on the streaks and make
money with it, while also dealing with the zero(s).
I highly recommend that you play this system on a single zero wheel if
possible, but if you can’t then you can still use a 00 wheel. Our examples
will use a 00 because those are available everywhere.
However the real power of this system shows up on a euro-wheel (single 0),
with real Eruo rules (ie. When the 0 hits you get ½ your bet back or even
better your bet goes into en prison and a re-spin occurs and you don’t lose
your outside bet).
So after you have played, a lot on the 00 wheel and won money, you need to
get to the single 0 wheel as soon as possible as your income will double.
Now getting back to the system we will now explain EXACTLY what you
need to do, to maximize your wins and come away a WINNER every time
from the casino.
This system can be played with either a flat bet or the way that it is
explained. With flat betting you are basically playing to +5 then leaving
after 2 successive losses. This allows you to play for larger units, or with
smaller units. The method described below is the way that I personally play
and have enjoyed over 100 loss free sessions in a ROW!!
System Instructions
The following is a step by step procedure as to how to play the Trend
Tracker System.
1. Firstly you are going to buy in for 30 outside units ($5.00 chips) plus an
additional 20 inside units $1.00 each.
2. The goal is to get to +20 in any spin sequence and then leave the table.
So essentially, we are going to make a 40% return on our money EVERY
SINGLE TIME we play. However each session will be different in terms
of how many spins it will take us to get there (anywhere from 10 spins to
180 spins on average).
3. You will now wait for either 2 Blacks or 2 Reds to appear. Once this
occurs you will make a $15.00 bet (3 unit) on the Red and a $3.00
inside bet on the 0/00 split.
4. Whenever you are making a bet which is different than a 1 unit ($5.00)
bet on either Red or Black, your inside bet will always be 1/5th of the
outside bet. So if you are making a 3 unit bet ($15.00) on the outside bet
(Red/Black), then your inside bet is always 1/5th or in this case $3.00.
5. As 2 in a row is the START of the streak, and we don’t know how long it
will last, we are going to bet until the streak ENDS. This can be
anywhere from 1 bet to 25 bets.
6. If the bet wins we, will continue to make additional bets until we lose a
bet, and then we will STOP outside betting while continuing to place a
minimum inside bet, and wait for 2 more in a row to occur However the
second bet (assuming we won the first one) will only be a 1 unit bet on
the outside ($5.00) and a $1.00 bet on the inside (0/00 split)
7. If that bet wins, our next bet will be 2 units ($10.00) on the outside and
a$2.00 inside 0/00 split bet. As the bets continue to win, we will continue
to increase our bets. Here is the winning increases: 3,1,2,2,3,3,4,2,3,3,3.
8. At any time we lose, we STOP and wait for 2 in a row to continue. So for
example if 2 Reds appear and we make a 3 unit bet and it loses, then we
STOP, and wait for 2 more either blacks or reds to start again with a 3
unit bet.
9. We are basically betting that the 2 in a row is going to become a 3 in a
row, and that the 3 will become a 4 and so on, until we lose. Then we
just stop and WAIT for 2 of Red or Black to appear again.
10. We always resume betting when 2 of something appears. Once that
happens our first bet is ALWAYS 3 units and our next bet win or lose is
ALWAYS 1 unit. Then depending on whether that bet wins or loses,
determines whether we stay in and keep betting or not. If it loses, we
ALWAYS stop, and wait for 2 in a row to occur. If it wins we progress
upward to a 2 unit bet, then another 2, 3,3,4,4,2,3,3, until a LOSS
FINALLY occurs. Once this happens again we will stop, and wait for 2
in a row and then place a 3 unit bet all over again.
11. Every time we increase our outside bet we increase our inside bet,
proportionately. So when we are making a 2 unit bet ($10.00) on the
outside the inside bet is $2.00 and so on.
12. However will ALWAYS have a 0/00 split bet out even when we are not
betting on the outside and waiting for 2 of something to appear.
13. Then we begin betting on both the outside and the inside.
14. When we lose 3- 3 unit bets in a row, which means that 3 2’s in a row
have chopped, we switch to betting with the 2 chopping until 3 in a row
appears, then we switch BACK to following the streak, and when it
eventually lose, we STOP and then wait for 2 in a row to occur, once
again.
15. Stop Wins occur once we hit +20. Once this happens you will continue
playing but instead of your first bet being 3 units, when you see 2 of
something you will only bet 2 units. If it loses or wins you will be 1 unit,
then back up to 2 if it wins or stay on 3 if it loses.
16. Once you incur 3 losses in a row, or your running total drops by a
maximum 5 units from +20(+15) you will exit the table.
17. Stop Losses are not required as you vary rarely experience a draw down
of more than –30 units before it turns around and eventually finishes at
+20. Sometimes this can take 100 or more spins to complete the winning
process.
18. You can take a break, if you like at any point and not adversely affect the
outcome for the day.
19. The goal is to earn +20 or more units per day, every day.
Keeping Score
It is VITAL for you to keep an accurate running total of wins/losses and
your units +/-. Whenever you win you will place a W in the W/L column
and when you lose an L. If you win a 2 unit bet for example you would be
+2. Don’t count the fact that you had a 1/5th of a unit bet on the 0/00 split.
Pretend that doesn’t exist. Now whenever you win a 0/00 bet, if you are not
on the outside bet, count this as a +1/ If you have an outside bet and the
0/00 hits count this as whatever the + would have been if you would have
won the outside bet.
If you lose a 0/00 bet by itself with no other bets out, don’t count this in your
running total, and if you lose the 0/00 be when you have other bets on, don’t
count the running total of the 0/00 loses.
More often than not when you get to +20 you will actually be a little better
than that depending on whether or not many zeros have shown. The more
0’s that appear the BETTER it is for us, as we ALWAYS have a bet on
them. The size of the bet is determined by our outside bets, and if there are
no outside bets, it is the same as if we had a 1 unit bet on the outside.
More often than not the zeros help you. Remember when the zeros hit you
are really winning 2 units not 1 unit. Because you have at least $1.00 on the
split which pays 17:1 when it hits you are winning +$17.00- $5.00 = +12.00.
Where this is particularily helpful is when you are betting say 4 units on a
win streak and the 0/00 appear, it counts as a win so your progression
continues plus you have won more than 4 units.
In actuality, you have won 17:1 x 4 = +$68.00- $20.00 (outside losing bet)=
+48.00/$5.00 units = +9.5 units. But again we only count this as a 4 unit
win and continue betting as if we had won.
The reason we don’t fully count the 0 hits is that this makes up for the times
we are just betting on 0/00 without any other bets up and are losing those
bets. Sometime this evens out, other times it comes up short, but MORE
times than not it comes out way ahead after we have left the table with 20
chips and it turns out to be +30.
Any time a 0/00 hits you count it as a win but ignore it and continue where
you left off before the 0/00 hit. So if you were in a winning cycle, you would
continue or repeat the last bet that the 0/00 hit on. If you had not made an
outside bet you would continue not betting on the outside until 2 successive
outside colors repeated. So if you had say a Black, 0/00, Black, then you
would bet on the next decision because you were ignoring the 0/00 hit but
still counting it as a 1 unit win on your way to +20.
Here is an example of a scorecard:
Spin # Red Black W/L Units Bet Running

Total
1 X NB
2 X NB
3 X L 3 -3
4 X NB
5 X NB
6 X W 3 0
7 00 W 1 +1
8 X NB
9 X NB 3 +4
10 X W 1 +5
Again you are keeping track of the W/L and the running totals. At the end of
the spin sequences when you have hit +20 and then taken your bets down to
minimum levels until 3 losses in a row happens.
As I said earlier, I have been playing this method for about a year now. I
started with $5.00 chips just like the system says, and gradually built myself
up to $25.00 chips. Now I play with $100.00 chips to +20 about 5-7 times
per month.
For me this is enough, and I have days that I make $5,000 and days that I
only make $500 because I don’t have the patience to play all day for the +20
As I said earlier, I have been playing this method for about a year now. I
started with $5.00 chips just like the system says, and gradually built myself
up to $25.00 chips. Now I play with $100.00 chips to +20 about 5-7 times
per month.
For me this is enough, and I have days that I make $5,000 and days that I
only make $500 because I don’t have the patience to play all day for the +20
units. But if you have the time and the patience to play, you will NEVER
leave the casino a loser.
Since this version was written there has been an updated version which takes
into account the chop streaks. If you are interested in this version it is
available for $99.00 USD.
This version will NOT be offered on the Net and is only for repeat
customers. This version is like a TURBO version of this method.
Take the time to practice and learn this method . Don’t let the $39.00 price
tag fool you. If the man would have let me sell this for $1000.00 I would
have because I KNOW that you will win every penny of it back.
Good Luck, and thanks for purchasing the Trend Tracker System!!
Simon Baker
Sample Scorecard:
Spin # Red Black 0/00 W/L Units Running
Bet Total
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
Buy
In
Cash
Out
Net
Profit
# units
Won
TRIOPLAY ROULETTE SYSTEM
BasicPlay + AdvPlay1 + AdvPlay2 = TRIO-PLAY.

"One has Confidence, Two has strength but Three has Victory!"
All three systems combined will form the basis of the TRIO-PLAY system. The
first system/part of TRIO-PLAY will serve as your safety-net to give you
confidence to ride through all the low-runs. It is the foundation of
TRIO-PLAY. It , and only it will keep you in the game. If you neglect to
master and perfect all the calculations with this system you will not be
able to capitalise your winnings with the other two systems. This system
alone will ensure that you'll never lose your playing capital (Your
starting Bankroll). It is thus essential that you master the BasicPlay's
rules and calculations.
Before we continue with AdvPlay1 and AdvPlay2 lets quickly summarise the
basic rules of BasicPlay:
1. Never deviate from your money management rules (Page.14)
2. Always keep to the same Even-Money bet (High/Low, Odds/Evens , or
Red/Black) that you started with from spin One. (The system only works on
even money bets)
3. For each Win cancel only ONE(1) count. DO NOT be tempted to cancel
two or three if the win is a Two or a Three. Even if the win is a Five you
still only cancel One count. (Remember the system works on mathematics
(page. 24-30). If you cancel more then one count for a Win you will
indirectly create two potential losses!. Refer back to page 18 to refresh
your memory on the mathematics of BasicPlay..
4. For each loss add only the next number count. i.e. if the count is at
three then the next count will be four (3+1) and so on. If the count
reaches 6 then play AdvPlay.1 until the count goes down to 5 and below.
If the AdvPlay.1 count reaches 9 then play AdvPlay.2 until you reach zero.
DO NOT go back to AdvPlay.1 when the count goes below 12, keep on playing
BasicPlay and AdvPlay.2 until you reach a count of zero/one.
5. If you have to stop play for a while ,then only stop when you on a
count of zero or one.
6. Whenever there's a No-Spin or a Miss-Spin then you will have to start
the count at zero again no matter how high your losing or winning count is.
Please refer to the Practise pages to practice and master the BasicPlay
system. (pages 51-60) before you attempt to study AdvPlay.1
Advance Play One (AdvPlay. 1) (APO)
The only Play that will give you the Professional edge and control to have
a successful session.
*
A WORD OF CAUTION: There is no guess work in this system, you strictly do what
your calculations tell to do, AND DON"T EVER DEVIATE FROM IT!
I suggest that you make a printout of this email immediately and then study
the system according to the printout. You can then make notes on the paper
as you read trough it. I also recommend that you draw/write on a blank
piece of paper the layout of the numbers of the roulette table and then
draw (make notes) on this layout as you study the system.
REMEMBER, THE ONLY WAY TO EVER WIN THE WHEEL IS TO KEEP TO EVEN MONEY BETS.
DO NOT TRY TO CONVERT THE BASICPLAY RULES TO ANY OTHER SYSTEM!
Refer to the graphs on page.27. You will notice that all even-money bets
balance out closely after +/- 100 spins. ( The Law of averages)
The average is 55/45. Nine out of ten times the discrepancy between two
even-money bets will be less the 20 i.e. 60/40. YOU WOULD WIN NINE OUT OF
TEN TIMES WITH BASICPLAY IF THERE WERE NO TABLE LIMITS. BUT, the Casinos also
need to be profitable. This is why we developed AdvPlay1 and 2.
I strongly believe that The TRIOPLAY Roulette
System can give you more CONTROL over the game then any other so-called
"guaranteed" systems.( I've seen some of these systems that cost over
$1000, frankly you can rather put a $1000 on a single number bet and you
will have a better chance of winning)
For this illustration we play High(1-18) on the outside with one
chip(i.e.$10) to start. If the outside bet is to expensive for your decided
bankroll, you can play the first three double streets with one chip on
1-6, one chip on 7-12 and one chip on 13-18.
COLUMN LAYOUT
column one = Number on roulette wheel
column two = Win/lose
column three = Count
column four = Number of chips played (The "smallest previous Count" will
always indicate the amount of chips to be played
on the
next spin)
column five = Win/ Lose per spin
column six = Running Total of Chips.
Value of each chip depends on your Bankroll i.e.
$2/$5/$10/$25/$50/$100
column seven = Number of NEXT spin.
one two three four five six seven(NEXT Spin)
24 lose 1,2 1 -1 -1 1
* when you lose add one count (2)
35 lose 1,2,3 1 -1 -2 2
* when you lose add one count (3)
16 win 2,3 1 +1 -1 3
* when you have a win cancel the smallest count (1) and play the next
count(2), thus play 2 chips.
19 lose 2,3,4 2 -2 -3 4
4 win 3,4 2 +2 -1 5
* when you have a win cancel the smallest count (2) and play the next
count(3), thus play 3 chips
18 win 4 3 +3 +2 6
30 lose 4,5 4 -4 -2 7
12 win 5 4 +4 +2 8
17 win one 5 +5 +7 * Go back to one chip 9
9 win one 1 +1 +8 10
26 lose 1,2 1 -1 +7 11
30 lose 1,2,3 1 -1 +6 12
13 win 2,3 1 -1 +5 13
21 lose 2,3,4 2 -2 +3 14
11 win 3,4 2 +2 +5 15
2 win 4 3 +3 +8 16
9 win one 4 +4 +12 17
28 lose 1,2 1 -1 +11 18
33 lose 1,2,3 1 -1 +10 19
25 lose 1,2,3 20
,4 1 -1 +9
14 win 2,3,4 1 +1 +10 21
34 lose 2,3,4 22
,5 2 -2 +8
22 lose 2,3,4 23
,5,6 2 -2 +6 24
* when the count reaches 6 then play AdvPlay.1 (For this illustration we
will keep to BasicPlay only)
32 lose 2,3,4 25
,5,6,7 2 -2 +4
15 win 3,4,5 26
,6,7 2 +2 +6
20 lose 3,4,5 27
,6,7,8 3 -3 +3
6 win 4,5,6 28
,7,8 3 +3 +6
16 win 5,6,7 29
,8 4 +4 +10
29 lose 5,6,7 30
,8,9 5 -5 +5
8 win 6,7,8 31
,9 5 +5 +10
10 win 7,8,9 6 +6 +16 32
13 win 8,9 7 +7 +23 33
31 lose 8,9,10 8 -8 +15 34
*when count reaches above 9 then play AdvPlay2 until count reaches one. DO
NOT play AdvPlay1 again if count goes below 9. (For this illustration we
will keep to BasicPlay only)
7 win 9,10 8 +8 +23 35
3 win 10 9 +9 +32 36
27 lose 10,11 10 -10 +22 37

18 win 11 10 +10 +32 38 (Next spin is 38)
4 win one 11 +11 +43 STOP
*STOP PLAY TARGET REACHED! Well done. Go and have a Drink!. ($430)
Whenever the difference between the number of spins(38) and the amount of
chips you have as profit (43)is more then 5 You MUST STOP.
DEDUCTIONS:
From the above we can deduct the following;
1) The purpose of BasicPlay is to keep track of the count and to indicate

a high or low tendency.
2) Whenever the difference between the number of spins(38) and the amount
of chips you have as profit (43)is more or equal to 5, then You MUST STOP!.
Take a brake and go to another table.(43-38=5)
3) Play designed to bring the count back to one in the
shortest number of spins as possible.
4) From the above session you can see that BasicPlay can sometimes be VERY
PROFITABLE. (See above practice session)
5) However the stakes can sometimes get very high ( a count of 10 and up)
and it will be necessary to study so that you don't lose
control over the game.
6) This is not a "Double-up System"
7) At first glance it may seem like some form of "Martingale" system, BUT
it is not. On the Martingale systems there is no count indicators, there is
only an indication of the sum of chips you have to add up and then play
that amount of chips. (This can radically increase the stakes between the
previous spin). So the number of chips you play, depends on the total
amount of previous losses.
8) With Trioplay you play the number of chips according to how many
times you have won. With Trioplay you only move to the next count once
you've won on the previous specific count. Our aim is to reduce our
exposure to escalating recovery bets, which can become quite frightening,
as in the various Martingale systems.
A FEW WORDS ON TRIOPLAY

What the TRIOPLAY System is not;
a) It is not a doubling up betting scheme.
b) It is not a Block-Out system (playing numbers that havent come up)
c) It is not a "sleeper" system.( Looking for numbers that haven't
appeared in a long time)
d) It is not a watchdog system.( Tracking a wheel for hours hoping to find
a pattern or bias)
e) It is not a salt-and-pepper method. (Playing multiple numbers on the
layout in artful-creative designs or patterns and stacking towers on some
numbers)(Some people are actually selling these "crap" systems, its
UNBELIVEABLE)
f) It is not an astrological system. (Yes, its not funny , people are
actually buying these StarWars-absolutely- crap-systems)
g) It is not a croupier tracking system.(Watching croupiers ,trying to
find their rhythm or lucky number)
h) It is not a Bill Gates system. (Using large amounts of money for your
bankroll.)
In Conclusion The TRIOPLAY Roulette system is a LONG-TERM wager/betting
system only. Its simplicity will have you jumping through the roof with
confidence. I don't want to make you a winner at roulette, I WANT YOU TO BECOME
A SUCCESFULL, PROFESSIONAL ROULETTE PLAYER FOR LIFE.
Triple Bonus Roulette

Congratulations! You have acquired a new winning system, one that will give
you lots of fun and excitement playing Roulette, while making profits.
When one places outside bets, we all know it is a nuisance to have one zero
coming up and swiping away all your bets. This is really where the house
advantage of 5.26% comes from. Triple Bonus Roulette will turn the zeros
against the casino and will convert the house advantage into yours.
The system is based on Dozens or Columns, where the payoff is 2 to 1.
The system will require you to bet on all three Dozens or Columns at the same
time by varying the amounts of your bets from one sequence to another. We
will first identify the winning concepts of the procedures and build
progressively in a step by step approach towards the final system.
Most of us are acquainted with the D'Alenbert system, which is based on

starting with one unit and increasing your bet by one unit when you win and
decreasing it by one when you lose. When we bet on the Dozens, we will apply
this concept with the following modifications: When we lose our bet, we will
increase it by one unit. When we win our bet, we will decrease it by two units
instead of one. Also, we will not start betting with one unit, but with 20 units.
Now, don't be alarmed, as at this stage, we are only building our system by
talking about its winning concepts. In the final system, you will never have to
place more than 25 units on the table at a time.
Now, let's see why this kind of progression generates a unit profit per spin in
average. The probability of a Dozen to come up is 1 out of 3 if we ignore the
zeros for a moment. If we don't ignore the zeros, this probability is exactly 12
out of 37 or 38 depending if we are on a single zero European Roulette or a
double zero American Roulette respectively. The probability of a zero to come
up is 1 out of 37 on a single zero European Roulette and 2 out of 38 or 1 out of
19 on a double zero American Roulette. Based on those probabilities, we can
assume that in average one Dozen will win once in three times and a zero will
show up once every 37 spins on a European Roulette and once every 19 spins
on an American Roulette making the Dozen lose. Based on the above
progression, if you place 20 units on a Dozen and you lose twice before it shows
file:///D|/Systems/Triple%20Bonus%20Roulette.htm (1 of 24) [7/9/2002 10:03:59 AM]
up, you will be ahead by 3 units at the end of 3 spins:
- Bet 20, you lose, you are at -20.

- Increase by 1, bet 21,you lose, you are at -41.
- Increase by 1, bet 22, you win, you cash 66, you have put so far 63 in
action, your net profit is +3 units.
The above example was for a sequence of losing twice first, then winning once.
The order of winning and losing can be arbitrary.
The following few tables will illustrate this concept:
Win/Lose Bet Cash Net

Dozen Amount Units Profit
L 20 -20 -20
L 21 -21 -41
W 22 44 3

L 20 -20 -20
W 21 42 22
L 19 -19 3

W 20 40 40
L 18 -18 22
L 19 -19 3
As you can see, it doesn't matter when the losing or the winning bet occurs, the
outcome is 3 unit profit at the end of the progression: increase by one when you
lose and decrease by 2 when you win, as long as you don't start with only one
unit. If you had started your progression with one unit as the classic d'Alenbert
requires, only the first table above would have generated 3 unit profit, and in the
other 2 tables you wouldn't be able to decrease your bet by 2 units, as you
would end up with 0 or -1. You would then bet 1 unit and your overall net profit
would decrease by 1 and 2 units in the second and third table respectively.

The following three tables illustrate the classic d'Alenbert system:

L 1 -1 -1
L 2 -2 -3
W 3 6 3

L 1 -1 -1
W 2 4 3
L 1 -1 2

W 1 2 2
L 1 -1 1
L 2 -2 -1
As you can see, starting with one unit at the beginning of the progression, does
not generate a 3 unit profit every time. This is why we begin our progression
with a unit amount greater than 3. The unit value 20 was chosen to be able to
pursue with the progression in case of an occurrence of a winning streak, where
you would be able to decrease your bet by 2 units every time you win the bet.
This means that you can apply this progression over many spins and you will
end up with 3 unit profit in 3 spins or 1 unit profit per spin in average, as long as
you win once out of 3 times on average.
The following table will illustrate this fact:
Sequence Win/Lose Bet Cash Net

# Dozen Units Profit
1 W 20 40 40

2 L 18 -18 22
3 L 19 -19 3
4 W 20 40 43
5 W 18 36 79
6 L 16 -16 63
7 L 17 -17 46
8 W 18 36 82
9 L 16 -16 66
10 L 17 -17 49
11 L 18 -18 31
12 L 19 -19 12
13 W 20 40 52
14 L 18 -18 34
15 L 19 -19 15
16 W 20 40 55
17 L 18 -18 37
18 W 19 38 75
19 W 17 34 109
20 L 15 -15 94
21 W 16 32 126
22 L 14 -14 112
23 L 15 -15 97
24 L 16 -16 81
25 L 17 -17 64
26 L 18 -18 46
27 L 19 -19 27
28 W 20 40 67
29 W 18 36 103
30 L 16 -16 87
31 L 17 -17 70
32 L 18 -18 52
33 W 19 38 90
34 L 17 -17 73
35 W 18 36 109
36 L 16 -16 93
37 L 17 -17 76

38 L 18 -18 58
39 L 19 -19 39
We won13 out of 39 bets (1 out of 3 on average) and we ended up with a 39 unit

profit averaging one unit profit per bet. This works over a long run even if you
have multiple winning and losing streaks, as long as we win one third of all our
bets and this is compliant to the probability of the Dozens or Columns.
This can already be used as a system in itself. It will perform well on a single
zero wheel. We could assume that the bet in sequence 38 in the above table
was a zero, causing the Dozen to lose. The zero would be coming up once
every 37 spin statistically and we would still be winning one third (almost) of our
bets.
The question would then become, which Dozen do you decide to bet on? My
experience has been that usually one Dozen performs well, another Dozen not
so well, and a third performs OK in average. If you stick to one Dozen (Dozen 1,
2 or 3), you may end up choosing the Dozen that does not perform that well and
end up in losses. If you place your bets on any Dozen chosen at random, the
results can be very unpredictable as you are relying on your luck, although in
the long run, you should be OK if you win one third of all your bets.
To make our decision easier and also to triple our profits we will be betting on
all 3 Dozens or Columns at the same time. This way we will be averaging one
unit profit per Dozen or 3 units profit on all 3 Dozens per spin. Please remember
we are still building our winning system, and we are presently still talking about
its concept. I will let you know when it will become final. So, do not use the
following table as illustrated.
The following table (which is not the system yet) will show what would happen if
we would bet on all 3 Dozens at the same time, assuming at first that there are
no zeros. One of the three Dozens is surely to win on every spin:
Table 1

Sequence NumberDozen Win/Lose Bet Win/Lose Bet Win/Lose Bet Net

# # Dozen 1 Dozen Dozen 2 Dozen Dozen 3 Dozen Profit
1 2 3 on All
3
Dozens
1 15 2 L 20 W 20 L 20 0
2 4 1 W 21 L 18 L 21 3
3 32 3 L 19 L 19 W 22 9
4 12 1 W 20 L 20 L 20 9
5 8 1 W 18 L 21 L 21 3
6 16 2 L 16 W 22 L 22 9
7 20 2 L 17 W 20 L 23 9
8 9 1 W 18 L 18 L 24 3
9 31 3 L 16 L 19 W 25 18
10 29 3 L 17 L 20 W 23 27
11 26 3 L 18 L 21 W 21 30
12 21 2 L 19 W 22 L 19 36
13 6 1 W 20 L 20 L 20 36
14 7 1 W 18 L 21 L 21 30
15 16 2 L 16 W 22 L 22 36
16 22 2 L 17 W 20 L 23 36
17 36 3 L 18 L 18 W 24 48
18 3 1 W 19 L 19 L 22 45
19 14 2 L 17 W 20 L 23 45
20 33 3 L 18 L 18 W 24 57
21 30 3 L 19 L 19 W 22 63
22 36 3 L 20 L 20 W 20 63
23 6 1 W 21 L 21 L 18 66
24 1 1 W 19 L 22 L 19 63
25 34 3 L 17 L 23 W 20 63
26 8 1 W 18 L 24 L 18 57
27 25 3 L 16 L 25 W 19 54
28 1 1 W 17 L 26 L 17 45
29 3 1 W 15 L 27 L 18 30
30 17 2 L 13 W 28 L 19 54
31 3 1 W 14 L 26 L 20 36

32 26 3 L 12 L 27 W 21 39
33 2 1 W 13 L 28 L 19 18
34 19 2 L 11 W 29 L 20 45
35 14 2 L 12 W 27 L 21 66
36 30 3 L 13 L 25 W 22 72
37 25 3 L 14 L 26 W 20 72
38 34 3 L 15 L 27 W 18 66
39 12 1 W 16 L 28 L 16 54
40 24 2 L 14 W 29 L 17 81
41 30 3 L 15 L 27 W 18 75
42 14 2 L 16 W 28 L 16 99
43 25 3 L 17 L 26 W 17 90
44 6 1 W 18 L 27 L 15 84
45 34 3 L 16 L 28 W 16 72
46 7 1 W 17 L 29 L 14 63
47 30 3 L 15 L 30 W 15 48
48 27 3 L 16 L 31 W 13 27
49 31 3 L 17 L 32 W 11 0
50 16 2 L 18 W 33 L 9 39
51 25 3 L 19 L 31 W 10 9
52 21 2 L 20 W 32 L 8 45
53 35 3 L 21 L 30 W 9 12
54 8 1 W 22 L 31 L 7 18
55 13 2 L 20 W 32 L 8 54
56 31 3 L 21 L 30 W 9 21
57 33 3 L 22 L 31 W 7 -18
58 5 1 W 23 L 32 L 5 -9
59 16 2 L 21 W 33 L 6 30
60 7 1 W 22 L 31 L 7 36
61 8 1 W 20 L 32 L 8 36
62 20 2 L 18 W 33 L 9 75
63 34 3 L 19 L 31 W 10 45
64 31 3 L 20 L 32 W 8 9
65 31 3 L 21 L 33 W 6 -33
66 26 3 L 22 L 34 W 4 -81
67 18 2 L 23 W 35 L 2 -36

68 14 2 L 24 W 33 L 3 3
69 8 1 W 25 L 31 L 4 18
70 15 2 L 23 W 32 L 5 54
71 6 1 W 24 L 30 L 6 66
72 12 1 W 22 L 31 L 7 72
73 2 1 W 20 L 32 L 8 72
74 16 2 L 18 W 33 L 9 111
75 22 2 L 19 W 31 L 10 144
76 15 2 L 20 W 29 L 11 171
77 7 1 W 21 L 27 L 12 174
78 27 3 L 19 L 28 W 13 153
79 8 1 W 20 L 29 L 11 153
80 1 1 W 18 L 30 L 12 147
81 13 2 L 16 W 31 L 13 180
82 8 1 W 17 L 29 L 14 171
83 6 1 W 15 L 30 L 15 156
84 36 3 L 13 L 31 W 16 144
85 7 1 W 14 L 32 L 14 126
86 13 2 L 12 W 33 L 15 165
87 29 3 L 13 L 31 W 16 153
88 28 3 L 14 L 32 W 14 135
89 24 2 L 15 W 33 L 12 174
90 24 2 L 16 W 31 L 13 207
91 26 3 L 17 L 29 W 14 189
92 17 2 L 18 W 30 L 12 219
93 22 2 L 19 W 28 L 13 243
94 7 1 W 20 L 26 L 14 243
95 4 1 W 18 L 27 L 15 237
96 16 2 L 16 W 28 L 16 261
97 15 2 L 17 W 26 L 17 279
98 14 2 L 18 W 24 L 18 291
99 12 1 W 19 L 22 L 19 288
100 2 1 W 17 L 23 L 20 279
Now let's explain what goes on the above table.

Here are the first 10 spins for convenience:


1 2 3 on All
3
Dozens
1 15 2 L 20 W 20 L 20 0
2 4 1 W 21 L 18 L 21 3
3 32 3 L 19 L 19 W 22 9
4 12 1 W 20 L 20 L 20 9
5 8 1 W 18 L 21 L 21 3
6 16 2 L 16 W 22 L 22 9
7 20 2 L 17 W 20 L 23 9
8 9 1 W 18 L 18 L 24 3
9 31 3 L 16 L 19 W 25 18
10 29 3 L 17 L 20 W 23 27
The very first bet in Sequence 1 is really a virtual bet to see which Dozen will
win. Otherwise you would never place 20 units on each Dozen. It's like not
betting. Or even worse, a zero could come and wipe out your 60 units off the
table. Number 15 or Dozen 2 is the outcome of Sequence 1. As we have started
to bet with 20 units, and as Dozen 2 won, we bet two units less on Dozen 2, that
is 18 units and one unit more on each Dozen 1 and Dozen 3 going to 21 units.
Number 4 or Dozen 1 comes up in sequence 2, we win the 21 unit bet and lose
the other 21 and 18 unit bets. Winning the 21 unit gives us a profit of 42 minus
the 21 and 18 units = 39 of the other two losing Dozens gives us an overall profit
of 3 units.
Now, as we won on Dozen 1 and lost on Dozens 2 and 3, we decrease our bet by
two units on Dozen 1 going from 21 to 19 and increase our bets on Dozens 2
and 3 by one unit going to 19 and 22 respectively in sequence 3. This time,
Dozen 3 wins and we cash 44 units from Dozen 3 and lose the two 19 units from
Dozen 1 and 2, profiting for this sequence 44-38=6 more units, bringing our
overall net profit to 9 units.
Following the remaining spins shown in the above table, the procedure goes on
and on, increasing our bet by one unit on the two Dozens we lose, and
decreasing by two units on the Dozen we win, giving us steady profits if no
drastic losing streak on any Dozen occurs.

This looks rosy, but it's not. First, we have assumed that there are no zeros.
Secondly, we are betting close to 60 units on every sequence. If a zero would
show up every say 20 sequences, we would be losing 60 X 5 = 300 units within
100 spins. There goes our 279 unit profit (see Table at sequence 100) down the
tube. Well, don't despair. I have a very ingenious solution and it is the
beginning of the foundation of our system.
Let's take a look at sequence 5 in Table 1 above. We are betting 18 units on

Dozen1, 21 units on Dozen 2 and 21 units on Dozen 3. This is placing a total bet
of 18 + 21 + 21 = 60 units. If Dozen 1 wins, we cash 36 units on Dozen 1 and lose
2 X 21 = 42 units on the other two Dozens, losing 36-42=6 units in this sequence.
If either Dozen 2 or 3 wins, we cash 42 units on the winning Dozen and lose 18 +
21 = 39 units on the other two Dozens, profiting 42-39=3 units. But, the whole
sequence is equivalent to betting 3 units on Dozen 1 and 6 units on each Dozen
2 and 3. If you calculate either case of winning or losing Dozen, you will see
that the result is identical.
Now, this will lead us to the actual formula we will us in our system. What we
will do is to subtract the smallest bet unit amount of the three Dozens from the
other two. The result will be the following: no bets will be placed on the Dozen
with the smallest unit and the other two Dozens will have the bet amount equal
to their difference from the smallest unit.
We will illustrate this with an example. Let's take a look at sequence 79 on Table
1 above. It shows that we need to place 20 units on Dozen 1, 29 units on Dozen
2 and 11 units on Dozen 3. The smallest unit amount is on Dozen 3 (11 units).
We subtract 11 from the amounts of Dozen 1 and 2. We get 20 - 11 = 9 units for
Dozen 1 and 29 - 11 = 18 units on Dozen 2. In sequence 79, Dozen 1 is the
winning one. According to our formula, we now should bet 9 units on Dozen 1,
18 units on Dozen 2 and nothing on Dozen 3, instead of 20 units on Dozen 1, 29
units on Dozen 2 and 11 units on Dozen 3. And we get exactly the same result
when Dozen 1 wins, that is we cash 18 units profit on Dozen 1 and lose the 18
units on Dozen 2, breaking even. Therefore the overall profit remains 153 as in
the previous sequence 78.
The advantage of this formula is great. Because now, you are placing a total of
9 + 18 = 27 units on the table, instead of 20 + 29 + 11 = 60 units. If a zero would
show up, you would lose only 27 units instead of 60.

Let's take another example to make sure this is understood, as it is extremely

important.
In sequence 62, we were supposed to place 18 units on Dozen 1, 33 units on

Dozen 2 and 9 units on Dozen 3. The smallest amount is on Dozen 3. Subtract 9
units from 18 and 33, we get to place 18-9=9 units on Dozen 1, 33-9=24 units on
Dozen 2 and 9-9=0 or no bets on Dozen 3. Dozen 2 wins this sequence cashing
48 units minus the 9 units on the losing Dozen 1, profiting 39 units for the
sequence, bringing our overall net from 36 to 75 units.
It's not easy to make all those calculations and equivalent bets when you are
under the pressure of betting. It's best to take a pad and a pencil and do the
arithmetic on every sequence.
So you will scribble down your next 3 bets on 3 Dozens and write next to each
Dozen the equivalent amount. So your pad will look something like this:
Dozen 1 Dozen 2 Dozen 3

----------------- ------------------ ------------------
16 à (-16=0) 19 à (-16=3) 25 à (-16=9)
This was for sequence 9 in Table 1. Smallest bet is 16 units. Dozen 1 goes to
no bet. Dozen 2 goes to 19-16= 3 units. Dozen 3 goes to 26-16=9 units.
With a little practice you will get the feel of it very quickly. So in reality you keep
track of what you were supposed to bet, having started from 20 units on each
Dozen and actually bet the equivalent reduced bets, which will give identical
results, saving on the amounts when the zeros show up.
To help you understand the method, let’s now repeat the first 10 sequences
from Table 1, except this time the table shows the units you would have actually
bet:


1 2 3 on All
3
Dozens
1 15 2 L 0 W 0 L 0 0
2 4 1 W 3 L 0 L 3 3
3 32 3 L 0 L 0 W 3 9
4 12 1 W 0 L 0 L 0 9
5 8 1 W 0 L 3 L 3 3
6 16 2 L 0 W 6 L 6 9
7 20 2 L 0 W 3 L 6 9
8 9 1 W 0 L 0 L 6 3
9 31 3 L 0 L 3 W 9 18
10 29 3 L 0 L 3 W 6 27
That makes a tremendous difference, doesn't it? Now you work with a
considerably smaller bankroll, betting greatly reduced amounts and have the
exact same results. Additionally, your losses are not as heavy when a zero
comes.
We are still making a profit of 3 units per spin on average. If we get several
zeros, i.e. more than the frequency of one every 19 spins, then we would be no
longer making this profit. The house edge would kick in and we would start
losing money.
The following solution will bring us to the last stage of building our system. If
we are making a profit of 3 units per spin with the above progression (increase
by one when you lose, decrease by 2 when you win), we can afford to place one
unit on each zero. If there are two zeros, we would be paying a commission of 2
units per bet. This will reduce our profit to 3-2=1 unit per spin on average. If
there is only one zero, we would be paying a commission of 1 unit per spin,
reducing our profit to 3-1=2 units per spin. However, on American wheels, the
frequency of zeros appearing will be once in every 19 spins on average. On
European wheels, the frequency of the zero showing up will be once in every 37
spins in average.
For every bet we use the progression as shown in Table 1, but the difference is

that we place one additional unit on each zero. Now we are making only 1 unit
profit per spin on average. But, every time a zero comes, we get a 35-unit
increase in our net profit! This reverts the house advantage to yours. We will
illustrate how this works in Table 2 below.
Please note that Table 2 is already taking advantage of the reduced bets by
selecting the smallest bet of all 3 Dozens, subtracting the amount from the other
two Dozens and calculating the Sum of all bets placed on the table.
D1 W/L, D2 W/L, D3 W/L columns indicate if Dozen 1, 2 or 3 are winning or losing

respectively. Dozen 1 is for numbers 1-12. Dozen 2 is for numbers 13-24.
Dozen 3 is for numbers 25-36. Dozen 0 is designated for 0 or 00.
Table 2
Seq Number Dozen D1 Bet D2 Bet D3 Bet Smallest Sum Cash Net
# W/L Dozen W/L Dozen W/L Dozen bet of all of all Profit
1 2 3 3 bets
Dozens
1 36 3 L 20 L 20 W 20 20 0 -2 -2
2 24 2 L 21 W 21 L 18 18 6 1 -1
3 0 0 L 22 L 19 L 19 19 3 31 30
4 18 2 L 23 W 20 L 20 20 3 -5 25
5 36 3 L 24 L 18 W 21 18 9 -2 23
6 7 1 W 25 L 19 L 19 19 6 10 33
7 0 0 L 23 L 20 L 20 20 3 31 64
8 6 1 W 24 L 21 L 21 21 3 4 68
9 34 3 L 22 L 22 W 22 22 0 -2 66
10 19 2 L 23 W 23 L 20 20 6 1 67
11 28 3 L 24 L 21 W 21 21 3 -5 62
12 15 2 L 25 W 22 L 19 19 9 -2 60
13 13 2 L 26 W 20 L 20 20 6 -8 52
14 16 2 L 27 W 18 L 21 18 12 -14 38

15 18 2 L 28 W 16 L 22 16 18 -20 18
16 00 0 L 29 L 14 L 23 14 24 10 28
17 7 1 W 30 L 15 L 24 15 24 19 47
18 33 3 L 28 L 16 W 25 16 21 4 51
19 3 1 W 29 L 17 L 23 17 18 16 67
20 6 1 W 27 L 18 L 24 18 15 10 77
21 4 1 W 25 L 19 L 25 19 12 4 81
22 29 3 L 23 L 20 W 26 20 9 7 88
23 25 3 L 24 L 21 W 24 21 6 1 89
24 9 1 W 25 L 22 L 22 22 3 4 93
25 4 1 W 23 L 23 L 23 23 0 -2 91
26 13 2 L 21 W 24 L 24 21 6 1 92
27 15 2 L 22 W 22 L 25 22 3 -5 87
28 27 3 L 23 L 20 W 26 20 9 7 94
29 2 1 W 24 L 21 L 24 21 6 1 95
30 8 1 W 22 L 22 L 25 22 3 -5 90
31 12 1 W 20 L 23 L 26 20 9 -11 79
32 31 3 L 18 L 24 W 27 18 15 10 89
33 18 2 L 19 W 25 L 25 19 12 4 93
34 14 2 L 20 W 23 L 26 20 9 -2 91
35 1 1 W 21 L 21 L 27 21 6 -8 83
36 4 1 W 19 L 22 L 28 19 12 -14 69
37 25 3 L 17 L 23 W 29 17 18 16 85
38 24 2 L 18 W 24 L 27 18 15 1 86
39 30 3 L 19 L 22 W 28 19 12 13 99
40 13 2 L 20 W 23 L 26 20 9 -2 97
41 32 3 L 21 L 21 W 27 21 6 10 107
42 25 3 L 22 L 22 W 25 22 3 4 111
43 27 3 L 23 L 23 W 23 23 0 -2 109
44 14 2 L 24 W 24 L 21 21 6 1 110
45 29 3 L 25 L 22 W 22 22 3 -5 105
46 20 2 L 26 W 23 L 20 20 9 -2 103
47 22 2 L 27 W 21 L 21 21 6 -8 95
48 33 3 L 28 L 19 W 22 19 12 -5 90
49 1 1 W 29 L 20 L 20 20 9 16 106
50 29 3 L 27 L 21 W 21 21 6 -8 98

51 9 1 W 28 L 22 L 19 19 12 13 111
52 3 1 W 26 L 23 L 20 20 9 7 118
53 35 3 L 24 L 24 W 21 21 6 -8 110
54 17 2 L 25 W 25 L 19 19 12 4 114
55 24 2 L 26 W 23 L 20 20 9 -2 112
56 12 1 W 27 L 21 L 21 21 6 10 122
57 24 2 L 25 W 22 L 22 22 3 -5 117
58 24 2 L 26 W 20 L 23 20 9 -11 106
59 6 1 W 27 L 18 L 24 18 15 10 116
60 12 1 W 25 L 19 L 25 19 12 4 120
61 0 0 L 23 L 20 L 26 20 9 25 145
62 35 3 L 24 L 21 W 27 21 9 7 152
63 29 3 L 25 L 22 W 25 22 6 1 153
64 31 3 L 26 L 23 W 23 23 3 -5 148
65 1 1 W 27 L 24 L 21 21 9 7 155
66 15 2 L 25 W 25 L 22 22 6 1 156
67 36 3 L 26 L 23 W 23 23 3 -5 151
68 34 3 L 27 L 24 W 21 21 9 -11 140
69 0 0 L 28 L 25 L 19 19 15 19 159
70 1 1 W 29 L 26 L 20 20 15 10 169
71 6 1 W 27 L 27 L 21 21 12 4 173
72 29 3 L 25 L 28 W 22 22 9 -11 162
73 22 2 L 26 W 29 L 20 20 15 10 172
74 35 3 L 27 L 27 W 21 21 12 -14 158
75 23 2 L 28 W 28 L 19 19 18 7 165
76 17 2 L 29 W 26 L 20 20 15 1 166
77 18 2 L 30 W 24 L 21 21 12 -5 161
78 2 1 W 31 L 22 L 22 22 9 16 177
79 22 2 L 29 W 23 L 23 23 6 -8 169
80 32 3 L 30 L 21 W 24 21 12 -5 164
81 14 2 L 31 W 22 L 22 22 9 -11 153
82 27 3 L 32 L 20 W 23 20 15 -8 145
83 10 1 W 33 L 21 L 21 21 12 22 167
84 2 1 W 31 L 22 L 22 22 9 16 183
85 9 1 W 29 L 23 L 23 23 6 10 193
86 36 3 L 27 L 24 W 24 24 3 -5 188

87 18 2 L 28 W 25 L 22 22 9 -2 186
88 14 2 L 29 W 23 L 23 23 6 -8 178
89 22 2 L 30 W 21 L 24 21 12 -14 164
90 00 0 L 31 L 19 L 25 19 18 16 180
91 6 1 W 32 L 20 L 26 20 18 16 196
92 7 1 W 30 L 21 L 27 21 15 10 206
93 14 2 L 28 W 22 L 28 22 12 -14 192
94 5 1 W 29 L 20 L 29 20 18 7 199
95 0 0 L 27 L 21 L 30 21 15 19 218
96 12 1 W 28 L 22 L 31 22 15 1 219
97 4 1 W 26 L 23 L 32 23 12 -5 214
98 36 3 L 24 L 24 W 33 24 9 16 230
99 4 1 W 25 L 25 L 31 25 6 -8 222
100 21 2 L 23 W 26 L 32 23 12 -5 217
So, Table 2 above illustrates the ultimate system and it is in its final shape.
There are also some money management strategies that I would like to talk
about in a moment.
But, first, let us take another look at Table 2 above, and see what is going on.
Here are the first 10 sequences again for convenience:
Seq Number Dozen D1 Bet D2 Bet D3 Bet Smallest Sum Cash Net
# W/L Dozen W/L Dozen W/L Dozen bet of all of all Profit
1 2 3 3 bets
Dozens
1 36 3 L 20 L 20 W 20 20 0 -2 -2
2 24 2 L 21 W 21 L 18 18 6 1 -1
3 0 0 L 22 L 19 L 19 19 3 31 30
4 18 2 L 23 W 20 L 20 20 3 -5 25
5 36 3 L 24 L 18 W 21 18 9 -2 23
6 7 1 W 25 L 19 L 19 19 6 10 33
7 0 0 L 23 L 20 L 20 3 31 64
8 6 1 W 24 L 21 L 21 21 3 4 68
9 34 3 L 22 L 22 W 22 22 0 -2 66
10 19 2 L 23 W 23 L 20 20 6 1 67

In sequence 1, since all bets on each Dozen is 20 units, there are no bets placed
on Dozens, except for 2 units on each zero. The zero does not come up, we are
even on the Dozens. Our net is -2, the two units we lost on the zeros.
Since number 36 (Dozen 3) comes up in sequence 1, we decrease our 20 unit bet

to 18 units for Dozen 3 and increase our 20 unit to 21 units on each Dozen 1 and
Dozen 2. Now, this is equivalent of betting 3 units on each Dozen 1 and 2 and
placing no bets on Dozen 3. We have simply subtracted 18 (the smallest bet)
from each 21. Therefore the sum of all bets is 3 + 3 = 6 as shown on Table 2.
Number 24 comes up, Dozen 2 wins and we cash 3 units on Dozen 2. But
remember we have placed 2 units on the zeros. So, we cash 3-2=1 unit only.
Our net becomes -1 unit.
In sequence 3, we decrease our bet by 2 units on Dozen 2 from 21 to 19 units,

since it won on sequence 2. We increase our bets on Dozen 1 and 3 by 1 unit:
on Dozen 1 from 21 to 22 and on Dozen 3 from 18 to 19. This is equivalent of
betting 3 units on Dozen 1 (22-19) and not betting on Dozens 2 and 3 (18-18).
Therefore, the sum of all bets is 3 for this sequence. And, surprise, a zero
comes up. We cash 36-2=34 units on the zero and lose the 3 units we have bet
on Dozen 1, cashing overall 34-3=31 units as Table 2 shows. Our overall profit
jumps from -1 to +30 units!
In sequence 4, we need to increase all three Dozens by 1 unit, since they all
lost. Increasing all three Dozens by 1 unit doesn't change the amount of bets
from the previous sequence 3 according to our equivalence formula, as the
difference of the smallest and the other two bets will be the same, that is 3 units
on Dozen 1 and nothing on the other 2 Dozens. (Right?) So, the sum of all bets
is 3 again. Number 18 (Dozen 2) comes up. We lose our 3 unit bet on Dozen 1
and 2 units on the zeros. So we are down by -5 units, bringing our net to +25
units.
So, you must have already the idea on how the system works and how well it
performs. Every time you hit a zero, you rejoice as you get a bonus of 34 units
on top of your working triple Dozen system. During the simulation of Table 2,
we hit the zero 7 times on sequences 3, 7, 16, 61, 69, 90 and 95 within 100 spins,
which is normal considering the odds of twice within 38 spins. During those
sequences, the sum of all bets were 3, 3, 24, 9, 15, 18 and 15 units respectively.
If a zero would hit without using the zero coverage strategy, we would have lost

3 + 3 + 24 + 9 + 15 + 18 + 15 = 87 units for those sequences. Instead we made a

profit of (34 X 7 - 87 =) 151 additional units. Without the zero coverage strategy
our overall profit would have been 217 - 151 = 66 units at the end of 100
sequences.
I will show you now how your bets would be placed on the table referring to the
results of Table 2. Then I will provide you with an empty template that you can
take with you when you go to the casino or when you play on-line.
Here are the first 10 bets again:
Seq Number Dozen D1 Bet D2 Bet D3 Bet Cash Net

# W/L Dozen 1 W/L Dozen 2 W/L Dozen 3 Profit
1 36 3 L 20 (- L 20 (- W 20 (- 0-2=-2 -2
20=0) 20=0) 20=0)
2 24 2 L 21 (- W 21 (- L 18 (- 3-2=1 -1
18=3) 18=3) 18=0)
3 0 0 L 22 (- L 19 (- L 19 (- -3+36- 30
19=3) 19=0) 19=0) 2=31
4 18 2 L 23 (- W 20 (- L 20 (- -3-2=-5 25
20=3) 20=0) 20=0)
5 36 3 L 24 (- L 18 (- W 21 (- 0-2=-2 23
18=6) 18=0) 18=3)
6 7 1 W 25 (- L 19 (- L 19 (- +12-2=10 33
19=6) 19=0) 19=0)
7 0 0 L 23 (- L 20 (- L 20 (- -3+36- 64
20=3) 20=0) 20=0) 2=31
8 6 1 W 24 (- L 21 (- L 21 (- +6-2=4 68
21=3) 21=0) 21=0)
9 34 3 L 22 (- L 22 (- W 22 (- 0-2=-2 66
22=0) 22=0) 22=0)
10 19 2 L 23 (- W 23 (- L 20 (- 3-2=1 67
20=3) 20=3) 20=0)
In the above table, we perform the little arithmetic, which shows us how much to
bet on each Dozen. The arithmetic consists of reducing the smallest Dozen bet
from each amount. We have a "-2" in cash column showing our bets on the
zeros.

As you can see we are betting nothing on the Dozens in sequence 1 (0,0,0), but
betting one unit on zero and one unit on the double zero. Therefore our net
profit is -2.
In sequence 2, we reduce the winning Dozen (3) of sequence 1, by two units and
increase the other 2 Dozens by one unit. But we don't bet 21, 21 and 18 on the
three Dozens respectively, but only 3 units on Dozen 1, 3 units on Dozen 2 and
nothing on Dozen 3. Dozen 2 wins, we cash 6 units profit on Dozen 2 minus the
3 units we bet on Dozen 1 and minus the two units we placed on the zeros,
giving us 1 unit profit overall for this bet.
In sequence 3, we place 3 units on Dozen 1 and nothing on the other two

Dozens and always one unit on the zero and one unit on the double zero. The
zero comes, we lose our 3 unit bet on Dozen 1 but gain 36 on the zero. Overall,
we make 36 minus 3 and minus the 2 units we bet on the zeros giving us 31
units profit for that bet.

Dozens, as the arithmetic shows. This time Dozen 2 wins and we lose this 3 unit
bet including the two units on the zeros.
In sequence 5, we place 6 units on Dozen 1 and 3 units on Dozen 3 (and of

course, two units on the zeros). Dozen 3 wins, we break even on the Dozens
and lose the two units on the zeros. Therefore, our net goes down by 2 units.
In sequence 6, we place 6 units on Dozen 1 (25-19) and nothing on the other two
Dozens. And Dozen 1 wins. We make 12 unit profit on Dozen 1 minus the two
units on the zeros. Our bankroll goes up by 10 units (from 23 to 33).

Dozens and two units on the zeros. A zero comes, we make 36 units on the
zero, minus our 3 unit bet on Dozen 1 minus the 3 units on Dozen 1 giving us 36-
2-3=31 unit profit for that bet.
In sequence 8, we virtually increase all the bets by one unit, since zero came, all
Dozens have lost. But those are all imaginary bets. In reality we bet only the
difference of what the progression shows minus the smallest bet on that
sequence. Since the smallest bet is 21 in that sequence, we reduce it from all
the other Dozens. Dozen 1 goes from 24 to 3 (24-21), Dozen 2 goes to nothing
(21-21) and so does Dozen 3 (21-21=0). So the only bets we place on the table is
the 3 unit on Dozen 1 and the two units on the zeros, greatly reducing the

amount of units we place on the table: 5 units instead of (24+21+21+2=68) units.

And the results are completely identical.
The following is an empty template you can take with you in order to write down
the number that comes up on the wheel, the Dozen number, the progression
that the system requires, the converted bets that you actually place on the
table. You can write a "W" next to the Dozen, which wins. This will determine
your next bet on the Dozens. The one that wins, will have two units less on the
next bet. The two other Dozens that lose will have one unit more on the next
bet. It's good to practice and get used to the system before you use it for real.
Casinos allow usage of pads and pens freely. They think you are keeping track
of your scores.
The next page contains the template you will have with you. Print out a few
copies of it to use it for real and for practice.
Here, let us practice together.
You come to the Roulette table, the first thing you do is place one unit on the
zero and one unit on the double zero. You don't need to be concerned what was
on the scoreboard, nor what the previous number was. Your first bet has
nothing on the Dozens. But you still write 20 à 0 under the column Bet Dozen 1
and 20 à 0 under the column Bet Dozen 2 and 20 à 0 under the column Bet
Dozen 3 for the sake of the system, as if you were betting 20 units on Dozen 1,
20 units on Dozen 2 and 20 units on Dozen 3. And subtract this 20 from all 3
Dozens giving 0.
Say number 12 comes up. You write a "W" under D1 W/L column in sequence 1.
You only lose the two units placed on the zeros. So the first line of your
template will have the following written:
Seq Number Dozen D1 Bet D2 Bet D3 Bet Cash Net

1 12 1 W 20 à 0 20 à 0 20 à 0 -2 -2
What will your next bet be? Dozen 1 won, so it goes to 18 (decrease by 2 units).
Dozen 2 and 3 lost. They both go to 21 (increase by 1 unit). The smallest of 18,
21, 21 is 18. Subtract 18 from the three virtual bets on the Dozens (18, 21, 21)

you will get 0, 3, 3 respectively for each Dozen. So you will write 18 à 0 under
Bet Dozen 1, 21-18à3 under Bet Dozen 2 and 21-18à3 under Bet Dozen 3. And
you place no bets on Dozen 1, 3 units on Dozen 2 and 3 units on Dozen 3, 1 unit
on the zero and 1 unit on the double zero.
So your second line will look like the following so far:
Seq NumberDozen D1 Bet D2 Bet D3 Bet Cash Net

1 12 1 W 20 à 0 20 à 0 20 à 0 -2 -2
2 18 à 0 21-18 à 3 21-18 à 3
Now 35 comes up, Dozen 3 wins. You write the Dozen number (3) under the
column Dozen. You write a "W" under column D3 W/L to indicate that Dozen 3
won. You cash 6 units on Dozen 3, you lose your bet on Dozen 2 and you lose
your 2 units on the zeros. So you cash 6-3-2=1 unit. You profit goes to -1 unit.
So, you record all this on your template:

1 12 1 W 20 à 0 20 à 0 20 à 0 -2 -2
2 35 3 18 à 0 21-18 à 3 W 21-18 à 3 6-3-2=1 -1
As Dozen 3 wins, its virtual bet goes down 2 units from 21 to 19. As Dozens 1
and 2 lost, their virtual bets go up by 1 unit from 18 to 19 for Dozen 1 and from
21 to 22 for Dozen 2. The smallest bet unit of those three bets 19, 22, 19 is 19.
We subtract 19 from all 3. We register for Dozen 1: 19-19à0. For Dozen 2 we
register 22-19à3. For Dozen 3 we register 19-19à0. So we bet only 3 units on
Dozen 2 and nothing on the other Dozens. And of course one unit on the zero
and one unit on the double zero. Your template looks now like the following:

1 12 1 W 20 à 0 20 à 0 20 à 0 -2 -2
2 35 3 18 à 0 21-18 à 3 W 21-18 à 3 6-3-2=1 -1
3 19-19à0 22-19à3 19-19à0
Number 22 comes up. Dozen 2 wins. You mark W under D2 W/L. You cash 6

units on Dozen 2 and lose the two units on the zeros. Marking all this down,
your third line looks:

1 12 1 W 20 à 0 20 à 0 20 à 0 -2 -2
2 35 3 18 à 0 21-18 à 3 W 21-18 à 3 6-3-2=1 -1
3 22 2 19-19à0 W 22-19à3 19-19à0 6-2=4 +3
Template
Seq Number Dozen D1 Bet Dozen 1 D2 Bet Dozen D3 Bet Dozen Cash Net
# W/L W/L 2 W/L 3 Profit

We can see already that by even distribution of 3 dozens winning at different

times, we will make a profit of 3 units in 3 spins in average, thanks to the virtual
units following the system's progression converted to much smaller units using
the equivalence formula.
Now, some money management techniques. According to how the system is

performing, we may want to use some variations of the above betting scheme.
One good money management system would be to stop the progression every
time you hit a zero and start it over again from the very beginning with 20 units
on each Dozen, regardless of where you were during this progression. This
way, you capitalize on your sudden 34 unit increase, put your winnings in your
pocket and start the progression over again as if it was a new day or a new
table.
Another method would be to stop the progression if the sum of your bets reach
34 units. Otherwise, if you hit a zero, you would no longer be making any profit
on that sequence.

Sometimes, you have long losing streaks on a particular Dozen. If this happens,
a good method is to stop the increase of units on that Dozen and to either
exclude that Dozen from your bets or reset it to its initial 20 unit bet. A long
losing streak of a Dozen is the one losing more than 10 times in a row.
Ultimately, you can use my rule of thumb of money management: to quit the
whole progression once you are ahead by 100 units or if you have lost 50 units.
This way, on good times if you win 6 times and lose 4 times, you will be ahead
by (100 X 6) - (50 X 4) = 600 - 200 = 400 units and on bad times, if you win 4 times
only and lose 6 times, you will still be ahead by (100 X 4) - (50 X 6) = 400 - 300 =
100 units.
Wishing you all the best and enjoyment of Roulette to the utmost.
Izak Matatya

TWO DOZEN BET
As we all know, in Roulette there are 3 dozens: 1st dozen(1-12) 2nd dozen(13-24) and 3rd
dozed(25-36). If you bet 1 chip on any one of these the payoff is 2-1(you will win 2 chips).
So why don't you just bet 1 chip on any 2 dozens ex: put 1 chip on 2nd dozen and 1 chip
on 3rd dozen, this way you are covering almost 66% percent(a little less cause of the 0 and
00) of the numbers on the roulette wheel. Now if the 2nd or 3rd dozen hits, you lose one of
your bets and win 2 on the other bet, leaving you with a 1 chip profit.
PROBLEM: I realized this right away and I'm surprised how many people DO NOT know the
following: Let me first say your chance of winning like this IS higher than your chance of
losing BUT: let's simply examine this rationally using the above example:
my example will leave out the 0's just to give you the gist in an easy to understand way:
Ok your 2nd and 3rd dozen bet has a 66% chance of winning, so you have a 66% chance of
winning 1 chip and a 33% chance of losing 2 chips
Out of 100 bets(over the long run) you will win 66 chips and lose 66chips (33 * 2), looks
like an even money bet to me!!!(in the long run). And remember you lose 2 chips if either a
green 0 or 00 comes up so by betting 2 dozens, you are getting a chance that is LESS than
a Banker or Player bet in Baccarat. Bet you didn't know that!
The 2 dozen + 2 column bet
In this "genius" bet(usually placed by bums), you put 1 chip on any 2 dozens and 1 chip
on any 2 columns ex: 1 chip on 3rd dozen, 1 chip on 2nd dozen, 1 chip on 1st column and
1 chip on center column. The advantages that this bet has, is that if one of your column
AND one of your dozen's hit's you are up 2 chips and only 10 numbers on the board make
you lose all your 4 chips.
PROBLEM: I'm not going into the analysis of each losing situation but if you take what you
win each time as opposed to what you lose over a 100 spins,(assuming every number on
the wheel hits equally) you will see the disadvantages like let's say the 3rd column hits in
the 2nd dozen, using my above example, eventhough you have the 2nd dozen covered,
you are still DOWN one chip after your payout.
The cover-up
This one is Ok for a one spin quick profit, but it is very risky, it's very big advantage is that
you can cover and amazing 32 numbers out of 38! This is what you do: you place 9 chips
on Low(1-18) and 6 chips on 3rd dozen and 1 chip on any split number that's left, or that
you want choose between: 0,00,19,20,21,22,23,24. You now make 2 chips per win, but if the
6 numbers that make you lose hit, you lose all 16 of your chips
PROBLEM: You are risking 16 chips to make 2 chips, so you have to really be lucky that
the ball will NOT land on any one of the 6 numbers that kill all your bets. Given those evil
green zero's I would advise putting the split on the 0-00, that way when it hit's you still
make your 2 chips.
Internet Ultimate Roulette System
Roulette is the best game to play on the Internet using our Ultimate System.
Find a casino that lets you spin the wheel without placing a bet. We play at
“thesands.com”. You get three spins per minute, which is 180 spins per hour.
The difference between live and Internet casinos is the betting range,
usually $5 to $100. This means you have to wait for a minimum of six events in a
row before betting. Here are the rules:
Download the Internet casino software and install it on your computer. Play in
“practice mode” to learn our system.
You won't be betting every spin. Keep spinning the wheel until you see 6 red or
blacks in a row, 6 even or odds in a row, or 6 1-18's or 19-36's in a row.
Before the NEXT spin place $5 on the OPPOSITE pair. For example, if you see 6
blacks in a row place $5 on RED. If you lose that bet, place $10 on RED. If
you lose that bet, place $20 on RED. If you lose that bet place $40 on RED.
When you win, stop betting and wait for your next betting opportunity. Your
goal is to win just 1 bet in a series of 10 spins. You only bet when you have
the highest probability of winning!
Don't be greedy! Stop playing when you win $25. Log off the casino and play
again later. We recommend one to four sessions daily.
About The Playing Charts
The first line is the number of spins in a row of one side (red/black; even/odd;
high/low)
The second line is “wait.” This means you count the number of outside events in
a row. (Example, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 reds in a row, then BET).
The third line is “bet.” This is the dollar amount you bet on that spin. Zero
means you don't bet anything on that spin.
The fourth line is “bank” and “win.” This is your bankroll and the amount you
win at each step in the progression.
The last line is the probability of losses in a row.
The Live Chart gives you two bankrolls to choose from, $285 or $600. If you
play with $285 you must wait for 6 events in a row, instead of 5 like the $600
bankroll.
Cut the Live Chart out and take it to the casinos with you.
Cut the Internet Chart out and tape it to your monitor as you play.
spins 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
wait 1 2 3 4 5 6 BET BET BET BET BET
bet 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 15 35 75 150
bank $285 win $5 $10 $15 $20 $25

wait 1 2 3 4 5 BET BET BET BET BET BET
bet 0 0 0 0 0 5 15 35 75 150 315
bank $600 win $5 $10 $15 $20 $25 $30

prob 2 4 7 13 25 47 89 170 323 613 1165
$5 Unit Ultimate LIVE Roulette Betting & Probability Chart
spins 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
wait 1 2 3 4 5 6 BET BET BET BET BET
bet 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 10 20 40 80
bank $155 win $5 $5 $5 $5 $5

prob 2 4 7 13 25 47 89 170 323 613 1165
$5 Unit Ultimate INTERNET Roulette Betting & Probability Chart

Unlucky Numbers Roulette

e
I'm sure, like everyone else who has played some Roulette before, you
have tried your lucky number with the hope that it will hit and you will win
35 times the value of your bet. After all this is the most attractive payoff,
isn't it? The chance that you will hit your lucky number is one out of 37 or
38, depending on whether the Roulette wheel has one or two zeros.
I'm also sure that you have been betting your lucky number for many
successive spins, with the hope that it will eventually hit. Statistically it
“should" hit once every 37 or 38 spins. If it hits within the first 38 spins you
will make a profit, if it doesn’t hit until later you will lose, unless you use
some kind of progression.
But how often have you hit your lucky number on your very first bet?
Maybe one out of 100? How many times has your lucky number hit twice
in a row, that is you picked a number, it came up right away, then picked
another number and it came right away again? Very few, maybe once in a
thousand times.
This could happen, you know. Maybe once a year, or once in 5 years or
once in a blue moon. If I would tell you, I have a system, which works, and
in order for this system to work, your lucky number will have to hit twice in
a row, I will probably get stoned or bombarded with rotten tomatoes. Or I
will get strong denials: "Neeh, this system will never work!" And you would
be absolutely right!
But I have good news for you. For every system that doesn't work too
well, there is a reverse strategy, which works much better. Even the
Roulette gurus like Martingale, LaBouchere, d'Alembert, etc. had reverse
file:///D|/Systems/UNLUCKY%20NUMBERS%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEM.htm (1 of 5) [7/9/2002 10:05:23 AM]

strategies, for the times their strategy didn't work too well, or worked only
sometimes or even worked most of the time.
You can be right to assume that if a strategy works sometimes, the

reverse strategy will work more often. Or vice versa, if a strategy works
pretty well but not all the time, the reverse strategy may also work well,
but also not all the time.
This brings us to the good news. If the lucky number strategy described
above never works, then its reverse strategy will always work; such as the
one you are about to witness:
We are talking about the reverse strategy of hitting your lucky number
twice in a row, and this means not hitting your lucky number twice in a
row.
Yep, that's it. The system consists of not hitting your number twice in a
row. What do you bet on then? Above, we have bet on only one number,
your lucky number. Here we will bet on all other numbers, except your
lucky number, the reverse of the above. You will bet on not more than 35
numbers. Otherwise, you won't make a profit.
So, pick a number and don’t bet on it (we will now call it your unlucky
number). Bet on everything else, up to 35 numbers. Your unlucky number
probably won't hit the first time, unless you are really unlucky...So you
made one unit profit, assuming you are betting one unit on each of 35
numbers.
You keep doing this for quite a few spins, accumulating one unit at every
spin. (What a joy, we are winning every spin of Roulette, instead of
waiting forever for our lucky number to show up...). We know very well
that statistically eventually your unlucky number will hit. As we said
before, this can happen on average once every 38 spins, either sooner or
later, hardly ever the very first time you bet, and very, very seldom (once a

year maybe?) twice in a row. But when it does finally hit, you lose 35
units. Big deal!
Now it gets really exciting. Listen very carefully: Your next bet after you
unlucky number hits, will also cover 35 numbers except your very unlucky
number, but this time and only for this bet, you bet 35 units on every one
of them. Yes, you heard me right, 35 units on 35 numbers. That makes 35
X 35 = 1225 units on the table. Does your unlucky number hit? Not twice
in a row! Maybe once in a blue moon. Well then, you got your 35 units
right back in one spin. Now, you can breathe again and go back to placing
one chip on any 35 numbers except your unlucky number.
Now, let's look at statistics and probabilities of this reverse strategy. You
need to run many millions of simulations to show what happens. Since
you are gaining one unit per spin and you could lose 1225 units if your
unlucky number shows up twice in a row, the event of this misfortune to
happen should not occur for 1225 spins. Its probability of occurrence is
exactly once every 1225 spins if the wheel had no zero. With one zero,
this is cut in half. That means it could happen every 612 spins, sooner
than 612 spins or later. How sooner or later no one can predict. Very
soon, if you are playing against the devil or very late if the stars are on
your side. For one thing, you can bet on it (it's all a gamble, isn't it) that it
won't happen for 100 spins. There you go, at least you can get 100 units
using this system. Then you quit, before the thunder hits you.
Your next question will be, which casino is going to wait for you to place
chips on 35 numbers. If you are on an on-line (Internet) casino, this is
easy. You don't hit the spin button until you are ready. The repeat button
is also convenient. You just change the location of one chip (remember
you have to select a new unlucky number every time, as you must have
seen same numbers showing up a lot on casino scoreboards...), and then
hit repeat and spin again. Do not use this system on on-line casinos,
where the wheel starts rotating as soon as you place one chip on the
table.

In land-based casinos, you wouldn't be placing 35 chips on 35 numbers.

No one will wait for you. As you start distributing your chips, you will hear
"no more bets" from the dealer and you won't have time to complete
placing all your chips. Therefore, what you need to do is to cover 2
dozens (on the outside bets) with the value of 12 on each dozen and
place individual chips only on the 12 minus 1 = 11 chips on the remaining
numbers of the dozen you haven't covered. I would recommend always to
cover the 0 as well, as some casinos have a tendency to aim to that
number (it's a mystery how they do it, but it's not unlikely to see a 0 every
20-30 spins on the scoreboards). So if you are covering the 0, you need to
not cover 2 numbers on the third dozen to constitute your 35 numbers in
total.
For your next bet, select two other dozens to cover, and place your chips
on 10 other
numbers plus the zero. If you are playing American (double zero) roulette,
you would cover both zeros and 9 numbers on the uncovered dozen.
Playing on an American wheel will reduce your chances of winning by
another half. Therefore, it's best to find a French Roulette with single zero
for this system to perform the best.
You will say, one must be crazy to risk 1225 units just to get the
previously lost 35
units back in order to recover the one unit profit gain status. My
experience has been playing this system for over 12,000 spins (yes, I'm a
bit crazy), lost 1225 units 4 times (my unlucky numbers showed up twice-
in-a-row 4 times), profiting 12,000 - 4 - (4 X 1,225) = 11,996 - 4,900 =
7,096 units.
I know what you’re thinking, and you're right. One indeed would not play
12,000 spins in a real casino. But, it's very feasible on the Net. Many
online casinos feature a repeat button and quick spin option. A spin would
take 5 seconds. You still wouldn’t play 12,000 spins in one day but over a

long period of time. It could take months. And since online games usually
have a limit of 300 units per spin, you simply play the 1225 units in four
steps, recovering 9 units at a time.
In land-based casinos one would place a single unit on 35 numbers and

when the time comes to recover the lost 35 units, one would switch to a
high limit table which allows large wagers, where one can bet 1225 units
in a combination of outside bets and inside numbers. That is instead of
placing 35 units each of 35 numbers, you would place 12 X 35 = 420 units
on two of the dozens and cover 10 numbers of other dozen plus the zero
(or nine numbers and both zeros if it’s a double zero wheel).
This is a system that can beat the casino in the long run, but play it only if
you can afford the required bankroll.
Good Luck!
Izak Matatya

UNORTHODOX EVEN CHANCES
This system is based on two past systems. The MARTIANGLE and the CANCELLATION
SYSTEMS.
What we will be doing is playing the following systems with a certain bet
selection in hopes to achieve a profit. An Unorthadox maritangle or
cancellation is just random numbers that happen to make up the system in hopes
that being random and having random wins and loses will end up creating abnormal
wins.
The bet selection is simple, watch 15 plays on roulette and bet the EVEN MONEY
CHANCE that has happen to come up the most. B/R, E/O, L/H. Once you know what
to play, you then choose what you want to play, an unorthadox martiangle or a
unorthadox cancellation system. The martiangle goes for a couple wins while the
cancellation plays out entirely for one full marqui set of numbers.
An example of an unorthadox martiangle is 1-4-7-20-60-111 etc.

An example of an unorthadox cancellation is a line of 3 or 4 or 5 numbers , up
to the player (suggested 4). 11-4-7-3
To play the martiangle you bet the next number in line after a loss, for the
cancellation you add the first and the last and bet them sum of them, if you
lose you add the loss to the end of the line (right hand side).
Keep in mind the table limits, if you set the unorthadox cancellation to big
numbers too fast, you will climb up to the table limit quickly, and make sure
you have enough for the martiangle to go atleast 5-6 plays.
EXAMPLES (taking into consideration a marqui gives us 15 numbers)
3
25
12
1
17
30
29
33
18
22
16
24
19
35
24 reds = 8 Blacks = 7 Even = 7 odds = 8 low = 6 high = 9 we will play high in
this situation
unorthodox martiangle ( we will use the example above 1-4-7-20-60-111 )
28 +1
18
32 +3
6
3
2
24 +8
34 +1
21 +1
27 +1
16
15
33 +2
15
13
32 +2 ENDED ON A WIN
Total gained during the unorthadox martiangle was +28 units, a regular
martiangle would have only made 8 units profit. Lets take the same numbers and
play an unorthodox cancellation of the above sequence.
11-4-7-3, if we win, we will call it a game and stop (conservative people, if

you are aggressive, go ahead and try to finish another sequence.
28 11-4-7-3 cancel out the 11 and 3 = 4,7

18 LOSS, 4,7,15
32 cancel out the 4 and 15 = 7
6 loss 7,7
3 loss, 7,7,14
2 loss 7,7,14,21
24 cancel out the 7 and 21 = 7,14
34 cancel out the 7 and 14 win END OF SESSION +11+4+7+3 = 25 units
LETS CONTINUE FOR THE AGGRESSIVE PLAYERS
21 cancel out the 11 and 3

27 cancel out the 4 and 7 +25 units again.
16 loss 11,4,7,3,14
15 loss 11,4,7,3,14,25
33 win cancel out the 11 and 25 = 4,7,3,14
15 loss 4,7,3,14,18
13 loss 4,7,3,14,18,22
32 cancel out the 4 and 22.
TAKE RESULTS AND SEE WHAT CAME UP THE MOST THEN CONTINUE FINISHING THE GAME,
line left is 7,3,14,18. Red = 7 black = 8 even = 8 odd = 7 high = 7 low = 8 so
pick between black, even and low (lets play low because we are dealing with
low/high already)
8 cancel out 7 and 18

19 loss line is 3,14,17
18 cancel out 3 and 17
3 cancel out 14 +25 units again.
Now, as you can see the cancellation got really high really quickly, but always
remember, we are playing the hottest even money bet, so we hope it will continue
to hit more than the other, and as we saw, the high slowly changed to a low
dominated game which is fortunate to have gotten us out of a mess.
The unorthodox cancellation system can yeild a higher percent return as suppose
to the martiangle. As seen, the unorthadox martiangle did finish a couple
times, we could have changed it to 5-11-50-100-350 or something but the point is
it finished more frequently than the unorthodox cancellation.
I recommend you aim for 2-3 wins tops with the unorthadox maritangle and one
line sequence with the cancellation. In the above cases the aggressive players
would have made out well with the cancellation and the martiangle as well.
This is a new way to approach the game, and should prove to work in the long
run, if the player plays as specified, and is fairly random in choosing their
way to play. The cancellation above finished 3 sequences, for a profit of 75
units while the martiangle, finished 8 sequences for a profit of 25 units.
file:///D|/Systems/VERSION%201%20SYSTEM.htm
Introduction:
The historiography of the Roulette contemplates lots of
anecdotal. Some of these are:
1. The factorial total one of the Roulette makes... 666 (In fact,
37*36/2)=666 , and everyone knows who's the owner of such number.
2. It's narrated that from the back of the saio of the Jesuit
father who for the first time introduced the "infernal machine"
got out one ... tail!
3. Why - if it is true that is impossible to beat the roulette,
is well known that exist one "rule" - unquestionable! - which
with the managers are able to remove eventual "disliked"
gamblers?
understand which was the criteria that with which the Jesuits
placed the numbers in the roulette wheel.
At last I found a wheel distribution that eliminate the negative
refuse.
Using this distribution I applied the statistics "law of the
third" and found a system for 6-10 numbers.
I tested this system on thousands of spins, and I won ALL the
games within the 11th spins (also if the mathematics delay of the
system is calculated to be of 12th spins).
Then you have to cancel, all the numbers that will be drawn.
Well, for effect of the Law of the Third, in the "Diagram of the
Medium Refuse", after 24 spins, on average, only 17.83 numbers
will be drawn. Well of these 18 numbers theoretically 9 would
have to be present in the first line and the remaining 9 in the
other one.
Bur, for the effect of the so-called the Gaussian deviation, this
fair distribution very rarely will happen and therefore one of
the two lines will nearly mark more and more sorties of the other
one.
numbers.
file:///D|/Systems/VERSION%201%20SYSTEM.htm (1 of 7) [7/9/2002 10:16:51 AM]


I) Aggressive way
II) Classic way
III) Protective way
Procedure:
I. Aggressive Way:
I play in all the cases, also if both the lines have the some
number of numbers cancelled (ex. 9-9, 8-8, etc…), making two
different bet for the 2 lines, you can win two times in this
case.
II) Classic Way:
two lines.
For example:Line A 9 numbers cancelled Line B 11 numbers: the
good line is the B
the B
Line A 6 numbers cancelled Line B 8 numbers: the good line is the
B
difference)
two lines.
For example:

Line A 9 numbers cancelled Line B 11 numbers: : no good lines

(low difference)
the B
difference)
difference)
You will play less times than in the other ways, but this way is
the more protective way (for your bankroll) to attack the
roulette.
protective way (for your bankroll) to attack the roulette.
With this system I use a little progression, the progression
depends from the number of the numbers that I will bet.
In all my tests during the last years I never arrived at 12th
spins, just one time I arrived at the 11th spins (betting 6
numbers).
On average the system win at the 2,6 spins, so you can win and
beat the roulette without using a progression bet.
The bank roll would be of 80 units for a flat bet, and 1000 or
more units for a progression bet.
Numbers to
bet
spins 6 7 8 9 10
1 1 30 1 29 1 28 1 27 1 26
2 1 24 1 22 1 20 1 18 1 16
3 1 18 1 15 1 12 1 9 1 6
4 1 12 1 8 1 4 2 27 2 22
5 1 6 2 30 2 24 3 27 3 28
6 2 30 2 16 2 8 3 9 4 24

7 2 18 3 31 3 20 5 36 6 36
8 3 36 3 10 5 52 6 18 8 28
9 3 18 4 18 5 12 8 18 11 26
10 4 30 5 26 7 28 11 27 15 20
11 5 36 6 13 9 28 15 36 21 26
12 6 36 8 29 12 40 20 36 30 50
In the first column we can read the numbers of units to bet
(1,1,1,1,2,2,3…) and in the second column the relative numbers of
units won (30,24,18,12 …)
Table of game:
Line A Line B
1 3
2 6
4 7
5 8
9 10
14 11
15 12
16 13
17 18
19 22
20 23
21 26
24 27
25 28
31 29
32 30
33 35
34 36
Table of game:
Line A Line B
1 3
2 6
4 7
5 8
9 10
14 11
15 12
16 13
17 18

19 22
20 23
21 26
24 27
25 28
31 29
32 30
33 35
34 36
aggressive way and a little progressive bet as in the previous
table.
Example 1:
18, 9, 21, 35, 00, 2, 20, 16, 33, 11, 10, 35, 28, 33, 10, 32, 29,
33, 31, 2, 30, 24, 20, 7,
Line A Line B
1 3
2 6
4 7
5 8
9 10
14 11
15 12
16 13
17 18
19 22
20 23
21 26
24 27
25 28
31 29
32 30
33 35
34 36
(1,4,5,14,15,17,19,25,34)
Example 2:
Let's continue with other 24 spins:

12, 8, 15, 22, 12, 00, 10, 26, 8, 16, 00, 26, 29, 7, 26, 12, 28,
9, 24, 17, 5, 26, 26, 0
Line A Line B
1 3
2 6
4 7
5 8
9 10
14 11
15 12
16 13
17 18
19 22
20 23
21 26
24 27
25 28
31 29
32 30
33 35
34 36
Line A 6 numbers cancelled, Line B 8 numbers, the good line is
the Line B
As you can see in this case you win at the 4th spins, betting 2
units per numbers (I used the progression ad in table
Example 3:
Let's continue with other 24 spins:
34, 31, 11, 34, 28, 29, 30, 32, 2, 21, 36, 28, 1, 34, 5, 24, 13,
20,12, 0, 1, 27, 36, 35,
Line A Line B
1 3
2 6
4 7
5 8
9 10
14 11
15 12
16 13

17 18
19 22
20 23
21 26
24 27
25 28
31 29
32 30
33 35
34 36
Line A 9 numbers cancelled, Line B 9 numbers, both the lines are
good line
3,6,7,8,10,18,22,23,26 for Line B.
As you can see in this case you win at the 2nd and at the 3rd
spins.

VERSION 2 SYSTEM
Introduction:
The historiography of the Roulette contemplates lots of anecdotal. Some of these

are:
1. The factorial total one of the Roulette makes... 666 (In fact, 37*36/2)=666 ,
and everyone knows who's the owner of such number.
2. It's narrated that from the back of the saio of the Jesuit father who for the
first time introduced the "infernal machine" got out one ... tail!
3. Why - if it is true that is impossible to beat the roulette, is well known
that exist one "rule" - unquestionable! - which with the managers are able to
remove eventual "disliked" gamblers?
The main target in my research, during the last years, was to understand which
was the criteria that with which the Jesuits placed the numbers in the roulette
wheel.
Using this distribution I applied the statistics "law of the third" and found a
system for 9-13 numbers.
I tested this system on thousands of spins, and I won ALL the games within the
11th spins (also if the mathematics delay of the system is calculated to be of
13th spins).
Procedure:
First you have to annotate on the special table:
24 spins for American Roulette.
Or 18 Spins for French Roulette.
the Law of the Third, in the "Diagram of the Medium Refuse", after 24 spins, on
average, only 17.83 numbers will be drawn. Well of these 18 numbers
theoretically 9 would have to be present in the first line and the remaining 9
in the other one.
distribution very rarely will happen and therefore one of the two lines will
nearly mark more and more sorties of the other one.
1) You have to identify the line where you have cancelled less numbers.
The method of betting:
These are the conditions for betting the system:
1) Identify a line with less numbers cancelled than the other one
You can also play double game.
Note: you can play also if the numbers cancelled are 9 but only in double game
and only in the French Roulette.
Usually you will find a difference of at least 2 numbers between the two lines.
For example:Line A 9 numbers cancelled Line B 11 numbers: the good line is the A
Line A 4 numbers cancelled Line B 8 numbers: no good lines (to few numbers
cancelled in the good lines)
Line A 10 numbers cancelled Line B 12 numbers: no good lines (to many numbers
cancelled in the good lines)
Kind of attack:
With this system I use a little progression, the progression depends from the
number of the numbers that I will bet.
In all my tests during the last years I never arrived at 12th spins, just one
time I arrived at the 11th spins (betting 6 numbers).
On average the system win at the 2,6 spins, so you can win and beat the roulette
without using a progression bet.
progression bet.
8 9 10 11 12 13
1 28 1 27 1 26 1 25 1 24 1 23
1 20 1 18 1 16 1 14 1 12 1 10
1 12 1 9 1 6 2 28 2 48 2 20
1 4 2 27 2 22 2 6 3 24 3 17
2 24 3 27 3 28 3 9 4 12 4 24
2 8 3 9 4 24 5 26 6 12 7 28
3 20 5 36 6 36 7 21 9 12 11 16
5 52 6 18 8 28 10 19 14 24 17 44
5 12 8 18 11 26 14 9 21 24 26 14
7 28 11 27 15 20 21 30 32 36 41 15
9 28 15 36 21 26 30 24 47 12 64 48
12 40 20 36 30 50 44 44 72 48 118 62
In the first column we can read the numbers of units to bet (1,1,1,1,2,2,3…) and
in the second column the relative numbers of units won (30,24,18,12 …)
Table of game:
Table of game:
Line A Line B
1 3
2 6
4 7
5 8
9 10
14 11
15 12
16 13
17 18
19 22
20 23
21 26
24 27
25 28
31 29
32 30
33 35
34 36
Example 1:
18, 9, 21, 35, 00, 2, 20, 16, 33, 11, 10, 35, 28, 33, 10, 32, 29, 33, 31, 2, 30,
24, 20, 7,
Line A Line B
1 3
2 6
4 7
5 8
9 10
14 11
15 12
16 13
17 18
19 22
20 23
21 26
24 27
25 28
31 29
32 30
33 35
34 36
You Must bet on the remaining 10 numbers in the Line B
(3,6,8,12,13,22,23,26,27,36)
10
1 26
1 16
1 6
2 22
3 28
4 24
6 36
8 28
11 26
15 20
21 26
30 50
Example 2:
12, 8, 15, 22, 12, 00, 10, 26, 8, 16, 00, 26, 29, 7, 26, 12, 28, 9, 24, 17, 5,
26, 26, 0
Line A Line B
1 3
2 6
4 7
5 8
9 10
14 11
15 12
16 13
17 18
19 22
20 23
21 26
24 27
25 28
31 29
32 30
33 35
34 36
Line A 6 numbers cancelled, Line B 8 numbers, the good line is the Line A
You will bet on 1,2,4,14,19,20,21,25,31,32,33,34 (12 numbers).
12
1 24
1 12
2 48
3 24
4 12
6 12
9 12
14 24
21 24
32 36
47 12
72 48
Example 3:
34, 31, 11, 34, 28, 29, 30, 32, 2, 21, 36, 28, 1, 34, 5, 24, 13, 20,12, 0, 1,
27, 36, 35,
Line A Line B
1 3
2 6
4 7
5 8
9 10
14 11
15 12
16 13
17 18
19 22
20 23
21 26
24 27
25 28
31 29
32 30
33 35
34 36
Line A 9 numbers cancelled, Line B 9 numbers, impossible to bet!
(Very rare).
Last advice:
In a real casino, the enviroment, the noise, the adrenalin, all make it very
hard to avoid errors while recording the spins.
systems.
Also if you lose 2 or 3 games consecutively do not change the method, it is only
a statistical negative event and you will win more in the following games.
Never use progression while betting. ALWAYS use the same bet from the beginning
of the day until the end.
impatience!
If you follow this advice, winning will be only a formality
file:///D|/Systems/VERY%20NEAR%20THE%20INFALLABLE%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEM.htm
HOW TO PLAY AND
WIN
AT ROULETTE
VERY NEAR THE INFALLIBLE METHOD
NOTE: I want to thank to the authors of "THE COMPLETE BOOK OF THE CASINO GAMES" the great
help that have meant for me the explanations found in their book and those which I make reference in these
pages.
file:///D|/Systems/VERY%20NEAR%20THE%20INFALLABLE%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEM.htm (1 of 56) [7/9/2002 10:12:48 AM]

INDEX:
INTRODUCTION.
THE FIGURES.

INTRODUCTION.
This book is directed to the player of roulette. To the player that knows already basically
the operation of the game. To the player that has proven other methods without success.
And lack to him two very important things, a book that explain to him that what happens
really in the roulette, and a method that to give him some high guarantees of success in the
game.
All we have read some book that fills pages and more pages on the theories of the random
and the probabilities calculation without a subsequent practical application, and also we
have proven methods "miraculous" that though make to win money when the situation is
favorable do not notify of the dangers of an unfavorable situation, neither explain how
surpassing it. These situations are presented more often than what we think and we wish.
Precisely by these reasons I will not extend in theoretical explanations. I will limit me to
explain some indispensable basic notions to understand on that base has been built the
method and below we will put in practice its game mechanism on real game sequences.

THE FIGURES.
(developed according to explanation from the book "THE COMPLETE BOOK OF
THE CASINO GAMES").
What are the figures?. For the purpose of the simple combinations of the roulette, a
number anyone can be PAR or ODD, LACK or PASSES, RED or BLACK. We will center
in this last combination.
We have two columns to note the combination of each play. If the number is red we make
an annotation in the cabin of the left and if it is black in the right cabin. Each play can
have an alone annotation, or to the right or to the left, and it is one of the two possible
alternatives: RED or BLACK. It is said that the possible figures of 1 (of one play) are 2.
In the second consecutive play the possibilities are: RED - RED, RED -BLACK, BLACK -

RED, BLACK - BLACK, and is said that the figures of 2 are 4. In 3 consecutive plays the
possibilities are 8 (fig. 1).
GRAPHIC
1
R B R B R B R B R B R B R B R B
The possibility of the fact that is formed a figure of 3 (1 between 8) is the half of be formed
a figure of 2 (1 between 4) and the fourth part that a figure of 1 (1 between 2). Is the same
as to say:
So that could be formed one figure of 2 those of 1 will have been able to form 2 times each
one, and so that could be formed one figure of 3 those of 2 will have been able to form also
2 times, and thus successive. For so much, we can say that the figures of 1 are the double
that those of 2, the figures of 2 are the double that those of 3, the figures of 3 are the double
that those of 4, the figures of 4 are the double that those of 5, etc.
This reasoning can be applied to the series saying that the series of 1 are the double that
those of 2, the series of 2 are the double that those of 3, the series of 3 are the double that
those of 4, etc.
Evidently this ideal distribution is not fulfilled, and we can only assert is that while goes
increasing the number of plays, the distribution will be gone approximating every time more
to this ideal distribution. It can be that never it is fulfilled exactly, but the difference
between the percentage that would correspond to every series taking into account the
number of plays and the real will be every time smaller.

The ideal distribution of the series in 247 plays would be this:
SERIES PLAY %

4 series of 5. = 20 “ 3.15
8 series of 4. = 32 “ 6.30
16 series of 3. = 48 “ 12.59
32 series of 2. = 64 “ 25.19
64 series of 1. = 64 “ 50.39
TOTAL 127 series. 247 plays. 100.00
If we go increasing the number of plays the corresponding percentage to the series of 1 goes
approximating to 50%, that of the series of 2 to 25%, that of the series of 3 to 12,5%, etc.


In the book "THE COMPLETE BOOK OF CASINO GAMES" the authors explain a
method used by a Spanish systemist called García. Taking this method, that we will
explain below, as a starting point, the authors elaborate their own system. We will not go
into to analyse the efficiency or mathematical base of this last, but we consider its practical
application excessively
complex. We also take it as a starting point, but to arrive, as we will see later, at quite
different results. GARCIA’s system consisted of the following:
If the first play is BLACK, in the following one you bet 1 chip on the break of the series,
that is to say, on RED. If the second play is RED you win 1 chip and you restart betting 1
chip on BLACK.
GRAPHIC
2

1 0
2 1 1 1
If the second play has not been RED but BLACK, you bet 3 chips on RED. If the third play
is RED you get 2 chips (3 won minus 1 lost in the first play) and you restart betting 1 chip
on BLACK.
GRAPHIC
3

1 0
2 1 -1 -1
3 3 3 2
If the third play has been BLACK you bet 7 chips on RED. If the fourth play is RED you
get 3 chips (7 won minus 4 lost) and you restart betting 1 chip on BLACK.
GRAPHIC
4

1 0
2 1 -1 -1
3 3 -3 -4
4 7 7 3
If the fourth play is BLACK, you don’t bet more on the break of the series. We’ve had a
series of 4. The system expects a series of 7, that is to say, 3 more BLACK. So far the losses
amount to 11 units, divided into 3 bets (4, 4 and 3).
GRAPHIC
5

1 0
2 1 -1 -1
3 3 -3 -4
4 7 -7 -11
Fifth play: you bet the first 4 units on BLACK. If the fifth play is in fact a BLACK, you
bet the following 4 units on BLACK in the sixth play. If you also win then you bet the last
3 units on BLACK in the seventh play. If the game has gone by in this manner you have

obtained as net profits all the ones originated by the series of 1, of 2 and of 3 that have
appeared until then.
GRAPHIC
6

1 0
2 1 -1 -1
3 3 -3 -4
4 7 -7 -11
5 4 4 -7
6 4 4 -3
7 3 3 0
However, when one of the recovery bets of the plays 5, 6 or 7 fails, this loss is added to the
one which still has to be recovered and we restart the cycle betting a unit on the
intermittence, 3 units on the break of the series of 2 and 7 on the break of the series of 3,
until a series of 4 appears again.
GRAPHIC 7
BANK OF LOSSES

2 1 -1 -1
3 3 -3 -4
4 7 -7 -11 11 4 4 3
5 4 -4 -15 15
GRAPHIC 8
BANK OF LOSSES
1
2 1 -1 -1
3 3 -3 -4
4 7 -7 -11 11 4 4 3
5 4 4 -7 7 4 3 0
6 4 -4 -11 11
GRAPHIC
9
BANK OF LOSSES
1
2 1 -1 -1
3 3 -3 -4
4 7 -7 -11 11 4 4 3
5 4 4 -7 7 4 3 0
6 4 4 -3 3 3 0 0
7 3 -3 -6 6
An example, the game goes by with the profits obtained with the series from 1, 2 and 3 until
a series of 4 appears. The loss amounts to 11 units. In the following play you bet 4 chips

on the formation of a series of 5 and you lost. These 4 chips are added to the previous 11
that amount to a total of 15. The cycle restarts, until a series of 4 appears that will entail
another loss of 11 units. This loss will have to be added to the already existing of 15,
amounting a total of 26, that will be divided in 3 (9, 9 and 8). In the fifth play we would
bet 9 chips on the continuation of the series.
GRAPHIC
10
BANK OF LOSSES
1
2 1 1 1
3 1 -1 0
4 3 3 3
5 1 1 4
6 1 1 5
7 1 1 6
8 1 -1 5
9 3 -3 2
10 7 7 9
11 1 1 10
12 1 -1 9
13 3 3 12
14 1 -1 11
15 3 3 14
16 1 1 15
17 1 -1 14
18 3 -3 11
19 7 -7 4 -11 4 4 3
20 4 -4 0 -15
21 1 1 1
22 1 1 2
23 1 -1 1
24 3 -3 -2
25 7 -7 -9 -26 9 9 8
26 9 9 0 17 9 8 0

27 9 9 9 8 8 0 0
28 8 8 17 0 0 0 0
29
As we can see, all the system is based on the appearance of a series of 7 or higher. We
know that a series of 7 has a possibility of being formed every 247 plays and we have seen
that in a sufficiently large number of plays this prediction is true. But, obviously, this fact
does not occur regularly and in the same way that we can have 3 series of more than 6 in a
sequence of 30 plays, we can also find ourselves having to wait 300 plays until one
appears. What are the average losses that you may have to assume waiting for the series of
7?
Working always on the ideal distribution that we know and taking into account that a series
of 4 causes that the deficit increases in 11 units more the third part of the already existing
one, that a series of 5 does not alter the deficit and that a series of 6 reduces it 2/3 parts, we
have to assume losses of around 330 chips with recovery bets of 110. The deficit is not
really real since we would have been collecting the profits obtained with the appearance of
the series from 1, 2 and 3, and they would be exactly 176 units. Summarising, we would
have an effective deficit of 154 chips and to recover we would have to make bets of 110.
All this supposing that every two series of 4 it appears one of 5, and for every two series of
5, one of 6. What does this system require to put it into practice? Two principal
requirements, first to have a great capital and second to have nerves of steel to apply it in
the game table with real money. But neither of these two requirements would be enough to
guarantee the usefulness of the system. The time could arrive, and in fact we have seen it
ourselves several times during the tests we made, where the recovery bets surpassed the
maximum bet allowed by the table (540 times the minimal bet). And we have also to take
into account the appearance of the zero. This factor is the more important the higher the
quantities which we can be forced to bet following the system.

2 OBSERVATIONS:
1) It is a very risky system one that bases all the recovery on a fact that occurs once every
247 plays.
2) Setting aside its mathematical possibilities, the system was not making the most of the
appearance of the series of 1, 2 and 3. García obtained 1 chip of profit with the series of 1,
2 chips with the series of 2 and 3 chips with the series of 3. But if we apply the progression
3 - 5 - 9, the series of one would produce 3 chips of profit, the series of 2 two, and the series
of three 1 chip. The loss caused by a series of 4 would be of 17 units instead of 11.
Obviously, the deficit would increase more quickly, but the system is based on recovering
all the losses with the first series of 7 or higher. When the series appears, after the usual 247
plays, the profits obtained with Garcia’s system with the series of 1, 2 and 3 are of 176 units
and with our progression they would amount to 272.
GRAPHIC 11

1
2 1 1 1

3 1 -1 0
4 3 3 3
5 1 1 4
6 1 1 5
7 1 1 6
8 1 -1 5
9 3 3 8
10 1 -1 7
11 3 3 10
12 1 1 11
13 1 -1 10
14 3 -3 7
15 7 7 14
16 1 1 15
17 1 -1 14
18 3 3 17
19 1 -1 16
20 3 -3 13
21 7 7 20
22 1 1 21
23 1 1 22
24 1 1 23
25 1 -1 22
26 3 3 25
27 1 -1 24
28 3 3 27
29 1 1 28
30 1 1 29

GRAPHIC 12

1
2 3 3 3
3 3 -3 0
4 5 5 5
5 3 3 8
6 3 3 11
7 3 3 14
8 3 -3 11
9 5 5 16
10 3 -3 13
11 5 5 18
12 3 3 21
13 3 -3 18
14 5 -5 13
15 9 9 22
16 3 3 25
17 3 -3 22
18 5 5 27
19 3 -3 24
20 5 -5 19
21 9 9 28
22 3 3 31
23 3 3 34
24 3 3 37
25 3 -3 40
26 5 5 45
27 3 -3 42
28 5 5 47
29 3 3 50
30 3 3 53

This is GARCIA’s method. It was necessary to explain it to understand from which starting
point we have departed to arrive at the results that, as we will see, do guarantee the success
in a percentage near to 100% of the cases and do give us security during the game in
comparison to the other class of violent game that guarantees only occasionally this
recovery.
To begin with, we will say that if we have to apply a system that bases the recovery of all
the losses on a specific fact, we prefer that this fact has more possibilities of appearing than
those which had the previous one and that were between 1 and 247.
We pay attention again to the ideal distribution of the series in 247 plays, but now
especially in the series of 1. There are 64, but which is their distribution throughout 247
plays? A series does not appear once every 4 plays, neither do appear the 64 together.
Applying the theory of the figures we can begin to know which would be the ideal
distribution of these 64 series.
When a series of 1 appears, there is a 50% possibilities that another series of one follows
and a 50% possibilities that any other series follows (2 , 3, 4, 5, etc.).
When two consecutive series of 1 appear, there is a 50% possibilities that another series of 1
follows and a 50% possibilities that any other series follows.
When three consecutive series of 1 appear, there is a 50% of possibilities that another series
of 1 appears and a 50% possibilities that any other series follows
And so on....
If we apply this on 64 series we obtain an ideal distribution in approximate groups that

would remain like this:
n 16 groups of 1 = 16 series.
n 1 group of 5 = 5 series.
TOTAL: 57 series.
We still have 7 series of 1 left to arrive at the total of 64. If we distributed them following
the calculation of probabilities, we could have the following distribution:
n 1 group of 5 = 5 series.
TOTAL: 64 series.
We have added two to the groups of 1, one to the groups of 2, and another to the groups of
3. What we want to know now is what right of appearance has every one of these groups in
the course of 247 plays. This point is easy to verify dividing the total number of plays by
the quantities of appearance of every type of group. These are the results:
n 1 isolated series of 1 can appear every 14 plays.

n 1 group of 2 consecutive series of 1 can appear every 27 plays.
García’s system tried to recover the losses with 3 consecutive bets in the 5th, 6th and 7th
plays of a series of 7. The number of series of a given length is equal to the sum of all
those of a higher length. This is the same as saying that the series of 1 are in opposition to
all the series of 2, 3, 4, 5, etc. together. We will take advantage of this information that the
calculation of probabilities gives us to put it into practice in the following way:

n We will not attempt to obtain direct profits with the series of 1.

n We will bet 1 unit on the break of the series of 2, 3 and 4. Each of these series will
report us 1 chip of profit.
n We will not bet to obtain profits on the series of 4 or higher.
n We use the series of 1 to recover the losses produced by the appearance of the series
of 3, 4 and 5.
n We will attempt to recover the deficit in 2 bets on a group of 2 consecutive series of
1.
But if a group of 2 is valid, it is also valid one higher than 2. If we add all the groups of 2
and higher there is a total of 17 groups that should be used throughout the game to cancel
the deficit and leave as net profits the ones produced by all the series of 2, 3 and 4.
A group of 2 consecutive series of 1 or higher can appear every 15 plays. We have already
obtained a great advantage, as we do not have to wait for one chance every 247 plays to
cancel the deficit; in fact, during the game we will be able to cancel it on average 17 times.
This fact, as we will see in the practical demonstration, makes both the losses and the
recovery bets more reasonable in comparison to García’s system and give us more security
during the game.
THE MECHANICS OF THE GAME.
1) At the beginning of the game and as long as the deficit to recover is 0, we will pass 2
plays of indication.
2) We will bet in the 3rd, 4th and 5th plays on the intermittence.
3) Every time a play is won we restart the cycle.
4) The lost chips go to a bank of losses and the total figure is divided into 2.

n If a series of 2 appears, we will win a chip in the 3rd play.
GRAPHIC 13

1
2
3 1 1 1
n If a series of 3 appears, we will win a chip in the 4th play, but we will have lost one in
the 3rd play.
GRAPHIC 14

1
2
3 1 -1 -1
4 1 1 0
n If a series of 4 appears, we will win a chip in the 5th play, and we will have losses of
2 units in the 3rd and 4th plays.
GRAPHIC 15

1
2
3 1 -1 -1
4 1 -1 -2
5 1 1 -1

n And if a series of 5 or higher appears, we will have losses of 3 units caused by the
3rd, 4th and 5th plays..
GRAPHIC 16

1
2
3 1 -1 -1
4 1 -1 -2
5 1 -1 -3
6 0
5) This deficit is divided into 2. When the break of a series occurs, we expect then the
appearance of two consecutive series of 1. We have to bet half the deficit on the
intermittence. Two things may happen:
A) The first bet is won. We discount the bet made from the deficit, and we still have
to recover the other half of the deficit. In the following play we bet the remaining
half. If we won, the cycle is completed and we wait again for a series of 2 and bet on
the break. We will have won as many units as series of 2, 3 and 4 have appeared up
to now.
B) The recovery bet is lost (first or second). There has been a series of 2. The loss is
added to the deficit and we continue to bet a chip on the break of the series of 2, 3

and 4, keeping the chips won and adding to the bank of losses the ones caused by
the series of 3, 4 and 5. When the first intermittence occurs, it will be the time to try
again the recovery of the deficit in 2 consecutive bets.
GRAPHIC
17
BANK OF LOSSES
1
2 0
3 0
4 1 -1 -1 1 1 0
5 1 1 0 1 1 0
6 1 1 1 0 0 0
7 0 0 1
8 1 -1 0 1 1 0
9 1 -1 -1 2 1 1
10 1 1 0 2 1 1
11 1 -1 -1 3 2 1

12 1 1 0 3 2 1
13 2 2 2 1 1 0
14 1 -1 1 2 1 1
15 1 -1 0 3 2 1
16 1 1 1 3 2 1
17 2 -2 -1 5 3 2
18 1 1 0 5 3 2
19 3 3 3 2 2 0
20 2 2 5 0 0 0
21 0
22
The mechanics of the game may seem complicated. But it will not seem so, once you see
them in practice, in a real sequence. At the same time we will see how the game control
sheets have to be.
When the zero appears. we can mark the box in which it has appeared, if this interests us for
statistical effects; the play will be considered void to the purposes of the game, but we can
not assume the loss and put it in the bank of deficit to recover, since this would alter
enormously our predictions. The loss caused by zero will be half the bet made, and in the
following play the same bet will be made. Since we can not include this loss with the
general ones caused by the series of 3, 4 and 5, we will have to count it subtracting it from
the total profits.
GRAPHIC
18


1 19 0 0
2 12 0 0 0 0 0 0
3 24 1 1 0 0 0 1
4 27 0 0 0 0 0 1
5 7 0 0 0 0 0 1
6 16 1 -1 -1 1 0 0
7 26 1 2 -1 1 0 1
8 8 1 -1 -2 1 1 0
9 36 1 1 -2 1 1 1
10 6 1 1 -1 1 0 2
11 6 1 -1 -2 1 1 1
12 29 1 -1 -3 2 1 0
13 17 1 -1 -4 2 2 -1
14 13 1 -1 -5 3 2 -2
15 22 0 0 -5 3 2 -2
16 14 0 0 -5 3 2 -2
17 31 3 3 -2 2 0 1
18 17 2 2 0 0 0 3
19 25 0 0 0 0 0 3
20 8 1 1 0 0 0 0
3.5
21 16 0 0 0 0 0
3.5
22 36 0 0 0 0 0
3.5
23 15 1 1 0 0 0
4.5
24 6 0 0 0 0 0
4.5
25 22 1 -1 -1 1 0
3.5
26 12 1 1 -1 1 0
4.5
27 30 1 -1 -2 1 1
3.5
28 32 1 -1 -3 2 1
2.5
29 12 1 -1 -4 2 2
1.5
30 15 1 1 -4 2 2
2.5

31 19 2 2 -2 2 0
4.5
32 21 2 -2 -4 2 2
2.5
33 28 1 1 -4 2 2
3.5
34 24 2 -2 -6 3 3
1.5
35 31 1 -1 -7 4 3
0.5
36 27 1 -1 -8 4 4 -
0.5
37 11 1 -1 -9 5 4 -
1.5
38 25 0 0 -9 5 4 -
1.5
39 8 5 5 -4 4 0
3.5
40 12 4 4 0 0 0
7.5
Play number 1: RED.

Play number 2: RED.
Play number 3: 1 chip bet on BLACK. The chip won passes directly to the PROFITS box
(produced by a series of 2).
Play number 4: No bet as there is no deficit to recover.
Play number 5: No bet. We wait for a series of 2.
Play number 6: There has been a series of 2. We bet 1 chip on BLACK. It appears RED.
We write the loss in the DEFICIT box, and as it is not possible to divide it into 2, we write a
1 in the box BETS 1 and a 0 in the box BETS 2.
Play number 7: There has been a series of 3. We bet a chip on BLACK. The chip won goes
directly to PROFITS. The deficit continues the same.
Play number 8: In the previous play there has been an intermittence. We bet the first

recovery bet (BET 1) on the intermittence and we lose. The lost chip is added to the
previous deficit and is split into 2 recovery bets (1 and 1).
Play number 9: Series of 2. 1 chip is bet on the intermittence and is won. It goes to
PROFITS directly.
Play number 10: In the previous play there has been. We make the first recovery bet (1)
on the intermittence and we win. We subtract it from the deficit and there is still a second
recovery of 1 left.
Play number 11: The second recovery bet fails. We add it to the existing deficit, that
becomes again of 2.
Plays 12, 13 and 14: The lost chips are added to the deficit, that every time it is increased,
it is divided into 2.
Play 15: In the play 14 there has been a series of 5. It does not interest us for the game.
We have to wait again until the first intermittence occurs; that will be the sign to reactivate
the bets.
Play number 16: No bet, but it is the sign so that, inn the following play we make the first
recovery bet of the deficit.
Play number 17: Fist recovery bet made and. Still the second recovery left.
Play number 18: The second the second series of 1 that allows us to cancel the deficit. In
the PROFITS column there are reflected the chips won that are equal to the total of series of
2, 3 and 4 appeared in the sequence.
Play number 19: A new cycle starts with the same mechanics of game.
Play number 20: Zero. The bet at this time was of 1 unit. We write in the corresponding
column and we update PROFITS. In the following play (it would have been 21, but for us it
is 20 again) we make again the bets that the system tells, making the relevant operations.
Plays 21 to 40: Same mechanics of the game. In the play 40 we win the second recovery
bet and the deficit is cancelled. As net PROFITS we obtain 7.5 units, 8 for the total from
the series of 2, 3 and 4 appeared, minus the loss produced by the appearance of the zero in
the play 20.
COMMENTARIES:

1) We can see in the play 37 that the recovery deficit indicates - 9 and in reality it is of - 1.5
units.
2) The isolated series of 1 do not alter the deficit and in some phases of the game they
allow us to cancel it (when we have only pending recovery bet).
3) The bets are relatively lower in comparison with the GARCIA’s system.
4) The yield of the system, as long as you closed all the recoveries, it is the sum of all the
series of 2, 3 and 4 minus the losses produced by the zeroes (approximately of one chip
every 5 plays).
So far the theory has been explained. What the reader, and potential player is interested in
knowing is which practical possibilities has the system.
Now we will present a very critical situation (extracted from a real game) so that the reader
can be conscious of what, apart from the yield and advantages of the system, he should be
prepared to face if he wants to apply the system without limiting at no time the recovery
progression.

GRAPHIC 19
1 33 0 0 0 0 0 0
2 11 0 0 0 0 0 0
3 8 1 -1 -1 1 0 -1
4 20 1 -1 -2 1 1 -2
5 31 1 -1 -3 2 1 -3
6 28 0 0 -3 2 1 -3
7 11 0 0 -3 2 1 -3
8 9 0 0 -3 2 1 -3
9 18 2 -2 -5 3 2 0 -6
10 10 1 1 -5 3 2 -5
11 21 3 3 -2 2 0 -2
12 14 2 -2 -4 2 2 -4
13 25 1 -1 -5 3 2 -5
14 4 1 1 -5 3 2 -4
15 13 3 -3 -8 4 4 -7
16 24 1 -1 -9 5 4 -8
17 8 1 -1 -10 5 5 -9
18 32 1 1 -10 5 5 -8
19 33 5 5 -5 5 0 -3
20 35 5 -5 -10 5 5 -8
21 8 1 -1 -11 6 5 -9
22 15 1 -1 -12 6 6 -10
23 31 1 -1 -13 7 6 -11
24 23 0 0 -13 7 6 -11
25 22 7 7 -6 6 0 -4
26 14 6 -6 -12 6 6 -10

27 11 1 -1 -13 7 6 -11
28 30 1 1 -13 7 6 -10
29 25 7 -7 -20 10 10 -17
30 2 1 1 -20 10 10 -16
31 5 10 10 -10 10 0 -6
32 16 10 -10 -20 10 10 -16
33 27 1 -1 -21 11 10 -17
34 21 1 -1 -22 11 11 0 -18.5
35 33 1 1 -22 11 11 -17.5
36 36 11 11 -11 11 0 -6.5
37 23 11 -11 -22 11 11 -17.5
38 7 1 -1 -23 12 11 -18.5
39 11 1 1 -23 12 11 -17.5
40 1 12 12 -11 11 0 -5.5
GRAPHIC
20
41 30 11 -11 -22 11 11 -
16.5
42 13 1 1 -22 11 11 -
15.5
43 6 11 -11 -33 17 16 -
26.5
44 31 1 -1 -34 17 17 -
27.5
45 9 1 1 -34 17 17 -
26.5
46 13 17 17 -17 17 0 -9.5

47 29 17 -17 -34 17 17 -
26.5
48 27 1 1 -34 17 17 -
25.5
49 32 17 -17 -51 26 25 -
42.5
50 15 1 1 -51 26 25 -
41.5
51 14 26 26 -25 25 0 -
15.5
52 18 25 -25 -50 25 25 -
40.5
53 23 1 -1 -51 26 25 -
41.5
54 14 1 -1 -52 26 26 -
42.5
55 36 1 -1 -53 27 26 -
43.5
56 1 0 0 -53 27 26 -
43.5
57 17 0 0 -53 27 26 -
43.5
58 29 27 -27 -80 40 40 -
70.5
59 29 1 -1 -81 41 40 -
71.5
60 13 1 -1 -82 41 41 -
72.5
61 33 1 -1 -83 42 41 -
73.5
62 11 0 0 -83 42 41 -
73.5
63 4 42 42 -41 41 0 -
31.5
64 28 41 -41 -82 41 41 -
72.5
65 21 1 1 -82 41 41 -
71.5
66 3 41 -41 -123 62 61 -
112.5
67 24 1 1 1 62 61 -
111.5

68 7 62 62 -61 61 0 -
49.5
69 16 61 -61 -122 61 61 -
110.5
70 8 1 1 -122 61 61 -
109.5
71 20 61 -61 -183 92 91 -
170.5
72 4 1 -1 -184 92 92 -
171.5
73 30 1 1 -184 92 92 -
170.5
74 17 92 92 -92 92 0 -
78.5
75 32 92 92 0 0 0 13.5
76 3
77
78
79
80
COMMENTARY OF THE SEQUENCE:
n In the play number 1 we had closed the previous recovery.

n Long series have prevailed. They have the advantage that they make the deficit
increase more slowly, but the yield, when the recovery is achieved, is inferior.
n When short series appear the theoretical deficit is doubled more quickly, but you get
direct profits and there also more possibilities of appearance of individual groups and of
closing of the recoveries.
n We have nearly reached the limit. We still could have found 2 failed bets in the first
recovery without surpassing the limit.

It is actually an extraordinary situation, as the interval of 15 plays has been multiplied by 5

in plays in which, theoretically, 2 consecutive series of 1 should appear. Can there be a
greater interval? Yes, of course, there is no mathematical rule that prevents it, though one
must admit that the possibilities of appearance are actually minimal.
The possibilities of success increase as the initial capital increases. On the other hand, the
yield of the system has some clear limitations and depends on 2 factors:
n Number of series of 2, 3 and 4 appeared during the game. We have already seen that
when prevailing the long series, the deficit increases more slowly and the yield is
smaller, and vice versa, when short series appear the recovery interval will be shorter,
but the yield higher.
n Losses caused by the zero.
The average yield of the system oscillates between 0.20 and 0.25 chips by play.
If we make a revision of all the methods and bet systems knows, none can guarantee with
such a low risk such a high percentage of success. The reader who is interested in the topic
can compare, in the book mentioned at the beginning of the chapter, the results to which the
authors arrive starting from the same method (García), with those which obtains our system.
It is extremely complex to put it into practice, the authors speak of a necessary capital
of hundreds of chips and the yield that their system obtains is of a chip every 20 plays
(0.05 chips by play).
The sequence presented in these pages is clearly prejudicial for our system. Nobody should
make the easy mistake of applying any other system and seeing that it is successful, think
that it has found the definitive solution to the problem. We have to remember that every
system has a favourable situation and an unfavourable one and that we simply have to try
and face the bad one enduring without arriving to the limit, to take advantage and recover
when the situation is good.

VARIATIONS OF THIS SYSTEM.
There can be many variations and as always the possible profits are in direct relationship to
the risk that one wants to take.
With the same risk, same yield and the same percentages of success there are the following
options:
1) Attempt the recovery in three bets on the groups of 3 consecutive series of 1 and higher.
Every group should appear every 30 plays. The deficit rises more slowly as we are dividing
it into 3 and the groups of 2 allow us to reduce it in a third part.
2) In a group of 4 consecutive series of 1. There are three groups in total and the appearance
interval is of one every 82 plays. The groups of 2 reduce a fourth part the deficit to recover,
and those of 3 reduce it to the half.
3) In those of 5 we would be waiting for a phenomenon that has a possibility of occurring

every 247 plays, and though the deficit rises very slowly and the inferior groups (2, 3 and 4)
produce a certain relief, we consider that we would be playing too much time under the
pressure of recovery. And we have seen in the case of the group of 2 that the appearance of
the phenomenon (though it is a totally extraordinary situation), can multiply by five the
average interval of appearance.
With a greater risk of capital there can be many options:
1) Bet on the break of the series of 1. When attempting the recoveries we have to add a unit
every time, and the yield increases in a way proportional to the risk of not being able to
assume the recovery deficit. In this case the yield can oscillate between 0.30 and 0.40
chips per play.
2) Lengthen the bet on the series higher than 4.
3) Intensify the bets in the first series (e.g.: 3 units in the series of 1, 2 units in the series of
2 and 1 unit in the remaining series).
The reader will probably need the graphic representation of the possibilities of the system,
but we will not make it, and we will now explain the cause:
We are very satisfied with the results, obtained from a method which is of difficult practical
application, but yet, these results can be improved.
Can we play in a way yet more intelligent? Of course we can do it and we can manage to
minimise the scarce possibilities that chance has of leaving victorious, but, furthermore we
will have an almost total tranquillity during the game. Our method will come closest to what
it could be called the "infallible" method, and the possibilities of success will be of 98%.
We will now explain this:
The previous method puts all the losses produced by the series of 2, 3 and 4 in a same bank
and attempts to recover them in 2 bets on 2 consecutive series of 1. We have a total of 17
groups of series of 1 that have to recover the deficit caused by the sum of all the series of 2
or higher, what makes in total 31. If we add to this figure all the series of 2 and higher
that prevent us from recovering (63), this means that we are fighting in clear disadvantage
against the BANK. In short sequences with only the appearance of series higher than 1, we
can find that the deficit increases very quickly and exceeds our initial limit. And just after
exceeding ourselves, groups of series of 1 appear that are no longer use to us. We have to
establish a more egalitarian relationship with the BANK. We achieve this by dividing this
deficit in three independent banks (every one will make his own recovery). We explain the
procedure below:
We will bet a unit on the break of the series of 2, 3 and 4. The obtained units are direct
profits.
1??The units lost when appearing a series of 3 will be put inn a bank of losses number 1,
and they will be divided into 3. The chips of the columns 1 and 2 we will attempt to
recover them in 2 consecutive bets with the appearance of a group of 2 consecutive
series of 1 or higher.
GRAPHIC 21
BANCK NUMBER 1
PLAY R B BET RESULT PROFITS TOTAL BET 1 BET 2 BET 3
L.

13 5 4 4
5 5 5 8 4 0 4
4 4 4 4 0 0 4
When they appear 2 series of 1 consecutive, in the following play is not bet the figure of the
column number 3. The figure of the column number 3 will be bet only in third play to the
break of the series of 2 (32 series).
When it is lost one of the recovery bets (1, 2 or 3) is added to the deficit and this is returned
to divide between 3.
GRAPHIC 22
BANCK NUMBER 1
L.
13 5 4 4
5 5 5 8 4 0 4
4 -4 1 12 4 4 4
4 4 5 8 4 4 0
Possible cases:
GRAPHIC 23
BANCK NUMBER 1


L.
7 3 2 2
3 3 3 4 2 0 2
2 -2 1 6 2 2 2
GRAPHIC 24
BANCK NUMBER 1
L.
7 3 2 2
3 3 3 4 2 0 2
2 2 5 2 0 0 2
STOP
GRAPHIC 25
BANCK NUMBER 1
L.
7 3 2 2

3 -3 -3 10 4 3 3
3 -3 -6 13 5 4 4
GRAPHIC 26
BANCK NUMBER 1
L.
7 3 2 2
3 -3 -3 10 4 3 3
3 3 0 7 4 3 0
4 -4 -4 11 4 4 3
3 -3 -7 14 5 5 4
GRAPHIC 27
BANCK NUMBER 1
L.
7 3 2 2
3 3 3 4 2 0 2
2 2 5 2 0 0 2

STOP 2 0 0 2
2 2 7 0 0 0 0
GRAPHIC 28
BANCK NUMBER 1
L.
7 3 2 2
3 3 3 4 2 0 2
2 2 5 2 0 0 2
STOP 2 0 0 2
2 -2 3 4 2 1 1

GRAPHIC
29
BANK OF LOSSES
9 5 4
5 5 5 4 4 0
4 4 4 0 0 0
GRAPHIC
30
BANK OF LOSSES
14 7 7
14 7 7
7 7 7 7 7 0
7 7 7 0 0 0

Every bank of losses is totally independent of the other and has as objective to close its own
recovery. We recover the losses produced by a series with the appearance of an immediately
inferior one in the cases of the series of 4 and 5, and in the case of those of 3 we continue to
make it with the groups of 2 consecutive series of 1 and 32 series of 2
1) RECOVERY WITH THE GROUPS OF SERIES OF 1 AND SERIES OF 2 (BANK

OF LOSSES NUMBER 1).
With 49 valid groups we attempt to recover the losses produced by sixteen series of 3, two
of 6 , one of 7 and the ones produced by the 31 series higher to 2 when failing the first
With 16 groups we attempt to recover the losses produced by eight series of 4, two of 6, one
of 7 and the ones produced by the thirty-two series of 2 when failing the first recovery bet
(increases in 1/2 the deficit).
With 8 valid groups we attempt to recover the losses produced by four series of 5, two of 6,
one of 7 and the ones produced by the sixteen series of 3 when failing the first recovery bet
(increases in 1/2 the deficit).
We have improved a lot but as it is not still enough, since we have a recovery bank (number
1) which gives too many facilities to the BANK and in an really critical situation it would
take us beyond our initial limit. We know also, thanks to the analysis of thousands of
plays that, when a given phenomenon does not want to appear, little can traditional methods
do. We will put an example: we can have 0 in the banks number 1 and 3 and an average
deficit in the number 2. So we would only need a series of 3 to cancel it (a series of 3
should appear regularly once every 15 plays, but we have already seen that this theoretical
interval can be multiplied by 5 in practice). In these moments, during 50 plays, we see the
appearance of a sequence (that it may be only once in 1000 plays, but when it happens
makes our method useless), with many series of 1 and 2 chained with series of 4 and higher

that make the deficit of bank number 2 quickly exceed our limit. Our predictions based on
the calculation of probabilities will be of no use.
How to solve the problem? The solution is given to us by chance itself: when a given
phenomenon does not appear, it means that others are appearing. When a series of 3 does
not appear, others must appear (1, 2, 4, 5, etc.). This is the key to the problem, to avoid that
the absence of a given phenomenon should be solved with this same phenomenon. If we
can make the absence of a given phenomenon be solved, at least in part, by 2 different ones,
we will avoid in a 98% of occasions the collapse of the system. We do not like using the
term 100%, since we know that a situation which has not appeared in 10000 plays can
present itself in the least unexpected moment, but, when we finish to explain the system, all
the readers will have to agree with us that this is the method that comes closer to the term
"infallible", if it can not, in fact, be called this way.
What it is certain is that you will be prepared to endure really critical situations that no other
method could resist, finally recovering all the losses and obtaining a yield more than
acceptable. To all this we have to add the fact that the investment of capital that we need to
put it into practice is really low.
How can we make the the absence of a phenomenon be solved by the appearance of others
opposed? When a recovery bet fails and it is equal or higher than 3 units, instead of adding
it completely to our own bank, it will be distributed into 3 banks.
Ex: We have in bank number 2 a deficit of 9 units ( there appear series of 2, of 4 and higher
and none of 3). The first recovery of 5 fails. Instead of adding it totally to bank number 2
which would make a total of - 14, we divide it into 3 (2, 2 and 1). We add the first 2 units
to the previous 9 getting a total of 11, the 2 following units are added to bank number 1 and
the remaining unit in bank number 3. We are avoiding that the absence of series of 3
increases the deficit in bank number 2 and at the same time we may obtain a series of 4 or 2
series of 1 consecutive that make us reduce the deficit in one or two thirds .
IMPORTANT: The division between the 3 banks only will be effected when it will be the
first recovery bet (column 1 of the banks 1, 2 i 3) and when we effect the only one recovery
of the column 3 of the bank number 1. Motive: When it is tried to the second recovery, it
will not alter the original deficit of this bank and there has not of altering the deficit of the
others banks.

GRAPHIC 31
PLAY R B BET RESULT PROFITS BANK 1 2 3 BANK 1 2 BANK 1 2

1 2 3
4 2 1 1 9 5 4 3 2 1
5 -5 6 2 2 2 11 6 5 4 2 2
GRAPHIC 32

1 2 3
4 2 1 1 9 5 4 3 2 1
5 5 4 2 1 1 4 4 0 3 2 1
4 -4 4 2 1 1 8 4 4 3 2 1
A very important detail, when the failed recovery bet is divided into 3, the first part is added
to corresponding bank, and the following two are added to the remaining banks from left to
right. This rule has an only exception when the deficit surpasses 15 units. As a precaution
against the persistence of the situation, we will add to this bank the smaller part and the
remaining two will be put in the same way from left to right in the remaining banks.
GRAPHIC 33

1 2 3

19 7 6 6 6 3 3 3 2 1
7 -7 21 7 7 7 9 5 4 5 3 2
In the case of 2 banks exceeding 15 units, we will follow the priority from left to right and
the remaining quantity will be put in the last. And in the totally unlikely fact that 3 banks
exceeded 15 units we will follow the initial procedure.
GRAPHIC 34

1 2 3
16 6 5 5 20 10 10 7 4 3
10 -10 19 7 6 6 23 12 11 11 6 5
We have of taking advantage also the greater appearance of the one phenomena and the
closes to zero or important decrease of the deficit of the corresponding bank, to get lighter
the deficit of the others 2 banks. We establish a maximum deficit and closing figure for
every one of the banks:
DEFICIT CLOSING
BANK NUMBER 1: 15 5

BANK NUMBER 2: 10 4
BANK NUMBER 3: 6 0
When one of the banks closes, if the others banks even or surpass the indicated figure, their
deficit will be divided with the bank that there has closed. We will put 3 examples:
BANK NUMBER 1 remain with an inferior deficit to 5 units. The bank number 2 super 10
units. The bank number 2 divides its deficit with the bank number 1.
DÉFICITS BEFORE DEFICITS AFTER
BANK NUMBER 1: 3 8
BANK NUMBER 2: 13 8
BANK NUMBER 3: 4 4
BANK NUMBER 2 remain with an inferior deficit to 4 units. The banks numbers 1 and 3
divide their deficit with the bank number 2.
BANK NUMBER 2: 3 10

BANK NUMBER 3 closes to 0. The bank number 2 divides his déficit with the bank
number 3
BANK NUMBER 1: 6 6
BANK NUMBER 2: 17 9
BANK NUMBER 3: 0 8
GRAPHIC 35

1 2 3
15 5 5 5 9 5 4 2 1 1
1 1 1 18 6 6 6 6 3 3 3 2 1
1 1 1 11 4 4 3 10 5 5 5 3 2
The balance between the different deficits is important so that the bets are not increased
quickly when one of the phenomena delays his appearance. For so much, always exist the
conditions of the values of LIMIT and CLOSE we can to do the operations explained
previously.
We will play as there were 3 different players, but mutually helping them in critical
situations. The first player attempts to obtain as net profits the chips produced by the series
of 2, the second player makes the same with the series of three and the third player with the

series of 4.
n After an intermittence, in second. play we will play a first recovery bet of bank
number 1.
GRAPHIC 36
PLAY R B
BREAK
FIRST RECOVERY BET BANK NUMBER 1 ON THE BREAK OF THE SERIES
(BLACK)
GRAPHIC 37
PLAY R B
SECOND RECOVERY BET OF BANK NUMBER 1 ON THE BREAK OF THE

SERIES (RED)

GRAPHIC 38
PLAY R B
STOP. WE MUST WAIT A SERIES OF 2 (GRAPHIC 39)
n When we have a series of 2, in the third play we will make 2 bets, 1 chip on the break
of the series, an only recovery bet of the column number 3 of the bank 1, and at the same
time a first recovery bet of bank number 2.
GRAPHIC 39
PLAY R B
1 CHIP ON THE BREAK (BLACK) AN ONLY RECOVERY BET OF THE COLUMN

3 OF
THE BANK 1 (BLACK) AND A FIRST RECOVERY BET OF BANK NUMBER 2
ON
THE CONTINUATION OF THE SERIES
(RED)
n When a series of 3 appears, in the fourth play we will make 3 different bets, 1 chip on
the intermittence, a second recovery bet of bank number 2 and the first recovery bet of
bank number 3.
GRAPHIC 40

PLAY R B
1 CHIP ON THE BREAK (BLACK), A SECOND RECOVERY BET OF BANK

NUMBER 2 ON THE BREAK OF THE SERIES (BLACK), AND A FIRST
RECOVERY BET OF BANK
CONTINUATION OF THE SERIES (RED)
n When a series of 4 appears, in the fifth play we will make 2 bets, 1 chip on the
intermittence and the second recovery bet of bank number 3.
GRAPHIC 41
PLAY R B
1 CHIP ON THE BREAK (BLACK), AND A SECOND RECOVERY BET OF BANK

NUMBER 3
ON THE BREAK OF THE SERIES
(BLACK)
As we can see, in 3 plays we will make opposed bets but we have to see the procedure
followed by each bank as a totally independent process that has an only purpose: to obtain,
on the one hand, a greater resistance against adverse situations and besides net profits
consisting in the sum of all the units bet on the break of the series of 2, of 3 and of 4.

GRAPHIC 42
PLAY R B
STOP. WE MUST WAIT AN INTERMITTENCE (BREAK OF THE

SERIES)
The real bet will be the result of adding or subtracting the different bets. It is easy to
understand that, unlike the previous method, in this we will normally have some recoveries
still to be closed, but it is also possible to close them all with a given sequence (series in
diminishing order: 4 - 3- 1 - 1 or other sequences that would leave us a minimal deficit in
some of the banks). The most remarkable fact is the calmness that it gives us during the
game and the great resistance that is obtained by having the deficit divided into 3 and being
able to ease the bank that causes us more problems.
The only defect of the system is its relative complexity as we have to make so many
operations in the same play, but this complexity reduces with practice. For all systems it is
advisable to make many tests before playing with real money, in this we emphasise the
importance of assimilating well the mechanism so that you make all the operations in an
automatic way and you can perfectly control the game
A last point: Appearance of the zero. Until the moment we thought unnecessary risking to
recover the losses produced by its appearance, but after all the tests made and relying on the
greater resistance that has the method, we will let it to the election of the player. The
procedure to follow when it appeared would be to divide the losses into 3 and add it to the
banks, but from right to left, because of the reason previously explained (ex: BET: 8.
LOSS: 4. ORDER: 1, 1, 2).
We will work on the sequence of the graphics 19 and 20, a very critical sequence, so that

the results can be compared and to demonstrate the theory explained so far.

COMMENTARY ON THE SEQUENCE:
PLAYS 3, 4 and 5: We bet a chip on the intermittence and the losses go to the
respective banks. As there is no previous deficit, we make only one bet.
PLAYS 6, 7 and 8: No bet. We wait for the first intermittence, that happens in the play
number 8.
PLAY 9: We make the first recovery bet of bank number 1. It has previously
appeared a zero. We repeat the bet, we added a unit to the bank number 1, and we reflect
the loss in the PROFITS column.
PLAY 10: We have a series of 2. First recovery of the column 3 of the bank number 1.
We also make the first recovery bet of bank number 2 on a series of 3 and we bet a unit on
the intermittence. In this case the real bet is 1.
PLAYS 11 and 12: Recovery in bank number 1
PLAY 13: Pay attention that the chip lost when playing on the intermittence is added
to the bank number 1.
PLAY 14: We have a series of 3. We make a second recovery of bank number 2, the
first recovery of bank number 3 and we bet a chip on the intermittence. The real bet is the
result of adding the chips bet on the intermittence and on the break of the series of 3 (bank
number 2) minus the bet made on the continuation of the series (bank number 3).
PLAY 16: We effect the recovery bet of the column 3 of the bank number 1.
PLAY 17: We make the first recovery bet of bank number 3 and we bet a chip on the
intermittence. This lost chip goes to bank number 2.
PLAY 18: We make the second recovery bet of bank number 3 and we bet a chip on
the intermittence. The real bet is the sum of these two bets.
PLAY 20: We lose the second recovery bet of bank number 1.
PLAY 26: It has been lost the second recovery bet of the bank number 1 and it is equal to 3
units. It is not distributed between 3 banks.
PLAY 29: It has been lost the first recovery bet of the bank number 1 and it is equal to 4
units. It is distributed between 3 banks.
PLAY 45: The bank 3 super the limit, bank 2 is under of the value of close. The deficits
are added and distributed. The same fact occurs in the plays 51 and 53.
PLAY 55: We have made a second recovery bet and it has failed. But we have also
lost the chip bet on the intermittence. Observe that the result is -3 and the deficit in this
bank goes from 2 to 5 units.
PLAY 73: We have closed the recovery in bank number 2 and we have a deficit higher
on 10 units (- 20) in bank number 3. We divide it with bank number 2, so that the two banks
have a deficit of 10 units. Bank number 1 continues unalterable.
PLAY 78: We effect a first recovery in the bank number. 3 and is winned At the same
time the chip bet to the intermittence and lost is added to the bank number 2.
PLAY 79: We effect the second recovery in the bank number 3 and is winned. None of
the banks 1 and 2 super theirs limits and continue inalterable.
We end the sequence with a deficit of - 2 chips. We still have to recover 9 units of the bank
number 1 and 9 of the bank number 2.. It would make a total of 16 chips that are the 16
series of 2, 3 and 4 appeared.
This is a very unfavorable sequence for the system (with clear dominance of the large series
on the shorts) and no matter what it end with losses. What imports actually it is to know
how resisting it when is presented, for to can win after with the "normal" sequences.
Everybody knows to win in the favorable situations, but well few know to make it in the
unfavorable. At any rate we will present a short sequence of 40 spins more current in the
game table and we will see clearly which is the yield that can obtain the system with
alternated gambling (graphic 45).
COMPARISON WITH GRAPHICS 19 And 20:
GRAPHICS 19 And 20 GRAPHICS 43 And 44
MAXIMUM DEFICIT: - 172 - 30

MAXIMUM BET: 93 11
MAX. QUANTITY RISKED: 265 units 34 units.

GENERAL COMMENTS ON THE METHOD:
1) In alternation situations of all the series it will go on closing the different recoveries and
obtaining profits.
2) In critical situations it avoids the collapse by preventing the rapid increase of problematic
deficits by dividing the highest bets into the three banks and making that always one of
them closes the recovery.
3) The maximum risked quantity has been of 34 units. Normally we would begin the game
with 50 units, therefore, we would be yet far from the limit.
4) This sequence can appear but rarely. Normally, the game is very changing (with
alternation of all kinds of series) what has always made very difficult to apply an effective
method for all kinds of situations. And one must recall that at the end of 250 plays, the

distribution of the series will have come closer to the one which we know as ideal.
Logically, after this sequence there will come another totally different that will take us back
to void deficits or totally non-existent and the profits will be put on the same level with the
total of similar series of 2, 3 and 4.
5) We achieve a great resistance to overcome the most adverse situations.
6) The necessary initial capital is low. With 50 chips we cover sufficiently any critical
situation.
7) The method gives a great confidence because we know that sooner or later we will close
some of the banks and if there is some indeed problematic one, we will be able to ease it.
8) Our position is much more comfortable. Unlike before we do not have to rely on the
appearance of an only phenomenon to close the recovery. When this did not happen or took
much time it appear, we could ourselves compelled to abandon the game having lost all the
initial capital. Now we have 3 different options and each one collaborates with the others.
9) The losses caused by the zero can be recovered. A possible option is to wait until they
add up to 3 units and to distribute them into 3 banks. There are other options, but we leave
them to the player’s imagination. The only thing will be to add a column next to zero, in
which we control the total of these losses.
PLAYS IN THOSE WHICH THE REAL BET IS ZERO:
ONLINE CASINO: We must of betting. We will play always a unit to the break of the
series. The chips wined go directly to profits. The lost chips will be put on the bank 1 or
2 (the one which has a smaller deficit), never in bank 3.
Depending on the class of game, at the end of the session of 250 spins it can suppose some
profits of 40 chips more, but the risk is greater.
REAL ACTION: I advise not to bet, since the possibilities of success of the system will
be greater.
In any case the player can choose between not to bet (and take advantage to be relaxed) or
to follow the previous procedure.
THE THREE KEY FACTORS OF THE SUCCESS OF THE METHOD:
1) RECOVERY OF LOSSES BETWEEN 3 INDEPENDENT BANKS

2) DIVISION OF THE LOSSES SUPERIOR TO 3 UNITS BETWEEN 3 BANKS.
3) DECREASE OF THE DEFICITS MORE PROBLEMATIC WHEN A BANK CLOSES

TO ZERO OR REMAIN WITH A DEFICIT VERY LOW.
YIELD OF THE SYSTEM IN 250 PLAYS.
1) Not recovering the losses caused by the zero: 50 - 60 chips.

2) Recovering the losses caused by the zero: 55 - 65 chips.
AVERAGE YIELD OF THE SYSTEM: Between 0.20 and 0.30 chips per play.
In this method we can speak of team game but with only one player. The only defect it has
(the advantages we have already seen) is the great concentration that demands on the player
at all times, and the fact of having to make until four different operations.
Is there any form of simplifying the system? Yes, and we present it below:
The situation is complicated much when the deficits of the banks are very high. Then
it is very difficult to control the nerves (we are losing) and to accomplish all the
necessary operations in each spin. There is a way yet simpler and intelligent of play, to
divide the session in games shorter using the following parameters:
PROFITS TO OBTAIN: +5 +10

INITIAL CAPITAL: 5 +10
We will stop the game and we will return to begin it with the banks to ZERO when:
n Profits + following bet >= PROFITS TO OBTAIN (The profits obtained until the
moment, plus the bet that we would have of effecting to the following play surpass 5
or 10 units).
n Risky capital + following bet >= INITIAL CAPITAL (The losses plus the bet that
we would effect in the following play surpass 5 or 10 units).
These conditions will be performed every 20 - 60 spins. In a session of 250 we will play
an average of 4 - 8 games. The final balance will be favourable, at all times we will
control the possible losses and we will be able to stop the game when we want.

TOTAL CAPITAL: 25 - 50 chips (necessary to confront the total of 250 spins).
Playing in this way we obtained:
1) To avoid totally the nerves since NEVER we will have of confront large recoveries.
2) The operations between banks will be minimal and will be able to do them with
much easiness.
3) The bets will be ALWAYS small.
4) When we added the loss produced by the zero to the deficits it will not alter them
too.
5) We will can to abandon the game if the total Profits arrive to a given figure
(example: +20 - +40).
Test the program (two options) with these parameters and you will see how always at
the end of 250 spins the balance is favourable.
Playing in this way the game is simplified much. In any case we believe that is worth the
trouble to make many tests until perfectly assimilating the mechanism, obtaining the
necessary agility. Roulette players know that a method that guarantees such a high
percentage of success in ALL the situations could not have a relatively easy application. If
someone believes that its application is too complex, he always has simpler options
previously explained in these pages, but they will not guarantee the same results. We limit
ourselves to explain how to play in the most intelligent possible way and we wanted to
demonstrate than the set phrase heard so many times since this game was invented - THE
BANK ALWAYS WINS - is not true.

WABO RIULETTE SYSTEM
This system is based on the outside bets and looks at which bet is trending the
most, I have done extensive research on trends in roulette and I have found
these to be the best
What you do is this:
Write down the first 10 spins from a table, don’t look at the board because they
are not always right, rather stand and watch the spins.
We will take the example of high / low numbers.
Once you have 10 spins, have a look and see which one is trending better, nine
times out of ten you will find four low and six high numbers or visa- vera.
Sometimes the pattern is different just remember only start betting once one of
them are two trends ahead of the other after 10 spins, this is very, very, very
important.
Here is an example: (hamburg files 2001-02-01)
18 1 25 26 13 13 31 4 16 14
From here we can see that there are seven low (1-18) and three high (19-36)
numbers.
We are now going to bet on the low numbers, but we must keep track of the
trending at the same time as we bet, so we can see when high is trending better
we would change our bet to that side.
Betting sequence is as follows:
When you win stay on the same bet as before, when you lose increase bet by one
unit and keep increasing until you win, once you win see if you are ahead or
square, if so start betting from the beginning again.
If you are down reduce bet by one unit as soon as you win increase by one unit,
sort of like a sea-saw, keep doing this until you are square or up, once this
happens start progression from the beginning..
When do you stop betting:
Once you are ahead by 7 to 10 units stop and go to another table or wait another
10 spins and start over. Try not to be too greedy.
There is nothing wrong with making 50 to 100 units per day.
Bankroll:
I would say a 36-unit bankroll is safe enough.

Here is an example as per hamburg file 2001-02-01:
18 1 25 26 13 13 31 4 16 14
We know we are going to bet on low numbers because they are trending better, so
we bet one unit:
1 unit bet on low, number 29 comes so we lose
Now we have seven low and four high numbers
2 units bet on low numbers because low is still trending better than high,
number 20 comes so we lose
Now we have seven low and five high numbers
3 units bet on low numbers because low is still trending better than high,
number 16 comes up so we win, so far we are square
Now we have eight low and five high numbers
We start betting from the beginning again because we are square and not down.
1 unit on low numbers and number 7 comes so we win; now we are 1 unit up
Now we have nine low and five high numbers
1 unit on low, number 5 comes so we win; now we are 2 units up
Now we have ten low and five high
1 unit on low, number 31 comes so we lose
Now we have ten low and six high numbers
2 units on low, number 28 comes up so we lose
Now we have ten low and seven high
I hope by now you get the picture. From here on I am going to show the rest in a
short format as follows:
Number Units win/lose balance
15 3 win +2
21 1 lose +1
13 2 win +3
18 1 win +4
4 1 win +5
21 1 lose +4
28 2 lose +2
5 3 win +5
18 1 win +6
1 1 win +7 (STOP)
Now is a good time to stop because we have reached our minimum target.
We only played for 17 spins, this is about average.
I recommend playing five to ten sessions a day.
Here is another example from the hamburg files 2001-01-24:
First ten numbers are 20 31 17 20 8 25 3 2 5 17
We have four high and six low
33 1 lose -1
2 2 win +1
15 1 win +2
0 1 lose +1
13 2 win +3
17 1 win +4
9 1 win +5
11 1 win +6
30 1 lose +5
22 2 lose +3
12 3 win +6
20 1 lose +5
23 2 lose +3
14 3 win +6
Number Unit win/lose balance
0 1 lose +5
20 2 lose +3
24 3 lose 0
30 4 lose -4
34 5 lose -9
36 6 lose -15
Now we have 14 low and 14 high but stay with low until high gets ahead.
8 7 win -8
We are eight units down so now we bet one down
5 6 win -2
Ok we have 16 low and 14 high and we are still down so we bet one less
35 5 lose -7
We lost so now we bet one up.
11 6 win -1
We win so we bet one down
28 5 lose -6
2 6 win 0
Ok even though we are square overall we are still in fact six units down because
that is the most we won up to spin 11 so we bet one unit down
14 5 win +5
We still are not quite there so we bet four units.
1 4 win +9 (STOP)
We have reached our goal.
This was a bad run so it took us 28 spins to make 9 units.
I have tested this system on 15000 spins, which I think is quite extensive and I
did not lose once.
These spins were taken from hamburg files and my local casino.
Here are a few examples of recent spins from Spielbank Casino:
Date: 2001-01-02
First 10 numbers: 17 3 18 35 24 30 31 25 30 16
We have 4 low and 6 high numbers, so we will play high.
Number Units lose/win balance
27 1 win
+1
31 1 win
+2
32 1 win
+3
15 1 lose
+2
18 2 lose
0
3 3 lose
-3
11 4 lose
-7
19 5 win
-2
19 5 win
+3
31 5 win
+8 (STOP)
Date: 2001-01-02
First 10 numbers: 9 1 12 27 31 30 7 4 13 10
We have 7 low and 3 high numbers, so we will play low.
8 1 win +1
33 1 lose 0
8 2 win +2
16 1 win +3
28 1 lose +2
14 2 win +4
12 1 win +5
15 1 win +6
16 1 win +7 (STOP)
I wish you luck and I hope you will give me 10% of your winnings every time you
go to the casino.
I am only going to give this system to the first 200 people who e-mail me.
If you give me my 10% I believe that is the right way for me to earn my money
instead of asking you to pay a large sum of money for the system.
The $7 is purely for security, so I at least earn something for my hard work.
Please keep it totally to yourself and don’t tell anyone, not even your dog
because if you do maybe it will bring us bad luck and we would not want that.
WAYNE'S SYSTEM
You play all the red numbers in the 1st doz, all the red numbers in the 2nd doz
and all the black numbers in third doz. You treat each dozen seperately. ALWAYS
put ONE chip on zero, or spilt 0/00 on American Roulette.
The progression for the dozens is like this:
1,1,1,1,1,1,2,2,2,2,2,2,3,3,3,3,3,3,4,4,etc......
As soon as you make 30 units or more stop and move on to the next table or go
home.
Example:
1 hit (19-36=17 chips)
30 loss (19 chip loss)
29 hit (19-36=17 chips
overall 4 chips down
3 hit (19-36=17 chips
overall 13 chips up
overall 6 chips down
14 hit (25-72=47 chips
overall 41 chips up - STOP
You have made 41 chips in 7 spins.
Please tell me what you think, I can't wait to be slated on this one!
I have been to the casino and played this system three time with great success -
lucky I guess.
Happy gambling
Wayne
PART A. THE 1-1 Bets
To start, we will all agree that wherever the ball will land, it has to be on a number
belonging to one of the following 9 groups:
TABLE A1
(Low = 1-18 / High = 19-36)
LOW LOW LOW LOW HIGH HIGH HIGH HIGH 0

RED BLACK RED BLACK RED BLACK RED BLACK 0
EVEN EVEN ODD ODD EVEN EVEN ODD ODD 0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
GROUPS
Lets see which numbers belong to which groups:
TABLE A2
12 14 16 2468 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 30 32 34 20 22 24 19 21 23 29 31 33
18 10 17 36 26 28 25 27 35
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
GROUPS
We notice now that some of the groups contain more numbers than others, which is
normal, if we ignore the zero we have 8 groups and 36 numbers to fit in, 36/8=4.5, so
naturally a number cannot belong to 2 groups at the same time, so some groups will
contain either 4 or 5 numbers. Lets see which groups contain 5 numbers and which
groups contains 4 numbers:
TABLE A3
(No = Numbers)
4 No 5 No 5 No 4 No 4 No 5 No 5 No 4 No 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
GROUPS
Now we ignore the zero again and say that there is Big Groups (5 Numbers) and
Small Groups (4 Numbers)
TABLE A4
(BG = Big Groups / SG = Small Groups)
SG BG BG SG SG BG BG SG
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
GROUPS
So far the BG and the SG are not a discovery of importance, nearly useless I would
say, but the discovery of 9 different groups is a good beginning, and if we analyze
Table A2, we can notice that there are:
¾ ¾ 9 Low Numbers
¾ ¾ 9 High Numbers
¾ ¾ 9 Red Numbers
¾ ¾ 9 Black Numbers
¾ ¾ 9 Even Numbers
¾ ¾ 9 Odd Numbers
¾ ¾ 9 Low Even Numbers
¾ ¾ 9 Low Odd Numbers
¾ ¾ 9 High Even Numbers
¾ ¾ 9 High Odd Numbers
But there are only:
¾ ¾ 8 Red Even Numbers

¾ ¾ 10 Red Odd Numbers
¾ ¾ 10 Black Even Numbers
¾ ¾ 8 Black Odd Numbers
So naturally Red Odd would hit more often than Red Even, Black Even would
hit more often than Black Odd.
Now lets build a completely new type of table, we will assume the number as they are
positioned on the wheel and with their respective colors, zero will be the center
dividing the wheel into two sections, Left Section (Left of 0) and Right Section (Right
of 0). We will add to this new table the High/Low/Red/Black/Even/Odd elements; we
also add the group’s respective number, the BG and SG elements (A bit useless
perhaps).
TABLE A5
(1-2-3-4-5-6-7-8-9 = Groups numbers)
(L = Low / H = High)
(R = Red / B = Black)
(O = Odd / E = Even)
(BG = Big Groups / SG = Small Groups)
LEFT SECTION RIGHT SECTION

5 24 16 33 1 20 14 31 9 22 18 29 7 28 12 35 3 26 0 32 15 19 4 21 2 25 17 34 6 27 13 36 11 30
3 6 1 8 3 6 1 8 3 6 1 8 3 6 1 8 3 6 5 4 7 2 7 2 7 4 5 2 7 4 5 4 5
L H L H L H L H L H L H L H L H L H H L H L H L H L H L H L H L H
R B R B R B R B R B R B R B R B R B R B R B R B R B R B R B R B R
O E E O O E E O O E E O O E E O O E E O O E O E O O E E O O E O E
BG BG SG SG BG BG SG SG BG BG SG SG BG BG SG SG BG BG SG SG BG BG BG BG BG SG SG BG BG SG SG SG SG
It is interesting to see that all numbers in-group: 1-3-6-8 are on the Left Section and
all the numbers in-group: 2-4-5-7 are on the Right Section. So we have Low & High,
Even & Odd, and Red & Black equally in both Sections, but we only have in:
Left Section: Low Red & High Black (1-3-6-8) / Right Section: Low Black and
High Red (2-4-5-7)
There for we can also say that even though runs of up to 12 consecutives Black
or Red numbers happen regularly, we must not forget that Black or Red
numbers can be identified as:
Low Red
High Red
Low Black
High Black
So a streak of 4 Red in a row could be made of Low Red and High Red, which
would clearly demonstrate on which section the ball is hitting.
We notice also even though Low/High/Black/Red numbers seems to be well

distributed, Odd and Even numbers have a quite different pattern.
Odd Numbers & Even Numbers are distributed differently
PART B. THE 2-1 Bets

To start, we will create a similar table to the previous one (Table A5) but with
different components, the Dozens and the Columns.
Note we will refer as:
Dozen 1 as the one containing the numbers 1-2-3-4-5-6-7-8-9-10-11-12
Column 1 as the one containing the numbers 1-4-7-10-13-16-19-22-25-28-31-34
Note that:
Column 1 Contains 6 Red and 6 Black Numbers
TABLE B1
(D = Dozen / C = Column)

5 24 16 33 1 20 14 31 9 22 18 29 7 28 12 35 3 26 0 32 15 19 4 21 2 25 17 34 6 27 13 36 11 30
D1 D2 D2 D3 D1 D2 D2 D3 D1 D2 D2 D3 D1 D3 D1 D3 D1 D3 D3 D2 D2 D1 D2 D1 D3 D2 D3 D1 D3 D2 D3 D1 D3
C2 C3 C1 C3 C1 C2 C2 C1 C3 C1 C3 C2 C1 C1 C3 C2 C3 C2 C2 C3 C1 C1 C3 C2 C1 C2 C1 C3 C3 C1 C3 C2 C3
D1 x 6 D1 x 6
D2 x 6 D2 x 6
D3 x 6 D3 x 6
C1 x 6 C1 x 6
C2 x 6 C2 x 6
C3 x 6 C3 x 6
We can clearly see that it is a big mess even though there are the same amounts of D1
D2 D3 and C1 C2 C3 in either Right or Left Section (That is 6 of each in each
section). Behind the nice Red Black Red Black pattern is hiding a not so nice and
chaotic distribution.
We now divide the wheel in 4 Sub Sections ignoring the zero.
TABLE B2

5 24 16 33 1 20 14 31 9 22 18 29 7 28 12 35 3 26 0 32 15 19 4 21 2 25 17 34 6 27 13 36 11 30
SUB SECTION 3 SUB SECTION 4 SUB SECTION 1 SUB SECTION
D1 x 3 D1 x 3 D1 x 2 D1 x 4
D2 x 4 D2 x 2 D2 x 4 D2 x 2
D3 x 2 D3 x 4 D3 x 3 D3 x 3
C1 x 3 C1 x 3 C1 x 4 C1 x 2
C2 x 3 C2 x 3 C2 x 3 C2 x 3
C3 x 3 C3 x 3 C3 x 2 C3 x 4
As you can see in the Sub Section the distribution of Dozens and Columns are quite
unequal, except for Column 2 which appears 3 times in each Sub Section; even
though no clear pattern emerge in any of the Sub Sections. Now I find all this to be
very interesting, for example let’s say that Sub Sections 1 2 and 3 have been hitting
heavily the last 12 spins but now you strongly think Sub Section 4 is going to hit,
would you play Dozen 2? My point is that for Dozens and Columns bets the
difference is really where the ball will land not because let’s say Dozen 1 and 2 have
been hitting now it Dozen 3’s turn. So what I think is some systems inventors tell you
a lot of rubbish about Dozens and Columns, it would be great if they were distributed
like Black Red Black Red Black Red or D1 D2 D3 D1 D2 D3 and so on, but as you
can see they are not distributed that way.
We now divide the wheel in 6 Sub Sections ignoring the zero.
TABLE B3

5 24 16 33 1 20 14 31 9 22 18 29 7 28 12 35 3 26 0 32 15 19 4 21 2 25 17 34 6 27 13 36 11 30
SUB SECTION 4 SUB SECTION 5 SUB SECTION 6 SUB SECTION 1 SUB SECTION 2 SUB SEC
D1 x 2 D1 x 1 D1 x 3 D1 x 2 D1 x 1 D1 x
D2 x 3 D2 x 3 D2 x 0 D2 x 3 D2 x 2 D2 x
D3 x 1 D3 x 2 D3 x 3 D3 x 1 D3 x 3 D3 x
C1 x 2 C1 x 2 C1 x 2 C1 x 2 C1 x 3 C1 x
C2 x 2 C2 x 2 C2 x 2 C2 x 2 C2 x 1 C2 x
C3 x 2 C3 x 2 C3 x 2 C3 x 2 C3 x 2 C3 x
At this stage only Column 3 is well distributed in the sub sections, but no pattern
emerge as well, it is still chaotic.
PART C. Bets & NUMBERS

WHAT ARE YOU COVERING, WHEN YOU:
BET ON RED
TABLE C1

5 24 16 33 1 20 14 31 9 22 18 29 7 28 12 35 3 26 0 32 15 19 4 21 2 25 17 34 6 27 13 36 11 30
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
BET ON BLACK
TABLE C2

5 24 16 33 1 20 14 31 9 22 18 29 7 28 12 35 3 26 0 32 15 19 4 21 2 25 17 34 6 27 13 36 11 30
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
BET ON LOW (1-18)
TABLE C3

5 24 16 33 1 20 14 31 9 22 18 29 7 28 12 35 3 26 0 32 15 19 4 21 2 25 17 34 6 27 13 36 11 30
BET ON HIGH (19-36)
TABLE C4

5 24 16 33 1 20 14 31 9 22 18 29 7 28 12 35 3 26 0 32 15 19 4 21 2 25 17 34 6 27 13 36 11 30
BET ON EVEN
TABLE C5

5 24 16 33 1 20 14 31 9 22 18 29 7 28 12 35 3 26 0 32 15 19 4 21 2 25 17 34 6 27 13 36 11 30
BET ON ODD
TABLE C6

5 24 16 33 1 20 14 31 9 22 18 29 7 28 12 35 3 26 0 32 15 19 4 21 2 25 17 34 6 27 13 36 11 30
BET ON DOZEN 1 (1-12)
TABLE C7

5 24 16 33 1 20 14 31 9 22 18 29 7 28 12 35 3 26 0 32 15 19 4 21 2 25 17 34 6 27 13 36 11 30
X X X X X X X X X X
TABLE C8

5 24 16 33 1 20 14 31 9 22 18 29 7 28 12 35 3 26 0 32 15 19 4 21 2 25 17 34 6 27 13 36 11 30
X X X X X X X X X X X
TABLE C9

5 24 16 33 1 20 14 31 9 22 18 29 7 28 12 35 3 26 0 32 15 19 4 21 2 25 17 34 6 27 13 36 11 30
X X X X X X X X X X X X
BET ON DOZEN 1 (1-12) / BET ON DOZEN 2 (13-24)
TABLE C10

5 24 16 33 1 20 14 31 9 22 18 29 7 28 12 35 3 26 0 32 15 19 4 21 2 25 17 34 6 27 13 36 11 30
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
TABLE C11

5 24 16 33 1 20 14 31 9 22 18 29 7 28 12 35 3 26 0 32 15 19 4 21 2 25 17 34 6 27 13 36 11 30
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
TABLE C12

5 24 16 33 1 20 14 31 9 22 18 29 7 28 12 35 3 26 0 32 15 19 4 21 2 25 17 34 6 27 13 36 11 30
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
BET ON COLUMN 1
TABLE C13

5 24 16 33 1 20 14 31 9 22 18 29 7 28 12 35 3 26 0 32 15 19 4 21 2 25 17 34 6 27 13 36 11 30
X X X X X X X X X X X
BET ON COLUMN 2
TABLE C14

5 24 16 33 1 20 14 31 9 22 18 29 7 28 12 35 3 26 0 32 15 19 4 21 2 25 17 34 6 27 13 36 11 30
X X X X X X X X X X
BET ON COLUMN 3
TABLE C15

5 24 16 33 1 20 14 31 9 22 18 29 7 28 12 35 3 26 0 32 15 19 4 21 2 25 17 34 6 27 13 36 11 30
X X X X X X X X X X X X
BET ON COLUMN 1 / BET ON COLUMN 2
TABLE C16

5 24 16 33 1 20 14 31 9 22 18 29 7 28 12 35 3 26 0 32 15 19 4 21 2 25 17 34 6 27 13 36 11 30
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
TABLE C17

5 24 16 33 1 20 14 31 9 22 18 29 7 28 12 35 3 26 0 32 15 19 4 21 2 25 17 34 6 27 13 36 11 30
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
TABLE C18

5 24 16 33 1 20 14 31 9 22 18 29 7 28 12 35 3 26 0 32 15 19 4 21 2 25 17 34 6 27 13 36 11 30
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
PART D. THE FULL TABLES

TABLE D1

5 24 16 33 1 20 14 31 9 22 18 29 7 28 12 35 3 26 0 32 15 19 4 21 2 25 17 34 6 27 13 36 11 30
3 6 1 8 3 6 1 8 3 6 1 8 3 6 1 8 3 6 5 4 7 2 7 2 7 4 5 2 7 4 5 4 5
D1 x 6 D1 x 6
D2 x 6 D2 x 6
D3 x 6 D3 x 6
C1 x 6 C1 x 6
C2 x 6 C2 x 6
C3 x 6 C3 x 6
TABLE D2

5 24 16 33 1 20 14 31 9 22 18 29 7 28 12 35 3 26 0 32 15 19 4 21 2 25 17 34 6 27 13 36 11 30
3 6 1 8 3 6 1 8 3 6 1 8 3 6 1 8 3 6 5 4 7 2 7 2 7 4 5 2 7 4 5 4 5
SUB SECTION 3 SUB SECTION 4 SUB SECTION 1 SUB SECTION
D1 x 3 D1 x 3 D1 x 2 D1 x 4
D2 x 4 D2 x 2 D2 x 4 D2 x 2
D3 x 2 D3 x 4 D3 x 3 D3 x 3
C1 x 3 C1 x 3 C1 x 4 C1 x 2
C2 x 3 C2 x 3 C2 x 3 C2 x 3
C3 x 3 C3 x 3 C3 x 2 C3 x 4
TABLE D3

5 24 16 33 1 20 14 31 9 22 18 29 7 28 12 35 3 26 0 32 15 19 4 21 2 25 17 34 6 27 13 36 11 30
3 6 1 8 3 6 1 8 3 6 1 8 3 6 1 8 3 6 5 4 7 2 7 2 7 4 5 2 7 4 5 4 5
SUB SECTION 4 SUB SECTION 5 SUB SECTION 6 SUB SECTION 1 SUB SECTION 2 SUB SEC
D1 x 2 D1 x 1 D1 x 3 D1 x 2 D1 x 1 D1 x
D2 x 3 D2 x 3 D2 x 0 D2 x 3 D2 x 2 D2 x
D3 x 1 D3 x 2 D3 x 3 D3 x 1 D3 x 3 D3 x
C1 x 2 C1 x 2 C1 x 2 C1 x 2 C1 x 3 C1 x
C2 x 2 C2 x 2 C2 x 2 C2 x 2 C2 x 1 C2 x
C3 x 2 C3 x 2 C3 x 2 C3 x 2 C3 x 2 C3 x
PART E. CONCLUSION
What I am asking myself here when I see all those tables is, is it worth playing Even
bets, Dozens or Columns bets. And I am wondering would it be easier to track the
wheel, to track the dealer and come up with a possible section and bet on it, or would
it be easier to record the bets and possibly then guess that a Odd number is going to
come up because there was 5 Even before or Dozen 1 is due on the next spin because
it did not show for the last 10 spins. I must say that Red/Black/Low/High are well
distributed so in any section you’ll have ½ chance of getting it right, of course if it
does not land on the zero section. But Odd/Even start to deviate from the RBRBRB
pattern and when it comes to Dozens and Columns, it is a veritable anarchy and I am
not really sure I’ll play them again. The layout of the table is so different from the
layout of the wheel; I am starting to think this was meticulously done for ripping us of
our money even more quickly than we thought, if not the table should have looked
like this:
Fictive Roulette Layout
LEFT SECTION 1-1 RIGHT SECTION 1-1

5 24 16 33 1 20 14 31 9 22 18 29 7 28 12 35 3 26 0 32 15 19 4 21 2 25 17 34 6 27 13 36 11 30
1st Dozen 2-1 2nd Dozen 2-1 2nd Dozen 2-1 3rd Dozen 2-1
Red 1-1 Black 1-1
Even 1-1 Odd 1-1
Left and Right Sections would have been the equal of Low (1-18) and High (19-36).
Columns would have disappeared.
Odd and Even would not be ideal bets considering their distribution.
Instead we are stuck with this:
Actual Roulette Layout
0
1 to 18
1 2 3
1st 12
4 5 6
EVEN
7 8 9
10 11 12
13 14 15
2nd 12
16 17 18
19 20 21
22 23 24
ODD
25 26 27
3rd 12
28 29 30
19 to 36
31 32 33
34 35 36
2 to 1 2 to 1 2 to 1
One important notion you should know is whatever you can play outside you can
play inside and the worry it all pays the same, the only difference is the number
of units you have to bet.
1. Example: 3rd Dozen =

¾ ¾ Playing 12 Straight Up numbers (25-26-27-28-29-30-31-32-33-34-35-
36)
¾ ¾ Playing 4 Streets (25-26-27/28-29-30/31-32-33/34-35-36)
¾ ¾ Playing 2 Lines Bet (Double Street or Sixain) (25-26-27-28-29-30/31-
32-33-34-35-36)
2. Example: Red =
¾ ¾ Playing the 18 Red numbers Straight Up.
3. Example: High 19-36 =

¾ ¾ Playing number 19 to 36 Straight Up.
¾ ¾ Playing 6 Streets (19-20-21/22-23-24/25-26-27/28-29-30/31-32-33/34-
35-36)
¾ ¾ Playing 3 Lines Bet (Double Street or Sixain) (19-20-21-22-23-24/25-
26-27-28-29-30/31-32-33-34-35-36)
4. Example: Column 1 =
¾ ¾ Playing 12 Straight Up numbers (1-4-7-10-13-16-19-22-25-28-31-34)
The first system I tried to develop using all that information was on Red and Black
bets, knowing that we had two different kinds of Red (Low Red & High Red) and two
different kinds of Black (Low Black & High Black), but it revealed to be a too
dangerous system, I think my selection method was wrong, even though I won on the
short test I did, I knew it was still luck.
So this are my last words on this report, if you all want to work together using the info
I am giving you, please do so. I have put a message board especially for us to write,
debate, comment on these tables and info, hopefully we might be able to develop a
system or a few systems together, I am sharing my work, please share yours, that’s the
spirit.
It would be great to have some statistics too, on the Right and Left Sections, the Sub
Sections, the Low Red & High Red, the Low Black & High Black, the Groups etc…
WILLIAM’S SYSTEM
The procedure is to select only tables where the dealer is spinning with
their right hand - based on the logic that most people are right-handed and
so will produce more even spins. You note the number which came up, and
bet it plus its four neighbour numbers (two either side). You also bet the
number directly opposite the number, which hit, and its four neighbours.
I.e., if you are playing a double zero wheel, and 00 hits, you would bet
00,13,1,27,10, plus the opposite side of the wheel, which would be 0,14,2,28
and 9. Williams suggests that you wait for a "strike", and then bet the next
two spins following this. If no strike occurs, wait until one does and then
play the next two spins. When a strike does occur during betting, you play
on until losing 2 spins in a row.
The target is 50 units a session, and your buy-in is 100 units.
Flat betting only.
Total bankroll is 500 units:
Mr. Williams suggests playing after a "strike" has occurred because during
his extensive testing, he found that the majority of dealers group their
winning spins then go cold for 10 - 20 spins. I actually found that to be
true. I recall playing in the Barracuda Club in London a couple of years ago,
when a girl came on for her shift, and didn't hit a strike for 17 spins. She then
proceeded to hit 8 out of 9! Incidentally, Mr. Williams claims a total advantage
of in excess of 15% over the casino on the single zero wheel!
WIN $100 PER HOUR AT CASINOS
there is a wide range of gambling games available to you at most Casino's. The technique you are about
to learn relates to roulette, this is the least complicated game of all and is the easiest to learn,
even if you do not regularly attend Casinos. Most Casinos have 37 numbers on their roulette wheels.
These are mixed around the wheel. 18 are Red and 18 are Black. There is also one zone, which is for the
house profits. The basis of roulette is that you bet a certain amount say on the red. Should the ball, after a
spin of the wheel, drop in the red packet you then win as much as you have wagered. This means you
have approximately one chance to two. If the color that comes up is the opposite or the green, you lose.
Red and Black are possibilities of even chance, where your profits are low. However there are other ways
of placing your bets where your profits are much larger. These methods are- examined below.
STRAIGHT UP This is when you play one number at a time. Profits are 35 times the amount wagered, but
the winning possibilities are only 1 in 37.
SPLIT this is where you wager on the dividing line of two numbers covering both of them. You will have
twice as many chances to win, but your profits will be twice as low as for "Straight Up'.
CORNER your wager covers four numbers instead of two. You put your chips on the intersection of the
four numbers. The amount you win is reduced in proportion to the chances of hitting the right number.
Your pay out will be 8 to 1.
Placing the chips accordingly can play TRIO One line of three or six numbers. The odds will be 1 to 1 or 5
to 1.
DOZEN this bet consists of placing an amount on twelve numbers at the same time. The first 1 to 12, the
second group 13 to 26 and the third group 25 to 36. For wins you would receive 2 to 1.
EVEN CHANCE BETS

HIGH & LOW In this case the bet consists of placing your wager on the first 18 numbers or on the last 18.
When you have a win you receive as much as you wagered plus the amount of your bet.
ODD & EVEN The even numbers are 2, 4, 6, 8 etc. and the odd are 1, 3, 5, 7 etc. Play one or the other,
your chances are exactly the same as in "High & Low"
RED & BLACK The same as "Odd & Even".

The following technique for playing to win has two major advantages (1) It is easy to understand (2) It
is capable of generating worth while profits.The basis of this technique is as follows: whatever color
played, you increase 20% after each loss and decrease 10% after each win. The following example will
illustrate this formula using an initial stake of 10 units. You will notice that this example shows that we
have made a profit even with 5 losses against 4 wins.
LOSS -10 (we lost so increase 20% for next bet)
-12
-14
-17
-20
WIN +24 (we won so decrease 10% for next bet)
+22
+20
+18
In the above example we had 84 wins less 73 losses, that gives us a profit of 11 units.
Of course in practice it is very exceptional to have a series of losses. Taking into account the zero, a
given color has: -
48.65% chance to come up once, just about. One in two 23.67% chance to come up twice in a row, about
one in 4 11.51% chance to come up three times in a row, about one in 9 5.6% chance to come up four
times in a row, about one in 18 2.72% chance to come up five times in a row, about one in 37
Before going to a Casino we strongly advise you to practice at home until you feel that you
thoroughly understand the system. This way you will not be risking your money while perfecting your
technique. You can purchase a toy roulette wheel from larger toyshops or Department Stores. It will
reproduce exactly a real roulette wheel and you can practice with it, without risking any of your hard-
earned money.
Good luck - Just follow the above instructions and you
can't fail to make good profits from roulette.
>The "One Dozen" System

>
>This Dozen System was sent in from a friend from South
>Africa. He is a satisfied customer of our book and
>plays our Barbi system while he waits for this Dozen
>System to ripen. He says he has an 80% success rate
>with our Barbi System as long as you follow the rules.
> That % is very realistic and will get a little better
>as long as you concentrate and gain experience.
>
>However, we thought so much of this system that we had
>to include it in our continually revised book. In
>fact, we now use it in conjunction with The Barbi
>System. It really works.
>
>The only downside is that this system is what we call
>a FILL IN system, because you don't play it
>continually. Your buy in is for 3 piles of chips.
>Our Win Walk is 1 pile net profit. Our loss Walk is
>minus 2 piles +/- from your 3 pile buy in.
>
>While you play the Barbi System you wait and watch the
>table or the Charting board until you see that any
>dozen hasn't appeared for 5 missed spins. If a dozen
>has missed 5 spins in a row you immediately stop
>playing the Barbi System and play with 1 chip (any
>value) on the Dozen that hasn't appeared in the last 5
>spins. Since each Dozen is due to hit 1 in 3.16,
>after 5 spins it's past due. Will it hit on the 5th
>spin? Sometimes. If it doesn't you play it again but
>increase your bet by 1 chip. In fact, each time you
>lose you add another chip. After it hasn't come out
>in 5 spins, you stop playing it. Commit to a point
>and that is it. Between the 5 missed spins before we
>started betting and the 5 spins we just lost, it has
>missed 10 times in a row. We've seen a Dozen miss 20
>times. So don't press bad luck. Just sit and wait
>for another Dozen to miss 5 times in a row and start
>all over.
>
>Now let's talk about what usually happens. It wins.
>How much you say? Well it differs with each bet.
>
>Spin # CHIPSBET WIN ACCUMULATED LOSS NET PROFIT
>6 1 2 2
>7 2 4 1 3
>8 3 6 3 3
>9 4 8 6 2
>10 5 10 10 0
>11 6 12 15 -5
>12 7 14 21 -7
>
>From the chart above you can see it doesn't pay to
>play the 6 & 7th spin, as they lose. Once you hit, you
>stop betting and go back to the Barbi System and you
>wait for another Dozen to miss 5 times in a row. Now
>play that one with a chip.
>
>So up to and including your 4th spin you are making
>money. Moreover, on the 5th spin if you win you break
>even. Remember, you are playing the dozen that hadn't
>hit in 5 spins and now you are betting it from the 6th
>spin to the 10th spin. By now the Dozen probably hit
>and you made money. Obviously the higher your chip
>value the more you make. However, don't go crazy
>because it also looses. Remember it can miss for 20
>spins in a row especially when I have money on it.
>
>Money management is key here. Add a chip on each new
>bet and you will profit every time and on (fifth bet),
>there is no gain, but you've got all your money back.
>
>If you lose on the 5th spin stop betting and go back
>to playing the Barbi System. This way you make sure
>it's not one of those long "20 no-hit" runs, don't
>place bets until it hits again (on that dozen) or as
>least wait until it has missed 8 more spins. That's 5
>original missed spins, 5 lost spins and 8 on hold
>spins for a grand total of 18 missed spins. At this
>point it is very safe to go on it again. It probably
>will not get to that point. However if it does, start
>betting it again with 1 chip or you could use 2 chips
>at the start. But you must go up 2 chips on each loss
>instead of 1 chip increase. Using 2 chips will help
>you catch up to your previous loss a little faster.
>
>As you know the only problem with the One Dozen System
>is that you have to wait for a Dozen to miss 5 times
>prior to betting. You know how impatient we gamblers
>are to lose our money so we attempt to find something
>in the interim to play. While playing this you could
>be filling in with the Doozy Dozen, Richies One Dozen
>or our Favorite The Barbi System.
>
>
>Any systems that give you the ability to win or at
>least stick around for a while are fun systems. This
>system can win big for you but as with all systems you
>need some amount of luck. Something I seem to leave
>at home all too often.
>
>Now as far as the above requirements are concerned the
>"One Dozen" System takes an unusual twist from what we
>would normally recommend. It calls for playing to the
>odds and not playing when you don't see a dozen for 5
>spins. This stand and wait is somewhat unusual and in
>most casinos frowned on, however it is good strategy
>here and key to it's consistent winning. Stand and
>wait prevents you from throwing good money after bad.
>We are strong proponents in experienced players
>playing to the odds. The positive effect on staying
>home for 5 missed spins is key, as is going back after
>13 missed spins. Both, good, sound odds.
>
>Swedish Roulette
>
>The system is three-tiered:
>1) Selection - what numbers to bet
>2) Betting - if and how much to bet on a number
>3) Bank Roll Handling
>
>1) THE SELECTION ================
>I like repeaters! To start with I record every spin,
>looking for any
>repeating number,
>without betting. As soon as I have collected FIVE
>repeaters that has NOT
>repeated during
>this "collecting phase" I start betting. If a number,
>however, repeat AGAIN
>during
>collection, this number is immediately cancelled,
>giving room for another
>repeater to be
>collected. This new one is supposed to hit for the
>second time AFTER the
>3-repeat is
>cancelled (maybe also for the first time). All
>recording is supposed to
>follow a repeating
>number for 37 times if there is no third hit. If a
>third hit comes, you keep
>the number for
>19 spins after the win - do NOT accumulate! If a
>number hits for the third
>time at the first
>spin (a double hit), you are ONLY keeping the number
>for another 19 spins
>(not 36 + 19).
>Next hit: Keep the number for 10 spins Next hit and
>all after: Keep the
>number for 6
>spins If there is no hit while "keeping" the number,
>that number is canceled
>and another
>one is used instead - the same rules for selection are
>used as above, with
>one minor
>change: Go on betting (if you are) only four (or
>three...) numbers if there
>is no immediate
>repeater to put into the betting plan. Use a new
>repeater whenever it comes.
>Now you
>have five repeaters that has ONLY COME OUT TWICE while
>you recorded and you
>know how to track and discard "old" repeaters. It's
>time to discuss betting.
>
>2) THE BETTING ==============
>Yes, I use progressional betting! The only kind I can
>cope with is "Fixed
>Proportional
>Betting" of 9% of the bankroll for a SERIES of bets.
>As our series, here, is
>going to be
>FIVE numbers SIX times this means that the 9% is equal
>to 30 single bets.
>The 9% is
>also (approx) equal to 1/11 thus making the bankroll
>30 bets * 11 = 330 bets
>or units.
>(And as the min bet in Travemunde was DEM5 this meant
>330 * 5 = DEM1650) I
>would
>not, however, recommend to start with the min bet as
>that doesn't make the
>bettings
>"proportional" if you lose some in the beginning.
>Instead, I would use some
>higher
>amount, if possible the double, that is possible to
>lower 1 "step" without
>the "step" being
>one unit. For example, I would start at 10 if the
>minimum bet is 5 and there
>is a
>possibility to bet 9, 8, 7 etc down to 5. So, you now
>know your bankroll.
>There is one
>VERY important aspect in having a bankroll: BE
>PREPARED TO LOSE IT! AND TO
>LOSE IT QUICKLY! Your bankroll must NEVER be money you
>cannot afford to
>lose!
>This plan - as every system you can buy for money -
>cannot guarantee you to
>win! That is
>the ONLY guarantee you will EVER get. (But you,
>Raymond, know this already)
>Before
>you go to the casino, you have to make up a PLAN
>showing you how much to bet
>at any
>one time. This is not hard (but not a simple task
>either) as you are going
>to make 30
>single bets for one series. Your plan can then be
>calculated with this in
>mind. I made
>some mistakes in Germany because I thought that 1/11
>of the bankroll was
>easy to
>calculate. Let me assure you; it is NOT easy after a
>while and especially
>not when
>winning as your nerves have to be under FULL CONTROL
>for the calculation and
>they
>rarely are. (Lucky for me; my mistakes were making the
>bets too low but the
>selections
>missed! I told you I had a tremendous luck that day).
>Do not start betting!
>Just because
>you now have collected your five repeaters, this
>doesn't mean that betting
>is going to
>start. No, you first have to WAIT until there is a
>THIRD HIT on any of your
>five
>numbers. THEN you start betting your five numbers. But
>while waiting for the
>"trigger",
>there was a number I cancelled and there was no
>repeater to replace it. What
>then? Do
>not care! Bet the four numbers you have (but remember
>to subtract only four
>bets from
>your bankroll for such a spin). As said above, you are
>only going to try to
>bet your
>numbers for SIX times. If there is a hit, you follow
>the instructions above
>("The
>Selection") for how long more you keep the number and
>when it is going to be
>replaced.
>And then there were six losses! What now? Six losses -
>30 units down the
>drain - that is
>not good! My answer is: KEEP COOL! There is no need to
>be nervous. You have
>ten
>more tries and they will come soon but first you have
>to STOP BETTING! You
>simply
>do not bet any more - but keep recording as before -
>and WAIT for the
>"trigger" - a third
>hit for one of your numbers. But HOW MUCH SHALL I BET?
>As said before; make
>up a
>plan, showing you how much 1/11 of your bankroll is,
>and how much 1/30 of
>that is.
>Whenever you have placed 5 (or less) bets 6 times,
>it's time to measure the
>TOTAL
>bankroll, divide it by 11 and then divide that figure
>by 30. As you
>understand, this will
>mean that you do not bet two units (if one is your
>starting bet) until you
>have had a 330
>units net gain. That, in turn, is AT LEAST 11 winnings
>- and no losings - as
>the net for
>one is 31 units. (And this is the reason why I
>recommend an initial bankroll
>of more than
>the min bet. Suppose your bet is 10 and may be
>incremented by 1, you will
>need only
>TWO wins to be able to progress to 11) And by that,
>you know when to bet and
>when to
>stop. You know how much you are going to bet every
>time and on what numbers.
>You
>also know the size of your bankroll, so; what more can
>there be? We can
>implement a
>handling plan for it!
>
>3) THE BANKROLL HANDLING ========================
>(That I couldn't use in Germany because of A) Way too
>much money involved
>and B) I
>won too much too quickly to have to use it.) First we
>have to establish what
>the
>difference between a SERIES of bets and a SESSION is.
>A SERIES of bets is a
>complete
>cycle of six bets (of up to five numbers each time)
>and after such a series
>is completed,
>you adjust your BETTING according to your present
>BANKROLL. A series is
>never
>ended for this or for that reason - it keeps on for
>six spins, no more and
>no less. A
>SESSION can be any number of COMPLETE SERIES! A
>session is ended for a
>reason
>(not by a pre-determined number of spins) and this
>reason is: The SESSION
>GOAL IS
>ACHIEVED (after a betting series is completed). And
>here is the handling
>plan: You
>should start with TWO complete bankrolls. Your goal
>for the FIRST session is
>simple:
>Get yourself a THIRD bankroll. Now, this may sound
>easy enough but it is
>NOT.
>Sometimes you may have to work for days and days
>without even getting close
>but other
>days it works like a breeze (but rarely). If one
>bankroll is lost, you have
>to start using the
>other one and then your mission STILL is to get a
>third one - but first you
>must get a
>second one, of course. OK. After, say, three days I
>discover that I have
>achieved the goal
>of getting one more, complete, bankroll of 330 units
>(in this example). I
>now have 330 +
>330 + 330 units. The last one is profit. Now what?
>Simple! Get yourself a
>FOURTH one,
>only this time it is going to be DOUBLE, compared to
>the other ones you
>have. In the
>example, I'm now trying to get a bankroll of 660
>units. Trust me: This can
>(and will) take
>some time. But I never promised you a quick and ever
>winning system, did I?
>And, by
>golly! This goal is reached! Now what? Are you in a
>hurry? Don't be and
>don't panic now
>as I say: Your goal for the third session is to get
>YET ANOTHER like the
>fourth one and
>you are supposed to do it with the same size of bets!
>Am I crazy? Well,
>maybe I am, but
>I'm not stupid so I do not raise my bet yet. It may
>take some time to reach
>the next goal,
>betting only lowest bets but think of it; you have a
>net profit of 990 units
>and we do not
>want to just throw it away, do we? So you bet and bet
>and bet and sometimes
>you are up
>and sometimes you are down. And maybe you lose one of
>your bankrolls. Then
>you have
>to get it back and you have to do it without
>manipulating the bets, except
>as described in
>section 2. Finally you sit there and have reached the
>goal: another 660
>units bankroll in
>profit. (WOW) Now is the time to do something radical:
>RAISE YOUR LOWEST BET
>TO THE DOUBLE! Your line of bankrolls looks like this:
>330 + 330 (original)
>+ 330 +
>660 + 660 (won) You now start betting from one of the
>660-unit bankrolls
>using double
>bets, compared to what you bet before. And your goal?
>Get a THIRD 660! When
>(if) this
>is achieved, your next goal is to get a bigger
>bankroll of 990 units (3
>times the smallest).
>You do this in the same manner, betting double sized
>bets from bankrolls #5
>and #6.
>Should you ever lose ALL the 660 unit bankrolls you
>simply start betting
>single sized bets
>again, hunting for your first 660. The rules for this
>handling is: Always
>raise your bet to
>the next level when you have TWO bankrolls of THAT
>level. As you start
>without any
>levels or bets, you start betting your lowest bet
>because you have two
>bankrolls of that
>level (Level 1) Your first mission is to get ONE
>bankroll the SAME size.
>Your second
>and third missions are to get ONE bankroll of the
>ADDED SIZE of the previous
>size and
>the initial. This goes on and on... Suppose you have
>this string of
>bankrolls: 330 + 330 +
>330 + 660 + 660 + 660 + 990 + 990 + 990 + 1650
>(heavy!) Your mission for the
>next
>session is to get another 1650 units bankroll using 3
>units bets from the
>990 units
>bankrolls. If that is accomplished you are going to
>get another 1650 units
>bankroll using
>the NEXT bet that is 4 units. And after that, your
>goal is 1980 using 4
>units bets from the
>1650 units bankrolls. FOR HOW LONG DOES THIS GO ON?
>Well, one thing is for
>sure: The casinos have a highest bet and this limit is
>very definite. At the
>Spielbank
>Hamburg, for example, there is a limit of DEM200 at
>the DEM5 min table and
>if we use
>DEM5 for our unit it's quite safe: the minimum bet is
>for a single number
>and so 4 units
>would be equal to DEM20. There is room for progressing
>upwards. But should
>you really
>go to the limit? Honestly, I don't know. This is one
>of the MANY aspects
>where I still
>have to figure out how to act and it is not an easy
>task. But I will try to
>do it soon, thanks
>to you giving me this idea, and maybe, just maybe,
>there really IS a
>solution...
>
>
>
>
WIN $5 PER SPIN SYSTEM
Here's a simple system that would win you approximately $5 per spin. You
would need a $325 bankroll.
Step 1 you cover 30 #'s with $25. (ex. $5 on 6#'s x 5) if you win, you win $5
keep on going until you lose.
If you lose, then your next bet will be covering 30 #'s with $300. ($10 a
number). If you win, you win back the money you lost plus $5 profit.
Now go back to step 1.
If you lose 2 times in a roll then that's it. By covering 30 #'s it is really
hard for you to lose twice in a roll.
WIN AT ROULETTE
FIRST THING YOU DO TO WIN @ ROULETTE IS TO FORGET ABOUT WHAT YOU

KNOW ABOUT ROULETTE.
Now follow these simple steps:
1. Get a pencil, note pad and a quarter. (I’ll tell you about the quarter later.)
2. Forget about the numbers on the wheel and table for now.
3. On the roulette table there is a section called the outside bets. The outside bet
section has Black/Red Numbers, Odd/Even Numbers and Hi/Low Numbers.
4. The outside numbers pay Even Money (i.e., if you bet $5 you win $5)
5. Stay away from the inner table numbers. That is how you LOOSE!
OK here is MY SYSTEM: It is extremely boring but it pays off.
6. Write down on your pad the numbers 1,2,3.
7. Now take the two outside numbers, the 1 & 3 Æ 1 2 3 Å

Which add to 4 and place a $4 bet on one of the outside bets. (RED or BLACK,
ODD or EVEN, HI or LOW)
8. The wheel spins and the little ball lands on 20 – BLACK. You placed your bet on
BLACK and won $4! Now cross out the Æ 1 & 3 Å on your note pad.
9. Now on your note pad you have Æ 2 Å . Your next bet is $2.
10. The wheel spins and you played RED this time, and RED comes up. You win $2.
You just made a total of $6. Cross out the Æ 2 Å on your note pad and start
over.
11. Write down 1 2 3 on your note pad. Bet 1 + 3 on the outside numbers. Æ 1,2,3 Å
.
12. Bet $4 on the HI Numbers this time. The wheel spins and it comes up 7 – RED
and you lose. Write down 4 next to 1,2,3. Add 4 so it looks like 1 2 3 4 Å. So
now you take the new outside numbers and add them and that is your next bet.
1 + 4 of Æ 1 2 3 4 Å makes 5 so your next bet is $5. This time you pick (EVEN
NUMBERS) and you win! Cross out the Æ 1 & 4 Å and play Æ 2 & 3 Å. This
time you place $5 on RED. The wheel spins and lands on RED. You win! Cross
out the Æ 2 3 Å and start over again.
Each time you cross out all your numbers you have won a total of $6. Add your $6 next
to your number run (i.e. 1,2,3 = 6 ; 1,2,3,4 = 6)
It’s pretty much a 50/50 chance that red/black, odd/even, hi/low Numbers will come out.
Expect the Green 0/00 Numbers to come out from time to time. Well, that is OK. Just jot
them up as a loss on your pad and keep playing.
REMEMBER THE QUARTER? NOW USE IT TO PRACTISE WITH. HEDS ARE RED AND
TAILS ARE BLACK. HAVE FUN! MAKE MONEY!
P.S. WE ARE NOT PLAYING ROULETTE.

WE ARE JUST USING THE WHEEL TO PLAY OUR GAME.
j
j||ÇÇÇÇ||ÇÇzz ttàà e
eÉÉââÄÄxxàààxx
Nathan A. Byram
© Copyright 2002 Nathan A. Byram
RULES AND ETIQUETTE:
Roulette is played the same basically throughout the world, so once you learn how to play roulette
somewhere, you can play anywhere. Here are the very basics of roulette.
Here's a quick table layout for those learning how to play roulette. The betting layout starts with numbers 0
and 00 at the top, and then extends from numbers 1 through 36 at the far end of the table. This area is
referred to as the "inside" betting area. Inside bets consist of the following: single-number bets, including the 0,
00 and 1 through 36, are made by placing your chip in the center of the number you select. If that number
wins you'll receive 35 to 1 for every chip you have bet.
It's important to note that players purchase special roulette chips, each player with his own color, so that the
dealer can tell who made a winning bet and pay off that player. The chips generally have a set value of $1.
There are only a certain amount of colors available. Most casinos have only 6 colors. This means that only six
players may play at a table at one time. If the table looks full, you should ask the croupier (dealer) if there are
any openings.
The only exception to the above is that you are also allowed to play with regular casino chips or “color” as
long as you notify the croupier and as long as no one else is playing with regular chips at the same time.
A player may request whatever value he wishes for his chips, above the $1 standard amount. The dealer will
specify the worth of that particular colored chip. Players may also bet larger amounts by using $1, $5 and $25
regular.
When buying in at any casino game, you must place your money directly on the table felt. Never ever hand
the croupier your money. They are not allowed to touch any player and are certainly not allowed to take
money or chips from your hand.
You are allowed to place your bets directly on the table felt as described below. The exact way you place your
bets on the table tells the croupier (and the eye in the sky) what you are betting on. It is the croupier’s
responsibility to ask you about any bets that are not placed properly, but to make things go smoother, you
should study the overview of the different bets below so that you know how to place your chips for the bets
that you want to make.
At some point during the placement of bets, the croupier will wave his/her hand across the table and declare,
“No more bets”. Any chips that you place after this pronouncement will be picked up and given back to you,
and you will get a reprimand, so listen!
After all the bets have been established the wheel is spun and a ball is placed on the outer edge of the wheel.
The ball will then drop into one of the numbered pockets once the wheel slows down. The numbers on the
wheel alternate pairs of odd numbers, with pairs of even numbers, and alternate between black and red. The
two zeros are green in color and are placed at opposite ends of the wheel. The object of the game is to
determine which number or color the ball with ultimately land on.
When the ball finally stops on a number, the croupier will place a marker that usually resembles a crystal on
the felt on top of the number that hit. Then he/she will clear all of the losing bets off the felt leaving only the
ones that won. The croupier will then begin the process of paying the winners. All inside bets are paid
directly to the players. However, for outside bets, the winnings are placed next to the successful bets on the
felt. DO NOT under any circumstances touch your bets, the board, or your winnings paid on outside bets
until the croupier removes the marker crystal from the felt. This is the easiest way to get a tongue lashing
from the pit boss as many times people will try to cheat this way.
Once the marker is removed, it is open season on bets for the next spin.
THE DIFFERENT BETS:
There are two types of bets you can make: inside and outside. In this illustration, inside bets are marked with
blue or green markers and outside bets are red or yellow.
INSIDE BETS:
Straight Bet or Single Number Bet: (BLUE Chip)

You can bet on one number by placing a chip in the center of the number you want to place your bet on (1-
36, 0, 00). If that number wins you are paid 35 to 1. The odds that this bet will win are 1 in 38. In the
illustration, player would win $35 for every $1 bet when the ball hits the 9 red.
Split Bet or Two Number Bet: (BLUE Chip)

You must place your chip on the line between two separate numbers. If the ball lands on either of these
numbers you win. The pay out is 17 to 1. The odds that this bet will win are 2 in 38. In the illustration,
player would win $17 for every $1 bet when the ball hits the 12 red or 15 black.
Street Bet or Three Number Bet: (BLUE Chip)

This allows you to cover three numbers in a row with one bet. To make this bet place your chip in the
outside line of the row you want to bet on. If one of these three numbers comes up, you win. The payout is
11 to 1. The odds that this bet will win are 3 in 38. In the illustration, player would win $11 for every $1 bet
when the ball hits the 16 red, 17 black, or 18 red.
Corner Bet or Four Number Bet: (BLUE Chip)
Place your chip in the center of four numbers and if one of these numbers comes up, you win. Pays at 8 to 1.
The odds that this bet will win are 4 in 38. In the illustration, player would win $8 for every $1 bet when the
ball hits the 20 black, 21 red, 23 red or 24 black.
Five Number Bet: (GREEN Chip)

The only five number bet you can make is on the numbers 0, 00, 1, 2 and 3. Place your chip on the outside
line that divides the 0 and 1. If any of these 5 numbers comes up you will be paid 6 to 1. The odds that this
bet will win are 5 in 38. In the illustration, player would win $6 for every $1 bet when the ball hits the 0 green,
00 green, 1 red, 2 black, or 3 red.
Six Line Bet or Six Number Bet: (BLUE Chip)

Allows you to bet on two rows of three numbers. Place your chip in between the outside line of the last
numbers of the two rows. If any of the 6 numbers come up you will be paid 5 to 1. The odds that this bet will
win are 6 in 38. In the illustration, player would win $5 for every $1 bet when the ball hits the 25 red, 26
black, 27 red, 28 black, 29 black, or 30 red.
OUTSIDE BETS:
Column Bets: (BLUE Chip)

A column bet is a bet on any one of the three long columns of numbers. To make the column bet place your
chip on any one of the 2 to 1 spots. This bet pays 2 to 1. The odds that this bet will win are 12 in 38. In the
illustration, player would win $2 for every $1 bet when the ball hits the 3 red, 6 black, 9 red, 12 red, 15 black,
18 red, 21 red, 24 black, 27 red, 30 red, 33 black, or 36 red.
1st 12, 2nd 12, and 3rd 12: (RED Chips)

These bets divide the roulette table into the numbers 1-12, 13-24, and 25-36. Place your chip on one of three
spots: 1st 12, 2nd 12, or the 3rd 12. This bet pays 2-1. The odds that this bet will win are 12 in 38.
Any Red or Black Bet: (YELLOW Chip)

Bet on either red or black. Place your chip on either the red spot or the black spot. This bet pays 1 to 1.
Any Low Number or High Number Bet: (YELLOW Chip)

Bet on whether the next number will be 1 through 18 or 19 through 36. Place your chip on either 1 to 18
spot or on the 19 to 36 spot. You lose if either the 0 or the 00 come up. This bet pays 1 to 1.
Any Even or Odd Bet: (YELLOW Chip)

Bet on whether the number will come up as even or odd. Place your chip on the even spot or the odd spot.
You lose if either the 0 or the 00 come up. This bet pays 1 to 1.
THE REGRESSION SYSTEM:
This roulette system is based on the mathematics of roulette. With roulette, like any other game of chance, is
impossible to predict the outcome of any one spin of the wheel. However, the laws of common probability
state that each number on the wheel will hit an average of 1 time every 38 spins. Put simply, if you would spin
the roulette wheel 3,800 times, red should come up approximately 1,800 times, black 1,800 times, and 0 or
00 200 times.
During the course of 3,800 spins you will undoubtedly have streaks where the wheel will come up red 10
times in a row or black 10 times in a row, but over time the wheel will average back out. Mathematicians call
this principle “Reversion to the Mean”.
Let’s say a person would bet $5 on red with the idea of doubling his bet each time he lost until the wheel hit
red. This is called the Martingale system. Would this work? It’s possible! The wheel could hit black 4 times
and then red once and the player would have won $5. Allow me to show you how.
Let’s assume the player starts with a $500 bankroll.
SPIN 1: Bet: $5 Result: Black Lost: $5 Bankroll: $495
SPIN 2: Bet $10 Result: Black Lost: $10 Bankroll: $485
SPIN 3: Bet $20 Result: Green Lost: $20 Bankroll: $465
SPIN 4: Bet $40 Result: Black Lost: $40 Bankroll: $425
SPIN 5: Bet $80 Result: Red Won: $80 Bankroll: $425+$80=$505
You’ve just won $5 and only won 1 out of 5 spins! This is a case of bad luck since you should win 47.37% of
the spins. (18 out of 38) You’ve actually only won 20% and yet you still won money. However, there is one
major problem with this system. You will run out of money! When the roulette wheel hits 10 blacks in a row
(I’ve seen it happen most ever time I’ve sat at a roulette wheel for more than 2-3 hours) you are broke and
unable to continue! After only the 8th spin your bet is a whopping $640 and the first 7 bets that you lost cost
you $635! After the 10th loss you have lost $5,115 and your next bet will have to be $5,120 to try to win your
money back plus that $5. Obviously, while this is a good principle, it makes a very poor system for most folks.
However, the underlying principle still holds true. What if instead of doubling your bet, you were to increase
it by only $1 instead? It would certainly take you longer than one spin to win your money back, but during
the extended streaks of bad luck you would still have the funds to stay in the game!
The system I am about to impart to you requires only that you win only 1 out of 3 spins to break even! Yes,
to break even you only have to win 33.33% of the spins. Remember, on an even-money bet, odds are that you
will win 47.37% of all spins. This system gives you a huge edge over the casino! The system is based on a
regression algorithm that provides that you increase your bet by 20% each time you lose and most of the time
you will keep your bet level when you win. Fortunately, you do not need to understand the math or even what
a regression algorithm is to make this work. I will show you how to do it in a bit. But first let’s look at how it
works.
Bankroll: $500
SPIN 1: Bet: $5 on red Result: Black Lost $5 Bankroll: $495
SPIN 3: Bet: $7 on red Result: Green Lost $7 Bankroll: $482
SPIN 5: Bet $9 on red Result: Black Lost $9 Bankroll: $465
SPIN 6: Bet $10 on red Result: Red Won $10 Bankroll: $475
SPIN 7: Bet $10 on red Result Red Won $10 Bankroll: $485
See what we did? We lost 5 spins in a row, and then won 4 spins in a row. This equates to a 44.44& win
percentage…lower than the actual odds of 47.37%. But we won $5! We did worse than the actual odds say we
should do and we won money! In addition, the lowest point our bankroll got was $465. Using the Martingale
system (doubling bets each time) our bankroll would have gotten all the way down to $345 and we would
have had to lay $160 out on the table for our 6th bet instead of $10 with my system.
Now that you see how the system works, you need to know how to figure your bets. What if you don’t win
spins 6-9? Well first off you will need a small notebook and a pencil. Some players will use the cards the
casino gives you to keep track of what numbers have hit. Many roulette players will pick the hot numbers that
hit often or the ones that haven’t hit in a long time and place their bets on these assuming that there is a
greater likelihood that these numbers ill hit. This is not true! But I want you to grab one of these cards they
use for this purpose and write your bets down on them.
Here is how you need to do it. First of all, you need to decide how much you intend to bet to start. You
should bet no greater than 2.5% of your bankroll, and preferably 1% of your bankroll to insure that you will
not go broke during an extended losing streak. Let’s say that you bring $250 to the casino and decide to start
betting $5 per spin. Take 20% of your minimum bet and write it down. 20% of $5 is $1. Now write down
what 40%, 60%, and 80% of your minimum bet is. With a $5 minimum bet, you should have “1234” written
on the card.
This is what you will do. Your bet will always be the sum of the first and last numbers in the series. For your
first bet, you will have the outside numbers 1 and 4 so your bet will be $5 which is your minimum bet that
you decided on at the start.
Every time you lose a bet you will write it at the end of the series. So if you bet your $5 and lose, you append
it to the series and are left with “12345” on your paper. Your next bet will be the sum of 1 and 5 for a total of
$6.
Every time you win a bet you X-out the FIRST AND LAST NUMBERS in the series. So if you now win the
$6 bet, you X-out the 1 and 5 and are left with “12345”. I have drawn two lines through (or crossed out) the 1
and 5 and now my new bet will be the sum of 2 and 4 for a total of $6 again.
If I win this bet, I cross out the 2 and 4 and am left with “12345”. So what is my bet? You guessed it! I bet $3
on the next hand.
Let’s say I lose this next hand. I add a 3 to the end of the series. I now have “123453”. My next bet is 3 + 3 =
$6. Let’s say I win. I strike out both 3s and the series is complete. “123453”. I have just won $10.
How did I win $10? Well, I lost $5 on the first bet, won $6 on the second bet, won $6 on the third, lost $3 on
the fourth, and won $6 on the fifth. -5+6+6-3+6=$10. Using this system you will always win the sum of the
four numbers you begin the series with. If you start with 1234 you will win 1+2+3+4…$10 when you complete
the series successfully.
If you wish to bet a minimum of $10, you could use the series “2468”. Each series you complete will win you
$20. The more adventurous can bet a “5 10 15 20” series that will produce a $50 profit on a $25 minimum
bet. However, you should be sure to have at least a $1,000 bankroll to tide you over during the inevitable
losing streaks.
During extended losing streaks, you will be able to win money even if you only win 35% of the spins! You can
bet black AND red on the same spin and win! Just run two different series on the paper. A more intelligent
solution would be to bet red, 1-18, and even at the same time and triple your winnings!
Here is an example of an extended losing streak and how you still come out ahead with a $5 bet and $500
bankroll!
Series Bet Result Bankroll
1234 $5 Lost $495
12345 6 Lost 489
123456 7 Won 496
123456 7 Lost 489
1234567 9 Lost 480
12345679 11 Lost 469
1234567911 13 Lost 456
123456791113 15 Won 471
123456791113 14 Lost 457
12345679111314 17 Won 474
12345679111314 15 Won 489
12345679111314 14 Lost 475
1234567911131414 19 Won 494
1234567911131414 16 Lost 478
123456791113141416 23 Won 501
123456791113141416 9 Won 510
123456791113141418 Series Complete You Won $10
Isn’t this amazing? You Lost 6 out of 7 at one point and never won more than 2 in a row and won $10! I
don’t have the space to show you, but you can literally lose 19 out of 30 spins and make your $10 profit! For
every two that you lose you must win one to stay even. Think of it this way, if you lose two, you add two
numbers to the series. For every win, you X-out two numbers in the series. So in order to win, you need to do
just slightly better than 33.3%. Remember, the odds say you will win 47.74% of the time...you need only to
win 34% to win. The odds are in your favor!
We recommend that you try this on a casino computer game before trying it in a casino with real money.
Familiarize yourself with the system. You can also use this basic system to determine your bets in any other
game. Baccarat especially is a good game to run this regression system on. Bear in mind that most casinos will
not allow you to “take notes” during a card game however. Black jack is also a good candidate for a betting
system. For simplicity, increase your bet by a set number every time you win, and decrease it by the same set
number down to the table minimum every time you lose.
And lastly, a disclaimer: this is gambling. Even with the best system, you will not win money every time you
play. That one time the wheel spins against you 40 times out of 50 no system on earth will bring you out of it
a winner. This system betters your odds dramatically but it is not a guarantee. Also, I am not responsible for
your use of this system. If you win money it is not because of me, and if you lose money, it is not my fault
either. So play at your own risk, and if you are the cautious type, consider the preceding information for your
entertainment purposes only and not as a suggestion to gamble. This said, I believe in this system, and it
should work for you in many cases. Try it out today!
WINNING AT ROULETTE
Copyright Barry Stier 1996
Roulette is one of the few games in which the gambler has no control over the outcome of the game but can vary his bet as
he likes. In poker, craps, blackjack, etc., the gambler is adding the element of skill and the odds become impossible to forecast
accurately.
In slot machines, you are limited to betting the amount the slot machine will accept.
Since cheating is not even worth discussing, we can only win at games where we can affect the outcome honestly. In games
that require skill, it can get very expensive acquiring the skills that are needed to win. And even if we become quite good, we
can always run into someone who is better.
In roulette we have the opportunity to play against the odds with no need for skill because we can't affect the turn of the
wheel. Roulette, if we eliminate the bets on the numbers and reduce it to an odd or even or black or red bet, is almost an even
bet game. By that I mean it is almost like a coin toss. A coin, tossed fairly, will come up heads, fifty percent of the time. It may
come up tails fifteen time in a row, but over the long run, if you continue to bet on heads, you will break even.
Roulette is very similar. If we bet on black or even or red or odd, over the long term we will break even, except for one small
thing. There are 36 numbers on the roulette wheel, half of which are red or black or odd or even. There are also either one or
two green slots with 0 or 00, depending on the casino. Most of the casinos in the United States now have two green slots.
That means that instead of our breaking even, the house will gradually wear away our betting money by winning half the
bets plus the extra two out of every thirty eight turns of the wheel. In other words, instead of it being an even bet, with a
double zero wheel, the house has 5.26 percent advantage and with a single zero wheel, the house has a 2.7 percent
advantage.
Another way to look at it is to visualize 10 people playing, half putting their money on red and the other half on black. No
matter what number comes up, half the people will win the money bet by the other half and the casino gets nothing. But
when one of those green numbers come up, the casino gets everybody's money. That is enough for them to win all of our
money eventually.
There have been many people who have naively thought, I'll keep doubling my bet until I win. I have to win sooner or later.
That won't work because with an average run, you'll come out almost breaking even, but with a long run of the wheel going
against you, your doubling bet will soon increase to such an astronomical amount that you won't have the money to place
the bet.
For example, starting with a five dollar bet, doubling it on a fifteen loss run will amount to over $150,000.
I'm going to skip describing all the erroneous systems and get right to the one that works.
Since the casino has at best only a 5.26 percent advantage, our system inventor decided that the way to was to go simply
increase our odds beyond that. He did so. To win with this system you don't even need to win half the spins. You will need
to win 5 of 11 spins, or 10 of 26 spins or 15 of 41 spins. The formula is complicated, but you don't need to understand the
formula for it to work for you. You only need to know how to use the system.
You will need a bankroll to begin your play. I would suggest a bankroll of 40 times the amount you intend to be your
minimum bet. So, if you intend to start with a $5 bet, you should be holding $200 to tide you over a run of bad luck, which
can always happen.
You will need a paper and a pencil to work the system.
1
1. Start by writing down a series of 4 numbers which will control the size of your bets. You will understand this step better as
we get into the system. You want the total of the first and last number in the series to equal the amount you would like to be
your opening bet. For example, if you want to begin with a $5 bet, your opening series of numbers would be 1,2,3,4. The
smaller the numbers, the less money you need to work with but the less you will win.
As you complete each set, your winnings will be the sum of all the numbers in your series.
The only requirement is that the sum of the first and the last numbers be at least equal to the minimum bet required at the
table. Many casinos require a minimum of a $5 bet when you bet on black or red or odd or even.
You can experiment with other number series as soon as you understand this basic one.
For simplicity, we will just talk about betting on black, but the system will work with any of the so called even bets. It would
work if we bet on red or odd or even.
For starters, lets use the series 1,2,3,4. What you will win is controlled by the numbers in your series. As you complete each
series, you will win the total of the 4 numbers in your series.
That means we will win $10 at the end of every 1,2,3,4 series set. If we used a 5,10,15,20 series, we would win $50 at the end of
every set.
Your paper will look like this when you start: 1 2 3 4
2. You will always bet the sum of the first and last numbers in your series.
Therefore, the first bet will be $5 on black. If we lose we write the amount we lost at the end of our series. The paper will now
look like this: 1 2 3 4 5
Following our rule, we bet the sum of the first and last numbers and place $6 on black. If we lose again we write in the last
amount we lost and the list becomes: 1 2 3 4 5 6
3. When we win, we cross off the first and last numbers in the series. Our next bet is $7 (the total of the first and last numbers
in the list.) If we win, we cross off the first and last numbers and the list looks like: 1 2 3 4 5 6
4. Our next bet is the sum of 2 and 5 so we bet $7 again. If we lose we add the 7 to the list and the list becomes 1 2 3 4 5 6 7.
5. Our next bet is the sum of 2 and 7 so we bet $9. If we win we cross off the first and last numbers from the list and it
becomes 3 4 5
Our next bet would be $8, the total of the 3 and 5, the first and last numbers in the series. If we lose we add it to the list and it
becomes 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8.
6. Our next bet is $11. If we win we cross off the first and last numbers to get 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Our next bet is $9. If we win we cross off the last two numbers and our set is over. We have made our profit of $10. Now we
can start a new set with a new list of numbers. If we lose we just add it to our list which becomes 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
7. If we win we cross out the 4 and 9 which leaves just the 5. We then bet $5. If we win, we have completed the series and
won $10. If we lose, we add a 5 to the series and bet $10, and so on until the series is completed.
I hope you understand the procedure. If you lose, you add the amount of your last bet to the end of the list. If you win, you
cross off the first and last numbers on your list. Your list will get to be a row of numbers with and without x's through them.
Always ignore the numbers that you have crossed out. They cease to exist for our purposes.
2
Notes: It is possible sometimes, because of variations in play, that you could end up with just a single number left in your
list. Just bet that amount because that will be both the first and the last numbers in your list. If it is lower than the table
minimum, add what is required to meet the minimum. This won't happen very often.
In case of a really bad run of luck, in which you run up against a table limit, there is a method to reduce the size of your bets.
You can split the numbers in your list in half or thirds or quarters or whatever you feel like. The smaller the increments, the
longer it will take you to recover, but the smaller the bets you will have to place.
For example, if your list were: 10-20-30-40-50-60-70-80-90
you could split it into two lists that would be: 5-10-15-20-25-30-35-40-45 and 5-10-15-20-25-30-35-40-45
You would then need to clear off both lists before you turned it into a winning series.
I would advise you not to stay at any one table too long if you are winning consistently. If you take a thousand dollars off a
table, go to another casino, then another. When you go back to the first, go to a different table. This is just to avoid undue
attention. You are not doing anything illegal, but the casinos will not be happy about the situation and might ask you to
leave.
One note here: If you have a run of bad luck, and run of cash before you finish a series, you do not have to accept that as a
loss. You can go home, and return on another day or to another casino and simply continue the series where you left off. If
you do that, you will win the total of the original four numbers with which you started that series, even though you
interrupted the play for a period of time.
Please drop me a line and let me know how well you are doing and if you have any incidents with the casinos. I am compiling
the information in a book.
Good luck.
3
WINNING PARLAYS
Congratulations! You have acquired a winning system, with which you can have
hours of fun, betting with money you won from the casino and only one unit from
your own pocket.
We all heard of the Martingale system, where you double your bet every time you
lose until you finally win, in order to make 1 unit profit on any even money
bet. This method would work if you had unlimited bankroll and if the table had
no maximum betting limits. But we all know that in reality this is not the
case.
Imagine you start betting with 1 unit and you encounter a streak of 9
consecutive losses. Your bets would be 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256. You
would have placed a total of 511 units on the table and still haven't won yet.
Your next bet requires you to wager 512 units, where if you win you will make
only 1 unit profit and if you lose, your loss will be a devastating 1023 units.
At this stage you would probably give up, as you either have exhausted your
bankroll and/or the table will not allow you to bet 1024 units. It would also
be totally unreasonable to risk 2048 units for 1 lousy unit profit. And the
chances of winning are slightly less than 50% at every bet. The fact that Red
or Black didn't show up for 10 times does not mean that it's due to show up on
the 11th time, because the probability of its showing up on the next bet is
exactly the same as the previous bet: about 50%.
We all see some streaks of Reds or Blacks (in Roulette), Pass-Line bets or Don't
Pass-Line bets (in Craps), Player or Banker (Baccarat), where the same outcome
repeats sometimes over 2, 3, 4 and even a bit more rarely 7, 8, 9 times. The
longest streak of Red showing up consecutively recorded in history was 32 times
in a row in a casino in Brazil. Imagine the losses of whoever was using
Martingale, even for those who have waited for Black not to come up for 10 times
before they started betting on it.
I have personally seen Black showing up 16 times in row. And I see either Black
or Red showing up 6, 7 times consecutively much more often. This is very
obvious if you observe Roulette scoreboards.
Winning Parlays will take advantage of those occurrences. Martingale seems to

be a pretty bad strategy when this happens. It's also nerve wracking and
dangerous for your blood pressure. We will use exactly the opposite of the
Martingale approach. With Martingale you make a profit of only 1 unit profit
at a time with the risk of escalating losses. With Winning Parlays you will
risk only 1 unit at a time with escalating winnings. You can apply the concept
of reverse strategies every time you see that something is not working too well
for you, and for every mediocre strategy there is usually a reverse one, which
will work much better.
This system is appropriate for any even-money betting. Red, Black, Even, Odd,
High, Low at Roulette; Pass, Don't Pass line bets at Craps; or Banker, Player
at Baccarat.
Your unit value can be as low as the table minimum or any value you feel
comfortable with depending on your budget. A bankroll of 50 units should be
sufficient to play and win with this system.
You must have guessed already, if you are going to bet only 1 unit and want your
winnings to escalate to 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, etc, (the opposite of the losses
generated by the Martingale system), you must use some kind of parlay. That
means leaving your winnings on the table so they can multiply with repeating
wins. The question then becomes how do you decide where to bet on and how long
do you leave your profits on the table? At what stage do you cash them?
Winning Parlays will make all those decisions for you. Your bets will be
automatically placed on the winning even-money decisions. If, for instance, Red
happened to be repeating for more than say 4, 5, 6 times (and more), etc.,
that's where you will find yourself betting. If you happen to play
simultaneously on Red-Black, Even-Odd, High-Low areas, again your bets will be
placed on the repeating ones when you play this system. In this case you will
then need 3 units per bet of course, one unit for Red or Black, one unit for
Even or Odd, and one unit for Low or High. We will see later on how we can
deploy this system to multiple areas simultaneously.
Before I fully explain the system, let's talk first on its concepts. Suppose
you come to a Roulette table and you place a $10 chip on Red. If Red comes and
you win, say instead of collecting your $20, you leave the $20 on the table and
repeat your bet on Red. Say, Red comes up again. Now you have $40 on the
table. You re-bet the $40 and Red repeats once more. Now you have $80 on the
table. It's a tough decision, should you remove your $80 worth of chips or
leave them on Red? Say, you leave them on the table. Red comes up again. Now
you have $160. You tell yourself, enough. You grab your $160 and you don't bet
this time. You see Red comes up again. You're a bit upset as you could have
gotten $320, instead of $160. On the other hand, you're happy, since you
converted a $10 chip into $160 profiting $150 on this run. What you have done
was you parlayed your $10 four times before you collected your winnings.
A similar scenario could have been the following. You bet a $10 chip on Red.
Red comes, you leave $20 on the table. Red comes again, you leave $40 on the
table. Now Black appears and you lose it all. This was a run of 3 bets before
you lost $40, but you have lost only $10 of the money you came to the table
with. Still, you're upset because you could have cashed $40, but you didn't.
If you observe hundreds of spins, you will see that Red or Black will repeat
either twice, or 3 times, or 4, 5, 6, 7, etc. over the long run. Of course, the
lower number repetitions will occur more frequently. That means, Red, for
instance, will repeat 3 times much more often than Red repeating say 6 or 7
times. If you decide not to cash your winnings until Red repeats 6 times, it
will happen much less often, but when it does you will cash much more money.
So, it becomes a matter of deciding how many times you hope Red will repeat
before you grab your winnings. This is a decision you will have to make up
front before you start using the system. If you make up your mind before hand,
you will avoid much emotional turmoil during the session.
Once you understand how the system works I will show you simulations of what
would have happened if you had cashed your winnings after having waited for 3,
4, 5, 6, 7 times. Hopefully that will help you in deciding after how many same-
decision repeats to collect your winnings.
We also have another question in mind. What do you bet on? Red or Black?
Player or Banker? Pass or Don't Pass? As I promised, this will be determined by
the system automatically. You will see.
Let's now come to the essence of the system. The first thing you need to do is
to decide on the number of times you will wait in the parlay before you grab
your winnings. Once that decision is made, stick to it! Just for the sake of
learning the system, let's say you will wait 4 times. That means you will not
cash, until you can collect 16 units. (15 units profit and your 1-unit initial
bet.)
You now come to the Roulette table and see that the last decision was Black.
You will place your 1-unit chip on the same color, on Black. If Black repeats
you win, but you don't cash your 2 units, you leave them on the table without
adding more chips. If Red comes up, you lose your chip. If you lose your chip,
you bet 1 chip on the same color that just came: on Red. Now, if Red comes
again, you leave your 2 chips on the table to multiply.
As you can see, you are following the color, which is repeating. If, in the
above sequence, either Red or Black would repeat more than once, that's where
you would actually find yourself betting. The fifth consecutive time either Red
or Black shows up you grab your 16 chips and not bet until the color changes.
Why fifth and not fourth? Because the first appearance is the bet that makes
you decide what to bet on, and the subsequent consecutive appearances are the
repetitions. You may see Red or Black repeating even more than 5 times, but as
your decision was set up front to cash after 4 winnings (or 5 repeats), this is
where you stand and you don't bet your chip until Red turns to Black or vice
versa.
A zero or double zero showing up in the middle of the run will of course
terminate that run, making you lose your chip. You won't bet until the next
color, Red or Black shows up, which will most likely be after the very next
spin, unless multiple zeros happen to come up one after another. In which case
you will bet your chip on the color that shows up after the zero or zeros.
Let us now observe a simulation or 200 spins in Table 1 below, where we set up
front to wait for 4 consecutive wins, or 5 repetitions of the same color, before
we collect our winnings. Our unit chip value is $10.
Table 1
Sequence # Number Red/Black Bet Black or Red Win/Lose Winning Streak

Bet Cash Net
1 28 B No bet
2 23 R B L 0 $10 -$10 -$10
3 36 R R W 1 $10 -$10 -$20
4 0 G R L 0 $0 $0 -$20
5 1 R No bet 0 $0 $0 -$20
6 26 B R L 0 $10 -$10 -$30
7 31 B B W 1 $10 -$10 -$40
8 15 B B W 2 $0 $0 -$40
9 11 B B W 3 $0 $0 -$40
10 32 R B L 0 $0 $0 -$40
11 9 R R W 1 $10 -$10 -$50
12 30 R R W 2 $0 $0 -$50
13 19 R R W 3 $0 $0 -$50
14 30 R R W 4 $0 $160 $110
15 12 R No bet 5 $0 $0 $110
16 3 R No bet 6 $0 $0 $110
17 9 R No bet 7 $0 $0 $110
18 2 B No bet 0 $0 $0 $110
19 26 B B W 1 $10 -$10 $100
20 20 B B W 2 $0 $0 $100
21 26 B B W 3 $0 $0 $100
22 31 B B W 4 $0 $160 $260
23 26 B No bet 5 $0 $0 $260
24 18 R No bet 0 $0 $0 $260
25 15 B R L 0 $10 -$10 $250
26 8 B B W 1 $10 -$10 $240
27 15 B B W 2 $0 $0 $240
28 1 R B L 0 $0 $0 $240
29 36 R R W 1 $10 -$10 $230
30 30 R R W 2 $0 $0 $230
31 26 B R L 0 $0 $0 $230
32 18 R B L 0 $10 -$10 $220
33 22 B R L 0 $10 -$10 $210
34 1 R B L 0 $10 -$10 $200
35 28 B R L 0 $10 -$10 $190
36 33 B B W 1 $10 -$10 $180
37 00 G B L 0 $0 $0 $180
38 14 R No bet 0 $0 $0 $180
39 19 R R W 1 $10 -$10 $170
40 7 R R W 2 $0 $0 $170
41 27 R R W 3 $0 $0 $170
42 30 R R W 4 $0 $160 $330
43 5 R No bet 5 $0 $0 $330
44 5 R No bet 6 $0 $0 $330
45 17 B R L 0 $0 $0 $330
46 22 B B W 1 $10 -$10 $320
47 2 B B W 2 $0 $0 $320
48 32 R B L 0 $0 $0 $320
49 27 R R W 1 $10 -$10 $310
50 7 R R W 2 $0 $0 $310
51 27 R R W 3 $0 $0 $310
52 26 B R L 0 $0 $0 $310
53 12 R B L 0 $10 -$10 $300
54 1 R R W 1 $10 -$10 $290
55 0 G R L 0 $0 $0 $290
56 22 B No bet 0 $0 $0 $290
57 0 G B L 0 $10 -$10 $280
58 7 R No bet 0 $0 $0 $280
59 6 B R L 0 $10 -$10 $270
60 7 R B L 0 $10 -$10 $260
61 24 B R L 0 $10 -$10 $250
62 19 R B L 0 $10 -$10 $240
63 34 R R W 1 $10 -$10 $230
64 0 G R L 0 $0 $0 $230
65 8 B No bet 0 $0 $0 $230
66 31 B B W 1 $10 -$10 $220
67 1 R B L 0 $0 $0 $220
68 20 B R L 0 $10 -$10 $210
69 21 R B L 0 $10 -$10 $200
70 23 R R W 1 $10 -$10 $190
71 0 G R L 0 $0 $0 $190
72 33 B No bet 0 $0 $0 $190
73 11 B B W 1 $10 -$10 $180
74 13 B B W 2 $0 $0 $180
75 28 B B W 3 $0 $0 $180
76 4 B B W 4 $0 $160 $340
77 7 R B L 0 $0 $0 $340
78 15 B R L 0 $10 -$10 $330
79 36 R B L 0 $10 -$10 $320
80 32 R R W 1 $10 -$10 $310
81 24 B R L 0 $0 $0 $310
82 14 R B L 0 $10 -$10 $300
83 15 B R L 0 $10 -$10 $290
84 33 B B W 1 $10 -$10 $280
85 18 R B L 0 $0 $0 $280
86 20 B R L 0 $10 -$10 $270
87 27 R B L 0 $10 -$10 $260
88 18 R R W 1 $10 -$10 $250
89 23 R R W 2 $0 $0 $250
90 24 B R L 0 $0 $0 $250
91 3 R B L 0 $10 -$10 $240
92 4 B R L 0 $10 -$10 $230
93 13 B B W 1 $10 -$10 $220
94 6 B B W 2 $0 $0 $220
95 12 R B L 0 $0 $0 $220
96 23 R R W 1 $10 -$10 $210
97 8 B R L 0 $0 $0 $210
98 17 B B W 1 $10 -$10 $200
99 9 R B L 0 $0 $0 $200
100 2 B R L 0 $10 -$10 $190
101 11 B B W 1 $10 -$10 $180
102 20 B B W 2 $0 $0 $180
103 4 B B W 3 $0 $0 $180
104 8 B B W 4 $0 $160 $340
105 27 R No bet 0 $0 $0 $340
106 5 R R W 1 $10 -$10 $330
107 23 R R W 2 $0 $0 $330
108 18 R R W 3 $0 $0 $330
109 18 R R W 4 $0 $160 $490
110 11 B No bet 0 $0 $0 $490
111 26 B B W 1 $10 -$10 $480
112 16 R B L 0 $0 $0 $480
113 14 R R W 1 $10 -$10 $470
114 25 R R W 2 $0 $0 $470
115 34 R R W 3 $0 $0 $470
116 29 B R L 0 $0 $0 $470
117 24 B B W 1 $10 -$10 $460
118 32 R B L 0 $0 $0 $460
119 15 B R L 0 $10 -$10 $450
120 35 B B W 1 $10 -$10 $440
121 31 B B W 2 $0 $0 $440
122 5 R B L 0 $0 $0 $440
123 22 B R L 0 $10 -$10 $430
124 32 R B L 0 $10 -$10 $420
125 00 G R L 0 $10 -$10 $410
126 22 B No bet 0 $0 $0 $410
127 8 B B W 1 $10 -$10 $400
128 30 R B L 0 $0 $0 $400
129 19 R R W 1 $10 -$10 $390
130 23 R R W 2 $0 $0 $390
131 25 R R W 3 $0 $0 $390
132 8 B R L 0 $0 $0 $390
133 20 B B W 1 $10 -$10 $380
134 15 B B W 2 $0 $0 $380
135 13 B B W 3 $0 $0 $380
136 29 B B W 4 $0 $160 $540
137 13 B No bet 5 $0 $0 $540
138 1 R B L 0 $0 $0 $540
139 13 B R L 0 $10 -$10 $530
140 7 R B L 0 $10 -$10 $520
141 00 G R L 0 $10 -$10 $510
142 10 B No bet 0 $0 $0 $510
143 7 R B L 0 $10 -$10 $500
144 0 G R L 0 $10 -$10 $490
145 00 G No bet 0 $0 $0 $490
146 34 R No bet 0 $0 $0 $490
147 31 B R L 0 $10 -$10 $480
148 34 R B L 0 $10 -$10 $470
149 0 G R L 0 $10 -$10 $460
150 31 B No bet 0 $0 $0 $460
151 13 B B W 1 $10 -$10 $450
152 33 B B W 2 $0 $0 $450
153 6 B B W 3 $0 $0 $450
154 10 B B W 4 $0 $160 $610
155 27 R No bet 0 $0 $0 $610
156 27 R R W 1 $10 -$10 $600
157 00 G R L 0 $0 $0 $600
158 4 B No bet 0 $0 $0 $600
159 3 R B L 0 $10 -$10 $590
160 33 B R L 0 $10 -$10 $580
161 18 R B L 0 $10 -$10 $570
162 2 B R L 0 $10 -$10 $560
163 17 B B W 1 $10 -$10 $550
164 34 R B L 0 $0 $0 $550
165 00 G R L 0 $10 -$10 $540
166 00 G No bet 0 $0 $0 $540
167 27 R No bet 0 $0 $0 $540
168 24 B R L 0 $10 -$10 $530
169 18 R B L 0 $10 -$10 $520
170 31 B R L 0 $10 -$10 $510
171 31 B B W 1 $10 -$10 $500
172 00 G B L 0 $0 $0 $500
173 35 B No bet 0 $0 $0 $500
174 11 B B W 1 $10 -$10 $490
175 27 R B L 0 $0 $0 $490
176 25 R R W 1 $10 -$10 $480
177 15 B R L 0 $0 $0 $480
178 33 B B W 1 $10 -$10 $470
179 3 R B L 0 $0 $0 $470
180 28 B R L 0 $10 -$10 $460
181 19 R B L 0 $10 -$10 $450
182 23 R R W 1 $10 -$10 $440
183 25 R R W 2 $0 $0 $440
184 1 R R W 3 $0 $0 $440
185 35 B R L 0 $0 $0 $440
186 10 B B W 1 $10 -$10 $430
187 21 R B L 0 $0 $0 $430
188 20 B R L 0 $10 -$10 $420
189 28 B B W 1 $10 -$10 $410
190 27 R B L 0 $0 $0 $410
191 7 R R W 1 $10 -$10 $400
192 00 G R L 0 $0 $0 $400
193 11 B No bet 0 $0 $0 $400
194 3 R B L 0 $10 -$10 $390
195 3 R R W 1 $10 -$10 $380
196 13 B R L 0 $0 $0 $380
197 30 R B L 0 $10 -$10 $370
198 00 G R L 0 $10 -$10 $360
199 9 R No bet 0 $0 $0 $360
200 9 R R W 1 $10 -$10 $350
Let's look at Table 1 and see how the system works.

We set the number to take your winnings from the table to 4. That means if
either Black or Red repeats 5 times, your Winning Streak number will reach 4,
where you remove your winnings. Otherwise, you leave them on the table. This
term of "leaving on the table" refers of course to land casinos. On on-line
casinos, you would just be betting your winnings again on the same color without
adding any additional units on top of your initial chip. That means if your
color wins, you take your chips and the profit and bet on the same color the
amount that you won, until you accumulate 16 chips. Then you reduce back to one
chip again, based on the rules of the system.
We're looking at the above Table 1, and let's assume that we are playing in a
real casino, for now.
You come to the Roulette table, and you see in sequence 1 that the last decision
was number 28, Black. So you place one $10 chip on Black as indicated in
sequence 2 with "B" under column Bet Black or Red. Number 23 shows up, which is
a Red and you lose your chip. Your net profit is -$10 as indicated in column
Net.
Since you lost your chip, it can't multiply, so you need to place a new $10 chip
on the last color that showed up, that is on Red, as indicated by "R" in
sequence 3.
Number 36 appears, which is a Red, you win, but you don't take your chips.
That's why the Cash column shows a -$10 despite the fact that you won that bet.
You leave your 2 chips on the table on Red again.
The ball lands on zero in sequence 4, as indicated by "G" (for Green). That
interrupts and terminates your winning sequence. Your two chips are gone and
your net profit is at -$20.
Since a zero came, you don't place any chips on your next bet in sequence 5.
You wait until a color is established. Number 1, Red comes up. So you bet 1
chip on Red in sequence 6. Number 26, Black comes up. You lose your chip. Your
net is down to -$30.
Since you lost your chip and Black came, you bet 1 chip on Black in sequence 7.
Your net is presently -$40. Number 31, Black comes up, you win and you leave
your two $10 chips on the table.
In sequence 8, Black comes again. You win and you leave your 4 chips on the
table on Black.
In sequence 9, Black repeats again. You win and you leave your 8 chips on the
table. Remember you don't touch your chips until they become 16.
In sequence 10, Red is rolled. You lose your 8 chips that accumulated so far.
But you haven't really lost more than the one $10 chip that started the
escalation in sequence 7, you haven't placed any additional chips since. So,
those were 4 sequences in the run, but only 1 chip lost. It's painful to see
$80 disappearing in front of your eyes, but those are the rules. Patience will
pay off.
Let us assume you haven't broken the rules and that you are willing to go on
playing as you determined at the start, you will wait for 4 consecutive wins.
Since you lost in sequence 10 and Red showed up, now you place a $10 chip on Red
in sequence 11. Your net profit shows -$50. Number 9, Red comes up. You win.
You leave your 2 chips on the table.
In sequence 12, Red shows up again. You win. You leave your 4 chips on the
table.
In sequence 13, it's Red again. You win. You leave your 8 chips on the table.
In sequence 14, what you've been hoping for happens. Red repeats for the 5th
time. You have won four times in a row.. You have 16 X $10 chips in front of
you and you grab them. Your net profit goes from -$50 to +$110. Patience did
pay off. It was going to happen sooner or later. It is not unusual for 5
consecutive same-decisions to happen.
In our simulation, Red comes up 8 times in a row between sequences 10 to 17.

That is something interesting to note. Since you have set your winning grab
time to 4 and you have already grabbed your 16 chips, you don't place any until
Red is replaced by Black. This is where you have mixed feelings again. Red has
shown up 8 times. You say to yourself, you could have cashed $1280 on a run of
7 consecutive Reds, instead of $160, but you decided at the outset you were
going to take your money after a run of 4 wins. Realize that setting this
number to 7 will make you lose all the opportunities of grabbing your winnings
at the 4th, 5th, 6th time, which will occur more often than 8 repeats or 7
consecutive wins.
There is a tradeoff we need to accept: wait longer to win more, but lose a few
units in the meantime by the time the 7th winnings happens, or grab your
winnings more frequently at smaller profits. Once you see all the upcoming
simulations, you will be able to make the decision that's right for you.
If we go on observing Table 1, we grab our $160 at sequence 14 and since we were

betting on Red, we don't bet until Black comes up. And this happens in sequence
18.
So, in sequence 19, we place 1 $10 chip again on Black. This time Black comes
up 5 times in a row and we keep betting on Black as long as it doesn't change to
Red. We cash another $160 or 16 X $10 chips in sequence 22.
Black shows up one more time, but we have placed no bets in sequence 23, as
Black has not been replaced by Red yet.
In sequence 24, Red is rolled. Therefore we place one chip on Red in sequence
25.
You can follow the rest of the table and observe the way we bet. You always
place one chip on the previous color, one spin after the color changes. If the
color repeats, you leave your chips on the table, until you win 4 times in a
row. If the color changes, you place a chip on the new color. If a zero comes
up, you don't make a bet, you wait for the next color to come up. Then you
place one chip on that color. And so on.
As you can see, whichever color is the repeating one, you end up betting on that
one, based on the rules of the system. That way you don't miss any color,
should it repeat more than once.
The peak profit reached at Table 1 was 61 units of $610 and it has occurred at
sequence 154. Different runs of this simulation will produce different results
with different peaks. You should always make sure to quit at a point when you
are well ahead. One good strategy is to quit once the profit is reduced to half
of your highest total. So in Table 1, since the peak profit was at $610, it's
recommended that you quit while you are still ahead by half of this amount,
+$305. In Table 1 that doesn't happen until sequence 200, but it has a tendency
to go towards that direction.
Or, another strategy is to quit if you are $100 below that peak, at about $510,
which happens at sequence 170.
If you can manage it, you can play this method simultaneously on three different
areas: on Black/Red and on Even/Odd and on High/Low, using the exact same system
as above. If you are betting on Even/Odd for instance, then you place one chip
on Even if the previous number was Even. If you are betting on High/Low at the
same time, you place one chip on Low if the previous number was 18 or lower.
Then follow exactly the same pattern as for Red/Black discussed above. When you
play in 3 different areas simultaneously, you are of course betting three $10
chips at the start, then you either bet or don't bet depending on whether
Even/Odd or High/Low repeats or not. So you don't always have 3 chips on the
table. It will depend on the various repetition patterns of Red/Black, Even/Odd
and High/Low.
As stated before, this system can be used for Baccarat and Craps. In Baccarat
you would place your bet on Player for instance, and if you win you would place
your bet plus your winnings on Player until Player wins 4 times in a row. When
Banker wins, you would switch to Banker.
Likewise in Craps; you place a bet on the Pass Line for instance. And if you
win, you would place your bet plus your winnings on the Pass Line again until
Pass repeats 4 times. If Pass doesn't repeat, you will switch to Don't Pass and
follow the same pattern.
Now, let's observe some simulations where we follow the same rules, but values
for repeat times have been set differently. Table 2 below is set for 3, that is,
you collect your winnings when a color repeated 4 times, meaning you have won 3
times in a row.
Table 2
Bet Cash Net
1 3 R
2 25 R R W 1 $10 -$10 -$10
3 1 R R W 2 $0 $0 -$10
4 11 B R L 0 $0 $0 -$10
5 22 B B W 1 $10 -$10 -$20
6 29 B B W 2 $0 $0 -$20
7 10 B B W 3 $0 $80 $60
8 26 B No bet 4 $0 $0 $60
9 28 B No bet 5 $0 $0 $60
10 26 B No bet 6 $0 $0 $60
11 19 R No bet 0 $0 $0 $60
12 25 R R W 1 $10 -$10 $50
13 20 B R L 0 $0 $0 $50
14 25 R B L 0 $10 -$10 $40
15 21 R R W 1 $10 -$10 $30
16 16 R R W 2 $0 $0 $30
17 12 R R W 3 $0 $80 $110
18 32 R No bet 4 $0 $0 $110
19 7 R No bet 5 $0 $0 $110
20 10 B No bet 0 $0 $0 $110
21 23 R B L 0 $10 -$10 $100
22 11 B R L 0 $10 -$10 $90
23 8 B B W 1 $10 -$10 $80
24 8 B B W 2 $0 $0 $80
25 5 R B L 0 $0 $0 $80
26 35 B R L 0 $10 -$10 $70
27 3 R B L 0 $10 -$10 $60
28 35 B R L 0 $10 -$10 $50
29 3 R B L 0 $10 -$10 $40
30 00 G R L 0 $10 -$10 $30
31 28 B No bet 0 $0 $0 $30
32 18 R B L 0 $10 -$10 $20
33 36 R R W 1 $10 -$10 $10
34 22 B R L 0 $0 $0 $10
35 4 B B W 1 $10 -$10 $0
36 21 R B L 0 $0 $0 $0
37 19 R R W 1 $10 -$10 -$10
38 13 B R L 0 $0 $0 -$10
39 17 B B W 1 $10 -$10 -$20
40 26 B B W 2 $0 $0 -$20
41 27 R B L 0 $0 $0 -$20
42 3 R R W 1 $10 -$10 -$30
43 10 B R L 0 $0 $0 -$30
44 4 B B W 1 $10 -$10 -$40
45 00 G B L 0 $0 $0 -$40
46 26 B No bet 0 $0 $0 -$40
47 10 B B W 1 $10 -$10 -$50
48 21 R B L 0 $0 $0 -$50
49 1 R R W 1 $10 -$10 -$60
50 31 B R L 0 $0 $0 -$60
51 7 R B L 0 $10 -$10 -$70
52 34 R R W 1 $10 -$10 -$80
53 8 B R L 0 $0 $0 -$80
54 9 R B L 0 $10 -$10 -$90
55 3 R R W 1 $10 -$10 -$100
56 20 B R L 0 $0 $0 -$100
57 11 B B W 1 $10 -$10 -$110
58 20 B B W 2 $0 $0 -$110
59 30 R B L 0 $0 $0 -$110
60 25 R R W 1 $10 -$10 -$120
61 12 R R W 2 $0 $0 -$120
62 5 R R W 3 $0 $80 -$40
63 31 B No bet 0 $0 $0 -$40
64 18 R B L 0 $10 -$10 -$50
65 29 B R L 0 $10 -$10 -$60
66 36 R B L 0 $10 -$10 -$70
67 1 R R W 1 $10 -$10 -$80
68 21 R R W 2 $0 $0 -$80
69 26 B R L 0 $0 $0 -$80
70 11 B B W 1 $10 -$10 -$90
71 10 B B W 2 $0 $0 -$90
72 3 R B L 0 $0 $0 -$90
73 32 R R W 1 $10 -$10 -$100
74 34 R R W 2 $0 $0 -$100
75 29 B R L 0 $0 $0 -$100
76 10 B B W 1 $10 -$10 -$110
77 32 R B L 0 $0 $0 -$110
78 21 R R W 1 $10 -$10 -$120
79 6 B R L 0 $0 $0 -$120
80 14 R B L 0 $10 -$10 -$130
81 5 R R W 1 $10 -$10 -$140
82 11 B R L 0 $0 $0 -$140
83 16 R B L 0 $10 -$10 -$150
84 1 R R W 1 $10 -$10 -$160
85 30 R R W 2 $0 $0 -$160
86 27 R R W 3 $0 $80 -$80
87 11 B No bet 0 $0 $0 -$80
88 0 G B L 0 $10 -$10 -$90
89 31 B No bet 0 $0 $0 -$90
90 11 B B W 1 $10 -$10 -$100
91 27 R B L 0 $0 $0 -$100
92 3 R R W 1 $10 -$10 -$110
93 19 R R W 2 $0 $0 -$110
94 16 R R W 3 $0 $80 -$30
95 2 B No bet 0 $0 $0 -$30
96 4 B B W 1 $10 -$10 -$40
97 18 R B L 0 $0 $0 -$40
98 28 B R L 0 $10 -$10 -$50
99 32 R B L 0 $10 -$10 -$60
100 24 B R L 0 $10 -$10 -$70
101 19 R B L 0 $10 -$10 -$80
102 21 R R W 1 $10 -$10 -$90
103 27 R R W 2 $0 $0 -$90
104 32 R R W 3 $0 $80 -$10
105 30 R No bet 4 $0 $0 -$10
106 31 B No bet 0 $0 $0 -$10
107 15 B B W 1 $10 -$10 -$20
108 28 B B W 2 $0 $0 -$20
109 3 R B L 0 $0 $0 -$20
110 0 G R L 0 $10 -$10 -$30
111 36 R No bet 0 $0 $0 -$30
112 32 R R W 1 $10 -$10 -$40
113 19 R R W 2 $0 $0 -$40
114 9 R R W 3 $0 $80 $40
115 32 R No bet 4 $0 $0 $40
116 32 R No bet 5 $0 $0 $40
117 19 R No bet 6 $0 $0 $40
118 26 B No bet 0 $0 $0 $40
119 3 R B L 0 $10 -$10 $30
120 35 B R L 0 $10 -$10 $20
121 19 R B L 0 $10 -$10 $10
122 29 B R L 0 $10 -$10 $0
123 35 B B W 1 $10 -$10 -$10
124 24 B B W 2 $0 $0 -$10
125 16 R B L 0 $0 $0 -$10
126 33 B R L 0 $10 -$10 -$20
127 25 R B L 0 $10 -$10 -$30
128 34 R R W 1 $10 -$10 -$40
129 24 B R L 0 $0 $0 -$40
130 9 R B L 0 $10 -$10 -$50
131 17 B R L 0 $10 -$10 -$60
132 21 R B L 0 $10 -$10 -$70
133 2 B R L 0 $10 -$10 -$80
134 16 R B L 0 $10 -$10 -$90
135 21 R R W 1 $10 -$10 -$100
136 34 R R W 2 $0 $0 -$100
137 18 R R W 3 $0 $80 -$20
138 34 R No bet 4 $0 $0 -$20
139 17 B No bet 0 $0 $0 -$20
140 13 B B W 1 $10 -$10 -$30
141 15 B B W 2 $0 $0 -$30
142 24 B B W 3 $0 $80 $50
143 6 B No bet 4 $0 $0 $50
144 18 R No bet 0 $0 $0 $50
145 7 R R W 1 $10 -$10 $40
146 21 R R W 2 $0 $0 $40
147 25 R R W 3 $0 $80 $120
148 00 G No bet 0 $0 $0 $120
149 8 B No bet 0 $0 $0 $120
150 16 R B L 0 $10 -$10 $110
151 21 R R W 1 $10 -$10 $100
152 30 R R W 2 $0 $0 $100
153 4 B R L 0 $0 $0 $100
154 22 B B W 1 $10 -$10 $90
155 10 B B W 2 $0 $0 $90
156 5 R B L 0 $0 $0 $90
157 20 B R L 0 $10 -$10 $80
158 13 B B W 1 $10 -$10 $70
159 29 B B W 2 $0 $0 $70
160 26 B B W 3 $0 $80 $150
161 32 R No bet 0 $0 $0 $150
162 6 B R L 0 $10 -$10 $140
163 0 G B L 0 $10 -$10 $130
164 13 B No bet 0 $0 $0 $130
165 25 R B L 0 $10 -$10 $120
166 11 B R L 0 $10 -$10 $110
167 8 B B W 1 $10 -$10 $100
168 31 B B W 2 $0 $0 $100
169 1 R B L 0 $0 $0 $100
170 16 R R W 1 $10 -$10 $90
171 25 R R W 2 $0 $0 $90
172 23 R R W 3 $0 $80 $170
173 14 R No bet 4 $0 $0 $170
174 3 R No bet 5 $0 $0 $170
175 1 R No bet 6 $0 $0 $170
176 26 B No bet 0 $0 $0 $170
177 3 R B L 0 $10 -$10 $160
178 7 R R W 1 $10 -$10 $150
179 21 R R W 2 $0 $0 $150
180 9 R R W 3 $0 $80 $230
181 20 B No bet 0 $0 $0 $230
182 19 R B L 0 $10 -$10 $220
183 9 R R W 1 $10 -$10 $210
184 6 B R L 0 $0 $0 $210
185 16 R B L 0 $10 -$10 $200
186 1 R R W 1 $10 -$10 $190
187 15 B R L 0 $0 $0 $190
188 00 G B L 0 $10 -$10 $180
189 15 B No bet 0 $0 $0 $180
190 36 R B L 0 $10 -$10 $170
191 15 B R L 0 $10 -$10 $160
192 26 B B W 1 $10 -$10 $150
193 13 B B W 2 $0 $0 $150
194 7 R B L 0 $0 $0 $150
195 16 R R W 1 $10 -$10 $140
196 31 B R L 0 $0 $0 $140
197 31 B B W 1 $10 -$10 $130
198 34 R B L 0 $0 $0 $130
199 23 R R W 1 $10 -$10 $120
200 30 R R W 2 $0 $0 $120
As you can see, this time we are cashing our winnings when the color has
repeated 4 times, or when we have won 3 consecutive times. In Table 2, the
first collecting of winnings occurs at sequence 7, giving us a boost to our
profit to +$60. This was due to color Black repeating 4 times. It actually
goes on repeating up to 6 times. But we were to stop at 3 winnings according to
our initial decision. During those additional times that Black shows up, we
don't place any bets, until Black is replaced by Red in sequence 11. So, in
sequence 12, we place our chip on the Red. Red wins once as it repeats. But
then Black shows up and we lose our chip. As Red returns in sequence 14, we
place our chip on Red in sequence 15. This time it does repeat 4 times and we
collect the 8 chips from the table in sequence 17. This brings our overall
profit to +$110 from $30. Then we encounter a long losing streak all the way to
sequence 59, lowering our net to minus $120 before the next 3 consecutive
winnings at sequences 60-62.
Our bankroll becomes as low as -$160 in sequence 84. And it takes another 40
sequences before it goes to the positive side again. Then it goes down again
to minus $100 at sequence 135. Then we encounter a few winning streaks, which
brings our profits up to a peak of $230 in sequence 181.
Those up and down fluctuations are normal in this type of betting, as you are
waiting for 3 consecutive winnings before you make a substantial profit of $70.
Wait until you witness the simulation for 6 consecutive winnings, the wait time
will be much longer and the bankroll required will be much higher, despite the
fact that you are betting 1 chip at a time. It becomes similar to a slot
machine strategy, where you keep betting one coin until you hit the jackpot.
Except that in Roulette, this jackpot is likelier to occur than in slots, as 7,
8 or 9 repeats of the same color happens often enough. Imagine 7 repeats will
give you 128 chips with a profit of $1270 ($1280-$10). 8 repeats will give you
256 chips, with a profit of $2560. Say if this occurs within 150 spins, it may
be worthwhile to invest $1500 to gain $2560.
In any event, you can see the benefits of multiplying profits with an investment
of only 1 chip at a time, the exact opposite of a Martingale system, where you
only win 1 chip by investing 128, 256 or 512 chips if the progression doesn't
end. The other benefit of Winning Parlays is that you can quit anytime you
like, without interrupting any progression. At Martingale you feel you need to
go on to gain that unit and if you interrupt the progression you are facing
unrecoverable losses.
Coming back to Table 2 above, winning 3 times consecutively occurs more

frequently than winning 4 times consecutively. However, the profit is reduced
to $80-$10=$70 instead of $150. In Table 1, winning 4 times in a row happened 7
times, where we profited 15 chips every time (winnings amounting to $150 X 7 =
$1050). In Table 2, winning 3 times in a row happened 13 times, where we
profited 7 chips every time (winnings amounting to $70 X 13 = $910). So you can
start to draw some conclusions.
Our next simulation in Table 3 below will show what happens if we wait for 6
repeats or 5 consecutive winnings.
Table 3

Bet Cash Net
1 10 B
2 9 R B L 0 $10 -$10 -$10
3 00 G R L 0 $10 -$10 -$20
4 25 R No bet 0 $0 $0 -$20
5 6 B R L 0 $10 -$10 -$30
6 24 B B W 1 $10 -$10 -$40
7 7 R B L 0 $0 $0 -$40
8 15 B R L 0 $10 -$10 -$50
9 20 B B W 1 $10 -$10 -$60
10 15 B B W 2 $0 $0 -$60
11 29 B B W 3 $0 $0 -$60
12 14 R B L 0 $0 $0 -$60
13 8 B R L 0 $10 -$10 -$70
14 17 B B W 1 $10 -$10 -$80
15 18 R B L 0 $0 $0 -$80
16 5 R R W 1 $10 -$10 -$90
17 21 R R W 2 $0 $0 -$90
18 29 B R L 0 $0 $0 -$90
19 22 B B W 1 $10 -$10 -$100
20 35 B B W 2 $0 $0 -$100
21 22 B B W 3 $0 $0 -$100
22 17 B B W 4 $0 $0 -$100
23 2 B B W 5 $0 $320 $220
24 6 B No bet 6 $0 $0 $220
25 32 R B L 0 $0 $0 $220
26 0 G R L 0 $10 -$10 $210
27 32 R No bet L 0 $0 $0 $210
28 19 R R W 1 $10 -$10 $200
29 32 R R W 2 $0 $0 $200
30 23 R R W 3 $0 $0 $200
31 19 R R W 4 $0 $0 $200
32 14 R R W 5 $0 $320 $520
33 17 B No bet 0 $0 $0 $520
34 15 B B W 1 $10 -$10 $510
35 6 B B W 2 $0 $0 $510
36 7 R B L 0 $0 $0 $510
37 33 B R L 0 $10 -$10 $500
38 12 R B L 0 $10 -$10 $490
39 8 B R L 0 $10 -$10 $480
40 7 R B L 0 $10 -$10 $470
41 00 G R L 0 $10 -$10 $460
42 32 R No bet 0 $0 $0 $460
43 27 R R W 1 $10 -$10 $450
44 18 R R W 2 $0 $0 $450
45 34 R R W 3 $0 $0 $450
46 13 B R L 0 $0 $0 $450
47 9 R B L 0 $10 -$10 $440
48 5 R R W 1 $10 -$10 $430
49 16 R R W 2 $0 $0 $430
50 10 B R L 0 $0 $0 $430
51 36 R B L 0 $10 -$10 $420
52 00 G R L 0 $10 -$10 $410
53 21 R No bet 0 $0 $0 $410
54 31 B R L 0 $10 -$10 $400
55 32 R B L 0 $10 -$10 $390
56 20 B R L 0 $10 -$10 $380
57 33 B B W 1 $10 -$10 $370
58 11 B B W 2 $0 $0 $370
59 31 B B W 3 $0 $0 $370
60 29 B B W 4 $0 $0 $370
61 31 B B W 5 $0 $320 $690
62 20 B No bet 6 $0 $0 $690
63 12 R B L 0 $0 $0 $690
64 8 B R L 0 $10 -$10 $680
65 16 R B L 0 $10 -$10 $670
66 24 B R L 0 $10 -$10 $660
67 6 B B W 1 $10 -$10 $650
68 0 G B L 0 $0 $0 $650
69 16 R No bet 0 $0 $0 $650
70 13 B R L 0 $10 -$10 $640
71 3 R B L 0 $10 -$10 $630
72 27 R R W 1 $10 -$10 $620
73 20 B R L 0 $0 $0 $620
74 10 B B W 1 $10 -$10 $610
75 23 R B L 0 $0 $0 $610
76 8 B R L 0 $10 -$10 $600
77 7 R B L 0 $10 -$10 $590
78 24 B R L 0 $10 -$10 $580
79 5 R B L 0 $10 -$10 $570
80 25 R R W 1 $10 -$10 $560
81 16 R R W 2 $0 $0 $560
82 2 B R L 0 $0 $0 $560
83 30 R B L 0 $10 -$10 $550
84 17 B R L 0 $10 -$10 $540
85 11 B B W 1 $10 -$10 $530
86 13 B B W 2 $0 $0 $530
87 6 B B W 3 $0 $0 $530
88 24 B B W 4 $0 $0 $530
89 6 B B W 5 $0 $320 $850
90 19 R No bet 0 $0 $0 $850
91 5 R R W 1 $10 -$10 $840
92 4 B R L 0 $0 $0 $840
93 20 B B W 1 $10 -$10 $830
94 3 R B L 0 $0 $0 $830
95 8 B R L 0 $10 -$10 $820
96 34 R B L 0 $10 -$10 $810
97 0 G R L 0 $10 -$10 $800
98 31 B No bet 0 $0 $0 $800
99 10 B B W 1 $10 -$10 $790
100 13 B B W 2 $0 $0 $790
101 15 B B W 3 $0 $0 $790
102 3 R B L 0 $0 $0 $790
103 16 R R W 1 $10 -$10 $780
104 32 R R W 2 $0 $0 $780
105 35 B R L 0 $0 $0 $780
106 19 R B L 0 $10 -$10 $770
107 6 B R L 0 $10 -$10 $760
108 24 B B W 1 $10 -$10 $750
109 7 R B L 0 $0 $0 $750
110 2 B R L 0 $10 -$10 $740
111 2 B B W 1 $10 -$10 $730
112 18 R B L 0 $0 $0 $730
113 00 G R L 0 $10 -$10 $720
114 14 R No bet 0 $0 $0 $720
115 35 B R L 0 $10 -$10 $710
116 25 R B L 0 $10 -$10 $700
117 1 R R W 1 $10 -$10 $690
118 6 B R L 0 $0 $0 $690
119 17 B B W 1 $10 -$10 $680
120 23 R B L 0 $0 $0 $680
121 14 R R W 1 $10 -$10 $670
122 1 R R W 2 $0 $0 $670
123 0 G R L 0 $0 $0 $670
124 34 R No bet 0 $0 $0 $670
125 31 B R L 0 $10 -$10 $660
126 31 B B W 1 $10 -$10 $650
127 18 R B L 0 $0 $0 $650
128 18 R R W 1 $10 -$10 $640
129 17 B R L 0 $0 $0 $640
130 21 R B L 0 $10 -$10 $630
131 18 R R W 1 $10 -$10 $620
132 17 B R L 0 $0 $0 $620
133 24 B B W 1 $10 -$10 $610
134 26 B B W 2 $0 $0 $610
135 00 G B L 0 $0 $0 $610
136 25 R No bet 0 $0 $0 $610
137 7 R R W 1 $10 -$10 $600
138 25 R R W 2 $0 $0 $600
139 4 B R L 0 $0 $0 $600
140 30 R B L 0 $10 -$10 $590
141 23 R R W 1 $10 -$10 $580
142 3 R R W 2 $0 $0 $580
143 20 B R L 0 $0 $0 $580
144 25 R B L 0 $10 -$10 $570
145 17 B R L 0 $10 -$10 $560
146 7 R B L 0 $10 -$10 $550
147 11 B R L 0 $10 -$10 $540
148 29 B B W 1 $10 -$10 $530
149 15 B B W 2 $0 $0 $530
150 12 R B L 0 $0 $0 $530
151 15 B R L 0 $10 -$10 $520
152 24 B B W 1 $10 -$10 $510
153 10 B B W 2 $0 $0 $510
154 13 B B W 3 $0 $0 $510
155 24 B B W 4 $0 $0 $510
156 8 B B W 5 $0 $320 $830
157 22 B No bet 6 $0 $0 $830
158 7 R B L 0 $0 $0 $830
159 31 B R L 0 $10 -$10 $820
160 16 R B L 0 $10 -$10 $810
161 24 B R L 0 $10 -$10 $800
162 00 G B L 0 $10 -$10 $790
163 20 B No bet L 0 $0 $0 $790
164 14 R B L 0 $10 -$10 $780
165 21 R R W 1 $10 -$10 $770
166 32 R R W 2 $0 $0 $770
167 36 R R W 3 $0 $0 $770
168 25 R R W 4 $0 $0 $770
169 10 B R L 0 $0 $0 $770
170 29 B B W 1 $10 -$10 $760
171 1 R B L 0 $0 $0 $760
172 18 R R W 1 $10 -$10 $750
173 14 R R W 2 $0 $0 $750
174 22 B R L 0 $0 $0 $750
175 1 R B L 0 $10 -$10 $740
176 29 B R L 0 $10 -$10 $730
177 16 R B L 0 $10 -$10 $720
178 14 R R W 1 $10 -$10 $710
179 8 B R L 0 $0 $0 $710
180 22 B B W 1 $10 -$10 $700
181 12 R B L 0 $0 $0 $700
182 32 R R W 1 $10 -$10 $690
183 22 B R L 0 $0 $0 $690
184 23 R B L 0 $10 -$10 $680
185 20 B R L 0 $10 -$10 $670
186 34 R B L 0 $10 -$10 $660
187 32 R R W 1 $10 -$10 $650
188 36 R R W 2 $0 $0 $650
189 16 R R W 3 $0 $0 $650
190 2 B R L 0 $0 $0 $650
191 36 R B L 0 $10 -$10 $640
192 32 R R W 1 $10 -$10 $630
193 28 B R L 0 $0 $0 $630
194 16 R B L 0 $10 -$10 $620
195 34 R R W 1 $10 -$10 $610
196 35 B R L 0 $0 $0 $610
197 20 B B W 1 $10 -$10 $600
198 33 B B W 2 $0 $0 $600
199 26 B B W 3 $0 $0 $600
200 0 G B L 0 $0 $0 $600
Every time we wait for 6 repeats of the same color or 5 consecutive wins, we
gather 32 chips from the table profiting $310 ($320-$10). In Table 3 above,
this occurs 5 times at sequences 23, 32, 61, 89, 156. We can deduce that this
is happening at a frequency of every 40 spins, on average. If we were betting
one $10 chip at every spin, we would be losing $400 before we hit a profit of
$320. However, with this system, we are betting one $10 chip every run, which
can be every 2, 3 or 4 spins depending on the repeat patterns. That's why we
come out profitable every time.
The observation of Table 3 shows that 6 repeats do happen frequently enough and
cashing $310 when it happens is rewarding, despite the temptation of cashing it
at 16 chips.
Our next simulation in Table 4 below will show events of 7 repeats or 6

consecutive winnings, that can enable us to cash 64-1=63 chips or $630 at $10 a
chip (or unit). This requires much more patience and belief that it will
eventually happen. It will happen much less frequently and there are no
guarantees that it will happen at all within 2 to 3 hours of play. Observations
of many scoreboards show that within one day many tables hit 7 repeats. The
question is, are you patient and daring enough to wait for this to happen? If a
run of seven repeats doesn't materialize soon enough, how much are you willing
to go down before recovering your money?
Table 4

Bet Cash Net
1 34 R
2 30 R R W 1 $10 -$10 -$10
3 24 B R L 0 $0 $0 -$10
4 22 B B W 1 $10 -$10 -$20
5 0 G B L 0 $0 $0 -$20
6 00 G No bet 0 $0 $0 -$20
7 13 B No bet 0 $0 $0 -$20
8 36 R B L 0 $10 -$10 -$30
9 6 B R L 0 $10 -$10 -$40
10 27 R B L 0 $10 -$10 -$50
11 9 R R W 1 $10 -$10 -$60
12 34 R R W 2 $0 $0 -$60
13 26 B R L 0 $0 $0 -$60
14 21 R B L 0 $10 -$10 -$70
15 25 R R W 1 $10 -$10 -$80
16 9 R R W 2 $0 $0 -$80
17 21 R R W 3 $0 $0 -$80
18 19 R R W 4 $0 $0 -$80
19 24 B R L 0 $0 $0 -$80
20 0 G B L 0 $10 -$10 -$90
21 8 B No bet 0 $0 $0 -$90
22 13 B B W 1 $10 -$10 -$100
23 6 B B W 2 $0 $0 -$100
24 19 R B L 0 $0 $0 -$100
25 26 B R L 0 $10 -$10 -$110
26 32 R B L 0 $10 -$10 -$120
27 22 B R L 0 $10 -$10 -$130
28 11 B B W 1 $10 -$10 -$140
29 25 R B L 0 $0 $0 -$140
30 9 R R W 1 $10 -$10 -$150
31 12 R R W 2 $0 $0 -$150
32 33 B R L 0 $0 $0 -$150
33 23 R B L 0 $10 -$10 -$160
34 35 B R L 0 $10 -$10 -$170
35 15 B B W 1 $10 -$10 -$180
36 13 B B W 2 $0 $0 -$180
37 32 R B L 0 $0 $0 -$180
38 28 B R L 0 $10 -$10 -$190
39 31 B B W 1 $10 -$10 -$200
40 33 B B W 2 $0 $0 -$200
41 15 B B W 3 $0 $0 -$200
42 23 R B L 0 $0 $0 -$200
43 19 R R W 1 $10 -$10 -$210
44 11 B R L 0 $0 $0 -$210
45 27 R B L 0 $10 -$10 -$220
46 8 B R L 0 $10 -$10 -$230
47 10 B B W 1 $10 -$10 -$240
48 10 B B W 2 $0 $0 -$240
49 8 B B W 3 $0 $0 -$240
50 31 B B W 4 $0 $0 -$240
51 24 B B W 5 $0 $0 -$240
52 4 B B W 6 $0 $640 $400
53 29 B No bet 7 $0 $0 $400
54 32 R B L 0 $0 $0 $400
55 14 R R W 1 $10 -$10 $390
56 7 R R W 2 $0 $0 $390
57 13 B R L 0 $0 $0 $390
58 9 R B L 0 $10 -$10 $380
59 32 R R W 1 $10 -$10 $370
60 29 B R L 0 $0 $0 $370
61 25 R B L 0 $10 -$10 $360
62 7 R R W 1 $10 -$10 $350
63 8 B R L 0 $0 $0 $350
64 7 R B L 0 $10 -$10 $340
65 26 B R L 0 $10 -$10 $330
66 26 B B W 1 $10 -$10 $320
67 28 B B W 2 $0 $0 $320
68 31 B B W 3 $0 $0 $320
69 25 R B L 0 $0 $0 $320
70 13 B R L 0 $10 -$10 $310
71 27 R B L 0 $10 -$10 $300
72 26 B R L 0 $10 -$10 $290
73 18 R B L 0 $10 -$10 $280
74 31 B R L 0 $10 -$10 $270
75 0 G B L 0 $10 -$10 $260
76 16 R No bet 0 $0 $0 $260
77 21 R R W 1 $10 -$10 $250
78 9 R R W 2 $0 $0 $250
79 26 B R L 0 $0 $0 $250
80 21 R B L 0 $10 -$10 $240
81 18 R R W 1 $10 -$10 $230
82 12 R R W 2 $0 $0 $230
83 23 R R W 3 $0 $0 $230
84 5 R R W 4 $0 $0 $230
85 5 R R W 5 $0 $0 $230
86 10 B R L 0 $0 $0 $230
87 30 R B L 0 $10 -$10 $220
88 36 R R W 1 $10 -$10 $210
89 9 R R W 2 $0 $0 $210
90 8 B R L 0 $0 $0 $210
91 35 B B W 1 $10 -$10 $200
92 0 G B L 0 $0 $0 $200
93 29 B No bet 0 $0 $0 $200
94 00 G B L 0 $10 -$10 $190
95 8 B No bet 0 $0 $0 $190
96 11 B B W 1 $10 -$10 $180
97 3 R B L 0 $0 $0 $180
98 4 B R L 0 $10 -$10 $170
99 12 R B L 0 $10 -$10 $160
100 13 B R L 0 $10 -$10 $150
101 32 R B L 0 $10 -$10 $140
102 00 G R L 0 $10 -$10 $130
103 14 R No bet 0 $0 $0 $130
104 21 R R W 1 $10 -$10 $120
105 28 B R L 0 $0 $0 $120
106 23 R B L 0 $10 -$10 $110
107 34 R R W 1 $10 -$10 $100
108 21 R R W 2 $0 $0 $100
109 1 R R W 3 $0 $0 $100
110 00 G R L 0 $0 $0 $100
111 22 B No bet 0 $0 $0 $100
112 1 R B L 0 $10 -$10 $90
113 20 B R L 0 $10 -$10 $80
114 11 B B W 1 $10 -$10 $70
115 5 R B L 0 $0 $0 $70
116 21 R R W 1 $10 -$10 $60
117 3 R R W 2 $0 $0 $60
118 32 R R W 3 $0 $0 $60
119 30 R R W 4 $0 $0 $60
120 12 R R W 5 $0 $0 $60
121 00 G R L 0 $0 $0 $60
122 00 G No bet 0 $0 $0 $60
123 16 R No bet 0 $0 $0 $60
124 13 B R L 0 $10 -$10 $50
125 30 R B L 0 $10 -$10 $40
126 5 R R W 1 $10 -$10 $30
127 2 B R L 0 $0 $0 $30
128 36 R B L 0 $10 -$10 $20
129 34 R R W 1 $10 -$10 $10
130 0 G R L 0 $0 $0 $10
131 24 B No bet 0 $0 $0 $10
132 12 R B L 0 $10 -$10 $0
133 31 B R L 0 $10 -$10 -$10
134 35 B B W 1 $10 -$10 -$20
135 36 R B L 0 $0 $0 -$20
136 28 B R L 0 $10 -$10 -$30
137 16 R B L 0 $10 -$10 -$40
138 4 B R L 0 $10 -$10 -$50
139 15 B B W 1 $10 -$10 -$60
140 23 R B L 0 $0 $0 -$60
141 31 B R L 0 $10 -$10 -$70
142 11 B B W 1 $10 -$10 -$80
143 30 R B L 0 $0 $0 -$80
144 13 B R L 0 $10 -$10 -$90
145 14 R B L 0 $10 -$10 -$100
146 19 R R W 1 $10 -$10 -$110
147 33 B R L 0 $0 $0 -$110
148 36 R B L 0 $10 -$10 -$120
149 9 R R W 1 $10 -$10 -$130
150 18 R R W 2 $0 $0 -$130
151 36 R R W 3 $0 $0 -$130
152 15 B R L 0 $0 $0 -$130
153 29 B B W 1 $10 -$10 -$140
154 0 G B L 0 $0 $0 -$140
155 9 R No bet 0 $0 $0 -$140
156 32 R R W 1 $10 -$10 -$150
157 22 B R L 0 $0 $0 -$150
158 6 B B W 1 $10 -$10 -$160
159 25 R B L 0 $0 $0 -$160
160 0 G R L 0 $10 -$10 -$170
161 1 R No bet 0 $0 $0 -$170
162 32 R R W 1 $10 -$10 -$180
163 31 B R L 0 $0 $0 -$180
164 31 B B W 1 $10 -$10 -$190
165 0 G B L 0 $0 $0 -$190
166 00 G No bet 0 $0 $0 -$190
167 18 R No bet 0 $0 $0 -$190
168 7 R R W 1 $10 -$10 -$200
169 7 R R W 2 $0 $0 -$200
170 9 R R W 3 $0 $0 -$200
171 3 R R W 4 $0 $0 -$200
172 8 B R L 0 $0 $0 -$200
173 16 R B L 0 $10 -$10 -$210
174 22 B R L 0 $10 -$10 -$220
175 23 R B L 0 $10 -$10 -$230
176 32 R R W 1 $10 -$10 -$240
177 22 B R L 0 $0 $0 -$240
178 10 B B W 1 $10 -$10 -$250
179 14 R B L 0 $0 $0 -$250
180 0 G R L 0 $10 -$10 -$260
181 26 B No bet 0 $0 $0 -$260
182 22 B B W 1 $10 -$10 -$270
183 31 B B W 2 $0 $0 -$270
184 17 B B W 3 $0 $0 -$270
185 11 B B W 4 $0 $0 -$270
186 6 B B W 5 $0 $0 -$270
187 7 R B L 0 $0 $0 -$270
188 26 B R L 0 $10 -$10 -$280
189 18 R B L 0 $10 -$10 -$290
190 2 B R L 0 $10 -$10 -$300
191 17 B B W 1 $10 -$10 -$310
192 8 B B W 2 $0 $0 -$310
193 4 B B W 3 $0 $0 -$310
194 6 B B W 4 $0 $0 -$310
195 35 B B W 5 $0 $0 -$310
196 14 R B L 0 $0 $0 -$310
197 28 B R L 0 $10 -$10 -$320
198 16 R B L 0 $10 -$10 -$330
199 36 R R W 1 $10 -$10 -$340
200 6 B R L 0 $0 $0 -$340
201 34 R B L 0 $10 -$10 -$350
202 6 B R L 0 $10 -$10 -$360
203 15 B B W 1 $10 -$10 -$370
204 2 B B W 2 $0 $0 -$370
205 33 B B W 3 $0 $0 -$370
206 12 R B L 0 $0 $0 -$370
207 1 R R W 1 $10 -$10 -$380
208 17 B R L 0 $0 $0 -$380
209 19 R B L 0 $10 -$10 -$390
210 28 B R L 0 $10 -$10 -$400
211 28 B B W 1 $10 -$10 -$410
212 36 R B L 0 $0 $0 -$410
213 7 R R W 1 $10 -$10 -$420
214 1 R R W 2 $0 $0 -$420
215 32 R R W 3 $0 $0 -$420
216 16 R R W 4 $0 $0 -$420
217 9 R R W 5 $0 $0 -$420
218 30 R R W 6 $0 $640 $220
219 18 R No bet 7 $0 $0 $220
220 1 R No bet 8 $0 $0 $220
221 19 R No bet 9 $0 $0 $220
222 34 R No bet 10 $0 $0 $220
223 26 B No bet 0 $0 $0 $220
224 7 R B L 0 $10 -$10 $210
225 0 G R L 0 $10 -$10 $200
So, the 6 consecutive winnings happened only twice in 225 spins in sequences 52
and 218. Note that I'm showing 25 additional spins to the other tables to show
the second occurrence of this 64 chip gathering feast. My simulations run up to
1000. And this happens about 6 times within 1000 spins, not always generating a
big profit because of the amount of chips that need to be placed bet after bet
until a streak of six consecutive wins happens. This requires quite a lot of
patience and endurance. My strategy would be to quit the moment you hit that 64
(or rather 63) chip profit that puts you ahead. This happens at sequence 52,
where your profit jumps to $400. A very good time to quit.
I will not go into a 7 consecutive winning simulation, as you need to be lucky

for it to happen once in 200 spins. When it happens you will be cashing 128
chips or $1270 profit and the sooner it happens the more you would profit.
Whether it will ever happen or not is less predictable than 3 or 4 consecutive
winnings.
Statistically seven consecutive same-decisions will happen 4 - 5 times within

1000 spins, but the profits it would generate will strongly depend on how soon
they happen. You can take a look at all the 4 tables above. You will notice
that in Table 1, we had 7 consecutive winnings in sequence 17 and in Table 4, we
had 7 consecutive winnings in sequence 53 and 10 consecutive winnings in
sequence 222.
My conclusion is it might be best to choose to collect after 4 or 5 consecutive

wins. This seems to produce more consistent results. If you are very patient
and are willing to wait for 6 consecutive wins, you may do so. Patience may pay
off, particularly if you are lucky and your first winning streak occurs soon
enough. At the other extreme, if you don't want to risk a big bankroll and would
be happy collecting small wins more frequently, then the 3 consecutive winning
level is your best choice. Or you may start with the 3 consecutive winning
level and as your profit grows, you would increase the level to 4, and then to
5.
Money management in this method is self-explanatory as you are risking not more
than 1 chip per run. You just quit whenever you feel like or whenever you have
won what you hoped for. Remember the strategy of quitting when your profits
decrease by half or by $100 (or 10 units) from its peak. If you don't get greedy
and don't chase losses you won't get in trouble playing this system.
WIN ON DOUBLE DOZEN
You come to the roulette table and check the last 2-3 decisions.
You convert the numbers into dozens. If for instance you get 23, then you
call it dozen 2. If you get 36 you call it Dozen 3 and so on.
You bet one chip on two dozens that are different than the last one.
If you lose, you press your bet by one extra chip on each dozen.
If you lose, you press your bet by two extra chips on each dozen.
You need to win one more time than you would lose, because chances are more
than 50% to win on two dozens.
When you win, you start with one chip again on each dozen.
If you get a zero, just bet on the two dozens that are different in the last
few decisions.
Win Street
Spin Stake ($) Units/Doublestreet Result Total Profit
($)
1 15 5 Win 15
2 30 10 Win 45
3 45 15 Win 90
4 60 20 Win 150
5 90 30 Win 240
6 120 40 Win 360
System Procedure
You will need a $100 bankroll to start playing this system.
This is a system based on betting on doublestreets. This bet is placed on the

outside borders of 2 sets of three numbers. You are betting that 1 of those 6
numbers will hit on the next spin. This bet pays you 5 to 1 if a number hits.
You will select 3 sets of doublestreets to bet on by watching 10 spins first and
recording the results. You will choose the 3 doublestreets which include the least
amount of hits in the last 10 spins. Preferably 3 that have had no hits at all. If
there are more than 3 doublestreets with the least number of hits on, choose any
3 of these. Stick to the 3 you have chosen throughout the session and do not be
tempted to change.
Start with 5 units on each of the 3 doublestreets. You will increase your stake
only when you win. This is the best strategy to play on any gambling game. By
increasing your bet only when you win ensures that if you lose you are losing
mostly the casino's money.
This system can yield very good results in only 5 or 6 spins.
So you have placed 5 units on each of the 3 doublestreets. This is an outlay

of 15 units. If you are a winner on one of those 3 doublestreets you will get
back 25 units plus the 5 that was on the winning doublestreet. You now have 30
units, that means you have made a profit of 15 units. Now because you have
won you will increase you stake by 5 units on each of the 3 doublestreets, so
your next bet will be 10 units on each of the 3 doublestreets. This is a total
outlay of 30 units now. If that wins you get back 50 plus the 10 that was bet on
the winning doublestreet. Giving you a profit of 30 units. Your total profit is now
45 units. Your next bet is 15 units on each of the 3 doublestreets, a total stake of
45 units. Continue to follow the betting structure as listed in the table above.
As soon as you have a loss with this system you must go back to betting 15
units, without exception. The idea is to make as much as possible on winning
runs but to lose as little as possible during losing runs.
Each time you win with this system you must increase your bets according to the
table above.
If you win more than 6 times in a row just continue to bet 40 units on each of
the 3 doublestreets. The best results I have had with this system is $740
betting in $10 units. Don't forget if your betting 40 units on each double street,
you get back 120 plus you original 40 on the winning street.
Don't forget only to raise your stake after a win, otherwise it could become very
costly for you.
Use the cut-offs outlined below to allow you to stay control and end up in profit:
Win stop and loss top settings
These are particularly important. They allow you to achieve your goals and keep
your losses under control.
Session stop win limit
If you are having a good run and you have made a profit of say $320. Then you should
set you stop win limit to about 1/2 say $160, then if you encounter a losing streak you
must quit the session at $160. This ensures you stay in profit. This is good money
management and enables you to gamble again.
Alternatively, you may want to consider quiting the session after you have had 3 or 4
wins in a row. This could mean you end the session up by $90 or $150. Knowing when to
quit is the key to winning.
Session stop loss limit
If you are $100 down, quit the session. Never get more money to try and recoup your
losses. Have a break and then go to a different table.
Daily stop win limit
Having a daily stop win limit is also very important. This tells you when it's time to
quit. Set a daily stop win limit you are happy with. $200 is reasonable to start
with. If you win more than $200 in a day, you may also increase your daily cut off
accordingly. For example, if you are up $500, make you new daily stop win limit
$400. When you reach this limit, quit for the day. Be careful that greed does not
control your decision making process.
Daily stop loss limit
If you are a total of $200 down, quit for the day.
Capitalization
At the end of the days play it is important that you divide your winnings into half.
You may use half to increase your playing bankroll and in turn increase your
profit. However, it is very important you put half away in a reserve account and
only use it if you need to. This strengthens you as a player and allows you to
enjoy the fruits of your labour.
Recording information
Note all spin results, stakes, profit and loss. This will help you build a database of
knowledge you can learn from when playing future games. Keeping good clear
records is essential it will allow you to see patterns of play develop. It will teach
you which tables and bets you have better success on. Most casinos supply
roulette scorecards for you to record information on.
Good luck!
Disclaimer:
This system is a guide only and offers no guarantee of winning. Gambling is your
choice and no responsibility is accepted for your gambling decisions. You do so
at your own risk.
WINSYSTEM/ONE: GET READY TO PLAN!
Winsystem/One is not designed to be an income-producing system.

It is intended for groups and individuals who wish to keep their
hopes alive for the big win and play over the long term
essentially at no cost.
Before you begin to play using Winsystem/One you must compose a

table similar to the one below for your favorite lottery. You
must also determine whether you can bet as many tickets as you
like on a single combination of numbers. This formula will not
work in lotteries where you cannot choose the numbers you wish
to play.
Here's How to Make Your Own Table:
Under "Your Bet" for play 1, put the lowest amount you can bet
(usually $1.)
Under "Total Bet" place the total amount you have bet on that
series of plays (for play 1, the cost of 1 bet: for play 2, the
cost of 2 bets, etc.)
Under "Total Win", place the amount you would win in that play
if you won. Find this out by multiplying your bet by the payout
(A $5 bet with 6:1 payout gives a $30 total win.)
Under "Net Profit" place the amount you would receive in profit
if you won on that play. Find this out by subtracting "Total
Bet" from "Total Win". If "Total Bet" is larger than "Total
Win", you must increase the bet until "Total Win" exceeds "Total
Bet".
A Sample Table:
Here is how we get our results for one week's work of draws
based on a $1 minimum bet and a $10 minimum win.
Bet No. Your Bet Total Bet Total Win Net Profit
1 $ 1 $ 1 $ 10 $ 9
2 $ 1 $ 2 $ 10 $ 8
3 $ 1 $ 3 $ 10 $ 7
9 $ 1 $ 9 $ 10 $ 1
10 $ 2 $ 11 $ 20 $ 9
11 $ 2 $ 13 $ 20 $ 7
12 $ 2 $ 15 $ 20 $ 5
13 $ 2 $ 17 $ 20 $ 3
14 $ 2 $ 19 $ 20 $ 1
15 $ 3 $ 22 $ 30 $ 8
16 $ 3 $ 25 $ 30 $ 5
17 $ 3 $ 28 $ 30 $ 6
18 $ 4 $ 32 $ 40 $ 8
19 $ 4 $ 36 $ 40 $ 4
20 $ 5 $ 41 $ 50 $ 9
33 $18 $177 $180 $ 3
34 $20 $197 $200 $ 3
35 $22 $219 $220 $ 1
36 $25 $244 $250 $ 6
WHY THIS SYSTEM WORKS
Winsystem/One works to make you a profit on your lottery dollar

by insuring that no matter how much you have bet previously when
using the formula, you can always make a small profit every time
you win.
Winsystem/One is not designed to be an income-producing system.

It is, rather, intended to allow you to keep your hopes alive
for the big prizes without actually costing you money
out-of-pocket to play regularly.
We do not advise use of this system in lotteries offering

greater than 70 to 1 odds against winning the smallest prize.
You can find out the odds against the minimum prize (usually $5
or $10) from your regular lottery dealer. All state-run
lotteries are required to furnish complete odds on demand. Your
dealer can also tell you whether you can purchase large blocks
of tickets on single combinations of numbers.
FOLLOW OUR COMPLETE FORMULA AND YOU ARE ASSURED A PROFIT.
HOW TO PLAY THIS SYSTEM FOR PROFIT
Always start with a single ticket (usually $1) on every sequence

of bets.
Bet the required amount as shown by the table you composed for
your own lottery - no more and no less.
Increase your bet as required by your table. If you cannot

afford to bet the full amount, do not place the bet until you
can.
Always bet the full amount shown on the table for that draw on a
single combination of numbers. You need not bet the same set
of number on every draw, but do not divide your bet among two or
more sets of numbers. You will increase your odds of winning,
but reduce your chances of making a profit.
Every time you win, regardless of the total, return to the top
of the table and start over again on a single ticket.
WARNING:
In order to be guaranteed a profit using WinSystem, you must

follow the formula until you have a win. Each time you win you
are guaranteed a profit.
If for any reason you are unable to continue using the system
you are advised for your own safety, that the farther you
advance through the formula without a win, the more you will
ultimately lose if at any time you quit playing.
Odds on lotteries can appear to be misleading. We must tell you

that if your odds against winning a minimum prize are 25:1, you
have only a 50% chance of winning once in 25 draws; only a 75%
chance of winning once in 50 draws, and only an 87.5% chance of
winning once in 100 draws. This means that one time in eight
you will go 100 draws without a win. If you continue to bet on
any game with reasonable odds, you will win eventually . . . if
you don't go broke first.
BONUS!
A SECOND "HISTORICALLY-BASED" SYSTEM
This "historically-based" system of picking numbers is gaining

increasing popularity in the United States. It cannot guarantee
a profit, however, and there is no mathematical basis for any
claim that it increases your chance of winning. It is presented
merely as a curiosity.
To use this system, take three to five decks of cards or sets of

slips of paper. They will represent the numbers which could be
drawn in a given lottery. Some lotteries have 54 numbers, so in
order to do this properly you should have jokers in the deck.
The slips of paper should be as close to the same size as
possible for the best random selection. If your lottery does
have 54 numbers, use the whole deck with jokers. If it has 53,
remove one joker; both for 52; the king of diamonds for 51;
the queen of diamonds for 50; and so on until you have the same
number of cards in each deck as there are numbers to be drawn
from.
Next, assign number to your cards and slips of paper. Write

numbers corresponding to numbers to be drawn on three to five
sets of slips of paper, or chart each card left in the deck with
a number. Write the cart on a separate sheet of paper this way:
Ace of spades equals 2, deuce equals 3, up to king of spades
which equals 13. The ace of clubs then equals 14, up to the
king of clubs which is 26. The ace of hearts equals 27 up to
the king which equals 39, and so on through the diamonds. The
jokers, if necessary, will equals 53 and 54.
Find out the numbers drawn in the last five to twenty draws and
keep them handy. Then remove slips of paper or playing cards
corresponding to the numbers drawn. The number already drawn
are not important; we want what's left after they have been
removed. When you find a number that's been drawn twice in
recent draws, take the corresponding card out of the second deck
of cards or set of slips. Keep removing numbers until you run
across one that you have already removed from the other decks.
You should have a relatively small number of cards left which
will represent the numbers you will select from when you
purchase your tickets.
Eventually you will have to go back to the oldest draw from

which you removed cards or slips and place those numbers back in
the pile in order to have a good selection.
What your are doing here is removing numbers which have been
drawn in the past on the assumption that those numbers have less
chance of being drawn in the future. In actual fact, you're not
gaining a thing. The lottery corporation returns all numbers
drawn into the bin or barrel so they can be drawn from on the
next draw. In doing so they make sure that every number has an
equal chance of being drawn in any given draw. Some may claim
that since some balls drop more often than others, the opposite
happens. Frequently drawn number, they say, stand a better
chance of being drawn in the future, which is again not true.
The balls used in most lotteries are made to extremely close
tolerances, and lottery gear is very expensive as a result. The
firms who make this equipment take extreme care to make sure
that just such a thing cannot and will not happen.
While it may be fun to experiment with numbers and formulas,

they really can't be made to work. "Elimination-based" systems
may be fun to play with, but they do nothing to increase your
odds.
WIN WITH FLAT BETTING SYSTEM
Mathematics show that it is impossible to win at a long term on a pure random

casino game. I mean that a player can win many chips at one time but will lose
more than that a next day.
Many methods are sold around the world, based on biased wheels(does it exist any
more ?), progressions (that give the illusion to resist to the zero or double-
zero)...It is fool to bet on them. One way to explore is the ability to predict
a trend in a short term and play on it. The aim is to win the edge on flat bets.
If this aim is complete, it is then a good choice to use a money management
system-earnings come quicker.
In this article, I would share a way that I tried with other gamblers. It is a
small application of the chaos theory. I'd like to discuss with people who tried
to use this theory for gambling games. To the others, I'd like to receive any
useful comment on this method.
The method
Warning : before going to the casino At the actual step, this method is boring
in casinos.
The fact is that the player has to wait a while for the moment to play. An
accurate way of playing could be easy to write by playing several single bets at
the same time. It is not a real problem now. For the moment, try to simulate the
method on a computer and apply it to real wheels number sequences. I would
apologize for the casual player that used to try methods like martingale,
Labouchere or d'Alembert. This method will seem too difficult and annoying. But
if it's a way to win, I'd like to check it with accurate gambling researchers.
Endly, I'd like to specify that this method is FREE. I am not sure that the next
in great preparation will be free as well, so help me develop this one first !
Now let's go !
A SIGNAL TO PLAY
1) How to follow the wheel #1

The method is based on single bets : EVEN/ODD for instance. Wheel is studied
into 6-hits events.
Example of a 6-hits:
7 ODD
19 ODD
23 ODD
0 ZERO
12 EVEN
35 ODD
After a 6-hits, the player counts how many ODD, EVEN and ZERO he noticed.
In the previous example :

ODD 4
EVEN 1
ZERO 1
RULE 1 :
IF ODD >EVEN THEN SELECT EVEN for the following
IF EVEN >ODD THEN SELECT ODD for the following
IF EVEN = ODD THEN STUDY ANOTHER 6-HITS
2) How to follow the wheel #2
The player has to follow another 6-hits.

He IMAGINES playing the bet he selected at #1. Here members to play only 1 chip
(flat) betting.
He cumulates the result (win or lose result) to a global result.On French
roulette, share the bet with the casino if ZERO
Example :
The player selected EVEN.
The wheel is, for the next 6-hits :
N¡ RESULT W/L
21 ODD -1
14 EVEN +1
2 EVEN +1
0 ZERO -1 , -0,5 on a French Roulette
29 ODD -1
29 ODD -1
The result is -2 (-1,5 on a F.R.). The global result is -2 for the moment. At a
next step, if the result is -1, the global result will be-3.
3) The mathematic losing level (MLL)
I know introduce a reference value : the mathematic losing level.Due to the zero
(or double-zero, please adjust the calculations), there's a losing edge for the
player :
American roulette : -5.4% edge
One zero roulette : -2.7% edge
French Roulette : -1.35% edge
What does it mean ?
Without the zero, if someone plays 100,000 times,there's a quite well balanced
result (winning 0 chips) considering of course a standard deviation.With the
zero, the probability is to lose (100,000 *-1.35%)=-1350 chips.To determine the
MLL, calculate (Number of hits *probability of the edge). Keep an rounded number
after the calculation.
RULE 2 :
The player must compare his global result to the + mathematic losing level (MLL)
+
BE CAREFUL ! The player has to count the number ofhits that occured only on the
second 6-hits step. Only hits that influenced the global result have to be
counted. The first 6-hits is noting.
Example:
7 ODD
19 ODD
23 ODD
ZERO
12 EVEN
35 ODD
N¡ RESULT W/L
21 ODD -1
14 EVEN +1
2 EVEN +1
0 ZERO -1 , -0,5 on French Roulette
29 ODD -1
29 ODD -1
The result is -2 (-1,5 on F.R.). The global result is -2 for the moment. The
number of hits played is 6.
4) The playing "area" : when to get ready to play The first condition to begin a
real play is that the global result is over the MLL.
RULE 3 :
The global result must be 10+ OVER the MLL When the player is in this area, he
has to be careful.He continues to follow the two 6-hits. If he is below, he
won't play any hit on the wheel
If he notices a continuous increase of his global result of 6points or more,
then the attack begins.
Example :
The initial global result is +5. The MLL is -7.The difference between the global
result and the MLL is 12(RULE 3).
In a row of 3 "two 6-hits", the global result increases by :
First "two 6-hits" : +3
Second "two 6-hits" : +0 (EVEN = ODD, RULE 1)
Third "two 6-hits" : +4
RULE 4 :
A continuous increase of 6+ of the global result
is the beginning of an attack
Special case :
If the global result increases of less than 6 then decrease, the player must
ignore the increase. He will then wait for a next increase of 6 points.
Example :
The initial global result is +5. The difference between the global result and
the MLL stays above +10
Example :
First "two 6-hits" : +3
Second "two 6-hits" : +2 (EVEN = ODD, RULE 1)
Third "two 6-hits" : -1
The increase is stopped at + 5 then there's a loss.

The global result is then +9.
The player keeps waiting for a +6 increase above the actual global result.
Example :
(First "two 6-hits" : +3 )

(Second "two 6-hits" : +2 (EVEN = ODD, RULE 1) )
(Third "two 6-hits" : -1 )
The global result is +9.
Fourth "two 6-hits" : +5

Fifth "two 6-hits" : +3
The global result is +17.The increase is +8.
5) How to attack the wheel ? The player must bet for a DECREASE of the global
result, by following the "two 6-hits" way of playing.
RULE 5 :
+ 1 Wait for one 6-hits.

+ 2 IF ODD > EVEN THEN SELECT ODD for the following
+ 3 IF EVEN > ODD THEN SELECT EVEN for the following
+ 4 IF EVEN = ODD THEN wait for a new 6-hits
+ 5 Play one 6-hits on the selected bet.
+ 6 Follow steps 1 to 5 until you win
After a win, the player has to set the global result and the MLL to 0. He can
immediately begin another game.This method does not seem to need a stop loss.
After a very long testing of more than 120,000 hits PLAYED, I followed 300
games, won all of them with a winning mean of + 2 chips and had to use less than
50chips of capital.
6) Technical & general FAQ on this method (translated from French)
Q : From time to time, I can wait for more than 1,000

hits without finding a positive difference of +10
between the global result and the MLL ?
A : If the global result is more than -10 under the

MLL, stop this game and set the two indicators to 0.
Q : It is often a long time before I can play a game; is it possible to play

more frequently ?
A : I did not think very deeply about this real
problem. I know that some methods exist and talk about
"multiplying game events". On every basic way of
playing is to follow the 3 single bets at the same
time.
Q : You told about "money management", what about this?
A : Money management is very interesting when a flat bet method is a winning

one. The player increases his bets depending of the level of his past winning
games. This subject is often developed in methods you can find on the net. At
the moment, I am preparing an other method for roulette and don't have time to
remix money management papers I already found.
file:///C|/Systems/WORLD'S%20BEST%20AND%20SAFEST%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEM.htm
Profit averages $60 per hour using $1 chips.

Losing sessions are very rare. (About two per thousand spins).
This is an "original" system - not a "new" version of an old system. It has
never been published before.
Two bets are made on every spin: Low (1-18) and the 3rd Dozen (25-36)
Bet One - One to Eighteen
The 1 - 18 bet on the outside of the roulette table covers the numbers 1 to
18. This bet pays even money, meaning that a $1 bet pays $1 if any of the
numbers 1 to 18 come up on the next spin.
<<...>>
Bet Two - Third Dozen
The 3rd Dozen or 3rd 12 bet on the outside of the roulette table covers the
numbers 25 to 36. This bet pays two to one, meaning that a $1 bet pays $2 if
any of the numbers 25 to 36 come up on the next spin.
Placing the Two Bets Together: 1-18 and the 3rd Dozen
You can cover 30 numbers on the roulette layout by placing two bets on every
spin: 1-18 and the 3rd Dozen. Only 8 numbers can make you lose:
0,00,19,20,21,22,23 and 24. You must place the two bets in the proper
amount of 3 chips on 1-18 and 2 chips on the 3rd Dozen. Why? If 1 to 18
comes up, you win 3 chips on 1-18 and lose 2 chips on 25 to 36, for a profit
of 1 chip. If 25 to 36 comes up, you win 4 chips on that bet and lose 3
chips on 1-18 for a profit of 1 chip.
How Many Times in a Row Can the Two Bets Lose?
You will be very happy to know that the two bets together don't lose very
often and not too many times in a row. That's because on every spin you
have 30 chances of winning versus only 8 chances of losing. The odds of
winning are tremendously in your favor!
After thousands of test spins using recorded casino spins, the most times in
a row the two bets lost were four times. Four times in a row is incredible!
In an average 1,000 spins, there should be 210 single losses, 40
two-in-a-row losses; 9 three-in-a-row losses; 2 four-in-a-row losses and 0
five-in-a-row or more losses. These numbers are based on mathematical
probability. During our testing, the numbers varied from each group of
1,000 spins, but not by much.
We have never seen a five-in-a-row loss in our testing. This doesn't mean
five in a row or more are not possible. Anything is possible, but the odds
against seeing five in a row losses or more are astronomical! On average,
you will experience a two-in-a-row or more loss once every 40 spins. With
such a low "losses in a row" rate, you can formulate simple winning
progressions to take advantage of these great odds.
A Winning Progression
If any one of the eight losing numbers come up, 0,00,19,20,21,22,23 or 24,
file:///C|/Systems/WORLD'S%20BEST%20AND%20SAFEST%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEM.htm (1 of 3) [6/28/2002 11:40:46 PM]

you lose both bets for a total loss of 5 chips. If you bet 5 chips on every
spin, you will lose money in the long run. However, if you increase your two
bets after a loss, you will win more money in the long term than you lose in
the short term. Here is a winning progression:
One Loss:
Our "basic bet" is 3/2 (3 chips on 1-18 and 2 chips on the 3rd Dozen).
Continue to bet 3/2 until you have a loss (when 0,00.19,20,21,22,23 or 24
comes up).
After your first losing bet increase your bet to 9/6.
If that bet wins, your next bet is also 9/6.
If that bet wins, you have made a 1 chip profit.
You only need to win the next two spins in a row to show a profit.
For example, the first spin is 21. You lose 5 chips.
Your next bet is 9 chips on 1-18 and 6 chips on the 3rd Dozen.
The next spin is 4. You win 9 chips on 1-18 and lose 6 chips on the 3rd
Dozen for a profit of 3 chips. When you subtract the 5 chips you lost on the
first spin, you're still down 2 chips.
Your next bet is again 9 and 6 chips. The next spin is 7. You're profit for
this spin is again 3 chips. Add that to your minus 2 chips and you're ahead
1 chip. You now go back to your basic bet of 3/2 chips.
Two Losses in a Row:
After first losing bet your next bet is 9/6.
If that bet loses, your next bet is 33/22.
If that bet wins, you have made a 1 chip profit.
Your next bet is again 3/2
Three Losses in a Row:
After first losing bet your next bet is 9/6.
If that bet wins, your next bet is also 74/36. Your next bet is again 3/2.
If either of the last two bets lose, take the $185 loss and play again
later. Don't risk more than $100 on any spin.
Total bankroll is $185.
In an average 1,000 spins you should win $630. ($1,000 minus 2 losses of
$185 each). As stated earlier, you should only experience 2 four-in-a-row
losses per thousand spins. The above progression is the one we use when we
play this system. You can experiment with your own progressions if you'd
like.
Converting Four-in-a-row Losses to Winners
We have found a secret that eliminates most four-in-a-row losses! Anytime
one of the eight losing number shows up, switch to the opposite two bets for

the next bet: (on the next bet after a loss, place 9 chips on 19-36 and 6
chips on the 1st Dozen). Then, switch back to your normal bets.
Consider this sequence of spins:
19
21
19
23
19
21 (betting on 19-36 and the 1st Dozen turns this into a win!)
19 (switching back to 1-18/3rd Dozen turns this into one loss)
23 (betting on 19-36 and the 1st Dozen turns this into a win!)
This is truly the World's Best and Safest Roulette System. Good luck. And
don't forget to thoroughly test this system before you play it for real money!

THE WRANGLER STRATEGY FOR EVEN MONEY CHANCES
The Wrangler strategy or Wrangler march resembles a little of the avant -

dernier, the bet on the next to the last spin. However the Wrangler march
has a much higher affectivity because the hostile figure, the series of 2 is
softened in its negative impact.
Using the Wrangler march you bet on the last come chance until two
consecutive losses. Then you switch to betting on the opposite chance.
There is one single exception: after two isolated consecutive series of 2
you bet up to three consecutive losses !
Long alternating series of 2 are neutralized by this procedure.
From the following example, the march should become clear:
Surely a good progression (for example the Guetting Progression) can be

combined with this march. The inventor of this march made high profits
in Monte Carlo in the nineteen thirties.
file:///D|/Systems/WRANGLER%20STRATEGY%20FOR%20EVEN%20MONEY%20CHANCES.htm [7/9/2002 10:18:39 AM]

WYBWYP System - What you Bet is What You Profit
This is a system played on roulette dozens and/or columns. You only need 8
units of a bankroll per session. We'll play with $50 units.
Since there are 3 dozens and 3 columns, the probability of each dozen or column
coming up is almost 1 out of 3, with some zeros coming up now and then.
We will have just a 4 step progression of the type: 50, 50, 100, 200 or
5,5,10,20 if you like or even as small as 1,1,2,4. If you lose all 4 steps of
the progression you lose 8 units and you start over again without waiting.
You bet on every spin on a Dozen or Column either on a random choice of yours or
on the one that didn't show up for the last 2 spins, or on the one that is
different from the last 2 different dozens or columns. Either method will yield
the same results, since every outcome in roulette does not depend on previous
spins and is totally independent of them.
With the exception of the first bet, if you win, you get a profit of exactly the
amount you have bet during the progression. If you win at your very first bet,
you get back double your bet.
With lots of wins at your first bet, and hitting your dozen or column within 4
bets and with the likelihood of it showing up once every 3 spins, you can win a
lot with this system even on the longer run.
But you never know when the table will turn totally against you, as the outcome
is random. So, stop when you have some decent profit and go home and enjoy your
profits.
Spin No. Bet Net Loss Gain Net Profit

1 $50 $50 $150 $100
2 $50 $100 $150 $50
3 $100 $200 $300 $100
4 $200 $400 $600 $200
file:///D|/Systems/YOU%20LOSE%20BUT%20YOU%20WIN.htm
Place an equal bet on a Column and a High/Low (1-18 / 19-36)
Choose High or Low, which ever corresponds with the last number
spun.
Example:
If number was 2, bet 1-18
For the columns....you always only use the middle and third
columns.
If the previous number was Black, always bet 3rd col.
If the previous number was Red, always bet 2nd column.
Use the progression

It's the cancellation progression. Bet the first and last number
1 1 1 2 If you lose, add the amount you bet to the rear. example:
1 + 2= 3 So you bet 3 units on High /Low and 3 units on the 2nd
or 3rd column. If you win, cross of the first and last number (1
and 2) if you lose as the 3 3 to the end of the progress. Like
this: 1 1 1 2 3 3
The next bet would be 4 on each (1 + 3 = 4)
file:///D|/Systems/YOU%20LOSE%20BUT%20YOU%20WIN.htm [7/9/2002 10:19:49 AM]

ZERO TOLERANCE
My 'system' idea, I call "Zero Tolerance".
For single zero roulette.
Stake
---------
Stake 1 unit on Ist Dozen (1-12)
Stake 1 unit on 2nd Dozen (13-24)
Stake 0.5 unit on numbers 25-30
Stake 0.5 unit on ZERO
You are covering 30 numbers + the zero for a 3 unit total stake
You only win when the 0 comes up.
Play same stake every spin until you win or losses are -18 (end of session)
Most spins you will get your 3 units returned.
If the number spun is 31 to 36 you of course show a loss of 3 units.
If 0 comes up with no losses you win 15 units

if 0 comes up and you have had 1 loss then you win 12 units
if 0 comes up and you have had 2 losses then you win 9 units
if 0 comes up and you have had 5 losses then you will be LEVEL
The 6th loss results in a net loss of 18 units. End of session.
It can be played with low value or high value chips. You only play 3 units per spin.
Your max profit per session is 15 units. (Zero came up with no losses)
Well, there it is, a simple staking plan without using many chips.
You need patience and tolerance though whilst you wait for the zero to show up.

295systems PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

295systems PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

295systems PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

THE 12/6 ROULETTE SYSTEM

12/6 ROULETTE SYSTEM

file:///C|/Systems/12%206%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEM.htm (1 of 2) [6/29/2002 12:46:49 AM]

file:///C|/Systems/12%206%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEM.htm (2 of 2) [6/29/2002 12:46:49 AM]

17 chip split (the method casinos hate a lot!)

why the casino hates this method...

file:///C|/Systems/17%20SPLIT%20METHOD%20[roulette}.htm [6/29/2002 12:48:07 AM]

file:///D|/Systems/18-10%20SYSTEM..htm (1 of 3) [7/9/2002 12:35:53 PM]

file:///D|/Systems/18-10%20SYSTEM..htm (2 of 3) [7/9/2002 12:35:53 PM]

file:///D|/Systems/18-10%20SYSTEM..htm (3 of 3) [7/9/2002 12:35:53 PM]

file:///C|/New%20Systems/$1and$2Bets.htm [6/28/2002 10:44:18 PM]

I then use a progressive betting scheme starting with $1 per number on a $5

After a hit, I start the system from the beginning.

I have 40 spins for 1 of my 5 numbers to come out.

file:///C|/Systems/1%20in%2040%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEM.htm [6/28/2002 11:03:36 PM]

file:///C|/Systems/2--CLICKER%2017%20SPLIT%20SYSTEM.htm (2 of 2) [6/28/2002 11:04:21 PM]

One of the mildest of these is to change to 3:2:1:2:2:3:4:5

file:///C|/Systems/2%20COLUMNS%20POSITIVE%20PROGRESSION.htm [6/28/2002 11:03:58 PM]

1. Record 38 spins on a double zero wheel (37 on

4. record 38 more numbers starting from the

file:///C|/Systems/2%20OR%20MORE%20SYSTEM.htm (1 of 2) [6/29/2002 12:16:48 AM]

file:///C|/Systems/2%20OR%20MORE%20SYSTEM.htm (2 of 2) [6/29/2002 12:16:48 AM]

(a simple progression for small to medium bankrolls)

This is suitable for the Even Money bets in Roulette

When this happens you increase your bet to 2 units

The progression is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 - if you reach 5 you

file:///C|/Systems/2%20UP%202%20DOWN%20SYSTEM.htm [6/29/2002 12:18:14 AM]

Want to have a better than 2 to 1 chance of winning on every roulette spin?

file:///C|/Systems/3%20%20%20%202%20%20%20%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEM.htm (1 of 2) [6/28/2002 11:05:06 PM]

dinner or gives you a complimentary room, you're a winner!

file:///C|/Systems/3%20%20%20%202%20%20%20%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEM.htm (2 of 2) [6/28/2002 11:05:06 PM]

file:///C|/Systems/35%20TO%201%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEM.htm (1 of 3) [6/29/2002 12:50:57 AM]

file:///C|/Systems/35%20TO%201%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEM.htm (2 of 3) [6/29/2002 12:50:57 AM]

file:///C|/Systems/35%20TO%201%20ROULETTE%20SYSTEM.htm (3 of 3) [6/29/2002 12:50:57 AM]

file:///D|/Systems/3%20COLUMN%20SYSTEM..htm (1 of 4) [7/9/2002 12:35:16 PM]

file:///D|/Systems/3%20COLUMN%20SYSTEM..htm (2 of 4) [7/9/2002 12:35:16 PM]

file:///D|/Systems/3%20COLUMN%20SYSTEM..htm (3 of 4) [7/9/2002 12:35:16 PM]

file:///D|/Systems/3%20COLUMN%20SYSTEM..htm (4 of 4) [7/9/2002 12:35:16 PM]

1)We will be working with 3 sets of numbers.

2)Those sets are: zero to ten ( 0 to 10 ) eleven to twenty ( 11 to 20 ) and twenty-one

7)We use flat bets only.

8)We ignore all the numbers above 30.

For simplicity sake: ALL the roulette numbers can be represented

file:///C|/Systems/3%20SETS%20OF%20NUMBERS.htm (1 of 5) [6/28/2002 11:06:01 PM]

To simplify the above table:

10) Clear Profit per Hit for single unit bets.

file:///C|/Systems/3%20SETS%20OF%20NUMBERS.htm (2 of 5) [6/28/2002 11:06:01 PM]

11 The one exception to the above figures is.

12 As you can see it is a simple task to find the numbers to bet.

13 Bank: and notes:

file:///C|/Systems/3%20SETS%20OF%20NUMBERS.htm (3 of 5) [6/28/2002 11:06:01 PM]

Play those numbers.

You wish to bet on spin number 5.

Spin number 5 24 HIT.

Spin number 6 21 HIT

Spin number 8 23 HIT

file:///C|/Systems/3%20SETS%20OF%20NUMBERS.htm (4 of 5) [6/28/2002 11:06:01 PM]

Spin number 9 22 HIT

Spin number 15 0 LOSS